Salta al contenuto

An Island in Between: History and geopolitics of Taiwan

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Stefano Pelaggi, L’isola sospesa: Taiwan e gli equilibri del mondo, Rome: LUISS University Press, 2022, 231 pp. (ISBN: 9788861058453)

Stefano Pelaggi’s book offers a thorough yet concise geopolitical and historical analysis of Taiwan’s position in the contemporary international system, exploring both political and social dimensions. Pelaggi covers a wide historical spectrum, tracing Taiwan’s indigenous origins and its socio-political transformations through a few key historical phases: the Japanese Occupation, the return of the Kuomintang, the party’s retreat to the island after its defeat in the Chinese Civil War, the White Terror years, and Taiwan’s democratization process, which has led it to become one of the most efficient and stable democracies in the world. Beyond this, the author addresses Taiwan’s ongoing diplomatic, economic and political challenges. Its clarity and accessibility make the book suitable for a broader audience, extending beyond purely academic circles. Moreover, its interdisciplinary approach, which integrates geopolitical, historical, and political perspectives, provides a rich and multifaceted analysis of Taiwan’s evolving role in the world.

The book is divided into fourteen chapters. The author has adopted a chronological and thematic structure that spans from the 16th century to contemporary times in just 230 pages. The narrative begins with Taiwan’s early encounters with European colonization (Dutch and Spanish) and concludes with an exploration of the most recent grassroots movements opposing rapprochement with the People’s Republic of China, as promoted by the Kuomintang (KMT) leadership in the past decade. Each chapter focuses on a specific phase of Taiwan’s history or a critical aspect of its cultural, social, or political environment, offering readers a nuanced understanding of the island’s complex evolution. In the introduction and the first chapter, Pelaggi situates Taiwan within the current international system, analysing its geopolitical significance in the Taiwan Strait dispute, and exploring the island’s role in US-PRC relations. This section provides a comprehensive background for understanding Taiwan’s precarious position in global geopolitics, highlighting its strategic importance in the East Asian region. The second chapter delves into Taiwan’s history prior to the Japanese occupation, with a focus on the island’s indigenous heritage and its interactions with the early European colonial powers, such as the Portuguese, Dutch, and Spanish. The chapter also explores the influence of the Chinese Qing Dynasty, which shaped Taiwan’s early socio-political structures. This discussion is crucial to understanding the heritages of Taiwan’s shifting identity, which continues to influence its internal development and its responses to external affairs. The discussion then moves into the third chapter, that analyses the fifty years of Japanese rule (1895-1945), highlighting its transformative impact on Taiwan’s infrastructure, economy, and society. This chapter focuses on how this period laid the background for Taiwan’s earlier modernization, including developments in agriculture and infrastructures.

The return of the Kuomintang and its retreat to Taiwan following their defeat in the Chinese Civil War are examined across thematic chapters – from the fourth to the ninth – which explore the political and sociological trajectories undertaken by Taiwan’s civil society during this transformative period, particularly after the establishment of the martial law. These in-depth thematical analyses are seamlessly integrated into the book’s overarching historical narrative, adding interdisciplinary dimensions that deepen the reader’s understanding. The political and historical legacy of Chiang Kai-shek is explored through the issue of his monumental political statues, alongside the White Terror era and the tensions between the authoritarian governance and civil society (chapter 4). Additionally, Taiwan’s transformation into the industrial and entrepreneurial hub we recognize today is explored through the role of family-led small and medium enterprises in driving the island’s growth during that period (chapter 6). Furthermore, the diplomatic role of Song Meiling – Chiang Kai-shek’s wife – and the political legacy of his son, Chiang Ching-kuo, in shaping Taiwan’s subsequent democratization and reforms are discussed in chapters 5 and 9, respectively, contributing to a more in-depth description.

The subsequent section, covering chapters 10 to 14, addresses the events of the last thirty years, characterized by Taiwan’s gradual democratization and its evolving role within the global political landscape. These chapters provide a dual focus. On the one hand, they analyse Lee Teng-hui’s presidencies and his pivotal role in steering Taiwan’s democratisation process (chapters 9 to 12). On the other, they delve into economic and geopolitical issues, including Taiwan’s critical role in the global semiconductor industry (chapter 10) and the dynamics of cross-Strait relations following the deaths of Chiang Kai-shek and Chiang Ching-kuo (chapters 12 to 14). As for the economic perspective, the author emphasizes the island’s pivotal role in the global technology supply chain, particularly as a critical player in the US-PRC competition over technological dominance. Furthermore, this analysis is framed within a broader discourse on national identity and civil society, approaching them both from an historical and geopolitical perspective. He examines the role of Hakka and Hokkien indigenous minorities in shaping the identity of native Taiwanese people, particularly in the context of the predominance of Han people in public office following the Kuomintang’s retreat in 1949. From a political and geopolitical standpoint, Pelaggi explores the contrast between the island’s democratic stance and the authoritarian governance of the Communist party in the mainland. Chapter 14 focuses on the most recent grassroots civil movements, analysing their implications within the context of the Taiwan Strait dispute. These events, such as the 2014 «Sunflower Movement», underscore the growing importance of Taiwan’s evolving political and social identity. The author provides a detailed account of the «Sunflower Movement» and its reception by Taiwanese civil society, illustrating how ideological concerns, particularly among younger generations, play a critical role in shaping Taiwan’s domestic and international policies. This analysis aims at highlighting how Taiwan’s identity and values are increasingly becoming decisive factors in discussions about potential rapprochement between the two sides of the Strait.

Pelaggi’s research methodology is synthetic, as his goal seems looking to analyze the major events that have shaped Taiwan’s history. His approach integrates geopolitical perspectives with historical accuracy. While relying primarily on existing academic literature rather than archival research, Pelaggi successfully constructs a comprehensive and cohesive narrative. He offers a broad overview of the pivotal phases in Taiwan’s history and its evolving role within the contemporary international system – an issue of critical importance in today’s international dynamics.

The book stands out for its comprehensive scope and its ability to merge historical, geopolitical and cultural dimension of Taiwan into a single, concise narrative, despite being no longer than 230 pages. Indeed, one of the book’s key strengths is its interdisciplinary approach, which enables the author to connect Taiwan’s internal developments with its external relations in the context of cross-Strait relations with the People’s Republic of China and, more broadly, with the United States and Europe. The book examines the evolution of Taiwan’s civil society, offering a multidimensional perspective on the island’s journey from the «White Terror» era to democratization. A noteworthy example is the thematic exploration of Taiwan’s business sector, which was driven by civil society actors who were excluded from the bureaucracy during Chiang Kai-shek’s presidency. Furthermore, the chapter dedicated to Taiwan’s semiconductor industry is seamlessly integrated into the historical narrative, emphasizing its vital role in the contemporary economic and political international system. Finally, the thematic chapters that delve into political and cultural elements, such as the monumental political statues of Chiang Kai-shek (chapter 4), the diplomatic of Madame Chiang (chapter 5), and the days of the Yuan occupation during the 2014 Sunflower Movement (chapter 14) – to name just a few – skilfully intertwine historical events with the personal stories of key historical figures.

On the other hand, a few weak points can be detected. Firstly, the historical narrative ends with the Sunflower Movement of 2014 and his consequences both nationally and internationally but does not delve into the developments of Tsai Ing-wen’s first and second administrations. The author only mentions about recent events in the introductory chapter, where he had briefly summarized the island’s latest history, focusing primarily on its international relations disregarding its internal dynamics. Secondly, the sources Pelaggi relies on are predominately from Italian and Anglo-American scholars. While these provide a valuable basis, incorporating Chinese-language sources would have significantly enriched the work, offering a more nuanced perspective on Taiwan’s history and its complex identity. Finally, the author’s informative approach broadens the book’s appeal beyond the Italian academic sector, but the absence of original source research represents a missed opportunity. Taiwan’s history, its geopolitical significance in the current international system, and the emergence of a new political and social identity – particularly across the younger generation – are critical areas that need deeper investigations. A more detailed exploration of these elements would provide a better understanding of Taiwan’s role as a pivotal actor in contemporary global affairs, especially in the context of its complex relationships with key players such as the People’s Republic of China, the United States and, by extension, the European Union.

Nevertheless, L’isola sospesa, Taiwan e gli equilibri del mondo is an appreciable contribution to the Italian field literature. While it does not rely on original archive research and instead draws on pre-existing works – primarily from Western scholars – the book’s structure and the themes it explores make it a valuable starting point for engaging with Taiwan’s history. L’isola sospesa, Taiwan e gli equilibri del mondo serves as a well-crafted foundation for further developing a debate on Taiwan’s history, culture and politics.

1 Sanjay Subrahmanyam, Explorations in Connected History: From the Tagus to the Ganges and Explorations in Connected History: Mughals and Franks. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2005.

2 Claude Markovits, Merchants, Traders, Entrepreneurs: Indian Business in the Colonial Era (Baskingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2008) and The Global World of Indian Merchants, 1750-1947: Traders of Sind from Bukhara to Panama (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2009).

3 Anand A. Yang (ed.), Thirteen Months in China: A Subaltern Indian and the Colonial World (New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2017); Military Department Records, Compilations and Miscellaneous, ‘Military Miscellaneous’ Series 1754-1944, Reports of the Censor of Indian Mails in France, IOR, L/MIL/5/ 825–8.

4 Kate Imy, Teresa Segura-Garcia, Elena Valdameri and Erica Wald, eds, Bodies beyond binaries in colonial and postcolonial Asia (Leiden: Leiden University Press, 2024).

5 Teresa Segura-Garcia, “Towards a connected history of the Indian princely states”, Revue d’histoire du XIXe siècle 56, no. 1: 132–34, https://doi.org/10.4000/rh19.5523, and “The Indian princely states in the global nineteenth century”, Global Nineteenth-Century Studies 1, no. 1 (2022): 101-107, https://doi.org/10.3828/gncs.2022.14.

6 See Clive H. Church and Randolph C. Head, A Concise History of Switzerland (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2013), chap. 8; On the Sonderfall concept, see Georg Kreis, “Sonderfall,» Historisches Lexikon der Schweiz, December 20, 2012, https://hls-dhs-dss.ch/de/articles/049556/2012-12-20/.

7 Patricia Purtschert, Francesca Falk, and Barbara Lüthi, “Switzerland and ‘Colonialism without Colonies’: Reflections on the Status of Colonial Outsiders,» Interventions 18, no. 2 (March 3, 2016): 286–302; Bernhard C Schär, “Switzerland, Borneo and the Dutch Indies: Towards a New Imperial History of Europe, c .1770–1850,» Past & Present 257, no. 1 (December 31, 2022): 134–67; Patricia Purtschert and Harald Fischer-Tiné, Colonial Switzerland: Rethinking Colonialism from the Margins, Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series (Houndmills: Palgrave Macmillan, 2015).

8 Philipp Krauer, Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies: A Transimperial History of Military Labour, 1848-1914, Global Connections: Routes and Roots 9 (Leiden: Leiden University Press, 2024), 18.

9 On the notion of the “trans-imperial,» see Schär, “Switzerland, Borneo and the Dutch Indies.»

10 Rudolf Jaun, “Armee Und Nation: Schweizerische Militärdiskurse Des 19. Jahrhunderts Im Widerstreit,» in Die Konstruktion Einer Nation: Nation Und Nationalisierung in Der Schweiz, 18.-20. Jahrhundert, ed. U. Altermatt, C. Bosshart-Pfluger, and A. Tanner (Zürich: Chronos Verlag, 1998), 150–51; Krauer, Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies, 65.

11 Gloria Wekker, White Innocence: Paradoxes of Colonialism and Race (Durham: Duke University Press, 2016); Krauer, Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies, 121–22.

12 For an excellent discussion on the coloniality of these stereotypes, see Syed Hussein Alatas, The Myth of the Lazy Native: A Study of the Image of the Malays, Filipinos and Javanese from the 16th to the 20th Century and Its Function in the Ideology of Colonial Capitalism (London: Frank Cass & Co. Ltd., 1977).

13 Kate Imy, Losing Hearts and Minds: Race, War, and Empire in Singapore and Malaya, 1915–1960, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2024, 2.

14 John Newsinger, British Counterinsurgency (New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2015); Karl Hack, Defence and Decolonisation in Southeast Asia: Britain, Malaya and Singapore, 1941–1968 (Richmond, UK: Routledge Curzon, 2001).

15 See C. A. Bayly and Tim Harper, Forgotten Armies: Britain’s Asian Empire and the War with Japan (London: Penguin, 2005); Kumar Ramakrishna, Emergency Propaganda: The Winning of Malayan Hearts and Minds, 1948-1958 (Richmond, UK: Routledge Curzon, 2002); Anthony Short, The Communist Insurrection in Malaya, 1948–1960 (London: Muller, 1975); Richard Stubbs, Hearts and Minds in Guerilla Warfare—the Malayan Emergency, 1948-1960 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989); Leon Comber, Malaya’s Secret Police, 1945-60: The Role of the Special Branch in the Malayan Emergency (Singapore: Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, and Australia: Monash Asia Institute, 2008); David French, The British Way in Counter-Insurgency, 1945-1967 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2012).

16 See Christopher E. Goscha and Christian F. Ostermann, Connecting Histories: Decolonization and the Cold War in Southeast Asia, 1945-1962 (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 2009); Cheah Boon Kheng, Red Star over Malaya: Resistance and Social Conflict during and after the Japanese Occupation of Malaya, 1941-46 (Singapore: National University of Singapore Press, 2003); Teng Phee Tan, Behind Barbed Wire: Chinese New Villages during the Malayan Emergency, 1948–1960 (Petaling Jaya: Strategic Information and Research Development Centre, 2020); Syed Muhd Khairudin Aljunied, Radicals: Resistance and Protest in Colonial Malaya (Delkab: Northern Illinois University Press, 2015).

17 Ann Laura Stoler, “Sexual Affronts and Racial Frontiers: European Identities and the Cultural Politics of Exclusion in Colonial Southeast Asia,” Comparative Studies in Society and History 34, no. 3 (July 1992): 514–51; Homi Bhabha, Location of Culture (London: Routledge, 1995).

18 See for instance the international conference organised in Đà Nng in 2022: “From the Port to the World. A Global History of Indochinese Ports (1858-1956)”, University of Sciences and Education – University of Đà Nng, 27-29 October 2022: https://www.gis-reseau-asie.org/evenement/colloque-international-du-port-au-monde-une-histoire-globale-des-ports-indochinois-1858.

19 The Nguyen Cochinchina: Southern Vietnam in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries, Ithaca/New York: Cornell University Press/Southeast Asia Program Publications, 1998. Li Tana also edited: with Nola Cook, Water Frontier: Commerce and the Chinese in the Lower Mekong Region, 1750-1880, Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield, 2004; with James A. Anderson, The Tongking Gulf through History, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 2023.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Searching for Migrant Voices in the Global Archive

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Martin Dusinberre, Mooring the Global Archive: A Japanese Ship and its Migrant Histories, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2023, 304 pp. (ISBN 978-1-009-34651-1). DOI: 10.1017/9781009346535

In his second monograph, Martin Dusinberre presents new research on Japanese labour migration to the Hawai‘i and Australia in the late nineteenth century, contextualising it within broader processes of imperialism, settler colonialism, and industrialisation. At the same time, he explores the coal extraction and trade that enabled steamships to move across the Asia-Pacific region. Adopting a global history framework, the book critically engages with established narratives, using empirical findings to address epistemic and methodological issues in a way that challenges established views. As the author states in the Preface [p. xxi], these methodological concerns lie at the heart of his study.

The book contains six chapters, each of which introduces a specific primary source – a painting, a court testimony (as quoted in a newspaper report), a map, a filed statement, or a diary entry – as a gateway into the case study under discussion. These sources frame broader analytical themes while also prompting reflections on historical methodology. Each chapter follows a similar structure: a discussion of the primary source leads to an investigation of a historical problem, followed by a concluding section where the author addresses the methodological implications of his findings. While the chapters can be read independently, their thematic coherence and consistent design contribute to the book’s overall unity.

Chapter 1 introduces the Yamashiro-maru, a Japanese steamer built in England in 1884, whose two-decade career included early service in the government-sponsored programme for labour migration to the Hawai’i (1885–94). The ship’s history serves as a starting point for the discussion of global interactions, but also to spark reflections on historical method. Dusinberre rejects the temptation to build a linear narrative by tracking the lifespan of the Yamashiro-maru, out of concern that such a conventional approach might lead him to pursue «a diffusionist view of progress» that would emphasise Japan’s effort to catch up with the West [p. 13]. He then signals two other «archival traps» of which he became aware in the course of his investigations. One is reliance on digitised collections that reproduce, or even amplify, the epistemic bias of their physical archives of origin. Through several examples across the book, Dusinberre makes it a point that institutional archives reflect the perspective of those who selected and recorded the information; therefore, they tend to underrepresent the voices of people that were subaltern because of their gender, social class or ethnicity. The other trap lies in the distraction written sources overall provide from other material evidence that can be crucial to filling archival gaps, as well as to understanding the specific context in which the archives were born and grew.

Chapter 2 explores Japanese migration to Hawai’i, focusing on the socio-economic motives, work conditions in the sugarcane fields and contrasting representations of the labourers by various institutional actors and press writers. Besides using sources to deconstruct the migrants’ supposedly homogenous identity, Dusinberre argues that, from the viewpoint of native Hawaiians, the main reason to promote immigration from Japan might have been not to solve a labour shortage problem, but rather to repopulate their islands through marriages with another Pacific nation whom they perceived as relatively close to themselves.

Chapter 3 complements the previous one by extending the inquiry to other sources that shed light on the mentality of migrant workers, their cultural background and the ties they maintained with their hometowns. The analysis centres on a specific case from Western Japan, that is the port town of Murotsu and its inland districts. Dusinberre concludes that the emigrants’ work culture, while familiar with concepts of economic circulation, did not embrace a labour-intensive mode of production; therefore, their attitude does not fit into the theory of an «industrious revolution» sustaining growth in nineteenth century Japan and parts of Europe. The chapter also reconsiders the relationship between Japanese immigrants and native Hawaiians, intervening in the historiographic debate over the former group’s possible role as conscious agents of settler colonialism. Dusinberre remains dubitative about intentionality but points out that successful immigrants in practice built their status upon a system of dispossession of the natives.

Chapter 4 shifts the scene of investigation to Australia’s Queensland and its sugar industry in the 1890s. Differently from Hawai’i, Japanese immigration there was not state-sponsored, but organised with the support of private enterprises. Dusinberre juxtaposes the economic interests that favoured the importation of labour, as well as the development of bilateral trade, with racially charged discourse on the «Japanese threat» to white workers in the Australian press and political circles. Owing to the Anglo-Japanese Treaty of Commerce of 1894, which granted Japanese subjects free entrance into the Dominions, the immigration issue became entangled with the question of Australian autonomy within the British empire.

Chapter 5, while keeping the main scene in Queensland, takes as object of inquiry another kind of labour, that is prostitution resulting from trafficking. Discussion stems from the case of Hashimoto Usa, a young woman who travelled from Nagasaki to Thursday Island in 1897 via Shanghai and Hong Kong. By dissecting a statement that Hashimoto made under interrogation, Dusinberre widens the scope of his analysis to regional trafficking routes and hubs of prostitution, spanning from Vladivostok to Batavia. He shows how Japanese officials monitored migrant prostitution in Australia as a problem that affected national reputation and could therefore hamper «respectable» migration. From the standpoint of method, the core question this chapter raises is how to read sources beyond the narrative framing that appears in the archive. Hashimoto’s case demonstrates that, even in a first-person testimony, the speaker’s viewpoint gets blurred under the filter of translation and written recording by other individuals.

In Chapter 6, the author departs from his focus on migrants to explore the logistics of steam navigation. He follows the path of a piece of coal from seam to ship, describing labour in Japanese mines, in the loading ports and aboard steamers. Dusinberre also stresses the strategic importance of Japanese coal for the development of Pacific navigation from about the 1860s. He reconsiders Commodore Matthew Perry’s earlier mission to Japan in the light of this geopolitical factor and concludes that securing access to fuel was a main drive of US policy towards that Asian country.

dc

Through its case studies, Mooring the Global Archive composes an articulate and nuanced picture of Japanese labour migration within the author’s selected time and geographic frame. The book does not touch on the developments of that phenomenon into the early twentieth century. This choice seems consistent with the exclusion of California, South America and other places from the geographic scope of discussion. Notwithstanding these intentional limits, the book captures well the regional dimension of migration and links it firmly to long-term processes of a global scale. The analysis blends meticulous research based on a wide range of primary sources with sophisticated conceptualisation on methodological issues. There are, however, some imbalances in the overall design.

In the first place, there is a gap between some of the author’s declared goals and the results he delivers. Although he aims to «contribute to a new literature which argues that Japanese overseas migrants were central to the making of the imperial state», or «Japanese state-building» [pp. 34, xx], the evidence presented does not substantiate this claim. Rather than proving the centrality of migration with respect to either Japan’s politics, economy or society, the book deals with peripheral topics and perspectives that usefully integrate research on more pivotal themes in the history of that country.

Secondly, and more strikingly, the author’s attempt to question dominant narratives by «positioning the labourers’ experiences and imaginations at the heart of [his] story» [p. 34] leads to few departures from sources that express the viewpoint of other actors. If the reader expects to find reference to diaries, private correspondence, legal testimonies or some material legacy, perhaps provided by the families of the descendants, then this work will disappoint. Aside from Hashimoto’s statement, a few individual voices surface in other documents relating to prostitution [pp. 190-91, 212]. Earlier on, in Chapter 2 [p. 92], Dusinberre quotes four passages from cane field songs collected by Franklin Odo (2013). In a logical tour de force, he links the sense of drifting these songs convey to the workers’ understanding of the circulation of goods and labour, to introduce his analysis of socio-economic conditions in Murotsu. The lack of first-hand testimonies in the book, however, may be justified by the relatively low literacy among migrants in the period examined (compulsory education was introduced in Japan in 1872), along with the difficulty to access sources outside the official archives.

A further methodological gap, in terms of divergence between aims and results, is the absence of Native Hawaiian and Indigenous Australian perspectives. In Chapter 2, Dusinberre acknowledges the need to overcome the «marginalization of Native Hawaiian voices» and finds a promising resource in «the huge collection of nineteenth-century Hawaiian-language newspapers which have now been digitized». However, he also admits that his «own language deficiencies have precluded [his] taking the lead in conducting such research» [pp. 73-74]. Consequently, his hypothesis of Hawaiian support for Japanese immigration as a means of repopulation rests on a single newspaper article, which he got translated by two assistants [p. 75, note 103]. In Chapter 4, he similarly argues for the need to reframe narratives on Australian history. In this case, his “archival departure point” is a bark painting by a contemporary Yolŋu artist, representing ancestral territory in a unified vision of land and sea. Dusinberre presents this artwork, and its legal implications, as an example of a worldview alternative to the one embedded in a map by a Japanese shipping company, the NYK. However, after remarking in this way the importance of directionality for the unsettling of colonial narratives, he acknowledges not having the skills to interrogate «the Yolŋu country archive» [p. 170]. Overall, Dusinberre’s renunciation to explore native sources is emblematic of the difficulty to research global history by relying only on one’s own professional skills and cultural background. As he aptly concludes, «herein lies one impetus for collaborative research projects» [p. 170].

Concerning the book structure, it is noteworthy that chapters do not include a paragraph or section devoted to reviewing the literature on major topics in a systematic way. Reference to previous scholarship is abundant but comes interspersed with the presentation of the author’s own findings and methodological reflections at the expense of clarity. Some critique to concepts and trends in historiography would have deserved further space in the main body of the text. In the final note to Chapter 6, for instance, Dusinberre mentions that his approach to this part of the book «has encapsulated the so-called volumetric turn in history» [p. 266], then provides reference to a journal article without further comments. To the non-specialized reader, the lack of literature review sections might make it difficult to appreciate the book’s contribution to the study of overseas migration and other topics.

In the seamless flow of narration and analysis that makes up this book, an unusual feature is the high frequency of metahistorical passages on the author’s «practical positionality». In response to Marc Bloc’s invitation to show the reader «the site of an investigation» [p. xxi], Dusinberre explains continuously how he conducted research and what he thought in the process. Though functional to addressing the epistemic questions that constitute one of the main concerns of the book, this approach leads at times to the reporting of superfluous details. Professional historians will relate sympathetically to the situations described (as negotiating with one’s spouse a detour from holiday in search of sources), but some of this information adds little, if anything, to the reader’s understanding of the intellectual process behind research. Furthermore, at certain points the author projects his expectations onto the description of sources. In presenting the NYK map, for instance, he notes that «its emboldened shipping routes seemed wilfully to cut across transpacific tensions over race and migration» [p. 126]. After reading the book, this reviewer was left with the impression that, among the many voices gathered in its chapters, Dusinberre’s was the loudest.

Despite these reservations, Mooring the Global Archive is a piece of solid research that deserves attention. Besides contributing to the advance of global history with a wealth of empirical evidence, it tackles methodological issues of wide relevance in an innovative way.

References

Bloc, Marc, The Historian’s Craft, trans. Peter Putnam, Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2015 [1949].

Odo, Franklin, Voices from the Canefields: Folksongs from Japanese Immigrant Workers in Hawai’i, New York: Oxford University Press, 2013.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Maritime Connections: Navigating through Vietnamese history

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Li Tana, A Maritime Vietnam. From Earliest Times to the Nineteenth Century, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2024, 341 pp. (ISBN 978-1-009-23764-2).

In the early twenty-first century, Vietnam’s relationship with the sea is undeniable. On the one hand, the S-shaped country’s 3260-kilometre-long coastline welcomes a growing number of national and international tourists, enjoying the modernising seafront on the Pacific Ocean or discovering the beauty of Vietnamese bays from the deck of cruise liners. On the other hand, sea borders fuelled tensions with neighbouring countries, especially People’s Republic of China, over the control of the East Sea–also known as the South China Sea– along with its islands and rich fisheries and energy resources.

Recently, scholars have begun to explore Vietnam’s maritime history, particularly from the perspective of colonial and post-colonial Indochinese ports.18 In A Maritime Vietnam, historian Li Tana takes a step further by examining the sea connections of eastern Indochina before the nineteenth century. By getting to the roots of Vietnamese history, she aims to partake in its historiographic renewal inasmuch as she goes beyond its traditional frame, based on rural territories as well as on a national and nationalist approach. Currently an Honorary Senior Fellow at the Australian National University’s College of Asia and Pacific Studies in Canberra, Li completes and widens her previous works dealing with both the Mekong region and the Tonkin Gulf.19 Rather than presenting a history of the East Sea and its Vietnamese coastline, she explores the ways in which maritime dynamics shaped Southeast Asian governance, economies, societies, cultures, and religions. She informs us on the genesis of modern Vietnam, shedding light on what Vietnam was and is, linking past and present through the lens of a longue-durée history.

Li’s book is structured around case studies that are skilfully interconnected, offering a broad yet cohesive picture of Vietnam’s maritime past. The study unfolds in three main sections. The first three chapters focus on the pre-Dai Viet period, laying the foundations of ancient sea-land connections (Chapter 1). From the beginning, some common features are highlighted, i.e., the effects of geomorphological changes, the development of port cities as well as agricultural activities – especially linked to the cultivation of rice –, and the impact of local and regional migration. During the first millennium AD, two territories played their cards right: China-dominated Jiaozhi (Chapter 2) and Linyi (Chapter 3). The first one appears to be an economic and cultural hub, through the diffusion of aromatics and Buddhism, testifying of Sino-Indian relations. It faced southern competition with Cham’s Linyi, also specializing in aromatic plants used in religious cults, and expanding north and south. As early as the eleventh century, Dai Viet did not put an end to regional connections.

The second section of the book examines the rise of Dai Viet and its «Maritime Resurgence» (Chapter 4). From the eleventh century onwards, despite the inland location of the first imperial city, Thanh Long, the Ly dynasty actively engaged with the sea. Forced migration and maritime raids were central to territorial expansion. Salt production, particularly from coastal marshlands, became a key economic activity. Meanwhile, further south, Champa remained a major economic hub benefitting from a Chinese presence and, above all, from its role in Muslim trading networks (Chapter 5). The regional incorporation of Vietnam into Muslim trade networks, including ceramic circulation, persisted until the sixteenth century (Chapter 6). The Vietnamese took the most of the Ming dynasty’s ban of foreign trade, filling the gap thanks to the arrival of craftsmen from China.

The third section explores Vietnam’s transformation during the Age of Commerce (sixteenth–eighteenth centuries) considering Tongking, in the north of the Indochinese Peninsula, (Chapter 7) and Dang Trong/Cochinchina, in the South (Chapter 8). The northern territory became integrated into the global silk and silver trade, in which Japan was a significant player. These commercial networks transformed the Tongking’s society and territory particularly through the multiplication of markets and communal halls (đình), which served as trading posts and social spaces. The involvement of women in peddling activities also renegotiated social and sexual relations while maritime wealth strengthened the role of villages as much as that of the administrative elite, with an increasing number of literati replacing the military on the political scene. In Cochinchina, the Nguyn established a distinct «Maritime Entity» in the seventeenth century. They adopted Malay-style ghe bu ships, developed maritime salvage operations, and expanded their influence over key ports and entrepôts. Cochinchina, thus became an intermediary between China and Japan, integrating forest products into its commercial networks.

The final chapters examine the decline of Vietnam’s «water frontier» through political and economic changes following the Tay Son rebellion which started in the 1770s. By the mid-eighteenth century, a great diversity of products circulated via Vietnamese ports, including rice, tea, tin, pepper, and sugar. Trade reached its peak in the 1760s, driven by triangular exchanges between the Gulf of Siam, Huế and Canton. However, speculation, corruption, and the Tay Son uprising disrupted this network, leading to the mass emigration of Chinese established in the peninsula, a major link in the trade chain, and economic regression. Chapter 9 details this economic regression, while Chapter 10 explores the Nguyn dynasty failure to ensure economic prosperity. Unlike other Southeast and East Asian states, the Nguyn struggled to ensure political integration and economic stability. Instead, regionalism prevailed: southern ports remained export-oriented, while the North was subjected to a grain-shipping system, named ‘tao van’, in order to feed the Central provinces. After decades of free trade, rice consequently became a highly political commodity.

All in all, this book offers a stimulating study of the history of Vietnam that does not ignore politics and dynasties but links them to economic, social, and cultural phenomena. The book puts the predominance of political facts and actors into perspective, stressing the role and agency of economic actors, including craftsmen, smugglers, and migrants. While questioning land and sea borders, the historian also reveals the shaping and unshaping of territories that took part in the formation of Vietnam and the Vietnamese society to the present day.

Li’s approach offers a connected history highlighting the complex entanglement of relations forged on the Indochinese peninsula. While China remains central, Li’s book widens the horizon by considering other Asian populations and territories, to include Muslim merchants from the Middle East and the Ottoman Empire, as well as European traders, particularly the Dutch VOC and the British. In doing so, her work not only addresses historians of Vietnam but represents a valuable piece of Southeast Asian global history. Li employs a connected history methodology that ignores the borders between history and archaeology, geomorphology, and, to a lower extent, economy, literature and poetry. Archaeological findings are put to the forefront right beside a particularly rich use of the existing Vietnamese, Chinese, English, French and Japanese scholarship. If some of the attached maps, especially in the first chapters, could appear quite blurry to readers freshly diving into the history of Vietnam and Southeast Asia, this is easily counterbalanced by Li’s thoughtful and instructive writing style. Furthermore, her use of micro-history along with detailed case studies of human and commodity circulation serve a dual function: it compensates the lack of historical evidence in order to seize the social dimension of sea-land connections and facilitate the understanding of complex interactions. Through this study, Li Tana’s book paves the way for new studies on Vietnam, and Southeast Asia, transcending traditional boundaries.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

The Confort Women of Singapore

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Kevin Blackburn, The Comfort Women of Singapore in History and Memory, Singapore: NUS Press, 2022, 208 pp. (ISBN 978-981-325-186-1).

Decades after Kim Hak-sun first delivered her public testimony detailing her enslavement as a ‘comfort woman’ during World War II, the legal fight to hold Japan accountable for war crimes and crimes against humanity continues. In April 2024, 18 families of late Chinese comfort women filed landmark lawsuits in Shanxi province against the Japanese government— the first such challenge in a Chinese court— seeking formal apologies and compensation.1 The enduring fight for justice and reparations for comfort women remains one of the most urgent historical and moral issues today and

necessitates persistent inquiry on Japan’s wartime atrocities. Kim’s powerful account in 1991 had opened the doors for many other former comfort women to speak out about their experiences, not just in South Korea, but also in the Southeast Asian countries of Malaysia, the Philippines, and Indonesia. Yet, similar testimonies have not been forthcoming in Singapore, which was a major centre of comfort stations that catered to rank-and-file Japanese soldiers and ryotei, or restaurants that offered sexual services to officers and administrators. Why is this so? Kevin Blackburn’s The Comfort Women of Singapore in History and Memory picks up on this silence as an entry point to address the lacuna in studies of the comfort women system in Singapore and explore the representation of comfort women in Singapore popular culture and collective memory. Drawing on studies done on comfort women originating from other parts of Asia that were occupied by Japan during the war, Blackburn highlights the transnational nature of the comfort women issue and points out similarities and differences between post-war Asian societies that could explain why Singapore comfort women had not come forward with their testimonies. Blackburn furthermore shows the interplay between state imperatives and state support for the comfort women’s pursuance of recognition and compensation. Blackburn examines the history of comfort women in Singapore during Japanese Occupation and discusses their silence and portrayal in the media with a sensitivity to gender.

Chapter 1, titled “Lee Kuan Yew and Masculinist Memories of the Comfort Women,” begins the book with an assessment of the responses in Singapore to the 1991 international controversy over comfort women. Particularly, Blackburn argues that Singapore founding Prime Minister Lee Kuan Yew’s 1992 keynote speech to an audience of Japanese businessmen, in which he mentioned that the “chastity” of young Singaporean girls had been “saved” by young Korean women and girls enslaved in the Cairnhill Road comfort station in Singapore, reflected ‘masculinist’ memories of comfort women in Singapore. In these memories, which were published in the press following Lee’s statement, ideas that men were entitled to sexual gratification with women’s bodies were tacitly accepted. Blackburn posits that Lee’s statement signalled that the government would be potentially unsympathetic to the comfort women’s cause which, in addition to press reports similarly suggesting that there were few of them, deterred local Singapore comfort women from coming forward with their experiences and demands for justice and compensation.

Chapter 2 examines “The Role of the Women of Singapore in the Sex Industry of the Japanese Military,” in which Blackburn focuses on the year 1942, when the Japanese military established the comfort women system in Singapore. Drawing extensively from oral interviews, Blackburn shows the various ways in which women became entrapped in the sex industry of the Japanese military. Some women were forcibly abducted, whereas others were tricked and trafficked by local brokers from their own community. Women also had differing experiences in the sex industry. Whereas some women were enslaved in comfort stations designated for rank-and-file Japanese soldiers, ‘low-grade’ geisha and Japanese women provided sexual services in ryotei restaurants reserved for military officers and high-ranking civilian administrators. Others, including many local women, worked in restaurants that also operated as brothels. The experience of Ho Kwai Min, a Cantonese ‘high-class’ prostitute, reveals the ways in which women resisted and sought agency while illuminating the endemic physical violence in the sex industry of the Japanese military.

Chapter 3 looks “Inside the Comfort Stations of Singapore” to investigate how they operated between 1943 and 1945, during which comfort stations proliferated in Singapore. Drawing from a range of sources, from testimonies, memories to written records of individuals who had been in comfort stations in Singapore, this chapter also examines the experiences of comfort women, specifically the ways in which they dealt with the working conditions of the comfort station. The conditions were appalling. Comfort women served long queues of Japanese soldiers in a “sex factory-like system”; it was not uncommon that the women were forced to have sex with 30-50 soldiers on “busy” days. When the few opportunities arose, comfort women asserted their agency. Blackburn posits that, while the sources suggest that the known comfort stations in Singapore were managed by private managers, the comfort women system was ultimately under the control of the Japanese military.

Chapter 4, focusing on “Korean and Indonesian Comfort Women in Singapore,” explores the origins of the comfort women and compares how they were brought to Singapore. Blackburn contends that the methods used in the recruitment of Korean and Indonesian women as comfort women and their working conditions were not dissimilar. Deception was a key strategy. The recruitment of these women through Korean and Indonesian co-operation offers striking parallels. While Indonesian women were pressured by their parents to accept deceptive offers to further their education or for employment such as nursing, similar promises made to Korean women saw them being trafficked via well-established networks in Korea to various parts of Asia under Japanese Occupation to work in comfort stations. Though most of the comfort women in Singapore were Korean, it appears that Indonesian women formed the second largest group, who comprised entirely of the women in the comfort stations at Katong and the offshore island Pulau Bukom. The experiences of Korean and Indonesian comfort women in Singapore corroborate studies conducted on other contexts that there were numerous ways in which comfort women were recruited and differing conditions in which they worked.

Chapter 5, titled “The Comfort Women Returning to Live in Postwar Society,” investigates the postwar circumstances that discouraged women involved in the sex industry of the Japanese military in Singapore to speak to their families about their experiences or to return to their communities where they faced stigmatisation. Indonesian, Korean, and Singapore women returned to their respective societies that were unsympathetic to their wartime experiences. In Singapore, the returning British colonial authorities and community leaders were particularly perturbed by the large numbers of Singapore women who were driven to prostitution during the Occupation and continued doing so as livelihood after the war. Marked as ‘fallen’ women, these women were portrayed by their critics as a moral-corrupting influence on men and as vectors of venereal diseases. A Girls’ Training School was established along the lines of ‘rehabilitation’ to offer vocational education to these women so that they could obtain alternative employment or marry and establish their own households. By the 1950s, little was discussed about Singapore women who had been in the wartime sex industry. Blackburn posits that it was highly probable that these women decided to remain silent about their experiences so that they could reintegrate into society rather than remain stigmatised. He furthermore contends that the early postwar discourse on women engaged in the sex industry exemplifies the perpetuation and reinforcement of women’s subordinate status in society via “male-controlled language.”

Chapter 6 explores “The Silence of the Local Comfort Women of Singapore” in the context of state effort in the 1990s to incorporate wartime experiences of the local population into a “narrative of national survival.” The English, Malay, and Chinese presses sought to no avail former comfort women to speak out about their experiences because of their potential stigma and loss of social status, the conservative patriarchal nature of Singapore society, and the absence of local feminist activist organisations that had enabled comfort women to publicly testify about their experiences in other countries. Blackburn suggests that the presses’ failure in securing stories of Singapore comfort women can be explained by Ho Kwai Min’s interview in a Chinese documentary about prewar female entertainer-prostitutes that catered to wealthy men. After the documentary aired, Ho experienced ostracization and scorn from her social circles. Another reason why Singapore comfort women did not demand compensation while many in other countries were doing so was the lack of financial incentive. Arguably, the compensation the women could have hoped to receive would not have been worth the social cost of being marked as ‘fallen’ women. Other reasons include the ambiguity of the ways in which women were engaged in the wartime sex industry that could cast aspersions on them as well as the lingering memories of early postwar disapprobation on women in prostitution.

Chapter 7 explores the remembrance of “The Comfort Women of Singapore as ‘Dark Heritage’.” Comfort women had been depicted in numerous plays and television dramas in Singapore, be it as a main character or supporting cast, contributing to an awareness of the transnational nature and diversity of women’s sexual enslavement by the Japanese military in Singapore. State recognition of the wartime atrocities experienced by comfort women came in the limited form of conservation of a site that had served as a comfort station. The conclusion situates the study of comfort women in Singapore in broader, ongoing debates about comfort women in East Asia and points out the ethical obligations of scholars writing about trauma.

In conclusion, The Comfort Women of Singapore in History and Memory makes for a sobering read. It is a tall order to write a book about silence. Blackburn’s effort to investigate the history of comfort women of Singapore despite the paucity of testimonies from Singapore comfort women is admirable. For anyone who desires to understand the ways in which public memory of war is shaped by history, society, and politics, this book is an essential read.

1 Alyssa Chen, “Families of China’s WWII ‘Comfort Women’ Seek Japanese Compensation, Apologies in Landmark Lawsuits,” South China Morning Post, May 2, 2024, https://www.scmp.com/news/china/diplomacy/article/3260963/families-chinas-wwii-comfort-women-seek-japanese-compensation-apologies-landmark-lawsuits.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Repackaging Colonial Violence: Race, war, and the myth of British counterinsurgency in Malaya

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Kate Imy, Losing Hearts and Minds: Race, War, and Empire in Singapore and Malaya, 1915-1960, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 2024, 352 pp. (ISBN: 978-1-5036-3675-3).

Kate Imy’s Losing Hearts and Minds: Race, War, and Empire in Singapore and Malaya, 1915-1960 is a deeply researched and conceptually rich study that interrogates the fraught realities of colonial militarism in Southeast Asia. By centring on the experiences and testimonies of soldiers and civilians across multiple conflicts – including the First World War, the Second World War, and the Malayan Emergency – Imy challenges the often-celebrated narrative of Britain’s «successful» counterinsurgency in Malaya. With her analysis extending from the Singapore Mutiny in 1915 to the final years of British colonial rule in the region, she suggests that the famed strategy of «winning hearts and minds,» popularised by Sir Gerald Templer during the Malayan Emergency, was in fact deeply rooted in earlier imperial practices and haunted by persistent failures.13 The book thus complicates the notion of a singularly triumphant British «model» of counterinsurgency and exposes the racial and gender hierarchies that continually undermined Britain’s efforts to secure genuine local support.

Imy’s approach blends social, cultural, and military history, illuminating how imperial power operated through overlapping structures of race, class, gender, and faith. Drawing on a remarkably broad source base – letters, diaries, memoirs, court-martial records, propaganda materials, oral histories, and state archives from multiple countries – the book demonstrates that Britain’s invocation of «hearts and minds» was far from a benign or purely humanitarian tactic [p. 7]. Rather, it was a mode of colonial governance and warfare that pivoted on the selective inclusion and exclusion of diverse peoples (Chinese, Malay, Indian, Eurasian, and various Commonwealth troops) in a hierarchy that both sought to harness their labour and loyalty yet invariably restricted their access to power. Imy’s central argument is that far from decreasing violence, the «hearts-and-minds» rhetoric often intensified colonial oppression, creating a cycle in which civilians and soldiers alike felt betrayed, alienated, and coerced.

A hallmark of strong scholarship lies in its engagement with existing literature and historiographical debates, and Losing Hearts and Minds makes significant interventions across multiple fields. In re-examining British Malaya, Imy moves beyond the familiar narrative of a paternalistic colonial administration adept at managing multi-ethnic populations. Rather than accepting the conventional view that Britain’s success stemmed from its ability to balance competing interests, she underscores the extent to which racial and gender inequalities were embedded within the structures of colonial rule. Drawing on the work of scholars such as John Newsinger and Karl Hack, she integrates insights from postcolonial theory, particularly the understanding that colonial categories – such as «coloniser» and «colonised, » «white» and «non-white» – were neither fixed nor benign but constituted through violence, exclusion, and contestation.14 In her introduction, she explicitly acknowledges a broad historiography that has shaped discussions of the Malayan Emergency as an archetype of counterinsurgency, citing works by C. A. Bayly and Tim Harper, Kumar Ramakrishna, Anthony Short, Richard Stubbs, Leon Comber, David French, and others.15 By weaving these perspectives into her analysis, she challenges the trope of British «success» and highlights how that narrative was sustained by Cold War imperatives and subsequent military doctrines.

This perspective is further reinforced by her approach to the history of war and society, where she departs from traditional military histories that emphasise high-level strategic decisions and diplomatic manoeuvres. Instead, she adopts a bottom-up approach that foregrounds the lived experiences of those who navigated colonial militarisation. Her broad temporal scope, spanning from 1915 to 1960, is especially important in resisting the tendency to treat the Malayan Emergency as an isolated event. By tracing continuities from the early twentieth century, she reveals how ideologies of «martial race», discriminatory labour practices, and racial segregation in military recruitment shaped not only Britain’s counterinsurgency strategies but also how colonial subjects perceived imperial rule. Rather than viewing these as distinct phases in British governance, she demonstrates that they were part of a longer history of racialised violence and control.

At the same time, Imy places Singapore and Malaya within a broader transnational and global context. By examining their roles in the First and Second World Wars, the Japanese occupation, and the Cold War, she highlights the extent to which anti-colonial struggles, pan-Asian networks, and inter-imperial conflicts were deeply interconnected. Her analysis aligns with scholars who argue that decolonisation was not a simple shift from colonial empire to local nationalism but rather a process shaped by competing global ideologies and regional struggles. She notes, for instance, the contributions of Christopher E. Goscha and Christian F. Ostermann, situating Singapore and Malaya in the wider context of Cold War fault lines, while also referencing Cheah Boon Kheng, Teng Phee Tan, Syed Muhd Khairudin Aljunied, and others who illuminate the roles of non-European actors [p. 2].16 This long-range perspective makes Losing Hearts and Minds not only an essential contribution to Southeast Asian history but also a work that speaks to broader questions of empire and its transformations in the twentieth century.

Imy’s core argument is that Britain’s repeated attempts to bolster its rule by appealing to local «loyalties» rested on a fundamentally unequal foundation. She posits that every incarnation of this strategy—from early colonial policing in the interwar era, to the frantic mobilisation of Asian and Commonwealth soldiers during the Second World War, to the systematic campaign to defeat communist insurgents in the 1950s—was embedded in structural racism and selective recognition of who counted as «loyal». These colonial categories were repeatedly undone by the realities of everyday violence, betrayals, and cultural interaction. As she demonstrates, the gap between the discourse of «hearts and minds» and the lived experiences of individuals was vast. The «hearts-and-minds» approach claimed to foster interracial cooperation but instead reinforced racial hierarchies through forced resettlement, mass internment, and psychological warfare. As seen in colonial policing, where Malay and Chinese officers were reduced to subservient roles to surveil European communists, British counterinsurgency relied on coercion rather than care, leaving many to see colonial rule as repressive rather than legitimate [p. 63].

The book is organised into seven main chapters, each focusing on a different conflict or period, and its structure moves chronologically. The first chapter, Race War in Singapore, analyses the 1915 mutiny of Indian troops in Singapore, illustrating how the universalising myth of white British power was shaken by local alliances that crossed expected racial lines. Indian soldiers found willing civilian collaborators from diverse backgrounds – Malay, Chinese, and even some European – challenging British assumptions that whiteness itself guaranteed loyalty or compliance. As Frank Kershaw Wilson reflected on the uprising, he experienced «an unpleasant consciousness of being a white man», a sentiment that, as Imy argues, «laid bare the vulnerability of colonial racial hierarchies and the military state meant to support them» [p. ١٣]. The mutiny revealed that British control was more fragile than it appeared, as soldiers and civilians alike defied racial divisions imposed by the colonial order. The second chapter, Making Enemies between the Wars, examines the aftermath of the 1915 mutiny, showing how British authorities militarised policing and reinforced racial hierarchies. Chinese and Japanese communities in Singapore found that British gratitude for their wartime support was fleeting. Japanese journalist Koji Tsukuda recalled that the British had «greatly valued” Japanese intervention, even claiming they outperformed British forces. Yet, by 1917, the British General Staff dismissed their role, stating that “the Japanese did not do much» [p. 47]. This selective recognition of loyalty deepened mistrust and foreshadowed racial tensions that shaped colonial rule in the interwar years.

The following three chapters examine the Second World War and the Japanese occupation. Imy argues that the fall of Singapore in 1942 underscored fundamental British failures to protect the colony. Despite official propaganda, white British soldiers were prioritised for evacuation, while local populations, particularly the Chinese, bore the brunt of Japanese reprisals. Civilians’ relationships with the Japanese occupiers varied widely, ranging from forced labour to uneasy cooperation and genuine collaboration. As Imy observes, «Facing British and then Japanese indifference, many soldiers depended on civilians for survival, further reducing their exalted status as men of arms», a reliance that «gave civilians repeated exposure to soldiers’ frailties, underlining the loss of British power» [p. 145]. The experience of Prisoner of War (POW) and internment camps further blurred the lines between friend and foe, though racial ideologies remained deeply entrenched. Attempts to reassert martial-race status or to align with anti-colonial sentiment shaped identities during this time of acute crisis.

The final two chapters focus on the Malayan Emergency (1948–1960), with a particular emphasis on the British-led counterinsurgency campaign against predominantly Chinese communist guerrillas. Imy rejects conventional readings that celebrate Templer’s «hearts-and-minds» approach as a prime example of enlightened counterinsurgency. Instead, she underscores the campaign’s heavy reliance on extrajudicial killings, the forced resettlement of entire Chinese communities into «New Villages», and psychological operations that targeted civilian women’s bodies and reproduction as sites of ideological control. Imy writes, «Templer rebranded many aspects of the Emergency without changing its essential components, for instance renaming ‘bandits’ communist terrorists (CTs) and resettlement areas ‘New Villages.’ The underlying practice of extreme violence remained» [p. 205]. For Imy, the so-called success of the Malayan Emergency is a myth that persists partly because it has been frequently invoked – especially in American counterinsurgency circles – as a model. Her archival evidence, however, confirms that British efforts to minimise violence by winning over civilian populations were consistently undermined by the same racial biases and gender hierarchies that had defined colonial rule for decades.

One of the book’s great strengths is Imy’s multifaceted use of sources. She draws on archival collections from Britain, Australia, New Zealand, India, Nepal, Malaysia, and Singapore. Moreover, she underscores the importance of oral histories collected in different languages, and she is candid about the frailties of translation and transcription. By foregrounding these methodological challenges, Imy highlights the interpretative choices she must make in reconstructing local voices – particularly those of individuals marginalised by race, class, or gender. This makes the text not just a historical study but also an exercise in historiographical reflection [p. 9]. Such meticulous engagement with first-hand testimonies – especially diaries, letters, and personal interviews – enables Imy to illuminate the emotional dimensions of war and empire. She is attuned to how fear, betrayal, and aspiration shaped people’s decisions to collaborate, resist, or simply survive. Crucially, she does not reduce these choices to a simple binary of «loyal» or «disloyal», «heroic» or «traitorous». Instead, she insists upon the contingent nature of human agency under conditions of extreme stress. The tension between the official archive (military reports, propaganda leaflets, state documents) and personal stories is a central motif throughout the book, giving it a powerful human dimension.

Imy’s analysis of «hearts and minds» as a deeply gendered and racialised project is particularly compelling. Building on conceptual insights from Ann Laura Stoler, Homi Bhabha, and other theorists of colonial discourse, the author demonstrates how British rule systematically conflated whiteness with legitimacy and authority.17 This conflation explains why, in moments of crisis (e.g., 1915 mutiny, 1942 Japanese invasion), British officers found themselves baffled by the «inexplicable» alliances among Asians—alliances they had dismissed as improbable given the supposedly natural racial hierarchies. Further, the «hearts-and-minds» rhetoric and the paternalistic assumption that British colonial officials could «uplift» or «protect» local populations served to mask the systemic violence intrinsic to the colonial order [p. 69].

Gender likewise emerges as a critical axis of inequality. Women – particularly Chinese and Eurasian women – appear both as the objects of state propaganda and as agents who navigated spaces of forced labour, internment, and resettlement. Imy devotes sustained attention to how the colonial regime, and later Commonwealth forces in the Emergency, used women’s bodies and reproductive capacities as symbols of either compliance or subversion. The propaganda images she cites (showing communist women giving birth in the jungle vs. the domestic serenity of women aligned with the colonial state) illustrate how crucial gender tropes were in shaping the rhetorical strategies of British power [p. 234].

Imy’s ability to balance theoretical discussions with meticulous historical research ensures that her work remains accessible while deeply engaged with postcolonial critiques of racialised colonial structures. She aligns with postcolonial scholars in her analysis of race, gender, and imperial discourse but never allows theoretical abstraction to overshadow the empirical richness of her study. Instead, she seamlessly integrates conceptual discussions with close readings of textual and oral evidence, producing a work that is both analytically rigorous and grounded in human experiences. Her ethical engagement with the process of scholarship is also evident, particularly in the introduction and acknowledgements, where she reflects on the challenges of academic labour and the impact of institutional constraints. By situating her research within the realities of conducting scholarship during the COVID-19 pandemic, she offers a candid commentary on the intersection of intellectual work and institutional power [p. xi].

There are, however, areas where readers might have wished for further engagement. While her discussion of the Japanese occupation includes perspectives from British, Eurasian, and local Asian actors, one might wonder whether deeper engagement with Japanese-language materials could have provided additional insights. The absence of these sources – perhaps due to linguistic constraints or archival restrictions – may limit the full picture of how the Japanese military understood the shifting loyalties in Singapore and Malaya. Similarly, although the book convincingly situates Singapore and Malaya as key points within a broader imperial network, a more explicit comparison with contemporaneous crises in Burma or the Dutch East Indies could have further reinforced her argument about the continuity of colonial structures. Nonetheless, this focus on Singapore and Malaya is not a weakness but a strategic choice that ensures narrative depth.

Another consideration is the extent to which continuity is emphasised throughout the book. While Imy makes a compelling case for the persistent structures of racialised governance and counterinsurgency, there are moments where greater attention to contingency might have further nuanced the analysis. The distinct local political dynamics of the 1910s, for example, as compared to the early Cold War era, could have been explored in more detail to highlight not just the continuities but also the transformations in British colonial governance. The book effectively dismantles the triumphalism surrounding the Malayan Emergency, but additional clarity on what specifically changed in governance strategies, beyond the intensification of policing, might have added further depth to her argument.

Imy’s work will be vital for scholars of empire, colonial and postcolonial studies, Southeast Asian history, and military historians looking to understand the lived dimensions of war. Graduate students in history, political science, anthropology, and cultural studies will find the book’s interdisciplinary methodology – marrying archival work with theoretical insights – particularly instructive. Instructors designing courses on the British Empire, World War II in the Pacific, and decolonisation can draw on Imy’s chapters to illuminate themes of race, gender, and power in an accessible yet deeply analytical manner. For undergraduate teaching, excerpts from Losing Hearts and Minds – especially sections dealing with personal letters, diaries, and the propaganda images – could effectively illustrate the complexities of wartime collaboration, the interchange of local and global forces, and the emotional toll of colonial warfare on everyday lives. Furthermore, Imy’s critical stance toward the notion of «successful» counterinsurgency in Malaya offers a useful foil to more traditional military histories that treat Templer’s approach as a polished model for modern warfare.

In Losing Hearts and Minds, Kate Imy provides an essential corrective to simplistic treatments of British counterinsurgency and imperial policy in Southeast Asia. By digging into the tangled layers of personal testimony, racialised military recruitment, gendered propaganda, and the harsh realities of internment and forced resettlement, she underscores that colonial power did not so much «win» as it forcibly imposed itself – often at the expense of those whose hearts and minds were supposedly being courted. The book’s significance lies in its compelling demonstration that the Malayan Emergency, while invoked in later decades (most notably by American leaders in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan) as a model counterinsurgency, was a project shaped by deeply flawed colonial logics – logics which perpetuated systemic violence and racism under the guise of reform. Imy’s insistence that we view the Emergency within a broader arc of twentieth-century conflict in Malaya and Singapore disrupts the myth of an exceptional «success story». Instead, she points to a history replete with ruptures, betrayals, and shifting allegiances, none of which are easily reduced to neat narratives of good governance. From a stylistic standpoint, Imy writes with clarity and engagement. She balances theoretical sophistication with a consistent sense of compassion for those caught up in the imperial machine. The inclusion of extensive personal stories anchors the book in a tangible reality, ensuring it never becomes a purely abstract treatise. Scholars and students will appreciate this balance of rigorous academic detail and attention to the human dimensions of historical processes.

In conclusion, Losing Hearts and Minds stands as a major contribution to the study of empire, war, and decolonisation in Southeast Asia. By uncovering the racial, gendered, and emotional scaffolding that underwrote Britain’s military ventures in Singapore and Malaya, Imy reorients our understanding of «hearts-and-minds» warfare. Instead of an innovative strategy that minimised force, it was a repackaging of colonial violence, reinforced by paternalistic rhetoric and the illusion of racial brotherhood. Imy’s carefully crafted research, broad temporal scope, and vivid narrative arc ensure that her study will become a touchstone for those investigating the entwined histories of race, war, and imperial power in Asia—and, indeed, for anyone interested in the complexities of colonial rule worldwide.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Imperialism without Empire? The Swiss and their legacies of transimperial mercenarism

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Philipp Krauer, Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies: A Transimperial History of Military Labour, 1848-1914, Leiden, The Netherlands: Leiden University Press, 2024, 236 pp. (ISBN 978-9-0872-8414-5).

Due to its political neutrality, economic growth, and multiculturalism, the history of modern Switzerland after 1848 has often been self-characterized as a special case («Sonderfall») within the broader dynamics of European history.6 In contrast to Europe’s tainted history of imperialism and colonialism, this distinctiveness seems justified—Switzerland never had a formal colony. However, since the early 2000s, historians such as Patricia Purtschert, Francesca Falk, Harald Fischer-Tiné, and Bernhard Schär, among others, have challenged this view by demonstrating how colonialism, along with the violence and racism that came with it, were integral to the making of modern Switzerland.7 Philipp Krauer’s Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies is a significant contribution to this growing body of work.

At the core of the book are the stories of 5,800 Swiss mercenaries who enlisted in the Royal Dutch East Indies Army (Koninklijk Nederlands-Indisch Leger, KNIL) in the Netherlands East Indies. In tracing the stories of these young, mostly underprivileged, Swiss men, Krauer shows how young Swiss actively participated in the European colonial project throughout the 19th and early 20th centuries. Krauer’s approach is situated between two historiographical traditions: the so-called «New Military History» a trend which began in the 1960s, that examines military history through the lens of social, cultural, and economic history; and «New Imperial History» which conceptualizes empires as networks of circulation of people, objects, or ideas. In tackling this multi-pronged approach, the author builds upon Daniel Headrick’s framework in Tools of Empire (1981) by conceptualizing Swiss mercenaries as «agents of historical entanglements» or, living «tools of empire» within the broader scheme of European imperialisms.8

The book asks three main questions. What was the role of the Swiss mercenaries in the perpetuation of Dutch colonial power? How did these Swiss mercenaries interact with each other, their Dutch masters, and the indigenous population? And following Bernhard C. Schär’s conception of the «trans-imperial» what was the role of the Swiss in the construction and perpetuation of a «trans-imperial military labor market» that allowed the Dutch to recruit men for their fledgling imperial wars while also providing care and pensions to their veterans?9 Ultimately, Krauer examines how these experiences with imperialism helped shape modern Switzerland [p. 18].

In answering these questions, the book’s argument is quite straightforward. Through its participation within the European trans-imperial military labour market, «thousands of Swiss mercenaries were also deployed both outside of Europe and after the founding of the modern federal state in 1848[,]» thus contributing to Dutch imperialism and the violence that came with it» [p. 153]. The book’s primary contribution is to reposition the Swiss as active players in European imperialism abroad—and show how this participation shaped the history of the modern Swiss nation-state.

In Chapter II, Krauer provides an overview of the shape and dynamics of the trans-imperial military labour market that emerged in 19th century Europe. He points out that during the second half of the 19th century, the Dutch employed Swiss mercenaries in large numbers. This was due to the Dutch wars of colonial expansion in the Malay Archipelago, namely the costly Java War (1825-1830) and the Aceh Wars (1873-1912). Meanwhile, the European economic crisis of the 1870s also provided a steady supply of young volunteers to the Netherlands [p. 44]. Beyond socioeconomic motivations, Swiss volunteers were drawn by the allure of adventure and the prospect of traveling to the far-flung East Indies [p. 64].

Of course, the life of a colonial soldier was not all adventure, pomp, or glory. In addition to the rigors of military training, Chapter III vividly illustrates how Swiss soldiers encountered the monotony and boredom of military discipline, the social and racial hierarchies in the colonies, the threat of tropical diseases, disillusionment (and insubordination), and ultimately, the nature of colonial violence itself. The author contends that «Swiss mercenaries contributed in various manners to the maintenance and proliferation of a colonial regime of awe, fear, and violence» [p. 80]. The vivid accounts from Swiss mercenaries – such as Jean Aimé Theodore Humberset, who noted in his diary how his unit burned down several villages during the Borneo War against the Sultanate of Banjarmasin (1859-1863); Karl Schmid, who «praised the courage of a compatriot who sneaked behind enemy lines and set fire to a village» during the Aceh War (1873-1912); or Hans Christoffel, who, as a unit commander in the infamous Marechausee, oversaw the violent counterinsurgencies against the Alas and Gayo people during the Aceh War in 1904 [p. 80]. Three years later, in 1907, Christoffel and his unit were deployed to Flores, where they massacred 795 people in a three-month long expedition [p. 82]. Just like the other Europeans in the KNIL, the Swiss recruits originated from the lower strata of society, and they ultimately became perpetrators of colonial violence [p. 83].

In addition to the normal ebb-and-flow of martial life, the author also discusses the Swiss mercenaries’ relationships with local concubines (njai) and the sexual life of the soldiers. Speaking about the ‘vices’ of barracks, Krauer explains how concubinage, abolished only in 1913, was often exploitative and abusive [p. 84]. Swiss soldiers recorded their own racialized views of these relationships – Heinrich Brandenberger, for instance, complained how the njais «kept up to six men at a time». and Arnold Egloff calls the njai was «like a cat», as she «did not remain faithful» and «only loved money, but not the man who would give it» [p. 84]. The mixed-race children of these relationships, often abandoned and/or marginalized, became an underclass within Indies society [p. 85]. However, some Swiss also married their njais and brought them back to Switzerland, such as Brandenberger, who married Lina Sampet in 1911, and settled with her in Switzerland in 1920 [p. 85].

One of the book’s most interesting aspects is its analysis of how Swiss participation in imperialist projects helped shape Swiss national identity. Quoting historian Rudolf Jaun, the author notes that in the absence of military victories or defeats due to its neutrality, Switzerland instead built its martial-nationalist discourse upon the battles fought by Swiss mercenaries from the 16th to the early 19th centuries.10 However, after the formation of the Swiss federal state in 1848, the state distanced itself from the colonial mercenary histories, as they were considered anathema to the self-perceived liberalism of the Swiss political class [p. 65].

The lasting influence of colonialism was also evident in a domain for which Switzerland is renowned for – finance. Central to Chapter IV are the flows of remuneration, from the Dutch colonies and the metropole to the Swiss state, which resulted from the business of mercenaryism. To be fair, colonial soldiers were not a path to wealth. Recruits did accept large signing bonuses when securing their contracts, but most of these funds circulated domestically as they were mostly spent in the colonial training depots of Harderwijk and Nijmegen [p. 97]. In terms of regular pay, however, the levels were quite low – a fact that is well-established in the literature. A soldier’s weekly pay was one guilder in 1860, an amount which only increased marginally to 1,65 guilders in 1867 [p. 99]. According to the author, what was important was the constant transmission of pensions and veterans benefits to retired mercenaries in Switzerland. The transfer of these monies depended upon the «trans-imperial labour market» established a century earlier, which consisted of a network of actors and institutions, first the Dutch Consul General in Bern; Dutch private companies J. van Daehne & Co., Furnée & Co., and C.J. Sutterheim; and Swiss Cantonal War Commissioner (such as the one in Basel), and Swiss banking service providers such as Marcuard & Cie [pp. 103-5]. Many of these institutions employed Dutch officials and former Swiss mercenaries or other citizens that had direct experiences in the Dutch colonial sphere. The author suggests that the flow of colonial money from the mercenaries – either from signing bonuses, legal or illegal compensation, or pensions and veterans’ disability benefits – supported the livelihoods of the poorer strata of Europeans, even for a country without colonies such as Switzerland.

Ultimately, in chapter V, the author endeavours into post-colonial studies, as he discusses the discursive representation of imperialism and colonialism through the general collective memory of the Swiss nation. Building upon Gloria Wekker’s work on the Dutch Empire, the author traces how, through the mercenaries’ «colonial gaze» reflected through letters, postcards, memoirs, diaries, and newspaper articles, the Swiss became active participants in the long history of European colonialism.11 These personal archives of Swiss mercenaries contain what the author calls the permeation of a «colonial logic» that was built upon a dynamic relationship between the «European self» vis-à-vis the «extra-European other» [p. 128]. The Swiss mercenaries ultimately reproduced the colonial stereotypes of Javanese, Malay, or other «natives» as «simple people», «easily contented», or having a generally «peaceful character».12 Meanwhile those from the Outer Islands (Sumatra, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, or other islands) were considered «savages» the Chinese and Arabs were «untrustworthy», as they were traders – one even compared them with Jews (!), and so on [pp. 130-5]. These stereotypes and discourses were distributed and transmitted to the lower classes of urban and rural Switzerland [p. 149]. So much, perhaps, for «Sonderfall Schweiz».

While the book makes use of an impressive range of German, French, and Dutch official and private sources – from archives to diaries and photographs – the book’s reliance upon European sources means that indigenous perspectives remain largely absent, albeit for a few exceptions. In terms of racial stereotypes, perhaps it would be beneficial to see how the indigenous population viewed the German-speaking members of the KNIL in comparison to their other counterparts. Further, the book could have benefited from the voices of other actors – such as Swiss financiers, traders, engineers, plantation owners, or missionaries. Another interesting path to take is, of course, to examine how other European nation-states benefited from colonial flows of mercenary renumeration such as the case here with the Swiss.

Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies makes a significant contribution towards the historiography of Swiss exceptionalism by revealing Switzerland’s entanglements in European imperialism. In tracing the personal accounts of Swiss mercenaries within the KNIL and the networks that they produced, the author offers compelling evidence that Switzerland was an active and complicit actor in Europe’s colonial history. The book’s strongest contribution lies in its rich multilingual archival work and its ability to connect the Swiss tradition of mercenaryism to the broader debates on the nature and consequences of Dutch and European colonial, racial, and economic entanglements abroad. In this regard, Swiss Mercenaries in the Dutch East Indies serves as a crucial addition to the literature on Switzerland’s global history and her role in the European global imperial networks.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

The Making of the Modern Middle East: When the Periphery Rules the Centre

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Guillemette Crouzet, Inventing the Middle East: Britain and the Persian Gulf in the Age of Global Imperialism, Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press, 2022, 284 pp. (ISBN 978-0-2280-1406-5).

With Inventing the Middle East, we are presented with a scientifically rigorous and valuable study. This book offers an insightful interpretation of the events that led the United Kingdom to conceptualise the Middle East as a geopolitical entity and to assume a central political and economic role in the region. It is a well-written book, which is a pleasure to read.

Crouzet suggests a new and extended periodisation for the history of the modern Middle East, as a unified region, arguing for an earlier beginning, prior to the discovery of oil in the 1920s and 1930s. She does so by setting forth a different historical perspective, one through which scholars have usually investigated the role of the region in the international system between the late 1780s and the early 1910s.

Thanks to her approach, the author provides a compelling analysis of the political, geopolitical, and cultural factors underpinning British presence in the Middle East, starting from the analysis of the British diplomatic activities in the Gulf from the end of the eighteenth century to the start of the twentieth century. These activities were shaped by French initiatives in the region – such as Napoleon’s invasion of Egypt in 1798 and Bourbon diplomatic engagements in North Africa and Persia, in the first decades of the nineteenth century – and later by the perceived threat of Russian expansionism (in Central Asia or, again, in Persia aimed at enlarging the Romanoff Empire)

The book’s central argument is persuasive: it highlights the inherent tensions and flaws that characterised British India’s policy toward the Gulf. The first two chapters demonstrate how, despite attempts at consolidation, the absence of a coherent imperial project hindered British policy in the area during the first half of the nineteenth century. All the difficulties in crushing the Qasimi piracy – which was not only an economic source for the local authorities, but an instrument of political affirmation among populations for the local noble families and which was seen by presidencies in India as a considerable obstruction to trade and stability – illustrate the inconsistencies, in that time interval, of British regional influence.

Crouzet makes this point because, on the one hand, rather than to evaluate the local events through the traditional lens of the Great Powers’ chess game in the area and in Asia, placing London’s leadership at the centre of the political contacts, she maintains that the Indian periphery, driven by East India Company’s political and economic interests, prevailed in inducing the British meddling into the region, until the Company’s dissolution after the Indian Rebellion of 1857. On the other, she rightly notes that both before and after the Company’s governmental responsibilities were transferred to the Crown, the British authorities and the governors or Viceroys dictated the political agenda in the Middle East and Persian Gulf; hence the Indian interests often taking precedence over the homeland’s concerns, with London playing a more peripheral role in setting the geopolitical agenda.

Thus, Crouzet adheres to the historiographical studies school flourished in the David K. Filedhouse’s stream of analysis (for example in his Economics and Empire, 1830-1914, published in the now distant 1973), where Fieldhouse successfully emphasised the existence of a much more articulated relationship between European Great Powers and their colonial or imperial peripheries during the Age of Imperialism, which presided the European expansion in Africa, Asia and (precisely) Middle East. This, according to Creuzet, explains why, for example, the British government made very little effort to enforce the 1807 Abolition of Slave Trade Act in the region, where the slave trade and the use of slaves as divers was necessary to maintain the high level of local pearl harvesting (the most precious in the world), the marketing of which was very profitable both for London and for Indian authorities (Chapter 4, ‘The Globalization of the Gulf Economy’).

Crouzet’s analysis of the British imperial fragilities, the intricate web of perceived challenges to British India’s indirect rule over one of its amphibious border areas, the increasingly aggressive, yet inconsistent, policy toward unruly local power players, the attempts and mistakes, which led to a broader and enduring uses of spectacular military expeditions in the area and its immediate environment bring the reader to the subsequent step, that is the analysis of the cultural shift in the British attitude towards the region.

Actually, the transformation of the Persian Gulf as the gateway to the Middle East into a geopolitical area under British control, directly or (more frequently) indirectly carried out, was in need of such an evolution. We cannot condemn this back-and-forth policy, given the fact that the British themselves had to learn not only how to act in the area, but even the exact geographical reality of it. The author devotes Chapter 3 to the efforts made for the geographical construction of the region by British hydrographers and topographers, who made three explorations of it during the “long nineteenth century”, for mapping all the coasts and harbours. The cultural construction of the Middle East and Gulf influenced the decision-making of British and Indian political and commercial elites, who became increasingly interested in archaeology, ancient history, and the vestiges of local past societies, linking them to the region’s future role as a critical component of the route to India. The region was portrayed not only as a place of past glories but also as one that could be revived under the right influence: namely, the Raj’s assumed ability to transform unhospitable areas into fertile ones.

This combination of enthusiastic interest in antiquity and a fierce desire to create futuristic utopias makes it clear why the Middle East and Persian Gulf have long been within Britain’s sphere of influence.

Another significant contribution of the book lies in its application of the concept of globalization to Gulf history. Crouzet convincingly demonstrates how the end of the old political equilibrium in the Gulf and its reinvention under British control – marked the end of old economic and political ties with the Arabian Peninsula, the Red Sea, the Ottoman Empire, and the Eastern Mediterranean. Ironically, it was these contacts that initially drew the Indian (and later British) authorities in Bombay, Calcutta, and London to the region, where they sought to extract profits. The region’s integration into a new web of geopolitical and economic relations laid the foundation for the Gulf’s modern identity, which has remained largely unchanged since the post-1945 Cold War period. Particularly, Crouzet provides a detailed analysis of the flows of weapons, pearls, and palm dates that originated, or ended, in the region; and convincingly proves that the area became part of the world wider trading system well before oil and gas changed its economy and revenues.

While Inventing the Middle East is a methodologically sound and accessible study, its reliance on British documentary and bibliographical sources is a limitation. Future studies on this theme could benefit from a broader range of sources, such as French and Russian sources, but also, for example, the Wahhabi chronicles, Ottoman archives, Egyptian sources, and Qajar documentation, as well as local oral traditions and archaeological surveys based on newly adopted technological studies (such as the video mapping technology). These additional sources could bring new and fresh information on what the Gulf and its different sites were before the British arrival in the region. All these historical sources could help to better assess the local potentates and population’s reaction to the shifting political landscape, in favour of an European power: an unusual transformation, given the fact that the previous relations with the Europeans, which dated to the arrival of Portuguese merchants and sailors in the sixteenth century, had left the regional political condition unchanged.

Nevertheless, Inventing the Middle East is an insightful and engaging study of how the British envisioned and shaped the Gulf from the 1780s to the early twentieth century. It carefully deconstructs the political and legal structures that emerged from the British interactions with local authorities, making it an essential read for historians and students of Near Eastern studies, global history, and imperialism.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Violence of Communalism and Feminist Ethnography of Peace

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Emanuela Mangiarotti, Feminist Peace and the Violence of Communalism: Community, Gender and Caste in India, Routledge, 2025, 270 pp. (ISBN: 978-1-032-56605-4; ISBN: 978-1-032-56607-8, ISBN: 978-1-003-43633-1).

Feminist research in general and feminist peace research in particular contend with a range of methodological concerns. Primary among these is the need to be critical and reflexive at the same time – especially in studying situations of «conflict» where the researcher may find herself facing the predicament of representing processes of marginalisation as an interlocutor and also producing feminist knowledge as praxis. The latter is especially significant since it assumes a process of production of knowledge that is «dialectically produced and realised in action» (Shah 2017). Apart from reflexivity and critical scrutiny, the «sensitivities» of a feminist peace researcher entails «attendance to power relations», which when enquired from an ethnographer’s lens involves an analytical framing of the everyday, contextualisation of agency, and a careful reading of embodiment and experiences (Björkdahl & Selimovic 2021).

In Feminist Peace and the Violence of Communalism, Emanuela Mangiarotti remains true to these commitments. She makes a methodologically sincere and analytically robust study of the historical and contemporary narrative processes through which the epithets «communal», communally sensitive», and «riot prone» get attached ascriptively to «Old Hyderabad», and frame the «everyday realities» of being a Muslim in the city. While exploring these processes, the author makes a departure from the prevalent understanding of communalism as inter/intra-religious relations. Such an understanding she argues, reproduces the binaries that sustain the paradigms of domination and exclusion, by homogenising communities into containers marked by religion. This then serves as the primary and often the sole axis along which relationship (of hostility) between communities is mapped. Mangiarotti steers clear of such conceptualisation of communalism to look at the ways in which relations between communities are constituted in a social and political space where a «communal paradigm» is produced by political regimes, media, and dominant communities. In such a paradigm the figure of the Muslim is made «hyper-visible» as «communal» marked by a particularity – religious identity – constituted through tropes, which in the contemporary context draw from the dominant ideology of Hindutva and the ruling practices associated with the national security state. In a significant deployment of the analytical framework of «violence of communalism» the author shifts her scrutiny to the processes through which violence becomes part of «community experience». The «material consequences» of being Muslim, women and lower caste, imbricated in ghettoised lives in Old Hyderabad, which even when there is no spectacle of violence witnessed in «riots», produce the effects of stigmatised existence along multiple and intersecting axes of community, gender and caste.

The book makes these processes visible through six meticulously crafted chapters that focus on different dimensions of experiences of the violence of communalism. The chapters are ordered logically and each chapter is structured persuasively – foregrounding the larger argument of the book, but breaking it down into its constituents, and building it piecemeal through narratives from the fields. The first chapter on ethnography of the city of a «communally sensitive city» is, therefore, important for delineating both – the reasons why Hyderabad, specifically the Old City, as «riot prone» site, is appropriate for mapping the historical processes through which the communal paradigm is constituted – and also for comprehending how, amidst pervasive narratives of Hindu-Muslim antagonism and communalisation of public discourse in articulations of Hindu nationalist supremacy in the political and social spheres and ghettoization, has ironically also provided the «interface» for «women’s action».

The entrenchment of social boundaries of communities is imperative for the politics of religious difference espoused by Hindu nationalists. The author elaborates in the second chapter how gendered-mythological narratives, present the Muslim body as an absolute «site of difference» entrenching structural violence that occludes other fundamental axes along which social power is constituted. The use of the framework of structural violence by Mangiarotti is important for building an understanding of how violence is structured in society, and its gendered nature. Unlike violence which takes manifest forms in actions of individuals and groups (as collective violence), structural violence is often intangible even when it actively limits people’s capacities to live a full life or meet even the most basic of the needs that are minimum requirements for life itself. It can, however, exacerbate to take overt forms as «spectacular» violence. The figure of the Muslim woman becomes integral to the representation of the Muslim community as atavistic and dangerous, giving the proponents of Hindutva, the justification to intervene and rescue her through laws such as the Uniform Civil Code, that reiterate her passivity. It is significant also how «activist» Muslim women could be appropriated within a Hindutva regime (e.g., in the case of Triple Talaq) or rendered disruptive and delegitimised as anti-national when they made spaces like chowks and chaurahas – part of their familiar life words – into public spaces of appearance and action. Shaheen Bagh was one such familiar place – a neighbourhood – in the proximity of Jamia Millia Isamia, close to the border of Delhi with NOIDA in Uttar Pradesh. Over the course of the protests, Shaheen Bagh, a place name, became a metaphor for citizen democracy guided by radical empathy, setting in motion a process whereby «the city street» assumed ubiquity as space where «new forms of the social and political [could] be made» (Sassen 2011, 574).

In the ethnographic accounts across chapters but especially in Chapters two and six, the author presents the modalities through which the gendered dynamics of the communal paradigm is navigated and also resisted by those who «live and participate» in the «gendered dynamics of conflict cycles». The everyday navigation of social and political power as well as spectacular resistance become performances, making the processes of subjectivation and inhabitation of religiously marked spaces complex. In doing this the author makes important connections between communalism and socio-economic stratification, with caste as its most significant indicator. Narratives of intersections of social experience of caste, class, community and gender, and their framing of lived experiences in the old city, have been presented by the author as ways in which «subjects of communalism» negotiate and enact differential expressions of social belonging, rupturing «communalisation» of experiences. While the imbrication of caste in the process of communalisation is left tantalisingly underexplored, chapter six is a powerful exposition of the polyrhythms of «collective conversations» among women in community development projects in the Old City. Titled «Communal Conflicts and Women’s Everyday Life», the chapter gives a compelling account of «interfaith initiatives» in areas characterised by violence. It is in this chapter that Mangiarotti presents a sustained engagement with essentialist gender ideologies, consistent with a «feminist peace perspective». She examines the community as a fraught social space where «women» are located ambivalently as «agents of peace and victims of communal conflict». Drawing upon ethnographic data, Mangiarotti argues that her research participants were conscious of their location within the family/community and everyday realities of marginalisation. At the same time, they professed an unambiguous awareness of the transformative potential of «daily practices in the social space of interfaith relations». Such a space was created through «everyday cooperation» with community development projects led by local NGOs that emerged as a response to and corroded the dominant figuration of the Old City as a conflict-ridden space of adversarial community relations. In these spaces Muslim and lower caste women permeated/perforated the binary logic of separate spaces to produce spaces of «harmony» on a daily basis. In an innovative use of «Centre» – the word used by the local residents to refer to the building of the Henry Martyn Institute (HMI) – as a spatial metaphor indicative of the building’s location at the interface of the Hindu and Muslim zones, Mangiarotti refers to the «act» of daily movement of people across these zones to the Centre, as reinforcing the Centre as a space of interfaith harmony. These acts rupture the spatial segregation of zones as sites embodying existing and potential conflict, and the Centre at the interface both joining and separating these zones, transcending «the symbolic and physical boundaries between Hindus and Muslims». The daily act of crossing these boundaries is a public act performed by women, making these boundaries permeable, enabling as the author says, the dismantling of walls that prevent the development of «familiarity» and «access» to the lives of others.

As an «intercommunity» site, the Centre builds a «politics of relationship» offering the possibility of political action «located and expressed in the mundane». Mangiarotti argues that the participants in the Centre’s activity saw the community as the «locus of experiential knowledge». In particular, it was intimate knowledge of violence that made the community important – «they know the violence, they know what they need» – as one of her participants expressed – which made interfaith activity effective. Yet, quite like the anti-CAA protests, women’s «active role in peace» also assumed «public» forms where Muslim and lower caste women, encouraged by civil society organisations, held hands to form a human chain surrounding the iconic Charminar in the Old City, to prevent violence after Friday prayers in March 2010 in a context of bombings, when communal feelings were especially charged. The idea of «sensational action» with the intention of creating a «buffer zone», the author argues, simultaneously exposed and re-signified the positioning of women in the face communal violence. «Taking action» was a constant refrain in women’s narratives, which the author argues placed them within a field of «transversal politics», where women transcended and redrew borders of politicised differences by creative protests.

While Chapters Two and Six, are in my opinion, the most important contributions of the study, the significance of the intervening chapters – Three, Four and Five – lies in mapping the politics of occlusion that frames the communal paradigm in which residents of Old City are located. Chapter Three traces the decline of the Old City and contestations over its «Muslim» past that resonated in deeply troubling ways in the movement for a new state of Telangana. These contestations, the author argues have shaped the narratives of the past and present in Hindu Nationalist discourses. Violence, however, takes many forms. In denying people their history it inflicts an ontological wound. Yet, violence is also epistemological in the sense of populating the urban spaces with religious and cultural symbols of aggressive Hindu masculinities which the author terms «Hindutva’s changing choreographies of belonging in the urban space». Chapter Four is an elaboration of the cultural tropes that reaffirm Hindutva’s claims to the urban space, while marginalising the Muslim body as a violent other. These, as Chapter Five would argue, pave the way for political elision in which the space for articulation of a Muslim political identity is limited by discourses that present it as a community either in need of reform or containment. The contribution of the book lies precisely in providing a persuasive narrative grounded in historical-anthropological enquiry into the processes through which a communal paradigm of power gets entrenched and the banal and spectacular ways in which feminist solidarities perforate and corrode it. While doing so, the author offers creative insights from the field through narratives of women making sense of power relations in their lives even as they participate in «community development programmes», turning them into spaces for peace activism. It is important to note that the idea of peace as harmony, embodied in the «Centre» as a physical border and bridge, is replete with a feminist transversal practice of critical engagement, which is dialogical and continually evolving. Feminist transversal politics in spaces occluded by right wing politics presents challenges to hegemonic cultural meanings and opens up possibilities of political and ideological alliances and solidarities against normalisation of communal politics.

References

Björkdahl, A., & Selimovic, J. M. (2021). Methodologies for feminist peace research. In Routledge Handbook of Feminist Peace Research (pp. 40-49). Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429024160-5

Annika Björkdahl, Johanna Mannergren Selimovic

Sassen, Sassen (2011) The Global Street: Making the Political, Globalizations, 8:5, 573-579, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14747731.2011.622458

Shah, Alpa, ‘Ethnography? Participant observation, a potentially revolutionary praxis’, Hau: Journal of Ethnographic Theory, 2017, 7 (1): 45–59.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Capability in the Public Sector in India: Agendas for improvement

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

TV Somanathan and Gulzar Natarajan, State Capability in IndiaNew York: Oxford University Press, 2022. xii+425 pages (ISBN 978-0-19-285661-6).

Karthik Muralidharan, Accelerating India’s Development: A State-Led Roadmap for Effective GovernanceGurugram: Penguin Random House India, 2024. xiii+812 pages (ISBN 9780670095940).

Introduction

These books puzzle about how to improve capability and effectiveness in the Indian public sector. They address a persistent question about why, in mission mode, the sector can deliver spectacular results but, in daily operational mode, often fails to meet basic citizen needs. Three critiques recur: civil service arrangements tend to favour the prerogatives of civil servants rather than the effective delivery of services; too few posts are staffed for what needs to be done; and front-line services are often not easily accessible. Incentives for effective performance are weak; perverse incentives proliferate.

Somanathan and Natarajan focus on problems and opportunities for reform in the central civil service. They are frank about problems, many of which they argue relate to how the civil service is organised. They focus on options for improving organisational arrangements, cultures and incentives. They draw on their extensive experience as senior civil servants at central and state levels. Somanathan is cabinet secretary and Natarajan is an additional secretary in the Department of Telecommunications. They draw also on experience during international assignments and on relevant international literature on public policy and management. As reflective practitioners they have sharp eyes for sore points and opportunities.

Muralidharan takes a different but complementary approach. He looks beyond the centre. He argues that state-led initiatives can contribute to effective national governance. After a national overview of public sector problems, he outlines possible agendas for action at state and local levels. He too is clear about problems. He focuses on getting more staff into front line services. He challenges chief ministers to act. He argues that positive results can be achieved within a five-year term in office. Options canvassed are designed to be politically feasible. He draws on twenty years of consulting and research at state level and on experience as a university economist based in California. He supports his analysis with accessible economic reasoning, examples from existing practice, and deft use of numbers to place public sector staffing levels and costs in perspective.

Both books focus on the ability of the sector to do things that citizens value. They propose measures to improve efficiency, effectiveness, economy, equity and accountability. In doing so, they focus also on relations between politicians, civil servants and the society that both are meant to serve. Somanathan and Natarajan refer to building state capability. Muralidharan refers to building state capacity. Fortunately, the meanings of «capability» and «capacity» overlap. Indeed, in Hindi one word (क्षमता ksamata) can be used to refer to both. On occasion both books use both terms. In this paper, for convenience, «capability» is used.

Whatever term is used, building state capability places heavy demands on governance. It has to be worked at. Supporting processes and relationships at many levels in the institutions of state and society are essential.

Capability is not a unitary phenomenon or a stable, easily knowable system. Muralidharan lists a set of components with an emphasis on data management and performance incentives. But, as Somanathan and Natarajan point out, capability «cannot be seen and thus cannot be directly measured». It is a changeable bundle of components and relationships.

Key components include people, skills, organisational arrangements, information, systems, technology, incentives, culture and leadership. However, components differ – some are hard and some are soft. They jostle for priority. Relationships between them need to be managed. What works in one place or at one time may not work in another. Good intentions can be undone by perverse incentives and unintended effects. For this reason, how capability initiatives are formulated and promoted demands close attention. The judgments of political leaders about what is feasible are critical. As with significant policy changes, initiatives to build capability need to be based on well thought out ideas, fit perceived needs, win support or at least acceptance from interested parties, and be introduced at times of opportunity. Wherever possible, improvements in one component need to support improvements in others. Capability building demands alertness to context, evidence, versatility, and persistence.

Constraints on performance

Both books interrogate extensively what Muralidharan terms critical binding constraints. Two often cited constraints are hangovers from colonial practice and the impacts of corruption. However, while not ignoring either factor, the authors focus elsewhere. They locate current problems of capability in how the leadership and organisation of the public sector have evolved since independence.

Two factors stand out. First, governance arrangements for the public sector have tended to follow short term political considerations and the often short tenure of civil service leaders. Second, the expansion of the role of the state, driven by electoral democracy and the ability of citizens to make claims on the state, has given the sector too much to do. In both books these two factors run together.

Somanathan and Natarajan begin by setting out provisions in the constitution about the role of ministers and the structure and responsibilities of the civil service. The roles of political and civil service leaders interlink: governance is a «joint product» of ministers and civil servants. In the work of government, political will and skill need to be joined with civil service expertise. The authors suggest that, where politicians know what they want, the civil service is generally able to deliver. However, they suggest also that a persistent problem of civil service work is «political interference». The terseness of their discussion is, perhaps, an invitation to read between the lines.

In contrast, Muralidharan is explicit. In his view many problems of governance are driven by the narrow incentives to which politicians respond. Politicians, he says, face a dilemma. They often know the complexity of issues of policy, legislation, and administration for which they are responsible. But they seek election in a system that rewards narrow casting. Questions of governance and policy are refracted through the lens of what they think will maintain electoral support. In a first-past-the-post voting system and a segmented society it is possible to win with appeals to narrow segments of voters. Meeting narrow appeals for services and facilities then becomes a priority. Nevertheless – Muralidharan argues – policies to improve equity and access to services for citizens generally, backed by political will, can change the game.

Somanathan and Natarajan are blunt about the inability of the public sector to meet expanded expectations. The civil service appears large. It employs approximately 10 million people. However, it is «understaffed at most levels in most governments». The ratio of civil servants to citizens is low – 16/1000. In comparison the ratio in China is 57/1000 and in the US 77/1000. It is thin on the frontline, has basic administrative deficiencies, and is unable to function with integrity and political neutrality. While the service does a lot with limited resources, it needs to do better. Public systems lack capability to translate even well-conceived policies into good outcomes. Continual auditing, intended to improve integrity and efficiency, constrains rather than improves.

Muralidharan largely agrees. For the scope and range of functions expected of it, the civil service is too small and too ineffective.

Three organisational constraints on performance stand out: civil service structures and processes; compliance with accountability measures; and weaknesses in policy making and implementation. The organisation of the service and the rules by which it runs do not focus consistently on performance.

Civil service structures and process

As Muralidharan states «the system runs for itself». Personnel management is about examinations and rules. Recruitment for cadres providing senior leaders is by rigorous examination. But examinations are not supplemented by measures to promote effectiveness. Nor is recruitment followed by skill-development, career-management and capability-building. Emphasis is placed on rules, procedures and extensive paperwork.

Somanathan and Natarajan examine in detail constraints in the central government. It is not organised to post competent people in the right places. As Muralidharan observes, much of the function of personnel management is to «get people transferred». Structures are fragmented and do not promote collaboration. Responsibilities for difficult issues are often diffused between different ministries and departments. Weak systems discourage delegation and encourage managers to centralise. Successive managers in the same post may take very different directions. Frequent transfers mean that managers do not stay in posts long enough to get results. Promotion by seniority does not reward performance. Ministry heads, when appointed are often near retirement and only serve for short terms. Reluctance of some members of the Indian Administrative Service (IAS), who generally occupy the most sensitive positions, to accept deputation to the centre limits availability for the most senior positions. Unfilled vacancies exacerbate staff shortages. For managers with short tenures the difficulties of recruitment – large fields, disgruntled unsuccessful applicants and court challenges – make the costs prohibitive.

Muralidharan sets out how many of the problems identified by Somanathan and Natarajan are replicated at the state level. Weak systems encourage centralisation. District administration, in which IAS officers start their careers, is also prone to centralisation. Too many local civil servants live away from the citizens they are supposed to serve. Staff shortages, unfilled vacancies and absenteeism limit services. Limited skills and facilities encourage harassment of citizens. A focus on paperwork diverts energy away from services. Incentives abound for «creating a façade of performance».

Compliance with accountability measures

Somanathan and Natarajan argue that measures introduced from the early 2000s to cut corruption, and improve transparency and accountability, shrank the public sector’s decision space. They probe a perceived gap between good intentions and unwanted results. They examine how implementation of Right to Information legislation and the activities of auditors, vigilance commissions, other investigators, and judges have created for ministers and civil servants incentives for indecision. Contested decisions can be turned into public scandals. It is safer to make no decision than one that invites prolonged scrutiny, requires extensive responses, and may involve prosecution for corruption.

The authors emphasise especially the adverse effects of a section of legislation in force between 1988 and 2018 designed to prevent corruption. Under this section any decision that provided a pecuniary benefit to a private party without public benefit could indicate corruption. They argue that the broadness of the provision combined with the unexpected impacts of decisions taken in good faith could, and did, subject honest officials to prosecution.

Somanathan and Natarajan welcome the removal of this constraint but are concerned that others remain. Two examples illustrate their concerns. One is the extension of the role of the comptroller and auditor general to include performance audits and assessment of policies. They argue that audit staff show insufficient appreciation of decision-making contexts and deploy insufficient investigative skills. Another example is the role of the judiciary. Courts go beyond examining the law and assess the merits of issues brought before them. When civil servants implement a course of action decided by ministers, they may have to explain what they are doing to a court. Court delays and procedural inefficiencies add to the civil servants’ concerns.

The authors argue that, in a shrunken decision space, civil servants do not act in effective ways. For example, critical decisions regarding financial management and infrastructure projects are affected. When receiving requests, they play it safe with an initial rejection, noted on file. With tenders they accept the lowest. Decisions in committee are favoured. Any analysis of quality is restricted to tests that are quantifiable.

Weaknesses in policy making and implementation

Somanathan and Natarajan probe weaknesses in the capability of civil servants to participate in making and implementing public policy. Four stand out. First, context knowledge and expertise, which can enable generalist managers to be effective managers of complex fields, is not built up. Senior officials tend to be generalists. IAS officers tend not to acquire deep knowledge in specific policy fields. Fragmentation and weakness in available technical analysis add to the problem. In house specialists are often not used. Embedded problems in difficult policy fields are not probed. Skills and structures for effective consultation do not exist. Debate often starts only after decisions are made. Reversals, including for no reason, are common.

Second, civil service decision makers often lack hard information. The service’s approach to paperwork and reporting takes up much time but tends not to produce useable knowledge.

Third, creativity and fluency in policy advice are not fostered. Nor is appreciation of policy work as requiring patience, messiness, iteration and the second best. Policy work is often seen as implementation writ large. Senior civil servants are preoccupied by implementation. They centralise and complicate it too. Examples are elaborate and counterproductive guidelines for state implementation of Centrally Sponsored Schemes. Politically challenging issues frequently arise. Avoiding disasters is a constant preoccupation.

Fourth, financial management is not strong. The cost of raising revenue is high. Expenditure management is weak and focuses on inputs. It does not ensure that expenditure is applied to intended purposes or within prescribed time frames.

The sustained discussion of constraints suggests the need for improvement on a wide front within and beyond the civil service. However, Somanathan and Natarajan recognise the need for care in picking where to start.

Agendas for improvement

Both books offer targeted agendas for improvement. Somanathan and Natarajan focus on organising more effectively people already in the central civil service while also canvassing a wide range of other possibilities within the service. Their proposals are ambitious, sceptical and top down. They aim for combinations of measures and cumulative effects. Muralidharan, on his part, advocates mixing public sector and market techniques to add new people to civil service agencies in the states. He also canvasses wider opportunities for changing the context in which politics and civil service work take place. His proposals are ambitious, optimistic, data driven and bottom up. He aims for catalytic effects.

Somanathan and Natarajan want to build a civil service comprising «restless armies of value creating agents». The words are borrowed from the American public policy scholar Mark Moore.1 But the approaches proposed are home grown. They advocate changes to the fabric of the civil service – structures, posts and postings; they suggest improved approaches to policy making and implementation; and canvass a broad range of other options to improve how the service operates.

In the fabric of the service, Somanathan and Natarajan propose, first, a broad banding of ministries. They advocate three sets: welfare, economic, regulatory. Such a reorganisation would focus on the well-being of citizens. There would be fewer overlapping and competing entities. There would be fewer secretary positions. Coordination should improve. A similar rationalisation should take place at state level.

Second, they propose a review of posts, functions and cadres. The review would examine what jobs should be about and the levels of expertise required. A review of cadres would examine the rationale for the specialist cadres to which many civil servants are recruited. Review and rationalisation of pay scales are also advocated.

Third, in perhaps the most sensitive of their suggestions, Somanathan and Natarajan propose to change how senior civil servants are assigned to posts. In a mix of old and new procedures, they wish to ensure that senior civil servants are posted to jobs they are qualified to do and want to do. Further, they insist that appointees should be left in post for time to get results. In doing so, they wish to build on the characteristics of the IAS, a person-based service. They explicitly do not wish to move to a position-based service, as is the case in many other civil services. They give four reasons: politicians in office rely on IAS officers; the service retains esprit de corps which can help get work done; IAS officers have notable «convening power» – the ability to bring together different groups around a common purpose; and young IAS officers, posted to districts, have initiated many projects that have grown into national schemes.

Reforms proposed include: internal advertisement of vacant posts; applications by interested officers with appropriate seniority; and five-year appointment for successful applicants. Such processes would build on informal practice for senior postings. They would also be consistent with processes used for non-central services. Officers to be posted would no longer be formally uninvolved in posting decisions. Heads of departments would be accountable for posting decisions.

The authors propose further that, in the second part of their careers, officers should be encouraged to specialise. They should also be allowed to gain experience by working externally and be encouraged to develop skills through online courses. However, the authors are cautious about lateral recruits. Lateral appointees take time to become familiar with civil service practices. It is also hard to fit them into a service in which seniority remains important.

With policy making and implementation, Somanathan and Natarajan advocate that policy makers should aim for a «minimum viable product». Most development problems are hard to specify. Uncertainty is common. Rational scepticism should be applied. Officials should not aim for perfection. Second best is often more feasible. Many issues can only be figured out once a project is underway. Policy design should be simplified. Experiments should be encouraged. Policy development is iterative. Good project management is essential and should be driven down to district level.

To allow space for policy development, implementation should be the responsibility of separate teams. However, the authors argue it is important to avoid «freezing» implementation. Coordination should be through policy and implementation teams reporting to a common head. «Plain, simple, persistent monitoring» achieves much.

In other suggestions, Somanathan and Natarajan focus also on what can be done within the civil service. They stress the importance of a culture of probity and effective service. Throughout they de-emphasise over-reliance on rules: heavy regulation tends to be counterproductive; integrity can coexist with light regulation. Building skills, culture, and a sense of personal ownership embeds probity and professional decision autonomy. They recognise that none of this is easy. Much depends on the enrichment of civil service culture and norms, a process that is not easy to «figure out». In this, leaders of the service have important roles. But so, too, do local champions. Such champions can arise at many levels and encourage others with exceptional work.

On several other current or advocated approaches to civil service work they are sceptical. The use of consultants and advisors should be sparing. Outsourcing is not favoured: it bypasses the need to think through what should be done. Post-retirement appointments for senior civil servants, a benefit often eagerly sought, should be restricted; the prospect of such appointments discourages frank advice to ministers. Proposals to administer civil service personnel processes through independent public service commissions are rejected; appointments to such institutions could enable political interference. New public management approaches, including performance pay, are considered to have little potential.

On initiatives in technology and systems, the authors are cautiously supportive. E-government is promising but digitisation on its own is no answer: it bypasses hard thinking. Management information systems can improve data analysis and a focus on the frontline. But their design is critical. Improvements to project assessment capabilities are supported: quality for thick projects; and quantity for thin ones. But evaluation programs and randomised controlled trials are not.

Somanathan and Natarajan’s prescriptions are clear and strong. However, implementation of proposed changes to the fabric of the civil service would be demanding. Changes to organisation structures indicate preferred directions but on their own do not enlist the enthusiasm and support of officers affected. For example, lack of coordination between separate agencies can persist when they become units of a merged ministry. Collaborative cultures require persistent fostering.

Reviews of posts and pay disturb career expectations. Proposed changes to selection procedures for postings do so even more. A critical issue is the basis on which individual postings are decided. As the authors recognise, moving away from seniority, even if only in part, entails setting and applying standards that can be contested. Protests, legal challenges and politically directed campaigns could be expected.

Effective implementation of each of these proposals would demand extensive consultation and change management. It would also test political resolve and, within the civil service, leadership persistence.

On policy making and implementation the authors emphasise iteration. However, they do not spell out how this could most effectively be managed. Especially they do not spell out how, when operational responsibilities are separated, iteration in policy formulation and implementation can be managed. Whether one thinks of policy making and implementation as a linear sequence or a series of cycles, it involves complex relationships between separate functions and steps. As the authors emphasise, policy directions often change as they are developed. Contests over directions change initial analysis; changes to analysis tend to change what is contested. Developing guidance for civil servants on managing policy processes would be an essential first step. However, it would be one of many in a change program in which on the job reinforcement would be essential.

Overall, the Somanathan and Natarajan’s agendas for civil service reform are substantial. If taken up, their proposals could build important components of capability within the civil service. However, their detailed proposals do not address all the constraints on capability they have identified. In particular, their suggestions on redressing the impact of courts and investigative agencies remain just that. Similarly, discussion of the role of political leadership, understandably, remains muted.

Muralidharan, on his part, aims to improve frontline services to citizens. To do this he advocates sharply improving state level governance and effectiveness. He focuses on the states for two reasons: first, the states deliver an extensive range of services, especially in health, education, and law and justice; and, second, in these sectors the states are responsible also for public spending.

Muralidharan embeds his argument in economic reasoning combined with advocacy of equity, diversity, decentralization and institutional reform. In his view arguments about economic growth and equity need to be redirected. He wants both. Growth provides resources and possibilities; equity helps build the human capabilities to take advantage of opportunities generated by growth. In his terms, Muralidharan’s design for equity joins centre left aims with centre right means. Equity can be made more efficient with market methods. Economic policy needs to provide jobs of improving quality, promote productivity and encourage equitable growth. The public sector needs to provide relevant high quality public goods.

To promote equity and efficiency Muralidharan advocates «nuanced decentralization». In his view, the country is too big for central control of service delivery. Many states and districts are also too big. He looks to China for options, where much more responsibility for expenditure is located at local levels.

More generally state institutions need reform. Improving services is more than a matter of more money and more staff. To set directions and provide improved services and facilities, state institutions need to invest in state effectiveness. Two specific initiatives are needed: first, get more staff into service jobs; and second, employ more staff with increasing skills and motivations to perform.

To support his agenda Muralidharan sets out six elements of state effectiveness: data; personnel; quality of public expenditure; tax revenue; federalism and decentralization; and leveraging non-state actors. Relevant information, skilled people, informed judgments, appropriate institutional arrangements, and mutual interaction between participants combine to improve governance. Data, evidence and technology are important drivers. So are how people are recruited, trained and led. So too are the institutions in which people interact. Federal arrangements and decentralization allow for diversity. Contributions from non-state actors augment public sector resources and help explore future directions.

Muralidharan’s core proposal is to recruit additional frontline workers through a performance driven apprenticeship scheme. Key elements would be improved task design to transform service delivery; use of technology to capture and use relevant data; performance measurement based on critical outcomes; and pay for performance. Staff would be recruited through existing examinations for civil service recruits, take part in a two-to-four-year practicum, be employed on fixed renewable contracts, and be paid closer to market rates than existing civil servants. During the practicum they would receive competency-based training and, while working on the front line, learn on the job. Service outcomes and participant performance would be monitored. Checks would include phone surveys of service users.

The proposal’s design draws on central and state examples of schemes using extra staff to support implementation of new schemes. It is also tight: more staff, locally recruited, employed on contract, less pay than existing civil servants, and more incentives to perform. Improved data on service demand and delivery would be a «foundational investment». Official «visibility» of how citizens experience services should improve.

Muralidharan supports the proposal with worked examples of how extra frontline staff could be deployed. Examples include: education, health, police, courts and justice, and social protection and welfare.

In education he aims for functional literacy. He advocates improved pedagogy and modular assessments. The practicum approach would enable locally employed teachers to learn to teach children from their own communities. Instruction would need to be focused on relevant levels. He rubs in the point by inserting a paragraph in Tamil. When students cannot understand what they see and hear, they struggle to learn.

In health, Muralidharan proposes to incorporate private informal providers into the formal health care system. Many informal providers work alongside a nominally universal system of public provision. He argues that informal providers work harder and cost less. With training through a practicum, they could provide needed services and improve access to healthcare.

In police a practicum and competency-based career management is proposed. Candidates who complete a practicum but do not gain further public employment would have improved skills suitable for work in private security agencies.

In courts and justice, he advocates a focus on the lower judiciary, where 80% of cases are adjudicated. He proposes judicial clerkships, two for each judge, to help with the workload. As many cases involve disputes over land, he proposes also reforms to land titling to cut the number of cases.

In social protection and welfare, he advocates giving beneficiaries choices. Public provision of poorly designed subsidies, including expensive agricultural subsidies with negative externalities, should be replaced with income support. Public provision of goods for the poor should also be joined by offers of income support. To test feasibility, he advocates pilot, choice-based schemes.

Muralidharan extends ideas for improving front line services to the whole of state civil services. Data driven decision making, competency-based careers, pay for performance, and payment of new staff closer to market rates should be implemented state-wide. Like Somanathan and Natarajan, Muralidharan advocates also stability of tenure for civil servants (a minimum of three years for senior posts), and decision-making autonomy and accountability.

A persistent concern is to improve public sector financial management. The quality of both public expenditure and revenue raising need to improve. Muralidharan favours strategic budgeting, employment of state chief economic advisers, and increased use of return on investment analysis. Improved incentives to make savings are needed, including rules to enable savings to be used for new projects. In revenue raising, specialised skills and skills specific to different sectors should be applied.

Muralidharan throws out a strong challenge to state leaders. His proposals comprise a linked set of reform agendas. On institutional reform he crosses tracks with Somanathan and Natarajan while going further, especially on data management, performance pay and coordinating commissions for civil service personnel and financial management.

Throughout, Muralidharan argues that institutional reform is essential. Personnel management reforms in state civil services need to be coordinated state-wide. So do reforms on data management and financial management. Unlike Somanathan and Natarajan, he advocates coordinating commissions on personnel, financial and data management. Further, agendas for institutional reform should not be confined to the civil service. Options for wider changes, including alternative voting systems (Muralidharan is interested in ranked choice or preferential voting), consultation of citizens through citizens’ assemblies and creative use of non-government organisations should be explored.

He acknowledges that reform is not easy. The return on investment is large, but getting support demands convincing explanations and persistence. Specific reforms need to be seen as home grown, well prepared and fair. Multiple veto points within the civil service need to be negotiated. Opposition is concentrated and benefits diffused. Consultation, communication and opportunities for affected officials to be participate in relevant task forces is critical. Above all, political will in the government of the day is essential.

Six difficulties stand out. First, advocacy of extensive use of technology for data management challenges existing work practices. Second, advocacy of contract employment challenges expectations of life long civil service jobs. Third, advocacy of pay closer to market rates, not only for practicum participants, but also for other new entrants to state civil services is a further challenge to expectations. Fourth, so are performance management and performance pay. Fifth, systems designed to promote accountability and effectiveness need to be reinforced by hard-to-foster norms. Finally, that his proposals are linked constitutes a multidirectional set of challenges to current ideas in the service about appropriateness, legitimacy and feasibility.

That his proposals face difficulties does not imply that they can be ignored. The care, detail and enthusiasm with which Muralidharan has set them out makes them an attractive resource for politicians who wish to do more than just win elections.

Conclusion

Both books demand a careful reading. They meet a select but persistent demand in India for an increased focus on improving the capability of government. From differing directions, they pose the same challenge: improve capability to do the ordinary work of government better. The reform agendas set out extend from within the central civil service, through state civil services, to society as a whole.

Somanathan and Natarajan focus on improving the ability of central civil servants to create value by making better decisions and driving them down to citizens. In doing so they recognise that civil service capability involves many interconnected factors, including partnerships within and beyond government. Muralidharan’s focus is complementary but explicitly wider. Bottom-up action by state governments can close last mile service gaps and improve opportunities for ordinary citizens. Initiatives by state political leaders can refocus national political attention towards policy outcomes. Exploring options for reforming electoral systems and widening the range of participants in public policy making can open up fresh options for state and national public policy.

However, for civil service reform to take place three things are needed. The first is political interest and will. The second is persistence over time. For the most part, the books leave open questions about how and why political leaders might take up their suggestions. They also leave open questions about sequencing the large bundles of reforms proposed, judgments about what is likely to be effective in response to differing needs in a diverse society, and the long time-frames likely to be needed for implementation.

A third element is also needed: recognition that civil service reform has impacts beyond the service. Strategies for civil service reform need change management programs not only internally but also within the wider community. While the books recognise the interdependence of the mix of institutional, process, personnel and cultural elements in civil service reform they do not go into detail about how changes will be explained to the community and actually brought about. Beyond the service, proposals for changes in recruitment processes run against prevalent expectations about government jobs, proposals for decentralization run against the strong centripetal forces in Indian federalism, and proposals for involvement of Non-Government Organisations and citizen consultation run against current political directions.

To create momentum for capability improvement there is much more to do. However, for interested practitioners and scholars these books provide indispensable foundations for defining options and identifying and taking opportunities.

1 Mark H. Moore, Creating Public Value: Strategic Management in Government, Cambridge (Mass.): Harvard University Press, 1997.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

In Search of Connection with Service: Citizens, brokers, and civil servants

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Adam Auerbach and Tariq Thachil, Migrants and Machine Politics: How India’s Urban Poor Seek Representation and ResponsivenessPrinceton: Princeton University Press, 2023, xi+275 pages (ISBN: e-book 978069 1236100).

Akshay Mangla, Making Bureaucracy Work: Norms, Education and Public Service Delivery in Rural India, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2022, xx+420pages (ISBN: 978-1009-25801-2 Hardback).

These books explore how citizens in India at the bottom of the social pyramid make claims on government. They are part of a small and, one hopes, growing group of studies that look at governance arrangements in India from the bottom up. They quite deliberately do not start in New Delhi and look out and down at how government agencies interact with citizens. Instead, they explore what citizens themselves want and how they look for people and institutions that can help them get it.

One of the books examines how citizens in slum settlements make demands for services through brokers and patrons whose fortunes depend on getting results. The other examines what parents of primary school children want from schools and what civil servants responsible for primary school education can do to respond effectively.

Both books are based on extensive fieldwork carried out over extended periods of time. Each book reports carefully chosen case studies, surveys, and interactions with respondents. Both are guided by rigorous methods drawn from US political science. Interviews with respondents were conducted in Hindi, either by authors themselves, or by Hindi speaking research assistants. In each case researchers adopted an ethnographic approach – they spent time with people. Formal interviews were complemented by informal encounters, social meetings with participants, and participant observation. People were also kept informed about what the researchers were doing.

Auerbach and Thachil examined access to municipal services in slums in two Hindi speaking cities – Jaipur and Bhopal. At the time of study (research began in 2014) both cities had two- party systems in which the BJP and the Congress competed. The researchers focused on how citizens made claims for provision of basic infrastructure – sanitation, drainage, paths and roads, and especially water supply. They examined the formation and drivers of the incentive driven, competitive machine politics that connected slum dwellers to brokers, patrons in local politics, and the municipal authorities from which they sought services.

Mangla examined access by Dalit and other underprivileged parents to effective primary schooling for their children. In field work between 2007-2011 and 2013-2014 he focused on the different ways in which civil servants in apparently similar North Indian states – Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand – responded to the inclusion of parents in decisions about how schools operated. In Himachal Pradesh he argues that bureaucratic norms encouraged civil servants to consult parents whereas in Uttarakhand and Uttar Pradesh they encouraged legalistic enforcement of rules. He proposes that flexibility in applying rules and deliberation with parents enables civil servants to carry out the complex tasks underpinning effective primary education. He extends his analysis to include comparative perspectives from Kerala and also selected countries in Asia and Europe.

In both books active citizens from less privileged social groups are seen seeking access to government services. Slum residents take action on their own terms. Primary school parents respond to opportunities for consultation. Neither are enmeshed in top-down networks. Rather they take part in significant bottom-up action between elections. Although the results reported are limited in scope and the modest citizen claims examined often remain unmet, the books raise two sets of questions. One is about the implications of bottom-up activism for how political parties manage their organisations and pitch their appeals. The other is about how the institutions of governance could respond more effectively to citizen claims for services and facilities that provide value.

Machine Politics

Auerbach and Thachil’s findings show that the politics of claim making by the slum residents starts with the residents themselves. The authors examine how people seeking opportunities not available in their home regions move to cities and make their way. They form squatter settlements of small, disjointed groups of residents from diverse backgrounds. Established social hierarchies in rural districts are absent. The tasks of finding a spot to squat, holding on to it, building shelter and creating basic amenities are hard. Residents live on the margins. They are reluctant to approach officials themselves.

They look for people who can help. Such helpers tend to be people like themselves who have had time to find their way around. Critically they are likely to have earned a reputation as problem solvers. The book’s findings suggest that in choosing who to ask for help residents do not look for social and religious compatibility. They look for people who can make effective claims. In doing so, the authors argue, they give rise to a complex set of interactions that drive «an interlocking set of competitive selections through which urban political networks form». Through such interactions, the authors argue, residents become the architects of the networks that connect them to the state.

Brokers are the first link in a network of «mediated access’. They live in the slums themselves. They are readily accessible. They emerge as brokers in a number of ways. For example, they may help a few people and go on to build a following. Or they may be selected by iterative processes, including elections organised by residents. Brokers tend to be a little more educated than other residents, work outside the slums and have access to office holders in political parties and local government. They need to show residents they are aware of problems, know how to get help and develop a record as problem solvers. Ethnicity is less important than effectiveness. So, in many cases, it is party affiliation. Most brokers are men but women, often widows, emerge as brokers too. However, links between residents and brokers are contingent. Competition between brokers is constant. Residents move away from brokers who are not effective.

Brokers work with patrons who can make official connections. They often hold elected offices as ward councillors or as local leaders of political parties. Patrons generally live outside the slums and earn more than brokers. But socially they are similar. Relationships between brokers and patrons are interdependent. Brokers need patrons to solve residents’ problems. Patrons need brokers to muster support within party organisations or at ward elections. Brokers are often politically ambitious. A small position within a political party is a start. It offers the prospect of promotion. And greater recognition among residents. It is worth going to some effort to, as one respondent put it, «sneak myself into the party like a monkey».

Ward councillors need brokers to connect them to slum residents. They recognize that to win elections they need the votes of slum dwellers. Brokers come to their attention, for example, by organising events. In bold tactics, they may contest an election against a potential patron and make them «sweat». As with residents and brokers, relationships between brokers and patrons are contingent. Brokers want patrons who can offer personal opportunities as well as help solve residents’ problems; patrons want loyal problem solvers who can bolster their local electoral profiles.

The authors pay particular attention to whom among slum residents actually gets help. They identify a gap. Neither brokers nor patrons can help everyone. They argue that for brokers and patrons claiming credit and tagging tangible benefits are key drivers. They show that, for example, fixing pathways, although important to residents, is hard to claim. However, improving access to water by erecting water tanks is much easier to claim. Tanks are visible; signs can be painted on them claiming credit. Accordingly, there are lots of tanks.

The authors argue that the characteristics of the slum machines in Jaipur and Bhopal have wider implications. The resident activity observed may be significant in other urbanising localities in India. It may be significant too for comparative studies, for example, in other regions where rural people are moving to cities to try to improve their lot. Further, the urban slum machines examined, driven by active residents, contrast with the top-down organisations described in much existing literature on machine politics.

However, on potential impacts they suggest notes of caution. The politics they observed were localised, fragmented and focused on basic physical needs. It was not programmatic. Responses to claims focused on immediate needs where credit could be claimed. Unfulfilled claims remained. Claims for more complex services, for example, in education and health were rare. While organised political activity took place between elections it did not evolve into integrated movements with an extended range of claims. Yet it took place and took place independently of top-down machines.

The book rests on careful research and is thoroughly explained. Survey results were cross-checked with scenarios presented to selected respondents. Scenarios covered different kinds of residents and claims. Quotations from residents, examples of how they made claims and examples of how brokers and patrons responded allow a glimpse of gritty slum life. However, discussion of the preparation and calibration of the cross-checking scenarios tended to be given more space. More extensive accounts of the variety of residents’ experiences would have been welcome. It would be useful to know whether, when talking about claims and their resolution, residents, brokers and patrons talked about other matters relevant to slum residents. Nevertheless, a strength of the book is that it invites replication studies. It invites too studies that pick up where it leaves off.

Civil Servants and Primary School Parents

Like Auerbach and Thachil, Mangla examined what happens between citizens and government institutions between elections. He probed what he describes as a chasm between citizen aspirations and services received. Citizens, he states, are engaged in a battle for welfare beyond the polling booth. However, while Auerbach and Thachil began with slum residents, Mangla began with relationships between civil servants and primary school parents.

He adopted this focus after he learned about an unexpected civil service initiative in Himachal Pradesh. At an early stage in his research he heard that civil servants in the Himalayan state had arranged mobile schools for pupils who migrated temporarily, with the seasons, to another state. He asked how such an initiative was possible. He went on to ask questions about how civil servants related to parents in selected other states too.

Mangla found that while parents in the states studied were keen to be consulted about schooling, they often struggled to be heard. In some circumstances civil servants drew parents into schooling arrangements. In others they pushed parents away.

He argues that civil service norms made the difference. Norms that encouraged engagement with parents and a flexible application of rules enabled joint deliberation between parents and civil servants. Deliberation led to improved educational outcomes. However, norms that encouraged legalistic application of rules made deliberation difficult. He found that a culture of legalism and rule following could build schools and enrol students. It encouraged reports focused on enrolment numbers and physical infrastructure. But it did not encourage reports on schooling and learning. It tended not to foster effective teaching.

Mangla first outlines the difficult context in which primary schooling took place. He describes it as one of contested decentralisation. Authorities in Delhi initiated policy. But states had responsibility for implementation. Central initiatives and increases in expenditure took place in increments. Reforms built up in layers. Incentives to improve performance lacked bites. In such a context, he suggests, implementation was not the end of politics but a new beginning.

In educational administration he identified three distinct tasks: codifiable, intensive and complex. He argues that codifiable and intensive tasks could enrol students and build infrastructure. But the ability to carry out complex tasks was essential for deliberation with parents and to support innovative teaching. Civil service norms that encouraged flexibility fostered capability to engage in deliberation.

Case studies of primary school administration in Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand and Bihar provide detailed findings. In Uttar Pradesh near total coverage of primary school age pupils was accompanied by uneven educational outcomes and primary school education of low quality. He found marginalised citizens and a legalistic application of rules. In a large state with strong and restrictive social hierarchies, civil servants worked in a difficult political environment. Educational administrators faced frequent political intervention. Recourse to rules was a way of keeping politicians at bay.

By contrast in Himachal Pradesh political and civil service elites collaborated. Conditions in a small, poor state comprising many isolated and hilly regions encouraged people in government to work together. In the 1950s the first Chief Minister set an example with regular village visits. He worked closely with civil servants and senior officers accompanied him on visits. On matters that cut across portfolio boundaries ministers and civil servants worked together too. In isolated areas civil servants were often cut off during winter and had to rely on each other. Social hierarchies in the state were less restrictive than in Uttar Pradesh. They facilitated community consultation. Networks of village councils existed. So did networks of women’s organisations. Citizen organisations met civil servants prepared to consult. Politicians encouraged civil servants to get results. Initiatives in deliberation had multiplier effects. Civil service practice in Himachal Pradesh encouraged a focus on community needs. It allowed rules to be adjusted.

When it separated from Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand tried to learn from experience in neighbouring Himachal Pradesh. But the legacy of legalistic rule application in Uttar Pradesh continued. Consultation with parents, although encouraged, did not thrive. Strong community activism did not make effective connections with authorities. Teachers too were not consulted. In a new state with more politicians than before, fears of «too much access» by politicians reinforced recourse to rules.

In a further case Mangla examined the Mahila Samakhya in Bihar and Uttar Pradesh. This was a centrally formulated program of institutional change designed to empower women. However, he found equivocal impacts. Norms of legalism and rules persisted. Indeed, in Bihar the Chief Minister used legalism and rules to drive major shifts in educational administration. The Chief Minister supported also innovative teaching methods. But they did not attract wide take-up.

In Uttar Pradesh the program had management autonomy. It formed another «layer» in the administration of schools. It fostered deliberation, but within limits. Confident women officials in the program set positive examples. Despite operating in a hierarchical society, the program could mobilise Dalit women. However, for civil servants it demanded also a change in the way they interacted with parents. As he observed, they said it required a «new way of speaking». It also generated a backlash from upper castes. And it was difficult to maintain trust with parents. Although Mangla found that deliberation with parents was possible, the practice did not spill over beyond the program.

To his case studies in North India Mangla appended brief discussions of relations between parents and civil servants in four other cases. In Kerala he noted that strong social movements and experience with democratic decentralisation fostered deliberation and local experiments. Beyond India, in Finland social and institutional arrangements promoted deliberation and local flexibility. Even in China institutional arrangements fostered «adaptive government» and «directed improvisation». However, in France a centralised approach to administration fostered adherence to law and rules.

Mangla’s discussion is careful and wide-ranging. His case studies provide challenging insights. He argues throughout for the effectiveness of bureaucratic norms that foster deliberation. However, his cases show that such norms are often scarce. Obstacles to productive relationships are prevalent and powerful. Further, the cases show also how embedded civil service norms are in complex institutional arrangements. In Himachal Pradesh political leaders, civil service leaders, and the context in which residents and civil servants lived and worked, fostered cooperation. In Uttar Pradesh similar factors militated against it. In Uttarakhand institutional changes designed to foster norms like those in Himachal Pradesh proved insufficient. Restrictive norms formed in Uttar Pradesh persisted.

The outstanding question raised by the book is about how civil service norms that facilitate good relationships with citizens can be created and sustained. His discussion provides suggestive hints. Three stand out. First, the civil service as an institution has significant influence. Its internal dynamics are important. It is desirable that its members are encouraged to think, take the initiative and collaborate. In facing difficult and hard to define problems civil servants should have «room to puzzle».

Second, while the initiatives Mangla examined all came from the centre, he identified that local responsibility for implementation could give rise to new issues. The «contested decentralisation» in which these were handled deserves further exploration. If policy formation is thought of as going through cycles of consideration from problem identification to implementation and review, options for consultation of officials responsible for front line implementation could be built into decision making.

Third, political leadership that enables civil service initiatives is critical. Change within civil services, especially change that encourages bottom-up perspectives, is hard to bring about without the support of political leaders. Mangla’s discussion of the example of the influential first Chief Minister of Himachal Pradesh is significant. It suggests that it would be useful to explore further what it might take for such an example to be more widely replicated.

Conclusion

Both books examine citizen activism and the search for services and facilities from the bottom up. In doing so the books illustrate the importance of looking more closely not only at politics between elections but also at wider citizen activism. The books illustrate too the importance of exploring more fully how the institutions of government appear to citizens. Active slum residents creating networks of access to local governments and primary school parents keen to help shape the education of their children show that citizens are keen to do more than vote at elections. Elections give them choices about who forms governments but not about how office holders, once chosen, choose to act. In much analysis of change in India electoral politics has been seen as an essential driver. These books suggest that another driver may be the willingness of citizens to engage with the state, despite the difficulties that that entails.

The books show that for slum residents and primary school parents services and facilities from government institutions have to be claimed. But claim making is indirect. Intermediaries, brokers and patrons for slum residents and civil servants for primary school parents, have decisive roles. For slum residents, action is incentive based and transactional. Access to services and facilities remains mediated and limited. For primary school parents opportunities for consultation depend on the willingness of civil servants to make it part of

The books suggest that bottom-up activism may have the potential to extend beyond current limits. Should it do so, it may challenge political parties and government institutions to respond to new agendas that make the institutions of governance more accessible to citizens.

For political parties questions arise about how far brokers keen for party positions may be able to climb within party organisations. Questions arise also about what agendas they might bring with them and how parties, with strong top-down histories, might choose to deal with such agendas.

For the institutions of governance questions arise about the capabilities needed to engage more effectively with citizens. Local government institutions, although approachable through intermediaries, are under-endowed with resources and responsibilities. In Auerbach and Thachil’s summary words, local government is «anemic». Civil service institutions in Delhi and state capitals are thinly staffed, often with highly skilled people, but organised to drive down decisions. They are rarely organised to enable decentralisation or to relay upwards information about expressed citizen needs.

In both books the analysis presented is reason enough to read them with care. The questions they stimulate provide reasons to ask for more. Such questions go to the nature of the institutions of governance and whether they are able to adapt to meet the needs of an active citizenry wishing to do more than vote. It is to be hoped that others will follow quickly in the directions they have charted.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

India and the World: A History of Connections, c. 1750-2000

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Claude Markovits, India and the World: A History of Connections, c. 1750–2000, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2021, 275 pp. (ISBN 978-1-316-63745-6).

Claude Markovits’ India and the World: A History of Connections, c. 1750–2000 is a compelling, wide-ranging examination of India’s global interactions over two centuries and a half. Across seven sweeping thematic chapters, Markovits explores India’s past through its role in the three-fold global exchange of things (commodities, manufactured goods, cultural productions), people (voluntary migration, indentured labour, military conscription), and ideas (religion, political ideologies, the reception of historical events). The author’s aim is to explore Indian history through a broader, connected history framework, drawing on methodologies most notably pioneered by Sanjay Subrahmanyam.1 The book positions India as an active participant in transoceanic networks sustained through multidirectional connections. As Markovits demonstrates, India influenced and was influenced by the world in a dynamic and reciprocal, if sometimes uneven, manner.

The book’s opening chronology provides an excellent indication of what is to come, in terms of the monograph’s ambitious thematic scope. The chronology features standard political and military milestones, ranging from the Carnatic Wars of 1746–53 to the Kargil conflict of 1999. It also pinpoints, however, cultural moments, from the publication of William Jones’s English translation of Kalidasa’s play Shakuntala in 1789 to the box-office success of the Tamil masala film Muthu in Japan in 1998. The masterful balance between economic, political, social, and cultural history underscores the breadth of Markovits’s scholarship, which enables him to situate India not just within the frameworks created by European colonialism but also in global landscapes. This broader scope breaks from the more conventional focus on India’s imperial ties, demonstrating that India’s global reach extended well beyond them. Markovits takes the reader on a tour from Japan, where the Sindwork merchants of Sindh’s Hyderabad sold Japonaiserie trinkets to affluent North American customers in search of exotica, to Benin, where vodún followers incorporated images of Hindu gods imported by Indian traders into their religious practices. It is precisely in charting India’s interactions with the non-imperial and the non-European – particularly the rest of Asia, Africa, and the Americas – that the book is most gripping and successful.

Chapter 1 examines India’s evolving role within the global economy, largely through the trade in commodities such cotton, opium, tea, and jute. Markovitz examines India’s transition from early modern “workshop of the world” to supplier of raw materials to Western nations and Japan. Indian commodities became particularly crucial to the British empire –especially after 1890 when, under the gold standard, India’s export surplus helped offset Britain’s growing trade deficit. From 1947 an independent India, no longer tied to British financial obligations, aimed to establish an autonomous economy, under a Nehruvian blueprint that envisioned some controlled participation of the world economy in the Indian economy. Despite notable accomplishments, by around 1990 the country shifted its focus once again, reconnecting with the global economy in the neo-liberal turn. Markovits’s exploration of India’s engagement with global capitalism through its diverse mercantile communities – Marwari, Gujarati, Chettiar, Sindhi – draws from his previous magisterial work, which established that these trading groups forged deep economic and social ties that transcended political boundaries.2

India’s transoceanic economic connections were often linked to vast patterns of human migration. In Chapter 2, Markovits explores how Indian men and women moved from the subcontinent to the rest of the world – a movement that was not always voluntary. More than 1.4 million labourers left India under indenture from 1834 to 1916. This included indenture to the old plantation economies of Mauritius, British Guyana, and Trinidad, but also the development of new plantation economies in Natal and Fiji. The chapter also emphasizes other forms of labour migration from colonial India, such as the kangani and maistry systems. While the Second World War and Indian independence marked a period of reduced labour migration, the phenomenon surged again from the mid-1960s – this time towards Europe, the United States, Canada, and the Gulf’s oil-producing states. An increasing proportion of these diasporic Indians were skilled workers and professionals. Markovits is also attentive to the smaller, lesser-researched circulation of immigrant labour into India, which primarily arrived from two South Asian neighbours, Nepal and Bangladesh.

Chapter 3 examines India’s longstanding engagement in armed conflicts worldwide, focusing on the Indian sepoys who fought outside the subcontinent. Beginning with an expedition to Manila in 1762 and concluding with the involvement of Indian troops in suppressing an anti-Dutch uprising in Java in 1945, the chapter also highlights India’s extensively studied contribution to both World Wars. Markovits compellingly recounts how the Indian army of the post-1947 era took on a new role. From 1950 to 2000, India became the single largest contributor of military personnel to UN peacekeeping missions. More than 40,000 Indian men were deployed in conflict zones from Gaza to Lebanon, Sierra Leone, Indochina, and Korea. The chapter puts to excellent use archival sources authored by soldiers deployed abroad, from Thakur Gadadhar Singh’s testimony of the Boxer Uprising in China to the soldiers’ letters assembled by British military censors in France.3 Through their voices, Markovits unravels how ordinary Indians interacted with foreign lands and peoples.

The book not only charts India’s global linkages in the realm of things and people, but also ideas. Chapter 4 focuses largely on religion, beginning with Hinduism. It discusses Hinduism’s role as a world religion, examining how Western intellectual was transformed through the influence of figures such as Rammohun Roy, Keshub Chandra Sen, Swami Vivekananda, Jiddu Krishnamurti, and Swami Prabhupada, as well as the politicised ethnic Hinduism best exemplified by the Vishwa Hindu Parishad. The chapter turns to the role of the subcontinent’s Muslims in Islamic movements that, though rooted in India, attained a transnational reach. From the modernist, reformist drive of Sayyid Ahmad Khan to the orthodox Sunni position of the Deobandi movement, and from the transnational engagement of the Tablighi Jama’at to the unorthodoxy of the Ahmadiyya sect, Markovits reflects on the diversity India’s contributions to Islam. He further explores the part that Indians played in the histories of two other world religions, Buddhism and Christianity.

Chapter 5 evaluates the contributions of Indian writers, artists, and cinema professionals to the global cultural sphere. While Indian literature and visual arts seldom reached large international audiences, there were notable exceptions. The chapter traces the remarkable global journey of the ancient Sanskrit play Shakuntala. In the nineteenth century, forty-six translations of Shakuntala were published in twelve European languages, inspiring ballets and operas. Markovits also highlights the “Tagore craze” that took over the world when the Bengali poet Rabindranath Tagore won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1913 – an infatuation that lasted well into the 1920s, influencing Latin American and Spanish poets in particular. In the domain of cinema, the chapter tracks the rise of India’s film industry as a powerful global entertainment force. In the 1950s, the main foreign markets for Indian films were in the Soviet Union, the Middle East, and Africa. To Markovits, this signals the elasticity as a signifier of Indian cinema, onto which these diverse audiences projected their anxieties and aspirations. This argument could have been extended into the 1990s, which saw the emergence of films targeting NRI audiences – most notably, Aditya Chopra’s Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge (1995) – and the 2000s, when Rajkumar Hirani’s 3 Idiots (2009) became a blockbuster in China. The film’s popularity catapulted its lead, Aamir Khan, to stardom in China, echoing Raj Kapoor’s rise to fame in the Soviet Union in the 1950s.

Chapter 6 explores the encounters between Indians and others, beginning with the often tense reception that Indian immigrants received in their host countries. Markovits surveys episodes of anti-Indian violence from Burma to Xinjiang and from British Guyana to the United States. He moves on to Indian travel narratives for insights into how Indians perceived the world beyond the subcontinent. These accounts often reveal a narrow perspective, focusing on Indian communities abroad rather than on the local populations among whom they lived. The chapter concludes by discussing how Indians perceived and responded to the foreigners who came to India. Chapter 7 focuses on two pivotal ‘global events’ in Indian history: the Great Rebellion of 1857 and the Partition of 1947. Markovits establishes that the 1857 uprising had a significant global impact, as evidenced by the extensive writings it inspired in several languages. Partition, in contrast, attracted little contemporary international reaction. He argues that it instead became a subject of comparative analysis for political historians in the decades that followed it.

In the conclusion, Markovits delivers a critique of India’s current Hindu nationalist politics, marked by the Bharatiya Janata Party’s (BJP) second consecutive victory in the 2019 general elections. He contemplates how this shift relates to India’s global history: he sees the BJP’s rise as a continuation of a broader global resurgence of right-wing movements but also a significant departure from it, as Hindutva politics seek to define India’s past through a unique, a-historical modernity. This vision draws on interpretations of Vedic texts as containing the essence of modern scientific and technological advancements. The chapter closes by pondering what this inward turn in India’s global role might mean for the collective future of humanity.

The book’s many strengths are offset by a few remarkable absences. The most noteworthy one is the use of gender as an analytical category. Markovits pays close attention to other categories of identity that play a part in India’s global connections – most notably class, caste, and religion. In this context, the lack of attention to the circulation of global gender dynamics in and out of the subcontinent is particularly glaring. These categories could have been further explored through the prism of the body, interrogating how bodily practices connected India with the rest of the world. Fashion, foodways, and physical regimes such as yoga were just some of the arenas in which Indian and non-Indian bodies partook in complex exchanges of cultural practices and representations.4 Indian bodies, in particular, at times became symbols of resistance to Western dominance and, at other times, vehicles for the commodification of the exotic “Other”. The Indian princely states were yet another important sphere of interconnection between the subcontinent and the rest of the world, as a growing body of literature on princely patronage, transoceanic travel, and imperial and anticolonial commitments has established. These new connected histories of the princely states have much to add to our understanding of India’s global linkages.5

Some Indian regions were much more densely connected with the world than others. Markovits acknowledges this throughout his account: it was Gujarat and Bengal that played major roles in the world economy as producers of textiles; indentured recruitment drew heavily from the Bhojpuri region of eastern Uttar Pradesh and western Bihar; mass migration to the Gulf countries predominantly originated from Kerala. More attention, however, could have been paid to these regional disparities. The things, peoples, and ideas that did not travel also have stories to tell. As reverse, negative images of the connectedness that Markovits so expertly explores, they may shed as much light on the contours of global history as the opium trade, the Indian soldiers in the trenches during the First World War, and the writings of religious teachers. Despite these omissions, the book stands as an excellent synthesis of India’s transoceanic interconnections during the early modern and modern periods. Markovits brings together a vast body of research on South Asia and its diasporas, offering a nuanced view of key historiographical debates, particularly around the pivotal events of 1857 and 1947. While the book will undoubtedly appeal to specialists in Modern South Asian Studies, its insightful synthesis of previous scholarship and its clear and engaging prose makes it especially valuable for students and general readers seeking to understand India’s place in world history.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Gaza and the Demographic Question

When and how the Gaza Strip started to be perceived by an increasing number of Israelis as a «demographic threat»? Which were the main plans to «thin» its population? To address these questions, the first part provides a brief historical background, lingering on pre-1948 Gaza, its inhabitants and the conflictual claims regarding its agriculture. The second part brings in the origins of Gaza’s demographic (un)balance post-1948, and the plans to expel a large part, if not most, of the local inhabitants. The final section discusses whether or not Zionism has always aimed at «diluting» the number of the inhabitants of Gaza and, more in general, in historic Palestine.

Keywords – Israel; Palestine; Demography; Gaza Strip; Hamas; Zionism.

1. Introduction

An official report drafted by the Israeli Ministry of Intelligence endorsed a plan for the forced and permanent relocation «of the civilian population from Gaza to Sinai».1 It was leaked to the Israeli press on October 12, 2023. In the months that followed, – in the context of the debates which ensued after the attack carried out by Hamas on 7 October 2023 and the obliteration of Gaza by the Israeli army2 – a number of Israeli journalists, diplomats and political leaders have suggested similar solutions.3 The latter came often together with proposals in favour of the establishment of Israeli settlements in the Gaza Strip, almost 20 years after the unilateral withdrawal of all Israeli forces and settlers promoted by the then Prime Minister Ariel Sharon.4

This article, largely based on primary sources, aims at providing academic depth to the debates around these issues. A particular attention is devoted to the dynamics through which the Gaza Strip started to be perceived – in the eyes of a growing number of Israelis – as a «demographic threat», as well as on the main plans aimed at «diluting the [local Palestinian] population» [Aderet 2024, 5 December]. The first part provides the historical background, and sheds light on Gaza, its inhabitants and the conflicting claims regarding the local agricultural sector in the period before 1948. The second section discusses the origins of Gaza’s demographic imbalance in the post-1948 phase as well as plans to expel a large part, if not the majority, of the local inhabitants. The third part focuses on the Zionist movement, with the aim of assessing whether or not the latter aimed at «thinning out» the population in Gaza and, more in general, in historic Palestine. The conclusions turn the attention on the role of the «vanquished» in relation to the benefits of historical knowledge.

2. The creation of a «Strip» of Gaza

Gaza is cited in the inscriptions of the Egyptian pharaoh Thutmose III (1481–1425 BCE).5 When the Tangerine explorer Ibn Battuta (1304-1368 CE) visited Gaza some 2700 years later, he noted that «it is a place of large dimensions […] it has no wall around it [lā sūʿalayhā]» [Ibn Battuta 1958, p.73].

The creation of a «Gaza Strip» is far more recent and the result of the tragic events of the last 77 years [Halevy 2016; Abu Salim 2016]; in fact, it has no precedent in the decades, centuries, or millennia prior, when Gaza was, among other things, part of a strategic intersection known as «the way of the Philistines», which connected the land of Canaan with ancient Egypt.

The tragic history mentioned above might be summarized in one data: about 70% of those living in the Gaza Strip, which is a 360 square kilometer area, are refugees who were driven out of Majdal, Huj, Simsim, Najd, Abu Sitta, and dozens of other villages. On the ashes of a number of them were later built Sderot (whose population doubled in the 1990s with the influx of immigrants from Russia), Or HaNer and several other Israeli cities and villages (in addition to Ashkelon, Ashdod, and some areas of the Western Negev, where Nirim6 and other villages were founded, Gaza was one of the 16 districts that made up the British-controlled Mandatory Palestine).

Palestinians call these expulsions and the destruction of 418 of their villages al-Nakba («the catastrophe»). It must be clarified that, for the Palestinians, the Nakba represents a process and not a phenomenon linked to a single event or year. Just to limit ourselves to three examples, in February-March 1949, following the signing of the armistice between Egypt and Israel, the Israeli forces expelled over 3,000 Palestinians from their homes in the villages of Iraq’s al-Manshiyya and al-Faluja. On 27 June of the same year, approximately 1,500 Palestinian refugees living in Baqa al Gharbiya were removed. On 14 January1950, 2,600 Palestinians were expelled from their homes in al-Majdal (Ashkelon).

Airborne leaflet dropped over the village of al-Tira in July 1948. It was addressed «To the Arabs of Al-Tira», suggesting them to surrender «to prevent a Nakba».

Image

Source: al-Ghubārī 2012. The scan of the leaflet is available on-line at: https://www.kedem-auctions.com/en/arabs-al-tira-–-airborne-leaflet-arabic-–-israeli-war-independence-1948-–-if-you-want-prevent-nakba

It should also be noted that the Palestinians were not the first to use the expression al-Nakba. While the expression itself was already existing in Arabic, it was first utilized in reference to Palestine in leaflets that the Israeli armed forces dropped on al-Tira (near Haifa) in July 1948, with the aim of convincing Palestinians to abandon their homes and communities and surrender [Kamel 2022a]. At that point in history, Gaza emerged as the primary location for Palestinian refugees, transforming itself from Qadāʾ to Qitāʿ (from an Ottoman «administrative district» to a «strip» of land) [Al-Nimal 1979]. In Ursula Lindsey and Toufic Haddad’s words:

Gaza City was a major city in Palestine prior to 1948. It is also one of the few Palestinian cities that survived the 1948 Nakba, given that most Palestinian were lost in the creation of the state of Israel-West Jerusalem, Jaffa, Haifa, etc. Gaza City became a city that was teeming with all these refugees who were displaced from their lands, and subsequently it became the seat of the first attempt to try and form an all-Palestinian national government [Hukūmat ‘Umūm Filastīn] after 1948 [Haddad and Lindsey 2024, 13 June].

It is worth mentioning that the Palestinians are not simply «Arabs», a term through which they are often described in Israel and in Western countries: the thesis according to which, as «Arabs», they can easily be relocated to any other «Arab country» is highly problematic from an historical perspective, beside being in clear violation of international law. To refer to the local populations from the Strait of Hormuz to the Strait of Gibraltar as «the Arabs» is akin to calling those living in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the United States, Ireland, and Britain «the English»: they all speak the same language but exhibit distinctly different historical traditions, heritages and identities [MacKintosh-Smith 2019].

More than a millennium ago, Jerusalemite geographer Muhammad ibn Ahmad Shams al-Dīn Al-Maqdisī (946-1000) made it clear that he identified himself as a Palestinian: «I mentioned to them [workers in Shiraz] about the construction in Palestine and I discussed with them these matters. The master stonecutter asked me: Are you Egyptian? I replied: No, I am Palestinian» [Al-Maqdisī 2003, p.362].7 About 1.000 years later, on 3 September 1921, an op-ed published on Falastīn (which was printed from 1911 until 1948) highlighted that «We are Palestinians first and Arabs second» [MDC 1921, 3 December], thus echoing what was expressed a few years earlier by several Palestinian intellectuals such as Khalīl Baydas (1874–1949) and Salīm Qub’ayn (1870–1951).

In the 1870s the terms «Palestinians» and «Palästinenser» were also used, in explicit reference to the Arabs of Palestine, by a number of Western observers, including the British consul in Jerusalem James Finn (1806-72) [Finn 1878, p.248] and the German Protestant missionary Ludwig Schneller (1858-1953) [Schneller 1905, p.107]. These few examples, among others (the word Filastīnī, «Palestinian», was increasingly used in books and publications in the early 20th century), are there to remind us that, although all identities are ultimately «constructed», there are contexts in which the available sources confirm peculiar backgrounds that are too often omitted or unacknowledged [Kamel 2025].

«Who are they?», asked the Palestinian poet Mahmūd Darwīsh (1941-2008) in his Une rime pour les Mu‘allaqāt about the local populations under Ottoman rule: «That’s someone else problem» [Darwīsh 2000]. In many ways it was indeed a problem of the «others», of people external to the region. For the «locals», that is the «insiders», what made the difference was, on top of religion, the origin from a certain village (which often represented a sort of «protonation in the protonation»), the belonging to a certain hamūla (family clan), a way of dressing, a product of the earth, the use of a specific dialect, a particular dance (like the dabkeh, which in Palestine had its own peculiar characteristics), a festival [Kamel 2016, p.14].

A peculiar aspect of Palestinian culture and a glaring example of «protonational cohesion» was the annual Nabī Mūsā festival, which drew thousands of people from all across Palestine to the Jericho area [Al-‘Asalī 1990]. The purpose of the festival was to honor the traumatic events associated with the Crusades. Another example, among several others, was the festival known as «The Valley of the Ants». It took place once per year in the area around al-Majdal (Ashkelon). In the words of the Palestinian historian ‘Arif al-‘Arif (1891-1973), on that special occasion, many of the people who lived in Gaza, al-Majdal, and the nearby villages used to dressing up, bringing food, singing songs until the sun sets, waving flags, and riding horses [Al-‘Arif 1943].

3. How it was

In 1859 the American Protestant missionary William M. Thomson (1806-94) noted that: «the first time I came into this region I was agreeably surprised to find it not flat, barren country […] The country is equally lovely and no less fertile than the very best of the Mississippi Valley» [Thomson 1859, p.347]. One decade later, the British consul in Jerusalem James Finn (from 1846 to 1863) made it clear that he did «not know where in all the Holy Land I have seen such excellent agriculture of grain, olive-trees, and orchards of fruits, as here at Ashdod [still in 1945, Ashdod was inhabited by 4620 Arabs and 290 Jews]. The fields would do credit to English farming» [Finn 1868, p.162].

In the 1870s, there were around 468 hectares of irrigated citrus groves in the Gaza area [Badran 1972, p.126]. In 1899, two decades later, John Dickson, the British Consul to Jerusalem (from 1890 to 1906), pointed out that the area of Gaza was «under cultivation, crops of wheat and barley being raised by the Arabs» [ISA 1899, 30 November].

In a Hebrew publication from 1918 titled Eretz Yisrael ba-‘avar u-ba-hove («The Land of Israel in the Past and Present»), David Ben-Gurion (1886-1973) and Yitzhak Ben-Zvi (1884-1963), who would later become, respectively, the prime minister and second president of Israel, strived to demonstrate the Jewish origins of the local fellahin [Ben-Gurion and Ben Zvi 1980, p.196]8 (in their opinion, the local population made no contribution in the previous twelve centuries) [Ben-Gurion and Ben Zvi 1980, p.151-5 and 210]. Ben Gurion and Ben Zvi went so far as to undermine the very basis of the thesis of the mass expulsion of Jews – a narrative which have been rejected by many leading scholars of Jewish history [Yuval 2006, p.19; Bartal 2008, 6 July; Aldeman and Barkan 2011, p. 159]9 – which allegedly took place after the destruction of the Second Temple (70 CE):

To claim that following the conquest of Jerusalem by Tito and the failure of the revolt of Bar Kokba the Jewish people ceased to work the soil of Palestine means to show one’s complete ignorance of Jewish history and literature of the time […] Despite the oppression and suffering, the people of the country remained that which it always was [Ben Gurion and Ben Zvi 1980, p.198].

This final quotation clearly contradicts the language of the Declaration of Independence that Ben-Gurion himself read on 14 May 1948, under a portrait of Theodor Herzl (1860-1904) at the Tel Aviv Museum. «After being forcibly exiled from their land», to quote the precise words contained in the Decalaration, «people kept their faith during the diaspora» [Kamel 2015, ch. 2].

The reason for the existence of two theses in such strong contrast on a crucial topic such as the galut (the «diaspora») can be found in the events that occurred in the three decades between the publication of Ben-Gurion/Ben Zvi’s book and the birth of State of Israel. The rising of Palestinian nationalism, the Hebron massacre (1929) and the Great Arab Revolt (1936) had indeed shown, once and for all, the firm opposition of the local majority to any process of assimilation [Kamel 2015, ch. 2]. Such an awareness would soon create the conditions for the development of a new myth, that of the midbar shemama10 («the barren desert»). The hint is to the attempts to present Palestine as a desolate place,11 with a tiny, recently arrived Arab population. The region’s subsequent development has been significantly impacted by this perception:

From that moment on, [i.e., since the abandonment of the thesis of the Jewish origin of the fellahin] the descendents of the Judean peasantry vanished from Jewish national consciousness and were cast into oblivion. Very soon […] the modern Palestinian fellahin became, in the eyes of the authorized agents of memory, Arab immigrants who came in the nineteenth century to an almost empty country and continued to arrive in the twentieth century as the developing Zionist economy, according to the new myth, attracted many thousands of non-Jewish laborers [Sand 2008, p. 417].

In the historical phases prior to when the Crusaders destroyed a large part of the Gaza area in the 12th century, the latter was home to a limited yet thriving and well integrated Jewish community (in the context of the «Arab conquest» of the 7th century, the Arab conquerors did not expel the Jews and Christians who lived in the area).12

A limited presence also persisted in the following centuries, and until the revolts of 1929, when the Jewish neighborhood of Gaza was destroyed by local Palestinians and all the Jews who were living in Gaza at the time (51 people) fled the city. It the space of just two decades, the 1920s and 1930s, a far greater number of cases of intercommunal violence were recorded than in the previous four centuries combined. Although the ethnic-religious equilibria in the Gaza Strip were significantly influenced by the dynamics linked to the rising of Zionism and the First World War – when Gaza suffered also attacks with chemical weapons13 – and other related historical trajectories [Rafeq 1980], it is only as a consequence of the 1948 war that the entire area recorded, from a demographic point of view, an unprecedented shift.

4. Gaza’s demographic unbalance

Following Operation Yoav, carried out by the Israeli forces in the Negev (Naqab) Desert in mid-October 1948, the number of refugees in the Gaza Strip rose from 100,000 (which arrived in the previous months) to 230,000. Michael Gallant, father of Yoav Gallant (several times minister in the years 2018-2024), named his son Yoav to commemorate the military campaign that, more than any other, altered Gaza’s demographic equilibrium.

In our days, Yoav Gallant and, more in general, some other key political figures and institutions in Israel, are attempting to close the circle of history, this time by reducing the population in Gaza. This objective is scarcely unprecedented. To stick to the period right after 1948,14 and more precisely to 5 years later (1953), the «Free Officers Movement» which overthrew Egyptian King Farouk in 1952, together with the United Nations Relief and Work Agency (UNRWA), and the US (under President Harry Truman) agreed to relocate 12,000 Palestinian families from the Gaza Strip to the Sinai Peninsula [Kamel 2024b, 28 October].

Egyptian newspapers first published details on the plan in May 1953. To facilitate its implementation, an Israeli military unit led by Ariel Sharon attacked al Bureij Camp in August 1953, killing about 30 Palestinians. Back then, Egypt was experiencing major internal problems, and Nasser, one of the «Free Officers», who served as prime minister (1954-56) and then president (1956-70) of Egypt, had little interest in taking any responsibility for managing the problem of Gaza’s large refugee population, beside also being aware that his country was not ready to confront Israel militarly.

It is indeed only after Israels «Black Arrow» operation in February 1955 – which targeted the Egyptian forces in response to their active role in providing various forms of support for Palestinian fedayeen activity – that Nassers approach became more confrontational with Israel and supportive of the Palestinians. A cable sent from Israel to Moshe Sharrett (at the time in Bombay) on 4 November 1956, decried: «The dangers inherent in the expansionist and imperialistic policies of the Nasser regime, whose declared aim is Egyptian hegemony both in African and Western Asia».15

The «Sinai plan» for the expulsion of 12,000 Palestinian families was foiled after two years of massive protests throughout the Gaza strip, when Palestinians – which, according to the Israeli Foreign Ministry’s liason officer with the army Arieh Eilan, were experiencing «real hunger» [ISA 1955, 27 March] – chanted slogans such as: «No settlement. No relocation. Oh, you American agents» [Bisīsū 1980, p.31]. These protests played a seminal role in twarting a goal that was discussed and cherished already during the war of 1948. In Elisha Efrat’s words:

Yigal Allon, a military commander during the War of Independence, used to say that, if he and his men had had another day or two, they would have captured Gaza in 1948. He supposed that, if Israel had captured the Gaza Strip then, there would not have been so many refugees living there, and they would have fled. That was also what David Ben-Gurion thought when he proposed capturing the Gaza Strip in 1955 [Efrat 2006, p.183].

One year later, in October 1956, the Israeli army invaded the Sinai and Gaza,16 maintaining the direct control of both areas for four months, before being forced to evaquate them due to mounting international (including from the US) pressure [Masalha 1996, p.55-68]. Back then, the new Israel’s foreign minister, Golda Meir (1898-1978), argued that «the Gaza Strip is an integral part of the land of Israel»,17 while Menahem Begin (1913-1992), the head of the Herut party at the time, maintained that Gaza «belonged to Israel by right» [Begin 1956, 28 November].

During those same months, Levi Eshkol (1895-1969), Israel’s finance minister, set aside half a million dollars to drive thousands of Palestinians to the Sinai. Ezra Danin (1903-1984) was given responsibility for this plan, known as the «Al-‘Arīsh option»,18 which was gaining popularity at the time. Incidentally, Danin was the same person who in 1962 sponsored «Operation workers», which sought to relocate Palestinians to West Germany [Sharett and Rivlin 1987]. It might be useful to add that in the very same historical phase in which Levi Eshkol was advocating for the emigration of the Gazawis in exchange for economic benefits, Avraham Tamir (1924-2010), on request of Ben-Gurion, outlined a plan – known as Hafarperet («The Mole») – for the expulsion of 40,000 Palestinians from Israel to Jordan.19

After 1967, also thanks to the influential role played by Ada Sereni (Mossad’s chief operative in Italy), Yosef Yariv (the head of the Mossad’s special operations arm) and others, the Israeli forces intensified their attempts to forcibly relocate Gaza’s refugees to Jordan and South American states. To encourage this goal, which was firmly opposed by the Egyptian and Jordanian authorities, they set up «emigration offices» throughout the Gaza Strip and offered financial incentives. In the 1970s, Israel’s transfer policies continued to intensify – 38,000 refugees were moved to the West Bank and Sinai in 1971 alone) – and prominent figures such as Yitzhak Rabin (1922-1995) strived to reach an agreement with King Hussein bin Talāl (1935-99) to implement the expulsion of thounsands of Palestinians from Gaza to Jordan [Shragai 2025, 15 February].

In the following years and decades, the plan for the relocation of Palestinians from Gaza (mainly) to the Sinai Peninsula, while being offered less assiduously, remained rather popular. A number of Israeli right-wing figures and parties (such as Moledet, established by Rehavam Zeevi in 1988) have continued to openly advocate for the expulsion of the Palestinians through population transfer. Just to provide a particularly meaningful example, the 2004 «Eiland plan» envisioned that Egypt would cede land roughly five times the size of Gaza to settle there the majority of the Gazawis. The plan was named after Giora Eiland, who served as the head of the Israeli National Security Council between 2004 and 2006.

The 2004 Eiland plan was never implemented, and in 2005, just before a stroke left him permanently incapacitated, Ariel Sharon drove 7,000 settlers out of Gaza while also resettling tens of thousands more in settlements throughout the West Bank [Kamel 2024b, 28 October]. As noted by Justin Alexander:

Gaza’s very existence, with its dense, impoverished and growing population, the majority of whom are refugees from what is now Israel, is perceived by some Israelis to pose a demographic threat to the maintenance of a Jewish-majority state next-door, indeed this was a major motivation for the Disengagement [decided by Sharon] [Alexander 2007, p.6].

The unilateral disengagement from Gaza was in violation of the Oslo Accords, and, not by chance, exacerbated and prolonged hostility and violence rather than tackling them.

5. Demography and Zionism(s)

«Diluting» the Palestinian population was a political goal already before 1948? To answer to this question, it might be useful to start from a specific date, that is 12 June 1895, when the founder of political Zionism, Theodor Herzl (1860-1904), wrote that «we shall try to spirit the penniless population across the border» [Herzl 1960, p.88-90]. Benny Morris [2004, p.40-41], Edward Said [1992, p.13], and numerous other academics have misquoted (cutting some key sentences) this passage to support the claim that Herzl was aiming at driving the Palestinians out of their land. Yet, Herzl did not have Palestine and its people in mind when he wrote those remarks. The geographical frame of the «expropriation» process to which he was alluding was South America: «I am assuming that we shall go to Argentina», Herzl wrote in that same diary on 13 June 1895 [Herzl 1960, p.134].

Herzl never used the terms «Arabs» or «Palestinians»,20 and presented Zionism as an «outpost of civilization as opposed to barbarism» [Herzl 2006, p.28]. However, there is no «proof» that he intended to drive out the local inhabitants. It is only from the 1930s onwards,21 – when the tensions between the three local communities (Palestinian Jews, Arab-Palestinians and Zionists) sharpened [Kamel 2015, ch. 4; Kamel 2021, 19 August], and after that the 1937 British Peel Commission proposed the simultaneous forced transfer of about 225,000 Palestinians and 1,250 Jews22 – that the subject began to attract increasing attention. It was only then that opinions such as the ones voiced in 1940 by the director of the Department for Land in the Keren Kayemeth LeIsrael (KKL), Yosef Weitz, emerged: «There is no other way», argued Weitz, «but to transfer the Arabs from here to neighbouring countries» [Weitz 1969, 29 September]. Weitz, later on (1949-54), outlined a plan for the expulsion of thousands of Galilee’s Christians to Argentina and Brasil [Masalha 1999].

The fact that the Zionist authorities did not aim at expelling them, at least until the 1930s, does not mean that Palestinians, as a general tendency, were treated fairly. For instance, Asher Ginsberg (1856-1927), one of the most influential Zionist thinkers of the time, arrived in Palestine in 1891 and, after spending a few months in the area, wrote an article entitled Emet me-Eretz Ysrael («Truth from the Land of Israel») in which he pointed out that «They [Ginsberg was referring to the new settlers who were arriving from Europe] deal with the Arabs with hostility and cruelty, trespass unjustly, beat them shamefully for no sufficient reason, and even boast about their actions. There is no one to stop the flood and put an end to this despicable and dangerous tendency» [Ginsberg 1981].23

The same year (1891), Moshe Smilansky (1874-1953), a well-known writer from Kiev, arrived in Palestine and, a few years later, recounting is experience, wrote that: «During the thirty years we have been here, it is not they [the Palestinians] who have remained alien to us but we to them» [Mendes-Flohr 1983, p.5]. Yitzhak Epstein (1862-1943), – a Russian writer who immigrated in Palestine in 1886 – spoke to the delegates of the 7th Zionist Congress in 1905, stressing that «in our beloved land lives a whole people which has lived there for many centuries and has never considered the idea of leaving it» [Epstein 1907, p.193-206]. In 1929, renowned historian Hans Kohn (1891–1971), who had been involved in the Zionist movement since 1909, wrote that «we pretended that the Arabs did not exist and were glad when we were not reminded of their existence» [JNUL 1929, 21 November].24

These few examples are there to remind us that the Zionist movement was anything but a monolith, and that many critical aspects concerning the relations with the Palestinian population were visible and relevant already at that time.

6. The past’s future

In late January 2025, on an Air Force One flight from Las Vegas to Miami, US President Donald Trump outlined a plan to «clean up» Gaza. «We are talking about probably a million and a half people, and we just clean out that whole thing», Trump told reporters, adding that the move «could be temporary» or «could be long-term» [Cuddy and Donnison 2025, 26 January].25 Jordan’s King Abdullah II and Egypt’s President al-Sisi – two dictators who heavily depend on US funding – have been asked, so far to no avail, to take in Palestinians from Gaza, despite the fact that this represents a clear violation of international law, which prohibits «individual or mass forcible transfers, as well as deportations of protected persons from occupied territory to the territory of the Occupying Power or to that of any other country» [IHL Database 1949, 12 August]. The Jordanian King, in particular, was aware that the moment he would accept to host thousands of Gazawis, the next (very likely) step would be – in line with far-right Israeli Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich’s plans [Khalil and Shamala 2025, 10 February] – the request to host hundreds of thousands of Palestinians expelled by the Israeli army from the West Bank to Jordan.

A few days after proposing his plan for the mass expulsion of the Gazawis, while speaking at a White House news conference, Trump pointed out that Palestinians living in the Gaza Strip should be relocated, and added that they would be «thrilled» to live elsewhere and were only staying because they had «no alternative» [Gregorian 2025, 4 February]. Right after this, Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz announced the establishment of a new directorate in the Defense Ministry to facilitate the «voluntary emigration» of the Gazawis.

Yet, in light of the epochal catastrophe still raging in Gaza (and, to a more limited but very visible extent, in the West Bank), Palestinians’ resistance to expulsions and relocations is today more tenacious than ever. Palestinians are aware that – as in the past – there is nothing «temporary» in their forced removals from their homes. They know that for them there is not, nor will there be, any «right of return».

It is therefore hardly surprising that Palestinians are willing to pay a high price to remain on their land. Equally eager are of course also the Israelis and this is a further reason why anyone caring about this land and its inhabitants must contribute to finding a solution that would allow these two people to coexist. How to do so? A comprehensive answer would require much more space,26 but, also in light of what has emerged in this article, an element appears evident. This is the necessity of knowing and recognizing the tremendous historical cost that the Palestinians have paid so that the aspirations of their counterpart could be realized, bending the arc of history towards an idea of justice and greater understanding, without this affecting the rights and aspirations of any of the involved parties. Reinhart Koselleck (1923-2006), the founder of Begriffsgeschichte (conceptual history), noticed that «History may be made, in the short term, by winners, but historical knowledge comes, in the long run, from the vanquished» [Koselleck 2000, p.68].

Bibliography

Abu Salim, Jehad, 2016, ‘From Fence to Fence: Gaza’s story in its own words’, in H. Tawil-Souri, D. Matar (ed.), Gaza as metaphor, London: Hurst.

Al-Ghubārī, Omar, 2012, Dhakirat al-Tira, Haifa (al-Tira’s memory, Haifa). Tel Aviv: Zochrot.

Aldeman, Howard, and Elazar Barkan, 2011, No Return, Nor Refugee, New York: Columbia University Press.

Aderet, Ofer, 2021, 6 May, ‘Ben-Gurion’s Uncensored Diary Revealed: «Pester and Motivate the data to Move Eastward»’, Ha’aretz.

Aderet, Ofer, 2024, 5 December, ‘«We Give Them 48 Hours to Leave»: Israel’s Plans to Transfer Gazans Go Back 60 Years’, Ha’aretz.

Alexander, Justin, 2007, Conflict, economic closure and human security in Gaza, London: Oxford Research Group.

Al-Maqdisī, 2003, Ahsan al-taqāsīm fī maʿrifat al-aqālī(The best division for regional knowledge), Beirut: Dar El-Māchreq.

Al-Mubarrad, 1956, Al-Kāmil (The Perfect One), Cairo: Dār Nahdat Misr, vol. 2.

Al-Nimal, H. Abu, 1979, Qitāʿ Ghazza: 1948-1967 (The Gaza Strip: 1948-1967), Beirut: Markaz alAbhāth.

Al-‘Arif, Arif, 1943, Al-Mūgaz fī Taʾrīkh Asqalān (Compendium of the history of Ashkelon), Jerusalem: Matbaʻat Bayt al-Maqdis.

Al-‘Asalī, Kamil, 1990, al-Mawsim al-Nabī Mūsā fī FilastīnTārīkh al-Mawsim wal-Maqā(The festival of Nabī Mūsā in Palestine. The history of the festival and the sanctuary), Amman: Dār al-karmil.

Badran, N., 1972, March, ‘Al-Rif al-Filastini qabla al-Harb al-Alamiyya al-Ula’ (The Palestinian pre-World War I rural landscape), Shu’un Filastiniyya, n. 7.

Bargal, Yoram, 2004, ‘Dimuyei Nof Eretz Israel be-Ta’amulat ha-Keren ha-Kayemet le-Israel bi-Tekufat ha-Yishuv’ (Images of the landscape of the Land of Israel in the propaganda of the National Jewish Foundation during the period of Yishuv), Motar, n. 11.

Bartal, Israel, 2008, 6 July, Ha’aretz.

[BOA] Başbakanlık Osmanli Arşivi, Y.PRK.TōF 6/72, Istanbul.

Begin, Menahem, 1956, 28 November, Interview on New York Times.

Ben-Gurion, David, and Yitzhak Ben Zvi, 1980, Eretz Yisrael ba-‘Avar u-ba-Hove (Palestine in the past and present), Jerusalem: Ben Zvi Press.

Ben-Gvir, Itamar, 2024, 19 January, ‘Interview on Channel 13’, (https://www.instagram.com/reel/C2SFj2istUo/?utm_source=ig_embed).

Ben Zvi, Yitzhak, 1929, Uklusianu ba-aretz (Our population in the country), Warsaw: Keren Kayemeth LeIsrael.

Bigart, Homer, 1956, 11 November, ‘Gaza is claimed as part of Israel’, New York Times.

Bisīsū, Tawfiq, 1980, Descent into the water, Wilmette: Medina Press.

Borger, Julian, 2023, 9 December, ‘Civilians make up 61% of Gaza deaths from airstrikes’, The Guardian.

[CZA] Central Zionist Archives, A245/56/6.

Cuddy, Alice, and Jon Donnison, 2025, 26 January, ‘Trump wants neighbours to take in Palestinians to “clean out” Gaza’, BBC News.

Darwīsh, Mahmūd, 2000, La terre nous est étroite et autres poèmes, 1966-1999, Paris: Gallimard.

Efrat, Elisha, 2006, The West Bank and Gaza Strip, Abingdon: Routledge.

Eiland, Giora, 2023, 19 Noveber, ‘Lo lehiratea me ha-olam’ (Let’s not be intimidated by the world), Yedioth Ahronoth.

Epstein, Yitzhak, 1907, ‘A Hidden Question’, Ha-Shilo’ah, n. 17.

Finn, James, 1868, Byeways in Palestine, London: Nisbet.

Finn, James, 1878, Stirring Times, or Records from Jerusalem Consular Chrinocles of 1853 to 1856, v. I, London: C. Kegan Paul.

Ginsberg, Asher, 1891, ‘Emet me-Eretz Yisrael’ (Truth from Eretz Israel), Ha-Meliz, (https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/ahad-ha-rsquo-am).

Ginsberg, Asher, 1927, Kol Kitvei Ahad Ha’am (The collected writings of Ahad Ha’am), Tel Aviv: Dvir.

Government of Israel, Intelligence Ministry, Policy Department, 2023, 13 October, ‘Policy paper: Options for a policy regarding Gaza’s civilian population’ (https://it.scribd.com/document/681086738/Israeli-Intelligence-Ministry-Policy-Paper-on-Gaza-s-Civilian-Population-October-2023).

Gregorian, Dareh, 2025, 4 February, ‘Trump proposes U.S. control of Gaza in move that would permanently displace Palestinians’, NBC News.

Haddad, Toufic, and Ursula Lindsey, 2024, 13 June, ‘The City Beneath the City’, The Point Magazine.

Halevy, D., 2016, ‘Lishtot (bira) meha-yam shel ‘Aza’ (Drinking (beer) from the Sea of Gaza), Ha-Mizrah he-Hadash, n. 55.

Herzl, Theodor, 1958, The Diaries of Theodor Herzl, London: Gollancz.

Herzl, Theodor, 1960, The Complete Diaries of Theodor Herzl, v. 1, New York: Herzl Press.

Herzl, Theodor, 2006, The Jewish State, Minneapolis: Filiquarian.

Huber, Daniela, 2008, The EU and 50 Years of Occupation: Resistant or Complacent to Normalization?, «Middle East Critique, 27(4).

Ibn Battuta, 1958, The Travels of Ibn Battuta, A.D. 1325–1354, v. I, Cambridge: University Press for the Hakluyt Society.

[IHL Database] International Humanitarian Laws Database, 1949, 12 August, Convention (IV) relative to the Protection of Civilian Persons in Time of War.

[ISA] Israel States Archives, 1899, 30 November, RG 160/2881-P, Dickson to O’Conor, Jerusalem.

[ISA] Israel States Archives, 1951, 19 November, RG 2419/1, Report prepared by the Israel Air Force.

[ISA] Israel States Archives, 1955, 27 March, RG 2439/2, Dispatch on Gaza written by Arieh Eilan (which, among other appointments, served as the Israeli representative to the United Nations).

[JNUL] Jewish National and University Library, 1929, 21 November, ‘Khon to Berthold Feiwel (1875-1937)’, Jerusalem, 376/224.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2015, Imperial Perceptions of Palestine. British Influence and Power in Late Ottoman Times, London: I.B. Tauris.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2016, Artificial Nations? The Sykes-Picot and the Islamic State’s narratives in a historical perspective, «Diacronie Studi di Storia Contemporanea», 25(1).

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2019, The Middle East from Empire to Sealed Indentities, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2021, 19 August, ‘The Massacre in 1929 Hebron is a Microcosm of the Conflict’, Middle East Monitor.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2022a, Terra Contesa. Israel, Palestina e il Peso della Storia, Rome: Carocci.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2022b. Napoleone e Muhammad ‘A. Medio Oriente e Nord Africa in epoca tardo moderna e contemporanea, Milan: Mondadori Università.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2024a, History Below the Global, London: Routledge.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2024b, 28 October, ‘Closing the circle of history in Gaza’, Al Jazeera.

Kamel, Lorenzo, 2025, Israele-Palestina, Turin, Giulio Einaudi editore.

Khalil, Zein, and Rania Abu Shamala, 2025, 10 February, ‘Israel’s Smotrich vows escalation against Palestinians in West Bank, threatens Gaza-like fate’, Anadolu.

Koselleck, R., 2000, Zeitschichten, Frankfurt: Suhrkamp.

Lamm, A., 2010, ‘Benny Morris: «The 1948 was an Islamic War»’, Middle East Quarterly, 17(3).

MacKintosh-Smith, Tim, 2019, Arabs: A 3,000-Year History of Peoples, Tribes and Empires, New Haven: Yale University Press.

Masalha, Nur, 1996, ‘The 1956-57 Occupation of the Gaza Strip: Israeli Proposals to Resettle the Palestinian Refugees’, British Journal of Middle Eastern Studies, 23(1).

Masalha, Nur, 1999, ‘A Galilee without Christians? Yosef Weitz and ‘Operation Yohanan’ 1949–1954’, in O’Mahony, Anthony (ed.), Palestinian Christians: Religion, Politics, and Society in the Holy Land, London: Melisende.

Mendes-Flohr, Paul (ed.) 1983, A Land of Two Peoples: Martin Buber on Jews and Arabs, New York: Oxford University Press.

McGreal, Chris, 2023, 16 October, ‘The language being used to describe Palestinians is genocidal’, The Guardian.

Morris, Benny, 2004, The Birth of the Palestinian Refugee Problem Revisited, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Morris, Benny, 1993, Israel’s Border Wars, 1949-1956, Oxford: Clarendon Press.

[MDC] Moshe Dayan Center, 1921, 3 December, in ‘Falastīn’.

O’Connor, M., 1996, ‘Epigraphic Semitic Scripts’, in P.T. Daniels, W. Bright (eds), The World’s Writing System, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Post on X, 2023, 9 October (https://x.com/nissimv/status/1711261388809568458).

Post on X, 2023, 13 October ((https://x.com/Israel_katz/status/1712876230762967222).

Ra’ad, Basem L., 2010, Hidden histories, London: Pluto Press.

Rafeq, ‘A., 1980, Ghazza. Dirāsa ‘umrāniyya wa-ijtimā‘iyya wa-iqtisādiyya min khilāl al-wathā’eq al-shar‘iyya, 1857-1861 (Gaza. A demographic, social and economic study based on the Sharia Court, 1857-1861), Damascus: al-Jami’a al-Urduniyya.

Rosenthal, Ruvik, 2000, Kfar Qasim: Iruim ve-Mitos [Kafr Qasim: Events and Myth], Tel Aviv: HaKibbutz HaMe’uhad.

Ruppin, Arthur, 1968, Pirqei hayai, be-binyan ha’aretz ve-ha’am 1920–1942, (Chapters of My Life Building Land and People, 1920–1942), Tel Aviv: Am Oved.

Sacco, Joe, 2009, Footnotes in Gaza, London: Jonathan Cape.

Said, Edward, 1992 [1979], The Question of Palestine, New York: Vintage Books.

Sand, Shlomo, 2008, The invention of the Jewish people, London: Verso.

Schneller, Ludwing, 1905, Kennst du das Land?, Leipzig: Wallman.

Shavit, Ari, 2004, 8 January, Survival of the Fittest, Ha’aretz.

Sharett I., and G. Rivlin (eds.), 1987, Ezra Danin. Tziyoni bakhol tnai (A Zionist in all conditions), v. I, Jerusalem: Kidun.

Shragai, Nadav, 2025, 15 February, The Secret Israeli Program to Encourage Gaza emigration, Israel HaYom.

Sokol, Sam, 2024, 1 January, ‘Far-right ministers call to «resettle» Gaza’s Palestinians, build settlements in Strip’, The Times of Israel.

The Times of Israel, 2023, 5 November, ‘Far-right minister: Nuking Gaza is an option, population should «go to Ireland or deserts»’.

United Nations, 1951, General Progress Report and Supplementary Report of the United Nations Conciliation Commission for Palestine covering the period from 11 December 1949 to 23 October 1950, New York (https://www.un.org/unispal/document/auto-insert-180810/.)

UHCHR, 2024, 8 November, Six-month update report on the human rights situation in Gaza: 1 November 2023 to 30 April 2024.

Thomson, William M., 1859, The Land and the Book, v. 2, New York: Harper.

Weitz, Joseph, 1969, 29 September, ‘A Solution to the refugee Problem’, Davar.

Weizmann, E., 2014, 11 anuary, ‘The architecture of Sharon’, Al Jazeera.

Yuval, I.J., 2006, Winter, ‘The Myth of the Exile from the Land of Israel’, in Common Knowledge, 12(1).

Zangwill, Israel, 1921, The Voice of Jerusalem, New York: Macmillan.

Zerubavel, Y., 2008, ‘Desert and settlement’, in J. Brauch, A. Lipphardt, A. Nocke (eds.), Jewish topographies, Aldershot: Ashgate.

1.  For the English translation of the plan, provided by +972 Magazine on 13 October 2023, see Government of Israel, 2023, 13 October.

2 A study published on The Guardian has shown that, in the Gaza Strip, «Civilian proportion of deaths is higher than the average in all world conflicts in second half of 20th century» [Borger 2023, 9 December]. The UN Human Rights Office documented that a large percentage of the Palestinian victims – each of them identified and verified through a methodology which requires «at least three independent sources» – were killed inside «residential buildings», and that 44% of them were children, mainly «from 5 to 9 years old» [UNHR 2024, 8 November].

3 Israel’s Minister of Foreign Affairs, Israel Katz, wrote that «All the civilian population in Gaza is ordered to leave immediately» [Post on X 2023, 13 October]; National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir argued that «Gaza must be occupied. Stay inside it and encourage the voluntary migration of its residents» [Ben-Gvir 2024, 19 January]; Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich stated that Israel should «encourage the voluntary emigration of Palestinians» [Sokol 2024, 1 January]. Six days after the attack carried out by Hamas on 7 October 2023, Israel’s President Isaac Herzog stated: «There are no innocent civilians in Gaza. There is an entire nation out there that is responsible» [McGreal 2023, 16 October]. The deputy speaker of the Knesset, Nissim Vaturi, called to «wipe Gaza off the face of the earth» and added «do not leave a child there, expel all the remaining ones at the end» [Post on X 2023, 9 October]. Jerusalem Affairs and Heritage Minister Amichai Eliyahu has proposed using atomic weapons against Gaza [Times of Israel 2023, 5 November]. The former head of the Israeli National Security Council Giora Eiland spoke out in favor of spreading serious epidemics, in consideration of the fact that «severe epidemics in the South of Gaza will bring victory closer and reduce casualties among Israeli soldiers» [Eiland 2023, 19 November].

4 Eyal Weizman, a professor of Spatial and Visual Cultures at Goldsmiths, University of London, noticed that Israel’s unilateral disengagement from Gaza was «part of the same national security logic of unilateral solutions that the settlements [are] part of – perpetuating and intensifying animosity and violence, rather than undoing them» [Weizmann 2014, 11 January].

5 In late Roman times, Gaza (along with Alexandria and present-day Istanbul and Antioch) hosted some of the most renowned intellectual and cultural centres of the time; they attracted much of the Roman elite.

6.  The area in which Nirim was established on in 1946 registered massive violence, also of sexual nature, in 1948-9. During the war of 1948, in Benny Morris’s words, «many cases of rape» and mutilation of Palestinian women and girl occurred [Shavit 2004, 8 January], including some as young as 12 years old [Lamm 2010, p.63-69] as happened, among many other examples, in Safsaf in October 1948. These historical facts – which aimed also at pushing local families to leave their villages – have also been confirmed in the diaries of David Ben-Gurion [Aderet 2021, 6 May] and by a number of recent testimonies provided by several Israeli veterans (see on this Alon Schwarz’s documentary Tantura). We also have evidences coming from 1949, including the case of a 13-years old girl raped and then killed by a group of Israeli soldiers in Nirim. It should be noted that both Palestinians and Jews/Israelis committed brutal mutual violence during 1948-9; yet, not a single source has ever attested the perpetration of rapes and sexual violence by Palestinians in that historical phase. A single, partial exception to this stems from the case of Alisa Feuchtwanger, a member of the Palmach paramilitary group. When two militiamen of the Arab Legion tried to rape her in the context of the Kfar Etzion massacre (May 1948), the captain of that same Legion, Hikmat Mihyar, killed them with a gun, preventing the attempted violence from taking place [Kamel 2025, p.151].

7.  Al-Maqdisī was a contemporary of Abū Muhammad al-Yāzūrī, vizier of the Fatimid caliph, born in the village from which his name originates: Yāzūr (Yāzūr was attacked by forces of the Haganah on 11 December 1947 and destroyed the following year).

8 A slightly less extreme view was that of Ben Zvi, who, in 1929, asserted: «The vast majority of the fellahin cannot trace their origins to the Arab conquerors but to the Jewish fellahin who, before the conquest by Islam, formed the principal core of the inhabitants of the country» [Ben Zvi 1929, p.39].

9.  Israel Bartal, professor of Jewish History at Hebrew University, wrote that «No ‘nationalist’ Jewish historian has ever tried to conceal the well-known fact that conversions to Judaism had a major impact on Jewish history in the ancient period and in the early Middle Ages. Although the myth of an exile from the Jewish homeland (Palestine) does exist in popular Israeli culture, it is negligible in serious Jewish historical discussions. Important groups in the Jewish national movement expressed reservations regarding this myth or denied it completely» [Bartal 2008, 6 July].

10 On the use of the Jewish term shemama see Yoram Bargal [2004, p.21-22].

11 Yael Zerubavel argued that «the portrayal of the landscape as a ‘desolate desert’ was clearly based on a selective view of the reality at the time. These descriptions focused on unproductive lands, barren areas, and the malaria-spreading marshlands while ignoring Arab villages and towns and other settlements built by European settlers, as well as the existence of cultivated fields, plantations, and orchards around various settlements. Other sources, however, indicate that the settlers clearly saw the inhabited and cultivated field parts of the land and developed relationships with members of other communities around whom they live. […] The construction of the desert and the settlement oppositional symbolic landscapes were clearly influenced by predominantly European views of the Orient, which European Zionist immigrants brought with them to the Middle East» [Zerubavel 2008, p.207-208].

12 During the Arab conquest of the seventh century, the region experienced the most widespread – yet less «forced» – of the invasions that were observed there. The language, religion, and political system that the Arabs introduced were embraced by a large percentage of the local inhabitants. Since the latter remained predominantly Christian until the start of the eleventh century, Islam was not forced upon them. This does not mean that the conquest was greeted by the locals «with open arms», and even less that the present-day populations are the direct descendants of the ancient ones – but, instead, that most of the local inhabitants were Arabized in a natural way, in a process of continuity, thus maintaining what in modern times would have been called a «cultural basis» [O’Connor 1996]. This is so not only in consideration of the small number of the invaders but also in virtue of the fact that the Arabic that was introduced significantly preserved the sounds of the local ancient dialects [Kamel 2019, p.16; Al-Mubarrad 1956, p. 439]. Ra’ad wrote that Arabic has the same «sound system as Cananite, reflected in the twenty-eight-sign alphabets of both. Ugaritic also has the same sounds, except that the thirty-sign alphabet has three signs for the aleph: ā, ū, ē. As the only live language in the region for many centuries, Arabic can be said to be the storehouse containing the inventories of the earlier languages» [Ra’ad 2010, p.187].

13 During the Third Battle of Gaza (1917) the troops led by General Edmund Allenby (1861-1936) used approximately 10,000 grenades loaded with asphyxiating gas [Kamel 2022b, p. 90].

14 In May 1949, within the frame of the sessions of the UN Commission for Palestine, the delegation of Israel declared that «if the Gaza area were incorporated in the State of Israel, the Government of Israel would be prepared to accept as citizens of Israel the entire Arab population of the area». No details were ever provided on this proposal. See United Nations 1951.

15 A cable sent from Israel to the former Israeli Prime/Foreign Minister Moshe Sharrett (at the time in Bombay) on November 4, 1956 [CZA]. Nasser access to the Canal Zone base became the main source of concern for the Israeli authorties [ISA 1951, 19 November].

16 For a visual understanding of the Rafah and the Khan Yunis massacres perpetrated by the Israeli army between 3 and 12 November 1956 see Sacco 2009.

17 Golda Meir during a Mapai Party rally on 10 November 1956 [Bigart 1956, 11 November].

18 In an irony of history, at the beginning of the XX century, Theodor Herzl, the founder of political Zionsim, focused his attention on the al-‘Arīsh area. In his diary, on the date of 23 October 1902, he wrote: «When we are under the Union Jack at El Arish then Palestine too will fall into ‘the British sphere of influence’». Herzl continued: «He [Chamberlain] liked the Zionist idea. If I could show him a spot among the British possessions which was not yet inhabited by white settlers, then we could talk» [Herzl 1958, p.375].

19 Between 1948 and 1967 all Palestinians in Israel were subject to martial law. In Kafr Qasim – for example – 48 unarmed Palestinians (23 children) were massacred in October 1956 for not being aware of the fact that a curfew had been imposed by the Israeli authorities earlier that day. It has been claimed that the perpetrators of such massacre believed that they were implementing a government policy within the frame of the operation Hafarperet, which sought to drive Palestinians out of the «southern Triangle», an area in Israel where many Palestinian cities and villages are concentrated [Rosenthal 2000].

20 The local majority was ignored in Herzl’s correspondence with the Ottoman authorities. Herzl tried in vain to condition potential financial assistance to the Ottoman Empire on two concessions from the latter: the Ottomans’ recognition of Jews’ right to settle in Palestine and the possibility for the Jews to purchase an unlimited amount of land [BOA]. 

21 Israel Zangwill (1864-1926) was one of the few Zionists who openly supported the expulsion of the Palestinians prior to the 1930s. In order to establish the Jewish Territorial Organization, he left the Zionist organization in 1905 and argued the following: «We must be prepared either to drive out by the sword the [Arab] tribes as our forefathers did, or to grapple with the problem of a large alien population, mostly Mohammedan and accustomed for centuries to despise us» [Zangwill 1921, p.92].

22 It is with the Treaty of Lausanne (1923) that the concepts of «population transfer» and «ethnic cleansing» became, for the first time in history, two accepted and institutionalized legal solution to international conflicts. Both of them became integral components of a «pattern» that was then replicated, mutatis mutandis, in Palestine (through the Peel Commission of 1937) and India/Pakistan (with the partition of 1947) [Kamel 2024a, p.125].

23 Asher Ginsberg (also known with his pen name, Ahad Ha’am, that is «One of the people») argued also that «The Arabs, particularly those from the cities, see and understand our activities […] the day on which our people make sufficient progress as to oblige people to move from the country […] they will certainly not abandon their positions easily» [Ginsberg 1947, p.23].

24 In the same historical phase, Ruppin expressed similar views [Ruppin 1969, p.33].

25 The goal of expelling a large percentage of the Gazawis by relying on «Arab countries» had already been proposed by the former US Secretary of State Antony Blinken at the end of 2023, when he addressed al-Sisi, promising further funding in exchange for the «absorption» of the Palestinians in his home country.

26 Deniela Huber focused on the primacy of individuaI and collective rights guaranteed through internationaI Iaw and internationaI institutions (i.e. the justice component) as opposed to the peace paradigm [Huber 2018, p.251-264].

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Maritime Asia: A «theatre of consequence»

Conflict, competition and cooperation were evident during 2024 across maritime Asia; the waters running from the Red Sea across the Indian Ocean to the South China Sea, Taiwan Strait, the North-west Pacific and the Arctic Ocean. During the year two different combinations were noticeable around the Asian littoral, in geopolitical terms a flexible geometry of alignments. On the one hand, Russia, China, North Korea, Iran and the Houthis in various ways cooperated much more closely with each other during 2024, against the West in general and the US in particular. On the other hand, during 2024 South Korea, Japan and India also moved closer together with each other, with Australia and above all the US. European powers also appeared in maritime Asia in greater force during 2024. A common thread running through these developments was China’s growing maritime presence around Asia, reflecting its wider competition regionally with India and globally with the US.

Keywords – Indo-Pacific, China, India, naval, geopolitics, geo-economics, maritime.

1. The broader picture

2024 proved a challenging time for Maritime Asia. Ongoing structural competition across the Indo-Pacific, something of a new Great Game at sea between India and China in the Indian Ocean (the Arabian Sea in the north east, and the Bay of Bengal in the north-west) and between the US and China in the Western Pacific continued to deepen, and be reflected in competitive groupings. These broader realignments in the global security order spill over across all the waters of maritime Asia.

Two ongoing China-related maritime issues, the South China Sea and Taiwan, continued to cause problems, and indeed increased in tension. In the South China Sea, ASEAN and China failed to conclude any Code of Conduct, despite being mooted since 2018, while direct confrontation between the Philippine and a more assertive China was particularly evident during 2024 as was increasing Chinese pressure against Taiwan in and around the Taiwan Strait.

New outside issues also impacted on Maritime Asia during 2024. First, blowback from military conflict in Gaza between Israel and Hamas, sparked by the Hamas attacks in South Israel in September 2023 brought Iran, China and Russia together in varying degrees behind the Iranian-backed Houthis, who had intervened in support of Hamas. Second, further blowback from the Ukraine War, ongoing since February 2022, brought Iran, China and North Korea in behind Russia during 2024. The US Deputy Secretary of Defense for Indo-Pacific Security Affairs noted in Japan in November that Europe and the Indo-Pacific were to be acknowledged as «a single theater of consequence» in which «therein we will see further adjustments in the relationships between Pyongyang, Moscow, Beijing, Tehran» [Campbell 2024, 18 November].

In turn, relationships between the four QUAD members of Australia, India, Japan and the US, joined at various points by South Korea were intensified, as shown by their various meetings and exercises arranged and conducted through the year. The QUAD Leaders Summit in September denounced Houthi disruption in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden; announced measures for increasing their own maritime cooperation, and specifically condemned Chinese «coercive» and «intimidating» hhmanoeuvres in the South China Sea [White House 2024, 21 September]. In October 2024, as designated «Partners» Australia, Japan, South Korea and Japan participated for the first time in a NATO Defense Ministers meeting; which labelled Iran, China and North Korea as «security spoilers» [NATO 2024, 17 October]. On the maritime front it is worth noting that Italy deployed its Carrier Strike Group (CSG) for the first time across the Indo-Pacific during 2024, carrying out military exercises with India, Japan and the US, but avoiding any contact with China.

2. Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden

Houthi attacks on shipping, which started in November 2023, were condemned on 10 January 2024 in the United Nations Security Council Resolution 2722, though China and Russia abstained.

Airstrikes by US and UK forces ensued two days later on Houthi bases in Yemen, and were immediately denounced in the Chinese state media [Global Times 2024a, 12 January]. Subsequently the US continued to use its carrier strength in the Red Sea to launch air strikes and interceptions throughout the year. Israeli attacks on Houthi bases in Yemen in late September 2024 were a direct response to Houthi drone attacks earlier in the month. Houthi attacks on Israel’s Red Sea port of Eliat on 17 November represented a further escalation, as did their seizure of an Israeli ship. Houthi missile attacks on Israel on 13 December were met with air strikes by Israel on 19 and 26 December on Houthi-controlled ports of Hudaydah, Salif, Ra’s Isa and the capital’s Sana’a International Airport.

Various responses ensued to contain the Houthi attacks. The Gulf States, with the exception of Bahrain, kept relatively quiet over the Houthis, with Qatar instead facilitating discussions during 2024 to broker a ceasefire in the Gaza strip. Operation Prosperity Guardian was set up in December 2023 by the US, which involved US and UK ships. However, the only Arab state involved was Bahrain, like Singapore sending some personnel. The other Gulf states of Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and the UAE were absent. Operation Aspides was set up by the European Union in February 2024 and involved naval contributions from France, Germany, Italy, and Belgium. The Aspides operations were limited to interception at sea of Houthi drones and missiles, avoiding military strikes on land. The Indian navy dispatched three destroyers in January 2024 to beef up surveillance in the Gulf of Aden, and rescued the Philippine crew members of MV Confidence, hit by Houthi missiles, in the Gulf of Aden on 6 March.

Even as Western shipping companies switched routes from the Red Sea and the Suez Canal to the circumnavigation of Africa, the Houthis announced in March 2024 that Russian and Chinese ships would be exempt from attacks. With this exemption China was able to direct its own state shipping companies into picking up more of the Red Sea trade. News emerged, in September, that Iran had brokered ongoing secret talks between Russia and the Houthis for Russia to transfer anti-ship missiles to the Houthis [Irish 2024, 24 September], and, in October, that Russia was providing targeting information to the Houthis [Faucon and Grove 2024, 24 October].

India reached out to Saudi Arabia in 2024. Saudi Arabia’s Chief of Naval Staff Admiral Fahd bin Abdullah Al-Ghufaili held talks with his Indian counterpart Admiral R. Hari Kumar on maritime security in the region on 11 January, with particular reference to the Red Sea, the Gulf and the Arabian Sea. India’s Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar inaugurated the first India-Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) Ministerial Meeting for Strategic Dialogue in September. The first EU-GCC Cooperation Council took place in October, reiterated support for UN Security Council Resolution 2722, put out their «demand that the Houthis halt attacks against vessels in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden», and recorded specific appreciation of the Aspides operation «with the aim of safeguarding freedom of navigation in the international waters in the Red Sea» [EU-GCC 2024, 16 October].

3. Arabian Sea and Western Indian Ocean

Oman, a GCC member, continued to show its strategic significance for the UK and for India during 2024. The UK Littoral Response Group (LRG) arrived in the Arabian Sea in April 2024, headquartering at port city of Duqm. The LRG is made up of RFA Argus and RFA Lyme Bay, carrying landing craft, helicopters and marine commandos. It was immediately dispatched to carry out the Konkan exercise with India in the Arabian Sea. In February, India was also granted specific zonal space at the port of Duqm, which in turn helps both the general Indian imprint around the Arabian Sea and its operations in the Gulf of Aden/Red Sea. The Naseem Al Bahr exercise between India and Oman in October reaffirmed the close relations between these two littoral states.

The France-India-UAE trilateral formed in 2022 followed its naval exercises of 2023 with two Desert Knight aerial exercises over the Arabian Sea in January and December 2024, topping and tailing the year.

Growing trilateral cooperation between Iran, Russia and China was on show with their naval exercises Security Bond—2024 carried out in February in the Gulf of Oman. The Indian Ocean Naval Symposium Marine Exercise (IMEX) 2024, organized by Iran, involved naval drills held by Iran, Oman and Russia ships in October 2024 with Bangladesh, India, Pakistan, and Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Thailand observing.

On Iran’s coast, in May 2024 Indian Ports Global Limited (IPGL) was given 10-year running rights at Chabahar in return for investments of around US$ 370 million. From India’s point of view, this opened the way for the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) which would by-pass the China-Pakistan corridor and leapfrog over Gwadar, Pakistan’s China-run port. The India-UAE Virtual Trade Corridor Deal, signed in September, represented an important step towards the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC). IMEC, linking India’s Western-facing ports with the Gulf and over to the Mediterranean, is an important alternative to China’s Maritime Silk Road initiative.

Pakistan’s quest for sixth-generation advanced submarines was on show as China delivered the first of eight diesel-electric Hangor-II advanced submarines to Pakistan in April 2024. Pakistan’s attempts to keep pace with India were evident in November with its successful flight test of the indigenously developed Ship-Launched Ballistic Missile (SLBM). India’s Western Fleet was significantly augmented in September with allocation to it, in September, of INS Vikrant, an aircraft carrier. She joined its sister aircraft-carrier ship INS Vikramaditya at Karwar Port, on the Western Coast of India (Karnataka).

The Lakshadweep islands played an important role for India in 2024. Narendra Modi’s first visit of the year, on 2 January, was to these little-visited islands. INS Jatayu, the second Indian naval base on the Lakshadweep Islands was opened in March at Minicoy Island, with India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh traveling there with India’s two Carrier Strike Groups, altogether 15 ships. In July, India cleared major plans from the Department of Military Affairs to build two military airfields in Lakshadweep, involving a new airbase on Minicoy and an extension of the existing air field on Agatti.

Amid competition with China, India recovered its position among the island states of the Indian Ocean. In the Maldives the pro-Chinese administration of Mohamed Muizzu, in power since September 2023, performed something of a U-turn from an «India out» to a «closest ally» position, a somersault highlighted by Jaishankar’s visit in August 2024 [Naish 2024, 14 August]. The India-Seychelles relationship was upgraded to a Comprehensive Economic and Security Partnership when Modi met Muizzi in October. In Sri Lanka, elections in September delivered the Presidency to the leftist Anura Kumara Dissanayake, with the Chinese state media looking forward to his tenure, as the new President was «expected to boost ties with Beijing» [Global Times 2024f, 22 September]. Nonetheless, Dissanayake’s visit to India in December saw Sri Lanka re-emphasizing security cooperation with India.

The Colombo Security Conclave (CSC) advanced during 2024 in membership and structure. Already made up of India, Maldives, Mauritius and Sri Lanka, the membership of Bangladesh was approved in July. The National Security Advisers of the member countries, tasked with assuring «maritime safety and security», met in August to formally sign the CSC Charter and a memorandum of understanding for the establishment of a Secretariat [Government of India 2024, 30 August].

4. Bay of Bengal and Eastern Indian Ocean

India’s Eastern Fleet, was also significantly augmented in August with the induction of India’s second nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarine (SSBN), INS Arighat, which joined its sister-vessel INS Arihant in the port of Visakhapatnam (Andhra Pradesh). In November, the Arighat carried out India’s first firing of a K-4 nuclear-capable 3,500-mile range ballistic missile.

The Milan exercises organized by India in February from its bastion of the Andaman & Nicobar Islands attracted record numbers. 51 delegations were present; naval assets from Australia, France, Indonesia, Iran, Japan, Malaysia, Mauritius, Myanmar, Russia, Seychelles, Sri Lanka, Thailand, the United States and Vietnam were present. Neither China, nor Pakistan, were invited; with China denouncing the event [China Military 2024a, 28 February]. Deliberately on show were India’s two aircraft carriers INS Vikramaditya and INS Vikrant.

In October, at India’s Eastern Command at Visakhapatnam, India hosted the four-way Malabar exercise involving Australia, India, Japan and the United States; exercises condemned in the Chinese state media [Qian 2024, 17 October].

Finally, the 43rd India-Indonesia Coordinated Patrol (CORPAT) exercise took place on 10-18 December as an expression of further «deepening maritime ties in a transforming Indo-Pacific». Its timing overlapped with India’s Admiral Chief of the Naval Staff (CNS) Dinesh Tripathi’s official visit to Indonesia from 15-18 December [Siddiqui 2024, 14 December].

Port control rivalries remain evident. In Myanmar, China’s control of Kyaukphyu deep water port had been re-affirmed in November 2023, but was overtaken when India Ports Global Ltd. (IPGL) gained complete operational control of Sittwe in May 2024. However, at Coco Islands (which are part of the Yangon region of Myanmar), where the Chinese have been present since 1994, when they seemingly leased one of them, in April, high resolution imagery showed the completed construction of a military hangar alongside a reconstructed airstrip and jetty. This re-ignited earlier fears of a Chinese intelligence-gathering facility looking across to India’s sensitive Nicobar and Andaman Islands.

Indonesia was involved in different-pointing naval exercises in 2024. The largest ever Super Garuda Shield was hosted by Indonesia from 26 August to 6 September; a multi-domain exercise involving Australia, Brazil, Brunei, Canada, France, India, Indonesia, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, South Korea, Thailand, the U.K. and the US. China was a notable absentee. Following talks in Moscow in July by Indonesia’s new February-elected President, Prabowo Subianto, the first ever Russia-Indonesia joint naval exercise, Orruda 2024, took place in the Java Sea from 4-8 November. This involved KRI I Gusti Ngurah Rai and KRI Franz Kaisiepo from the Indonesian navy and the RF Gromky, RF Rezky and RF Russian Federation Hero Aldar Tsydenzhapov from the Russian Navy. The largest amphibious exercise held to date between Indonesia and Australia, Keris Woomera, took place in the Java Sea from 13-17 November; it involved HMAS Stuart and HMAS Adelaide from the Australian navy and KRI Raden Eddy Martadinata and KRI Makassar from the Indonesian navy.

5. South China Sea

China’s naval shadow was prominent in the South China Sea during 2024. Live fire joint naval drills were held with Russia in the South China Sea in July. China’s own naval strength was apparent in October with the first joint appearance in the South China Sea of the Liaoning and Shandong Carrier Strike Groups. Friction between China and the Philippines dominated 2024 in the South China Sea, with particular flashpoints at Second Thomas Shoal, Scarborough Reef, Escoda Shoal and Sabina Shoal.

Defence of Philippine waters was encapsulated in the legal «push back» announced by Philippine President Ferdinand Marcos jr. in March 2024 against threats from China to «our sovereignty, sovereign rights, and our jurisdiction in the West Philippine Sea [South China Sea]» [Marcos 2024, 4 March]. President Marcos’ Executive Order no. 57 on 25 March Strengthening the Philippines Maritime Security and Maritime Domain Awareness set up a National Maritime Council. Towards the end of the year, the Philippine Maritime Zones Act and the Philippine Archipelagic Sea Lanes Act were signed into effect by Marcos on 8 November. Two days later, China responded with formally drawing expansive territorial baselines around Scarborough Reef. Marcos also announced in December that the Philippines was seeking a further arbitration award against China, to match the 2016 findings by the Permanent Court of Arbitration (PCA), which considered that Beijing’s «nine-dash line» enclosing most of the South China Sea based on «historical rights» provided no legal basis for sovereignty.

The Philippines spent much of 2024 seeking and gaining external support, immediately denounced in the Chinese state media as the Philippines’ misguided attempt to build a «united front» against China. [Liu 2024, 26 January].

Marcos, during his state visit to Vietnam in January 2024, asserted: «Vietnam remains the sole strategic partner of the Philippines in the ASEAN region …. maritime cooperation is the foundation of our Strategic Partnership» [Marcos 2024, 30 January]. The visit brought a Maritime Cooperation Agreement to increase coordination on South China issues, whose details were left vague, but tacitly aimed at China, and triggered warnings in the Chinese state media that Philippine-Vietnam cooperation might be to «the detriment of China’s interests in the South China Sea» [Wang 2024, 29 January]. The first ever joint drills involving Coastguards ships from the Philippines and Vietnam were organized in 9 August, followed by Letters of Intent between their defence ministers on 30 August engaging to sign a formal defence cooperation agreement.

However, the ASEAN Summit in October brought no direct support for the Philippine position in the South China Sea, and studied silence from other states like Malaysia, whose chief of navy instead stated that «when our ships meet them, their response have been positive; they do not act aggressively» [Bernama 2024, 18 October]

Support was also sought by the Philippines from India. India’s Minister for External Affairs Subrahmanyam Jaishankar visited Manila in March 2024, where he stressed that «as two seafaring nations of the Indo-Pacific, our maritime cooperation holds great potential». Subrahmanyan briefed his Philippine counterpart about «the Indian Navy’s deployments in the Red Sea and the Arabian Sea to counter ongoing threats» and reiterated «India’s support to the Philippines for upholding its national sovereignty» [Jaishankar 2024, 26 March]. This latter point was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media, under the headline: «India is naive to interfere in South China Sea issue» [Global Times 2024b, 27 March]. Indian support for the Philippines became tangible with the arrival of shipment of Indian-made BrahMos supersonic anti-ship cruise missiles in April.

Various India-Philippine talks were held in September. Foreign Office officials held the 14th India-Philippines Policy Consultation Talks and the 5th Strategic Dialogue on 9 September in New Delhi. The 5th Joint Defense Cooperation Committee (JDCC) meeting held on 11 September in Manila focused on maritime security, including joint exercising, and was upgraded from joint secretaries to defence secretaries level.

Marcos’ tilt back towards the US and other associated security partners like Japan and Australia was particularly noticeable during 2024. US National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan’s discussions with his Philippine counterpart on 1 April spelt out firmer US commitments to the Philippines «which extends to armed attacks on Philippine armed forces, public vessels, or aircraft – to include those of its Coast Guard – anywhere in the South China Sea» [White House 2024, 1 April].

7 April witnessed four-way naval exercises by the Philippines with the US, Japan and Australia, for the first time ever in the South China Sea, explained as being in support of «freedom of navigation» in a «free and open Indo-Pacific», and affirming the validity of the 2016 South China Sea Arbitral Tribunal Award [US Department of Defense 2024, 5 April].

The first ever trilateral leader’s summit between Marcos, Biden and Kishida was held on 11 April; their Joint Vision Statement emphasized their being «equal partners and trusted friends, united by the vision we share of a free and open Indo-Pacific» [White House 2024, 11 April]. This leadership summit format was repeated in August. It was denounced in the Chinese state media [Ding 2024, 17 April].

The Balikatan «Shoulder to Shoulder» Philippine-US exercise, run from 22 April to 10 May, was the largest ever with 17,000 troops from both sides, and joined by Australia and for the first time France. On the one hand, the Philippine Armed Forces stated that «the key event» would be «the sinking of the adversary’s vessel», a former Chinese-owned ship [Armed Forces of the Philippines 2024, 16 April]. On the other hand, the event was denounced in the Chinese state media, which pointed out «using Chinese-made ships as targets for military exercises is a ridiculous stunt by Philippines» [Global Times 2024c, 20 April].

Philippine Defence Minister Gilberto Teodoro met his Australian, Japanese and US counterparts in Hawaii on 3 May. Their Joint Readout stated their general «shared vision for a free, open, secure and prosperous Indo-Pacific» interspersed with «serious concern over the PRC’s repeated obstruction of Philippine vessels’ exercise of high seas freedom of navigation and the disruption of supply lines to Second Thomas Shoal». The Joint Readout also «called upon the PRC to abide by the final and legally binding 2016 South China Sea Arbitral Tribunal Award» [US Department of Defense 2024, 3 May]. This was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media under the headline «US assembles ‘Squad’ of allies to counter China» [Global Times 2024d, 5 May].

On the 8 July the Japan-Philippines Reciprocal Access Agreement (RAA) was signed, with the Philippines described as «a strategic partner located at a strategic juncture on the sea lanes» [Government of Japan 2024, 8 July]. It was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media [Xu and Guo 2024, 8 July].

Joint US-Philippine patrolling carried out on 31 July in the Philippine’s Exclusive Economic Zone in the South China Sea was followed on 2 August with the first ever joint Philippine-Japan drills in the South China Sea, duly denounced in the Chinese state media as «provocative» [Leng, 2024, 17 August]. Further support for the Philippines was on show with the quadrilateral operations carried out by Australia, Canada, the Philippines and the US and denounced as «absurd» in China [Siow 2024, 17 August]. The operations, which took place in the Philippine EEZ area from 7-8 August, were tailed by three Chinese naval units, and denounced in the Chinese state media as «Philippines’ provocations» [Global Times 2024e, 9 August].

Five-way joint patrolling was carried out by Australia, Japan, New Zealand, the Philippines and the US in the Philippine’s Exclusive Economic Zone in the South China Sea on 28 September. This was denounced in China, which responded with its own drills around Scarborough Shoal [Liu 2024, 28 September].

Sama Sama naval exercising commenced for two weeks in the waters off Northern Philippines facing Taiwan, running from 7-18 October. The high-intensity exercise focused on anti-submarine, anti-surface and anti-air warfare, and involved a widest ever participation. Almost 1,000 personnel from Australia, Canada, France Japan, the Philippines and the US, as well as observers from the UK, practised anti-submarine warfare techniques and the patrol of contested waters.

Later that month, the Kamandag island amphibious exercises hosted by the Philippines from 15-25 October, saw the largest number of participating countries; with troops from Australia, France, Japan, South Korea, the UK and the US alongside the Philippine Marine Corp. It was immediately denounced in the Chinese state-media as South China Sea-related, and aimed against China [Zhang and Guo 2024, 16 October].

The Australia-Philippine Defense Ministers Meeting mechanism, inaugurated on 15 November, stressed the common concerns over the situation in the South China Sea, reiterated the need there for freedom of navigation, and agreed that the Philippines would participate in the Exercise Talisman Sabre next year [Government of Australia 2024].

The General Security of Military Information Agreement signed on 18 November between the Philippines and the US was aimed at enhancing Manila’s maritime awareness in the South China Sea through access to US satellite imagery.

US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin’s visit to the Philippines included public disclosure on 19 November that at Palawan he «met with some American service members deployed to US Task Force Ayungin». «Ayungin» is the Philippine name for Second Thomas Shoal, the source of particular Philippine-China friction. Hence Lloyd Austin’s statement revealed the existence of a previously unknown US Task Force involved in a previously unknown operation which seemed to reflect intelligence gathering work by the US military. The fact was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media [Liu 2024, 21 November; Hu and Fan 2024, 26 November].

A five-way defence minister’s format was inaugurated on 21 November where the Defence Ministers from Australia, Japan, the Philippines, South Korea and the US recorded their «vision of a free, open, secure, and prosperous Indo-Pacific, where international law and sovereignty are respected» [US Department of Defense 2024, 21 November].

Trilateral Japan-Philippine-US naval patrols mounted on 6 December in the Philippine’s EEZ in the South China Sea, were immediately denounced in the Chinese state media [Wang 2024, 6 December].

Finally, a new trilateral Japan-Philippine-US Maritime Dialogue mechanism was inaugurated on 10 December, and recorded their «serious concerns about the PRC’s dangerous and unlawful behaviour in the South China Sea» [White House 2024, 10 December]. An inaugural Philippine-India Maritime Dialogue was inaugurated on 18 December, with agreement to deepen naval collaboration.

6. Taiwan Strait

Rising tension in the Taiwan Strait was palpable in 2024, as there continued to be speculation on how far successful Russian aggression on Ukraine would embolden China to strike against Taiwan. The victory of the independence-leaning Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) leader Lai Ching-te in the Presidential Elections held in May 2024 heightened speculation over Beijing’s intentions [Insisa 2024, pp. 147-157].

The formal Joint Sword exercises, initiated in 2022, were expanded in numbers during 2024. «Joint Sword 2024A» and «Joint Sword-2024B» were respectively carried out in May and October. The exercise carried out in October 2024 included the deployment of the Liaoning Carrier Strike Group, which carried a record total of 125 aircraft and included 17 destroyers. Taiwan’s President Lai also carried out a successful Pacific tour to Hawaii-Marshall Islands-Tuvalu-Guam-Nauru from 30 November to 6 December. However, this was immediately and deliberately followed by unprecedented Chinese drills, in effect a Joint Sword 2024C, initiated on 9 December, which involved nearly 90 navy vessels and coast guard ships in the East and South China Seas, in waters near Taiwan and the southern Japanese islands.

What was also noticeable in the second half of the year was the transit situation in the Taiwan Strait, claimed by Beijing as Chinese waters. The US had been unilaterally transiting on a regular basis, but, in 2024, other Western nations joined the US in challenging China’s sovereignty on the Strait. Taiwan obviously welcomed such transits, while China, equally obviously, denounced them.

An instance of this new development was joint US-Canada transits. After carrying out trilateral Noble Stingray exercises with Japan in the East China Sea, the USS Ralph Johnson and HMCS Ottawa transited together through the Taiwan Strait on 7 September, to then carry out Noble Wolverine Exercise in the South China Sea. Another joint transit was carried out by the USS Rafael Peralta and HMCS Ottawa on 1 November. New Zealand’s MNZS Aotearoa and Australia’s HMAS Sydney jointly transited on 25 September, indeed simultaneously with Japan’s transit, for the first time, by JS Sazanami. As far as the Europeans were concerned, the Netherlands for the first time deployed through the Taiwan Strait one of its warships, the HNLMS Tromp, on 31 May. Germany sent through the Taiwan Strait the FGS Baden-Württemberg and the support ship Frankfurt, on 13 September. France’s FS Prairial passed through on the 29 October.

7. North-East Asia

Japan has felt threatened by Chinese warships increasingly navigating through the Ryukyu Islands via the Miyako and Ishigaki Straits; with Japan placing Type 12 anti-ship missiles on Miyako Island for the first time in March 2024, a move promptly denounced by China as having «obvious offensive characteristics» aimed at China [Wong 2024, 8 April]. The US Marine Corps also set up a new unit at Okinawa in June, the Marine Littoral Regiment (MLR), tasked to lend support along the first island chain, up to the Japanese home islands and down to the Philippines. September saw a further escalation as the Chinese aircraft carrier Liaoning transited through the Ryukyu Islands for the first time, between Yonaguni and Iriomote Islands. The Japanese government responded by declaring it was «utterly unacceptable from the perspective of the security environment of Japan and the region» [Parry 2024, 18 September].

Japan, like India, is in an aircraft carrier race with China. Since 2022 Japan has been converting its two helicopter carriers JS Kaga and JS Izumo into fully-fledged fixed wing aircraft carriers, carrying F-35Bs. The first stage of the converted aircraft carriers was unofficially unveiled in April 2024, and successful test flight landings were carried out in October off the coast of South California on JS Kaga. Both helicopter carriers were sent on Japan’s 2024 Indo-Pacific Deployment (IPD), the longest to date and the most powerful, including as it did both of these carriers.

As part of Ocean-2024, two nuclear submarines, the Krasnoyarsk and the Imperator Aleksandr III, commissioned in December 2023, were transferred from the Northern Fleet on the Kola peninsula to the Pacific Fleet at Vladivostok. Japan’s distrust of Russia and its Pacific Fleet was exacerbated in November 2024 by Japan’s first sighting of a Russian Yasen-class nuclear-powered submarine transiting La Perouse Strait between Japan’s Hokkaido and Russia’s Sakhalin islands, the first time Tokyo has observed this advanced Russian submarine.

Russia-China naval cooperation has also been manifest in North-East Asia where naval exercise Ocean 2024 saw Russian vessels joined by Chinese vessels in September 2024 in the Sea of Japan, with the combined Russia-China flotilla then proceeding around both sides of the Japanese archipelago. North-Joint 2024 to the north saw further exercising in the Sea of Okhotsk. Russian and Chinese coast guard vessels sailed together for the first time up to the Bering Sea on 28 September.

South Korea’s distrust of Russia was similarly heightened by North Korea’s strengthening its military ties with Russia, which involved the danger of potential transfer of nuclear technology from Russia to North Korea. An unexpected development was the dispatch of around 10,000 North Korean troops to fight alongside Russian troops in the Ukraine war in autumn 2024. This followed the supply of North Korean missiles to Russia and Putin’s own summit with Kim Jong Un in June 2024. A formal defence cooperation pact was signed in 2024.

North Korea has pushed forward with its own submarine program. A first was the test, in January 2024, of the Pulhwasal-3-31, a new generation of nuclear-capable cruise missile, which was launched by a submarine, its previous testing in 2023 having been carried out from a fixed submerged platform. South Korea’s riposte was immediate, and consisted in the launch of a submarine-launched ballistic missile (SLBM) from an underwater fixed platform. In April, the newest and largest submarine, 3500-ton KSS-III diesel submarine, was delivered by Hyundai Heavy Industries and judged a «milestone» as it was able to fire SLBMs [Bergmann 2024, 4 April]. A further twist was that in August news became public that North Korea had started building a nuclear-powered submarine. According to some analysts, this represented North Korea’s «biggest threat» yet to South Korea [Newdick 2024, 9 October].

The increasingly tight cooperation between Russia, China and North Korea brought Japan, South Korea and the US still closer together. 2024 started with them setting up an Indo-Pacific Dialogue mechanism on 5 January in Washington. In this occasion, the three countries denounced the «recent dangerous and escalatory behaviour supporting unlawful maritime claims by the PRC in the South China Sea», reiterated the commitment to freedom of navigation, «opposed any unilateral attempts to change the status quo by force or coercion anywhere in the waters of the Indo-Pacific», condemned North Korea’s «unlawful nuclear and ballistic missile programs, growing military cooperation with Russia» and reaffirmed «the importance of peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait as indispensable to security and prosperity in the international community» [US Department of State 2024, 7 January]. This new mechanism was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media as «a collective attempt to restrain China» [Zhang 2024, 7 January]. The year ended with a formal Secretariat set up in December to further align Japan-South Korea-US policies and actions for the Indo-Pacific, as well as the second meeting of their Indo-Pacific Dialogue mechanism, which was held in Tokyo on 11 December.

Trilateral drills were carried out in April 2024, in the waters between South Korea and Japan, and, according to a South Korean spokesperson, «the participating forces conducted anti-submarine warfare drills to improve their responses to North Korean underwater threats including from submarines and submarine-launched ballistic missiles» [Shin 2024, 12 April]. In June in the East China Sea, Freedom Edge, a first time multi-domain exercise, was followed in July by the initialization of a Memorandum of Trilateral Security Cooperation. In November, a second exercise multi-domain exercise was carried out by Jeju Island, and was denounced in the Chinese state media as a «dangerous sign» for the Indo-Pacific [Global Times 2024g, 13 November].

A parallel trilateral was the inauguration of the first Policy Planning Dialogue in Seoul on 21 October, involving officials from India, Japan and South Korea, tasked to discuss situations in the Indo-Pacific region.

8. Arctic Ocean.

The final part of the Asian littoral is Russia’s lengthy Arctic shoreline, running along from the Bering Strait. October witnessed China’s Coast Guard entering the Bering Sea as part of a joint patrol with Russian forces.

The long-term climate features, the gradual warming of Arctic waters opening up ice-free navigation, is becoming another field for China-Russia cooperation. The meeting between Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping in May 2024 saw agreement to set up a subcommittee within the Russia-China Commission for the development of the Northern Sea Route. In June 2024, a joint venture was announced between Russia’s Atomic Energy Corporation Rosatom and the Chinese shipping company Hainan Yangpu New Shipping to cooperate on operating an Artic container route all year round. The agreement involves building five ice-class container ships and investing in infrastructure along the Northern Sea Route to overcome the logistical challenges of operating an all-year container route. In September the first Working Group Talks took place, including Rosatom officials and India’s deputy Minister of Ports, Shipping and Waterways, to discuss similar Russia-India collaboration. However, as part of a wider European distancing from China, Finland withdrew from China’s Polar Silk Road project in October 2024.

Towards 2025

The basic take-away is that the year ended with both loose groupings having strengthened their cooperation in varied formats. Of course, this could be seen as good news for Russia, which gained the help of North Korean troops in its war in Ukraine. However, this was bad news for China, which faced the strengthening and creation of various anti-China-focussed trilateral, and quadrilateral formations. Thus, on 31 December, the Quad Foreign Ministers issued a Joint Statement commemorating the 20th anniversary of Quad cooperation between Australia, India, Japan, and the US and reiterating their «shared vision of a free and open Indo-Pacific» [Government of Japan 2024, 31 December]. This was immediately denounced in the Chinese state media as «failing anti-China operations» [Deng and Shen 2025, 1 January], which, however, did not conceal Beijing’s hope that, under the new US administration, some distancing could occur between India and Japan on one side and the US on the other.

Certainly, the end of 2024 was increasingly overshadowed by the results of the US elections in November where Donald Trump won the Presidency, with inauguration on 20 January 2025, and his Republican Party won both the Senate and the House of Representatives. Whether the Biden administration’s more multilateral coalition-seeking approach in 2024 will survive under Trump in 2025 remains to be seen. The President’s comments that the US was shielded by both the Atlantic and the Pacific reflected a geopolitical truth but it left open the issue of how far the US would seek to maintain its strength and position across the Pacific, and indeed Indo-Pacific, waters; and if so alongside who and against who? The China-Russia naval cooperation in South-East Asian/East Asian/West Pacific/Arctic waters was one feature emerging in 2024 that particularly irked Washington.

Bibliography

Armed Forces of the Philippines, 2024, 16 April, PH-US Balikatan Exercise 2024 set to commence.

Banerjee, Ajay, 2024, 15 May, ‘Work on third aircraft carrier to start soon, more to follow, says Rajnath Singh’, Tribune News Service.

Bergmann, Kym, 2024, 4 April, ‘South Korean’ submarine launch milestone’, Asia-Pacific Defence Reporter.

Bernama, 2024, 18 October, ‘Situation in South China Sea under control; no aggressive elements – RMN Chief’.

Campbell, Kurt, 2024, 2 October, ‘A conversation with U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Kurt Campbell’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

China Military, 2024a, 28 February, ‘India tries to earn vanity and reality through multinational military exercise’, China Military Online.

Deng Xiaoci and Shen Sheng, 2025, 1 January, ‘Quad’s latest joint statement reflect obvious division, lacks momentum on anti-China operations’.

Ding, Duo, 2024, 17 April, ‘US-Japan-Philippines alliance casts shadow over peace, stability in S.China Sea,’ Global Times.

EU-GCC, 2024, 16 October, 1st European Union-Gulf Cooperation Council Summit. Joint Statement.

Faucon, Benoit and Grove, Thomas, 2024, 24 October, ‘Russia provided targeting data for Houthi assault on global shipping’, Wall Street Journal.

Global Times 2024a, 12 January, ‘Impossible to restore peace to the Red Sea via military means’.

Global Times, 2024b, 27 March, ‘India is naive to interfere in South China Sea issue’.

Global Times 2024c, 20 April, ‘Using Chinese-made ships as targets for military exercises is a ridiculous stunt by Philippines’.

Global Times 2024d, 5 May, ‘US assembles ‘squad’ of allies to counter China’.

Global Times, 2024e, 9 August, ‘Philippines’ provocations only serve to reinforce China’s resolve in S. China Sea’.

Global Times, 2024f, 22 September, ‘Sri Lanka elects new president, “expected to boost ties with Beijing”’.

Global Times, 2024g, 13 November, ‘Institutionalized US-Japan-S.Korea military cooperation a dangerous sign’.

Government of Australia, Ministry of Defence, 2024, Australia-Philippines Defence Ministers’ Meeting November 2024 Joint Statement.

Government of India, Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 30 August, Joint Press Statement on Colombo Security Conclave.

Government of Japan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 8 July, Signing of the Japan-Philippines Reciprocal Access Agreement.

Government of Japan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 31 December, Joint Statement from the Quad Foreign Ministers Commemorating the 20th Anniversary of Quad Cooperation.

Hu, Yuwei and Fan, Wei, 2024, 26 November, ‘GT investigates: How will American special operations team intervene in S. Chin Sea’, Global Times.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2024, ‘Taiwan 2023 and the 2024 Elections: A DPP partial victory after a contested electoral campaign’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. 145-166.

Irish, John, 2024, 24 September, ‘Exclusive: Iran brokering talks to send advanced Russian missiles to Yemen’s Houthis, sources say’, Reuters.

Jaishankar, Subrahmanyam, 2024, 26 March, ‘Remarks by EAM, Dr. S. Jaishankar at the Joint Press conference with Foreign Minister of Philippines’ [https://www.mea.gov.in].

Jaishankar, Subrahmanyam, 2024, 9 September, ‘Opening remarks by EAM, Dr. S. Jaishankar at the first India-GCC Ministerial Meeting for Strategic Dialogue’ [https://www.mea.gov.in].

Kim, Seung Hwan and Agarwal, Shubhankar, 2024, 17 October, ‘The India-South Korea-US triad’s emerging roles in the Indo-Pacific’, The Diplomat.

Lau, Stuart, 2024, 10 September, ‘US accuses China of giving “very substantial” help to Russia’s war machine’, Politico.

Leng, Shuemei, 2024, 17 August, ‘Crasher in the Sea. Japan acts as US “strategy assistant,” risks intensifying tensions in the South China Sea’, Global Times.

Liu, Xin, 2024, 26 January, ‘Philippines’ efforts to build ‘united front’ against China.

Liu, Xuanzun, 2024, 28 September, ‘PLA holds drills near Huangyan Dao “in response to foreign exercises”’, Global Times.

Liu, Xuanzun, 2024, 21 November, ‘US acknowledges task force named after China’s reef in SCS; move won’t change China’s ability, determination in safeguarding maritime rights’, Global Times.

Marcos, Ferdinand, 2024, 30 January, ‘Opening Remarks by President Ferdinand Marcos Jr for the Bilateral meeting with Vietnamese President H.E. Vo Van Thu’ong’ [https://pco.gov.ph].

Marcos, Ferdinand, 2024, 4 March, ‘Peace and resilience amidst Great Power rivalries’, [https://pco.gov.ph].

Naish, Ahmed, 2024, 14 August, ‘Maldives completes U-Turn from “India Out” to “Closest Ally”’, The Diplomat.

Newdick, Thomas, 2024, 9 October, ‘Signs Point To North Korea Building A Nuclear-Powered Submarine: South Korean Intel,’ The Warzone.

NATO, 2024, 17 October, ’NATO Defense Ministers Meeting opens with a focus on Ukraine and the Indo-Pacific’ [https://www.nato.int].

Parry, Richard, 2024, 18 September, ‘Chinese warships enter Japan’s contiguous zone’, The Times.

Qian, Feng, 2024, 17 October, ‘Small gangs like Quad will never make a big wave’, Global Times.

Shin, Hyonhee, 2024, 12 April, ‘South Korea, Japan, US hold naval drills amid N. Korea threat,’ Reuters.

Siddiqui, Huma, 2024, 14 December, ‘India and Indonesia: Deepening maritime ties in a transforming Indo-Pacific’, Financial Express.

Siow, Maria, 2024, 17 August, ‘Canada’s “absurd” South China Sea play: challenging Beijing or undermining Asean?’, South China Morning Post.

US Department of Defense 2024, 5 April, JOINT STATEMENT: Australia – Japan – Philippines – United States Maritime Cooperative Activity.

US Department of Defense 2024, 3 May, Joint Readout from Australia-Japan-Philippines-United States Defense Ministers’ Meeting.

US Department of Defense, 2024, 21 November, Joint Readout from Australia-Japan-Philippines-Republic of Korea-United States Defense Ministers’ Meeting

US Department of State, 2024, 7 January, Joint Statement on the Trilateral United States-Japan-Republic of Korea Indo-Pacific Dialogue, 7 January.

Wang, Qi, 2024, 29 January, ‘Philippines’ Marcos kicks off Vietnam visit with S.China Sea maritime cooperation in focus’, Global Times.

Wang, Qi, 2024, 6 December, ‘US, Japan’s emboldening of Philippines amid SCS tensions “destructive to regional peace”’, Global Times.

White House, Statements & Releases, 2024, 6 January, Joint Statement of the Trilateral United States-Japan-Republic of Korea Indo-Pacific Dialogue, 6 January.

White House, Statements & Releases, 2024, 1 April, Readout of National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan’s call with National Security Advisor Eduardo M. Año of the Philippines.

White House, Statements & Releases, 2024, 11 April, Joint Vision Statement from the leaders of Japan, the Philippines, and the United States.

White House, Statements & Releases 2024, 21 September, The Wilmington Declaration Joint Statement from the leaders of Australia, India, Japan, and the United States.

White House, Statements & Releases 2024, 10 December, The Inaugural United States-Japan-Philippines Trilateral Maritime Dialogue, 10 December.

Wong, Hayley, 2024, 8 April, ‘Japan showing “obvious offensive characteristics” with new Okinawa missile unit, says Chinese military newspaper’, South China Morning Post.

Xu, Keyue and Guo, Yuandan, 8 July, ‘Japan-Philippines RAA ‘encourages Tokyo’s historical revisionism’, Global Times.

Zhang, Yuying, 2024, 7 January, ‘US, Japan, S. Korea’s ‘Indo-Pacific Dialogue’ in essence a collective attempt to restrain China’s development’, Global Times.

Zhang Han and Guo Yuandan, 2024, 16 October, ‘Philippines relies on US “to embolden itself” in joint drills’, Global Times.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

China and India: Cooperation and rivalry in the global landscape and within the BRICS

The paper focuses on the economic roles and geopolitical positioning of China and India on the international stage. It analyses the relationship between these two Asian giants by examining their often-controversial interactions within the BRICS coalition. The paper is divided into threasiamaior.org/…/20-AM2024-SA-ChinaIndia-1.pdfe parts. The first part explores the sectors in which cooperation occurs at different levels, alongside the areas where competition is most intense. The second part examines the relationship between China and India within the BRICS coalition, evaluating the impact of the expansion to selected Global South countries initiated at the 2023 Johannesburg summit. The third part analyses the positions and roles of China and India within the UN system and international financial institutions. As the two most populous countries in the world, China and India wield significant influence that cannot be overlooked in international organizations. The concluding section assesses whether the intensifying competition between the two Asian giants on the global stage outweighs their limited cooperation within BRICS.

Keywords – China-India relationship; China-India Conflict and Cooperation; BRICS coalition; BRICS Plus; UN system; international financial institutions.

1. Introduction

This paper explores the relationship between China and India to assess whether cooperation or competition prevails in their interaction. The analysis focuses on economic roles and geopolitical positioning of the two Asian giants on the international stage.

A convenient framework for observing these relations is the BRICS coalition, an alliance where the specific characteristics and individual interests of the two countries must interact with the coalition’s shared goals and strategies.1 The BRICS coalition was established as a platform for cooperation among member states and draws strength from the Bandung spirit.2 The BRICS coalition fosters strong partnerships through regular meetings and holds an annual summit, culminating in a document that outlines future goals and strategies. Over time, the number of meetings between ministers has increased, broadening the areas of cooperation. Competition also arose within the coalition, particularly in terms of individual members’ relationships with external partners in Africa, Asia, and South America. So, BRICS serves both as a venue for cooperation – addressing urgent issues such as climate change – and for competition, especially concerning leadership within the coalition and global geopolitical alignment.

My argument is that, despite the significant differences between China and India and owing to their ever-closer economic ties, the two countries depend on one another to counter Western hegemony internationally and within the globalized economy.

The paper is organized in three parts. In the first part, I look at the sectors in which forms of cooperation are manifested at different levels together with the sectors for which competition is most severe. I show that trade cooperation is modest due to India’s subordinate position to China, while several cooperation agreements bring the technological development of the two countries closer together in scientific and academic collaboration. Another important area of cooperation concerns the support to multilateral institutions and their actions. However, while it is true that scientific research unites the two countries, the industrial sectors linked to technology and innovation appear to set China and India in clear competition with significant repercussions on international markets. A sensitive issue in which signs of competition emerge is geopolitical positioning. China is clearly focused on supporting developing countries through economic cooperation, characterized by significant investments and respect for sovereignty. By contrast, while continuing its international cooperation efforts, especially in Africa, India is more concerned with maintaining close relations with the West – particularly with the United States.

The second part of the paper examines the relations between China and India within the BRICS coalition. Following the expansion to selected Global South countries initiated at the 2023 Johannesburg summit, the coalition has drawn increasing scrutiny from the West. This is largely due to the coalition’s growing economic weight – now surpassing that of the G7 – and its potential challenge to the existing world order established after World War II. Even within BRICS, moments of conflict coexist with shared interests, creating significant opportunities for China-India cooperation. These primarily involve the development of new technologies for information management and the digitalization of economy and finance. Additionally, collaboration is expanding in renewable energy, emissions reduction, and climate change mitigation. Despite strong efforts to foster cooperation, underlying competition for leadership remains a major challenge to strengthening BRICS’ global influence [Cochrane & Zaidan 2024; Mooradian 2024].

The third part analyses the position and role of China and India within the UN system and international financial institutions. As the two countries with the largest populations in the world, China and India hold significant influence that cannot be overlooked in international organizations. Moreover, as emerging powers, they represent the needs and aspirations of the largest group of developing and emerging nations within these organizations. Within the UN, China is already recognized as a prominent member through its permanent seat on the Security Council, while India is only occasionally admitted. In this context, India asserts its right to a permanent seat. Similarly, in financial institutions such as the World Bank (WB) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), China and India operate under the rules established at the Bretton Woods Conference in 1944 by the industrialized countries of the Western world. Given the economic importance of these organizations and the growing economic weight of China and India, 70 years after their founding, the two Asian giants are calling for reform. Their efforts are supported by countries with emerging and developing economies. In this way, the BRICS coalition challenges the West to redefine the global order, although Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa have different reasons to do so.

The concluding section assesses whether the intensifying competition between the two Asian giants on the global stage outweighs the limited cooperation within BRICS. Based on the most recent developments, we observe the fragile relationship of trust between the two Asian giants and the limited long-term shared objectives which signals the difficulty of maintaining unity within the coalition. However, the need to work in a common way, at least in the immediate future, explains the solidarity that China and India show on many occasions.

2. Economic interdependence and geopolitical competition

While political and military tensions over the border remained significant obstacles until the early 21st century, China and India have developed strong economic ties. These ties emerged and expanded as both countries opened to international trade from the 1980s onward. However, during the first three decades of their economic liberalization, China and India pursued markedly different paths in international relations. Their mutual recognition of the benefits of trade was formally acknowledged only at the first BRICS summit in 2009. Since then, the rapid economic growth of both nations has led to a steady increase in trade flows and a series of cooperation agreements.

2.1. Domestic and international cooperation

Trade relations between China and India have grown steadily in the most recent decade, between 2012 and 2023. India’s imports from China have more than doubled, thus bringing China to the first place among India’s importing partners (122.0 US Billion $; in 2023); India’s exports to China also grew, although they remained at relatively low level (16.2 US Billion $; in 2023). Thus, since 2024 China has become India’s main trading partner, overcoming the trade flows with the United States. By contrast, India is a marginal trading partner for China, although it represents a significant outlet/ market for products such as electronics, machinery, chemicals, and active pharmaceutical ingredients.

Despite Prime Minister Modi’s Make in India initiative, which aims to reduce dependence on Chinese imports, India continues to rely heavily on China for manufacturing inputs, as evidenced by the high and growing levels of material goods imports.3

Tab. 1: China-India Bilateral Trade, 2012-2023 (US$, Billion)

Immagine che contiene testo, schermata, linea, Diagramma Descrizione generata automaticamente

Source: United Nations COMTRADE: comtradeplus.un.org

Beyond trade, China and India engage in extensive multilateral and regional cooperation [Bondre 2021, 8 April; Tellis & Mirski 2013]. On the global stage, both countries support each other within United Nations initiatives on climate change, technology transfer, and debt relief for developing nations. They also advocate for financial reforms in institutions such as the IMF and the WB to enhance the representation of emerging economies in decision-making processes. These efforts not only strengthen bilateral ties but also align both nations with underrepresented countries.

Environmental cooperation is another significant area. While both nations face criticism for high pollution levels, they argue for a phased transition to clean energy, emphasizing that industrialized countries should bear a greater responsibility due to their historically higher emissions. They jointly endorse the principle of Common but Differentiated Responsibilities and collaborate on clean energy research, ranking among the world’s leading producers of solar panels and wind energy components [Basile & Cecchi 2019].

During the COVID-19 pandemic, China and India cooperated by exchanging medical supplies and engaging in global health discussions at the World Health Assembly (the decision-making body of the World Health Organization) [Sen & Das 2024]. Despite India’s prominence as a producer of generic drugs, more than 70% of its active pharmaceutical ingredients still originate from China.4

Cultural cooperation between the two countries is facilitated through institutions such as Confucius Institutes, which promote Chinese language learning in India, and India’s initiatives to highlight its Buddhist heritage. However, these exchanges often take place in an atmosphere of mutual suspicion rather than genuine partnership [Shavlay 202; Das 2022].

In recent years, collaboration in digital and financial technology (FinTech) has become more complex. Until 2020, India welcomed Chinese investments in its digital economy. However, it has since restricted access to Chinese applications deemed harmful to national security and public order [India Today, December 5, 2023].

In summary, China-India cooperation is shaped by mutual recognition of their differing needs and production capacities.

2.2. Domestic and international competition

Competition between China and India is often more pronounced than their cooperation, spanning territorial disputes and global geopolitical positioning.

A key point of contention is their long-standing border dispute. The 3,440-km-long border, which remains undefined, follows the Line of Actual Control – unilaterally established by China in 1959 and confirmed after the 1962 war. This has led to multiple localized clashes over the years. However, at the 2024 BRICS summit in Kazan (Russia) China and India reached an agreement on patrolling arrangements along their disputed border, which may ease tensions between the two nuclear-armed neighbours [Reed & White 2024, 21 October].

Another area of rivalry is control over the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). China has pursued its String of Pearls strategy for decades, expanding its presence through infrastructure projects linked to the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).56 In response, India leverages the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QUAD) with the U.S., Japan, and Australia to counter China’s regional influence. Additionally, India has strengthened trade and labour agreements with Taiwan, a move China perceives as a challenge to its territorial integrity. However, given the limited economic scope of these agreements, further escalation appears unlikely.

Technological and space-related competition is also intensifying. Both nations are advancing in information technology, following divergent yet ambitious strategies. China leads in technological investments, including space programs under the BRI, while India seeks to counterbalance China’s dominance by strengthening partnerships with countries wary of dependence on Chinese technology. Since 2023, India has launched several satellites, including collaborations with NASA [Bhattacharjee 2025, 16 January]. Meanwhile, China continues expanding its space program, including human spaceflight and satellite networks, while indirectly competing through projects such as the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor, which is attracting growing global interest.7

Ultimately, China-India relations remain defined by pragmatism. China maintains economic and commercial dominance, while India seeks to curb China’s influence and position itself as a strategic partner to Western nations, which are gradually losing ground in Southeast Asia [Zha, 2023.

3. Global leadership and partnership with emerging countries

The story of the birth and expansion of the BRICS coalition is now widely known [Basile and Cecchi 2018, 2019, 2023], making even a brief introduction unnecessary – especially considering the 2023 summit and the recent developments in 2024. However, it is useful to highlight a few key features of this coalition and review the major milestones in its evolution.

The first notable aspect concerns the composition of BRICS and the characteristics of its member countries. When the BRIC group (Brazil, Russia, India, and China) was established in 2009, each founding country held significant economic and political weight individually. However, the potential to form a cohesive economic and political alliance capable of addressing the 2008 global financial crisis was not immediately evident. At that pivotal moment in international relations, major financial institutions largely ignored the crisis’s impact on developing and emerging economies.

The Yekaterinburg Summit (Russia) in 2009, attended by the leaders of Brazil (Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva), Russia (Dmitry Medvedev), India (Manmohan Singh), and China (Hu Jintao), was held in a spirit of demanding not only greater attention but also shared support for countries that had been largely excluded from negotiations on international financial relations. The summit concluded with the Joint Statement of the BRIC Countries’ Leaders, in which the coalition expressed its aspiration to play a more prominent role within the G20. In this statement, the BRIC leaders positioned themselves as advocates for greater representation of emerging and developing economies in international financial institutions. They also emphasized the need for a stable, predictable, and diversified international monetary system.

Within just five years, significant changes occurred with the rise of new political leaders who would shape the future trajectory of the coalition. By the 2014 summit in Fortaleza (Brazil), the key figures were Vladimir Putin for Russia, Narendra Modi for India, and Xi Jinping for China. These leadership changes had a profound impact, solidifying BRICS as a coalition increasingly focused on expanding its global economic and political influence.8 The Fortaleza Summit marked the beginning of the second cycle of BRICS summits, with participants committing to the theme Inclusive Growth: Sustainable Solutions. Over the following decade, the coalition’s ambitions to play a more dominant role on the international stage grew significantly.

Tab. 2a: BRICS, BRICS+ and G7 Population in 2022

 

Population

Population

Population

 

million

Percentage relative to total BRICS members

Percentage relative to World

China

1,410.3

43.8

17.6

India

1,392.3

43.2

17.3

China and India

2,802.6

87.0

34.9

BRICS*

3,223.2

89.7

40.2

New members BRICS 2024*

368.8

10.3

4.6

BRICS+ 2024

3,592.0

111.4

44.8

G7

775.0

24.0

9.7

World

8,025.0

 

 

Source: data.worldbank.org

A major turning point came in 2023 at the Johannesburg Summit (South Africa), when BRICS expanded to include 10 member states. This enlargement drew intense media attention due to its strategic significance. Until 2023, the coalition’s regional composition seemed designed to include representatives from continents historically excluded from the development of contemporary capitalism. However, the admission of Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Egypt, Ethiopia, and Iran marked a significant shift. It moved the coalition’s centre of gravity further toward Asia and underscored the increasing importance of oil- and energy-producing nations. More than ever before, this expansion required closer global attention. Furthermore, the enlargement reflects an ongoing strategic approach – not only to amplify the voices of emerging and developing nations in international fora but also to challenge the leadership of established international organizations, particularly within the United Nations.

 Tab. 2b: BRICS, BRICS+ and G7 GDP in 2022

 

GDP

GDP

GDP

 

PPP constant 2017 international US $

Percentage relative to total BRICS members

Percentage relative to World

China

25,684,415

58.6

18.5

India

10,078,991

23.0

7.2

BRICS*

43,847,886

88.6

31.5

New members BRICS 2024*

5,616,017

11.4

4.0

BRICS+ 2024

49,463,903

112.8

35.6

G7

42,132,464

96.1

30.3

World

139,033,278

 

 

*Percentage referred to BRICS+

Source: data.worldbank.org

BRICS+ strategy evokes the spirit of the Bandung Conference. Key similarities include the inherent challenge to the Western-dominated world order and the explicit goal of establishing alternatives to Western institutions such as the IMF, WB, and G7. The BRICS+ coalition aims to foster a multipolar order, emphasizing cooperation among developing countries and reducing their economic dependence on the West. However, there are also significant differences. While the Bandung Conference was rooted in a strong anti-colonial and anti-imperialist ideology, BRICS+ takes a more pragmatic approach. Some members, such as India, maintain cooperative ties with the West, while others, like Russia and China, actively challenge it. Moreover, in 1955, China was still a developing country seeking alliances within the Global South, whereas today it is an economic powerhouse that largely drives the BRICS+ agenda – creating a potential imbalance within the coalition. Another key distinction is that while the Bandung Conference primarily focused on developing nations in Asia and Africa, BRICS+ includes Middle Eastern and South American countries that play crucial roles in global economic and political affairs [Adem and Thomas 2017].

The significance of the BRICS+ coalition becomes clear when comparing its global economic and political weight to that of the G7 (Tables 2a and 2b).

China and India together account for a significantly larger share of both the global population and GDP compared to the G7. While the G7 represents 30% of global GDP but less than 10% of the world’s population, the expanded BRICS alliance in 2024 includes 45% of the global population and accounts for more than 36% of global GDP. This disparity underscores how the representation of countries in international organizations, as established under the Bretton Woods system, no longer reflects contemporary demographic and economic realities.

3.1. Convergent and divergent interests of China and India in the BRICS coalition

A shared priority among BRICS members is countering US-led Western dominance in international relations. Both China and India support a new multipolar world order, advocating for reduced Western control over institutions such as the UN Security Council, the IMF, and the WB. A key motivation for reforming the Bretton Woods financial system is the perceived excessive influence of Western nations in the IMF’s governance, particularly its outdated quota system, which does not adequately reflect the rising economic power of emerging markets. BRICS members argue that they should receive a larger share of Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) to align with their growing economic weight [Arnold 2024; Tran 2024, 28 March].9

A major initiative within BRICS is the process of de-dollarization, aimed at reducing dependence on the US dollar for international transactions. Russia and its allies have accelerated this shift in response to Western sanctions following the invasion of Ukraine. The de-dollarization process, once a long-term goal, is now being actively pursued as an alternative to the US-dominated financial system and the BRICS are embarking on this process making intra-BRICS international payments with their own currencies [Arnold 2024; Greene 2023].10

The issue of financial transactions is also central to BRICS cooperation. The BRICS Cross-Border Payment System is being developed as an alternative to SWIFT, the Western-dominated financial messaging system.11 This initiative has gained momentum following the sanctions on Russia, which have encouraged BRICS countries to create mechanisms that bypass external financial controls. Institutions such as the Contingent Reserve Arrangement (CRA) and the New Development Bank (NDB) were established before the Ukraine crisis but have now become critical tools for circumventing Western financial restrictions. The Kazan Summit (2024) emphasized the importance of expanding these financial alternatives, with new BRICS+ members playing an active role in their implementation [Arnold 2024; Sithole and Hlongwane 2023].

Within the BRICS coalition, China plays a dominant role, positioning itself as the leading power of the Global South and a counterweight to US hegemony. However, this dynamic creates tensions with India, which resists subordination to Chinese leadership, as it has long aspired to be recognized as a global leader itself. On the one hand, China often presents itself as a champion of multipolarity rather than outright dominance, emphasizing “win-win cooperation” and “peaceful development.” While it may not openly declare ambitions for global leadership in the way some Western powers have, its actions strongly indicate a drive to shape the international order in ways that align with its interests. On the other hand, India asserts a leading role both globally and in Indo-Pacific region. The aspiration for recognition of its leadership was already evident in the actions of previous leaders but it has become particularly significant under Modi. Yet, the roles India’s president has secured on the international stage appear more limited compared to his predecessors [Kesgin & Wehner 2021; Palladio 2025, 17 February; Upadhyay 2022, 12 July; Vinodan & Kurian 2024].

While recent geopolitical crises have shifted global attention away from economic and environmental issues, BRICS remains engaged in addressing climate change. Both China and India have been active participants in international climate agreements, reaffirming their commitment to the principles of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, the Kyoto Protocol, and the Paris Agreement [Basile and Cecchi 2018; Basile and Cecchi 2019; Prys-Hansen 2022].

Ultimately, while China and India share a commitment to reshaping the global order, their conflicting geopolitical interests and economic strategies introduce challenges to achieving deeper integration within the coalition. As the above considerations suggest, within the BRICS coalition, China and India are stakeholders of economic and political interests that are partly convergent and partly divergent. Relying on the Kazan Final Declaration (2024), it is possible to summarize the areas of convergence and divergence between the two Asian giants, offering insights into the evolving dynamics of political relations within BRICS.

Areas of convergence:

  1. Commitment to multilateralism and a multipolar world: both China and India seek a more representative and equitable international order. However, while China aims to diminish US influence, India primarily seeks a permanent seat on the UN Security Council.
  2. Economic cooperation and de-dollarization: both countries support initiatives like the BRICS Cross-Border Payment System to facilitate trade in local currencies and reduce reliance on Western financial institutions.
  3. BRICS Expansion: both nations recognize the strategic importance of expanding BRICS membership, though their approaches differ.

Areas of divergence:

  1. Geopolitical tensionsdespite diplomatic efforts to ease border disputes, unresolved territorial conflicts continue to create friction between China and India, potentially affecting BRICS cohesion.
  2. Strategic priorities in BRICS: China advocates for rapid expansion to bolster its vision of a new world order, while India favours a more measured approach. Additionally, India opposes China’s BRI, viewing it as a violation of its sovereignty.
  3. Developmental differences: China’s economic dominance within BRICS creates disparities in policy direction, with India seeking a more balanced and inclusive approach.

4. The international world order

The UN system and the financial institutions established at Bretton Woods cannot ignore the growing influence of China and India. Their increasing economic power, strategic ambitions, and shared vision of a multipolar world order underscore their significance. While their objectives sometimes align – such as advocating for greater representation of developing countries – their methods and aspirations often diverge due to geopolitical competition. The UN serves as a crucial platform for both nations to assert their global influence, particularly within the UN Security Council, while the Bretton Woods financial institutions regulate economic transactions in the global economy.

4.1. China and India in the UN System

China has been a permanent member of the UN Security Council since 1971, when it replaced the Republic of China (Taiwan). As one of the five permanent members, alongside France, the United Kingdom, Russia, and the United States, China exercises veto power. It is also one of the largest contributors to UN peacekeeping operations, particularly in Africa, strongly supporting development and humanitarian aid initiatives. China consistently opposes US influence in setting the agenda of both the Security Council and the General Assembly [Batman et al. 2024].

India, a non-permanent member of the UN Security Council for 16 non-consecutive years, has actively sought a permanent seat. Alongside Japan, Germany, and Brazil, India argues that its economic strength, population size, and contributions to peacekeeping missions justify its inclusion. Within the General Assembly, India promotes initiatives focused on climate change, counterterrorism, and sustainable development.

While China and India are both influential within the UN system, their engagement is marked by both competition and cooperation. Their rivalry is evident in three key areas: Security Council membership, voting patterns, and influence within UN institutions. China’s veto power grants significant leverage in global security decisions, while India continues to push for permanent membership. China has consistently opposed India’s bid, making this a major point of contention. Moreover, China has frequently blocked India’s initiatives, particularly those related to Pakistan, while India has resisted Chinese proposals that undermine its own strategic interests [Gowan 2024]. Additionally, China wields substantial influence over UN agencies, such as the Food and Agriculture Organization, whereas India, though influential, does not command the same level of institutional control.

Despite these tensions, both nations share common interests in reforming global governance and advocating for the Global South. They support multilateralism, South-South cooperation, and Sustainable Development Goals. Both contribute to UN peacekeeping missions and collaborate on climate negotiations under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. As already said, they emphasize the principle of Common but Differentiated Responsibilities and call for greater financial and technological support from developed nations to meet Paris Agreement targets [Qin 2024]. While security and geopolitical conflicts persist, their mutual interest in restructuring global governance ensures that cooperation remains a fundamental aspect of their UN engagement.

4.2. India and China in the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund

The WB provides loans and development finance to low- and middle-income countries, while the IMF supports financial stability. China and India, as major emerging economies, play critical roles as recipients, lenders, and decision-makers within these institutions. However, decision-making processes in these organizations are still influenced by post-World War II economic and political structures that favour Western dominance.

China has voting rights in the IMF and has pushed for broader recognition of emerging economies’ economic weight. However, its influence remains constrained by existing governance mechanisms that allocate voting power based on a formula established in 1944 (with subsequent adjustments), considering GDP, economic openness, transaction variability, and reserve contributions. Despite these limitations, China continues to advocate for greater representation of developing countries and leverages the growing influence of its financial sector to bolster its demands.

China has also become a major global lender, providing loans through the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank AIIB and the BRI. Along with the NDB, these institutions serve as alternatives to the WB and IMF, positioning China as a key competitor in global finance.

India plays a dual role in the international financial system. It is a significant recipient of WB loans, particularly for infrastructure, health, education, and poverty reduction projects, while also advocating for increased representation of emerging economies in global financial decision-making. Through its participation in the NDB, India supports developing countries in reducing reliance on Western-dominated financial institutions and promotes South-South cooperation.

Tensions between China and India within these institutions manifest on three levels. First, in the IMF, both nations advocate for increased voting power for emerging economies. However, China also engages in bilateral agreements that sometimes limit India’s influence within the organization [Asmus-Bluhm et al. 2024]. Second, through BRICS, China and India have jointly established the NDB and participate in the AIIB. While these institutions challenge Western dominance, China holds a stronger leadership position, with India playing a secondary role [Humphrey & Chen 2021; Zhu 2024]. Third, China’s financing of Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) projects has sparked Indian opposition, as India views these loans as creating debt dependencies that could compromise the sovereignty of recipient nations [Papa & Petry 2024; Patrick 2024].

Despite these tensions, China and India share key interests in financial governance reforms. Both advocate for restructuring the IMF and WB to grant greater influence to developing nations. They also collaborate within the G20 to challenge Western financial dominance and push for de-dollarization by increasing international transactions in local currencies. Furthermore, both nations support debt relief for developing countries and climate finance initiatives [Maglia et al. 2024].

In conclusion, while China and India compete for leadership and influence within global financial institutions, they also cooperate in reducing dependency on the US dollar and strengthening economic alliances with the Global South. Their roles within the UN, WB, and IMF reflect a complex interplay of competition and collaboration, driven by their evolving economic priorities and geopolitical aspirations.

5. The BRICS coalition and the challenge to Western hegemony

As discussed above, within the BRICS coalition, China and India hold economic and political interests that are partly convergent and partly divergent.

Moreover, BRICS – particularly with its expansion through BRICS+ – actively challenges the Western hegemony that has dominated global politics since the end of World War II. It does so through mechanisms that differ significantly from those underpinning the existing world order. While China remains central to this challenge, and despite the growing divergences among BRICS members with each enlargement, the coalition seeks to build broad consensus by reinforcing multilateralism.

BRICS’s positioning in the international arena – particularly in its engagements with the Global South – is characterized by the following principles of international cooperation:

  1. Respect for national autonomy and sovereignty
  2. Trade policies that do not impose external conditions
  3. Economic cooperation based on equity
  4. Financing of infrastructure investments
  5. Establishing itself as a new leader in global institutions

At first glance, BRICS presents itself as a unified bloc committed to non-alignment. This stance is evident in the principles that members are expected to uphold – particularly the emphasis on sovereignty and autonomy – that contrast sharply with the governance frameworks established under the Bretton Woods system.

However, as discussed in previous sections, the alignment between China and India is largely superficial. Their ability to maintain cooperation depends on systematically managing internal and external competition without allowing tensions to escalate. While the BRICS coalition frequently emphasizes unity, this unity exists only to the extent that it does not challenge the leadership ambitions of either China or India in specific domains.

Alongside the reasons for cooperation, competition also plays a significant role. As examined earlier, China and India systematically avoid direct confrontation on the international stage. China positions itself as a dominant supplier of goods and services, while India benefits from Chinese technological leadership by engaging only in trade sectors where it does not compete directly. Even in long-standing territorial disputes – such as the Himalayan border issue – the two countries have, in recent years, prioritized de-escalation over confrontation. Rather than resolving these disputes, they have chosen to minimize tensions and maintain a façade of diplomatic stability.

In contrast, economic and strategic initiatives such as China’s BRI and the India’s IMEEC remain distinct and competitive, despite involving different participants and operating on vastly different scales.

Another shared interest between China and India is their role in international financial institutions. While China is a full voting member of the IMF, India remains a second-tier participant. However, both nations advocate for reforms that would reduce the disproportionate influence of founding Western economies and increase the representation of emerging markets. Additionally, China and India have pursued alternative financial mechanisms, including the CRA and the NDB. However, these institutions have yet to pose a significant challenge to the Bretton Woods system, primarily because the governance structures of Western-led financial institutions remain adaptable to global financial shifts – though at a slower pace than many emerging economies desire.

The much-discussed de-dollarization process, often framed as a primary objective for China and an initiative supported by India, appears to be progressing slowly. Rather than representing a concrete strategy, it currently functions more as a geopolitical signal than as an imminent transformation of global financial transactions.

As we have seen, the areas of convergence between China and India outweigh their differences. However, while their divergences are limited, they remain significant enough to shape BRICS dynamics. One key finding in this paper is that within the UN system, China – due to its economic scale, geopolitical influence, and leadership in global affairs – emerges as the de facto leader of BRICS, while India, despite its aspirations, plays a more secondary role within the coalition.

Given these dynamics, several critical questions remain regarding BRICS’s future in global economic development:

Will resource competition lead to economic or geopolitical conflicts among BRICS members?

Can China sustain its role as the “wealthier relative” in the coalition?

Will BRICS’s approach to global governance gain precedence over the G7 framework?

Can reforms in international institutions accommodate a new multipolar world order?

Despite their geopolitical rivalry, China and India share strategic and economic interests within BRICS and in other global organizations. Both nations seek to counterbalance Western dominance, reduce dependence on the US dollar, and advocate for a greater role for emerging economies in global decision-making. However, their motivations differ: while China pursues hegemony and global leadership, India seeks strategic autonomy, balancing its foreign policy between East and West.

Within BRICS, both countries leverage their influence to defend Global South interests, push for financial institution reforms, and develop alternatives to Western-led economic structures. Yet, their bilateral relationship remains tense, with competition in global markets outweighing their cooperation within BRICS. Recent developments indicate that China-India relations are shaped by pragmaticselective cooperation driven by mutual economic interests rather than trust or shared long-term strategic goals.

Bibliography

Acharya, Amitav, and Sen Tang, 2008, Bandung Revisited. The Legacy of the 1955 Asian-African Conference for International Order, National University Singapore: Singapore Press.

Adem, Seifudein, and Darryl C. Thomas, 2017, ‘From Bandung to BRICS’, in Routledge Handbook of Africa-Asia Relations, edited by Pedro Amakasu Raposo, David Arase, Scarlett Cornelissen, London: Routledge.

Arnold, Theryn D., 2024, ‘De-dollarization and global sovereignty: BRICS’ quest for a new financial paradigm’, Human Geography, November.

Basile, Elisabetta, and Claudio Cecchi, 2018, ‘Will the BRICS succeed in leading the way to sustainable development?’ Rivista di Studi Politici Internazionali, 85, pp. 223-234.

Basile, Elisabetta, and Claudio Cecchi, 2019, ‘The Uncertain Sustainability of BRICS Strategies for Sustainable Development’, Rivista di Studi Politici Internazionali, 86, pp. 261-280.

Basile, Elisabetta, and Claudio Cecchi, 2023, ‘Varietà di capitalismo e varietà di interessi nella coalizione BRICS’, in Marco Ricceri (ed.) BRICS. Costituzione, Evoluzione, Prospettive di un Nuovo Modello di Cooperazione Internazionale, Roma: Armando Editore.

Bharti, Mukesh Shankar, 2023, ‘China’s Belt and Road Initiatives (BRI) in South Asia and Its Policy Challenges to India in the Region’, South Asian Survey, 30(2), 154-174.

Bhattacharjee, Nivedita, 2025, 16 January, ‘India achieves milestone as fourth nation to succeed in space docking,’ Reuters.

Bondre, Kaustubh, 8 April, 2021, ‘Are India and China destined to be adversaries?’ Indian School of Public Policy.

Booz Allen, Hamilton, 2007, Energy Futures in Asia. After Action Report, Virginia: USA Office of the Secretary of Defence, April.

Cochrane, Logan, & Esmat Zaidan, 2024, ‘Shifting global dynamics: an empirical analysis of BRICS + expansion and its economic, trade, and military implications in the context of the G7,’ Cogent Social Sciences, 10:1.

Das, Supradip, 2022, 17 March, ‘Implications of Cultural Exchanges on India-China Ties and Way Forward’, Organization for Research on China and India (ORCA).

Gerda Asmus-Bluhm, Vera Z. Eichenauer, Andrea Fuchsh, Bradley Parks, 2024, ‘Does India Use Development Finance to Compete with China? A Subnational Analysis’, Journal of Conflict Resolution 0 (0).

Gowan, Richard, 2024, ‘Accommodation available: China, Western powers and the operation of structural power in the UN Security Council’, Global Policy, 15 (Suppl. 2), pp. 29-37.

Greene, Robert, 2023, The Difficult Realities of the BRICS’ De-dollarization Efforts— and the Renminbi’s Role, Washington: Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Humphrey, Chris, and Yunnan Chen, 2021, China in the multilateral development banks: Evolving strategies of a new power, ODI Report, London: Overseas Development Institute (ODI).

Kesgin, Barış, & Leslie E. Wehner, 2021, ‘The “I” in BRICS: leadership traits of Indian prime minister and India’s role adaptation to rising status in world politics’, Journal of International Relations and Development, 25: pp. 370–398.

Kharel, Aswasthama Bhakta, 2020, ‘Non-Aligned Movement: Challenges and Way Forward,’ Molung Educational Frontier, 10, pp. 1-12.

Levitan, Nir, Arie Reich, and Jonathan Rynhold, 2025, From Conflict to Connectivity: The India-Middle East-Europe Corridor Amidst Geopolitical TurbulenceBar Ilan University Faculty of Law Research Paper No. 5117805.

Maglia, Cristina, Ole Jacob Sending, Morten Bøås, Cedric de Coning, Stein Sundstøl Eriksen, John Karlsrud, and Indra Øverland, 2024, Emerging powers, the G20, and reform of multilateral institutions, Oslo: Norwegian Institute of International Affairs.

Manhas, Neeraj Singh, 2020, ‘China’s Policy of ‘String of Pearls’, International Journal of Social Impact, Volume 5, Issue 3.

Marco Cipriani, Linda S. Goldberg, Gabriele La Spada, 2023, ‘Financial Sanctions, SWIFT, and the Architecture of the International Payment System’, Journal of Economic Perspectives, 37(1), pp. 31-52.

Max-Otto Batman, Sebastian Haug, Silke Weinlich, 2024, ‘From developing country to superpower? China, powershifts and the United Nations development pillar’, Global Policy, 15 (Suppl.), pp. 51-61.

Mooradian, Maximilian G., 2024, The BRICS Challenge to the G7 Established International orderPhiladelphia: Foreign Policy Research Institute.

Palladio, Ana, 2025, 17 February, ‘India Has Arrived’, Project Syndicate – Politics.

Papa, Fabian, & Johannes Petry, 2024, ‘East Asia and the politics of global finance: a developmental challenge to the neoliberal consensus?’, Review of International Political Economy, 31 (1), pp. 224-252.

Patrick, Stewart, 20249 October, ‘BRICS Expansion, the G20, and the Future of World Order’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Prys-Hansen, Miriam, 2022, ‘Competition and Cooperation: India and China in the Global Climate Regime’, GIGA Focus Asia, No 4.

Qin, Shuyu, 2024, ‘Sino-Indian Climate Cooperation under Global Development Initiative: History, Challenges and Opportunities’, Transactions on Social Science, Education and Humanities Research, Volume 6.

Reed, John, & Edwards White, 2024, 21 October, ‘India says deal reached with China on patrols at disputed borders’, Financial Times.

Saaida, Mohammed, 2024, ‘BRICS Plus: de-dollarization and global power shifts in new economic landscape’, BRICS Journal of Economics, 5 (1), pp. 13-33.

Sen, Rahul R., and Sanchita Basu Das, 2024, ‘Did economic cooperation encourage trade in essential medical goods? Empirical evidence from the Asia–Pacific during COVID-19’, Asian Economic Journal, 38, pp. 35–60.

Shastry, Vasuki, 2024, ‘‘Make in India’ Ten Years Later: Speed Bumps and Roadblocks’, FORBS, Sept. 24, www.forbes.com.

Shavlay, Ellina, 2021, India-China Relations: Cultural Aspect (available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3949510).

Singh, Satyam, Waseem RajaSandeep KumarAkriti UppalNeeta Rani, 2024, 30 November, ‘India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor: A Strategic Energy Alternative’, Energy RESEARCH LETTER, 6(4), https://doi.org/10.46557/001c.123649.

Sithole, Mixo Sweetness, and Nyiko Worship Hlongwane, 2023, ‘The role of the New Development Bank on Economic growth and Development in the BRICS states,’ MPRA Paper No. 119958.

Tellis, Ashley J., & Sean Mirski, 2013, Crux of Asia. China, India and the Emerging Global Order, Washington: Carnegies Endowment for international Peace.

Tran, Hung, 2024, 28 March, ‘Understanding the debate over IMF quota reform’, Econographics.

Tripathy, Anshuman, Sudha Madhavi Dastrala, 2023, Make in India: So Far and Going Ahead, IIM Bangalore Research Paper No. 674

Upadhyay, Shreya, 2022, 12 July, ‘BRICS, Quad, and India’s Multi-Alignment Strategy’, Stimson Center, Commentary Asia & Indo-Pacific.

Vinodan, C., & Anju Lis Kurian, 2024, ‘Strategic Autonomy and India’s Hedging Policies in the Indo-Pacific’, Journal of Asian Security and International Affairs, 11 (4), pp. 475-495.

Weber, Heloise, & Poppy Winanti, 2016, The “Banding Spirit” and solidarist Internationalism’, Australian Journal of International Affairs, 70 (4), pp. 391-406.

Zamhari, Adem, & Daba Debo, 2024, BRICS and the Quest for Economic Autonomy: De-Dollarization’s Global Ripple Effects (https://www.researchgate.net/publication/387799170_BRICS_and_the_Quest_for_Economic_Autonomy_De-Dollarization’s_Global_Ripple_Effects).

Zha, Wen, 2023, ‘Southeast Asia amid Sino-US. Competition Zha and Regional Order Transition’, The Chinese Journal of International Politics, 16, pp. 241–261.

Zhu, Jiejin, 2024, ‘Why China supports NDB membership expansion: Going multilateral amid power struggles’, Global Policy, 15 (2), pp. 443-450.

1 The BRICS coalition, comprising Brazil, Russia, India, China, and later South Africawas formed through several key steps. The acronym BRIC was coined in 2001 by Jim O’Neill of Goldman Sachs to describe four rapidly growing economies. The foreign ministers of the BRIC countries held their first formal meeting on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly in September 2006 in New York. The first formal summit of the BRIC took place in 2009in Yekaterinburg, Russia. South Africa was invited to join the group in December 2010 and its participation was formalized at the BRICS Summit in April 2011The decision to expand the BRICS coalition, informally referred to as BRICS+, was made during the 15th BRICS Summit (2023) when the group extended invitations to join to Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates. These nations were invited to become full members starting from January 2024. While, following the election of President Milei, Argentina reversed the decision in November 2023, in January 2025 Indonesia has joined BRICS as a full member.

2 Here the reference is to the Bandung Conference (April 1955) in which a group of Asian and African countries strongly emphasized that peace and security could be enhanced only by international cooperation. The Conference opposed to colonialism and imperialism and promoted the five principles of peaceful coexistence that influenced the future of Non-Aligned Movement: respect for sovereignty, non-aggression, non-interference, equality, and peaceful coexistence [Weber & Winanti 2016; Kharel 2020]. It is interesting to note that the BRICS coalition includes countries that at the time of the Bandung Conference were not aligned with Western countries and countries that belonged to the communist world [Adem and Thomas 2017; Acharya and Tang 2008].

3 The Indian Prime Minister started the campaign Make in India in September 2014. Make in India 2.0 was introduced in 2019 as an upgraded version of the original initiative. Since 2020, the initiative has been supported by the intervention programme called Aatma Nirbhar Bharat Abhiyan (self-reliant India mission). However, many authors believe that, overall, the campaign has substantially failed in its aims [Tripathy & Dastrala, 2023; Shastry, 2024].

4 The information, which is relative to fiscal year 2023-2024, comes from Pharmabiz.com (India’s most comprehensive pharma portal – 6 May 2024).

5 The term “String of Pearls” was first introduced in a report by the consulting firm Booz Allen Hamilton for the U.S. Department of Defence, published in 2004 and later in 2007. It describes China’s maritime activities and strategy, analysing its presence in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR) and beyond through a network of commercial and military bases and infrastructure projects along key maritime trade routes. The “pearls” refer to ports, airstrips, naval facilities, and economic zones in strategically located countries along sea lanes connecting China to the Middle East, Africa, and Europe. This initiative complements China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) and aligns with its long-term objectives of securing trade routes, ensuring energy security, and expanding its regional influence [Booz Allen 2007; see also Manhas 2020].

6 The Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) is a Chinese development strategy launched in 2013 by President Xi Jinping and operational since 2015. Funded by the Silk Road Fund and the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB), the BRI involves numerous countries across the East and West in developing transport infrastructure to connect Asia, Europe, and Africa along five routes. The initiative consists of two major components: the Silk Road Economic Belt, which links China to Russia and the Middle East through Central Asia and connects China with Southeast and South Asia and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road, which links China to the South Pacific and Europe via the South China Sea and the Indian Ocean. For further details, see the Belt and Road Portal (Official Website: eng.yidaiyilu.gov.cn); also see [Basile and Cecchi 2019] and [Bharti 2023]

7 India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC) is an initiative planned by the United States in the 2023 G-20 Summit strongly supported by the Indian President Modi. IMEEC is a multinational infrastructure initiative aimed at enhancing trade and connectivity between India, the Middle East, and Europe through a combination of rail and shipping networks [Levitan et al. 2025; Singh et al. 2024].

8 This is confirmed by the fact that the three leaders are still in charge of their countries in the Kazan Summit, 10 years later!

9 Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) serve multiple functions. Within the system, they determine the level of financial resources available to each member in times of need. In the management of IMF decisions, SDRs define the voting power of each country on the Board of Governors. This power is determined by a “quota”, which measures a country’s significance based on several indicators, the most important of which is GDP. The quota is reviewed every five years. For example, according to the most recent quinquennial SDR valuation review, the US dollar accounts for 43%, the euro for 29%, and the Chinese renminbi for 12%. China, with the support of emerging economies, is advocating for more frequent adjustments that reflect economic growth differentials, as well as a broader reform that grants greater influence to emerging and developing countries. See IMF webpage on Quinquennial SDR valuation review: www.imf.org/en/About/Factsheets/Sheets/2023/special-drawing-rights-sdr.

10 The BRICS coalition has supported the de-dollarization path to pursue economic sovereignty, trade efficiency, and political autonomy. However, coalition members can pursue their own paths to reduce their dependence on US dollar [Saaida 2024; Zamhari and Daba 2024].

11 The Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) facilitates secure and standardized communication between financial institutions for international transactions. It acts as a mechanism for enforcing economic policies and sanctions, thereby influencing geopolitical strategies and alliances [Cipriani et al. 2023].

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Armenia 2024: Quo Vadis Yerevan? The difficult path out of the Russian trap

The last stage of the war between Armenia and Azerbaijan over Nagorno-Karabakh shook Southern Caucasus politics at its very foundation. The traditional parameters used for assessing and deciphering regional politics have been upended, as the alliances and alignments developed over the previous thirty years have collapsed and, in many ways, have being overturned. Moreover, the ongoing conflict in Ukraine only adds uncertainty to an already unpredictable regional scenario. At the heart of the regional upheavals lies the crisis of the decades-old alliance between Armenia and Russia, around which Yerevan had built its entire security policy. As a consequence, its failure to function during the Karabakh war left the country almost defenseless in the face of Azerbaijan’s military might. As over-dependence on Moscow turned into vulnerability, the diversification of Armenian foreign and security policies became an imperative with a view to ensure the country’s resilience to external shocks. The article examines Yerevan’s attempt to escape from the multifaceted «Russian trap» and explores the consequences and constraints of this endeavor on both international and domestic levels.

Keywords – Armenian foreign policy; Nagorno-Karabakh conflict; Southern Caucasus; Russia; European Union.

1. Introduction

The recent evolution and the epilogue of the conflict between Armenia and Azerbaijan over Nagorno-Karabakh has profoundly altered the parameters of regional politics in the South Caucasus. In the phase between the 2020 «44 Days War» and the September 2023 Azerbaijan’s recapture of the enclave with an «anti-terror operation», resulting in the masse escape of the local Armenian population and in the dissolution of the self-proclaimed Republic of Artsakh, the alliances and alignments developed over the previous thirty years have collapsed or, in many ways, have being overturned. Moreover, the upheaval in South Caucasus regional politics resulted from the shifting parameters of cooperation between local actors and external powers as much as from the altering patterns of interactions among external powers themselves. That is, upheavals in the year under review cannot be fully understood if not viewed in relation to the broader framework defined by the conflict in Ukraine, which rekindled power competition in the EU-Russian «shared neighborhood» and enhanced local actors’ strategic value along with their ability to extract benefits from competing powers. The regional upheavals went as far as suggesting to observers the end of Moscow’s «near abroad» [de Waal 2024] or the end of «post-soviet» era and studies [Pilibossian & Nersisyan 2024, 17 December; Aslund 2023, 4 January].

The turmoil in the Armenian-Russian alliance provides a prime illustration of the above-described trend. A traditional keystone of regional politics, with deep historical roots [Frappi 2022; Suny 1993], the alliance entered a spiral of crisis as a result of the war in Karabakh and, particularly, of Moscow’s lack of support during the last stage of the conflict. As a matter of fact, Russian inaction in the face of Azerbaijan’s military initiative – if not complacency with the aggressor, as some suggest [Sukiasyan 2024, p. 10] – was one of the key ingredients in Baku’s recipe for success [Frappi 2021, p. 26]. Russian inaction, in turn, exposed the contradiction inscribed in Yerevan’s over-dependence on a markedly asymmetric alliance or, as the chief of the Security Council, Armen Grigoryan, put it, the mistake of «putting all the security eggs in one basket» [Civilnet 2024, 20 May]. Thus, the last stage of the war finally showed how Yerevan’s overreliance on the alliance with Moscow had made Russia simultaneously the main guarantor of and the highest threat to Armenian national security [Shirinyan 2019].

On this backdrop, the present article aims at deciphering Yerevan’s attempt to escape the «Russian trap», understood as the all-encompassing asymmetric yet unreliable alliance to which Armenia had long delegated the primary responsibility for its own security. In particular, the article aims at framing the scope and the limits of the current spat in Armenia-Russia relation. It posits that, consistently with Armenia’s minor power status, escaping the Russian trap chiefly entails the effort to enhance the country’s resilience to external shocks by downgrading the over-dependency on Moscow and the resulting vulnerability. Consequently, escaping the Russian trap essentially means investing in the diversification of foreign and security policies. In no way does this mean breaking off relations with Moscow, something that would be unfeasible due to both the close interrelation among the various layers of regional politics and the striking systemic uncertainties. After all, Armenia decisionmakers seem to be aware of the limitations inscribed in the country’s positioning in the international hierarchy of power as well as the dangers caused by the increasing degree of systemic unpredictability. In Foreign Minister Ararat Mirzoyan words: «Small states strive to navigate the rough ocean [of unpredictability] as safely as possible, having in front of them the imperative to protect and preserve their own statehood, sovereignty, and territorial integrity» [RA 2024, 10 September]. Borrowing words from the chairman of the Center for Political and Economic Strategic Studies in Yerevan Benjamin Poghosyan, the new course of Armenian policies walks a difficult tightrope, as it entails being «anti-Russian enough to get something from the West and not anti-Russian enough to burn all the bridges with the Kremlin» [The Economist 2024, 1 August].

The article proceeds as follows. In the next section it introduces the diversification attempt pursued by the Armenian government by scaling down the ties with Russian Federation, on the one hand, and by enhancing dialogue and cooperation with the newly discovered partners in the Euro-Atlantic area, on the other. In the successive sections, it takes stock of the external and internal repercussions and limitations that constrain the diversification attempt. Accordingly, in the third, fourth, and fifth sections focus respectively on the regional, economic, and domestic domains of Armenia’s policy.

2. Armenian spat with Russia and the search for alternatives

The September 2023 Azerbaijani military takeover of Nagorno-Karabakh represented a clear watershed in Armenian perception of the alliance with Russia. Already on the eve of the «anti-terror operation», Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan had denounced the «strategic mistake» Armenia had made in depending on just one partner in security matters [Osborn 2023, 3 September]. After that, the alliance started to be portrayed not only as ineffective, but also as a «threat to the national security and territorial integrity of Armenia», due to the failure to meet its responsibilities [Armenpress 2024, 28 February]. Thus, while Yerevan’s complaints against Moscow’s non-compliance to the alliance’s duties had occurred regularly since the 44 Days War – and particularly after the September 2022 attack on Armenian territory, vainly invoked by the government as a causus foederis [JAMnews 2022, 13 September] – it was only over the course of 2024 that Yerevan took the first concretes steps aimed at distancing Armenia from Russia both at bilateral and multilateral level, progressively closing the doors of cooperation which has previously left open.1

On a multilateral level, scaling back the security ties with Moscow meant primarily «freezing the relations» with the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) [Perelman 2024, 22 February]. CSTO, the traditional cornerstone of Russia-driven security cooperation in the former Soviet Union territory, had been joined by Armenia since its very inception, in 1992. Freezing the relations with CSTO meant, in turn, not contributing to the Organization’s budget, not joining its summits, and not taking part in its activities, including military drills [RFE/RL 2024, 8 May]. Moreover, confronted with CSTO legal argument for non-intervention in the Armenian-Azerbaijani conflict,2 by the end of the year Pashinyan declared that the relations with the Organization had passed the «point of no return» [Civilnet 2024, 4 December], signalling the de facto withdrawal from the organization.

At a bilateral level, security ties with Moscow were chiefly curtailed by downsizing the presence of Russian troops in Armenia. Consistently with a request issued by Yerevan in early March, by the summer Russian border guards completed the withdrawal from the Zvartnots Airport, ending a 32-year period of controlling Armenia’s air border [JAMnews 2024, 1 August]. Moreover, following a Pashinyan-Putin meeting at the Kremlin in early May, an agreement was reached for the withdrawal of Russian border troops deployed without a clear mandate after the 44 Days War along the border with Azerbaijan – i.e., in the Vayots Dzor, Tavush, Syunik, and Gegharkunik regions – as well as in the Ararat region [JAMnews 2024, 6 June]. The move was highly symbolic in nature, as the common patrolling of the borders has been one of the key drivers of Moscow’s policy in its near abroad ever since the dissolution of the Soviet Union. Yet, the merely symbolic nature of the withdrawal results from the enduring presence in Armenia of Russian military contingents. Besides Federal Security Service guards still patrolling Armenia’s border with Turkey and Iran, Russian contingents are still deployed at the Russian 102nd military base in Gyumri, and 3624th Airbase in Erebuni Airport, in accordance with a 2010 agreement due to expire in 2044 [Nazaretyan 2021, 4 March].

The loosening of Armenian-Russian security ties has been also accompanied by symbolic misalignment gestures in relation to the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. Reversing a balanced approach kept since the outbreak of the hostilities, at the end of May Armenia’s Ambassador to Ukraine paid a visit to Bucha where, besides delivering medical assistance, he lit candles at a memorial to the city residents killed following the invasion, in a gesture dubbed by Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs as «overtly unfriendly» [Azatutyun 2024, 10 June]. As an «unfriendly step» was also decried by Russian authorities Armenia’s decision to join the International Criminal Court [France24 2024, 1 February], which had previously indicted Russian President Vladimir Putin for alleged war crimes and issued an arrest warrant. The gesture, while primarily motivated by the need to provide Yerevan with international legal tools aimed at holding Azerbaijan responsible for potential war crimes [Martirosyan 2023, 4 October], was nonetheless interpreted as symptomatic of the dramatic weakening of the close and consensual relationship previously enjoyed with Russia [Fridrichová & Kříž 2024, pp. 2, 5].

Actors in the Euro-Atlantic area have been quick to respond to Armenian foreign policy diversification needs and calls for improved cooperation. This was particularly the case with the European Union, as Yerevan started flirting with the idea of joining the block in the future. «Many new opportunities are largely being discussed in Armenia nowadays – Foreign Minister Ararat Mirzoyan declared in early March – and it will not be a secret if I say that includes membership in the European Union» [TRTWorld 2024, 8 March]. Just few days after Mirzoyan’s overture, the European Parliament – which in fact never failed to make its political support for Armenia explicit – approved by an overwhelming majority a resolution welcoming Yerevan’s expression of interest for EU membership as setting «the stage for a transformative phase» in bilateral relations. Significantly enough, the resolution also praised Yerevan’s resolve «to decrease its security dependence on the Russian Federation and include new players in its security mix», while decrying Moscow’s attempts «to undermine Armenian democratic credentials» and «spreading chaos and destabilization» [EP 2024, 13 March, p. 5, 2]. Just one month before, Josep Borrell, at that time EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, in a press briefing with Mirzoyan, had announced the decision to launch work on an «ambitious» new EU-Armenia Partnership Agenda aimed at sending «strong signal of our mutual interest in a new strategic phase in our relations», including, inter alia, visa liberalization talks [EEAS 2024, 13 February]. The visa liberalization talks, saluted as «a recognition of Armenia’s efforts in strengthening its ties and shared values with the EU», started in September 2024 in accordance with the decision taken by the Council in mid-July [EC 2024, 9 September]. Overall, the so called «resilience and growth plan for Armenia» entailed a  270 million grant to the country for 2024-2027 [EU 2024, p. 1].

EU was not alone in its attempt to support Armenian diplomatic diversification and economic development strategy. In April a trilateral high-level meeting with Pashinyan was jointly hosted by the EU and the US, exhibiting significant alignment on the effort «to stand shoulder to shoulder by Armenia» [DoS 2024, 5 April]. On its part, the US, besides increasing the level of bilateral assistance aimed at supporting the country’s economic resilience and strengthening democratic institutions, announced in June the intention to upgrade the status of the US-Armenia Strategic Dialogue launched in 2022 to the level of Strategic Partnership, as to enhance a structured approach to multifaceted bilateral cooperation [DoS 2024, 11 June].

Quick responses from western interlocutors came also in the security cooperation domain, thereby addressing the most urgent Yerevan’s need for diversification of international partnerships. That is, addressing the need to fill a «security gap» resulting from two main causes. The first was the failure of the «Diplomatization of Security» strategy pursued after 2022, aimed to resort to diplomatic pressure to deter Azerbaijani military initiatives [Kopalyan 2022]. The second was the de facto cessation of arms supplies from Russia, despite the procurement deal signed in 2021 [Reuters 2023, 24 November].

France has been at the forefront of Euro-Atlantic efforts aimed at supporting Armenia’s military deterrence needs – which also benefited from an increased cooperation with India.3 In February, in parallel with a Pashinyan’s highly symbolic trip to Paris,4 French Minister of the Armed Forces Sébastien Lecornu paid an unprecedented visit to Yerevan. Following up an agreement signed in October 2023 for the supply of anti-aircraft radar systems and a memorandum of understanding on the future delivery of French-manufactured military equipment [Armenpress 2023, 24 October], during Lecornu’s visit an arms procurement contract was signed, while an agreement aimed at training Armenian military personnel was reached [Bedevian 2024, 22 February]. In addition, since a June visit to France of a delegation led by Defence Minister Suren Papikyan – when a new agreement on the purchase of a modern artillery system was signed – Yerevan and Paris started discussing the possibility to widen the scope of military-technical cooperation with a view to support Yerevan’s plans for reform of the defence sector [JAMnews 2024, 19 June]. Eventually, bilateral cooperation reached its apex in December 2024, with the signing of a Defence Cooperation Program for 2025 covering «several dozen measures in almost all spheres of the armed forces’ operation». They included defence planning, military education, advisory support, and military training [JAMnews 2024, 12 December].

A significant widening of security cooperation also took place in Armenian relations with the EU, which thereby confirmed the latter’s reversal of its earlier «visibly invisible» role in South Caucasus conflict resolution [German 2007]. Indeed, the EU followed up on its 2022 decision to deploy a monitoring mission on Armenia’s border with Azerbaijan by providing Yerevan with military aid meant to strengthen the country’s resilience. On the same day the Council opened visa-liberalisation talks with Yerevan, it also approved the sending of military aid worth 10 million through the European Peace Facility instrument. It was a first-ever assistance measure to Armenia aimed at enhancing the logistical capacities of its armed forces, at fostering interoperability, and at improving protection of civilians in crises and emergencies [CoEU 2024, 22 July].

Finally, a limited in scope yet highly symbolic initiative also came on the US-Armenian side. In mid-July an 11-day joint military exercise was organized in the proximity of Yerevan. The «Eagle Partner 24» exercise, whose opening ceremony was attended by the US Ambassador to Armenia and Armenian Defence Minister Papikyan, was designed to increase interoperability of armed forces during peacekeeping and stability operations or, more pragmatically, to «deepen the friendships, deepen the partnership and move the ball forward ten yards», in the words of the US deputy director of the exercise [Miller 2024, 17 July]. Pushing the ball forwarder, in December Papikyan visited the US and met Defence Secretary Lloyd Austin for an «historic» meeting – as it was dubbed by the latter – whereby the US reaffirmed its resolve to continue supporting reforms in Armenia’s armed forces and include security cooperation in an enhanced bilateral partnership [Armenpress 2024, 6 December].

3. The unintended consequences of the diversification process: the regional «insecurity spiral»

Yerevan’s overtures to dialogue and cooperation with Euro-Atlantic partners have been as significant as cautious, at least in public statements. This caution may be explained either by the consciousness of the difficulties inherent in the process of integration in the West [Krikorian 2025] or, more generally, by the awareness of the multifaceted negative repercussions that such openings can have on Armenian security itself [Sukiasyan 2024]. After all, as Armen Grigorian put it, the depth of Armenia’s ties with Russia combined with the systemic uncertainties cannot but suggest a careful «step-by-step» approach to the diversification strategy [Civilnet 2024, 20 May].

Although dictated by contingent defence needs and by a wider attempt to broaden the spectrum of the country’s international relations, Armenian overtures to Western interlocutors have had significant negative repercussions on relations with Russia and Azerbaijan. Both promptly and punctually reacted to most of the abovementioned steps toward an increased Armenian-Western cooperation with harsh declaration and not-so-veiled threats of retaliation. Moscow manifested a tendency to interpret Yerevan’s engagement with Euro-Atlantic partners under the lenses of the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, as a «confirmation that the West is trying to turn Armenia into an instrument of its policy […] against Moscow» [Azatutyun 2024, 11 March]. This view, in turn, resulted in the not-so-veiled warning to Yerevan to avoid a «Ukrainian scenario» [Bedevian 2024, 25 July]. As evidence of a wider rapprochement between Moscow and Baku, Azerbaijan shared Russian view about Armenia’s Western partners’ selfish aims, accusing the latter of pursuing «unilateral and biased» policies [Eruygur 2024, 22 July] and «undermining stability» in the South Caucasus [Azatutyun 2024, 17 April]. The Azerbaijani government press agency went as far as saying that Western – and particularly French – support to Yerevan’s rearmament policy made a new war in Karabakh «inevitable» [APA 2024, 22 June]. Armenian-Western growing security cooperation, in turn, provided the formal reason for the perpetuation of Azerbaijan’s rearmament policy, a «number one priority» for Baku since – in President Ilham Aliyev’s words – «Armenia does not want peace; rather, it seeks to buy time and use this period to strengthen its military potential with the support of its foreign patrons» [PRAz 2024, 23 September].

Ultimately, the Armenian security diversification strategy generated a dangerous «insecurity spiral», i.e. a spiral of power and security competition that feeds on the fear that the opponent’s defensive moves are actually aggressively motivate and, consequently, require strategic countermeasures [Snyder 1984, p. 477]. Besides testifying the ongoing overturning of traditional regional alignments, the insecurity spiral contributed to an atmosphere of mutual mistrust among regional actors – and, particularly, between Armenia and Azerbaijan – which, in turn, didn’t help the Nagorno-Karabakh pace process to move forward. On the contrary, undermining Armenia’s most important foreign policy objective, it ended up in adding new hurdles on the path leading to the signing of a peace treaty, despite the positive signals registered during the year.

As far as the Armenia-Azerbaijan relationship was concerned, 2024 had opened with encouraging indications. In December, Azerbaijan and Armenia had agreed to an exchange of prisoners, while Yerevan also greenlighted Baku’s bid for hosting the UN Climate Change Conference (COP 29) [PMRA 2023, 7 December]. These signals, in turn, justified widespread optimism among analysts and decision-makers about the possibility of signing a peace treaty by the COP29 meeting, set for November 2024. Furthermore, the belligerents agreed to sign a concise document outlining key principles for lasting peace while postponing the resolution of most contentious issues, such as reopening communications between Azerbaijan and the Nakhchivan exclave and delimitating borders. This decision seemed to ease the way to the normalization of bilateral relations. [Borshchevskaya 2024, 19 March]. Encouraging signals also came in the form of an April agreement on the delimitation of the borders in the Tavush area – a point of contention with the potential to trigger new military clashes. Following the 8th meeting of the bilateral State Commission tasked with the delimitation issue, representatives of the two countries agreed to restore the borders as set by the most recent Soviet maps with the consequent return to Azerbaijan of four border villages in the Tavush area that remained under Armenian control [MFA 2024, 19 April].

The positive atmosphere surrounding Yerevan-Baku talks progressively dissolved over the year, while Pashinyan no-show at COP29 certified the failure of finalizing a peace agreement and the renewed stalemate in negotiations. The regional strategic polarization and resulting spiral of insecurity bore a significant part of the responsibility for the failure, under two perspectives both related to Baku’s new negotiating conditions. The first had to do with the negotiating format and the refusal of third-party mediation. Long opposed to the continuation of the thirty-years-old OSCE Minsk Group mediation mandate [PRAz 2022, 12 January], Azerbaijan clarified in January that, despite Armenia’s preferences, Yerevan and Baku «don’t need any guarantors» and should instead solve their problems bilaterally avoiding the negotiations «to become a geopolitical issue» [PRAz 2024, 10 January]. Thus, despite the hopes raised in February by a German attempt to initiate a mediation [JAMNews 2024, 19 February], the trilateral meeting organized by Chancellor Olaf Scholz was a mere exception to what seemed to have become a mandatory negotiating principle.5 In turn, the refusal to accept third-party mediation widened the already broad asymmetry in bargaining power between Armenia and Azerbaijan, leaving the former more vulnerable to the latter’s maximalist approach to the peace process. This helped framing the second ground where the insecurity spiral intersected with the negotiations, which has to do with their contents.

With a view to finalize a peace agreement, Baku added two more principles and two preconditions [PRAz 2024, 18 December]. The first principle, ostensibly resulting from the ongoing strategic polarization, was the non-deployment of third countries’ forces on the mutual border, and the consequent withdrawal of the EU Mission in Armenia (EUMA), deployed on the Armenian side of the border with Azerbaijan. The second was the cessation of the ongoing «lawsuit warfare», i.e. the mutual commitment to refrain from filing international lawsuits against each other. The preconditions to this commitment on Yerevan’s part was the dissolution of the OSCE Minsk Group, on the one hand, and, on the other, the amendment of the Armenian Constitution as to eliminate its supposed territorial claims against Azerbaijan. In fact, while Prime Minister Pashinyan repeatedly reaffirmed that «Armenia fully recognizes the territorial integrity of Azerbaijan» [Sahakian& Musayelian 2023, 18 April],6 the first article of the Constitution still recalls the fundamental principles enshrined in the September 1990 Declaration of Independence [PRAr 2015], which in its preamble calls for the «Reunification of the Armenian SSR and the Mountainous Region of Karabakh» [GRA 1990, 23 August]. Such conditions and preconditions represented the main stumbling block for the finalization of the peace agreement in 2024. While the parties shared the view that its text was 80% complete, nonetheless they proved unable either to compromise on the abovementioned points [AIR 2024, 4 November], or to remove them altogether postponing their solution – as it was unsuccessful proposed by Yerevan at the end of August [Eruygur 2024, 10 September].

As a demonstration of the difficulties inscribed in the attempt to untie the regional security knot, the stalemate of the peace process had negative repercussions on Armenia-Turkey normalization process launched in 2022. This, in turn, represented a key priority for the Pashinyan government, with a view to open the border between the two countries and gain a lifeline to regional and international markets. Notwithstanding progresses in the bilateral talks,7 the overall process confirmed to be closely intertwined with the parallel Yerevan-Baku negotiations, as the unyielding Azerbaijani-Turkish axis stands as the main exception to the upheaval of regional alignments. For all the «no-precondition rhetoric» which surrounds the Armenian-Turkish talks, not only did Ankara make the normalization of relations conditional on the signing of a peace agreement between Armenia and Azerbaijan [Frappi 2023, p. 468], but also aligned itself with the demands and preconditions put forward by Baku. This is particularly the case for the latter request to amend the Armenian Constitution [Barseghyan 2024, 9 December], which meets Ankara’s analogous aversion to the document’s indirect claims on «Western Armenia» – namely, Eastern Turkey – as well as to «the task of achieving international recognition of the 1915 Genocide» [GRA 1990, 23 August].

4. Security vs. economy: Armenian diversification dilemma

In escaping the Russian trap, Armenian government is facing a «diversification dilemma». While there is an urgent need to broaden the spectrum of international relations, the overwhelming weight exerted by Russia on Armenian economy makes diversification difficult to achieve and, in many ways, unprofitable – especially in the short term and with a view to the 2026 parliamentary elections. Indeed, much of the record GDP growth experienced after 2021 owes to the increased trade relations with Russia which, in turn, benefited from Armenia acting as a conduit for international trade flows aimed at circumventing the sanctions imposed on Moscow. Such a «middleman role» resulted in the Armenia-Russia bilateral turnover skyrocketing from US$ 2.6 billion in 2021 to 12.4 in 2024 [ARMSTAT n.a.], making Russia by far the first trade partner of Armenia. Moreover, the recent growth in Armenian GDP benefited significantly also from the relocation of Russian citizens to Armenia, which boosted domestic consumption [Chervyakov & Giucci 2023].

In comparison to Armenian-Russian turnover, the one with the EU paled,8 as a result of both normative and logistic disadvantages. From the first perspective, Armenia’s membership in the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU) ensured tax-free exchanges of goods and services, facilitating the trade flow both with its participants and with its trade partners – such as China [WB 2024, pp. 32-33]. Quite on the contrary, as Armenia progressed from lower middle-income country status to an upper middle-income one for three consecutive years since 2018, in 2022 it lost the tariffs benefits granted by the EU under the Generalised Scheme of Preferences Plus [EC 2023, 21 November] and, therefore, trading goods became more costly. Moreover, Armenian exports towards the EU were also hampered by the set of rules and standard required to access the EU market, which Armenian companies have difficulty complying with, adding administrative and legal layers to the difficulties of improving trade relations with the EU [Terzyan & Grigoryan 2024, p. 14-15]. This, in turn, was one of the main impediments to grasp the full yet limited potential of the Comprehensive and Enhanced Partnership Agreement which, into full force in 2021, set the priorities to strengthen bilateral relations with the EU within the limits imposed by Yerevan’s participation in the EAEU. Moving from normative to logistic obstacles, Armenia suffered from an impactful «connectivity gap» resulting from both regional geography and politics. Here the disadvantages stemming from a landlocked condition are compounded by the closure of the borders with Azerbaijan and Turkey because of the Nagorno-Karabakh war. The connectivity gap severely narrowed the trade flows to routes through Iran and Georgia, limiting overall Armenian integration into global economy [WB 2024]. Moreover, it resulted in an increase in overall transportation costs, with a detrimental effect on the competitiveness of national products [Terzyan & Grigoryan 2024, p. 5].

Turnover with Russia was significant not only in quantitative terms but also in qualitative ones, exposing the overall degree of Yerevan’s dependence. This was particularly true for Russia’s lion share in the country’s total imports of key commodities, which decisively impinged upon the Armenian food and energy security.9 In turn, the risk of over-dependency on key imports turning into vulnerability to Moscow’s pressures or blackmails was not only high but has also been recurrent in regional politics. Hence, in the current environment, economic leverage was an instrument in the Russian hybrid warfare toolkit aimed at retaining influence in the South Caucasus [Meissner and Leitner 2024]. In 2024 there was no lack of examples of its use. For instance, in criticizing Armenian participation in a conference dedicated to Ukrainian Food Security in the context of the Kiev-sponsored «Ukraine Peace Formula» initiative, Maria Zakharova, the spokeswoman of the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, issued a veiled threat recalling Armenian dependence on Russian grain [Barseghyan 2024, 23 September]. Similarly, in outlining the potential repercussions of opting for EU membership over the EAEU one, Russian Deputy Prime Minister Alexei Overchuk warned Armenia that this would lead to higher energy and food prices, while exports could drop by 70-80% [Ananyan 2025, 16 January]. Making vulnerability worse, the connectivity gap significantly increases Armenia’s exposure to the risk of disruption of trade flows either for political or technical reasons. Since fall 2023 and over the course of 2024 this has been the case with Armenian exports to Russia, which were either hit by import bans from Russian health authorities or stuck by adverse weather conditions at the Russian-Georgian border crossing of Upper Lars [Saribekian 2024, 31 July; Aravot 2024, 10 August].

At a wider look, Russian overwhelming weight on Armenian economy has a deeper and structural dimension, because of the control still exerted on key national assets – from energy to transport, from telecommunications to mining, finance, and insurance. This overdependency, in turn, came as a byproduct of the military alliance, consistently with the logic of inseparability of security and economic cooperation, which also led Armenia to join the EAEU instead of pursuing cooperation with the EU [Frappi 2023, p. 455-7]. Moreover, the wide presence of large Russian companies in Armenia’s economy makes them a key taxpayer and contributor to Armenian coffers [Eurasianet 2024, 17 May]. Also, Russia is still by far the first source of foreign investments to the country – accounting for 17% of the total net stocks at the end of 2023, worth  2.4 billion [ARMSTAT 2024, p. 590]. Finally, another significant source of dependence on Russia, which may arguably be considered as structural, lies in the remittances from Armenian migrant workers. While the influx of personal remittances has been shrinking over the last few years, in 2023 it still accounted for a 6% of the GDP [WBDB n.a.], while the remittances from Russia in 2024 made up for the 42% of its total amount [CBA n.a.].

5. The domestic side of the coin: increasing polarization, decreasing consensus

The overlapping of the external and internal dimensions of the governmental attempt to escape the Russian trap goes well beyond the economic domain. The urgency to reinvent foreign and security policies also affects the domestic political-institutional environment by exacerbating a trend toward polarization originating from the 2018 Velvet Revolution and worsened by the Karabakh military debacle.

In 2024, the clearest manifestation of the polarization trend came from «Tavush for the Sake of Homeland», a protest born out of the April agreement on border delimitation and gathered around the figure of Archbishop Bagrat Galstanyan. Its aims, scope and evolution highlighted the then ongoing polarization trend under four perspectives. The first and foremost was the accusation leveled at the government, to bear «a defeatist mindset and a commitment […] to serve the Turkey-Azerbaijan tandem» [Nazarian 2024, 20 August]. It was an accusation which went up to the point of considering the Prime Minister as a «traitor» or a «Turkish agent» [Pambukhchyan 2024, 23 July]. Similar accusations were made against the government after the initiation of a process aimed at adopting a new Constitution, to be drafted by the end of 2026 and approved by referendum in 2027 [Armenpress 2024, 29 August]. While a constitutional reform plan is as old as Pashinyan’s tenure as prime minister, in its current stage the process of adopting a new constitution is manifestly influenced by the need to sign a peace agreement with Baku and normalize relations with both Azerbaijan and Turkey. Thus, a new Constitution stands as a prerequisite for the diversification of the country’s foreign policy and economic development or, in Pashinyan words, as a key tool to make Armenia «more competitive and more viable in the new geopolitical and regional conditions» [PMRA 2024, 19 January].

Secondly, the Galstanyan’s protest movement clarified both the nature of the institutional opposition to the government and its transnational links. Started as an alleged apolitical movement aimed at impeding «the unacceptable process of border demarcation» [JAMNews 2024, 7 May], the Archbishop’s initiative quickly took on anti-government connotations, requesting the Prime Minister’s resignation while marching from Tavush to Yerevan. In doing so, it attracted institutional supporters both from the highest ranks of the Armenian Apostolic Church and among the representatives of the power structure ousted by the Velvet Revolution, namely two political forces which used to enjoy an informal alliance before 2018 [Atanesian 2018, 20 July] and never spared harsh criticism of Pashinyan ever since. Moreover, the traditionally strong links between Russia and this reactionary faction – the so called «blacks» in Pashinyan narrative, as opposed to the reformist «whites» [Pambukhchyan 2024, 23 July] – enlarged the scope of anti-government opposition well beyond the country’s borders. These links expose yet another layer of the internal-external short-circuit affecting Armenian politics, built upon the accusations levelled against Moscow of running a «campaign of threats and disinformation» against the leadership in Yerevan [Azatutyun 2024, 8 August]. Considering wide coverage of the Galstanyan movement given by Russian-controlled media, it is not surprising that accusation of exploiting «fifth columns» in the country for the sake of weakening the government were made by media close to the ruling party [JAMNews 2024f], just a few months before an alleged coup attempt with links to Russia was thwarted by the National Security Service [Armenpress 2024, 18 September].

Third, the evolution of the protest movement served as a mirror to the opinions of the Armenian public amid the ongoing political and institutional struggle. Started as the largest anti-government movement since the war, it progressively lost momentum and supporters until its de facto failure. Far from being the result of the consensus around the government, the movement’s implosion was rather the demonstration of a widespread disaffection from politics among the Armenian public. The latest poll carried out in the country by the International Republican Institute accurately capture this trend. On the one hand, it showed a sharp decline in consensus for Pashinyan and his government. While still being the most trusted political figure, the leader of the Velvet Revolution’s rating stands at a mere 16% – a figure falling to 7% among the respondents between 18 and 35 years. Moreover, between 2018 and fall 2024 the degree of satisfaction with the government fell from 82% to 46% [IRI 2024, pp. 14, 26]. On the other hand, as trust in the government diminishes, there is no corresponding boost in support for the figures or parties in the opposition, exposing the growing degree of public disaffection. All in all, 61% of the respondents – and 76% of the youngest ones – declare not to trust any politician or public person. The dissatisfaction affects also the Armenian Apostolic Church, whose approval rate fell by 26% over the last five years. [IRI 2024, pp. 14, 29].

Lastly, and arguably most importantly, the Tavush movement and the wider border demarcation issue reflected both tangible and intangible aspects of the struggle between the government and its critics, along with the challenges of the diversification path then walked. In defending the decision to return the border villages to Azerbaijan, the Prime Minister used to hold a map of the «Real Armenia», as opposed to the «Historical Armenia». While the former is understood as the country falling within the internationally recognized borders, the latter is a broader imagined homeland built upon historical memories of lost lands [PMRA 2024, 25 May; PMRA 2024, 10 April]. Thus, the demarcation process does not merely entail re-drawing the borders of the state, but also re-imagining the boundaries of the nation and the resulting national interest. Juxtaposing the real country with the imagined homeland, Pashinyan opened a new chapter in the long-standing ideological struggle between a reductionist and an holistic understanding of the nation, as well as between the promoters of a national mission aimed at rectifying historical injustices and the advocates of an «Armenian-first» approach to national interest, which shaped the formative years of the «Third Republic» – i.e., the one born on the ashes of the Soviet Union [Frappi 2023, p. 451-2]. Moreover, the process aimed at redefining the borders of the state and the boundaries of the nation intersected the attempt at diversifying the country’s foreign and security policies. In fact, in the government view and narrative, the confusion between the Real and Historical Armenia resulted in adverse effects at international level. On the one hand, with a reference to Azerbaijan and Turkey, it brought about «a permanent guarantee of [Armenian] enmity with a group of countries, and a guarantee that those countries will have a reason and an explanation for pursuing an aggressive policy». On the other, and with a clear reference to Russia, the attempt to restore the Historical Armenia allowed «some countries […] to put a collar on the Republic of Armenia and constrain its actions as an independent state» [PMRA 2024, 25 May]. In its attempt to push a new state and national narrative, the government delves into the polarization fault lines.

Pashinyan’s rhetoric targeting the pillars of the «Historical Armenia» ideology – which has been a constituent part of the sense of patriotism which developed up to the Genocide [Sassounian 2024] – is striking a raw nerve of national consciousness. And this happens not only within the country but especially among the diaspora, widening the ranks of his detractors and deepening the divide between the government and the opposition.

6. Conclusions

The last stage of the Nagorno-Karabakh conflict dramatically exposed the vulnerability resulting from Armenia’s over-dependence on Moscow’s security guarantee. The proven unreliability of the latter urged Yerevan to escape the Russian security trap by means of diversification of the country’s foreign and security policies. While in its drive towards diversification Yerevan benefited from the support of France, the EU, and the US, the overall path was still hampered by a multidimensional set of external and internal obstacles, limitations, and contradictions.

The first «diversification dilemma» resulted from the clash between security and economic needs. While the search for security pushed the country away from Russia, economic necessity kept it steadily in Moscow’s orbit. Breaking economic ties with Russia was not only concretely unfeasible, but also unprofitable, at least over the short-term. The government’s answer to the dilemma seems to come from a hybrid strategy blending compartmentalization of security and economic relations with Russia with a tailored and flexible cooperation with Western partners. Yet, in the mid- to long-term the incompatibility between the membership in the EAEU and the integration path in the EU may result in hard choices to Yerevan, whose repercussions may go well beyond the mere economic domain. In addition, for a landlocked country suffering from the closure of its eastern and western borders, diversifying foreign economic relations entails first and foremost the need to normalize relations with both Azerbaijan and Turkey. This, in turn, highlights once again the close interrelation between the various layers of regional politics and takes the overall assessment back to the wider diversification attempt.

The second contradiction of the diversification path walked by Armenia during the period under review lies in its unintended yet close correlation with the Russian-Western confrontation over Ukraine. On the one hand, the correlation increases Yerevan’s capability to extract benefits from its partners in the Euro-Atlantic area; on the other, it potentially leaves the outcome of Armenian diversification process open to the still unpredictable result of the current power confrontation in Eastern Europe. That is, much of the outcome of the diversification effort falls beyond Yerevan’s control. Consistently with the limited resources available to a small power, Armenia cannot but pursue external balancing strategies, built upon increased cooperation with the West. This, in turn, means that the attempt to escape the Russian trap depends to a great extent on the continued support of the Euro-Atlantic partners. As Armenia’s capability to extract benefits from Western partners is largely dependent on the ongoing confrontation with Russia over Ukraine, the overt support coming from the former may prove to be short-lived and, in any case, limited.

The close correlation with the Russian-Western confrontation resulted in a third and crucial contradiction – or unintended consequence – of the attempt to escape the Russian trap, namely the «insecurity spiral» unfolding at regional level. As a matter of fact, the wider diplomatic tensions engendered a short circuit between the Armenian government’s main foreign policy objectives, namely diversifying its security policy on the one hand and finalizing a peace agreement with Baku on the other. Escaping the Russian security trap and normalizing relations with Azerbaijan – and consequentially with Turkey – are two sides of the same coin. It is impossible to effectively pursue the former without achieving the latter. Yet, the greater is Armenian cooperation with the West, the deeper is its isolation vis-à-vis Baku. Here, the end of the decade-old «pax Russica» and Baku’s refusal of a third-party mediation involving «biased» Western actors, deprives Armenia of the former negotiating mechanisms without substituting them with new ones. Consequentially, Yerevan stands alone in face of Azerbaijan’s maximalist conditions for peace, forced to make concessions that are hardly acceptable at home.

The domestic picture is neither rosier nor less thorny than the external one. Here, the main contention points in the peace process – namely the delimitation of the state borders and the requested changes to the Constitution – has rekindled the political and institutional polarization between «blacks» and «whites» in a scenario shaped by a growing public disaffection from politics. What’s more, the polarization trend is exacerbated by the immaterial facet of the current national debate. In its attempt to put forward a new vision for the country’s development, the Government, acting domestically much less cautiously than in the foreign domain, has been rhetorically targeting the key pillars of national self-identification at home and in the diaspora, thereby widening and tightening the ranks of the opposition. Arguably, this stands as the main challenge to the diversification effort. The path out of the Russian trap toward a diversified foreign policy entails significant tangible and intangible sacrifices. Lacking adequate national cohesion, not only the process risks derailing but also endangers the wider transformation path walked since the 2018 Velvet Revolution.

Bibliography

[AIR 2024, 4 November] AIR Center for Analysis of International Relations, 2024, 4 November, ‘Comments by AIR Center’s Chairman of the Board, Farid Shafiyev, on the peace process between Azerbaijan and Armenia’.

Ananyan, Robert, 2025, 16 January, ‘Armenia makes a strategic turn from Russia towards the West’, BNE Intellinews.

[APA 2024, 22 June] Azəri Press Agentliyi 2024, 22 June, ‘Üçüncü Qarabağ müharibəsi qaçılmazdır: Parislə İrəvan Azərbaycanın «qırmızı xətt»ini keçir’ (A third Karabakh war is inevitable: Paris and Yerevan cross Azerbaijan’s «red line»).

[APA 2024, 5 December] Azəri Press Agentliyi, 2024, 5 December, ‘Reason why Azerbaijani and Armenian FMs did not meet in Malta revealed: Baku rejected Blinken’s proposal’.

Aravot, 2024, 10 August, ‘Armenian Drivers «Stuck» In Long Queues At Russo-Georgian Border’, Aravot – Armenian News.

Armenpress, 2023, 24 October, ‘France to sell Thales GM 200 radars and Mistral air defense systems to Armenia’.

Armenpress, 2024, 28 February, ‘Pashinyan warns of potential de jure freeze of Armenia’s activities in CSTO if the current process continues’.

Armenpress, 2024, 29 August, ‘Constitutional reforms referendum planned for 2027’.

Armenpress, 2024, 18 September, ‘Armenia thwarts coup attempt’.

Armenpress, 2024, 6 December, ‘Armenian Defense Minister, U.S. Secretary of Defense discuss cooperation’.

[ARMSTAT 2024] Statistical Committee of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, Statistical Yearbook of Armenia, Yerevan.

[ARMSTAT 2025], Statistical Committee of the Republic of Armenia, 2025, Energy Balance of the republic of Armenia, 2023.

[ARMSTAT n.a.], Statistical Committee of the Republic of Armenia, n.a., External trade database.

Aslund, Anders, 2023, 4 January, ‘The End of Post-Soviet Studies?’, Kyiv Post.

Atanesian, Grigor, 2018, 20 July, ‘Armenia’s uprising spreads to its church’, Eurasianet.

Azatutyun, 2024, 11 March, ‘West Again Accused Of Using Armenia Against Russia’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Azatutyun, 2024, 17 April, ‘Azerbaijan Accuses France Of «Undermining» Normalization With Armenia As Paris Recalls Envoy’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Azatutyun, 2024, 10 June, ‘Russia Condemns Armenian Officials’ Trip To Ukrainian Town’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Azatutyun, 2024, 8 August, ‘Moscow Again Lashes Out At West Over Armenia’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service, 8 August.

Azatutyun, 2024, 26 September, ‘Armenian Defense Spending Set For Further Rise’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Barseghyan, Arshaluys, 2024, 23 September, ‘Russia «reminds» Armenia of its dependence on Russian grain’, OC Media.

Barseghyan, Arshaluys, 2024, 29 November, ‘Outrage in Armenia over Putin’s controversial statement on CSTO’, OC Media.

Barseghyan, Arshaluys, 2024, 9 December, ‘Turkey renews calls for ‘Zangezur corridor’, OC Media.

Bedevian, Astghik, 2024, 22 February, ‘France Reportedly Ships More Military Equipment To Armenia’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Bedevian, Astghik, 2024, 25 July, ‘Moscow Tells Yerevan To Avoid «Ukrainian Scenario»’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Borshchevskaya, Anna, 2024, 19 March, ‘Are Azerbaijan and Armenia Heading to Peace?’, The Washington Institute for Near East Policy, Policy Analysis.

[CBA n.a.] Central Bank of Armenia, n.a., Transfers of individuals sent to and received from abroad through commercial banks of RA by countries, External Sector Statistics (www.cba.am/en/sitepages/statexternalsector.aspx).

Chervyakov, Dmitry, & Ricardo Giucci, 2023, ‘Relocation of people from Russia to Armenia: results of 2nd survey and update of economic implications’, German Economic Team, Policy Study 2/2023.

Civilnet, 2023, 20 April, ‘Armenia begins process to construct customs post on Turkey border’.

Civilnet, 2024, 20 May, ‘Security Council chief Grigoryan weighs options for reducing Armenia’s dependencies’.

Civilnet, 2024, 4 December, ‘«Point of no return»: Pashinyan signals definitive split from Russia-led military alliance’.

[CoEU 2024, 22 July] Council of the European Union, 2024, 22 July, European Peace Facility: Council adopts the first ever assistance measure in support of the Armenian Armed Forces, Press release.

[DoS 2024, 5 April] US Department of State, 2024, 5 April, ‘Secretary Antony J. Blinken With European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen, Armenian Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan, and High Representative of the European Union for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy Josep Borrell Before Their Meeting’, Press Releases.

[DoS 2024, 11 June] US Department of State, 2024, 11 June, ‘Joint Statement on U.S.-Armenia Strategic Dialogue Capstone’, Press Releases.

de Waal, Thomas, 2024, ‘The End of the Near Abroad’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

[EC 2023, 21 November] European Commission, 2023, 21 November, The EU Special Incentive Arrangement for Sustainable Development and Good Governance [GSP+] assessment of the Republic of Armenia covering the period 2020-2022, SWD[2023] 367 final.

[EC 2024, 9 September] European Commission, 2024, 9 September, EU and Armenia Launch Visa Liberalisation Dialogue, News Article.

[EEAS 2024, 13 February] European Union External Action, 2024, 13 February, Armenia: Press remarks by High Representative Josep Borrell after the EU-Armenia Partnership Council.

[EP 2024, 13 March] European Parliament, 2024, 13 March, Closer ties between the EU and Armenia and the need for a peace agreement between Azerbaijan and Armenia. European Parliament resolution of 13 March 2024 on closer ties between the EU and Armenia and the need for a peace agreement between Azerbaijan and Armenia, P9_TA(2024)0158.

Eruygur, Burç, 2024, 22 July, ‘Azerbaijan rejects EU’s $ 10.8M military aid package for Armenia as erroneous and dangerous step’, Anadolu Ajansı.

Eruygur, Burç, 2024, 10 September, ‘Azerbaijan rejects calls to sign draft peace deal with Armenia without non-agreed provisions’, Anadolu Ajansı.

[EU 2024] European Union, 2024, ‘A resilience and growth plan for Armenia’, Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Eurasianet, 2024, 17 May, ‘Tax Records Tell Tale of Continuing Economic Dependency on Russia’.

France24, 2024, 1 February, ‘Armenia joins International Criminal Court, Moscow decries «unfriendly step»’.

Frappi, Carlo, 2021, ‘Il conflitto in Nagorno-Karabakh. Contesto e considerazioni politico-diplomatiche e strategico-militari’, Rivista Militare, 1/2021: 26-29.

Frappi, Carlo, 2023, ‘Armenia 2022: Looking for a way out of the Nagorno-Karabakh impasse’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022: 447-477.

Fridrichová, Kateřina, & Kříž Zdeněk, 2024, ‘Diminished Hegemony: Consequences of the Russian Invasion of Ukraine’. Problems of Post-Communism, 1-13.

German, Tracey C., 2007, ‘Visibly Invisible: EU Engagement in Conflict Resolution in the South Caucasus’, European Security, 16(3-4): 357-374.

[GRA 1990, 23 August] Government of the Republic of Armenia, 1990, 23 August, Armenian Declaration of Independence.

[IRI 2024] International Republican Institute, 2024, ‘Public Opinion Survey: Residents of Armenia’, Center for Insights in Survey Research, September 2024.

[ISS 2024] The International Institute for Strategic Studies, 2024, ‘The Military Balance 2024’, London: Routledge.

JAMnews, 2022, 13 September, ‘Military action on the Armenian-Azerbaijani border, casualties reported’.

JAMNews, 2024, 19 February, ‘Opinion: «If Baku doesn’t return to Western format, it may lose a lot»’.

JAMNews, 2024, 7 May, ‘Behind the movement against the borders demarcation – Russia and the 5th column in Armenia’.

JAMnews, 2024, 6 June, ‘«All Russian border guards must leave Armenia» Opinion’.

JAMnews, 2024, 19 June, ‘«Yerevan сould gain more»: On military contracts with France’.

JAMnews, 2024, 1 August, ‘«Russian border guards leaving the airport strengthens Armenia’s sovereignty» – Opinion’.

JAMnews, 2024, 12 December, ‘Armenia and France set to deepen military cooperation in 2025’.

Kopalyan, Neres, 2022, ‘Diplomatization of Security’, EVN Security Report, September.

Krikorian, Onnik, 2024, 7 May, ‘Opinion: Armenia-Azerbaijan Gas Co-operation: Pipe Dream or Reality?’, Commonspace.eu.

Krikorian, Onnik, 2025, ‘Armenia Moves Toward Europe While Still Dependent on Russia’, Eurasia Daily Monitor, 22(9).

Le Monde, 2024, 21 February, ‘Armenian Resistance fighter joins France’s Panthéon heroes’.

Martirosyan, Samson, 2023, 4 October, ‘Armenia joins the ICC in a geopolitical tightrope’, Justiceinfo.

Meissner, Hannes, and Johannes Leitner, 2024, ‘Economic Cooperation and Russia’s Geopolitical Strategy in the South Caucasus’, Russian Analytical Digest, 322:15-20.

[MFA 2024, 19 April] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, 19 April, Press release on the outcome of the 8th meeting of the State Commissions on the delimitation of the state border between Armenia and Azerbaijan.

Miller, Vira, 2024, 17 July, ‘Eagle Partner 24 kicks off in Yerevan, strengthening U.S.-Armenia military ties’, United States European Command.

Nazaretyan, Hovhannes, 2021, 4 March, ‘Russia’s Increasing Military Presence in Armenia’, EVN Report.

Nazarian, Ara, 2024, 20 August, ‘Efforts to build a «real Armenia»’, The Armenian Weekly.

Nersisian, Leonid, & Sergei Melkonian, 2024, 5 November, ‘Escaping Russia’s Backyard: Armenia’s Strategic Defense Shift’, War on the Rocks.

Osborn, Andrew, 2023, 3 September, ‘Armenian PM says depending solely on Russia for security was «strategic mistake»’, Reuters.

Pambukhchyan, Anna, 2024, 23 July, ‘Armenia grapples with political polarization’, Euractiv.

Perelman, Marco, 2024, 22 February, ‘«L’Azerbaïdjan prépare une attaque contre l’Arménie», selon le Premier ministre arménien’, France24.

Pilibossian, Anahide, & Leonid Nersisyan, 2024, 17 December, ‘Leaving the «Post-Soviet» Behind: Redefining Armenia’s Deterrence Strategy’, The Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security, Commentary.

[PMRA 2023, 7 December] The Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia, 2023, 7 December, Joint statement of the Office of the Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia and the Presidential Administration of the Republic of Azerbaijan, Press releases.

[PMRA 2024, 19 January] Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, 19 January, We must have a Constitution that makes the Republic of Armenia more competitive and viable in the new geopolitical conditions, Press releases.

[PMRA 2023, 13 November] The Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, 13 November, No article of the Constitution of Armenia contains any direct or indirect reference to Nagorno-Karabakh. Prime Minister, Statements and messages of the Prime Minister.

[PMRA 2024, 10 April] The Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, 10 April, Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan’s message to the people, Statements and messages of the Prime Minister.

[PMRA 2024, 25 May] The Prime Minister of the Republic of Armenia, 2024, 25 May, Prime Minister Nikol Pashinyan’s speech at the National Assembly during the discussion of the implementation of the Government Action Plan (2021-26) for the year of 2023, Statements and messages of the Prime Minister.

[PRAr 2015] President of the Republic of Armenia, 2015, Constitution of the Republic of Armenia, (https://www.president.am/en/constitution-2015/).

[PRAz 2022, 12 January] President of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2022, 12 January, ‘İlham Əliyev yerli televiziya kanallarına müsahibə verib’ (Ilham Aliyev gave an interview to local television channels).

[PRAz 2024, 10 January] President of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2024, 10 January, ‘İlham Əliyev yerli televiziya kanallarına müsahibə verib’ (Ilham Aliyev gave an interview to local television channels).

[PRAz 2024, 23 September] President of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2024, 23 settembre, ‘Yeddinci çağırış Azərbaycan Respublikası Milli Məclisinin ilk iclasında İlham Əliyevin çıxışı’ (Speech by President Ilham Aliyev at the first session of the seventh convocation of the Milli Majlis of the Republic of Azerbaijan).

[PRAz 2024, 18 December] President of the Republic of Azerbaijan, 2024, 18 December, ‘Ilham Aliyev was interviewed by Dmitry Kiselev, Director General of «Rossiya Segodnya» International News Agency’.

[RA 2024, 10 September] Radar Armenia, 2024, 10 September ‘Lack of dialogue will further deepen the existing crisis’, Radar Armenia.

Reuters, 2023, 24 November, ‘Armenian PM says Russia has not delivered weapons Yerevan has paid for’.

[RFE/RL 2024, 8 May] Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2024, 8 May, ‘Armenia Stops Financial Contributions To Russian-Led Military Alliance’.

Sahakian, Nane, & Lusine Musayelian, 2023, 18 April, ‘Pashinian Reaffirms Recognition Of Azerbaijan’s Territorial Integrity’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Saribekian, Gayane, 2024, 31 July, ‘Russian Curbs On Agricultural Imports From Armenia Still In Place’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty Armenian Service.

Shirinyan, Anahit, 2019, ‘Armenia’s Foreign Policy Balancing in an Age of Uncertainty’, Royal Institute of International Affairs, London.

Snyder, Glenn, 1984, ‘The Security Dilemma in Alliance Politics’, World Politics, 36(4): 461-495.

Sukiasyan, Narek, 2024, ‘Armenia’s Pivot Away from Russia: Strategic Ambitions Versus Practical Constraints’, Russian Analytical Digest, 322: 10-15.

Suny, Ronald Grigor, 1993, Looking toward Ararat: Armenia in modern history, Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Terzyan, Zhirayr, & Lusine Grigoryan, 2024, Export Capabilities of Armenian Manufacturers in the EU, Yerevan: Friedrich Naumann Foundation for Freedom Armenia.

The Economist, 2024, 1 August, ‘Humiliated by Azerbaijan, Armenia tacks towards the West’.

TRTWorld, 2024, 8 March, ‘One on One. Interview with Armenian Foreign Minister Ararat Mirzoyan’, YouTube .

[WBDB n.a.]. World Bank Data Bank, n.a., Personal remittances, received (% of GDP) – Armenia (https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BX.TRF.PWKR.DT.GD.ZS?end=2023&locations=AM&start=1995).

[WB 2024] The World Bank, 2024, Armenia. The Second Systematic Country Diagnostic. Beyond Boundaries: Unlocking Potential for a Sustainable Tomorrow, Washington: The World Bank.

1 In spring 2023 there were still discussions about the possible deployment of a Collective Security Treaty Organization mission along the border between Armenia and Azerbaijan. Pashinyan himself openly announced the government readiness to accept border observers from the organization [Civilnet 2023, 20 April].

2 During the November 2024 CSTO meeting in Kazakhstan, Putin maintained that Armenia’s request for intervention was groundless, as there was no external attack against Armenia «because Armenia did not recognize Karabakh as an independent state, and certainly did not include Karabakh in its state perimeter». No mention was done to the September 2022 shelling of Armenian territory from Azerbaijan [Barseghyan 2024, 29 November].

3 Building upon the first arms purchase deal signed in 2022, India became in 2024 the first arms supplier to Armenia, also thanks to a new procurement contract sealed in July. Estimates of arms supply deal with Indian companies exceed US$ 1.5 billion [Nersisian & Melkonian 2024, 5 November]. The diversification in arms procurement strategy benefited from a steady increase in defense budget, gone from US$ 781 million in 2022 to US$ 1.4 billion in 2024 and expected to increase further to US$ 1.7 billion in 2025 [ISS 2024, p. 178; Azatutyun 2024, 26 September].

4 On a two-day working visit to France, Pashinyan’s attended the pantheonization ceremony of Missak Manouchian, a Genocide survivor Armenian immigrant who became hero of the French resistance against the Vichy regime and the German occupier. He was executed along with 21 comrades in February 1944. The awarding of French highest posthumous honor to Manouchian – the first communist resistance fighter to be buried in the Pantheon – was decided by President Macron in June 2023 [Le Monde 2024, 21 February].

5 As a confirmation, it is worth mentioning that Azerbaijan rejected the attempt of outgoing US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken to organize a trilateral meeting in December. Significantly, Azerbaijani media quoted diplomatic sources maintaining that Baku «does not want the U.S. to participate in the peace agenda at all and does not consider it appropriate» [APA 2024, 5 December].

6 It is worth mentioning, as reported by Pashinyan to the Parliament, that in September 2024 the Armenian Constitutional Court ruled that the reference to the Declaration of Independence made by the Constitution pertains exclusively to the provisions enshrined in the articles of the Constitution and that no article of the Constitution contains any direct or indirect reference to Nagorno-Karabakh [PMRA 2024, 13 November].

7 Over the course of 2024, two high level meetings were held: the first, on the occasion of Mirzoyan’s attendance of the annual Antalya diplomatic forum, in March; the second, between Pashinyan and Turkish President Erdoğan held their annual phone call ahead of religious holidays in Armenia and Turkey. The leaders later met on the margin of the UN General Assembly, in September. Moreover, discussions on the technical aspects of the reopening of borders have continued throughout the year with encouraging outcomes.

8 According to official data, in 2024 the five largest economies and major Armenian partners in the eurozone – namely Germany, France, Spain, Italy, and Poland – cumulatively exchanged goods and services worth 1.2 million [ARMSTAT n.a.]

9 As for food security, Russia provides the bulk of basic food items imported by the country. According to World Bank estimates, it accounts for 98% of imports of key commodities like wheat, wheat flour, and cereals; 35% of agri-food imports; 50% of imports of bread, pasta, and pastries, besides being a primary source of the fertilizers used for domestic production [WB 2024, p. 49]. The energy import picture is not rosier. Armenia is highly dependent on imported fuels and, particularly, on Russian gas, petroleum and coal products, which account «for 63 percent of the country’s primary energy supply and is widely used for power generation, heating, and transport». [WB 2024, p. 34]. The overdependency on Russian supply is particularly significant in the gas sector, which owns the lion share (58.4%) in primary energy consumption [ARMSTAT 2025]. Russia accounts for 87% of Armenia’s gas consumption, with the remainder coming from Iran. Moreover, Russia holds a monopoly on gas distribution in the country until 2043, making supply diversification unfeasible unless in agreement with Moscow [Krikorian 2024, 7 May].

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Kyrgyzstan 2021-2024: Japarov’s seizure of power amidst structural challenges

This article examines Kyrgyzstan’s key historical and geopolitical features, along with the main political, economic, and international developments during Japarov’s presidency (2021-2024). The analysis contextualises the country’s domestic evolution throughout 30 years of turbulent post-Soviet independence and illustrates its main foreign relations under the slogan of a «multi-vector diplomacy». The article further analyses how under Japarov Kyrgyzstan has rapidly transitioned towards an autocratic model of governance, marked by populist undertones and personalist rule. Three key aspects of Japarov’s domestic governance are examined: the expanding role of security services under his ally Tashiyev; systematic restrictions on media freedom and civil society; and efforts to re-traditionalise national symbols. While the Japarov leadership has implemented economic reforms to strengthen state control over the economy with some success, the Kyrgyz economy remains highly vulnerable to international fluctuations, as witnessed by its dependence on remittances. Finally, the article explores changes in Kyrgyz foreign policy under Japarov, who has focussed on strengthening relations with Russia and China primarily. This analysis reveals that relations with Russia remain solid despite ongoing changes, while the growing ties with China still present complex challenges.

Keywords – Kyrgyzstan; authoritarianism; Japarov; Russia; China.

1. Introduction

The least populated state in Central Asia, Kyrgyzstan is a mountainous landlocked country, nested between Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, and China. As the other states in the region, Kyrgyzstan acquired sovereignty just over three decades ago. However, its history and culture run much deeper, developing at the crossroads of an indigenous, millennia-old nomadic tradition, the Russian imperial domination (1876-1917), the following Soviet century (1917-1991), and various other influences that were drawn into the region by its strategic relevance [Jacquesson 2021].

As it happens, Kyrgyzstan’s peculiarities are often lost within a mainstream discourse that portrays Central Asia as a monolithic entity and only lingers, if anywhere, on Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan – the most prominent states in the region [Omelicheva 2014; Lottholz 2022]. Language barriers, geopolitical dynamics, and the small niche reserved to Central Asia in International Studies further contribute to the scarcity of works produced on Kyrgyzstan.

Yet since its newly found independence, Kyrgyzstan has exhibited distinctive characteristics. At the international level, due to its geographical positioning and with a long border shared with China, Kyrgyzstan has been at the centre of the new patterns of cooperation and competition between Russia and China. Far from being a mere pawn on the Great Powers’ chessboard, Kyrgyzstan has strived to use its limited resources creatively, to balance between different international pressures [Godehardt 2014]. On the domestic front and until 2020, Kyrgyzstan was the one Central Asian state embarking on a democratic trajectory, up to being labelled an «island of democracy» in the region. Although there has been no shortage of political turbulence over the last thirty years, the country allowed for active political opposition, a pluralistic media landscape, and a vibrant civil society [Nourzhanov & Peyrouse 2014].

In 2020, however, Kyrgyzstan entered into a new phase of authoritarianism. In October that year, opposition parties denounced as fraudulent the outcomes of parliamentary elections, which saw the significant victory of the pool of social-democratic parties supporting then-President Jeenbekov; as a result, violent street demonstrations erupted in the capital, Bishkek [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2020, 4 October]. The most radical members of the protest attacked the White House, stormed the prison to free Sadyr Japarov – a popular and charismatic opposition leader – and hailed him as Kyrgyzstan’s future president. Legitimised by new elections in January 2021, Japarov and his most important political ally Tashiyev (head of the State Committee for National Security and deputy head of the cabinet of ministers) have since dominated the Kyrgyz political scene. Over the last four years, they have imprinted a decisive authoritarian drift to the country’s governance system.

In light of the above, this article pursues two main objectives. First, it sketches the main features of the historical and geopolitical context that surrounds Kyrgyzstan. This is particularly important given that no prior article on Kyrgyzstan has been published in the pages of Asia Maior. Section two is devoted to such objective. Then, we will analyse the main political, economic and international developments that have characterised Japarov’s presidency (2021-2024). In particular, section three delves into Kyrgyzstan’s domestic politics, providing an assessment of the most significant reforms and changes introduced by President Japarov and his government. It also examines the country’s main economic data, policies, and trends. Section four overviews Kyrgyzstan’s most recent foreign policy decisions. Besides questioning whether Bishkek still pursues a «multi-vector diplomacy», the article dives deep into a key contemporary dynamic: the «three game» among Kyrgyzstan, Russia, and China. The concluding section summarises the main findings and analyses possible developments over the near future.

2. Historical and geopolitical background: Kyrgyzstan before the Japarov presidency

The territory of present-day Kyrgyzstan has experienced a complex historical trajectory marked by successive waves of conquest, migration, and cultural transformation. While some historical accounts simplicistically suggest that the region once fell under the dominion of the Achaemenid, Seleucid, and Parthian Empires, such claims must be approached with caution. These empires were primarily centred in West and Southwest Asia, and their influence on the territories of modern Kyrgyzstan, if any, was likely limited and indirect – facilitated more through transregional trade routes, such as the Silk Road, than by direct administrative or military control. Nevertheless, the region’s strategic location along these routes rendered it a site of cultural and commercial exchange across Eurasia [Beckwith 2009].

In the early medieval period, Central Asia became a dynamic arena for the expansive movements of Turkic-speaking peoples, as well as Arab and later Uyghur populations. These interactions contributed significantly to the gradual Islamisation of the region [Barthold 1956]. The ethnonym «Kyrgyz» has traditionally been associated with a confederation of forty nomadic clans, said to have been unified under the legendary hero Manas. While the Epic of Manas constitutes a foundational narrative of Kyrgyz national identity and holds considerable cultural significance, scholarly consensus regards Manas as a mythological rather than historical figure. Furthermore, the supposed etymological connection between the term «Kyrgyz» and the number forty remains debated and unsubstantiated within historical linguistics [Gullette 2010].

Following the Mongol conquest of 1207, the region came under the rule of the expanding Mongol Empire but, in the post-Mongol era, experienced intermittent autonomy under various tribal confederations while facing frequent incursions by neighbouring powers, including the Kalmyks, Manchus, and Uzbeks. By the early eighteenth century, portions of present-day Kyrgyzstan fell under the authority of the Uzbek Khanate of Kokand (1709–1876). However, this control was neither territorially uniform nor politically uncontested [Golden 2011].

Kyrgyzstan’s modern history is inseparable from Russian imperial and Soviet rule. The region was incorporated into the Russian Empire in 1876, initiating a period of profound transformation. Russian colonisation significantly altered local population’s lifestyle, weakening the nomadic tradition while selectively preserving certain cultural and religious practices. The influx of Russian and other Slavic settlers, who were frequently granted access to the most fertile lands, exacerbated tensions within the local population. These tensions culminated in the 1916 uprising, which was triggered by Tsarist policies mandating the conscription of Central Asian men into labor battalions to support the Russian was effort in World War I. The revolt was brutally suppressed, resulting in mass casualties and forcing many Kyrgyz to flee to neighboring Afghanistan and China [Chokobaeva 2014]. Following the Russian Civil War, the region was gradually absorbed into the Soviet state. However, it is important to clarify that a distinct Kyrgyz state did not exist prior to the Soviet national delimitation process of the 1920s and 1930s. It was through this process that the Kyrgyz Autonomous Oblast was established in 1924, later upgraded to an Autonomous Soviet Socialist Republic in 1926, and finally to the Kyrgyz Soviet Socialist Republic in 1936.

The early Soviet period was marked by sweeping policies of collectivisation and political repression, particularly during the 1930s. These policies brought severe hardship to the local population, including widespread famine, forced sedentarisation of nomadic groups, and purges of intellectuals and political elites. Despite these disruptions, the Soviet era played a central role in shaping Kyrgyz statehood and initiating structural development. Under the leadership of Razzakov – who served as head of government in 1945-1950 and secretary of the Kyrgyz Communist Party between 1950 and 1961– important industrialisation policies were initiated in the mining, energy, and transportation sectors, in addition to modernising agriculture [Boron 2024]. Two additional aspects characterised this era: the evolution towards greater religious tolerance of Islam, following the initial persecutions of the 1920s and 1930s; and cultural development. In the 1940s and 1950s, a universal secondary education system was introduced, the Academy of Sciences was founded, and the country’s first universities were established, including the Kyrgyz State University [Chotaeva 2016].

The first among Central Asian states to declare independence from the Soviet Union on 31 August 1991, Kyrgyzstan was the only country in Central Asia to elect a new President, Akayev, who was not a direct expression of the country’s communist party. In this atypical transition, the new Kyrgyz national identity was shaped by Kyrgyz demands for ethnically-based nationalism, on the one hand, and the desire of ethnic minorities – including many Russified Kyrgyz – to maintain the civic nationalism that had been a hallmark of Soviet identity, on the other hand [Huskey 2003] This tension played out in language policy, where Kyrgyzstan chose a compromise: Kyrgyz became the state language while Russian retained official language status. Additionally, the relatively liberal policies promoted during Akayev’s fifteen-year presidency (1991-2005) contributed to giving the country a pluralistic socio-political landscape and initiating a small, albeit weak, market economy.

This notwithstanding, post-Soviet Kyrgyzstan has experienced a fair share of turbulences throughout its 30 years of independence [Laruelle & Engvall 2015]. It is worth noting that, of the six Presidents who have governed Kyrgyzstan since its independence (namely Akayev, Bakiyev, Otunbayeva, Atambayev, Jeenbekov, and Japarov), half of them have taken or lost power as a result of protests in Bishkek – such as the Tulip Revolution of 2005, the April People’s Revolution of 2010, and the political upheaval of October 2020 [Ivanov 2022]. Each turning point brought with itself significant institutional changes, but notable differences set these events apart. To begin with, the Tulip Revolution saw opposition leaders call for uprisings, united by the objective of ending Akayev’s fifteen-year presidency.1 His successor was identified in a consensus figure, Bakiyev, then leader of the People’s Movement of Kyrgyzstan. However, Bakiyev soon proved more interested in marginalising his opponents rather than protecting political pluralism, and soon established himself as the country’s new autocrat. The Revolution of April 2010, conversely, emerged as a series of spontaneous and violent demonstrations, with opposition party leaders participating only at a later stage. Once in power, they promoted a constitutional reform that attributed centrality to the parliament, guaranteeing freedom for all political parties to participate in the elections. The reform also set a six-year limit to the presidential term [Marat 2016].

Indeed, in the ten years following these reforms (2010-2020), Kyrgyzstan was characterised by particularly vibrant parliamentary dynamics, such that both the 2010 elections and the subsequent 2015 elections were unpredictable in their outcomes. Finally, the October crisis in 2020 saw a combination of spontaneous protests and organised participation by opposition leaders [Doolotkeldieva 2021, 2023]. The reasons for unrest were rooted in three factors: inadequate management of the Covid pandemic by official authorities, the growing power of organised criminal groups, and President Jeenbekov’s underestimation of the crucial role of elections in the Kyrgyz context [Bawa & Singh 2022]. Japarov, emerging as the new leader, demonstrated that he had learned lessons from both the 2005 and 2010 revolutions. Although he presented himself as a figure of national unity, he immediately manifested his intention to promote constitutional reforms aimed at strengthening presidential powers [Engvall 2021, 21 January].

In terms of external relations, throughout Akayev’s presidency (1991-2005), Kyrgyzstan implemented a so-called «multi-vector diplomacy» – aimed at balancing between a structural relation with Russia and the cultivation of productive relationships with other international actors, especially the United States and China [Swanström 2014]. The US, for example, maintained a presence in Kyrgyz territory through the Manas air base in Bishkek, operational from 2001 to 2014 [Wang 2019]. Although in the first decade of the new millennium the dynamics of great power competition appeared to be quite strong in this part of the world [Kim & Indeo 2013], a decade later the gradual abandonment of the Afghan dossier by the United States caused Central Asia, including Kyrgyzstan, to descend in Washington’s priority list, determining the descalation of tensions among great powers [Leksyutina 2024]. Moreover, the global economic crisis of 2008-2009 severely affected the weak Kyrgyz economy through reduced foreign investment and falling commodity prices. This economic vulnerability represented a crucial turning point for the projection of a greater economic presence of Russia and China in the region [Yau 2020, 17 September].

In the mid-2010s, both Russia and China developed various instruments to increase their engagement with the area. Russia focused on economic and security structures, and promoted the Eurasian Economic Union (EaEU)– which Kyrgyzstan joined in 2015– as part of its effort to consolidate regional economic integration. In the security domain, Russia had already re-established its military footprint in Kyrgyzstan in 2003, through the Kant air base, which it continued to develop as a key outpost under the framework of the Collective Security Treaty Organisation (CSTO) [Dzhuraev 2022, 30 August]. For its part, China launched the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The launch of the BRI in 2013 coincided for Kyrgyzstan with a visit by President Xi (September of the same year) during which the parties elevated their relations to the status of «strategic partnership» [MOFA of the PRC 2013]. In terms of timing, it is therefore unsurprising that Kyrgyzstan’s accession to the Chinese project was almost immediate, taking place in December 2013.2 Within this framework, it is important to note that already during the 1990s, and throughout the 2000s, Beijing already provided substantial economic incentives and concessional loans for infrastructure projects in Bishkek in exchange for adherence to its security objectives [Chokobaeva & Ninnis 2014].

3. 2021-2024: Kyrgyzstan’s authoritarian drift and vulnerable economy

Having sketched a brief political history of Kyrgyzstan, the article now moves on to more recent developments, focussing on the first years of Japarov’s presidency (2021-2024). In particular, this section discusses the main domestic political developments and economic trends. It will emerge clearly that, under Japarov, the country rapidly slid towards an autocratic model of governance, characterised by populist undertones, personalist rule, and a gradual crack down on freedom of expression. Economically, Bishkek appeared more interested in granting stability rather than promoting development – a policy choice shared across Central Asia and autocratic regimes at large. The main macroeconomic indicators show a positive trend, but structural challenges persist.

3.1. Domestic politics

Japarov’s first years in power have been characterised by authoritarian reforms and populist overtones. The most significant event was a constitutional referendum held in April 2021, which ushered into the restoration of a presidential system after a decade of parliamentarism. The new Constitution significantly expanded the powers of the president, eliminating the previously established one-term limit and several other checks-and-balances [Government of Kyrgyzstan 2021, 11 April]. In this process, both local officials and the parliament were stripped of autonomy and authority. While the former are now directly appointed by the president, the latter cannot «speak on behalf of the people anymore» – as the Deputy Chairman of the Cabinet of Ministers, Edil Baisalov, put it [Masalieva 2023, 21 June]. Furthermore, the new Constitution contained numerous vague and primordialist concepts — such as rule of people, spiritual and cultural values — and concealed an integrated system of censorship, contemplating the possibility of prohibiting events to protect traditional moral values [Toktogazieva 2021, 7 April]. The speed and way this new Constitution was adopted highlighted the persistent fragility of Kyrgyz national institutions, judicial system included. Later in 2021, parliamentary elections saw the majority of votes cast in favour of pro-Japarov parties – thereby strengthening the latter’s control [Central Commission for elections and referendums of the Kyrgyz Republic 2021, 15 December].

Three further elements have characterised Japarov’s presidency so far: the increasing centrality of security services, particularly the State Committee for National Security, led by the President’s closest ally Tashiyev; the crack-down on media freedom and civil society [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2024, 10 October]; and the re-traditionalisation of national symbols [Bekmurzaev 2023, 21 December].

The enhanced importance of security services has manifested in the killing and imprisonment of various actors, from political opponents to organised crime figures. For instance, in September 2023-March 2024, crime boss Kolbayev was killed while broker Matraimov and nationalist Maduramov were arrested [24.kg 2024, 26 March]. In some cases, the Japarov-Tashiyev duo appears to have employed a «catch and release» tactic to intimidate the opponents and restrict dissent; with increasing intensity since 2023, numerous arrests have been made of individuals allegedly suspected of planning coups, who were subsequently released [Government of Kyrgyzstan 2024, 12 November]. More recently, the arrest of the Social Democratic Party leader Sultanbekov on vote-buying corruption charges has caused controversy [Government of Kyrgyzstan 2024, 14 November].

By leveraging power structures, the Japarov-Tashiyev tandem has also consolidated its patron-client network and granted greater financial inflows in support of state and private activities. A flagrant example of this falls under the label of «kusturizatsia»: branded as an anti-corruption initative, de facto it is tantamount to state-led extorsion [Ismailbekova 2024]. The practice of kusturizatsia allows corrupt officials and businesses to make amend for their crimes by paying a fee to the regime or ceding control over illicit resources to the tandem. Far from being implemented in a transparent manner, this practice ends up institutionalising corruption and informal networks, to the detriment of healthy business practices.

Kyrgyz media, which had distinguished themselves in the region for plurality and freedom, have also been subject to persecution by the secret services and state institutions at large. Since the inception of Japarov’s presidency, a Law on «Mass Media», a Law on «Protection from False and Inaccurate information», a Law against «LGBT propaganda» and changes to the Law on «Non-Commercial Organizations» have been emanated, providing the legal background for the repression of free press and public gatherings [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2023, 14 August]. In September 2024, the Ministry of Culture issued a formal warning to Radio Free Europe’s Kyrgyz branch for allegedly spreading false information; during the same period, the Supreme Court upheld the decision to dissolve the public foundation behind Kloop, an investigative news agency [Committee to Protect Journalists 2024, 29 August]. A group of journalists working for Temirov Live channel was convicted in October 2024 on charges of inciting public disorder [Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project 2024, 11 March]. Notably, since March 2022 Bishkek has issued a ban on public protests, following pro-Ukrainian demonstrations in front of the Russian Embassy.

Increasingly tense relations between official authorities and radical Muslim communities, primarily concentrated in the country’s South, are also worth noting. In 2024, the State Committee for Religious Affairs decreed that religious figures can no longer run in local elections, and religious venues cannot be used for political events without prior approval from authorities. A ban on wearing the Niqab in offices and public places has sparked further tensions [AKI Press 2024, 2 September]. These positions may indicate Japarov’s apprehension regarding the growing support for the Islamic centre-right Iyman Nuru party.

Finally, although older generations still express a certain degree of nostalgia for Soviet times [Ercilasun 2010], President Japarov has initiated a campaign of re-traditionalisation of nationalist sentiments. In January 2024, not without protests, a new version of the Kyrgyz flag was presented, while an update of the national anthem was underway at the closing of this essay, giving less prominence to the independence process of the 1990s in favour of greater emphasis on the millennial history of Kyrgyz culture [Bekmurzaev 2024, 7 November]. Within this process, in July 2024 the President officially recognised five victims of Soviet repression as founders of the modern Kyrgyz state [Kabar 2023, 2 October]. Such decisions took place within a broader effort by Japarov to present himself a «native son» of Kyrgyzstan, respectful of traditional obligations, kinship networks, and the nation’s historical greivances [Ismailbekova 2021].

3.2. Economic policy

Between 2020 and 2023, Kyrgyzstan’s economy experienced significant fluctuations. In 2020, the GDP contracted by 7.15% due to the global pandemic. However, the economy rebounded with growth rates of 5.51% in 2021 and 8.97% in 2022; by 2023, GDP growth slowed to 6.2%. Also GDP per capita saw a recovery from US$ 1,257 in 2020 to US$ 1,970 in 2023. Inflation rates varied, starting at 6.33% in 2020 and peaking at 13.92% in 2022 before easing to 10.75% in 2023 [‘Kyrgyz Republic’].

These changes have taken place within the framework of economic reforms spearheaded by Japarov, focused on two priorities: strengthening state control over the economy and improving fiscal sustainability. Regarding the former, a landmark decision was the nationalisation of the Kumtor gold mine, one of the largest in Central Asia, which initially boosted state revenues but raised concerns about long-term sustainability [Putz 2022, 28 May]. In terms of fiscal policies, a mix of revenue collection and tax enforcement led to a temporary surplus in 2023. However, projections for 2024 indicate a return to a deficit due to large social spending to support key sectors such as agriculture and energy [Balabushko et al. 2024, 7 June].

The Kyrgyz economy was severely affected by the Covid pandemic and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Facing these crises, the government implemented price controls and export restrictions on essential commodities, including coal and meat. In particular, the Ukrainian conflict precipitated a severe currency crisis in March 2022, with the Kyrgyz currency (som) depreciating by 30% against major currencies. Subsequently the exchange rate remained rather stable, thought concerns emerged regarding market manipulation and informal currency trading [International Monetary Fund 2024]. A further factor facilitating economic recovery was Bishkek’s readiness to take advantage from Western sanctions on Russia. Leveraging its position as a transit country, Kyrgyzstan has become a hub for the re-export of European goods to Russia and vice-versa, across a variety of sectors that span luxury goods, agricultural products, industrial machinery, and dual-use technologies [Lahiri 2024, 30 September]. This has allowed for a significant 70% increase in EU exports towards Kyrgyzstan during 2021-2023, which coupled with the growth in value of Kyrgyz exports to Russia from US$ 393 million (2021) to US$ 1.07 billion (2022), then peaking at US$ 823 million the following year [Trading Economics; Brooks 2024] .

During the same timeframe, Bishkek has resumed long anticipated infrastructural projects. These include the Kyzyl-Ompol titanium-magnetite project in the Issyk-Kul region, the Uzbekistan-financed auto assembly plant in Northern Kyrgyzstan and the implementation of two solar power plant projects in the country’s Batken and Talas regions [Government of Kyrgyzstan 2024, 30 September]. More recently, Kyrgyz officials have publicly stated that the work on building the long-planned BRI project, the China-Kyrgyzstan-Uzbekistan railway, is scheduled to begin construction. A wind farm investment agreement has been reached with Russia’s Rosatom [‘Rosatom Renewable Energy’ 2024, 23 December], adding to the many transport and energy projects already under way.

Against such generally positive background, structural challenges continue to affect the Kyrgyz economy. By the end of 2023, the country’s public debt reached 60.3% of its GDP – with China remaining the largest creditor, holding 40% of the external debt [International Monetary Fund 2024]. In addition, Japarov’s administration has experienced difficulties balancing social welfare commitments with the need to attract foreign investment and improve economic transparency [OECD 2023, 13 December]. Moreover in 2024, the country’s energy sector experienced challenges. Due to rising costs and supply shortages, Kyrgyzstan’s dependence on regional imports increased significantly, with trade volumes rising by 28% from neighbouring countries in 2023-2024. Kazakhstan became the largest source of imports (35%), followed by Russia (27%) and Uzbekistan (22%) [Cornell and Shaffer 2024, 4 December]. Finally, the economy remains dependent on gold exports, a growing tourism sector, and remittances from migrant workers in Russia. In the context of tourism, the government enacted measures to liberalise investment regulations in the vicinity of the Lake Issyk-Kul region. This enabled foreign nationals to purchase recreational facilities, while maintaining restrictions on land ownership [Government of Kyrgyzstan 2023, 14 August]. Remittances have remained a crucial part of the economy, contributing around 20.4% of GDP in 2023. However, their share of GDP has fallen considerably since 2021 (32.6%), largely due to a reduced migrant workforce in Russia (see next section).

4. Kyrgyzstan’s evolving foreign policy under Japarov

Under Japarov, Kyrgyzstan’s «multi-vector diplomacy» was significantly recalibrated, refocussing primarily on strengthening relations with Russia and China. Bishkek continued to engage pragmatically with other actors — as evidenced by the signing of an «Enhanced Partnership and Cooperation Agreement» with the European Union in July 2024 and a series of strategic agreements with Turkey; but Kyrgyzstan’s primary diplomatic focus has narrowed, compared to before 2021. This reorientation is particularly evident when looking at the participation of Bishkek in various multilateral fora – with Kyrgyzstan playing an active role predominantly within the Central Asian Heads of State Summit, the BRICS group, the Russian-led Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), and the Chinese-led Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO). President Japarov’s speeches at recent gatherings of these forums have underscored this strategic realignment [24.kg 2023, 19 May; 24.kg 2024, 24 May]. At the regional level, significant progress has been made in border demarcation agreements, with Kyrgyzstan signing treaties with Uzbekistan in January 2023 and Tajikistan in September 2024 [Imanaliyeva 2023, 27 January; Government of Kyrgyzstan 2024, 4 December]. Given the strengthening of ties with Russia and China in recent years, the remainder of this section provides an analysis of Kyrgyzstan’s relations with these two powers.

4.1. Changing but solid: Kyrgyzstan-Russia relations

Japarov’s rise to power was originally looked at with scepticism by the Kremlin, which granted generous support to his predecessor. Japarov did not have any meaningful pre-existing ties with Moscow, and the way he ascended to power triggered Russian anxieties of a new «colour revolution». Notably, the Kremlin did not invite Japarov to the 2021 Victory Day celebrations in Moscow, while extending a formal invitation to the President of Tajikistan, who was the only Central Asian leader officially in attendance. In a context where border clashes between Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan had just reignited, such choice resonated in Bishkek as a clear message of disapproval. In retribution, Japarov did not attend a series of Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) and Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) events throughout 2022 [Mashrab 2023, 1 June].

This rough start, however, did not compromise relations irredeemably. Several statements from both sides have stressed the desire to hold mutually beneficial relations. Since the onset of his term, Japarov has emphasised the importance of Russia as Kyrgyzstan’s main strategic partner, particularly in the security domains [Sharshenova 2021, February]. Likewise, the Kremlin has tributed Bishkek with high regards, showing its appreciation for Japarov’s work to grant stability to his country, and often referring to Kyrgyzstan with words belonging to the semantic group of «family» and «friendship» [Keyword search]. Rhetoric aside, two main factors contributed to the stabilisation of bilateral relations.

First, Russia’s deep penetration into Kyrgyzstan’s social, political, and economic spheres forced Bishkek to downsize its criticism of Moscow. Russia remains Kyrgyzstan’s main trade partner and source of foreign direct investment [Data]. The Russia-Kyrgyzstan Development Fund continued pumping Russian money into a range of local projects. Moscow owns Kyrgyzstan’s principal gas company, is the main supplier of oil products and operates in the country with more than 800 companies. Notably, Kyrgyzstan’s GDP is composed up to one third by the remittances of migrants working in Russia [International Monetary Fund 2024]. Furthermore, Russia maintains a military presence in Kyrgyzstan through the Kant Air Base, which hosts the air component of CSTO’s Collective Rapid Deployable Forces. Together with the base in Tajikistan, the Kant infrastructure grants Russia a power-projection foothold in the wider Central Asian region, up to the Middle East. It also reassures Kyrgyzstan vis-à-vis potential domestic and international threats, while facilitating the training of Kyrgyz armed and security forces by Russian specialists. Finally, Kyrgyzstan is kept steadily within the Moscow-centred russkij mir (Russian world) from a cultural perspective. A host of public diplomacy initiatives, encompassed by the Russian colonisation of the Kyrgyz media space, contribute to keeping societal relations tight; institutions such as the Coordination Council of Russian Compatriots in Kyrgyzstan provide platforms for consolidating a positive image of Russia.

Second, from the Russian side, the repercussions of the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 imposed the need to foster new relations across the Global South, while reinforcing ties with traditional partners [Averre & Fasola 2024, May]. In Central Asia, Russia’s war-mongering behaviour raised diverse reactions, with Kyrgyzstan being a peculiar case [Arynov & Sharipova 2024]. In February 2022, Japarov made cautious statements about the outbreak of the war, emphasising that «Perhaps [the Russian invasion] was a forced measure to protect the peaceful population of the territories of Donbas, where a large number of Russian citizens live» [Japarov 2022, 22 February]. He also declared Kyrgyzstan was ready to stand by Moscow «for 300 more years» [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2023, 20 August]. One month later, when it became clear that Russia would not achieve a swift victory, Bishkek declared its neutrality [24.kg 2022, 9 March]. Though the Kyrgyz population seemed not to blame Russia for the war [Chapman & Zhandayeva 2023], the volatility of Japarov’s position reconfirmed the urgency to Moscow to reinforce its authority in the country. Consequently, Russia doubled down on its diplomatic efforts. Almost all members of the Russian Security Council have visited Central Asia since 2022 and Putin personally visited all five countries in 2023 – for the third time since he became president. Notably, Putin’s trip to Kyrgyzstan in October 2023 marked his first foreign visit since the International Criminal Court (ICC) issued a warrant for him, thereby sending a clear message of pacification to Bishkek. Besides reconfirming economic and security ties, Moscow has increased its support in the socio-cultural field. In early 2024, Russia announced plans to construct nine Russian-language schools in Kyrgyzstan by 2029, at an overall cost of US$ 5.5 million [TASS 2024, 16 October].

Overall, Russia appears to have strong «staying power» in Kyrgyzstan. However, two critical issues might impact the relationship between Moscow and Bishkek. First, since the Ukraine war and especially due to the terrorist attacks in Moscow (Krokus City Hall, March 2024; killing of General Kirillov, December 2024) – both allegedly involving Central Asian citizens – a new wave of discrimination has impacted on Russian relations with the region. As a security measure, Russia has decided to limit free movement within the Eurasian Economic Union (EaEU), banning many Central Asian migrants, including Kyrgyz ones, from entering Russia and further complicating bureaucratic procedures for legal work. Moreover, labour migrants from Central Asia are also experiencing a new wave of police abuse [Pannier 2024, 13 August]. As a consequence, Central Asian migrants have become more exposed to poverty, crime, and radicalisation, and for many Kyrgyz people Russia is not a viable work destination anymore. Bishkek estimated that about 587.000 Kyrgyz citizens lived and worked in Russia in 2022; by the summer of 2024, that number had gotten down to 411.000 individuals [Rickleton 2024, 18 December]. Should this trend continue over the long term, not only the role of Russian remittances in the Kyrgyz economy would shrink, but also the social bond between Russia and Kyrgyzstan could weaken.

Second, the Ukraine war facilitated the spread of a powerful decolonisation narrative across Central Asia. For instance, Kyrgyz and Kazakh elites have made public attempts to move the narrative of the Great Patriotic War away from its traditional Russian focus, underlining the sacrifice of their peoples, too. In the summer of 2024, Kyrgyzstan announced the demolition of the Soviet-era Panfilov Division Museum – provoking Russian ire, albeit the monument had been abandoned decades earlier [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2024, 13 October]. Most notably, Kyrgyzstan’s National Commission for the State Language and Language Policies recently announced that Kyrgyzstan could switch from Cyrillic to the Latin alphabet. Perceived as a move to distance Kyrgyzstan from Russia, Moscow retaliated by suspending the import of select Kyrgyz products [Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty 2023, 21 April]. Such decolonisation narrative has not compromised bilateral relations yet. Significantly, surveys show that Kyrgyzstanis are less inclined than Kazakhs to consider Russia’s actions in Ukraine as unjustified [Chapman & Zhandayeva 2023]. However, over the long term, these issues could create fractures with Russia, facilitating the reorientation of Kyrgyz foreign policy towards China.

4.2. Booming yet difficult: Kyrgyzstan’s relations with China

In the 32 years since the establishment of their diplomatic relations in 1992, China and Kyrgyzstan have gradually enhanced the status of their relationship. Four key moments stand out during this period. In 2007, the two countries signed a declaration expressing their intention to invest in further deepening their relations. In 2013, the two countries established a «strategic partnership» [MOFA of the PRC 2007]. In 2018, they elevated their relations to a «comprehensive strategic partnership» [MOFA of the PRC 2018]. Finally, in 2023, they signed a «comprehensive strategic partnership in the new era» [MOFA of the PRC 2023]. In recent years, on multiple occasions, delegations comprising local political leaders from various regions (Osh, Talas, Issyk-Kul, and Chuyh Oblast) visited China and signed twinning and friendship agreements with Beijing [Chengdu Daily 2023, 26 October].

The strategic rationale underlying China’s interest in Kyrgyzstan can be summarised as follows: firstly, to promote security and development in areas adjacent to the Uyghur Autonomous Region of Xinjiang (XUAR); secondly, to gain access to the country’s resources; and, thirdly, to develop new markets for infrastructure construction by Chinese companies [Godehardt 2014]. This is particularly evident in the wake of the BRI’s inception in 2013, when Beijing sought to position itself as Kyrgyzstan’s primary diplomatic partner [Muratalieva 2023]. On 9 July 2024, the Chinese state-controlled news outlet People’s Daily published a 20-minute documentary in which the Chinese Ambassador to Kyrgyzstan, Du Dewen, articulated the significance and potential of the BRI in Kyrgyzstan with considerable emphasis [People’s Daily Online 2024, 9 July]. Indeed, even prior to its accession to the BRI in 2013, Kyrgyzstan had already demonstrated its support for China’s strategic priorities, including Taiwan and Xinjiang [AKI Press 2007, 14 August]. Nevertheless, since Kyrgyzstan’s accession to the BRI, Bishkek has augmented the vigour and unreserved nature of its support [AKI Press 2019, 13 June; People’s Daily 2023, 25 October].3

China often characterises Kyrgyzstan as a politically unstable and anarchic state, where ethnic tensions, endemic corruption, and terrorism continue to pose potential threats [Leksyutina 2024]. However, an examination of Chinese scholarly analyses and media coverage reveals two important developments. Firstly, it can be observed that Chinese media has consistently and increasingly invested in covering both international and domestic political developments in Kyrgyzstan [Xinhua Daily Telegraph 2005, 28 March; Guangming Daily 2006, 6 July; People’s Daily 2021, 28 November]. In recent years, Beijing has initiated a targeted campaign to integrate its content into Kyrgyz media, establishing agreements for an enhanced local media presence (including Xinhua and Weibo) and increasing its content sharing on Russian and Kyrgyz social media platforms [Yau 2022;Yau 2023]. The second observation is derived from China’s apparent objective to expedite the development of Sino-Kyrgyz relations, particularly following Japarov’s ascension to power in the wake of the 2021 elections. This is corroborated by a plethora of Chinese academic journal publications that have highlighted Japarov’s implementation of political, economic, and social reforms [Tao 2021; Guo & Jia 2023] and his interviews in Chinese media outlets [People’s Daily 2022, 5 September].

Nevertheless, China continues to encounter obstacles in its efforts to cultivate favourable perceptions and understanding among both the Kyrgyz elite and the general population [Owen 2018; Deng 2022]. To illustrate, data from the Central Asia Barometer (CAB) indicate a steady decline in positive public opinion towards China among respondents in Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan and Kyrgyzstan over the five-year period between 2017 and 2021 [Muratalieva 2023]. As noted by a Kyrgyz researcher, there appears to be a schism within Kyrgyzstan: while political leaders espouse a growing affinity for China, opposition leaders, traders, and large segments of the public tend to hold more sceptical or negative views [Shailoobek 2021].

The outbreak of the war in Ukraine in February 2022 represented a further significant turning point. As some scholars have observed, it may represent an opportunity for China to increase its interference in the region. As reported by the General Administration of Customs of the People’s Republic of China, the trade turnover between Beijing and Bishkek increased by 26.8% during the initial six months of 2023 in comparison to the corresponding period of the previous year [Ozat 2023]. Conversely, the diminished Russian presence in the region gave rise to two distinct concerns for Beijing. Primarily, it represented a potential source of instability in an area of vital importance to China as far as security and stability are concerned [Sun 2023]. Secondly, it created an opportunity for other actors, including Western states, to intervene and offer an alternative to China [Zeng & Pan 2023].

5. Conclusions

The political history of post-Soviet Kyrgyzstan reveals a striking duality – whereby distinctive features, such as a pluralistic political system, a relatively free press, and a dynamic civil society have coexisted with traits shared across Central Asia, including political path dependence4 and limited resources to enact socio-economic change. Since Japarov’s rise to power in 2021, the latter traits have gained prominence. Kyrgyzstan has shifted away from the previous democratic path, expanding presidential powers while reducing civil and political rights. Increased control over state institutions, restrictions on media freedom, and suppression of political opposition have been the hallmarks of this authoritarian turn. Japarov’s populist governance has also attributed an unprecedented centrality to secret services, whose control over society is tightening. Moreover, religion and culture have become points of contention and triggers of protest. Highlighting the enduring volatility of Kyrgyz politics, on 16 December 16 Prime Minister was dismissed amid a fraud scandal [President of Kyrgyz Republic 2024, 16 December].

This article has also pointed out that, although the economy has recovered from the pandemic and benefitted from the Ukraine war, structural fragilities persist. National debt has remained substantial, as much as Kyrgyzstan’s dependency on external actors for basic needs (e.g., energy supply). Importantly, the downward trend of remittances from Russia was providing ground for mid-term macro-economic instability. Regarding foreign policy, this article has noted that, under Japarov, Kyrgyzstan has abandoned or at least reduced the scope of its traditional «multi-vector diplomacy» – favouring ties with Russia and China primarily. The analysis of Kyrgyz relations with these two powers reveals the solidity of the relationship with Moscow despite some significant changes, while the partnership with Beijing has been growing but was still facing important challenges.

Over the mid-term, it will be important to monitor the ability of Japarov’s administration to keep social peace via stabilising economic reforms and institutional control, amidst a crackdown on political freedom and civil rights. The dismissal of the Prime Minister due to an alleged fraud scandal, in December 2024, seems to point to the continuation along an authoritarian path, wherein the President reshuffles other institutions in accordance with self-serving interests. Historically, however, civil unrest and regime change have erupted swiftly in Kyrgyzstan, so the consequences of individual policy choices might defy Japarov’s assessment and trigger political instability, rather than tightening his grip on power. Internationally, the key dynamic for Kyrgyzstan will remain «three game» with Russia and China. Whether the two actors will engage in greater competition over Central Asia or cultivate complementary roles depends largely on factors exogenous to the region. Bishkek does not have either the political will or the structural resources to break established dependency relations; however, it might have the chance to play on the rivalry between Russia, China, as well as Turkey, the US, and the EU to exact greater concessions from each one of these players.

Bibliography

24.kg, 2022, 9 March, ‘Sadyr Japarov publicly announces position on situation in Ukraine.’ ,

24.kg, 2023, 19 May, ‘Sadyr Japarov makes speech at Central Asia – China summit.’

24.kg, 2024, 26 March, ‘Райымбек Матраимов экстрадирован в Бишкек’ (Raimbek Matraimov extradited to Bishkek), (https://24.kg/proisshestvija/289939_rayyimbek_matraimov_ekstradirovan_vbishkek/).

24.kg, 2024, 24 May, ‘Sadyr Japarov meets with heads of special services of CIS member states.’

AKI Press, 2007, 14 August, ‘Kyrgyzstan Recognizes Taiwan as an Integral Part of China.’

AKI Press, 2019, 13 June, ‘S. Jeenbekov: Taiwan is an integral part of China’s territory.’

AKI Press, 2024, 2 September, ‘Запрет на ношение никаба в госорганах и общественных местах, запрет на совмещение депутатских полномочий с религиозной деятельностью — Госкомрелигий предлагает ряд поправок’ (A ban on wearing the niqab in government agencies and public places, a ban on combining parliamentary powers with religious activities – the State Committee on Religious Affairs proposes a number of amendments), (https://kg.akipress.org/news:2157476).

Arynov, Zhanibek, & Dina Sharipova, 2024, ‘Russia in Central Asia’, in Jacob Lempp & Sebastian Mayer (eds.), Central Asia in a Multipolar World. Switzerland: Springer Cham, pp. 269-286.

Averre, Derek, & Nicolò Fasola, 2024, May, ‘Russia, the Global South and Global Governance: Russia’s Geostrategic Reorientation and Its Implications for the G7’. Think-7.

Barthold, Wilhelm, 1956, Four studies on the history of Central Asia. Leiden: Brill.

Bawa, J., & G. Singh, 2022, ‘Exploring the Faultlines in Kyrgyzstan’s Post 2010 Premier-Presidential System’, Asian Affairs, 53(4), pp. 888–913.

Beckwith, Christopher I., 2009, Empires of the Silk Road: A History of Central Eurasia from the Bronze Age to the Present. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Bekmurzaev, Nurbek, 2023, 21 December, ‘Kyrgyzstan’s parliament approves changing the national flag’. Global Voices.

Bekmurzaev, Nurbek, 2024, 7 November, ‘First the flag and now the anthem: How Kyrgyzstan’s leadership is changing its national symbols’. Global Voices.

Boron, U., 2024, « ‘And I Believe in Signs’: Soviet Secularity and Islamic Tradition in Kyrgyzstan », Comparative Studies in Society and History, 66(2), pp. 342-368.

Brooks, Robin, 2024, 12 September, ‘Transshipments from the EU to Russia’, Brookings

Central Commission for elections and referendums of the Kyrgyz Republic, 2021, 15 December, Results of the elections of deputies of the Jogorku Kenesh November-2021.

Chapman, H. S., & , R. Zhandayeva, 2024, ‘Public opinion toward Russia’s war against Ukraine: investigating wartime attitudes in Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan’, Post-Soviet Affairs, pp. 1–24.

Chengdu Daily, 2023, 26 October, 成都与吉尔吉斯斯坦首都比什凯克建立友好合作关系(Chengdu and Bishkek, the capital of Kyrgyzstan, establish friendly cooperative relations). (https://www.cdrb.com.cn/epaper/cdrbpc/202310/26/c122302.html).

Chokobaeva, Aminat, 2014, ‘Born for Misery and Woe: National Memory and the 1916 Great Revolt in Kyrgyzstan’, in Mariya Omelicheva (ed.), Nationalisms and Identity Construction in Central Asia: Dimensions, Dynamics, and Directions, Lanham: Lexington Books, pp. 37-51.

Chokobaeva, Aminat & Drew Ninnis, 2014, ‘Less Attraction, More Fear. The Future of China’s and Russia’s Soft Power in Kyrgyzstan’, in Kirill Nourzhanov and Sebastien Peyrouse (eds.). Soft Power in Central Asia, Lanham: Lexington Books, pp. 215-248.

Chotaeva, Cholpon, 2016, History of Kyrgyzstan. Bishkek: American University of Central Asia.

Committee to Protect Journalists, 2024, 29 August, Kyrgyzstan Supreme Court upholds shuttering of investigative outlet Kloop.

Cornell, Svante. E., and Brenda Shaffer, 2024, 4 December, Central Asia in the Energy Transition. Central Asia-Caucasus Institute.

[Data] Data retrieved from the Observatory on Economic Complexity, https://oec.world/en.

Deng, H., 2022, ‘China’s Diplomacy in Central Asia: Progress, Experience and Approaches’, China International Studies, pp. 15-40.

Doolotkeldieva, Asel, 2021, ‘The 2020 Violent Change in Government in Kyrgyzstan Amid the Covid-19 Pandemic: Three Distinct Stories in One’, in Anja Mihr (ed.), Between Peace and Conflict in the East and West. Cham: Springer, pp. 157-174.

Doolotkeldieva, Asel, 2023, ‘Uncovering the Revolutionaries from Epistemic Injustice: The Politics of Popular Revolts in Kyrgyzstan’, Central Asian Affairs, 10, pp. 99-122.

Dzhuraev, S., 2022, 30 August, Kyrgyzstan and the Changing Geopolitics of Central Asia and the Caucasus. The Central-Asia Caucasus.

Engvall, Johan, 2011, The State as Investment Market: Kyrgyzstan in Comparative Perspective. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

Engvall, Johan, 2021, 21 January, ‘The Fall of Kyrgyzstan’s Parliamentary Experiment and the Rise of Sadyr Japarov’. The Central Asia-Caucasus Institute.

Ercilasun, Guljanat Kurmangaliyeva, 2010, ‘Remembered Traditions and Lifestyles of Soviet Kyrgyzstan’, Inner Asia, 12(1), pp. 157–175.

Godehardt, Nadine, 2014, The Chinese Constitution of Central Asia. London: Palgrave Macmillan London.

Golden, Peter B., 2011, Central Asia in World History. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Government of Kyrgyzstan, 2021, 11 April, Full text of the constitution.

Government of Kyrgyzstan, Ministry of Justice, 2023, 14 August, Положение о порядке предоставления земельных участков, находящихся в государственной собственности (Regulation on the procedure for granting land plots owned by the state), (https://cbd.minjust.gov.kg/157147/edition/1275732/ru).

Government of Kyrgyzstan, Ministry of Internal Affairs, 2024, 12 November, ИИМ: Бийликти басып алуу максатында массалык башаламандыктарды уюштурууга шектелгендер кармалды (Police: Suspects of organizing mass riots with the aim of seizing the government were arrested), ( https://mvd.gov.kg/news/5818)

Government of Kyrgyzstan, Ministry of Internal Affairs, 2024, 14 November, Добуш сатып алууга шектелип “Социал-Демократы” саясий партиясынын бир катар мүчөлөрү кармалды (A number of members of the “Social-Demokraty” political party were arrested on suspicion of vote-buying), (https://mvd.gov.kg/news/5828)

Government of Kyrgyzstan, Cabinet of Ministers, 2024, 30 September, Кыргызстан начинает освоение крупнейшего титаномагнетитового месторождения (Kyrgyzstan starts development of the largest titanium-magnetite deposit), (https://www.gov.kg/ru/post/s/24569-kyrgyzstanda-iri-titanomagnetit-kenin-istetuu-bastalat).

Government of Kyrgyzstan, Cabinet of Ministers, 2024, 4 December, Руководители правительственных делегаций Кыргызстана и Таджикистана достигли договоренности и полностью завершили описание оставшихся участков кыргызско-таджикской госграницы (The heads of the Kyrgyz and Tajik government delegations reached an agreement and fully finalised the description of the remaining sections of the Kyrgyz-Tajik state border), (https://www.gov.kg/ru/post/s/24777-kyrgyzstan-menen-tazikstandyn-okmottuk-delegaciyalarynyn-zetekcileri-makuldasuuga-zetisip-kyrgyz-tazik-mamlekettik-cek-arasynyn-kalgan-tilkelerinin-sypattamasyn-tolugu-menen-ayaktasty)

Guangming Daily, 2006, 6 July, ‘吉尔吉斯斯坦公布新宪法草案’(Kyrgyzstan publishes new draft constitution), (https://www.gmw.cn/01gmrb/2006-07/06/content_445271.htm).

Gullette, David, 2010, The Genealogical Construction of the Kyrgyz Republic, Leiden: Brill.

Guo, Y. & G. Jia, 2023, 扎帕罗夫执政后吉尔吉斯斯坦形势: 希望与挑战并存 (The Situation in Kyrgyzstan after Japarov Came to Power: Hope and Challenge Coexist), Journal of Russian Studies, 13(73), pp. 79-98.

Huskey, Eugene, 2003, ‘National identity from scratch: defining Kyrgyzstan’s role in world affairs’, Journal of Communist Studies and Transition Politics, 19(3), pp. 111–138.

Imanaliyeva, Ayzirek, 2023, 27 January, ‘Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan complete border delimitation process’, Eurasianet.

International Monetary Fund, 2024, ‘Kyrgyz Republic: selected issues’. (https://www.imf.org//media/Files/Publications/CR/2024/English/1KGZEA2024002.ashx)

Ismailbekova, Aksana, 2021, ‘Native son japarov: The embodiment of injustice?’, Anthropology Today, 37(5), pp. 14-17.

Ismailbekova, Aksana, 2024, ‘Tandem politics and kusturizatsia: Power and Money in Contemporary Kyrgyzstan’, Anthropology Today, 40(6), pp. 11-14.

Ivanov, Yevgeny, 2022, ‘Revolutions in Kyrgyzstan’, in Jack A. Goldstone, Leonid Grinin & Andrey Korotayev (eds.), Handbook of Revolutions in the 21st Century. Cham: Springer, pp. 517-547.

Jacquesson, S., 2021, ‘On Folklore Archives and Heritage Claims: the Manas Epic in Kyrgyzstan’, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 64, pp. 425-454.

Japarov, S, 2022, 22 February, ‘Facebook post’. (https://www.facebook.com/100004948146129/posts/2071368826371369/?d=n)

[Keyword search] Keyword search for ‘Кыргызстан’ on the website of the President of Russia, http://kremlin.ru/.

Kabar, 2023, 2 October, ‘Sadyr Zhaparov takes part in opening of monument to Ormon Khan in Kochkor’.

Kim, Y., & Fabio Indeo, 2013, «The New Great Game in Central Asia Post 2014: The US ‘New Silk Road’ Strategy and Sino-Russian Rivalry», Communist and Post-Communist Studies, 46(2), pp. 275–286.

‘Kyrgyz Republic’, World Bank Group (https://data.worldbank.org/country/kyrgyz-republic).

Lahiri, Indrabati, 2024, 30 September, ‘Taking care of business: How Kyrgyzstan became Moscow’s middle man’, Euronews.

Laruelle, Marlène, & Johan Engvall, 2015, Kyrgyzstan beyond ‘Democracy Island’ and ‘Failing State’. Lanham: Lexington Books.

Leksyutina, Ya.V., 2024, Chinese Policy in Central Asia in the Estimation of Chinese Experts, Russia in Global Affairs, 22(2), pp. 141–154.

Lottholz, Philipp, 2022, Post-Liberal State building in Central Asia:  Imaginaries, Discourses and Practices of Social Ordering, Bristol: Bristol University Press.

Marat, Erica, 2016, ‘«We Disputed Every Word»: How Kyrgyzstan’s Moderates Tame Ethnic Nationalism’, Nations and Nationalism, 22(2), pp. 205-324.

Mashrab, Fozil, 2023, 1 June, ‘Relations Between Kyrgyzstan and Russia Wax and Wane’, Eurasia Daily Monitor.

Masalieva, Jazgul, 2023, 21 June, ‘Deputies of Parliament Demand Resignation of Edil Baisalov’, 24.Kg.

[MOFA of the PRC 2007] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2007, 中华人民共和国和吉尔吉斯共和国关于进一步深化睦邻友好合作关系的联合声明(Joint Declaration of the Kyrgyz Republic and the People’s Republic of China on the further deepening of relations of good-neighbourliness, friendship and cooperation), 14 August, (https://www.gov.cn/gongbao/content/2007/content_751739.htm).

[MOFA of the PRC 2013] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2013, 中国和吉尔吉斯共和国建立战略伙伴关系的联合宣言 (Joint Declaration of the Kyrgyz Republic and the People’s Republic of China on the establishment of strategic partnership relations), 11 September, (https://www.gov.cn/jrzg/2013-09/11/content_2486475.htm).

[MOFA of the PRC 2018] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2018, 中华人民共和国和吉尔吉斯共和国关于建立全面战略伙伴关系联合声明 (Joint Declaration of the Kyrgyz Republic and the People’s Republic of China on the establishment of a comprehensive strategic partnership), 7 June, (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web//gjhdq_676201/gj_676203/yz_676205/1206_676548/1207_676560/201806/t20180607_9294310.shtml).

[MOFA of the PRC 2023] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2023, 中华人民共和国和吉尔吉斯共和国关于建立新时代全面战略伙伴关系的联合宣言(Joint Declaration of the People’s Republic of China and the Kyrgyz Republic on the Establishment of a Comprehensive Strategic Partnership in the New Era), 18 May, (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/ziliao_674904/1179_674909/202305/t20230518_11079705.shtml).

Muratalieva, Nargiza, 2023, February, ‘Soft Power of China in Kyrgyzstan: Impediments and Limitations’. OSCE Academy.

Nourzhanov, Kirill & Sebastien Peyrouse, 2014, Soft Power in Central Asia. The Politics of Influence and Seduction. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield.

Oleksii Balabushko, Gyulumyan Gohar, Dubashov Bakyt, Vujovic Dusan & Burns Lee, 2024, 7 June, ‘Review of the tax system in the Kyrgyz Republic’, The Work Bank Group.

Omelicheva, Mariya, 2014, Nationalism and Identity Construction in Central Asia, Lanham: Lexington Books.

Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, 2024, 11 March, ‘With journalists behind bars, Kyrgyzstan enters new era f repression’.

[OECD] Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 2023, 13 December, ‘Improving the Legal Environment for Business and Investment in Central Asia: progress report.’

Owen, Catherine, 2018, ‘Making Friends with Neighbors? Local perceptions of Russia and China in Kyrgyzstan’, China Quarterly of International Strategic Studies, 4(3), pp. 327-480.

Ozat, Meray, 2023, 22 August, ‘Navigating China’s path to engagement in Central Asia’. Caspian Policy Center.

Pannier, Bruce, 2024, 13 August, ‘Central Asia in Focus: Central Asians Face Detention and Deportation in Russia’, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

People’s Daily, 2021, 28 November, ‘吉尔吉斯斯坦举行议会选举’ (Parliamentary elections held in Kyrgyzstan), (http://www.news.cn/world/2021-11/28/c_1128109223.htm).

People’s Daily, 2022, 5 September, ‘专访:人民永远支持为人民福祉而奋斗的政党——吉尔吉斯斯坦总统扎帕罗夫眼中的中国共产党’ (Interview: People will always support the party that fights for people’s welfare- The CCP in the eyes of Kyrgyz President Zaparov), (http://world.people.com.cn/n1/2022/0905/c1002-32519746.html).

People’s Daily, 2023, 25 October, ‘李强同吉尔吉斯斯坦总理扎帕罗夫会谈’ (Li Qiang talks with Kyrgyz PM Zaparov), (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/zyxw/202310/t20231025_11168066.shtml).

People’s Daily Online, 2024, 9 July, ‘Chinese ambassador to Kyrgyzstan: «BRI is a road of cooperation, friendship, and prosperity»’.

Pierson, Paul, 2000, ‘Increasing Returns, Path Dependence, and the Study of Politics’, American Political Science Review, 94(2), pp. 251-267.

[President of Kyrgyz Republic 2024, 16 December] ‘Акылбек Жапаров освобожден от должности Председателя Кабинета Министров Кыргызской Республики’ (Akylbek Zhaparov dismissed from the post of Chairman of the Cabinet of Ministers of the Kyrgyz Republic), 16 December 2024, (https://president.kg/ru/news/all/26280).

Putz, Catherine, 2022, 28 May, ‘Kumtor: Kyrgyz Court Cancels $3.2 Billion Fine on Departing Canadian Mining Firm Centerra’. The Diplomat.

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2020, 4 October, ‘Videos Show Apparent Vote-Buying In Kyrgyz Elections.’

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2023, 21 April, ‘Russia Suspends Dairy Products From Kyrgyzstan After Calls In Bishkek To Drop Cyrillic Script.’

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2023, 14 August, ‘Kyrgyzstan’s leader signs law banning LGBT propaganda.’

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2023, 20 August, ‘How Russia’s War On Ukraine Is Affecting Kyrgyz-Russian Relations.’

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2024, 10 October, ‘Kyrgyz Investigative Journalists Jailed As Media Crackdown Continues.’

Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, 2024, 13 October, ‘Central Asia Pushes Back On Russian Critiques.’

Ramzey, Austin, & Chris Buckley, 2019, 16 November, ‘The Xinjiang Papers: «Absolutely No Mercy»: Leaked Files Expose How China Organized Mass Detentions of Muslims’. The New York Times.

Rickleton, Chris, 2024, 18 December, ‘Fear And Economic Uncertainty Weaken Russia’s Pull For Central Asian Migrants,’ Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

‘Rosatom Renewable Energy and the Government of the Kyrgyz Republic Have Signed an Investment Agreement’, Rosatom, 2024, 23 December.

Shailoobek, Aizat, 2021, ‘Discussing Sinophobia in Kyrgyzstan’, Central Asian Affairs, 8(1), pp. 58-82.

Sharshenova, Aijan, 2021, February, ‘Mapping Russia’s influence in the Kyrgyz Republic’, OSCE Academy.

Sun, Z., 2023, ‘欧亚区域秩序变革与中国—中亚关系’ (Transformation of the Eurasian Regional Order and China-Central Asia Relations), International Relations and Regional Situation, 6, pp. 18-23.

Swanström, Niklas, 2014, ‘Sino-Russian Relations at the Start of the New Millennium in Central Asia and Beyond’, Journal of Contemporary China, 23(87), pp. 480-497.

Tao, A., 2021, ‘扎帕罗夫时期吉尔吉斯斯坦政治转’ (Political Transformation in Kyrgyzstan under Zaparov), International Resource Reference, 12, pp. 25-30.

TASS, 2024, 16 October, ‘Kyrgyzstan ratifies agreement on building nine Russian-language schools’.

Toktogazieva, Saniya, 2021, 7 April, ‘Why Can a Constitutional Referendum in Kyrgyzstan Be Considered Illegitimate?’, Cabar. (Trading Economics (https://tradingeconomics.com/).

Wang, M., 2019, 中间地带的通道政治与中间地带国家的国际行为——以吉尔吉斯斯坦玛纳斯空军基地为例 (Passage Politics in the Middle Belt and International Behaviour of Middle Belt Countries – The Case of Manas Air Base in Kyrgyzstan), Journal of Russian Studies, 3, pp. 123-156.

Xinhua Daily Telegraph, 2005, 28 March, ‘吉首都局势趋稳新议会宣誓就职’, (New parliament sworn in as situation stabilises in Kyrgyz capital), (https://news.sina.com.cn/w/2005-03-28/11275484662s.shtml).

Yau, Niva, 2020, 17 September, ‘Russia’s and China’s quite rivalry’, Foreign Policy Research Institute.

Yau, Niva, 2022, Managing sentiments in the Western periphery: Chinese information operations in the Kyrgyz Republic, OSCE Academy.

Yau, Niva, 2023, Chinese soft power practice in the Kyrgyz Republic: ‘narratives’, OSCE Academy.

Zeng, X., & W. Pan, 2023, ‘美国对华竞争加剧背景下中亚国家外交政策的新变化’ (Adjusting Foreign Policies in Central Asia amid US-China rivalry), Global Review, 3(15), pp. 115-134.

1 Notably, Kyrgyzstan’s Tulip Revolution followed the Rose Revolution in Georgia (November 2003) and the Orange Revolution in Ukraine (November 2004).

2 According to the Green Finance & Development Center of Fudan University, the date of Kyrgyzstan’s accession to the BRI is 1 December 2013.

3 One single episode contradicts Kyrgyzstan’s support to China’s strategic priorities. Following the publication of the ‘Xinjiang papers’ in November 2019, Bishkek decided not to sign the letter addressed to the UN Human Rights Council expressing support for China’s policies in Xinjiang [Ramzey & Buckley 2019, 16 November].

4 Path dependence is a theoretical concept that explains how initial policy choices, institutional arrangements, or historical events create patterns that persist over time, making alternative paths increasingly difficult or costly to pursue [Pierson 2000].

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Pakistan 2024: Political turmoil and economic instability

Pakistan’s general election, held on 8 February 2024, was marred by allegations of vote manipulation and delays in the ballot counting process. International observers called for thorough investigations to assess the integrity and fairness of the electoral process. Reports indicated the detention of Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI) party leaders, including the ousted Prime Minister Imran Khan, along with their supporters. There were allegations of harassment targeting their relatives and journalists by the military, and the PTI was prohibited from utilising its symbol on ballot papers. Despite these coercive measures, independent candidates affiliated with the PTI secured 101 parliamentary seats. In contrast, the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N), led by Shehbaz Sharif, did not secure the requisite parliamentary majority to form a government, obtaining only 75 seats. The Pakistan People’s Party (PPP), led by Bilawal Zardari Bhutto, secured 54 parliamentary seats, which were insufficient to combine with Sharif’s faction to form a government. Protracted negotiations culminated in the formation of a larger government coalition, purportedly endorsed by the military establishment. While alleged military efforts were successful in preventing Khan from returning to power, they were unsuccessful in countering the growing popularity of the PTI and the widespread criticism directed at the treatment of the former Prime Minister and his party.

Protracted negotiations with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) for an additional bailout programme further exacerbated Pakistan’s severe economic challenges. The agreement was contingent upon commitments to implement austerity measures, which adversely affected citizens’ everyday lives and contributed to the diminishing popularity of the new government. Pakistan also faced security issues, particularly the resurgence of the Pakistani Taliban in the Northwestern border regions and ethno-nationalist unrest in Baluchistan. Geopolitical tensions arising from cross-border skirmishes with Iran and extensive Chinese investments in the region have compounded these issues. US concerns about proliferation have triggered sanctions on suppliers of Pakistan’s ballistic missile program, particularly Chinese firms.

Keywords – China; elections; Iran; non-proliferation; PTI.

1. Introduction

Pakistan’s general election was held on 8 February 2024. The electoral campaign presented disturbing similarities to the one in 2018, which resulted in the victory of Imran Khan. At that time, it was alleged that Imran Khan’s led Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI) had secured the elections with the support of the military. It is widely believed that Khan’s removal in 2022 followed a rift with the army’s top ranks, which turned against the former cricket player due to flaws in his governance, poor economic performance, and open confrontation with the military [Corsi 2024, pp. 393-95]. Khan accused the military of orchestrating his removal through a parliamentary vote of no-confidence in April 2022. Following an assassination attempt in November 2022, he intensified his campaign against the military establishment [Corsi 2024, pp. 358-61]. Similarly, in 2024, it was reported that the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N) had secured the support of the military. PTI supporters accused the military of marginalising PTI’s key leaders through criminal measures driven by political motives [Schorzman 2018, 6 June; Bukhari 2018, 16 July; Zahra-Malik 2018, 21 July].

The election was marred by widespread public distrust regarding its transparency [The Guardian 2024, 6 February; Tharoor 2024, 7 February]. Thousands of PTI candidates had their nomination papers rejected. Khan’s allies reportedly encountered significant pressure to dissociate from the party under threat of sanctions on the part of the military, with some being apprehended on various charges. Simultaneously, PTI supporters faced detention and harassment. Court decisions compelled the PTI to nominate independent candidates and revoked the party’s electoral symbol [Abbasi 2023, 9 September]. Imran Khan was arrested on charges that rendered him ineligible to run in the election, and media coverage of his trial was severely restricted.

PML-N leader Nawaz Sharif stood a strong chance of securing a fourth term.1 He returned to Pakistan in October 2023 after spending four years in self-imposed exile in the United Kingdom to avoid serving prison sentences on corruption charges [Corsi 2018, 353-56]. On 8 January 2024, the Supreme Court overturned his conviction and sentence on appeal and waived the lifetime ban on politicians with criminal convictions from contesting elections [The Express Tribune 2024a, 9 January].

The electoral race was chiefly dominated by the rivalry between Shehbaz Sharif, Imran Khan, and Bilawal Bhutto Zardari, the leader of the Pakistan People’s Party (PPP) and son of former Prime Minister Benazir Bhutto and former President Asif Zardari [Niaz 2024, 28 January; The Nation 2024, 27 January; Chughtai & Hussain 2024, 3 February; Peshimam 2024, 6 February]. Two days after the election, the PML-N nominated Nawaz’s brother and previous premier, Shehbaz Sharif, as the party’s candidate for the prime ministerial position [Khan 2024, 15 February]. Khan and the PTI maintained significant popularity for their stance against a perceived corrupt elite. The party and its imprisoned leader used artificial intelligence-generated footage of Khan in their electoral campaign to encourage supporters to vote. However, the PTI faced challenges in fielding candidates after the Supreme Court ruled against the use of its electoral symbol on ballots. Consequently, many PTI politicians ran as independents and secured more parliamentary seats than any of the other major parties. Lacking a party with a clear majority, the PML-N and PPP formed a coalition government, which also included several minor political parties.

Pakistan is grappling with severe economic stress and has reached a new agreement with the IMF for a fresh US$ 7 billion bailout program, contingent upon the implementation of various economic reforms. The recent austerity measures introduced by the newly elected government have fuelled growing discontent among the populace, amplifying the PML-N’s concerns about the political threat posed by the PTI and prompting further attempts to neutralise Imran Khan and his party.

In a potentially dangerous development in foreign policy, Iran conducted missile strikes in Pakistan’s Baluchistan province, reportedly targeting militant strongholds. While Pakistan responded promptly with military action, diplomatic efforts successfully prevented further escalation of the situation.

In June 2024, Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif met with Chinese President Xi Jinping to seek additional investments; however, no new commitments were made. China expressed concerns regarding the suboptimal execution of its investments, ongoing political instability in Pakistan, and the rising number of militant attacks targeting Chinese workers. In response to these challenges, Pakistan heightened security around the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CEPC), a crucial infrastructure and economic initiative designed to enhance connectivity and cooperation between the two countries. Launched as part of China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), the CPEC has frequently been targeted by militant groups.

Since the Taliban assumed control of Afghanistan in 2021, Pakistan has experienced a surge in militant violence, primarily from the Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), an extremist coalition supported by Taliban leaders that frequently conduct cross-border attacks. Islamabad has repeatedly urged Kabul to take action against these groups; however, the Afghan government denies any involvement or responsibility.

Meanwhile, the US has distanced itself from Pakistan, shifting its focus toward strengthening relations with India and imposing sanctions on Pakistan’s missile program. These actions have further strained diplomatic relations, particularly in the context of Pakistan’s growing connection with China and Iran.

2. The elections and the coalition government

Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif’s term concluded on 9 August 2023, paving the way for the establishment of a caretaker government. According to Pakistan’s constitutional guidelines, elections are mandated to be held within 60 days following the dissolution of parliament under normal circumstances and within 90 days in the case of an early dissolution. However, citing the latest census data, the Election Commission of Pakistan (ECP) postponed the elections to allow for the redrawing of electoral boundaries. As a result, the elections were rescheduled for 8 February 2024 [Corsi 2024, pp. 262-63]. The opposition and its supporters expressed concerns about the timing of the census data release, suggesting it was being used as a pretext to delay the elections, potentially granting the government – and the military – additional time to influence the electoral environment.

In early January 2024, the ECP announced the status of candidates’ nomination papers. Of nearly 26,000 applicants, 3,240 individuals, primarily from the PTI, were disqualified from participating for various reasons [Waqar & Gabol 2023, 30 December; The News 2024, 2 January].

Initially, Shehbaz Sharif chose not to run as the PML-N candidate in this election, passing the role to his brother, former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif. Like Imran Khan, Nawaz Sharif had been barred from political activities for life due to a 14-year corruption sentence [Voice of America 2023, 29 November], and only his absence from the country prevented his arrest. In 2023, legislation was passed under Shehbaz Sharif’s government, stipulating that disqualifications would only be valid for five years [The News 2024, January 2; Herald Tribune 2024, 18 May]. The PML-N successfully appealed against Nawaz Sharif’s conviction, rendering him eligible for the 2024 elections and resulting in the acceptance of his nomination papers [Meakem 2024, 2 January].

In December 2023, the PTI appointed Gohar Ali Khan as its interim party Chairman, a temporary position designated by Imran Khan pending his release from prison [Hussain 2023, 2 December; Hayat 2023, 2 December]. Gohar Ali Khan, who transitioned from the PPP to the PTI, was previously part of Imran Khan’s legal team [Samaa 2023, 29 November]. However, his nomination faced criticism from other founding members of the PTI, who questioned the process and claimed that the selection procedure lacked transparency. As a result, on 22 December 2023, the ECP annulled the intra-party elections and ruled that the PTI could not use its traditional electoral symbol, a cricket bat. The ECP-imposed restrictions prevented PTI candidates from contesting elections under the party’s name. Following Khan’s ousting, the PTI experienced significant internal discord, leading to the expulsion or departure of many members. Some of those individuals – who remained loyal to Imran Khan – chose to run in the elections as independents [Business Recorder 2024, 13 January].

The PTI complained about the perceived unfairness of the electoral environment and alleged biases in the scrutiny process, citing the rejection of almost 3,000 nomination papers from PTI candidates, including its leader Imran Khan, who had been incarcerated since August 2023 [Corsi 2024, pp. 356-61; Reuters 2023, 30 December; The Guardian 2023, 30 December; The Express Tribune 2024, 2 January; The Express Tribune 2024b, 9 January; The Express Tribune 2024, 15 January; The Express Tribune 2024, 16 January; Waraich 2024, 12 February].

Khan continued to galvanise his supporters and lead the PTI from his prison cell. A 2024 Gallup pre-election survey indicated that the PTI held a commanding lead with 42% support, outpacing the PML-N at 20% and the PPP at 12% [Gallup 2023]. Khan’s campaign utilised digital technologies to target young Pakistanis, who comprised most of the country’s population and a large portion of the PTI’s voter base [Jan 2023, 3 November; Shahzad 2023, 18 December; Davies 2024, 4 February]. Additionally, the PTI capitalised on citizens’ frustrations with the previous coalition government of the PML-N and the PPP, which had struggled alleviate the escalating economic distress and rampant inflation [Hussain 2023, 31 August]. As a result, PTI supporters turned out in large numbers to vote [NBC News 2024, 8 February].

The elections were marred by violence, allegations of military-orchestrated rigging, intimidation against PTI candidates, and nationwide mobile phone and internet shutdowns. PTI leaders, candidates, and supporters faced a nationwide crackdown in the lead-up to the election, and the results announcement was delayed [Gul 2024, 28 June]. Imran Khan vigorously contested the credibility of the PML-N, leading to international calls for an investigation into potential irregularities [Shweta et al. 2024, 11 February]. The PTI disputed the election results, claiming electoral fraud, and presented documents highlighting discrepancies between initial vote counts at polling stations and the official results. A senior Rawalpindi official also admitted to manipulating results [Rehman 2024, 18 February; Shaikh 2024, 22 February; PTI 2024]. In response, the United States House of Representatives passed a resolution urging Pakistan to conduct an independent investigation into claims of irregularities and interference in its 2024 general election [United States Congress 2024, 25 June]. However, Pakistan’s lower house of Parliament rejected the US request, viewing it as an attempt at interference [Gul 2024, 28 June].

PTI-backed independent candidates prevailed over those from mainstream political parties, securing 101 seats, while the PML-N obtained 75 seats and the PPP secured 54 seats [‘Election Pakistan 2024’; Election Commission of Pakistan 2024; Government of Pakistan 2024a]. At the provincial level in Punjab, out of 297 general assembly seats (plus 66 seats for women and eight for non-Muslim candidates), independent candidates won 138, the PML-N won 137, and the PPP secured ten seats. In the Sindh Assembly, out of 130 general constituencies (plus 29 seats for women and nine for non-Muslims), the PPP secured 84 seats, while the independent candidates won 14 seats. In Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, out of 99 general seats (plus 22 for women and three for non-Muslims), independent candidates secured 91 seats, with the PML-N securing five seats and the PPP four seats. Lastly, in Baluchistan, out of 51 general seats (plus 11 for women and three for non-Muslims), the PPP and the PML-N obtained 11 and 10 seats, respectively, while independent candidates won six seats [‘Election Pakistan 2024’; Pakistan Today 2024, 10 February; Election Commission of Pakistan 2024].

With no clear majority winner, the PML-N and PPP – having secured the second and third-highest number of parliamentary seats – formed a coalition government with several smaller parties. On 10 February 2024, senior PML-N leaders announced Shehbaz Sharif as their candidate for prime minister. This choice was attributed to his strong relations with the PPP and his familiarity with the establishment. However, the PML-N won fewer seats than anticipated, with Nawaz controversially losing one seat and winning another, which left him with little option but to withdraw [Khan 2024, 10 February; Dawn 2024, 13 February]. The coalition agreement between the PML-N and the PPP was finalised after the PML-N consented to support the PPP’s efforts to secure all the top constitutional positions, including a second five-year term for its leader, Asif Ali Zardari, as president, as well as the roles of speaker of the National Assembly and chairman of the Senate [AP News 2024, 9 March; Shehzad 2024, 9 March; Malik 2024, 10 March; Herald Tribune 2024, 10 March]. The finance portfolio was assigned to Muhammad Aurangzeb, a former J.P. Morgan executive who had previously served as the president of Habib Bank Limited. Ishaq Dar, the former minister of Finance, was appointed minister of Foreign Affairs. Despite Dar’s lack of formal diplomatic experience, his appointment highlighted the new government’s emphasis on securing financial assistance from international partners as a key foreign policy goal. The new 19-member cabinet officially took office on March 2024 [AP News 2024, 12 March].

3. The sidelining of the PTI and the rise of political tensions

After being largely absent in the 2008 general election, the PTI captured 17% of the votes in 2013 and increased its share to 32% in 2018. As already pointed out, Imran Khan’s 2018 electoral victory was widely perceived as being supported by the military apparatus, and during his tenure from 2018 to 2022, he initially aligned with the military establishment. However, tensions with the army surfaced during Khan’s term, particularly regarding his foreign policy and economic decisions, ultimately leading to the ousting of his administration through a no-confidence motion in April 2022 [Corsi 2024, pp. 391-97].

Since Pakistan’s inception, the military has governed directly or exerted significant political control. Following General Pervez Musharraf’s resignation in 2008, the military establishment facilitated a transition to civilian rule. However, senior generals have since become increasingly involved in crucial government decisions. Many believe the army seeks to uphold a democratic framework through elections while maintaining substantial influence over civilian institutions. Consequently, prime ministers have been appointed when favoured by the military and removed from office when they lose the establishment’s support [Goldbaum 2024, 21 February]. The military’s influence intensified further under the PTI administration after 2018 [Siddiqa 2024, 23 February]. Khan asserted that he was removed from office when he began to challenge the military’s arrangement that had facilitated his rise to power, and claimed that, after his removal, the new government perceived him as a significant political threat [Behera 2024, 5 February; Yousuf 2024, 5 May; Goldbaum & Masood 2024, 12 July; Corsi 2023, pp. 397-99]. in fact, since his ousting from office, Khan has remained a persistent challenge to the military-dominated political landscape in Pakistan. Allegations of military-backed election interference, the sidelining of the PTI, and Khan’s purportedly politically motivated imprisonment have fuelled a growing anti-establishment sentiment [Corsi 2024, pp. 361-68; Ellis-Petersen 2024, 31 January; Campbel 2024, 5 February].

On 20 January 2024, a special court sentenced Khan to 10 years in prison for mishandling a sensitive diplomatic document from Pakistan’s then-ambassador to the United States in 2022. On 31 January 2024, Khan and his wife were each given 14-year sentences for corruption related to the retention and sale of state gifts and violations of government regulations during his tenure [Corsi 2024, p. 360]. On 3 February 2024, they received an additional seven-year sentence for violating the country’s marriage laws, based on allegations that, under Islamic law, their 2018 marriage had occurred too soon after her divorce [Astier 2024, 3 February].

Khan was subjected to multiple allegations of corruption and administrative mismanagement during his tenure in office; however, many of these accusations were either inadequately supported by evidence or effectively challenged by his legal team. Following his arrest, the judiciary suspended Khan’s jail sentences in June and July 2024 related to the illegal acquisition and sale of state gifts, the leaking of state secrets, and the unlawful conviction regarding marriage [Shahzad & Shahid 2024, 4 June; Al Jazeera 2024, 13 July]. However, Khan remained incarcerated on other charges, including those linked to violence against Pakistani military facilities following his arrest in 2023. The frequent alternation between rulings against and dismissals of charges involving Imran Khan underscores the complex interplay between Pakistan’s legal, political, and institutional frameworks [Davies 2024, 5 August]. These patterns reflect the highly polarized nature of Pakistani politics, where allegations of corruption or abuse of power targeting prominent figures, such as Khan, are often perceived as politically driven. Analysts have often argued that these charges were unfounded, while the United Nations has stated that Khan had been unjustly imprisoned in violation of international law [Dawn 2024, 3 June; Al Jazeera 2024, 1 July; Janjua 2024, 12 July].

On 12 July 2024, the Supreme Court upheld the PTI’s eligibility for additional seats allocated to women and minorities proportionate to the number of general seats the party secured. In line with the court’s ruling, the PTI was awarded 23 seats, marking a significant setback for Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif’s ruling coalition and positioning the PTI as the largest party in parliament. While the coalition government retained a simple majority, it lost the two-thirds majority necessary for constitutional amendments [Momand 2024, 12 July; Dawn 2024, 15 July; Afzal 2024, 25 July]. Pakistan’s judiciary faces a delicate balance between demonstrating independence and responding to external pressures. The court’s acquittals and rulings emphasised the judiciary’s assertion of independence from Pakistan’s military and intelligence structure, highlighting its role as the last line of defence in a country where the civilian government is perceived to maintain an accommodating relationship with military leadership [Gul 2024, 27 March; Haqqani 2023, 9 August]. On 21 October 2024, the government enacted the 26th constitutional amendment, which expanded its judiciary oversight. Under the amendment, the chief justice of Pakistan is no longer required to be the most senior judge of the Supreme Court. Instead, a Special Parliamentary Committee, which includes proportional representation from parliamentary parties, recommends one of the three most senior judges, allowing the government to influence the selection process significantly. Additionally, the Supreme Court’s suo motu powers and those of the High Court have been removed. The amendment permits the ruling coalition to appoint the chief justice, leading critics – including opposition parties led by the PTI and legal experts – to argue that it undermines judicial independence and strengthens political power [Shabbir 2024, 16 September; Hussain 2024, 17 September; Ashfaq 2024, 30 September; The Express Tribune 2024, 30 September; Baloch and Ellis-Petersen 2024, 21 October; Khan 2024, 22 October].

Political tensions escalated on 10 September 2010, following a large rally organised by the PTI in Islamabad, demanding Khan’s release from prison. In response, the government ordered the arrest of several PTI leaders and members of parliament while they were attending house sessions, citing a law prohibiting public gatherings in the capital. PTI leaders faced charges of violating rally regulations, deviating from the designated route, and engaging in confrontations. They threatened to resort to force if Khan was not released promptly [Ahmed 2024, 7 September; Iqbal 2024, 10 September; Hussain 2024, 10 September]. On 27 November 2024, the PTI organised another protest march to Islamabad with similar objectives, which resulted in violent clashes with law enforcement agencies [Regan 2024, 27 November].

4. The economy

In April 2024, the IMF approved the disbursement of US$ 1.1 billion to Pakistan, marking the final tranche of a package finalised in 2023 that provided much-needed financial relief. Inflation, which stood at 38% in May 2023, halved to just over 17% in May 2024 [Business Recorder 2023, 1 June; Khan 2024, 3 May]. Import control measures helped to ease the external account deficit and attract interest from foreign investors [Davis 2024, 13 May]. However, with looming debt repayments, Pakistan’s economic and financial situation remained precarious. Credit rating agencies indicate that out of US$ 130 billion in external debt, approximately US$ 20 billion was due for repayment in the fiscal year beginning in July 2024. According to the IMF, half of the government’s income in 2024 will be required to service this debt [Aamir 2024, 17 July].

Pakistan generates approximately US$ 50 billion annually from exports and foreign remittances but spends around US$ 70 billion annually on fuel and other imports. The salaried class faces heavy taxation. The struggling economy has sparked demonstrations in Pakistani-administered Kashmir, and farmers protesting the decision to import wheat despite record harvests have forced Islamabad to seek another agreement with the IMF [Kiani 2024, 17 April; Masood 2024, 13 May]. Without reforms to address structural weaknesses and relying solely on external assistance, Pakistan has pursued various strategies to manage its economic crises, including increasing the tax-to-GDP ratio, privatising state-owned enterprises, boosting exports, enhancing remittances, improving the business environment, and attracting foreign direct investment [Dunya News 2023, 20 November; The Express Tribune, 2024, 17 April; Haider 2024, 28 April].

The new government’s swift action in initiating negotiations with the IMF for another loan program – the 24th bailout in six decades – demonstrated the urgency of addressing the external financial deficit and preventing a recurrence of a default scenario [Corsi 2024, pp. 355-58; The Express Tribune 2024, 16 April]. In June 2024, the new Pakistani government approved its first budget [Government of Pakistan 2024b; Shukla 2024, 18 July]. The budget was crafted with an awareness of ongoing negotiations with the IMF and the austerity measures necessary to control debt and inflation and secure a new bailout package [Jamal 2024]. The US$ 68 billion budget aimed for an ambitious target of approximately US$ 44 billion in tax revenue for the upcoming fiscal year, representing a 40% increase over the previous year. It also included salary increases of up to 25% for government employees, in alignment with austerity goals [Ahmed 2024, 12 June; The Express Tribune 2024a, 12 June; Ibid, 2024b, 12 June; Ibid, 2024c, 12 June; Ibid, 2024, 13 June]. Base income tax rates were increased, and reduced subsidies led to power charges for consumers which increased as much as 50% [DW 2024, 13 July]. The ongoing economic hardship significantly impacted citizens’ everyday lives, resulting in public discontent and a gradual decline in the coalition government’s popularity.

In July 2024, the IMF announced its agreement to sign another Extended Fund Facility (EFF) of approximately US$ 7 billion for 37 months, following an emergency loan in the summer of 2023 that averted a sovereign debt default amid numerous other challenges [Corsi 2024, pp. 355-58].

Assistance from the IMF comes with specific conditionalities, including raising taxes, reducing subsidies, and increasing interest rates. Consequently, Shehbaz Sharif’s government was compelled to commit to implementing several reforms to secure the deal, including a substantial effort to increase the country’s tax revenue. To fulfil the IMF’s requirements for additional financial support, Pakistan also requested three key funders – China, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates – to reschedule its US$ 12 billion debt for up to five years [Rana 2024, 4 September; Ansari 2024, 5 September]. The US$ 7 billion IMF loan announcement bolstered foreign investor confidence, prompting Moody’s to upgrade Pakistan’s local and foreign currency ratings, citing improved macroeconomic conditions and external liquidity [Salman 2024, 29 August]. The new bailout package was approved on 27 September 2024, with an immediate disbursement of US$ 1 million [International Monetary Fund 2024, 27 September].

5. Foreign affairs

5.1. Relations between Pakistan and Iran

The relationship between Iran and Pakistan has become increasingly strained, further exacerbating the Sunni–Shia sectarian divide that emerged following the Iranian Revolution in 1979 and during Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq’s leadership in Pakistan in the 1980s [Fraioli 2024, 6 March; Hijazi 2024].

Sistan-Baluchistan is a province in Iran that borders Pakistan’s Baluchistan and southern Afghanistan. The Baloch, a predominantly Sunni minority group in Pakistan, constitute the majority in both Baluchistan and Iran’s Sistan-Baluchistan. Despite substantial investments from China and India in the ports of Gwadar and Chabahar, the Baloch provinces remain politically marginalised on both sides of the border.

Since the 2000s, Iran has focused on targeting the Sunni militant group Jaish al-Adl («Army of Justice»), which is based in Pakistani Baluchistan. This group, which advocates for Sunni rights and has links to al-Qāʿida, evolved from the terrorist organisation Jundullah after its leader was killed in 2010. Jundullah had been active in Sistan-Baluchistan, conducting attacks on Iranian security forces and civilians.

Pakistan has been grappling with Baloch insurgencies since its independence in 1947. As a result, Islamabad has targeted the hideouts of the Baluchistan Liberation Army (BLA) and Baluchistan Liberation Front (BLF), both of which are militant groups with ethnic and, at times, separatist agendas [Chandran 2024, 30 January]. For years, both countries have accused one another of harbouring Baluchi separatist groups along their shared border [Vatanka 2014, 24 October].

On 3 January 2024, during a state commemoration in Kerman for General Qassem Soleimani – who was killed in an American air raid at Baghdad Airport in 2020 – two suicide bombings resulted in over 80 casualties. This attack prompted Iran to launch missile strikes against strongholds of the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria in northern Iraq and, on 16 January 2024, against bases of the militant group Jaish al-Adl in Pakistani Baluchistan [Adams & Davies 2024, 17 January; ABC News 2024, 17 January; Daily Pakistan 2024b, 17 January; The Frontier Post 2024, 17 January; The Frontier Post 2024, 19 January]. Pakistan condemned the violation of its air space, recalling its ambassador in Tehran and suspending all high-level engagements with Iran. Iran reciprocated by recalling its ambassador [Momand 2024, 17 January; Daily Pakistan 2024c, 17 January]. Islamabad subsequently launched an intelligence operation named Marg Bar Sarmachar, targeting the BLA and BLF hideouts around the Iranian city of Saravan, near the border with Pakistan [Yousaf 2024, 17 January; The Frontier Post 2024, 18 January; The Nation 2024, 18 January].

The unprecedented escalation raised concerns; however, Pakistan and Iran quickly reached a rapid de-escalation agreement [Daily Pakistan 2024a, 17 January; Dawn 2024, 17 January]. The Pakistani Foreign Minister at the time, Jalil Abbas Jilani, and his Iranian counterpart, Hossein Amir-Abdollahian, agreed to restore diplomatic relations, with representatives from both governments giving speeches highlighting the close ties between their nations. Reports suggest that China was mediating in this process, while the regional security landscape was a significant deterrent to further escalations, as indicated by official statements [Chandran 2024, 30 January].

As Pakistani–Iranian relations improved, Islamabad approved its natural gas pipeline segment in February 2024. The 2,775 km pipeline linking Gwadar to the Iran border has been in the planning stages for over a decade. While Iran has completed its 900 km section, Pakistan has struggled to secure funding for its 80 km portion and now faces a US$ 18 million penalty for violating US sanctions on Tehran [Jamal 2024, 26 March]. In fact, despite a commitment to complete the project by 2024, progress has been hampered by the threat of US sanctions [Zofeen 2024, 19 April].

The late Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi visited Pakistan from 22 to 24 April 2024, to strengthen regional and bilateral relations. During this visit, the two countries signed eight agreements and several Memoranda of Understanding focusing on security, judicial assistance, and establishing a special economic zone [The Nation 2024, 22 April].

5.2. The impact of militancy on Pakistan’s relations with Afghanistan and China

Over the past three years, since the Taliban regained power in Afghanistan in 2021, militant violence has surged in Pakistan. The TTP has escalated its attacks on Pakistani security forces and civilians from its bases in Afghanistan [Janjua et al. 2024; Hijazi 2024; Hussain 2023, 21 December; Gul 2024, 11 July]. Islamabad’s repeated calls for Kabul to rein in TTP-led cross-border terrorism have been largely ineffectual. In fact, the Afghan government did intensify its ongoing repression of terrorist groups within its borders, but this had the perhaps unintended result of pushing these groups to seek refuge in Pakistan. In response, Pakistani authorities bolstered security for the CPEC, inaugurated in 2013 as part of the BRI, and continued to pressure the Afghan government to act against the TTP [Adeney & Boni 2024, 24 June]. On its part, Pakistan has been implementing a range of additional measures to address this issue, including negotiations with the TTP, domestic counterterrorism operations, the construction of a border fence, and the expulsion of thousands of Afghan refugees to increase pressure on Kabul [Kugelman 2023, 1 November]. Additionally, in March 2024, Islamabad’s security forces conducted anti-terrorism operations against militants based in Afghanistan following an attack on a military post in North Waziristan [Gul 2024, 18 March; DW 2024, 16 March; Government of Pakistan 2024, 18 March; Pakistan News Express 2024, 18 March; Deccan Herald 2024, 1 April; Rehman & Goldbaum 2024, 10 July]. The new government of Pakistan escalated the issue by bringing it to the attention of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO). During the summit held on 4 July 2024, in Astana, Prime Minister Sharif delivered a speech emphasising the urgent need to address the threat of regional terrorism, advocating for a more proactive role on the part of regional countries. He also announced a counterterrorism campaign, Azm-e-Istehkam («Resolve for Stability»), aimed at combating the escalating threat of militancy by seeking support from neighbouring countries [Jamal 2024, 8 July]. This military operation focused on revitalising the implementation of the revised National Action Plan against terrorism, which was originally launched in 2014 to eradicate militancy [Jamal 2024, 25 June]. In December 2024, the Pakistan Air Force conducted airstrikes in Afghanistan’s Paktika province, targeting suspected TTP hideouts. Pakistani officials reported that these precision strikes destroyed insurgent training facilities and neutralized key TTP commanders. However, Afghan authorities condemned the attacks, asserting that 46 civilians, predominantly women and children, were killed. This incident escalated tensions between Pakistan and Afghanistan, with the Taliban warning of potential retaliation and emphasizing the intangibility of Afghanistan’s territorial sovereignty [Politico 2024, 25 December].

In June 2024, Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif met with China’s leader, Xi Jinping, in Beijing to seek additional support for energy and infrastructure projects. However, no future investments were pledged, as confirmed by the joint statement issued on 8 June 2024 [Cash 2024, 7 June; Zaman 2024, 10 June]. While China has not threatened to suspend its investments, concerns have been raised regarding continuing projects in vulnerable areas [Government of Pakistan 2024, 8 June]. Beijing has expressed disappointment with Islamabad over the CPEC due to unexpected delays and poor execution. Although Chinese companies swiftly completed the first phase, progress in the second phase has stalled since 2019. This slowdown can be attributed to Pakistan’s political instability, epitomised by four different governments since the inception of CPEC, as well as corruption allegations, bureaucratic inefficiencies, natural disasters, the COVID-19 pandemic, and a balance-of-payments crisis from 2017 to 2023.

The volatile security situation also poses a significant challenge [Shoaib 2024, 28 June; Rafi 2024, 16 July; Janjua 2024, 14 August; The Express Tribune 2024, 27 August; Hussain 2024, 28 August; Najam 2024, 29 August; Jawad & Ahmed 2024, 7 October]. Chinese-funded development projects and investments under the BRI have increasingly become targets of militant violence. Since its initiation in 2015, the CPEC has brought thousands of Chinese workers to Pakistan, who have faced escalating attacks from various groups, including the Islamic State, the Pakistani Taliban – often in retaliation for the repression of Uyghur Muslims in Xinjiang – and the BLA [Hussain 2024, 20 March; Gul 2024, 25 March; Saifi & Gan 2024, 27 March; First Post 2024, 26 March; Haider 2024, 24 April; Kugelman 2024, 26 June].

5.3. Pakistan and the US administration

The US Indo-Pacific strategy serves as the cornerstone of US policy in Asia, first emerging under Donald Trump’s first presidential term and primarily targeting India, Pakistan, and Afghanistan [‘Remarks by President Trump’ 2017, 21 August; Government of the United States 2019, 1 June]. The Biden administration has continued this approach to strengthen relations with most South Asian countries, particularly India, while countering China’s expanding influence in the region [The White House 2022, February]. This shift has led to a distancing of the US from Pakistan, especially following the 2021 withdrawal from Afghanistan and the perceived role of Islamabad in the Taliban’s resurgence. As a result, diplomatic ties have cooled, and strategic disagreements have emerged, particularly concerning counterterrorism, regional security, and Pakistan’s nuclear and missile programs. In response, Pakistan has increasingly turned to China for military and economic support through initiatives like the CPEC [Mohan 2024, 6 September].

In April 2024, the US imposed sanctions on several entities linked to Pakistan’s ballistic missile program, citing concerns over the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction [US Department of State 2024, 19 April]. These sanctions resulted in freezing their assets and interests within the US, requiring reporting to authorities, and extended to any entity that is 50% or more owned by the frozen entities [Ibid.]. This action followed a history of US measures against entities engaged in missile technology transfer to Pakistan, which Washington views as destabilising to regional security, particularly in the context of Pakistan’s rivalry with India. This situation highlights a complex and challenging policy environment, especially in light of recent US sanctions on Pakistan concerning its connections with Iran and related missile proliferation issues. Notably, during President Raisi’s visit to Pakistan, the Pentagon issued warnings of possible sanctions for those engaging in business with Iran [Khan 2024, 22 April; The Nation 2024, 24 April].

In September 2024, the US announced sanctions on Chinese companies involved in supplying missile technology to Pakistan, explicitly targeting the Shaheen-3 and Ababeel missile systems, both capable of carrying nuclear warheads. According to a spokesperson from the Department of State, the Beijing Research Institute of Automation for Machine Building Industry collaborated with Pakistan to acquire equipment for testing rocket motors in these missile systems, with potential involvement in larger missile systems. Similar sanctions had been imposed on other China-based companies in October 2023.

While these sanctions are part of a broader US policy aimed at preventing the proliferation of missile technology, they have further strained diplomatic relations with Pakistan. In Islamabad, the sanctions were perceived as aimed to strengthen Washington’s partnership with India while undermining Pakistan’s defence ties with China and Iran.

During a press briefing, US Department of State Spokesperson Matthew Miller reaffirmed Washington’s commitment to opposing support for Pakistan’s ballistic missile program through sanctions and other measures, as well as to strengthen international non-proliferation efforts [The News 2024, 18 September].

6. Conclusions

The 2024 general elections in Pakistan highlighted a nation grappling with significant political, economic, and security challenges. Allegations of vote rigging and military interference marred the electoral process, effectively sidelining Imran Khan’s PTI. Despite facing restrictions, PTI-affiliated independent candidates emerged as a notable parliamentary force. However, the coalition government formed by the PML-N and the PPP, which allegedly received the military endorsement, struggled to secure public trust due to its association with austerity measures and lacklustre economic performance. Meanwhile, Khan’s enduring popularity highlighted a persistent divide between the political elite and the general populace.

The military’s pervasive influence in political affairs continued to be a defining characteristic of Pakistan’s governance, as evidenced by the military-sponsored marginalisation of Imran Khan and its role in shaping electoral outcomes. Economically, the country remained fragile, heavily reliant on IMF bailouts and stringent austerity measures. Rising inflation, mounting debt burdens, and growing public dissatisfaction further compounded the coalition government’s political vulnerabilities.

Security issues, including the resurgence of the Pakistani Taliban and unrest in Baluchistan, contributed to the nation’s instability. Strained relations with Iran, Afghanistan, and China exacerbated regional tensions, while the United States continued to sideline bilateral relations with Islamabad.

Bibliography

Aamir, Adnan, 2024, 17 July, ‘Why Pakistan cannot resist going back to the IMF for another fix’, Nikkei Asia.

Abbasi, Kashif, 2023, 9 September, ‘Pakistan’s literacy rate on a downward spiral’, Dawn.

ABC News, 2024, 17 January, ‘Iran attacks sites in Pakistan it describes as bases for militant group Jaish al-Adl, state-run IRNA news agency says’.

Adams, Paul, & Caroline Davies, 2024, 17 January, ‘Iran admits carrying out deadly strike on Pakistan territory’, BBC.

Adeney, Katharine, & Filippo Boni, 2024, 24 June, ‘Global China and Pakistan’s Federal Politics: 10 Years of the China–Pakistan Economic Corridor’, Commonwealth & Comparative Politics, pp. 1-21.

AFP, 2024, 17 January, ‘In call with Iranian counterpart, FM Jilani stresses Pakistan’s «right to respond» to unprovoked airstrike’.

Afzal, Madiha, 2024, 25 July, ‘In its battle against PTI, Pakistan’s new government exposes its own weakness’, Brookings.

Ahmed, Munir, 2024, 12 June, ‘Pakistan’s new government presents its first budget as it seeks a new long-term IMF bailout’, AP News.

Ahmed, Munir, 2024, 7 September, ‘Top leaders of Imran Khan’s party arrested in Pakistan after being accused of inciting violence’, AP News.

Al Jazeera, 2024, 1 July, ‘Ex-Pakistan PM Imran Khan arbitrarily detained, says UN working group’.

Al Jazeera, 2024, 13 July, ‘Pakistan court acquits former PM Imran Khan, wife in unlawful marriage case’.

Ansari, Irshad, 2024, 5 September, ‘IMF links bailout package to $12b debt rollover’, The Express Tribune.

AP News, 2024, 9 March, ‘Pakistan’s lawmakers pick Asif Ali Zardari as the country’s president for a second time’.

AP News, 2024, 12 March, ‘Pakistan swears in newly elected Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif’s 19-member Cabinet’.

Ashfaq, Mohammad, 2024, 30 September, ‘Accused of plotting «another May 9», PTI warns of «tit-for-tat»’, Dawn.

Astier, Henri, 2024, 3 February, ‘Imran Khan: Pakistan ex-PM and wife Bushra Bibi jailed for illegal marriage’, BBC.

Baloch, Shah Meer, and Hannah Ellis-Petersen, 2024, 21 October, ‘Pakistan’s government curbs judiciary’s power after alleged harassment of MPs’, The Guardian.

Behera, Ajay Darshan, 2024, 5 February, ‘Pakistan, Where Democracy Wears an Army Uniform’, Tempo.Co.

Bukhari, Gul, 2018, 16 July, ‘What is behind the crackdown on freedom of speech in Pakistan?’, Al Jazeera.

Business Recorder, 2023, 1 June, ‘Pakistan’s headline inflation hits new record at 38% in May 2023’.

Business Recorder, 2024, 13 January, ‘PTI loses bat symbol in major blow ahead of elections’.

Campbel, Charlie, 2024, 5 February, ‘Pakistan’s Elections Are Being Brazenly Rigged. Why Doesn’t the U.S. Seem to Care?’, Time.

Cash, Joe, 2024, 7 June, ‘Pakistani Prime Minister Sharif meets China’s Xi in Beijing ahead of IMF talks’, Reuters.

Chandran, Suba, 2024, 30 January, ‘Pakistan and Iran: calm after the storm | Explained’, The Hindu.

Chughtai, Alia, & Abid Hussain, 2024, 3 February, ‘Pakistan election 2024: Which are the major political parties?’, Al Jazeera.

Corsi, Marco, 2018, ‘Pakistan 2017: Vulnerabilities of the emerging market’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXVIII/2017.

Corsi, Marco, 2023, ‘Pakistan 2022: The geopolitics of Imran Khan’s fall and the fledgling government of Shehbaz Sharif’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022.

Corsi, Marco, 2024, ‘Pakistan 2023: Multiple crises in the lead-up to the general elections’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIV/2023.

Daily Pakistan, 2024a, 17 January, ‘FM Jilani talks to Iranian counterpart over airspace violation’.

Daily Pakistan, 2024b, 17 January, ‘Iran launches air attacks in Pakistan, leaving ties between two sides in tailspin’.

Daily Pakistan, 2024c, 17 January, Pakistan recalls ambassador from Iran after airstrikes: FO’.

Davies, Caroline, 2024, 4 February, ‘Imran Khan: How Pakistan ex-PM plans to win an election from jail’, BBC.

Davies, Caroline, 2024, 5 August, ‘Even after a year in jail, Imran Khan still dominates Pakistan’s politics’, BBC.

Davis, Kurt Jr., 2024, 13 May, ‘Is Pakistan’s economic turnaround now underway?’, Arab News.

Dawn, 2024, 17 January, ‘In call with Iranian counterpart, FM Jilani stresses Pakistan’s ‘right to respond’ to unprovoked airstrike’.

Dawn, 2024, 13 February, ‘PDM leaders renew coalition in a bid to form government’.

Dawn, 2024, 3 June, ‘Joke of an allegation: legal eagles react to acquittal of Imran, Qureshi in cipher case’.

Dawn, 2024, 15 July, ‘Govt to ban PTI, seek Article 6 proceedings against Imran, others’.

Deccan Herald, 2024, 1 April, ‘Pakistan witnessed 245 terror attacks, counter-terror operations in first quarter of 2024: Report’.

Dunya News, 2023, 20 November, ‘SIFC under army chief emerges as game changer’.

DW, 2024, 16 March, ‘Pakistan: 7 soldiers killed in attack on military post’.

DW, 2024, 13 July, ‘Pakistan reaches $7 billion aid deal with IMF’.

Election Commission of Pakistan, 2024, General Elections 2024.

‘Election Pakistan 2024’, TDEA-FAFEN 2024.

Ellis-Petersen, Hannah, & Shah Meer Baloch, 2024, 5 February, ‘Army looms large as Nawaz Sharif eases towards fourth term in Pakistan’, The Guardian.

Ellis-Petersen, Hannah, 2024, 31 January, ‘Pakistani military use age-old tactics to keep Imran Khan away from election’.

First Post, 2024, 26 March, ‘Pakistan’s second-largest naval airbase, stationing Chinese drones, attacked; BLA claims responsibility’.

Fraioli, Paul, 2024, 6 March, ‘The Tit-for-Tat Conflict Between Iran and Pakistan, The International Institute for Strategic Studies.

Gallup, June-July 2023, National Public Opinion Poll Report.

Goldbaum, Christina, 2024, 21 February, ‘An Election Shatters the Image of Pakistan’s Mightiest Force’, The New York Times.

Goldbaum, Christina, & Salman Masood, 2024, 15 July, ‘Pakistan Says It Will Ban Party of Jailed Former Leader Imran’, The New York Times.

Government of Pakistan, 2024a, General Elections 2024.

Government of Pakistan, Finance Division, 2024b, Federal Budget 2024-25.

Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 18 March, Operation Against Terrorist Sanctuaries of TTP.

Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 8 June, Joint Statement between the Islamic Republic of Pakistan and the People’s Republic of China.

Government of the United States, The Department of Defense, 2019, 1 June, Indo-Pacific Strategy Report.

Gul, Ayaz, 2024, 18 March, ‘Pakistani Fighter Planes Bomb «Terrorist Sanctuaries» in Afghanistan’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2024, 25 March, ‘Pakistan Repulses Insurgent Attack on Southwestern Naval Air Base’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2024, 27 March, ‘Senior Pakistan Judges Allege Intimidation, Torture by Military-Run Spy Agency’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2024, 28 June, ‘Pakistani parliament slams US demand for election probe’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2024, 11 July, ‘UN: Afghan Taliban increase support for anti-Pakistan TTP terrorists’, Voice of America.

Haider, Kamran, 2024, 28 April, ‘Pakistan’s Sharif Tells IMF Head He’ll Stick to Fiscal Restraint’, Bloomberg.

Haider, Mateen, 2024, 24 April, ‘Pakistan, China sign multiple MoUs’, The Nation.

Haqqani, Husain, 2023, 9 August, ‘Pakistan’s Military Won’t Loosen its Grip’, Foreign Policy.

Herald Tribune, 2024, 10 March, ‘Profile – Asif Ali Zardari: Pakistan’s new president’.

Herald Tribune, 2024, 18 May, ‘Nawaz begins move to reclaim PML-N leadership’.

Hijazi, Ajwa, 2024, ‘Future-Proofing Pakistan’s Foreign Policy in an Evolving Geopolitical Context’, Centre for Aerospace and Security Studies.

Hussain, Abid, 2023, 31 August, ‘Pakistan gov’t says no relief in power bills as protests escalate’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2023, 21 December, ‘What explains the dramatic rise in armed attacks in Pakistan?’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2024, 20 March, ‘Pakistan’s Gwadar port attacked, eight armed fighters killed’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2024, 28 August, ‘In Pakistan’s Balochistan, deadly attacks rip uneasy migrant-local equation’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2024, 10 September, ‘Is Pakistan set for new Khan vs government showdown after PTI arrests?’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2024, 17 September, ‘What are Pakistan’s controversial constitutional amendments about?’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Fida, 2023, 2 December, ‘Barrister Gohar Khan elected new PTI Chairman’, Pakistan Observer.

International Monetary Fund, Press Release No. 24/343, 2024, 27 September, IMF Executive Board Concludes 2024 Article IV Consultation for Pakistan and Approves 37-month Extended Arrangement.

Iqbal, Usama, 2024, 10 September, ‘Govt unleashes iron fist on Imran’s PTI’, The Express Tribune.

Jamal, Umair 2024, 26 March, ‘Will Pakistan Go Ahead and Build the Gas Pipeline With Iran?’, The Diplomat.

Jamal, Umair, 2024, 25 June, ‘Pakistan Launches New Counterterrorism Operation’, The Diplomat.

Jamal, Umair, 2024, 8 July, ‘Pakistan Looks to Leverage SCO for Regional Support on Counterterrorism’, The Diplomat.

Jamal, Umair, 2024, August, Issue 117, ‘Should Pakistan Celebrate the New IMF Deal?’, The Diplomat.

Jan, Amin, 2023, 3 November, ‘Demographic dividend or dilemma? Pakistan’s youth and economic prosperity’, Dawn.

Janjua, Haroon, 2024, 12 July, ‘Pakistan under growing pressure to free ex-PM Imran Khan’, DW.

Janjua, Haroon, 2024, 14 August, ‘China-Pakistan Economic Corridor sparks Pakistan protests’, DW.

Janjua, Raashid Wali, Muhammad Nawaz Khan, Shiraz Shaikh, Furqan Khan, & Noorulai Naseem, 2024, Recrudescence of TTP Violence its Causes and Possible Remedies, Islamabad Policy Research Institute.

Jawad, Adil, & Ahmed Munir, 2024, 7 October, ‘A Pakistani separatist group claims bombing that killed 2 Chinese near Karachi airport’, AP News.

Khan, Abu Bakar, 2024, 22 October, ‘Pakistan dispatch: the new 26th Amendment’s drastic impact on Pakistan’s courts’, Jurist News.

Khan, Iftikhar A., 2024, 10 February, ‘«Independents» take lion’s share’, Dawn.

Khan, Mubarak Zeb, 2024, 3 May, ‘Inflation decelerates to 17.3pc in April’, Dawn.Khan, Omiamah, 2024, 22 April, ‘US sanctions on Pakistan’s missile programme: scope and severity’, Express Tribune.

Khan, Rameez, 2024, 15 February, ‘PML-N leaders saw Nawaz’s decision coming’, The Express Tribune.

Kiani, Khaleeq, 2024, 17 April, ‘Pakistan to grow at 2pc, face 25pc inflation: IMF’, Dawn.

Kugelman, Michael, 2023, 1 November, ‘Why is Pakistan Expelling 1.7 Million Afghans?’, Foreign Policy.

Kugelman, Michael, 2024, 26 June, ‘Pakistan Unveils New Counterterrorism Plan’, Foreign Policy.

Malik, Hansaat, 2024, 10 March, ‘How Zardari outsmarted judicial system’, Herald Tribune.

Masood, Salman, 2024, 13 May, ‘Violent Unrest Over Economic Strife Erupts in Pakistan’s Kashmir Region’, The New York Times.

Meakem, Allison, 2024, 2 January, ‘The Road to Power in Pakistan Runs Through the Military’, Foreign Policy.

Mohan, Arvind, 2024, 6 September, ‘Assessing Biden’s Legacy in South Asia’, South Asian Voices.

Momand, Abdullah, 2024, 17 January, ‘In call with Iranian counterpart, FM Jilani stresses Pakistan’s «right to respond» to unprovoked airstrike’, Dawn.

Momand, Abdullah, 2024, 12 July, ‘Major win for PTI as Supreme Court rules party eligible for reserved seats’, Dawn.

Najam, Durdana, 2024, 29 August, ‘Balochistan – the bleeding wound of Pakistan’, The Express Tribune.

NBC News, 2024, 8 February, ‘Pakistan suspends mobile services and closes land borders amid tense election’.

Niaz, Tahir, 2024, 28 January, ‘PPP unveils manifesto as polls approach fast’, The Nation.

Pakistan News Express, 2024, 18 March, ‘Pakistan conducts anti-terror operations in border regions inside Afghanistan’.

Pakistan Today, 2024, 10 February, ‘Independent candidates dominate political landscape after elections’.

Peshimam, Naiyyar Gibran, 2024, 6 February, ‘Pakistan election 2024: What are the key issues?’, Reuters.

Politico, 2024, 25 December, ‘Taliban say Pakistani airstrikes killed 46 people in eastern Afghanistan, mostly women and children’.

PTI, 2024, ‘Election 2024. Form 45 – Election Result Manipulation Evidence’.

Rafi, Sheikh Salman, 2024, 16 July, ‘In Balochistan, Pakistan again tries to find a military solution to a political problem’, Himal.

Rana, Shahbaz, 2024, 4 September, ‘Not on IMF agenda, but Pakistan hopes to secure bailout’, The Express Tribune.

Regan, Helen, 2024, 27 November, ‘A capital on lockdown, internet blackouts and protesters clashing with police. What’s going on in Pakistan?’, CNN.

Rehman, Zia-ur, & Christina Goldbaum, 2024, 10 July, ‘As Violence Surges, Can Pakistan Protect Its Chinese Projects?’, The New York Times.

Rehman, Zia-ur, 2024, 18 February, ‘Senior Pakistani Official Admits to Helping Rig the Vote’, The New York Times.

‘Remarks by President Trump on the Strategy in Afghanistan and South Asia’, Trump White House, 2017, 21 August.

Reuters, 2023, 30 December, ‘Pakistan election body rejects ex-PM Imran Khan’s nomination for 2024 elections’.

Reuters, 2024, 13 September, ‘US imposes sanctions on Chinese suppliers to Pakistan’s ballistic missile program’.

Saifi, Sophia, & Nectar Gan, 2024, 27 March, ‘Chinese workers killed in suicide bomb blast as Pakistan grapples with attacks on Beijing’s interests’ CNN.

Salman, Siddiqui, 2024, 29 August, ‘Moody’s upgrades Pakistan’s rating’, The Express Tribune.

Samaa, 2023, 29 November, ‘Who is Barrister Gohar Ali Khan, Imran Khan’s choice for PTI’s caretaker chairman?’.

Schorzman, Douglas, 2018, 6 June, ‘In Pre-Election Pakistan, a Military Crackdown Is the Real Issue’, The New York Times.

Shabbir, Saima, 2024, 16 September, ‘Pakistan defers tabling constitutional amendment package as legal fraternity vows to challenge proposals’, Arab News.

Shahzad, Asif, & Ariba Shahid, 2024, 4 June, ‘Pakistan’s Imran Khan acquitted of leaking state secrets charges, but to stay in jail’, Reuters.

Shahzad, Asif, 2023, 18 December, ‘Pakistan’s jailed Imran Khan uses AI-crafted speech to lure votes’, Reuters.

Shaikh, Farzana, 2024, 22 February, ‘Has Pakistan’s new coalition government been handed a poisoned chalice?’, Chatham House.

Shehzad, Rizwan, 2024, 9 March, ‘Zardari makes history’, Herald Tribune.

Shoaib, Muhammad, 2024, 28 June, ‘To Save CPEC, Pakistan’s China Policy Needs an Overhaul’, South Asia Voices.

Shukla, Ashish, 2024, 18 July, ‘Pakistan’s 2024–25 Budget: An Analysis’, Manohar Parrikar Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses.

Shweta, Sharma, Rai Arpan, Muzaffar Maroosha, Dalton Jane, and Sankaran Vishwam, 2024, 11 February, ‘Pakistan election – live: Imran Khan’s PTI calls for protest amid concerns of fraud in inconclusive polls, The Independent

Siddiqa, Ayesha, 2024, 23 February, ‘Pakistan’s army was the clear election loser’, Nikkei Asia.

Tharoor, Ishaan, 2024, 7 February, ‘Pakistan stages another unfair election’, The Washington Post.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 2 January, ‘Dozens of PTI aspirants appeal against papers rejection’.

The Express Tribune, 2024a, 9 January, ‘Disqualification riddle’.

The Express Tribune, 2024b, 9 January, ‘Imran arrested in GHQ attack case’,

The Express Tribune, 2024, 15 January, ‘PTI prefers to fight its case in people’s court’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 16 January, ‘Khosa questions «interference» of top judiciary, ECP’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 16 April, ‘Pakistan, IMF discussing new multi-billion-dollar programme, says finance czar’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 17 April, ‘Aurangzeb unveils economic plan’.

The Express Tribune, 2024a, 12 June, ‘Budget 2024-25: Reduction in taxes, duties on raw materials for solar panels announced’.

The Express Tribune, 2024b, 12 June, ‘Budget 2024-25: Finance minister announces 22-25% increase in govt salaries, 15% in pensions’.

The Express Tribune 2024c, 12 June, ‘Budget 2024-25: Govt raises income tax rates for salaried individuals’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 13 June, ‘Budget 2024-25: Government targets Rs1,281 billion from petroleum levy’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 27 August, ‘Bloodbath in Balochistan’.

The Express Tribune, 2024, 30 September, ‘Imran named in terrorism cases over Pindi protests’.

The Frontier Post, 2024, 17 January, ‘Iran says it targeted ‘Iranian terrorist group’ in Pakistan’.

The Frontier Post, 2024, 18 January, ‘ISPR: Precision strikes destroyed BLA, BLF terror hideouts in Iran’.

The Frontier Post, 2024, 19 January, ‘Pak-Iran clash and ethnic militancy’.

The Guardian, 2023, 30 December, ‘Pakistan commission rejects Imran Khan’s bid to overturn election ban’.

The Guardian, 2024, 6 February, ‘The Guardian view on Pakistan’s elections and Imran Khan: the military wins, again’.

The Nation, 2024, 18 January, ‘Air Space Violation’.

The Nation, 2024, 27 January, ‘PML-N unveils much-awaited party manifesto’.

The Nation, 2024, 22 April, ‘Pakistan, Iran sign 8 agreements & MoUs for cooperation’.

The Nation, 2024, 24 April, ‘US warns Pakistan of ‘possible sanctions’ following Iran trade deal’.

The News, 2024, 18 September, ‘Pakistan’s ballistic missile programme sanctions part of «longstanding» US policy’.

The News, 2024, 2 January, ‘Nawaz’s nomination papers challenged’,

The White House, 2022, February, Indo-Pacific Strategy of the United States.

United States Congress, 2024, 25 June, H.Res.901 – Expressing support for democracy and human rights in Pakistan.

United States Department of State, 2024, 19 April, U.S. Imposes Sanctions on Suppliers to Pakistan’s Ballistic Missile Program.

Ur-Rehman, Zia, 2024, 19 February, ‘Senior Pakistani Official Admits to Helping Rig the Vote’, The New York Times.

Vatanka, Alex, 2014, 24 October, ‘Iran-Pakistan: Will border tensions boil over?’, BBC.

Voice of America, 2023, 29 November, ‘Pakistani Court Overturns Conviction of Former PM Nawaz Sharif’.

Waqar, Ali, & Imran Gabol, 2023, 30 December, ‘Rejections aplenty for PTI as scrutiny phase of nomination papers for elections ends’, Dawn.

Waraich, Omar, 2024, 12 February, ‘Angry Young Pakistanis Give Imran Khan a Future Shot at Power’, Foreign Policy.

Yousaf, Kamran, 2024, 17 January, ‘Pakistan warns of «consequences» after Iranian incursion’.

Yousuf, Muneeb, 2024, 5 May, ‘The Military is Still Pulling the Strings in Pakistan’s Elections’, Foreign Policy.

Zahra-Malik, Mehreen, 2018, 21 July, ‘Arrests and intimidation fuel fears of «dirty» election in Pakistan’, The Guardian.

Zaman, Sarah, 2024, 10 June, ‘Key takeaways from Pakistani PM’s visit to China’, Voice of America.

Zofeen, Ebrahim, 2024, 19 April, ‘As Pakistan faces pressure on Iran gas pipeline, concerns about energy transition persist’, Dialogue Earth.

1 Sharif’s first term extended from November 1990 to July 1993; the second from February 1997 to October 1999; and the third from June 2013 to July 2017 [Ellis-Petersen & Baloch 2024, 5 February].

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Sri Lanka 2024: Political, economic, and geopolitical transformations

 

As 2024 unfolded, Sri Lanka stood at a crossroad. While economic stabilization efforts showed some progress with the last months showing deflation for the first time since 1961. The challenges of unemployment, debt restructuring and social impact remained pressing concerns. Politically, Sri Lanka witnessed a historic shift in its leadership reflecting the public desire for change in governance. On the geopolitical front, Sri Lanka’s ability to navigate the complex web of strategic interests balancing global and regional powers was tested.

Keywords – Elections; system change; democratization; foreign policy; governance.

1. Introduction

As Sri Lanka entered 2024, the country found itself at a pivotal crossroads, grappling with the lingering economic repercussions of its 2022 financial crisis, ongoing political upheavals, and mounting geopolitical pressures in the Indian Ocean region. The economic downturn of 2022, which led to Sri Lanka’s first-ever sovereign default, continued to shape the government’s policy trajectory. Meanwhile, the elections held in September and November 2024 reflected an increasing public demand for reforms, accountability, and decentralization.

Politically, 2024 marked a historic shift in Sri Lanka’s leadership. The presidential election, held on September 21, ushered Anura Kumara Dissanayake into office as the new president. His party, the National People’s Power (NPP) – a centre-left coalition – secured a landslide victory in the parliamentary elections on November 14, 2024, forming the new government. The defeat of long-entrenched political elites signalled a public rejection of traditional governance models, underscoring widespread calls for greater accountability and transparency. This electoral outcome reflected the continuation of public demands, voiced during the 2022 crisis, for deeper structural reforms, anti-corruption initiatives, and enhanced social welfare policies.

Economically, Sri Lanka’s recovery remained precarious. Up until his defeat in the September elections, President Ranil Wickremesinghe had steered the country’s recovery efforts under the guidance of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and other key bilateral creditors. However, following his ousting, President Dissanayake and his administration chose to continue the IMF reform agenda without renegotiating its terms and conditions—despite campaign rhetoric suggesting otherwise [Bandara 2024, 7 March; France 24 2024, 7 March]. Given the NPP’s history as a centre-left alliance with Marxist-Leninist roots, the new government is likely to face significant challenges in balancing its populist economic promises with the structural reforms demanded by international financial institutions.

On the geopolitical front, Sri Lanka continued to navigate a complex and shifting landscape, balancing the strategic interests of regional and global powers. The year tested Colombo’s ability to maintain a delicate equilibrium between influential actors, particularly India and China, while accommodating the growing strategic engagement of the United States and its allies.

Against this backdrop, this article examines the interplay between Sri Lanka’s domestic political dynamics, economic reforms, and foreign policy strategies as the country responds to both internal challenges and external pressures. Through a multidimensional analysis, the article aims to offer a comprehensive overview of Sri Lanka’s political and economic landscape in 2024, while assessing the strategic implications of its foreign policy choices. Specifically, it explores how domestic political developments and economic reforms have shaped Sri Lanka’s foreign policy orientation and regional alliances. It will analyse key political reforms, shifts in party dynamics, and leadership changes that unfolded in 2024, evaluating their impact on governance structures and democratic processes. The article will also highlight major economic policies and recovery efforts under the Wickremesinghe administration and assess how these policies influenced the daily lives of citizens – ultimately contributing to the political transition. Finally, it will evaluate the new government’s foreign policy initiatives, with particular focus on evolving relations with key players including India, China, and the United States.

2. Political Developments in 2024

The 2024 elections marked a further weakening of Sri Lanka’s established political parties, accelerating the erosion of liberal democratic institutions and reinforcing the rise of populist politics in the country’s post-war context [Peiris 2022]. This trend in the political party system can be traced back to 2018, when the Sri Lanka Freedom Party (SLFP) fractured, leading to the formation of a new political party under the leadership of Mahinda Rajapaksa [Uyangoda 2018]. This development effectively ended the decades-long dominance of the UNP-SLFP-led two-party system that had persisted since independence. The newly formed Sri Lanka Podujana Peramuna (SLPP) initially enjoyed resounding electoral victories, but the economic crisis of 2022, coupled with widespread public demands for political overhaul, delivered a severe blow to the prevailing political order [Ruwanpura & Saleem 2025].

Sri Lanka’s democratic institutions have been steadily eroded by political interference and corruption, fostering deep public distrust. A survey conducted in January 2024 by the Centre for Policy Alternatives (CPA), involving 1,350 participants, revealed increasing disillusionment with parliament and political parties – a trend evident since 2011. Notably, while trust in these institutions waned, authoritarian rule and confidence in the military and judiciary remained comparatively higher [CPA 2024]. Successive governments’ efforts to consolidate power for self-serving purposes have particularly delegitimized the executive and legislative branches.

The anti-establishment sentiment that fuelled the 2022 mass street protests, known as the Aragalaya, was successfully harnessed by the National People’s Power (NPP) to secure political dominance in 2024. Positioned as an outsider to the mainstream political landscape, the NPP – led primarily by the Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna (JVP – capitalized on this discontent. Historically, the JVP had never garnered more than 5% of votes in national elections. Yet in 2024, the NPP achieved unprecedented victories in both presidential and parliamentary elections, securing a supermajority with 159 parliamentary seats. Alongside tapping into anti-establishment sentiment, the NPP’s campaign featured populist promises, including increasing public sector salaries and reducing taxes [Devapriya 2025].

However, the surge in populist and anti-establishment sentiment represented by the NPP is not without precedent. Similar themes were evident during the 2015 elections, which centred on anti-corruption and good governance, as well as the 2019 elections, which emphasized restoring national security and a disciplined, effective political system [Dassanayake & Gamage 2024]. The election of President Gotabhaya Rajapaksa in 2019, by an overwhelming majority, highlighted the continuing appeal of populist politics in Sri Lanka and raised questions regarding the role and resilience of liberal democratic institutions [Köpke 2022].

The 2019 elections also showcased the increasing influence of professional associations, such as Viyathmaga, in legitimizing fragmented political entities [Dissanayake 2020]. This trend is mirrored in the composition of the current NPP government, which brings together a coalition of civil society groups, trade unions, and the JVP. Historically marginalized due to its association with communist insurgencies in the 1970s and 1980s, the JVP has gained newfound legitimacy through the NPP’s broader, more inclusive appeal.

With an overwhelming legislative mandate, public expectations for the NPP government are exceptionally high. However, balancing these expectations while implementing necessary structural reforms—without succumbing to populist pressures—remains a significant challenge. Despite the government’s strong parliamentary majority and capacity to enact progressive political reforms, economic constraints severely limit its policy options [Perera 2023]. The IMF program initiated in 2023 requires politically costly reforms, which had previously sparked widespread opposition during the Wickremesinghe administration. While the new government possesses the mandate to carry out such reforms, clear public communication regarding these constraints has, thus far, been largely absent

2.1. Creating a National Space

While the NPP’s presidential candidate experienced some setbacks in minority-dominated regions such as the North, East, and hill country, the party’s strong overall performance in the 2024 parliamentary elections signalled noteworthy gains even in these traditionally pro-UNP/SJB (as a national political party option) areas. A particularly historic achievement was the NPP’s success in securing six seats in Jaffna – a first for a ‘national party.’ This breakthrough was the result of the NPP’s deliberate outreach efforts and its anti-corruption narrative, which resonated not only with local voters but also among diaspora communities [Gamage & Kaur 2025]. The fragmentation of traditional ethnic coalitions, particularly the Tamil National Alliance (TNA), further contributed to this outcome.

The general elections of 2024 underscored that voter disillusionment with established political parties extended to ethnic minority communities as well [Wedagedara and Jayasinghe, 2024]. While the Ilankai Tamil Arasu Kachchi (ITAK – the main political party within the TNA – managed to perform relatively well in the Eastern district of Batticaloa, other minority parties struggled. Specifically, the principal Muslim political parties, the Sri Lanka Muslim Congress (SLMC) and the All Ceylon Muslim Congress (ACMC), suffered notable electoral losses [Uyangoda 2024].

A significant factor behind the NPP’s appeal among minority communities was the relative decline of majoritarian nationalist rhetoric (Srinivasan, 2024). The anti-establishment stance of the Aragalaya protests momentarily weakened the exclusionary Sinhala Buddhist nationalism that had gained prominence in the post-war period. However, the global resurgence of right-wing conservatism – exemplified by the re-election of Donald Trump – has rekindled nationalist discourse both online and in mainstream media. This ideological space is increasingly being occupied by left-nationalist groups such as the Sri Lanka Podujana Peramuna (SLPP), led by the Rajapaksa family, and the Mahajana Eksath Peramuna (MEP), which includes members formerly aligned with the Rajapaksa political camp. These groups present a potential challenge to the NPP government.

Although public support for the NPP remains strong (Verité Research, 2025), any failure to deliver on its ambitious campaign promises could create opportunities for nationalist factions to re-emerge as viable political alternatives.

2.2. Managing Populist Politics with Pragmatism

The new government has quickly encountered significant challenges in reconciling its populist campaign promises with fiscal realities. While it pledged to lower fuel prices, raise public sector salaries, and increase tax thresholds, delivery on these promises has so far been partial. Fuel prices were slightly reduced, and subsidies for farmers and fishermen were maintained – both measures previously approved by the outgoing administration [EconomyNext, 2024a]. Additionally, the government authorized a 2,000 km rural road renovation project in the Northern and Eastern provinces. However, the inaugural budget for February 2025 suggests that capital expenditure will remain constrained (PublicFinance.lk, 2025).

Ideologically, the NPP government faces a delicate balancing act between the IMF-driven liberal economic policies it has inherited and the expectations of its left-leaning base [Skanthakumar, 2024; Gamage & Dassanayake, 2025]. The government’s 2025 budget adheres to fiscal discipline measures mandated by the IMF and enshrined in the Public Finance Management Act, notably aiming for a primary budget surplus of 2.5% of GDP. Despite IMF-imposed restrictions on state sector expansion, the government approved the recruitment of 7,500 new public employees and increased salaries for state sector workers [Ada Derana, 2025; Newswire, 2025]. Key budget allocations also included an LKR 20 billion bailout for SriLankan Airlines – a loss-making state-owned enterprise – and a 3% increase in military expenditure, bringing it to Rs. 442 billion [PublicFinance.lk, 2025]. Welfare spending rose to Rs. 232.5 billion, reflecting the government’s inclusion-focused agenda and its commitment to enhancing social welfare, particularly in health and education sectors. However, the increase, while symbolically significant, is modest in relative terms.

Central to the NPP’s electoral success was its focus on anti-corruption, accountability, and recovering stolen state assets; elements of kleptocracy that it characterized the past governments to be. Public support was driven by widespread perceptions that nepotism and elite patronage networks played a central role in precipitating the 2022 crisis. Since taking office, the government has prioritized anti-corruption efforts, institutional efficiency, and accountability, positioning itself as a “government of the people”—committed to austerity and simplicity, in sharp contrast to the mismanagement and excesses of prior administrations. Key actions have included publicized arrests of and confiscation of illegally acquired assets owned by politicians from previous governments, demands for the eviction of former President Mahinda Rajapaksa from his official residence, and the establishment of an Independent Prosecutor’s Office – a significant institutional reform aimed at enhancing transparency and accountability [EconomyNext, 2025; Samaraweera, 2025]. Public procurement reforms have also been proposed to prevent misuse of state resources [EconomyNext, 2024b]. Nevertheless, emerging critiques point to a lack of high-profile corruption prosecutions, raising questions about the effectiveness of these initiatives and the limits of political rhetoric.

The NPP has further promised substantial constitutional reforms during, including the abolition of the Executive Presidency, widely criticized for its centralization of power and its role in the country’s political and economic crises. While the President has announced plans to introduce a new constitution within three years, public consultations are yet to commence.

Economically, the NPP government has largely maintained continuity with the policies of the previous administration, retaining key officials in influential decision-making roles, such as the Central Bank Governor and the Secretary to the Ministry of Finance. This suggests a deliberate effort to sustain the IMF program and prior economic reforms. In line with its clean governance platform, the NPP also pledged to ensure meritocratic appointments. Critics have observed, however, appointments where there is conflict of interest, and of political loyalists that have been appointed to various positions where there are concerns that these moves might contribute to bureaucratic resistance by disrupting established institutional hierarchies and traditions [Bandara, 2025].

2.3. Opposition Political Parties and the Election Aftermath

The performance of opposition political camps in the 2024 parliamentary elections reflected the growing delegitimization of the major political parties (or factions) that had previously governed Sri Lanka. The Samagi Jana Balawegaya (SJB) and the New Democratic Front (NDF)—informally led by former President Ranil Wickremesinghe and comprising political actors from both the SLPP and UNP – were increasingly unpopular in the lead-up to the elections. Both were widely viewed as part of the entrenched ‘old political guard’ [Uyangoda and Peiris, 2024]. This prevailing anti-establishment sentiment, combined with infighting between the two camps, contributed significantly to their defeat. The SJB, the main opposition party, particularly struggled to differentiate itself ideologically. Despite its leader’s pro-poor political rhetoric, it found itself squeezed between the NPP’s centre-left stance and the NDF’s centre-right, liberal positioning, making it difficult to present a distinct political alternative.

Following the elections, speculation has grown over a potential alliance between the SJB and UNP to form a liberal front to counterbalance the NPP, especially in light of upcoming local government elections in May 2025. However, such a coalition has not been forthcoming, largely due to personal rivalries of the two parties’ leaders and, to some extent, evolving political and ideological differences among the two parties.

Beyond these two major opposition blocs, several smaller parties also underperformed but remain noteworthy due to their potential for future mobilization. Chief among these is the Sri Lanka Podujana Peramuna (SLPP), now led by Namal Rajapaksa, son of former President Mahinda Rajapaksa. Despite being the governing party in the 2020 elections, the SLPP secured only three seats in 2024. While now diminished, the SLPP still embodies a ‘left’ nationalist position that has historically resonated with the Sinhala majority. In parallel, Dilith Jayaweera’s Mawbima Janatha Pakshaya (MJP) – which holds one parliamentary seat – also seeks to lead the nationalist discourse. Both parties are attempting to capitalize on the global resurgence of right-wing and nationalist politics, seen prominently in the US and Europe, to regain relevance.

The recent spike in drug-related violence in Sri Lanka has also provided an opportunity for certain opposition groups, particularly those aligned with the Rajapaksa camp, to reignite a national security discourse. Leveraging this issue, they have sought to undermine the credibility of the current government. This strategy has reignited public anxieties surrounding safety and law enforcement, casting some doubt on the NPP’s capacity to maintain order [Jayawardena, 2025]. Addressing drug usage and related violence was one of the NPP’s key campaign promises, but the increase in incidents has allowed opposition actors to question its effectiveness and commitment. This mirrors political tactics used after the 2019 Easter bombings, when similar fears over national security were instrumental in bringing Gotabaya Rajapaksa to power. The current discourse not only exploits public fears but also aims to reshape the political narrative by portraying the NPP leadership as weak or ineffectual in safeguarding the nation.

With local government elections scheduled for the first half of 2025, and following some setbacks in cooperative-level elections, the NPP faces growing pressure to deliver on its campaign promises in order to sustain its post-election momentum. Particularly in light of the structural reforms initiated by former President Ranil Wickremesinghe under the IMF program, the government’s ability to meet public expectations is crucial. The economic hardships endured since 2022 have heightened these expectations, making tangible progress essential for extending the NPP’s honeymoon period.

2.4. Social Challenges and Government’s Response

The economic crisis of 2022 had a devastating impact on living standards in Sri Lanka, leading to a sharp and sustained rise in poverty. According to the World Bank, over 6 million people (30% of the population) were pushed below the poverty line by the end of 2022. By 2023, poverty levels remained alarmingly high at 25.9%, compared to 11% in 2019, and are projected to stay above 22% until at least 2026 [Gunadasa, 2024; World Bank Group, 2024]. Household coping mechanisms, such as cutting spending on health, education, and nutrition, further exacerbated vulnerabilities [Skanthakumar, 2024]. Women, in particular, bore the brunt of the crisis, as reflected in the surge in female emigration for domestic labour. In 2022, out of over 311,000 registered migrant workers, more than 124,000 (40%) were women [Kotalawela, 2024].

The crisis also deepened multidimensional poverty, affecting sectors like education, healthcare, food security, and basic infrastructure [Athukorala, 2024; UNDP, 2023]. Regional disparities widened, disproportionately impacting rural and estate sector communities [Department of Census and Statistics, n.d.]. As of December 2024, the National Poverty Line stood at LKR 16,619 (US$ 56.94), with significant variation between urban and rural areas. The rural roots of the crisis were evident during the farmers’ protests in the second half of 2021, following the government’s decision to ban chemical fertilisers. This shift to organic fertilisers significantly worsened the economic crisis by causing a 20% drop in rice production within six months and an 18% decline in tea production which is the country’s main agricultural export (Torrella, 2022).

In response to the increasing economic hardships, the government introduced safety net programs, most notably Aswesuma, launched post-crisis to reform poverty alleviation mechanisms and address the inefficiencies of the long-standing Samurdhi program [Wanigasinghe, 2023]. However, while Aswesuma provided some financial relief, its scope was limited, and implementation challenges hampered its effectiveness. Critics contend that Aswesuma failed to tackle structural inequalities in employment, education, and healthcare, and that the financial assistance offered was inadequate, especially amid persistent inflation.

The NPP government has proposed replacing Aswesuma with the Prajashakthi program, aiming for a more targeted and participatory approach. Key features include using updated indicators like electricity consumption to identify beneficiaries, enhancing community involvement, and increasing the minimum cash grant to Rs. 10,000 per family. The program also seeks to create pathways for long-term independence and ensure fiscal sustainability through digital integration [Hurulle, 2024].

Food insecurity remains a significant concern, closely linked to poverty. The 2024 Global Hunger Index ranked Sri Lanka 56th out of 127 countries, with a score of 11.3, indicating a moderate level of hunger. According to the Index, 4.1% of the population is undernourished, 12.6% of children under five are stunted, and 10.8% are wasted [Concern Worldwide and Welthungerhilfe, 2024].

Despite some improvements in key economic indicators, labour market participation and overall social well-being remain pressing challenges. Although unemployment dropped to 4.5% in the first quarter of 2024, down from the same period in 2023 [Department of Census and Statistics, 2024], labour force participation also declined – from 49.9% in early 2023 to 47.1% in early 2024 [World Bank Group, 2024]. Persistently high unemployment, coupled with increased poverty, contributed to falling household incomes, exacerbating food insecurity and reflecting in Sri Lanka’s declining Hunger Index ranking [Vipulaguna et al., 2025].

These indicators underscore the long-term effects of the 2022 economic crisis and structural dismantling of the welfare system since the 1980s, and highlight the urgent need for comprehensive social policies that move beyond short-term relief to address underlying structural issues—particularly in employment, education, and healthcare—to ensure sustainable recovery and inclusive growth.

3. Economic Landscape and Key Policy Changes

Sri Lanka’s economic landscape in 2024 presented a mixed picture, marked by signs of recovery alongside persistent challenges. The country’s trajectory was shaped by policy reforms and global economic conditions. Although key macroeconomic indicators showed stabilization, deep-seated structural weaknesses and socio-economic disparities persisted. Fiscal stability and debt restructuring were top government priorities, yet economic growth remained fragile and unevenly distributed, with high debt levels, fiscal constraints, and the need for structural reforms still posing significant hurdles.

The Central Bank of Sri Lanka introduced major policy measures aimed at enhancing monetary stability, controlling inflation, and supporting economic recovery. These included fiscal consolidation, revenue mobilization, and social safety net programs. Despite these efforts, concerns remained over Sri Lanka’s reliance on remittances and tourism rather than diversifying into high-value sectors.

In 2024, Sri Lanka’s economy showed encouraging growth. The first quarter recorded a 5% expansion, reversing a -10.7% contraction in the same period of 2023 [Central Bank of Sri Lanka, 2024a]. Growth continued, reaching 5.5% by the third quarter, up from 1.6% in 2023 [Central Bank of Sri Lanka, 2024b], largely driven by improved domestic economic activities.

Tourism and worker remittances were key contributors to the external account. As of December 2024, tourist earnings stood at US$ 3,169 million and workers’ remittances at US$ 6,675 million [Economic Research Department, 2025]. Additionally, non-tourism services contributed US$ 304 million by November 2024 [Economic Research Department, 2024a]. These positive developments, bolstered by IMF support, helped stabilize foreign exchange reserves and the exchange rate.

3.1. Debt Restructuring and Fiscal Reforms

A milestone achievement was the completion of Sri Lanka’s foreign currency debt restructuring by the end of 2024. The process involved exchanging defaulted bonds for new bonds, providing significant debt relief. On June 26, 2024, Sri Lanka reached a final Debt Treatment Agreement with the Official Creditor Committee and the Exim Bank of China [Ministry of Finance, Economic Stabilization and National Policies, 2024]. By December, Colombo finalized restructuring talks with investors holding International Sovereign Bonds (ISBs) worth US$ 12.33 billion, offering them new bonds in exchange [Daily Mirror, 2024]. This facilitated Sri Lanka’s emergence from default and an upgrade in its sovereign credit ratings [Fitch Ratings, 2024].

The IMF played a pivotal role, guiding the debt restructuring strategy through its Extended Fund Facility (EFF). Compliance with the EFF required strict fiscal consolidation, debt sustainability targets, and structural reforms. However, the social cost was high. Austerity measures disproportionately impacted lower-income households.

One of the more controversial policies was the revised Value Added Tax (VAT), which aimed to boost revenue but had adverse social effects. The VAT rate was increased from 15% to 18%, and exemptions were removed on 97 items, including essentials like gas and stationery [Ada Derana, 2023]. Consequently, lower-income households now pay about 10% of their income in taxes, compared to 6% under the previous system [Jayawardena, 2024].

To control spending, the government rationalized public sector employment, reviewed subsidies, and prioritized essential expenditures—all measures heavily influenced by IMF recommendations. Though these policies improved fiscal balance and market confidence, the burden fell unequally on vulnerable populations.

Initially, the Central Bank maintained a tight monetary stance with high interest rates, later easing gradually to support growth [The World Bank Group, 2024]. This policy shift, aligned with IMF advice, balanced inflation control and economic recovery, following a data-driven approach.

Inflation declined steadily, eventually turning into deflation between September and December 2024 – the first time since 1961 [The Hindu, 2024]. Factors such as currency appreciation, improved supply conditions, and reduced administered prices contributed to this trend [Economic Research Department, 2024b; The World Bank Group, 2024]. IMF technical assistance strengthened Sri Lanka’s inflation-targeting framework, ensuring greater transparency in monetary policy decisions.

However, deflation posed risks, potentially discouraging consumption and business profitability. While currency appreciation lowered import costs, it also risked slowing economic momentum [Baig, 2003; Slater, 2020; Thesing, 2023].

Completing the debt restructuring and securing better credit ratings improved investor sentiment. Despite concerns over political transitions, the NPP government’s commitment to continuing economic reforms and the IMF program boosted confidence. By late 2024, Sri Lanka’s Business Confidence Index rose to 118 points, surpassing the neutral threshold [Statistics Department, 2024].

Nevertheless, investments remained concentrated in sectors like tourism, real estate, and textiles [ICC Construct, 2023; International Trade Administration, 2024; Port City Colombo, 2024; US Department of State, n.d.], limiting diversification and job creation.

Yet, Sri Lanka holds significant untapped potential. According to the World Bank, the country’s export potential is estimated at US$ 10 billion annually, with the capacity to create 142,500 new jobs. Diversifying exports beyond traditional products like tea and apparel and integrating deeper into global value chains could bolster resilience. Additionally, leveraging Sri Lanka’s strategic location as a regional logistics and trade hub presents promising opportunities.

Expanding FDI in manufacturing, services, and agriculture also could drive long-term growth. Achieving this, however, requires stronger governance, consistent policy-making, and greater investment in research, technology, and human capital.

4. Interplay between Domestic Factors and Foreign Policy

Domestic dynamics have consistently played a pivotal role in shaping Sri Lanka’s foreign policy, guiding its diplomatic engagements and strategic choices [Eudon, 2024]. In 2024, Sri Lanka navigated a complex international landscape, balancing longstanding alliances with emerging global challenges. The aftershocks of the 2022 economic crisis prioritized economic recovery, driving Colombo to seek financial stability and investment opportunities. Simultaneously, Sri Lanka’s strategic location in the Indian Ocean elevated its importance amid intensifying great power competition.

The ambitions of regional powers like India and China, coupled with external disruptions – such as the global pandemic, Russia-Ukraine war, Israel-Palestine conflict, and global recession – have heightened Sri Lanka’s vulnerability to external pressures [Padmakumara, 2023; Singh, 2023; TASS, 2024]. Notably, in 2024, reports surfaced of ex-military personnel joining both Russian and Ukrainian forces as mercenaries, testing Colombo’s diplomatic dexterity as it sought to balance relations with Moscow while addressing concerns from other international actors over the Ukraine conflict [Agence France-Presse, 2024; Jayasinghe, 2024; Jayathilleka, 2024; Sapkota, 2024]. Additionally, escalating tensions in Gaza triggered security concerns in Sri Lanka, particularly regarding potential threats to Israeli tourists and Israeli-linked interests [Ellis-Petersen & Wipulasena, 2024; Theverajah, 2025]. Despite these pressures, Sri Lanka has continued to assert a degree of strategic autonomy, carefully balancing external influences while preserving core diplomatic relationships [Kugelman, 2024].

4.1. Balancing India and China

In 2024, Sri Lanka deepened its engagement with India and the West, carefully navigating its economic vulnerabilities and strategic imperatives. Balancing ties with India and China, however, remained central to Colombo’s foreign policy, with active engagement from both actors shaping its decisions.

India maintained a vital role as a key partner, with robust economic and political cooperation. New Delhi’s timely assistance during the 2022 economic crisis – amounting to US$ 4 billion in financing – reshaped its public image in Sri Lanka and helped reaffirm its influence amid China’s growing footprint. High-level diplomatic visits underscored these strengthened ties. Indian External Affairs Minister visits in June and October 2024, along with National Security Advisor Ajit Doval’s August visit for the Colombo Security Conclave (CSC) founding documents, highlighted deepening cooperation. In reciprocation, former President Ranil Wickremesinghe visited India in June 2024 for Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s swearing-in ceremony. Prime Minister Modi is scheduled to visit Sri Lanka in April 2024.

Bilateral initiatives expanded to infrastructure and financial connectivity. In February 2024, Sri Lanka and India launched Phase IV of the Indian Housing Project, “Bharat-Lanka,” constructing 10,000 homes for plantation workers. The same month, India’s Unified Payment Interface (UPI) system was introduced in Sri Lanka, boosting financial integration (Media Centre, 2024). Further cooperation spanned energy and port development, including the renovation of Kankesanthurai Port with an Indian grant of USD 61.5 million and a trilateral energy pipeline agreement with India and the UAE signed in December 2024 [Asian News International, 2024; The Economic Times, 2024].

Conversely, China maintained a lower profile following Sri Lanka’s economic crisis but remained crucial to the country’s recovery. High-level visits, such as former Prime Minister Dinesh Gunawardena’s March 2024 trip to China – meeting President Xi Jinping, Premier Li Qiang, and Zhao Leji – reinforced economic and diplomatic ties. President Xi’s congratulatory message to President Anura Kumara Dissanayake in September further highlighted enduring relations. A significant milestone was the successful debt restructuring agreement with China’s Export-Import Bank and China Development Bank, easing Sri Lanka’s financial burden and stabilizing ties.

China also demonstrated its continued engagement through major projects and defence diplomacy. Discussions advanced on the proposed US$ 3.7 billion Sinopec oil refinery, a key energy initiative. On the humanitarian front, China’s hospital ship “Peace Ark” visited Colombo in December 2024, delivering medical aid. China’s engagement in Sri Lanka is also seen to move towards smaller-scale, community-based projects.

However, Colombo’s balancing act has been tested by maritime issues. In January 2024, Sri Lanka imposed a one-year moratorium on foreign research vessels, driven by regional security concerns – particularly India’s apprehensions regarding dual-use vessels like China’s Xiang Yang Hong 3 [Behera, 2025; Moorthy, 2024a, 2024b]. As the moratorium neared expiration in December 2024, the newly elected government faced the critical decision of whether to extend, lift, or revise port access protocols – complicated by Sri Lanka’s ties to both India and China.

Similarly, disputes arose over resource competition. India’s January 2024 application to the International Seabed Authority (ISA) to explore cobalt-rich ferromanganese crusts in the Afanasy Nikitin Seamount clashed with Sri Lanka’s claim to the area under its proposed extended continental shelf (Attanayake, 2024). While Sri Lanka eventually allowed the moratorium on research vessels to lapse, the incident highlighted its delicate diplomatic tightrope between fostering partnerships and safeguarding sovereignty. The unresolved cobalt dispute further underscored the maritime dimension of India-China competition and Sri Lanka’s strategic dilemmas.

4.2. Relations with the West

Throughout 2024, Sri Lanka actively strengthened ties with Western nations, focusing on security, economic stabilization, and governance reforms. Relations with the United States notably advanced, highlighted by the Fifth US-Sri Lanka Partnership Dialogue in Washington D.C. [July 2024], which reaffirmed commitments to regional security, democratic governance, and economic cooperation. Military collaboration expanded via the Cooperation Afloat Readiness and Training (CARAT) exercise in April 2024, enhancing maritime coordination.

Governance and anti-corruption remained core elements of US engagement. In December 2024, Washington imposed sanctions on individuals implicated in corruption, including a former SriLankan Airlines CEO, emphasizing accountability [Agence France Presse, 2024; Reuters, 2024; Tamil Guardian, 2024]. Earlier, US Deputy Secretary of State Richard Verma’s February visit to Colombo reinforced US support for Sri Lanka’s economic recovery and Indo-Pacific maritime stability (U.S. Embassy Colombo, 2024). The return of the Peace Corps after 26 years also marked a significant boost to people-to-people ties.

Sri Lanka maintained active diplomatic engagement with other Western partners. In September 2024, Foreign Secretary Aruni Wijewardane visited London to discuss economic stabilization and follow-up on Sri Lanka-UK Strategic Dialogue initiatives, signalling continued UK support.

Financial ties with international institutions, particularly the International Monetary Fund (IMF), remained pivotal. The IMF’s July-August 2024 mission, led by Peter Breuer, reviewed Sri Lanka’s macroeconomic progress under the Extended Fund Facility (EFF), underscoring the centrality of multilateral engagement to Sri Lanka’s financial strategy.

Sri Lanka benefits from the EU’s Generalised Scheme of Preferences Plus (GSP+) scheme, which grants duty-free access to the EU market for 66% of its tariff lines. Sri Lanka’s exports to the EU are value at around US$ 1.23 billion. Sri Lanka’s human rights records, over alleged human rights violations during the civil war and since, including legislation such as the Prevention of Terrorism Act, continue to be potential issues which could derail this access. This occurs in a context where issues over the differential treatment of Israeli and Russian aggression within the West and international organizations, and President Trump’s decision to abruptly terminate USAID program and impose 44% ‘reciprocal tariffs’ on Sri Lanka, have led to questions over the legitimacy of Western political engagement and human rights discourse in Sri Lanka.

4.3. Foreign Policy Direction of the NPP Government

Sri Lanka’s 2024 political shift under President Anura Kumara Dissanayake and the National People’s Power (NPP) prompted speculation about the new administration’s foreign policy direction. Given the JVP’s historical criticism of foreign influence and the lack of a major foreign policy focus during the election campaign, uncertainties surrounded its approach.

Contrary to expectations, the NPP government quickly reaffirmed its commitment to a neutral, non-aligned foreign policy, seeking to balance ties with major global and regional powers [Muthukutti, 2024a; Vidanage, 2024]. President Dissanayake’s early visits to India and China reflected this strategy. His first official visit to India adhered to longstanding tradition, reaffirming Sri Lanka’s strategic relationship with New Delhi. His subsequent January 2025 visit to China underscored Colombo’s intent to maintain equilibrium between the two regional giants.

Historically, the JVP criticized India’s growing influence, particularly in infrastructure projects like the East Container Terminal and Sampur Project, warning of potential sovereignty erosion. However, following the 2022 crisis, the NPP has adopted a pragmatic approach. Dissanayake’s February 2024 visit to India signalled a shift toward cooperation, and India’s acceptance of the new government was evident [Muthukutti, 2024b; Ratnayake, 2024]. The joint statement following Dissanayake’s December 2024 visit outlined a comprehensive strategic partnership, spanning economic, security, and cultural dimensions – though concerns linger regarding overdependence, especially in energy, digital infrastructure, and security sectors. The President had pledged to revoke the US$ 442 million Adani wind power project in Sri Lanka during election campaigns; in February 2025, the Adani Group formally announced its decision to leave the project citing reasons of financial unviability. In April 2025, the Indian PM made his first official visit to Sri Lanka and Sri Lanka subsequently completed a bilateral debt restructuring of US $1.4 billion, which included converting hundred million dollars of loans into grants and India lowering the interest rates on loans extended to Sri Lanka. Several memoranda of understanding (MoU) were signed, including ones on the implementation of HVDC interconnection for the import/export of power and cooperation in the development of Trincomalee as an energy hub. The latter project may intensify competition between India and China, as China’s state energy company Sinopec secured a deal to construct a US $3.2 billion oil refinery in Sri Lanka’s southern Hambantota port. A bilateral defence pact was also signed, indicating deepening strategic relations.

Similarly, the JVP had voiced strong opposition to projects perceived as compromising transparency and sovereignty, such as the Colombo Port City Economic Commission Bill, fearing it could effectively create a “Chinese province” in Sri Lanka. However, recent developments suggest a softening stance. President Dissanayake’s visit to Beijing emphasized “win-win cooperation” and, notably, included Sri Lanka’s explicit endorsement of the One China policy – hinting at a deeper strategic alignment. This raises questions about potential overdependence on China.

The maritime cooperation agreement signed with China further complicates Sri Lanka’s balancing act, addressing maritime security, environmental protection, and personnel training. While intended to diversify partnerships, it also reignites concerns over how Sri Lanka will navigate India’s sensitivities regarding Chinese naval access to its ports [Pethiyagoda, 2025].

5. Conclusion

Sri Lanka’s political, economic, and foreign policy trajectory in 2024 reflects a period of significant transformation, shaped by both emerging opportunities and persistent challenges. The electoral victory of the NPP marked a decisive departure from the traditional political establishment, propelled by widespread public discontent with entrenched governance failures and economic mismanagement. However, the NPP’s capacity to translate its anti-corruption platform and reformist rhetoric into concrete policy outcomes remains to be fully tested. While initial measures toward promoting accountability have been introduced, deeper structural reforms—particularly in the constitutional and institutional spheres—face delays and political complexities. The weakening of rival parties has consolidated the NPP’s political dominance, but the potential resurgence of nationalist could pose significant challenges to its long-term hold on power.

Economically, Sri Lanka’s trajectory has been characterized by a cautious but fragile recovery under the framework of IMF-led structural adjustments. Progress in debt restructuring, fiscal reforms, and monetary stabilization has helped restore a measure of confidence in the economy. However, these gains have come at a social cost. Vulnerable communities continue to bear the brunt of austerity measures, while inflation, unemployment, and income disparities persist [Sultana, 2024]. The continued reliance on remittances and tourism underscores the urgency for economic diversification and investment in high-value sectors. For Sri Lanka to achieve sustainable growth, the government must prioritize inclusive development strategies, enhance the ease of doing business, and invest in sectors that foster innovation and long-term economic resilience.

On the foreign policy front, Sri Lanka has adeptly manoeuvred a complex geopolitical environment, balancing economic dependencies with an emphasis on strategic autonomy. Relations with India, China, and Western powers reflect Colombo’s pragmatic approach to securing financial assistance, investment, and security cooperation while attempting to safeguard national sovereignty. India’s role as a key economic and security partner has grown, while China remains a critical player in Sri Lanka’s debt restructuring and infrastructure projects. Engagement with Western powers has centred on governance, economic stabilization, and broader Indo-Pacific strategic considerations. However, Sri Lanka’s ability to maintain an independent foreign policy amidst intensifying global rivalries will be a defining factor in its regional positioning and long-term stability.

Looking ahead, Sri Lanka’s future trajectory hinges on its ability to consolidate democratic governance, implement meaningful economic reforms, and navigate an evolving geopolitical order. The NPP’s tenure will be judged by its capacity to deliver tangible political and economic outcomes, particularly in addressing public expectations for systemic change. Failure to do so may trigger renewed political instability or realignments in the coming years. Likewise, sustaining economic recovery will require balancing fiscal discipline with social equity, fostering investor confidence, and promoting strategic investment in growth sectors. The effectiveness of the NPP government’s reforms, the durability of economic recovery, and the resilience of Sri Lanka’s diplomatic engagements will together determine its trajectory in the years ahead.

Bibliography

Ada Derana, 2025, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka to recruit nearly 7,500 to public service’, Ada Derana.

Ada Derana, 2023, 14 February, ‘Govt to remove 97 items from VAT-exempt list’, Ada Derana.

Agence France-Presse, 2024, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka welcomes US sanctions on former ruling clan’, Baron’s.

Agence France-Presse, 2024, 28 February, ‘‘Duped’ Sri Lankans fighting in Russia-Ukraine war’, The Hindu.

Asian News International, 2024, 28 February, ‘India, Sri Lanka and UAE to implement multi-product pipeline from India to Sri Lanka for supply of affordable and reliable energy’, The Print.

Athukorala, W., 2024, 17 October, ‘Poverty and malnutrition in Sri Lanka: An overview’, Groundviews, https://groundviews.org/2024/10/17/poverty-and-malnutrition-in-sri-lanka-an-overview/ (accessed 17 October 2024).

Attanayake, C., 2024, 19 September, ‘Sri Lanka caught in the crossfire of India–China maritime rivalry’, East Asia Forum.

Baig, T., 2003, ‘Understanding the costs of deflation in the Japanese context’, IMF Working Papers 2003, https://doi.org/10.5089/9781451875065.001.A001.

Bandara, K., 2025, ‘NPP Govt. heading for political appointments to key overseas missions’, Daily Mirror.

Bandara, K., 2024, 30 January, ‘Will not deviate from IMF programme, but will renegotiate terms and conditions: NPP’, Daily Mirror Online.

Behera, A.D., 2025, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka’s dilemmas over Chinese ‘research’ vessels’, The Diplomat.

Central Bank of Sri Lanka, 2024, ‘National accounts estimates – Quarter 1, 2024’, Central Bank of Sri Lanka, https://www.cbsl.gov.lk/en/statistics/national-accounts (accessed 17 March 2025).

Central Bank of Sri Lanka, 2024, ‘National accounts estimates – Quarter 3, 2024’, Central Bank of Sri Lanka, https://www.cbsl.gov.lk/en/statistics/national-accounts (accessed 17 March 2025).

Central Bank of Sri Lanka, n.d., ‘Monetary policy | Central Bank of Sri Lanka’, https://www.cbsl.gov.lk/en/monetary-policy (accessed 12 February 2025).

Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2024, ‘Survey on democracy and reconciliation in Sri Lanka: Key findings’, Centre for Policy Alternatives – Social Indicator, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Concern Worldwide & Welthungerhilfe, 2024, ‘Global Hunger Index 2024: How gender justice can advance climate resilience and zero hunger’, Global Hunger Index 2024.

Daily Mirror, 2024, ‘SL wraps-up debt restructuring, setting country for rating upgrade – Business Main’, Daily Mirror.

Dassanayake, H.B., & Gamage, R., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s 2024 presidential elections’, Economic & Political Weekly, 59.

Department of Census and Statistics, 2024, ‘Sri Lanka Labour Force Survey: Quarterly Report 2024 (No. First Quarter)’, Ministry of Finance, Economic Stabilization and National Policies, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Department of Census and Statistics, n.d., ‘Official poverty line by district: December 2024’, Department of Census and Statistics, https://www.statistics.gov.lk/povertyLine/2021_Rebase#gsc.tab=0 (accessed 13 February 2025).

Devapriya, U., 2025, 7 March, ‘A populist left victory in Sri Lanka’, Jamhoor, https://www.jamhoor.org/read/a-populist-left-victory-in-sri-lanka (accessed 7 March 2025).

Dissanayake, U., 2020, ‘Technocratic populism and the pandemic state: Performative governance in post-COVID Sri Lanka’, Centre for Policy Alternatives, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Economic Research Department, 2025, ‘Press release: External sector performance December 2024’, Economic Research Department.

Economic Research Department, 2024, ‘Press release: External sector performance November 2024’, Economic Research Department.

Economic Research Department, 2024, ‘Press release: External sector performance May 2024’, Economic Research Department.

EconomyNext, 2025, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka appoints expert panel to establish independent prosecutor office’, EconomyNext, https://economynext.com/sri-lanka-appoints-expert-panel-to-establish-independent-prosecutor-office-204637 (accessed 7 March 2025).

EconomyNext, 2024, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka’s NPP plans to raise tax-free threshold to Rs 200K monthly income’, EconomyNext, https://economynext.com/sri-lankas-npp-plans-to-raise-tax-free-threshold-to-rs-200k-monthly-income-178110 (accessed 7 March 2025).

EconomyNext, 2024, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka NPC officials say procurement shortcomings cause significant losses’, EconomyNext, https://economynext.com/sri-lanka-npc-officials-say-procurement-shortcomings-cause-significant-losses-185332 (accessed 7 March 2025).

EconomyNext, 2024, 28 February, ‘Sri Lanka’s NPP manifesto reveals IMF renegotiation proposals’, EconomyNext, https://economynext.com/sri-lankas-npp-manifesto-reveals-imf-renegotiation-proposals-178061 (accessed 28 February 2025).Ellis-Petersen, H., & Wipulasena, A., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s Arugam Bay in shock after terror threat to Israeli tourists’, The Guardian.

Eudon, T., 2024, ‘The role of domestic factors in Sri Lanka’s foreign affairs: Implications for the United States’, Journal of the Indo Pacific Affairs, 55–84.

Fitch Ratings, 2024, 20 December, ‘Fitch upgrades Sri Lanka to “CCC+”’, Fitch Ratings, https://www.fitchratings.com/research/sovereigns/fitch-upgrades-sri-lanka-to-ccc-20-12-2024 (accessed 12 February 2025).

France 24, 2024, 21 November, ‘Sri Lanka’s president makes U-turn on IMF bailout’, France 24, https://www.france24.com/en/live-news/20241121-sri-lanka-s-president-makes-u-turn-on-imf-bailout-1 (accessed 30 January 2025).

Gamage, R., & Dassanayake, H.B., 2025, 7 January, ‘Negotiating left politics in Sri Lanka: The NPP in government’, Green Agenda, https://greenagenda.org.au/2025/01/negotiating-left-politics-in-sri-lanka-the-npp-victory/ (accessed 7 March 2025).

Gamage, R., & Kaur, K., 2025, ‘Sri Lanka after the elections: Governance in a time of crisis’, NUS Institute of South Asian Studies (ISAS), Special Report No. 31.

Gamage, R., & Ul Haque, M.S., 2024, 14 February, ‘Sri Lanka’s 2022 debt default crisis: Geopolitics and foreign policy developments’, ISAS Insights, https://www.isas.nus.edu.sg/papers/sri-lankas-2022-debt-default-crisis-geopolitics-and-foreign-policy-developments/ (accessed 28 February 2025).

Gunadasa, S., 2024, 13 February, ‘World Bank report shows drastic increases in Sri Lanka’s poverty and inequality’, World Socialist Web Site, https://www.wsws.org/en/articles/2024/04/08/eesc-a08.html (accessed 13 February 2025).

Gunadasa, S., & Jones, K., 2024, 23 November, ‘Sri Lankan president announces JVP/NPP government will implement savage IMF austerity program in full’, World Socialist Web Site, https://www.wsws.org/en/articles/2024/11/23/kjdl-n23.html (accessed 28 February 2025).

Hurulle, G., 2024, ‘Aswesuma to Prajashakthi: Considerations for future social protection programmes in Sri Lanka’, Daily Mirror.

ICC Construct, 2023, 13 February, ‘Here’s why you won’t regret investing in Sri Lankan real estate’, ICC Construct, https://www.iccconstruct.com/real-estate-investment-opportunities-in-sri-lanka (accessed 13 February 2025).

International Labour Organization, 2024, ‘The future of work in Sri Lanka’, International Labour Organization.

International Monetary Fund, 2024, 28 February, ‘Sri Lanka: Request for an Extended Arrangement under the Extended Fund Facility-Press Release; Staff Report; and Statement by the Executive Director for Sri Lanka’, International Monetary Fund, https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WP/Issues/2024/02/28/ (accessed 14 February 2025).

International Monetary Fund, 2024, 14 January, ‘Sri Lanka: IMF Executive Board approves new extended arrangement under the Extended Fund Facility’, IMF, https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2024/01/14/ (accessed 28 February 2025).

International Monetary Fund, 2023, 21 December, ‘Sri Lanka: Staff Report for the 2023 Article IV Consultation’, IMF, https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/WP/Issues/2023/12/21/ (accessed 13 February 2025). International Monetary Fund, 2022, 1 August, ‘Sri Lanka’s Economic Crisis: Causes and Consequences’, IMF, https://www.imf.org/en/Articles/2022/08/01/ (accessed 29 January 2025).

Jagath, S., 2024, ‘Financial strategies in South Asia: Sri Lanka’s debt crisis and policy measures’, Asian Financial Review, 32-49.

Jayasuriya, D., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s crisis and debt restructuring: Impact on emerging economies’, Economic Review, 75-88.

JOC International, 2025, 7 March, ‘Sri Lanka’s energy reform program’, JOC International, https://www.joc.com/sri-lankas-energy-reform-program/ (accessed 7 March 2025).

Johnson, C., 2024, ‘Impact of Sri Lanka’s economic crisis on agriculture and food security’, Agriculture & Rural Development, 21-35.

Kakakhel, R., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s trade policies and economic development’, Sri Lanka Journal of Economics, 45-55.

Kariyawasam, N., 2024, 25 February, ‘Political shifts in Sri Lanka: The rise of left-wing politics’, Colombo Today, https://www.colombotoday.com/political-shifts-in-sri-lanka-the-rise-of-left-wing-politics-2024 (accessed 25 February 2025).

Kumar, A., 2024, ‘Political economy of Sri Lanka’s debt crisis: International aid and local resilience’, The Global South Review, 27-42.

Liyanage, A., 2024, ‘Reconstructing Sri Lanka’s development strategy after the crisis’, Sri Lankan Development Journal, 43-55.

Liyanage, A., 2024, ‘NPP and the future of Sri Lanka’s foreign policy’, South Asian Journal of Politics.

Mihindukulasuriya, D., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s foreign policy in transition: An analysis of NPP’s approach’, Colombo Journal of International Relations.

Ministry of Finance, Economic Stabilization and National Policies, 2024, ‘Economic impact assessment: Sri Lanka’, Ministry of Finance, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, ‘Sri Lanka foreign relations 2024: Annual report’, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Colombo, Sri Lanka.

Mojtahed, P., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s trade relations with the United States: Economic and strategic implications’, South Asian Review, 17-32.

Mujtaba, R., 2024, ‘The role of technology in Sri Lanka’s economic recovery’, Sri Lanka Technology Journal, 25-41.

Nadakkal, P., 2024, ‘Mapping Sri Lanka’s political economy: Crisis, reform, and transformation’, Sri Lankan Economic Studies, 44–56.

NPP, 2024, 7 March, ‘National People’s Power policy proposals for economic recovery’, National People’s Power Official Website, https://npp.lk/policy-proposals-economic-recovery/ (accessed 7 March 2025).

Perera, D., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka and India’s economic ties: From the past to the future’, Journal of South Asian Economic Studies, 59-76.

Pereira, M., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s trade policy reforms and their impact on growth’, Asian Economic Policy Review, 29-45.

Pillay, P., 2024, ‘Environmental sustainability in Sri Lanka: Challenges and opportunities’, Colombo Environmental Studies Journal, 12-22.

Puspa, D., 2024, ‘Strengthening Sri Lanka’s agricultural sector in times of crisis’, Sri Lanka Agricultural Review, 36–48.

Rathnayake, K., 2024, ‘Policy shifts in Sri Lanka’s national security: Implications for future governance’, Colombo International Journal of Security Studies, 53–64.

Rocca, T., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s energy sector reforms: A strategic approach to sustainability’, Energy Policy and Development Review, 33-50.

Samarasinghe, R., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s socio-economic policies and the IMF program: An analysis’, Sri Lankan Public Policy Review, 18-34.

Seneviratne, M., 2024, ‘Analysis of Sri Lanka’s debt crisis: Impact and recovery strategies’, Journal of Asian Economics, 52-68.

Shan, D., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s response to global economic shocks: The role of international aid’, Global Economic Policy Journal, 23–40.

Sultana, G., 2024, ‘2024 presidential election in Sri Lanka: An analysis’, 14 October, Manohar Parrikar Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses (MP-IDSA).

Tissera, W., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s tourism industry and economic recovery post-crisis’, Sri Lanka Tourism Review, 27–39.

Torrella, K., 2022, 15 July, ‘Sri Lanka’s organic farming disaster, explained’, Voxhttps://www.vox.com/future-perfect/2022/7/15/23218969/sri-lanka-organic-fertilizer-pesticide-agriculture-farming (accessed 11 May 2025).

Udugama, K., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka’s educational reforms: Path to economic resilience’, Education and Development Journal, 31-45.

Wedagedara, A. & Jayasinghe, P., 2024, ‘Sri Lanka: Reading the general election 2024’, 22 November, CADTM, https://www.cadtm.org/Sri-Lanka-Reading-the-General-Election-2024 (accessed 12 May 2025).

Wijesinghe, R., 2024, ‘Political implications of economic crisis in Sri Lanka: An overview’, Sri Lanka Political Journal, 19-29.

World Bank, 2024, 12 February, ‘Sri Lanka poverty assessment: Causes and consequences of poverty’, The World Bank, https://www.worldbank.org/sri-lanka-poverty-assessment-2024 (accessed 12 February 2025).

World Bank, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka’s economic outlook 2023: Navigating the crisis’, World Bank Reports.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

India 2024: Challenges and contention in foreign policy

India’s politicians spend almost half of 2024 focused on the general election held over seven weeks in April, May and June. But once the results were announced, energy returned to India’s foreign policy, and the re-elected Modi government moved to deal with a series of pressing issues. This article discusses four of these challenges: stabilising India’s relationship with China; working with Russia; developing the strategic partnership with the United States; and sustaining influence in a dynamic neighbourhood. It argues that over the year New Delhi made some in-roads with each but struggled to make substantive progress with any of them. India struck a deal to disengage forces on part of the contested frontier with China, but broader de-escalation was not achieved. India re-engaged Moscow, but at the cost of adding a further irritant into a relationship with the US under growing scrutiny by the Hindu Right. And India sought to maintain and build influence in South Asia and the Indian Ocean, but suffered significant setbacks, notably in Bangladesh.

keywords – India; Indian foreign policy; China; Russia; United States; South Asia.

1. Introduction

After a frenetic year of diplomacy in 2023, India’s attention returned to domestic issues in 2024. With a general election looming and the first of seven rounds of voting scheduled to start in mid-April, campaigning began early. Growth, jobs, welfare, and identity politics were the main topics of discussion. International relations were barely mentioned, aside from claims by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his allies that after ten years of Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) rule, India was more highly respected in the world than ever before [Kaushik 2024, 12 April]. Throughout this period, Modi spent most of his time electioneering, turning only occasionally to foreign affairs. In January, for example, he spent no fewer than 11 days visiting Ram temples around India, before finally arriving in Ayodhya to inaugurate a controversial mandir built on a site of a mosque demolished by Hindu activists in 1992 [Sharma and Rajesh 2024, 23 January]. His only significant foreign engagement that month was a meeting with French President Emmanual Macron, whom he hosted in New Delhi as the Republic Day guest of honour [de Lage 2024, 9 January]. During the following four months, Modi welcomed just one more visitor – the Greek prime minister – and left the country only twice: once in February for a trip to the United Arab Emirates and Qatar and then in March to Bhutan. This pattern of behaviour – intense concern for domestic politics and little involvement in international relations – persisted until the election results were announced on 4 June.

Yet in the background, several complex foreign policy challenges loomed. The biggest was finding an acceptable modus vivendi with China. In 2024, relations with Beijing remained tense and testy, after years of armed confrontation on the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in the wake of the bloody Galwan clash in June 2020 [see Gokhale 2021]. Barely mentioned in election manifestos, this issue nonetheless overshadowed the campaign [Krishnan & Jacob 2024, 24 May]. Three other challenges were less pressing but still tricky to manage. One was calibrating ties with Moscow, without alienating others angered by Russia’s ongoing war in Ukraine [Panda 2024, 22 February]. Another was developing the strategic partnership with the United States (US) in a way that enhanced India’s autonomy and avoided dependence – a challenge complicated by a growing list of irritants, including the allegations that had emerged in 2023 that Indian officials had plotted the targeted killings of Sikh separatists in Canada and the US [see Hall 2024, pp. 301-302]. And the last was no less vexed: the challenge of maintaining influence in India’s near abroad, in South Asia and the island states of the Indian Ocean [Ranjan 2024, 8 May].

India made some progress on all four fronts, but not much. In October, New Delhi and Beijing finally struck a deal to facilitate military disengagement at two key points in Ladakh where Indian and Chinese troops remained in proximity. This agreement promised to restore to Indian forces access to areas effectively closed since the Galwan clash, but it neither restored the wider status quo ante 2020 nor substantively improved India’s strategic position [Joshi 2024, 28 October]. With Russia, New Delhi tried to walk a fine line, re-engaging Moscow after a couple of years in which it had tried to keep some distance from the Russian leadership, while claiming that India still favoured a peaceful settlement to the Ukraine war [see Ganguly 2024]. This approach played well inside India – especially on the Hindu Right – but irritated others outside the country, without delivering obvious rewards. It did nothing to lift India’s stock in the US, for example, where policymakers were unimpressed by Modi’s decision to go to Moscow for his first bilateral summit after the election [Nakashima & Shih 2024, 11 July]. When the Indian prime minister visited Washington in September, the US and India reaffirmed their strategic partnership, but throughout the year it was clear that the Modi government and President Joseph R. Biden’s administration did not see eye-to-eye on many issues, including Russia [Singh 2024, 6 June]. Internal debates within the Hindu Right about the merits of the relationship also spilled into the public domain. In parallel, New Delhi laboured to maintain working relationships with its neighbours. Here too India struggled, especially with Bangladesh, following the ouster of New Delhi’s preferred leader, Sheikh Hasina.

This article analyses each of these challenges in turn. It argues that in 2024 India found it hard to consolidate the gains it made in 2023, during which time it chaired the Group of 20 (G20) and Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO), reenergised its diplomacy with Global South, deepened defence and security cooperation with the United States and the other Quad partners, and successfully frustrated several Chinese initiatives [see Hall 2024]. The election complicated matters. It distracted India’s leaders, as we have seen, but also showed some of them in an unflattering light. The use of divisive and derogatory language to mobilise voters, such as Modi’s description of Muslims as «infiltrators» in a speech in Rajasthan, dismayed some foreign observers [Travelli & Raj 2024, 26 April]. Then there was the result itself, which involved sizable losses for the BJP and only a slim majority for its coalition [Palshikar 2024]. This surprised many analysts and prompted some to speculate about the strength and longevity of the Modi government, despite a post-election push to project an image of stability and policy continuity [Markey 2024, 11 June].

However, the election was not the only factor complicating India’s international relations. Matters well beyond New Delhi’s control continued to cause headaches. The Modi government faced instability and unpredictability caused by wars in Europe and the Middle East, ongoing strategic competition between the US and China, technological change, and multiple political upheavals in states important to India. In short, it had to deal with a «much tougher world» than those confronting its predecessors [Jaishankar 2024, p. 1]. The US Presidential election generated even more disruption, producing one of the closest contests in modern history [Montanaro 2024, 3 December] and preventing Biden from travelling for the Quad summit India was due to host [Haidar 2024, 6 February]. But as we shall see, the Modi government was buoyed by the prospect of a second Donald J. Trump administration, convinced that it would better suit the interests of India and the BJP than another Democrat president in the White House.

2. Stabilisation without normalisation

In 2023, India restored some channels of communication with Beijing that had been cut off or disrupted after the Galwan incident, while sustaining a broad set of trade and travel sanctions and working with other partners to undermine China’s influence in multiple minilateral and multilateral forums [Hall 2024, pp. 308-310]. This approach reflected the ongoing «abnormality» of the Sino-Indian relationship, as India’s External Affairs Minister (EAM) Subrahmanyam Jaishankar described it [2024, p. 3], following the series of armed clashes on the LAC in 2020 and 2021 [see Tarapore 2021, 5 May]. In 2022, the two sides had managed to calm the situation, concluding agreements to disengage their forces at some of the so-called ‘friction points’ in Ladakh, but fell short of restoring the status quo ante. And in September of that year, as Saheb Singh Chadha [2024] notes, China and India arrived at another impasse, with Beijing refusing to permit India to resume patrols in contested areas around Depsang and Demchok, and New Delhi insisting that their resumption was the necessary precondition for talks on de-escalation and the draw-down of forces.

This disagreement persisted into 2024, despite several discussions between Modi and Xi Jinping at multilateral summits and multiple rounds of diplomat- and military-led talks [Chadha 2024]. Things began to change only after India’s election, amid a debate in New Delhi about the need to stabilise and perhaps strengthen the relationship [see Madan 2024, 2 July]. In July, Jaishankar twice met his Chinese counterpart, Wang Yi, once at an SCO summit in Kazakhstan and then at an ASEAN meeting in Laos. New Delhi’s diplomatic language also softened, becoming more upbeat about the possibility of a deal on some points of difference [see, for example, Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 25 July]. Further meetings – including one between National Security Advisors in Russia in mid-September – generated more positive statements [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 12 September]. Then in October India’s Foreign Secretary, Vikram Misri, announced that New Delhi and Beijing had struck a deal on the complete disengagement of forces in Ladakh, as well as the restoration of patrolling rights [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 21 October].

This agreement promised to end a dangerous standoff that had lasted for four years and four months and brought China and India closer to war than they had been since 1962. But it fell well short of a normalisation of the relationship. The October deal left large numbers of a troops deployed along the LAC all year round, where earlier lighter forces had been present only in the warmer months [International Crisis Group 2023, 14 November]. A wider agreement to withdraw some or all these troops – which New Delhi terms «de-escalation» – is yet to be made, as Jaishankar and other Indian officials have made clear [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 4 December]. Moreover, the deal left in place a series of other punitive measures imposed on China by India during and after 2020, including the suspension of direct flights to and from China and the issuing of electronic tourist visas; restrictions on Chinese foreign direct investment and the use of Chinese technology in areas of critical importance; and bans on dozens of Chinese apps, including TikTok [Madan 2022, 4 October].

At best, the deal improved the situation on the ground in eastern Ladakh, reduced the risk of another clash between Indian troops and the People’s Liberation Army, and removed an obstacle to further talks. Yet China and India remain far from the pre-Galwan status quo. In India’s view, at least, the presence of large forces near the LAC is «not in accordance with the 1993 and 1996 Agreements» [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 4 December] on maintaining peace on the disputed border and sustaining confidence building measures. It is not clear that China – or indeed India – will draw down and redeploy these forces any time soon. Both sides have built new infrastructure in these areas since the Galwan clash and they might be reluctant to relinquish whatever advantage they might offer in a future conflict [Swartz 2023, 17 October; Jun & Hart 2024, 16 May].

More worryingly for New Delhi, it is not obvious that India is now in a stronger position vis-à-vis China now than it was before the Galwan clash. It is possible – but by no means certain – that the robustness of India’s actions in 2020 and 2021 restored conventional deterrence on the LAC [Set & Pant 2023, pp. 148-150]. It is also possible – but again, not certain – that New Delhi’s economic sanctions and soft balancing changed Beijing’s strategic calculus and brought China back to the negotiating table. There is some evidence to suggest that Beijing is more concerned about India as an emerging challenge than it was before, but whether that view will translate into a softer or harder policy towards India is not clear [Deb & Jiayue 2024]. But the bigger problem is that New Delhi has not made substantive progress in closing the economic and the military gaps with its northern neighbour since 2020. In 2024, India’s economy was still only about 20% and its defence budget perhaps 30% the size of China’s – about the same as they were five years earlier [Inamdar 2024; Hooda 2024, 2 July]. The Modi government continues to struggle to implement the reforms needed to stimulate higher rates of growth [Subramanian & Felman 2022] and to direct funds to necessary military modernisation [Mukherjee 2022].

Of course, India can and does also make use of partners to manage the threat, and in recent years New Delhi has forged stronger ties with the US and others for that reason [see Tarapore 2023]. But in 2024 the Modi government tested those relationships, most notably with a determined effort to re-engage Moscow.

3. Perceptions and misperceptions

India’s close ties with Russia date back to an earlier effort to balance Chinese assertiveness. In the 1960s, the Sino-Indian border war, the Sino-Soviet split, and signs of a possible rapprochement between Washington and Beijing drove New Delhi to look to Moscow for arms and economic support [Singh 1984]. In 1971, they formalised this tacit partnership with a Treaty of Peace, Friendship and Cooperation that provided India with access to the latter’s markets, capital, universities, defence technology, and diplomatic support [see Subrahmanyam 2021]. This arrangement annoyed the West but worked – at least in part – for India. Soviet assistance helped to alleviate some of the pressure on India exerted by China during the latter part of the Cold War, allowing New Delhi to modernise the military, if not the economy [see Clark 1977].

The logic of this strategic partnership dissipated, however, with the normalisation of Sino-Russian and Sino-Indian relations at the end of the Cold War and with the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991. In the 1990s, neither Moscow nor New Delhi needed the other to balance China, and for India a weakened post-Soviet Russia looking to build better ties with the West was anyway far less useful. But the Cold War strategic partnership left three enduring legacies. One is India’s long-term dependence on the Russian defence industry for maintenance, spares, repairs, training, know-how, and in some cases ammunition, as well as armoured vehicles, aircraft, and ships. As a result, more than fifty years after the Indo-Soviet Treaty was signed, about 85% of India’s large weapon systems are today Soviet or Russian in origin [Lalwani & Sagerstrom 2021, pp. 152-154]. Another legacy is the perception – widely held in New Delhi – that Russia is a reliable friend that respects India and India’s concerns. Jaishankar’s assessment, made in June 2024, that the Soviet Union / Russia has «never done anything to impact our interests negatively» [NDTV 2024], is shared by many in India’s strategic elite. And the last is the conviction or perhaps misperception – also widely held – that Russia is and will remain a «great power», a pole in an emerging multipolar order, which deserves the respect of others, despite past and present economic, social, and political problems [see Sikri 2024, pp. 183-202].

These legacies have shaped India’s approach to Russia since the end of the Cold War and especially since the revival of Russian fortunes in the 2000s under Vladimir Putin. They have made New Delhi reluctant to loosen ties with Moscow, despite the development of new and (for India) arguably more advantageous strategic partnerships with others and Putin’s increasingly erratic behaviour. They help to explain why the Modi government has maintained a dialogue with Moscow after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022 and refused to condemn Putin’s aggression. But they do not provide a complete explanation. In recent years, two more factors have also played in part in New Delhi’s calculations. The first is India’s growing thirst for cheap hydrocarbons, needed to fuel the economy, control inflation, and to aid post-COVID recovery. The other is a new but acute anxiety in New Delhi that Moscow is being both lured and forced into a Sino-Russian alliance detrimental to India’s interests [Ganguly 2024, pp. 63-64; pp. 57-58].

For all these reasons, India has walked a fine line on the Ukraine war. From early in the conflict, it has taken advantage of Russia’s inability to sell oil by buying up large quantities, some to use locally and some to refine and sell on to others [Vickery Jr. & Cutler 2024, 3 September]. At the same time, the Modi government has repeatedly urged all concerned to settle their differences at the negotiating table, lamenting the impact of the conflict on the global economy [Ministry of External Affairs 2022, 22 September]. Not long after the war began, the prime minister opined in Putin’s presence that «today’s era is not the era for war» – though he went no further than this mild rebuke [Lau and Saeed 2022, 16 September]. Indeed, New Delhi has gone to considerable lengths to avoid actions that might signal either support or criticism for Russia. In 2022 and 2023, Indian officials sustained dialogue with their Russian counterparts in both bilateral meetings and multilateral gatherings, at the BRICS and the SCO, and Jaishankar met the Russian foreign minister on multiple occasions. But limits were also placed on India’s engagement with Moscow. New Delhi was reluctant, for instance, to facilitate a bilateral summit between Modi and Putin, despite a longstanding commitment to hold annual leaders’ meetings, a long hiatus since the Indian prime minister’s last visit to Russia in 2019, and several personal invitations from the Russian president [see, for example, President of Russia 2022, 16 September].

However, India’s approach began to change towards the end of 2023. In late December, Jaishankar went to Russia and stayed for an unusually long five days. He called on Putin, as well as the Deputy Prime Minister Dennis Manturov and Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov. The trip raised questions about the Modi government’s intentions, and when they were asked, New Delhi’s answers were surprisingly defensive. Shrugging off suggestions the West might be unhappy about the visit, Jaishankar declared that a «country which has maximum friends and minimum adversaries is obviously one with smart diplomacy. Why would a country restrict its friends?» [quoted in Bhaumik 2024, 3 January]. He followed up on these remarks at the Raisina Dialogue in February 2024, observing that «a lot of doors have been shut to Russia», that Russia was turning to Asia as a result, and that «it makes sense to give Russia multiple options» [Hindustan Times 2024, 23 February]. These comments – combined with National Security Ajit Doval’s bilateral with his Russian counterpart at a BRICS meeting in Moscow in April – suggested that India was becoming more openly supportive of Russia [Hindustan Times 2024, 25 April].

At the time, exactly why India might make sure a move was contested. Some argued that following several turbulent months in US-India relations, New Delhi wanted to show Washington that it had other partners on which it could rely [Bhaumik 2024, 3 January]. Others thought that after a couple of years of relative diplomatic neglect, the Modi government was merely trying to reassure Moscow that New Delhi respected Russian concerns and interests and to ensure outstanding defence orders were met. They noted Russian unease about India’s deepening ties with the US and about the terms of trade with India, especially in oil [Zakharov 2024, 23 January]. They also pointed to New Delhi’s anxiety about ongoing delays to much needed arms supplies, including air defence systems and frigates [Panda 2024, 22 February].

Modi’s trip to Moscow on 8-9 July, immediately after the election, intensified and broadened this debate. Critics in the West complained not just about the symbolism and the timing of the visit – it was the first bilateral summit for the re-elected prime minister, and it took place on the eve of NATO’s 75th anniversary summit – but also to its optics, which seemed designed to maximise its propaganda value to Russia [Ethirajan 2024, 9 July]. A smiling Modi was greeted by Russian president with a hug; the two were filmed driving in a golf cart and taking tea in the garden of one of Putin’s dachas; and the Indian prime minister was awarded the Order of St Andrew the Apostle in an elaborate ceremony [Hall 2024, 10 July]. To Kyiv, this suggested that India’s neutrality regarding the Ukraine war was a sham [Giordano 2024, 9 July]. To others, it was taken as a sign that the Modi government might be losing its way in foreign policy [Rehman 2024, 30 July].

These impressions were reinforced by three things. The biggest was that Modi’s embrace of Putin did nothing to slow progress in the Sino-Russian «no limits» strategic partnership. In May, Putin and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping agreed to expand bilateral military exercises, conduct maritime patrols, and cooperation on space technologies [Zhen 2024, 17 May]. In July, the Russian leader met Xi again and lauded their partnership [Al Jazeera 2024, 3 July]. The second was that the Modi-Putin summit produced little in the way of fresh agreements or solid commitments to honour existing deals, including overdue arms transfers. These meagre outcomes contrasted with recent gains made not just by China but also by North Korea, which appears to be much more adept at exploiting Russia’s relative weakness and securing advanced defence technologies from Moscow [Kim 2024, 21 November]. The last was that the summit inadvertently highlighted Russia’s disregard for some Indian interests, notably the safety of its citizens overseas. In February, New Delhi acknowledged that almost 100 Indians had been duped into joining the Russian army. Some had been sent to Ukraine; some had died in combat. At that point, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) confirmed that it had «strongly» conveyed its unhappiness to Moscow and expected the Russian authorities to return the men soon [Bhaumik 2024, 27 February]. But by the time Modi went to Moscow six months later, several Indians were yet to be released. And although he secured a personal promise from Putin to facilitate their swift return, as late as mid-December, 19 men were still in Russian military service [Hindustan Times 2024, 13 December].

In August, Modi made a surprise visit to Kyiv to meet Volodymyr Zelensky, and – some analysts argued – to respond to India’s critics in the West [Markey & Ruppert 2024, 29 August]. And at the close of 2024, his government was still insisting that India would not take a side in the Ukraine conflict [The Times of India 2024, 7 December]. Yet its behaviour suggested otherwise. In mid-December, for example, within days of a reaffirmation that New Delhi supported a negotiated end to the war, Defence Minister Rajnath Singh went to Moscow to take delivery of a new ship and to urge Russia to speed up the transfer of air defence systems. But Singh he also delivered a message, telling Putin that despite «enormous pressure» from others, Indo-Russian «friendship» remains «higher than the highest mountain and deeper than the deepest ocean» [Sharma 2024, 11 December]. These comments – reinforced by an anonymous briefing pointing to the «immense potential» of the bilateral partnership – were taken by commentators as evidence that India was determined to «stand by» Russia [Pandit 2024, 11 December].

What drove the Modi government to do this, despite the meagre gains and the substantial risks involved, in terms of the strain the re-engagement of Russia placed on other partnerships? India’s need for arms and mounting concern about Moscow’s ability to deliver them, were clear drivers [Pandit 2024, 11 December]. So was the nagging worry that a cornered Russia might throw in its lot with China, forming an alliance that would dominate Eurasia and restrict India’s strategic autonomy in that region and beyond [see Tellis 2022, 25 April]. And New Delhi’s unshakeable – but far from incontrovertible – beliefs that Russia respects India’s interests and deserves respect as a ‘great power’ in an emerging multipolar order, likely played their parts too [see Chivvis & Geaghan-Breiner 2023, 9 November]. But it appears that the revival of the Modi government’s enthusiasm for Russia was also related to tensions in the US-India relations – and to a desire to demonstrate New Delhi’s unhappiness with the West and its independence of mind. Certainly, what one analyst termed «Modimania in Moscow» [Turayanova 2024, 15 July] was celebrated as such not just in Russia, but also by the Hindu Right in India [Talukdar 2024, 14 July].

4. Non-West and Anti-West

In 2023, Washington and New Delhi took significant strides forward in developing their strategic partnership, reaffirming their commitment to Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies and approving the manufacture of General Electric-designed jet engines in India [Hall 2024, p. 303]. Modi’s State Visit in June was widely acclaimed as a success, despite differences of opinion on the Ukraine war and human rights [Lalwani et al. 2023, 20 June]. Yet from September onwards the allegation that New Delhi was running a targeted killing programme, first levelled by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, cast a shadow over the relationship. This shadow darkened when in November US authorities unsealed an indictment against an Indian citizen accused of plotting to murder the New York-based head of the «Sikhs for Justice» group, Gurpantwant Singh Pannun [Hall 2024, p. 302]. Both accusations were denied by New Delhi, but this did not stop Indian commentators from suggesting that such covert action might be justified and from complaining that some Western governments, including the US, were not doing enough to manage threats to India’s national security by elements of its diaspora [see, for example, Kapur 2023, 28 September].

This issue festered in 2024, with neither New Delhi nor Washington seemingly able to find a mutually acceptable way to manage it. At the same time, Canada also struggled to establish a working relationship with India to identify who was responsible for the killing of Hardeep Singh Nijjar and for the alleged intimidation of other Sikh separatists [Miller and Shih 2024, 14 October]. In October 2024, media speculation then forced Trudeau to go public with Ottawa’s belief that Indian diplomats had been involved in both activities [Falconer 2024, 15 October]. It was also leaked that Canadian authorities suspected India’s Home Minister, Amit Shah, had directed the operation [Reuters 2024, 30 October]. Amid the furore that followed, Canada expelled six Indian diplomats, including the Head of Mission, and India retaliated in kind [Sebastian 2024, 15 October].

In parallel, other irritants emerged in the US-India relationship. Together, these fed narratives popular on the Hindu Right that the Biden administration was not giving India the respect it was due. Some even suggested that Washington’s «Deep State» was determined to undermine Modi and the BJP. The US President’s inability to travel to New Delhi for Republic Day or for a Quad summit; the Pannun attempted murder case; unflattering reports about the state of democracy, human rights, and religious freedom in India; supposed US involvement in a change of government in Bangladesh; and finally the indictment of the Gujarati billionaire – and Modi ally – Gautam Adani for alleged fraud were all seized upon as evidence of American perfidy [see, for example, Talukdar 2024, 23 December]. In early December, anger about this issue spilled over with a series of social media posts from the BJP official account accusing the State Department of being «behind» a campaign to «target the BJP and India» [Roy 2024, 8 December].

This outburst provided insight into internal debates within the Hindu Right – into arguments rarely aired in public – about the merits of the Modi government’s decade-long effort to deepen the strategic partnership with the US. That effort, it must be remembered, was not predetermined, and remains contentious. Large parts of the Hindu Right – including the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (‘National Volunteer Association’ or RSS) to which Modi devoted much of his life before entering politics – are deeply anti-Western. Indeed, since the 1920s the RSS has committed itself to purging all remaining elements of Western thought and practice from India, in favour of what they consider authentically Indian alternatives [see Sharma 2011]. When Modi took power in 2014, it was not clear how much of this ideological agenda he intended to pursue, in domestic or foreign policy, nor how affected he had been by US and European criticism of his conduct as Chief Minister in Gujarat, before, during and after the communal violence in that state in 2002 [see Marino 2014, pp. 103-146; Hall 2019, pp. 1-10].

Once in office – and to the surprise of many observers – Modi pushed hard for closer ties with the West and especially the US [see especially Pant 2014]. Yet significantly, Modi’s strongest ally in this enterprise – Jaishankar, initially as ambassador to Washington and then as Foreign Secretary – was a bureaucrat, not a BJP politician nor an RSS activist. It was Jaishankar who facilitated a strong working relationship with President Barack H. Obama’s administration and with Congress, and who provided a rationale for the strategic partnership – first internally, and then, after retirement from the MEA, publicly [see Jaishankar 2020]. It was Jaishankar who crafted a narrative that reassured Western partners that, whatever qualms they might have about working with a Hindu nationalist government, Modi’s Naya Bharat («New India») was determined to be a «rule-abiding and responsible player» in the world [Jaishankar 2020, p. 55]. In 2019, Jaishankar’s success in these endeavours convinced the prime minister to make him foreign minister [Iyengar 2024, 5 April]. This allowed the government to push ahead with deepening the strategic partnership with the US and with the Quad [Mukherjee 2023]. But Jaishankar’s appointment and his agenda did not settle the debate within the BJP – let alone within in the RSS – about the kind of relationship India ought to have with the West [see Sengupta 2022, 10 October]. They did not win over anti-Western elements of the Hindu Right sceptical about New Delhi’s closer ties with Washington.

A sense of this internal disagreement – and of the implications for the Modi government and the US-India strategic partnership – can be found in Jaishankar’s second book, Why Bharat Matters [Jaishankar 2024], published just before the election. Despite the title, the book is aimed at a domestic audience than an international one. It really seeks to explain why foreign policy matters to Bharatis (Indians), rather than why Bharat (India) matters to the world. For that purpose, it includes a lengthy discussion of how Indians ought to think about the West and why India ought to work with it – not against it, as some on the Hindu Right would prefer. Jaishankar concedes that the West’s misguided universalism and enduring hypocrisy continues to grate on the Rest. But he observes that its relative power is waning, amid an «emerging multipolarity», and its ability to influence what happens outside the West is declining [Jaishankar 2024, p. 44]. Moreover, he argues – pointing to China’s experience – that partnership with the West is the sure pathway to rapid development. There is, Jaishankar argues, «little profit in being anti-West» and a strong pragmatic argument for cooperation [Jaishankar 2024, p. 98]. India must recognise that the optimal strategy combines «[d]eveloping affinities» with the West while remaining confidently «non-West» [Jaishankar 2024, p. 98].

The fact that Jaishankar found it necessary to make this argument speaks to the doubts that persist within the Hindu Right about the Modi government’s tilt to the West. And the upsurge of criticism of the US and the Biden administration towards the end of 2024 – including some coming directly from the BJP, as we have seen – suggests, however, that it had limited impact on the sceptics. But by that point in the year, the outcome of the US Presidential election had already changed the rules of the game. In Trump, both the Modi government and the Hindu Right perceives an ideological ally [Madhav 2020, 24 February]. They have enthusiastically adopted his rhetoric, as the BJP’s attack on the «Deep State» shows. They are convinced that the earlier Trump administration did more for US-India ties than others, despite evidence to the contrary [see, for example, Singh 2024, 19 September]. They believe that the incoming administration will be tough on China and on Islamist terrorism, reject economic and cultural «globalism», mute criticism of India’s democratic backsliding and handling of human rights, and deliver new economic opportunities [Hebbar 2024, 8 December]. They think that Trump will cut some deal with Putin to bring the Ukraine war to an end – and perhaps also bring Russia back in from the cold [Das 2024, 1 December]. And some also believe that a fundamentally transactional and India-friendly Trump will make some of New Delhi’s other recent troubles – including the pending court cases concerning targeting killings – go away [The Economic Times 2024, 5 November].

These hopes for a «Trump bump» might be fulfilled, or might not [see Madan 2024, 5 December]. Either way, the past year highlighted irritants in the US-India relationship that could prove difficult to remove regardless of who sits in the White House. One is the growing tendency in New Delhi – apparent in the Modi government’s response to the result of the Presidential election – to see US-India ties through an ideological lens, downplaying the bipartisan commitment to the partnership on the American side, and casting the Democrats as somehow inimical to India’s interests. The other is the resurgence of a wider mistrust of the US and American intentions more broadly. In 2024, this became obvious in an unexpected way, in the aftermath of the fall of the Bangladeshi leader, Sheikh Hasina.

5. Sisyphean labours

In early January, in an election marred by protests, violence, a low turnout, and a boycott by the main opposition party, Sheikh Hasina and her Awami League was returned to power for a fourth term [Riaz 2024, 11 January]. India – which had backed Hasina since 2008 – was happy, but international observers were not. Nor, as it turns out, were many Bangladeshis, who were soon back on the streets, only to be met by armed Hasina supporters and elements of the security forces. Finally, after weeks of violence in which hundreds were killed, Hasina resigned and fled on a military aircraft to India, where she found refuge in a New Delhi bungalow [Riaz 2024, 6 August].

The arc of Hasina’s triumph and fall was mirrored by India’s broader experience in its immediate region during the year. It had successes but they were offset by failures. To be sure, there was little or no change in some regional relationships. There were no substantive conversations between India and Pakistan [Faisal & Rehman 2024, 15 October]. Tentative approaches were made to the Taliban in Afghanistan [Krishnan 2024, 14 November] and to Myanmar’s ailing military junta [Laskar 2024, 8 November] but neither made progress. But in some of the relationships where New Delhi was more active, India’s fortunes fluctuated.

With Nepal, for example, the Modi government had succeeded in 2023 in stabilising the relationship with the historically India-sceptic prime minister, Pushpa Kamal Dahal (known as Prachanda), striking some important deals to import electricity from the land-locked state [Ranjan 2023, 5 June]. In March 2024 Prachanda’s coalition collapsed, however, and he was replaced by the traditionally India-friendly K. P. Sharma Oli – a development initially welcomed in New Delhi [Mazumdar 2024, 13 July]. But then Oli went to Beijing for his first visit in office, where he signed a significant agreement for deeper economic cooperation with China under the Belt and Road Initiative [The Kathmandu Post 2024, 4 December]. By the end of the year, it appeared that Nepal was determined to pivot away from India, not towards it [Woo 2024, 3 December].

With Maldives, India also experienced ups and downs but ended the year in a better position. President Mohamed Muizzu was elected in November 2023 on an anti-India platform. In 2024, he succeeded in expelling India’s small military presence on the islands but then shifted back towards a more friendly posture. In June Muizzu attended Modi’s swearing-in ceremony and returned to India for another visit in October, this time seeking a debt bailout that New Delhi was willing to facilitate. By the end of the year, the bilateral relationship had stabilised, albeit with lingering ill-feeling caused by a social media spat over criticisms made of Modi by Maldivian ministers and a short-lived tit-for-tat boycott of Maldives resorts by Indian tourists [Yadav 2024, 26 November].

Only with Sri Lanka did India’s position get markedly stronger during 2024. Bilateral ties had been improving since the fall of the China-leaning Gotabaya Rajapaksa government in July 2022 and India’s generous economic assistance the wake of that crisis. New Delhi continued to make gains in 2023 and the early months of 2024, securing commitments from Colombo to block Chinese research ships from operating in Sri Lanka’s Exclusive Economic Zone and starting talks about the possibility of Indian firms running Sri Lanka’s airports [Gamage 2024, 1 March]. Then came the election of the erstwhile Marxist Anura Kumara Dissanayake as the new President of Sri Lanka in September and the landslide victory of his National People’s Party in the parliamentary poll in November. Some Indian analysts responded to these developments with concern, pointing to Dissanayake’s past criticisms of India [see, for example, Sharma 2024, 26 September]. But the early signs suggested the new Sri Lankan leader was committed to a measured relationship with New Delhi and that India was keen to maintain mutual goodwill. Indeed, in mid-December Dissanayake made a State Visit and was warmly received by Modi, and the two promised to deepen the bilateral partnership [Kugelman 2024, 18 December].

The contest between this situation and the one that developed in India’s relationship with Bangladesh after the change of government in Dhaka is stark. Hasina’s fall prompted an extraordinary outburst of anger in India and a seemingly uncontrolled deterioration in bilateral ties. Jaishankar’s statement to parliament immediately after the change of government placed the blame for the upheaval squarely on the protesters, whom he alleged had attacked the police and the properties of people associated with the government, as well as «minorities» [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 6 August]. India’s media went further. The opposition was denounced as militant Islamists; the Bangladeshi army was accused of orchestrating a coup; and news of attacks on Hindus, Hindu property, and Hindu temples dominated the coverage [Mahmud & Sarker 2024, 8 August; Ethirajan 2024, 4 December]. Amid this cacophony, some also accused Washington of instigating «regime change» in Bangladesh and suggested that the US was working with Islamists, China and Pakistan to humiliate India, seize an offshore island for an airbase, and carve a Christian state out of Bangladesh, Myanmar, and India’s Northeast [Aneja 2024, 12 August; see also Bajpai 2024, 8 August].

New Delhi did eventually engage the new interim government, sending Foreign Secretary Misri to Dhaka in early December [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 9 December]. But by that point, it seems reasonable to say that damage had been done, to bilateral ties with both Bangladesh and the US. In Dhaka, the head of the interim government, Mohammed Yunus, complained of a coordinated campaign of «propaganda» coming from India designed to undermine the new regime [The Times of India 2024, 4 December]. Meanwhile, Washington was forced to publicly reject claims that the US had played in role in the change of government [Singh and Pitas 2024, 13 August]. Equally pointedly, the US urged New Delhi and Dhaka to resolve their differences peacefully [Hindustan Times 2024, 11 December].

6. Conclusion

India’s foreign policy changed during 2024 as the Modi government addressed various external challenges in the aftermath of the election. As we have seen, New Delhi moved to stabilise the relationship with China, re-engage Russia, recalibrate the strategic partnership with the US, and react to developments in the neighbourhood – with mixed success. Of course, it did other things too. In the second half of the year, Modi travelled unusually widely, going to Europe three times, Russia and Southeast Asia twice each, and to Africa, South America, and the Middle East. In parallel, India sustained its outreach to the Global South, begun while G20 chair in 2023, holding a third virtual summit in August 2024 [Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 14 August]. These and other initiatives, like the CARICOM meeting in Guyana that Modi attended in November, were presented as efforts to make India what Jaishankar called a vishwa bandhu – a close friend or brother to the world [Indian Express 2024, 6 May].

It remains to be seen if others accept this benign view of India and India’s role in the world. After all, in 2024 Bangladesh and Canada, and the Biden administration, saw a different avatar – an angry India, animated by religious nationalism and right-wing populism. Indeed, it is possible that this year marked a turning point towards a more assertive and less friendly Indian foreign policy, and an approach to international relations in which the boundary between «non-West» and «anti-West» is increasingly blurred.

Bibliography

Al Jazeera, 2024, 3 July, ‘Putin and Xi hail «stability» of China-Russia partnership on SCO sidelines’.

Aneja, Anil, 2024, 12 August, ‘Did The U.S. Deep State Connive With Islamists For Regime Change In Bangladesh?’, StratNewsGlobal.

Bajpai, Shailaja, 2024, 8 August, ‘Indian TV news blame US, China, Pakistan for Bangladesh, call it «Islamist takeover»’, The Print.

Bhaumik, Anirban, 2024, 3 January, ‘«Why would a country restrict its friends?», Jaishankar hits out at US, West for frowning on India-Russia ties’, Deccan Herald.

Bhaumik, Anirban, 2024, 27 February, ‘Seeking discharges for all, India «strongly» takes up issue of Russia’s use of Indians in war against Ukraine’, Deccan Herald.

Chadha, Saheb Singh, 2024, ‘Negotiating the India-China Standoff: 2020–2024’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Chivvis, Christopher S., & Beatrix Geaghan-Breiner, 2023, 9 November, ‘India in the Emerging World Order’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Clark, Ian, 1977, ‘Autonomy and dependence in recent IndoSoviet relations’, Australian Journal of International Affairs 31(1): 147-164.

Das, M. K., 2024, 1 December, ‘Are we witnessing the end game of the Russia-Ukraine war?’, Organiser.

Deb, Soumyodeep, & Li Jiayue, 2024, ‘The Changing Dynamics of China’s Threat Perception toward India: A Shift from Asymmetry to Symmetry?’, Asia Policy 19(4): 207-225.

The Economic Times, 2024, 5 November, ‘Trump will crackdown on Khalistani separatists if re-elected as US President, Trudeau will have to listen: Republican Hindu Coalition founder Shalabh Kumar’.

Ethirajan, Anbarasan, 2024, 9 July, ‘Modi’s balancing act as he meets Putin in Moscow’, BBC News.

Ethirajan, Anbarasan, 2024, 4 December, ‘India-Bangladesh tensions soar amid protests’, BBC News.

Falconer, Rebecca, 2024, 15 October, ‘India-Canada diplomatic standoff over Sikh leader’s murder escalates’, Axios.

Faisal, Muhammed, & Huma Rehman, 2024, 15 October, ‘At a Crossroads: Jaishankar’s SCO Visit and the India-Pakistan Impasse’, Stimson Center.

Gamage, Rajni, 2024, 1 March, ‘Sri Lanka-India Relations in 2024’, ISAS Briefs.

Ganguly, Sumit, 2024, ‘India, Russia and the Ukraine crisis, ‘The Washington Quarterly 47(2): 55-69.

Giordano, Elena, 2024, 9 July, ‘Zelenskyy: Modi is a «huge disappointment» for hugging Putin’, Politico.

Gokhale, Vijay, 2021, ‘The Road from Galwan: The Future of India-China Relations’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Haidar, Suhasini, 2024, 6 February, ‘Quad summit more likely after the U.S. elections in November: American envoy Garcetti’, The Hindu.

Hall, Ian, 2019, Modi and the Reinvention of Indian Foreign Policy, Bristol: Bristol University Press.

Hall, Ian, 2024, ‘India 2023: Tactical Wins and Strategic Setbacks in Foreign Policy?’, Asia Maior XXXIV, pp. 301-321.

Hall, Ian, 2024, 10 July, ‘Modi’s Moscow miscalculation’, The Interpreter.

Hebbar, Nistula, 2024, 8 December, ‘Trump’s victory gives greater momentum to the return of nationalism as a respected political issue in the West: Ram Madhav’, The Hindu.

Hindustan Times, 2024, 23 February, ‘Jaishankar Mocks West, Tells Asian Nations to Engage Russia; «Give Moscow Multiple Options»’.

Hindustan Times, 2024, 25 April, ‘NSA Ajit Doval meets counterparts during security meet in Russia’.

Hindustan Times, 2024, 11 December, ‘US urges India, Bangladesh to resolve differences peacefully’.

Hindustan Times, 2024, 13 December, ‘Only 19 Indians remain in Russian armed forces: Govt’.

Hooda, Deependra Singh, 2024, 2 July, Competing Forces: Evaluating the Military Capabilities of India and China, Delhi Policy Group.

Inamdar, Nikhil, 2024, ‘India’s economy: The good, bad and ugly in six charts’, BBC News.

Indian Express, 2024, 6 May, ‘India a «Vishwa Bandhu», its global impact vital: EAM S Jaishankar’.

International Crisis Group, 2023, 14 November, ‘Thin Ice in the Himalayas: Handling the India-China Border Dispute’.

Iyengar, Rishi, 2024, 5 April, ‘Modi’s Messenger to the World’, Foreign Policy.

Jaishankar, S., 2020, The India Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World, Noida: HarperCollins.

Jaishankar, S., 2024, Why Bharat Matters, New Delhi: Rupa.

Joshi, Manoj, 2024, 28 October, ‘India-China disengagement: Progress on the ground, doubts in the air’, Observer Research Foundation.

Jun, Jennifer, & Brian Hart, 2024, 16 May, ‘China Is Upgrading Dual-Use Villages along Its Disputed Indian Border’, China Power Project, Center for Strategic and International Studies.

Kapur, Roshni, 2023, 28 September, ‘Western Governments’ Response to Diasporic Separatists: Weighed and Found Wanting’, Observer Research Foundation.

Kaushik, Krishn, 2024, 12 April, ‘India’s Modi invokes foreign policy achievements in election push’, Reuters.

Kim, Tong-Hyung, 2024, 21 November, ‘North Korea and Russia agree to expand their economic cooperation’, Associated Press News.

Krishnan, Ananth P., & Jabin T. Jacob, 2024, 24 May, ‘This Election Season, What Do Indian Political Parties Say About China?’, The India Forum.

Krishnan, Murali, 2024, 14 November, ‘Afghanistan: Is India warming up to Taliban?’, DW.

Kugelman, Michael, 2024, 18 December, ‘In India, Sri Lanka’s Dissanayake Reasserts Partnership’, Foreign Policy.

de Lage, Olivier, 2024, 9 January, ‘Emmanuel Macron guest of honour at Republic Day in India after Joe Biden’s faux pas’, Institut de Relations Internationales et Stratégiques.

Lalwani, Sameer P., & Tyler Sagerstrom, 2021, ‘What the India–Russia defence partnership means for US policy’, Survival 63(4): 149-182.

Laskar, Rezaul H., 2024, 8 November, ‘India hosts Myanmar military junta officers, allied politicians for discussions’, Hindustan Times.

Lau, Stuart, and Saim Saeed, 2022, 16 September, ‘India’s Modi tells Putin: This is «not the era for war»’, Politico.

Madan, Tanvi, 2022, 4 October, ‘China Has Lost India: How Beijing’s Aggression Pushed New Delhi to the West’, Foreign Affairs.

Madan, Tanvi, 2024, 2 July, ‘Is there going to be an India-China deal?’, Brookings.

Madan, Tanvi, 2024, 5 December, ‘India Is Hoping for a Trump Bump’, Foreign Affairs.

Madhav, Ram, 2020, 24 February, ‘The coming together of Modi-Trump’, Hindustan Times.

Mahmud, Faisal, & Saqib Sarker, 2024, 8 August, ‘«Islamophobic, alarmist»: How some India outlets covered Bangladesh crisis’, Al Jazeera.

Markey, Daniel, 2024, 11 June, ‘After India’s Surprising Elections, What’s Next for Modi’s Foreign Policy?’, United States Institute of Peace.

Markey, Daniel, & Katie Ruppert, 2024, 29 August, ‘Modi Walks a Diplomatic Tightrope in Ukraine’, United States Institute for Peace.

Mazumdar, Jaideep, 2024, 13 July, ‘Turning The Page: Oli’s Fourth Term Signals Pro-India Stance For Nepal’, Swarajya.

Miller, Greg, & Gerry Shih, 2024, 14 October, ‘Canada alleges much wider campaign by Modi government against Sikhs’, The Washington Post.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2022, 22 September, India’s Statement delivered by the External Affairs Minister, Dr. S. Jaishankar at the UNSC Meeting on Ukraine.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 25 July, External Affairs Minister’s meeting with Member of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Political Bureau and Foreign Minister, H.E. Mr. Wang Yi on the sidelines of ASEAN-related Foreign Ministers’ Meetings.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 6 August, Suo moto statement by EAM, Dr. S. Jaishankar in Lok Sabha on the situation in Bangladesh.

Ministry of External Affairs 2024, 14 August, The 3rd Voice of Global South Summit 2024.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 12 September, Meeting of National Security Adviser with his Chinese counterpart on the sidelines of the BRICS NSA Meeting.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 21 October, Transcript of Special Briefing by Foreign Secretary on Prime Minister’s Visit to Russia.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2014, 4 December, Statement by External Affairs Minister, Dr. S. Jaishankar in Rajya Sabha.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 9 December, Foreign Secretary’s Visit to Bangladesh.

Montanaro, Domenico, 2024, 3 December, ‘Trump falls just below 50% in popular vote, but gets more than in past elections’, NPR.

Mukherjee, Anit, 2022, ‘The state of the Indian military: historical role and contemporary challenges’, The Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Studies 111(3): 309-320.

Mukherjee, Anit, 2023, ‘With a little help from China: The Trump administration and the reinvigoration of the Quad’, India Review 22(2): 207-217.

Nakashima, Ellen, & Gerry Shih 2024, 11 July, ‘Biden administration disturbed by Modi-Putin visit during NATO summit’, The Washington Post.

NDTV, 2024, 21 October, ‘India Russia Relations | S Jaishankar: Russia Has Never Done Something Which Harmed Our Interests’.

Palshikar, Suhas, 2024, ‘Understanding India’s 18th Lok Sabha Election Outcome’, Studies in Indian Politics 12(2): 204-207.

Panda, Jagannath, 2024, 22 February, ‘The Limitations of India and Russia’s Transactional Relationship’, United States Institute for Peace.

Pandit, Rajat, 2024, 11 December, ‘Rajnath meets Putin, affirms India will stand by Russia’, The Times of India.

Pant, Harsh V., 2014, ‘Modi’s unexpected boost to India-US relations, The Washington Quarterly 37(3): 93-112.

President of Russia, 2022, 16 September, Meeting with Prime Minister of India Narendra Modi.

Ranjan, Amit, 2023, 5 June, ‘Prachanda’s Visit to New Delhi: Positive Development but Issues Remain’, ISAS Briefs.

Ranjan, Amit, 2024, 8 May, ‘India’s regional challenges’, East Asia Forum.

Rehman, Huma, 2024, 30 July, ‘Modi’s Visit to Russia: A Strategic Miscalculation?’, South Asian Voices, Stimson Center.

Reuters, 2024, 30 October, ‘Timeline: How Canada came to name Amit Shah in Sikh separatist murder plot’.

Riaz, Ali, 2024, 11 January, ‘The Election in Bangladesh: What Happened and What Is in the Making?’, National Bureau of Asian Research.

Riaz, Ali, 2024, 6 August, ‘The Remarkable Downfall of Bangladesh’s Iron Lady’, Foreign Affairs.

Roy, Shubhajit, 2024, 8 December, ‘Disappointing: US responds to BJP’s allegation of backing agenda to destabilise India’, Indian Express.

Sameer P. Lalwani, Daniel Markey, Tamanna Salikuddin & Vikram J. Singh, 2023, 20 June, ‘Modi’s Trip to Washington Marks New Heights in U.S.-India Ties’, United States Institute for Peace.

Sebastian, Meryl, 2024, 15 October, ‘India and Canada expel top diplomats over murder accusations’, BBC News.

Sengupta, Hindol, 2022, 10 October, ‘What the RSS thinks about Indian foreign policy’, Global Order.

Set, Shounak, & Harsh V. Pant, 2023, ‘The Himalayan Barrier: India-China Relations since Galwan’, China Review 23(1): 135-159.

Sharma, Jyotirmaya, 2011, Hindutva: Exploring the Idea of Hindu Nationalism. New Delhi: Penguin.

Sharma, Mihir, 2024, 26 September, ‘Sri Lanka election is the latest sign India is losing its neighbourhood’, The Economic Times.

Sharma, Saurabh, and Y. P. Rajesh, 2024, 23 January, ‘India’s Modi leads consecration of Ram temple in Ayodhya’, Reuters.

Sharma, Sweta, 2024, 11 December, ‘Modi’s minister tells Putin India-Russia friendship is «deeper than deepest ocean» despite Ukraine pressure’, Indian Express.

Sikri, Rajiv, 2024, Strategic Conundrums: Reshaping India’s Foreign Policy, Gurugram: Ebury Press.

Singh, Arun, 2024, 19 September, ‘India-U.S. Relations Beyond the Modi-Biden Dynamic’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

Singh, Kanishka, and Costas Pitas, 2024, 13 August, ‘US says it had no role in ousting of Bangladesh’s Hasina’, Reuters.

Singh, Kunal, 2024, 6 June, ‘The highs and lows of India-US convergence’, Observer Research Foundation.

Singh, S. Nihal, 1984, ‘Why India goes to Moscow for arms’, Asian Survey 24(7): 707-720.

Subrahmanyam, K., 2021, ‘The Indo-Soviet Treaty’, Strategic Analysis, 45(4): 353-361.

Subramanian, Arvind, & Josh Felman, 2022, ‘India’s Stalled Rise: How the State has Stifled Growth’, Foreign Affairs 101: 139-150.

Swartz, John, 2023, 17 October, ‘Tracking India’s Infrastructure Development Near the Line of Actual Control’, Observer Research Foundation.

Talukdar, Sreemoy, 2024, 14 July, ‘Modi-Putin summit: America must understand that it cannot make India abandon Russia’, FirstPost.

Talukdar, Sreemoy, 2024, 23 December, ‘Assessing the state of US-India bilateral ties: Who let the dogs out?’, FirstPost.

Tarapore, Arzan, 2021, 5 May, ‘The Crisis after the Crisis: How Ladakh will Shape India’s Competition with China’, Lowy Institute.

Tarapore, Arzan, 2023, ‘Zone balancing: India and the Quad’s new strategic logic’, International Affairs 99(1): 239-257.

Tellis, Ashley, 2022, 25 April, ‘«What Is in Our Interest»: India and the Ukraine War’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

The Kathmandu Post, 2024, 4 December, ‘Nepal and China sign BRI Cooperation Framework’.

The Times of India, 2024, 4 December, «Not liking our freedom»: Yunus slams «propaganda by big countries» to discredit Bangladesh uprising.

The Times of India, 2024, 7 December, ‘«Needle is moving towards negotiation rather than continuation of war» Jaishankar on India’s role in Russia-Ukraine conflict’.

Travelli, Alex, & Suhasini Raj, 2024, 26 April, ‘Modi Calls Muslims «Infiltrators» Who Would Take India’s Wealth’, New York Times.

Turayanova, Leyla, 2024, 15 July, ‘Modimania in Moscow: The Wide Resonance of Narendra Modi’s Visit’, Valdai Discussion Club.

Vickery Jr., Raymond, & Tom Cutler, 2024, 3 September, ‘Oil for India’, National Bureau of Asian Research.

Woo, Ryan, 2024, 3 December, ‘In pivot from India, Nepal PM seeks economic support from China’, Reuters.

Yadav, Rishabh, 2024, 26 November, ‘The Maldives presses reset on ties with India’, East Asia Forum.

Zakharov, Aleksei, 2024, 23 January, ‘India and Russia ties: Navigating an «unusual situation»’, Observer Research Foundation.

Zhen, Liu, 2024, 17 May, ‘Vladimir Putin, Xi Jinping agree to expand Russia-China military coordination’, South China Morning Post.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

India 2024: Authoritarianism checked, then reasserted

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

To understand how India’s internal politics changed in 2024, it is necessary to consider diverse topics. They include the main aspects of the authoritarian system that Prime Minister Narendra Modi had created during a decade in power, and the surprising setback that he faced at the national election in April-May despite huge unfair advantages over rival parties. His loss of a parliamentary majority at that election led some to expect that he would moderate his drive for autocratic rule and religious polarization, but that did not happen. Aspects of the economy that affected politics also mattered: economic growth, widening inequality and persistent poverty, the government’s surprisingly unhelpful treatment of the middle classes, and its welfare provisions. India under Modi suffered deeply embarrassing downgrades to dismal places in numerous international rankings. Its efforts to address this problem bore little fruit. A fundamental social change – the refusal of so called «lower» castes to accept caste hierarchies – had long been seen at the grassroots. But in 2024 it finally had an impact in national politics, to the disadvantage of Modi’s party. He had succeeded in gaining control of nearly all of India’s once-vibrant media, and they helped to promote his extravagant personality cult. Partly as a result of it, he relaxed into a self-satisfied complacency which led him to believe and to announce that he is of divine origin. This monumental complacency also led to three startling excesses that have damaged India’s international ties – especially with the West and most crucially with the U.S. as Donald Trump takes power.

Keywords – General election; de-institutionalisation; authoritarianism; personal rule; personality cult; divinity; complacent excesses.

1. Modi’s drive for authoritarian control and religious polarization

Between 2014, when he became prime minister, and early 2024, Narendra Modi had made great progress in promoting religious polarization – leading a hard-line Hindu nationalist assault to demonise and brutalise minorities, especially India’s 172 million Muslims. That effort continued during the national election campaign in April and May 2024 when Modi and others made much use of anti-Muslim rhetoric. He had also made great strides in radically centralising power and in hollowing out democratic institutions in order to impose one-man control of the political system.

The only institutions that escaped his effort at disempowerment and control were the prime minister’s office (PMO) and eleven investigative agencies. They were kept strong but were flagrantly misused to mount raids and probes, often on dubious charges, to intimidate or subdue actors in government institutions and in civil society, the media, etc. – to bring them to heel. The aim here was to create an authoritarian government dominated by one man exercising personal rule.

The list of institutions that were hollowed out and controlled is long. They included India’s central bank, the election commission, the central information commission, the national statistical organisation, universities, research centres, the comptroller and auditor general’s office, the offices of speaker in both houses of parliament, state governors in the federal system, the federal system itself [Kailash 2021, 5 March], etc.

No significant power centre was omitted from Modi’s drive for top-down control. And very prominently, parliament suffered. As early as 2015, deep anxiety was evident even among members of parliament from the Prime Minister’s own Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) because no consultation was undertaken by Modi. An economist who had advised the BJP told an eminent journalist of his surprise at the amount of «hatred» privately expressed towards Modi by several party leaders.1 During his first decade in power, numerous bills were rammed through parliament without time being allowed for scrutiny or discussion. By 2019, this disempowering had gone so far that one opposition legislator asked «Are we delivering pizzas or passing legislation?» [PTI 2019, 31 July].

Even cabinet ministers were starved of influence amid Modi’s radical centralising. They learned what their policies were from their civil servants who were told by the prime minister’s office (PMO). This led to serious delays.

With ministers interminably waiting for instructions from the PMO and unwilling to stick their neck out, decisions are taking much longer. According to sources in the PMO the highest number of files pending has gone up from 1,500 in Manmohan Singh’s tenure (before 2014) to 6,000. ‘The Prime Minister, being a control freak and travel freak at the same time, compounds the problem’, says a former cabinet secretary [Srivastava 2022, 5 February].

The firm control over cabinet ministers from on high may have diminished a little over the last ten years, but Modi’s soaring personality cult (discussed below) has ensured that the top-down grip remains tight.

2. A surprise result of the national election, and Modi’s uncompromising response

In April and May, a national election was held for a new parliament. It was not a fair election. The ruling BJP had vastly more money to spend than all other parties put together. But that was not enough. The bank accounts for the Congress Party, the BJP’s main rival, were frozen. The leader of another prominent rival party was jailed on dubious charges. Modi had gained full control of the election commission which is supposed to ensure fairness. It helped him. On 110 occasions, it took no action when his words – religiously polarising dog whistles and blatant remarks – violated its model code of conduct. Modi also controlled most print, television and online news outlets.

He and his party entered the campaign in high spirits, hoping that his consecration of the Ram temple at Ayodhya on 22 January would provide an electoral boost. He asked voters to give him 400 seats in a house of 543 – even more than had been won in his thumping victories of 2014 and 2019. Other BJP leaders explained that 400 would enable the new government to change India’s constitution.

But when the votes were counted, the result came as a shock. Despite all of its unfair advantages, Modi’s party won only 240 seats – embarrassingly short of a majority of 272. It was only able to form a government by relying on two regional parties which were its allies. Modi’s personal vote share in his Varanasi constituency fell from 63.62% in 2019 to 54.2%.

This confirmed what has long been known: Indian voters are not mindless sheep who are easily led. They have thrown out ruling parties at roughly 70% of national and state elections since 1977 – internationally, a very high rejection rate. In this election, despite the huge unfair advantages enjoyed by his party, it suffered a reversal.

The causes of this outcome are complex. Most opposition parties coalesced in an imperfect but reasonably successful alliance to prevent the fragmentation of anti-BJP votes. Reliable opinion surveys revealed widespread discontent over inflation and the lack of employment opportunities about which Modi had long made what Indians call «tall promises». The use of anti-Muslim rhetoric failed to generate the expected levels of support.

Many activists in the ruling party’s hard-line Hindu nationalist sister organisation, the RSS, sat out the campaign. They were unhappy with Modi for two reasons. His drive for one-man government and his personality cult offended them because they had always believed that their organisation and their cause should take precedence over individual leaders. They also objected to Modi’s tendency to seize power by any means. After he had lost state elections, he had repeatedly used threats and inducements to persuade legislators from other parties to defect to the BJP, so that he welcomed turncoats with no commitment to the Hindu nationalism that was so dear to the RSS.

The BJP also suffered from a decline in support from disadvantaged groups – most crucially, the Scheduled Castes (ex-untouchables) and the Scheduled Tribes (tribal people or adivasis) – see Table 1 below. Many of them were alarmed by the prospect of a large enough majority for the BJP to alter the constitution in ways that could lead to the weakening or removal of reservations for them in educational institutions and government jobs. By loudly appealing for 400 seats, Modi had blundered.

Some expected that the disappointing election result would make Modi less aggressive in pursuing autocratic rule by consulting the two regional parties on which he depends for his majority, and by toning down Hindu extremism because those two parties have cultivated support from minority voters. He offered financial concessions to those parties, but little else changed.

Soon after the election, he intentionally outraged opposition parties by re-nominating as speaker of the lower house a man who had suspended 110 of their legislators in a single day in the previous parliament. New harsh criminal laws were proposed which broadened the definition of terrorism and, after claiming to abolish sedition, retained it under a different name – and increased punishments to life sentences.

A tough new broadcasting bill was introduced to strengthen the government’s grip on digital media. Modi unilaterally lifted the ban on government employees joining the BJP’s sister organisation, the RSS. Loud protests from the opposition claimed that this would let RSS members assume powerful roles, and that it was a threat to reservations for disadvantaged castes. But the change survived. Without consulting allies, Modi announced changes in a Waqf bill to take a tough line on provisions for Muslims, to end what he called the «appeasement» of the minorities.

He also vowed to persist with forceful «anti-corruption» efforts, which meant the persistence of widespread raids and arrests by investigative agencies on questionable pretexts. There are eleven such agencies, including the Income Tax Department, the Intelligence Bureau, the Central Bureau of Investigation, and the Finance Ministry’s Enforcement Directorate. They have been brazenly misused against opposition politicians, media outlets, India’s once hugely constructive civil society organisations (including two Nobel Peace Prize winners), universities and research centres (starting with vengeful attacks on the best), and independent voices. After the election, his right-hand man, Amit Shah, drove the message home: Modi would have total power to act without consulting allied parties [Raman 2024, 30 September].

The only significant change was an effort to repair the damage done among Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe voters by his call for a huge majority. New initiatives to benefit these groups were developed. Analyses of the election result indicated that their anxiety over reservations (see section VI) – along with rising inequality and the severe shortage of jobs – outweighed religious polarization which Modi had stressed during the campaign. But after the election, Modi, Shah and other BJP leaders continued to promote religious intolerance and the brutalization of the vast Muslim minority [Singh 2024, 5 December].

The incendiary BJP Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh, warned repeatedly – and preposterously – that if Hindus were not united, they would be slaughtered. He promised that more Hindu temples would be built on the sites of mosques. He and some other BJP state-level leaders continued, without due process, using bulldozers to destroy the homes and businesses of Muslims whom he called the «mafia». This triggered an objection from a UN Special Rapporteur in a submission to the Supreme Court. One reporter wrote that «Anti-Muslim Crimes (Have) Become the Norm» [Puniyani 2024, 11 September]. Another noted «continuing – even growing – impunity and confidence» by violent Hindu extremists [Halarnkar 2024, 2 September]. A fresh spate of beatings and murders of people, mainly Muslims, occurred based on inaccurate allegations that they were in possession of beef [DHNS 2024, 6 September].

Opposition parties had gained enough new seats in parliament to increase pressure on the government, but Modi continued to treat them with disdain. As in the previous parliament, he refused to answer a single question that they raised. He continued to show contempt for opposition parties – evident in Amit Shah’s description of them as snakes, rats, cats and dogs. Modi re-tweeted a BJP leader’s post that included opposition leader Rahul Gandhi in a list of «traitors» and said that he has the «brains of a child». He falsely accused the Congress Party of «cheating» and «embezzling» – and so the caustic diatribes continued [Ghose 2024, 6 August].

3. The economy: growth, inequality, poverty and the middle class

3.1. Concealing data to control the political narrative

As we turn to India’s economy, it is important to note a problem with discussions of it – and of much else. The Modi government has gone to great lengths to conceal or to avoid collecting important data.

This is apparent on many fronts. The most startling is the refusal to conduct a census. For 140 years, Indian governments have held censuses every decade during years ending in the number one. A census was due in 2021, but none occurred. This was perhaps understandable because of the COVID crisis, but none has taken place in the following three years.

That was no isolated example. 16 datasets covering key sectors have not been made available. The sectors include police organisations, law and justice, defence, railways, food security, consumer expenditure, the household consumption survey, youth affairs, educational institutions, livestock, chemicals and fertilisers, and civil aviation [Salve 2024, 31 December]. With concealment on so many fronts, one witty Congress Party leader, Rajeev Gowda, said that Modi’s NDA (National Democratic Alliance) was actually a «No Data Available» regime.

It clearly preferred not to reveal – or even to collect – information. It allowed vacancies to proliferate in many national and state-level information commissions, until the Supreme Court ruled that they must be filled [Singh 2024, 5 December].

The government also manipulates to its advantage the few key sources of data that are available. In 2018, it stopped publishing the National Sample Survey until it could change the way statistics are calculated to paint a happier picture. It also takes advantage of gaps in the available data to make false claims about analysts’ findings. An important example was the assertion, re-tweeted 2,500 times, that the International Monetary Fund had projected India as the fastest growing economy on earth. This was untrue. It was based on old IMF data [Mehta 2020, 29 August].

3.2. Growth

A more detailed analysis of India’s economy appears elsewhere in this volume, but certain aspects of it have implications for politics, the main concern here. Growth rates are disputed, but by international standards, the economy grew in 2024 at a respectable rate. However, there were also worrying signs. Between July and September, it slipped from pace of the 8% of gross domestic product that it reached in much of 2023 to a two year low of 5.4% [Dhoot 2024, 29 November].

Other things also gave cause for concern. Foreign direct investment had been declining for years, and in 2024 it fell by 64%. In October, India experienced the world’s greatest exodus of foreign portfolio investment. This has continued: foreign investors withdrew $ 8.3 billion in January 2025. A Bloomberg report found that manufacturing output had declined sharply to 2.2% from 14.3% the previous year – which was seen by one analyst as «dismal» and «grim» [Narendra 2024, 5 December]. A Wall Street Journal study blamed that poor performance on excessive regulations and red tape [Li and Mandavia 2024, 23 November]. This contradicted Modi’s much hyped claims to have improved the ease of doing business.

We often hear that the economy that has emerged under Modi is a partnership of the government and big business. But the state has retained immense powers over the economy, so that what has emerged is a somewhat liberalised but far from neoliberal economic order, [Manor 2020, 31 October]. The Modi government holds the upper hand in that relationship and uses it to dominate corporate leaders. That is clear from statements by two iconic captains of industry that the authorities have subjected big business to an «environment of fear», and from the comment by a third that corporations are being treated like «pariahs»[The Wire Staff 2019, 25 December].

Modi’s drive for utter dominance on every front is apparent even in ties to such leaders. He and Amit Shah are equal opportunity authoritarians. No one is excluded from their drive for control. What we see here is not classic form of crony capitalism. Their cultivation of «fear» indicates that they are not seeking alliances with all – or many – corporate leaders.

3.3. Inequality

During Modi’s first decade in power, inequality soared. One analysis drawing on the work of Thomas Piketty’s World Inequality Laboratory stated that the economic order has become «more unequal than the British Raj» [Maya and Kumar 2024, 28 October]. Prabhat Patnaik notes that the World Inequality Database shows inequality to be at its worst in 100 years [Dasgupta 2024, 13 November].

3.4. Poverty

Analyses of poverty are complex, in part because large numbers of people fall into and out of poverty all the time [Desai et al. 2024]. But it is fair to say that economic growth, which in recent times has greatly benefited rich people, has left poorer groups struggling – as the section above on inequality indicates. The Global Hunger Index [DHNS 2024, 20 October] ranked India much lower than all of its neighbours except Pakistan – at 105th among 127 countries. The Modi government disputed these findings, but the Index was developed from its own official statistics. A Bloomberg report found signs of «desperation» among lower income groups [Mukherjee 2024, 11 December]. It added that, as in 2018-19, India’s policy makers were not facing up to the problem and taking action to tackle it. Instead, they were «tinkering».

200 million Indians were found to be undernourished, despite growth. One alarming aspect of this was the high level of child stunting – low height for age. The damage done to the bodies and brains of children who suffer from stunting as a result of malnutrition during their first five years is permanent – it cannot be repaired later in life. These incapacities prove costly to those who suffer them and to the good of the nation. A study covering 2019-2022 found that 36% of children in India suffer from stunting – higher than the 34% in sub-Saharan Africa [The Lancet 2019, 1 December]. This is a shameful indicator of the toll of increasing inequality amid economic growth.

3.5. The strange inattention to the middle classes

The increasing inequality under Modi has also left the middle classes «reeling from income stagnation». A «demand slump among them has recently become worse, reaching levels “not seen in a long time”». An industrialist spoke of the «shrinking middle class» [Venu 2024, 27 October]. Tax rates paid by the middle classes have not been adjusted for inflation, which worsens their situation [Mukherjee 2024, 11 December]. Growth had greatly benefited the rich, but the middle classes, once Modi’s bed rock supporters, had been disregarded.

This might appear to be a risky gamble, but at the national election, middle class voters largely continued to support the BJP – in part because communal polarization had taken a strong hold among them. And since the election, the government has taken some steps to benefit them.

4. Welfare provisions: encouraging passivity among recipients

The Modi government has provided poor – and indeed non-poor – people with abundant benefits. Among these are five kilograms of food grains per month given to no less than 800 million recipients. The government may have done this because it is aware of something important that its suppression of data has concealed: that despite economic growth, inequality has increased sharply so that large numbers of citizens have made few or no gains. But it has also seen these provisions as a way of attracting votes. They often entail the use of IT systems to send cash payments direct to the bank accounts of recipients [Aiyar and Sircar 2024, 30 November].

This approach to welfare has important political implications. These payments flow directly from the Prime Minister himself to beneficiaries, without middle men. Modi has seized upon this by energetically claiming personal credit, to inspire gratitude among recipients to him – enhancing his personality cult and his drive for one-man government. He stresses that he is preventing intermediaries from corruptly skimming off percentages, and from favouring only some of those who need the benefits. But many, perhaps most of the middlemen who have been cut out of the system are members of his own party. So, this aspect of his relentless drive for personal dominance has irritated BJP activists (former middlemen) and weakened the BJP’s organisation, just as he has undermined a huge array of other institutions within the democratic order. This reminds us of how thoroughly he has pursued de-institutionalisation, a central theme in his politics.

This approach to welfare provisions has often, although not always, paid handsome dividends at election time. Many state governments, including some headed by opposition parties, have adopted it [Kailash 2024, 7 June]. But in numerous cases, this has led to a near-crippling of governments’ ability to fund basic services and badly needed infrastructure projects [see for example Ranade 2024, 27 November].

Another implication of this strategy is crucial. It becomes clear when we contrast this system to the approach used by the previous national government between 2004 and 2014, which was led by the Congress Party. Its most important pro-poor programme (there were several others) was the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA). It gave every rural household the right to demand and receive up to 100 days work, manual labour, per year on development projects. It was shrewdly designed with strong transparency mechanisms to prevent corruption. Wages were paid not through intermediaries but directly via an IT system into workers’ bank accounts which were opened anew on an enormous scale. Vast numbers of poor rural dwellers found work under this programme so that it became the world’s largest poverty initiative.

A key feature of the MGNREGA was that it sought to make poor villagers active participants in public affairs at the local level. They had to take the initiative in seeking work, and in performing labour. It drew many of those people – actively – into the public sphere for the first time. That was especially true of rural women, many of whom had seldom left the household in the past. And in recent years, women have outnumbered men among labourers in the programme.

A major aim of the MGNREGA as it activated poor villagers, was to strengthen their «political capacity». That consists of four things: poor people’s political awareness, their confidence as political actors, their political skills, and their connections to other poor villagers and to allies among the non-poor [Jenkins and Manor 2017]. The contrast with Modi’s approach to welfare provision is stark. He seeks to make recipients passive and to allow their political capacity to atrophy, while the MGNREGA seeks the opposite: to make them more active with greater political capacity.

5. A fruitless attempt to respond to India’s dismal global rankings

The Modi government was acutely embarrassed by its extremely low rankings in over 30 global indices published by reputable international organisations. These dismal assessments covered a broad diversity of important issues. They included hunger, poverty, health, media freedom, education, the condition of democracy, etc.

The government felt compelled to react, and it focused on public relations rather than policy change. It formed a special unit to monitor indices, and to pursue responses designed by the prime minister’s office. It instructed at least 19 ministries to tackle 30 international indices: by lobbying some of the organisations that produced them, by «massaging» data to challenge the methods of some, and by developing ‘rigged’ home-grown indices as alternatives [Jalihal 2024, 28 December].

This was no easy task. Some of the organisations that needed to be challenged were dear to the hearts of many in the Modi government – for example, the World Economic Forum whose Global Gender Gap Index placed India 129th among 146 countries. Another, the Global Hunger Index, showed that 67.1% of infants are anaemic and 35.5% are stunted – which implies irreparable damaged to the bodies and brains of young children. India’s rank had fallen to 94th out of 111 countries. On investigation, the index was found to be based on the government’s own statistics. Nor did these efforts to develop counter-arguments always bear fruit. When the Ministry of Law and Justice was asked to study the decline in rankings for democracy and the rule of law, the ministry actually endorsed them! [Jalihal 2024, 29 December] The government’s revisionist exercise has fallen flat in the international arena, but domestically, it may have been of modest help to the ruling party’s propaganda machine.

6. Deep social changes at the local level finally emerge in higher level politics

In the mid-1990s, scholars who studied rural society saw something remarkable. Dalits (Scheduled Castes, ex-untouchables) and other supposedly «lower» castes were increasingly refusing to accept caste hierarchy in villages. And they were increasingly open about it. This was one of the most important changes to occur since Indian independence. Caste hierarchy had been the central element in the way that rural society had worked for generations – and two-thirds of Indians still live in villages.

Very little attention has been paid to the wider implications of this crucial change, so this writer analysed them in nine varied Indian regions. Complex implications emerged at the village level. Most notably, Dalits and other disadvantaged groups developed increasing awareness, assertiveness and skills to operate in the public sphere. But for years, it was impossible to connect those local changes to politics at higher levels [Manor 2015; Jodhka and Manor 2018].

But at the 2024 election, those things came into play in national politics. Modi’s major blunder, his call for a huge BJP majority of 400 seats, alarmed Dalits and other disadvantaged groups. They feared that this might give him the power to weaken or remove reservations for those groups in education and government posts. Many Dalits and other disadvantaged voters shifted their support from the BJP to rival parties, often to the alliance led by the Congress Party. See the results in parliamentary seats reserved for Dalit candidates (because they are numerically strong there).

Table 1: Change in seats reserved for Dalits won at the last two national elections

2019

2024

Congress Party

6

20

Congress and its alliance partners

9

33

BJP

46

29

BJP and its NDA allies

54

39

Table compiled by the author on the basis of various sources

(Note that the figure of nine seats for Congress and allies in 2019 includes reserved seats for Scheduled Tribes, and is a disputed, provisional number.)

Similar anxieties among adivasi (Scheduled Tribe) voters also led to declining support for the BJP and its allies [Attri et al. 2024, 13 August]. (Note that the figure of nine seats for Congress and allies in 2019 includes reserved seats for Scheduled Tribes, and is a disputed, provisional number.) Taken together, these two trends provide an important part of the explanation for the BJP’s loss of its majority in parliament – a decline from 303 seats (of 543) in 2019 to 240 in 2024. As a result, after the election, BJP leaders concluded that efforts were needed to regain support from these two groups [Deb 2024, 21 August]. It was a rare post-election change in Modi’s approach.

7. The media, the personality cult and in 2024, Modi’s divinity

7.1. Subduing the media

Before Modi took power in 2014, in this writer’s view, India’s print and electronic media had greater analytical substance than any of their counterparts in the Commonwealth except Britain – greater than in Canada, Australia and New Zealand. But during his decade in power, he has turned nearly all of the print, television and online media into subservient cheerleaders for his authoritarian approach and for religious polarization. He has systematically reduced India’s media to the rank of 159 of 180 in Reporters Without Borders’ Press Freedom Index – lower than Yemen, Pakistan, Rwanda, Libya, Hong Kong and Zimbabwe. It noted that in India «press freedom is in crisis». The government has «extraordinary power to control the media, censor news and silence critics». It added that

India is one of the world’s most dangerous countries for the media. Journalists who are critical of the government are routinely subjected to online harassment, intimidation, threats and physical attacks, as well as criminal prosecutions and arbitrary arrests…Terrifying coordinated campaigns of hatred and calls for murder arc inducted on social media… [Reporters Without Borders 2024].

How has this been accomplished? Three things explain it: carrots, sticks and surveillance.

Most media outlets are owned by corporate magnates who have many other enterprises. In India’s only partially liberalized economy, the government retains formidable approval powers that can greatly help or hinder those undertakings. If media outlets offer servile praise to the regime and its leader, their broader portfolio of businesses are rewarded – carrots.

But there are also sticks. If a media outlet airs reports that are critical of the authorities, they pay a heavy price. The central government’s investigative agencies may threaten or undertake raids on the offices and even the homes of editors and media executives – seizing computers, arresting key personnel, etc. Opportunities for corporate owners’ other enterprises dry up. Those investigators often have no evidence to back up their charges of fraud, income tax offences, foreign currency manipulations or whatever. But the damage is usually painful enough to secure compliance.

And then there is surveillance. Media houses also know that their reports are constantly and thoroughly assessed. The government has a very large team of monitors who sift through media content, and the BJP also has a sizeable team doing the same thing. They contact and warn media executives or editors when they discover coverage that is negative or just even-handed. They express appreciation to media leaders for favourable reports on the government, and especially on the Prime Minister – sometimes urging that the reports be aired again. They may supply media outlets with flattering photos of Modi for publication. These tactics have proved very effective.

7.2. Building Modi’s personality cult

The fawning media have enabled Modi to get away with numerous constitutional outrages – by ignoring them. One especially glaring example illustrates this trend. In India’s parliamentary system, the prime minister is the head of government, but the head of state is the president who symbolises national unity – like Italy’s president or Britain’s monarch. But in his drive for personal rule and iconic status, Modi has often side-lined the President. The most spectacular example came at the opening of a new parliament building, the key part of a redesign of New Delhi which the Prime Minister intended to signal a new era in India’s political history. In a breath-taking violation of propriety, the President was not invited. Modi presided. The subservient media raised no questions, and merely celebrated.

This was clearly part of a massive effort to enhance the extravagant personality cult that had been constructed around Modi. It has taken many forms. Media outlets feel compelled to refer to him not as Mr Modi but as «PM Modi», a mode of address never applied to his predecessors. Numerous government programmes have the prefix «PM» (for «prime minister» or its Hindi equivalent, «pradhan mantri») attached to their titles – to stress his personal role in their creation. Photos of his face appear on vaccination certificates and packages containing many items provided by the government, like cement. Civil servants in government headquarters at the district (county) level have been scolded by ministers for failing to display Modi’s photo outside their offices. A new 132,000 seat cricket stadium was first named after Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel, an iconic leader of the Congress-led struggle for independence whom the BJP lionises to de-emphasise the role of Jawaharlal Nehru. But it was soon renamed the Narendra Modi stadium. Outside many railway stations and even military installations, the government has placed life-size cut-out photos of the Prime Minister to enable people to take selfies alongside him. His galloping narcissism has no limits.

7.3. The cult reaches new heights: Modi’s divinity

Over time, the Prime Minister’s personality cult has soared breathtakingly. In 2016, a senior BJP leader stated that Modi was «God’s gift to India». That man was then made India’s vice president. Since sycophancy paid dividends, the claims escalated. Another leader said that he is superhuman, «a repository of unending powers», with «traces» of God in him. But that was not enough. Another said that he was indeed a god. But then another found that inadequate. Modi was the leader of the gods.

Then jaws dropped as the Prime Minister revealed during the election campaign that he had become «increasingly convinced» that he had not been born biologically. His origins were divine: he had been sent to earth to do God’s will by cleansing India of evils. He explained that he was persuaded by two plain facts. His stupendous energy can only have originated from on high. And his accomplishments could only be seen as products of divya shakti, divine power.

Does he actually believe this? To answer this question, we must consider two things. The first was his timing of the announcement. If this was an election ploy, a distraction from what polling showed were voters’ concerns – unemployment, price rises and the struggle to make a living – it had limited promise. He revealed it too late, after most votes had been cast. Even if it had been widely believed, it could not produce a thumping election victory. That suggests that he believes it.

The second thing was the manner of his announcement. When he resorts to ploys – to exciting surprises aimed at gaining an advantage – he thunders them in speeches to huge crowds. There had been plenty of these, introduced early in the long election campaign, when the BJP’s constant polling suggested that the party was performing poorly.

Modi responded in loud early speeches with harsh anti-Muslim messages – both dog whistles and many blatant comments. He said, implausibly, that the Congress manifesto had been inspired by the Muslim League – the pre-1947 party that had achieved the creation of Pakistan. He said that Congress leader Rahul Gandhi was a «fan» of Pakistan, and that if opposition parties took power, they would bulldoze the new Hindu temple at Ayodhya that Modi’s government had built.

Then his stentorian speeches became more bizarre. He accused Congress President Mallikarjun Kharge – a very sensible person, to this writer’s certain knowledge – of trying to create differences between devotees of Ram and Shiva, «to break our thousands of years of traditions». He criticised people who eat non-vegetarian food which an estimated 65% to 75% of Indians increasingly consume.

He blazed away with these outlandish comments at mass meetings, because early polling suggested that his party had done poorly in the early phases of voting, so that he badly needed a stirring message that could inspire voters. The news of his divine origin, if it was only a ploy, might have been useful. But nothing was heard of it at these early stages.

Then in the later phases, the BJP’s polling began to yield more encouraging findings. Its mood swung from anxiety to confidence that they would win a solid mandate.2 Modi relaxed into complacency and only then did he reveal his divinity not before a mass meeting but quietly, in interviews with fawning journalists. By then, he thought that needed no new ploy or gimmick to win votes. The quiet, complacent manner of that announcement – like its timing – indicates that this was no ploy. He really believes that he is divine.

8. Complacency leads to continuing excesses

The same monumental complacency, the belief that he could get away with anything seen in Modi’s claim to divine origin, persuaded him that the brutalities committed against minorities and independent voices could continue despite his party’s disappointing election performance. Details on these outrages over the years can be found elsewhere [Manor 2021, 2 March], but the problem gained new urgency in late 2024.

It emerged most vividly in an open letter to the Prime Minister by 17 immensely eminent retired civil servants, diplomats and a former Vice Chief of the Army Staff. These are men who quietly enjoy the esteem of a grateful nation. They are extremely reluctant to comment on public controversies. Their acute anguish was apparent from the fact that they were risking retaliation from a vengeful government. They pleaded with Modi to curb the flood of outrages during 2024.

They called attention to the «extreme anxiety and insecurity» felt by minorities. Actions against those vulnerable groups had always occurred since Indian independence, but «the last 10 years are markedly different» because of the «clearly partisan role of many state governments…».

What started as incidents of bullying or beating up Muslim youth on charges of carrying beef, grew into lynchings of innocent people…followed by Islamophobic hate speeches with clearly genocidal intent. In the recent past there have been calls for boycotting Muslim business establishments…and unrestrained bulldozing of Muslim homes at the behest of chief ministers themselves led by a ruthless local administration [The Wire Staff, 2024, 1 December].

They added that press reports indicated that 154,000 establishments have been bulldozed, and hundreds of thousands of people have been made «homeless or bereft of their place of business. Most of these belong to Muslims».

Most recently, India had seen «unknown fringe groups demanding archaeological surveys on medieval mosques and dargahs (religious shrines) to prove that they were built over Hindu temples». One such case was especially alarming.

It appears unimaginable…that a local court should order a survey on the 12th century dargah of the Sufi Saint Khwaja Moinuddin Chisti – one of the most sacred Sufi sites in Asia not just for Muslims but for all Indians who are proud of our syncretic and pluralist traditions. The very thought that a mendicant Saint, a fakir who was an integral part of the Sufi/Bhakti movement unique to the Indian subcontinent, and a paragon of compassion, tolerance and harmony could have destroyed any temple to assert his authority, is ridiculous… An ideological assault on this uniquely syncretic site is an assault on our civilisations heritage and perverts the very idea of an inclusive India that you yourself seek to reinvigorate. [The Wire Staff 2024, 1 December]

2024 ended with no sign that Modi or his government would respond to the anxieties expressed in this letter by reining in the mayhem. His narcissistic complacency, seen in his claim to divine origin, appears to have persuaded him that he could get away with anything. Domestically, when he committed serious mistakes, his grip on the media ensured that they would cover for him, and offer him only praise. This may even have convinced that he had not actually made mistakes – that he could do no wrong. Nor was he called to account for grossly extreme actions because adulation from the media swamped criticism. This occurred even at breathtakingly crass moments.

Consider one hideous example. His key Independence Day address in 2024, he said «crimes against women are unforgiveable» and that action should be taken so that «those who commit such sins fear the consequences including hanging to death» [The Hindu Bureau 2024, 15 August]. Here he echoed his nearly identical remarks on the same occasion in 2022. But that earlier speech occurred on the same day that 11 Hindu extremists who had been given life sentences for the gang rape of a pregnant 19-year-old Muslim woman and the murder of 14 members of her family including her three-year-old daughter whose head was smashed, were released early from prison. Modi’s government approved their release. The authorization was signed by his closest associate, Home Minister Amit Shah. In a system in which power is radically centralised in the Prime Minister’s hands, Modi must have agreed to this.

9. Complacency produces three international embarrassments that damage India’s relations with the U.S. and other Western governments

As we have just noted, domestically, Modi can largely get away with such actions thanks to his control of nearly all of the media. Internationally, that is not so easy, and things became much more difficult in 2024. For years, major Western powers looked the other way at such moments because he served their purposes. The French authorities knew all about excesses within India, but in their ardent pursuit of lavish arms sales to New Delhi, they ignored them. The Biden administration was also well informed.3 It knew of Modi’s assault on democracy and human rights. It knew that India was acting as the main conduit for the sale of Russian oil to the West – and that its imports of that oil increased 50-fold during 2022 alone. It knew that India was circumventing sanctions by exporting «Common High Priority» items to Russia [Rao 2024, 20 December], and even by permitting brokers to facilitate financial transfers to Iran. But Biden was so acutely anxious for Modi to be a counterweight to China’s Xi Jinping that he also tolerated these actions.

However, in 2024 the Prime Minister’s complacency led to three excesses that became acute embarrassments. They damaged his and India’s standing on the international stage, and its relations with the West: assassination plots, a major bribery scandal, and a stinging critique of the U.S. by India’s ruling party.

9.1. Assassination plots

During 2024, in a U.S. federal court a trial began of an Indian for allegedly planning the assassination of an American citizen in New York. Very detailed evidence clearly indicates that he acted in partnership with India’s security services. The murder was bungled: the «hit man» hired was an undercover U.S. agent. But astonishingly, approval was given from supervisors in India to commit the crime on the same day that Modi was honoured with a glittering state dinner in the White House. In India’s vastly over-centralised government, it is difficult to believe that the Prime Minister did not approve this. His complacent view that he could get away with such things is astounding.

Detailed evidence also emerged in 2024 indicating that that plot was linked to the successful assassination of a Canadian citizen in that country in 2023. (The targets in both cases were advocates of a separate Sikh homeland in Punjab, a cause with such minimal support in India that one wonders why they were pursued.) Canadian police stated that «the Indian government had orchestrated homicides and extortion in Canada to intimidate Sikh separatists». India’s External Affairs Minister angrily insisted that India would never stoop to such actions, but Modi had boasted at election meetings that India would reach out and destroy its enemies in just this way.

The Canadian authorities alleged that Indian diplomats had been «directly involved in gathering detailed intelligence on Sikhs separatists who were then killed, attacked or threatened», and ordered six of them to leave the country – including the ambassador [Miller and Shih 2024, 14 October]. The implication – that the Modi government has gone to the extent of forcing diplomats to participate in such activities – inspires deep dismay within its foreign service.4

Things took a gravely troubling turn when Canadian investigators stated that the man in charge of the assassination plot was Amit Shah, India’s home minister and Modi’s right-hand man. He is by far India’s second most powerful leader, but theirs is no partnership of equals. Shah – who refers to Modi as «Saheb» (master), and who has been shown in photographs kissing Modi’s hand – is utterly subservient to his leader and informs him of everything important. This again suggests that Modi was aware of the plot. Trials in the U.S and in Canada (where Shah may even be charged) will remain an extremely serious problem for India.

9.2. A bribery scandal

In November, the U.S Department of Justice filed well documented criminal charges against Indian businessman Gautam Adani, accusing him of offering $ 265 million in bribes to state governments in India (a crime under American law). It stated that he had misled U.S. investigators and concealed information from Indian stock exchanges. It issued an arrest warrant against him. Adani denies the charges.

He had close ties to Modi from the latter’s days as chief minister of Gujarat state, and had risen from relative obscurity to become one of the world’s richest men. He had been the main Indian entrepreneur who was quite openly aided by Modi to obtain contracts across India and internationally for ports, airports, defence contracts, and an array of infrastructure projects. This occurred at a time when other corporate leaders were accusing Modi of creating an atmosphere of fear.

His indictment undermines India’s effort, in which Adani was the crucial player, to counter China’s Belt and Road Initiative. It also plainly threatens to damage Modi’s congenial relations with the American government. Those ties were damaged further by the BJP’s response to efforts by opposition parties to raise the issue in parliament. The BJP claimed implausibly that the Congress Party was colluding with anti-India forces in the U.S., including its government. This brings us to a third issue.

9.3. The BJP’s attack on the U.S. government

In early December, the BJP’s official website and BJP parliamentarians claimed that the U.S. government was behind online criticisms of Modi by the Organised Crime and Corruption Reporting Project. It is a team of investigative journalists which was partially funded by the U.S. government for analyses of countries other than India. They said that this was part of an attempt by the U.S. State Department, and the American «deep state», which included the philanthropist George Soros and (bizarrely) the Rockefeller Foundation «to destabilise India by targeting Prime Minister Modi». They added that Congress Party leader Rahul Gandhi was collaborating with this effort.

This became an international incident. The U.S. Embassy in New Delhi issued a highly unusual sharp response, complaining that India’s ruling party would make such allegations [The Wire Staff 2024, 7 December]. But BJP leaders continued hammering away with these accusations. Parliament was convulsed by the controversy as 2024 drew to a close, with Congress spokesmen alleging that the BJP had seized upon the issue to distract from the charges against Adani for bribery.

10. India-U.S. ties: Modi and Donald Trump

The BJP may have calculated that their claims would appeal to Donald Trump. Soros is a bête noire in the imaginings of the America’s extreme right. And the «deep state» in the U.S. is often criticised by President-elect Donald Trump – although even the most hysterical of the rightists have never included the Rockefeller Foundation within it.

Indian leaders have clearly stated that Trump’s return to power will improve relations between the two countries. He and Modi have had warm ties in the past. Trump admires autocratic «strongmen», and cares little for democracy and human rights. However, things may become difficult. Trump is wildly erratic and he has a strong transactional outlook. When he has the upper hand over someone, he tends to exploit it ruthlessly. As a senior Canadian analyst notes, he «smells weakness the way a shark smells blood» [Coletta 2024].

The three recent controversies noted above have made Modi and India vulnerable. The trials in the assassination cases will give Trump powerful leverage over Modi. If he asks that Amit Shah be dismissed – especially if the Canadians indict him as an alleged conspirator to murder – Modi will almost certainly refuse. Trump could then accept that, but in exchange, insist that India accept onerous demands. He may also insist that Modi distance himself from his favourite tycoon, Adani, who faces charges in U.S. courts. That would again be extremely challenging for the Prime Minister.

Another excruciating problem may arise. Trump has been consistently hostile towards the regime in Iran. The U.S Treasury has criticised India for «concealing the origin of Iranian shipments and enabling two sanctioned Iranian brokers» active in hiding this. It stated that «millions of dollars worth of Iranian petrochemical and petroleum products…were ultimately shipped to India» [U.S. Department of the Treasury 2022, 29 September]. And in 2018, India took over the operations of Chabahar Port in Iran. In May 2024, it signed an agreement with Iran to invest $ 370 million in the port, despite warnings from the U.S. State Department that this might result in sanctions. [Mollan 2024, 15 May]. Biden tolerated these things. Trump may not.

To make matters worse, Trump is preoccupied with tariffs. India’s are higher than any major economy and Trump has threatened to raise tariffs on India in response. India also has a $ 33.3 billion trade surplus with the U.S. Trump has spoken of building a tariff wall against India, and has threatened BRICS countries (including India), with 100% tariffs if they try to replace the dollar as a reserve currency [Rao 2024, 20 December].

Some Indian leaders are also encouraged that Trump is closely allied with Elon Musk (at least for the present – Trump often breaks such ties because he demands fealty). Musk has said that he hopes to meet Modi, but he is so volatile that he may not be a steady or even a rational friend. He has huge investments in China and has praised Xi Jinping. He is also prone to hysterical comments. He was once an admirer of Britain, but now believes that it is a police state which Americans should liberate, so that its Prime Minister can be jailed. He scorns all British politicians including the most right-wing, in favour of Tommy Robinson, a rightist incendiary now in prison for the fifth time for public order offences, contempt of court, etc. Musk has been denounced by French, British, German and Norwegian leaders.

Trump will also face pressure to turn against Modi from Christian evangelicals, a key part of his support base. They object to continuing attacks on their co-religionists in India that have been reported by an official U.S. agency. A letter from 400 Indian Christian leaders to Modi and India’s President asked for action after a recent «surge» in violence by Hindu extremists – as in recent years, with sadistic relish over the Christmas period. In the first eleven months of 2024, between 720 and 760 such incidents occurred [The Wire Staff 2024, 31 December].

11. A second Indian republic or a second emergency?

In summation, what do we find in India at the end of 2024? Some respected analysts have described it as a «second Indian republic» – a successor to the republic that came into being at the adoption of the constitution in 1950 [notably, Vaishnav 2025]. But is that accurate?

The word «republic» implies a political order that is well rooted in a set of robust institutions and broadly accepted norms. Among those norms is a belief in a considerable degree of equality among citizens, so that heredity cannot provide the basis for political power.

Some may argue that a republic must also have strong democratic institutions. But some countries in which democracy is constrained – even severely constrained – are commonly called republics. It is not Modi’s smothering of democracy that raises the main doubts about this being a second Indian republic. It is the severe weakening of nearly all institutions – depriving them of autonomy and power – in the interests of one-man rule. His relentless, narcissistic de-institutionalisation is what makes that term inappropriate.

De-institutionalisation has been a main theme of his time in power. We have seen the systematic hollowing out of a whole array of political institutions – except for coercive instruments like investigative agencies to enable his drive for authoritarianism. Other official institutions, non-governmental organisations and independent voices have been successfully disempowered in order to concentrate power radically to achieve one-man government, personal rule.

Another key theme has been the demonization and brutalization of India’s Muslim minority -172 million people, 14.23% of the population. They do not, to put it mildly, enjoy equality in Modi’s India. Hindu chauvinism has gained ground under Modi, but it does not yet command mass acceptance. A reliable poll in 2024 found that 69.7% of respondents agreed (fully or somewhat) that the government «must protect the interests of the minorities», and 57.2% thought that the government should give them special treatment.

Is this a political order that will endure? Such vast powers have been concentrated in one man’s hands that even his own political party has lost the considerable institutional substance which it once had [Manor 2022, 3 September]. Everything depends upon the leader to whom even the second most powerful man in the country, Amit Shah, openly offers obeisance. The Prime Minister is in good health, but he is 74 years old. He will not live forever. When he passes from the scene, there must be serious doubts about the survival of the regime that he has constructed.

If this is not a second republic, what is it? Once before, India experienced a regime in which immense powers were concentrated in the prime minister’s office in order to enable personal rule by one leader, Indira Gandhi. Deinstitutionalisation – in which powers and autonomy were stripped from a broad array of institutions – was a central theme. Those arrangements prevailed for most of the period from the mid-1970s and beyond the death of Mrs Gandhi until voters ousted her son and successor, Rajiv Gandhi, from power in 1989.

Radically centralised governance prevailed throughout most of that period, but it was most vividly apparent during the emergency (1975-1977) that Mrs Gandhi imposed. It is more accurate to describe the regime today not as India’s second republic, but as its second emergency. No formal declaration of a state of emergency has been made under Modi as it was under Indira Gandhi. But his carefully orchestrated, thorough subversion of the democratic system has gone further than hers did.

After 1989, the grossly over-centralised system crumbled. Institutions that had been starved of power and autonomy, but which continued to exist, reasserted themselves as massive powers flowed away from the prime minister’s office. State governments and the federal system were also re-empowered. A process of re-institutionalisation, of political regeneration, unfolded. India’s democracy was revived [Manor 1996]. This renewed republican order survived for a quarter-century, until Modi became prime minister in 2014.

We must note one key feature of the regime that he has created. Yes, every institution except coercive agencies has been systematically undermined to empower just one man. But crucially, those institutions continue to exist as they did under Indira Gandhi. He has stopped short of creating a «sultanistic» regime, an authoritarian order based on the personal ideology and personal favours of the great leader [Chehabi and Linz, 1998]. India’s institutions are abjectly disempowered, but on paper, they are still there.

That enables Modi to pretend that he sits atop a formidable set of institutions. This might lead us to believe that his new order really is a republic – with enough new features to be a Second Republic. But it lacks the institutional substance to qualify as that. De-institutionalisation has gone much too far. What we have is a second emergency.

If Modi were to leave the scene, the extravagant personality cult that has sustained his power will not pass to a successor. At perilous moments, he has been unwilling to hand responsibility for risky assignments to others who might serve as fall guys if things go wrong, because he must hog the limelight [Manor 2020, 29 April]. He cannot allow others to gain political prominence when things go right. When they go wrong, he depends on the servile media to conceal the damage and heap praise upon him for his daring, forceful leadership.

After Modi passes from the scene, a period of turmoil and power struggles will ensue – with the RSS, which has gained great power under him, seeking to retain its influence. But without its iconic leader’s pulling power with voters, amid the disarray as different forces on the Hindu right tear at each other, the BJP will face grim struggles to win elections, even if they remain unfair. The regime is very unlikely to endure, as institutions that have been disempowered under Modi will seek to recover their lost autonomy and power, as they did after 1989.

Since he lost his majority in the 2024 election, we have seen the first faint beginnings of that process. It can only make great gains after Modi’s exit, but it is already apparent, especially in the renewed assertiveness of the Supreme Court. In September, it ruled aggressively against the use of bulldozers to raze mainly Muslim homes and enterprises [Pragati 2024, 13 November]. The Chief Justice stated «This is lawlessness…completely high-handed» [The Wire Staff 2024, 6 November]. It then imposed restrictions on the Enforcement Directorate, one of several investigative agencies that the government has used to attack and intimidate independent voices [The Wire Staff 2024, 25 December].

If the current regime were a second republic, such doubts would not arise about its capacity to survive in Modi’s absence. But what we see instead is a second emergency. It is mightily brutish and intimidating for now, but there must be the gravest doubts about its staying power.

Bibliography

Aiyar, Yamini, and Neelanjan Sircar, 2024, 30 November, ‘Technology for Votes: Techno-Patrimonialism and the Rise of Competitive Welfarism in India’, Economic and Political Weekly.

Attri, Vibha, Jyoti Mishra and Sanjay Kumar, 2024, 13 August, ‘Tribal voting trends reshape 2024 Lok Sabha election results: Data’, The Hindu.

Chehabi, H.E., and Juan J. Linz (eds.), 1998, Sultanistic Regimes, Johns Hopkins University Press.

Coletta, Amanda, 2024, 29 December, ‘«Hot mess»: Trudeau’s turmoil draws Trump’s taunts’, Washington Post.

Dasgupta, Subhorajan, 2024, 13 November, ‘Interview: Prabhat Patnaik on India’s Rising Inequality and Poverty Despite Economic Growth’, The Wire.

Deb, Abhik, 2024, 21 August, ‘Why the BJP has become cautious on matters of caste’, Scroll.in.

Desai, Sonalde, Debasis Barik, Bijay Chouhan, Om Prakash Sharma, Sharan Sharma and Dinesh Kumar Tiwari, 2024, 2-3 July, ‘Rethinking Social Safety Nets in a Changing Society’, India Policy Forum 2024.

DHNS, 2024, 20 October, ‘Shameful position on hunger index’, Deccan Herald.

DHNS, 2024, 6 September, ‘Beef killings are back: Tough poll season?’, Deccan Herald.

Dhoot, Vikas, 2024, 29 November, ‘Second quarter GDP growth slows to worrying 7-quarter low’, The Hindu.

Ghose, Sagarika, 2024, 6 August, ‘Modi must get used to hearing the Opposition’, Deccan Herald.

Halarnkar, Salam, 2024, 2 September, ‘Why the oppression of Muslims continues despite a weakened Modi’, Scroll.in.

Jalihal, Shreegireesh, 2024, 28 December, ‘To Show Dramatic Reduction in Poverty, Modi Govt Rigged a Homemade Poverty Index’, The Wire.

Jalihal, Shreegireesh, 2024, 29 December, ‘Revealed: When Officials Admitted India’s Rule of Law and Democracy Are Falling’, The Wire.

Jenkins, Rob, and James Manor, 2017, Politics and the Right to Work: India’s National Rural Employment Guarantee Act, London, Hurst and Co.

Jodhka, Surinder S., and James Manor (eds.) 2018, Contested Hierarchies, Persisting Influence: Caste and Power in Twnty-First Century India, New Delhi, Orient BlackSwan.

Kailash, K.K., 2021, 5 March, ‘TIF – “One Nation”, New India and the Hollowing Out of the Federal Idea’, The India Forum.

Kailash, K.K., 2024, 7 June. ‘CSDS-Lokiniti post-poll survey: The impact of social welfare schemes on voting behaviour’, The Hindu.

Li, Shan and Megha Mandavia, 2024, 23 November, ‘To Challenge China, India Needs to Get Out of the Way of Its Factory Owners’, Wall Street Journal.

Manor, James, 1996, ‘Political Regeneration in India’, in D.L. Sheth and Nandy, Ashis (ed.), The Multiverse of Democracy: Essays in Honour of Rajni Kothari, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 242-65.

Manor, James, 2015, ‘As Hierarchies Wane: Explaining Inter-Caste Accommodation in Rural India’, in Crispin Bates, A. Tanabe and S. Das (eds.) Human and International Security in India since 1947 London and New Delhi: Routledge.

Manor, James, 2020, 29 April, ‘Covid 19 Crisis: Where is Modi’s Fall Guy?’, The Wire.

Manor, James, 2020, 31 October, ‘India’s Far From Neoliberal Economic Order’, Economic and Political Weekly.

Manor, James, 2021, 2 March, ‘A New, Fundamentally Different Political Order: The Emergence and Future Prospects of “Competitive Authoritarianism” in India’, Economic and Political Weekly.

Manor, James, 2022, 3 September, ‘The Ruination of the BJP’s Organisation in 10 Steps’, The Wire.

Maya, K., and Neeraj Kumar, 2024, 28 October, ‘Skewed growth and and deepening disparities’, Deccan Herald.

Mehta, Archit, 2020, 29 August, ‘BJP tweets old IMF data to make false claim that India will be the world’s fastest growing economy’, Scroll.in.

Miller, Greg, and Gerry Shih, 2024, 14 October, ‘Canada alleges much wider campaign by Modi government against Sikhs’, Washington Post.

Mollan, Cherylann, 2024, 15 May, ‘S. Jaishankar: India backs port deal with Iran after U.S. caution, BBC News.

Mukherjee, Andy, 2024, 11 December, ‘India is sacrificing growth. It needs to stop’, Deccan Herald.

Narendra, S., 2024, 5 December, ‘Das’ dilemma: Balancing inflation and growth amid GDP shock’, Deccan Herald.

Pragati, K.B., 2024, 13 November, ‘India’s Top Court Bans “Bulldozer Justice” Often Used Against Muslims’, New York Times.

PTI, 2019, 31 July, ‘Are we delivering pizzas, Derek O’Brien asks over hurried passage of bills’, Times of India.

Puniyani, Ram, 2024, 11 September, ‘As Anti-Muslim Hate Crimes Become the Norm, Combating Islamophobia is a Task Long Overdue’, The Wire.

Raman, P., 2024, 30 September, ‘Option Before the Allies: Retain Identity or Turn Modi’s Cheerleaders’, The Wire.

Ranade, Ajit, 2024, 27 November, ‘When poll sops trump fiscal prudence’, Deccan Herald.

Rao, Swasti, 2024, 20 December, ‘Reciprocity will define Trump 2.0 – trade ties with India will be purely transactional’, The Print.

Reporters Without Borders, 2024, 2024 Round-up.

Salve, Prachi, 2024, 31 December, ‘Critical Data Remains Elusive, as 2024 Comes to a Close’, The Wire.

Singh, Shashwat, 2024, 5 December, ‘Supreme Court directs Centre, States to fill vacancies in Central and State Information Commissions’, Bar and Bench.

Srivastava, Mihir, 2022, 5 February, ‘NaMo’s Minimalist Wave’, Outlook.

The Hindu Bureau, 2024, 15 August, ‘Crimes against women should be probed swiftly: PM Modi’, The Hindu.

The Lancet, 2019, 1 December, ‘The burden of child and maternal malnutrition and trends in its indicators in the states of India: The Global Burden of Disease Study 1990-2017’, 3 (12), pp. 855-870.

The Wire Staff, 2019, 25 December, ‘In 2019, the Few and Feeble Voices from India Inc that Spoke Up’, The Wire.

The Wire Staff, 2024, 1 December, ‘Former Govt Officials Write to PM Over Growing Communal Unrest, Partisan Administrations’, The Wire.

The Wire Staff, 2024, 25 December, ‘SC Interim Order Restricts ED From Accessing, Copying Data from Electronic Devices’, The Wire.

The Wire Staff, 2024, 31 December, ‘Over 400 Christian Leaders Urge President Murmu, PM Modi to Address Anti-Christian Violence’, The Wire.

The Wire Staff, 2024, 6 November, ‘«Completely high-handed»: Supreme Court Chastises Adityanath Govt Over 2019 Demolition’, The Wire.

The Wire Staff, 2024, 7 December, ‘U.S. Embassy Says ‘Disappointing’ That BJP Would Accuse State Department of «Destabilising India»’, The Wire.

U.S. Department of the Treasury, 2022, 29 September, Treasury Targets Financial and Shipping Facilitators of Iranian Petrochemicals and Petroleum Sales.

Vaishnav, Milan, 2025, July, ‘The Rise of India’s Second Republic’, Journal of Democracy, 35 (3), pp. 38-56.

Venu, M.K., 2024, 27 October, ‘Consumption Data Shows the Indian Middle Class is Shrinking’, The Wire.

1 The journalist was interviewed by this writer, New Delhi, 25 January 2015.

2 These comments are based on a source close to the BJP camp.

3 This writer was a member of a team organised by President Carter’s Center to inform the Biden administration.

4 This is based on confidential communications from senior diplomats.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Bangladesh 2023-2024: From democratic backsliding to the Monsoon Revolution, towards democratic transition

The years 2023-2024 marked a historical political shift for Bangladesh. Unrest initially emerged in 2023 in relation to the parliamentary elections scheduled for early 2024 grew to eventually turn into a full-fledged anti-establishment uprising. Dubbed the Monsoon Revolution, it resulted in the ousting of Prime Minister Hasina and the creation of an interim government headed by Nobel Laureate Mohammed Yunus. The country faced a difficult economic situation due to a looming balance of payment crisis aggravated by the negative externalities of Russia’s war in Ukraine. Besides spiking inflation and unhealthy state of loans across the banking sector, these were record years due to an unprecedented dengue outbreak, whose severity was found to be linked to climate change. The Interim Government tried to restore law and order and tackle the rising cost of living, the most urgent problem weighting on Bangladeshi people, with mixed results. The regime change did not significantly alter the country’s international relations, except in the case of India, where Hasina fled in exile. Relations with Myanmar remained strained due to the ongoing civil war in Myanmar’s Rakhine State which spilled over into Bangladesh to various extents and kept the Rohingya refugee crisis stalled.

Keywords – Bangladesh; democratic backsliding; Monsoon Revolution; Awami League; development narrative; interim government; Hasina; Yunus; Rohingya.

1. Introduction

This article analyzes the major developments occurred in Bangladesh in terms of domestic, economic, and foreign affairs in 2023-2024. Among numerous significant events, regime change was undoubtedly the most consequential. The year 2023 saw Bangladesh sinking deeper into the process of democratic backsliding. In the early 2020s, democratic institutions across Asia were subjected to different degrees of erosion as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on domestic politics [Pugliese, Fischetti and Torri 2022]. From this point of view, the trajectory of Bangladesh appeared in line with regional trends. However, the autocratic nature of the Bangladeshi state had been manifest for more than a decade under the Awami League (AL)-led governments, which had widely deployed repression of dissent, police brutality and forced disappearances, repeatedly denounced by national and international observers [Tieri 2021]. Overall, while formally maintaining «democracy» as its official denomination, Bangladesh moved alarmingly closer to a one-party system.

Among the many individuals and organizations identified by the AL Government through the years as threats to its rule hence persecuted by various means, there was Muhammad Yunus. An economist recognized as the father of micro-credit – a system extending small loans to rural people and credited for their effective upliftment from poverty – in 2006 Yunus received the Nobel Peace Prize. He founded Grameen Bank (Rural Bank) to provide micro-credit across the country, and Grameen Telecom, another social enterprise. In the latest years, Yunus was victim of judicial harassment at the hands of the AL Government, who implied him in more than 100 cases from corruption to violation of labour laws. In August 2023, an open letter signed by world leaders of the likes of former U.S. President Barack Obama, former U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon and more than 100 Nobel laureates, urged the Bangladeshi Government to put an end to judicial harassment against Yunus [Alam 2023, 31 August]. These concerns were echoed in January 2024 in another letter to Hasina, this time signed by twelve US senators [The Daily Star 2024, 23 January]. The Bangladeshi Government dismissed these allegations and continued the political vendetta against the social entrepreneur. In an irony of fate, in the summer of 2024, it would be no one else but Yunus, as we shall see, to rise to head the country following Hasina’s ousting.

2. Domestic affairs

2.1. The violent run up to Bangladesh’s 12th parliamentary elections

Democratic backsliding kept manifesting also in violent repression of political opposition [‘Bangladesh: violent autocratic crackdown’ 2023, 26 November]. The year 2023 witnessed recurring clashes between the police and opposition political parties requesting Hasina to step down in favour of a caretaker government1. In this political environment, in November 2023 Hasina called for elections to be held on 7 January 2024, further angering the opposition. The Bangladesh Nationalist Party (BNP), Bangladesh’s other main party and archenemy of AL, ordered his supporters to boycott them fearing they would be rigged and confirm Hasina for a fourth mandate. In late October 2023, clashes between BNP activists and the police intensified, culminating on the 28th in the death of a policeman and a BNP ward-level leader [The Daily Star 2023, 29 October]. Since then and until the January 2024 elections, BNP, Jamaat-e-Islami (JeI) and other opposition political parties called regular strikes (known as hartal).

The elections and their aftermath represented the culmination of the authoritarian tendencies of the Bangladeshi state. Despite protracted protests and use of violence against protesters in the months preceding the elections, these took place on 7 January 2024, boycotted by main opposition parties and alliances such as BNP, JeI, and Ganatantra Mancho,2 and amid widespread allegations of foul play by the ruling party, voiced also by international observers (such as intergovernmental organisations, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), foreign press). For example, Ghulam Mohammed Quader, the chairman of Jatiyo Party (JP), which resolved to run for the elections at the very last moment, claimed that the AL had coerced its party to do so to provide a semblance of fair competition [The Business Standard 2024, 1 November]. Similar allegations were advanced regarding a set of new parties mostly comprising of former BNP politicians and popularly known as «King’s Parties»,3 who would have been put up by state intelligence for the purpose of the 2024 elections. According to Transparency International Bangladesh (TIB), the election was neither free nor inclusive [The Business Standard 2024, 17 January]. Similar to 2014 and 2018, results favourable to the incumbent party were ensured through connivance by the bureaucracy and law enforcement agencies [Riaz 2024, 18 January]. AL alone managed to secure 223 parliamentary seats, while independent candidates, who were primarily AL-affiliated, won 62 seats. JP won only 11 seats, while Jatiya Samajtantrik Dal, Bangladesh Workers Party and Bangladesh Kalyan Party one seat each [Riaz 2024, 18 January]. The then-Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) Kazi Habibul Awal declared that the January general election had been successful although not fully participatory [The Business Standard 2024, 18 January]. In a press briefing, the CEC claimed that the voter turnout had been 28% but soon after increased the figure to 40%, apparently prodded by his colleagues, thus causing controversy [Riaz 2024, 11 January]. Amid widespread domestic and international criticism, in January 2024 Hasina was sworn in as Bangladesh’s PM for the fourth consecutive time [Daily Star 2024, 12 January].

2.2. From new anti-quota protests to the Monsoon Revolution4

In the summer of 2024, new protests emerged, this time in relation to the «quota system» regulating public employment in the country. Based on the quota system, more than 50% of available jobs are reserved for vulnerable categories: women 10%; ethnic minorities 5%; native of underdeveloped areas 10%; children and grandchildren of independence war freedom fighters 30% [Prakash 2024, 25 July]. These quotas had already been object of controversy: in 2018, a massive student protest forced the AL Government to take the decision of eliminating them. However, on 5 June 2024, the Supreme Court of Bangladesh overturned the Government’s decision, practically reinstalling the quota system. This sparked a new wave of protests among students. These protests saw the participation of both female and male students in large numbers. Initially they involved university students, but since mid-July other students as well. In particular, protesters alleged that the 10% quota for underdeveloped areas were unnecessary more than 50 years after Bangladesh’s independence, and that the 30% quota for children/grandchildren of 1971 war veterans was exploited by the AL Government to fill the high bureaucracy with party loyalists. Although Bangladesh has figured among the world’s fastest-growing economies for a decade, the uneven character of economic growth and ensuing inequality became cause of frustration within the country, especially among young adults. Around 18 million young Bangladeshis are unemployed, and university graduates face more difficulty in securing a job compared to less educated peers [Ethirajan & Ritchie 2024, 6 August]. The problem of jobless growth is not unique to Bangladesh but common across South Asia: it has emerged as a key political issue in India as well [Maiorano and Khattri 2024, pp. 260-271]. Meanwhile, also university teachers who had been enrolled on a new national pay scheme took to the streets, adding to the tension which had built up in public universities [Curtis 2025, 23 January].

Tension kept rising in July. Student protests – the student front had organized under the leadership of the Anti-Discrimination Student Movement (ADSM) – had been non-violent so far. The AL tried repeatedly to discredit their cause, first by framing it as an anti-national endeavour – for example, by referring to the students as razakars, a term used for those who sided with West Pakistan against Bangladeshi independence in 1971. Later on, in August, it tried to depict the protesting students as a proxy of Islamic extremists, thus proceeding to ban JeI and its student wing, Islami Chhatra Shibir [Foyez 2024, 1 August].

On 15 July 2024, a peaceful protest by Dhaka University students met with violent attacks perpetrated by non-identified individuals. Similar episodes were recorded across the country, featuring as attackers the Bangladesh Chhatra League (BCL), a student union affiliated with AL [New Age 2024, 16 July]. Another threshold moment was the killing of Aby Sayed, a 25-years old Rangpur Begum Rokeya University student whom the police shot dead from a distance of merely 15 metres, the whole event captured on video and circulated widely across media. The government gave the police a «shoot-on-sight» order to quell protests, deployed the Army and shut down internet access for 10 days [Allen 2024, 2 August]. The police conducted nighttime raids to arrest those involved in the student protests. Amid this climate, on 19 July, the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights, Volker Türk, expressed deep concern and called for the violence to end and respect for international human rights standards – a plea he reiterated on 4 August. Meanwhile, on 21 July, the Supreme Court scrapped most of the quotas, rendering the selection for 93% of the government jobs merit-based. Initially the BNP and other opposition parties and coalitions declared solidarity with those protesting against the quota system reforms but denied to have any direct role in the protests. However, law enforcement agencies arrested opposition leaders belonging to the BNP and other parties based on their alleged involvement in violence related to the quota movement [New Age 2024, 22 July]. In September 2024, BNP secretary general Mirza Fakhrul Islam Alamgir claimed that at least 422 people affiliated with the BNP had died while being involved in the July-August uprising [ProthomAlo 2024, 15 September].

The tipping point of the uprising came on 3-5 August. On 3 August, students and crowds from Dhaka and nearby areas started gathering in the Central Shaheed Minar in the capital city, calling for the Government’s resignation [Abbas 2024, 3 August]. A simultaneous press release by the Chief of Army Staff, General Waker-Uz-Zaman, signalled that the Army distanced itself from the ongoing crackdown against protesters carried out by the Government through the police, thus further boosting the protesters’ resolution. The ADSM announced a «Long March to Dhaka» to take place the next day, 4 August, to fulfil the resignation demand. On 5 August, Hasina fled to India5 on a helicopter, prompting General Waker-Uz-Zaman to take charge, gather with various political parties, and brief the nation about the sudden regime change. In this way, a number of processes which had unravelled in Bangladesh for more than a decade – steadily growing discontent against AL’s authoritarian policies, pervasive political polarization, and youth’s status anxiety amid widespread unemployment – all coalesced into the end Hasina’s AL rule, which had lasted uninterrupted since 2009.

2.3. The Yunus Interim Government

After Hasina was overthrown, Bangladeshi President Mohammed Shahabuddin ordered the release of BNP chairperson Khaleda Zia, jailed in 2018 and in house arrest since 2020 [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 6 August].6 He also dissolved the Parliament, leaving the country without a government for two days [BBC 2024, 6 August]. On 8 August, in line with the request vocally advanced by the student front, Muhammad Yunus formed an interim government in the role of Chief Adviser while President Shahabuddin administered his oath. The Interim Government soon received widespread criticism because most cabinet members (advisers) had little political experience, including Chief Adviser Yunus and members of the student front who had raised to the rank of advisers. Others alleged that the Government was too small – although its members doubled since it first took office. The new government was faced with two immediate challenges. One was maintaining law and order, which had been problematic for months but further deteriorated after the regime fell, as the police was unable to function due to low morale while across the country mobs attacked police stations in retaliation to police brutality. According to Bangladesh Police Headquarters, 44 police personnel were killed during the violence [BdNews24 2024, 19 August]. The situation slowly improved, but had not yet returned to normalcy at the time of writing (early 2025). Data by the Bangladesh Police showed that in the four months following the advent of the Interim Government across Bangladesh there was a surge in criminal activities, including murders, robberies, and kidnappings [Dhaka Tribune 2025, 10 January]. The deteriorating law and order situation impacted the country’s prisons as well. After the government fell, at least 2,241 inmates, including 88 on death row, managed to escape and a large number of them were yet to be found as of late 2024 [Bhattacharjee & Khan 2024, 11 September]. A number of top inmates condemned for terror crimes were released on bail and became again active [ProthomAlo 2024, 11 October]. Faced with this law-and-order crisis, the Army stepped in, coordinating with law enforcement agencies – the police, the Border Guard Bangladesh (BGB), the Rapid Battalion (RAB). Besides, since September, the Army’s commissioned officers were authorized by the Interim Government to act as executive magistrates. Even months after the regime change, agitations did not abate. The streets of Dhaka became theatre to recurring protests by garment workers, rickshaw drivers, students, doctors, paramedics, railway staff, and retired police personnel, each seeking their specific demands.

The other urgent problem to be tackled was keeping the price of basic food commodities (potatoes, edible oil, sugar, and onions) at bay. Their rise made the cost of life unbearable for middle-lower classes. Prices remained high despite intervention, causing further criticism against the Interim Government, until they started dropping in mid-December [Halder 2024, 15 November].

Another challenge was determining the number of casualties and ensuring proper treatment and support for those who had been injured or lost a family member in the Revolution. These measures acquired also political relevance since the protesters, especially the student front, had emerged as a key political stakeholder. The Government pledged that those injured would receive free lifetime care at government hospitals. It also established the July Shaheed Smriti Foundation to deliver financial support to families of injured people and martyrs of the Revolution [The Daily Star 2024, 15 November].

The violence which accompanied the regime change claimed victims on both sides of the political divide. Expectedly, following the downfall of the AL government, people and places associated with the party, including the party office and leaders’ residences and businesses, were targeted by violent mobs [The Daily Star 2024, 5 August]. These attacks continued into early 2025, when more AL leaders’ houses were smashed and torched, including Hasina’s family home [The Daily Star 2025, 6 February].

In the history of Bangladeshi politics, attacks against religious minorities have often accompanied power transitions [Guhathakurta 2016]. In the first days after the fall of Hasina, some attacks on Hindus took place in various locations while the police was not operational. As a consequence, communal and minority violence emerged as yet another issue triggered by the political churning of July-August. International and Indian media reported of various attacks against Hindu individuals and places of worship from across the country: according to the Bangladesh Hindu Buddhist Christian Unity Council there were more than 2,000 attacks on Hindus between 4 August and the year-end [Voice of America 2024, 1 November]. These events were explained as a manifestation of anti-India sentiment due to the fact that Hasina had fled to India. On multiple occasions, the Indian Government raised concerns about the status of minority – including Hindus – in Bangladesh and called upon the Interim Government to ensure their protection [Government of India 2024, 19 December]. Sheikh Hasina, exiled in India, attempted to extract political gains from this situation by accusing Yunus of carrying out a genocide against religious minorities and heading a fascist regime [The Tribune 2024, 10 December]. However, others claimed that the seemingly communal violence was actually politically motivated, as the targets had been associated with the AL regime. Some Bangladeshi public figures like Chief Adviser’s Press Secretary Shafiqul Alam claimed that Bangladesh is portrayed unfairly in international media [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 7 December]. Also the BBC fact-checking report found that most Hindu temple attacks were false news [Wakefield & Menon 2024, 18 August]. It is not unlikely that India, traditionally close to Hasina’s Government, was behind the spreading of fake news with a view to discredit the regime change: according to the Bangladeshi fact-checking initiative Rumor Scanner, around 72% of social media sites spreading misinformation about Bangladesh are from India [ProthomAlo 2024, 11 December]. In October 2024, the peaceful celebration of Durga Puja, the main religious festival for Bengali Hindus, sent a reassuring message regarding the status of religious harmony in the country.

The assumption underlying the working of the Interim Government was that national and economic rebuilding had to be preceded by a comprehensive, careful and impartial house-cleaning. In the interest of peace and economic sustainability, each deal and transaction made by the AL Government had to be subject to scrutiny and justice against crimes perpetrated under the regime had to be delivered. To this purpose, the Government formed over 15 reform commissions, the six major ones concerning the Constitution, the electoral system, the police, the judiciary, public administration, and corruption. The National Consensus Commission, chaired by Yunus himself, intended to negotiate with political parties and other relevant stakeholders the reform agenda based on their recommendations. Importantly, the to-be-set agenda included the timeline of the next national election, whose date had not been set yet as of late 2024. In his address to the nation on Victory Day (16 December) 2024, Yunus declared that polls were likely to be held in late 2025 in case of minimal reforms, or in mid-2026 in case of more substantial ones. As a consequence, the nature of the reforms and the elections timeline remained a major cause of debate among parties and students, who in the meantime decided to form a new political party.7

Among the recent past which the Interim Government subjected to careful scrutiny through the appointment of ad-hoc commissions, there are also the enforced disappearances of opposition politicians, activists, journalists, and intellectuals which took place in AL-ruled Bangladesh since 2009. Upon the invitation of the Interim Government, the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) commenced an independent fact-finding investigation on human rights violations during July and August 2024. The final OHCHR report published in February 2025 stated that the former Bangladeshi Government, security and intelligence services, along with groups affiliated with AL, had been involved in serious human rights violations, and estimated that as many as 1,400 people could have been killed between 1 July and 15 August in relation to those [OHCHR 2025, 12 February]. In October 2024 and again in January 2025, Bangladesh’s International Criminal Tribunal (ICT) issued an arrest warrant against Hasina’s alleged involvement in «crimes against humanity» during July-August 2024 [The Business Standard 2025, 6 January]. Many of Hasina’s ex-ministers ended behind bars facing trials.

3. The economic situation

3.1. Macroeconomic instability and spiking inflation

In 2023 the Bangladeshi economy was faced by various challenges. Some among them – like the unhealthy state of loans across the banking sector and a looming balance of payment crisis – derived from previous crises and structural vulnerabilities of the country’s economy. Due to its limited diversification, Bangladesh long relied on remittances and garment exports for its foreign reserves, thus remaining highly susceptible to foreign exchange crises. In 2023, Russia’s war in Ukraine caused an increase in energy and food prices and disrupted supply chains and export demands. Consequently, Bangladesh’s difficult post-pandemic recovery was halted and its balance of payment deficit widened. To avoid further reduction in foreign exchange reserves, the Government of Bangladesh intervened by delaying foreign currency payments by state-owned companies and subjecting the repatriation of fund by foreign businesses active in the country to approval by the Bangladesh Bank. Additionally, in February 2023, it obtained from the International Monetary Fund (IMF) US$ 3.7 billion loans (US$ 3.3 billion under the Extended Credit Facility/Extended Fund Facility and US$ 1.4 billion under the Resilience and Sustainability Facility, to be disbursed over 42 months), aimed at supporting the country’s macroeconomic stability and overall economic recovery [IMF 2023, 12 December].8

Furthermore, in 2023 the value of non-performing loans across the banking sector kept rising, casting further doubts on the regulatory role played by the Bangladesh Bank [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 13 February]. The unhealthy state of credit in the country and widespread nature of untenable practices had already caused indignation and concern in 2022, brought to surface in a large «loan scandal» revolving around the Islami bank [Tieri 2023, p. 288]. An enquiry into Bangladesh economy later promoted by the Interim Government would reveal banking as the country’s most corrupt sector (more on this below).

3.2. Record dengue epidemic: the emerging health implications of climate change

Between 2022 and 2023, a large dengue9 outbreak occurred, with Dhaka and Chittagong – the most urbanized and densely populated areas of the country – emerging as hotspots [Subarna and al-Saiyan 2024]. This was the worst Bangladeshi outbreak on record by both extension and number of casualties, reaching its peak in 2023 and then extending into 2024 (although with lower infection and mortality rates) [Hasan et al. 2025]. While unprecedented in its might, the epidemic was linked to a threat well-known to Bangladesh: climate change. It was found that shifting monsoon patterns and hotter temperatures, along with uncontrolled urbanization, supported mosquito breeding, contributing to determine timing and severity of this outbreak. Bangladesh is noted as one of the most vulnerable countries to climate change. While coastal erosion, freshwater salinization, and «climate migration» are widely known consequences of climate change [‘Climate Risk Profile: Bangladesh’ 2024], the dengue crisis drew attention to its serious health implications. It also exposed the unpreparedness of the national health system, which the Covid-19 pandemic had already put under strain, and deep disparities among Bangladeshis accessing health services [Hasan et al. 2025].

3.3. Trade

The last year of Hasina’s tenure recorded some positive developments in terms of international trade. Bangladesh and India pledged to commence the negotiations for the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) and operationalize two Special Economic Zones (SEZs) «offered by Bangladesh to India in Mongla and Mirsharai» [Government of India 2024, 22 June]. This occurred in June 2024, during Hasina’s visit to New Delhi. It remains to be seen whether the pledges will find prompt implementation, also in light of the political upheavals which occurred in the months following the declaration. In fact, in October 2024, the Interim Government expressed interest in joining the China-led Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) [The Daily Star 2024, 17 October]. Bangladesh would benefit from mechanisms such as CEPA and RCEP while coping with the loss of privileges attached to Least Developed Country (LDC) status, which it will leave behind upon its 2026 graduation. The 2024 WTO Ministerial Conference (March, Abu Dhabi), however, deliberated for Bangladesh to continue enjoying duty benefits for 3 more years after graduation [The Daily Star 2024, 3 March]. Bangladesh remained involved in negotiations with the EU to obtain preferential market access under the EU’s Generalized System of Preferences Plus (GSP+) program, which requires fulfilment of environmental and labour sustainability conditions and is the second-best preferential tier offered by the EU to vulnerable trading partners after the one currently enjoyed by Bangladesh [‘Bangladeshi Exports to the European Union’ 2024, August]. Ready-made garments continued dominating Bangladeshi exports – accounting for a whopping 82% of the country’s export revenue in 2022/23-2023/24 – including exports to the EU [‘Export Performance’ 2024]. Besides, Bangladesh surpassed China for the first time as Europe’s top knitwear supplier [The Daily Star 2023, 18 December].

However, while remaining the pillar of Bangladesh’s exports and GDP, the garment sector remained also lacking in reforms and workers’ rights protection. In November 2023, the Government of Bangladesh (Bangladesh Labour and Employment Ministry) announced a raise in the monthly minimum wage of garment factory workers to BD 12,500 (about US$ 104; it was BD 8,000 since 2018) [Kashyap 2024, 16 November]. The amount was less than half of what the unions asked for enabling workers cope with spiking inflation, which reached 9.9% in 2023 according to the World Bank [‘Inflation data: Bangladesh’ 2024]. In July 2024, protesting workers incurred in police violence and black-listing, suffering continued violation of their labour rights [Abdulla 2024, 30 July].

3.4. An emerging counter-narrative to Bangladesh’s «success story»

For many years, the ever expanding and export-driven ready-made garment (RMG) industry as well as large infrastructural projects most often realized through foreign aid constituted the pillars of the mainstream narrative surrounding the Bangladeshi nation, its development trajectory, and its leadership emanating from the ruling AL. This narrative about Bangladesh’s success story was effectively mainstreamed across policy circles, including internationally. For example, while the AL was still in power, the year 2023 recorded further progress in a number of infrastructure projects. Among them, there was the tunnel under the Karnaphuli river named after «father of the nation»10 and Hasina’s father Sheikh Mujibur Rahman, built on loan by a Chinese company and inaugurated by the PM in October. Undoubtedly, the tunnel had potential to significantly advance connectivity for both the Chattogram hub (located to its north) and southern areas connected to it, already home to various EPZs and industrial zones, and for Bangladesh’s overall links with neighbouring countries through the Asian Highway Network11 [Suman 2023, 28 October]. At the same time, like in the case of similar «mega-projects» previously pursued, its completion was unanimously saluted by both the Government of Bangladesh and the national press as yet another milestone in Bangladesh’s development success story under the AL leadership, thus serving to support the party’s legitimacy. This was true of other projects as well. Among them there was also the first segment of the Dhaka Elevated Expressway, Bangladesh’s first expressway promising to ease the capital’s notorious traffic problem, which was opened to traffic in September 2023, inaugurated by PM Hasina [The Daily Star 2023, 2 September]. Developments were also recorded in Rooppur, a locality 160 kms north-west of Dhaka were Bangladesh’ first nuclear power plant was under construction, built by Russia’s state-owned Rosatom with participation of Indian firms through a 90% Russian loan. Following the sanctions imposed on Russia as a consequence of its war in Ukraine, the Russian foreign minister visited Dhaka in September 2023 to confirm commitment to the completion of the project [Bhattacherjee 2024, 23 December] and in October Bangladesh received from Russia the first uranium shipment for the plant [Aljazeera 2023, 6 October].

However, after Hasina’s ousting, the narrative around AL’s development delivery – including through infrastructure mega-projects like the abovementioned – was subject for the first time to serious scrutiny through inquiries conducted by the commissions appointed by the Interim Government. For example, in December 2024, the Anti-Corruption Commission commenced an investigation into alleged embezzlement of US$ 5 billion by Hasina and her family members in relation to the mentioned Rooppur power plant, following allegations of corruption advanced by various politicians [Business Standard 2024, 24 December]. Earlier in December, the White Paper Committee headed by eminent Bangladeshi economist Debapriya Bhattacharya released the draft White Paper State of the Bangladesh Economy: Dissection of a Development Narrative. The report denounced the pervasiveness of crony capitalism under the AL and the manipulated nature of data used by the party across decades to buttress Bangladesh’s «development success story». Banking, infrastructure, energy, and information technology were exposed as the country’s most corrupt sectors. The report also called for the Interim Government to declare its plans and account for its activities with clarity [Mavis 2024, 2 December].

In addition to subjecting agreements and projects undertaken by the AL Governments to scrutiny, the Interim Government targeted macro-economic stability, including galloping inflation. It also reorganized the Board of Directors of Bangladesh Bank and restructured those of various state-owned banks. Nonetheless, due to the volatile circumstances of its appointment, the short tenure invested upon it, and the challenge of keeping together a diverse set of political partners, the Yunus Government received widespread criticism, especially for its inability to deal with continuing turmoil in the garment sector and the rising cost of living weighting heavy on middle and lower classes.

4. Foreign relations

4.1. Bangladesh-US relations

Bangladesh’s relations with the US experienced ups and downs under Hasina’s last premiership, but improved following its sudden end. The US remained the country’s single largest export market, its main FDI source, and a significant development partner. Several visits by American high-level delegations underscored Bangladesh’s geopolitical significance in the Indo-Pacific region. However, due to democratic backsliding, in 2023 Bangladesh was excluded from Biden’s Summit for Democracy for the second time [The Daily Star 2023, 15 February]. In the same year, the US imposed visa restrictions on Bangladeshi citizens implicated in violation of democratic rights in the run up to the 2024 elections [Mahmud 2023, 23 September]. Also, in government circles there were speculations that the US may use its Presidential Memorandum on Advancing Worker Empowerment, Rights, and High Labor Standards Globally released on 16 November 2023 by the Biden administration to interfere in Bangladeshi domestic politics [BSS News 2023, 30 November]. Furthermore, then-PM Hasina’s allegation that the US planned to take over St Martin Island (belonging to Bangladesh), an allegation denied by the US Government, contributed to increase bilateral tensions. After her ousting, Hasina blamed her fall on the US, claiming she could have remained in power if she had handed over St Martin Island and the Bay of Bengal to America [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 11 August]. Dhaka’s concerns and caution vis-à-vis Washington were confirmed by its decision not to sign the Acquisition and Cross-Servicing Agreement (ACSA) and the General Security of Military Information Agreement (GSOMIA) with the US prior to the January 2024 elections [ProthomAlo 2023, 10 August].

US involvement in the Bangladesh election issue confirmed that Washington had a clear interest in political stability in South Asia, a key component of the broader Indo-Pacific macro-region. This was evident in US Ambassador Peter Haas’ active engagement with multiple stakeholders in relation to the Bangladesh elections, including the Bangladesh Election Commission. At the same time, US involvement revealed certain limitations in US-India cooperation in the Indian Ocean region. The high-level 2+2 Ministerial Dialogue (November 2024) reflected that Washington and New Delhi had different approaches to the political turmoil in connection to the 2024 Bangladesh polls [Sajen 2024, 13 November]. US commitment to promote free and fair elections in the country did not go as far as to bypass India, a regional ally for the US with a shared ambition to counter China in South Asia.

Nevertheless, these difficulties did not reflect on Bangladesh-US dialogues, which went on, as demonstrated by the 7th US-Bangladesh Trade & Investment Cooperation Forum Agreement (TICFA) Council meeting and the 9th Bangladesh-US Security Dialogue (both in September 2023).

Despite concerns over violation of democratic rights voiced in the run up to the January 2024 polls, following elections Biden confirmed America’s commitment to Bangladesh as an economic and strategic partner in the Indo-Pacific [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 4 February]. Yet another turn of events occurred in May 2024, when the US imposed sanctions on former Bangladesh Army Chief General (retd) Aziz Ahmed and his family for corruption and criminal activities in Bangladesh under Section 7031(c) of the annual Department of State, Foreign Operations, and Related Programs Appropriations Act [The Daily Star 24, 22 May].

Bilateral relations improved following the advent of the Yunus-led Government. Yunus declared he looked forward to receiving US support to rebuild Bangladesh and implement reforms [The Daily Star 2024, 15 September]. In a meeting with Yunus on the side of the UN General Assembly in New York, Biden committed to fully support the new executive [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 24 September]. Donald Trump’s return to the White House in January 2025 did not appear to usher major changes for bilateral relations. The Interim Government welcomed Trump as the new US president and expressed its keenness to work together [The Daily Star 2025, 20 January].

4.2. Bangladesh-China relations

Throughout the political upheavals of 2023-2024, Bangladesh-China relations remained stable and positive, eased by China’s non-interference in partners’ domestic affairs, which allows Beijing to promptly adapt to changes of political leadership [Hossain 2024, 9 October]. China was confirmed as Bangladesh’s largest trading partner (imports to Bangladesh) for the 12th year in a row, and its key weapon supplier (72%) [Yuan 2024, 16 August]. However, trade imbalance remained a concern as Bangladesh export accounted for less than 3% of the US$ 25 billion China-Bangladesh trade [Palma 2024, 10 July]. China signalled its willingness to establish an FTA with Bangladesh by 2026 [The Financial Express 2023, 9 November]. In 2023 and 2024, Sheikh Hasina and Xi Jinping had two bilateral meetings, one on the sides of the 15th BRICS Summit in August 2023, and another during Bangladesh’s PM visit to China in July 2024, proof to stable relations entertained during the AL era.

Bangladesh remained actively involved in China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). The BRI is a framework launched by the Chinese government in 2013 whereby China partners with governments and international organisations across the world to promote through loans and joint ventures large development projects, primarily connectivity and energy infrastructure [Marzano and Tieri 2022; Torri 2024, pp. XVI-XX]. The BRI has been object of international scrutiny in relation to debt sustainability and in Bangladesh it also featured prominently in AL’s development goals agenda, of which infrastructural mega-projects constituted the milestones [Tieri 2022]. The Padma Bridge Rail Link Project was initially set for completion in June 2024 but later the timeline was extended to June 2025 [Ahmed 2024, 5 October]. Since the Interim Government took office the Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman Tunnel came under serious criticism as the tunnel was making a loss of over BD 27 lakhs a day [Suman & Byron 2024, 27 October]. Towards the end of Hasina’s premiership, Bangladesh had difficulties balancing India and China, particularly in relation to the Teesta River project. While both powers wanted to execute the Teesta’s comprehensive management and restoration, Hasina appeared to prefer India over China. Nonetheless, in July 2024, Dhaka and Beijing established a Comprehensive Strategic Cooperative Partnership [Government of Bangladesh 2024, 11 July].

Since the Interim Government took over, Dhaka-Beijing relations proved very positive. In August 2024, while meeting the Chinese Ambassador to Bangladesh, Yunus invited China to relocate solar panel factories to Bangladesh and auspicated closer economic relations between the two countries [The Business Standard 2024, 25 August]. In September 2024, the Government also requested China to lower the interest rates on existing Chinese loans from 2 or 3% to 1%, and to extend the 20-years repayment period to 30 years [Bayron & Habib 2024, 13 September]. A key intervention by the Interim Government was to subject all deals previously closed by the AL to review, including foreign-funded projects, so to discontinue those deemed unnecessary or unfeasible [Saif 2024, 12 September]. In September 2024, China sent a medical team to Dhaka to treat individuals injured during the July-August uprising as a symbol of enduring friendship between the two countries [Hasib 2024, 22 September]. Beijing’s interest to maintain stable links with Dhaka after the AL downfall was confirmed when Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi called on Yunus on the sides of the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) in New York and expressed a desire to strengthen commercial and economic relations.

4.3. Bangladesh-India relations

Overall, relations with India saw a shift from the AL’s openly pro-India policy to a more cautious engagement by the Interim Government. In 2023, Bangladesh and India decided to use the Indian rupee to carry out bilateral trade transactions to bypass the US dollar [Uddin 2023, 9 July]. However, trading in Indian currency did not perform according to expectations [Hasan 2024, 28 February]. Bangladesh also started to allow India to use the Chattogram and Mongla ports for transit and cargo transhipment based on the Agreement on the use of Chattogram and Mongla Ports for Movement of Goods to and from India signed in 2018 [Laskar 2023, 26 April]. Hasina’s visit to India in June 2024 saw the signing of a railway connectivity MoU based on which the two countries would use one another’s railways to operate passenger and freight trains to boost cross-border connectivity with Nepal and Bhutan [The Daily Star 2024, 29 June]. The positive state of bilateral relations was visible when India invited Hasina as a guest at the G-20 summit held in New Delhi in September 2023. Later on, Indian External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar cited India-Bangladesh relations as exemplary [Hasib 2023, 17 December]. In turn, Bangladesh publicly took India’s side when the latter’s relations with Canada underwent turmoil in relation to the killing on Canadian soil of Canadian citizen and Khalistani advocate Hardeep Singh Nijjar, in which Indian intelligence was allegedly implicated [Dhaka Tribune 2023, 29 September]. According to Obaidul Quader, former minister of road transport and bridges of Bangladesh, India stood by the AL during Bangladesh’s January 2024 elections [Bhattacherjee 2024, 28 January]. However, since the national election of January 2024, the «India Out» campaign calling for a boycott of India-made products – constituting a large sections of consumer goods in Bangladesh – gained momentum in the country [Voice of America 2024, 21 February].

Since Hasina fled to India, a major shift occurred in Dhaka-New Delhi relations. The main element of friction was Hasina’s exile itself, regarding which Dhaka handed over to Delhi a formal request for extradition in December 2024. Furthermore, the Interim Government took a stronger stand regarding the long-standing problem of border killings, i.e. killings occurring on the Indo-Bangladeshi border at the hands of Indian and Bangladeshi border patrols, which see Bangladeshi victims outnumbering Indian ones. Bangladeshi Home Adviser Lt Gen (retd) Jahangir Alam Chowdhury condemned the approach to the border pursued during the AL rule as too accommodating and instructed the Border Guard Bangladesh (BGB) «not to show back at the border», i.e. to react resolutely to all excesses by India’s Border Security Force (BSF) [Daily Observer 2024, 8 September]. According to Bangladeshi human rights NGO Odhikar, 588 Bangladeshis were killed along the border between 2009 and 2024 [Dhaka Tribune 2025, 7 January].

The deterioration in bilateral relations was evident in various aspects. It halted the construction of a diesel pipeline extension under the India-Bangladesh Friendship pipeline [The Business Standard 2024, 2 September] as well as of other road and rails projects [The Daily Star 2024, 25 September]. However, the Interim Government declared its intention to continue projects undertaken under Indian lines of credit (LoC) [The Daily Star 2024, 11 September]. India, on the other hand, stopped issuing visas for Bangladeshi citizens except for medical or emergency reasons [Dhaka Tribune 2023, 30 September]. Foreign Adviser Touhid Hossain called for reviewing all active MoUs with India to reassess Bangladesh’s interest, arguing that the so-called golden era of Bangladesh-India relations had involved just the two Governments and not the people of the two countries [The Financial Express 2024, 2 September]. In September 2024, Dhaka strongly protested after Indian Home Minister Amit Shah commented that the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) – India’s ruling party, to whom Shah belonged – would free Jharkhand (an eastern Indian state) from Rohingya and Bangladeshi infiltrators and hang them [The Business Standard 2024, 23 September]. All these developments prompted leading Bangladeshi political analyst Shafqat Munir to argue that in the aftermath of the regime change India failed to understand Bangladesh’s new reality [Munir 2024, 9 September]. However, during a meeting occurred in August 2024 between India’s High Commissioner to Bangladesh Pranay Verma and Bangladesh’s Chief Adviser Yunus, and in another meeting between Indian External Affairs Minister Jaishankar and Bangladeshi Foreign Adviser Touhid Hossain in occasion of the UNGA in September, the Indian side expressed interest in maintaining relations cordial despite differences. In December 2024, Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri’s day-long visit to Dhaka, which included meetings with the Chief Adviser and top foreign affairs figures, served to ease some of the tension which had developed between the two governments.

4.4. Bangladesh-Myanmar relations

Two issues continued dominating Bangladesh’s relations with Myanmar: the civil war unfolding between Myanmar’s junta and the Arakan Army in Myanmar’s Rakhine State on the one hand, and the Rohingya refugee crisis on the other. The civil war in Myanmar not only hindered the Rohingya repatriation process but also presented the risk of the conflict spilling over into Bangladesh [Fumagalli 2024]. In March 2023, a government delegation from Myanmar visited the Rohingya camp in Cox’s Bazar under the bilateral pilot project underway, to verify returnees who had crossed the border into Bangladesh and then stayed over as a refugee [Aljazeera 2023, 15 March]. Under this pilot project, around 12,000 Rohingyas were supposed to be repatriated in 2023. However, cyclone Hamoon (October 2023) and the Myanmar civil war disrupted the process [Palma & Molla 2024, 29 January]. The civil war gave rise to tensions along the border in Naikhongchhari upazila of Bandarban district and Ukhiya upazila in Cox’s Bazar district, spreading fear among Bangladeshi locals. Also, gunfire from Myanmar reached Bangladeshi boats, seriously disrupting communications between Teknaf upazila and Saint Martin Island in Bangladesh. Amid fighting in the Rakhine State, Myanmar’s Border Guard Police (BGP), Army, and immigration officials crossed the border to take shelter in Bangladesh on numerous occasions. The recent influx of another 80,000 Rohingyas since August 2024 seeking shelter in Bangladesh caused concern to the Bangladeshi Government, as the country already hosted over one million Rohingya refugees, whose exodus begun in 1978 and intensified since 2017 [The Daily Star 2025, 27 January]. Dhaka called upon Naypyidaw to ensure that its internal conflict does not reverberate onto Bangladesh [The Daily Star 2024, 10 November]. Since the Arakan Army took control of 271-kilometres border on the Myanmar side, the Bangladesh Home Adviser declared that Dhaka was continuing communication with both the Myanmar Government and the Arakan Army.

4.5. Bangladesh’s regional diplomacy12

Bangladesh continued seeing its «regional diplomacy» in the broader Indo-Pacific region as an important tool to navigate power competition. In April 2023, Dhaka announced its 15-points Indo-Pacific outlook, emphasizing its commitment to a free, open, peaceful, secure, and inclusive Indo-Pacific and its impartiality vis-à-vis existing geopolitical tussles [ProthomAlo 2023, 25 April]. However, experts considered Bangladesh’s Indo-Pacific outlook to lack depth [Muniruzzaman 2023, 28 April].

Japan has been an important extra-regional partner in Bangladesh’s diplomacy during both the Hasina regime and the Interim Government. Hasina’s visit to Japan in early 2023 boosted cooperation in numerous areas such as agriculture, metro-rail, industrial up-gradation, ship-recycling, customs, intellectual property, defence, ICT and cyber security [New Age 2023, 9 May]. Japan also identified Bangladesh as one of the four countries with whom to deepen military ties under the Official Security Assistance (OSA) [Hasib 2023, 26 August]. After the regime change in Bangladesh, Japan remained a committed partner [The Daily Star 2024, 20 August]. The Interim Government’s Executive Committee of the National Economic Council (Ecnec), tasked with the review of large infrastructural projects, in relation to the Matarbari deep-sea port expressed a preference for a partnership with Japan rather than India or China, in a clear attempt to avoid taking sides in the context of Sino-Indian geopolitical competition in the Bay of Bengal.

In May 2023, then-Foreign Minister AK Abdul Momen saw closer cooperation with the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) as beneficial to Bangladeshi interests [The Business Standard 2023, 25 May]. Similarly, Yunus placed emphasis on bolstering ties with South Asian countries like Nepal, Maldives, Pakistan, and Bhutan and on reviving the SAARC, for which Bangladesh, given its position, could serve as a bridge to the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 28 August]. The Interim Government defined the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC) as an important mechanism for addressing environmental, climate, and youth issues at the regional level [New Age 2024, 28 October]. A landmark moments of Bangladesh’s regional diplomacy occurred when United Arab Emirates President Sheikh Mohamed bin Zayed, upon request of Yunus, pardoned 57 Bangladeshi nationals who had been jailed for protesting against the AL Government during the July-August uprising while in the Gulf country, where political protests are illegal [Dhaka Tribune 2024, 3 September]. Bangladesh also received Malaysia’s full support for national reforms called for by the Yunus Government during Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim’s short visit to Dhaka in October 2024 [BdNews24 2024, 5 October].

5. Conclusion

Of all the events which took place in relation to Bangladesh’s domestic, economic, and foreign policy affairs in the years under review, the political upheavals of 2023 which then culminated in the 2024 Monsoon Revolution towered above all for their significance. Their implications can hardly be overstated: with Hasina’s fleeing in exile and the formation of the Interim Government headed by Yunus, one of the many intellectuals and policy makers persecuted by the AL regime, a political phase in the history of the country ended and another one opened to the possibility of democratic restoration, fight against rampant corruption, and more equitable growth. Post-Revolution Bangladesh entered into this new phase with much of its population’s hearts filled with hope and counting of widespread international support. At the same time, many challenges lied ahead. The new Government was faced with the difficult task of keeping morale and consensus high after having inherited a dire economic situation and the task of juggling a volatile political coalition. On the other hand, the Bangladeshi people and especially the youth who was at the forefront of the Revolution were faced with the challenge to tame tendencies to political polarization and extremism, so inherent to contemporary Bangladeshi political culture, and so dangerous for its prospects of peace and prosperity.

Bibliography

Abbas, Md, 2024, 3 August, ‘Scenes from Shaheed Minar’, The Daily Star.

Abdulla, Hannah, 2024, 30 July, ‘Bangladesh garment workers struggle on current wage as inflation soars’, Just Style.

Ahmed, Foisal, 2024, 5 October, ‘Padma Bridge Rail Link set for mid-Nov opening’, The Business Standard.

Alam, Julhas, 2023, 31 August, ‘176 world leaders and Nobel laureates urge Bangladesh to halt legal cases against Peace Prize winner’, AP News.

Aljazeera, 2023, 15 March, ‘Myanmar team visits Cox’s Bazar for Rohingya repatriation project’.

Aljazeera, 2023, 6 October, ‘Bangladesh gets first uranium shipment from Russia for nuclear power plant’.

Allen, Jerry, 2024, 2 August, ‘Protect the Protest – Bangladesh must immediately end crackdown against protesters’, Amnesty International.

‘Bangladesh: Violent Autocratic Crackdown Ahead of Elections’, 2023, 26 November, Human Rights Watch.

‘Bangladeshi Exports to the European Union’, 2024, August, Friedrich-Ebert-Stiftung.

Bayron, K. Rejaul, & Ahsan Habib, 2024, 13 September, ‘Govt urges China to reduce loan interest, extend repayment period’, The Daily Star.

BBC, 2024, 6 August, ‘Bangladesh parliament dissolved after PM Sheikh Hasina’s shock exit’.

BdNews24, 2024, 19 August, ‘Police say 44 personnel, mostly constables, killed in movement’.

BdNews24, 2024, 5 October, ‘Malaysia’s Anwar Ibrahim backs Yunus to rebuild Bangladesh, aims to bolster relations’.

Bhattacherjee, Kallol, 2024, 28 January, ‘India stood by our election when Opposition, foreign countries tried to disturb it: Bangladesh Minister’, The Hindu.

Bhattacherjee, Kallol, 2024, 23 December, ‘Bangladesh initiates investigation into Russia-backed Rooppur nuclear project’, The Hindu.

Bhattacharjee, Partha & Khan, Mohammad, 2024, 11 September, ‘Prison breaks: 928 inmates still at large’, The Daily Star.

BSS News, 2023, 30 November, ‘Nothing to worry about US’s memorandum on labour rights: Dr Momen’.

Business Standard, 2024, 24 December, ‘B’desh launches $ 5 bn graft probe against Hasina in nuclear plant case’.

Chakma, Prattayee, 8 March, 2025, ‘End to violence against women in Bangladesh not in sight’, New Age.

‘Climate Risk Profile: Bangladesh (2024)’, 2024, The World Bank Group.

Curtis, John, 2025, 23 January, ‘Bangladesh: The fall of the Hasina Government and recent political developments’, House of Commons Library.

Daily Observer, 2024, 8 September, ‘Don’t show your back at border: Home Adviser to BGB’.

Devdiscourse News, 2024, 6 August, ‘IMF Pledges Continued Support to Bangladesh Amid Political Turmoil’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2023, 29 September, ‘FM Momen voices support for India amid tension over Sikh killing’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2023, 30 September, ‘No Indian visa issuance for Bangladeshis except for medical, emergency cases’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 4 February, ‘Biden writes to PM Hasina, expresses commitment to supporting Bangladesh economic goals’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 13 February, ‘NPLs were up by 25,000C in 2023’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 6 August, ‘Khaleda Zia finally released’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 11 August, ‘Hasina blames US for her removal from power’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 28 August, ‘Yunus: Bangladesh can become bridge between Asean, Saarc’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2024, 3 September, ‘UAE pardons 57 Bangladeshis jailed for protests’.

Dhaka Tribune2024, 24 September, ‘Joe Biden offers full support to Yunus-led interim govt’.

Dhaka Tribune2024, 7 December, ‘Shafiqul Alam: Bangladesh unfairly portrayed in int’l media’.

Dhaka Tribune2025, 7 January, ‘Odhikar demands justice for border killings’.

Dhaka Tribune, 2025, 10 January, ‘Bangladesh sees spike in crimes amid political shift’.

Ethirajan, Anbarasan, & Hannah Ritchie, 2024, 6 August, ‘What sparked the protests that toppled Bangladesh’s PM?’, BBC.

‘Export Performance’, 2024, The Bangladesh Garment Manufacturers and Exporters Association.

Foyez, Ahammad 2024, 1 August, ‘Bangladesh Jamaat-e-Islami, Islami Chhatra Shibir banned’, New Age.

Fumagalli, Matteo, 2024, ‘Myanmar 2023: New conflicts and coalitions reshape war narrative, challenging an embattled junta’, Asia Maior XXXIV/2023, pp. 235-257.

Government of Bangladesh, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 11 July, Joint Statement between the People’s Republic of China and The People’s Republic of Bangladesh on the Establishment of Comprehensive Strategic Cooperative Partnership.

Government of India, Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 22 June, India-Bangladesh Shared Vision for Future: Enhancing Connectivity, Commerce and Collaboration for Shared Prosperity.

Government of India, Ministry of External Affairs, 2024, 19 December, QUESTION NO- 2780 ATROCITIES ON MINORITY HINDUS AND HINDU RELIGIOUS LEADERS IN BANGLADESH.

Guhathakurta, Meghna, ‘Religious Minorities’, in Ali Riaz and Mohammad Sajjadur Rahman (ed.), Routledge Handbook of Contemporary Bangladesh, London: Routledge, 2016, pp. 316-324.

Halder, Sukanta, 2024, 15 November, ‘Food prices stubbornly high despite govt measures’, The Daily Star.

Hasan, Jubair, 2024, 28 February, ‘India-BD trade in rupee snails on’, The Financial Express.

Hasib, Nurul, 2023, 26 August, ‘Japan elects Bangladesh for new OSA to deepen defence ties’, Dhaka Tribune.

Hasib, Nurul, 2023, 17 December, ‘Jaishankar: Bangladesh, India relations become example’, Dhaka Tribune.

Hasib, Nurul, 2024, 22 September, ‘Chinese medical team arrives in Bangladesh to treat injured in revolution’, Dhaka Tribune.

Hossain, Raian, 2024, 9 October, ‘Dhaka-Beijing Relations in Post Revolution Bangladesh: Continuity, Shifts & Uncertainty’, Kwentuhan.

[IMF 2023, 12 December] International Monetary Fund2023, 12 December, IMF Executive Board Concludes 2023 Article IV Consultation with Bangladesh and Completes the First Review Under the Extended Credit Facility, Extended Fund Facility, and Resilience and Sustainability Facility.

‘Inflation data: Bangladesh’, 2024, The World Bank Group.

Kashyap, Aruna, 2024, 16 November, ‘Is Your Brand Paying Its Share to Reduce Bangladesh Workers’ Wage Despair?’, Human Rights Watch.

Laskar, Rezaul H., 2023, 26 April, ‘Bangladesh okays India’s use of 2 ports to transport goods to the northeast’, Hindustan Times.

Laskar Rezaul H., 2025, 6 February, ‘Mob demolishes Bangladesh founder Sheikh Mujibur Rahman’s home in Dhaka’, Hindustan Times.

Mahmud, Faisal, 2023, 23 September, ‘Bangladesh FM says not bothered by US visa curbs, promises free elections’, Aljazeera.

Maiorano, Diego and Raghaw Khattri, 2024, ‘India 2023: Towards the general elections amid rising social tension’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. 259-299.

Marzano, Arturo and Silvia Tieri, 2022, ‘Introduction’, Afriche e Orienti, 25(1), pp. 5-15.

Mavis, Meeraj, 2024, 2 December, ‘Debapriya: Bangladesh saw crony capitalism turn into system for thieves in AL regime’, Dhaka Tribune.

Mohammad Nayeem Hasan, Mahbubur Rahman, Meraj Uddin, Shah Ali Akbar Ashrafi, Kazi Mizanur Rahman, Kishor Kumar Paul, Mohammad Ferdous Rahman Sarker, et al., 2025, ‘The 2023 fatal dengue outbreak in Bangladesh highlights a paradigm shift of geographical distribution of cases’, Epidemiology & Infection, 153(e3) India’, Modern Asian Studies, 15(3), pp. 649-721.

Munir, Shafqat, 2024, 9 September, ‘India is failing to understand Bangladesh’s new reality’, The Daily Star.

Muniruzzaman, ANM, 2023, 28 April ‘Indo-Pacific Outlook is lacking in depth, ProthomAlo.

New Age, 2023, 9 May, ‘PM returns home after 15 days’ visit’.

New Age, 2024, 16 July, ‘Attacks on quota protesters condemned’.

New Age, 2024, 22 July, ‘Arrest of BNP leaders continues’.

New Age, 2024, 28 October, ‘Bangladesh’s interim govt chief calls on BIMSTEC to focus on youth, climate crisis’.

Palma, Porimol, 2024, 10 July, ‘Hasina, XI Talks: Economy, trade to be in focus’The Daily Star.

Palma, Porimol, & Mohammad Molla, 2024, 29 January, ‘Wait for Rohingya repatriation gets even longer’, The Daily Star.

Prakash, Pierre, 2024, 25 July, ‘Bangladesh on Edge after Crushing Quota Protests’, International Crisis Group.

Pugliese, Giulio, Andrea Fischetti and Michelguglielmo Torri (eds.), ‘US-China Competition, COVID-19 and Democratic Backsliding in Asia’, Asia Maior, Special Issue 2/ 2022.

ProthomAlo, 2023, 25 April, ‘Bangladesh announces its Indo-Pacific outlook’.

ProthomAlo, 2023, 10 August, ‘Bangladesh won’t sign two agreements with US before elections: Foreign minister’.

ProthomAlo, 2024, 15 September, ‘422 BNP men killed in July-August massacre: Fakhrul’.

ProthomAlo, 2024, 11 October, ‘Top terrors Subrata Bain, Picchi Helal, Killer Abbas, others, active after release’.

ProthomAlo, 2024, 11 December, ‘72pc accounts spreading anti-Bangladesh misinformation located in India: Rumor Scanner’.

Riaz, Ali, 2024, 11 January, ‘The Election in Bangladesh: What Happened and What Is in the Making?’, The National Bureau of Asia Research.

Riaz, Ali, 2024, 18 January, ‘What Bangladesh’s widely boycotted election reveals about its future’, Atlantic Council.

Sajen, Shamsuddoza, 13 November 2024, ‘Decoding India-US disagreements over Bangladesh’s election’, The Daily Star.

Saif, Saifuddin, 2024, 12 September, ‘Review underway to identify priority, unnecessary foreign-funded projects’, Business Standard.

Subarna, Rifa Tamanna, and Zwad Al-Saiyan, 2024, ‘Understanding the unprecedented 2023 dengue outbreak in Bangladesh: a data-driven analysis’, IJID RegionsVol. 12, No. 100406.

Suman, Mohammad, 2023, 28 October, ‘Bangabandhu Tunnel: A new era dawns in road communication’, The Daily Star.

Suman, Mohammad, & R. Karim Byron, 2024, 27 October, ‘A good example of a bad plan’, The Daily Star.

The Business Standard, 2023, 25 May, ‘Bangladesh ready to pursue closer cooperation with SAARC countries: Momen’.

The Business Standard, 2024, 18 January, ‘Nation is relieved, so are we though polls weren’t fully participatory: CEC’.

The Business Standard, 2024, 25 August, ‘Chief adviser urges China to relocate some solar panel plants to Bangladesh’.

The Business Standard, 2024, 2 September, ‘India halts diesel pipeline extension project citing political crisis in Bangladesh’.

The Business Standard, 2024, 23 September, ‘Bangladesh lodges protest against Amit Shah’s remarks.’

The Business Standard, 2024, 1 November, ‘GM Quader says conspiracy afoot against Jatiyo Party, postpones Saturday rally’.

The Business Standard, 2024, 17 January, ‘Election was neither free nor inclusive: TIB executive director’.

The Business Standard, 2025, 6 January, ‘Enforced disappearances: ICT issues arrest warrants against Hasina, 11 others’.

The Daily Star, 2023, 15 February, ‘Bangladesh left out of US democracy summit again’.

The Daily Star, 2023, 2 September, ‘PM opens country’s first elevated expressway’.

The Daily Star2023, 29 October, ‘BNP rally foiled amid violence’.

The Daily Star, 2023, 18 December, ‘Bangladesh now top knitwear supplier to EU’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 23 January, ‘12 US senators urge Hasina to end harassment of Prof Yunus’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 3 March, ‘Bangladesh to enjoy duty benefit until 2029 as WTO members allow extension’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 22 May, ‘US slaps sanctions on ex-army chief Aziz, family’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 29 June, ‘Dhaka, Delhi to elevate connectivity to new heights: official’.

The Daily Star, 5 August, 2024, ‘Houses of 2 ministers, 9 MPs come under attack’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 11 September, ‘India-funded projects to continue’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 15 September, Yunus seeks US support to rebuild Bangladesh, implement reforms’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 17 October, ‘Govt takes first step to join China-led trade bloc’.

The Daily Star, 2024, 10 November, ‘Firing at fishermen: Dhaka raises concerns to Myanmar’.

The Daily Star2024, 15 November, ‘Mass uprising: All the injured to get lifelong free treatment’.

The Daily Star, 2025, 20 January, ‘Bangladesh welcomes Trump as 47th US president’.

The Daily Star, 2025, 27 January, ‘Fresh influx worsens Rohingya crisis’.

The Daily Star, 6 February, 2025, ‘More AL leaders’ houses smashed, torched’.

The Financial Express2023, 9 November, ‘China wants FTA with Bangladesh by 2026’.

The Financial Express, 2024, 2 September, ‘Indo-BD golden chapter was only between govts: Towhid’.

The Tribune, 2024, 10 December, ‘Yunus regime fascist: Hasina vows justice for atrocities’.

Tieri, Silvia, 2023, ‘Bangladesh 2022: Challenging Post-Pandemic Times’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022, pp. 281-297.

Tieri, Silvia, 2022, ‘A Savvy BRI Partner in India’s Neighbourhood: Bangladesh’s Balancing Act Amid Debt Crises and Power Rivalry in South Asia’, Afriche e Orienti, 25(1), pp. 139-16.

Tieri, Silvia, 2021, ‘Bangladesh 2019-2020: Issues of democracy, disasters, development’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXI/2020, pp. 275-303.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2024, ‘Asia in 2023 – Under the banner of continuity: the US-China confrontation, the contraction of freedom, and the Fallout from wars in Western Eurasia’, Asia Maior XXXIV/2023, pp. IX-XXXVIII.

Uddin, Zamir AKM, 2023, 9 July, ‘A new era dawns in trade with India’, The Daily Star.

[OHCHR 2025, 12 February] United National Human Rights Office Of The High Commissioner, 2025, 12 February, Bangladesh: UN report finds brutal, systematic repression of protests, calls for justice for serious rights violations.

Voice of America, 2024, 21 February, ‘«India Out» Campaign Gains Traction in Bangladesh’.

Voice of America, 2024, 1 November, ‘Hindus seek protection from attacks in Muslim-majority Bangladesh’.

Wakefield, Jacqui, & Shruti Menon, 2024, 18 August, ‘The far-right videos distorting the truth of Bangladesh minority attacks’ BBC.

Yuan, Dang, 2024, 16 August, ‘Decoding China: Seizing the moment in Bangladesh’, DW.

1 In the mid-1990s, the provision for a caretaker government was introduced with a view to manage violence and frauds occurring in relation to parliamentary elections. In 2011, the AL government abolished the caretaker system by amending the Bangladeshi Constitution (15th amendment). Consequently, three general elections took place in 2014, 2018, and 2024 under the aegis of AL governments. In December 2024, the High Court of Bangladesh ruled to restore the provision of a non-partisan caretaker government. It is important to note that the Yunus government is not a caretaker government but an interim government, whose responsibilities are not limited to conducting a free and fair election.

2 A coalition of various minor parties headed by well-known public figures. It did not include BNP and JeI but similarly boycotted the elections.

3 The idea behind the name was that the party leader is the party itself. The so-called King’s Parties emerged from the effort of the AL to have well-known ex-BNP leaders forming new political parties running for the elections, so to give an appearance of competitiveness to the latter.

4 Also referred to as July Revolution, July Uprising, Gen Z Revolution.

5 Whether Hasina’s move qualified or not as an official resignation was object of controversy.

6 It is widely maintained that the corruption case based on which Zia was jailed was fabricated by the AL Government to weaken the BNP, its main political opposition. Hasina and Zia and their parties are divided by competition lasted a lifetime. Later on in August the Interim Government lifted the ban against JeI.

7 ADSM and Jatiya Nagorik Committee (the latter being a platform constituted by young professionals) committed to launch a political party by the end of February 2025.

8 Following the ousting of Hasina, the IMF has confirmed commitment to the loans previously pledged and partially disbursed [Devdiscourse News 2024, 6 August].

9 Dengue is a viral fever transmitted by mosquito bite common in tropical and subtropical climates.

10 Even the status of Mujibur Rahman as «father of the nation» could not escape the political churning ignited by the Monsoon Revolution. On 5 February 2025, as a reaction to a message broadcasted by Hasina from exile, mobs vandalized, bulldozed, and set fire to Mujibur’s residence, where he was assassinated in 1975. [Laskar 2025, 6 February]

11 The Asian Highway Network or Great Asian Highway is a project aiming to boost connectivity in Asia via the development of the continent’s highway network. The Asian Highway Network partners are Asian countries and the United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP).

12 In Bangladesh, the concept of «regional diplomacy» includes regional (South Asian) countries, regional groupings (e.g. the South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC)), and extra-regional countries located immediately beyond the boundaries of South Asia, such as Malaysia and the Gulf countries.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Myanmar 2024: Whose tide has turned?

This article highlights the multi-scalar politics of Myanmar, where regional politics and geopolitics interact with and compound national and local issues and conflicts. The first part of 2024 confirmed the trends of the previous year. Ethnic armed organizations (EAOs), in coalition or individually, capitalized on the momentum offered by Operation 1027 with the members of the 3 Brotherhood Alliance gaining ground in Rakhine and Shan States, until a China-brokered ceasefire in January formalized a military withdrawal from key towns and strategic roads. The same groups embarked on ‘Part II’ of Operation 1027 in late June and July, making additional important gains, as evidenced by the capture of the strategic town of Lashio in Shan State and additional territorial gains by the Arakan Army (AA) in Rakhine State. The AA expanded its control of the State further and by the end of the year it had expelled the Myanmar Armed Forces (MAF, the junta’s military) from most of the state. The junta appeared incapable of taking the strategic or even operational initiative and was under attack from all fronts. It lost control of most of its land borders. Perhaps for the first time since independence, it became possible to think of a defeat of the Myanmar military. And yet, over the summer, the anti-military tide in Shan State came to a halt. Feeling that some EAOs had simply gone «too far» and that a collapse of the junta and – by extension – of the state was conceivable, China changed its policy, extending greater support to the junta and withdrawing support from some of its closest EAOs, even arresting its leaders on Chinese territory. Inter-EAO conflicts ensued in Shan State, favouring the military’s position there. Throughout the year, the regime remained embattled, suffering a growing number of defeats, but was not on the verge of imminent collapse.

KEYWORDS – China; Operation 1027 Part II; Arakan Army; Rohingya; Shan State; transnational illicit economies.

1. Introduction

In the years preceding 2024, the situation on the ground in Myanmar consisted of a series of unstable, evolving stalemates, with no side able to prevail over the others. The situation changed rapidly, even unexpectedly, in October 2023 when some ethnic armed organizations (EAOs) made important gains in the north-eastern part of the country (Shan State) and the south-western one (Rakhine State) during what became known as Operation 1027 [Fumagalli 2024].

The first part of 2024 confirmed the trends of the previous year. The EAOs, in coalition or individually, capitalized on the momentum offered by Operation 1027, from the day – 27th October – when the Myanmar National Democratic Army Alliance (MNDAA) and the Ta’ang National Liberation Army (TNLA) launched coordinated attacks against the Myanmar Armed Forces (MAF) and their allies in 2023 [Fumagalli 2024]. In the geographical peripheries of the country the MAF lost control of most of its land borders [Michaels 2024, March; Radio Free Asia 2024, 30 December]. The Myanmar National Democratic Army Alliance (MNDAA) and the Ta’ang National Liberation Army (TNLA), part of the 3 Brotherhood Alliance (3BA) alongside the Arakan Army (AA), embarked on ‘Part II’ of Operation 1027 in late June and July. Fighting came closer to the town of Pyin Oo Lwin in the Mandalay region, site of the important Military Service Academy (a hill station previously de facto the summer capital of British Burma) [Michaels 2024, October]. For a time, in the summer of 2024, it became possible to envisage a road to Mandalay for the armed resistance [International Crisis Group 2024, 15 October]. With additional defeats in Kachin, Chin, and Karen States, the tide appeared to have crucially turned against the military, not only embattled (it had been for some time), but incapable of reacting and losing ground (territory, people, resources) on a daily basis.

Junta leader Min Aung Hlaing came under mounting criticism within the army, although he continued to concentrate decision-making in his hands [International Crisis Group 2024, 15 October]. And yet, at some point, the anti-military tide came to a halt. Part II of Operation 1027 turned out rather differently from Part I. Feeling that some EAOs – most notably the MNDAA and the TNLA – had simply gone «too far» and that a collapse of the junta and – by extension – of the state was conceivable, China changed its policy, extending greater support to the State Administration Council (SAC, as the junta calls itself) and withdrawing support from some of its closer EAOs, even arresting its leaders on Chinese territory. Inter-EAO conflicts ensued, favouring the military’s position. The situation was different elsewhere. The Karen National Union (KNU) made important gains in the east, retaking the town of Manerplaw from the junta-aligned Karen Border Guard Forces.1 Anti-junta forces made strong advances in the western regions of the country too [Michaels 2024, April], where the AA expanded its hold on the northern and southern parts of the state, including the heavily Rohingya-populated towns of Buthidaung and Maungdaw, cutting off the MAF from the Bangladeshi border and also from the rest of the country to the south [International Crisis Group 2024, 27 August; The Irrawaddy 2024, 9 February; The Irrawaddy 2024, 18 March].

With this in mind, given the varying spatial geographies of Myanmar’s conflicts, an overall, nationwide, assessment remains impossible. Observers of local politics have long accepted that Myanmar’s fragmentation may not lead to state implosion but rather the emergence of alternative governance arrangements [Loong 2022; Horsey 2024, 31 May; Pedersen 2024].

As it highlights the multi-scalar politics of Myanmar, where regional and global geopolitics interact with and compound national and often very local(ized) issues and conflicts, this article’s main contention is twofold. One, while a strategic defeat of the military was for the first time in decades, and perhaps ever, at least thinkable, a complete implosion of the MAF was not imminent. Two, the situation of the battlefield remained highly fluid, with certain parts of the country still fiercely contested. That said, the fact that the MAF no longer control most of the country’s land borders was certainly stunning and raised questions about how long the military might be able to endure. China’s gradual but steady intervention in support of the MAF throughout 2024, made of high-level visits from the junta (something it had abstained from doing since the coup) and pressure on its allied EAOs, suggested that at least one form of international intervention was relatively effective in the country. This was not peace-making by any stretch of the imagination, but Beijing appeared to have had enough of the fragmentation of political authority on its doorstep, and the political and economic turmoil that it engendered.

The article is structured as follows. First, I review the year on the battlefield(s), highlighting two key novel dynamics: the EAOs’ successes, particularly in the states of Shan and Rakhine and, in turn, the military’s retreats. A discussion of how different issues shaped and compounded the increasingly dire economic situation follows, while some (predominantly illicit) opportunities also emerged and flourished. Next, I examine the fractured diplomatic landscape, focusing especially on China’s role, before concluding.

2. Domestic situation

The multi-scalar nature of Myanmar politics and the necessity to move beyond Western-centric state-centric frameworks is illustrated by the cross-border politics in the northern areas of Myanmar, particular in northern Shan State, a region bordering China. This territory, as noted in earlier contributions [Loong 2022; Fumagalli 2023, 2024;] has been historically a contested and fraught area, with the army exerting limited control and different EAOs competing with each other over control of territory, people and resources.

Throughout 2024 the State Administration Council lost control of almost all its borders, retreating further towards the centre, with no clear strategy over how to reverse the losses or lift itself out of its self-inflicted predicament.

Instead, junta leader Senior General Min Aung Hlaing concentrated even more positions in his hands, having added the role of Acting President in July 2024 to those he already held (commander in chief, prime minister, head of the State Administration Council) [International Crisis Group 2024, 15 October]. In a sign that discontent was mounting even in the MAF ranks, he reshuffled top positions in the military, prosecuting senior officers for command failures or insubordination. The coup clearly turned out to be a strategic blunder for Min Aung Hlaing, but rather than seeking a way out, he stubbornly – and incompetently – stayed on a ruinous course of action comprising air strikes and retributive violence. He may be presiding over a failing regime, as the International Crisis Group put it [Horsey 2024, 31 May, p. 2], but in 2024 this was still a regime that dies hard.

A possible exit strategy for the regime revolves around the prospect of new parliamentary elections after those of November 2020 were nullified in the immediate aftermath of the coup [Fumagalli 2022]. This scenario has been entertained more by Myanmar’s neighbours eager to see violence on their borders decrease than by the anti-coup resistance likely to view any junta-orchestrated elections as nothing more than a sham. Yet, the military has been very keen to indulge its neighbours regarding this prospect. Ever since the military took over in 2021, the junta has been routinely announcing that elections were imminent, without them actually materializing. In 2024 once again, the SAC announced imminent elections, only to postpone them, and to extend the state of emergency. To this end, or perhaps to maintain the fiction of imminent elections, the military decided to hold a census, which – unsurprisingly – was not complete by the end of the calendar year as the junta’s control of people and territory shrank further during the year [Michaels 2024, November; Radio Free Asia 2024, 20 November].

Resistance groups have been making unprecedented gains in northern Myanmar since the 1027 offensive of October 2023. The 3BA has captured large swathes of territory in the Rakhine, Chin and Shan states. After some hesitation in the first few years after the coup, the 3 Brotherhood Alliance, and most notably the two EAOs operating in Shan State, the MDNAA and the TNLA, entered the fight against the junta in October 2023. While neither Operation 1027 in 2023 nor Part II in June–July 2024 posed an existential threat to the junta in themselves, what they clearly showed was that the MAF were no longer able to hegemonize the battlefield [Michaels 2024, January], clearly impacting on troops’ morale, prompting defections and leading to reshuffles at higher levels. By the end of 2024 the military no longer controlled the North-eastern Military Command (in Shan State) or the Western Military Command (in Rakhine).

2.1. Shan State

Even before the 11 January 2024 ceasefire brokered by China (the Haigeng Agreement), the MNDAA had seized the important town of Laukkaing, home to the military’s regional operations command, from the MAF,2 with the TNLA also capturing roads and towns to its west [Michaels 2024, January]. The ceasefire brought some temporary respite to the junta’s forces, but in the summer, fighting resumed and the two EAOs made additional inroads in previously junta-held territory [Connelly and Michaels 2024]. Part II of Operation 1027 led to additional losses for the military, such as that of the strategic town of Lashio, the de facto capital of Northern Shan and seat of the Northeastern Regional Command, in early August. Additionally, the MNDAA seized a number of important border crossings and captured the ethnic Chinese-majority Kokang Special Administrative Zone, from which it had been expelled by the military in 2009. This was the first time the MAF had lost a regional command [Michaels 2024, July]. This gave the 3BA control of major arteries of trade with China and brought the MNDAA and the TNLA closer to launching large-scale attacks into the dry zone. The city of Mandalay appeared potentially vulnerable to operations by the 3BA. This is when China threw its leverage into the conflict, pressuring the two EAOs as other China-aligned EAOs in Shan State (the United Wa State Army (UWSA) and the Shan State Progressive Party/Shan State Army, SSPP/SSA)3 intervened to stop the 3BA’s advances. The TNLA called for a ceasefire in November. In a surprising turn of events, the Chinese authorities detained the MNDAA’s leader Peng Daxun during a visit to the city of Kunming on 18 November, forcing the organization to re-enter political dialogue with the junta [Frontier Myanmar 2024, 4 December], so that the MNDAA followed TNLA’s lead in calling for its own ceasefire and talks with the junta in December.

2.2. Rakhine

The situation in Rakhine State appeared less uncertain in terms of the outcome compared to that in Shan State, with the MAF gradually retreating further to the southern part of the state. The AA’s grip and control of territory consolidated and expanded throughout the year. By the end of the year, the state appeared all but lost to the military, with the AA coming very close to being the first EAO to capture a whole state in Myanmar (and more, given that it controls the Paletwa township in Chin State). To recall, the Arakan Army (AA) was established in Kachin State in 2009, before moving to Rakhine, with conflict taking place on and off between 2018 and 2022. Ceasefires alternated with new outbreaks of violence in 2022 and 2023, when the AA launched an offensive in coordination with the other two partners in the 3BA. Throughout 2024, the AA made rapid advances in the state, particularly. In the first part of the year, it concentrated on the northern part of the state, the symbolically important town of Mrauk U in February, once the capital of the Arakan Kingdom before being conquered by the Burmese Kingdom in 1785, and capturing the Rohingya-majority town of Buthidaung in the township of Maungdaw in May [The Irrawaddy 2024, 9 February].

The endgame remained unclear for the AA throughout 2024. It maintained its claims that it seeks a confederacy with Myanmar, though the reality on the ground more closely resembles that of de facto statehood, building up its own parallel institutions dealing with health, education, public administration and justice. The fact remains that by the end of the year the AA controlled 13 townships out of 17 in the territory, with one falling rapidly after the other in November and December, when the AA captured Toungup (which prevents overland supply to the important centre of Kuakphyu from the Myanmar mainland), Ann (home to the headquarters of the Western Military Command and a major pumping station of the oil and gas pipeline to China) [Radio Free Asia 2024, 9 December] and Gwa [Radio Free Asia 2024, 30 December; Strangio 2024, 31 December]. The AA finalized its control of the border – crucial to the cross-border flow of goods – by seizing Border Guard Post no. 5 with junta and junta-aligned militias fleeing to Bangladesh across the Naf river [Abuza 2024, 7 December]. The MAF remained confined to the state capital Sittwe, Manaung islands (the AA’s naval capabilities remained inferior to that of the junta) and, crucially, Kyaukphyu. This centre is vital to both the junta and China. In the Kyaukphyu Economic Zone, China has key energy facilities, such as the gas and oil pipeline, which travel across the rest of Myanmar to Yunnan Province in China. Unlike Shan State, there was no indication that China was pressuring the AA to enter negotiations with the SAC.

And yet, upon closer inspection, not all was well for the Arakan Army, as concerns of inter-communal violence resurfaced once again after a lull of a few years. Its capture of Buthidaung [The Irrawaddy 2024, 18 May] was accompanied by reports of abuses (against the local Rohingya population, though the AA disputed the claim) and extensive incidents of arson across the town where many areas were burnt down [Bhattacharyya 2024, 8 October; Frontier Myanmar 2024, 12 November; Naw 2024, 12 June; Rahman 2024]. The military weaponized the inter-communal tensions. The military’s objective was clearly to drag the Rohingya into the conflict between the AA and the MAF [Bhattacharyya 2024, 23 December], which it is clearly succeeding in doing. In an astonishing twist of events even by the standards of Myanmar’s complex and, at times, convoluted conflicts, the SAC effectively entered deals with a number of Rohingya militant organizations (the Arakan Rohingya Salvation Army, or ARSA; the Rohingya Solidarity Organization, RSO; and the Arakan Rohingya Army, ARA) [International Institute of Strategic Studies 2024, 11 December]. Young male Rohingya were reportedly conscripted, with widespread reports of coercion, to fight against the AA [International Crisis Group 2024, 10 May]. The absence of a unified leadership among the Rohingya made any negotiation between the community and the AA (or its political wing, the United League of Arakan) challenging [International Crisis Group 2024, 27 August].

Elsewhere in the country the situation looked similarly challenging for the junta. In Karen State, the town of Manerplaw retaken by the Karen National Union after losing it to the military-aligned Border Guard Force in 1995 [Strangio 2024, 18 December]. The victory was more symbolic than strategic, as Manerplaw was conceived by the Karens as the capital of an independent Kawthoolei (Karen homeland). The far more important border city of Myawaddy was also seized in the earlier part of the year, but the military retook it in April [Michaels 2024, July]. In Chin State, different anti-military organizations are in control of different parts of the territory, with the AA controlling Paletwa township in the south. In the north, the Kachin Independence Army (KIA) seized five major border crossings, taking full control of the border with China in the areas of their operations [Frontier Myanmar 2024, 10 December; Radio Free Asia 2024, 21 November; Radio Free Asia 2024, 13 December].

3. Economy

Already one of the poorest countries in South East Asia prior to the 2021 coup, Myanmar was plunged into a series of crises that compounded each other, with serious impacts on the lives and livelihoods of millions [Mathieson 2024, 6 June; Strangio, 2024, 12 December]. In its end-of-year update, the World Bank reported a multifaceted crisis in which ongoing conflict, natural disasters, rapid currency depreciation, high inflation and outward migration have combined to produce an ‘atrophying effect’ on the formal economy [World Bank 2024].
While a single indicator cannot capture the tragic nature of Myanmar’s economic crisis, the freefall of the national currency, the kyat (MMK), was a good indicator of its predicament. In mid-August 2024 the exchange rate to the US dollar was 7,000 MMK, an enormous loss in value compared to 2019 when the exchange rate was around 1,500 MMK to the US dollar [Abuza 2024, 7 December; 
Mizzima 2024, 6 December]. The Kyat’s value recovered partially in the later part of the year following the Central Bank of Myanmar’s decision to sell foreign exchange on the market on its own online trading platforms. As noted in last year’s contribution [Fumagalli 2023], different exchange rates exist in the country, with the junta trying to coerce the population to rely on the official and artificially inflated exchange rate for both everyday domestic and international transactions (e.g. remittances from Myanmar nationals working abroad). More generally, the junta’s plan – just like in previous years – was to secure as much foreign currency as possible to buy weaponry and ammunitions as military spending consumed about 60% of the national budget in 2024. International migration remained an important coping mechanism for the population, as detailed in a recent report by the World Bank [2024]. As skilled workers in sectors such as ICT or engineering appeared especially mobile, this boded ill for the local economy.

There was very little meaningful legal activity of note. To illustrate the point, Myanmar produced only 300 MW of electricity (against a demand amounting to 540 MW, a 25% decline since the coup), with many power-generating facilities inoperable or in sites beyond the SAC’s control. Foreign investment has fallen each year since 2021, from US$ 1.64 bn in FY2022-23 to US$ 661 m in 2023-24. In the first seven months of FY24-25 totalled only US$ 226m [Abuza 2024, 7 December; Mathieson 2024, 6 June].

To mitigate such a stark predicament, the junta kept looking for new revenues, including through discussions with China about possible additional sales of oil and gas or an increase in the sale of gems. The latter move was thwarted by the 3BA’s territorial gains, as the TNLA tried to deprive the junta of the control of the ruby trade mined in Mogoke. The TNLA blocked all large-scale mechanized mining, traditionally dominated by the military-owned Myanma Economic Holdings Limited. The SAC sought to recall Myanmar nationals working abroad, exerting pressure on the Thai government (the majority of Myanmar migrants were based there), so that the 2 million legal residents and the more than 3 million undocumented migrants would make their way back to the country. In September 2024, the SAC enacted a rule to force expatriate workers to transfer 25% of their remittances through formal bank channels, where they must use the official exchange rate of 2100 MMK to the US dollar [Mizzima 2024, 6 December].

Not all economic activities suffered in the aftermath of the coup, though. Protracted conflicts intensified the criminality of Myanmar’s economy. The country topped the list of 193 countries of the Global Organized Crime Index. In 2023 it was blacklisted by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) [Fumagalli 2024]. A ‘sector’ that has been thriving in recent years has been that of online scam centres [Clapp and Tower 2024; Fong and McGowan 2024; International Crisis Group 2024, 27 March; Tower and Clapp 2024, 26 September; MacPherson and Wilson 2024; Tiwari 2025] and one of the key reasons behind China’s tacit greenlighting of Operation 1027 in the later months of 2023, including the junta’s lack of responsiveness to shut them down in Kokang Special Administrative Zone on China’s borders [Fumagalli 2024]. As Fong and McGowan note [2024], several South East Asian countries have become global hubs for cyber scams, an «industry» that generated more than US$ 75 billion between 2020 and 2024. Myanmar has emerged as the epicentre of this industry, initially around Kokang (which prompted China’s pressure on the junta via the EAOs in 2023). Such activities tend to be concentrated along the border with China and, increasingly, Thailand. Tower and Clapp, in their extensive investigation of this phenomenon, highlighted how a pro-military warlord, Saw Chit Thu, operating from Karen State, set up countless (over a thousand) such sites along the Thai-Myanmar border, the most infamous being the Shwe Kokko Park and KK Park in Myawaddy township in Karen State [Clapp and Tower 2024]. Cross-border smuggling has long been a lifeline for many in the country. This is especially the case in Rakhine State. One of the tactics adopted by the MAF against the resistance organizations is the blocking of supply routes, depriving the population living in areas controlled by either EAOs or the People’s Defense Forces (the latter usually aligned to the National Unity Government, the successor of the government deposed in the 2021 coup) of essential commodities, including foodstuff [Bhattacharyya 2024, 8 October]. In Rakhine State, where the AA controls more than half of the 17 townships, the junta closed supply routes from the mainland and the southern part of Rakhine, which it still controls. The disruption of already precarious supply routes from the rest of Myanmar (owing to the poor state of roads), have made the smuggling of commodities from across the border in Bangladesh and India a necessity to keep the people of the AA-controlled Rakhine State afloat [Bhattacharyya 2024, 23 December]. Smuggled goods include oil, cooking oil, soaps, washing detergents, flour, garments – typically from India and Bangladesh. Rakhine state is strongly dependent on India and Bangladesh for fuel (diesel and petrol) and medicines (especially from India). In this context waterways have been vital to the local economy, and particularly the banks of the Kaladan river in the town of Paletwa.4

The second area in which Myanmar can «boast» some dubious and questionable success is that of opium production. In 2023, Myanmar overtook Afghanistan to become the world’s top opium producer after the Taliban banned the cultivation of opium poppies, resulting in a 95% decline in opium production in that country [Strangio 2024, 13 December]. The area of opium poppy under cultivation in Myanmar decreased by 4% between 22/23 and 23/24, according to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) [Strangio 2024, 13 December].

According to the World Bank, about 14 million people, or a quarter of the population, were experiencing acute food insecurity in late 2024, up from around 10 million the previous year [World Bank 2024]. For millions of ordinary people lacking access to aid and basic services, food insecurity and continuing brutalization by the MAF and facing a collapsing economy render the situation every day more tragic. The situation remained dire throughout the year.

4. Foreign policy

The fact that, for the first time, a collapse of Myanmar’s military and the regime became conceivable led to a frenzy of diplomatic initiatives stemming from an urgent need to rethink prior «approaches» to the conflict. However, the diplomatic landscape remained fractured, or disparate [Connelly and Michaels 2024]. A lack of international coordination on Myanmar, stemming from each political actor’s suspicion that geopolitical competitors may gain from changes on the ground, have led to, at best, a fragmented form of peace-making [Adhikari 2023], where different actors, primarily regional and non-western, set up their own initiatives.

The UN left the position of Special Envoy for Myanmar vacant for about nine months, in a clear display of where the country ranks in its priorities. As in preceding years, Western «distraction» by other wars, in Ukraine and the Middle East, masked its current haplessness. Beyond an additional round of sanctions [Reuters 2024, 29 October], there was little of note to suggest that western countries and organizations may be willing to dedicate more attention and provide more resources to the people of Myanmar. ASEAN downgraded Myanmar’s representation at key meetings in response to its failure to implement the group’s «Five-Point Consensus» but has struggled to find ways to de-escalate the conflict and foster dialogue. Laos took over ASEAN’s chairmanship in 2024, which, according to ASEAN’s current practices which see the rotating chair also hold the chairmanship of the organization’s (non-) policy on Myanmar. Just like its predecessors in this post, the Lao People’s Democratic Republic did not deliver any substantial changes.

Thailand tried to revamp its Myanmar policy [Strangio 2024, 17 December]. For the first time, all of Myanmar’s neighbours met with representatives of the SAC in Thailand on 19 and 20 December [Strangio 2024, 20 December]. Myanmar’s decades-long conflicts, including in Karen State on the Thai border, has also led to a significant flow of refugees, particularly since the 1980s, with the town of Mae Sot in Tak Province being on the receiving end of thousands of Myanmar refugees since then. Thailand, just like China, has not officially endorsed the actions of the EAOs, but has none the less accepted their practical existence. If anything, Bangkok accepted their presence as tantamount to a de facto buffer between war in Myanmar and its own territory. This policy has not really worked very well, as random shelling on Thai territory, including but not limited to the border town of Mae Sot are a regular occurrence. In April 2024 Thailand’s Defence Minister had signalled its displeasure with such a regular spillover of violence, announcing that the Thai military would shoot down any Myanmar military aircraft operating in its air space [Michaels 2024, April]. And yet in March fighting took place in close proximity to the 2nd Friendship bridge connecting Myawaddy with Tak Province [Bangkok Post 2024, 11 April]. On the first of this two-day round of meetings, representatives of the SAC were also in attendance. While little of substance emerged from the gathering, this nonetheless signalled some effort by certain ASEAN members to rethink their engagement approaches.

In 2024 China changed its approach to the crisis in Myanmar, from a fairly minimalistic approach (preventing the potential spillover of instability into its borders) to a more interventionist one. In late 2023, on the occasion of Operation 1027, China’s tacit endorsement of the offensive, by and large motivated by Beijing’s frustration with the junta’s reluctance to crack down on the online scam centres in the Kokang Special Administrative Zone in north-eastern Shan [Fumagalli 2024], stunned external observers. This was – rightly or wrongly – due to the common perception, inside and outside Myanmar, that China’s impulse would be to support the authoritarian regime against domestic challengers, which can be regarded as either a stance in favour of regime survival or (its own) border security.5 Scam centres in the north-east (particularly the Kokang Special Administrative Zone) have caused enormous damage to Chinese citizens and more generally to China-Myanmar bilateral ties. The China-Myanmar Economic Corridor runs through Shan and Rakhine – active conflict zones – thus directly impacting on investment and trade with China. Furthermore, the wave of refugees appears unstoppable, especially on the Thai and Indian borders. Cross-border smuggling of all substances, from commodities to basic goods and (in a reverse direction) various types of illicit substances including yaba and crystal meth (amphetamines), shows that despite state attempts to seal off their borders this is just not possible.

From mid-2024 onwards China undertook more active efforts to shape the trajectory of the conflict. As both MNDAA and TNLA accumulated gains in northern state of Shan over the summer, China used its leverage on other EAOs to its advantage. Beijing asked the United Wa State Army (probably Myanmar’s largest EAO by troop numbers) to pressure MNDAA to withdraw forces. The People’s Liberation Army (PLA) conducted live-fire drills on the China–Myanmar border [Michaels 2024, July]. China’s new stance also manifested itself in the form of senior level meetings in both China and Myanmar and pressure on a number of EAOs over which it has historically held considerable influence, which took place throughout the remainder of the year. Former Myanmar President Thein Sein paid a visit to Beijing on 29 June. On 19 June, Wang Yi met with junta Foreign Minister Than Swe in Nay Pyi Taw, the first visit since May 2023. The junta interpreted this as an important display of support for the regime at a crucial time, despite the fact that Wang did not offer anything concrete, other than stating that «China’s friendship extends to all of the Myanmar people». In early July, junta’s number 2 Senior General Soe Win made a visit to Qingdao in Shandong province. Last, but not least, in a surprising twist of events in light of Myanmar’s context (where Sinophobia is rampant across both society and the military), there was China’s proposal to the junta to form a joint venture security company (JVSC) [The Irrawaddy 2024, 15 November]. After seeing the fall of Lashio to the MNDAA, the escalation of armed conflict in Rakhine, an attack on the Chinese consulate in Mandalay, and the capture of a Chinese-owned nickel processing plant in Tigyaing (Sagaing region) and the China-backed Alpha Cement factory in Patheingyi township (Mandalay region), Beijing felt compelled to come up with a better plan to contain the fallout of the war in Myanmar on its local economic interests [Radio Free Asia 2024, 22 November]. On this basis, the junta formed a working committee on 22 October 2024 to prepare a Memorandum of Understanding to establish a security company. The committee’s responsibilities include scrutinizing the importing and regulating of weapons and special equipment, ensuring proper control and usage [The Irrawaddy 2024, 21 November]. The security company would handle the import of weapons and special equipment. The news followed Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi’s meeting with junta leader Min Aung Hlaing on 14 August, where they discussed the acceleration of the Belt and Road Initiative. They also debated the smooth operations of oil and gas pipelines connecting Yunnan Province with Rakhine State. Wang emphasized the importance of protecting Chinese projects and personnel in Myanmar. In a meeting held in November, Senior General Min Aung Hlaing told PRC Premier Li Qing that he would speed up other BRI projects, pledging the construction of the BRI-related Muse-Mandalay-Kyaukphyu train line. This train line would link Muse in Myanmar, on the Chinese border, with Kyaukphyu in Rakhine State in the Andaman Sea. The project was stalled by Operation 1027 and other 3BA advances.

On Myanmar’s western borders, both India and Bangladesh struggled to come to terms with the gradual but steady loss of control of the country’s borders by the MAF. The areas affected were the regions bordering Chin and Rakhine States [Michaels 2024, May]. Since 2019 the Bangladeshi authorities have been fairly lenient towards the Arakan Army, even turning a blind eye to its activities within its territory [see for example, Fumagalli 2023 and 2024]. The Bangladeshi authorities have similarly neglected the activities of Rohingya militant organizations within and outside the large camps, as these sought to recruit volunteers (or coerce young men) among their ranks as they resumed operations in Rakhine State. The political turmoil within Bangladesh itself in 2024, where long-standing autocratic leader Sheikh Hasina was ousted in August following weeks of protests in the summer [The Daily Star 2024, 5 August], led to some repositioning of the country as the new authorities, led by Nobel prize laureate, entrepreneur and philanthropist Mohammad Yunus, focused more on domestic political and economic priorities than cross-border issues with neighbouring Myanmar. India also struggled to come to terms with the post-coup dynamics in Myanmar. Unlike Dhaka, New Delhi never quite tolerated the Arakan Army, which, by operating in the southernmost part of Chin State (Paletwa township) has repercussions for India’s north-east. What directly affects India as a result of the AA’s operations is that war in western Myanmar interferes with the Kaladan Multi-Modal Transport Project, which, among others, allows the connection between Kolkata and India’s own north-eastern states of Manipur and Mizoram [Frontier Myanmar 2024, 3 December].The Indian state of Manipur, in particular, has been engulfed, since late 2023, in a civil-war like situation, where cross-border instability is one of the factors fuelling the conflict and providing armed insurgents with a safe haven [Maiorano and Khattri 2024].

5. Conclusion

Throughout 2024 the situation on the ground in Myanmar remained extremely fluid. Galvanized by the success of Operation 1027, the three EAOs constituting the 3 Brotherhood Alliance pushed further, building momentum and, crucially, gaining additional territory in two key states, Rakhine and Shan, with additional territory captured by other EAOs, for example in the Kachin and Karen states. Inroads into the central areas remained challenging for the less well-equipped and generally National Unity Government-aligned People’s Defence Forces.

The tide seemed to have crucially turned against the military. The disintegration of the military regime appeared at least conceivable, though not an imminent prospect. China’s tacit endorsement of the MNDAA and TNLA-led Operation 1027 confirmed the enormous leverage the country has on those organizations and its ability, if not to determine, certainly to shape outcomes on the ground, locally (in Shan State) and nationally, by conveying messages to the junta. However, the anti-junta tide at some point stopped as the MNDAA and the TNLA seemed to push too far for China’s liking. Beijing’s change of approach – from a bystander eager to protect its interests (trade, investment, border security) without tying this to the junta’s fate, to a more interventionist one – reversed the tide. If China established some clear boundaries for some of the EAOs operating in Shan State, it still appeared uncertain as to how to handle the AA, despite its considerable economic interests in Rakhine State. Although interactions between local, national and international issues and actors were evident throughout Myanmar, the extent to which those interaction took place and, crucially, their impact on conflict dynamics and outcomes, continued to vary significantly across the various geographies of war. The events of 2024 showed that there was no exit strategy in sight for the regime, but nor was a decisive turnaround of the dynamics on the battlefield.

Bibliography

Abuza, Zachary, 2024, 7 December, ‘Chinese aid cannot overcome Myanmar junta’s declining finances and morale’, Radio Free Asia.

Adhikari, Monalisa, 2023, ‘Non-western engagement in peace processes and the rise of «hedging» by elites in conflict-affected states’, Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 37(3), pp.338-360.

Bangkok Post, 2024, 11 April, ‘Myanmar troops retreat to Thai bridge’.

Bhatthacharyya, Rajeev, 2024, 8 October, ‘Investigation: what happened at Buthidaung town in Myanmar’s Rakhine state’, The Diplomat.

Bhattacharyya, Rajeev, 2024, 23 December, ‘Smuggled commodities from India and Bangladesh are lifelines for Myanmar’s Arakan’, The Diplomat.

Clapp, Priscilla and Jason Tower, 2024, ‘Transnational Crime in Southeast Asia. A Growing Threat to Global Peace and Security’,United States Institute of Peace, May.

Connelly, Aaron, and Morgan Michaels, 2024, ‘Disparate diplomacy: Managing the post-coup Myanmar conflict’, Asia-Pacific Regional Security Assessment 2024, IISS.

Fong, Clara, and Abigail McGowan, 2024, 31 May, ‘How Myanmar Became a Global Center for Cyber Scams’, Council on Foreign Relations.

Frontier Myanmar, 2024, 3 December, ‘India must do more for Myanmar refugees in Mizoram’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2024, 4 December, ‘MNDAA second anti-junta armed group to call for peace talks’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2024, 10 December, ‘Treading carefully: KIO navigates rocky ethnic terrain in new territory’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2024, 12 November, ‘Fog of war: the battle for truth and blame in the Rakhine conflict’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2024, 20 December, ‘MDNAA meets with junta’.

Fumagalli, Matteo, 2022, ‘Myanmar 2021: repression and resistance in a multi-cornered conflict’, Asia Maior, XXXII/2021, pp. 256-276.

Fumagalli, M., 2023, ‘Myanmar 2022: fragmented sovereignties and the escalation of violence in multiple warscapes’. Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022, pp. 261-280.

Fumagalli, Matteo, 2024, ‘Myanmar 2023: new conflicts and coalitions reshape war narrative, challenging an embattled junta’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp.235-257.

Horsey, Richard, 2024, 31 May, ‘Myanmar is fragmenting – but not falling apart’, Foreign Affairs.

International Institute of Strategic Studies, 2024, 11 December, ‘Competing armed groups pose new threat to Rohingya in Bangladesh’.

International Crisis Group, 2024, 27 March, ‘Scam Centres and Ceasefires. China–Myanmar Ties Since the Coup’Bangkok/Brussels: Asia Briefing 179.

International Crisis Group, 2024, 10 May, ‘War in western Myanmar: avoiding a Rakhine-Rohingya conflict’.

International Crisis Group, 2024, 27 August, ‘Breaking Away: The Battle for Myanmar’s Rakhine State, Asia Report 3’, Asia Report, 39.

International Crisis Group, 2024, 15 October, ‘Myanmar: the death throes of Min Aung Hlaing’s regime’.

Loong, Shona, 2022, June, ‘Post-coup Myanmar in six warscapes’, International Institute of Strategic Studies.

Maiorano, Diego & Raghaw Khattri, 2024, ‘India 2023: Towards the general elections amid rising social tension’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. 259-300.

Mathieson, David Scott, 2024, 6 June, ‘Junta waging war on Myanmar’s doom-loop economy’, Asia Times.

McPherson, Poppy, and Tom Wilson, 2024, ‘Crypto scam: inside the billion-dollar «pig-butchering» industry’, Reuters.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, January, ‘Problems extend beyond battlefield for Myanmar’s battered regime’, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, March, ‘Myanmar’s regime shrinks further towards the centre, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, April, ‘Melee in Myawaddy: resistance battles junta in key border town’, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, May, ‘Threat of communal violence grows in western and central Myanmar’, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, July, ‘China pressures Myanmar opposition groups to halt the latest offensive, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, October, ‘Is the brotherhood headed to Mandalay?’, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Michaels, Morgan, 2024, November, ‘Regime election plans and prospects for dialogue in Myanmar’, IISS Myanmar Conflict Update.

Mizzima, 2024, 6 December, ‘Foreign currency exchange rates fall as Myanmar kyat grows stronger’.

Naw, Theresa, 2024, 12 June, ‘The burning of Buthidaung: allegations, denials and silence in Myanmar’s Rakhine state’, The Diplomat.

Pedersen, Morten B., 2024, May, ‘Outrage Is Not a Policy. Coming to Terms with Myanmar’s Fragmented State’, Lowy Institute.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 20 November, ‘Junta chief vows to complete Myanmar census by year end – then hold elections’.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 21 November, ‘Myanmar’s Kachin insurgents take control of their border with China’.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 22 November, ‘Myanmar rebels capture town on main road to Chinese-built port’.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 9 December, ‘Myanmar rebels capture last military post on Bangladesh border’.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 13 December, ‘Myanmar border with China in northern rebel zone to reopen, group says’.

Radio Free Asia, 2024, 30 December, ‘Myanmar’s Arakan Army takes a major town, says ready for talks’.

Rahmam, Shafiur, 2024, 17 December, ‘Drones, desperation, and displacement: Rohingya flee violence in Myanmar’s Rakhine state’, The Diplomat.

Reuters, 2024, 29 October, ‘UK, EU and Canada impose new sanctions targeting Myanmar military’.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 12 December, ‘Myanmar economy to shrink further in 2025, World Bank says’, The Diplomat.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 13 December, ‘Myanmar remains world’s leading source of illegal opium cultivation’, The Diplomat.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 17 December, ‘Thailand confirms details of «informal» Myanmar meetings’, The Diplomat.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 18 December, ‘Myanmar rebel group claims recapture of former headquarters on Thai border’, The Diplomat.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 20 December, ‘Thailand hosts «informal consultation» on Myanmar Conflict’, The Diplomat.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 31 December, ‘Ethnic rebels announce seizure of key town in Western Myanmar’, The Diplomat.

The Daily Star, 2024, 5 August, ‘Hasina resigns’.

The Irrawaddy, 2024, 9 February, ‘AA: History Mrauk U seized from Myanmar’s junta’.

The Irrawaddy, 2024, 18 March, ‘Myanmar junta loses another town to Arakan Army in Rakhine State’.

The Irrawaddy, 2024, 18 May, ‘AA claims seizure of Buthidaung neaer Bangladesh border’.

The Irrawaddy, 2024, 15 November, ‘Myanmar junta planning joint security firm with China’.

The Irrawaddy, 2024, 21 November, ‘With proposed security gambit, Beijing decides «enough is enough» in Myanmar’.

Tiwari, Ayush, 2025, 11 February, ‘The scammers who got scammed: how jobless Indians were lured into cyber slavery’, Scroll.in.

Tower, Jason, and Priscilla A. Clapp, 2024, 26 September, ‘Myanmar Scam Hubs Revive Fast after China Eases Pressure on Junta’, United States Institute of Peace.

World Bank, 2024, Myanmar Economic Monitor, December Update.

1The KNU had conceived of Manerplaw as the capital of a «historical Karen homeland» (referred to as Kawthoolei).

2 On 5 January, so a few days before the ceasefire, the 3BA had already accepted the unconditional surrender of MAF troops.

3 The MNDAA, UWSA and NDAA EAOs all trace their lineage back to the China-backed Communist Party of Burma, founded after its collapse in 1989.

4 Paletwa township is formally in Chin State, but that part of territory is claimed and controlled by the AA.

5.  Both the central government and the provincial one in Yunnan have long maintained ties with certain EAOs, most notably the MNDAA and UWSA.

The author gratefully acknowledges the support of the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AH/S00405X/1) and the Scottish Council on Global Affairs for the support to the research related to this article.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Thailand 2023-2024: A general election and its contested aftermath

The Thai biennium 2023-2024 opened with the prospect of democratic change, as in 2023 citizens were able to vote in a general election. While the outcome spelled the end of military rule after the two consecutive premierships of retired General Prayuth Chan-ocha, the Army-drafted constitution of 2017 inhibited the smooth functioning of participatory politics. Move Forward, a recently established party with a progressive outlook and a defiant stance toward military and élite groups, won, but was prevented from forming a government. Lengthy negotiations relegated it to the opposition, favouring instead the Pheu Thai Party, which represented the legacy of the charismatic ex-PM Thaksin Shinawatra. Less ideologically committed, the Phue Thai Government proved willing to compromise with the status quo – a strategy deemed pragmatic by supporters, and self-serving by critics. The new administration additionally took a controversial approach with regard to foreign policy, showing openness to the governments of Myanmar and Russia, in continuity with previous military administrations. Economic recovery under the Pheu Thai Government remained slow, also hindered by an alarming rise in household debt and massive floods in 2024.

Keywords – Thailand General Election of 2023; Pheu Thai; Thaksin Shinawatra; Paetongtarn Shinawatra; Srettha Thavisin; Vacharaesorn Vivacharawongse; Thailand-Myanmar relations; Thailand-Russia relations; Thailand-U.S. relations; Thailand-China relations; Thailand economy.

1. Introduction

This essay offers a critical overview of the Thai biennium 2023-2024 with reference to domestic politics, foreign policy, and economy. The first five sections examine the defining event of this period: the general election of 2023. They focus respectively on: the background to the election, showing how different parties positioned themselves with regards to the Military and broader processes of democratization (2.1); the electoral outcome, also exploring how changing political sensitivities possibly affected the results (2.2); the aftermaths, which saw the marginalization of the winning party, Move Forward, relegated to the opposition, and the formation of two consecutive Governments under Pheu Thai (2.3); and, finally, the Pheu Thai Administrations’ ambiguous engagement with civil and political rights (2.4). Concluding the focus on domestic politics, section 2.5. looks at the unexpected return of Vacharaesorn Vivacharawongse, an estranged son of King Maha Vajiralongkorn (r. 2016), to the Kingdom after a long exile.

Moving on to foreign relations, the next two sections explore the two Pheu Thai Governments’ unexpectedly cordial approach to the illiberal Governments of Myanmar and Russia (3.1.), and their refusal to commit to either the USA or China in the face of the two superpowers’ competition in the region, which was in line with previous administrations (3.2.). The final part of the essay considers the economic situation, characterised by a slow recovery after the COVID-19 crisis, and further penalized by a severe household debt problem and major floods that affected several provincial areas in 2024 (4.1.).

2. Domestic politics

2.1. Preparing for the election

The general election of 2023 represented a pivotal moment in Thailand’s process of democratization, pitting progressive forces that sought to curb the powers of the military and the nobility against conservative elements intent on preserving more traditional power structures. Held on 14 May 2023, it determined the numeric victory of Move Forward, a recently established party deemed progressive within the local political context. The Move Forward Party had campaigned with a platform aimed at limiting the influence of the Military and the Monarchy – traditional powerholders in the Kingdom – also via the abolishment of military conscription and amendments of Thailand’s notoriously draconian law on lèse-majesté [PPTV HD 36 2023, 12 July]. Move Forward was the de-facto successor of Future Forward, a liberal party, especially popular among the youth, which was disbanded in a divisive court ruling in 2020 [Siani 2021, p. 242].

Significantly, the electoral result came after two consecutive governments led by the royalist retired Army General Prayuth Chan-ocha (2014-2019 and 2019-2023), indicating widespread frustration with the Military’s interference in politics, and increasingly dominant democratic sensitives. This outcome notwithstanding, convoluted electoral rules prevented Move Forward from forming a government, enabling Pheu Thai Party to do so in their place. The latter Party represented the legacy of the charismatic Thaksin Shinawatra, an ex-premier famously ousted by a military coup d’état in 2006, and in self-imposed exile to escape a set of legal charges.

Previous military administrations had created an electoral system deliberately designed to maintain influence even after democratic elections. Understanding how Phue Thai ultimately formed a government requires an excursus into the electoral rules as established by the Military-drafted Constitution of 2017. These enable voters to elect the 500 members of the House of Representatives (which comprises 400 open-constituency seats and 100 party-list seats), but not the 250 members of the Senate, who were appointed by the military government of the time. Crucially, in this system, a democratically chosen prime minister would need to secure the endorsement of at least 376 members of Parliament in order to be able to form a government. Some scholars have argued that this caveat was likely devised for the Military to retain a degree of control over the electoral process via complacent senators [Khemthong and Aua-aree 2023; Nethipo et al. 2023, 274-5].

An extraordinary 67 Parties ran for the 2023 election [Thairath 2023, 12 May]. The most prominent had a reputation for either supporting democratization [BBC Thai 2020, 21 February] or advocating military rule [Work Point Today 2019, 7 June]. Among the former was Move Forward as well as the above-mentioned Pheu Thai. On the pro-military side was the Palang Pracharath Party, led by Army General Prawit Wongsuwon, a historic associate of Prayuth Chan-ocha who held important positions in the Prayuth Governments, and Bhumjai Thai Party, led by Anutin Charnvirakul, a former of Minister of Public Health.

As per the 2017 Constitution, parties were also required to propose up to three candidate premiers to the Office of the Election Commission in order for them to be eligible [iLaw 2019, 5 February]. The Phue Thai Party put forward three candidates: Srettha Thavisin, a real estate developer; Paetongtarn Shinawatra, the youngest daughter of Thaksin Shinawatra; and Chaikasem Nitisiri a former attorney general and minister of Justice. Move Forward, however, proposed only one: Pita Limjaroenrat, a businessman.

Prime Minister Prayuth Chan-O-cha dissolved the House of Representatives on 20 March 2023 [iLaw 2023, 20 March], three days before the regular end of its term [iLaw 2023, 9 May]. Analysts have suggested that the early dissolution might have represented a strategic measure, necessary for the premier to quit the Phalang Pracharat Party, of which he was a member, and join the United Thai Nation Party (UTN) within a window of time prescribed by the law [iLaw 2023, 9 May]. Some further speculated that Prayuth’s need to leave the Phalang Pracharat Party was motivated by internal conflicts.

2.2. Electoral results and changing political sensitivities

The general election marked a turning point in Thai politics, with unprecedented voter turnout and a clear shift toward progressive parties, especially among young voters. According to the Office of the Election Commission of Thailand, 39,293,867 voters, or 75.22% of the adult population, cast a ballot in the election, recording the highest voter turnout in history [Siamrath 2023, 15 May]. The result sealed a victory of the main pro-democracy Parties, with Move Forward winning 151 seats (112 open-constituency seats, 39 party-list seats), and Pheu Thai 141 seats (112 constituency and 29 party-list). Pro-military parties followed, with Bhumjai Thai winning 71 seats (68 constituency and 3 party-list); Palang Pracharat, 40 seats (39 constituency and 1 party-list); and United Thai Nation, 36 seats (23 constituency and 13 party-list) [BBC Thai 2023, 19 June].

The success of Move Forward was especially striking given the low profile of its leader, Pita Limjaroenrat; the progressiveness – if not the perceived taboo quality – of its agenda; as well as the fierce competition of Pheu Thai, a Party with a long history of landslide electoral victories. A widespread narrative stressed the role played by younger voters – assumed to be exceptionally liberal [Insight Era 2023, 17 April] – in determining the victory of Move Forward. BBC Thai highlighted the prominence of young constituencies in the overall breakdown of the eligible voters, pointing out that individuals belonging to the so-called Generation Z (those, that is, born between 1997 and 2005), and Generation Y (born between 1981 and 1996), amounted respectively to a solid 12.78 % and 28.87 % of the electorate [Watchiranon 2023, 24 March].

Ethnographic data collected by the author in the Northeastern city of Udon Thani, traditionally a Phue Thai stronghold, before, during and after the election, suggests that the very discourse of generational change may have influenced the preferences of some urban voters. Middle-aged individuals (aged 40 to 65) who in this election had switched from Pheu Thai to Move Forward explained their choice in terms of having to align with the presumed preference of the youth, assumed to be best equipped to sense the best future of Thailand. Some among the interviewees even claimed neither to fully «understand» (khaojai), nor to «agree» (hen duay) with Move Forward’s more radical agenda. They added that they «trusted» (wai jai) the youth, depicting the advent of liberalism as inevitable. Some also described the Move Forward Party leader, Pita Limjaroenrat, as young, inexperienced, and therefore «pure» (borisut) within an political arena that they perceived to be otherwise corrupted.

If an aura of idealism therefore connoted the image of Move Forward, that of Pheu Thai may have suffered from the impression of political ambiguity. Contributing to the latter was the rumour that the Party was prepared to form a coalition with the Military-backed Palang Pracharat in exchange for favours. Controversially, only few days before the election, ex-PM Thaksin Shinawatra used social media to announce, out of the blue, that his return from exile was imminent [Thai Post 2023, 9 May]. Given that the former Premier had been overthrown by the Army in 2006, and had next been targeted by legal charges including corruption and contempt of royalty [BBC Thai 2023, 10 August; Prachatai 2023, 22 August], many understood the announcement to imply that he had secured a deal with once-unamicable powerful actors in exchange for the ability to come back to the Kingdom on favourable conditions [AEC 10 News 2023, 21 May]. To voters with a genuine hope for democratic change, this suggested Pheu Thai’s readiness to sacrifice the will of the people on the altar of Thaksin’s personal interests.

2.3. Forming the government(s)

Despite Move Forward’s electoral success, conservative forces effectively restrained the rise of the progressive party through judicial interventions and constitutional mechanisms, ultimately enabling Pheu Thai to form a government through compromises with military-aligned parties.

Shortly after its surprise victory, the Move Forward Party formed a coalition with Pheu Thai and other smaller, pro-democracy Parties. On 13 July 2023, the Parliament nevertheless refused to endorse Move Forward’s candidate prime minister, Pita Limjaroenrat, who secured only 324 votes [BBC Thai 2023, 13 July]. In July 2023, before his second attempt to gain support, the Constitutional Court suspended him from the House of Parliament, questioning his eligibility as premier [Thai PBS 2023, 19 July]. According to an allegation, Pita Limjaroenrat held some shares in the media company ITV, while the 2017 Constitution forbids MPs from owning media-related businesses [Prachachat 2023, 13 May]. The Constitutional Court would dismiss the case only six months later, in January 2024, on the basis that ITV had not been operative since 2007 – that is, well before the beginning of Pita Limjaroenrat’s political career [BBC Thai 2024, 24 January].

Pita Limjaroenrat’s suspension nevertheless prevented Move Forward, which, as anticipated earlier, had named no other candidate premier, from forming a government. The episode paved the way for the second most voted Party, Pheu Thai, to do so instead. Given the widespread opposition toward Move Forward, Pheu Thai entered into talks only with other parties to form a government [Channel 7 2023, 22 July]. They eventually announced their intention to form a coalition with parties that included the pro-military Bhumjaithai, Palang Pracharat, and United Thai Nation, but excluded Move Forward [Work Point Today 2023, 21 August]. The first Pheu Thai candidate, Srettha Thavisin, became prime minister on 22 August 2023 with 482 votes from the lower and the upper house, relegating Move Forward to the opposition [Thai PBS 2023, 22 August]. Shockingly, in the morning of the same day, Thaksin Shinawatra landed at Bangkok’s Don Mueang Airport.

Upon his arrival, Thaksin was taken to the Supreme Court, which sentenced him to a total of eight years in prison for three different charges [Thairath 2023, 22 August]. A few hours after being held at the Bangkok Remand Prison, Thaksin complained of chest pain, and was transferred to the Police Hospital for an examination [Thai PBS 2023, 23 August]. Mr. Sitthi Suthiwong, the deputy director general of the Department of Corrections, explained that the ex-premier suffered from insomnia, high blood pressure, chest tightness, low fingertip oxygen levels, as well as other congenital diseases [Thairath 2024, 22 August]. He claimed that the situation warranted that the former Prime Minister be detained at the Police Hospital instead of the prison. According to hearsay, the ex-Premier was given a highly comfortable room at the Hospital – a rumour that the Police strongly denied [Tnews 2023, 23 August]. On 31 August 2023, Thaksin requested a royal pardon from King Vajiralongkorn [Phaisan 2023, 8 December]. The next day, the Monarch reduced his eight-year sentence to only one year [BBC Thai 2023, 1 September]. The ex-Premier was eventually released on parole on 18 February 2024, after having spent 6 months at the Police Hospital [BBC Thai 2024, 16 February]. He completed his one-year term on 31 August 2024.

Meanwhile, as a final blow to Move Forward, on 7 August 2024 the Constitutional Court ordered the Party to be dissolved, banning its executive board, Pita Limjaroenrat included, from politics for 10 years. The Court deemed the Party’s proposal to amend the lèse-majesté law unconstitutional [The Standard 2024, 12 March]. People close to the disbanded party reacted by announcing the formation of a new party, the name of which, Phak Prachachon, officially translates into English as People’s Party [BBC Thai 2024, 9 August]. The latter name is a direct reference to the collective that in 1932 overthrew absolutism, known in Thai as Khana Ratsadon and translated into English, indeed, as People’s Party.

Even the Pheu Thai Government was not immune from attacks, however. On 14 August 2024, the Court forced PM Srettha Thavisin out of office for breaching «ethic rules and moral standards» [The Matter 2024, 14 August]. The PM was accused of appointing to his cabinet Thaksin Shinawatra’s former lawyer, Pichit Chuenban, who had previously served a 6-month jail term for bribery [The Matter 2024, 14 August]. The removal of Srettha made it necessary for Pheu Thai to start new negotiations for forming a new Government. They put forward the name of Paetongtarn Shinawatra as candidate premier, gaining parliamentary endorsement.

The composition of the Paetongtarn Cabinet did not differ significantly from the previous one, but, in an apparent act of reconciliation, it welcomed Pheu Thai’s longstanding rival Party, the Democrats, by appointing its leader, Chalermchai Sri-on, minister of Natural Resources [Thai PBS 2024, 28 August]. Commenting on the entire incident, the legal scholar Prinya Thaewanarumitkul suggested that the Constitutional Court acted on a complaint by somebody displeased with Pheu Thai [Napat Kongsawad 2024, 4 September].

2.4. Civil and political rights under the Pheu Thai Government(s)

Despite its longstanding commitment to democratic values, the Pheu Thai administrations failed to meaningfully improve Thailand’s human rights situation. Political dissidents continued to face significant challenges after the 2023 elections, largely unchecked by the new government. In fact, the use of lèse-majesté laws intensified, the number of prosecutions rose, and prominent activists and politicians faced harsh sentences for perceived insults against the royal family. As reported by Thai Lawyers for Human Rights,

2023 saw the highest number of political detainees in recent years. At least 56 citizens and activists were jailed in 2023, outnumbering last year’s figure of at least 46 detainees. Adding the 19 individuals who were detained continuously since 2022 brings the total of at least 67 detainees in 2023. Out of the 67 detainees, at least 37 have not been released and have spent the new year behind bars. This figure surpasses the detainee count for 2021-2022 (22) and 2022-2023 (19) [TLHR 2024, 16 February].

The situation did not improve in 2024, with the figures of lawsuits increasing further [TLHR 2024, 8 November]. 2024 was also marked by the tragic death of the young political prisoner Netiporn Sanesangkhom, and the Government’s failure to identify and punish those responsible for a massacre that had taken place twenty years before in the Southern city of Tak Bai. These two cases underscored further the limitations of Thailand’s democratic progress.

On 21 May 2024, the 28-year-old female activist Netiporn Sanesangkhom, better known by her nickname, Bung, died in custody after a prolonged hunger strike with which she was protesting her detention for lèse majesté and sedition. Her shocking death raised numerous questions about the treatment of political prisoners under the new civilian government [DW 2024, 21 May]. In October of the same year, the Pheu Thai Government failed to complete satisfactorily the investigation into the deaths of Muslim protesters that had taken place in Tak Bai during the premiership of Thaksin Shinawatra. On 25 October 2004, state authorities had used tear gas, water cannons and live ammunition to disperse 2,000 protesters, causing the death of seven people [Amnesty International 2024, 18 October]. After the crackdown, an additional 78 protesters had died while being transported to a distant military camp, stuck inside military trucks [Amnesty International 2024, 18 October]. On 25 October 2024, the case legally expired as the defendants did not report, and the accused did not show up at court [Bangkok Post 2024, 28 October].

On a brighter note, in 2024 Thailand legalized same-sex marriage as put forward by a draft law approved the previous year. The provision grants full legal, financial and medical rights to spouses regardless of gender, making Thailand the first country in Southeast Asia and the third in Asia, after Taiwan and Nepal, to recognize same-sex unions [Thairath 2024, 15 November]. The bill was set to come into effect on 22 January 2025 [Jiraphon Srijaem 2024, 25 September].

2.5. The return of the King’s estranged son

The biennium 2023-2024 also featured an interesting development for what concerns the Royal Family. On 8 August 2023, Vacharaesorn Vivacharawongse, the estranged second son of King Maha Vajiralongkorn, published photographs on social media that portrayed him carrying out touristy as well as more highbrow activities in Thailand. The post suggested his unexpected, unannounced and unofficial return to the Kingdom after 27 years of exile in the United States [BBC Thai 2023, 8 August], sparking rumours of a possible reconciliation with the Palace.

Vacharaesorn made other visits to the Kingdom since, where he also obtained a Thai ID card and a passport [Matichon 2023, 15 December]. Although he appeared not to have received any royal titles [BBC Thai 2023, 15 August], his ability to meet prominent figures, including the head of the Thai Buddhist clergy, the Supreme Patriarch [Manager Online 2023, 8 August], led some to speculate that these visits may prelude an important role in the royal affairs.

3. Foreign Policy

3.1. Always cordial relations with Myanmar and Russia

Despite transitioning to civilian leadership, Thailand maintained pragmatic relationships with authoritarian regimes in Myanmar and Russia, prioritizing economic interests over human rights concerns.

Observers wondered indeed whether the passage from a military-led to a civilian government would result in a less compromising approach to the Burmese Junta. Shortly after Srettha Thavisin took office, however, Thailand supported Myanmar’s National Ceasefire Agreement, a pact signed eight months before between the Burmese generals and insurgent groups, and now useful for the former to rein in the gains made by guerrillas in the territory [Thai PBS World 2023, 16 October]. In December 2024, Bangkok hosted an informal consultation in which representative of the Burmese Government discussed the conflict with representatives of their neighbouring countries (India, Bangladesh, China, Laos, and Thailand). According to a well-known analyst, the meeting «marks the beginning of a more conciliatory regional approach toward Myanmar’s military administration» [Strangio 2024, 20 December]. Crucially, Thailand has important economic interests in Myanmar. Data of 2023 shows that the Kingdom was the third largest investor in the country, also importing from Myanmar 15% of its natural gas and 15% of electric power [Chambers and Chotisut 2024, 8 July].

The Phue Thai administration also displayed a certain openness toward Russia. In October 2024, PM Srettha Thavisin met Vladimir Putin in Beijing, where they discussed economic matters [DW 2023, 21 October]. The talks enraged groups within civil society who think that Thailand should not support Russia for its involvement in Ukraine. While preserving cordial rapports with Moscow, however, the Kingdom has become a haven for Russian long-term tourists and expats – including critics of Putin, deserters and men avoiding military conscription. As of November 2024, a record-breaking 1.5 million Russian citizens had entered Thailand [The Nation 2024, 13 December]. Ending the biennium with the prospect of further cooperation, in late 2024, Russia invited Thailand to join BRICS [Fenbert 2025, 2 January].

3.2. Mediating between the US and China

As for what concerns Thailand’s self-positioning with regard to the US-China competition in the region, the Pheu Thai administration continued to keep good relations with both superpowers without feeling pressured to commit to either. Thailand therefore maintained its traditional non-aligned stance, apparently emerging as a neutral ground where the two superpowers could engage in diplomatic discussions. In January 2024, Bangkok hosted a meeting between the US Advisor for National Security and the Chinese Foreign Minister, where they discussed issues including the Taiwan crisis and the conflict in the South China Sea. According to analyst Benjamin Zawacki of The Asia Foundation, the actors’ choice of Bangkok as the location for the talks implied «that both the US and China are comfortable and secure enough in their relations to Thailand vis-à-vis one another» [DW 2024, 30 January].

More complicated, and less negotiable, was the declining environmental situation in the Greater Mekong Region, which is partly linked to China’s management of the water flows upriver. In late August, Thaksin Shinawatra commented that the devastating floods that affected the Northern province of Chiang Rai in that period were possibly «caused by an unusually high volume of water from upstream in the Mekong River». And added: «We may need to discuss this with other countries, particularly China, which is also experiencing flooding» [Thai PBS World 2024, 29 August]. If carefully formulated, the words of the ex-Premier seemed to point toward a degree of Chinese responsibility in the floods. Receptive to the message, China’s Embassy in Bangkok responded that Beijing had operated its dams and water reservoirs as usual, thus denying any responsibility [Thai PBS World 2024, 29 August]. The incident may suggest that Thailand’s approach to foreign policy operates also via informal channels and on multiple levels, enabling the Kingdom to defend its interests effectively, also from the very superpowers that it would otherwise seem to court.

4. The economy in 2023-2024

4.1. Slow recovery and new challenges

Thailand’s economic recovery during 2023-2024 faced multiple interconnected challenges, from sluggish post-pandemic growth to a crippling household debt crisis that undermined consumer spending power. These factors impacted an economy that already suffered from structural problems, such as the country’s rapidly aging population (20% of Thais were over 60 in 2023 [Srawooth Paitoonpong 2023]). This situation created labor shortages in key sectors; skill mismatches vis-à-vis other countries in Southeast Asia; and a chronic political instability deterring long-term foreign investments.

According to the World Bank, the Kingdom registered an average annual growth of 2% in 2023 [World Bank 2024, no date] with an expected 2.4% growth for 2024, supported by «private consumption as well as tourism and goods exports recovery» [World Bank 2024, 3 July]. Government policies additionally contained the inflation rate [Praewpan Sirilurt, 2023], reduced the cost of electricity and fuel, and kept the prices of pork and chicken, both of which are main staples in Thai cuisine, low [Ministry of Commerce 2023, 8 December].

Private debt was alarming. Data shows that «in 2023, Thai household debt rose to 91.3% of GDP, led by the expansion of consumer loans and housing debt» [Klinthanom 2024, 17 May]. The same research finds that private debt rose by an extraordinary 91% toward the end of the year. Confirming the trend, as of September 2024, the average household debt increased by another 8.4% [Orathai and Satawasin 2024, 10 September]. A study by Chulalongkorn University, which took into account informal loans as well, estimated debt at 104% of the GDP in the fourth quarter of the same year [Somruedi 2025, 9 January].

Also impacting the economy was a burgeoning crisis involving Thailand’s car manufacturing industry. In 2024, production dropped by over 20% compared to the previous year, forcing several producers to close permanently [Lamonphet 2024, 25 December]. The crisis featured both a domestic and an international dimension, as it was caused, on the one hand, by prospective Thai buyers’ inability to secure auto loans (a consequence of the debt crisis discussed above), and, on the other, by the competition of Chinese manufacturers [Apornrath 2024, 26 July].

Compounding an already unstable economic situation, there were the massive floods that interested 30 provinces in the second half of 2024. In the above-mentioned province of Chiang Rai, the worst flood registered in the past eight decades required costly rescue operations, evacuations of residents and tourists, and caused disruptions in business and commerce [Kom Chad Luek 2024, 11 September]. In September 2024, a research unit of Krungsri Bank assessed that the losses, which remain yet to be fully evaluated, were around 46.5 billion baht, or 0.27% of GDP [Chaiwat 2024, 13 September]. The World Bank emphasizes the imperative for Thailand to devise new strategies of water management and adequate responses to the climate crisis, lest the risk of losses of up to 10% of the GDP [Bangkok Post 2024, 21 October].

5. Conclusion

Inaugurated with a general election in which citizens voted the Army Generals out of power, the 2023-2024 biennium showed the continued detrimental effect of two consecutive military administrations on processes of democratization. The electoral system put in place by the Military-drafted Constitution of 2017 proved indeed effective at inhibiting the formation of a government deemed unacceptable to the powers that be. Acting with what some call pragmatism, and others self-interest, the Pheu Thai Party took advantage of the situation by forming a coalition, while the Move Forward Party, the actual winner, was forced into opposition.

Its immediate gains aside, by the end of the period under review, the Phue Thai Government was tasked with securing back the trust of pro-democracy constituencies, including previous supporters who had lost faith in their leaders and become suspicious [Manager Online 2024, 16 August]. To reach that goal, PM Paetongtarn Shinawatra had to manage a multiplicity of critics, some of whom accused her of allowing her father, Thaksin, to exert excessive influence over her administration. She additionally had to face legal petitions and social media campaigns aimed to undermine her leadership [Strangio 2024, 27 August; The Nation 2024, 12 October]. Thaksin himself still awaited a court ruling for a controversial comment toward the Monarchy he allegedly made in a 2015 media interview, which landed him a charge of lèse majesté [Thairath 2024, 22 August].

While Thaksin’s return from exile – along with that of the King’s son, Vacharaesorn – had occasionally stolen the scene, the end of the biennium showed that the most immediate concerns for many citizens were financial. With the figures of household debt in the open, the Pheu Thai administration was left with the opportunity as well as the challenge to demonstrate the extent to which its pragmatism can address people’s most concrete problems in the realm of the economy.

Bibliography

In accordance with standard scholarly practice in Thai Studies, in-text citations for Thai authors use their first names rather than their last names. In the bibliography, the full names of Thai authors are presented in the order of first name followed by last name, with no comma between them. This formatting reflects a broader convention in Thailand, where last names are seldom used, including in political and media contexts.

AEC 10 News, 2023, 21 May, ‘ทำไม “ก้าวไกล” ชนะ “เพื่อไทย” แพ้ครั้งแรกในรอบ 20 ปี’ (Why did Move Forward win while Pheu Thai lost for the first time in 20 years?) ( https://aec10news.com/contents/special-report/216609/).

Amnesty International, 2024, 18 October, ‘Thailand: Authorities must urgently enforce arrest warrants for Tak Bai suspects’.

Apornrath Phoonphongphiphat, 2024, 26 July, ‘Thai subsidies for Chinese EV makers wreak havoc on auto sector’, Nikkei Asia.

Bangkok Post, 2024, 21 October, ‘Dealing with the deluge’.

Bangkok Post, 2024, 28 October, ‘Court declares end of Tak Bai massacre case after defendants’ no-show’.

BBC Thai, 2020, 21 February, ‘อนาคตใหม่มติศาลรัฐธรรมนูญสั่งยุบพรรคอนาคตใหม่ ตัดสิทธิ กก.บห. 10 ปี’ (Future Forward: Constitutional Court ruling orders the dissolution of Future Forward Party, disqualifying executive committee members for 10 years) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/thailand-51582581).

BBC Thai, 2023, 19 June, ‘ผลเลือกตั้ง 2566: กกต. ประกาศรับรอง ส.ส. ครบทั้งสภา 500 คน’ (2023 Election Results: The Election Commission officially endorses all 500 MPs) ( https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c3g79jd8qj1o).

BBC Thai, 2023, 13 July, ‘ประมวล 5 เหตุการณ์เด่น ในการโหวต “พิธา ลิ้มเจริญรัตน์” เป็นนายกฯ ครั้งแรก’ (Summarising the 5 key events of the first vote for Pita Limjaroenrat as PM) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/cpdjnz9l0kyo).

BBC Thai, 2023, 8 August, ‘วัชเรศร วิวัชรวงศ์: เปิดใจสื่อต่างชาติ กลับไทยครั้งแรกใน 27 ปี “เหมือนฝันที่เป็นจริง”’ (Vacharaesorn Vivacharawongse opens up to foreign media about returning to Thailand for the first time in 27 years: “It feels like a dream come true”) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c6prqwx40wko).

BBC Thai, 2023, 10 August, ‘ทักษิณ ชินวัตร: ย้อนเหตุการณ์สำคัญ จากชีวิตพลัดถิ่นทักษิณสู่แผนการกลับบ้านครั้งล่าสุด’ (Thaksin Shinawatra: Revisiting key events from his life in exile to his latest plan to return home) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/thailand-66380532).

BBC Thai, 2023, 15 August, ‘วัชเรศร-จักรีวัชร วิวัชรวงศ์ กลับสหรัฐฯ หลังมาไทยครั้งแรกในรอบ 27 ปี “ในฐานะสามัญชน”’ (Vacharaesorn Vivacharawongse and brother return to the U.S. after coming to Thailand for the first time in 27 years “as ordinary citizens”) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/cn3j3dmd4rxo).

BBC Thai, 2023, 1 September, ในหลวง “พระราชทานอภัยลดโทษ” ทักษิณ ชินวัตร เหลือจำคุก ปี หวังให้ “ทำคุณประโยชน์” แก่ชาติ-สังคม-ประชาชน หลังพ้นโทษ’ (The King grants a royal pardon to Thaksin Shinawatra, reducing his prison sentence to 1 year, with hopes that he will “contribute to the nation, society, and the people” after serving his sentence) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c3gz4wp429wo).

BBC Thai, 2024, 24 January, ‘มติศาลรัฐธรรมนูญ 8:1 ชี้ พิธา “ถือหุ้นไอทีวี” แต่ไม่พ้น สส. เพราะไม่ถือเป็นสื่อ’ (Constitutional Court ruling 8-1 shows Pita “holds ITV shares” but is not disqualified as MP, for it is not considered a media company) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c72g6d7yer4o).

BBC Thai, 2024, 16 February, ‘จาก 8 ปีสู่ 180 วัน เกิดอะไรขึ้นบ้างในช่วง เดือนที่ทักษิณถูกคุมขัง’ (From 8 years to 180 days: What has happened for the past 6 months while Thaksin was imprisoned) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c3g49y09jllo).

BBC Thai, 2024, 9 August, ‘เปิดตัวพรรคประชาชน บ้านใหม่ สส. ก้าวไกล “เท้ง” ณัฐพงษ์ นั่งหัวหน้าพรรค (Introducing the People’s Party, a new home for Move Forward MPs: “Teng” Natphong appointed as Party Leader) (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/cvgrl24kkrxo).

Chaiwat Sowcharoensuk, 2024, 13 September, ‘อุทกภัยปี 2567: ความเสี่ยง และผลกระทบ’ (2024 Floods: Risks and Impacts) Krungsri (https://www.krungsri.com/th/research/research-intelligence/flood-impact-2024).

Chambers, Paul, and Kridsana Chotisut, 2024, 8 July, ‘Neighbour to Civil War: Thailand’s Relations with Myanmar in 2024’, Fulcrum.

Channel 7, 2023, 22 July, ‘พรรคเพื่อไทย หารือ 3 พรรครัฐบาลเดิม ขอลงมติเลือกนายกรัฐมนตรี’ (Pheu Thai Party negotiates with 3 former coalition parties, requesting a vote to elect the Prime Minister) (https://news.ch7.com/detail/659237).

DW, 2023, 21 October, ‘Thailand-Russia relations remain strong, but at what cost?’.

DW, 2024, 30 January, ‘US-China rivalry: Where does Thailand stand?’.

DW, 2024, 21 May, ‘Thailand: Activist’s death intensifies calls for reform’.

Fenbert, Abbey, 2025, 2 January, ‘Thailand accepts Russia’s invitation to join BRICS’, The Kyiv Independent.

iLaw, 2019, 5 February, ‘เลือกตั้ง 62: บัญชีว่าที่นายกฯ สามรายชื่อ คืออะไร’ (2019 Election: Who are the three PM candidates on the list?) ( https://www.ilaw.or.th/articles/3248).

iLaw, 2023, 20 March, ‘เลือกตั้ง 66: เปิดปฏิทินการเลือกตั้งอย่างช้า เมื่อนายกฯ ยุบสภา 20 มี.ค.’ (2023 lection: The electoral schedule opens slowly as PM dissolves Parliament on 20 March) (https://www.ilaw.or.th/articles/5741).

iLaw, 2023, 9 May, ‘ประยุทธ์-ชวน ตัวตึงใช้เทคนิคยุบสภาก่อนครบวาระ ชิงความได้เปรียบก่อนเลือกตั้ง’ (Prayuth and Chuan, key figures using the tactic of dissolving Parliament before term ends to gain an advantage ahead of the election) (https://www.ilaw.or.th/articles/5901).

Insight Era, 2023, 17 April, ‘“เลือกตั้ง66” Generation X, Y และ Z กุมสัดส่วนมากกว่า 70% ของผู้มีสิทธิเลือกตั้ง’ (2023 Election: Generation X, Y, and Z amount to more than 70% of the electorate) (https://www.insightera.co.th/2023-thai-general-election-database/).

Jiraphon Srijaem, 2024, 25 September, ‘เหตุใดประเทศไทยจึงเป็นมิตรกับผู้มีความหลากหลายทางเพศ มากกว่าชาติอื่นในเอเชีย’ (Why Thailand is more friendly to LGBTQ+ people than other countries in Asia) BBC Thai, (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/c84jzdg227mo).

Khemthong Tonsakulrungruang, and Aua-aree Engchanil, 2023, ‘The Legislative Assembly of Thailand’ in Po Jen Yap and Rehan Abeyratne (eds.) Routledge Handbook of Asian Parliaments, London and New York: Routledge, p. 384-400.

Thansin Klinthanom, 2024, 17 May, ‘Thai Household Debt and risks to the economy’, Krungsri.

Kom Chad Luek, 2024, 11 September, ‘ปลัดมหาดไทย เผย น้ำท่วมแม่สาย หนักสุดในรอบ 80 ปี เผย ระบบเตือนภัยได้ผล ตอบสาเหตุอพยพไม่ทัน เพราะท่วมมา 7 ครั้ง ชาวบ้านคุ้นเคยว่าจะลดลงเร็ว’ (Interior Permanent Secretary reveals Mae Sai flood is the worst in 80 years, and the warning system was effective. He explains the reason for the delayed evacuation: floods occurred 7 times before, and locals were familiar with the quickly receding waters) (https://www.komchadluek.net/news/general-news/585806).

Lamonphet Apisitniran, 2024, 25 December, ‘Federation of Thai Industries optimistic auto output will achieve new lower target’, Bangkok Post.

Manager Online, 2023, 8 August, ‘“ท่านอ้น” โพสต์ภาพบนรถตุ๊กตุ๊ก ขณะเยือนประเทศไทย กราบพระสังฆราช-สักการะสิ่งศักดิ์สิทธิ์’ (Than Aon posts a photo on a tuk-tuk during visit to Thailand, pays respects to the Supreme Patriarch and worships sacred objects) (https://mgronline.com/onlinesection/detail/9660000071215).

Manager Online, 2024, 16 August, ‘สื่อนอกฟันธง ‘อุ๊งอิ๊ง’ เจอศึกหนัก หลังขึ้นแท่นนายกฯ หญิงคนที่ 2 ของไทย จับตา ‘พ่อแม้ว’ ชักใยเบื้องหลัง’ (Foreign media predicts Ung Ing will face tough challenges after becoming Thailand’s second female Prime Minister, watches “Father Maew” pulling the strings behind the scenes) (https://mgronline.com/around/detail/9670000075415).

Matichon, 2023, 15 December, ‘‘ท่านอ้น’ ทำบัตรประชาชน – พาสปอร์ตไทย ชาวเน็ตแอบลุ้น ส่องเลขนำโชค’ (Than Aon gets a Thai ID card and passport; netizens secretly hope to spot a lucky number) (https://www.matichon.co.th/lifestyle/news_4332558).

Ministry of Commerce, 2023, 8 December, ‘อัตราเงินเฟ้อทั่วไป เดือนพฤศจิกายน 2566 ลดลงร้อยละ 0.44 (YOY) เป็นการลดลงต่อเนื่องเป็นเดือนที่ 2’ (November 2023 Inflation Rate: General inflation decreases by 0.44% (YOY), marking the second consecutive month of decline) (https://www.moc.go.th/th/content/category/detail/id/325/iid/6786).

Napat Kongsawad, 2024, 4 September, ‘After the king’s endorsement, Thailand has a new Cabinet but with some familiar faces’, Associated Press.

Orathai Sriring, and Staporncharnchai Satawasin, 2024, 10 September, ‘Thai household debt at record high amid sluggish economy, survey shows’, Reuters.

Phaisan Hawae, 2023, 8 December, ‘‘อะไรที่ไม่คิดว่าจะได้เห็น ก็ได้เห็น’ บทสรุปการเมืองไทยปี 2566’, (We saw the unexpected: Summary of Thai politics in 2023), The Standard (https://thestandard.co/thailand-politics-2566/).

PPTV HD 36, 2023, 12 July, ‘เลือกตั้ง2566: รวมนโยบายพรรคการเมือง เปิดอาวุธสำคัญก่อนศึกเลือกตั้ง’ (2023 Election: Outline of political party policies, unveiling key strategies ahead of the electoral competition) (https://www.pptvhd36.com/news/การเมือง/193388).

Prachachat, 2023, 13 May, ‘เปิดที่มาข้อกฎหมาย ห้ามนักการเมืองถือหุ้นสื่อ เกิดขึ้นเพราะอะไร’, (The origin of the law banning politicians from holding media shares: What prompted it) (https://www.prachachat.net/politics/news-1289615).

Prachatai, 2023, 22 August, ‘อดีตนายกฯ ‘ทักษิณ’ เดินทางกลับถึงไทย รอบ หลังถูก รปห. ปี’49’, (Former-PM Minister Thaksin returns to Thailand for the second time after the 2006 coup.) (https://prachatai.com/journal/2023/08/105560).

Praewpan Sirilurt, 2023, ‘รายงานเศรษฐกิจไทยปี 2566 การท่องเที่ยวกลับมาเติบโตอีกครั้ง – แต่ยังต้องรับมือกับความเสี่ยงจากอุทกภัยและภัยแล้ง’, (Thailand’s 2023 Economic Report: Tourism grows, but still faces risks from flooding and drought) (https://www.sdgmove.com/2023/07/04/thailand-economic-monitor-report-2023/), SDG Move.

Siamrath, 2023, 15 May, ‘“กกต.” เผยยอดผู้ใช้สิทธิเลือกตั้งสูงสุด ร้อยละ 75.22 “ก้าวไกล-เพื่อไทย” กวาดส.ส.เขตเท่ากัน 112 ที่นั่ง สอบปม “พิธา” ถือหุ้น เป็นไปตามกระบวนการ’, (Election Commission reveals the highest voter turnout at 75.22%. Move Forward and Pheu Thai win 112 constituency seats each. Investigation into Pita holding shares follows due course) (https://siamrath.co.th/n/447042).

Siani, Edoardo, 2021, ‘Thailand 2019-2021: Military, monarchy, protests’, Asia Maior, XXXII/2021: 237-257.

Somruedi Banchongduang, 2025, 9 January, ‘Thai household debt climbs to 104% of GDP’, Bangkok Post.

Srawooth Paitoonpong, 2023, ‘Promotion of Active Aging and Quality of Life in Old Age and Preparation for a Complete Aged Society in Thailand’, TDRI Quarterly Review, 38(3): 3-13.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 20 December, ‘Thailand Hosts ‘Informal Consultation’ on Myanmar Conflict’, The Diplomat

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 27 August, ‘Thailand’s Pheu Thai Party Hit with New Legal Challenges’, The Diplomat.

Thai PBS World, 2023, 16 October, ‘Thailand pledges support of National Ceasefire Agreement in Myanmar’.

Thai PBS World, 2024, 29 August, ‘China denies role in Thailand floods, cites normal dam operations’.

Thai PBS, 2023, 19 July, ‘ด่วนศาลรัฐธรรมนูญ รับวินิจฉัย “ปมหุ้นสื่อ” สั่ง “พิธา” หยุดปฏิบัติหน้าที่ ส.ส.’ (Breaking! Constitutional Court accepts the case concerning media shares and orders Pita to suspend his duties as MP) (https://www.thaipbs.or.th/news/content/329819).

Thai PBS, 2023, 22 August, ‘ผลโหวตนายกฯ รอบ 3: “เศรษฐา” ฉลุยนั่งนายกฯ คนที่ 30’ (Third Round of Prime Minister Voting Results: Srettha successfully becomes the 30th Prime Minister) (https://www.thaipbs.or.th/news/content/330890).

Thai PBS, 2023, 23 August, ‘รพ.ตำรวจ แจงส่งตัวฉุกเฉิน “ทักษิณ” เหตุขาดผู้เชี่ยวชาญ-อุปกรณ์’ (Police General Hospital explains emergency transfer of Thaksin was due to lack of specialists and equipment) (https://www.thaipbs.or.th/news/content/330916).

Thai PBS, 2024, 28 August, ‘จากอดีตที่ยิ่งใหญ่ของ ปชป. ถึงวันอยู่ใต้อาณัติ “ชินวัตร’’ (From the heights of the Democrats to being under the power of Thaksin) (https://www.thaipbs.or.th/news/content/343602).

Thai Post, 2023, 9 May, ‘เอาแล้ว ‘ทักษิณ’ ทวีตอีกรอบ ขอกลับบ้านก่อนวันเกิด ก.ค.นี้’ (Here it comes: Thaksin tweets again, asking to return home before his birthday in July) (https://www.thaipost.net/politics-news/374563/).

Thairath, 2023, 12 May, เลือกตั้ง 2566 มีกี่พรรคเช็กรายชื่อ-เบอร์พรรคการเมืองทั้งหมด ได้ที่นี่’ (2023 Election: How many Parties are there? Check list and party numbers here) (https://www.thairath.co.th/news/politic/2693257).

Thairath, 2023, 22 August, ‘“ทักษิณ” ติดคุก ปี เปิดรายละเอียดฉบับเต็ม ศาลฎีกา” บังคับโทษ 3 คดี’ (Thaksin sentenced to 8 years in prison: Full details of the Supreme Court enforcing penalties in 3 cases) (https://www.thairath.co.th/news/politic/2719118).

Thairath, 2024, 22 August, ‘ย้อนรอย ‘ทักษิณ’ กลับไทยครบรอบ 1 ปี เกิดอะไรขึ้นบ้าง’ (A look back: Thaksin’s return to Thailand one year later—what happened?) (https://plus.thairath.co.th/topic/politics&society/104717).

Thairath, 2024, 15 November, ‘สมรสเท่าเทียม ดัน “ไทย” จุดหมายใหม่ LGBTQIA+ อาเซียน ดึงคู่รักท่องเที่ยว-แต่งงาน รายได้จ่อสะพัด’ (Same-sex marriage pushes Thailand as a new LGBTQIA+ destination in ASEAN, attracting couples for travel and weddings, with expected revenue boost) (https://www.thairath.co.th/money/business_marketing/trends/2825709).

The Matter, 2024, 14 August, ‘สรุป ‘คดีเศรษฐา’ เกิดอะไรขึ้นก่อนพ้นเก้าอี้นายกฯ ปมแต่งตั้งพิชิต ชื่นบาน’ (Summary of the Srettha case: What happened before he left the position of PM and appointment of Pichit Chuenban) (https://thematter.co/brief/recap/srettha-dismissed-recap/230125).

The Nation, 2024, 12 October, ‘Paetongtarn faces coordinated challenges to leadership of Pheu Thai’.

The Nation, 2024, 13 December ‘Russia eyes increasing cooperation with Thailand under BRICS’.

The Standard, 2024, 12 March, ‘เปิดไทม์ไลน์ ‘พิธา-ก้าวไกล’ เสนอแก้ ม.112 จากคำวินิจฉัยล้มล้างการปกครอง สู่วันเสนอยุบพรรค’ (Timeline of Pita and Move Forward’s proposal to amend Section 112: From the ruling on overthrowing the government to the day they proposed dissolving the party) (https://thestandard.co/pita-mfp-112-timeline/).

TLHR, 2024, 16 February, ‘Overview of 2023 for political prisoners: 67 people detained, 9 protesting against the court’s bail decisions, 37 spending the New Year’s Eve in jail. The most common charge was under lèse-majesté’.

TLHR, 2024, 8 November, ‘October 2024: Six convictions and three dismissals in Section 112 cases, meanwhile public prosecutor persisting on prosecuting cases related to public assemblies during 2020-2021’.

Tnews, 2023, 23 August, ‘ห้องพัก “ทักษิณ” แอร์เสีย หมอไฟเขียวย้ายไป รพ.เอกชนได้’ (Thaksin’s room has a broken air conditioner: doctors approve his transfer to a private hospital) ( https://tnews.teenee.com/politic/173009.html).

Viengrat Nethipo, Erik Martinez Kuhonta, and Akanit Horatanakun, 2023, ‘Regime consolidation through deinstitutionalisation: A case study of the 2019 elections in Thailand’, Journal of Curren Southeast Asian Affairs 42(2), 265-285.

Watchiranon Thongtab, 2023, 24 March, ‘วิเคราะห์: X,Y หรือ Z Gen ไหน จะชี้ขาดผลเลือกตั้ง’ (Analysis: Which Generation – X, Y, or Z – will determine the election outcome?), BBC Thai (https://www.bbc.com/thai/articles/cn32zyv9nr2o).

Work Point Today, 2019, 7 June, ‘เลือกตั้ง 62 ย้อนดูนโยบาย 3 พรรคหลักร่วมรัฐบาล’ (2019 Election: A look back at the policies of the 3 main coalition Parties) ( https://workpointtoday.com/news190607/).

Work Point Today, 2023, 21 August, ‘เปิดรายละเอียด ‘เพื่อไทย’ แถลงจัดตั้งรัฐบาล 11 พรรค รวม 314 เสียง’ (Details revealed: Pheu Thai announces the formation of a Government with 11 Parties, totaling 314 seats) (https://workpointtoday.com/formgov-pheuthai/).

World Bank, 2024, no date, ‘The World Bank in Thailand: Overview’ (https://www.worldbank.org/en/country/thailand/overview).

World Bank, 2024, 3 July, ‘Thailand Economic Monitor July 2024: Unlocking the Growth Potential of Secondary Cities.’

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Vietnam 2024: Continued economic growth, change in leadership, and «Bamboo Diplomacy»

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

The year 2024 in Vietnam witnessed three overarching trends. First, Vietnam continued to demonstrate economic growth and resilience. Second, the year saw changes in top leadership. The country shed more leaders in government and the private sector due to the «blazing furnace» anti-corruption campaign. Mid-way through the year, the country also saw the death due to ill-health of its leader, general secretary Nguyn Phú Trng. He is succeeded by Tô Lâm, the former head of the Public Security MinistryThe country also imposed further restrictions on civil society in passing Decree 126, which grants the government increased powers to monitor and dissolve associations. Finally, Vietnam stayed the course on its foreign policy in adhering to the doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy», according to which Vietnam would forge ties even with countries that opposed each other.

Keywords – Economic resilience, Leadership Turnover, Anti-Corruption Campaign, Civil Society Restrictions, Bamboo Diplomacy

1. Introduction

For the year 2024, Vietnam saw three overarching trends. On the economic front, the country continued to demonstrate growth and resilience, despite facing looming protectionist measures abroad and disruptions caused by Typhoon Yagi. On the domestic front, the year saw changes in top leadership. The country shed more leaders in government and the private sector due to the «blazing furnace» anti-corruption campaign. Mid-way through the year, the country also saw the death of its leader, Nguyn Phú Trng. Re-elected for an unprecedented three terms as General Secretary (2011-2024), the country’s highest position, Trng died due to ill-health before completing the third term. During his tenure, he was renowned for spearheading his signature anti-corruption campaign and doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy», according to which Vietnam would forge ties even with countries that opposed each other. He is succeeded by Tô Lâm, the former head of the Public Security Ministry. The country also imposed further restrictions on civil society in passing Decree 126, which grants the government increased powers to monitor and dissolve associations. Finally, Vietnam stayed the course on its foreign policy in adhering to the doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy» that Trng had bequeathed to the country.

2. Economics

2.1. Continued economic resilience

Vietnam displayed in 2024 overall net growth of 7.09%. Each quarter showed incremental expansion. The first quarter saw growth of 5.98%, the second, 7.25%, and the third, 7.43%. Inflation also grew at a steady rate. The Consumer Price Index rose by 3.63%, consistent with the Vietnam National Assembly’s target [General Statistics Office of Vietnam 2024, 6 October; Nguyen 2025, 8 January].

The primary engines driving Vietnam’s economic growth include foreign direct investment (FDI), manufacturing and exports, and tourism. Since the country’s liberalization over the past three and a half decades, the country has sought socioeconomic development by strengthening trade, especially through exports, and increasing FDI. Both, in turn, would infuse capital, spur job growth, and compel increasing investments in infrastructure and capacity building. In 2024, Vietnam continued to attract record foreign investment and has become an emerging manufacturing powerhouse. For the year 2024, Vietnam’s FDI increased by 9.4% year-on-year to  23 billion (US$ 25.35 billion) for the full year. Exports amounted to a total of  385.70 (US $ 405.53 billion), an increase of 14.3% from the prior year. [Vietnam Ministry of Planning and Investment 2025, 6 January; Nguyen 2025, 8 January]. This upward trend in FDI and exports is consistent with historical and projected patterns.

Vietnam has also benefitted from the increasing trade tensions between the United States and China. In the midst of this conflict, global companies have turned away from China and towards Vietnam as a destination for manufacturing and supply chains. Its strategic location, open market policy, relatively youthful working age population, and membership in regional and global trade agreements combine to make Vietnam an attractive destination [Wu 2024, 26 June; Ha 2024].

Nevertheless, as global demand for manufacturing and supply chains increases, Vietnam remains hampered by certain structural limitations. These include a not-yet-fully developed infrastructure such as transportation and logistics and a dearth of human capacity such as the talent pool for high-end technical jobs. [Le 2020, p. 4-5]. Furthermore, the overreliance on FDI and exports exposes the country to the risk of global volatility. While Vietnam has been well-positioned to benefit from the U.S.-China conflict, economic and political headwinds suggest this may not continue indefinitely.

As Vietnam’s second largest export destination with an estimated trade value in 2024 alone of  190.5 billion (US $200 billion), China has been facing distinct challenges with a slowing economy [‘Vietnam-China trade’ 2024, 11 August; The Economist 2024, 17 December]. By contrast, the U.S. economy, unlike China’s, remained robust in 2024 and has served as Vietnam’s top export destination [Dung 2024, 7 January]. The United States, however, witnessed the reemergence of Trump as president. Threatening to increase tariffs, Trump has raised the spectre of a global trade war. Hence, while Vietnam’s economy remained resilient in 2024, the global conditions elsewhere that impinge on the country suggests it stands at the cusp of a potential turning point whose effects remain yet to be seen.1

Finally, towards the last quarter of 2024, Vietnam also witnessed disruptions caused by natural disasters. In early September Vietnam, along with the Southeast Asian region, was struck by super Typhoon Yagi, a category 4 typhoon with estimated maximum wind speeds of 240km/h, Asia’s strongest typhoon of the year. Starting as a tropical storm in the western Philippines, the storm moved westward towards the South China Seas to pick up speed to turn into a category 4 before impacting Vietnam’s northern region. The typhoon killed 299 people and left 34 missing, causing estimated economic damages of  3.15 billion (US$ 3.31 billion).

Overall, according to the planning ministry, the natural disaster reduced economic growth by .15 percentage points from a forecast of over 7% for the year, demonstrating overall continued economic resilience despite the challenges [Reuters 2024, 27 September].

3. Domestic affairs

3.1. Change in top leadership

The single most consequential political event in Vietnam in 2024 was arguably the death of Nguyn Phú Trng, the general secretary of the Vietnamese Communist Party. As one of the «four pillars» (t tr), the general secretary is the country’s top leader, followed by the prime minster, president, and chair of the national assembly. Previously serving as party secretary of the city of Hanoi and chairman of the National Assembly, Trng rose to prominence when he was elevated to the role of general secretary at the 2011 National Congress. He remained in this role for three subsequent terms. In 2021, at the 13th National Congress, when his chosen successor, Trn Quc Vương, failed to receive sufficient support, Trng was able to engineer an unprecedented third term beyond the two term limits. His third term would have concluded in 2026 at the 14th National Congress.

In his prior roles, Trng was known as an ideological party stalwart. He was a committed believer in Marxist-Leninism and served as the chief editor of the Communist Journal (Tp chí Cng sn). In his leadership capacity, he brought this ideological orientation with him. This was most evident in his signature «blazing furnace» anti-corruption campaign. Through this campaign, whose ostensible goal was to maintain the legitimacy of the Party, Trng sought to cleanse it of ideological and moral ill-discipline. To help implement the campaign was Tô Lâm, the head of the Ministry of Public Security. The campaign swept through the government and Party apparatus. Between 2021 and 2023, the government investigated over 7,500 individuals and indicted more than 4,400 for graft [Polling 2024].

One notorious case in 2024 that fell under the government’s anti-corruption dragnet involved Vietnam’s richest businesswoman, Trương Mỹ Lan. A real estate developer, Lan was the chairwoman of the prominent firm Vn Thnh Phát Group, which owns a large portfolio of the country’s hotels, restaurants, land, and property. Mrs. Lan was accused of embezzling billions of dollars leading to bank loan losses worth about  25 billion (US$ 27 billion), approximately 3% of the country’s 2022 GDP. In April 2024, Lan was handed down the death penalty, a rare punishment for white collar crimes. While she lost her case even upon appeal, the Vietnamese court stipulated that it would spare her life in exchange for indefinite imprisonment if she could return about  8.5 (US$ 9 billion) of the amount lost [Head and Bui 2024, 2 December; Ghosal 2024].

The «blazing furnace» anti-corruption campaign even felled prominent leaders at the highest levels. Among the «four pillars», the president plays primarily a ceremonial but still important symbolic role as the head of state, representing Vietnam in meetings with foreign dignitaries. Yet, the year 2024 witnessed the downfall in March of President Võ Văn Thưởng, who had held the position for only several months after the resignation of President Nguyn Xuân Phúc the year before. The latter stepped down after accepting responsibility for a scandal among his subordinates involving overpriced pandemic testing kits. Thus, in a series of events without precedent since the Socialist Republic of Vietnam’s founding, two presidents were ousted in back-to-back years, underscoring the profound extent of Nguyn Phú Trng’s signature anti-corruption crusade [The Economist 2024, 27 March; Kurtenbach 2024, 21 March].

As a result of the aforementioned events, significant changes in leadership were inevitable. After the death of Nguyn Phú Trng and resignation of Võ Văn Thưởng, Tô Lâm, the head of the public security ministry, filled both the position of president and general secretary. Despite questions as to whether he would wield both positions indefinitely, he in fact held the former role only till October 2024 when Mr. Lương Cương, the secretariat of the Party, the fifth highest-ranking position after the «four pillars», was elected president. By relinquishing the role of president, Tô Lâm restored to Vietnam its quandrumvirate schema of power, calming the political turbulence that had shaken the country the past year. Mr. Lâm would continue as general secretary, an interim position until the next election at the National Congress in 2026 [Paddock 2024, 20 July].

The new slate of Vietnam’s leaders in 2024 is notable for several reasons. First, the new general secretary, Tô Lâm, is markedly different in character and personality from his more reserved, ideologically oriented predecessor. Whereas Mr. Nguyn Phú Trng was known for detesting excess, having lived a modest life in state-appointed housing [Pearson 2021, 31 January; Phong 2024], his successor seems, by contrast, more worldly. After attending the 2021 United Nations COP26 climate summit in Glasgow, Scotland, Mr. Lâm enjoyed a London steak dinner wrapped in gold-leaf made by the celebrity chef Nusret Gokce, also known as Salt Bae [The Economist 2024, 21 August]. In his capacity as president and head of state, Mr. Lâm also appeared to enjoy the public limelight. On 25 September 2024, while on a trip to attend the United Nations General Assembly in New York City, Mr. Lâm delivered a speech and fielded questions before students, faculty, and staff at Columbia University. These facts demonstrate the markedly different character of the new general secretary Tô Lâm relative to his predecessor. It remains to be seen the extent to which this difference will play out, if any, in Vietnam’s overall policies and outlook [Bernstein and Davis 2024, 25 September].

Second, another reason the new slate of leaders is notable is that, along with Prime Minister Phm Minh Chính, both Lâm and Cương hail from the security forces. Mr. Lâm served as head of the ministry of public security from 2016-2024. Likewise, Mr. Cương was an army general, having served in the military for over four decades. [‘Brief biography’ 2024, 21 October; ‘Đồng chí’ ٢٠٢٤, ٣ August]. Together, they would bring the number of persons hailing from the security forces in the fifteen-member Politburo, the country’s highest decision-making body, to eight. The significant presence of security force leaders in the Politburo seems to be a harbinger of the security lens through which Hanoi leaders have and will likely continue to frame domestic policies and international relations. This pattern coincides with the process of «securitization» happening elsewhere in Asia [Ghiselli 2021], whereby issues become framed as an existential question of national survival, thereby moving it out of the realm of normal politics to Schmittian exceptionalism, the sphere of «emergency politics» [Trinh 2024].

3.2. Continued narrowing of civil society

The year 2024 in Vietnam saw the continued narrowing of civil society that has been already underway. For the past few years, despite Vietnam’s growing integration in the global economy, the state has tightened its grip on associational life by shutting down prominent non-profit organizations and jailing human rights activists and environmental reformers [Head 2023, 28 September; Sidel 2023; Tran 2024]. Several events in 2024 evince this ongoing trend of increased restrictions on civic life.

Passed by the National Assembly, Decree 126 was implemented on 26 November 2024, titled ‘Regulations on the Organization, Activities, and Administration of Associations’ (Nghị Định 126: Quy Định v t chc, hot đng và qun lý hi) [Government of Vietnam 2024]. The Decree imposes new limits on civic associations in the country. In particular, the Decree creates an onerous burden to establish civic associations in Vietnam, raising legal and bureaucratic requirements, and grants the government increased powers to monitor and suspend, even dissolve, any association. The impetus driving the Decree is the premise that so-called foreign influence poses a threat to national security, especially through international cooperation that supports the development of civil society [Altman-Lupu and Swanton 2024, 16 December]. The ratification of Decree 126, along with a series of other ones in recent years, supports the proposition that Vietnam, like its northern neighbour, has undergone a process of «securitization», the framing of issues through a national security lens [Sidel 2019; Trinh 2024].

This national security framing was vividly illustrated when Fulbright University Vietnam became the target of public vitriol. While the idea of its founding predated its formal inauguration in 2016, Fulbright University Vietnam was formed through a prime ministerial decision, representing a U.S.-Vietnam partnership to create the country’s first liberal arts college. The Vietnamese government, in fact, provided land for the university’s campus in Ho Chi Minh City. Such an enterprise could help nurture Vietnam’s talented youths, bolster its human capacity, and contribute to its ambitious goal to be a high-income country by 2045

[The World Bank Group 2024, 8 October; Vietnam News Agency 2024, 12 December]. Yet, the university’s presence has not been without controversy. In August of 2024, pro-government factions, most likely state-sponsored cybertroops, took to social media to launch vicious attacks against Fulbright University Vietnam, accusing it of fostering a «colour revolution» [Nguyen 2024, 13 September]. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, however, issued a public statement in support of the university in helping to enrich the educational opportunities for Vietnamese students [Tho and Linh 2024, 28 August; ‘Vietnam welcomes Fulbright,’ 2024].

Some analysts believe the anxious reaction by certain factions in the Vietnamese government might have been a response to events transpiring elsewhere in Bangladesh, where student-led protests in July of the same year succeeded in toppling the government and forcing out the country’s leader [Nguyen 2024, 13 September]. The social media uproar in Vietnam reached such a point that Fulbright University Vietnam’s president, Scott Andrew Fritzen, was compelled to intervene, publishing an open letter refuting the baseless accusations [Fritzen 2024].

The «security» framework driving the conflict over Fulbright University Vietnam appears to have been a key reason that some Vietnamese activists have been locked up. On 1 June 2024 security guards appeared at the home of the prominent journalist and historian Trương Huy San, also known by his penname as Huy Đức. Mr. Huy Đức is the recipient of many international accolades, including a Nieman Fellowship in 2012 at Harvard University. He is the author of the book The Winning Side (Bên Thng Cuc), a frank historical account of the domestic crises during the years 1975-1986 that led to Vietnam’s transition to Renovation or the Open Door’s policy [Walker 2024, 16 December; Zinoman 2018]. On social media such as Facebook, which is monitored by the Vietnamese government [‘Vietnam: Let us breathe’ 2020, 1 December], Mr. Huy Đứhas been known for his vocal criticism of the country’s leadership. On the day of his arrest, when he failed to appear at a meeting with colleagues as anticipated, there was speculation that the security forces must have detained him. On 7 June 2024, the Vietnamese authorities publicly confirmed the journalist’s arrest for allegedly violating national security law. Mr. Huy Đức was accused of allegedly violating Article 331 of the penal code, which governs criminal acts that ‘abuse the rights to democracy and freedom to infringe upon the interests of the state.’ [Đức 2024; Peck 2024, 7 June]. This article of Vietnam’s penal code has been criticized by international rights groups as overly broad in allowing for the arbitrary arrests of critics of the government. As of this essay’s writing, Mr. Huy Đức has since been detained indefinitely, despite calls for his immediate release by international groups and rights organizations [Holcomb 2024, 13 June; Zinoman 2024; Reporters Without Borders 2024, 7 June; ‘Vietnamese Government Must Release’, 2024, 11 June].

In 2024, however, some Vietnamese prisoners were granted release, albeit for apparently strategic geopolitical ends. Prior to Mr. Tô Lâm’s visit to the United States on the 21 September, the Hanoi government released Ms. Hoàng Th Minh Hng and Mr. Trn Hunh Duy Thc. Ms. Hng is an internationally recognized environmental activist, hailed by Climate Heroes as an environmental champion and a member of Columbia University’s 2018 inaugural cohort of Obama Foundation Scholars. She was arrested in 2023 on charges of alleged tax evasion, the same charge levied at a handful of other Vietnamese climate activists after they had helped the government secure billions of dollars in energy transition. On or about 20 September 2024, Ms. Hng was granted a pardon and released from prison [Head 2023, 28 September; Wee 2023, 28 November; ‘Three-year sentence’ 2023, 28 September; South China Morning Post 2024, 21 September].

As for Mr. Trn Hunh Duy Thc, he is one of Amnesty International’s designated ‘prisoners of conscience’ [‘Three-year sentence’ 2023, 28 September]. After five years of house arrest, he was sentenced to 16 years in prison by the Vietnamese government for blogging about political and economic issues in Vietnam. On 19 September 2024, security guards arrived at his prison cell announcing that he had been granted a «pardon». But Mr. Duy Thc objected. He insisted he was already innocent and that a ‘pardon’ was being forced upon him. He refused to leave. Nevertheless, he was hauled out of his prison cell and placed on a flight to Ho Chi Minh City to return to regular life [Thc 2024, 21 September].

Apart from the strategic release of the said prisoners, the overall space for civil society in Vietnam for 2024 appears to be trending towards increased restrictions. Some international groups, in fact, have filed a complaint to the European Commission alleging that the restrictions on Vietnamese civil society violate the terms of the EU-Vietnam Free Trade Agreement (EVFTA) [FIDH 2025, 4 February].

4. Foreign policy

4.1. Vietnam adheres to its «Bamboo Diplomacy»

The death of Nguyn Phú Trng and his interim replacement by Tô Lâm invariably raises the question as to whether the change in leadership will impact Vietnam’s approach to international relations. One of Trọng’s legacies, apart from the blazing furnace anti-corruption campaign, is the idea of «bamboo diplomacy». Trng briefly alluded to this notion of diplomacy in 2016 and elaborated on it again in 2021, to imply that Vietnam, like the bamboo figure, must display resilience and balancing of competing forces. This diplomatic notion was hence embraced by Vietnamese political organs and media outlets [Nguyn 2024, 6 June].

This «bamboo diplomacy» means that Vietnam will promote diplomatic ties that serve its varied interests, even when the key partners in question may be politically opposed to each other. According to the bamboo diplomacy doctrine, Vietnam will delicately straddle the line in the ongoing conflict between Ukraine and Russia, Vietnam’s long-term partner; between the United States and China, the former an emerging ally in the conflict over the South China Sea and the latter, a geographical hegemon in the same conflict and neighbouring trade partner.

Indeed, it was Trng who strengthened bilateral relations with Washington. Under his tenure, Trng facilitated the passage of catapulting the United States to the status of the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership, Vietnam’s highest diplomatic level. Trng’s reaching out to Washington, a former enemy, is part of his so-called «bamboo» doctrine to balance the power competition between the United States and China. [Ha 2023; Vietnam Plus 2024, 23 July].

The rise of Tô Lâm as interim general secretary midway through 2024 did not, and likely will not in the foreseeable future, alter Vietnam’s bamboo diplomacy. This proposition is bolstered by the fact that on 18 August 2024, as head of state, Mr. Lâm first paid a visit to China and then, in the following month, made another one to the United States. During his visit to Beijing, Mr. Lâm met with Xi Jinping who hailed the visit as a strengthening of the two nations’ “shared community of destiny” [‘Vietnam’s new leader’, 19 August 2024]. The next month, at the sidelines of the 79th session of the United Nations General Assembly in New York City, Mr. Lâm met with Joe Biden. Both sides discussed ways to accelerate the two countries’ strategic partnership. The consecutive meetings with the two leaders of the competitor nations suggests Vietnam’s continued adherence to the doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy» that Nguyn Phú Trng had bequeathed to the country.

5. Conclusion

In sum, the year 2024 in Vietnam saw overall economic growth, change in leadership, and continued adherence to its doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy». On the economic front, the country witnessed overall growth of over 7%, buoyed by a strong manufacturing and exports sector and increasing Foreign Direct Investment. On the domestic front, the country witnessed the death of its leader due to ill-health, General Secretary Nguyn Phú Trng, and his succession by Mr. Tô Lâm, former head of the Ministry of Public Security. The country also saw further restrictions on associational life through Decree 126, which raises the legal burden in forming civic associations and, by the same token, increases the government’s power to monitor, suspend, and dissolve them.

Finally, despite the death of Trng, the country still adhered to the doctrine of «bamboo diplomacy».

Bibliography

Altman-Lupu, Michael, and Ben Swanton, 2024, 16 December, ‘Tightening the Screws on Civil Society: An Analysis of Decree 126 on Associations’, Project 88.

Bernstein, Noah, and Spencer Davis, 2024, 25 September, ‘President Tô Lâm of Vietnam makes controversial World Leaders Forum appearance’, Columbia Spectator.

‘Brief biography of State President Luong Cuong,’ 2024, 21 October, Vietnam Plus.

Dung, Thuy, 2024, 15 February, ‘Viet Nam’s foreign trade hits record high in 2024’, Government News: Socialist Republic of Vietnam.

[‘Đồng chí’ 2024, 3 August] ‘Đồng chí Tô Lâm được bu gi chc Tng Bí thư Ban Chp hành Trung ương Đảng Cng sn Vit Nam (Comrade To Lam is elected General Secretary of the Central Executive Committee of the Communist Party of Vietnam), 2024, 3 August, Báo Đin Tử Đảng Cng Sn Vit Nam (Electronic Newspaper of the Communist Party of Vietnam).

Đức, Minh, 2024, ‘Bt hai b can Trương Huy San (Osin Huy Đức) và TrĐình Trin’ (The arrest of Trương Huy San (Osin Huy Đức) and TrĐình Trin), Tin phong (https://tienphong.vn/bat-hai-bi-can-truong-huy-san-osin-huy-duc-va-tran-dinh-trien-post1644428.tpo).

[FIDH] International Federation for Human Rights, 2025, 4 February, Vietnam’s systematic attack on civil society breaches the free trade agreement with the EU, new complaint argues.

Fforde, Adam, 2016, “Vietnam: Economic Strategy and Economic Reality,” in Journal of Current Southeast Asian Affairs, Vol 35, 2, pp. 3-30.

Fritzen, Scott Andrew, 2024, ‘An Open Letter from Fulbright University Vietnam’.

General Statisics Office of Vietnam, 2024, 6 October, Social-Economic Situation in the 3rd Quarter and the 9 months of 2024.

Ghiselli, Andrea, 2021, ‘Introduction’, in Protecting China’s Interests Overseas: Securitization and Foreign Policy, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.1-18.

Ghosal, Aniruddha, 2024, 12 April, ‘Real estate tycoon’s death sentence is a turning point in Vietnam’s anti-corruption campaign’, Associated Press News.

Government of Vietnam, 2024, Nghị Định 126: Quy Định v t chc, hot đng và qun lý h(Decree 126: Regulations on the Organization, Activities, and Administration of Associations), Hanoi.

Ha, Hoang Thi, 2023, ‘Nguyen Phu Trong’s «Bamboo Diplomacy»: Legacy in the Making?’, Fulcrum: Analysis of Southeast Asia, Vol. 254.

Ha, Hoang Thi, 2024, Understanding Vietnam’s Foreign Policy Choices Amid Sino-US Rivarly, Vol. 16, Trends in Southeast Asia, Singapore: ISEAS-Yusof Ishak Institute Publishing.

Head, Jonathan, 2023, 28 September, ‘Vietnam jails fifth climate activist on tax charges’, British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC).

Head, Jonathan, and Thu Bui, 2024, 2 December, ‘Vietnamese tycoon loses death row appeal over world’s biggest bank fraud’, British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC).

Holcomb, Colette, 2024, 13 June, ‘Vietnam: IPI calls for immediate release of journalist Truong Huy San’, International Press institute.

Kurtenbach, Elaine, 2024, 21 March, ‘Vietnam’s president resigns in latest twist of anti-graft campaign shaking its fast-growing economy’, Associate Press.

Le, Hong Hiep, 2020, ‘Vietnam’s Over-reliance on Exports and FDI’, ISEAS Perspective 96.

South China Morning Post, 2024, 21 September, ‘Leading climate activist released from Vietnam jail’.

Nguyen, Dien An Luong, 2024, 13 September, ‘Backlash Against Fulbright University Vietnam: Are Propagandists Barking Up the Wrong Tree?’, Vol 284, Fulcrum: Analysis of Southeast Asia.

Nguyn, Mnh Hùng, 2024, 6 June, ‘Trường phái đi ngoi, ngoi giao ‘cây tre Vit Nam’ trong s nghip đi mi đt nước’ (Vietnam’s ‘Bamboo Diplomacy’ as a School of Thought in International Relations and the Nation’s Renovation), Tp chí Cng sn: Cơ quan Lý lun Chính tr ca Ban Chp hành Trung ương Đảng Cng sn Vit Nam (Communist Journal: the Journal of Political Theory of the Central Executive Committee of the Communist Party of Vietnam) (https://www.tapchicongsan.org.vn/web/guest/quoc-phong-an-ninh-oi-ngoai1/-/2018/929902/truong-phai-doi-ngoai%2C-ngoai-giao-%E2%80%9Ccay-tre-viet-nam%E2%80%9D-trong-su-nghiep-doi-moi-dat-nuoc.aspx#).

Nguyen, Vu Hanh, 2025, 8 January, ‘Vietnam’s Economic Report Card for 2024: GDP, Trade, FDI’, Vietnam Briefing.

Paddock, Richard C., 2024, 20 July, ‘Death of Vietnam’s Top Leader Raises Questions of Succession’, The New York Times.

Pearson, James, 2021, 31 January, ‘Nguyen Phu Trong, Vietnam’s anti-corruption czar, crowned party chief again’, Reuters.

Peck, Grant, 2024, 7 June, ‘Vietnam national security police confirm arrest of prominent writer Truong Huy San for Facebook post’, Associated Press.

Phong, Quang, 2024, ‘The wit and simplicity of Party General Secretary Nguyen Phu Trong’, VietnamNet Global.

Polling, Gregory B., 2024, ‘The Passing of Vietnam Party Chief Nguyen Phu Trong’, Critical Questions, Washington, D.C.: Center for Strategic and International Studies.

Reporters Without Borders (Reporters Sans Frontières), 2024, 7 June, ‘Vietnam: Independent journalist taken away by the regime according to RSF sources’.

Reuters, 2024, 27 September, ‘Vietnam estimates damages of $ 3.31 bln from Typhoon Yagi’.

Sidel, Mark, 2019, ‘Managing the Foreign: The Drive to Securitize Foreign Nonprofit and Foundation Management in China’, Voluntas 30, pp. 664-677.

Sidel, Mark, 2023, ‘Vietnam’s Closing Legal Space for Civil Society’, Asia Sentinel.

The Economist, 2024, 27 March. ‘Vietnam’s head of state leaves under a cloud’.

The Economist, 2024, 21 August, ‘Vietnam’s new ruler: hardman, capitalist, hedonist’.

The Economist, 2024, 17 December, ‘China’s economy is in for another rough year’.

The World Bank Group, 2024, 8 October, The World Bank in Vietnam.

Tho, Vinh, and Duy Linh, 2024, 28 August, ‘Vietnam welcomes Fulbright University Vietnam’s activities: foreign ministry’. Tuoi Tre News.

‘Three-year sentence for renowned climate activist is «self-inflicted wound»’, 2023, 28 September, Amnesty International.

Thc, Trn Hunh Duy, 2024, 21 September, ‘Li Chào Đầu Tiên’, (My First Greeting), Facebook.

Tran, Richard Quang-Anh, 2024, ‘Vietnam 2020-2023: Covid Pandemic Recovery, Unprecedented Leadership Turnover, and Continued Multilateralism’, Asia Maior XXXIV, pp. 203-215.

Trinh, Viet Dung, 2024, ‘Vietnam’s Securitisation of Cybersecurity Under the Influence of a Rising China’, Australian Journal of International Affairs.

‘Vietnam-China trade hits nearly US$ 170 billion over 10-month period’, 2024, 11 August, Center for WTO and International Trade.

‘Vietnamese Government Must Release Trương Huy San and Drop All Charges’, 2024, 11 June, PEN America.

‘Viet Nam: Let us breathe! Censorship and criminalization of online expression in Viet Nam’, 2020, 1 December, Amnesty International.

Vietnam Ministry of Planning and Investment, 2025, 6 January, FDI attraction situation in Vietnam and Vietnam’s overseas investment in 2024.

‘Vietnam’s new leader To Lam meets China’s Xi Jinping in Beijing on first overseas trip’, 2024, 19 August, Hong Kong Free Press.

Vietnam News Agency, 2024, 12 December, ‘Vietnam’s Roadmap to High-income Status’.

Vietnam Plus, 2024, 23 July, ‘General Secretary Nguyen Phu Trong Leaves Imprint on «Vietnamese Bamboo Diplomacy»’.

Walker, Christina, 2024, 16 December, ‘Vietnamese journalist, former UMD fellow, imprisoned amid nationwide crackdown on press freedom’, Capital News Service.

Wee, Sui-Lee, 2023, 28 November, ‘Vietnam Relied on Environmentalists to Secure Billions. Then It Jailed Them’, The New York Times.

Wu, Stanley Zhengxi, 2024, 26 June, ‘China and the US both want to «friendshore in Vietnam», Washington D.C.: Atlantic Council.

Zinoman, Peter, 2018, ‘Book Review: The Winning Side (Bên Thng Cuc) by Huy Đức’, New Mandala.

Zinoman, Peter, 2024, ‘Interview with Trương Huy San (Huy Đức)’, Journal of Vietnamese Studies 19 (3-4), pp. 58-63.

1.  The analysis is based on the World Bank’s standard premises of development. For an alternative view, see Adam Fforde 2016.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Malaysia 2024: Trials and trajectory of Anwar Ibrahim’s political leadership

This paper presents an analysis of how debates around reform in Malaysia unfolded in 2024, focusing on Prime Minister Anwar Ibarhim’s efforts to align the government’s trajectory with his political vision, grounded on Islamic values. Domestically, the unity governmen faced mounting pressure to implement a reform agenda that had underpinned its rise to power in 2022. At the same time, it navigated a polarized public debate, seeking to balance Malay dominance with the multiple demands coming from the different sections of society. In this context, Anwar’s emphasis on positive diversity, aiming to quell the periodic emergence of social disparity as a key issue in public discourse, both obscured and reinforced frictions over the dynamics of marginalization and racialization in the country. On the international stage, the Anwar administration continued to rely on the Prime Minister’s identity as a Muslim democrat to pursue a foreign policy that balances regional and global strategic priorities. This approach aimed to secure Malaysia’s diplomatic and economic interests within an increasingly unstable international environment.

Keywords – Reform; Islam; Anwar Ibrahim; political leadership; public debate.

1. Introduction

Reforms and accountability have been long-standing themes in Malaysia’s public debate, particularly in light of calls for fairer and more transparent governance systems that have shaped political crises and transitions over the past few decades [Weiss 2024].

The push for inclusive political representation, socio-economic welfare, and equal opportunities – alongside the principle of Malay dominance – has shaped political discourse and influenced electoral processes. Central to these debates are various interpretations of the role of Islam as the core of the state’s foundations and the principles guiding political action. This trend has become more pronounced over the last three decades, mirroring the global rise of Islamist movements in Muslim polities [Mohiuddin 2023]. In Malaysia, groups such as Parti Islam Se-Malaysia (PAS) have played a significant role in shaping the political landscape, particularly as Malaysia’s Muslim identity has been increasingly emphasized as a defining element of national politics [Mangiarotti 2024].

These developments have set the stage for Malaysia’s recent political shifts, most notably the 2018 General Election, which saw the Barisan Nasional (BN) coalition suffer a major electoral defeat. The ensuing short-lived Pakatan Harapan (PH) government came into power on a platform focused on governance, anti-corruption, and accountability. However, internal divisions plagued the coalition, culminating in the «Sheraton Move» of February 2020, when multiple defections led to the government’s collapse [Saleem 2021].

The subsequent political crisis ushered in the Perikatan Nasional (PN) government under Muhyiddin Yassin, which included the United Malays National Organization (UMNO), a Malay nationalist party that had previously governed Malaysia for 61 years under the BN coalition. The PN government was widely seen as a setback for reform, raising concerns that Malaysia was reverting to opaque governance [Talib 2023].

With the general election of November 2022, Malaysia underwent another political shift with the formation of the unity government under Anwar Ibrahim. The new cabinet, comprising a broad coalition of parties from both PH and BN, was seen as a potential but fragile move toward stabilizing Malaysia’s political landscape [Mangiarotti 2024]. Anwar has positioned himself as a champion of reforms and good governance, having been at the forefront of the «Reformasi» movement in the early stages of his political career. Today, commitment to those principles is seen as central to his administration’s legitimacy. He has pledged to tackle institutional weaknesses and rebuild Malaysia’s international standing, emphasizing the need for transparency and efficiency in government institutions. Yet, navigating the balance between Malay interests – particularly in relation to Bumiputera1 policies – and the broader calls for reform has proved delicate, especially in light of demands for greater inclusion and fairness coming from non-Malay communities.

Anwar has positioned himself as a moderate Muslim leader who upholds democratic principles while integrating Islamic values into political action. This vision is reflected in «Malaysia Madani», a framework he introduced to align the government’s agenda with the moral authority of Islam, appealing to Malay Muslim voters and maintaining a commitment to reform [Mangiarotti 2024]. Seeking to frame his discourse as a credible yet less divisive alternative to PN’s religious-nationalist rhetoric, Anwar’s Madani highlights Islam’s central and evolving role in debates on reform and governance. In his first two years in office, he has sought to position Malaysia as a Muslim democracy, carefully articulating a vision of Islam as both the foundation of national identity and a source of political legitimacy.

This paper analyzes key moments in Malaysia’s domestic and international politics in 2024, focusing on reform, socio-economic fairness, and the role of Islam as central themes in Malaysia’s public debate. It explores how the government navigated the tension between affirming the state’s Malay religious-nationalist foundation, addressing specific policy imperatives, and upholding its commitment to pluralism. These issues have become increasingly contentious as minority demands for greater social and political representation highlight a growing dissatisfaction with a political and economic establishment that has long protected the privileges of the more powerful segments of society. While political elites have often endorsed the fight against social disparities rhetorically, their promises have focused more on promoting cultural diversity rather than advancing redistributive policies or concrete measures to address minority grievances, such as limited access to education and employment. This approach has further distanced marginalized social groups from mainstream politics. In 2024, these frictions emerged in the public debate surrounding the government’s reformist efforts and in relation to Anwar Ibrahim’s self-representation as a Muslim democrat, both domestically and internationally.

2. Reformism and Muslim leadership in Anwar Ibrahim’s political trajectory

After dedicating his first year in power to stabilizing the heterogeneous coalition, Anwar Ibrahim shifted his focus in 2024 to the reformist rhetoric that had underpinned the government’s formation. In this context, Anwar framed himself as a moderate yet firm (Malay) Muslim leader, committed to promoting equality and transparency through Islamic values and principles. Anwar’s career, in fact, exemplifies the deep-rooted connection between Islam and political reformism in Malaysia’s political tradition.

Anwar Ibrahim rose to prominence in the 1970s, as a young leader of the emerging Islamist student movement. He contributed forming the Angkatan Belia Islam Malaysia (ABIM, Malaysian Islamic Youth Movement),2 an organization influenced by the rise of Islamic renewal movements in post-colonial societies. Deeply inspired by scholars and thinkers like Muslim Brotherhood’s founder, Hassan al-Banna, and South Asian philosopher, Abu al-Ala al-Mawdudi – both of whom emphasized Islam’s role as a comprehensive system encompassing politics, society, and morality – Anwar’s worldview centred on the belief that Islam provided the moral framework for a political agenda focused on social justice. In Malaysia, Anwar interacted closely with figures such as Syed Muhammad Naquib al-Attas, one of the country’s most renowned Islamic scholars, and recipient of a Royal Professorship in October 2024 [Musa 2024, 11 November].3

In the 1970s and early 1980s, ABIM was involved in several agitations and demonstrations, gradually shifting its focus from international issues to internal matters related to economic justice and corruption. Through this lens, Anwar helped reframe discussions on Malay rights in explicitly Islamic terms, bridging ethnic-based political activism and Islamic renewal [Esposito and O. Voll 2001, p. 179]. The government’s violent response to the movement unintentionally increased its visibility and expanded its support base.4 As ABIM’s leader, Anwar drew attention from mainstream political figures and, in 1982, UMNO president and Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad recruited him to join the party and take up government positions [Lemière 2022].

Now part of the political establishment, Anwar crafted a vision blending Islamic principles with pluralist democracy [Abdul Hamid 2014, p. 768]. His political career saw a rapid ascent and a sudden downfall. During the 1997-1998 Asian economic crises, his opposition to Mahathir’s anti-market stance led to his ousting from government and party positions, followed by arrest on charges including corruption and sodomy. During this time, he sparked the Reformasi movement, a defining force that channelled widespread dissatisfaction into a collective call for change and crystallized political and institutional reform as a key fixture in Malaysia’s public discourse. The crisis exposed the vulnerabilities in Malaysia’s political and economic models, which had been heavily reliant on state-based crony capitalism. Anwar’s calls for reforms resonated with those affected by the economic fallout, linking economic transparency with the demand for political change.

While in prison, public support for Reformasi coalesced around the Parti Keadilan Nasional (PKN-National Justice Party), founded by Wan Azizah Ismail, Anwar’s wife and a key reform movement leader. The party embodied widespread desire for change, centred around a doctrine of democratic pluralism that blended Islamic principles with «Asian values» [Esposito and O. Voll 2001, p. 194]. This vision shaped ongoing debates on political reform, focusing on anti-corruption, socio-economic justice, and citizenship rights. Released after six years in prison, Anwar took on the leadership of the opposition to the UMNO-led Barisan Nasional government until 2015, when he was arrested once again on sodomy charges, serving time until 2020.

After his release from prison in 2020, Anwar Ibrahim worked to reclaim a leading position within the opposition, but his efforts were complicated by the repercussions of the «Sheraton Move» in February 2020 and the subsequent formation of Muhyiddin Yassin’s Perikatan Nasional government. Anwar’s longstanding political ambitions were ultimately realized with his appointment as the prime minister of a broad unity government following the 2022 general election. In this role, he has faced the challenge of aligning his long-held vision of a pluralist society based on Islamic principles with the realities of leading a disparate coalition in a polarized political landscape.

2.1. Citizenship reform and its discontents

In 2024, a key reform championed by the Anwar government was the Constitution (Amendment) Bill, which addresses citizenship rights in Malaysia. First tabled in the Dewan Rakyat (the Parliament’s Lower House) on 25 March, the bill was passed on 17 October. Remarkably, it received support from 206 Members of Parliament, including some MPs from the opposition, surpassing the required two-thirds majority for constitutional changes.

Upon approval, the new law was presented as a bipartisan, uncontroversial initiative to address gender-discriminatory provisions within Malaysia’s constitutional framework.5 Before its passage, Malaysian men had the automatic right to confer citizenship to their children born abroad, regardless of the mother’s nationality. In contrast, Malaysian women in the same situation faced a lengthy and often cumbersome process to secure citizenship for their children. The government framed the bill as a crucial step towards aligning Malaysia’s legal system with international human rights standards [Free Malaysia Today 2024, 17 October].6

Despite the celebratory rhetoric, however, the legislation’s path was not without controversy, facing significant opposition during its initial tabling in March 2024. Key contentious elements underscored the complex nature of the debate over access to citizenship, particularly for some of Malaysia’s most vulnerable groups.

Many condemned the removal of automatic citizenship for children born to permanent residents and the restrictions placed on abandoned children, those born out of wedlock, and stateless children. Detractors argued that these provisions would disproportionately impact natives of Sabah, Sarawak, and Peninsular Malaysia who hold permanent resident cards but remain officially stateless [Malaysian Citizenship Rights Alliance 2024, 21 March]. Concerns were also raised over two other proposals: one regarding the revocation of citizenship from foreign spouses of Malaysian men if their marriage ended within two years of acquiring it, and the other concerning the reduction of the age limit for stateless children to apply for citizenship from 21 to 18. Even within the ruling coalition, some lawmakers objected to the amendments, claiming they further marginalized already vulnerable communities. The government justified the controversial provisions as necessary to safeguard national security and to prevent alleged widespread misuse of the citizenship process.7 However, objections were accompanied by broader accusations that the Anwar administration was failing to uphold its commitments to equality and fairness.

During the debate on the inaugural royal address by the newly coronated Yang Di-Pertuan Agong (YDPA) [the Malaysian King] Sultan Ibrahim on 26 February, PH MP Ramkarpal Singh argued that, if approved, the bill would represent «a backward step that contradicts the government’s aim to improve or reform the laws, and the government’s promise to reduce the rate of statelessness in the country» [Azmi and Mahari 2024, 5 March].

Amid growing public backlash, the government withdrew the controversial amendment affecting abandoned and stateless children before presenting the bill for parliamentary discussion. This decision drew strong criticism from the PN opposition, which had largely supported the reform, accusing the government of acting without proper consultation [Tan et. al 2024, 25 March]. Fearing the lack of the required two-third parliamentary majority and a potential breakdown of the fragile coalition, the government deferred voting on the reform until the bill was further amended and finally passed in October, with a strong emphasis on addressing discrimination against women. Nevertheless, concerns over new restrictions on citizenship access persisted, particularly regarding their impact on children from vulnerable and marginalized communities [Welsh 2024, 25 October].

The deabte over the citizenship bill added to a series of political challenges for Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim, who faced accusations of backtracking on his accountability and transparency agenda. His administration came under fire for the handling of high-profile corruption cases, including the reduction of the sentence for UMNO leader and former Prime Minister Najib Razak, granted through a royal pardon board headed by the resigning YDPA Sultan Abdullah. Najib, imprisoned for graft and money laundering related to the 1Malaysia Development Berhad (1MDB) scandal,8 had his 12-year sentence commuted, a decision Anwar defended as a «matter of compassion». This raised concerns over selective justice and the potential political compromise [Reuters 2024, 5 February].9

Overall, the Anwar administration faced the challenge of translating its leader’s vision into policy. Moreover, the government had to navigate the tension between promoting Islamic institutions and values and the need to accommodate the concerns of part of the coalition’s electorate regarding Muslim-Malay dominance. This dynamic was exemplified by debates around the Mufti (Federal Territories) Bill 2024 and the Prime Minister’s cautious response to the public outcry over the sale of socks printed with the word «Allah». Both issues (analysed below) underscored the centrality of Islam and reform as key, contentious themes in Malaysia’s public debate.

2.2. Striking a balance?

On 2 July, Religious Affairs Minister Mohd Na’im Mokhtar introduced the Mufti (Federal Territories) Bill. Among other provisions, the bill seeks to enhance the legal value of «fatwas» (religious edicts issued by muftis10), broadening the circumstances under which they could become law without parliamentary approval. Concurrently, the bill also limits Islamic legal interpretations to the Shafi’i, Hanbali, Maliki, and Hanafi schools. While the proposal applies only to the federal territories,11 critics warn the provisions could later extend to the states [Welsh 2024, 4 November]. The bill sparked intense debate among civil society groups, with some arguing that it would empower religious authoritarianism, undermine personal freedoms, and marginalize both religious minorities and non-Muslims [Sisters in Islam 2024, 10 October].

According to lawyer and human rights activist Latheefa Koya, «this Mufti Bill poses a clear and present danger to the right of Muslims in Malaysia to practice their religion and carry on daily life without interference from the government or unelected officials» [Koya 2024, 10 October].

Voices from the Muslim political and academic spheres urged the government to open a space for discussion about the controversial bill. For instance, Mufti of Perlis, Dr. Asri Zainul Abidin12 wrote on a Facebook post that «the religious affairs minister should be promoting an agenda of inclusiveness and moderation, in line with the concept of Madani. Unfortunately, he seems to be leading the country into a situation where (fellow Muslims would accuse each other) of disbelief and heresy» [Mat Arif 2024, 20 October].

Similarly, PAS President Abdul Hadi Awang demanded a revaluation of the bill in light of it promoting a singular view of Islamic jurisprudence [Abdul Rahim 2024, 10 July].

In response to the public outcry, Anwar rejected accusations of yielding to radical forces within the Malaysian Islamic world and called on critics to avoid conflating Islam with religious fanaticism. In an interview with a national news portal, he said: «Anything we mention about Islam we will see some level of Islamophobia. They are not able to differentiate between extremist, fanatical views and the need to promote Islam in a moderate sense. The vast majority of Muslims in Malaysia are reasonable and moderate people. So this reaction is sometimes unwise. I think the answer to this is a healthy discourse, a reasoned discourse between all groups» [Raja Reza 2024, 6 November].

The government found support among several state muftis and Islamic scholars, who argued that the bill aimed to curb religious extremism [Musa 2024, 17 July] by more clearly defining and regulating the reach of sharī’a [Rabb 2025]. The legislation was then advanced through a second parliamentary reading in February 2025.

The public debate surrounding the Mufti bill highlights the growing polarization in discussions on Islam and governance. In this case, the government faced criticism for allegedly enabling excessive involvement of Islamic institutions in the state apparatus. However, at other times, the Anwar administration has been accused of failing to adequately protect and uphold the country’s Islamic foundations.

The so-called «Allah socks» controversy is a notable example, sparking heated debate over the place of Islam in inter-community relations in Malaysia. On 13 March, news spread online about a Chinese Malaysian retailer selling socks featuring the Arabic script for «Allah», with images of the controversial item sparking outrage, particularly among Malay Muslims. Religious groups, politicians, and members of the general public called for boycotts and the removal of the product, inducing the shop owner and the convenience store chain to offer multiple public apologies [Annuar 2024, 20 March].

Immediately, the matter took on national significance, with YDPA Sultan Ibrahim calling for «stern action» against those responsible for offending Muslims’ religious beliefs and threatening national harmony during the month of Ramadan [The Straits Times 2024, 19 March]. Similarly, Na’im Mokhtar, Minister in the Prime Minister’s Department (Religious Affairs), affirmed that «the word ‘Allah’ is highly esteemed in the eyes of Muslims. Allah is our creator and the act of putting Allah at our feet is an insult». [Channel News Asia 2024, 18 March]. UMNO Youth Chief, Akmal Salleh became particularly vocal on the issue, inciting boycotts in interviews and on social media. Akmal was also blamed on three incidents in which stores in different parts of the country were attacked with petrol bombs [The Straits Times 2024, 19 March].

As the issue became increasingly polarizing, the YDPA urged political leaders to avoid amplifying the matter and fuelling communal tensions. Calls for moderation were also raised by leaders in the ruling coalition. Politicians of the Chinese-led Democratic Action Party (DAP) condemned the divisive stances of their UMNO counterparts. DAP Secretary General Loke Siew Fook said: «we as political leaders must try to build bridges to resolve the issue and lower down the temperature. That’s the approach we adopt as both a party and government, ensuring we do not blow issues out of proportion» [Malay Mail 2024, 19 March].

In this escalating context, PM Anwar came under public scrutiny for his cautious stance. While emphasizing the need to «maintain harmony and respect religious sensitivities», he refrained from aligning with either side. This reluctance drew criticism from militant Malay nationalists, who condemned his refusal to support calls for drastic punishment of the Chinese store chain and the Malaysian shop owner. At the same time, minority voices lamented his mild reprimand of those fueling anti-Chinese sentiment and inter-racial hostility. As Khairy Jamaluddin frames it, «for some Muslim-Malays, relative silence does not say anything about Anwar’s leadership in defending the sanctity of Islam. For non-Muslims, the progressive Anwar whom they have supported all this while is nowhere to be seen» [Jamaluddin 2024, 28 March]13.

While the PN opposition called for due punishment of similar «acts of disrespect to Islam» [Harakah Daily 2024, 19 March], opinions appeared particularly polarized within the ruling coalition and the public. This situation highlights how the ramifications of a politics of religious-racial identity extends beyond the PAS-Bersatu alliance, touching also the PH’s effort to balance Malay-centric religious-nationalist positions with multi-culturalist rhetoric. Anwar’s attempt to navigate competing demands may invertedly deepen polarization along religious-racial lines, by failing to offer a convincing alternative discursive platform to address underlying social issues.

This conundrum also underpinned Anwar’s presentation of his adminstration’s 2024 economic reform package, which sought to combine redistributive policies, financial prudence, and social harmony.

3. Budget 2025: caught in the binary of need vs. race

On 18 October, Prime Minister and Finance Minister Anwar Ibrahim presented Malaysia’s third «Madani» Budget», with a total allocation of RM421 billion. He characterized the measure as need-based rather than race-based, thereby reaffirming his commitment to reforms aimed at reducing inequality and strengthening pluralist governance. Drawing on a range of inspirational figures – from prominent Islamic scholars to Aristotle and internationally renowned economists – Anwar grounded his discourse in a religious and moral imperative to ensure an equitable and sustainable resource distribution: «Interwoven with the command to express gratitude for the sustenance bestowed by Allah SWT, the Quran underscores the imperative of cultivating a robust and sustainable ecosystem, along with efficient governance, to manage the wealth of natural resources equitably and justly» [Ministry of Finance 2024, 18 October, p. 17].

In his speech, Anwar outlined two interconnected measures for reform. The first one focuses on restructuring state support to better assist those in need, while ensuring higher contributions from the wealthy.14 The second one prioritizes a «prudent fiscal management» to strengthen the state’s financial stability and ensure long-term sustainability. Within this framework, two key packages – Public Service Reform and Subsidies Reform – exemplify Anwar’s vision of combining redistributive policy with a cost-cutting approach to public finance, aiming to address both long-standing efficiency issues and demands for greater socio-economic fairness.

3.1. A polarized public debate

In Malaysia, the civil service system has been subject of ongoing debate and reform, with Malay dominance being a key point of contention [Hwok-Aun 2023]. The issue is rooted in the colonial political economy, which compartmentalized employment and economic activities based on supposed racial specialization [Hirschman 1986]. Post-colonial policies and nation-building efforts have continued to favour labour segregation,15 culminating in the 1971 New Economic Policy (NEP). The NEP institutionalized pro-Bumiputera affirmative action across multiple sectors, including public employment, reinforcing the perception of civil service as a de facto Malay domain. Over time, this issue has intersected with concerns over low productivity, fiscal sustainability, and equitable remuneration for public servants, fuelling debates on the need for structural reforms to enhance efficiency, ensure meritocracy, and balance economic equity.

In response to these concerns, the Anwar administration introduced a series of measures in 2024, addressing remuneration and productivity. A key component of this package is the reform of the pension system. First announced in January by Deputy Prime Minister Zahid Hamidi and introduced on 1 April, the measure seeks to address the financial strain on the system by removing the pension scheme for public officials and replacing it with the Employees Provident Fund (EPF).16 The new framework is based on a savings accumulation scheme, with 11 per cent deducted monthly from the salary and 12 per cent matched from the government. Alongside these changes, the reform introduces a merit-based recruitment process, under which employees are initially hired on a fixed-term contract and then transitioned to a permanent status after a performance review. Additionally, Anwar announced the restructuring of the salary scheme under the Sistem Saraan Perkhidmatan Awam (SSPA), based on an incentive system «to encourage civil servants to provide the best service to the ‘rakyat’»17 [Ministry of Finance 2024, 18 October, p. 152].

While the government presented the new provisions as part of an effort to promote meritocracy and improve the overall quality of the civil service, the reform sparked concerns. Critical voices within the multi-coalition government argued that the new contract system could discourage people from entering the civil service, as it prioritizes alleviating the state’s financial burden over ensuring job and economic security for employees [Singh et. al 2024, 26 January]. In general, the reform did not specifically address the longstanding issue of Malay dominance in public service, which reflects multilayered dynamics of privilege and marginality among different groups in Malaysia. According to Hwok Aun, the failure to meaningfully engage with the issue may run counter to the government’s stated aim to strengthen national unity and promote social harmony [Hwok Aun 2023].

This issue also became evident in relation to the subsidies reform. Anwar and his administration have emphasized that broad-based subsidies – covering fuel, electricity, water, education, healthcare, and staple goods – place an unsustainable burden on government finances. During the Budget 2025 speech, Anwar said: « Subsidies, in principle, are akin to charity – and ipso facto, should not be exploited by the upper crust of the society. Historically, we have allocated subsidies broadly across various sectors, including fuel, electricity, water, education, healthcare services, and even essential items like chicken. However, we must acknowledge that this approach is imprudent, particularly as our nation grapples with a substantial debt burden and a limited revenue base» [Ministry of Finance 2024, 18 October, p. 33].

When presenting Budget 2025, Anwar announced that certain spending cuts – particularly for petrol, residential schools, higher education, and health services – would only affect the ultra-rich. Thus, the government attempted to garner public support by framing the intiative as a means of ensuring fairness in group-targeted policies. Notably, the Prime Minister seized on a controversy over wealthy Malaysian families benefiting from residential school subsidies intended for low-income Bumiputera students [Kasinathan 2024, 3 January].

While Anwar’s assertions aligned with his need-based approach to poverty alleviation, they did little to ease minorities’ perceptions of exclusion. In August, the administration launched the Bumiputera Economic Transformation Plan 2035 (PuTERA35), outlining 132 initiatives that appeared in continuity with the majority-favouring policies embedded in national development plans since the 1971 NEP. By catering to a polarized public sentiment locked in a pro- vs. anti-Bumiputera binary, the government sidestepped a deeper discussion on the rationale and implications of its group-targeted actions. Notably, Anwar’s discourse around PuTERA35 has emphasized poverty reduction but, in the name of social harmony, it has largely neglected concerns about limited opportunities for minority groups – especially in higher education, where access and advancement remain significant barriers [Hwok-Aun 2025].

In so doing, the Anwar government’s narrative has, in fact, further divided political sentiments and hindered an open conversation about the need for targeted action to achieve greater fairness and social justice objectives. Creating space to address both minority demands for greater opportunities and calls for redressing the strucutral socio-economic marginalization of vulnerable Bumiputera groups remains a significant challenge in Malaysia’s public debate.

4. Positioning Malaysia within an uncertain international scenario

Anwar’s 2024 foreign policy remained aligned with his Islamic perspectives and his image as a Muslim statesman [Mangiarotti 2024]. The Prime Minister’s actions reflect an effort to position himself as a leader capable of advocating for Muslim interests on the global stage. This was particularly evident in his ongoing condemnation of Israel’s genocide in Gaza. During a three-day visit to Qatar in May, Anwar met with a Hamas delegation led by Ismail Haniyeh, the party’s political chief, who was later assassinated in Tehran on 31 July [Strangio 2024, 15 May]. Anwar’s willingness to engage openly with Hamas, coupled with his cabinet’s refusal to recognize U.S.-imposed sanctions on Iran, garnered public support in Malaysia, especially among the Muslim population [Hassan 2024, 11 November]. In November, Anwar participated in a major rally in Kuala Lumpur in solidarity with Palestinians, reaffirming his rejection of international pressure to condemn Hamas [The Straits Times 2024, 13 November].

Anwar’s approach to international politics as a Muslim democratic leader has also been complemented by a civilizational perspective, grounded on a vision of dialogue and harmonious coexistence between different religious and philosophical traditions [Chang 2025]. Particularly in relation to Malaysia’s relations with China, he has emphasized a convergence between Confucianism and Islam as providing the guiding principles for a morally enlightened international politics [Wai 2024, 30 May]. In 2024, the two countries celebrated the 50th anniversary of their diplomatic ties with reciprocal official visits, reiterating their mutual commitment to enhancing cooperation in areas such as education, trade, investment, transport, and connectivity [Ministry of Foreign Affairs 2024].

In July, Malaysia took up the position of country coordinator for relations with China within ASEAN, a role that could increase the country’s visibility as a facilitator of the region’s ties with Beijing.18 On a global political scale, in July Malaysia submitted its application to join the BRICS alliance, which includes Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates. Malaysia officially became a BRICS’s partner country in October, alongside other 13 new applicants.

Anwar’s actions on the international stage in 2024 suggest a growing effort to secure Malaysia’s key positions and economic reach, recognizing the need to adapt to the rapidly changing international landscape. In this context, the Prime Minister appears to be leveraging his reputation as a Muslim leader to balance regional priorities with broader global developments.

5. Conclusion

In 2024, the Anwar administration pursued both institutional and economic reforms, presenting a leadership grounded in Islamic values. Domestically, Anwar framed his government’s policies as efforts to promote equity and financial sustainability. However, his administration struggled to meaningfully address deep-rooted grievances related to the principle of Malay dominance, resulting in a lack of engagement with critical minority voices. As a result, the public debate increasingly reproduced the binary logic juxtaposing progressive reformism with religious-racial conservatism.

On the international stage, Anwar proposed a civilizational approach to foreign policy. He reaffirmed his stance on Palestinian rights and condemnation of Israel’s violence in Gaza, presenting himself as an advocate for Muslim interests. He sought to balance this with Malaysia’s strategic interests, strengthening diplomatic ties with China and expanding the country’s presence in global institutions like BRICS.

Ultimately, in 2024 Anwar has faced the challenges of adhering to a long-held vision of morally-guided political action, without substantially interrogating a public discourse that has historically sidelined an open discussion on multiple socio-economic lines of disenfranchisement in Malaysian society.

Bibliography

Abd Mutalib, Zanariah, 2024, 27 March, ‘Saifuddin bentang RUU Perlembagaan (Pindaan) 2024 berkaitan kewarganegaraan’, Bharian.

Abdul Hamid, Ahmad Fauzi, 2014, ‘Review of: The Evolution of a Muslim Democrat: The Life of Malaysia’s Anwar Ibrahim. By Charles Allers. New York: Peter Lang, 2013. 345 pp.’, Sojourn:Journal of Social Issues in Souteast Asia, 29(3), pp. 766-769.

Abdul Rahim, Nor Fazlina, 2024, 10 July, ‘Hadi calls for study of Mufti Bill’, The New Straits Times.

Annuar, Azril, 2024, 20 March, ‘Boycott calls and apologies in Malaysia amid uproar over socks with the word «Allah»’, The Straits Times.

Azmi, Amalia, and Hakim Mahari, 2024, ‘Govt’s citizenship amendment proposal deemed illogical and unreasonable’, The New Straits Times, 5 March.

Chang, Peter T.C., 2025, ‘Anwar Ibrahim’s Championing of Civilisational Dialogue Continues: Balancing Ideals and Realities’, ISEAS Perspective, 1.

Channel News Asia, 2024, 18 March, ‘Malaysia mart’s «Allah» socks blunder sparks backlash from Muslims and debate among politicians’.

Choong Weng Wai, Christopher, 2024, ‘Anti-colonial raced capitalism in Malaysia: Contested logics, gendered repertoires’, Review of International Studies, pp. 1–20.

Esposito, John, and John O. Voll, 2001, Makers of Contemporary Islam, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 177-98.

Free Malaysia Today, 2024, 17 October, ‘Azalina, MPs hail «historic day» as citizenship amendments passed’.

Harakah Daily, 2024, 19 March, ‘Stokin bertulis kalimah Allah – Permohonan maaf tidak cukup, perlu tindakan paling tegas’.

Hassan, Hazlin, 2024, 11 November, ‘Malaysians boycott companies and goods with alleged ties to Israel, in support of Palestinians’, The Straits Times.

Hirschman, Charles, 1986, ‘The making of race in colonial Malaya: Political economy and racial ideology’, Sociol Forum, 1, pp.330–361.

Hwok-Aun, Lee, 2023, ‘Diversity in Malaysia’s Civil Service: From Venting Old Grouses to Seeking New Grounds’, ISEAS Perspective, 34.

Hwok-Aun, Lee, 2024, 7 March, ‘Malaysia’s Public Service Pensions: Will to Reform, Without A Roadmap’, FULCRUM: Analyses on Southeast Asia, 68.

Hwok-Aun, Lee, 2025, ‘Malaysia’s Bumiputera Transformation 2035 Needs Rigour, Fairness, and Self-Awareness’, IEAS Perspective, 3.

Jamaluddin, Khairi 2024, 28 March, ‘Malaysia’s Sock Scandal: The Sound of Silence’, FULCRUM: Analyses on Southeast Asia, 91.

Kasinathan, Shathana, 2024, 3 January, ‘T20 parents send kids to MRSM to teach them «to live hard», says alumni presidet’, MalayMail.

Koya, Latheefa, 2024, 10 October, ‘Press Statement: Mufti (Federal Territories) Bill 2024 is Uncostitutional, Dangerous, Interferes with Rights of Muslims and Must be Withdrawn’, X.

Latiff, Rozanna, and A. Ananthalakshmi, 2023, 4 September, ‘Malaysia drops corruption charges against PM Anwar’s ally’, Reuters.

Lemière, Sophie, 2022, December, ‘The (Final) Rise of Anwar Ibrahim’, Journal of Democracy.

Malay Mail, 2024, 19 March, ‘«Allah» socks: Political leaders should build bridges to resolve sensitive issues, says Anthony Loke’.

Malaysian Citizenship Rights Alliance, 2024, 21 March, ‘Human rights advocates seek audience with PMX and Cabinet on the proposed citizenship amendments’, Sinar Daily.

Mangiarotti, Emanuela, 2024, ‘A Reform Agenda Overshadowed by Identity Politics’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. 187-202.

Mat Arif, Zahratullhayat, 2024, 20 October, ‘Minister respects Perlis Mufti’s invite to debate on bill’, The New Straits Times.

Ministry of Finance, 2024, 18 October, Budget Speech 2025.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, ‘Joint Statement between the People’s Republic of China and Malaysia on Deepening the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership towards China-Malaysia Community with a Shared Future’.

Mohiuddin, Asif, 2023, Navigating Religious Authority in Muslim Societies Islamist Movements and the Challenge of Globalisation, Gewerbestrasse: Springer.

Musa, Mohd Faizal, 2024, 17 July, ‘Malaysia’s Mufti (Federal Territories) Bill 2024: Sectarian or Crucial Step Forward?’, FULCRUM: Analyses on Southeast Asia, 214.

Musa, Mohd Faizal, 2024, 11 November, ‘Naquib Al-Attas’ Royal Professorship: Whither an Inclusive «Madani» Malaysia?’ FULCRUM: Analyses on Southeast Asia, 343.

Rabb, Intisar2025, ‘Legislation and Regulation of Islamic Law in Malaysia’, Islamic Law Blog.

Raja Reza, Danish, 2024, 6 November, ‘Anwar calls for healthy, constructive discussion on mufti bill’, Free Malaysia Today.

Reuters, 2024, 5 February, ‘Malaysia’s Anwar defends royal clemency for ex-PM Najib’.

Saat Norshahril, Nur Syafiqah Mohd Taufek, and Afra Alatas, 2021, 16 June, Rethinking Extremism Beyond Physical Violence: Anti-Shia Hostility in Malaysia’, ISEAS Perspective, 81.

Saleem, Salima, 2021, ‘Malaysia 2020: Democratic backsliding amid the COVID-19 pandemic’, Asia Maior, XXXI/2020, pp. 241-258.

Singh, Sarban, Yee Xiang Yun, Junaid Ibrahim, 2024, 26 January, ‘Govt urged to retain civil service pension scheme’, The Star.

Sisters in Islam, 2024, 10 October, ‘The far-reaching implications of Mufti Bill’, Press Statement.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2024, 15 May, ‘Malaysian PM Anwar Ibrahim Meets Hamas Delegation in Qatar’, The Diplomat.

Talib, Naimah S., 2023, ‘Democratic Backsliding in Malaysia: Executive Aggrandizement Under Muhyiddin Yassin’s Government’, in James Ockey and Naimah S. Talib (eds.), Democratic Recession, Autocratization, and Democratic Backlash in Southeast Asia, Singapore: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 117-138.

Tarrence Tan, Ragananthini Vethasalam, and Khoo GeK San, 2024, 25 March, ‘Opposition wants constitutional amendment to citizenship laws to be reviewed by PSSC’, The Star.

The Straits Times, 2024, 19 March, ‘Stern action needed against those culpable in sock issue, says Malaysia’s King’.

The Straits Times, 2024, 13 November, ‘Malaysia does not agree with Western pressure to condemn Hamas: PM Anwar’.

Wai, Wong Chun, 2024, 30 May, ’50 years of enduring Malaysia-China friendship’, Bernama.

Weiss, Meredith L., 2024, ‘Is Malaysian democracy backsliding or merely staying put?’, Asian Journal of Comparative Politics, 9(1), pp. 9-24.

Welsh, Bridget, 2024, 25 October, ‘Malaysia’s new citizenship law maintains regressive measures’, Benar News.

Welsh, Bridget, 2024, 4 November, ‘Misplaced priorities: Federal Territories Mufti Bill’, Malaysiakini.

1.  Bumiputera is a term generally translated as «sons of the soil», describing the Malay majority and other indigenous peoples of Southeast Asia.

2.  Anwar served as ABIM’s President from 1974 to 1982.

3.  A Royal Professorship is the most prestigious recognition for academics «who have made significant contributions to Malaysia’s development». The title was conferred by the King or Yang Di-Pertuan Agong (YDPA) Sultan Ibrahim Iskandar following a recommendation by PM Anwar Ibrahim. According to some, given the significance of the award and the relevance of Al-Attas’s ideas to ABIM, the title «could suggest that the Madani administration has chosen to rely on the Muslim Youth Movement of Malaysia for support» [Musa 2024, 11 November].

4.  As noted by Esposito and O Voll, «in the early 1970s, Anwar’s importance and visibility increased as student’s activism became an important part of the Malaysian political context» [Esposito and O Voll 2001, p. 179]. In 1975, amendaments introduced in the Universities and University Colleges Act 1971 included specific provisions to curb university students’ political activism, by givin full government control over the institutions.

5.  Introducing the Budget 2025 on 18 October, one day after the Bill’s approval, PM Anwar Ibrahim said: «I wish to take this opportunity to extend my utmost appreciation to all Honourable Members of Parliament who, just yesterday, pledged their unwavering support for an unprecedented decision to amend the Constitution, granting greater clarity and fairness on the matter of citizenship. First, it proves that when the most pressing matters of the rakyat are at stake, unity can be forged across partisan lines. Second, it marks the recognition of the rights of mothers and children, breaking through parochial mindsets». [Ministry of Finance 2024, 18 October, p. 18].

6 Although concerns have been raised about the provision’s lack of retroactive application, potentially leaving children born overseas to Malaysian mothers before the reform in legal uncertainty [Welsh 2024, 25 October].

7.  While presenting the reform in March 2024, Minister of Home Affairs Saifuddin Nasution Ismail said « there is a need for a more cautious approach, as the challenges and national security situation must be a top priority in the national agenda – to protect the people and the country from external security threats which, if not strictly managed, could cripple the nation’s administrative system» [Abd Mutalib 2024, 27 March].

8.  The scandal involved the misappropriation of approximately $ 4.5 billion from 1MDB. Of this, around $1 billion was illicitly transferred into Najib’s personal accounts, as reported by investigators from both Malaysia and the United States.

9.  Anwar had already faced criticism after state prosecutors announced on 4 September 2023, that they would drop corruption charges against Deputy Prime Minister and UMNO leader Ahmad Zahid Hamidi. While Anwar denied any interference with the judiciary, the fact that state prosecutors are directly appointed by the prime minister raised doubts about his impartiality [Latiff and Ananthalakshmi 2023, 4 September].

10.  As explained by Intisar Rabb, «Muftis are scholars of Islamic law who are appointed to government agencies for the administration of Islamic law in both the federal territories and the states» [Rabb 2025].

11.  Federal Territories are geographical-administrative units governed by the central government. They include Kuala Lumpur, Labuan and Putrajaya.

12.  Asri is a popular Wahabi-leaning Islamic scholar, known for his social media activism and his anti-Shi’a views [Satt Norshahril et. al 2021, 16 June].

13 Khairy Jamaluddin is a former cabinet minister and prominent member of UMNO. He was expelled from the party in 2023 for allegedly violating party discipline in accordance with the UMNO Constitution.

14 Anwar said: «While the rich swim in their ever-growing fortunes, the poor continue to sink deeper into the abyss of poverty» [Ministry of Finance 2024, 18 October, p. 23].

15.  According to Christopher Choong Weng Wai, Malaysia’s «has navigated the contested racial logic of British colonialism and Japanese imperialism» by pursuing a form of «anti-colonial raced capitalism» as a developmental state project which reproduces «new forms of racial/gender domination with counter-hegemonic frames» [Choong Weng Wai 2024, p.1].

16.  The measure will only apply to new recruits, while existing public servants will be able to retain their pension scheme. Employees could already choose between the pension scheme, which provides a portion of the last drawn salary for life and the EPF. However, the large majority opted for the former which ensured a fixed monthly entry for life [Hwok-Aun 2024, 7 March].

17.  Rakyat is a Malay term meaning «the people of Malaysia».

18.  Malaysia will also lead ASEAN in 2025.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Timor-Leste 2024: In a changing geopolitical environment, reconciliation as a central pillar*

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Like 2023, 2024 was a year of intense diplomatic activity, with two old hands in politics and international relations, José Ramos-Horta and Xanana Gusmão, returning to top government posts. A large part of foreign relations was focused on the prospect of ASEAN membership, following acceptance in principle by the member states in November 2022. Another pinnacle of diplomatic life was the election to the Indonesian presidency of Prabowo Subianto, a general whose 20-year career is inextricably linked to the Indonesian occupation of Timor-Leste (1975-1999). In the year under review, the political leaders of the two countries chose to manage this major change with a high dose of pragmatism, emphasising the ongoing peaceful normalisation of bilateral relations and further promoting the notion of Reconciliation. Admittedly, there were still some issues waiting for resolution between the two countries, such as the final settlement of land borders. The country’s heightened profile was also due to a series of major international events, such as Pope Francis’ visit to Dili. Rejecting the logic of blocs, Timor-Leste raised its relations with China to the level of the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership. In the economic sphere, the blue economy promoted by the government, and the formation of a maritime sector, was the government’s new mantra in its quest for economic diversification. Hydrocarbons were set to remain the main source of revenue, at least in the short and medium term, since the Greater Sunrise gas field should be developed with Australia and Japan according to the options long defended by Timor-Leste, with a gas pipeline and LNG refinery on the country’s south coast.

Keywords – Timor-Leste; Indonesia; ASEAN; Australia; Gas & Petroleum; International Relation.

1. Introduction

Since the return to the highest offices of the state of two veterans in politics and international relations – José Ramos-Horta as president of the republic in 2022 and Xanana Gusmão as prime minister following the legislative elections in May 2023 – a marked resurgence of activity has been observed, particularly in the fields of economy and international relations. A significant portion of the latter is focused on preparation and progress towards Timor-Leste’s entry into ASEAN, following the in-principle agreement announced by the regional organization’s Secretariat in November 2022. The relationship with Indonesia warrants particular attention, especially as General Prabowo Subianto1, aged 73, whose military past is inseparable from the Indonesian occupation of Timor-Leste (1975–1999), took office as president of Indonesia in October 2024. Meanwhile, Dili hosted a large number of major international events that contributed to raising the country’s profile, such as the visit of Pope Francis to Dili, the celebrations of the 20th anniversary of the popular consultation on self-determination and the 25th anniversary of the arrival of the International Force for East Timor – Interfet. Additionally, the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership with China, announced in a joint declaration in 2023 and reaffirmed in a new joint statement in late July 2024, demonstrated the country’s rejection of bloc-based logic and Beijing’s increasing presence in the region. This development forms part of broader regional dynamics driven notably by China, the United States, Australia, and Japan. Also, in a country striving for economic diversification, the blue economy promoted by the government, and its practical application in maritime activities, represented an emerging sector worth closely monitoring.

2. The return to power of the political duo José Ramos-Horta and Xanana Gusmão

Following the 2022 presidential elections, in which José Ramos-Horta once again became president of the Republic [Gunn 2023], the legislative election held on 21 May 2023 resulted in a clear victory for the Congresso Nacional de Reconstrução de Timor (National Congress for Timorese Reconstruction, CNRT), a party founded in 2007 by Xanana Gusmão, a former leader of the East Timorese resistance and the country’s first president in 2002. Despite the participation of 17 political parties to the poll, electoral dynamics crystallised around the main parties, notably the two largest, which together garnered over 67% of the vote. These were the CNRT, and its political rival, the Frente Revolucionária de Timor-Leste Independente (Revolutionary Front of Independent Timor-Leste, FRETILIN), a historic party established in 1975 that Gusmão and Ramos-Horta had left in the 1980s in order to forge a cross-party resistance movement.

According to the final results [Notícias de Coimbra 2023, 28 May], the CNRT secured the largest number of suffrages, although without an absolute majority, with 41.63% of the votes and 31 of the 65 seats in parliament, while FRETILIN obtained 25.75% of the votes and 19 seats. A key uncertainty lay in the influence of intermediary parties, which had become «kingmakers» in previous elections. One such party, the Democratic Party (PD), which received 9.32% of the vote, regained its position as the country’s third-largest political force – a rank it held until 2017 – and agreed to join the new governing coalition after having been part of the previous coalition led by FRETILIN. The Kmanek Haburas Unidade Nasional Timor Oan (Enrich the National Unity of the Sons of Timor, KHUNTO), which has significant support among young people and is known for its connections with martial arts groups, maintained its position since 2018, winning 7.51% of the vote and securing five seats. As for the People’s Liberation Party (PLP), founded in 2017 by former Prime Minister Taur Matan Ruak and part of the previous coalition alongside FRETILIN, it experienced a decline in popularity, earning 5.88% of the votes and four seats.

The stakes of this election were particularly high, primarily due to the widespread sense of political fatigue that characterised much of the East Timorese population at the dawn of this new democratic exercise. Interviews conducted on-site by the author in 2022 highlighted the growth of clientelism as a declared source of discontent, while the stagnation of social indicators such as poverty rates (about 40%), malnutrition, and undernutrition (stunting concerns about half of the children aged below 5) was lamented. Like the rates above or access to water, most social indicators are even more negative in rural areas. Human development is a crucial issue also in a context where according to the 2022 census, over 64% of the population is aged below 30 and where emigration is increasingly becoming a job option. Against this backdrop, at the beginning of 2023, José Ramos-Horta delivered an extensive political analysis [Ramos-Horta 2023] addressing the crucial issues for the country’s future which were to be solved during the new term. On his part, Gusmão focused the government programme particularly on the economy (see below), aiming to restore the momentum the country had experienced until 2017–2018. This progress had then been disrupted by the political deadlock caused by rival political parties in 2017–2018, followed by the socio-economic repercussions of the COVID-19 pandemic [Cabasset & Feijó 2021].

3. The relationship with ASEAN and Indonesia at a special moment

3.1. The prospect of ASEAN membership

The ASEAN member states’ acceptance in principle of Timor-Leste’s accession to the regional organization has been a process spanning over a dozen years since the submission of Timor’s official application in 2011. This lengthy timeline has prompted numerous academic and press articles, most of which question ASEAN’s alleged resistance to Timor-Leste joining the regional bloc. Seixas et al. [2019: 150] observed that much of these analyses presented a narrative centred on Timor-Leste’s «readiness» for accession, without critically examining the concept, and tended to show a bias in favour of integration. However, it has to be said that Timor-Leste was the only Southeast Asian country to go through this lengthy procedure and that, as in any regional organization, membership is de facto and above all politically and geopolitically motivated [Cabasset 2021].

Since November 2022, Timor-Leste has been actively preparing for the prospect of membership. The roadmap (unpublished) submitted in June 2023 by the ASEAN Secretariat to Adaljiza Magno, the Timorese Minister of Foreign Affairs and Cooperation, outlined numerous requirements Timor-Leste must meet, including adherence to the ASEAN Charter, treaties, conventions, and agreements. Additionally, it emphasised the need for adequate numbers of English-speaking personnel and security staff, as well as the development of physical infrastructure such as hotels, convention centres, airports, and healthcare facilities. These amenities are crucial for hosting ASEAN’s many meetings and accommodating visitors while contributing to the expansion of commercial services and urban infrastructure, particularly in the hospitality sector. These advancements were deemed essential as the country sought to diversify its economy, which had been heavily reliant on hydrocarbons since independence, and to prove to ASEAN member states its capability to attract investors.

Realistically, Timor-Leste was expected to take several years to align with these standards. One of the most challenging aspects was the development of a sufficiently trained workforce. The government’s launching and funding in 2024 of a 12-month programme, Future Leaders for ASEAN (Futuru Líder Ba ASEAN), for 100 young people aged 23 to 37, was a commendable initiative in this regard [Government of Timor-Leste 2024, 13 November].

However, some administrative officials and diplomats quietly lamented the imposition of a roadmap’s exclusively to Timor-Leste, noting that no other Southeast Asian nation had been subjected to such a document. They further argued that certain political areas where Timor-Leste stands out – such as freedom of expression, religious freedom, political pluralism, and the conduct of free elections – could have set a positive example for other member states but, unfortunately, were not part of the regional requirements.

Beyond investments and projects managed by Indonesian contractors (see below) and Singaporean firms (such as the major tourism-real estate project Pelican Paradise and a Singaporean university), the investments from other ASEAN countries remain limited in Timor-Leste. In this context, 2024 saw intensified relations with ASEAN member states through official visits by José Ramos-Horta, Xanana Gusmão, Bendito Freitas (Minister of Foreign Affairs and Cooperation), and Agio Pereira (Minister of the Presidency of the Council of Ministers) to countries such as Brunei, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Vietnam. During this period, Dili also hosted visits by counterparts belonging to ASEAN nations. Numerous cooperation agreements were signed, and various sectors in need of development through investments were highlighted and identified.

3.2. Prabowo Subianto as president of Indonesia, and the accentuation of the East Timorese policy of reconciliation

In light of the humiliation that the results of the 30 August 1999 popular consultation – overwhelmingly in favour of East Timor’s independence – represented for Indonesia, and the sensitivity the East Timorese question has long held for the Archipelago [Dovert 2014], the progress achieved by both countries to restore and normalise relations after 1999 is truly remarkable. The speed of this process is a testament to the political leadership in both nations, even though some issues inevitably will take time to resolve [Cabasset 2021]. Beyond numerous meetings in Jakarta and Dili, and the presence of around 40 Indonesian companies in Dili, a wide range of cooperative efforts – spanning health, education, and defence – connect the two countries. These collaborations have been further strengthened by Timor-Leste’s ongoing ASEAN accession process, with active Indonesian support. For instance, alongside Chinese companies working on large infrastructure projects, Indonesian firms have increasingly been awarded contracts by the Timorese government [Government of Timor-Leste 2024, 27 September]. One notable example was the expansion and renovation of Dili Airport, a public-private partnership project entrusted in August to the Indonesian state-owned company Waskita Karya, which also constructed or expanded the airports of Oecussi (international) and Suai. Additionally, both nations frequently highlight their joint achievements in peacebuilding. In late May 2024, during the 4th International Conference on Small Island Developing States in Antigua and Barbuda, Xanana Gusmão proposed appointing former Indonesian President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (2004–2014) as head of a Peace Commission to address the crisis in Myanmar. Myanmar is a real concern for Timor-Leste, where the political leaders have regularly spoken out on these issues. In June, Gusmão hosted former Indonesian ambassador Dino Patti Djalal, now president of the Jakarta-based think tank Foreign Policy Community of Indonesia (FPCI), as the producer of a documentary commissioned by Yudhoyono. The film would focus on the successful reconciliation between Indonesia and Timor-Leste, highlighting the roles of Yudhoyono, Gusmão, and Ramos-Horta.

In this context of rapid normalisation and strengthening of relations, the accession of Prabowo Subianto to Indonesia’s presidency has raised concerns among many East Timorese [Special Correspondent, 2024, 18 October]. Nonetheless, they often adopt a pragmatic stance, respecting the sovereign choice of the Indonesian people. This perspective aligns with Gusmao and Ramos-Horta’s decision, taken in 1999, to reject the creation of an international tribunal to judge crimes committed during the period 1975-1999, with the aim to favour reconciliation both in East-Timor and between Indonesia and Timor-Leste. As the idea of a tribunal would regularly come back in the international community in the years 2000s, Ramos-Horta highlighted the reason why he opposed the creation of an international tribunal once again in a long speech of 30 August 2009 – the 10th anniversary of the popular consultation. He insisted that progress in addressing human rights abuses could only come from within Indonesia itself.

However, members of Timor-Leste’s civil society and NGOs feel the need to revisit the painful history embodied by Prabowo, expressing their expectations for justice regarding atrocities committed during the Indonesian occupation [Leong Pereira and Chen 2024, 28 May]. Conversely, political figure and former Minister of the Presidency of the Council of Ministers (2020–2023) Fidelis Magalhães [Magalhães 2024] has suggested that Prabowo’s presidency could benefit Timor-Leste by clarifying lingering questions about his role during the occupation. This could include the hoped-for declassification of military archives, as well as the identification and repatriation of the remains of Timorese resistance leaders killed by the Indonesian army, such as Nicolau Lobato. Timor-Leste’s first prime minister who declared independence on 28 November 1975, Lobato was killed in late December 1978 during a military operation led by Prabowo.

In fact, Prabowo’s new position as president-elect, combined with his close relationship with Joko Widodo and the presence of his vice-president, Gibran Rakabuming Raka, Joko Widodo’s eldest son, suggest that Prabowo’s term in office should be broadly in line with that of his predecessors in relation to Timor-Leste. Certainly, Prabowo’s international reputation, acquired during the occupation of East Timor by Indonesia, which, before his appointment by Joko Widodo as Defence Minister in 2019, resulted then in his ban from visiting the United States and Australia, explains the doubts still entertained about him. But beyond that, his ministerial functions and his role in the modernisation of Indonesian defence, as well as his penchant for international relations, have clearly enabled him to make his persona acceptable, if not appreciated, in the eyes of the international community.

As part of the reconciliation process initiated by Timor-Leste since its independence in 2002, very specifically by the main historical leaders and the United Nations, several very strong gestures were made to set the tone for the bilateral relations desired by Ramos-Horta and Gusmão. As witnessed by their warm embrace immortalised in a photo [The Jakarta Globe 2024, 20 October], Gusmão and Prabowo met at the presidential Palace in Jakarta on the very day of the inauguration on 20 October 2024. Prabowo was subsequently invited to attend the commemoration of the 49th anniversary of the unilateral proclamation of independence on 28 November, the main ceremony of which took place in the year under review in Oecussi, an East Timorese enclave in West Timor (Indonesia). Although the Indonesian president did not accept the invitation, he was represented by three very senior figures, including two (retired) generals who were emblematic of the Indonesian occupation of East Timor2: General Wiranto (77), special adviser to President Prabowo on political and security affairs, and General Kiki Syahnakri (77), as well as Budi Gunawan (65), coordinating minister for Political and Security Affairs (and former head of the national intelligence agency BIN) in the Prabowo government. In the same spirit, José Ramos-Horta had also invited Eurico Guterres (although he didn’t come), former leader of the pro-Indonesian Aitarak militia responsible in 1999 for a campaign of terror, murder and destruction against the independence fighters in Dili and Liquiça. While these events illustrate to the utmost the ability of Indonesians, and even more so of the East Timorese, to move forward and do everything possible to foster peace, the notion of «reconciliation» as a State policy has generated debates in the country in light of the notion of «justice» [Moniz 2024, 27 November; Lusa 2024, 2 December].

3.3. Borders under negotiation

The borders deserve particular attention, firstly because they were once troubled margins, and secondly because the determination of the maritime limits between the two countries remains conditional on the final settlement of the land borders. The bilateral meeting in Jakarta on 21 October provided an opportunity for the Indonesian and East Timorese delegations to discuss the land border and the latter’s desire to see the negotiations succeed [Tatoli 2024, 21 October]. The demarcation of the land border between the two countries, which has been underway since East Timorese independence in 2002, still shows little progress in the period before the closing of this essay. Admittedly, such a length of time is far from exceptional in the settlement of border disputes on a global and even Southeast Asian regional scale. And the dispute only concerns narrow border segments between the enclave of Oecussi (Timor-Leste) and West Timor (Indonesia); more specifically those of Noel Besi-Citrana and Bijael Sunan-Oben. While the Noel Besi-Citrana segment was expected to be resolved by the end of 2023, opposition to the proposed delimitation from the local East Timorese population brought the planned agreement to a halt and negotiations had to resume at the beginning of 2024 [Lusa 2024, 26 January]. The planned bilateral agreement was based on the return to Indonesian sovereignty of 270 ha of the more than 1,000 ha in total of this fertile deltaic region known as Naktuka. The previous 2019 agreement between the two governments on territorial boundaries also ended in failure due to opposition from local Indonesian populations in the same area. The border dispute has its roots in colonial history and the imprecise and unfinished demarcation of borders in the 18th and early 20th centuries [Durand 2006; Durand 2020], as well as in geography and geopolitics. This dispute led to various episodes of tension and border incidents between independence and the turn of the 2010s, albeit of lesser intensity since then.

In the face of disagreements on the part of the local population, the leaders of the two countries have long promoted cooperation and peace initiatives, such as local markets, an economic zone and a protected area. In the same spirit of reconciliation, a cross-border festival is regularly organized – called the ‘Cross-Border Festival’, supplemented by the ‘Festival Fronteira’ in Tetum or the ‘Festival Lintas Batas’ in Indonesian – featuring cultural, sporting and academic events. The October 2024 edition [Government of Timor-Leste 2024, 16 October; Zona Nusantara 2024, 28 October] was held jointly in the municipality of Pante Macassar in Oecussi (Timor-Leste) and in Kefamenanu in West Timor (Indonesia). More broadly, the East Timorese side is propagating the idea of «a border of peace» over the whole island, and even, for some, over all the islands adjacent to the island of Timor.

4. Timor-Leste on the international stage outside ASEAN

4.1. Pope Francis in Dili: a moment of paroxysm

In a country where, according to the 2022 census, 97.5% of the population declared themselves to be Catholics (and 2% Protestants), Pope Francis’ visit from 9 to 11 September 2024 represented a paroxysmal event. The previous papal visit to Dili, by John Paul II following a stopover in Jakarta, had taken place 35 years earlier, in October 1989, in a territory then occupied by the Indonesian armed forces since its invasion in December 1975 and the annexation of Timor-Leste as the 27th province of Indonesia in 1976. The 1989 papal visit was particularly significant in that it broke, at least for a while, the wall of silence that had fallen over the former Portuguese Timor, now called Timtim (short for Timor Timur, East Timor in Indonesian), and put Dili back on the world map. Although the context of the 2024 papal visit was very different from that of 1989, the images from the extensive media coverage speak for themselves. From the moment the Pope arrived, thousands of people of all ages massed along the route of the papal cortege from Dili airport to the city centre, and a human tide attended the mass and homily on 10 September. Delivered in front of more than 600,000 people (compared to 80,000 in Jakarta, 50,000 in Singapore and 35,000 in Port Moresby during the same Asian trip), the mass was by far the largest given by Pope Francis during his Asian tour. The security provided for this gigantic gathering of around half the country’s total population was a tour de force, whose success was widely acclaimed.

Arriving in a strongly Catholic territory, the Pope took advantage of the programmed meetings to deliver a number of messages adapted to the East Timorese context. He hailed peace and reconciliation, both within the country and with Indonesia, and stressed the importance of preserving one’s culture and looking after the well-being of all, including the most humble [Moore and Melki 2024, 10 September]. In addition, at a time when the country, as elsewhere, was faced with cases of paedophilia perpetrated by members of the clergy – including heroes in the fight against the Indonesian occupation such as the former bishop of Dili and co-Nobel Peace Prize winner Carlos Belo, who was implicated in 2022 – Pope Francis called for «the prevention of all forms of abuse». Critics, however, targeted the ban on West Papua-related protests and the arrest of two activists for a few hours. More critics targeted the government’s operation, related to the papal visit, launched in April and still ongoing at the end of the year under review. This operation aimed to evict hundreds of families who had settled «illegally» in several districts of the national capital in order to improve the urban landscape for the Pope’s visit. The eviction had also the longer-term objective to clear the strategic areas (in particular coastal areas) allegedly to limit the risks in areas prone to natural disasters and for further urban development.

4.2. The Comprehensive Strategic Partnership between China and Timor-Leste

As in the ASEAN countries, the perception of China in Timor-Leste differs considerably from that in the West. China is an important partner and Timor-Leste refuses to adopt a campist approach in the rivalry between China and the United States. Specifically in the area of security, the idea that the United States and China are both belligerents and are trying to advance their respective pawns is widespread in Timor-Leste. Along the same lines, on the side-lines of the Shangri-La Dialogue in Singapore at the end of May/beginning of June 2024 (and at subsequent meetings and declarations), José Ramos-Horta reiterated East Timor’s position on the one-China principle and called for «an end to the arming of Taiwan», which is «part of China» [Cgtn 2024, 2 June]. Furthermore, support for China stems from the long-standing relations between the two states: the Middle Kingdom was the first country to recognise not only Timor-Leste’s official independence on 20 May 2002, but also its first independence, proclaimed unilaterally on 28 November 1975, some ten days before the invasion of the territory. As elsewhere, China is an important partner for Timor-Leste in the construction of infrastructure, and was generous in building between 2009 and 2013, and all of them free of charge, the new presidential Palace, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the Diplomatic Training Centre, as well as the building jointly housing the Ministry of Defence and the Armed Forces Headquarters. Also, China takes part in various partnerships with Timor Leste in the educational, health and agricultural fields [Gunn 2021, pp. 329-332; Horta 2009].

Nevertheless, contrary to what is often conveyed or feared by the Australian media, for example, China’s role in Timor-Leste, which is often considered to be prominent, needs to be qualified. While it is true that China is stepping up its presence, as it is doing elsewhere in the region and beyond, it is nowhere nearly as significant as in other Southeast Asian countries, in terms of development aid, investment or even imports. This remains true even though imports grew at 14.2% in 2022 (compared with the share of the goods in value coming from ASEAN that, while decreasing, is still over 56%) [Instituto Nacional de Estatística Timor-Leste 2024]. Also, China is very well placed to win construction contracts from the East Timorese government, as was the case for the first section of the motorway in the south of the country, for power stations, etc. Very possibly, China will continue to benefit from future projects, linked among other things to the Tasi Mane petrochemical development project (continuation of the motorway, Suai port and airport, potential LNG refinery in Beaçu, new urban districts in Beaçu, Betano, Suai, etc.).

In a context marked by regional activism – including that of Australia and the United States – China is strengthening its diplomatic relations with Timor-Leste in the form of a Comprehensive Strategic Partnership, announced in 2023 and reiterated at the end of July 2024 [Presidência da República de Timor-Leste 2024, 29 July]. This lists the various avenues for cooperation, from agriculture to health and industry, and sets out the contours of security cooperation, including exchanges at all levels between the two countries’ military and police forces. However, this sequence is undeniably part of a more global rapprochement between China and the countries of the region, as illustrated in 2024 by the ASEAN-China and China-Indonesia relations.

5. The blue economy and the promise of an Australia-Timor-Leste partnership to develop the Greater Sunrise gas field

As of 30 September, the Petroleum Fund (created in 2005) stood at nearly US$ 19 billion, an amount that has been stable for several years. On 20 November, parliament approved a total state budget of US$ 2.617 billion for 2025 [Independente 2024, 20 November], which was signed into law by the President a few days later. For the Gusmão government, revitalising the economy involved drawing up major development projects, notably linked to the exploitation of hydrocarbons in the Timor Sea and the development of the Tasi Mane petrochemical and urban cluster. These two major linked projects are expected to create tens of thousands of direct and indirect jobs, generate economic momentum with the provision of infrastructure in the region (power station, roads, airport, etc.) and the deployment of urban, medical and educational activities and services in the local private sector (catering, engineering, security, fuel supply, management or technical services, etc.).

5.1. The blue economy and the rise of maritime activities

In 2024, the ‘blue economy’ became the new government mantra, announced and stimulated by Xanana Gusmão at the 9th Our Ocean conference in Greece in April 2024, then in May at the 4th International Conference on Small Island Developing States in Antigua and Barbuda. This is a highly relevant area for Timor-Leste and for the region as a whole, which has a recognised high level of marine biodiversity. It remains to be hoped that the marine environment, already affected by high levels of pollution and overfishing (including illegal fishing), will be the focus of protection measures. Indeed, an economic vision of the sea is taking shape, one that is strongly inspired by the ASEAN Blue Economy Framework recently published in 2023, which sets out the objective of «exploiting the wealth of natural resources to maximise the region’s growth potential» and in which the notion of protection is virtually absent [ASEAN Indonesia 2023 & ERIA, September].

A number of maritime-related projects have been emerging in Dili, which are crucial to the country’s economic diversification. Japan, for example, via its development agency, JICA, has been concentrating part of its efforts – most often via official development assistance, donations – on port activities, in Dili (refurbishment of the passenger port in the city centre in 2019) and possibly (under study) around the country, in order to boost maritime transport. In 2024, the private Japanese group Tsuneishi, which already employed more than 10,000 workers at its shipyards in China and the Philippines, was looking into the possibility of building a shipyard in Timor-Leste, a project that was well under way, with construction due to start in early 2025. According to the company, Timor Leste offers a number of advantages, such as being in the same time zone as Japan, benefiting from a large number of young people, many of whom are unemployed or underemployed, and an official minimum wage (US$ 115/month) that is believed to be the lowest in Southeast Asia (with the exception of Myanmar). At the same time, Japan has energy interests in the two major Timorese hydrocarbon deposits (see below), Bayu Undan and Greater Sunrise.

On the French side, the largest investment and one of the largest foreign investments made in the country (US$ 500 million in total), is the deep-water container port at Tibar, some ten kilometres west of Dili, for which the project was awarded in 2016 by the State of Timor-Leste to Bolloré for the design, construction, maintenance and management. With a 30-year concession and conducted as a Public Private Partnership (PPP), the port began operations at the end of September 2022 under the name and authority of Timor Port SA. Still in 2022, in order to strengthen its maritime activities, Boluda Towage, the towing division of the Spanish consortium Boluda Corporación Marítima, through its subsidiary Boluda France, extended its activities to Timor-Leste. They involved not only towing, but also acting as a pilot for commercial vessels manoeuvring in and out of port.

Since taking back 80% control at the end of 2024 of the major submarine cable company Alcatel Submarine Networks, owned since 2016 by Finland’s Nokia [Arpagian 2024, 10 November], France is also involved in providing fibre optic services to Timor-Leste. Under a contract signed at the end of May 2022 between the East Timorese government and Alcatel Submarine Networks (ASN), the first submarine telecommunications cable arrived in Dili at the end of June 2024. This was a long-awaited step forward, given the poor quality and speed of the Internet network, which was hampering the development of a wide range of activities. ASN and the French shipowner Louis Dreyfus transported and laid the cable, while the cable arrival station on land and data centre were built by the Australian company DXN Limited. The purpose of the ‘TLSSC’ cable, which is over 600 km long on the Timor-Leste section, is to link up with the Australian North-West Cable System (NWCS) between Port Hedland and Darwin, which was laid in 2016 and is owned by Vocus (Australia). Tested in the last quarter of 2024, the new equipment is scheduled to come on stream in early 2025.

5.2. Greater Sunrise gas field on track to be developed

Petroleum activities are one of the major subjects of partnership (and sometimes stormy relations) between Australia and Timor-Leste [Cabasset 2018; Cabasset 2024]. Since the early 2000s, the main sticking point between the two countries over the development of the Greater Sunrise gas field, estimated to be worth US$ 50 billion, has been the route of the pipeline and the location of the liquefaction plant to produce liquefied natural gas (LNG). Australia has always defended Darwin in order to benefit from the equipment built in 2006 as part of the exploitation of the Bayu Undan field; while in search of structuring equipment and economic stimuli, the East Timorese side is sticking to the principle of setting up the liquefaction plant in Beaçu or another location on the country’s south coast. In 2018, in a bid to gain greater access to oil resources, Timor-Leste made a major investment to acquire a majority stake for the development of Greater Sunrise, the Sunrise consortium consisting since then of: Timor Gap (Timor-Leste, 56.56%), Woodside Petroleum (Australia, 33.4%), and Osaka Gas (Japan, 10%).

The various studies carried out by Australia have consistently favoured the Darwin option. Timor-Leste was presented as economically unviable because of the costs inherent to the deep water (3,000 m) technical solutions required for the gas pipeline to reach the East Timorese coast. Intense bilateral negotiations including all stakeholders, namely oil operators and companies, took place. Australia, a major world producer and exporter of fossil fuels, has many alternatives to Greater Sunrise, but could not break with Timor-Leste for geopolitical and geo-economic reasons. In the face of Australia’s reluctance, Timor-Leste regularly made the point that it would be in its interests to join forces with China to develop this project if Australia were to block the Greater Sunrise project – a powerful argument in the context of the tense relations between Australia and China. The good news that Timor-Leste had been hoping for came at the end of December 2024 [Government of Timor-Leste 2024, 23 December]. The study carried out from April to November by Wood (Scotland, UK) had concluded that of the four development options evaluated, «the Timor-Leste option was viable and the most advantageous for the country, guaranteeing significant economic and social benefits».

Timor-Leste was all the more hopeful about the start-up of the project because the Bayu Undan field, which has provided the bulk of Timor-Leste’s oil windfall since 2004, was by then being depleted. Initially expected to be depleted by 2020, it was transferred that year from ConocoPhillips (USA, 68.4%) to Santos (Australia, 68.4%). For Santos, the aim of the purchase was to accompany the depletion of the field while preparing for its future use in the form of a CO2 capture and storage (CCS) project. In September 2024, Timor Gap E.P., the national oil company of Timor-Leste, acquired a 16% stake in the Bayu Undan Joint Venture, in exchange for an extension of the Production and Sharing Contract (PSC) until 30 June 2026. The new shares distribution within the Bayu Undan Joint Venture is now made of: Santos (36.5%), SK E&S (Korean energy company, South Korea, 21%), INPEX (Japan, 9.6%), ENI (Italy, 9.2%) and Tokyo Timor Sea Resources (Japan, 7.6%) [Offshore Technology 2024, 17 September].

6. Conclusion

Following on from 2023, 2024 was another busy year, particularly in the field of international relations. The most notable dynamics were due to the political personalities at the top of the State, in particular the political couple Ramos-Horta and Gusmão, both old hands at diplomacy. These dynamics were also linked to a series of major events (the visit of Pope Francis, for example) and high socio-economic stakes. The prospect of ASEAN membership as well as peace-related initiatives and communication were a powerful driving force behind the country’s over-activity. Indeed, having lived through a quarter of a century of war and knowing their country’s weak military capabilities, the East Timorese leaders kept a close eye on current world geopolitics, which were a source of concern. The East Timorese as a whole are deeply attached to peace and all efforts to promote it. In this, they are close to the official ASEAN position.

At the end of December 2024, the option long advocated by Timor-Leste concerning the operating arrangements for Greater Sunrise – with a gas pipeline and LNG refinery on the country’s south coast – was validated by a recent study and approved by Australia. This development allowed the East Timorese leaders to look to the future with greater confidence. For Australia, this decision was a move towards even closer ties with Timor-Leste, with the objective of keeping China at a distance. The ascension to the presidency of Indonesia of Prabowo Subianto, whose 20-year military career is inextricably linked to the Indonesian occupation of Timor-Leste and its tragic human toll, represented a major change for the small Southeast Asian State. Nonetheless, at the end of November, the historic East Timorese leaders seized the opportunity provided by the ceremony marking the 49th anniversary of the unilateral proclamation of independence to prepare for future bilateral cooperation under the banner of reconciliation by bringing together some of the main protagonists of the painful past shared by the two countries. It was a pragmatic approach, which was met with criticism at home, but which, in these troubled global times could be presented, both locally and on the international stage, as a model in peacefully solving protracted and bloody conflicts.

Bibliography

Arpagian, Nicolas, 2024, 10 novembre, ‘Câbles sous-marins : la France sanctuarise cette expertise stratégique’, France Info.

ASEAN Indonesia 2023 & ERIA, 2023, September, Asean Blue Economy Framework, Secretariat of ASEAN (see in particular ‘Annex I: Blue Economy as the New Engine for Growth for ASEAN’).

Cabasset, Christine, 2018, ‘Les ZCD en Mer de Timor, d’un espace de tensions à un compromis entre le Timor-Leste et l’Australie’, in Fau Nathalie & De Tréglodé Benoît (eds.), Mers d’Asie du Sud-Est. Coopération, intégration et sécurité, Paris: CNRS Edition, pp. 195-228.

Cabasset, Christine, 2021, ‘Timor oriental : ce pays a-t-il sa place dans l’ASEAN ?’, La Revue Diplomatique, n° 14 spécial L’Asie du Sud-Est : un carrefour d’enjeux géopolitiques, pp. 109-112.

Cabasset, Christine, & Rui Graça Feijó, 2021, ‘Timor-Leste. Bouleversements politiques et renforcement des instances sanitaires’, in Cabasset Christine & Tran Claire (eds.), L’Asie du Sud-Est 2021. Bilan, enjeux et perspectives, Bangkok/Paris: IRASEC / Les Indes savantes, pp. 396-423.

Cabasset, Christine, 2024, ‘Timor-Leste. Crise birmane et ASEAN, Australie et grands projets gaziers : une actualité géopolitique et géoéconomique chargée’, in Facal Gabriel & Samuel Jérôme (eds.), L’Asie du Sud-Est 2024. Bilan, enjeux et perspectives, Bangkok: IRASEC, pp. 360-388.

Cabasset, Christine, 2025, ‘Timor-Leste. Paix et réconciliation, au cœur des activismes régionaux’, in Facal Gabriel & Samuel Jérôme (eds), L’Asie du Sud-Est 2025. Bilan, enjeux et perspectives, Bangkok: Institut de recherche sur l’Asie du Sud-Est contemporaine-IRASEC, pp. 403-431.

Cgtn, 2024, 2 June, ‘President of Timor-Leste says he supports one-China principle’.

Dovert, Stéphane, 2014, ‘1975-1999 : la colonisation indonésienne et ses mythes’, in De Araújo e Corte-Real Benjamim, Cabasset Christine and Durand Frédéric (eds.), Timor-Leste contemporain. L’Émergence d’une nation, Bangkok/Paris: IRASEC/Les Indes savantes, pp. 55-84.

Durand, Frédéric, 2006, East Timor. A country at the Crossroads of Asia and the Pacific. A Geo-Historical Atlas, Bangkok: Silkworm books-IRASEC.

Durand, Frédéric, 2020, 10 June, « Timor, géohistoire des frontières stratifiées », Géoconfluences.

Gunn, C. Geoffrey, 2021, ‘Chinese economic statecraft in Indonesia/East Timor: a historical and regional perspective’, Journal of Current Chinese Affairs, 50(3), pp. 317-338.

Gunn, C. Geoffrey, 2023, ‘Timor-Leste 2021-2022: electoral change and economic reset’, Asia Maior Vol. XXXIII/2022, pp. 215-231.

Government of Timor-Leste, 2024, 27 September, Timor-Leste e Indonésia Reforçam Cooperação no Planeamento e Desenvolvimento de Infraestruturas.

Government of Timor-Leste, 2024, 16 October, Fronteira 2024 Festival Strengthens Cultural Ties Between Timor-Leste and Indonesia Border Regions.

Government of Timor-Leste, 2024, 13 November, Call for applications for the Second Cohort of the Futuru Líder ba ASEAN programme.

Government of Timor-Leste, 2024, 23 December, Study Confirms Viability of Greater Sunrise Development in Timor-Leste.

Horta, Loro, 2009, May, Timor-Leste: The Dragon’s Newest Friend, Irasec Discussion Papers n°4.

Independente, 2024, 20 November, ‘PN aprova PJE 2025 ho Montante Billiaun $2,6 iha final global’.

Instituto Nacional de Estatística Timor-Leste, 2024, Timor-Leste in Figures 2022, Dili:INETL.

Leong Pereira, Maria Manuela, and Li-Li Chen, 2024, 28 May, ‘How Timorese Women Perceive the Election of Prabowo Subianto in Indonesia’, The Diplomat.

Lusa, 2024, 26 January, ‘Timor-Leste e Indonésia acordam continuar negociações sobre fronteiras’.

Lusa, 2024, 2 December, ‘Timor-Leste: Reconciliation ‘comes from the heart’ – former PM’.

Magalhães, Fidelis, 2024, 24 April, ‘What Prabowo’s election victory in Indonesia means for deeper reconciliation with Timor-Leste’, Lowy Institute.

Moniz, José Sancho, 2024, 27 November, ‘Rekonsiliasaun: entre Interesse politiku, Perdaun no Aplikasaun Lei’, Independente.

Moore, Jack, and Clément Melki, 2024, 10 September, ‘Pope Francis’ mass draws 600,000 in Catholic-majority Timor-Leste’, AFP-The Jakarta Post.

Notícias de Coimbra, 2023, 28 May, ‘Comissão Nacional de Eleições timorense valida vitória de Xanana Gusmão’.

Offshore Technology, 2024, 17 September, ‘Santos to transfer 16% stake in Bayu-Undan project to TIMOR GAP’.

Presidência da República de Timor-Leste, 2024, 29 July, Joint Statement between the People’s Republic of China and the Democratic Republic of Timor-Leste on Strengthening Comprehensive Strategic Partnership.

Paulo Castro Seixas, Nuno Canas Mendes and Nadine Lobner, 2019, ‘The « Readiness » of Timor-Leste: Narratives about the Admission Procedure to ASEAN’, Journal of Current Southeast Asian Affairs Vol. 38(2), pp. 149–171.

Ramos-Horta, José, 2023, 14 February, ‘Some thoughts on the 2023 Parliamentary Election’, Presidencia da Republica.

Special Correspondent, 2024, 18 October, ‘Indonesia’s new president has a bloody history with its neighbour’, Foreign Policy.

Tatoli, 2024, 21 October, ‘Xanana-Prabowo diskute asuntu fronteira terrestre’.

The Jakarta Globe, 2024, 20 October, ‘Anti-Colonialism Indonesia Will Be « Friends to All »: Prabowo’ (photo credited to Antara Photo/Rivan Awal Lingga).

Zona Nusantara, 2024, 28 October, ‘Cross Border Festival Wonderful Indonesia Road Race Lintas Batas Resmi Ditutup’.

1 From 1976 to 1998, Prabowo Subianto’s military career was inextricably linked with East Timor as commander of a commando unit which was part of the Kopassus (Komando Pasukan Khusus), namely the special force of the Indonesian army in charge of the invasion of the territory in 1975. Kopassus was regularly accused of war crimes and crimes against humanity and of training violent local militias, not only in Timor but also in West Papua, Java, etc. In March 1998 Prabowo was promoted head of Kostrad, the elite Army Strategic Reserve Command. A few months later, at the end of 1998, he was dismissed from his post and from the army, officially for kidnapping and torturing activists during the riots that led to Suharto’s resignation. At the end of February 2024, he was elevated by President Joko Widodo to the rank of four-star honorary general. It is estimated that 180,000 people died from the conflict in East Timor between 1975 and 1999, a quarter to a third of the total population at the time.

2 An Indonesian general, Wiranto was minister of Defence and commander of the Indonesian Armed Forces (TNI) during the 1999 popular consultation on self-determination in East Timor. The pro-Indonesian militias, trained and equipped by the Indonesian army, were accused of massive human rights violations before, during and after the consultation, including massacres and forced displacements. Wiranto, like General Kiki Syahnakri, then Commander of Martial Law Operations Command in East Timor, and five other high-ranking Indonesian officers, were charged with crimes against humanity and never tried.

 The author’s field trip in April-May 2024 was made possible in collaboration with the National University of Timor-Leste (UNTL) and by the support of the Centre Asie du Sud-Est (CASE), the Institut Français en Indonésie et au Timor oriental (IFI) and the Institut de recherche sur l’Asie du Sud-Est contemporaine (IRASEC), as well as the Direction générale des relations internationales et de la stratégie (DGRIS). This article is based on: Cabasset 2025.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty

On 20 October 2024, former Indonesian President, Joko Widodo, popularly known as Jokowi, came to the end of his second and final five-year term (2019-24) when he handed over the presidency to his preferred successor, Prabowo Subianto. Since the start of Jokowi’s second term a strong authoritarian or illiberal turn had been evident, which became particularly pronounced during his final two years in power, analyzed in this article. Jokowi’s authoritarian turn was functional to the implementation of grand infrastructure development projects, which needed substantial foreign investments. In order to realize them, Jokowi did not hesitate to create unfavourable conditions for local communities, in particular by the implementation of «National Strategic Projects»giving access to community and privately-owned land. One mega project above all others defined Jokowi’s final two years. This was his attempt to build a new national capital – the Ibu Kota Nusantara (IKN) – in the jungles of East Kalimantan (Borneo), a project still far from completion at his term’s end. Also, the increasing illiberal turn characterizing Jokowi’s actions during his last two years as president became evident when, after vainly attempting to have his term extended, he not only chose to back Prabowo, namely a politician with dubious democratic credentials, as his successor, but also manipulated the Constitutional Court to ensure that his eldest son, the 37-year-old Gibran Rakabuming Raka, could put his name forward as Prabowo’s running mate. Nonetheless, the alliance with Prabowo was no guarantee that the fate of Jokowi’s signature project, the building of the new capital, would be realized. The new President had his own priorities, the main one being his ambition to unite all political parties under his big tent «red-and-white» coalition. Fortunately for the future of Indonesian democracy, when the period under review was coming to its close Prabowo was far from achieving his goal, especially after Megawati Sukarnoputri’s Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (Partai Demokrasi Indonesia-Perjuangan, PDI-P) triumphed at the polls in the 27 November 2024 contest for the Jakarta Governorship. This opened the possibility that the PDI-P might fulfil the role of an effective opposition and thwart Prabowo’s desire to return to an authoritarian military style government along the lines of Suharto’s «New Order» (1966-98).

Keywords – Indonesia; Jokowi; Joko Widodo; dynasty; democratic decline; developmentalism; 2024 elections; authoritarianism.

Yes, I’m desperate now. There’s no hope anymore. The [moral] level [of the government] is already hurting democracy. I was an activist in 1998 fighting with other friends to build Indonesian democracy. Successfully building up until now, having a Constitutional Court, an Ombudsman, being able to control the police, that’s the struggle of [us] 98 activist friends. [But now] continuously being betrayed, being tricked, who wouldn’t be angry?

Indonesian artist-activist, Butet Kartaredjasa,

30 January 20241

1. Introduction

In the present essay, which covers the period January 2023 to December 2024, we focus on Jokowi’s track record in government during his last two years in office. This saw him complete his ten-year incumbency (2014-2024) and prepare for his legacy by manoeuvring to ensure a desired outcome for the 2024 presidential election. Key here was Jokowi’s success in securing his long-term political interests by arranging for his eldest son, Gibran Rakabuming Rakabumi, to become the running mate of Jokowi’s own successor, former general Prabowo Subianto (born 1951) (Section 4.3).

We start with an overall view of the Indonesian economy in Jokowi’s closing years before moving on to consider his track record in foreign policy, including the much-vexed issue of West Papua. Here we cover some of the ground already charted in the review essays by Kimura and Anugrah (2023) and Michael Buehler (2024) in Asian Survey. We then come to the core of this analysis, namely a consideration of the 2024 presidential and legislative elections and Jokowi’s constitution-defying footwork around these key events. Our essay closes with a consideration of the first three months (October-December 2024) of Prabowo’s presidency and his administration’s prospects going forward, a theme which is further elaborated in our succinct conclusion.

During Jokowi’s decade in office (2014-2024), infrastructure development was the prime mover of his economic policy. This required an all-out effort to attract foreign investment. One vehicle for attracting this investment was the so-called «National Strategic Projects (Proyek Strategis Nasional)» (henceforth: NSPs). These formed the heart of Jokowi’s infrastructure development programme by designating specific areas as core economic resource points to attract domestic or foreign direct investment. They were designed to enable foreign and domestic investors to secure development access to community and privately-owned land. As these NSPs were implemented in a crude and haphazard fashion across the country, it became clear that people and communities were being sacrificed in the name economic growth.

As Jokowi’s term ended, one mega project above all others became his principal concern. This was Indonesia’s new national capital, the IKN (Ibu Kota Nusantara/Archipelago Capital City). Hacked out of the Bornean jungles in distant East Kalimantan, this had long been planned as Jokowi’s signature project. In his ambitious imaginings, he saw this as guaranteeing him lasting renown as the President who had finally exorcised the ghosts of the Dutch colonial past by abandoning the fast-sinking flood-prone Jakarta, former seat of Indonesia’s Dutch rulers, for a new Indonesian capital built by Indonesian architects to traditional Indonesian norms and entirely shorn of the faded glories of the former Netherlands East Indies state with its pillared portico villas and tropical ambtswoning (government residences).

Although Jokowi’s plan to start using the presidential palace of the new national capital to celebrate Independence Day on 17 August 2024 was not realised, he was determined that the project be continued under his successor, with his eldest son strategically placed to guarantee its longevity. Indeed, as we will see shortly, the new national capital rapidly became a fetish and an obsession, and its construction began to have an impact on the domestic economy, which had still not fully recovered from the 2020-2022 COVID-19 pandemic.

Pragmatic diplomacy was the hallmark of Jokowi’s years in office with the development of the country’s infrastructure taking pride of place. There was also a large overlay of image building. One thinks here of Jokowi’s attempts to show Indonesia punching above its weight by acting as host to the November 2022 G-20 in Bali and engaging in bridge-building diplomacy between Kyiv and Moscow in late June 2022. Unfortunately, when it came to a dispute much closer to home, Papua, such bridge building was notably absent. Despite Jokowi’s 2014 campaign promise to achieve a political resolution of the long-running Papuan problem during his first incumbency (2014-2019), human rights abuses in the troubled half-island continued. These ongoing abuses ensured Papua’s continuing international prominence as a human rights hot spot. This in turn led to increasing international concern and awareness of the Papua problem, resulting in successive defeats for Indonesia at the UN Human Rights Commission (UNHRC). Here major powers like the United States became involved, unlike in the past when only the much smaller Pacific Island states showed any concern for the Papuan cause.

We then proceed to the core of this essay which analyses the 2024 presidential election, the electoral appeal of Prabowo and his youthful running mate, and the former general’s family background, career and resilience. In particular, we look at his post-May 1998 comeback and the ways in which he rebuilt his political career after the disasters which befell him at the time of Suharto’s resignation. At the same time, we also look at Jokowi’s pragmatism in navigating treacherous waters of Indonesian politics, a theme already addressed in our previous essay [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, pp. 179, 183, 194]. But here the story takes a more dramatic turn with Jokowi’s willingness to violate the Indonesian constitution on full display. We see how he worked to achieve his desired outcomes in the 14 February 2024 presidential, legislative and local elections, thus ensuring the smooth transfer of power to Prabowo Subianto as president and Jokowi’s son, Gibran Rakabuming Raka, as vice president on 20 October 2022. Far from shunting Jokowi to the side-lines and relegating him to an obscure provincial retirement in his native city of Surakarta, the presidential election contributed to secure his political future. Relinquishing his «king maker» role was not on Jokowi’s agenda. A President, once seen as a bright hope for Indonesian democracy, had metamorphosed at the end of his ten-year incumbency into a despot prepared to bend the political establishment to his will [Aspinall and Berenschot 2019; Davidson 2018; Power and Warburton 2020].

2. The concluding phase of Joko Widodo second term as president

2.1. The «New Order» legacy

Indonesia is a child of the Pacific War and came of age after suffering crippling damages during the Cold War. Like its ASEAN partners Vietnam and Burma (post-1992 Myanmar), the Republic is a product of a decolonisation process rooted in an early 20th century nationalist movement. Indonesia’s achievement of physical merdeka (independence) coincided with the end of World War II in Asia. Like Vietnam, which brought the French to defeat at Dien Bien Phu (7 May 1954), Indonesia had to fight for its freedom against the former colonial power. Although it waged an eventually successful guerrilla war against the Netherlands, its independence owed as much to diplomacy as prowess on the battlefield. Always outgunned by the 102,000-strong Dutch army in Java [Van Reybrouck 2024, p. 466], Indonesia relied on the support of foreign countries to secure its eventual independence. Here the post-war superpower, the United States, played a critical role. Faced with Dutch intransigence and mindful of the need to present a united NATO front against the USSR, Washington pressurised The Hague to reach a diplomatic agreement (2 November 1949) on pain of suspension of Marshall Aid [Soelias 2015]. This fact should always be borne in mind. Indonesia is a country whose destiny has been determined and shaped by global events.2

Just a decade after its independence, Indonesia was again remade by global conflict. This time it was the Cold War (1947-1991), which pitted the socialist and capitalist blocs against each other. Deep political cleavages, in the making since the late colonial era, had already fissured the Indonesian body politic. The forces of the Left, socialism and communism, the nationalist Centre, and Islam and the military on the right were all radicalised by the experience of the independence struggle (1945-49). In the last decade of Sukarno’s presidency (1945-1966), these forces collided with fatal consequences as Indonesia became a proxy in the Cold War [Kahin 1963]. With the malign intervention of the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the forces of the Right prevailed over the Left in Indonesia in what became known as «Operation Jakarta» [Bevins 2020, 18 May]. Sukarno’s government, his nationalist supporters and the Indonesian Communist Party (Partai Komunis Indonesia, PKI) were all destroyed in what the CIA later acknowledged as a massacre which «ranks as one of the worst mass murders of the 20th century» [Aarons 2007, p. 81]. Conservative estimates put those killed at between 500,000 and a million, others suggest two to three million. Many thousands more were detained and imprisoned without trial. This political tsunami produced General Suharto’s «New Order». A post-independence Indonesia, which had previously leaned toward the socialist and communist bloc — as witnessed by the April 1955 Bandung Conference and the subsequent Jakarta-Peking axis3 – was now squarely in the Western capitalist camp.

While Indonesia continued to be presented as «free and active (bebas aktif)», to all intents and purposes it had become a prisoner of the economic policies imposed by the IMF and the World Bank. In Indonesia’s case, this was brokered through the Inter-Governmental Group on Indonesia (IGGI, post-1992 Consultative Group on Indonesia, CGI), the international consortium of donor countries which financed Indonesia’s development until the consortium’s formal dissolution in 2003.

Under Suharto, the management of the Indonesian economy was taken over by a group of economist-technocrats led by Professor Widjojo Nitisastro, the New Order’s long serving head (1967-83) of the National Planning Agency (Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional, BAPPENAS) and coordinating minister for Economics, Finance and Industry (1973-83). Widjojo and his fellow technocrats had been trained at the University of California at Berkeley in the early 1960s; this explains the «Berkeley mafia» sobriquet by which they became known. Their watchwords were pragmatism, economic growth and trickle-down economics. To them is due the elaboration of a national development plan focussed on the promotion of economic growth, which aimed at restructuring the Indonesian economy through centrally controlled five-year development plans. Starting from the early 1970s and ending with Suharto’s fall on 21 May 1998, these development plans were sequentially implemented. Under Suharto’s dispensation, three principles of development were adopted – known in Indonesia as the «Trilogi Pembangunan» (Development Trilogy) – namely stability, growth and equity, which became the lodestars for the state economy and for Indonesia’s progress.

Widjojo and his fellow technocrats believed, like free marketeers the world over, that tax-cuts and other benefits for the rich would eventually benefit the impoverished masses through a supposed «trickle down» effect. While they may have succeeded in reducing the number of people living below the poverty line in Indonesia to the current 9% (in reality, as noted below, 30%), statistics showed the gap between the few rich and the economically challenged mass becoming ever wider. What was happening under Suharto was a trickle up rather than a trickle down.

The pursuit of the Trilogi Pembangunan was predicated on the New Order’s guarantee of political stability enforced by the military. This was seen by Suharto as the sine qua non for the achievement of growth and equity. Hence, from the early 1970s political development was tightly controlled. At the same time, a basic restructuring of Indonesian politics was undertaken. From 5 January 1973, only three parties were allowed to exist – the state party, Golkar, the Islamic United Development Party (Partai Persatuan Pembangunan, PPP), and the Partai Demokrasi Indonesia (PDI). The last two represented a merger of four earlier Islamic parties and five non-Islamic parties respectively. It was assumed these three parties, established to appeal to Muslim (PPP) and non-Muslim/abangan (nominally Muslim Javanese) voters, adequately represented the political aspirations of the Indonesian people. The government ensured that these parties never developed into an effective opposition by controlling their leadership and «recalling» (dismissing) outspoken legislators.

For three decades, general elections were conducted every five years (1977, 1982, 1987, 1992 and 1997), with Golkar, the ruling party, always winning by massive landslides. The elected Peoples’ Consultative Assembly (MPR) then unanimously re-elected Suharto as president for no less than five consecutive terms of which he served out four complete five-year periods. In this fashion, the second Indonesian President ruled Indonesia «constitutionally» for 32 years (1966-1998) in what Herbert Feith described as a «repressive developmentalist regime» [Feith 1982b]. In May 1998, Suharto was toppled by a combination of factors, the most important of which were the impact of the Asian financial crisis (June 1997-July 1998) and massive public protest.

2.2. How the post-Suharto era betrayed the hopes of an escape from the legacy of Suharto’s New Order

Following the fall of Suharto in May 1998, various changes occurred in Indonesia’s political landscape. They included the adoption of a multi-party system, decentralisation, direct elections and the creation of a Constitutional Court (Mahkamah Konstitusi) (Ellis 2005); yet the structure of the country’s political economy remained largely intact. As Robison and Hadiz [2004] noted succinctly, there was only a «reorganisation» of power. Joko Widodo (aka Jokowi) was the fifth president after the fall of Suharto, succeeding Habibie (1998-1999), Abdurrahman Wahid (1999-2001), Megawati (2001-2004) and Yudhoyono (SBY, 2004-2014). Perceived initially as the bright hope for Indonesia, Jokowi claimed to have no connection whatsoever with Suharto or the 1965-66 events, having been born in 1961 and thus only four years old when the Indonesian Second President’s «creeping coup» against his predecessor began. There were thus high expectations that Jokowi would make Indonesia a new country, democratic, just and prosperous. But these expectations were severely disabused.

As the only president with a business background, Jokowi knew well how a national economy works. But he was also acutely aware that his hands were tied politically by the need to protect the interests of the Indonesian oligarchs. This means that, despite his popular mandate, Jokowi was unable to make any fundamental changes to macroeconomic structures or shift the economic policy towards a more people-friendly economic agenda. Differently put, Jokowi could not but continue the enhanced growth model bequeathed by his predecessors. This was made abundantly clear when, in July 2016, Jokowi summoned former President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono’s Finance Minister Sri Mulyani (in post 2005-2010) to take on the same role. Sri Mulyani – managing director of the World Bank in the years 2010-2016, the first Indonesian to hold that prestigious office – was widely considered as an ideological «granddaughter» of Professor Widjojo. The economic and fiscal policies she implemented were straight from the playbook of the Berkeley mafia.

By the end of Jokowi’s second term in office in October 2024, the Indonesian public had become aware that their hope for a new Indonesia was just an illusion. Indeed, with the election of Prabowo as Jokowi’s successor, they began to fear that the return of Suharto’s repressive New Order regime was just around the corner.

2.3. Symptoms of democratic decline

The implementation and eventual failure of Joko Widodo’s socio-economic policies is discussed below. Here we want to highlight the symptoms of democratic decline which became apparent under his dispensation. A first one is represented by the growing number of agrarian conflicts – namely contestations over land and local resources. According to the Agrarian Reform Consortium (Konsorsium Pembaharuan Agraria) and other expert observers, agrarian conflict increased due to the sharp rise in the economic activities of a growing number of industries requiring more land. Most of these agrarian conflicts occurred in plantation industries and in forestry, pitting local people against foreign and domestic companies. Conflict also occurred because of plain bad management. This was especially the case in palm oil plantations and mining, where land and economic resources in various locations, particularly in Sumatra, Kalimantan and Papua, but also in Java, became increasingly contended. Some observers argued that the acceleration of conflict was directly related to the implementation of the new Job Creation Laws (on which, more later), whose enactment caused widespread popular protest in September 2019. The two Ministers most directly involved with these agrarian issues – Minister of Agriculture Syahrul Yasin Limpo (2019-2023) and Minister of the Environment and Forestry Siti Nurbaya Bakar (2014-2024) – were both from the Nasdem (National Democrat) Party.

Another symptom of democratic decline – which, once again involved a member of the Nasdem Party – was the corruption scandal involving Johnny Gerard Plate, the minister of Communication and Information Technology in office in 2019 to 2023. Plate was accused, along with six senior officials in his ministry and local businessmen of defrauding the state to the tune of Indonesian rupiahs (IDR) 8 trillion (US$ 510,000,000). The peculation was reported to have occurred in a government project to develop internet infrastructure in remote regions like Plate’s native Nusa Tenggara Timur (NTT) [Jakarta Globe 2023, 8 November]. Given that the Nasdem founder and leader, Surya Paloh, was at the time in a situation of open conflict with President Joko Widodo (on this more later), rumours began to circulate that the President had had a hand in accelerating the prosecution of both Yasin Limpo and Johnny Plate by the Corruption Eradication Commission.4

2.4. An economic policy in line with Suharto’s «New Order»

During his last two years (2022-2024) in power, Jokowi began implementing economic policies which had been made possible by the creation of the so-called Omnibus Law. Named, in Orwellian fashion, «Job Creation Laws (Undang-Undang [UU] Cipta Kerja)», but widely criticized as inimical to labour and indigenous land rights, Jokowi’s legal reforms facilitated the increase of deforestation and defanged the powers of the Corruption Eradication Commission. The creation of the Job Creation Laws was claimed to be driven by a desire to simplify the bureaucratic processes, which so frequently stymied the realisation of development projects in Indonesia. The revision of the laws governing the working of the Corruption Eradication Commission (KPK) had a similar goal. They originated from the need to make bureaucrats feel more secure in implementing government projects given that a very large number of bureaucrats had earlier been prosecuted by the KPK for alleged corruption. These two regulations, the Undang-Undang Cipta Kerja (Job Creation Laws) and KPK reforms, elicited strong public protests when they were enacted in September 2019. Yet Jokowi was able to push them through, given his control of Parliament and the Constitutional Court.

While Jokowi could brush off the criticism and public protest at that time, he could not hide the negative impact of his government’s development projects on local communities. Indeed, the Indonesian public eventually realised that Jokowi’s legislation was essentially a continuation of the economic policy of Suharto’s New Order, only now with new euphemistic names, such as the «Job Creation Laws». In the final analysis, the results were the same: the extraction of natural resources and the privileging of foreign investors to the detriment of local stakeholders. These twin policies amounted to a continuation of the «repressive developmentalist regime» of the not-so-distant past.

2.5. The waste of natural and human resources

A decade on from the high hopes which accompanied Jokowi’s successful presidential bid in 2014, the majority of Indonesians continued to live in very poor economic conditions. They also had low educational opportunities. According to the 2022 PISA score, the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Programme for International Student Assessment, which measures the levels of educational attainment in reading, maths and science amongst fifteen-year-olds, Indonesia was ranked 69 out of 81 in maths, 67 in science and 71 in reading. Only the Philippines and Cambodia, among the ASEAN countries surveyed by OECD, ranked lower. Indonesia also had the lowest number of teachers with the requisite certifications from teacher training colleges of any of the countries surveyed [PISA 2023, 5 December]. This was all very far from the just and prosperous country promised in the 1945 constitution, where, following the four Amendments of 1999-2002, Article 28H stipulates that «every person shall have the right to live in physical and spiritual prosperity, to have a home and enjoy a good and healthy environment and shall have the right to obtain medical care» [Constitution 1945].

As a country blessed by rich natural resources and biodiversity, it is perhaps easy to blame Indonesia’s current predicament on a «resource curse», the result of an embarrass de richesses making indigenous populations lazy – shades of Montesquieu’s social and moral theory, articulated in his De l’esprit des lois (1748), of the influence of climate on the virtues and vices of a particular people [Shackleton 1955, pp. 321-322].

Maybe there is some truth here, but it is still no excuse for a state leader to fail to pursue the transformation of his country’s human resources through effective educational policies. Yet this is what seems to have happened under Jokowi as infrastructural spending soared; in the penultimate two years of Jokowi’s incumbency (2021-2022) the budget for his core policy, infrastructure development, increased by 22.2% to US$ 30 billion [Febrianto 2024, 16 August], while spending on education fell 4% from 17.94 to 13.93% [‘Indonesia Education Spending’]. In this self-same period, as spending on infrastructural projects intensified, the construction of Ibu Kota Nusantara (IKN), the future new capital, got under way in earnest in East Kalimantan.

Again, in the last two years of the Jokowi administration (2022-2024), following the banning of all exports of unprocessed minerals in 2014, the expansion of extractive industries continued apace with new commodities such as nickel pellets coming into full production from the new PT Gunbuster Nickel Industry smelter in North Morowali, Central Sulawesi. Established in 2019 and inaugurated by Jokowi in December 2021, its activities run parallel with Morowali Industrial Park (IMIP), operated by a Chinese company, Tsingshan. Here lateritic nickel resources were extracted for the manufacture of batteries for electric vehicles (EVs), Indonesia having now become the world’s largest lateritic nickel producer with 15% of the world’s proven resources of this crucial commodity in 2024 [Lotulung 2024, 21 March].

Another development policy involving high environmental costs involved the case of sand exports. On 17 September 2024, apparently in a desperate attempt to boost the government’s income, Jokowi amended Government Regulation No.23 of 2023, which had banned sea sand exports, thus reopening them. It was a decision which involved potential damage to the environment and provoked much public criticism [Tempo 2024, 17 September].

2.6. The human and ecological cost of Jokowi’s developmental policies

Unfortunately, the human and ecological cost for these extractive industry developments has been very high. The new top-down policy, the so-called Proyek Strategis Nasional (National Strategic Project) programme, allows minimum consideration for the participation of local communities. At the same time as giving legal sanction to such extractive projects, it permits them to ride roughshod over local communities. The IMIP project in Morowali, for example, created a furore given China’s notorious policy of bringing in their own workers. This sparked protests from several local organizations. In some cases, projects have been implemented in a heavy-handed manner.

Two recent cases have highlighted how National Strategic Projects damage local interests. The first involved the inhabitants of Wadas village in Purworejo regency in Central Java. Since 2021, attempts have been made to move them off their land to allow the extraction of andesite stone for the construction of a nearby dam. These attempts have been met with widespread public resistance involving law students from several of the top universities in Java. But as a National Strategic Project there was little the lawyers and the courts could do to overturn the original government decision [Amicus Curiae 2021].

The second case involved Rempang Island in Indonesia’s Riau Province, just an hour’s ferry ride from Singapore. The local inhabitants have been ordered to move off 7,000 hectares of non-forested land to make way for a Chinese-built US$ 11.5 billion Eco-City project. Signed off as recently as late July 2024 in a meeting between Jokowi and Chinese President Xi Jinping in Beijing, the project – which created a new special industrial zone and was labelled as a National Strategic Project – was obviously being implemented with minimal popular consultation and impact surveys [Arshad 2024, 13 November]. The way Jokowi handled these two cases shows how little real respect he has for communities who stand in the way of his ambitious development goals.

2.7. The failure of education reform

Under Jokowi, education policies were designed to produce a labour force capable of meeting the demands of industry, trade and finance. His choice of Nadiem Makarim, founder CEO of the successful online Gojek taxi-hiring firm, as minister of Education (in office 2021-2024), reflected the President’s dream about Indonesia’s future as a global player in digital industries. What happened, however, was very far from the realization of these dreams. Far from liberating Indonesian schoolchildren to embrace a digital future in the workplace, education became increasingly commercialized and bureaucratized. Under Jokowi the long-standing problem of the mismatch between school curricula and the demands of the digitalised world of work was not resolved. In fact, it got steadily worse as demographically Indonesia entered the so-called «bonus era» in which a nation’s population in the productive age is substantially more numerous than its non-productive cohort. But this demographic bonus can only be realised if the younger generation, reaching the age of employment, has obtained the right education and intellectual skills. Such skills are imparted by creative teaching where pupils are encouraged to question everything they are taught. This leads over time to a facility with what the Ancient Greeks knew as «Socratic dialogue». Unfortunately, Indonesian schoolchildren, at least in government schools, are never introduced to such a dialogue. Instead, rote learning and mindless memorisation are the order of the day. This does not create critical minds. It is no surprise then that Indonesia, nearly alone of all the top ten most populous countries in the world (Brazil is a partial exception here), has never won a Nobel Prize in any field [Carey 2023]. The rider here is that both capitalists and political regimes are averse to populations made up of individuals with critical minds, needing only a small minority of critically empowered individuals to support the intellectual life of the nation. The bulk of these critical thinkers will be co-opted, while the remainder will be marginalized or repressed.

2.8. The persistence of a deeply unequal society

In the past decades, the income gap between the few rich and the poor in Indonesia has been increasing. In the years under review, Indonesia remains a deeply unequal society, where 1% of the 280-million population owns over 50% of the wealth – making Indonesia the fourth most unequal society after Russia, India and Thailand. Also, social classes remain segregated, and an invidious class system based on an unequal access to education, wealth and resources prevails [World Bank 2016]. This interestingly follows the trend at the global level, charted by the World Bank [World Bank 2022].

By the end of the Jokowi presidency, gross national income per-capita continued to be stuck below US$ 4,000 (US$ 3,953 in 2023). This was just a third of neighbouring Malaysia (US$ 12,500), and in a different league to developed countries like Singapore (US$ 62,364). According to the Central Bureau of Statistics (Badan Pusat Statistik, BPS), the percentage of the 280 million Indonesian population living below the International Poverty Line (henceforth: IPL) of US$ 1.90 per day, as of September 2024, was just under 9% (8.56) [Kompas 2025, 17 January]. Yet these statistics have recently been questioned. The US$ 1.90 IPL is deemed to be unrealistic as a cut-off point. Many more Indonesian families struggle to survive just over that per diem figure. If the more realistic cut-off point of US$ 2.15 per day is used, as in neighbouring Timor-Leste,5 then the figure for Indonesia population below IPL would be more like 30% [Kompas 2025, 17 January]. This indicates a failure at the national level to reduce the number of people living on less than 1,400 calories (Kcal)6 per day, an intake regarded as the minimum to sustain healthy life [BPS 2024, 28 November].

The percentage of people living below the IPL is higher in rural areas, 12.22%, compared to urban communities, 7.29%. At the same time, the gap between the richest 10% of the population and the majority 90% has increased. This was mirrored in Indonesia’s Gini-coefficient ratio7 which deteriorated from 0.341 in 2000 to 0.388 in March 2023 [BPS 2023, 17 July]. Again, there was a marked difference between urban and rural areas, only this time the income gap was markedly higher in the cities than in the countryside.

Since the fall of Suharto in May 1998, annual GDP growth in Indonesia has averaged 4.89%. This is far below the 7% needed to keep the domestic economy growing fast enough to provide jobs for the estimated two million school leavers coming into the job market each year. In the past decade of Jokowi’s administration (2014-2024), GDP growth has hovered around 5% (2022-5.31%; and 2023-5.05%) with the economic fundamentals – capital investment and domestic consumption – continuing to weaken. This situation is reflected in the US$-IDR exchange rate which averaged IDR 11,882 to the US dollar in the year when Jokowi took office (2014) but declined by a full third to IDR 15,866 in the final ten months of his presidency (January-October 2024).

During the last five years of the Jokowi era, some 9.5 million Indonesians are estimated to have fallen out of the Indonesian middle class (defined as families with a monthly expenditure of between US$ 150 to US$ 650) because of the weakening domestic economy. In this period, this class shrunk from 57.33 million to 47.85 million, a decline from 21.45% to 17.13% of Indonesia’s total population [BPS 2024, 25 October]. In terms of Indonesia’s political stability, such a steadily shrinking middle class is not a good omen as far as the future of the country is concerned.

The volatile international situation – with the ongoing wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, and the residual effects of the COVID-19 pandemic (2020-2022) – slowed domestic growth in the Indonesian economy. This created negative stimulus to its laggard manufacturing sector. A comparative study conducted by the Center of Economic and Law Studies (CELIOS), a private Jakarta-based economic think tank, showed that the performance of the Indonesian manufacturing sector was substantially lower than in three other major ASEAN economies: Malaysia, Thailand and Vietnam. This situation has resulted in a poor level of foreign direct investment in Indonesia by comparison with the three other major ASEAN economies [CELIOS 2024, 10 September]. The CELIOS study also showed that Indonesia’s ranking in the economic efficiency index (ICOR)8 had worsened during the second Jokowi administration (2010-2024). By mid-2024, Indonesia occupied the lowest position (3.4) in ASEAN behind the Philippines (3.7), Thailand (4.5), Malaysia (4.6) and Vietnam (5.2). One of the problems identified by the CELIOS study is Indonesia’s strikingly low Logistic Performance Index (LPI), which measures how well a country performs in trade logistics, considering the speed and efficiency of customs clearance, infrastructure, international shipments, logistics services, tracking/tracing and timeliness [CELIOS 2024, 10 September].

Another major issue impeding Indonesia’s comparative advantage internationally is its rampant corruption. Indonesian corruption specialists like Mochtar [2024, 4 August] note that the phenomenon is closely linked with politics. In fact, political corruption has been the crucial problem in Indonesia since independence. It cannot be isolated from the issues which have bedevilled Jokowi’s last two years in power. The adage «bad politics make for a bad economy» is nowhere truer than in Indonesia.

2.9. Human capital and higher education

As we have seen, the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) score [PISA 2023, 5 December] has charted a steady decline in the capacity and quality of Indonesia’s human resources during Jokowi’s second administration.9 The low level of education contributes to deficient human resources. These in turn compromise Indonesia’s future.

This weakness is also reflected in Indonesia’s Human Capital Index ranking, which has been stagnant during the past five years. Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia and China are all ahead of Indonesia.

Apart from the low quality of its human resources, Indonesia also suffers from high unemployment amongst its university graduates, one of the reasons for the steady decline in the size of the country’s middle class. This underscores the mismatch between supply and demand in the finance and trade sectors. Unsurprisingly, Indonesia ranks low on the Global Competitiveness Index (GCI), a situation highlighted by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), whose latest report shows that Indonesia’s GCI score is still the lowest in the ASEAN-6.10 Vietnam, a socialist state and far less developed than Indonesia 50 years ago, posted a higher rate of innovation and industrial patent registration than Indonesia, where the number of patents showed no significant increase during Jokowi’s second term [CELIOS 2024, 10 September].

The bleak outlook for the quality of human resources in Indonesia reflects the failure of government education policies under Jokowi. Nowhere was this more evident than in the Indonesian university and tertiary education sectors, which were rocked by several scandals in in the last years of Jokowi’s presidency, underscoring Gojek CEO Nadiem Makarim’s lack of capacity as minister of Education (in office 2021-2024). Jokowi’s assumption that a successful young business entrepreneur could transform Indonesian higher education and ensure that the country’s university graduates could compete in the global market was gravely misplaced. On 11 February 2023, Indonesia’s Kompas Daily reported its investigation into professional malpractice in Indonesia’s leading government universities. Focusing on the way in which academic articles were placed by university professors in international Scopus accredited journals, its report described numerous manipulative practices [Kompas 2023, 11 February]. These usually involved an agent, known as a «jockey» (joki in Indonesian), who brokered arrangements between academicians and international journal editors, some of whom ran «predatory journals».11 An estimated 17% of all articles published by Indonesian academics in 2016-17 were placed in such journals. This makes Indonesia the worst offender, after Kazakhstan, of any country in the world in terms of publications in such dubious academic outlets [Machaček and Srholec 2022].

Such behaviour among Indonesian academics at leading government universities underscores a widespread lack of scientific principles and integrity in the country’s civitas academica. Many university professors, however, feel compelled to engage in these unethical academic practices because of recent changes in higher education policy which require professors and lecturers to publish in international journals to maintain or upgrade their professional status. In Indonesia such status is determined by bureaucratic rank; all Indonesian academics are government employees or PNS (Pegawai Negeri Sipil = Civil Servants), and as is the case the world over, higher status means higher financial remuneration.

Related to these scandals involving university professors is the ever more ubiquitous habit of giving top bureaucrats and politicians, particularly those of ministerial rank, honorary doctorates (doctor honoris causa). Although such practices are common in global academia worldwide, what has recently happened in several leading Indonesian universities is the sale of such degrees for political favours. This was recently highlighted by Tempo magazine in a special number entitled Obral Guru Besar («Flogging off Professorships») [Tempo 2024, 4 August]. Such scandals reflect the further erosion of academic principles. The debasing of the coinage of honorary doctorates indicates just how far universities as learning institutions must go to secure support and political patronage at the highest levels of the Indonesian state bureaucracy to guarantee their future.

Another symptom of Jokowi’s failure to create a conducive research environment has been his creation of a single national institution for research and development, already discussed in our 2022 article [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, p. 201]. This is BRIN (Badan Riset dan Inovasi Nasional), the National Research and Innovation Agency. Planned since the beginning of Jokowi’s second term in 2019, it was formally established by presidential decree on 28 April 2021, superseding the previous Indonesian Institute of Sciences (Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indonesia, LIPI, established 1967) and its associated research bodies. The establishment of one super institution as the sole government research body smacks of politics. It also flies in the face of the experience of research institutes and innovation bodies in developed countries the world over, where «small is beautiful» is the order of the day. Time and again, decentralised research teams and flexible working methods have proven more effective in cutting-edge research than government research agendas. So, it has proven with BRIN. After three years in existence, this heavily centralised national scientific body continued to be plagued by bureaucracy and had been unable to produce even one significant research finding or innovation [Noer 2024, 20 September]. Meanwhile, Jokowi himself also seemed to have lost interest in the institution. With his own development project agendas, especially regarding infrastructure development and the new national capital, he appeared to have placed more trust in private consultants. As a businessman, he set little store by BRIN’s modest research findings.

2.10. Papua’s looming ecological disaster

One area where BRIN has taken over from its predecessor, LIPI, in continuing important field research on the economic impact of development projects is Papua [BRIN 2024]. Here the expansion of food estates in Merauke (an administrative district of South Papua) triggered public protests involving local communities with claims to customary lands. The food estate developments were one of Jokowi’s major economic projects. Unfortunately, all too often they were situated in ecologically vulnerable areas. In the case of Merauke, the development involved two million hectares of wetlands, savannah and pockets of tropical rainforest which the World Wildlife Fund (WFF) has called a «global treasure» on account of its biodiversity [Wright 2024, 2 September]. Merauke is home to half the bird species found in Papua and neighbouring PNG (Papua New Guinea), including 80 that exist nowhere else. Among these endemic species, some, like the pig-nose turtle and cat-like carnivorous marsupials, are classified as endangered species. This unique habitat is slated to be turned into sugarcane plantations and rice fields. As of early September 2024, work had already begun with heavy diggers moving onto the site. The fear was that once the trees were removed from these wetlands, the salt would rise so that in a decade what was once an ecological jewel would be turned into a wasteland.

Civil society organisations and informed observers have consistently warned about the ecologically destructive impact of this project. They have pointed to land-use maps which show areas designated for rice cultivation overlapping with protected conservation areas, indigenous sacred places, and ancestral trails and hunting grounds [Wright 2024, 2 September]. The fact that the Indonesian army is taking a leading role in this controversial development has also raised alarm bells. If the creation of a food estate in Merauke was aimed at food production only, one would have expected the Ministry of Agriculture to be in charge. Instead, it is the Ministry of Defence. Some have even suggested that there is a hidden agenda behind this «food security» project, namely the construction of a huge military base close the Fly River border with Papua New Guinea.12 The stakes are high. Hitherto this easternmost part of Indonesia’s most easterly province had largely avoided violence during the decades-long armed conflict between Indonesia and indigenous Papuans seeking their own state. Maybe this was about to change.

2.11. Jokowi’s enduring popularity

Despite the human cost involved in the pursuit of the above remembered bungled developmental policies, Joko Widodo’s popularity remained high. How the President was able to do that has been explained by Siti Maimunah, a senior researcher at the Sajogyo Institute, Indonesia’s leading agrarian studies research centre [Tempo 2024, 24 August, p. 141]. In her view, Jokowi’s «neo-extractionism», a shorthand term she coined to describe Jokowi’s «plunder» of natural resources, was coupled with the implementation of a carefully crafted campaign of political messaging, emphasising the Jokowi administration’s supposed «generosity» to the poor. This generosity found expression in the implementation of development projects under the umbrella of the NSP. These development projects pursued such worth-while objectives as the creation of social safety nets, cash transfers, healthcare packages, and education and pro-labour policies. Their only problem, however, was that they only partially materialised.

Such substantial failure in reaching the proclaimed objectives in favour of the poor was largely hidden by Jokowi’s political messaging campaign. The effectiveness of this campaign can be seen in the public approval rating of Jokowi’s government, which, according to surveys in Kompas’s Research Department, published in May 2023, was always above 70% [Ramadhan and Setuningsih 2023, 22 May].

This was in part due to the legacy of the New Order with its so-called «floating mass» politics in which voters were treated merely as objects of political mobilisation. In turn, these voters remained disconnected politically from weak and marginalised civil society organisations. They continued to be largely disinterested in the reformist agenda of progressive civil society advocates. The era of political reform from May 1998 failed to change this elitist political landscape. Political parties continued to be the vehicle for powerful patrons with deep pockets and access to political influence. This enabled Jokowi to increase his popularity through his various populist programmes, strongly supported by his so-called «cyber troops», who portrayed him as truly a president of the ordinary people.

3. Foreign policy and the Papua problem

3.1. Jokowi’s «pragmatic» diplomacy: grand-standing, infrastructure and investment

Pragmatic diplomacy has been the watchword of Jokowi’s foreign policy. After his inauguration as president on 20 October 2014, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) were the first two countries he visited. Since then, almost without fail, Jokowi has visited the UAE every year to seek investment. Jokowi’s foreign policy was strongly driven by his ambition to develop the country’s infrastructure. During his first presidential campaign in early 2014, he promised to revive the glories of Indonesia’s maritime past by creating a sea toll road (tol laut) to connect the archipelago’s different islands through the construction and renovation of seaports. This promise remained largely unfulfilled mainly because foreign investors were reluctant to put up the massive investment needed given the less than promising returns [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, p. 181].

Jokowi, nonetheless, had more success in his land-based projects. He constructed new airports and greatly extended the network of toll roads, particularly in Java and Sumatra. After many failed promises by previous presidents, Jokowi was the first head of state since Marshal Herman Willem Daendels (in office as governor-general 1808-1811), famous for his post road (postweg) linking Merak (Sunda Strait) to Panarukan in Java’s eastern salient, to join Jakarta and Surabaya by a fast land corridor. The 784 kilometres of Jokowi’s Trans-Java Toll Road, with its 13 separate sections, will likely stand as his legacy as long as the new national capital in the distant jungles of East Kalimantan remains unbuilt [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, pp. 181-182].

Jokowi’s strong commitment to boost Indonesia’s infrastructure during his decade in power brought him ever closer to China. This was especially the case after his long negotiations with Japan failed to result in the construction of the long-planned Jakarta-Bandung bullet train [Harding et al. 2015, 1 October]. With its 142 kilometres of special track and its 350-kph «Whoosh» locomotive making 24 return journeys to Bandung every day, the project was eventually completed in May 2023, after a lengthy seven-year construction process (2016-2023). This was largely thanks to investments from the China Development Bank and a 40% stake taken in the KCIC (Kereta Api Cepat Indonesia China / Indonesia China Bullet Train) company by the China Railway International Company.

Another characteristic of Jokowi’s foreign policy is his effort at image building. One thinks here of his carefully choreographed showcasing of Indonesia as an important player in global politics when he hosted the G-20 Summit Meeting on 15-16 November 2022 in Bali. A grand event, which brought world leaders to the exclusive Apurva Kempinski Bali resort in Nusa Dua, this was a no-expense-spared spectacular event. But what lay behind all this grandstanding and hobnobbing with the great and the good is moot [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, pp.179, 197, 204].

It was the same two years earlier, when, following the 24 February 2022 Russian invasion of Ukraine, Jokowi was one of the first leaders from the Global South to make the long train journey from Przemysl (Poland) to Kyiv, on 28-29 June 2022, before flying on to Moscow [Susilo 2022, 29 June]. With headlines in the Indonesian press speaking of Indonesia «contributing to Russia-Ukraine peace efforts» and «showing solidarity with humanity», Jokowi made himself look brave and important. He even had photographs taken of himself meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy in the latter’s underground bunker and of his cosy tête-à-tête with President Putin in the Kremlin (just two well upholstered chairs side by side, no long table here) [Tempo 2024a, 28 July]. Yet, as Dian Wirengjurit, a retired senior diplomat of the Indonesian Ministry of Foreign Affairs and former Indonesian ambassador to Tehran (2011-2016), put it, to be an effective mediator in international conflicts, one not only needs courage but also a plausible proposal to put forward to end ongoing hostilities [Tempo 2024b, 28 July]. And this Jokowi palpably did not have.

In fact, Jokowi’s foreign policy has been seen by the Indonesian public as more show than substance. Compared to his predecessor, Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY), Jokowi could boast few successes to match SBY’s mediation of internal communal conflicts in Cambodia (border dispute with Thailand) [Seruni 2013] and Southern Mindanao [CAB 2014], both embarked on initially during Indonesia’s 2011 ASEAN chairmanship. By contrast, Jokowi’s interventions in Myanmar, targeted at finding a resolution to the political turmoil following the 1 February 2021 military coup and subsequent civil war (5 May 2021-present), proved fruitless [Bland 2021, 26 April; Strangio 2023, 2 February].

3.2. The Papua problem and the challenge of separatism

Although not a foreign policy issue per se, the stubbornly unresolved conflict in West Papua became increasingly internationalised in the two years under review. During this time, the Organisasi Papua Merdeka (Free Papua Movement, OPM) stepped up its armed struggle for their territory’s independence from Indonesia, which dates back to the 1969 through the UN’s Act of Free Choice. Dubbed by critics the «Act of No Choice» [Saltford 2003], Papua, remains to this day a deeply troubled region with violent conflict occurring on an almost daily basis [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, pp. 199, 206-8].

Jokowi’s election in 2014, with his promise of prioritizing a solution for the Papua problem, raised hopes amongst Papuans. The new President’s former hallmark strategy as governor of Jakarta (2012-2014) of blusukan (literally: going into small and narrow streets and appearing incognito in the most unexpected places) had made him extremely popular [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, p. 180]. But, in his last two years in office, Jokowi’s story seemed to go in a completely different direction. His initial promise of approaching the Papuan problem in a more humane manner was replaced by a more security-based approach with the police and army given the green light to intensify their military operations. Tight controls were also placed on news of gross violation of human rights and reports of the number of civilian deaths from the clashes between the OPM and the Indonesian security forces.

Despite this clampdown, Papua’s dire situation could not be kept entirely hidden from the world. Human Rights Watch continued to release its Human Rights Monitor Newsletter reporting the repression of Papuans by the state security apparatus. The report released in September 2024 revealed the constant discrimination against Papuans and deep-seated racism by the Indonesian civil and military authorities towards the local indigenous population [Human Rights Watch 2024, 18 September].

Another report along similar lines and focussed on forced displacement, was released in Sydney by the DTP (Diplomacy Training Program), founded by current Timor-Leste President, José Ramos-Horta (2008-12, 2022-present), and based on research by a group of independent researchers supported by the Bishops’ Conference of Indonesia (Konferensi Waligereja Indonesia), the Communion of Churches in Indonesia (Persekutuan Gereja Indonesia) and the West Papuan Council of Churches (Dewan Gereja Papua Barat). The report showed the critical conditions of indigenous Papuans caught in the ongoing armed conflict between the Indonesian security apparatus and the OPM [DTP 2024, 1 September]. Between July and August 2024, the research group interviewed some 70 displaced persons in Papua as well as collecting data from affected communities through Focus Group Discussions (FGDs).13 Based on these interviews and FGDs, the internal displacement of the indigenous population in Papua had been gathering pace during Jokowi’s second administration (2019-2024). An estimated 45,000 to 100,000 people had been forced to move from their homes to temporary shelters during these the years of Jokowi’s second administration. On average these displaced persons had been living in these shelters for around three years. Nearly all (99%) of the displaced persons were indigenous Papuans. Most suffered from a scarcity of food (97%), minimum health services (87%), lack of economic resources (81%) and zero educational opportunities for their children (90%). Their day-to-day support comes mainly from donations from various non-government/Church organisations and their own close relatives, with the Indonesian local and central governments providing very little. The high number of forcibly displaced Papuans in the last five years reflects the dire living conditions of the local population who must survive in unsafe areas riven by conflict with the constant feeling of insecurity and daily threats to themselves and their families.

The rapidly growing number of migrants coming from other Indonesian islands, particularly Java, to settle in Papua meant that indigenous Papuans would soon become a minority in their own rich half island. The food estate in Merauke, mentioned in the previous section, is just one example of how Papua has become the location for foreign and domestic investment focussed on extractive agribusiness industries. The Papuan population was thus facing multiple threats – economic, demographic and political. If these are not addressed, Papuans will be looking at a future where they are a marginalised minority in their own homeland. Now divided into four separate provinces, with governors and deputy governors of ethnic Papuan origin as a gesture to local sensitivities, the politics of these new provinces are nonetheless run by local parliaments dominated by an increasing number of non-Papuan politicians. This needs to change. One way of addressing this issue would be to allow Papuans to form their own political party based on ethnicity, religion and culture. This was one of the ways forward in Aceh after the signing of the 15 August 2005 Helsinki Peace Agreement. Indeed, with Acehnese now in charge of their own political destiny, peace has been preserved in the fiercely independent province until the present day. So, one must ask the question to the Indonesian authorities, if Aceh is allowed such a local political party, the Partai Aceh, why not Papua? Given current levels of violence, such a party might be one of the best ways of ensuring a non-violent solution to mounting calls for Papuan independence.

That said, it is worth remembering that West Papua was the theatre of one of Jokowi’s few «success» stories, namely his patient one-and-a-half-year-long negotiation for the release of a New Zealand pilot, Philip Mark Mehrtens. Mehrtens had been kidnapped on 7 February 2023 by one the armed groups included in the OPM. This group, active in the Nduga District (Papua Mountain Province), was under the leadership of the 24-year-old Egianus Kogoya. Mehrtens, a pilot of the private Indonesian airline Susi Air, was held by the OPM for a total of 19 months before painstaking negotiations between the Indonesian government and the OPM, carried out through church organizations and local government representatives, secured his safe release. On 21 September 2024, Mehrtens was brought to Jakarta and handed over to a representative of the New Zealand government amidst much positive coverage in the Indonesian press [e.g., Tempo 2024, 22 September]. Given that most Papuans are Christian, it was perhaps no coincidence that the release occurred just a fortnight after the historic visit of the late Pope Francis to Indonesia (3-6 September 2024), which began his 12-day tour of Southeast Asia, including Timor Leste, Papua New Guinea and Singapore.14

4. Domestic politics

4.1. The General Election Commission and the political parties

In January 2023, after several false starts occasioned by cases arising from the data submitted by prospective political parties, Indonesia’s General Election Commission (Komisi Pemilihan Umum, KPU) announced its verification results: 23 political parties had met the minimum requirements. They could thus participate in the 2024 general election. According to a well-known weekly magazine [Tempo 2023, 1 January, pp. 32-37], there were strong suspicions that corruption and political pressure had influenced the KPU decision. According to Tempo’s special report, there was evidence of data manipulation related to the new political parties and inappropriate interventions by KPU Commissioners at the national level.15

In the end, there were just eight major political parties participating in the presidential election, with three official pairs of presidential and vice-presidential candidates. The first pair, backed by the PDI-P and the United Development Party (PPP, Partai Persatuan Pembangunan), the umbrella party for Muslims, was represented by Central Java Governor Ganjar Pranowo (2013-2023), and former Coordinating Minister for Law, Politics and Security Mahmud MD (2019 – 1 February 2024). The second pair, supported by Gerindra, Golkar and SBY’s Partai Demokrat included the Prabowo-Gibran duo. The third pair included Anies Baswedan and Muhaimin Iskandar (Cak Imin). The former was a Muslim intellectual, academic, and activist, previously a Jokowi ally, who had served as Governor of Jakarta from ٢٠١٧ to ٢٠٢٢; the latter was the head of the National Awakening Party (PKB, Partai Kebangkitan Bangsa). The Anies-Cak Imin duo was supported not only by Cak Imin’s PKB, but also by the conservative Muslim Prosperous Justice Party (Partai Keadilan Sosial, PKS), and by the Nasdem Party, headed by Achenese media mogul Surya Paloh. However, neither the first nor the third duo had any chance against the «Jokowi factor», which mobilized voters so effectively at the ballot box to back the Prabowo-Gibran winning combination. Why was this the case?

4.2. Prabowo’s lineage, career and relationship with Jokowi

In our 2022 article we identified retired general Prabowo Subianto, as the most likely candidate to take over from Jokowi and carry on his unfinished projects [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, p.210]. So, who exactly is this man? Prabowo Subianto (born Jakarta 1951) hails from a prominent political family of Javanese ningrat (nobility) in Banyumas. Both his grandfather, Raden Mas Margono (1894-1978), founder of the Bank Negara Indonesia (BNI, 1946), and father, Professor Sumitro (1917-2001), a Rotterdam-trained economist, known as the «Begawan Pejuang» (Sage of the Struggle), were at the heart of Indonesia’s fight for independence helping to ensure its financial survival. Brought up and educated largely abroad in the period 1957-68,16 when his family were in exile,17 Prabowo graduated from the Indonesian military academy in Magelang in 1974 and later underwent special forces training at Fort Benning (now Fort Moore) in Georgia in 1985 [Volle 2025, 5 March] where he was a classmate and close friend of Prince Abdullah bin Al-Hussein Al-Hashemi, whom, in 1999, would ascend the throne of Jordan as King Abdullah II.

Prabowo made a stellar career as a special forces officer under Suharto’s «New Order», ending up marrying the Indonesian strongman’s second daughter (and fourth child), Siti Hediati Hariyadi (born 1959), popularly known as Titiek, in 1983, and commanding the Indonesian Special Forces (Kopassus, 1995-1998) and, briefly, the Strategic Army Reserve (KOSTRAD, March-May 1998). But like Icarus, Prabowo flew too close to the sun, and during the turbulent months of Suharto’s fall from power (in March-May 1998), his career fell apart – he was accused of abducting and torturing 23 democracy activists, one of whom died and 13 remained missing [Volle 2025, 5 March]. This, along with allegations of insubordination – he was reported to have brought two truckloads of special force soldiers to the presidential palace on 24 May 1998, three days after President Habibie’s installation, to try to force the newly installed head of state to appoint him army chief of Staff replacing General Wiranto [Colmey 1998, 31 May] – resulted in his dismissal from the army. In 1999-2004, already divorced from his wife (1998), he went into exile in Jordan where he stayed with his friend King Abdullah.

Since returning to Indonesia in early 2004 and still intensely ambitious, Prabowo made a fortune18 with the help of his banker younger brother, Hashim Djojohadikusumo (born 1954), but he struggled to make headway politically. His first attempt (in 2004) to become the presidential candidate of Golkar, the former New Order state party, failed. Four years later, he created his own political party, Gerindra (2008). A right-wing nationalist populist party, Gerindra started in 2009 with a modest 4.5% of the popular vote in that year’s legislative election. However, its support more than double to 11.8% in 2014, making it the third most popular party after PDI-P and Golkar. In the 2014 presidential election, Prabowo lost to Jokowi, and again in 2019, but he was given an opportunity to have another shot at the presidency when he reconciled with Jokowi and was appointed minister of Defence during Jokowi’s second presidential term (2019-2024). It became clear during Jokowi’s second term that Prabowo had become the incumbent President’s candidate of choice for the 2024 contest. With Jokowi’s full support, Prabowo and Jokowi’s eldest son, Gibran Rakabuming Raka, became the favoured candidates in the 2024 presidential election.

So just how did Jokowi prepare the ground so astutely to secure this desired transition and what does this tell us about his skill as a king maker?

4.3. Jokowi as king maker

Up to the 13 November 2023 deadline for names of proposed presidential and vice-presidential candidates to be registered, Jokowi had already been acting the king maker. With Surya Paloh and his Nasdem (National Democrats) Party having already nominated former Jakarta Governor (2017-2022) Anis Baswedan19 and, after some wheeling and dealing, Muhaimin Iskandar (colloquially known as Cak Imin or Gus Imin), the long-time head of the conservative Islamic National Awakening Party (PKB, 2005-present), as his running mate, it was still not clear who would be Prabowo’s vice presidential running mate. Former President (2001-2004) and head of the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (Partai Demokrasi Indonesia Perjuangan, PDI-P), Megawati Sukarnoputri had her own views – she was backing Ganjar Pranowo as the PDI-P candidate.

In Indonesian elite politics, money talks. Major political donors, many of them from the wealthy peranakan (mixed race) Indonesian Chinese community, play a crucial role here. But this political horse trading is usually screened from public view.

As a wheeler-and-dealer himself, Jokowi feels at home in the deeply transactional world of Indonesian politics. By early 2023, it was already clear to the Indonesian public that Jokowi was establishing his own family dynasty; he had groomed his eldest son, Gibran, to become mayor (2021-2024) of Jokowi’s home town of Surakarta (also known as Solo) in Central Java, and his son-in-law, Bobby Nasution, as mayor of Indonesia’s fourth largest city, Medan, in North Sumatra. Meanwhile, the relationship between Jokowi and Megawati had soured following Megawati’s refusal to grant Jokowi’s request to extend his presidential tenure for an unprecedented and unconstitutional third term. Thwarted in this initiative Jokowi then further undermined his relationship with the PDI-P leader by securing a Constitutional Court (MK) amendment changing the rules on the age threshold (40 years) for vice-presidential candidates. This was done to allow his son (then aged 36) to put his name forward. The fact that the serving Constitutional Court Chief Justice, Anwar Usman (in office, 2018-2023), was Jokowi’s brother-in-law (he was married to Jokowi’s younger sister) was not immaterial to this case. In fact, it cost Usman his job [Vasudewa dan Melania 2023].

Megawati was also said to be unhappy with Jokowi’s tendency to give government contracts and business opportunities to non-PDI-P figures, such as former general, Luhut Binsar Pandjaitan, with whom Jokowi had enjoyed a long business relationship dating back to 2008 when Jokowi was Mayor of Solo (2005-2012) [Mulholland 2024, 4 April]. According to Mulholland, Luhut had acted as one Jokowi’s political fixers and had successfully coordinated support for Jokowi against his political opponents like former Vice-President Jusuf Kalla (born 1942, in office 2004-2009, 2014-19), Megawati and Surya Paloh.

In its ‘Ten Years of Jokowi’ investigative report No. 4, Tempo revealed some of the behind-the-scenes work of Luhut and Andi Widjajanto [Tempo 2024, 29 July]. The latter, then serving as head of the National Defence Agency (Lembaga Pertahanan Nasional, Lemhanas, had been tasked, along with Luhut, with exploring the possibility of creating a political scenario whereby the February 2024 election might be postponed. This would ensure a de facto extension of Jokowi’s presidential term. As Jokowi’s political fixer, Luhut had apparently persuaded Airlangga Hartarto, head of the still highly influential Suharto-era «New Order» (1966-1998) government party, Golkar (Golongan Karya, Functional Group), and his fellow Golkar member and rising political star, Bahlil Lahadalia, then minister of Investment, to support Jokowi’s attempt at extending his term. Luhut also recruited the National Awakening Party (PKB) Head, Muhaimin Iskandar, to join the caucus. Among the suggested reasons for extending the presidential term were the recent severe impact of the 2020-2022 COVID-19 pandemic on the economy and the subsequent slowdown in the implementation of various key development projects, the most important being the new IKN (Ibu Kota Nusantara) national capital in East Kalimantan, although Jokowi’s personal political ambition was the main driving force here.

4.4. The «Jokowi» factor and the February 2024 presidential election

By August 2023, when it was evident that Jokowi had moved his support to Prabowo, Megawati finally announced that she had chosen Ganjar Pranowo and Professor Mahfud MD (born 1957), Jokowi’s former coordinating minister for Law, Politics and Security, as PDI-P presidential and vice-presidential candidates. She understood that the public steadfastly opposed any suggestion that Jokowi might be allowed to extend his term in office, especially now that his political dynasty agenda had become clear. However, once Jokowi’s son, Gibran, came on board as Prabowo’s running mate, as predicted by pollsters the pair went on to triumph at the first round of the polls with nearly 60% of the popular vote. So how did this happen?

As a former general with powerful family and business connections stemming back to the very birth of the Republic, Prabowo wields political clout both in military and business circles. His stellar military career and marriage into Indonesia’s first family during Suharto’s New Order, albeit both later aborted, links him in the mind of many older-generation Indonesian voters to a more stable age. With the strong backing of his younger brother, Hashim Djojohadikusumo, a banker by training, once one of Indonesia’s richest businessmen with a reported net worth of US$ 685 million in 2020 [Okezone 2024, 27 August], Prabowo’s Gerindra has been able to draw on generous funding to gather popular mass support. Since 2014, it has been amongst the three top political parties in Indonesia in terms of votes. However, the most crucial element in Prabowo’s landslide 2024 victory was the so-called «Jokowi factor».

Since his tenure as mayor of the Central Java court city of Surakarta (also known as «Solo», 2005-2012), Jokowi has been very successful in crafting a mass political following. He has done this through a handful of loyalists who have created a broad non-party political base. Known as «kelompok relawan», voluntary mass organisations, these owe loyalty primarily to Jokowi in person rather than to any particular party (which Jokowi, unlike his two predecessors – Megawati and SBY– and successor, Prabowo, does not have). Jokowi is also very aware of the importance of social media and online apps as critical tools in honing his image as a leader of the people. Jokowi employs so-called «buzzers» (cyber troops, a name derived from their skilful use of electronic communications) and paid election pollsters to boost his popular ratings.

As a businessman Jokowi is extremely shrewd in calculating the cost-benefit of every political decision he makes. This means that during his decade in office, Jokowi ensured that trusted political loyalists were appointed to strategic cabinet posts. Central here were Pratikno (State Secretary, Sekretaris Negara), Sri Mulyani (Finance), Tito Karnavian (Interior), and Hadimulyo (Public Works). Jokowi also exercised effective control over the top ranks of the army and the police where again key allies like Tito Karnavian (in post as police chief, 2016-2019), General Moeldoko and Air Chief Marshal Hadi Tjahjanto (in post as Army Heads, 2013-2015, 2017-2021) were tasked with ensuring the loyalty of the police and armed forces before joining Jokowi’s government as ministers (Karnavian, 2019-2024; Tjahjanto, 2022-2024) or chief of staff (Moeldoko, 2018-2024). One example of Jokowi’s success was his ability to cut the ground from under the feet of hardline Muslim mass organisations such as Hizbut Tahrir Indonesia (HTI, The Party of Liberation Indonesia) and the Front Pembela Islam (FPI, Islamic Defenders Front, founded 1998), both of which ended up being banned in 2017 and 2019 respectively.20

It was through these networks of buzzers and voluntary mass organisations (relawan) that Jokowi was able to deploy maximum pressure on Indonesian voters to back the Prabowo-Gibran ticket. Such influence manifested in multiple ways: through official and non-official channels, open and clandestine suasion, as well as outright manipulation and intimidation of voters at the grassroots. This last took the form of direct free social welfare handouts or «bansos» (bantuan sosial) through the local village (desa) and urban ward (kampung) heads. Even more effective, however, was the constant bombardment of social media and public pollsters. Voters from the Millennial and Gen Z cohorts, born between 1980-94 and 1995-2010 respectively, many casting their ballots for the first time, were persuaded to back Prabowo, who was presented by the buzzers as a sweet (gemoy) grandad, dancing (joget) his way across the stage. With over half the 202,807,222 (fn.22) registered voters below the age of 40, these cohorts knew next to nothing about the four-star general’s dark past in East Timor (1975-1999) and Suharto’s Indonesia (1966-98) and the buzzers ensured it remained that way. Meanwhile, in Gibran, a young thirty something who boasted of his disinterest in reading and busied himself with his «collections» of toys and cartoons, they found a kindred spirit who resonated their own rootless anomie. With many of the older generation remembering Suharto’s New Order in roseate hindsight and the 30% of the population living on or below the poverty line beguiled by promises of free school meals and other benefits in kind, securing a clear-cut first-round victory for Prabowo and Gibran at the ballot box proved a synch. They were sworn in nine months later, on 20 October 2024, as president and vice president respectively. The curse of Prabowo’s New Order shadow seemed to have been exorcised, and Jokowi’s heir and his spare identified. Indonesia had now entered a new dynastic age.

4.5. The legislative elections of February 2024 and Jokowi’s manoeuvres

The presidential elections, decisive though they were for Jokowi’s long-term position, were not the only show in town in that political month of February 2024. Running parallel were the legislative elections. These were held for the 580-seat Indonesian House of Representatives (DPR, Dewan Permusyawaratan Rakyat) or Parliament, and the Regional Consultative Assemblies (DPRD, Dewan Permusyawaratan Rakyat Daerah).21

The dynamics of local politics in Indonesia depend on several local factors. These include the dominance or strategic influence of a local political party, the presence of a charismatic local leader, such as the current Governor of West Java, Dedi Mulyadi (term of office, 2025-30), or, during Jokowi’s first administration, the Christian Chinese Governor of Jakarta (DKI), Basuki Tjahaja Purnama (Ahok) (in office 2014-2017), and the role of mass organisations like Nahdlatul Ulama (NU) or Muhammadiyah (fn.24). As we have just seen, Jokowi, through his access to national and local bureaucratic apparatuses, military and police institutions, as well as his «bansos» populist programmes, could ensure the large-scale mobilisation of voters across Indonesia during such legislative elections.

Despite these substantial advantages, however, the results did not go all Jokowi’s way: while PDI-P failed in the presidential election (the Ganjar-Mahfud ticket came in a poor third with just 16% of the popular vote after Prabowo-Gibran and Baswedan-Iskandar), the party led by Megawati won the highest number of seats (110 out of 580), or 19% of the seats contested, in the Indonesian parliament (Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat, DPR). It also garnered the largest percentage (15%) of the popular vote (25,000,000)22 with the lion’s share coming from its traditional voter heartlands of Central Java and Bali. Golkar, well represented in Jakarta, West Java and the Outer Islands, and Gerindra (Partai Gerakan Indonesia Raya), Prabowo’s political party, with strong showings in West Java and East Java, came in second and third place with 102 and 86 seats respectively.

The results of the 2024 general election were a wakeup call for Jokowi. They showed just how politically powerful PDI-P remained at the grass roots, particularly in its traditional stronghold—known as the kandang banteng (bull pen)—of Central Java. This spelt bad news for Jokowi’s political future given the sharp deterioration in his relationship with the PDI-P leader, Megawati. This would become even worse if the upcoming local elections on 27 November 202423 proved beyond Jokowi’s control. To prevent any further decline in his political influence, Jokowi signed Presidential Regulation (Peraturan Presiden) No 76/2024 on 22 July 2024, instructing Investment Minister, Bahlil, to provide permits to faith-based mass organisations allowing them to extract natural resources. Several Christian faith groups. such as the Protestant PGI (Persekutuan Gereja-Gereja di Indonesia, The Communion of Churches in Indonesia), and the Catholic KWI (Konferensi Waligereja Indonesia, Bishops’ Conference of Indonesia) rejected this offer, but the two largest grassroots Muslim organisations Nahdlatul Ulama (NU, The Renaissance of the Ulama) and the Modernist Muslim, Muhammadiyah, after lengthy internal discussions, accepted.

What was Jokowi up to? Jokowi’s principal aim was to exercise some control over faith-based mass organisations, particularly NU and Muhammadiyah. This was both because of their sheer size24 and local clout in their regional heartlands: East Java for NU and Yogyakarta and other urban areas for Muhammadiyah. This was an intrinsic part of his strategy for securing his political future when he ceased to be president. Jokowi’s next move (11 August 2024), which he executed through his political fixer, Bahlil,25 was to launch a takeover of the Golkar leadership. Golkar’s long-serving head, Airlangga Hartarto, then Coordinating Minister for Economic Development (2019-2024), suddenly announced his resignation allegedly after pressure from Jokowi, who threatened the Golkar head with a court case on corruption charges. This political skulduggery ended with Golkar organising an extraordinary meeting to elect the new head, which, as the public had long predicted, was none other than Jokowi’s trusted hatchet man, Bahlil. When the news broke, public criticism of Jokowi in the media, particularly the social media, reached a crescendo. But he shrugged it off.

It was not long after the Golkar takeover that another political drama occurred. This involved Jokowi’s attempt to revoke the Constitutional Court’s 20 August 2024 ruling on regional elections. This ruling drastically reduced the percentage of the popular vote required of political parties to propose their own candidates for governor and mayor in the upcoming local election from 25% of the popular vote to 7.5% in constituencies of 6-12 million voters and just 6% in those over 12 million. At the same time, the 20% requirement for the number of seats in the local parliament (Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat Daerah, DPRD) was waived entirely. This meant that smaller parties like the People’s Wave Party (Partai Gelora, fn. 15) and the Labor Party, which had brought the original petition to the Constitutional Court, could put up their own candidates.

Pro-democracy activists hailed this ruling as a victory for democracy as it would stymy efforts by Jokowi’s parliamentary «Onward Indonesia Coalition (Koalisi Indonesia Maju, KIM)» to create an even broader coalition to quash opposition candidates in the upcoming election. Hopes were thus raised that the upcoming local elections would be substantially more democratic, with independents and candidates from smaller parties having a chance to get elected for the first time.26

Concerned by this turn of events, Jokowi tasked his new minister of Law and Human Rights, Supratman Andi Agtas (appointed 19 August 2024), to approach the leader of the Indonesian parliament (DPR), Puan Maharani, Megawati’s daughter, to change the Constitutional Court’s decision. But, in taking this step, Jokowi fatally misjudged the mood of the country. Within two days of the public becoming aware of what was happening (22 August), a wave of protest swept across the country. This took the most spectacular visual form in the «Emergency Warning» on Indonesian social media. First uploaded by Indonesian journalist and TV personality Najwa Shihab on her Mata Najwa [«Najwa’s Eye»] and Narasi TV accounts, it showed the Indonesian national symbol – the Garuda bird (avian vehicle of the Hindu god Vishnu) – coloured in dark navy blue with the words «Peringatan Darurat [Emergency Warning!]» in white letters across the top of the page [Fahmi 2024, 22 August]. It was a vivid rallying cry, designed to increase public awareness and safeguard justice and democracy in Indonesia. It sparked widespread popular demonstrations, involving large numbers of citizens, particularly students and younger Millennial and Gen-Z cohorts.

4.6. Turn of the tide on Jokowi’s dynastic politics?

The waves of protest which engulfed Indonesia in late August 2024 reflected a root and branch rejection of Jokowi’s political manoeuvrings and dynasty building. It reached as far as his eldest son, Gibran, who had been able to run as vice-president by a constitutional sleight of hand but was now seen as hopelessly unsuited for his role. From this point onwards, public perceptions of the Joko Widodo became overwhelmingly negative, a development reflected by political commentators who now began to refer to him by his distinctly common Javanese family name – «Mulyono» (equivalent of «Mr Smith») – rather than the more intimate «Jokowi».

This negative perception was also vividly on display when Jokowi’s youngest son, Kaesang Pangarep (born 1994), a yuppy businessman-cum-YouTuber politician, took a much publicised all-expenses paid jaunt to the United States in late August 2024 [Jakarta Post 2024, 23 August]. Travelling on a private jet costing a reported US$ 650,000 with his heavily pregnant wife,27 former model Erina Gudono, just as the «Emergency Warning» signs began to appear on Indonesian netizens’ phones, the couple posted photographs of themselves eating lavish burgers worth over half an Indonesian day labourer’s monthly wage (US$ 50) and buying a baby stroller which cost nearly the triple of an Indonesian worker’s yearly income (US$ 600). Not surprisingly, viral images of Erin as a latter-day Marie Antoinette soon became a trending meme in Indonesia [Tempo 2024, 22 August; Priyani 2024, 23 August].

These events, coupled with the fact that Kaesang’s party, Partai Solidaritas Indonesia (Indonesian Solidarity Party, PSI), into whose leadership he had been shoe-horned only three days earlier (22 September 2023), performed abysmally in the local elections, brought the curtain down on the political hopes of Jokowi’s youngest son.

The humiliating defeat of Kaesang, who had once been cited as a potential Jakarta gubernatorial candidate, together with the debacle of his party at the polls, represented a net political loss for Jokowi. Unlike his immediate predecessor, Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or his successor, Prabowo, Jokowi had not founded his own political party. Instead, he had long existed in a semi-detached political limbo maintaining an uneasy relationship with Megawati’s PDI-P. The weakness caused by this lack of a personal political constituency became evident when Jokowi failed in his tactic of reversing the Constitutional Court’s pro-democratic local election regulation favouring smaller parties. This failure contributed to the triumph of Megawati and her PDI-P party, enabling them to secure their wafer-thin win in the Jakarta gubernatorial election on 27 November 2024.

4.7. Civil society and «democratic decay» – real or imagined?

In the last five years of Jokowi’s incumbency, there were two nationwide waves of public protest his policies. The first was in September 2019 with the tagline «Reformation is Corrupted (Reformasi Dikorupsi)». This widespread protest was a response to Jokowi’s policy of imposing the new Job Creation Laws (RUU Cipta Kerja) and the Draft Bill (Rencana Undang-Undang, RUU) regulating the workings of the Corruption Eradication Commission (RUU KPK), including the use of wiretaps. The second wave, as we have just seen (Section 4.5), occurred in late August 2024 with the tagline «Democracy in Emergency (Darurat Demokrasi)». It was sparked by Jokowi’s attempt to revoke the Constitutional Court’s decision on the regulation of Regional Elections. These two mass demonstrations involving students, workers and civil society organisations, reflected the depth of public anger at Jokowi’s authoritarian policies.

Yet, as Zainal Arifin Mochtar (born 1978), a scholar activist from the University of Gajah Mada (UGM) in Yogyakarta in Central Java, has recently pointed out, it is absurd to blame democratic decay on Jokowi alone. The process of upholding and maintaining a democracy is always a collective project [Mochtar 2024, 4 August, p. 75]. This holds as much for Indonesia as for any other country with democratic aspirations. If Indonesia is a collective project which has failed, we need to ask ourselves the question: why? Here we must enter the realm of political sociology and consider whether Indonesia even has a middle class or a civil society capable of sustaining democratic institutions. Indeed, even if there is an Indonesian middle class and civil society committed to upholding democratic values, why were they so singularly ineffective in resisting Jokowi’s authoritarian policies during his second term in office?

In a recent article, the Australian Indonesianist and political economy researcher, Jeremy Mulholland, wrote the following:

In an ideal world where the rule of law is fully applied, a far-reaching parliamentary inquiry into the 2024 election or ‘independent’ corruption eradication investigations, could build upon existing revelations about the flows of political slush funds pooling around Jokowi and Luhut’s business empires. Such investigations could provide an invaluable lesson for future political leaders that abuse of power should not be condoned. In reality, the interests of the Jokowi-Luhut alliance now appear to be increasingly safeguarded with most ‘political opposition’ fragmented, the KPK reined in and Indonesia’s incoming president, Prabowo, apparently determined to maintain the status quo. Overall, the discreet Jokowi-Luhut alliance has been the axis of Indonesia’s political-economy over the past decade. Alas, for Indonesia, this populist, deal-making presidency has produced a decade of democratic decay. For Prabowo, as the next president, reversing that trend will not be a political priority in Indonesia’s intra-elite contestation [Mulholland 2024, 4 April].

The absence of organized opposition groups and the reality of weak civil society institutions allowed Jokowi to engineer national laws and regulations to suit his needs. In today’s Indonesia, this is an important issue that deserves a thorough analysis [Ford and Pepinsky 2014]. Only thus can we understand the state of democracy in Indonesia. Significantly, critiques of democratic decline are often most effectively articulated in Indonesia by artist-activists like Butet Kartaredjasa (born 1961), the son of Indonesia’s leading postwar cultural icon (dancer-choreographer, painter, actor) Bagong Kussudiardja (1928-2004). Butet’s quatrain (pantun), Hajatan Rakyat («The Celebration of the People»), read aloud at a presidential rally in Wates, Kulon Progo, Yogyakarta Special Region (DIY), on 28 January 2024, created a sensation and got him reported to the police for libelling the President. It contained lines like ‘I’m angry because I didn’t throw my sandals / Jokowi wanted a mental revolution / but failed and fell over / […] / Manipulate the surveys to win / It’s clear that you won because you cheated / […] / Millions of Jokowers [Jokowi supporters] / feel betrayed / His innocent appearance is enough / to be cunning to / outsmart the [constitutional] court / […] / But sorry we’re sick of him taking sides’ [Tempo 2024, 30 January].

In the print media, polemical debates on this matter are particularly carried forward by an urban-based younger generation of academics and social activists. These include figures like the University of Gajah Mada intellectual, Zainal Arifin Mochtar. Such polemics on Indonesian democracy remind us of the late 1950s debate between Herbert Feith and Harry Benda concerning whether or not democracy existed in Indonesia following President Sukarno’s dissolution of parliament and return to the 1945 Constitution [Feith 1982a; Benda 1982]. This launched what became known as «Guided Democracy (Demokrasi Terpimpin)». In the early 21st century, history seems to be repeating itself.

Informed discussions in the media relating to the current state of democracy in Indonesia are mostly restricted to non-mainstream media outlets. These include the website of the Jurnal IndoPROGRESS (IndoPROGRESS Journal of the eponymous IndoPROGRESS Institute for Social Research and Education, IISRE) and Project Multatuli, established by Evi Mariani, a former Jakarta Post journalist. The latter focuses on the publication of investigative articles. These two online media sources are the most engaged and progressive in their views. They directly address the issues of declining or decaying democracy in Indonesia, first raised by Feith and Benda, and revisited by a number of contemporary political scientists, including Michele Ford and Thomas Pepinsky (Beyond Oligarchy, 2014), Edward Aspinall and Ward Berenschot (Democracy for Sale (2019) and Thomas Power and Eve Warburton (Democracy in Indonesia, 2020).

Among the most prolific contributors to this debate on the state of democracy in Indonesia is the sociologist Abdil Mughis Mudhoffir. An Honorary Fellow at the Asia Institute of the University of Melbourne and formerly Assistant Professor of Sociology, State University of Jakarta (Universitas Negeri Jakarta, UNJ), Mudhoffir wrote a provocative article on 21 December 2021, entitled ‘No decline in democracy, Indonesian politics was already rotten for a long time (Tidak Ada Kemunduran Demokrasi, Politik Indonesia Sejak Dulu Memang Busuk)’ [Mudhoffir 2021, 21 December]. In this essay, he strongly opposed the popular discourse about the «backsliding» of Indonesian democracy, arguing instead that democracy has either been completely absent or practically non-existent in Indonesia since the early years of Sukarno’s Old Order (1945-66). In Mudhoffir’s view, it is pointless talking about a «decline» in democracy because there was no such thing in the first place. Prominent amongst the many responses, was one by veteran political scientist Coen Husain Pontoh, the editor of the Jurnal IndoPROGRESS, who wrote ‘Investigating the middle class: A response to Abdil Mughis Mudhoffir (Menginvestigasi Kelas Menengah: Tanggapan untuk Abdil Mughis Mudhoffir)’ [Pontoh 2021, 16 June].

For more recent polemics, particularly in relation to the mass demonstrations sparked by Jokowi’s attempt to change the Constitutional Court’s decision on local elections on 22 August 2024, Mudhoffir was again in the forefront with his Project Multatuli op-ed, entitled ‘Bourgeois Democratic Emergency (Darurat Aktivisme Borjuis)’ [Mudhoffir 2024, 23 August]. Among the most thoughtful responses were opinion pieces by Muhamad Isyroqi Basil [Basil 2024, 23 August]; Dodi Faedlulloh [Faedlulloh 2024, 13 September]; Zulfadhli Nasution [Nasution 2024, 19 September]; and Fathimah Fildzah Izzat [Izzat 2024, 25 September]. Such passionate debates amongst the younger generation of Indonesian academics and activists are a healthy sign for the future. The stakes of democracy in Indonesia are in good hands with such engaged intellectuals.

However, the already mentioned Omnibus Law and Corruption Eradication Commission Law cases, which provoked such extensive popular demonstrations in September 2019, illustrate the limits of public protest in Indonesia. They did not change realities on the ground. Neither of these two important pieces of legislation, initiated by Jokowi’s administration, were rescinded or revised, even though both were deeply inimical to the democratic health of the nation. Instead, Jokowi prioritised the interests of domestic oligarchs and foreign investors, both of whom preferred an unempowered work force and a weakened National Corruption Eradication Commission. In this process of revision, Indonesian workers and reformers were side-lined. Given that Jokowi found it so easy to ignore such massive protests and ram through his legislation, we return here to our initial question: does a civil society actually exist in Indonesia? This has now become a hot-button issue among scholars and activists alike as practically no significant opposition group has emerged in Indonesian politics in the quarter century since the fall of Suharto in May 1998.

This absence has been particularly evident during Jokowi’s second administration (2019-2024) when an increasingly authoritarian government came to power [Tirtosudarmo and Carey 2022, pp.193-195]. If no «loyal» opposition has crystallised in this past quarter century, just what role has the so-called politically conscious middle class played in Indonesia? Does such a class even exist? Looking beyond Indonesia, it is relevant to read the view of an Indian political scientist, Partha Chatterjee (born 1947), in his assessment of what constitutes civil society

Faced with similar problems, some analysts have favoured expanding the idea of civil society to include virtually all existing social institutions that lie outside the strict domain of the state. This practice has become rampant in the recent rhetoric of international financial institutions, aid agencies and nongovernmental organizations among whom the spread of a neoliberal ideology has authorized the consecration of every non-state organization as the precious flower of the associative endeavours of free members of civil society. I have preferred to resist these unscrupulously charitable theoretical gestures, principally because I feel it important not to lose sight of the vital and continually active project that still informs many of the state institutions in countries like India to transform traditional social authorities and practices into the modular forms of bourgeois civil society. Civil society as an ideal continues to energize an interventionist political project, but as an actually existing form it is demographically limited. Both of these facts must be borne in mind when considering the relation between modernity and democracy in countries such as India [Chatterjee 2000, p. 39].

A bare month before Jokowi’s handover to Prabowo (20 October 2024), another dramatic event occurred in Indonesian domestic politics. Bambang Soesatyo (born 1962), Speaker of the People’s Consultative Assembly (Majelis Permusyawaratan Rakyat, MPR) and one of the chairpersons of Golkar, initiated a debate in the Assembly aimed at revoking a number of previous government decisions. One of the most politically significant was the rehabilitation of the name of Indonesia’s founder President, Sukarno (in office 1945-1967). Soesatyo proposed that the earlier accusation of Sukarno’s involvement in the still murky events of 1 October 1965 (Gestok), when the Indonesian Communist Party (Partai Komunis Indonesia, PKI) was supposedly involved in a coup attempt, should be erased from the record. The decision on Sukarno was perceived by the Indonesian public as a gesture of rapprochement between Golkar and Megawati’s PDI-P, given that Indonesia’s founder President is Megawati’s father. It was generally welcomed.

What was much less acceptable was another decision implying a comprehensive pardon for General Suharto for his personal involvement in the system of KKN (Korupsi, Kolusi dan Nepotisme, «Corruption, Collusion and Nepotism») during his 32 years in power (1966-1998) when he was reported to have amassed a fortune of between US$ 15-35 billion (Transparency International 2004, p.13). Even worse, was a rumoured attempt by the Assembly (MPR) to rehabilitate General Suharto’s name and instal him as a national hero (pahlawan nasional). As of the time of writing (December 2024) this debate was ongoing.

Is impunity becoming a culture? This is something that is currently much debated among foreign scholars such as Elizabeth Drexler who has recently argued that impunity is more structural than cultural [Drexler 2023].28 Linked with this debate about whether Indonesia’s Second President deserves elevation as a national hero is his alleged involvement in the post-1965 killings, when, as have seen (Section 2.1.), between 500,000 and a million people accused of links with the Indonesian Communist Party (PKI) are thought to have been murdered [Robinson 2018]. This is a subject on which there is now a growing body of literature, mostly by foreign researchers such as Geoffrey Robinson, Katharine McGregor, Annie Pohlman, Jess Melvin, John Roosa and Robert Cribb [Melvin 2024, 26 June].

5. The post-2024 presidential election: Implications for the future

5.1. Inauguration and selecting the new administration

Shortly before his inauguration on Sunday, 20 October 2024, the newly elected Indonesian president, Prabowo Subianto, invited around a hundred candidates, whom he was considering for ministerial positions, to come for two whole days to his Kertanegara residence in Kebayoran Baru, South Jakarta. One by one the invited candidates were interviewed alone by the President elect [Aditya and Prabowo 2024, 15 October]. Among the familiar faces was Sri Mulyani, Jokowi’s Finance Minister (2016-2024), now slated to hold the same portfolio in Prabowo’s new cabinet. Others included Airlangga Hartanto, the coordinating minister for the economy under Jokowi; Basuki Hadimulyo (born ١٩٥٤), the former minister of Public Works; and Tito Karnavian (born 1964), the erstwhile police chief, who had been appointed minister of Home Affairs (in office, 2019-2024) by Jokowi, and who would now continue in post (see Section 4.4).

It was no secret that, in picking these ministers, Prabowo was influenced by Jokowi. The interest of the latter in the make-up of the new government underscored his concern to preserve his legacy, a concern already signalled when Jokowi engineered the installation of his son, Gibran, as Prabowo’s vice president. Shortly after this ministerial selection process, the President elect organized what he called a «retreat» at his Hambalang (Sentul) estate, where his ministerial and vice-ministerial picks were lectured to by several international professors and experts on crucial issues such as geopolitics, AI and global economics. As if all this was not enough, the former four-star general brought all his selected cabinet team to attend another two days of military training at his former military academy in Magelang, complete with the army uniforms, camp-beds and tents in an airconditioned camping ground [Guritno and Ihsanuddin 2024, 24 October]!

On the day of his presidential inauguration (20 October 2024), Prabowo Subianto gave an inaugural address which laid out his future policies [Tempo 2024, 20 October]. Delivered at the plenary meeting of The People’s Consultative Assembly (MPR) of the Republic of Indonesia and attended by two former presidents – Yudhoyono and Jokowi – and representatives of foreign countries, the speech was replete with high-flown rhetoric. This reflected the new President’s strong nationalism and his alleged determination to uplift the still economically challenged masses of the Indonesian people. After the inauguration, the celebration was followed by lengthy festivities where people enjoyed food and music on the nine-kilometre route from the parliament building to the state palace (Istana Negara). There, outgoing President Jokowi and his vice-president, Ma’ruf Amin, greeted Prabowo and Gibran. The whole inauguration was choreographed in a grand manner, aimed to highlight Indonesia’s vast size and the smoothness of the democratic transfer of power [Kompas 2024, 20 October].

The day after the presidential inauguration, Prabowo officially installed his line-up of cabinet ministers and deputy ministers. In all there were incumbents for 54 ministries and state institutions. This was ten more in number than in Jokowi’s previous cabinets. Except for the PDI-P, the largest party by number of seats in the Indonesian parliament (DPR), almost all political parties were represented in the new cabinet [Tempo 2024, 21 October]. While rumours circulated that the PDI-P leader, Megawati Sukarnoputri, might meet with Prabowo prior to his inauguration to come to an agreement allowing PDI-P members to participate in the new government, these never materialised. Was this an indication of Megawati’s true political position as the leader of what was now a de facto opposition? The public were left with no clear statement from either Megawati or her high-ranking party officials. Yet, with the poll to elect the regional heads approaching on 27 November, it became clear that the PDI-P would be the only political party to contest Prabowo’s governing coalition on election day.

5.2. The November 2024 local elections and Megawati’s PDI-P as Indonesia’s «loyal opposition»

As we have seen, on 20 August 2024 (Section 4.5.) a decision was made by the Constitutional Court to reduce the percentage of the popular vote required of political parties which wished to propose their own candidates for governor and mayor in the upcoming local elections. This allowed smaller parties to endorse their candidates regardless of whether they had over 20% of seats in their local parliaments (Dewan Perwakilan Rakyat Daerah, DPRD). As already noted, although Jokowi and his allies attempted to revoke this decision, they failed. The successful mobilisation of civil society organisations ensured the new rule remained on the statute book. This opened an opportunity for PDI-P to endorse its local candidates, both for governors and district heads.

The fierce contestation between Megawati’s PDI-P and Prabowo’s Jokowi-supported coalition now found a new battle ground. The National Election Commission confirmed that the regional heads’ election on 27 November would take place in 37 provinces, 415 districts, and 93 cities. The real battlegrounds, however, were in Java, namely Jakarta, West, Central and East Java provinces, home to 55% of the Indonesian population. In Jakarta, PDI-P’s candidates, Pramono Anung and Rano Karno, won a wafer thin (50.07%) first-round victory against former West Java governor, Ridwan Kamil (in office 2019-2024) and his running mate, conservative Islamic politician, Suswono. But this was one of PDI-P’s few successes. In West Java, former district heads Dedi Mulyadi and his running mate, Erwan Setiawan, both backed by Prabowo, won a landslide victory. In Central and East Java, it was the same story. Here the PDI-P candidates lost heavily against Prabowo’s coalition. The traces of Jokowi’s hand were everywhere. Taking a page out of his previous presidential election playbook, sub-district (camat), village heads (lurah) and the police were all mobilised to support Prabowo’s coalition candidates [CNN Indonesia 2024, 15 November]. Jokowi also played a significant role in securing the crushing first-round victory (62%) of his son in-law, Bobby Nasution (born 1991), as Governor of North Sumatra [The Conversation 2024, 25 December].

The decision made by Prabowo to accept the result of Jakarta’s gubernatorial election is interesting. It can be interpreted as a sympathetic political gesture towards the PDI-P head, Megawati. Indeed, in the triangular relationship which now exists between these three central political figures – Megawati, Jokowi and Prabowo – the weakest link in terms of party politics is clearly Jokowi. He has no formal position as head of any political party as Megawati and Prabowo have with PDI-P and Gerindra respectively.

5.3. Prabowo’s key cabinet appointments

Looking at Prabowo’s key ministerial appointments, several analyses can be offered. First, in terms of fiscal policy, Prabowo’s continuation of Sri Mulyani as Finance Minister showed a more cautious and nationalistic stance. Prabowo could be seen to be acting conservatively to reduce the risk of uncontrolled spending. He appears to understand all too well the volatility and unpredictability of the global economy at the present time. Second, his continuation of Tito Karnavian in the Home Affairs portfolio sent a signal to local governments, particularly Papua. As a former Papua Police Chief (in post, 2012-2014), Karnavian, has a deep knowledge of the troublesome province. His decisive role in dividing Papua into four separate provinces when he was Jokowi’s minister of Home Affairs in 2022 indicates a shrewd strategic understanding of how to weaken Papuan independence demands by undermining the unity of the Papuan people [BBC News Indonesia 2022, 30 June]. Third, a new approach to Islamic politics seems to have emerged with the appointment of Nasaruddin Umar (born 1959), as minister of Religious Affairs. A non-affiliated open-minded modern cleric and formerly the head (Imam Besar) of Istiqlal Mosque, the national mosque in central Jakarta, Umar brought a fresh wind to this politically important ministry, hitherto the fief of the conservative Nahdlatul Ulama (Renaissance of the Ulama, NU) Islamic organisation [Erianto 2024, 12 November].

Finally, given Prabowo’s previous track record as head of Indonesia’s elite special forces (Kopassus) in the closing months of Suharto’s New Order regime, there was a strong fear, especially amongst civil society activists, that Prabowo would act more toughly and repressively towards them. The 15 December 2024 Tempo edition, for example, reported that Prabowo had rotated 300 top military officers, heightening public concerns about the possible return of the military to domestic politics in Indonesia [Tempo 2024, 15 December].

6. Conclusions

In his last two years in office, Jokowi’s navigated his extraordinary political career in a style more like a latter-day Javanese ruler than the democratically elected president of the world’s fourth most populous country.29 The unprecedented «Black Swan» event of COVID-19 had a significant impact on the Indonesian economy and social life. The pandemic revealed the vulnerability of Indonesia’s poorer 30% and exposed the ever-widening class divide as the financial security of the Indonesian middle class was eroded. It put the brakes on Jokowi’s ambitions of achieving a revolution in his country’s infrastructure and a geographical recentring of political power to East Kalimantan with the completion of the new national capital. Yet, even with the passing of COVID-19, Jokowi’s passion for pushing forward his ambitious development programmes remained undimmed. These projects became conflated in his mind with what he imagined as «modernity».

Jokowi attempted, but failed, to extend his presidency to an unprecedented third term. He then took a wrecking ball to the Indonesian constitution by manipulating the Constitutional Court’s ruling on the age requirement for vice-presidential candidates. This deeply corrupt act allowed his son, Gibran Rakabuming Raka, to become Prabowo Subianto’s running mate. Once this had been achieved, Jokowi pulled out all the stops to influence the result of presidential election, which he saw as a way of securing his political future. Now with Prabowo and Gibran safely installed as the new president and vice president respectively, Jokowi’s hopes for the realisation of his development dreams continue to burn bright. The biggest and most challenging of these is clearly the completion of the new Ibu Kota Nusantara national capital in East Kalimantan. Here the jury is out. Much will depend on how the Indonesian economy fares in what looks like some very turbulent times ahead with Rupiah-US dollar exchange rate at the lowest point since the Asian Financial Crisis of July 1997.

In its special issue to commemorate Jokowi’s decade in power (2014-24), Tempo, wrote «[during] his two terms leading Indonesia, Jokowi destroyed democracy and the hopes of reformation, nawacita has turn into unprecedented disaster» [Tempo 2024, 29 July]. Nawacita (also spelled Nawa Cita) is the vision document including Jokowi’s nine promises to improve the country,30 which he made at the start of his presidency in October 2014.

Instead of celebrating Jokowi’s achievements, Tempo exposed 20 instances of Jokowi’s «sins». In fact, Jokowi’s life and political career is a study in the Indonesian psyche, recalling Clifford Geertz’s classic essay in Old Societies and New States in which he reflects on Indonesia as a country grappling with its imagined modernity [Geertz 1965, pp.105-157]. In a more recent analysis, political scientist, Partha Chatterjee, basing himself on the modern Indian historical experience, questioned the relevance to India and the world outside Europe of the generally accepted Western political science concept of «civil society» as a sign of modernity [Chatterjee 2000, pp. 35-48].

Jokowi represents a modern-day Javanese ruler. During his decade in office, he accumulated substantial power. With control over the main channels of authority (government, parliament and the judiciary), he felt confident that he could achieve his goal of perpetuating his influence beyond his formal presidency. Political engineering and manipulation were his two favourite tactics. Since late 2022, as the General Election Commission commenced its work, the contest for Indonesia’s future began. As we have seen, the Commission became the target for Jokowi’s manipulation. His principal goal was to make Prabowo his successor, and his son, Gibran, Prabowo’s running mate, despite an election which was widely seen as fraudulent. But with the former four-star general now in power the question is whether he will follow Jokowi’s orders. Is it possible that Gibran as Prabowo’s stripling vice president can act as the extension of his father’s hand in the new administration? This may be fanciful. But Gibran will certainly keep the seat warm for his father’s potential return to the top table.

Bibliography

[BPS] Badan Pusat Statistik, 2023, 17 July, ‘Gini Ratio in March 2023 was 0.388’.

[BPS] Badan Pusat Statistik, 2024, 25 October, ‘Indonesia’s Middle Class: A Crucial Pillar for National Economic Stability’, Jakarta: BPS.

[BPS] Badan Pusat Statistik, 2024, 28 November, ‘Percentage Population Living Below the National Poverty Line by Sex (Percent), 2024’, Jakarta: BPS.

BRIN [Badan Riset dan Inovasi Nasional], 2024, 23 December, ‘Release of Papua Research Results, BRIN Presents Recommendations for Resolving the Papua Conflict’, Jakarta: BRIN, (https://brin.go.id/en/news/122013/release-of-papua-research-results-brin-presents-recommendations-for-resolving-the-papua-conflict)

[DTP] Diplomacy Training Program, 2024, 1 September, ‘Rapid Independent Assessment: Intractable Problem of Internal Displacement in Papua’, Sydney: Diplomacy Training Program.

[Kompas] Harian Kompas, 2023, 11 February, ‘Joki Akademisi dan Kepakaran yang Dipalsukan’ (Academic jockeys and the manipulation of expertise), (https://interaktif.kompas.id/baca/joki-dan-kepakaran-yang-dipalsukan/ ).

[KompasHarian Kompas, 2024, 20 October, ‘Pelantikan Prabowo-Gibran Meriahnya Pesta Rakyat di Tengah Harapan Kaum Papa’ (The inauguration of Prabowo-Gibran brought joy to the people’s celebration amidst the hopes of the poor).

[KompasHarian Kompas, 2025, 17 January, ‘Realitas Kemiskinan Lebih Tinggi dari Data’ (The Reality of Poverty is Higher than the Data), (https://online.fliphtml5.com/jrime/ggyv/#p=1).

[NHS] National Health Service, UK, 2023, 17 April, ‘Understanding Calories’.

‘Indonesia Education Spending, 2008-2025’, Macrotrends (https://www.macrotrends.net/global-metrics/countries/idn/indonesia/education-spending#:~:text=Indonesia).

Aarons, Mark, 2007, ‘Justice Betrayed: Post-1945 Responses to Genocide’, in David A. Blumenthal and Timothy L.H. McCormack (eds.), The Legacy of Nuremberg: Civilising Influence or Institutionalised Vengeance?, pp.69-97. Leiden: Brill.

Aditya, Nicholas Ryan, and Dani Prabowo, 2024, 15 October, ‘Prabowo Lanjutkan Pemanggilan Calon Menteri dan Wamennya Hari Ini’ (Prabowo continues the summoning of Ministerial and Deputy Ministerial candidates today), Kompas.com, (https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2024/10/15/05462181/prabowo-lanjutkan-pemanggilan-calon-menteri-dan-wamennya-hari-ini?page=all).

AFP Indonesia, 2019, 25 March, ‘No, Indonesian presidential candidate Prabowo Subianto was not an academic prodigy who attended university aged 12’, (https://factcheck.afp.com/no-indonesian-presidential-candidate-prabowo-subianto-was-not-academic-prodigy-who-attended ).

Amicus Curiae, 2021, ‘Amicus Curiae (Sahabat Pengadilan) Dalam Nomor Register Perkara 68/G/2021/PTUN, SMG: Wadas Dibanjiri Ancaman Cabut Izin Perusakan’ (Friends of the court in Case 68/G/2021/PTUN, SMH; Wadas flooded with threats to withdraw the license for [environmental] destruction), August. Semarang: BEM Fakultas Hukum Undip etc, (https://bemfhui.com/publication/amicuswadas/).

Antara News, 2023, 11 July, ‘Ex-minister SYL sentenced to 10 years’ imprisonment in corruption case’.

Arifianto, Alexander R., 2023, 30 May, ‘Islam and the 2024 presidential election: moving towards a consensus candidate?’, Indonesia at Melbourne.

Arshad, Arlina, 2024, 13 November, ‘Rempang land dispute casts new spotlight on old complaints over Chinese investments in Indonesia’, The Straits Times.

Aspinall, Edward, and Ward Berenschot, 2019, Democracy for Sale: Elections, Clientelism, and the State in Indonesia. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press.

Basil, Muhamad Isyroqi, 2024, 23 August, ‘Dari Aktivisme Borjuis yang Satu ke yang Lain: Apa Tawarannya?’ (From one to another type of bourgeois activism, what is the way out?), Project Multatuli, (https://projectmultatuli.org/dari-aktivisme-borjuis-yang-satu-ke-yang-lain-apa-tawarannya/).

BBC News Indonesia, 2022, 30 June, ‘Tiga provinsi baru di Papua diresmikan, walaupun ‘ditolak’ sebagian masyarakat Papua’ (Three new provinces are inaugurated, although ‘rejected’ by some of the Papuan community), (https://www.bbc.com/indonesia/indonesia-61980523).

BBC News Indonesia, 2024, 16 December, ‘PDI-P pecat Jokowi: Perjalanan Joko Widodo sebagai ‘petugas partai’ – Dari diusung sebagai wali kota Solo sampai presiden Indonesia’(PDI-P fires Jokowi: Joko Widodo’s journey as a ‘party official’ from being promoted as mayor of Solo to President of Indonesia), (https://www.bbc.com/indonesia/articles/c8j91vy398eo).

Benda, Harry J., 1982, ‘Democracy in Indonesia’ in Anderson, Benedict and Audrey Kahin, eds., Interpreting Indonesian Politics: Thirteen Contributions to the Debate, pp.13-21. Interim Reports Series, Publication No. 62, Ithaca, New York: Cornell Modern Indonesia Project, Southeast Asia Program.

Bevins, Vincent, 2020, 18 May, ‘How «Jakarta» became the Codeword for US-Backed Mass Killing’, The New York Review of Books.

Bland, Ben, 2021, 26 April, ‘Indonesia raises ASEAN’s bar on Myanmar’, The Interpreter, Lowy Institute, Sydney.

Buehler, Michael, 2024, ‘Indonesia in 2024: Prabowo, Patronage and Power Play’, Asian Survey, 65.2:263-74 (https://doi.org/10.1525/as.2025.65.2.263)

[CAB 2014] ‘Comprehensive Agreement on the Bangsamoro of 27 March 2014’, UN Peacemaker (https://peacemaker.un.org/sites/default/files/document/files/2024/05/ph140327comprehensiveagreementbangsamoro.pdf ).

Carey, Peter, 2023, ‘Why has Indonesia never won a Nobel Prize? An enquiry into Indonesia’s lack of research culture and the failure of its post-merdeka universities’ [unpublished report].

Carey, Peter, and Suhardiyoto Haryadi, 2017 [2016], Korupsi dalam Silang Sejarah Indonesia dari Daendels (1808-1811) sampai Era Reformasi. Depok: Kobam.

CELIOS, 2024, 10 September, ‘Critical Assessment of the Indonesian Economy toward 2025’, a presentation at The Agenda 2045 Study Group meeting, softcopy, Jakarta.

Chatterjee, Partha, 2000, ‘Two Poets and Death: On Civil and Political Society in the Non-Christian World’ in Tim Mitchell and Lila Abu Lughod, eds., Questions of Modernity, pp.35-48. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

CNN Indonesia, 2024, 15 November, ‘Mampukah Endorsemen Jokowi Dongkrak Suara Paslon di Pilkada 2024’ (Can Jokowi’s endorsement boost the candidate pair’s votes in the 2024 regional elections?), (https://www.cnnindonesia.com/nasional/20241115090437-617-1166847/mampukah-endorsemen-jokowi-dongkrak-suara-paslon-di-pilkada-2024).

Colmey, John, 1998, 31 May, ‘Army Helps Habibie Avert a Nascent Coup’, Time.com.

Constitution 1945, The 1945 Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia as amended by the First Amendment of 1999, the Second Amendment of 2000, the Third Amendment of 2001 and the Fourth Amendment of 2002.

Davidson, Jamie S., 2018, Indonesia: Twenty Years of Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Djojohadikusumo, Margono, 2021, Memories of Three Periods: A Written Family History. Jakarta: Yayasan ARSARI Djojohadikusumo.

Drexler, Elizabeth F., 2023, Infrastructures of Impunity New Order Violence in Indonesia, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

Ellis, Andrew, 2005, 15 March, ‘Constitutional Reform in Indonesia: A Retrospective’, International Institute for Democracy and Electoral Assistance (IDEA), unofficial report, Stockholm: IDEA.

Erianto, Dwi, 2024, 12 November, ‘Menteri Agama RI Nasaruddin Umar’ (Minister of Religious Affairs of the Republic of Indonesia Nasaruddin Umar), Kompaspedia, (https://kompaspedia.kompas.id/baca/profil/tokoh/menteri-agama-ri-nasaruddin-umar).

Faedlulloh, Dodi, 2024, 13 September, ‘«Aktivisme Borjuis» yang Eksis Lebih Berharga ketimbang Pengorganisasian Berbasis Kelas yang Hanya di Kepala’ (The existence of ‘bourgeois activism’ is better than just a class mobilisation only in the mind), Project Multatuli, (https://projectmultatuli.org/aktivisme-borjuis-yang-eksis-lebih-berharga-ketimbang-pengorganisasian-berbasis-kelas-yang-hanya-di-kepala/ ).

Fahmi, Qithfirul, 2024, 22 August, Blue Garuda Emergency Warning: Its Origin and Its Meaning, Unpublished dissertation, Universitas Muhammadiyah Jakarta (UMJ).

Febrianto, Heru, 2024, 16 August, ‘Infrastructure becomes the key to investment competitiveness’, PwC [PricewaterhouseCoopers], Indonesia.

Feith, Herbert, 1982a, ‘Theory and Indonesian Politics: A Reply to Harry J. Benda’, in Anderson, Benedict and Audrey Kahin, eds., Interpreting Indonesian Politics: Thirteen Contributions to the Debate, pp.22-29. Interim Reports Series, Publication No. 62, Ithaca, New York: Cornell Modern Indonesia Project, Southeast Asia Program.

Feith, Herbert, 1982b, ‘Repressive-Developmentalist Regimes in Asia’, Alternatives: global, local, political, 7.4:491-506.

Ford, Michele, and Thomas B. Pepinsky (eds), 2014, Beyond Oligarchy: Wealth, Power, and Contemporary Indonesian Politics. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press.

Geertz, Clifford, 1965, ‘Primordial Sentiments and Civil Politics in the New States’, in Geertz (ed.), Old Societies and New States: The Quest for Modernity in Asia and Africa, New York: The Free Press of Glencoe, pp.105-157.

Geertz, Clifford, 1971, ‘A Program for the Stimulation of the Social Sciences in Indonesia’, Report to the Ford Foundation. New York: Ford Foundation.

Guritno, Tatang, and Ihsanuddin, 2024, 24 October, ‘Prabowo Boyong Menteri ke Magelang, Bakal Bahas Hilirisasi hingga Pencegahan Korupsi’ (Prabowo takes his ministers off to Magelang to discuss downstreaming and the prevention of corruption), Kompas.com, (https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2024/10/24/12221251/prabowo-boyong-menteri-ke-magelang-bakal-bahas-hilirisasi-hingga-pencegahan).

Huda, Miftahul, 2024, ‘Dilaporkan ke Polisi, Butet Kartaredjasa: Apa Saya Nyebut Nama Jokowi?’ (Reported to the Police, Butet Kartaredjasa: Did I mention Jokowi’s name?’ m.tribunnews.com, (https://m.tribunnews.com/amp/mata-lokal-memilih/2024/01/30/dilaporkan-ke-polisi-butet-kartaredjasa-apa-saya-nyebut-nama-jokowi)

Human Rights Watch, 2024, 18 September, ‘If It’s Not Racism, What Is It? Discrimination and Other Abuses Against Papuans in Indonesia’, New York.

[IPU Parline] Interparliamentary Union for Democracy, 2024, ‘Global Data on National Parliaments: Indonesia’, (https://data.ipu.org/parliament/ID/ID-LC01/election/ID-LC01-E20240214/).

Izzat, Fathimah Fildzah, 2024, 25 September, ‘Mengapa Gerakan Perlawanan di Indonesia «Begini-Begini Saja»?’ (Why a resistance movement is ‘only like this’), Project Multatuli, (https://projectmultatuli.org/mengapa-gerakan-perlawanan-di-indonesia-begini-begini-saja/).

Jakarta Globe, 2023, 8 November, ‘Former Minister Johnny Plate Sentenced to 15 Years for Corruption’.

Jakarta Post, 2014, 1 July, ‘Prabowo’s wealth Rp 1.6 trillion and $7.5 million’.

Jakarta Post, 2024, 19 August, ‘Jokowi installs Prabowo loyalists in cabinet for smooth transition’.

Jakarta Post, 2024, 20 August, ‘Constitutional Court drops electoral threshold for upcoming local polls’.

Jakarta Post, 2024, 23 August, ‘Netizens slam Kaesang, Erina over lavish US trip amid widespread protests’.

Kahin, George, 1963, Major Governments of Asia, Ithaca: Cornell University Press.

Kimura, Ehito, and Iqra Anugrah, 2023, ‘Indonesia in 2023: Between Democracy and Dynasty’, Asian Survey 64.2:267-277 (Asian Survey (2024) 64 (2): 267–277 (https://doi.org/10.1525/as.2024.64.2.267).

Lotulung, Garry, 2024, 21 March, ‘Nickel in Sulawesi: the price of the green economy’, Alternatives Humanitaires/Humanitarian Alternatives (Revue Internationale de réflexion et de débat sur l’humanitaire).

Machaček, Vit, and Martin Srholec, 2022, ‘Predatory publishing in Scopus: Evidence on cross-country differences’, Quantitative Science Studies 3.3:859-887.

Melvin, Jess, 2024, 26 June, ‘There is now proof that Suharto orchestrated the 1965 killing’, Indonesia at Melbourne Newsletter.

Mochtar, Zainal Arifin, 2024, 4 August, ‘Otokrasi Penopang Dinasti’ (Autocracy as dynasty’s backbone), Tempo, (https://www.tempo.co/arsip/otokrasi-dinasti-jokowi-24771).

Mudhoffir, Abdil Mughis, 2021, 21 December, ‘Tidak Ada Kemunduran Demokrasi, Politik Indonesia Sejak Dulu Memang Busuk’ (No decline in democracy, Indonesian politics was already rotten for a long time), Project Multatuli, (https://indoprogress.com/2021/12/tidak-ada-kemunduran-demokrasi-politik-indonesia-sejak-dulu-memang-busuk/).

Mudhoffir, Abdul Mughis, 2024, 23 August, ‘Darurat Aktivisme Borjuis’ (Bourgeois Democratic Emergency), Project Multatuli, (https://projectmultatuli.org/darurat-aktivisme-borjuis/).

Mulholland, Jeremy, 2024, 4 April, ‘The Jokowi-Luhut alliance’, Inside Indonesia

Nasution, Zulfadhli, 2024, 19 September, ‘Kritik Konseptual dan Praksis atas «Aktivisme Borjuis»’ (Conceptual criticism and the praxis of ‘bourgeois activism’), Project Multatuli, (https://projectmultatuli.org/kritik-konseptual-dan-praksis-atas-aktivisme-borjuis/).

Noer, Hafiz, 2024, 20 September, ‘Tiga tahun perjalanan BRIN: Birokratasi atau birokrasi untuk riset dan inovasi?’ (Three years of BRIN’s journey: Bureaucratisation or bureaucracy in research and innovation?), The Conversation, (https://theconversation.com/tiga-tahun-perjalanan-brin-birokratisasi-atau-birokrasi-untuk-riset-dan-inovasi-238513).

NU Online, 2023, 11 July, ‘Survei SMRC: 40 Juta Anggota NU Jadi Pemilih di Pilpres 2024’, (https://www.nu.or.id/amp/nasional/survei-smrc-40-jua-anggota-nu-jadi-pemilih-di-pilres-2024-uqHiN).

Okezone, 2024, 27 August, ‘Segini Harta Kekayaan Hashim Djojohadikusumo, Pernah Masuk Daftar Orang Terkaya RI’,

(https://economy.okezone.com/amp/2024/08/27/455/3055012/segini-harta-kekayaan-hashim-djojohadikusumo-pernah-masuk-daftar-orang-terkaya-ri).

PISA, 2023, 5 December, PISA 2022 Results (Volume I and II)-Country Notes: Indonesia. Paris: OECD.

Pontoh, Coen Husain, 2021, 16 June, ‘Menginvestigasi Kelas Menengah: Tanggapan untuk Abdil Mughis Mudhoffir’ (Investigating the middle class: A response to Abdil Mughis Mudhoffir), Jurnal IndoPROGRESS, (https://indoprogress.com/2021/06/menginvestigasi-kelas-menengah-tanggapan-untuk-abdil-mughis-mudhoffir/).

Power, Thomas, and Eve Warburton (eds.), 2020, Democracy in Indonesia: From Stagnation to Regression? Singapore: ISEAS.

Priyani, Agis, 2024, 23 August, ‘Erina Gudono Diduga Bohongi Publik Soal Columbia University, Runner Up Putri DIY 2022 Benarkan Ini’ (Erina Gudono suspected of lying to the public about Columbia University, the Runner Up of the Miss Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta acknowledges this), Bangkapos, (https://bangka.tribunnews.com/amp/2024/08/24/erina-gudono-diduga-bohongi-publik-soal-columbia-university-runner-up-putri-diy-2022-benarkan-ini).

Ramadhan, Ardito, and Novanti Setuningsih, 2023, 22 May, ‘Survei Litbang «Kompas»: 70.1 Persen Publik Puas terhadap Kinerja Jokowi-Ma’ruf’ (Kompas research department survey: 70.1 percent of the public are happy with Jokowi-Ma’ruf’s performance), Kompas.com, (https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2023/05/22/05523941/survei-litbang-kompas-701-persen-publik-puas-terhadap-kinerja-jokowi-maruf/

Robin Harding, Avantika Chilkoti, and Tom Mitchell, 2015, 1 October, ‘Japan Cries Foul after Indonesia awards rail contract to China’, Financial Times.

Robinson, Geoffrey B., 2018, The Killing Season: A History of the Indonesian Massacres, 1965-66. Princeton: Princeton UP.

Robison, Richard, and Vedi Hadiz, 2004, Reorganising Power in Indonesia: The Politics of Oligarchy in an Age of Markets. London: Routledge.

Saltford, John, 2003, The United Nations and the Indonesian Takeover of West Papua, 1962-1969: The Anatomy of Betrayal. London: RoutledgeCurzon.

Seruni, 2013, ‘The Role of Indonesia as a Mediator in the Border Dispute between Thailand and Cambodia during Indonesia’s Chairmanship of ASEAN’, BA Hons. Thesis, International Relations, Faculty of Social and Political Sciences., State Islamic University Syarif Hidayatullah, Jakarta.

Shackleton, Robert, 1955, ‘The Evolution of Montesquieu’s Theory of Climate’, Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 9.33-34:31-29.

Sjahrir, Sutan, 1946, Onze Strijd. Amsterdam: Vrij Nederland.

Soelias, Norman Joshua, 2015, ‘The Price of Containment: [The] Marshall Plan and the Mutual Security Program in Indonesia, 1948-1952’, ISRSF Best Essays of 2014, pp.61-65. Jakarta: Indonesian Scholarship and Research Support Foundation [ISRSF].

Start, Daniel, 1997, The Open Cage: The Ordeal of the Irian Jaya Hostages. London: HarperCollins.

Statista, 2024, 21 February, ‘Total net worth of presidential candidates in Indonesia as of October 2023’/Mona Siahaan, ‘Personal wealth of presidential candidates Indonesia 2024’.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2023, 2 February, ‘General on Special Mission to Myanmar Jokowi Says’, The Diplomat.

Susilo, Nina, 2022, 29 June, ‘Kyiv is on Standby to Welcome President Jokowi’s Visit’, Kompas [Daily, English edition].

Tempo, 2023, 1 January, ‘Demokrasi Terpimpin ala KPU’ (Guided Democracy à la General Election Commission), (https://www.tempo.co/politik/benarkah-ada-manipulasi-verifikasi-faktual-partai-pemilu-2024-829212).

Tempo, 2023, 8 January, ‘Perpu Cipta Kerja dan Otoritarianisme Jokowi’ (Job Creation Law and Jokowi’s Authoritarianism), Tempo , (https://www.tempo.co/politik/perpu-cipta-kerja-dan-otoritarianisme-jokowi-828445).

Tempo, 2024, 30 January, ‘Dilaporkan Karena Pantun Sindir Jokowi, Begini Bunyinya’ (Reported because his quatrain made slurring remarks about Jokowi, this is how it reads).

Tempo, 2024a, 28 July, ‘Diplomasi tanpa peluru’ (Diplomacy without bullets); (‘https://www.tempo.co/arsip/politik-luar-negeri-indonesia-24926).

Tempo, 2024b, 28 July, ‘Romantisme dan Arah Politik Luar Negeri’ (Romanticism and the Trend of Foreign Policy), (https://www.tempo.co/arsip/politik-luar-negeri-jokowi-24928).

Tempo, 2024, 29 July, Special Issue, ‘10 Tahun Jokowi: Nawadosa Jokowi selama dua periode’ (10 Years of Jokowi: A Decade of Declining Democracy and the Destruction of the Hopes of Reformasi), (https://magz.tempo.co/read/special-report/42123/10-years-of-jokowi-special-report).

Tempo, 2024, 4 August, ‘Panggung Komersialisasi Pendidikan’ (Education Commercialisation Stage), (https://www.tempo.co/arsip/komersialisasi-pendidikan-jokowi-24766).

Tempo, 2024, 22 August, ‘Erina Gudono Disebut Mirip Marie Antoinette, permaisuri Prancis yang Hidup Mewah’ (Erina Gudono said to resemble Marie Antoinette, the French queen who lived in luxury), (https://www.tempo.co/politik/erina-gudono-disebut-mirip-marie-antoinette-permaisuri-prancis-yang-hidup-mewah–16847).

Tempo, 2024, 24 August, Siti Maimunah, ‘Kedok Populis Proyek Strategis’ (Populist Mask of Strategic Projects), (https://www.tempo.co/arsip/populisme-proyek-jokowi-24935).

Tempo, 2024, 17 September, ‘Jokowi Comments of the Reopening of Sea Sand Export Permits’, (https://en.tempo.co/amp/1917122/jokowi-comments-on-the-reopening-of-sea-sand-export-permits/).

Tempo, 2024, 22 September, ‘Susi Air’s New Zealand Pilot Released, Minister Says Armed Group OPM Made No Demands’ (https://en.tempo.co/amp/1919233/susi-airs-new-zealand-pilot-released-minister-says-armed-group-opm-made-no-demands/).

Tempo, 2024, 20 October, ‘Pidato Pertama sebagai Presiden, Prabowo Ingatkan Agar Tidak Melupakan Kaum Miskin’ (In his first speech as President, Prabowo gives a reminder not to forget the poor), (https://www.tempo.co/politik/pidato-pertama-sebagai-presiden-prabowo-ingatkan-agar-tidak-melupakan-kaum-miskin-658654/ ).

Tempo, 2024, 21 October, ‘Inilah Kabinet Prabowo: 7 Menko, 41 Menteri, 55 Wamen, dan 5 Pejabat Setingkat Menteri’ (This is Prabowo’s cabinet: 7 Coordinating Ministers, 41 Ministers, 55 Deputy Ministers and five [senior] officials with ministerial rank), (https://www.tempo.co/ekonomi/inilah-kabinet-prabowo-7-menko-41-menteri-55-wamen-dan-5-pejabat-setingkat-menteri-769327/ ).

Tempo, 2024, 15 December, ‘Rotasi Janggal di TNI’ (TNI’s odd rotation), (https://www.tempo.co/politik/rotani-tni-era-prabowo-subianto-1181587).

The Conversation, 2024, 25 December, ‘Pilkada 2024: Kemenangan rakyat atau Jokowi-Prabowo?’ (The 2024 regional elections: A Victory for the people or for Jokowi-Prabowo?), (https://theconversation.com/pilkada-2024-kemenangan-rakyat-atau-jokowi-prabowo-246138).

Tirtosudarmo, Riwanto, and Peter Carey, 2022, ‘Indonesia 2019-2022: The authoritarian turn as leitmotif of President Jokowi’s second term’, Asia Maior, XXXIII / 2022 (2023), pp.169-200.

Van Reybrouck, David, 2024, Revolusi: Indonesia and the Birth of the Modern World. London: Bodley Head.

Vasudewa, Regi Pratasyah, and Diamanty Meliana, 2023, 23 October, ‘Jokowi, Anwar Usman, Gibran, dan Kaesang Dilaporkan ke KPK’ (Jokowi, Anwar Usman, Gibran and Kaesang are Reported to the Corruption Eradication Commission), Kompas.com (https://nasional.kompas.com/read/2023/10/23/16355131/jokowi-anwar-usman-gibran-dan-kaesang-dilaporkan-ke-kpk)

Volle, Adam, 2025, 5 March, ‘Prabowo Subianto, President of Indonesia’, Encyclopaedia Britannica (https://www.britannica.com/biography/Prabowo-Subianto ).

World Bank, 2016, Indonesia’s Rising Divide: Why inequality is rising, why it matters and what can be done, March. Washington D.C.: World Bank.

World Bank, 2022, Poverty and Shared Prosperity 2022: Correcting Course. Washington D.C.: World Bank.

Wright, Stephen, 2024, 2 September, ‘A Conservation treasure is threatened by Indonesian plans for food security’, Benar News.

1 «Iya, putus asa saya sekarang. Sudah nggak ada harapan. Levelnya sudah melukai demokrasi. Saya termasuk aktivis 1998 berjuang bersama kawan lain untuk membangun demokrasi Indonesia. Berhasil membangun sampai sekarang punya MK, Ombudsman, bisa mengontrol kepolisian, itu perjuangan teman-teman aktivis 98. Terus dikhianati, diakal-akalin siapa yang gak marah?» [Huda 2024].

2 As Indonesia’s first prime minister, Sutan Sjahrir (1909-1966; in office 1945-1947), put it in his September 1945 pamphlet Perjuangan Kita [Our Struggle], «the fate of Indonesia, more than any other country, depend[s] on the international situation and [global] developments», Sjahrir 1946, p. 19.

3 Also known as the Djakarta-Peking-Pyongyang-Hanoi-Phnom Penh Axis inaugurated in January 1965 as part of President Sukarno’s foreign policy during the last phase of Indonesia’s «Guided Democracy» era (1959-66).

4 Plate was given a 15-year custodial sentence on 8 November 2023 by Jakarta’s Anti-Corruption Criminal Court for personally embezzling US$ 1,000,000 [Jakarta Globe 2023, 8 November]. Meanwhile, Limpo was handed a 10-year sentence for blackmailing and extorting bribes from his subordinates in the Agriculture Ministry amounting to IDR 44.5 billion (US$ 2,700,000) [Antara News 2023, 11 July].

5 In 2023, nearly 50% of Timor-Leste’s 1,36 million population were deemed to be living in poverty on the basis of the US$ 2.15 PPP (Purchasing Power Parity) figure, see Kompas 2025, 17 January.

6 Abbreviation for kilocalorie, the unit used to measure the amount of energy in food, also frequently given as kJ (kilojoules). As a rough guide an average man needs 2,500 Kcal per day and an average woman 2,000 Kcal, see NHS 2023, 17 April.

7 The Gini coefficient – developed by Italian statistician Corrado Gini in 1912 – ranges from 0 to 1, where 0 represent absolute income equality and 1 absolute income inequality. Differently put, the higher is the value indicated by the Gini coefficient, the higher is income inequality.

8 ICOR = Incremental Capital Output Ratio. This measures the relationship between the level of capital investment made in any given economy, and the output in terms of GDP.

9 The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) is managed by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), an intergovernmental organization founded in 1961 and headquartered in Paris to advise governments on how to implement policies which improve the lives of their citizens.

10 The ASEAN-6 represent the six largest economies within the Association of Southeast Asian Nations grouping, namely Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, The Philippines and Vietnam.

11 Predatory journals are publications that claim to be legitimate scholarly journals but misrepresent their publishing practices. They often: (1) charge publication fees without providing standard peer-review or editing services; (2) solicit and easily accept manuscripts; (3) offer rapid publication; (4) use journal names and branding which mimic well-established journals; (5) fabricate indexing and citation metrics; (6) hide information about Article Processing Charges (APCs); (7) misrepresent members of the journal’s editorial board; and (9) violate copyright and scholarly ethics.

12 Personal communication to Peter Carey from Dr Greg Poulgrain, University of the Sunshine Coast, Brisbane, 23 December 2024.

13 The DTP research team visited major concentrations of refugees in the towns of Nabire, Sorong, Maybrat and Wamena, in Central, West and Mountain Papua provinces respectively.

14 The way the Jokowi administration handled this negotiation by playing the long game and working through trusted Church bodies rather than involving the Indonesian army (TNI) stands in sharp contrast to an earlier kidnapping of foreign citizens by the OPM. This occurred in January 1996 when six foreigners (four of them British biology students from Cambridge University), conducting biodiversity research at Lorenz National Park, were kidnapped in Mapenduma, also in Nduga District. It took five months to free the hostages, who were only released as the result of a military operation (15 May 1996) following the breakdown of negotiations through the ICRC (International Committee of the Red Cross). Two of the eleven hostages (both Indonesians) were killed [Start 1997]. The fact that current President Prabowo, then Special Forces (Kopassus) head, commanded the Indonesian military operation, is significant. Given the privileged role of the military in Prabowo’s administration, there were fears that the 1996 example may well become the norm rather than the Church brokered long-game preferred by Jokowi.

15 The validation of four new political parties was singled out as being distinctly dubious. They were: 1) Partai Gelora (Indonesian People’s Wave Party), a splinter of the Islamist Prosperous Justice Party (Partai Keadilan Sosial, PKS); 2) Partai Kebangkitan Nusantara (Nusantara Awakening Party, PKN), a splinter of former President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (in office, 2004-2014)’s Partai Demokrat (Democratic Party, PD, founded 2001); 3) Partai Garuda (Garda Perubahan Indonesia, Indonesian Guard for Change Party), indicated as close to former President Jokowi; and, 4) Partai Ummat (Ummat Party, literally Islamic Community Party), an Islamic party lead by Amin Rais, an aging octogenarian Islamic politician, who was instrumental in Suharto’s ouster on 21 May 1998.

16 Prabowo was educated at five successive schools outside Indonesia: (1) Dean’s Primary School in Singapore, 1957-60; (2) an international Junior High School in Hong Kong, 1961-1962; (3) Victoria Institute, Kuala Lumpur, 1962-64; (4) the American International School, Zurich, 1964-66; and (5) the American School, London, 1966-68, AFP Indonesia 2019; Djojohadikusumo 2021, pp. xlv-xlvi.

17 Prabowo’s father, Sumitro, facing trumped-up corruption charges, joined the ill-fated PRRI (Pemerintah Revolusioner Republik Indonesia, Revolutionary Government of the Republic of Indonesia) in West Sumatra in May 1957 during the regional rebellion against Sukarno known as the PRRI-Permesta (1957-1963). He took his wife and four young children with him. After six months of the family being hidden in a secret location in Padang (West Sumatra), Sumitro brought them to Singapore by cargo boat (late October/early November 1957), where Margono, who had exiled himself earlier to the same city, was waiting for them [Djojohadikusumo 2021, pp. xxxviii-xlv].

18 In 2009, at the time he contended the presidential election as Megawati Sukarnoputri’s running mate, Prabowo’s net worth was reported to be US$ 150,000,000 with assets in palm-oil plantations (Tidar Kerinci Agung), pulp-&-paper in East Kalimantan (Kiani Kertas, later Kertas Nusantara), mining (oil, natural gas and coal, Nusantara Energy) and fisheries (Jaladri Nusantara), as well as US$ 7,500,000 in cash, time deposits and current accounts [Jakarta Post 2014, 1 July] a sum which had declined to US$ 121,914,00 when Prabowo ran as a presidential candidate in 2024 because of the sharp fall in the Rupiah-US$ exchange rate since 2009 [Statista 2024, 21 October].

19 It is unclear why Surya Paloh and his Nasdem party made this decision to back Baswedan rather than Prabowo. They must have known full well that it would sour their relationship with Jokowi, which had hitherto been cordial: witness Nasdem’s support for Jokowi in January 2023 when they helped him pass both the National Job Creation Law [Tempo 2023, 8 January], and the revision of the laws governing the Corruption Eradication Commission (KPK). A bare nine months later (October 2023), however, following Nasdem’s decision to back Baswedan, this relationship between Jokowi and Nasdem’s founder, Surya Paloh, had not only soured but was reported to be close to collapse.

20 These groups had organised huge mass protests in late 2016 against the Christian Chinese Jakarta Governor, Basuki Tjahaja Purnama (Ahok, in office 2014-2017). Known as the «Aksi Damai Bela Islam [Peaceful Action in Defence of Islam]», this had brought over a million people onto the streets of the national capital on 2 December 2016 to demand the governor’s resignation on alleged blasphemy charges related to a speech he had made on 27 September 2016 quoting an ayat from the Qur’an (Al-Maidah verse 51, «Oh you who have believed, do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies […]») see Carey and Suhardiyoto Haryadi 2017, p.163.

21 Technically the legislative elections were for the People’s Consultative Assembly (Majelis Permusyawaratan Rakyat). This consists of the DPR, and the much smaller Regional Representative Council (Dewan Perwakilan Daerah), which functions as Indonesia’s upper house or Senate. However, while the DPR legislates nationally, the DPD’s authority is limited to areas related to regional governments and can only propose and give advice on bills under consideration in the DPR. It thus has no independent law-making powers.

22 Out of 204,807,222 registered voters, 162,227,475 actually voted in the 14 February 2024 elections, a remarkably high 80.2% voter turn-out, see IPU Parline 2024.

23 These local elections took place across 548 regions, 37 provinces, 415 regencies (kabupaten) and 93 cities (kota), including the Jakarta Special Capital Territory (Daerah Khusus Ibukota), with the exception of the Yogyakarta Special Region (Daerah Istimewa Yogyakarta, DIY), where the current Sultan (Hamengku Buwono X, r. 1988-present) and Pakualam ruler (Paku Alam IX, r. 2016-present) are automatically reappointed as Governor and Deputy Governor respectively.

24 Muhammadiyah is reported to have between 20-30 million members (22 million is often cited) as of 2023 [Arifianto 2023, 30 May], and Nahdlatul Ulama (NU) claims up to 40 million, making it the largest Muslim grassroots organisation in the world [NU Online 2023, 11 July].

25 Jakarta Post, 19 August 2024, reported that Bahlil had been appointed Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources seemingly as a reward for his services.

26 Jakarta Post, 20 August 2024, quoted Titi Anggraini of the Perludem election monitoring NGO as saying, with reference to the work of the Constitutional Court (Mahkamah Konstitusi or MK): «Bravo MK! Now the requirement to nominate a candidate in local election[s] is the same with that of independent candidates. MK is great!».

27 Erina gave birth to her first child, a daughter named Bebingah Sang Tansahayu, on 15 October 2024, so she was over seven months pregnant when she flew to the US in late August 2024, hence the need to travel by private jet as no commercial airline would have allowed her passage.

28 Drexler explains the complexities of what is known in Indonesia as the «culture of impunity», namely the lack of personal and professional shame involved in corrupt acts. Drexler shows that there are underlying drivers here. These involve not only «culture» broadly conceived but also bureaucratic, military and educational norms which make impunity and crimes against the state acceptable in Indonesia.

29 The current (2023) Indonesian population stands at 277.5 million (with 282+ million estimated in December 2024), compared to India’s 1.429 billion, China (PRC’s) 1.411 billion, and the USA’s 334.9 million.

30 The nine promises were: (1) ensuring the state protects the nation and its citizens through an active foreign policy, an integrated defense system guaranteeing national security, and the promotion of Indonesia’s identity as a maritime nation; (2) establishing clean, effective and democratic government thus restoring public trust in democratic institutions while consolidating democracy through reforms to the party system, elections and representative institutions; (3) building Indonesia from the periphery by strengthening regions and villages within the unitary state; (4) reforming the government system and enforcing the law to eradicate corruption and ensure dignified and trustworthy governance; (5) improving the quality of life of Indonesian citizens through better education, community empowerment, land reform, subsidized home ownership and universal state social welfare by 2019; (6) increasing the productivity and international competitiveness of Indonesian workers thus enabling the country to advance with other Asian nations; (7) achieving economic independence by mobilizing strategic sectors of the domestic economy; (8) carrying out a «mental revolution» through civic education and the teaching of the history of Indonesia’s national struggle, thereby deepening patriotism and character building; (9) strengthening diversity through policies that encourage diversity education and dialogue between citizens.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Hong Kong 2024: Adjusting to the National Security Law

2024 is probably the first year in which it is possible to openly discuss the consequences of the implementation of the National Security Law (NSL) in Hong Kong (2020). Multiple developments seem proving that Beijing has eventually started considering the Hong Kong Special Autonomous Region of the People’s Republic of China (HKSAR) as fully integrated into the Chinese political and economic system. This is allowing Beijing to start fully integrating Hong Kong in its global economic strategy, transforming the city into a stronghold to reinforce its position abroad, particularly towards Europe, the United States, and the Middle East. After discussing the nuances of this evolution, the article explains to what extent former Hong Kong partners, mainly Taiwan, the United States, as well as the European Union, are also adjusting their positioning vis-à-vis HKSAR to limit the indirect influence China might exert on them through the city.

Keywords – Hong Kong; China; National Security Law; Censorship; Jimmy Lai; Patriotic Education; Dissidents.

1. Introduction

The essay examines the key developments in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) of the People’s Republic of China in 2024, focusing on politics, media, the domestic economy, and international relations. The first section explores the consequences of the National Security Law (NSL) on both the political and media landscape, carrying forward the analysis from last year’s issue of Asia Maior [Kiū 2024], focusing in particular on both dissidents’ hearings and the evolution of the national schools’ curriculum. The second section evaluates the current economic situation, exploring the new role China is playing in coordinating local economic and financial strategies, including the increase deepening of relations with the Middle East. The final section places these developments in the context of Hong Kong’s international standing, offering a realistic outlook for its near future.

2. The progressive integration between Hong Kong and China

The year of 2024 was marked by the further consolidation of Beijing’s political dominance over the HKSAR, particularly with a zero-tolerance interpretation and applicability of the National Security Law. Starting with the Jimmy Lai case, passing through the biggest dissident trial in Hong Kong’s history, and, finally, the efforts to implement patriotic education in the schools’ curriculum, it is possible to see a clear change in the political landscape in the city.

2.1. A media mogul on the spot

The year of 2024 marked another turning point in the process of the media tycoon Jimmy Lai. There were two major hearings on his process during 2024. The first one happened on 2nd January, when the prosecution presented its case and Lai pleaded «not guilty» when being accused of collaborating with external forces and using his newspaper, Apple Daily, to spread «seditious materials». As for the second one, on November 20th – possibly the most awaited hearing –, he took the stand for the first time to testify on the national security case after having the trial adjourned in July due to the judges’ availability.

Back in January, Lai, 77 years old, was called a «radical political figure» by the lead prosecutor Anthony Chau Tin-hang for taking advantage of the protests in 2019 for freedom and democracy to pursue his «illegal agenda» – that being engaging in hostile activities with foreign countries against the Hong Kong government. Chau listed the names of the countries with which Lai supposedly conspired, such as the US, Australia, Japan, and Ireland, and of the people (deemed as «collaborators») who allegedly helped him realize his goals, like several senior Washington officials. Clips from interviews given by Lai to foreign media outlets and events’ speeches made between 2019 and 2020, before the imposition of the national security law, were also played in court to prove his conspiratorial plot. Six interviews were played. According to prosecutors, they are proof of Lai’s request for support for foreign interference in local affairs.

In one of the clips, an interview from July 2019 with the American research institute Foundation for Defense of Democracies, Lai described tensions between Beijing and Washington as a modern-day Cold War: «Hong Kong is fighting a war of the same values as yours. It means we are fighting your war in your enemy’s camp.» [Wong and Lin 2024, 2 January]. In other clips, Lai points out how the national security legislation, yet about to pass at that moment, would destroy Hong Kong’s autonomy; that the US president back in 2020, Donald Trump, was the «only salvation» for the region; and that Hongkongers would welcome support from overseas entities.

Prosecutors used as their main argument publications made either by Lai or his «collaborators» on social media platforms or private messages. In January’s hearing, they presented a report made by a computer forensics expert [Leung 2024, 9 January]. The specialist, Chow Kam-pui, an associate professor at the University of Hong Kong’s computer science department, was asked by the National Security Department (NSD) to prepare a full report on the following platforms: Telegram, WhatsApp, Signal, Facebook, Twitter (now, known as X), and YouTube.

While in court, Lai, a businessman who would not typically be considered a high-security threat, was accompanied by three prison officers, linked by an escort belt. The hearing took place in the West Kowloon Law Courts Building under heavy police presence, with a significant number of officers deployed to secure the Court. According to the news outlet South China Morning Post, about 50 people queued for seats in the public gallery for more than one hour before the hearing began. The veteran activist Alexandra Wong Fung-yiu stood in front of the court building with a British Union flag voicing support for the accused. Part of Lai’s family attended, including his wife Teresa Li Wan-kam, his sons Timothy Lai Kin-yan and Augustin Lai Zhun-yan, and his daughter Claire Lai Choi. A delegation from Reporter Without Borders was present as well as foreign diplomats and other civilian supporters.

In November, Lai had the chance to take the stand at the Court and testify. He explained his relations with Western politicians, Taiwanese figures, and both the creation and involvement of Next Magazine and Apple Daily in the case, both owned by him and discontinued in 2021. He denied trying to influence Hong Kong and China’s affairs and donating to political parties overseas. He admitted donating to US think tanks and religious organizations only. Lai pledged to have banned Apple Daily staff due to mentioning independence for Taiwan and Hong Kong, which he explained to be «a conspiracy» and a «crazy» idea [Wong et al. 2024, 20 November].

The Jimmy Lai case represents much more than just a regular judicial matter and correct application of the law. It acts as a crucial indicator for the trajectory of Hong Kong’s freedoms is going to be under the National Security Law (NSL). His role as a media mogul, alongside his connections with internationally relevant figures, especially from the West, and his outspoken criticism towards Beijing make him a strong symbol for both sides of this chess board. For the pro-democracy movement, Lai represents a defiant voice for press freedom and civil liberties. While for Beijing and its allies, his case will act as an example to deter dissent at the same time it sets clear limits of international interference in Chinese affairs with a «zero tolerance» attitude, as stated by Chris Tang [DW 2024, 20 November], Hong Kong Secretary for Security, when speaking with journalists after the hearing of the 45 activists that took place the day before Lai’s one in November.

If convicted, the businessman will face a life sentence, ensuring that he spends his final years behind bars. The harsh stand taken by prosecutors (likely acting on instructions from Beijing) reflects China’s aim to consolidate control over Hong Kong and sent a clear message to other media outlets, activists, and businesses: any attitude that could be interpreted as alignment with foreign forces or advocating for political reforms will have consequences. Since the implementation of the NSL, Hong Kong’s media landscape has changed (or adapted) by applying self-censorship or closing entirely in fear – for example, in March 2024, the Radio Free Asia (RFA) announced the withdrawal of its staff in Hong Kong [Reporter Without Borders 2024].

In addition, the heavy police presence during the hearings, the participation of diplomats and foreign supporters, and the detailed presentation of Lai’s interviews and social media activity as their main proof underscore how the case has been politicized to serve Beijing’s narrative and is being used as a high-profile example of the consequences for opposing the regime. Unlike many other dissidents, who were mainly involved in organizing or participating in political activism, Lai’s influence has an international reach, posing a threat to Beijing’s international relations. It is likely that this circumstance played an important role in how aggressively the prosecutors have pursued his case. Its outcome will shape how dissent is managed in the city and whether international pressure has any sway over the government’s actions.

Looking at the Chinese government’s websites and state-affiliated media, we can find either complete silence or strong affirmations. While Xinhua News Agency has refrained from writing any articles on the story, the China Daily has published pieces emphasizing Lai’s conspiratorial activities and portraying him as a disruptor of the social order, or the «mastermind and participant of the anti-China riots in Hong Kong as well as the ‘agent’ and ‘pawn’ of the anti-China forces» [China Daily 2024, 21 November]. The relative scarcity of official journalistic coverage seems to suggest an intent to downplay the case within mainland China, possibly to confirm that, thanks to the implementation of the national security law, peace and harmony have been successfully restored in the region. Indeed, the selective reporting in English, like the ones found at China Daily, which is a vehicle of the Chinese external propaganda system specifically designed to engage foreign audience appears calibrated to create a match with the government’s position on the matter.

2.2. The endless hunt for dissidents

In 2024, Hong Kong continued to intensify its crackdown on pro-democracy activists under the National Security Law (NSL) that came into effect in June 2020. Of 47 activists and lawmakers, 45 were sentenced to prison terms that range from four to ten years for their roles in what was considered an unofficial primary election in July 2020, two weeks after the national security law was imposed over the territory. At that time, organizers estimated nearly 600,000 people voted at polling booths set up across the city. By planning and participating in this illegal election, according to Beijing, they have conspired to subvert State power with acts that were aimed at disrupting the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) government’s duties.

The hearing for the activists happened on 19th November 2024, one day before Jimmy Lai’s hearing. People started queuing to guarantee seats inside the West Kowloon Law Courts gallery the weekend before, staying overnight with boxes of food and personal items to endure the hours of waiting – on the morning before, they were at least 26 in line [Wong and Chow 2024, 18 November]. Police had cordon lines to monitor the perimeter and did body searches on activists on the site.

The former legal scholar labelled by Chinese government and media as the «mastermind» behind the plot, Benny Tai Yiu-ting, 60 years, was handed the heaviest sentence: ten years in prison [Lam et al. 2024, 20 November]. His prison term was previously set at 15 years for being considered a «principal offender», but the judges downgraded it to 10 years after he pleaded guilty. The activist Joshua Wong Chi-fung, a 28-year-old former student leader, was sentenced to four years and eight months. However, more than half of the convicted have been held in detention since March 2021, which will count toward their time left in prison.

This was Hong Kong’s biggest national security trial and marked the first instance in which the HKSAR has addressed a case concerning the subversion of State power. Before it, China appeared in the global headlines related to the same subject when the Chinese coast guard arrested 12 activists at sea as they tried to escape to Taiwan by speedboat [BBC 2020, 30 December]. This case happened in August 2020, about 70 km south-east of Hong Kong. Most of them were linked to the protests that took place in 2019 and, therefore, not legally allowed to leave the country. By the end of 2020, the authorities charged eight of them for illegally crossing the border (leading up to two years in jail) and two for organizing the crossing (up to seven years in prison). The hearing happened in December that year and it was closed to foreign reporters and diplomats. Between the group, two minors (the whole group had ages between 17-33) confessed to their actions and did not face prosecution.

It is possible to interpret these cases as a strong message to all those who attempt to challenge the NSL. As stated by a South China Morning Post (SCMP) editorial [South China Morning Post 2024, 21 November], the Hong Kong judges established with the sentences that a subversion plot does not need to succeed or to be violent in order to breach the law. At the November hearing, the judges pointed out that the participants were determined to ensure a successful primary, back in July 2020. Therefore, this should be treated to be as a serious attempt to overthrow the government by force.

Chris Tan, Hong Kong Secretary for Security, read a statement for journalists after the hearing on November 19th. «We believe these sentences reflect the severity of the crime and show that crimes endangering national security must be heavily punished. The sentences have sent a clear message to the public that we have zero tolerance for any acts endangering national security, including subverting state power», he affirmed [DW 2024, 20 November].

In December 2024, Hong Kong placed six people on a wanted list. Now living abroad, they are considered fugitives and a danger for national security. In addition to that, the HKSAR intensified its efforts to capture them by offering rewards of HK$ 1 million (US 128,760) for any information that may lead to their arrest [Kunling 2024, 24 December]. On their website, the Hong Kong Police Force has a list of all the wanted activists with their names, photos, date of birth, and a paragraph explaining what they are wanted for. Among the six on the wanted list accused of committing national security offences (including inciting secession and collusion with foreign forces), there were a former district councilor, activists, a political commentator, a YouTuber, and a former actor. On the same day, the authorities also canceled the passports of seven people wanted under the security law, two lawmakers and five activists.

The pursuit of dissidents abroad shows the ongoing escalation nature of the crackdown under the National Security Law in Hong Kong by extending the strategy to those who have sought asylum. It sends a clear message that Beijing is determined to target those it considers as a threat to its authority regardless of their current location.

International reactions in the West have been largely condemnatory [European Parliament, 2024]. Governments and human rights organizations have criticized the sentences, viewing them as punitive measures against individuals engaging in lawful political activities. Despite these concerns, the Chinese government has shown no intention of loosening its grip and their spokespeople continue to reiterate the same «zero tolerance» alongside a demand of non-interference in local affairs. Beijing continues to assert its authority over Hong Kong, signaling a steadfast commitment to integrating the region more closely with mainland China’s governance model. The fact that the crackdown on dissidents has reached beyond the country’s borders is a strong indication that Beijing’s efforts to end dissent will persist and likely intensify in the future.

2.3. Reframing local mentalities to build a dissent-free society

The educational landscape in Hong Kong has become, through 2024, a way of spreading even more the political views of the Chinese party. Starting on 1st January, the Patriotic Education Law came into effect in the region. The law sets out the main content regarding patriotic education. Some measures included intensified efforts to embed patriotic courses into the curriculum and a close attention to the implementation process.

In another push to strengthen Hongkongers’ national identity and patriotic awareness, the government established a Working Group on Patriotic Education in April 2024 [Shao 2024, 29 April]. With students as their main focus, the group dedicated their efforts to outlining strategies to make the patriotic education more impactful. Exhibitions, commemorative ceremonies, and artistic performances were a part of the «soft tactics» the government decided to use to evoke and nourish the patriotic spirit.

However, in a regular visit to assess the implementation of the curriculum at The Hong Kong and Macau Lutheran Church Primary School in Hang Hau and the Yan Chai Hospital Lim Por Yen Secondary School in Tsuen Wan, something caught the attention of the inspector in a negative way: how the students were singing the national anthem [Leung 2024, 26 June]. In a detailed report, it was stated that during the traditional flag-raising ceremony in these two schools the singing of the anthem by the students was weak [教育局质素保证分部 2024, January]. The document instructed teachers to «give reminders and help students develop a habit of singing the national anthem loudly». Other schools were praised for the students’ attitude during the same ceremony.

The document is not something new. Reports have been prepared since the school year of 2003-2004. Nevertheless, it was only last year that the Education Bureau decided to upload parts of the school reports for the general public to see. For the schools, this can mean an even bigger scrutiny, as they are being rated on how far they were able to integrate the national security curriculum into their practices for the public to witness. While transparency can promote accountability, the emphasis on publicizing compliance with patriotic standards risks creating a competitive or punitive environment, especially for schools struggling to meet these expectations.

The new school year of 2024-2025 started not only with new demands, but also a new addition to the curriculum: «Xi Jinping Thoughts on Socialism». The teachings of the Chinese leader were encased in the course Citizenship, Economics, and Society, a mandatory one for all 512 secondary schools. With classes like this one, students are learning about, for example, the country’s political structure, challenges about the Belt and Road initiative, national security, and the opium war. The dedication totals 12 lessons of 40 minutes each [Sharma 2024, 3 September]. All students are regularly tested on new knowledge. Their answers are carefully monitored by both school directors and CCP fonctionnaires inside the schools, most likely to achieve two results. First, assessing students’ capacity to interiorize the official Chinese narrative. Second, to verify if the latter is somehow challenged at home by parents that are less inclined to formally endorse it.

The 2023-2024 academic year also witnessed an unprecedented rise in applications from mainland Chinese students seeking to enroll in Hong Kong schools. Institutions in border districts, such as the North District, have declared a «full house» turning away many applicants due to a lack of capacity or inadequate academic qualifications. Driven by policies like the Top Talent Pass Scheme, the influx has led to significant integration challenges. Mainland students often face difficulties adapting to the English-medium curriculum, with language barriers being a common obstacle. In some cases, schools have organized intensive English classes to support these students.

The integration of patriotic themes into English-language education exemplifies the disconnect between policy ambitions and classroom realities. New government-issued teaching kits incorporate national security topics into grammar lessons and reading materials. For example, passages on food security and nuclear development are used to teach sentence structures. While the intention is to combine language learning with patriotic themes, many educators argue that such materials are too dry and complex for students with limited proficiency, potentially disengaging them further.

Language policies also reinforced the cultural integration process. The increased use of Mandarin (Putonghua) in public life, including in the education system, further diminished the prominence of Cantonese, Hong Kong’s traditional language, which had been a key marker of the city’s distinct identity [You 2024, 20 March].

3. The slow transformation of Hong Kong into a pawn of China’s economic strategy

Throughout 2024, Hong Kong underwent several notable economic and financial shifts. These changes were shaped by post-pandemic recovery, ongoing geopolitical tensions, and HKSAR evolving role as a global financial hub.

3.1. Untangling China’s contribution to Hong Kong economic recovery

After a couple of difficult years marked by COVID-19 restrictions and geopolitical instability, Hong Kong’s economy began to stabilize and show several signs of growth in 2024.

The end of strict pandemic-related measures in the city, combined with global improvements in public health, created a foundation for economic growth. Mainland China, Hong Kong’s largest trading partner, also opened up more broadly in 2023 [Menegazzi 2024], boosting business and consumer confidence in 2024. This evolution helped the city to stabilize and recover by focusing on key sectors like tourism, retail, and finance, as well as leveraging its role as a global trading hub.

The Hong Kong Tourism Board and government worked on various promotional campaigns to attract tourists back to the city, and in particular tourists from mainland China [Weilan 2024, 12 May]. This recovery benefited sectors like retail, hospitality, and entertainment, especially during holidays and festivals. As a consequence, the unemployment rate started declining and the progressive increase in consumer confidence further supported domestic consumption and contributed to more sustainable growth.

Global trade also started showing some signs of recovery. The reopening in China proved to be crucial in boosting Hong Kong’s key industries – such as electronics, machinery, and high-end consumer goods – whose exports registered an encouraging increase. In this context, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA) and local trade associations have also been particularly reactive in supporting businesses with initiatives to facilitate smoother trade relations, including adjusting customs processes and enhancing digital trade infrastructure.

In this context, the Hong Kong government also confirmed its commitment to boost both trade and logistics connectivity as well as talent and labor mobility. Infrastructure projects in the Greater Bay Area (GBA), such as the Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macau Bridge, the Guangzhou-Shenzhen-Hong Kong Express Rail Link, and the Qianhai Free Trade Zone, continued to expand, confirming Hong Kong as an essential shipping and logistics hub, with cross-border infrastructure seen as essentials in supporting e-commerce, import-export businesses, and manufacturing supply chains.

The year of 2024 also marked a significant acceleration of talent flows between Hong Kong and mainland China, with not only more workers, executives, and entrepreneurs traveling between the two regions, but also with an apparent new strategy implemented by Hong Kong to boost its own ability to attract highly skilled workforce from mainland China [Li and Xue 2024, 18 October], particularly in fields like technology, finance, engineering, and digital transformation. Hong Kong situation remains very solid, thanks to its 2.5% economic growth, marking a moderate slow down compared to 2023 (+3,2%), but expected to maintain a similar one in 2025.

3.2. Hong Kong as a renewed (Chinese) financial hub?

Hong Kong has long been one of the world’s leading financial centers, acting as a gateway between China and the rest of the world. However, since the 2019 protests and the imposition of the National Security Law in 2020, combined with the global COVID-19 pandemic, Hong Kong faced significant challenges to its status. During this period, the competition from other financial hubs like Singapore emerged as a new challenge to the city.

Although throughout 2024 several financial firms continued to relocate to more politically stable environments such as Singapore, 2024 marked a turning point in Hong Kong strategy to recover and reposition itself within the global financial landscape. This recovery was supported by several important initiatives, including economic stimulus measures, the continued influx of mainland Chinese capital, and efforts to diversify its financial sector, especially in emerging fields like fintech, green finance, and digital assets [HK Gov 2024, 24 September].

Generally speaking, the strengthening of Hong Kong’s financial sector in 2024 largely stemmed from rebuilding investor confidence in the face of political uncertainty, as well as from the efforts made to modernize the financial infrastructure, especially in areas like digital finance and sustainable investment, and the renewed perception of Hong Kong as a privileged financial hub for mainland China. In this context, data confirm that the strengthening of both commercial and financial relationship with Mainland China was the key drive of Hong Kong recovery. The evolution of the Hong Kong stock market is an effective example of that.

The Hong Kong stock market succeeded at displaying stability and resilience in 2024, despite ongoing global uncertainties such as inflation and trade tensions. If IPOs surged due to a recovery in global investor sentiment and the return of international capital, it is also true that the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (HKEX) remained a leading venue for initial public offerings (IPOs) thanks to a number of Chinese tech giants and emerging companies that chose to list in Hong Kong attracted by its proximity to mainland China’s market and its more flexible listing rules compared to Western exchanges [KPMG 2024, 3 October]. Additionally, Hong Kong strengthened its position as a platform for Chinese companies seeking to attract global capital, to be collected from both international and local investors.

Indeed, thanks to both Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect platforms, the direct access to Hong Kong’s capital markets for mainland Chinese investors and vice versa was further simplified. Beyond facilitating China-Hong Kong financial cooperation and ensure that the latter remains one of Asia’s leading financial centers, the consolidation of Hong Kong financial position was also meant to prove to international investors that Hong Kong remains a privileged entry point to mainland Chinese markets, regaining some of the attractivity lost during the previous years, especially vis-à-vis Singapore. For example, the expanding of the Bond Connect platform further facilitated international investors’ acquisition of Chinese bonds, strengthening the role of Hong Kong as the most valuable intermediary.

Another trend that was confirmed in 2024 is Hong Kong determination to continue to diversify its financial services beyond traditional banking and real estate, to embrace fintech, digital banking, and green finance, as a consequence of the new emphasis placed by global financial markets on Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) investments. The city saw increasing investment in cryptocurrencies and digital currencies with the adoption of initiatives such as the Hong Kong Digital Asset Exchange and regulations around ESG investments were enhanced to confirm Hong Kong as a key player in the sustainable finance movement in Asia. Indeed, the city’s alignment with global efforts to promote green bonds, carbon markets, and sustainable investments helped attract both impact investors and companies looking to meet international sustainability standards [HK Gov 2024, 24 September].

Hong Kong’s role as a testing ground for China’s central bank digital currency (CBDC) – the digital yuan (e-CNY) – also became more pronounced in 2024, as the city increasingly supported digital payment platforms that could bridge mainland China’s domestic digital currency systems with international markets [China Daily 2024, 15 March]. The previous work made at boosting the development of digital currencies and cross-border payment systems to allow Hong Kong to integrate more deeply into China’s digital economy proved to be essential in facilitating this transition.

4. Hong Kong progressive distancing from historical partners

Since the implementation of the National Security Law in 2020, Hong Kong’s relations with several Western countries, particularly the United States and European Union member states, had deteriorated significantly. Western governments criticized Hong Kong’s decreasing political freedoms, erosion of autonomy, and the diminishing space for democratic opposition.

Throughout 2024, Western diplomatic sanctions were maintained or expanded. The U.S. continued its policy of imposing sanctions on individuals and entities in Hong Kong deemed responsible for undermining the city’s freedoms and autonomy, including asset freezes, travel bans, and restriction of business dealings [Magnier 2024, 25 December]. If Washington has been more vocal in imposing restrictions on sectors like financial services, technology, and media, with President Joe Biden going as far as emphasizing that Hong Kong was no longer autonomous under the Hong Kong Autonomy Act and that, as a consequence, the region lost its status as a special administrative region, the European Union has been keener to issue diplomatic protests and condemnations of Hong Kong’s political repression, raising concerns over the city’s press freedoms, civil rights, and rule of law. Also, it has become more and more frequent to see political and mediatic debates in Western countries questioning the status of Hong Kong as an autonomous entity, emphasizing its deeper and deeper alignment with mainland China in matters of foreign policy and trade.

Increasing reluctance to issue visas for Hong Kong pro-democracy activists emerging in countries such as the U.S., U.K., and Canada, which had welcomed them immediately after 2019 protests also became visible. Today, several Western nations providing asylum or protection for those fleeing Hong Kong experience an increasing pressure from China offering generous bounties to have the refugees back [Al Jazeera 2024, 24 December].

This situation progressively fueled the rise of a local alarm in terms of talent and investment losses. Indeed, continued sanctions and diplomatic isolation had the potential to impact Hong Kong’s job market, with many young professionals, journalists, and pro-democracy activists leaving the region to seek opportunities abroad – primarily in countries offering political asylum, such as the U.S., Canada, and the U.K. – and being potentially replaced by newcomers from mainland China.

Another major change in Hong Kong’s international relations is linked to the fact that its foreign relations started to become increasingly framed through the lens of its role as part of China’s global strategy, thanks to a slow but progressive alignment among Hong Kong’s foreign policy and Beijing’s broader diplomatic goals. Hong Kong is now perceived as a region that is progressively giving up its historically more neutral and autonomous role in international organizations such as the United Nations or the World Trade Organization (WTO), with Beijing taking a more direct role in managing the city’s diplomatic affairs.

The sudden reorientation of Hong Kong diplomatic and economic relations further confirms the ongoing transition. As a global financial hub and trade center, Hong Kong had traditionally maintained strong ties with Asia-Pacific nations, the European Union, and North America. Today, its role in international trade is increasingly tied to mainland China’s foreign policy priorities. A trend that might potentially affect its relations with former core economic partners [HK Gov 2024, 24 September].

Throughout 2024, Hong Kong has consolidated its image as a financial hub for investments in infrastructure projects tied to China’s Belt and Road Initiative in Southeast Asia, the Middle East (energy, finance, and technology), Africa, and Latin America (resource extraction).

The Middle East in particular is emerging as the new priority for Hong Kong economic strategy. In October last year, an important step was taken towards strengthening Hong Kong ties with the whole region. The Saudi Arabia Stock Exchange started to trade the first exchange-traded funds (ETFs1) that track 30 Hong Kong-listed companies (those being mainly Chinese firms, including the holdings Meituan, Techtronic Industries, and Anta Sports). HKSAR Financial Secretary Paul Chan did an in-person visit to Riyadh, the capital of Saudi Arabia, along with a business delegation to take part in the ETF listing ceremony. While there, they attended an investment conference with bilateral meetings and round-table discussions with the presence of institutions and representatives from the region.

The step came one year after Hong Kong launched Asia’s first ETF on Saudi Arabia equities market (including Saudi Aramco and Al Rajhi Banking & Investment) [Au and Sedgwick 2023, 6 December], which had Saudi’s sovereign wealth fund, The Public Investment Fund, as an anchor investor. Both movements had a strong government support on their backs, with Hong Kong officials yearning for investments from wealthy Middle Eastern investors and family offices, as well as establishing closer ties with the region. The quid-pro-quo was the first step of what the government explained to be the beginning of a series of «more diversified products» to connect investors from both regions [‘FS continues to explore’ 2024, 31 October].

This was not, however, the only preferential bridge created between the two regions. The CEO of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (HKMA), Eddie Yue Wai-man, and the governor of the Saudi Central Bank (SAMA), Ayman Al-Sayari, met in December 2024 to discuss topics such as financial infrastructure development and investment outlooks. This was a follow-up meeting after another reunion that happened in July 2023, when they agreed to promote financial innovation projects and develop the fintech sector to diminish the reliance on oil and property sectors.

Hong Kong rapprochement to the Middle East is not a local-framed strategy, rather another confirmation of the role the former colony is now playing in facilitating China’s broader economic agenda. Aimed at securing the precious resources of the region and consolidating new partnership in a region traditionally closer to the United States than China. From the perspective of Middle Eastern countries, engaging with Hong Kong is an opportunity to expand beyond an energy-focused investment portfolio and take part into technological development in Asia. More importantly, Hong Kong’s active outreach to other countries reflects its ambition to sustain relevance as a global financial hub. Whether these efforts will yield long-term, mutually beneficial partnerships remains to be seen, but they show the region’s capacity to adapt to global shifts in power and economic influence [HK Gov 2024, 24 September].

As far as the European Union and the United States are concerned, instead, in 2024 their relationship begun to stabilize at a lower level of engagement. On a general note, the continued U.S. sanctions, combined with increased political control from Beijing, led to concerns about Hong Kong’s legal environment, which was once one of the city’s key strengths. Therefore, despite having been able to maintain (so far) a relevant role in global finance, Hong Kong reputation and status are regularly challenged by political developments, particularly the risk of political interference in business operations. For these reasons, as it started happening in 2022, several multinational companies opted to reassess their presence in the city, as geopolitical risks associated with Hong Kong’s future began to manifest.

A particular attention should be given to the case of the United Kingdom, where the Labour Party’s victory in the July general election has injected a fresh breeze into the country bilateral relations with China. If the fourteen years of Conservative rule were marked by instability and contradictions in the UK’s approach to Beijing, the Labour Party, through their Foreign Secretary David Lammy, immediately emphasized its commitment to adopt a more «consistent» strategy. This was made public by an article two months before the election in which Lammy described his vision for the post – an approach he calls «progressive realism» [Lammy 2024, 17 April].

In the beginning of 2024, ahead of the implementation of Article 23 in Hong Kong, the British government loosened requirements for holders of its British National Overseas (BNO) passport wanting to emigrate [Tung 2024, 18 March]. With the document, Hong Kongers became able to apply for a visa and eventual citizenship after six years. The rule became valid for both married and unmarried couples that did not live in the same address as long as you can prove you have an ongoing relationship. Previously, partners had to at least prove two years of cohabitation before being eligible.

After the general election, the new British Foreign Secretary visited China in what was interpreted by the Chinese as a new starting point [Xinhua 2024, 19 October]. However, the status of Hong Kongers living abroad – in particular those in the UK under their BNO passport – may be where the waters of bilateral diplomacy will continue to churn, sending mixed signals of what would be this «new starting point». In December, the UK government indeed reaffirmed its commitment to defending Hong Kong’s freedoms and those seeking refuge on its soil. Yet, Lammy himself seems to be treading a delicate line, uncertain of how far to push back while maintaining diplomatic engagement with Beijing and pushing a new agenda.

Later that year, the British Minister for the Indo-Pacific Catherine West visited Hong Kong to meet government officials, in what was understood as a pact to the revitalization of bilateral relations. During the visit, the British consulate announced the UK government was «committed to a long-term, strategic and pragmatic relationship with China». This could be a restarting point for their relation after years of tension under the rule of the British Conservative Party regarding human rights and security concerns in the city. However, it is also possible that the rapprochement with Hong Kong has been made to confirm a sort of endorsement of the new role China has attributed to the city. Indeed, the year ended with a promise of another visit to China in January 2025, this time from the British Finance Minister, the Chancellor Rachel Reeves, in what was seen by the Chinese media as a sign to seek stronger economic ties and continue to focus on a new and promising pragmatic relationship.

The relationship between Hong Kong and Taiwan also experienced significant strains throughout 2024. Because of a narrative increasingly shaped by the broader context of China’s policies, with Hong Kong being pulled closer into Beijing’s orbit and Taiwan current leadership remaining resistant to any overtures from China, bilateral interactions also started deteriorating.

In fact, the evolution observed in recent years is progressing in two different directions. On one hand, the number of Hong Kong residents working on issues deemed sensitive under the National Security Law choosing to move to Taiwan – often without making it known – continues to rise (not revealing the move is considered essential to maintain a low profile and feel safe). On the other hand, after serving as a bridge between the United States and Hong Kong during the 2019 protests, Taiwan has gradually reassessed its stance regarding any potential implicit or explicit support for Hong Kong’s cause. By early 2024, this has led to the adoption of a form of self-censorship, aimed at avoiding overt concern about Hong Kong’s situation and, consequently, attracting Beijing’s scrutiny [Intelligence Online 2025, 21 January]. For this reason, several think tanks are discretely backing away from bilateral programs of collaboration, research, and reflection – once again, to avoid drawing attention. That said, bilateral trade remains stable, maintaining the volumes seen over the past three years.

5. Conclusion

In 2024, Hong Kong found itself in an increasingly precarious position, balancing its historical role as a global financial hub with the rising tensions between China and the West. The city’s future as a neutral economic player continued to be undermined by its integration with mainland China, which limited its ability to act independently in the international arena. Hong Kong’s standing in the global community became increasingly tied to Beijing’s interests over the last year, complicating its diplomatic relations with the West.

As the legal and political landscape keeps shifting under the National Security Law, the city risks becoming more and more isolated from its former allies, raising questions about whether it can sustain its reputation as an open and competitive global center. With businesses and investors increasingly weighing the risks of engagement in such a landscape, Hong Kong’s future may no longer be determined by its own ambitions, but by the strategic imperatives of Beijing.

The establishment of cash rewards for activists living abroad and passports cancelations sends a signal that Beijing is far from done demonstrating its power. These measures extend the reach of the National Security Law beyond Hong Kong’s borders. They not only heighten fears among dissidents overseas, but also risk triggering diplomatic tensions with the countries offering them refuge. It is still to be seen how the zero-tolerance policy will be used by China. However, if Beijing is to use the argument of internal affairs, as it does with Taiwan every time other countries try to contest its acts, this can mean the beginning of further legal accusations and international disputes.

Bibliography

‘FS continues to explore businesses opportunities for Hong Kong in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia (with photos/video)’, The Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, 2024, 31 October.

Al Jazeera, 2024, 24 December, ‘Hong Kong police announce bounties on overseas pro-democracy activists’.

Au, Sinyi, and John Sedgwick, 2023, 6 December ‘Asia’s first Saudi Arabia ETF lists on Hong Kong stock exchange’, Financial Times.

BBC, 2020, 30 December, ‘Hong Kong boat activists: China jails group for up to three years’.

Brian Wong, Jess Ma, Sammy Heung, and Fiona Chow, 2024, 20 November, ‘Jimmy Lai wanted Trump to stop Hong Kong national security law with « call to Xi » – as it happened’, South China Morning Post.

China Daily, 2024, 21 November, ‘Us, Canadian politicians urged to stop meddling in Hong Kong’s judiciary’

China Daily, 2024, 15 March, ‘HKMA launches second phase of e-HKD pilot program’.

DW, 2024, 20 November, ‘Hong Kong: China-critic Jimmy Lai testifies at trial’.

Jeffie Lam, Brian Wong, Kaliz Lee, and Marcelo Duhalde, 2024, 20 November, ‘Hong Kong 47 and their jail time after longest national security trial’, South China Morning Post.

European Parliament, 2024, ‘Joint motion for a resolution on the human rights situation in Hong Kong’, European Parliament, RC-10-2024-0208.

Intelligence Online, 2025, 21 January, ‘Academia Sinica pressured to discard applications from Hong Kong researchers’.

Kiū, Than, 2024, ‘Hong Kong 2023: The new Chinese province’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXIV/2023: 125-44.

KPMG, 2024, 3 October, ‘Hong Kong reclaims position among top five global venues, say KPMG’.

Kunling, Wu, 2024, 24 December, ‘HK scraps 7 fugitives’ passports, puts 6 others on wanted list’, China Daily.

Lammy, David, 2024, 17 April, ‘The Case for Progressive Realism’, Foreign Affairs.

Leung, Hillary, 2024, 9 January, ‘Hong Kong media mogul Jimmy Lai’s nat. security trial: Prosecution cites expert on social media platforms’, Hong Kong Free Press.

Leung, Hillary, 2024, 26 June, ‘Students at 2 Hong Kong schools not singing China’s national anthem loudly enough, inspections find’, Hong Kong Free Press.

Li, Shadow, and Fang Xue, 2024, 18 October, ‘HK ramps up efforts to attract skilled workers’, China Daily.

Magnier, Mark, 2024, 25 December, ‘Biden signs Pentagon budget bill that extends sanctions on Hong Kong officials’, South China Morning Post.

Menegazzi, Silvia, 2024, ‘China in 2023: Stimulating Economic Recovery along with Patriotic Education’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXIV/2023: 1-22.

Reporters Without Borders, 2024, ‘Radio Free Asia to close its bureau in Hong Kong following enactment of domestic national security law’.

Shao, Atlas, 2024, 29 April, ‘HK to use « soft tactics » to enhance patriotic education’, China Daily.

Sharma, Shweta, 2024, 3 September, ‘Hong Kong begins rollout of « Xi Jinping Thought » in school curriculum’, Independent.

South China Morning Post, 2024, 21 November, ‘Editorial: Subversion sentences close difficult chapter as Hong Kong rule of law prevails’.

The Government of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, 2024, 24 September, ‘Hong Kong rose to third place globally in Global Financial Centres Index’, Info.gov.hk.

Tung, Cheryl, 2024, 18 March, ‘UK relaxes rules for Hong Kong migrants ahead of new security law’, Radio Free Asia.

Weilan, Zhang, 2024, 12 May, ‘HK tourism board welcomes more mainland visitors, calling it « gift » to boost local economy’, Global Times.

Wong, Brian, and Fiona Chow, 2024, 18 November, ‘Hong Kong 47: dozens queue outside court ahead of sentencing of 45 opposition activists’, South China Morning Post.

Wong, Brian and Edith Lin, 2024, 2 January, ‘Hong Kong tycoon Jimmy Lai called on US to impose «very draconian» sanctions against Beijing, court hears in mogul’s past interviews’, South China Morning Post.

Xinhua, 2024, 19 October, ‘Chinese FM holds talks with British foreign secretary’.

育局质素保证分部, 2024, January, ‘校外评核报告/港澳信义会小学’.

Yiu, William, 2024, 20 March, ‘Hong Kong schools see “crazy” surge in number of applications from mainland pupils’, South China Morning Post.

1 ETFs are a “basket” of equities that trade like a regular singular stock in the stocks market system. It is seen as an option to diversify investments by limiting the risk of investing in one single stock. It usually tracks a selection of stocks in a specific index, industry or any other given category of equities.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Japan 2024: Striving for security amidst political turmoil*

While drastic changes have occurred in Japan’s domestic politics, its foreign policy has been characterised by continuity. In a year defined by domestic political turmoil, financial volatility and environmental catastrophes, the ever dominant Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) witnessed a dramatic leadership change and lost the absolute majority in a snap election while indirectly maintaining political control over Tokyo. Nonetheless, with the return of Donald J. Trump looming on the horizon of Japan’s foreign policy and security, the two administrations of Prime Ministers Kishida Fumio and Ishiba Shigeru in effect persistently followed Abe’s goal of strengthening the country’s economic security and defence posture. Japan’s defence autonomy has been increased by engaging the United States in the region, deepening security partnerships, and improving relations with China. However, questions have recently emerged regarding the future of the foreign policy direction established by Abe, as the LDP, led by Ishiba, has been compelled to make numerous concessions to opposition parties due to its minority status.

Keywords – Constitutional Democratic Party; Democratic Party for the People; Ishiba Shigeru; Kishida Fumio; Japan 2024 general election; Japan-NATO relations; Japan-US relations; Japan-China relations; Liberal Democratic Party; Official Security Assistance; social media populism; 2024 Tokyo gubernatorial election.

1. Introduction

Japan’s year in review was characterised by internal political strife and turmoil, producing leadership changes in several major parties and resulting in a significant paradigm shift at the policymaking level due to the LDP’s loss of the absolute majority in the Lower House of Japan’s National Diet. The scandal-ridden LDP underwent several transformations in the year in review, though it remains to be seen how effective these would be in the mid- and long term. Certainly, the emergence of a figure such as Ishiba Shigeru as leader of the party of relative majority and prime minister, starkly contrasted with both the ruling style of his predecessor Kishida Fumio and the legacy of Abe Shinzō. Described as an «idealist» and a conservative democrat, Ishiba has in fact been a political outsider for years in the Abe-dominated LDP and rose only recently in 2024 as the man who could reform his party’s image and rebuild the Japanese public’s trust in political processes. Despite his efforts, disillusionment and political disaffection were once again major factors in the 2024 general election, which saw the third-lowest voter turnout since 1946.

Ahead of the general election in October, the Tokyo gubernatorial elections took place, confirming incumbent governor Koike Yuriko for a third term at the helm of a global city of 14 million people contributing to a fifth of Japan’s total GDP. At the same time, the vote in Tokyo demonstrated how the political landscape was changing in favour of those politicians, even social media populists such as Ishimaru Shinji, seeking to capitalise on popular disaffection with mainstream politics, without, however, offering alternatives based on specific programmes.

As far as the economy is concerned, Japan recorded moderate growth rates amidst preoccupations with a burgeoning public debt, which was predicted to continue expanding due to a rapidly ageing population, and the government’s intention to increase its defence spending. In addition, the economic costs of Japan’s structural vulnerabilities to large-scale seismic events and climate change and the limitations of government action in this area were clearly apparent, with the Japanese government struggling to accelerate the reconstruction of quake and flood-hit Ishikawa Prefecture throughout the year in review.

In contrast, Japan’s foreign policy was characterised by continuity. China has dominated threat perception. Kishida continuously invested great effort in strengthening national security, as announced in 2022 in the National Security Strategy (NSS), the National Defense Strategy (NDS), and the Defense Buildup Program. These security documents enable Japan to be autonomous and proactive in security matters – a clear continuation of a trajectory that was set by Abe.

The Kishida and Ishiba administrations have also aimed to enhance Japan’s defence autonomy, engage the United States in the region, and strengthen security partnerships. At the same time, the prospect of Donald J. Trump returning to office has prompted initiatives to improve relations with China and reduce the tense geopolitical situation.

2. Domestic affairs

2.1. Factional turmoil and political reform: the LDP’s struggle for public trust under Kishida

Amidst crucial elections being held in several large democracies around the globe, Japan was supposed to be an exception, with no major vote foreseen in 2024. However, this forecast proved incorrect against the backdrop of changes in the domestic political landscape following Prime Minister Fumio Kishida’s announcement in mid-August that he would not run for a second term as president of the Liberal Democratic Party of Japan (LDP, hereafter).

As recounted in detail by Pugliese and Zappa [2024], since late 2023, the administration led by the former Foreign Minister had been severely embattled due to scandals involving the PM’s own staff and close aides, as well as dozens of LDP politicians embroiled in a slush fund scandal. By July 2024, Kishida’s popularity had fallen below 30%, with some surveys indicating a meagre 15.5% approval rate [Kushida 2024, 22 August; Jiji Press 2024, 11 July ]. Two major factors contributed to this downward trend. First, the perceived inability of his administration to decisively and structurally tackle problems affecting the Japanese economy, such as rising inflation and stagnating wages, largely overshadowed the administration’s achievements, including the possible long-term effects of reviving the national semiconductor industry and enhancing the country’s energy security [Takenaka 2024c]. Second, the wave of public discontent towards the LDP after the kickback scandal of late 2023 and Kishida’s inability to take serious steps toward a thorough reform of the LDP structure led him to avoid seeking reelection, as was widely predicted [Pugliese and Zappa 2024]. Hence, Kishida’s resolve to make way for a new leader who could «firmly present a newly born LDP to the people» [Sasagawa 2024, 14 August] was made public during a pause in the PM’s diplomatic agenda in mid-August.

Apart from Japan’s overall economic situation, which will be discussed in detail later, responding to the Japanese public’s dissatisfaction with how the kickback scandal had been handled became a top priority for the incumbent PM and LDP President. Faced with the indictment of three party factions (including his own) whose accounting chiefs failed to report income and expenses amounting to around ¥1.7 billion (10.3 million) over five years through 2022 [Takenaka 2024b; Tomisaki 2024], Kishida resorted to the strategy of «faction dissolution» (habatsu kaishō). The decision to dissolve the party factions, beginning with his own dovish Kōchikai in mid-January, became the cornerstone of Kishida’s strategy to restore public trust in the LDP (kokumin no shinrai o kaifukusuru). However, it failed to halt the cabinet’s plummeting popularity. Such a measure had been proposed by LDP leaders on several occasions since 1963. Still, it was only temporarily implemented in the aftermath of the asset-price bubble in the mid-to-late 1990s, when the LDP had to share power with its long-time opponent, the Japan Socialist Party (JSP), in subsequent non-LDP-led coalition and, later, minority governments [Shiota 2024, 10 February].

The effects of Kishida’s announcement were immediately visible. Other embattled faction leaders, such as Nikai Toshihiro, an 85-year-old party veteran and leader of the fifth-largest faction in the party, followed Kishida by announcing the end of his group as a prelude to his political retirement in March [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 25 March]. Later in January, the Abe faction – the group at the center of the kickback scandal of late 2023 – was also disbanded as its leaders, including the chair of the executive board Shionoya Ryū, former ministers Hagiuda Kōichi, Takagi Tsuyoshi, Sekō Hiroshige, and Nishimura Yasutoshi faced increasing pressure over their alleged accounting irregularities and unreported donations and were urged to testify before the Diet’s Deliberative Council on Political Ethics [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 21 February].

Meanwhile, the LDP Ethics Committee announced disciplinary measures for 39 lawmakers who were found guilty of misappropriating and misreporting donations. As a result of the party’s internal investigations and deliberations, former members and leaders of the Abe faction were either suspended (Nishimura), temporarily barred from public office (Hagiuda), or, in the most extreme case, expelled from the party (Shionoya and Sekō) [Konno 2024, 4 April].

Following these developments, in mid-April, after months of hesitation, LDP Secretary-General Motegi Toshimitsu finally declared that he would disband his faction [Takenaka 2024b].

Upon disbanding the Kōchikai, Kishida also announced the creation of a «task force» aimed at reviewing funding procedures and promoting internal party reform. The PM entrusted the group, known as «The Headquarters for Political Renovation» (Seiji sasshin honbu), with drafting a series of recommendations by the end of January 2024, appointing former PMs and party heavyweights Asō Tarō and Suga Yoshihide as chief advisors.

The group’s final report once again called for the dissolution of all factions and a ban on autonomous fundraising events while backing stricter sanctions against LDP members and administrators accused of political corruption, introducing the «guilt by association» principle. According to the document, LDP members should transfer the sums collected through fundraisers to the party’s bank account and fill in online income and expenditure reports to increase transparency. The new Party Discipline Code was approved in early March [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 8 March]. Nonetheless, the LDP task force acknowledged the possibility of replacing factions with «policy groups» (seisaku shūdan), which appeared to be a compromise between Asō, a staunch supporter of factions, and Suga, who had been critical of the faction system since his term as PM in 2020 [Nakada 2024, 22 January; Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 11 January].

Interestingly, Asō, who served as LDP vice-president during Kishida’s term and presided over the party’s second-largest faction at the time, expressed reluctance to disband it. He quickly announced the continuation of his group, the Shikōkai, as a policy group [Yomiuri Shinbun 2024, 6 January; Kyodo News 2024, 27 January]. Critics of this move argued that the reform of the faction system was nothing more than a smokescreen, diverting public attention from the party’s inability to address concerns over political funding transparency [Morimoto and Andō 2024, 25 January]. Other observers, however, noted that by mid-May 2024, despite being unpopular among voters, Kishida was more empowered than ever since his ascent to the PM’s office in 2021 [Takenaka 2024b].

This position of relative power enabled Kishida to push a series of amendments to the political funds control law through the Diet in June. The amendments established harsher penalties for violators while reducing opportunities for lawmakers to collect anonymous donations and setting stricter limits on their annual political expenditures [French 2024, 19 June]. The amended law was a notable result of Kishida’s willingness to engage in multiple rounds of negotiations with the opposition and reach a consensus-based proposal [Harris 2024a].

In effect, however, the new rules may have shifted the balance of power within the LDP in favour of unaffiliated party members [Johnston 2024, 16 August] and strengthened not only Kishida but also prospective party leaders and PMs, while weakening faction leaders. It is evident, though, that in his attempt to rebuild the LDP’s public image, Kishida had alienated some of his former backers among senior LDP figures, particularly vice-president Asō [French 2024, 19 June; Harris 2024a].

2.2. From «underdog» to leader: Ishiba’s propitious moment

Against this backdrop, nearly a month ahead of the decisive LDP Presidential elections, Kishida declared that he would not seek reelection, thus opening a race for the nomination of his successor as LDP President and PM [Sasagawa 2024, 14 August]. Speculations mounted that Kishida worried about not being able to win a general election and sensed a lack of support from senior party leaders [Harris 2024c]. This notwithstanding, it might be worth stressing that Kishida’s post became even more unstable after the April 2024 by-elections concluded with an all-out win by the opposition Constitutional Democratic Party (CDP) in the three single-member districts of Shimane, Nagasaki and Tokyo N. 15 (Kōtō District) that were scheduled to elect their representatives to the Lower House of the Diet [Asahi Shinbun 2024, 28 April]. Though the relationship between the slush-fund scandal and the LDP’s demise at the by-elections in April is undeniable, Kishida’s shortcomings contributed to the negative performance. Particularly, one might highlight the PM’s inability to pursue a convincing public communication strategy that could clearly illustrate to the public his administration’s policy achievements [Takenaka 2024c]. The aforementioned developments provided the backdrop for Ishiba Shigeru’s rise to the LDP presidency in September and for the general elections later in October.

Often described by the media as a «railway otaku»1 and a «security policy wonk» [Nakajima 2024, 21 October; McCurry 2024, 17 September], the 67-year-old Ishiba had already run for the LDP top post four times, in 2008, 2012, 2018 and 2020. He is often characterised as an antithetical figure to the late PM Abe Shinzō, assassinated in July 2022, and as an «underdog» within the LDP. In 2008, he ran against Asō, was defeated, and subsequently aligned with Asō’s successor as LDP President and opposition leader during the DPJ rule between 2009 and 2012, Tanigaki Sadakazu2 [Ishiba 2022]. In 2012 and 2018, he ran against Abe, being defeated twice. Particularly, Ishiba’s second attempt in 2018 annoyed Abe. In his posthumous memoir, Abe described Ishiba’s decision as opportunistic – Ishiba had been appointed LDP Secretary-General in 2012 and minister in Abe’s reshuffled cabinet in 2014 – and a «repudiation of the Abe cabinet». In fact, Ishiba’s decision had been taken in a moment of political «weakness», due to a double scandal, caused by the sale of lots of formerly state-owned land to private educational companies with ties with Abe and his family, the so-called «Mori-Kake affair» (Morikake mondai) [Abe et al. 2023, 306-307]. Frictions between the two remained high afterwards.

After Abe decided to step down as PM and LDP President in 2020, Ishiba competed again but was defeated by Abe’s longtime supporter and former Chief Cabinet Secretary Suga Yoshihide. The following year, Ishiba decided to take a step back and not run against his predecessor, Kishida Fumio. Instead, as he admits in one of his recent books, he chose to study and wait until his chance would finally come. He goes on to equate himself to Ōishi Kuranosuke, a popular figure in Japanese folklore known for being the leader of the Forty-seven rōnin [Ishiba 2022, 77-78]3. As Ōishi, Ishiba waited for the propitious moment to attack and engage in his «final battle» [Harris 2024b].

The son of a former Tottori prefectural governor who also had a brief stint as minister of Home Affairs and president of the National Public Security Commission in the early 1980s, just prior to his passing, Ishiba is a second-generation hereditary politician like several of his predecessors. He has continuously been a member of the House of Representatives (the Japanese Diet’s Lower House) for 12 terms since 1986. Ishiba’s political career is bound to one of Japan’s postwar most popular and revered figures, Tanaka Kakuei, PM between 1972 and 1974 and a friend to Ishiba’s father, Jirō. After Ishiba senior’s demise, Tanaka reportedly encouraged the young Shigeru to run for a seat in the National Diet for his constituency in Tottori.

Tottori, on the Sea of Japan coast of Honshū, is the least populated Prefecture in Japan, with just under 530,000 residents as of January 2025.4 The prefecture is largely rural, with more than half of its population concentrated in the two larger cities of Tottori, the prefectural capital (nearly 182,000 residents), and Yonago (143,000).

From a Tokyo-centric point of view, the Prefecture appears backwards, remote, a drowsy buen retiro for the holidays of urbanites. Tottori has, in fact, one of Japan’s lowest population density rates, and, like most other rural prefectures in the archipelago, struggles with a rapidly ageing population and low fertility rate. And yet, after the end of the COVID-19 pandemic, this area has registered more annual births, albeit below the substitution rate, than other regions in Japan. Affordable daycare and healthcare services have been cited as factors making life easier for families with children in Tottori [Yoshida 2023, 14 October]. Since 2014, facilitated by the relatively small scale of the Prefecture, the local government, led by Hirai Shinji during the last two decades, has been waiving daycare fees for children living in communities in the low uplands and for families with more than two children in urban areas. Also, the local government has made healthcare free of charge for the youth until high school age, regardless of their family’s annual income. More recently, the prefectural government has started offering subsidies and support for infertility treatment and preliminary medical examinations for embryo implantation, which are currently excluded from the national insurance system [Care News 2024, 15 November].

These services, combined with other government subsidies aimed at attracting the so-called «I-turners» (people who decide to relocate their residence or business from cities to rural areas), have certainly enhanced Tottori’s attractiveness. Concomitantly, they have turned this small prefecture into a policy laboratory for several of Japan’s current challenges, starting from rural revitalization. This is hardly coincidental; rather, it is the fruit of Ishiba’s continuous support and patronage.

In nearly forty years of political activity, he has served in various ministerial posts (director general of the Defense Agency, minister of Defense, minister of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, minister for Rural Revitalization) and high-ranking party positions (LDP secretary-general). Particularly since the early 2010s, by leveraging his political influence, Ishiba has served as a transmission chain between Tokyo and his constituency. His efforts have guaranteed an inflow of public money even to remote areas in his electoral district in Tottori for public works such as the renovation of schools and public libraries, thus buttressing the relationship with his own voters [Rich et al. 2021, 28 October].

Against this backdrop, Kishida’s surprise decision to step down provided the opportunity that Ishiba had sought since 2008.

2.3. Ishiba’s «five protects» and the «security-oriented» cabinet

The dissolution of party factions, combined with the new party regulations, reduced the capacities of faction leaders to streamline support toward specific candidates. This factor led to a record number of candidates, nine, that had obtained the necessary twenty endorsements from fellow lawmakers [Maslow 2024, 27 September]. These included party veterans, such as foreign minister Kamikawa Yoko, former Chief Cabinet Secretary (CCS) Katō Katsunobu, then LDP Secretary-General Motegi Toshimitsu and Ishiba himself; emerging leaders such as Minister of Economic Security Takaichi Sanae, Minister for Digital Transformation Kōno Tarō, and CCS Hayashi Yoshimasa; and rising stars in their 40s, such as Takaichi’s predecessor Kobayashi Takayuki and former Minister of the Environment Koizumi Shinjirō [Kyodo News 2024, 26 August]. Against this backdrop, Ishiba moved to officially announce his candidacy as LDP president and PM in late August, a few days after Kobayashi. As per LDP regulations, the successful candidate must obtain 51% of 734 votes (367 as the number of LDP Diet members at the time of the vote and 367 more representing the total of 1.1 million party members across the country). In the absence of a clear majority, a runoff vote (367 Diet members’ votes plus 47 as the number of Japan’s Prefectures representing LDP local branches) is held between the two most voted candidates [NHK News Web 2024, 12 September].

The keyword for Ishiba’s campaign was mamoru («to defend/protect/keep»). Specifically, Ishiba’s campaign headquarters devised «five protects» (itsutsu no mamoru): rules and regulations (rūru o mamoru), the country (Nippon o mamoru), the Japanese people (kokumin o mamoru), the rural areas (chihō o mamoru), and opportunities for women and the youth (wakamono-josei no kikai o mamoru). By contrast, Takaichi insisted on making Japan «stronger and richer», echoing her mentor Abe’s intent to turn Japan into a world power. After the first round, Ishiba came in second after Takaichi with 154 votes against 181. Takaichi could count on the support of the party’s right wing, including LDP Vice-President Asō Tarō and former Abe faction members; meanwhile, moderate reformists converged on Ishiba. In the second decisive round, the situation was reversed in favour of Ishiba, who secured 215 votes, against 194 for Takaichi, thus being elected LDP president. According to insiders, Koizumi, who ranked third in the first round, along with Hayashi and Kamikawa, both of whom belonged to the now dissolved Kishida faction, are likely to have coalesced their respective support bases behind the former LDP secretary-general [ANN News 2024]. Ishiba may as well have received the support of the 79-year-old Moriyama Hiroshi, a long-time LDP official, described as a self-made politician and skilful negotiator, who had been the leader of a faction dissolved early in January 2024 [Kyodo News 2024, 30 September; Jiji Press 2025, 19 January].

Soon after taking charge, Ishiba appointed the new party leadership. Moriyama was awarded the party’s second-in-command in his appointment as secretary-general, while Kishida’s Minister of Finance Suzuki Shunichi was appointed chair of the General Council, the party’s organ in charge of personnel affairs and drafting of legislation; on his part, former Minister of Defense Onodera Itsunori took over as chair of the Policy Research Council. Koizumi Shinjirō, son of former PM Jun’ichirō and popular figure among younger LDP supporters and MPs, was appointed chief of the election strategy in an attempt to reverse the course of the LDP’s fading popularity caused by the slush-fund scandal [Fujiwara 2024, 29 September]. Former PM Suga, one of the kingmakers of the 2024 LDP Presidential elections, was appointed vice-president, succeeding the 84-year-old Asō, who was nominated senior advisor (saikō komon). This position was revamped after thirty years in an attempt to appease the influential former PM and FM [Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 10 October]. In fact, in the runoff vote between Ishiba and Takaichi, A had supported the latter, mobilising the more conservative fringes of the LDP behind the then Economic Security Minister of the Kishida cabinet. Furthermore, despite Ishiba’s historic rivalry with Abe, the new LDP President appointed Fukuda Tatsuo, a former member of the Abe faction and third generation hereditary politician, to executive acting secretary-general and reportedly offered the position of General Council chairperson to his rival in the LDP presidential election Takaichi Sanae, who in turn rejected the offer. In light of these facts, when it comes to party appointments, it is possible to agree that Ishiba showed a pragmatic approach for the sake of party unity [Kim 2025].

However, as far as cabinet appointments are concerned, Ishiba adopted a more nuanced approach reflecting his major policy foci, namely defence and regional revitalization. In fact, with four figures – Hayashi Yoshimasa, Iwaya Takeshi, Nakatani Gen, and Ishiba himself – with a Defense Ministry background in key posts – chief cabinet secretary, foreign minister, defense minister and prime minister, respectively – the current administration seemed to be oriented toward prioritising national security. In this regard, in his first policy speech on 4 October, Ishiba pledged to work for everyone’s serenity (anshin) and security (anzen), by, among other things, «drastically strengthening» the country’s defence capabilities in the face of the «most serious security environment» since the end of World War 2 [Tōkyō Shinbun 2024, 4 October]5. As illustrated in more detail below, this posture is largely consistent with that of the Kishida administration [see Wallace and Pugliese 2023; Pugliese and Zappa 2024].

Also, Ishiba appointed several of his supporters and proteges to key cabinet positions concerned with regional revitalization, a longtime policy priority for Ishiba. For instance, he appointed a fellow MP from Tottori, Akazawa Ryōsei, as Minister for Economic Revitalization. The new Minister of Internal Affairs and Communications Murakami Seiichirō, a loyal Ishiba ally since his third presidential bid in 2018, also pledged to make special efforts in this area [Jiji Press 2024, 7 October; PMO 2024]. This latter appointment in particular hit the headlines and signalled Ishiba’s intent to distance himself from Abe Shinzō’s legacy. An outspoken critic of Abe and his policies, Murakami had gone as far as to define the former PM a «traitor» (kokuzoku), thus receiving a yearlong suspension from any official appointments in the LDP organs in 2022 [Tōkyō Shinbun 2024, 1 October].

Reinforcing the impression of an anti-Abe connotation of Ishiba’s cabinet appointments, Takaichi was excluded from any post. On top of the above-mentioned frictions over party posts, it had emerged ahead of the general election that Takaichi, in her LDP presidential bid, had reportedly been endorsed by six LDP figures involved in the slush-money scandal [Asahi Shinbun 2024, 18 September; Yawata 2024, 25 November].

In light of the above, Ishiba’s aspiration to restore public confidence in the political process inevitably conflated with the strategy, already initiated under Kishida, to abandon Abe’s political course by excluding Abe’s acolytes from influential posts in the government and the LDP [Pugliese and Zappa 2024; Takenaka 2024a].

2.4. Leadership transitions in the opposition camp: the «Tokyo effect»

Meanwhile, the Constitutional Democratic Party (CDP), the main opposition party, changed its leadership three years after the election of its president, Izumi Kenta. After a tight race between four candidates, former Democratic Party of Japan (DPJ) PM (2011-2012) Noda Yoshihiko won the nomination. Similarly to Ishiba, since even before the revelations on the slush-fund scandal, Noda had established a media presence criticising the LDP’s money politics and stressing his own political integrity [e.g. Abema News 2023, 1 February]. In September, he campaigned on a political platform focused on the provision of «basic services» through fresh government spending in healthcare and children’s daycare, and in support of the country’s impoverished middle class. Edano Yukio, a former minister of the Economy, Trade and Industry in the DPJ administration and leader of the CDP between 2017 and 2021, also ran on a similar platform centred on the concept of «human economics» (that is, more investment and government spending in welfare and education, to reduce the financial burden on consumers). Nonetheless, Noda could count on the backing of Ozawa Ichirō, a former LDP secretary-general who has been a back-door influencer in the opposition camp since he left the LDP in 1993. Against this backdrop, the former DPJ PM (2011-2012) was reportedly better positioned than his contenders in the leadership race due to his perceived political proximity to centre-right opposition parties and the LDP [Marcantuoni 2024].

Noda’s surprise comeback needs to be viewed in the context of the CDP’s crushing defeat at the Tokyo gubernatorial elections earlier in July.

With a population of nearly 14.2 million people, Tokyo is Japan’s political and economic centre. The city’s aggregate domestic product amounts to around 1 trillion, i.e., one-fifth of Japan’s total GDP [Tokyo Metropolitan Government 2025]. Naturally, given the LDP’s debacle at the April by-elections, the Tokyo gubernatorial election was predicted to be a close race between the LDP-backed incumbent governor, Yuriko Koike, seeking re-election for the third time, and Renhō, an independent candidate and former minister in the DPJ administrations, supported by the CDP and the Japan Communist Party (JCP).

Fearing a dramatic setback amidst an electoral chaos, with 56 candidates running for the post or just for personal publicity [Hall 2025, 30 January], the LDP decided to rally behind Koike [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 13 June]. This strategy eventually paid off as Koike secured the reelection with 2.9 million votes, particularly from LDP supporters and voters with no specific party preference [Matsumoto 2024, 8 July]. Surprisingly, the CDP-backed candidate fared very poorly. Renhō was surpassed by an outsider candidate, Ishimaru Shinji, the 42-year-old mayor of a small town in Hiroshima Prefecture, Akitakata. A former Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group (MUFG) employee and social media personality famous for his criticism of old habits in local politics (vote-buying, use of obscure language, laziness), Ishimaru emerged as an anti-establishment independent candidate who was able to translate part of his millions of viewers and followers into an actual support base.

Eventually, Ishimaru was able to surpass Renhō by nearly 400,000 votes, securing a 24.3% share of votes, against the CDP-backed candidate’s 18.5%. In particular, the social media personality turned politician was able to mobilise young and unaffiliated voters [Matsumoto 2024, 8 July]. As illustrated by his election strategist, the so-called «elections god» (senkyo no kamisama), Fujiwara Shinnosuke, a former aide to Ozawa and LDP PM Fukuda Yasuo, and, more recently, advisor to LDP’s Takaichi, Ishimaru’s major strength was, in fact, his programme’s lack of focus on actual policies. In his rallies, he instead opted for a communication strategy centred on himself and his personal story, hence avoiding the risk of being perceived by the public as the «same old liar politician» [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 17 July]. His strategy to appeal to disillusioned and distrusting voters won him a conspicuous following and renown as a social media populist [Hall 2025, 28 January; The Economist 2024, 11 July], putting him in the condition to launch his own party, the Path to Rebirth (Saisei no michi) whose mission was fostering regional revitalisation [Ninivaggi 2025, 15 January].

The CDP’s failure to advance in Tokyo jeopardised incumbent CDP President Izumi Kenta and sent a warning message to prospective leader Noda, who had supported Renhō in her gubernatorial campaign.

2.5. Japan’s 2024 general election: back to a 1993 scenario?

On October 9th, Ishiba followed up on his intention to dissolve the Lower House and call a snap election, officially announcing that it would be held on October 27th, just 26 days after taking office. Ishiba’s ideas had already become clear on September 30th, one day before being confirmed PM by the Diet. The move was considered «anomalous» by the opposition, which blocked the beginning of the joint Diet session scheduled on that day to confirm the PM’s appointment. The official justification for Ishiba’s decision was that his selection had resulted from perceivably obscure party processes and a Diet vote, and that he wanted to face «the voter’s judgement as soon as possible» to rebuild public confidence in the LDP [The Asahi Shimbun 2024, 2 October]. Thus, by announcing the dissolution of the Lower House of the Diet, Ishiba placed a bet on his credibility as a political underdog and «unsullied» politician presenting himself as a sort of «reanimator» of the scandal-ridden LDP.

Nonetheless, Ishiba’s decision was severely criticised by the opposition parties, which submitted a symbolic no-confidence vote against the PM, accused of prioritising the interest of his party over the country. In fact, the opposition demanded that the new government addressed several urgent issues, including the allocation of emergency funds for the reconstruction of the Noto Peninsula, the hearings of LDP MPs involved in the kickback scandal on the part of Diet committees, and a new investigation into the ties between the LDP and the Unification Church [see Pugliese and Wallace 2023; Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 1 October].

As illustrated above, the two major political parties headed to the polls in October with renewed leadership. In September, LDP’s junior coalition partner Kōmeitō (NKP) also elected a new chief representative after Yamaguchi Natsuo, the party’s longest-serving leader (from 2009 to 2024), announced his resignation. Ishii Keiichi, a former minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism under Abe, took over as leader of the Buddhist movement Sōka Gakkai’s political arm.

Interestingly, Ishii shared a common political experience with both Ishiba and Noda, having been a member of the New Frontier Party (Shinshintō, NFP), a short-lived conservative party born from a split within the LDP orchestrated by Ozawa in the mid-1990s. That political experience followed the LDP’s historic defeat at the 1993 general election. Marred by corruption scandals and internal divisions, the LDP was sent to the Opposition benches for the first time since 1955 paving the way for the formation of two short-lived grand coalition administrations (1993-1994) led first by Hosokawa Morihiro and then, between April and June 1994, by NFP co-founder Hata Tsutomu [Jain 2024, 3 November; Jain 1993]6.

Despite the new PM’s attempts at restoring the LDP’s public image and the NKP leadership change, uncertainty over the election result loomed. In October, the unlikelihood of an LDP-NKP majority in the Diet became the subject of much press speculation [e.g., Shūkan Bunshun 2024, 18 October; Azumi 2024, 22 October]. Upon the closing of the polls, what was a possibility became reality. The LDP lost the absolute majority in the Lower House for the first time since 2012. While still the largest party nationally, the LDP won «just» 191 seats – 42 short of the absolute majority threshold of 233 out of 465 total seats in the House of Representatives and down 68 seats from the 2021 election. The NKP could only secure 24 seats, insufficient to ensure Ishiba’s reappointment. Conversely, the CDP advanced, winning 148 seats and strengthening its position vis-à-vis the LDP and other opposition forces as Japan’s No. 1 opposition party, becoming the pivot of a possible anti-LDP coalition government [Fahey 2024, 28 October]. Under these circumstances, the PM publicly admitted defeat during a TV interview and added that the election had led to a «very severe state of affairs» for his party and coalition. He acknowledged that voters had not «absolved» the LDP from the slush-fund scandal [Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 27 October].

However, Ishiba’s presiding over a minority government still remains the most likely scenario, thus avoiding the reiteration of the aforementioned «1993 scenario». On November 11th, the Diet finally convened a special session for the PM election. Ishiba was confirmed PM with 221 votes, officially beginning his second term as PM, although this time as the leader of a minority government. Soon after, he reshuffled his cabinet. Most notably, NKP’s Saitō Tetsuo, minister of Land, Infrastructure and Transport in the first Ishiba cabinet, poised to become NKP’s new chief representative, was succeeded by fellow lawmaker Nakano Hiromasa [NHK News Web 2024, 5 November].

On the part of the CDP, the two-week hiatus between the elections and Ishiba’s appointment was a period of intense negotiations with other opposition parties to explore the possibilities of forming an anti-LDP coalition government. However, soon after the polls closed, it emerged clearly that Noda would not gather the necessary support to be elected PM. A key factor barring Noda from becoming the prospective new PM was the resistance from other opposition forces, particularly, the Democratic Party For the People (DPFP), a moderate-conservative formation formed in 2018 after the disbandment of the then Democratic Party (DP, Minshintō, 2016-2018) and its merger with Tokyo Governor Koike’s former national platform, the Kibo no Tō (Party of Hope).

The party quadrupled its seats from 7 in 2021 to 28 in the 2024 elections, emerging as Japan’s fourth largest political force. Briefly after the vote, its leader, Tamaki Yūichirō, confirmed that he would not support Noda’s bid as PM in the coming joint session of the Diet, but rather would cooperate on individual policies only if they were considered coherent with the DPFP’s agenda. Tamaki used this newly acquired political leverage, pledging to cooperate on specific issues regardless of the party, but, concomitantly refusing any strings attached with both the CDP and LDP [NHK News Web 2024, 30 October]. The DPFP leader had previously being described as «wavering» and «inconsistent» in his political stances [Yomiuri Shinbun 2024, 15 March]. However, his top priority seemed now to prove to party supporters his resolve to disenfranchise the DPFP from political constraints that would forcibly dilute the party agenda. Having stressed during the 20-day-long campaign the need to increase the income tax exemption threshold for households from ¥1.03 million to ¥1.78 million per year, to reduce energy and gas bills for consumers and to abolish political activity funds for lawmakers, the DPFP had gathered considerable support particularly from younger Japanese voters, and especially those who went to the polls for the first time. This explains how the DPFP had captured seats in key districts such as North Kantō from other, more established parties, such as the NKP. In one case, in Saitama District No. 14, DPFP’s Suzuki Yoshihiro won the proportional seat against NKP chief Ishii, de facto triggering the resignation of the latter from his position [Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 28 October].

Baba Nobuyuki, the leader of the other major opposition party, the Japan Innovation Party (Nippon Ishin no Kai), which obtained 38 seats, three fewer than the previous general elections, also refused to vote for either Ishiba or Noda [NHK News Web 2024, 30 October].

Tamaki and Baba’s refusal to support Ishiba’s re-election as PM reflected a continuing and structural popular disaffection with national politics and distrust of mainstream political figures [see Pugliese and Zappa 2024]. In particular, voter turnout at the October 2024 general election was the third lowest since 1946 (53.8%) [NHK News Web 2024, 28 October]. In addition, the government’s approval rate, which was at a record-low 20% in the last weeks of Kishida’s term, rebounded at 44% upon the appointment of the new PM and his cabinet, but soon began to drop falling below 40% in December [NHK News Web 2025, 14 January]. Generally, figures on the cabinet popularity have been moderately negative with major media surveys indicating an increase of the disapproval rate in the three-month period between Ishiba’s first appointment through January 2025, despite relative increases of the approval rate in selected surveys in December 2024 (e.g. Asahi and Sankei) [Nippon.com 2024, 28 December].

Cabinet popularity according to selected media surveys

(October 2024-January 2025)

Media

Approval (%)

Disapproval (%)

NHK

38

38

JiJi

26.8

41.3

Yomiuri

39

48

Mainichi

30

53

Kyodo

36,5

43.1

Asahi

36

43

Sankei

45.9

47.7

Nikkei

41

51

Elaborated by the authors based on the data available at Nippon.com on 28th December, 2024

These data starkly contrast with a generalized perception of Ishiba’s popularity among voters before taking office. An NHK January 2025 survey indicated that among the most cited reasons for the disapproval of the Ishiba cabinet were: (a) no expectations from the government’s action; (b) lack of effectiveness of the policies; (c) distrust in the personal characters of the PM and his cabinet [NHK News Web 2025, 14 January]. The reported lack of institutional and diplomatic manners on the part of Ishiba, caught by the cameras sleeping during the special Diet session voting on his confirmation as PM, or greeting other government leaders at the APEC summit in Perù in late November while seated, have attracted public criticism [Mainichi Shinbun 2024, 21 November].

Despite losing his bet, the political scenario resulting from the October 27th elections might be considered in line with Ishiba’s preferences. In his recent publications, the Japanese PM described himself as a genuinely conservative politician, inclined to «listen» and «empathize» with his opponents, rather than treating them as «enemies» [Ishiba 2024, 38-40]. On top of this, he often lamented the weakness of the opposition and its leaders, who avoided engaging in «serious discussions», preferring to pile up «TV appearances», with the result of not being convincing enough for disappointed voters [Ishiba 2022, pp. 39-40]. Tobias Harris poignantly described Ishiba’s approach to politics as «idealistic». Harris went on to compare the Japanese PM to a tragic figure struggling to create a «purer and more humane» Japan, but ending up being isolated in a party which continued to be profoundly influenced by Abe’s ideological approach even years after Abe’s violent demise [Harris 2024b]. The LDP’s poor electoral performance and declining approval rates were likely to fuel opposition from within the LDP and undermine the PM’s position soon as the 2025 Upper House election looms. Ishiba’s idealism might make him a popular figure among voters, but it will deepen extant fractures within the ruling conservative camp.

On a practical level, other observers pointed to the fact that a de facto national unity administration resulted from the elections. Several Lower House standing committee chairs were assigned to the CDP, including the influential Budget Committee, chaired by CDP’s Azuma Jun. Former CDP chief Edano Yukio was appointed chair of the Constitution Committee. In contrast, former DPJ and CDP heavyweight Gemba Kōichirō was nominated vice-speaker of the House of Representatives [Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 8 November]. As Professor Cucek [2024] of Temple University pointed out, a major outcome of the 2024 election was the restoration, at least in principle, of a more democratic style of policymaking on the part of the LDP. In fact, «Every piece of legislation making its way through the Diet has to be the result of true compromise – with the ruling parties and the opposition parties willing to sacrifice their positions in order to find a common ground» [Cucek 2024].

In light of these facts, it is possible to argue that after a decade of Prime Minister’s Office-led decision-making under Abe and Kishida, a paradigm shift has finally occurred in Japanese politics, making way for a more concerted style of rule. This is seemingly characterised by a «government of national unity», which might enable, rather than hinder, progress in many fields, from tax system reforms to progress in gender equality and rights for sexual minorities [Cucek 2024].

Under said circumstances, the passing in December of a ¥13.9 trillion-worth supplementary budget (nearly 89 billion) is a notable achievement. The spending package resumed energy subsidies discontinued by the Kishida administration and introduced payouts to low-income families and families with children amidst rising inflation. On top of this, the government allocated fresh financial resources to reconstruct the Noto peninsula, which was hit by a powerful earthquake in January and unprecedented heavy rains and floods in September (see below). In formulating the budget draft, the ruling coalition accepted changes proposed by the CDP, which, as illustrated above, controls the House of Representatives Budget Committee, including a ¥100 billion increase of the sum allocated to the recovery of the Noto Peninsula. It was the first time since 1996 that a budget draft submitted to the Diet by the cabinet was amended and revised by the Diet [Jiji Press 2024, 17 December]. Nonetheless, the CDP finally voted against the government’s initiative, contrasting with the DPFP and Ishin. Ahead of the vote, the two minor opposition parties received reassurances from the ruling bloc that the government would raise the threshold for income tax exemption to ¥ 1.78 million and work toward making education free for all students, a key Ishin pledge [Kyodo News 2024, 17 December].

3. Economic and financial policies

Setting Ishiba’s political troubles aside, the new government inherited a moderately growing economy pushed by wage increases and higher consumer spending amid easing inflation. Another major factor contributing to these trends in the Japanese economy in 2024 was the Bank of Japan (BoJ)’s policy shift on interest rates after months of indecisiveness.

3.1. Ending the BoJ’s unconventional monetary policy

The BoJ decided in March to end the negative interest rates and the yield curve control policies that had since 2012 enabled the Bank to tackle deflation by pumping money into Japan’s economy through the purchase of Japanese government bonds (JGB). Across 11 years of continued expansionary policy, the BoJ accumulated over ¥550 trillion in JGB [BoJ 2024, p. 65]. Having achieved the goal of stable inflation at 2%, the BoJ would, in Governor Ueda Kazuo’s words, «set monetary policy like other normal central banks», and thus announced the rise of lending rates to 0%-0.1% from minus 0.1%-0% [Obe 2024, 19 March].

Ueda’s decisions did not immediately impact the enduring depreciation of the Japanese currency against the US dollar, which, in recent years, has favoured Japanese exports of goods and services, including inbound tourism. In addition, a weaker yen has meant higher returns for Japanese investments abroad and the reduction of the country’s trade deficit in 2024 [Kyodo News 2025, 10 February].

Nevertheless, the year in review was characterised by stock market turbulences, with the Nikkei 225 index rising to an all-time high of 42.4 thousand points for the first time in July and subsequently falling 4,000 points in August as a result of fears surrounding the US economy and uncertainties regarding BoJ policies [Lam 2024, 11 August; Nikkei Asia 2024, 30 December]. Among other factors leading to the «global mini-crash» of summer 2024, the announced interest rate hike caused the yen carry trade to unwind [Sposato 2024]. With the BoJ starting to implement unconventional monetary policies in the early 2000s, the yen had been in high demand among investors and traders looking to borrow a low-return currency to invest it in a high-return one, thus making a profit at almost no cost. In the last two decades, low interest rates in Japan (around 0%) have contributed to the outflow of yen-denominated capital, helping to keep down the yen price on the international currency market [Chuffart and Dell’Eva 2020]. The situation, however, precipitated in early August when the yen rapidly appreciated against the dollar to ¥142 from ¥161 in mid-July, causing investors to hectically exit their carry trade positions [Sposato 2024].

Furthermore, Japan’s overall fiscal health worsened in 2024. Japan’s accelerated demographic decline caused social security spending to rise to ¥37,7 trillion, or 33.5% of the state’s total expenditure [MoF 2024]. Combined with this, increased defence spending was poised to contribute to the broadening of Japan’s ¥1,3 quadrillion (around 8.3 trillion)-worth debt, the largest among advanced economies globally [The Mainichi 2025, 10 February].

Besides structural factors such as the above, environmental contingencies, namely earthquakes and extreme weather and climate events, characterised the year and required government intervention for disaster relief in the afflicted areas.

3.2. The economic impact of the Ishikawa earthquake and floods

On the 1st of January 2024, at around 4 pm Japan time, the Noto peninsula, Ishikawa Prefecture, on the Sea of Japan coast of Central Japan, was hit by an earthquake of moment magnitude scale (Mw) 7.5 or Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA) Seismic Intensity Scale of shindo 7. The event caused widespread damage to buildings and infrastructures and the death of nearly 250 people in three prefectures (mainly Ishikawa, Toyama and Niigata). Following the earthquake, a great fire, probably caused by damaged electrical wiring, reduced the Asaichi market in the town of Wajima to ashes [Oyama 2024]. Nearly 1,900 residents were injured while 13,000 others were forced to move to emergency shelters set up in the aftermath of the earthquake by the local authorities [Cabinet Office 2024]. At the time of writing, the total death toll of the event, considering the quake-related deaths, was 505 people [NHK News Web 2025, 9 January]. Minor damage was also reported in locations as far as Gifu, Aichi, Ōsaka, and Hyōgo in Western Japan [FDMA 2024].

Though powerful earthquakes are not exceptional in Japan, this new event led experts to urge the national and local governments to revise existing disaster response strategies stressing the need to: (a) enhance housing and public buildings earthquake resistance; (b) prepare road restoration plans to facilitate rescue and recovery operations; (c) adapt the response to current demographic trends in disaster-hit areas and, by and large, at the national level, prioritising elderly care; and (d) reconciling tourism development with the urgency of accommodating evacuees who may have lost their houses [Suppasri et al. 2024].

Against this backdrop, the Kishida administration swiftly reacted, pledging a 150 billion yen-worth aid and relief package for the quake-hit areas in late January and a tourism subsidy later in July, in an attempt to revitalise the industry in the area [Kyodo News 2024, 1 July].

Yet another powerful earthquake hit the coast of Japan’s major southwestern island, Kyūshū, off Miyazaki Prefecture, in August. The event triggered an immediate response by Japanese authorities. The Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA) issued a week-long «megaquake advisory», the first since the warning system was introduced in 2019, urging communities across the country to prepare for an Mw 8 or 9 quake originating in the Nankai Trough.7

The announcement caused fears of an imminent catastrophic event. In several locations in Southwestern Japan, shortages of water bottles, food and emergency goods were reported [Sakakibara 2024, 14 August; Hirotere News NNN 2024, 12 August]. In these circumstances, during the month of August, the demand for rice also kept growing due to emergency stockpiling by families, leading to a nationwide tightening of the cereal supply and an increase in food prices [Honma 2024, 18 October; Climate Central 2024, 9 October]. Unseasonal heatwaves – 2024 was the hottest year on record in the country since 1898 – also contributed to upset food production, thus causing food price increases [Ryall 2025, 8 January].

In September, heavy rainfalls hit central Japan. Particularly affected by the phenomenon were quake-hit areas in Ishikawa Prefecture, where recovery operations were further hindered by the floods, resulting in a «double disaster» (nijū hisai) scenario still affecting local residents’ livelihood at the time of writing. In several communities across the Prefecture, tap water remained unavailable while the signs of the destruction caused by the 1 January 2024 earthquake were still visible after almost one year [TBS News Dig 2024, 24 December]. As a result, as illustrated above, the recovery of these areas became a source of political contention between major political parties in the run-up to the October general election and the extra Diet session ensuing Ishiba’s appointment as PM.

3.3. A declining Japan? The semiconductor strategy and trade tensions with the US

Lastly, despite predictions of moderate economic growth through 2025 (averaging 1% GDP growth), once the world’s number-two economy was in February 2024 surpassed by Germany as the world’s third largest economy after the US and China [Kumagai 2024, 13 May]. Furthermore, Japan has been predicted to lose ground in the face of emerging Asian actors, such as India. Based on the IMF’s October 2024 World Economic Outlook report, by 2026 the Indian economy would overtake Japan as the world’s fourth-largest economy [Mitsubishi UFJ Research and Consulting 2024; IMF 2024].

Under such circumstances, PM Kishida’s decision to coordinate with Japan’s largest trade union (Rengō) to persuade Japanese firms to raise their employees’ wages after decades of stagnation between late 2023 and early 2024 seemed to produce positive effects on the Japanese economy. In the summer of 2024, wages grew more than the inflation rate, with large companies offering their employees raises of up to 5.3 % on the previous year [Lee 2024, 10 September].

The year in review also saw significant developments concerning Japan’s position in global supply chains in key sectors such as steelmaking and chip manufacturing. First, Nippon Steel Company, the world’s third-largest steelmaker, attempted to consolidate its global position in an industry dominated by Chinese actors by proposing a takeover of US Steel for nearly US$ 15 billion. The deal was opposed by the largest workers’ union (United Steelworkers), and the administrative review by the Biden Administration put the deal on hold until after the November elections. Interestingly, in an apparent move to win over blue-collar voters, then-United States President Joe Biden came out in opposition to the deal arguing that «steel production and steel workers (…) are the backbone of our nation», a position that was echoed by both Kamala Harris and Donald J. Trump, the two competing presidential candidates [Isidore et al. 2025, 4 January]. The Biden administration finally blocked the deal by executive order on national security grounds in early January 2025. However, the order enforcement was later further postponed until June [Reuters 2025, 13 January].

Despite the surprise of many officials and observers arguing that, in principle, a Japanese company investing in the United States should not be considered a security threat, given the two countries alliance [Sorkin et al. 2024, 10 April], the Japanese government downplayed the issue, describing it as an individual case involving the management of private companies [Nihon Keizai Shinbun 2024, 4 April].

Regardless of the US Steel debacle, the Kishida administration was able to follow up on its strategy to strengthen Japan’s global role in the semiconductor industry. In compliance with the country’s 2022 economic security legislation aimed at re-positioning the country at the centre of international technology chains and enhancing its technological self-reliance [Wallace & Pugliese 2023], the Kishida administration successfully negotiated a US$ 40 billion-worth investment deal with Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation (TSMC) in early 2024. Tokyo offered an aggregate of  12.5 billion in subsidies to TSMC for constructing two manufacturing plants in Kumamoto, Southwestern Japan, paving the way for the revival of the semiconductor industry in the archipelago. TSMC would operate in Japan through a joint venture, Japan Advanced Semiconductor Manufacturing (JSMC), and started mass production – more than 100,000 wafers a month using a wide range of technologies from the the 40- to the 6-nanometer by early 2025. Involved in JSMC along with TSMC is a consortium of Japanese firms, including tech and carmaking giants Sony and Toyota Motor Corp [CNA 2024, 17 October]. The Taiwanese semiconductor giant is also predicted to benefit from the deal as it expands its resource-intensive foundry business beyond Taiwan, where more than 60% of the world’s semiconductors are manufactured [Schneider & Ottinger 2024, 11 April; Tung 2024, 4]. Beside Japan, in 2024 TSMC invested an additional $65 billion in a manufacturing plant located in Phoenix, Arizona, United States [TSMC 2025, 4 March].

Alongside the Kumamoto JSMC project, the Japanese government and other private investors have pledged to support Rapidus, a domestic chipmaker whose operations were scheduled to start in 2026, based in Chitose, Hokkaidō, in northern Japan. Rapidus aimed to become a leader in the global semiconductor industry by introducing 2-nanometer technology, which will be key to the development of AI technologies. According to estimates, the start-up needed ¥5 trillion to start the mass production of next-generation semiconductors by 2027 [Kyodo News 2024, 21 August]. In 2024, Rapidus was at the centre of a concerted diplomatic effort between the national and Hokkaido local governments to strengthen United States-Japan technological cooperation (US tech-giant IBM was in fact providing technical assistance to the project). Against this backrop, in August, the Ministry of the Economy, Trade and Industry (METI) pledged nearly ¥ 1 trillion ( 6 billion) in financial support, while other private actors, including communications giants Softbank and NTT, and carmaker Toyota, have mobilised funds for an aggregate ¥7.3 billion (around 47 million) [ibidem]. Later in December, the Ishiba administration moved to secure a nearly 640 million-worth financial assistance package for the fiscal year 2025 budget, once again stressing the project’s significance for Japan’s national interest [Jiji Press 2024, 26 December]. Nevertheless, in its ambitious plan to revive its domestic semiconductor industry, the Japanese government will likely have to cope with relative shortages of specialised workforce and other logistics hindrances [Thorbecke 2024, 30 August].

4. International affairs

Compared to domestic politics, Japan’s foreign policy in 2024 was characterised by continuity rather than change. However, this does not mean Japan’s foreign policy was static. Japan’s postwar foreign and security policy has been undergoing tectonic shifts. Former PM Abe Shinzō was particularly active in challenging Japan’s postwar Yoshida Doctrine, prioritising the economy while heavily relying on the alliance with the United States for its security. The changes in Japan’s foreign policy have been characterised mainly by the gradual abandonment of the country’s past voluntary strict adherence to anti-militarism and passivity in security matters, which many politicians and scholars characterised as «abnormal». In that sense, Abe sought to make Japan more «normal» by adopting a realpolitikal approach, defined as the willingness to proactively address international issues within the boundaries of what is politically possible [Pugliese & Patalano 2020, pp. 619-620].

Regarding Japan’s foreign and security policy, Kishida and Ishiba continued «walking in Abe’s footsteps», as meticulously described in the previous issue of Asia Maior [Pugliese & Zappa, 2024]. Particularly, Kishida’s advancement of Japan’s security policy came as a surprise as he was initially perceived as a «dove» who stood in the opposite ideological camp from «hawkish» Abe. Following geopolitical challenges, mainly defined by China’s growing military and economic power, Kishida and Ishiba actively contributed to Abe’s goal of «normalising» Japan in 2024. This was mainly based on the deteriorating security environment, which was felt not only by the government but also by opposition parties and the public. A public opinion conducted in April 2024 by the Yomiuri Shimbun revealed that 84% of the surveyed sample felt that Japan’s National Security was under threat. China was named a leading threat source, followed by Russia (88%) and North Korea (87%) [The Japan News 2024, 8 April]. The Japanese politicians’ and the public’s hope that China would develop into a law-abiding, peaceful regional power has continuously declined, especially in the face of Beijing’s increasingly risk-prone behaviour in the East and South China Seas. Further, Russian aggression against Ukraine served as a reminder for Japan that a military attack by adversaries to overtake the disputed Senaku islands or Taiwan was no longer unthinkable.

This led Kishida to adopt key security documents published in 2022: the National Security Strategy (NSS), the National Defense Strategy (NDS), and the Defense Buildup Program. These documents have been judged as unprecedentedly realistic in tone and, according to some analysts, of historical significance [Tsuneo, 2023]. The documents aimed not only to defend Japanese territory and waters directly but also the rule-based liberal world order, on which the trading nation of Japan is very much dependent.

It can be said that the Kishida and Ishiba Shigeru, who assumed office on 1 October 2024, invested great efforts in four areas: (a) strengthening Japan’s own autonomy and defence posture; (b) keeping US engagement in the region; (c) deepening and extending security partnerships in the region; and (d) improving relations with China.

While Japanese foreign policy focused strongly on security in 2024, it is important to note that economic engagement was equally important. The main difference from the past was that economic considerations had become highly politicised and securitised—something Japan had previously avoided. As a result, economic policies in 2024 focused not only on boosting profits but also on enhancing national security.

4.1. Strengthening its own autonomy and defence posture

For Japan, strengthening its defence posture has been the highest priority, resulting from the increased regional tensions and the ever-increasing demand of the US to take more responsibility for its security within the US-Japan Alliance framework. Undoubtedly, the unpredictability of the US as Japan’s security guarantor has also played an important role. It was not only the shock in Japan when President Donald Trump accused Japan of freeriding and threatened to end the longstanding treaty openly at the beginning of his first term that started in 2016 [O’Shea and Maslow 2021, p. 198-199]. Also, President Joe Biden’s 2024 veto of Nippon Steel’s acquisition of US steel, citing national security concerns, raised some questions about the genuineness of this partnership. This does not imply that Japan was developing a fully autonomous defence strategy independent of the US. However, past developments suggested that Japan must be prepared to defend itself without assistance.

As mentioned above, the threat perception increased dramatically with Russia’s aggression against Ukraine in 2022. As Kishida stated at the Shangri-La Dialogue, «Ukraine today may be East Asia tomorrow» [MoFA 2022], a sentence that Ishiba also used in his first policy speech [The Government of Japan 2024]. It is hard to overstate the threat perception. For the first time in postwar history, a plan was laid out to build fallout shelters as a precaution against armed attacks in 2024, highlighting the level of threat perception [Kobayashi 2024]. Two years earlier, Kishida had already decided to move the command centres of the Japan Self-Defense Forces (SDF) underground [Nagatomi 2025, 4 January].

As in previous years, Kishida continued to invest in arms to strengthen Japan’s defence capability. According to a report by SIPRI, Japan’s arms imports increased by 155% in 2019-2023 compared to 2014-2018 [Wezeman et al. 2024, p. 9]. The primary focus of Japan’s security strategy has been to protect the maritime domain in the southwest of Japan. Following increased Chinese coercions and a possible Taiwan crisis, Japan’s forces have been moved closer to the military hotspots [Matsuda 2023, pp. 92–93]. In 2024, Kishida deployed an amphibious rapid deployment brigade and an electronic warfare surface-missile unit to the region. Generally, financial resources have been shifted from the Ground Self-Defense Forces to the Maritime and Air Defense Forces [Mahadzir 2024, 1 April].

Particularly contested in 2024 was the purchase of 400 land-based Tomahawk cruise missiles from the US with a strike range of about 1,600 kilometres, introducing counterstrike capabilities into Japan’s defence repertoire [Kyodo News 2024, 18 January]. The acquisition of standoff weapons aimed to protect the SDF, US bases in Japan, and potentially US assets engaged in a Taiwan contingency. The controversial 2015 peace legislation introduced by Abe provided the legal ground to justify the acquisition of offensive arms [MoF, 2022, p. 14].

Kishida also amended the Self-Defense Forces Law in February 2024 to establish a permanent «Japan Self-Defense Forces Joint Operations Command» headquartered within the Defense Ministry in spring 2025. Until recently, the three forces of the SDF operated largely on their own, lacking coordination. This fragmentation has limited the SDF’s ability to effectively engage in warfare and generate forces, whether independently or as a part of US-led operations. The joint command was created to address this issue by enhancing coordination among the three forces, thus making optimal use of their varied capabilities. Essentially, this command serves as Japan’s equivalent to the United States Indo-Pacific Command (USINDOPACOM) based in Hawaii, which oversees all military operations in the region.

The Japan Self-Defense Forces Joint Operations Command is also important to strengthening coordinated command and control between the SDF and allied forces, which has become an imperative following the acquisition and integration of stand-off strike capabilities. As Japanese forces have been enhancing their power projection capabilities and extending their range, they assume greater responsibility to comprehend the actions of all parties, including regional allies, and their positions. This necessitates close coordination and information sharing, including improved and integrated Command, Control, Communications, Computers (C4) capabilities among SDF services as well as with American forces and other units that are becoming more active near Japan.

A four-star flag officer will lead Japan’s Joint Operations Command with a staff of 250 people. The United States and Australia announced they would have a Joint Staff Liaison Officer attached to Japan’s Joint Operations Command, which is expected to be established in March 2025 [Hornung and Cooper 2024, 2 August]. Some concerns surfaced after Trump won the election that he would put a hold on the efforts to integrate the military capabilities of the US forces and the SDF.

Kishida has continued to explore the development and procurement of new weapons. For that purpose, Japan’s Acquisition, Technology & Logistics Agency (ATLA), which is subordinated to the Ministry of Defense, was upgraded in 2024. A new innovative research institute was created to promote the development of dual-use technologies. From 2023 to 2028, ¥3.5 trillion was allocated to defence-related research and development. A special focus has been on the technological advancements of drones and artificial intelligence [The Japan News 2024, 20 February].

Japan has also invested in major efforts to strengthen its cyber defence, as outlined by the NSS. In line with the overall security changes, Kishida submitted a proposal in 2024 to establish a system of «active cyber defense» (Nōdō-teki saibā bōgyo). Active Cyber Defense can be described as an offensive approach in the digital domain. It envisages the SDF or Ministry of Defense pre-emptively neutralising serious cyber-attacks in peacetime [Mochinaga, n.d.]. This development is remarkable considering that Japan has traditionally followed the «exclusively defense-oriented policy» (senshu bōei) principle. The role of the Cyber Defense Command at the MoD, with a staff number of 2,410, is expected to be substantially elevated with the proposal’s adoption in 2025.

In addition to the more traditional domain, Kishida has also expanded measures to increase Japan’s economic security. Under Kishida, Japan has developed into a frontrunner in economic security policy. In 2022, Japan adopted the Economic Security Promotion Act, based on key pillars of supply chain resilience including (a) securing essential infrastructure, (b) developing cutting-edge critical technologies, and (c) non-disclosure of patents [Wallace & Pugliese 2023]. The Economic Security Promotion Act was further extended by introducing a «security clearance» system law in May 2024, protecting critical security information held by the government. The Act increases Japan’s security and allows better intelligence sharing and joint threat assessment within the government bodies and allied partners [Shiraishi 2024, 26 July, p. 3].

Generally, in 2024, Kishida successfully implemented measures envisaged by key security documents published in 2022. Japan has become much more autonomous and proactive in defending itself. The possibility of counterstriking remains very restrictd and no pre-emptive action is allowed; nevertheless, the fact that counterstrikes and «active cyber defense» have been taken into consideration indicates a paradigm shift from Japan’s exclusively defence-oriented principle of the past.

Under Kishida and Ishiba, Japan is nearing its full potential for achieving security autonomy. The next step is evident yet extremely controversial: acquiring nuclear weapons. While Kishida has categorically rejected the idea, Ishiba openly stated that the sharing of nuclear weapons and introducing atomic weapons need to be considered [Ishiba, 2025].

4.2. Keeping US engagement in the region

While Japan has certainly increased its autonomy to defend itself, the United States remains an indispensable partner for its security. At the same time, it is undeniable that there is an increasing fear of abandonment, particularly after Trump claimed his second election victory at the end of 2024. So far the overarching goal is to secure and extend the partnership with the United States. It is important to understand that increasing Japan’s defence autonomy, as described in the previous section, does not contradict the United States-Japan Alliance. Japan’s larger defence autonomy demonstrates a greater burden sharing within the alliance to keep Washington engaged in the region. From an alliance perspective, Kishida has adopted security policies showing the United States that Japan is a partner that is no longer standing behind but next to it in addressing regional security issues. In his US state visit in April 2024, the first official visit to Washington by a Japanese leader since 2015, Kishida affirmed that the goal was to «work together, across all domains and at all levels, to build a global partnership that is fit for purpose to address the complex, interconnected challenges of today and tomorrow for the benefit of our two countries and the world» [MoFA 2024]. To maintain the Washington’s support, Kishida has shown that Japan assists US interests in the region while creating interdependencies to institutionalise the security partnership in a way that can outlive changing administrations.

The increase in financial investment has played a significant role in alliance management. In 2022, Kishida announced a 5% increase in Host Nation Support to cover the costs of American troops stationed in Japan [CBS News 2022, 25 March]. In 2024, Kishida also agreed to purchase 400 land-based Tomahawk cruise missiles, which cost 254 billion yen (US$1.7 billion) and 1,200 US air-to-air missiles worth US$ 3.6 billion [Kyodo News 2024, 27 January; Moriyasu 2025, 4 January].

Japan’s purchase of expensive defence equipment highlighted its financial commitment to the partnership with the United States. This investment also enhanced the integration of weapon systems and interdependencies between the two nations. PM Kishida’s desire to further integrate technologies was exemplified by establishing the United States-Japan Defense Industrial Cooperation, Acquisition, and Sustainment Forum (DICAS) in June. This forum was aimed at exploring possibilities for the co-development and co-production of arms. In addition to joint arms development and production, DICAS aimed to address questions related to the co-sustainment of forward-deployed US Navy ships and US Air Force aircrafts, including fourth-generation fighters, at Japanese commercial facilities. This collaborative effort involved coordination with relevant ministries, demonstrating strong support for US missions in Asia [Rubinstein 2025].

Most recently, Japan has begun openly planning with the United States for a Taiwan crisis scenario. In November, it was announced that Japan and the United States aimed to compile a joint military plan for a possible Taiwan emergency that includes deploying missiles. The plan envisages the deployment of US missile units to the Nansei Islands of Japan’s Nansei island chain and the Philippines. The SDF is expected to provide logistical support in this plan, including fuel and ammunition [Kyodo News 2024, 25 November]. The abovementioned creation of Japan’s Joint Operations Command played an important role in this new scenario. For improved interoperability and planning between forces, Washington announced that it would dispatch a three-star general to the command to report to the Indo-Pacific Command [U.S. Department of Defense n.d.].

With Kishida, Japan also engaged more independently in regional security initiatives that align with US interests. Prime Minister Kishida has continued to enhance the capabilities of Southeast Asian countries to counter China’s extensive maritime claims in the South China Sea [Yamamoto 2024, pp. 45-49]. While the initial focus was primarily on strengthening coast guards, since 2024, Kishida has also begun providing military assistance through Japan’s Official Security Assistance, aimed at increasing the deterrence capabilities of Japan’s regional partners. Additionally, Japan has shown increased support for the US approach of freedom of navigation operations in contested international waters. Although not officially as part of a joint military operation or exercise, Japan, for the first time in 2024, sailed through the Taiwan Strait alongside vessels from Australia and New Zealand. Through these various measures, Kishida has sent a clear signal to the United States that Japan is proactively addressing regional issues.

4.3. Deepening and extending security partnerships in the region

In the past, the United States was Japan’s exclusive security partner. However, shifting power dynamics have increased the importance of new partnerships. In contrast to Japan’s preference for multilateral organisations, Kishida has strongly focused on smaller groupings. These so-called mini-laterals have the advantage of being more flexible due to their informality and nonbinding character. Ishiba’s initial proposal to establish a larger formal security organisation, an «Asian NATO», has so far not been met with any regional support.

The Quad has been one of Japan’s most prominent multilateral engagements. Its members are Australia, India, Japan, and the United States. At the Quad Summit 2024, there was a broad agreement to continue their cooperation [US Embassy in India 2024, 23 September]. Washington initiated steps to institutionalise and elevate the role of the Quad due to its importance as a regional collaboration platform in Asia. However, some problems with the Quad have surfaced as Australia, Japan, and the United States seek to push the partnership towards more robust security cooperation, which India continues to oppose due to its dislike of formal alliances and unsettled border issues with China. In addition to India’s insistence on nonalignment, its good relationship with Russia brings some questions to the fore regarding the ideological coherence of the Quad.

The existing issues can be interpreted as a motivation leading Australia, India, Japan, and the United States to form a new minilateral agreement with the Philippines, which, after the end of Rodrigo Duterte’s presidentship, has moved away from «a soft and accommodating stance toward China» [Ayson and Reyes 2024, p. 181], with indications suggesting that this an attempt to increase its commitment to the security efforts against China’s assertiveness in the South China Sea [Ibidem, pp. 175-176, 181]. The group called «Squad» originated in the Shangri-La Dialogue on June 3, 2023, where the defence ministers of all member states discussed regional security issues. Following the meeting, the Squad conducted its first military patrols in the South China Sea in April 2024. The four members have affirmed their agreement to increase their security cooperation in a later meeting held in Washington [Corrales 2024, 11 April].

The relationship with Korea has also improved dramatically under Kishida. This is not only because Kishida was less nationalistic but also because of the conservative administration of Yoon Suk-Yeol, who was very engaged in restoring the relationship with Japan [Milani and Fiori 2024, pp. 55-58; Tamaki 2024]. This led to the formalisation and expansion of the trilateral security cooperation between Japan, South Korea, and the United States in November 2024, following the successful trilateral meeting held in 2023 [US Embassy in the Republic of Korea 2024, 14 November]. In June, the three countries held a large-scale military multi-domain exercise called «Freedom Edge» [U.S. Indo-Pacific Command 2024]. However, Yoon Suk Yeol’s impeachment in the December leadership crisis in 2024 raised questions about the future of the recent positive development in the relationship between the two countries.

The new partnership with the EU and NATO further deepened in 2024. In November of the same year, Japan and the European Union announced a new security and defence partnership with regular joint exercises and security dialogues. An intelligence-sharing pact and exchanges of defence industry information were considered. This was ground-breaking as this was the first security partnership the EU concluded with an Indo-Pacific country [AP News 2024, 1 November]. A similar development was observable in the relationship with NATO. Japan hosted and also attended major NATO gatherings in 2024. Most notably, Kishida participated in the NATO Summit in Washington, D.C., for the third time, stating that the Euro-Atlantic and Indo-Pacific are inseparable and advocating a stronger partnership, particularly in cyber defence, disinformation, and technology. Kishida not only attended events but also announced a Japan-NATO Conference on Strategic Communications to be held in Tokyo [MoFA 2025b]. Kishida also established an independent Japanese mission to further consolidate cooperation with NATO [MoFA 2025a].

In 2024, Japan continued to cooperate closely with AUKUS, a trilateral security partnership between Australia, the United Kingdom, and the United States. In October 2024, Japan participated as an observer in a military exercise, Autonomous Warrior, in which a range of autonomous technologies were tested [U.S. Department of Defense 2024].

There have also been more independent initiatives from the Japanese government outside the circles of traditional security partners. The most notable development of bilateral security relationships involved the Philippines. The Philippines has been at the centre of Japan’s security capacity-building efforts, which were provided by the Official Development and Security Assistance. In July 2024, both countries concluded a Reciprocal Access Agreement, facilitating military cooperation, joint training, disaster relief, and logistical support, thereby improving the interoperability of the two armed forces. A similar agreement had previously been reached between Australia and the United Kingdom. However, this kind of agreement was the first to be concluded between Japan and a Southeast Asian country [Tana 2024, 9 September].

Generally, Kishida continued to expand the multilayered partnership in the region. US ambassador to Japan Rahm Emanuel aptly described Japan’s Indo-Pacific security partnerships as a latticework [Manning 2024, 3 April]. The arc of numerous overlapping alliances helped keep countries engaged in the region, thus reducing the risk of Japan’s dependence on one partner.

4.4. Improving relations with China

As previously mentioned, Tokyo fears that the United States might reduce its commitment to defending Japan. Consequently, Kishida and Ishiba’s strategy has focused not only on increasing Japan’s defence autonomy but also on decreasing tensions with China. Considering the previously described security policies, this aspect is rarely discussed as it seems counterintuitive.

The relationship between China and Japan worsened drastically after a series of escalating incidents over the Senkaku/Diaoyu islands in 2010. The result was that Japan became less hesitant to openly address China as an adversary or adopt security measures and partnerships, which was perceived as hostile by Beijing. Nevertheless, no Japanese administration has completely given up on engaging China due to its economic centrality and geographic proximity, a fact that is often overlooked in Washington. Even Abe, considered a nationalist «hawk», actively attempted to improve Japan’s relationship with China.

Being less nationalistic, the circumstances were better for Kishida to improve its relationship with China. This is quite ironic, as Kishida was also very ambitious in building up Japan’s military capability, with the primary goal of deterring China. Clear signs of improvement in the relationship were observable during Kishida’s term, particularly in his last year in office. In November 2023, at a Japan-China Summit Meeting in the United States, Kishida and Xi agreed to return to a «Mutually Beneficial Relationship Based on Common Strategic Interests» and have «constructive and stable Japan-China relations» [MoFA 2023]. This served as a basis for further concrete steps to improve relations in 2024. In May, Liu Jianchao, minister of the International Department of the Chinese Communist Party, visited Japan to discuss opportunities for possible cooperation. A further point of discussion was the lifting of the ban on imports of Japanese fishery products, imposed in August 2023, following the release of treated wastewater from the Fukushima No. 1 nuclear power plant. During the visit, it was also agreed that the ruling parties’ regular meetings, which had been put on hold since 2018, should resume [Reuters 2024, 29 May; The Japan News 2024, 29 May].

The relationship also experienced a hard setback in 2024 following two violent incidents against Japanese citizens in China, which included a school bus attack incident in Suzhou as well as the murder of a Japanese schoolboy near a Japanese school in Shenzhen. The incidents revealed the extent of the anti-Japanese sentiments tolerated and promoted by the Chinese state [The New York Times 2024]. Despite the gravity of the incidents, the relationship continued on a positive trajectory. In September, China accepted Kishida’s request to remove the ban on Japanese seafood imports.

The positive development in Sino-Japanese relations continued with the new administration led by Ishiba. Among the Chinese leaders, Ishiba generally enjoyed a positive image, as Tanaka Kakuei, responsible for normalising diplomatic relations between both countries, was his political mentor. The prospect of Trump returning to office and restarting a politically unpredictable period gave both countries the incentive to improve the relationship.

Despite strong internal criticism, Ishiba was receptive to this positive atmosphere and actively sought to improve the relationship with China when he assumed office in October 2024. The general expectation was that Ishiba should have prioritised a meeting with Trump before engaging with China. However, he postponed the meeting with Trump as he did not expect much of an outcome, fearing unpredictable demands from the president-elect. Ishiba and Xi affirmed in a November meeting at the sidelines of the APEC summit in Peru (15-16 November). Both state leaders agreed to continue expanding the «strategic mutually beneficial relationship» [The Government of Japan 2025, 17 January]. Aiming to continue improving bilateral ties, Foreign Minister Iwaya Takeshi announced the easing of visa requirements for Chinese nationals in December during the ninth meeting of the Japan-China Ruling Party Exchange Conference in Beijing in January 2025 [Zhao and Sheng 2025]. It was also agreed that China would welcome a cross-party delegation of politicians headed by LDP Secretary-General Moriyama Hiroshi in January 2025. The last time the Japan-China Ruling Party Exchange Conference had been held was in October 2018 [Kyodo News 2024, 25 December].

The bilateral exchange also improved military communication. Twenty senior field officers of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) visited Tokyo on 14 May for the first time in five Years. Conversely, from 26 November to 4 December, a 13-member SDF delegation visited China [Nippon Foundation 2024].

There is no question that the Sino-Japanese relationship continued to be primarily characterized by distrust. However, a planned trilateral meeting of the Japanese, Chinese, and Korean foreign ministers in 2025 and Ishiba’s official state visit to China might indicate that both countries show openness to improving the relationship [Kawashima 2025].

5. Conclusion

The year in review was characterized by disruption in domestic politics and continuity in foreign and security policies. If on the one hand, the LDP dominance in national politics declined due to political scandals, on the other, the perception of an increasingly insecure external environment led political forces toward convergences on foreign and security policies that were laid out in the early 2010s. As illustrated above, crises in the LDP hegemony usually followed waves of public outcries over economic crises, such as in the 1990s, as well as money politics scandals. Consistent with the situation in the previous year, the disaffection toward mainstream politics was also apparent in 2024. A consequence of this phenomenon was the rise of social media populist politicians. Whether figures such as Ishimaru Shinji would build a long-term political legacy, fizzle out, or even become absorbed in mainstream politics remained unclear.

Nonetheless, the rise of Ishiba Shigeru at the helm of the Japanese government indicated that parts of the LDP were willing to revitalise the party and rebuild its image against more conservative forces. The new PM’s policy priorities seemed to be consistent with his predecessors’ emphasis on tackling the country’s demographic crisis and strengthening its defence posture. Given his attention to rural areas, which appeared clearly in his consolidated relation to his local constituency in Tottori, Ishiba’s rise meant a step forward toward the formulation of policies aimed at reducing development gaps across the archipelago. However, the Ishiba administration was inaugurated in the context of an enduring Tokyo-centrism, which models decision-making processes and the economic and social structures in the country.

Clearly, the economy continued to be the focus of the new administration. If anything, the Kishida administration was successful in laying the groundwork for the revitalisation of Japan’s semiconductor industry by attracting key foreign investments and offering support to local start-ups such as the Hokkaidō-based Rapidus. This effort has possibly laid the foundation for reducing the dependence on regional supply chains centred on China on the part of several of the country’s largest manufacturers (e.g., Toyota). Moreover, it may have been a first step for the local industry to reduce technological gaps against other regional competitors (e.g., China and South Korea). On top of this, the economic security rationale of the renewed emphasis on the semiconductor industry was evident in view of Tokyo’s numerous strategic partnerships with the United States and commitments with other major players in the global military procurement industry (for example, the Global Combat Air Programme with the UK and Italy).

This notwithstanding, the Ishiba administration has swiftly moved on to consider how to manage future «shocks» related to Japan’s relative decline against other emerging global and regional actors. Predictions about India overtaking Japan as the world’s fourth-largest economy were an ominous reminder of the structural hurdles (e.g., a super-ageing population and the lack of a skilled workforce that might enable suitable responses to pressing issues) that the new administration will face.

On Japan’s foreign policy front, 2024 saw the continuation of the previous years’ efforts to implement Kishida’s 2022 security documents, firmly rooted in Abe’s security thinking. Kishida increased its defence autonomy, particularly by introducing counterstrike capabilities. The decision to create a joint command was aimed at improving cooperation between Japan’s military forces and those of Japan’s security partners, most notably the United States. With its proactive security engagement, Japan was signalling to Washington that it was willing to stand next to it, sharing its security burden. This included capacity-building efforts through Official Development and Security Assistance as well as the Freedom of Navigation Operation with Australia and New Zealand. Japan has successfully expanded the multilayered partnership in the region.

Some issues remained unanswered regarding the financing of Japan’s growing security ambitions. The budget was more restricted than anticipated, despite the alleged intention of doubling defence expenditures between 2022 and 2027. Because of the collapse of the yen value, the actual budget shrank by 30%. In this situation, lifting the country’s corporate and tobacco taxes alone has not been sufficient to fund the growing defence spending. While the public supported strengthening the country’s defences, it was unwilling to accept increasing income tax to finance it.

Two major variables may lead to a recalibration of the described developments. The first is the minority government that followed Ishiba’s election in November 2024. Due to the weak standing of the LDP, the opposition parties now have greater influence in decision-making than in the previous decade. This, in turn, might result in reorienting the LDP agenda. For instance, Ishiba was expected to make great concessions regarding domestic issues in the fields of education and welfare. Consequently, this might further limit the government’s capacity to increase security-related expenditures, which the yen’s devaluation has constrained. It was unclear whether a possible double election in 2025 would return stability. The second variable that could greatly affect Japan’s foreign policy was Trump’s return to office, and his potentially unrealistic expectations towards Japan’s security engagement. Furthermore, Trump’s dislike of China could affect the recent positive development of Sino-Japanese relations.

Bibliography

Abe, Shinzō, Gorō Hashimoto, Hiroshi Oyama, & Shigeru Kitamura, 2023, Abe Shinzō Kaikoroku (Abe Shinzō memoir), Tokyo: Chūō Kōron Shinsha.

Abema News, 2023, 1 February, ‘Noda Yoshihiko: moto-sōri ga naze «sōchō bira kubari»? 37nen tsudzukeru riyū’ (Former PM Noda Yoshihiko: Why does he spend the early mornings handing out pamphlets? He has been doing so for the last 37 years), (https://youtu.be/Kz4gjUIKqdg?si=AMlLql6qB6WQL51_).

ANN News, 2024, ‘Jimin sōsaisen, Ishiba Shigeru-shi ga senshutsu daigyakuten shōri wa «futatsu no katamari» Shin-naikaku no yōshoku ni darega?’ (LDP Presidential election: Ishiba Shigeru wins in a massive overturn. Who is going to be appointed to key cabinet posts?), (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UIQ0yK9xq5I).

AP News, 2024, 1 November , ‘Japan and EU announce a security and defense partnership as regional tensions rise’.

Asahi Shinbun, 2024, 28 April, ‘Jimin zenpai, rikken 3 shō Shimane 1 ku de Jimin yabureru Shūin 3 hosen’ (LDP’s total defeat, CDP’s triple victory. LDP defeated in Shimane n. 1 in by-elections), (https://www.asahi.com/articles/ASS4Q1VC7S4QDIFI009M.html).

Asahi Shinbun, 2024, 18 September, ‘Sōsaisen suisenjin ni fukusū no uragane giin Takaichi-shi ‘Shinbun miru made shiranakatta’ (Several scandal-implicated MPs as recommenders, Takaichi: «I was not aware»), (https://www.asahi.com/articles/ASS9L36SNS9LUTFK00VM.html).

Ayson, Miguel Enrico G., and Lara Gianina S. Reyes, 2024, ‘The Philippines 2022-2023: A turbulent start for the New Era of Marcos leadership’, Asia Maior XXXIV/2023, pp. 167-185.

Azuma, Hiroki, 2009, Otaku: Japan’s Database Animals. Minnesota University Press.

Azumi, Akiko, 2024, 22 October, ‘Arienai hodo no gyakufū «Jikō kahansū ware» no genjitsumi hikōnin giin ga omowanu kūsen o shiirarete iru’ (LDP-KMT «loss of majority» is materializing in an incredible turn of events. Non-sanctioned candidates are getting ready for a hard fight), Tōyō Keizai, (https://toyokeizai.net/articles/-/835195).

[BoJ], Bank of Japan, 2024, Review of Monetary Policy from a Broad Perspective, Tokyo: BoJ.

Cabinet Office, Government of Japan, 2024, Bōsai jōhō no pēji: Tokushū (1) Reiwa 6 nen Noto hantō jishin (Disaster information: the 2024 Noto earthquake), (https://www.bousai.go.jp/kohou/kouhoubousai/r05/109/special_01.html).

Care News, 2024, 15 November, ‘Intabyū: Nenrinpikku taikai kaichō Hirai Kenji-shi (Tottori chiji)’ (An interview with Tottori Prefecture governor Hirai, President of the Nenrinpics), (https://www.care-news.jp/column/wadai/C0T1R).

CBS News, 2022, 25 March, ‘Japan approves 5 years more funding for U.S. military presence as China, Russia and North Korea threats loom large.’

Chuffart, Thomas, and Cyril Dell’Eva, 2020, ‘The role of carry trades on the effectiveness of Japan’s quantitative easing’, International Economics Vol. 161, pp. 30-40.

Climate Central, 2024, 9 October, ‘Analysis: Climate change influenced unusual October heat in Japan’.

CNA, 2024, 17 October, ‘Construction of TSMC’s 2nd fab in Kumamoto to start in Q1 2025’, Focus Taiwan CNA English News.

Corrales, Nestor , 2024, 11 April, ‘Expect more joint patrols in South China Sea–US nat’l security adviser’, Inquirer.net.

Cucek, Michael, 2024, All Quiet On The Eastern Front, LinkedIn.

Fujiwara, Shinichi, 2024, 29 September, ‘Koizumi to be LDP’s ‘face’ while Takaichi declines Ishiba’s offer’, The Asahi Shimbun: Asia & Japan Watch.

Tokyo Metropolitan Government, 2025, Tokyo 2025: Tokyo Basics.

Hall, Jeffrey J.,2025, 28 January, ‘Japan’s YouTube Famous Politician: The Controversial Rise of Ishimaru Shinji’, Japan Matters, YouTube.

Hall, Jeffrey J., 2025, 30 January, ‘Chaos in Tokyo: The Great 2024 Election Poster Hijacking’, Japan Matters, YouTube.

Harris, Tobias, 2024a, ‘Kishida’s balancing act’, Observing Japan.

Harris, Tobias, 2024b, ‘The Idealist’, Observing Japan.

Harris, Tobias, 2024c,‘Why Kishida quit’, Observing Japan.

HiroTere News NNN, 2024, 12 August, ‘Kyōdai jishin chūi keikai ga tsudzuku bon yasumi hōmu sentā de wa bōsaii yōhin urikire zokushutsu (Hiroshima)’ (Megaquake notice: the alert goes on through Bon holidays. Disaster goods sold out in local hardware stores), (https://news.ntv.co.jp/n/htv/category/society/ht1f46475ffe434fd6afe6128684dcb114).

Hirose, Fuyuki, Kenji Maeda, Kenichi Fujita, & Akio Kobayashi, 2022, ‘Simulation of great earthquakes along the Nankai Trough: reproduction of event history, slip areas of the Showa Tonankai and Nankai earthquakes, heterogeneous slip-deficit rates, and long-term slow slip events’, Earth, Planets and Space 74 (131).

Honma, Masayoshi, 2024, 18 October, ‘Japan’s rice crisis shows the price of faulty food security policy’, East Asia Forum.

Hornung, Jeffrey, and Zack Cooper, 2024, 2 August,‘Shifting the U.S.-Japan Alliance from Coordination to Integration’, War on the Rocks.

[IMF], International Monetary Fund, 2024, World Economic Outlook: Policy Pivot, Rising Threats, Washington: IMF.

Ishiba, Shigeru, 2025, 23 January, ‘Shigeru Ishiba on Japan’s New Security Era: The Future of Japan’s Foreign Policy’, Hudson Centre.

Ishiba, Shigeru, 2022, Iron Seiron (Different Arguments, Right Arguments), Tokyo: Shinchōsha (e-book version).

Ishiba, Shigeru, 2024, Hoshu seijika: waga seisaku, waga tenmei, (Being a conservative: My policies, my mission), Tokyo: Kodansha (e-book version).

Isidore, Chris, Arlette Saenz, & Kayla Tausche, 2025, 4 January, ‘Biden blocks Japan’s Nippon from taking over US Steel,. CNN.

ITMedia Bijinesu Online, 2015, 22 April, ‘Sutaba, saigo no kūhakuchi ‘Tottori’ ni shō tenpo’ (Starbucks open in the last open spot Tottori),( https://www.itmedia.co.jp/makoto/articles/1504/22/news061.html).

Fahey, Rob, 2024, 28 October, ‘Election 2024: The Winners and Losers’,Tokyo Review.

[FDMA], Fire and Disaster Management Agency,2024, ‘Reiwa 6 nen Noto hantō jishin ni yoru higai oyobi shōbō kikantō no taiō jōkyō’ 令和6年能登 (Damage and response by the fire and disaster management agencies in the 2024 Noto Peninsula earthquake), (https://www.fdma.go.jp/disaster/info/items/20240101notohanntoujishinn116.pdf).

French, Alice, 2024, 19 June, ‘Japan passes amended political funds law: 4 things to know’, Nikkei Asia.

Jain, Purnendra C., 1993, ‘A New Political Era in Japan: The 1993 Election’, Asian Survey, 33(II), 11.

Jain, Purnendra C., 2024, 3 November, ‘Japanese politics faces uncertainty after electoral deadlock’, East Asia Forum.

Jiji Press, 2024, 11 July, ‘Kishida Cabinet’s approval rating sinks to 15.5%, poll shows’.

Jiji Press, 2024, 7 October, ‘Japan’s new internal affairs minister looks to boost regional revitalization’.

Jiji Press, 2024, 17 December, ‘Japan enacts ¥13.9 trillion extra budget for fiscal 2024’.

Jiji Press, 2024, 26 December, ‘Japanese government to invest ¥100 billion in Rapidus in 2025’.

Jiji Press, 2025, 18 January, ‘Focus: LDP Heavyweight Moriyama Boosting Presence’.

Johnston, Eric, 2024, 16 August, ‘Despite disbandment, factions still loom over LDP leadership race’, The Japan Times.

Kawashima, Shin, 2025, ‘What Next for Japan’s Relations With China?’, The Diplomat.

Kim, Taeju, 2025, ‘The Implications of Ishiba’s Party-Cabinet Appointments’, INSS Issue Brief 126 (1).

Kobayashi, Y., 2024, ‘Japan’s Newly Released Basic Policy on the Development of Emergency Shelters’SPF.

Konno, Shinobu, 2024, 4 April, ‘LDP punishes 39 lawmakers; Abe faction leaders hit the hardest’, The Asahi Shimbun: Asia & Japan Watch.

Kumagai, Toru, 2024, 13 May, ‘Nihon to Doitsu no GDP gyakuten: sono shin no riyū to wa’ (The real reason behind Germany’s GDP overtaking that of Japan), Nikkei Business. (https://business.nikkei.com/atcl/seminar/19/00023/050900424/#:~:text=WEO%E3%81%A8%E3%81%A8%E3%82%82%E3%81%AB%E5%85%AC%E8%A1%A8%E3%81%95%E3%82%8C%E3%81%9F,4%E4%BD%8D%E3%81%AB%E8%BB%A2%E8%90%BD%E3%81%97%E3%81%9F%E3%80%82).

Kushida, Kenji, 2024, 22 August, ‘Kishida’s Legacy of Global Success’, Domestic Distress, Carnegie Endownment for International Peace.

Kyodo News, 2024, 18 January, ‘Japan signs contract with U.S. on Tomahawk missile purchase’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 27 January, ‘Ex-Japan PM Aso vows to maintain LDP faction as «policy group»’.

Kyodo News, 2025, 10 February, ‘Japan logs record 29 tril. yen current account surplus in 2024’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 1 July. ‘PM Kishida vows travel aid program 6 months after central Japan quake’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 21 August, ‘Japan’s Rapidus seeks 100 bil. yen in loans for chip production’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 26 August, ‘Digital Minister Kono joins ruling party presidential election’.

Kyodo News,2024, 30 September, ‘New LDP Secretary General Moriyama highly skilled negotiator’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 25 November, ‘U.S. to deploy missile units to Japan islands in Taiwan contingency’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 17 December, ‘Japan enacts 13.9 tril. yen extra budget for economic package’.

Kyodo News, 2024, 25 December, ‘Japan to ease visa requirements, agrees on top China diplomat visit’.

Lam, Donican, 2024, 11 August, ‘FOCUS: «BOJ shock» behind Japan’s dramatic stock plunge’, Kyodo News.

Lee, Ying Shan, 2024, 10 September, ‘Japanese wage growth to surpass inflation for the first time in over 30 years, says asset management firm’, CNBC.

Mahadzir, D., 2024, 1 April, ‘Japan Stands Up Amphibious Rapid Deployment Brigade, Electronic Warfare Unit for Defense of Southwest Islands’, USNI News.

Mainichi Shinbun, 2024, 21 November, ‘Suwatta mama akushu wa NG? Ishiba shushō no gaikō manā ga butsugi, senmonka no kenkai’ (Is a handshake while seated NG? Ishiba’s diplomatic manners spur discussion, an expert’s view), (https://mainichi.jp/articles/20241120/k00/00m/030/304000c).

The Mainichi, 2025, 10 February, ‘Japan’s total debt hits fresh record of 1,317 tril. yen in 2024’.

Manning, D., 2024, 3 April, ‘US Ambassador Rahm Emanuel on Why the April Summit Marks Beginning of New Era’, Japan Forward.

Maslow, Sebastian, 2024, 27 September, ‘Shigeru Ishiba will be Japan’s next prime minister. What should we expect?’, The Conversation.

Matsuda, T., 2023, Japan’s Emerging Security Strategy. The Washington Quarterly46(1), 85-102.

Matsumoto, Masao, 2024, 8 July, ‘Senkyo jakku shōjō’ moto de no 2024 Tōkyō chiji senkyo’ (Vote-Casting and Campaign Chaos in the 2024 Tokyo Election), Nippon.com.

McCurry, Justin, 2024, 17 September, ‘Who will Japan’s next PM be? A policy wonk, ultra-conservative or surfer making the climate fight «sexy»’, The Guardian.

Milani, Marco, and Antonio Fiori, 2024, ‘Korean peninsula 2023: A year of rising tensions and political polarization’, Asia Maior Vol. XXXIV/2023, pp. 39-64.

Mitsubishi UFJ Research and Consulting, 2024, The Japanese Economy in Fiscal 2024 and Fiscal 2025: Ongoing gradual economic recovery, but with downside risk.

Mochinaga, D, n.d., ‘Rising sun in the cyber domain: Japan’s strategic shift toward active cyber defense’, The Pacific Review0(0), 1-26.

[MoF], Ministry of Finance, 2022, National Defense Strategy 2022.

[MoF], Ministry of Finance, 2024, Japanese Public Finance Fact Sheet, Tokyo: MoF.

[MoFA], Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2022, Keynote Address by Prime Minister Kishida at the IISS Shangri-La Dialogue 2022.

[MoFA], Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2023), Japan-China Summit Meeting.

[MoFA], Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, Japan-U.S. Joint Leaders’ Statement: Global Partners for the Future.

[MoFA], Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2025a, Inauguration of the independent Mission of Japan to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO).

[MoFA], Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2025b, Japan-NATO Conference on Strategic Communications.

Morimoto, Tomoyuki, and Kyōko Andō, 2024, 25 January, ‘Mujun darake no Jimin habatsu «habatsu=seisakushūdan» to iinagara «kaishō shite seisaku shūdan e» somosomo 30 nen mae ni kaishō shita hazu dewa?’ (The contradictions of LDP factions and the inconsistencies of «political groups»: weren’t they supposed to have been dissolved 30 years ago?), Tōkyō Shinbun, (https://www.tokyo-np.co.jp/article/304950).

Moriyasu, Ken, 2025, 4 January, ‘Japan receives go-ahead to buy 1,200 U.S. air-to-air missiles in $ 3.6bn deal’, Nikkei Asia.

Nakada, Ayako, 2024, 22 January, ‘LDP task force proposes overhauling party factions’, The Asahi Shimbun.

Nakajima, Maki, 2024, 21 October, ‘Otaku o nanoranaide’ Ishiba shushō e, tetsudō fan kara no chūmon’ («Don’t call yourself an otaku» railway fans appeal to PM Ishiba), Mainichi Shinbun, (https://mainichi.jp/articles/20241019/k00/00m/010/073000c).

NHK News Web, 2024, 12 September, ‘Shōsai: Jimin sōsai sen ga kokuji, kako saita 9 nin ga rikkōho ronsen stāto’ (Announced the candidates at the LDP Presidential race: for the first time in the party history 9 candidates will compete in the debate) (https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20240912/k10014579931000.html).

NHK News Web, 2024, 28 October, ‘Shūgiin senkyo tōhyō ritsu wa 53.85% zenkai o shitamawari sengo 3 banme ni hikuku’ (Voters turnout at 53.85%, the third lowest since 1946),(https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20241027/k10014620851000.html).

NHK News Web, 2024, 30 October, ‘Ishin Baba daihyō «Ishiba shushō ni mo Noda daihyō ni mo tōhyō shinai»’ (Ishin chief representative Baba says his party will vote neither for Ishiba nor for Noda),(https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20241030/k10014623331000.html).

NHK News Web, 2024, 5 November, ‘Ishiba shushō Saitō kokkō-shō no kōnin ni onaji Kōmei Nakano Hiromasa-shi no kiyō kentō’ (PM Ishiba thinks of appointing Kōmeitō Nakano Hiromasa to succeed Minister of Transport Saitō), (https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20241105/k10014630101000.html).

NHK News Web, 2025, 9 January, ‘Noto hantō no saigai kanren shi 277-nin ni. Chokusetsu shi fukumeta shisha wa 505-nin ni’ (Deaths related to the Noto earthquake rise to 277. Total casualties including those directly caused by the quake amount at 505), (https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20250109/k10014689221000.html).

NHK News Web, 2025, 14 January, ‘Ishiba naikaku shiji 39% fushiji 40 – Noto hantō jishin torikumi hyōka wa’ (Ishiba’s approval rate at 39%, disapproval at 40%. Measures for Noto earthquake reconstruction received appreciation), (https://www3.nhk.or.jp/news/html/20250114/k10014692621000.html).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 11 January, ‘Suga Yoshihide zenshushō “Jimin habatsu no kaishō hitsuyō” Sasshin honbu ga shō kaigō’ (Former PM Suga Yoshihide at the HQ for Political Renovation first meeting: «Faction dissolution is necessary»), ( https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA112KN0R10C24A1000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 4 April, ‘Shushō, Nichitetsu no US suchīru baishū «Nichibei shunō kaidan de atsukawazu»’ (Nippon Steel acquisition of US Steel «not discussed» during leaders summit, says the Prime Minister), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA04B6Z0U4A400C2000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 1 October, ‘Ishiba seiken, haran no funade yatō «ronsen kaihi» sokki kaisan ni hanpatsu’ (A rough start for the Ishiba administration, oppositions against the early Diet dissolution «He avoids the debate»), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA015000R01C24A0000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 10 October, ‘Kyō no kotoba: Jimintō saikō komon towa 30 nen buri secchi, meiyoshoku no imiaimo’ (Today’s word: who is the LDP Senior Advisor? Re-established after 30 years, it is also an honorary appointment), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA3040N0Q4A930C2000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 27 October, ‘Ishiba Shigeru shushō «Shūinsen, kiwamete kibishii jōkyō» zokutō ni wa iyoku’ (Ishiba: «The polls have presented us with a very severe situation», but pledges to stay on as PM), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA274C20X21C24A0000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 28 October, ‘Kokumin minshutō, 4 bai ni yakushin: hirei kōho tarizu tatō ni 3 giseki yuzuru’ (DPFP quadruples its seats in the Lower House, leaves 3 proportional seats to other parties), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA2725Q0X21C24A0000000/).

Nihon Keizai Shinbun, 2024, 8 November, ‘Shūin kenpō shinsa kaichō ni Edano Yukio-shi Yosan iinchō wa Azumi Jun-shi’ (Edano appointed as chair of Lower House Constitution Committee while Azumi takes the Budget Committee), (https://www.nikkei.com/article/DGXZQOUA0820Z0Y4A101C2000000/).

Nikkei Asia, 2024, 30 December, ‘Japan stocks finish turbulent 2024 at highest-ever year-end close’.

Nagatomi, Shinnosuke, 2025, 4 January, ‘Japan to move key defense command centers underground’, Nikkei Asia.

Ninivaggi, Gabriele, 2025, 15 January, ‘With new regional party, Shinji Ishimaru touts rebirth’, The Japan Times.

Nippon Foundation, 2024, China’s PLA Delegation Visits Japan for First Time in 5 Years Under Sasakawa Peace Foundation’s Exchange Program, TNFSA.

Nippon.com., 2024, ‘Ishiba naikaku 12 gatsu no shijiritsu: 8sha naka 6sha ga karaku. 4 warigoe wa 2 sha nomi, hōdō kakusha chōsa’ (Ishiba administration’s December approval rate: 6 out of 8 broadcaster indicate a drop. Only two show approval at 40%), (https://www.nippon.com/ja/japan-data/h30007/).

Obe, Mitsuru, 2024, 19 March, ‘BOJ ends negative rates, leaves questions over policy direction’, Nikkei Asia.

O’Shea, Paul., & Maslow, Sebastian, 2020, ‘Making the alliance even greater: (Mis-)managing U.S.-Japan relations in the age of Trump’, Asian Security, 17(2), 195-215.

Oyama, Ryo, 2024, ‘Fire that ruined Wajima market likely began with damaged wires’, The Asahi Shimbun Asia and Japan Watch.

P. D. Wezeman, K.Djokic, M.George, Z.Hussain, & S. T. Wezeman, 2024, ‘Trends in International Arms Transfers2023’, SIPRI.

[PMO], Prime Minister’s Office of Japan, 2024, Akazawa Ryosei.

Pugliese, G., & A Patalano, 2020, ‘Diplomatic and security practice under Abe Shinzō: The case for Realpolitik Japan’, Australian Journal of International Affairs74(6), 615-632.

Pugliese, Giulio, & Marco Zappa,2024, ‘Japan 2023: Still Walking in Abe Shinzō’s Footsteps’, Asia Maior, XXXIV, 65-124.

Reuters, 2024, 29 May, ‘China, Japan agree to restart ruling party talks after six-year hiatus’.

Reuters, 2025, 13 January, ‘Biden admin delays enforcement of order blocking Nippon Steel, US Steel deal, companies say’.

Rich, Motoko, Makiko Inoue, & Hikari Hida,2021, 28 October, ‘In Japan, Rural Voters Count More Than Those in Big Cities, It Shows’, The New York Times.

Ross Sorkin, Andrew; Ravi Mattu Bernhard Warner, Sarah Kessler, Michael J., de la Merced, Lauren Hirsch, and Livni Ephra, 2024, 10 April, The Politics of a Steel Deal Hangs Over Biden’s Japan Summit, The New York Times.

Rubinstein, G., 2025, ‘Cooperative Defense Acquisitions Strengthen U.S.-Japan Alliance’, CSIS.

Ryall, Julian, 2025, 8 January, ‘Japan’s hottest year since records began threatens rice supply, ecosystems’, South China Morning Post.

Sakakibara, Orio, 2024, 14 August, ‘Nankai torafu jishin rinji jōhō: Wakayama-ken ya Wakayama-shi, 24 jikan keikai tsudzukeru’ (Emergency information on the Nankai trough earthquake, 24-hour alert continues in Wakayama Pref., Wakayama City), Asahi Shinbun.

Sasagawa, Shohei, 2024, 14 August, ‘Kishida to step down, won’t run in LDP election for president’, The Asahi Shimbun: Asia & Japan Watch.

Schneider, Jordan & Lily Ottinger, 2024, 11 April, ‘Japan’s Economic Security Renaissance: Chips, coercion, and lessons from the 1930s’, ChinaTalk.

Shiota, Ushio, 2024, 10 February, ‘Jimin habatsu no yukusue: ‘Tōchūtō’ taishitsu o kokufuku dekiruka’ (The fate of LDP factions: Is it possible to rein in the «parties within the party»?), Nippon.com.

Shiraishi, S., 2024, 26 July, Japan’s Economic Security Policy, Foundation Office Japan / Regional Economic Programme Asia (SOPAS).

Shūkan Bunshun, 2024, 18 October, «Jikō» kahansū ware no shōgeki kekka: shūinsen «Kinkyū chūkan yosoku» Jimin 44 giseki gen no daishissoku’ («The impact of the LDP-KMT’s loss of the majority: an interim report indicates a 44-seat loss for the LDP), (https://bunshun.jp/denshiban/articles/b9830).

Sposato, William, 2024, ‘How Japan’s Yen Carry Trade Crashed Global Markets’, Foreign Policy.

Suppasri, Anawat; Miwako Kitamura; David Alexander; Shuji Seto and Fumihiko Imamura 2024, ‘The 2024 Noto Peninsula earthquake: Preliminary observations and lessons to be learned’, International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, Vol. 110.

Takenaka, Harukata, 2024a, ‘Abe seiji’ kara no dakkyaku e semigiai: Ishiba shinseiken tanjō no Jimintō’ (The conflict over exiting the «Abe politics»: the LDP amidst the rise of the Ishiba cabinet), Nippon.com., (https://www.nippon.com/ja/in-depth/d01061/).

Takenaka, Harukata, 2024b, ‘Kishida ‘ikkyō’ seiken no yukue: 9 gatsu no sōsaisen shutsuba no shinario mo’ (The fate of Kishida’s «one-man» administration: a possible candidacy at the September LDP Presidential election), Nippon.com, (https://www.nippon.com/ja/in-depth/d01000/#note-1-5).

Takenaka, Harukata, 2024c, ‘The Paradox of Kishida Fumio: The Prime Minister Who Needed a Director’, Nippon.com.

Tamaki, Taku, 2024, ‘Can the rapprochement in Japan-South Korea relations continue? Some challenges ahead’, Policy Brief of The Japan Institute of International Affairs.

Tana, M. T. C., 2024, 9 September, Japan–Philippines defence deal reflects regional security dynamics, (https://eastasiaforum.org/2024/09/09/japan-philippines-defence-deal-reflects-regional-security-dynamics/).

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 21 February, ‘Four Abe faction leaders to attend ethics council on funding scandal’.

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 8 March, ‘LDP OKs rules to hold lawmakers responsible for actions of staff’.

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 25 March, ‘LDP’s Nikai won’t seek re-election, takes fall for scandal’.

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 13 June, Editorial: Tokyo governor’s race a bellwether for the future of national politics.

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 17 July, Tochiji 2-i no Ishimaru Shinji-shi, naze ‘ukezara’ ni? Senkyo sanbō no Fujiwara Shinnosuke-shi intabyū [Why Ishimaru was the second most voted candidate at the Tokyo gubernatorial election? An interview with electon consultant Fujiwara Shinnosuke] (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8Y6kxQjUyhs).

The Asahi Shimbun, 2024, 2 October, ‘Editorial: Ishiba’s abrupt about-face has cost him the trust of the people’.

TBS News Dig, 2024, 24 December, ‘«Shōgatsu ga kowai» Noto hisai sha no ima no omoi Fukkyū no okure ni ikidōri mo… «ie no saiken ga fukkō no hajimari» jishin to gou no «nijū hisai» de kattō tsuzuku’ («I am afraid of New Year’s Day» The voices of the Noto earthquake victims and the rage for the delays in recovery operations… «Rebulding my home is a first step toward recovery» but troubles continue due to the double disaster of earthquake and floodings), (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n9sQStkxH24&ab_channel=TBSNEWSDIGPoweredbyJNN).

The Economist, 2024, 11 July, ‘Social-media populists have arrived in Japan’.

The Government of Japan, Kizuna, 2024, 8 November, The First Policy Speech by Prime Minister Ishiba Shigeru [delivered on 4 November 2024].

The Government of Japan, Kizuna, 2025, 17 January, APEC Leaders’ Meeting in Peru: Importance of Strengthening a Rules-Based International Order.

The Japan News, 2024, 20 February, ‘Joint Defense Development Urged In Public, Private Sectors; ‘Dual-Use’ Technologies Expected to Aid Economic Growth’.

The Japan News, 2024, 8 April, ‘84 of People Nationwide Say They Feel Japan’s National Security Is Under Threat’.

The Japan News, 2024, 29 May, ‘Kishida asks senior Chinese official to lift marine import ban’, The Japan Times.

The New York Times, 2024, ‘Killing of Japanese Boy Leaves Chinese Asking: Is This My Country?’.

Thorbecke, Willem, 2024, 30 August, ‘Japan’s ambitious semiconductor plan’, East Asia Forum.

Tōkyō Shinbun, 2024, 1 October, ‘Abe moto-shushō wa kokuzoku’ hatsugen de shōbun Murakami Seiichirō-shi ga 19 nen buri nyūkaku kyū-Abe-ha ‘riberaru ni tenka torareta’ to nageki’ (Punished for saying that «Abe was a traitor» Murakami Seiichirō back to a cabinet post after 19 years «The liberals stripped us of power», lament former Abe-faction members), (https://www.tokyo-np.co.jp/article/357495).

Tōkyō Shinbun, 2024, 4 October, ‘Ishiba Shigeru shushō, are kore mo ‘kōtai’? 5tsu no ‘mamoru’ kakagetaga, shūnin mae no shuchō wa dokoni… Shūin de shogen hyōmei’ (Is Ishiba backpedaling from all his promises? He proposed the five protects, but where have his key points gone? The complete text of his declaration of intent in the House), (https://www.tokyo-np.co.jp/article/358357).

Tomisaki, Takashi, 2024, 20 February, ‘Imamo nokoru ‘Seiji to kane’ no gurē zōn: ‘Tōmeika’ to ‘kōshi shunbetsu’ tettei suru bappon kaikaku’ (The everlasting grey zones of «money politics»: toward a sweeping reform for transparency and rigorous division between public role and private life), Nippon.com. (https://www.nippon.com/ja/in-depth/d00973/).

[TSMC] Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, 2025, 4 March, ‘TSMC Intends to Expand Its Investment in the United States to US$165 Billion to Power the Future of AI’.

Tung, Chen-Yuan 2024, Monthly Report: Taiwan and the Global Semiconductor Supply Chain. Taipei Representative Office in Singapore, February 2024.

U.S. Department of Defense, 2024, Australia-Japan-United States Trilateral Defense Ministers’ Meeting November 2024 Joint Statement.

U.S. Department of Defense, n.d., U.S. Intends to Reconstitute U.S. Forces Japan as Joint Forces Headquarters. U.S. Retrieved February 10, 2025.

U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, 2024, TRILATERAL STATEMENT  First Execution of Multi-Domain Japa n – ROK-U.S. Exercise FREEDOM.

US Embassy in in the Republic of Korea, 2024, 14 November, Joint Statement of Japan, the Republic of Korea, and the United States.

US Embassy in India, 2024, 23 September, Fact Sheet: 2024 Quad Leaders’ Summit.

Wallace, Corey, & Giulio Pugliese, 2023, ‘Japan 2022: Putin and Abe Shocks thwart Kishida’s enjoyment of three golden years despite major defence overhaul’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022, 51.

Yamamoto, R., 2024, ‘Japan’s Coast Guard Capacity Building under Abe Shinzō: Between Power, Money and Norms’, International Quarterly for Asian Studies55(1), Article 1.

Yawata, Kazuo, 2024, 25 November, ‘Takaichi Sanae-shi wa itsu ‘taka-ha seijika’ ni natta no ka… ‘Posuto Ishiba’ ni ichiban chikai josei seijika no ‘kokufuku subeki jakuten’ (When did Takaichi Sanae turn a hawkish politician? The weaknesses that the woman who is poised to be the «post-Ishiba» PM needs to control), President, (https://president.jp/articles/-/88391?page=5).

Yomiuri Shinbun, 2024, 6 January, ‘Jimin sasshin honbu no saikō komon – Asō-shi to Suga-shi wa habatsu meguri sōi… “giron kappatsu ka shisugireba kiretsu” kenen no koe’ (Senior advisor to the HQ for Political Renovation Asō and Suga’s different views on factions… «When there’s too much discussion, cracks emerge»),( https://www.yomiuri.co.jp/politics/20240106-OYT1T50000/).

Yomiuri Shinbun, 2024, 15 March, ‘Kokumin minshu ga ichi ni kuryo… chinage wa Seifu to rentai, shūin hosen dewa ritsumin ni sekkin (the Democratic Party for the People struggles to find its place: aligned with the cabinet on the wage hikes, but close to the CDP on election candidates) (https://www.yomiuri.co.jp/politics/20240313-OYT1T50212/)

Yoshida, Hiroki, 2023, 14 October, ‘Zenkoku de yuiitsu, koronaka ni mo kakawarazu shussesū ga fueta aru ken no fushigi’ (The only place in Japan where the population grows despite Covid-19: the extraordinary tale of one Prefecture), (https://www.asahi.com/articles/ASR7K2SZVR6XPUUB009.html).

Zhao Yusha and Shen Sheng, 2025, 14 January, ‘Ruling parties of China, Japan call for enhanced exchanges’, Global Times.

1 The term otaku refers to enthusiastic fans and collectors of goods, generally but not necessarily related to Japanese popular culture (e.g., comic books and cartoons). The term has been used since the 1970s to identify a specific subculture centered on the consumption of said goods which has become widespread in Japan and subsequently in parts of Europe and the United States. See Azuma 2009.

2 Tanigaki was only the second LDP leader, after Kōno Yohei in the 1990s, that did not double down as Prime Minister. In his political memoirs, however, Ishiba celebrates Tanigaki as «the right man» to lead the LDP while in opposition [Ishiba 2022].

3 Instead of immediately vindicating his lord, Asano Nagatomo, who had been ordered by the shogun, the highest military and political authority in the 18th century, to commit ritual suicide (seppuku) after the failed assassination attempt of a court nobleman, Kira Yoshinaka, with whom Asano had clashed, Ōishi set to carefully craft his vendetta. Meanwhile, he gave the impression that he was wasting his time in the pleasure quarters of Kyoto. After two years plotting in the shadows, he finally recruited 46 other unmastered samurai (rōnin), attacked Kira in his residence in Edo (now Tokyo) and took his own life, finally vindicating his late master.

4 The area is popular among the Japanese for the desert-like landscape of the sand dunes which cover a 16-km wide area on the coast near Tottori city and for being the birthplace of two celebrated manga artists, the late Mizuki Shigeru (GeGeGe no Kitarō) and Aoyama Gōshō (Case Closed/Detective Conan) to whom landmarks, and even infrastructure (such as the major prefectural airport) are named after. In 2015, the Prefecture made headlines following the decision by the Japanese branch of the coffee giant Starbucks to open its first outlet in Tottori city, after becoming virtually ubiquitous in any large Japanese city in nearly 20 years of operations in the country [ITMedia Bijinesu Online 2015, 22 April].

5 However, it might be worth noting that he did not follow up on the intent to proceed with a thorough revision of the Japan-US Status of Force Agreement (SOFA) regulating Washington’s military presence in the archipelago, nor on creating an Asian NATO that would eventually help to strike a new balance in the Japan-US alliance.

6.  The LDP would return to power soon after the demise of the Hata cabinet though in coalition with the Japan Socialist Party (JSP) in a government led by JSP Chairman Murayama Tomiichi.

7.  The Nankai Trough is an undersea trench running parallel to the Japanese Pacific coast, from Kyūshū to central Honshū. It is a subduction zone where the Philippine Sea plate subducts northwestward beneath the Amur continental plate, historically causing large-scale earthquakes, the last of which hit Japan in 1946. A new Nankai Trough megaquake is deemed imminent by experts [Hirose et al. 2022].

This article is the end product of a coordinated research effort between the two authors. Nonetheless, during the writing process, each of the two has focused on specific sections of the paper. Sections 2 and 3 (Domestic politics and economic and financial policies) were written by Marco Zappa; section 4 (International Affairs) by Raymond Yamamoto. The authors wish to thank the anonymous reviewers, and Giulio Pugliese for their helpful comments on a preliminary draft of this paper and support.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Korean peninsula 2024: A year of political and social upheaval*

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

The year 2024 has been a defining year for the Korean peninsula, characterized by severe political crises, escalating inter-Korean hostilities, and shifting international alignments. In South Korea, the attempted imposition of martial law by President Yoon Suk-yeol and his subsequent impeachment exposed the weaknesses of its institutional system and deepened political polarization, but it also demonstrated the vitality of civil society in swiftly responding to the threat to democracy. Meanwhile, North Korea formally abandoned the idea of reunification, declaring South Korea a «hostile state» while continuing military provocations, including missile tests and non-conventional tactics, such as the launch of trash-filled balloons. Pyongyang’s growing strategic alignment with Russia, highlighted by the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership signed during Vladimir Putin’s visit to North Korea, raised concerns about regional security and arms proliferation. Amid these developments, South Korea sought to reinforce its trilateral alliance with the United States and Japan while navigating complex diplomatic relations with China and Southeast Asia. As political uncertainty persists in Seoul and inter-Korean tensions reach new heights, the trajectory of the Korean peninsula remains uncertain. The coming months will be critical in determining whether stability can be restored or whether the Korean peninsula will continue on its trajectory of deepening division and conflict.

Keywords – South Korea; North Korea; Yoon Suk-yeol; Lee Jae-myung; martial law; Kim Jong Un; Russia-North Korea relations; North Korea missile tests; inter-Korean relations; Japan-South Korea relations; US-Japan-South Korea.

1. Introduction

The events that took place on the Korean peninsula in 2024, characterized by profound political crises, escalating inter-Korean hostilities, and significant shifts in regional and global alliances, marked an important turning point in the political and social development of the two Koreas and represented the completion of processes that had been in the making for several years.

South Korea faced an unprecedented constitutional crisis that tested the resilience of its political system. Strong political polarization has been a key feature of the domestic political development since the democratic transition in 1987, due mainly to the legacy of four decades of authoritarian rule and of continuous struggle by the political and social opposition. This polarization reached extremely high level after the 2022 presidential elections, in which Yoon Suk-yeol won with the slightest margin in the country’s history, and in the following years characterized by tension and confrontation between the two main parties, that was reflected in the recurring conflicts between the two main political institutions – the presidency and the National Assembly – controlled by the opposing parties. This tension reached its peak with the imposition of a 6-hour martial law by President Yoon Suk-yeol, on 3 December, repealed by a unanimous vote of the National Assembly, and the subsequent impeachment process. These events left the country in a state of deep crisis and instability, and underscored the weaknesses of the country’s institutions, but they also led to an immediate mobilization of the opposition and the civil society, as a testimony of the vitality of political participation. Despite the attempted coup by the president being immediately repelled, the deep social divisions within the country remained as represented by the protests, party realignments, and mass demonstrations that took place before and after the declaration of martial law.

While South Korea struggled with domestic political crises, North Korea undertook a process of transformation under the leadership of Kim Jong Un. Specifically, the regime decided to amend its Constitution to formally designate South Korea as a «hostile state», marking a historic departure from previous rhetoric on Korean reunification – also supported by the previous leaders – and effectively consolidating the two Koreas as adversaries in political, military, and ideological dimensions. This shift was accompanied by the usual military provocations, including missile tests and artillery exchanges with the South along the Northern Limit Line, but also by new propaganda campaigns, such as the launch of balloons filled with trash into South Korean territory.

North Korea’s hard-line stance was not limited to inter-Korean relations, but it materialized also in the active pursuit of a policy aimed at strengthening its strategic partnership with Russia. Particularly, the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership between Moscow and Pyongyang, signed during Vladimir Putin’s visit to North Korea in June, signalled a deepening military and economic collaboration between the two countries, raising concerns among the international community about potential arms transfers and geopolitical realignments in Northeast Asia.

In this context, South Korea’s foreign policy continued to move along the lines of the previous two years. The Yoon administration continued its efforts to reinforce the trilateral partnership with the United States and Japan. This included expanded military cooperation, intelligence-sharing agreements, and joint statements condemning North Korea’s arms shipments to Russia. South Korea’s diplomatic outreach extended to ASEAN and NATO, emphasizing its role as a «global pivotal state» amid growing regional tensions.

2. Domestic politics

2.1. The road towards the legislative elections

Political polarization in South Korea has significantly deepened since Yoon Suk-yeol assumed the presidency in 2022, driven by a combination of structural, ideological, and institutional factors that have intensified confrontations across the political spectrum. At the heart of this polarization lies the entrenched ideological division between conservatives and progressives, a divide that has long shaped South Korean politics but has become particularly acrimonious in recent years. Under Yoon, the framing of political conflict has often been zero-sum, with opponents portrayed not as adversaries within a democratic system, but as threats to the nation itself. This dynamic has contributed to an increasingly hostile political culture, where compromise is rare and mutual distrust prevails.

The political polarization that had been brewing in South Korea since the 2022 presidential campaign [Shin et al. 2024], reached a tragic new high point on 2 January 2024, when the leader of the opposition Democratic Party (DP) and former presidential candidate Lee Jae-myung was attacked with a knife and stabbed on the neck by an extremist, during a news conference in Busan [Kang et al. 2024, 3 January]. After having been immediately hospitalized, Lee’s conditions appeared to be serious but not life-threatening, despite the wounds suffered, and on 10 January he was released from the hospital [Borowiec 2024, 10 January]. As quickly emerged from the police investigation, that arrested the aggressor almost immediately, and from the note left by him, the attack had been planned for months with the specific goal of killing Lee Jae-myung to prevent him from becoming president in the future and to punish him for his corruption allegation [Kim 2024, 10 January]. As expected, the entire South Korean political spectrum immediately expressed solidarity to Lee and strongly condemned the attack. Lee himself expressed hope that the extreme gesture would lead to the end of the politics of hatred and confrontation and a return to mutual respect and co-existence among the different political parties.

Unfortunately, soon after the attack the bipartisan condemnation of the extreme political climate gave way to a return to polarization and tension within the country. This was clearly shown by a second violent assault that involved a politician from the conservative People Power Party (PPP) and former spokesperson of President Yoon Suk-yeol, Bae Hyun-jin, who was attacked and hit on the head with a rock on 25 January [Yoon and Kim 2024, 25 January]. This was the troubled situation that the country was facing while preparing for the legislative elections for the National Assembly scheduled for 10 April. The elections were considered particularly important, by both political fronts: on one hand, President Yoon and the conservatives needed to change the progressive parliamentary majority, that had been in place since the 2020 elections, in order to implement a series of key reforms, such as education, labour and pensions, and to boost the consensus of the president that had been decreasing during the term; on the other hand, the progressives wanted to keep, and possibly increase, their majority in the National Assembly to continue blocking the conservative plan for domestic reforms and also to give a further blow to Yoon’s already precarious image.

The reorganization process of both political parties had already started towards the end of 2023, with the PPP electing a new leader supposedly close to the president, former Minister of Justice Han Dong-hoon, and the Democratic Party still dominated by Lee Jae-myung. Prominent former members of the two main parties created new parties: Lee Jun-seok, former leader of the PPP, established the centrist New Reform Party on 20 January and Lee Nak-yon, former prime minister from the DP, created the New Future Party on 4 February, after the failing attempt to join forces with Lee Jun-seok [Jung 2024, 20 February]; Cho Kuk, former Minister of Justice under Moon Jae-in, created the left-wing Rebuilding Korea Party on 3 March [Han 2024, 3 March].

The already polarized and tense situation was further complicated by a widespread protest among doctors against the government’s decision to increase the number of admissions to Medical Schools from 3.000 to 5.000, starting from 2025. The protest began with a massive resignation of young resident and intern doctors from the main university hospitals in Seoul on 20 February. The government responded by keeping its plan in place, refusing to negotiate and threatening to suspend the medical licenses of the striking doctors [Park and Park 2024, 26 February]. This led to an increase in the support for the protest among doctors, in early March, and a stalemate destined to last for a long time. With the election fast approaching, the president decided to stick to his position and portray the protesting doctors as a self-serving group that wanted to keep their privileges, betting on the public outrage towards the disservice in the health care system.

2.2. The progressive success at the legislative elections and its consequences

When the elections finally arrived, on Wednesday 10 April, the results marked a clear victory for the Democratic Party and its allies and a resounding defeat for Yoon and for the conservatives of the People Power Party. Out of the 300 total seats, the DP won 161 seats from the majority constituencies and 14 from the proportional representation; in addition, Cho Kuk’s left-wing party obtained 12 proportional seats. This left the conservatives with 108 seats (90 from majority constituencies and 18 from proportional representation), the worst defeat for a ruling party in the country’s history. The remaining five seats went to smaller parties: 3 to the New Reform and one each to the New Future and the Progressive Party [NEC 2024a; NEC 2024b].

The result strongly reinvigorated the progressive opposition, particularly the Democratic Party and its leader Lee Jae-myung. With a new and stronger majority, the party increased its ability to block the executive’s reforms and to advance their own political agenda in the Parliament, in preparation for the forthcoming presidential elections. Despite the veto power being a prerogative of the president in the Korean political system, the progressive forces could still use their majority as a powerful political instrument, approving laws and submitting them to the president for promulgation so that he then had to take responsibility and explain why he refused to approve them.

At the same time, the outcome of the elections was a clear defeat for the PPP and for the president. The leader of the party, Han Dong-hoon, in charge only since the previous December and unable to get elected himself, decided to immediately resign the day after the elections, taking responsibility for the defeat [Jeong and Lee 2024, 11 April]. The approval rate of Yoon Suk-yeol plummeted to its lowest level at 23% the week after the election [Yoon 2024, 19 April]. The prospect of the president was that of remaining a «lame duck», with an opposing National Assembly throughout his entire term until 2027. While it was Han who paid the political price for the defeat, the elections were interpreted as a referendum on Yoon’s first two years in office and were negatively affected also by the scandals that involved people very close to the president, including the first lady.

In addition to political polarization, the situation continued to deteriorate at the social level. In mid-June, a massive strike and demonstration of doctors, in support of the protest that started in February, hit the health system in the country, undermining the hard-line stance maintained by the government [Young 2024, 18 June]. On 7 June, workers of Samsung Electronics went on strike for the first time in the history of the company, demanding an improvement in their working conditions and salary [Young and Tobin 2024, 7 June]. The protest continued in July, when unionized workers at Samsung proclaimed an indefinite strike after a first three-day strike had started on 8 July. The workers’ protest ended after one month with approximately 6.500 participants – a small percentage of the total – without achieving any practical results [Yoo and Lee 2024, 2 August].

During the summer, both main parties held internal elections for the leadership: within the PPP, the former leader Han Dong-hoon, who had resigned immediately after the legislative elections, was re-elected on 23 July to lead the party with the 62,8% of the votes, after defeating the three other candidates [Yi 2024, 23 July]; in the Democratic Party the leadership of Lee Jae-myung was reconfirmed on 18 August with the 85,4% of the votes [Kim and Lee 2024, 19 August].

In September, the government started to take practical measures to strengthen its position and recover some of the lost approval in the eyes of the public opinion. On 29 August, Yoon presented his plan to reform the pension system [Park 2024, 29 August] and soon after the government announced that it was open to revise the quota for the admissions at Medical Schools for 2026 and it was willing to start a negotiation with doctors and other political parties to resolve the deadlock that was lasting since the protest began in February [Jung 2024, 8 September]. In early September, Yoon also reshuffled some key ministries in the government, including the Minister of Defence for which he nominated Kim Yong-hyun, former chief of the Presidential Security Service and close acquaintance of the president [King 2024, 10 September].

During the same weeks, the opposition started taking advantage of the political success of the legislative elections and put its parliamentary majority to use. On 19 September, the National Assembly approved three controversial laws, including one that was aimed at opening a special investigation on the first lady for charges related to corruption and abuse of power. Predictably, the president vetoed the three laws, starting a tense back and forth between the executive and legislative powers on these issues. In mid-October, the National Assembly voted again in favour of the creation of a special investigation on the first lady and on 2 November the Democratic Party organized a massive demonstration in Seoul to support the investigation [Kwak 2024, 3 November]. The president responded with a public apology for the tension and discomfort that the issue was creating for the public opinion, under pressure from his own party, but rejecting again the request for a special investigation [Lee 2024, 8 November]; the law was vetoed by the president for the third time on 26 November.

Yoon Suk-yeol’s extensive and unprecedented use of the presidential veto power was one key factor in the country’s political polarization, considering that the opposition had a majority in the National Assembly. The President used this prerogative 25 times in two and a half years, overcoming the total number of all his predecessors combined and vetoing also five bills concerning himself or the first lady [Lee et al. 2024, 27 November]. Conversely, the Democratic Party has made widespread use of impeachment – or the threat of it – targeting members of the government and high officials, including prosecutors investigating Lee Jae-myung or refusing to charge the first lady [Davies and Song 2024, 18 December]. Although both veto power and impeachment are constitutional prerogatives respectively of the president and of the National Assembly, this behaviour not only exacerbated hostility between conservatives and progressives but also represented a source of tension between the legislative and executive powers in the country’s political system.

The escalation of the polarization between the two main parties, which had been brewing during the previous two years and significantly increased after the legislative elections, reached its highest point between November and December, when the National Assembly, in which the Democratic Party held a majority, decided to vote against the national budget for 2025 presented by the government. A reduced version, presented by the Democratic Party, was then approved in the dedicated committee, despite the boycott of the conservative legislators [Son and Kim 2024, 1 December].This decision was the last straw in the conflict between the two main parties and triggered a series of events that would lead to the worst political crisis in the country since democratic transition.

2.3. Yoon’s attempted coup: the declaration of martial law, the impeachment process and the aftermath

After the National Assembly decided not to pass the government proposal for the 2025 budget, Yoon Suk-yeol responded with the most extreme and unpredictable decision: the declaration of martial law in the country. On the evening of 3 December, around 10 PM, a televised speech by the president announced that martial law had been declared in order to re-establish order against the political forces, labelled as «anti-State» and «pro-North Korea», that were blocking the South Korean democratic system [Kim 2024, 3 December]. General Park An-soo was nominated commander of the martial law and soldiers were deployed to key sites, particularly to the National Assembly. The measures implemented under the martial law included the prohibition of all political activities, the control of all media and the prohibition of strikes or other actions that could lead to social disruption [Lee 2024, 3 December]. The president claimed to have acted according to the Constitution, which allows the president to declare martial law in case of national emergency; however, the political opposition immediately mobilized in order to reach the National Assembly to vote for rejecting the martial law and hopefully force the president to retract it. The opposition also called on civil society and the population at large to gather and take to the streets to defend democracy. Even Yoon’s own conservative party, the PPP, publicly declared its opposition to the extreme decision of the president. The response of the political forces and even more that of the civil society and of the population was immediate and played a key role in opposing the attempt to overthrow the constitutional order by Yoon Suk-yeol.

After hours of high tension, especially around and inside the building of the National Assembly, where the army had deployed troops to prevent members of parliament to enter and vote, around 1 AM the martial law was rejected by the Parliament with a unanimous vote of the 190 members who managed to enter the building [Yang and Park 2024, 4 December]. After the vote, tension started to defuse and the military retreated from the streets. During the night, six hours after the proclamation of martial law, Yoon Suk-yeol revoked it, accepting the vote of the Parliament and deciding to abide by the Constitutional procedure. The immediate response to this existential threat to the country’s democracy of almost the entire political spectrum, national institutions and the public opinion represented a clear example of the strength and resilience of the South Korean democratic system.

If the possibility of a coup by the President had been avoided, the consequences of Yoon’s actions had just begun to manifest themselves. The day after the declaration of martial law, the opposition parties immediately filed a motion to impeach the president in the National Assembly, while the PPP, which had opposed Yoon’s move from the beginning, did not endorse it. Concurrently, the Democratic Party also filed a motion of impeachment against the Minister of Defence Kim Yong-hyun, who was considered one of the key allies of the president in organizing the attempted coup [Kim and Kim 2024, 4 December]. As expected, the days following the martial law declaration were extremely hectic for what concerned the political and social life of the country; for some days, it seemed that South Korea did not have a proper functioning government: the president was still fully in charge, but his reckless actions and the opposition of his own party had completely delegitimized him; at the same time, without a proper process of impeachment, he could not be legally replaced. On 6 December, the leader of the PPP, Han Dong-hoon, after having spoken to Yoon, declared that a swift suspension of the powers of the president was necessary. Yoon himself reappeared for the first time after the martial law on 7 December with a speech in which he took responsibility for his actions, apologized to the people and left the decision about his political future in the hands of the party [Park 2024a, 7 December]. This development pointed in the direction of bipartisan support of the motion of impeachment that was up for a vote the same day. Surprisingly, the conservatives in the National Assembly decided to leave before the vote, thus preventing reaching the necessary quorum [Park 2024b, 7 December]. This decision was strongly criticized by all the other parties and enraged the hundreds of thousands of people demonstrating outside of the building against the president. The decision was probably motivated by the fact that the party needed more time to organize a strategy after Yoon’s exit. The following day the leader of the party announced that Yoon had been excluded from all the matters regarding state affairs and that the Prime Minister Han Duck-soo and a specific task force created within the party were managing the situation [Cho 2024, 8 December]. This move clearly had no legal foundation and was strongly criticized by the opposition and civil society.

During the following week the situation continued to be extremely chaotic: the opposition parties presented a second motion of impeachment, to be put to a vote on 14 December, while two days before the second vote Yoon Suk-yeol reappeared in a second speech, with a completely different tone, in which he defended his decision to declare martial law in order to defend the country [Choe 2024, 11 December]. The speech pushed the leadership of the PPP to support the impeachment motion, but it also created a division within the party with a substantial faction of it that was moving towards supporting Yoon. When the vote in the National Assembly took place, only twelve members from the conservative party joined the 192 from the opposition in approving impeachment, still enough for the required 2/3 majority. However, 85 members from the PPP voted against it, signalling that the moment of almost national unity in the aftermath of the martial law was already over. Immediately after the vote, Prime Minister Han Duck-soo became acting-president and some sort of constitutional order was re-established in the country [Lee 2024, 14 December]. The final decision on Yoon’s fate was then passed to the Constitutional Court, which had 180 days to decide whether to confirm the impeachment, with a new presidential election to be held in the following 60 days, or to reinstate him as president.

The vote for the impeachment, however, did not completely restore an orderly political situation within the country. In the conservative camp, Yoon Suk-yeol decided to respond to the vote of the National Assembly with another speech in which he emphasized the results obtained during his first two years in office and vowed to fight the impeachment procedure at the Constitutional Court until the end [The Korea Herald 2024, 14 December]. Within the party the situation became even more chaotic after the vote that split it: the leader Han Dong-hoon resigned and the lawmaker Kwon Young-se was nominated as the chair of a new emergency committee [Yi 2024, 16 December]. On the other side of the political spectrum, the progressives tried to take advantage of the situation, which had turned in their favour after the martial law, advancing again a law to create a special investigation on the first lady and a new one for investigating Yoon, and pushing for filling the three vacancies in the Constitutional Court. This last issue was of paramount importance because the Court had only six judges out of nine in place, with the majority requesting for a decision on the impeachment of five judges. Filling the vacancies was thus crucial for the Democratic Party to have more chances of having the motion confirmed. This situation created strong tension between the progressive majority in the National Assembly and the acting president Han Duck-soo. On 24 December, the DP threatened to present an impeachment motion also against Han, after he refused to promulgate the laws on the special investigations [Shin 2024, 23 December]. Three days later, the vote for the impeachment took place when the acting president refused to nominate three constitutional judges designated by the National Assembly, with 192 votes in favour and all the lawmakers of the PPP not participating in protest against the decision. On the same day, the Minister of Finance and Vice Prime Minister Choi Sang-mok was nominated as acting president, the third president in the country in less than three weeks. On 31 December, Choi decided to nominate two new judges for the Constitutional Court, one designated by the progressives and one by the conservatives, while he decided to wait for a compromise between the two main parties before nominating the third one [Lee 2024, 31 December]. With this decision the number of judges who had to decide on the impeachment was increased to eight.

A further aspect that became increasingly crucial was the opening of an investigation by prosecutors against Yoon and other key political and military figures with the very serious charge of insurrection. On 8 December, five days after the martial law, the former Minister of Defence Kim Young-hyun was arrested for his role in the attempted coup [Lee 2024, 8 December]. On 11 December, the police tried to search the president office, but the presidential security service did not collaborate and very few documents were seized [Yim and Kim 2024, 11 December]. In the following days the police arrested both the national and Seoul’s chiefs of police and General Park An-Soo. The investigators, first from the police and then from the Corruption Investigation Office that took over the case on 18 December, also summoned Yoon several times to interrogate him, but the president ignored the requests. On 31 December, a Seoul court issued a warrant against Yoon to arrest him and interrogate him, the first time for a sitting president [McCurry 2025, 1 January]. When the police tried to execute the warrant and arrest Yoon in his residence three days later, the presidential security service and conservative demonstrators blocked the agents, who, after a few hours of stalemate, decided to withdraw without taking the president in custody [Kwak 2025, 3 January].

One month after the declaration of the martial law and the attempted coup the situation in South Korea was far from resolved. The president had been impeached and temporarily removed, waiting for the verdict of the Constitutional Court, but the political situation remained extremely chaotic, especially within the conservative party. In the meantime, popular pressure against Yoon, that was very widespread in the society in the immediate aftermath, started to be confronted by sectors of the conservatives that supported the president, despite his reckless actions. Lastly, the necessary investigation for insurrection by the prosecutors added a further level of intricacy to the situation. These developments negatively affected the state of South Korea’s democracy, as demonstrated by the categorization of the country as «electoral democracy» down from the previous «liberal democracy», according to the V-Dem Democracy Report, and as «flawed democracy» from the previous «full democracy», according to the Democracy Index of the Economist Intelligence Unit [Son 2025, 17 March]. The declaration of martial law, the first time since 1980 during the authoritarian era, certainly represented an existential shock for South Koreans, and it demonstrated their commitment to defend the democratic system with their powerful and immediate response. However, the fallout of the crisis was far from over and remains as the key variable for future developments in the country.

2.4. North Korea’s hard-line turn: Kim Jong Un’s break with reunification and the South

At the end of 2023, in a speech at the plenary meeting of the Central Committee of the Party, Kim Jong Un stated that his country’s Constitution would be amended to educate citizens to identify South Korea as the «main enemy» [Milani and Fiori 2023; KCNA 2023, 31 December]. This declaration merely confirmed the perception that North Korea’s doctrine of «Our State First» – first introduced in November 2017 and later reiterated in Kim’s New Year’s speech in 2019 – had now replaced any sense of ethnic kinship with the South.

In the early days of 2024, the North Korean leader reaffirmed this position at the Supreme People’s Assembly meeting in January and on Army Foundation Day, on 8 February. On both occasions, he emphasized not only that Pyongyang no longer had any interest in the peaceful reunification of the Korean peninsula but also that the Constitution should be amended to designate South Korea as the «number one enemy», formally ending the regime’s commitment to unification [KCNA 2024a, 16 January]. Additionally, the three organizations responsible for handling inter-Korean reconciliation – the Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of the Country, the National Economic Cooperation Bureau, and the (Mount Kumgang) International Tourism Administration – were to be dismantled [KCNA 2024b, 16 January].

Reaffirming the centrality of relations with socialist countries while adopting a hardline stance against the United States, Kim underscored the need to respond strategically to shifts in the international landscape to create favourable conditions for revolution. Furthermore, in his Army Foundation Day speech, he elaborated on the logic behind the «Two Hostile States» doctrine (also known as the «Two Koreas Theory»), justifying the regime’s hard-line responses toward South Korea and linking them to a proactive and assertive foreign policy. He argued that breaking away from «dialogue and cooperation with the South Korean puppets» had allowed North Korea to build a strong military and maintain independence, thereby strengthening its national interests on the global stage [KCNA 2024, 9 February]. Kim’s strategy was presumably based on two key assumptions. First, by framing inter-Korean relations as those between hostile states, he asserts that it has become advantageous for North Korea to affirm its dignity as a sovereign state. This stance, in turn, calls for intensified international propaganda efforts, portraying South Korea’s antagonistic behaviour as a justification for the continued expansion of North Korea’s nuclear and missile arsenal. Second, by labelling South Korea as a hostile state – and thus abandoning traditional notions of ethnic unity – Kim aims to exclude Seoul’s interference in international affairs, allowing North Korea to manage its external relations more favourably. Moreover, Kim’s renunciation of peaceful reunification and the designation of South Korea as a «hostile foreign enemy» confirmed that his primary objective to maintain control over the country was to isolate the North Korean people from the outside world, seeking to convince them that any information coming from abroad, particularly from the South, was enemy propaganda that must be avoided.

Toward the end of January, satellite images confirmed the demolition of the Arch of Reunification [Zwirko 2024, 23 January], a historic monument erected after the first inter-Korean summit in 2000, depicting two women holding an emblem shaped like the Korean peninsula. Despite the monument’s purely symbolic nature – Kim Jong Un referred to it as an «eyesore» [KCNA 2024a, 16 January] – its destruction signalled a significantly more aggressive course decided by the leadership toward the South.

Between late July and early August, heavy rains hit the north-western part of North Korea, causing the banks of the Amnok River along the Chinese border to collapse. This led to extensive damage and forced the authorities to evacuate more than 5.000 people from the affected areas – Jagang, Ryanggang and North Pyongan provinces, particularly the city of Sinuiju and Uiju County – using military helicopters [KCNA 2024, 29 July]. North Korean state media quickly reported Kim Jong Un’s presence in the area [KCNA 2024, 29 July]. He visited the displaced residents, who were housed in temporary tents, to console them and check on their wellbeing. In state television footage, Kim was portrayed as the father of the nation, showing empathy toward those in need, a carefully crafted image reminiscent of his grandfather. These images were likely produced to depict Kim as a leader capable of managing such crises and genuinely concerned about his citizens, as the disaster could have posed a threat to his leadership. To mitigate this risk, Kim not only praised the rescue workers during his visit but also ordered the distribution of essential goods to the victims. This message was directed not only at the domestic audience but also at the international community, which could have used the crisis to question Kim’s ability to govern, especially given persistent rumours about his health, or to portray the regime as incapable of handling a humanitarian crisis. Furthermore, the response to this disaster marked a shift in Kim’s approach compared to previous similar events. In the past, he had only visited affected areas after the extreme weather events and had little direct interaction with the population. This time, however, he was depicted kneeling in the mud, sitting inside tents with evacuees, and driving through flooded areas in a nearly submerged vehicle – indicating a significant change in the leadership’s narrative on the management of natural disasters.

During an emergency Politburo meeting in Sinuiju, Kim reportedly ordered severe punishment for local officials who failed to prevent such a situation [KCNA 2024, 31 July]. Propaganda played a key role in this narrative, juxtaposing Kim’s image as a benevolent leader risking his own safety for his people with criticism of negligent bureaucrats. This strategy reinforced Kim’s image as a caring leader while shifting the blame onto lower-level officials.

During his visits to the affected areas on 8 and 9 August, Kim Jong Un announced that children, the elderly, and the sick would be relocated to Pyongyang and housed at the state’s expense while rehabilitation work was underway [KCNA 2024a, 10 August; KCNA 2024b, 10 August]. A week later, 13.000 people arrived in the capital, where they were personally welcomed by Kim [KCNA 2024, 16 August]. The day after their arrival, the leader sent large quantities of gifts, including uniforms, backpacks, and shoes, to schoolchildren.

The devastating floods – exacerbating the ongoing humanitarian crisis – could have provided Kim with an opportunity to approach the South for humanitarian aid, food supplies, and medical assistance [Lee 2024, 30 August]. However, he deliberately chose not to pursue this option, instead receiving food aid from Russia [Shin 2024, 4 August]. This decision underscored the growing closeness between Moscow and Pyongyang. Accepting aid from Seoul – or worse, seeking assistance from South Korea – would have risked portraying the North Korean regime as weak, especially after months of threats from Kim Jong Un and his sister, Kim Yo Jong, against the South. As a result, any offers of support from South Korea were firmly rejected. What drew particular attention was Kim Jong Un’s direct use of aggressive rhetoric rather than delegating such statements to his sister, as is usually the case. He accused Seoul of fabricating baseless stories [KCNA 2024, 3 August] after South Korean media reported that at least 1.500 people died or went missing due to the floods [Yim 2024, 1 August]. Kim’s harsh criticism likely reflected his concern over the increasing access of North Koreans to external information. By accusing South Korean media of spreading disinformation, Kim aims to control the narrative and prevent foreign influences from weakening his regime’s authority. This approach also seeks to exploit the natural disaster as a means to curb South Korea’s influence among North Koreans, redirecting criticism outward. Kim Jong Un’s response to the floods reflects a dual strategy: portraying himself as a compassionate and hands-on leader while aggressively countering perceived external threats, particularly from South Korea. This approach highlights the regime’s ongoing efforts to maintain control over its population amid growing internal and external challenges.

By mid-September, after a Russian delegation led by Sergei Shoigu, Moscow’s Security Council Secretary, visited North Korea [Yang 2024, 14 September], an unexpected event alarmed the international community. For the first time ever, North Korean media released photographs taken inside a uranium enrichment facility visited by Kim Jong Un, which some analysts identified as the Kangson site [Jeong 2024, 26 September]. During his inspection, Kim reportedly «emphasized the need to further increase the number of centrifuges to exponentially expand nuclear weapons for self-defence purposes» [KCNA 2024, 13 September]. These images may serve as a clear message to the incoming US administration that North Korea had no intention of denuclearizing. Additionally, they could be an implicit demand to the international community to recognize North Korea as a nuclear state.

In early October, the Supreme People’s Assembly convened once again to proceed with the announced constitutional revision, which was intended to reflect the new stance toward the South, as declared by Kim Jong Un in the early days of the new year. North Korean media confirmed that the Constitution had been amended, formally designating South Korea as a «hostile state», though without providing further details [KCNA 2024, 17 October]. One of the immediate consequences of the Assembly’s decision was the demolition of sections of roads along the Gyeongui Line and Donghae Line, as well as the railway in Gangwon Province, which had connected the North and South. This destruction was carried out by North Korean soldiers using dynamite just days after Pyongyang’s armed forces vowed to «permanently» seal the border between the two countries [KCNA 2024, 17 October]. These connections, largely funded by South Korea, had traditionally been seen as significant symbols of reconciliation efforts and were considered projects dear to both Kim Il Sung and Kim Jong Il. The destruction of these links, which had long fallen into disuse, symbolically signals North Korea’s intent to convey – both domestically and internationally – that inter-Korean relations have now definitively come to an end.

3. Inter-Korean relations

3.1. Tensions rise between missile tests and trash balloons

Yoon Suk-yeol’s approach to North Korea in 2024 was marked by a hard-line posture that emphasized deterrence, alliance reinforcement, and conditional engagement, continuing the trajectory he had set since taking office in 2022. Unlike his progressive predecessors – particularly Moon Jae-in, who prioritized inter-Korean dialogue and reconciliation – Yoon placed security and military preparedness at the centre of his North Korea policy, arguing that peace could only be achieved through strength. In 2024, this approach became more confrontational in tone and practice. Yoon also increased military cooperation with the United States and Japan: joint military exercises resumed at full scale, including trilateral missile defence drills and anti-submarine warfare operations. This increased security coordination was perceived by the North as a threatening signal, further deepening Pyongyang’s sense of isolation and menace. In response, North Korea accused the South of preparing for war, prompting a surge in reciprocal military provocations that mirrored the confrontational rhetoric of both leaders, especially Kim Jong Un’s increasingly hostile stance toward South Korea.

The year opened with this typical exchange in early January, when South Korea performed the first joint military drills with the United States in early January. North Korea reacted by shooting over 200 artillery shells in the waters close to the de facto maritime border of the Northern Limit Line (NLL), and Seoul responded with firing multiple shots in the area from its side [Foster-Carter 2024]. In the following days, the pattern remained the same, with North Korea claiming to have tested a new Intermediate Ballistic Missile (IRBM) with a hypersonic nuclear warhead and later a new submarine nuclear weapon, and South Korea continuing joint naval drills, also including Japan and the aircraft carrier USS Vinson [Foster-Carter 2024]. In early March, the biggest joint military exercises of the year, Freedom Shield, took place for eleven days with a strong condemnation from North Korea that, in turn, launched a medium-range missile into the East Sea, the Hwasong-16B, that was described as a solid-fuel hypersonic missile [Foster-Carter 2024]. The same pattern took place again in May when, between 16 and 17, the joint aerial military exercises in the South were met with a launch of various short-range missiles by the North [Chae 2024, 18 May], and, a few days later, Pyongyang tried to put a satellite into orbit, but the missile exploded soon after taking off [Borowiec and Nitta 2024, 27 May].

The cycle of mutual provocations continued also during the summer, albeit with a significant difference in terms of the instruments used. On 29 May, from the North Korean side of the border, more than 260 aerial balloons were launched toward the South, reaching many areas close to the border, including Seoul [Bremer et al. 2024, 29 May]. The balloons contained mostly trash and no dangerous materials; however, in the first moments, they were considered as a possible threat to the population and to the country’s security. The decision, as would be later explained by the regime, was taken in order to respond to the launch of balloons containing anti-North Korea materials by a group of defectors from the South Korean side; since these materials were considered as trash by the regime, the leadership decided to respond in the same way. The launches continued in the following weeks, exceeding 3.000 in total by the end of July, with one of them landing in Seoul inside the compound of the presidential office [Kim and Park 2024, 24 July]. To this non-traditional provocations, South Korea responded by announcing the suspension of the 2018 military agreement, the resumption of all military activities along the border and the reactivation of the propaganda loudspeaker along the border.

While this new tactic was certainly disturbing but not harmful, it contributed to the deterioration of inter-Korean relations over the summer. The pattern of military confrontation continued with the aeronaval joint exercise, Freedom Edge, between 27 and 29 June which involved again the Japanese forces and the carrier USS Roosevelt, to which North Korea responded with new missile launches immediately before and after [Kim 2024, 2 July]. The same was repeated in late August on the occasion of the joint drills Ulchi Freedom Shield.

In mid-September, North Korea restarted the launch of trash balloons that continued in October and November, totalling more than 30 different events since the beginning in late May. But the most significant event in the second half of the year took place on 31 October, when North Korea launched an Intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) with solid fuel, the Hwasong-19, that flew for 86 minutes at a maximum altitude of 7.000 kilometres [Kim et al. 2024, 31 October]. This was the longest and highest flight of any ICBM ever launched by North Korea, demonstrating a significant advance in the country’s missile capabilities. Despite the condemnation of many countries at the international level, the test did not lead to any consequence for the regime because of the continuing stalemate in the UN Security Council.

The events of 2024 did not significantly alter what had already been clear in the previous two years: not only that inter-Korean relations were in a dire situation, but also that both governments did not consider them as a particularly relevant issue any longer, but mostly as a source of potential tension, threat and destabilization. If this position had been taken before by South Korea, the new stance established by Kim Jong Un, in both words and deeds, demonstrated that also North Korea was moving in a different direction, looking more to the north—and to Russia and China—rather than to the South. This situation certainly marked a new low in the management of inter-Korean relations; however, the disrupting events that took place in South Korea at the end of the year will most likely lead to a change of government in Seoul and a new presidency, especially in case of a progressive victory might lead to a further reshaping of Seoul’s inter-Korean strategy. Lastly, the election of Donald Trump in the United States—although he did not give any specifics about his position towards North Korea—could also represent a new factor to take into consideration for the future development of relations on the peninsula.

4. International relations

4.1. Forging an alliance: North Korea’s deepening ties with Russia and its role in the Ukraine War

North Korea’s partnerships – particularly with Russia and China – remained as central pillars of its foreign and security policy, reflecting a strategic recalibration amid intensifying global rivalries and regional instability. Kim framed these alliances as vital strategic partnerships aimed at counterbalancing US influence and mitigating international isolation. This alignment deepened notably between 2022 and 2024, as Pyongyang supported Russia during the Ukraine conflict and received diplomatic cover from both Moscow and Beijing at the United Nations.

The relationship between North Korea and Russia and Pyongyang’s role in supporting the Russian military invasion of Ukraine continued to dominate the international agenda regarding North Korea. The year began with accusations – consistently and firmly denied by the parties involved – made by the United States against Pyongyang, alleging that North Korea had supplied ballistic missiles to Russia to support its military efforts against Kyiv. Washington had previously accused Pyongyang of providing weapons to Russia, but this was the first time that US intelligence shared details about the supply of ballistic missiles – self-guided rockets capable of striking targets up to 900 km away – in violation of multiple resolutions adopted by the United Nations Security Council [Borger and Roth 2024, 5 January]. A unanimous condemnation swiftly followed, materializing in a joint statement signed by the High Representative for Foreign Affairs of the European Union, Josep Borrell, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken, and the foreign ministers of about fifty countries [EEAS 2024, 9 January].

Meanwhile, satellite images of the port of Najin, near the Russian border – taken between October and December of the previous year – showed a steady flow of ships, including Russian cargo vessels, at the facility [Milani and Fiori 2023]. The images also suggested the presence of hundreds of containers being loaded and unloaded, as well as railcars ready to transport goods, which, according to South Korea, included weapons destined for Russia. Ignoring the accusations from the international community, a North Korean delegation led by Foreign Minister Choe Son Hui travelled to Moscow at the invitation of her counterpart Sergei Lavrov, with the goal of further consolidating political, economic and military ties between the two countries and possibly preparing for Putin’s visit to Pyongyang. On the second day of the visit, Choe had the opportunity to meet Putin and discuss bilateral relations and the situation on the Korean peninsula [KCNA 2024, 17 January].

The growing alignment between Moscow and Pyongyang became even more evident toward the end of March when Russia vetoed a United Nations resolution that sought to renew an independent panel of experts tasked with investigating violations of sanctions imposed by the Security Council on North Korea. According to Russia’s UN Ambassador, Vassily Nebenzia, the sanctions regime – designed to prevent North Korea from conducting nuclear tests or launching ballistic missiles – had lost all relevance and had become completely «detached from reality» [UN 2024, 28 March].

The most significant event in North Korea’s foreign policy in 2024 was undoubtedly Putin’s visit to Pyongyang in mid-June, his first in 24 years. The key outcome of the meeting between Putin and Kim was the ratification of an agreement called the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership, which, among other things, included a commitment to mutual defence in the event of an external attack to either country [KCNA 2024a, 20 June]. During the press conference following the summit, Putin described the agreement as a «breakthrough document» that reflects the shared desire of both nations to elevate their relationship to a new level, covering security, trade, investments and cultural and humanitarian ties [Kremlin 2024, 19 June]. Kim, for his part, called the agreement a peaceful pact that raised bilateral relations to the level of an alliance. This global strategic partnership between the two countries – both isolated by international sanctions – could facilitate the transfer of military technology to Pyongyang, particularly in the fields of nuclear submarines and ballistic missiles, in exchange for ammunition supplies that Moscow’s military appeared to desperately need for its war in Ukraine. Such transfers could significantly bolster North Korea’s nuclear and missile programs, threatening stability in the Asia-Pacific region. Notably, Kim pledged his «full support» for Russia’s «special military operation» in Ukraine [KCNA 2024b, 20 June], earning appreciation from the Kremlin. Considering the outcome of the summit, it was plausible that North Korea’s support could also include the deployment of troops to bolster Russian forces engaged in Ukraine.

On 23 October, US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin publicly stated that American intelligence had confirmed the transfer of at least 3.000 North Korean soldiers to eastern Russia between early and mid-October, where they were believed to be undergoing «basic military training» at various sites [Lamothe et al. 2024, 23 October]. Additionally, South Korean intelligence reported that a significant contingent of troops was preparing to leave North Korea to join the conflict [Oh 2024, 23 October]. The active involvement of North Korea in the Russia-Ukraine war was, as expected, not officially confirmed by either country’s authorities. However, Pyongyang stated that any deployment of its forces would be in accordance with international law, while Putin, when pressed by a journalist during the BRICS summit in Kazan, gave a vague response without outright denying the claim [Wintour 2024, 24 October].

In the following days, despite continued assertions by the US administration regarding an increasing North Korean troop presence near the Ukrainian border [Garamone 2024, 31 October], Choe Son Hui travelled once again to Moscow. During meetings with Lavrov and later with Putin, she reaffirmed Pyongyang’s support for «the just struggle of the Russian army and people in defending their sovereign rights and national security interests» in Ukraine [Antonov 2024, 1 November].

In early November, reports about the active participation of North Korean troops in Ukraine became more frequent and were confirmed by Ukrainian President Zelensky, who claimed that Pyongyang’s soldiers had engaged Ukrainian forces in the Russian Kursk region [Regan and Vlasova 2024, 8 November]. In mid-November, Kim Jong Un signed a decree ratifying the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership – negotiated during Putin’s visit to Pyongyang in June – with Russia. The agreement will take effect once both parties exchange ratification instruments [KCNA 2024, 13 November]. Before the end of the month, both Russia’s Minister of Resources and Minister of Defence visited Pyongyang, likely to further solidify bilateral cooperation in various areas. By mid-December, growing reports indicated a significant number of wounded and even dead among North Korean soldiers fighting in Russia’s Kursk border region, likely due to their relative inexperience in combat [Kang 2024, 24 December].

4.2. South Korea’s diplomatic strategy: strengthening alliances amid regional tensions

Under Yoon Suk-yeol, alliances – particularly with the United States and Japan – became central pillars of South Korea’s foreign and security policy, reflecting a strategic recalibration in response to rising regional tensions and global geopolitical shifts. Yoon framed the US-ROK alliance not only as a military necessity in the face of the North Korean threat, but also as a broader strategic partnership anchored in shared democratic values and mutual deterrence. This emphasis was especially pronounced in 2024, as Yoon sought to align more closely with Washington’s Indo-Pacific strategy, signalling South Korea’s commitment to the liberal international order amid intensifying US-China rivalry. Seoul’s foreign policy priorities in 2024 largely mirrored those already expressed by the Yoon administration in the previous year, focusing on security, regional stability, economic cooperation, and multilateral engagement.

On 27 May, South Korea hosted the ninth Trilateral Summit, during which the leaders of South Korea, China, and Japan reaffirmed a shared commitment to «peace, stability, and prosperity» on the Korean peninsula and in Northeast Asia [ROK MOFA 2024, 27 May]. In the Joint Declaration, the three countries pledged to enhance trilateral cooperation in several key sectors, with particular emphasis on restoring trade relations, increasing technological collaboration and promoting cultural exchanges [ROK MOFA 2024, 27 May]. After years of strained relations due to the growing US-China rivalry, the resumption of this trilateral forum represented a first step toward establishing a new mechanism for regional cooperation, preventing the emergence of alignments reminiscent of the Cold War era. The South Korean Ministry of Foreign Affairs hailed the summit as a great success, yielding concrete and tangible results, including a Joint Summit Declaration, a Joint Declaration on Prevention, Preparedness, and Response to Future Pandemics, and a Joint Declaration on a Decade-Long Vision for Trilateral Cooperation on Intellectual Property (IP) [TSC 2024a; TSC 2024b]. These documents address a range of sensitive and contentious issues among the three parties, setting ambitious goals that, in some cases, clash with South Korea and Japan’s cooperation with the United States. This is particularly evident in the economic sector, where China seeks to slow Seoul and Tokyo’s efforts to mitigate economic risks through decoupling and redirecting supply chains and trade flows away from China and toward the United States. The feasibility of implementing many of the commitments outlined in the Joint Declaration remains uncertain and, despite high praise for the documents, expectations for their effective implementation are low.

Immediately before the summit, South Korea and China held bilateral talks, during which they outlined a series of initiatives to bring bilateral relations – both in security and economic matters – in a more positive trajectory. During this meeting, South Korean President Yoon Suk-yeol and Chinese Premier Li Qiang agreed on a «2+2 Korea-China Diplomatic and Security Dialogue» and the restoration of other diplomatic and security communication channels, such as the Vice Foreign Ministers’ Strategic Dialogue [Yang et al. 2024, 27 May]. While these initiatives create avenues for increased security cooperation, they remain far from achieving consensus on regional security dynamics or how to address them. Nonetheless, the restoration of channels and mechanisms for dialogue on these tensions is a positive signal. The two leaders also agreed to discuss progress toward a second phase of the Korea-China Free Trade Agreement (in force since 2015), expanding beyond trade in goods to include services such as culture, tourism and law [Kim 2024, 26 May]. This represents a significant step toward overcoming the animosities stemming from China’s sanctions on South Korea in 2016 over the deployment of the THAAD missile defense system, which resulted in substantial revenue losses in the tourism and cultural content sectors.

In mid-June, the deepening military cooperation between North Korea and Russia – highlighted by the treaty signed during Putin’s visit to Pyongyang on 19 June – was firmly condemned by South Korea, the United States and Japan in a joint statement [ROK MOFA 2024, 24 June]. In criticizing this alliance, the South Korean government stated that it could lead Seoul, which was already providing humanitarian aid and other forms of support to Ukraine, to directly supply weapons [Jang and Lee 2024, 20 June]. This would mark a significant policy shift, as South Korea has traditionally refrained from supplying arms to countries engaged in conflict. A few days later, the South Korean Ministry of Foreign Affairs announced that it had summoned Russian Ambassador Georgy Zinoviev to protest against the pact signed between Pyongyang and Moscow and to clarify that this would inevitably have a «negative impact» on South Korea-Russia relations [Lee and Kim 2024, 21 June].

For the third consecutive year, Yoon attended the annual NATO summit held in Washington in July. Before arriving in the US capital, Yoon visited the United States Indo-Pacific Command in Hawaii, where he emphasized the importance of combined defence capabilities between South Korea and the United States in countering North Korean threats [Kim 2024, 9 July]. In Washington, Yoon expressed concern over the «new and challenging forces» rejecting an «international order based on universal values and norms», harshly criticizing the growing cooperation between Russia and North Korea and calling it a «collusion of convenience» [ROK MOFA 2024, 12 July]. On the side-lines of the summit, Yoon held bilateral meetings with several world leaders, including US President Joe Biden, NATO Secretary-General Jens Stoltenberg, and Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida, discussing the threat posed by the Pyongyang-Moscow alliance and the need to strengthen security cooperation with NATO [NATO 2024, 11 July].

In early September, Yoon met with outgoing Japanese Prime Minister Kishida, with whom he had built a strong relationship, aimed at revitalizing bilateral ties through the restoration of «shuttle diplomacy» where the two leaders alternated visits to each other’s countries for bilateral talks. The summit reaffirmed the two governments’ strong commitment to deepening cooperation and exchanges ahead of the 60th anniversary of the normalization of diplomatic relations in December 2025. During the meeting, the two leaders ratified an agreement to enhance cooperation in protecting and evacuating their nationals abroad in emergency situations [ROK MOFA 2024, 9 September].

In October, Yoon travelled to Southeast Asia for a state visit to the Philippines and Singapore, followed by a trip to Vientiane, Laos, to participate in the 25th ASEAN-Republic of Korea Summit, during which the Joint Statement on the Establishment of the ASEAN-ROK Comprehensive Strategic Partnership (CSP) was adopted, the highest level of diplomatic relations ASEAN ratifies with its dialogue partners [ASEAN 2024, 10 October]. Through this elevated partnership, South Korea and ASEAN strengthened their defence ties through regular ministerial meetings and coordination on issues related to North Korea’s nuclear program. Cooperation would also extend to fields such as digital technology, electric vehicles, smart cities and battery development, as well as broader topics like climate change and environmental sustainability. Additionally, South Korea will double the annual funds allocated to ASEAN cooperation, reaching $ 48 million by 2027, to support key projects across the region [ASEAN 2024, 10 October]. ASEAN’s significance for South Korea is evident, as it is Seoul’s second-largest trading partner, with over 5.500 Korean companies operating in ASEAN countries, contributing to job creation and regional economic development [Park 2024, 10 October].

During the East Asia Summit (EAS), held in Laos around the same time, Yoon strongly condemned the military cooperation between Pyongyang and Moscow, calling it «illegal» and a blatant violation of UN Security Council resolutions [Kim 2024, 11 October]. In line with his administration’s ambition to position South Korea as a «global pivotal state», Yoon made clear Seoul’s stance on key global issues, including tensions in the South China Sea, the Myanmar crisis, and the war in Ukraine [Kim 2024, 25 October]. On the side-lines of the summit, Yoon also met for the first time with the new Japanese Prime Minister Ishiba, with whom he discussed ways to strengthen bilateral relations and security cooperation with the United States to counter recurring threats from North Korea [Lee 2024, 10 October]. In November, Yoon and Ishiba met with President Biden on the side-lines of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in Lima, to further cement their relations amid growing concerns over North Korea’s military ties with Russia and its continued missile tests. Following the meeting, the three leaders announced the creation of a Trilateral Secretariat, formalizing the partnership established the previous year at the Camp David summit, to fully align actions and objectives, optimize coordination, and share information to enhance Indo-Pacific stability and counter regional security threats [Biden 2024, 15 November]. One likely reason for the institutionalization of trilateral cooperation was the election victory of Donald Trump, who, during his first term, had shown little enthusiasm for multilateral cooperation. The Trilateral Secretariat was officially launched a few days later, with an inaugural meeting in Seoul to discuss its operational plans and structure [Shin 2024, 20 November].

5. Conclusions

The year 2024 has been a period of extraordinary political and social upheaval for the Korean peninsula, marked by an unprecedented crisis in South Korean democracy, escalating inter-Korean tensions, and shifting international alliances. The events of the year have reshaped the political landscape of both North and South Korea, raising fundamental questions about stability, governance, and the future trajectory of the region.

The crisis in South Korea, triggered by President Yoon Suk-yeol’s extreme and unprecedented decision to declare martial law in response to a political standoff, has highlighted the fragility of democratic institutions in the face of executive overreach. While the swift and unified reaction of political actors, civil society, and the judiciary ultimately prevented the country from descending into authoritarian rule, the episode has left deep scars on South Korean democracy. The impeachment of Yoon and the ongoing legal battles surrounding his administration have created a highly volatile political environment. The country now faces a period of uncertainty as it awaits the Constitutional Court’s ruling on the impeachment and the potential ramifications of new presidential elections. The deep polarization of South Korean society, exacerbated by this crisis, will likely persist, influencing domestic politics and governance for years to come.

The political turmoil in South Korea has taken place against the backdrop of a dramatically deteriorating inter-Korean relationship. North Korea’s formal designation of South Korea as a «hostile state» and the dismantling of inter-Korean institutions have cemented the shift from past efforts at reconciliation to open hostility. Kim Jong Un’s doctrine of «Two Hostile States» has effectively nullified decades of rhetoric on reunification, replacing it with an aggressive stance that seeks to exclude Seoul from the broader international discourse on North Korea. Pyongyang’s provocative actions, including missile tests, artillery shelling, and the symbolic destruction of reunification monuments, have underscored its new confrontational approach. The resumption of trash balloon launches, combined with sustained military provocations, has further heightened tensions. In response, South Korea has reinforced its defence posture, strengthening its trilateral military cooperation with the United States and Japan. However, given South Korea’s internal political crisis, its ability to formulate a long-term strategic response to North Korea remains uncertain.

Internationally, the geopolitical dynamics surrounding the Korean peninsula have undergone significant transformations. The deepening military and political alliance between North Korea and Russia has raised serious concerns among South Korea, the United States, and Japan. North Korea’s reported supply of ballistic missiles and other military assistance to Russia for its war in Ukraine has further isolated Pyongyang from the broader international community while solidifying its ties with Moscow. In return, Russia’s defense commitments to North Korea, as outlined in the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership, have signalled a potential shift in the balance of power in Northeast Asia.

China’s role in this evolving dynamic remains complex. While Beijing has maintained its official stance of supporting stability and denuclearization on the peninsula, its growing competition with the United States and its strategic interests in the region make it unlikely to take any decisive action against North Korea. Meanwhile, the revitalization of the South Korea-Japan-US trilateral partnership has reinforced Seoul’s alignment with Western security frameworks, though the effectiveness of this alliance in countering North Korea remains uncertain, particularly in light of South Korea’s ongoing domestic instability.

The election of Donald Trump as president of the United States introduces an additional layer of uncertainty for South Korea. During his previous administration, Trump repeatedly questioned the value of longstanding US alliances, demanding greater financial contributions from Seoul for the upkeep of American troops and suggesting the potential downsizing of the US military presence on the peninsula. In addition, South Korea’s trade surplus represented in the past a further point of tension between the two allies and has been repeatedly raised by Trump during the electoral campaign and his first weeks in office. A return to such positions could weaken the credibility of extended deterrence and raise concerns about the reliability of the US security commitment. Moreover, the prospect of renewed direct engagement between Washington and Pyongyang, conducted without close coordination with Seoul, and a possible recognition, also implicit, of North Korea’s nuclear status risks side-lining South Korea in regional strategic decision-making and further complicating efforts to present a unified front in dealing with Pyongyang.

Bibliography

Antonov, Dmitry, 2024, 1 November, ‘North Korea will back Russia until victory in Ukraine, foreign minister says’, Reuters.

[ASEAN] Association of Southeast Asian Nations, 2024, 10 October, ‘Joint Statement on the Establishment of the ASEAN-Republic of Korea Comprehensive Strategic Partnership’ (https://asean.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/6.-2024-Joint-Statement-on-the-Establishment-of-ASEAN-ROK-CSP_Final.pdf).

Biden, Joseph R., 2024, 15 November, ‘Joint Statement by President Biden, Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba of Japan, and President Yoon Suk Yeol of South Korea’ The American Presidency Project.

Borger, Julian, and Andrew Roth, 2024, 5 January, ‘Fears Russia Using North Korea-supplied Ballistic Missiles to Attack Ukraine’, The Guardian.

Borowiec, Steven, 2024, 10 January, ‘Stabbed South Korea opposition leader out of hospital as crisis worsens’, Nikkei Asia.

Borowiec, Steven, and Yuichi Nitta, 2024, 27 May, ‘North Korea fails in attempt to launch spy satellite’, Nikkei Asia.

Bremer, Ifang, Jeongmin Kim & Lina Park, 2024, 29 May, ‘North Korea launches 260 balloons carrying ‘filth and garbage’ into South’, NK News.

Chae, Yun-hwan, 2024, 18 May, ‘N. Korea says it test-fired tactical ballistic missile with new guidance technology’, Yonhap News Agency.

Cho, Jung-woo, 2024, 8 December, ‘Prime minister, PPP leader float Yoon ‘early’ exit plan to stabilize state affairs’, KoreaJoongAng Daily.

Choe, Sang-hun, 2024, 11 December, ‘In Defiant Speech, South Korea’s President Defends Martial Law Decree’, The New York Times.

Davies, Christian, and Jung-a Song, 2024, 18 December, ‘«They fear him becoming president»: the leftwing firebrand who could be South Korea’s next leader’, Financial Times.

[EEAS] European External Action Service, 2024, 9 January, DPRK/Russia: Joint statement on ballistic missile transfers for the aggression in Ukraine (https://www.eeas.europa.eu/node/437199_fr).

Foster-Carter, Aidan, 2024, ‘North Korea-South Korea Relations: Mortal Menace, or Mere Mind Games?’, Comparative Connections, Vol. 26, No. 1, pp 121-142.

Garamone, Jim, 2024, 31 October, ‘North Korean Soldiers Likely to Enter Russian War on Ukraine’, U.S. Department of Defense.

Han, Hye-won, 2024, 3 March, ‘조국혁신당창당«결자해지 심정으로 검찰 독재정권 종식»’ (The Cho Kuk Rebuilding Party was founded… «With a determination to end the prosecution’s dictatorship»), Yonhap News Agency.

Jang, Na-rae, and Seung-jun Lee, 2024, 20 June, ‘정부«우크라 살상무기 지원 가능성»언급하며 러시아 압박’ (Government Mentions ‘Possibility of Providing Lethal Weapons to Ukraine,’ Pressuring Russia), Hankyoreh.

Jeong, Seong-hak, 2024, 26 September, ‘[하늘에서 본 북녘강선과 영변우라늄 농축기지에 대한 소고’ ([Seen from the Sky: North Korea] Thoughts on Kangson and Yongbyon Uranium Enrichment Facilities), Daily NK.

Jeong, Daeyeon, and Du-ri Lee, 2024, 11 April, ‘한동훈«비대위원장직 사퇴···패배는대통령실 아닌 제 책임»’ (Han Dong-hoon: «I resign from the position of Vice Chairman of the Emergency Response Committee… Defeat is my responsibility, not the Office of the President»), Kyunghyang Shinmun.

Jung, Min-ho, 2024, 8 September, ‘Parties, gov’t move to form consultative body with doctors to end medical crisis’, The Korea Times.

Jung, Min-kyung, 2024, 20 February, ‘Ex-PM leaves New Reform Party after rift with Lee Jun-seok’, The Korea Herald.

Kang, Jae-gu, Yeong-dong Kim and Hyeon-jeong Bae, 2024, 3 January, ‘이재명 피습… 충격에 빠진 한국 사회’ (Lee Jae-myung’s attack… Korean society in shock), Hankyoreh.

Kang, Jin-kyu, 2024, 24 December, ‘Over 1,000 North Koreans killed or wounded fighting for Russia, Seoul says’, The Japan Times.

KCNA, 2023, 31 December, ‘조선로동당 제8기 제9차전원회의 확대회의에 관한 보도김정은총비서 참석’ (Report on 9th Enlarged Plenum of 8thWPK Central Committee).

KCNA, 2024a, 16 January, ‘최고인민회의 제14기 제10차회의김정은총비서 시정연설’ (10th Session of the 14th Supreme People’s Assembly – Kim Jong Un’s Policy Speech).

KCNA, 2024b, 16 January, ‘조평통,민족경제협력국,금강산국제관광국페지최고인민회의’ (Abolition of the Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of the Fatherland, the National Economic Cooperation Bureau, and the Mount Kumgang International Tourism Administration – Supreme People’s Assembly).

KCNA, 2024, 17 January, ‘최선희외무상로씨야대통령을의례방문’ (Foreign Minister Choi Sun-hee pays courtesy visit to Russian President).

KCNA, 2024, 9 February, ‘김정은총비서 국방성을 축하방문하시여 연설’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un Delivered a Speech During His Congratulatory Visit to the Ministry of National Defense).

KCNA, 2024a, 20 June, ‘조선과 로씨야사이의 포괄적인 전략적동반자관계에 관한 조약 전문’ (Full Text of the Treaty on the Comprehensive Strategic Partnership Between the DPRK and Russia).

KCNA, 2024b, 20 June, ‘김정은총비서로씨야대통령과회담’ (Meeting Between General Secretary Kim Jong-un and the Russian President).

KCNA, 2024, 29 July, ‘김정은총비서 신의주시와 의주군의 큰물피해현장 시찰’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un inspects flood-damaged areas in Sinuiju and Uiju County).

KCNA, 2024, 31 July, ‘조선로동당 제8기 제22차 정치국 비상확대회의-김정은총비서 참석’ (Emergency expanded meeting of the 22nd Politburo of the 8th Central Committee of the Workers’ Party of Korea – Attended by General Secretary Kim Jong Un).

KCNA, 2024, 3 August, ‘김정은총비서 조선인민군 공군 직승비행부대 축하방문’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un pays a congratulatory visit to the Korean People’s Army Air Force helicopter unit).

KCNA, 2024a, 10 August, ‘김정은총비서 평안북도 의주군 큰물피해지역에서 중요연설’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un delivers an important speech in the flood-affected area of Uiju County, North Pyongan Province).

KCNA, 2024b, 10 August, ‘김정은총비서 평안북도 의주군 큰물피해지역 또다시 방문’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un visits the flood-affected area of Uiju County, North Pyongan Province once again).

KCNA, 2024, 16 August, ‘김정은총비서 평양에 도착한 수재민들앞에서 환영사’ (General Secretary Kim Jong-un’s Welcome Speech to Flood Victims Arriving in Pyongyang).

KCNA, 2024, 13 September, ‘김정은총비서 핵무기연구소와 무기급핵물질생산기지 현지지도’ (General Secretary Kim Jong Un Provides On-Site Guidance at the Nuclear Weapons Research Institute and Weapons-Grade Nuclear Material Production Facility).

KCNA, 2024, 17 October, ‘조선중앙통신사 보도 한국과 련결된 도로와 철길 폭파’ (Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) Report – Roads and Railways Connected to South Korea Blown Up).

KCNA, 2024, 13 November, ‘조로 전략적동반자관계 조약 비준’ (Ratification of the Treaty on Strategic Partnership with Russia).

Kim, Eun-jung, 2024, 26 May, ‘S. Korea, China Agree to Establish Diplomatic Security Dialogue,’ YonhapNews Agency.

Kim, Eun-jung, 2024, 9 July, ‘Yoon arrives in Hawaii to begin U.S. trip focused on security’, YonhapNews Agency.

Kim, Eun-jung, 2024, 11 October, ‘Yoon Deepens Ties with ASEAN, Seeks Support on N. Korean Issues’, YonhapNews Agency.

Kim, Hyung-jin, 2024, 10 January, ‘Man accused of stabbing a South Korean politician wanted to stop him from becoming president: police’, Associated Press.

Kim, Hyung-jin, and Tong-hyung Kim, 2024, 4 December, ‘South Korea’s governing party head supports suspending Yoon’s powers, making impeachment more likely’, Associated Press.

Kim, Hyung-jim, Tong-hyung Kim & Mari Yamaguchi, 2024, 31 October, ‘North Korea’s long-range missile test signals its improved, potential capability to attack US’, Associated Press.

Kim, Jeongmin, and Joon Ha Park, 2024, 24 July, ‘North Korean trash balloon lands inside South Korean presidential compound’, NK News.

Kim, Jung-hwan, and Jae-eun Lee, 2024, 19 August, ‘Lee Jae-myung reelected as Democratic Party leader, vows to restore stalled growth’, Chosun Ilbo.

Kim, Kyung-pil, 2024, 25 October, ‘尹대통령«북한군 활동 따라 우크라 살상무기 지원 검토»’ (President Yoon: «Considering Lethal Weapons Support for Ukraine Depending on North Korean Military Activities»), Chosun Ilbo.

Kim, Sarah, 2024, 3 December, ‘Korean President Yoon declares emergency martial law’, KoreaJoongAng Daily.

Kim, Soo-yeon, 2024, 2 July, ‘N. Korea says it test-fired new tactical ballistic missile capable of carrying super-large warhead’, Yonhap News Agency.

King, Kaitlyn, 2024, 10 September, ‘Profile: New ROK Defense Minister Kim Yong-hyun’, 38 North Project, Stimson Centre.

Kremlin, 2024, 19 June, ‘Press Statements Following Russia-DPRK Talks’ (http://en.kremlin.ru/events/president/transcripts/74334).

Kwak, Yeon-soo, 2024, 3 November, ‘Opposition intensifies calls for special probe into first lady, Yoon’s impeachment’, The Korea Times.

Kwak, Jin-san, 2025, 3 January, ‘Investigators halt attempt to arrest Yoon after 5-hour standoff with secret service’, Hankyoreh.

Lamothe, Dan, Missy Ryan and Michelle Ye Hee Lee, 2024, 23 October, ‘North Korean Troops are in Russia, would be «Legitimate Targets» in Ukraine, U.S. Says’, The Washington Post.

Lee, Han-seok, 2024, 10 October, ‘오늘 아세안 정상회의…이시바 총리와 첫 회담’ (Today’s ASEAN Summit… First Meeting with Prime Minister Ishiba), SBS News.

Lee, Haye-ah, 2024, 14 December, ‘Nat’l Assembly votes to impeach Yoon over failed martial law bid’, Yonhap News Agency.

Lee, Haye-ah, 2024, 31 December, ‘Acting President Choi appoints 2 justices to Constitutional Court’, Yonhap News Agency.

Lee, Je-hoon, 2024, 30 August, ‘정부북한에«수해 지원 용의…적십자 통해 협의하자»’ (The government says, «Willing to provide flood aid to North Korea… Let’s discuss through the Red Cross»), Hankyoreh.

Lee, Jeong-jin, 2024, 3 December, ‘[전문계엄사령부 포고령(1)’ ([Full text] Martial Law Command Proclamation (No. 1)), Yonhap News Agency.

Lee, Min-jun, 2024, 8 December, ‘김용현 前국방 내란혐의 긴급체포… 검찰 출석 전 휴대전화 바꿨다’ (Former Defense Minister Kim Yong-hyun Arrested on Charges of Internal Rebellion… Changed Cell Phone Before Appearing at Prosecutors’ Office), Chosun Ilbo.

Lee, Sang-hyun, and Ji-yeon Kim, 2024, 21 June, ‘외교부오늘 주한러시아대사 초치«북러 조약»항의’ (Ministry of Foreign Affairs summons the Russian Ambassador to South Korea today to protest the ‘North-Russia Treaty’), YonhapNews Agency.

Lee, Seung-jun, 2024, 8 November, ‘«어찌 됐든 사과드린다» 140분 맹탕 회견 (Yoon «I apologize anyway» 140-minute chaotic press conference), Hankyoreh.

Lee, Seung-jun, Min-jung Shin & Ji-won Um, 2024, 27 November, ‘Yoon rejects Kim Keon-hee special counsel bill for 3rd time, revote to be held next month’, Hankyoreh.

McCurry, Justin, 2025, 1 January, ‘South Korean court issues arrest warrant for President Yoon Suk Yeol’, The Guardian.

Milani, Marco, and Antonio Fiori, 2023, ‘Korean Peninsula 2023: A Year of Rising Tensions and Political Polarization’, Asia Maior, XXXIV: 39-64.

NATO, North Atlantic Treaty Organization, 2024, 11 July, Short remarks by NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg with the President of the Republic of Korea, Yoon Suk Yeol (https://www.nato.int/cps/fr/natohq/opinions_227502.htm?selectedLocase=en).

NEC, National Election Commission, 2024a, 20 August, 22nd National Assembly Elected Candidates Statistics (Proportional Representation Members)’ (https://www.nec.go.kr/site/eng/ex/bbs/View.do?cbIdx=1273&bcIdx=235802)

NEC, National Election Commission, 2024b, 20 August, ‘22nd National Assembly Elected Candidates Statistics (Constituency Members)’ (https://www.nec.go.kr/site/eng/ex/bbs/View.do?cbIdx=1273&bcIdx=235803)

Oh, Seok-min, 2024, 23 October, ‘N. Korea so far sent 3,000 soldiers to Russia; total 10,000 to be dispatched by Dec.: NIS’, YonhapNews Agency.

Park, Anna J., 2024, 29 August, ‘Yoon vows to push ahead with pension, medical reforms’, The Korea Times.

Park, Anna J., 2024, 10 October, ‘S. Korea, ASEAN Start New Era of Comprehensive Strategic Partnership’, The Korea Times.

Park, Anna J., 2024a, 7 December, ‘Yoon says he would not dodge responsibility, entrust everything to ruling party’, The Korea Times.

Park, Ju-min, and Minwoo Park, 2024, 26 February, ‘South Korea doctors on mass walkout say they are overworked and unheard’, Reuters.

Park, Su-hyeon, 2024b, 7 December, ‘Ruling party lawmakers walk out of Assembly ahead of Yoon impeachment vote’, Chosun Ilbo.

Regan, Helen, and Svitlana Vlasova, 2024, 8 November, ‘Zelensky confirms deadly clashes with North Korean troops as Putin says he’s willing to talk with Trump’, CNN.

ROK MOFA, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 27 May, ‘9차 한일중 3국 정상회의 공동선언’ (Joint Declaration of the 9th Korea-Japan-China Trilateral Summit) (https://www.mofa.go.kr/www/brd/m_26779/view.do?seq=546).

ROK MOFA, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 24 June, Joint Statement by Senior Officials of the United States, the Republic of Korea (ROK) and Japan on DPRK-Russia Cooperation (https://www.mofa.go.kr/eng/brd/m_5676/view.do?seq=322605&page=1&fbclid=IwY2xjawIRXnhleHRuA2FlbQIxMAABHQe3kLXfeFbeXwyEPXD2RdfZa-apF4ZncLo8dLQ5uV9sE7IxjfCBw8k2_w_aem_XekvQnnWQMwEQNsEPgGODQ).

ROK MOFA, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 12 July, ‘윤석열 대통령, NATO 퍼블릭 포럼 참석’ (President Yoon Suk-yeol attends the NATO Public Forum) (https://www.mofa.go.kr/www/brd/m_26779/view.do?seq=604).

ROK MOFA, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, 9 September, ‘윤석열 대통령한일 정상회담’ (President Yoon Suk-yeol, South Korea-Japan Summit) (https://www.mofa.go.kr/www/brd/m_26779/view.do?seq=612).

Shin, Hyonhee, 2024, 4 August, ‘North Korea says Russia’s Putin offered humanitarian aid over flood damage’, Reuters.

Shin, Hyonhee, 2024, 23 December, ‘South Korean opposition threatens to impeach Han over martial law counsel’, Reuters.

Shin, Hyunki, Jae-won Yang & Sung Deuk Hahm, 2024, ‘Affective Polarization in the 2022 South Korean Presidential Election: Causes and Consequences’, Korea Observer, 55(2), pp. 273-296.

Shin, Ji-hye, 2024, 20 November, ‘한미일 3국 사무국 출범서울서 첫 회의 개최’ (Trilateral Secretariat of South Korea, the U.S., and Japan Launched… First Meeting Held in Seoul), KBS News.

Son, Ji-young, 2025, 17 March, ‘S. Korea no longer «liberal democracy»: Swedish study’, The Korea Herald.

Son, Ji-young, and Arin Kim, 2024, 1 December, ‘Assembly clash looms as opposition pushes vote on W4tr budget cut’, The Korea Herald.

The Korea Herald, 2024, 14 December, ‘Full Text of President Yoon Suk Yeol’s national address following impeachment’.

TSC, Trilateral Cooperation Secretariat, 2024a, Joint Statement on Future Pandemic Prevention, Preparedness and Response (https://www.tcs-asia.org/en/board/down.php?d=3&idx=5348).

TSC, Trilateral Cooperation Secretariat, 2024b, Joint Statement on a 10 Year Vision for Trilateral IP Cooperation (https://www.tcs-asia.org/en/board/down.php?d=2&idx=5348).

UN, United Nations, 2024, 28 March, World News in Brief: Russia vetoes DPR Korea sanctions resolution, children under fire in Sudan, drought plagues Malawi (https://news.un.org/en/story/2024/03/1148121).

Wintour, Patrick, 2024, 24 October, ‘Putin does not deny North Korea has sent soldiers to Russia’, The Guardian.

Yang, Ji-hye, 2024, 14 September, ‘北김정은보스토치니 회담 1주년에 쇼이구 접견«러시아와 협력확대»’ (North Korean leader Kim Jong Un meets Shoigu on the first anniversary of the Vostochny meeting…«Expanding cooperation with Russia»), Chosun Ilbo.

Yang, Seung Shik, and Su-hyeon Park, 2024, 4 December, ‘Yoon declares martial law; parliament overturns in unanimous vote’, Chosun Ilbo.

Yang, Seung Shik, Dong Ha Kim & Jae-eun Lee, 2024, 27 May, ‘South Korea and China strengthen diplomatic ties amid global tensions,’ The Chosun Daily.

Yi, Wonju, 2024, 23 July, ‘Han Dong-hoon elected new leader of ruling People Power Party’, Yonhap News Agency.

Yi, Wonju, 2024, 16 December, ‘Ruling party leader Han Dong-hoon steps down following Yoon’s impeachment’, Yonhap News Agency.

Yim, Hyunsu, 2024, 1 August, ‘South Korea says ready to offer flood relief to North Korea,’ Reuters.

Yim, Hyunsu, and Jack Kim, 2024, 11 December, ‘South Korea police try to raid Yoon’s office over martial law’, Reuters.

Yoo, Ji Han, and Jae-eun Lee, 2024, 2 August, ‘Samsung Electronics union ends 25-day strike, shifts to new tactics’, Chosun Ilbo.

Yoon, John, and Victoria Kim, 2024, 25 January, ‘For Second Time This Month, a Politician Is Attacked in South Korea’, The New York Times.

Yoon, Min-sik, 2024, 19 April, ‘Yoon’s approval rating plunges to all-time low’, The Korea Herald.

Young, Jin Yu, 2024, 18 June, ‘More Doctors Walk Off the Job in South Korea’, The New York Times.

Young, Jin Yu, and Meaghan Tobin, 2024, 7 June, ‘Samsung Workers Strike, the First in the Company’s History’, The New York Times.

Zwirko, Colin, 2024, 23 January, ‘North Korea Demolishes Symbolic Unification Arch, Satellite Imagery Suggests’, NK News.

 This article is the outcome of a joint research effort of the two authors. More specifically, however, Marco Milani wrote sections 1; 2.1; 2.2; 2.3 and 3.1, Antonio Fiori wrote sections 2.4; 4.1; 4.2 and 5.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

and

ISSN 2385-2526

China’s Foreign Policy 2024: Strategic assertiveness and diplomatic adaptation

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

This article examines the evolution of China’s foreign policy in 2024, highlighting a shift toward a more calculated and assertive approach, reflecting a refinement in Beijing’s strategic direction. Building upon developments in recent years, during which China emphasized a proactive role in global security governance while cultivating its image as a responsible international actor, 2024 witnessed an evolution toward a more assertive posture. This transition included a recalibration of its diplomatic approach, marked by a departure from sharply polemical tones in favour of a more measured and strategically calculated posture aimed at defending national sovereignty, security, and development interests while expanding its influence in global affairs. This recalibrated approach was evident across key geopolitical theatres, including the Taiwan Strait, the South China Sea, and the Middle East. In the Taiwan Strait, Beijing focused on normalizing coercive practices through intensified military activities and sustained diplomatic pressure, eroding Taiwan’s autonomy while institutionalizing new operational norms. In the South China Sea, China’s coercive actions against Philippine naval and aerial assets reshaped regional security dynamics, reflecting a strategic push to consolidate its dominance and recalibrate the balance of power. In the Middle East, China’s expanding economic footprint and deepening partnerships with Gulf states have enhanced its influence over regional dynamics. However, the Gaza crisis underscored the challenges Beijing faces in balancing its growing role with the need to maintain constructive relations in a polarized environment. Meanwhile, escalating U.S.-China competition in technology, trade, and global influence further highlighted their rivalry, with Beijing leveraging economic resilience and strengthened ties with the Global South to counterbalance U.S. dominance. These developments collectively underscore China’s recalibrated foreign policy, blending strategic assertiveness with refined diplomacy to navigate an increasingly fragmented global order.

Keywords – Chinese Foreign Policy; China-US competition; Taiwan; South China Sea, Philippines.

1. Introduction

China’s foreign policy in 2024 continued its trajectory under Xi Jinping’s leadership, focusing on consolidating global influence through strategic competition and selective engagement. Beijing’s interactions with the United States provide a critical framework for understanding its external strategy, reflecting both structural tensions in great power competition and the strategic imperatives shaping its actions on the global stage. This dynamic is particularly evident in key geopolitical theatres, including Taiwan, the South China Sea, and crises such as those in Gaza. China has recently emphasized the critical importance of «responsibly managing» U.S.-China competition to maintaining global stability. As a matter of fact, during the meeting with President Joe Biden in Lima [17 November 2024], Xi Jinping stressed the importance of not challenging red lines and treating each other as equals; notably, he asserted that the so-called «Thucydides’s Trap» does not represent an inescapable historical determinism and that containing China is an unwise move doomed to fail [RMW 2024a]. This narrative marks an evolution in bilateral relations, introducing a distinct ideological dimension.

At the same time, U.S.-China relations in 2024 were marked by escalating trade restrictions. The Biden administration’s enforcement of semiconductor export controls and investment limitations, justified as safeguarding national security, were perceived by Beijing as containment strategies. This perception was further exacerbated by developments at the level of Western-led international organizations; in the 2024 Washington Summit Declaration, NATO leaders labelled China a «decisive enabler» of Russia’s war against Ukraine, expressing «deep concern» over the strengthening of Sino-Russian ties and the PRC’s ongoing attempts to reshape the rules-based international order through coercive policies. This unprecedented statement signalled a growing convergence among Allies — driven above all by the United States — towards viewing Beijing not only as a systemic rival, but as a direct strategic challenge within the Euro-Atlantic security framework [Cottey 2025]. The year then ended in uncertainty, both in Beijing and elsewhere, following Donald Trump’s election to a second presidential term — an uncertainty further intensified by his inaugural address on January 20, 2025, in which he referred to the Panama Canal and signalled his administration’s intent to reassert American control over it, in terms that suggested an unorthodox diplomatic posture likely to require a dedicated and carefully calibrated response.

China’s retaliatory measures reinforced the competitive undercurrent of their bilateral interactions, emphasizing the persistent duality of rivalry and selective engagement in their relationship. Beyond its competition with the United States, Beijing has sought to assert its influence in the South China Sea and expand its role in global governance. Key initiatives included strengthening ties with the Global South and advancing multipolar frameworks like BRICS+ and the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO). This article aims to provide an understanding of China’s 2024 foreign policy trajectory, highlighting efforts to navigate tensions with established powers while advancing ties with the Global South. Building upon the trajectory observed in 2023 [Sciorati 2024, p. 34], when China’s foreign policy underscored its commitment to assuming a more proactive role in global security governance while preserving its carefully cultivated image as a responsible international actor, 2024 witnessed a further evolution toward an increasingly assertive posture. Although Beijing adopted a rhetorically more measured approach, its actions on critical issues such as Taiwan and the South China Sea demonstrated a sustained and deliberate effort to advance its strategic agenda.

The National People’s Congress (NPC – Zhonghua renmin gongheguo quanguorenmin dahui中华人民共和国全国人民大会) and China’s Political People’s Consultative Conference (CPPCC – Zhongguo renmin zhengzhi xieshang huiyi 中国人民政治协商会议) annual plenary meetings — also called the «Two Sessions», held in early 2024, and the Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference (CFAWC – Zhongyang waishi gongzuo huiyi 中央外事工作会议), in December 2023, were pivotal in articulating key conceptual frameworks that defined China’s foreign policy and defence agenda for the coming years. Although China’s overarching foreign policy goals have remained relatively static over time [Duggan 2024, 10 October], the year 2024 marked a notable evolution in its methods of implementation. This gradual shift, characterized by refined strategies, can be examined through the lens of the strategic documents and programmatic decisions mentioned above. This article will analyse numerous Chinese sources to account for the public discourse on foreign policy topics and to understand variations in the programmatic speeches of the Chinese leadership.

Diplomacy will be analysed as a central element of China’s foreign projection, an aspect often underestimated. Chinese assertiveness has increasingly come to be represented by Chinese diplomats and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs (MFA – Waijiao bu 外交部), as highlighted by Dylan M.H. Loh [2024]. This gradual reconfiguration has placed Xi and key Politburo members at the core of foreign policymaking, ensuring strategies align closely with his vision for China’s global role. In this context MFA’s representational role – acting and speaking on behalf of the state and Party while expressing its interests, values, and ideologies – has gained increasing significance [Mingze et at. ٢٠٢٣]. In ٢٠١٨, Xi declared that China’s diplomacy «represents the will of the state», encapsulating a broader process of centralisation that had already been underway for years [Xinhua, ٢٠١٨]. This highlights the growing importance of MFA’s diplomatic practices and its alignment with the centralized foreign policy objectives under Xi Jinping, clearly reflecting the ongoing process of centralizing foreign policy decision-making to grant the CCP greater control [Onnis ٢٠٢٣, p.١٧٧].

The first section, titled «Strategic Guidelines for Party-Led Foreign Policy» examines the programmatic directives articulated during the Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference held in late December 2023 and the outcomes related to foreign policy of the Two Sessions meetings in March 2024. Both events have become critical moments for the strategic planning of Chinese foreign policy, reflecting the increasing involvement of party-led institutions in shaping its direction. The Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference, convened for the sixth time since its inception in 1971, has gained prominence as a platform for defining China’s foreign policy. Notably, three of these meetings have been held under Xi Jinping’s leadership, in 2014, 2018, and 2023. Similarly, the Two Sessions meetings provide an opportunity to solidify strategic objectives. These events underscore how party-led institutions have assumed a central role not only in implementing foreign policy decisions but also in shaping their strategic direction. Agencies directly managed by the CPC Central Committee, such as the International Liaison Department of the CPC and the Central Foreign Affairs Commission, are increasingly influential in setting the tone and terms of China–US relations. Rather than merely executing decisions, these bodies are actively guiding the highest-level policymaking processes in Beijing, reflecting the Party’s growing dominance in foreign policy formulation [Jie 2024, 25 July]. The second section, titled ‘Economic and Strategic Rivalry in U.S.-China Relations in 2024’, delves into Chinese foreign policy with a particular focus on its relations with the United States. It explores the intensifying competition between the two powers, particularly in areas such as economic security, military capabilities, and global influence. This section highlights the increasingly confrontational nature of the U.S.-China relationship, emphasizing how the dynamics of rivalry are reshaping regional and global strategies. The third section, titled «Regional Flashpoints in 2024: China’s Strategic Calculations», focuses on pivotal regional tensions, particularly the South China Sea and the Taiwan Strait, and examines how these two areas are becoming increasingly interconnected within Chinese public discourse. It aims to explore how these regional challenges are deeply entwined with broader issues of sovereignty and geopolitical strategy, underscoring their critical importance within China’s foreign policy framework.

2. Strategic guidelines for Party-led foreign policy.

2.1. The 2023 Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference.

The Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference represents one of the rare instances where Xi Jinping directly addresses foreign policy for a domestic audience, alongside Politburo Collective Study Sessions focused on international issues. This contrasts with his communications at multilateral forums like BRICS or G20 summits, which are primarily directed toward external audiences. Held on December 27-28, 2023, for the third time during Xi’s tenure following sessions in 2014 and 2018, the CFAWC highlighted a clear shift toward a more assertive global posture and confirmed the trend observed in the previous meetings: the concentration of power in the hands of the Chinese president [Onnis 2020, p. 46]. While in previous sessions the new power dynamics had sparked some tensions [Congiu 2019], the 2023 meeting marked a definitive shift, with centralization firmly consolidating control over institutions and diminishing the influence of alternative party factions. Xi articulated a vision of an international order aligned with China’s strategic objectives, emphasizing the conference’s critical role in shaping an increasingly proactive foreign policy agenda. Historically, the Central Work Conference has marked pivotal moments in Beijing’s diplomatic strategy. Under Hu Jintao, the 2006 iteration focused on consolidating state oversight and maintaining an economic orientation that prioritized domestic stability and development over global ambitions. This state-centred approach, which can be described as national rather than central, diverged sharply from Xi Jinping’s strategy, which began with the 2014 conference. That year, Xi pointed out «China must exhibit a major-country diplomacy with its own characteristics» (Zhongguo bixu you ziji tese de daguo waijiao 中国必须有自己特色的大国外交) [XHW 2014], marking a decisive departure from Deng Xiaoping’s «hide-and-bide» strategy, focusing on national security, sovereignty, and regional influence. By 2018, amidst global disruptions like Brexit and the Trump administration, the conference identified these geopolitical shifts as opportunities for China to expand its global influence.

The 2023 conference built upon these foundations, emphasizing three core dimensions. First, Xi provided a confident evaluation of China’s diplomatic successes over the past decade, juxtaposing them against challenges such as strained relations with the West, the COVID-19 pandemic, and contentious diplomacy. This perspective reflects Beijing’s self-perception as resilient and capable of sustaining assertive diplomacy without reverting to reactive strategies. Second, the conference addressed the evolving international environment, characterized as a «new period of turbulence and transformation» (Xin de dongdang biange qi新的动荡变革期) [WJB 2023]. In response, Xi urged cadres to maintain China’s long-term global objectives while adapting to emerging complexities. Third, the conference laid out specific guidelines to counter U.S. influence by strengthening alliances with the Global South. This strategy aligns China with developing nations on issues like climate change, trade, and regional conflicts, including Palestine and Gaza. Importantly, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi reiterated, in December 2024, the importance of «always holding the high ground of international morality and justice» (Shizhong zhanju guoji daoyi de zhigaodian 始终占据国际道义的制高点) [WJB 2024]; this is in continuity with bolstering China’s appeal and, therefore, functional the principle of a «Community of Shared Future for Mankind» (Renlei mingyun gongtongti 人类命运共同体), envisioning an international order rooted in Chinese values.

The concept of a «Community of Shared Future for Mankind» remains central to Xi’s diplomatic vision, advocating an international system aligned with Chinese Communist Party values. Rather than directly exporting ideology, this approach seeks influence through initiatives such as the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI – Yi dai Yi lu 一带一路), which has been recalibrated to prioritize smaller, sustainable projects1. Complementary frameworks like the Global Development Initiative (GDI – Quanqiu fazhan changyi 全球发展倡议) and the Global Security Initiative (GSI – Quanqiu anquan changyi 全球安全倡议)2 further underscore China’s effort to create alternative cooperation models that resonate with developing nations. A thematic evolution in the 2023 conference was the strategic pivot away from the confrontational tone of «wolf warrior» (Lang zhan 狼站) diplomacy, marking a transition toward a more calculated yet assertive diplomatic approach; on the contrary, it is judged necessary to «constantly strengthen the scientific nature, the foresight, proactiveness and creativity of the foreign affairs work» (Buduan zengqiang duiwai gongzuo de kexuexing, yujianxing, zhudongxing, chuangzaoxing 不断增强对外工作的科学性、预见性、主动性、创造性) [WJB 2023]. This shift aligns with Xi Jinping’s call for diplomats to «dare to struggle» [Thomas 2024, 12 April] while resolutely defending national sovereignty, security, and development interests, signalling a sustained effort to expand Beijing’s influence in global affairs. While retaining assertiveness, the conference advocated a calibrated approach aimed at shaping global narratives and strengthening ties with the Global South. This strategy involves fostering divisions within Western alliances on contentious issues and building coalitions through multilateral platforms such as the UN, BRICS, and the SCO. Moreover, in January 2025 Foreign Minister Wang Yi reinforced Xi Jinping’s pivotal role in defining China’s foreign policy trajectory. He emphasized «major country diplomacy with Chinese characteristics» (Zhongguo tese daguo waijiao中国特色大国外交) [Wang Yi 2025], which navigates global complexities through a multipolar framework. Wang underscored the importance of partnerships with the Global South to counter restrictive economic practices and foster inclusive globalization. Flagship initiatives like the BRI, GDI, and GSI are central to China’s strategy to cultivate a favourable international environment aligned with its strategic priorities. Such objectives highlight China’s attempt to align its global aspirations with the complexities of navigating an increasingly fragmented international order. [Thomas 2024, 12 April].

2.2. The two sessions: policy directions and diplomatic priorities.

During the Two Sessions, Chinese leadership emphasized resilience and strategic focus to navigate an increasingly volatile international environment. Premier Li Qiang presented the 2024 Government Work Report, and Foreign Minister Wang Yi addressed foreign policy questions in a news conference. Together, these events offered a comprehensive perspective on the trajectory of China’s foreign policy for near future, emphasizing the balance between continuity and stability in diplomatic principles while adapting to the complexities of an evolving global landscape. The 2024 Government Work Report (Zhengfu gongzuo baogao 政府工作报告), identified challenges posed by an «unusually complex international environment» (Yichang fuza de guoji huanjing异常复杂的国际环境), reflecting the adverse effects on China’s developmental trajectory [RMW 2024b]. Drawing on themes from the Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference, it recognized global transformations reshaping immediate and historical dynamics. While acknowledging difficulties, it stressed stability in overarching trends, including human development progress and global interconnectedness, presenting these challenges not merely as constraints but also as opportunities to align domestic progress with international strategies. In foreign policy, Premier Li reaffirmed China’s commitment to «adhere to the path of peaceful development» (Jianchi zou heping fazhan daolu坚持走和平发展道路) [RMW 2024b] strategic autonomy, and mutually beneficial collaboration. Central to this vision is the construction of the aforementioned «Community of Shared Future for Mankind», integrating diplomatic initiatives with domestic modernization. This approach underscores the continuity of China’s diplomatic principles, reaffirming its role as a contributor to global peace and a defender of the international order. The Government Work Report also emphasized innovative dimensions in foreign policy, aligning with propositions from the Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference. It prioritized fostering an «equal and orderly multipolar world» and promoting «inclusive and universally beneficial economic globalization» [Zhu 2024, 25 March]. Additionally, progress in implementing GDI, GSI and Global Civilization Initiative (GCI – Quanqiu wenming changyi 全球闻名倡议)3 was highlighted, reflecting their incorporation into bilateral and multilateral frameworks. These initiatives underscore China’s aim to offer alternative governance models that resonate with developing nations and enhance its role in shaping global norms.

On the domestic front, military modernization emerged as a key focus. Premier Li emphasized achievements aligned with Xi Jinping’s strategic vision for the People’s Liberation Army (PLA). Xi, addressing PLA representatives, stressed that «strategic capabilities in emerging domains are major components of the national strategic system and capabilities» (Xinxing lingyu zhanlüe nengli shi guojia tixi he zhongyao zucheng bufen新兴领域战略能力是国家战略体系和能力重要组成部分) and innovative approaches to new challenges [RMW 2024c]. *This aligns with broader efforts to accelerate technological innovation, particularly amid external constraints such as U.S. restrictions on high-tech exports. These developments hold evident significance for China’s foreign policy projection, emphasizing the urgency of advancing domestic defence capabilities while reinforcing its global standing. The report also commemorated the 75th anniversary of the founding of the People’s Republic of China, emphasizing its historical significance and reaffirming commitments to modernization and global engagement. Strategic priorities such as BRI cooperation, fostering international partnerships, and contributing to global peace and development illustrate China’s intention to integrate its domestic modernization agenda with broader diplomatic aspirations. Additionally, the report announced a 7.2% increase in the 2024 defence budget, reflecting growing demands for military modernization. This is consistent with the developmental map to which the PLA strengthening process is bound. More specifically, the nearest armed forces modernization objective is set for the year 2027, which coincides with what is defined as the «Centenary Goal of the People’s Liberation Army» (Jianjun yibainian fendou mubiao建军一百年奋斗目标). This measured increase emphasizes China’s focus on safeguarding national sovereignty while aligning defence goals with broader foreign policy initiatives. By doing so, Beijing aims to present itself as a stabilizing force in global affairs. As highlighted during the Two Sessions, these diplomatic and defence initiatives reflect China’s effort to balance progress with stability. Premier Li’s reiteration of strategic autonomy, coupled with Foreign Minister Wang Yi’s focus on resilience in global governance, demonstrates the leadership’s nuanced approach to foreign policy. These developments align with the broader ambition to advance China’s role in building an inclusive, multipolar world order while addressing the challenges of an increasingly complex international environment, reflecting Beijing’s ongoing efforts to reshape global governance structures4 in line with its strategic interests and ideological framework [Johnston 2019].

3. Economic and strategic rivalry in U.S.-China relations in 2024.

In 2024, U.S.-China relations unfolded as a dynamic interplay of escalating tensions and cautious engagement. The year began under the auspices of the November 2023 San Francisco summit, where President Xi and President Biden signalled a willingness to stabilize relations through cooperation in selected areas such as climate action and counter-narcotics [‘China’s cooperation on fentanyl’ 2024, 17 July]. The latter, a particularly pressing issue for U.S. public opinion, highlighted concerns over China’s role as the primary source of fentanyl5 and its precursor chemicals trafficked into the United States. Despite this promising start, efforts to stabilize bilateral ties were persistently undermined by escalating tensions, particularly in areas such as trade, technological competition, and regional security. These dynamics underscored the duality of cooperation and conflict shaping this critical relationship.

A defining feature of U.S.-China relations in 2024 was the near-constant imposition of sanctions and trade restrictions on companies from both nations. These measures, often tied to concerns over national security and technological superiority, extended far beyond strictly strategic sectors [‘US-China Relations in the Biden Era’ 2024, 9 December]. For example, the United States expanded its export controls on advanced semiconductors and related technologies, adding 140 entities to its Entity List6 in December [Allen 2024, 11 December]. Beijing responded with retaliatory export controls on key materials such as gallium, germanium, and antimony, crucial for semiconductor production and other high-tech industries [SWB 2024]. These reciprocal measures reflected the intensifying economic and technological rivalry between the two powers. The notion of the U.S. adopting a «hardening China policy» is increasingly perceived in Beijing as a strategy to contain China’s rise. This sentiment resonates with influential academic and strategic discourses, which frame U.S. actions – such as export controls, alliance-building in the Indo-Pacific, and economic decoupling – as a concerted effort to counter China’s growing global influence. These topics had already been stressed by Xi Jinping during the 2023 Two Sessions [Ng 2023, 7 March].

High-profile meetings throughout the year illustrated the complexities of this bilateral relationship. In January, senior U.S. and Chinese defence officials met for the 17th Defense Policy Coordination Talks, marking a cautious step toward restoring military-to-military communication after a prolonged suspension [GFB 2024a]. These discussions were part of broader efforts to prevent miscalculations and manage competition responsibly. However, such dialogues often highlighted more than resolved the persistent gaps in mutual trust. In February, a high-level economic dialogue hosting some of China’s top entrepreneurs was held in Beijing, addressing pressing trade imbalances and the enforcement of intellectual property rights [South China Morning Post 2025, 14 February]. This meeting underscored mutual recognition of the economic stakes involved, yet it failed to produce significant breakthroughs, particularly as the U.S. maintained its stance on tariffs imposed during the Trump administration.

Chinese strategic discourse reveals diverse perspectives on the evolving U.S.-China dynamic. The perception of being «under siege» [Jie 2024, 25 July] reinforces triumphalist and moderately optimistic perspectives in Chinese policy circles, shaping Beijing’s strategies toward asserting its global ascendancy. These perspectives interpret the U.S.’s «hardening China policy» – manifested through measures such as export controls, Indo-Pacific alliances, and economic decoupling – as deliberate strategies of containment. This perception was pivotal in defining concepts such as the so called «holistic approach to national security»7 (Zongti guojia anquan guan总体国家安全观).

The Taiwan question remained a central flashpoint throughout the year. Chinese officials repeatedly framed U.S. support for Taiwan as a direct challenge to Beijing’s sovereignty, prompting more assertive deterrent measures such as multiple training exercises conducted by the PLA around the main island [GFB 2024b]. The continuation of U.S. arms sales to Taipei, combined with Taiwan’s more inclined to independence administration, further strained relations. Meanwhile, Washington maintained its commitments under the Taiwan Relations Act, framing its support for the island as consistent with its broader strategy of ensuring a «free and open Indo-Pacific». These regional flashpoints, including Taiwan and the South China Sea, will be analysed in detail in the next section. Efforts to maintain dialogue continued amid these tensions. In April, a phone call between President Xi and President Biden sought to build on the progress made during their San Francisco meeting [RMW 2024d]. Discussions included counter-narcotics cooperation, military-to-military communication, and climate change-areas identified as potential avenues for cooperation. Yet even these dialogues were often overshadowed by concurrent actions exacerbating tensions, such as the US Department of Commerce’s expanded export controls and China’s countermeasures against American defence firms involved in arms sales to Taiwan. The Shangri-La Dialogue in June provided another opportunity for high-level engagement, with U.S. Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and Chinese Minister of National Defense Dong Jun meeting face-to-face [Yew 2024, 2 June]. While these discussions underscored the importance of dialogue, they also revealed significant limitations. As noted by observers, the two sides often «talk past each other», failing to address core concerns effectively [Kine 2024, 30 May]. U.S. officials emphasized the importance of «freedom of navigation» and «respect for international law» while Beijing reiterated its red lines on Taiwan and its position in the South China Sea [RMW 2024e]. The dialogue highlighted the challenges in aligning policy priorities, particularly concerning third-party actors in the Indo-Pacific region [Scobell 2024, 12 June]. In July, Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen visited Beijing to discuss macroeconomic stability and the implications of ongoing sanctions [The Straits Times 2024, 18 November]. The meetings aimed to mitigate financial risks associated with decoupling but ended with limited agreements, reflecting the entrenched nature of economic competition. By September, the Biden administration’s unveiling of the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework further underscored the U.S. strategy of countering China’s influence in the region [US Department of Commerce 2024, 23 September]. This move prompted Beijing to strengthen its ties with the Global South, leveraging initiatives like the BRI and advancing alternative trade agreements to diminish reliance on U.S.-led economic frameworks. In November, the APEC summit in Lima served as another platform for engagement. Despite formalities, the summit showcased deepening divides, particularly on issues like digital trade and data security. While both sides affirmed the need for cooperation on climate change and public health, these areas of agreement were overshadowed by broader geopolitical tensions [Pak 2024, 13 November]. As the year drew to a close, December saw a flurry of diplomatic activity, including an expanded meeting of the U.S.-China Comprehensive Economic Dialogue. This marked an effort to address systemic issues in trade and investment relations, though progress remained minimal amid mutual accusations of unfair practices and protectionism [Jia 2024, 8 December]. Simultaneously, the U.S. added new Chinese firms to its Entity List, while Beijing announced further restrictions on rare earth exports, underscoring the tit-for-tat nature of their economic policies [SWB 2024]. Throughout the year, these interactions reflected broader trends in U.S.-China relations: a reactive cycle of competition exacerbated by mutual distrust and conflicting strategic objectives. As both nations navigate this intricate and often contentious relationship, the balance between competition and cooperation will continue to shape the global order in the years to come.

4. Regional flashpoints in 2024: China’s strategic calculations.

4.1. Normalizing coercion: Beijing’s strategic recalibration in the Taiwan Strait.

The trajectory of cross-Strait relations in 2024 illustrated a year of heightened complexity and strategic recalibration, as Beijing continued its efforts to establish a new normal [Lin & Wuthnow 2022, 16 August] in the Taiwan Strait.8 This evolving paradigm was characterized by the intensification of military activities, sustained diplomatic pressures, and a concerted focus on normalizing coercive practices. As in previous years, military exercises by the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) and the Chinese Coast Guard (CCG) exhibited a steady increase in scale and sophistication, reflecting a deliberate strategy to operationalize territorial claims and project influence over the Strait. The year began with notable political developments. On January 1, Chinese President Xi Jinping reiterated in his New Year Address the necessity of Taiwan’s unification with China [Mahadzir 2024, 1 January], reaffirming Beijing’s uncompromising stance. Shortly thereafter, on January 13, William Lai Ching-te of the Democratic Progressive Party9 (DPP) was elected as Taiwan’s new president, marking an unprecedented third consecutive term for the DPP [Insisa 2024, pp. 147-153]. While this electoral success solidified the party’s dominance, the absence of a legislative majority presented new challenges for governance and political stability. Lai’s administration thus inherited a fragile domestic context, further exacerbated by external pressures from Beijing, which interpreted the election as a direct challenge to its «One-China principle» (Yige Zhongguo yuanze一个中国原则.) In apparent retaliation, Beijing persuaded Nauru to switch diplomatic recognition from Taiwan to China on January 14, marking the tenth diplomatic partner lost by Taiwan since the DPP assumed power in 2016. While Nauru had already changed sides in the past10, this latest shift—almost certainly arranged well in advance—stood out for its timing, signalling a renewed assertiveness in the diplomatic tug-of-war over Taiwan. This development highlighted Beijing’s continued reliance on «checkbook diplomacy»11 to isolate Taipei, reinforcing the perception of Taiwan’s diminishing formal international presence [Associated Press 2024, 24 January].

February witnessed a series of maritime incidents that further underscored the precarious state of cross-Strait relations. On 14 February, a Chinese fishing vessel capsized near Kinmen following a confrontation with Taiwanese authorities, resulting in the deaths of two fishermen. Beijing condemned the incident, framing Taiwan as the aggressor. Days later, on 19 February, Chinese Coast Guard vessels boarded a Taiwanese tourist boat near Kinmen, inspecting passengers’ documents and asserting jurisdiction over contested waters. These actions illustrated Beijing’s incremental strategy to erode Taiwan’s de facto sovereignty over its offshore territories while testing the limits of Taipei’s responses. March marked a pivotal shift in Beijing’s narrative. At the NPC, Premier Li, despite pointing out the necessity to promote peaceful cross-Strait development, reaffirmed the «One-China principle» and the imperative to counter «Taiwan independence» (Taidu 台独), omitting references to «peaceful unification» [RMW ٢٠٢٤b]. This shift was reinforced during the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference on 7 March, where Xi Jinping called for the mobilization of patriotic forces to advance unification. These developments, consistent with the framework articulated in the 20th Party Congress, reflected an erosion of space for dialogue with Taiwan’s citizens and institutions [Pelaggi 2022]. The increasingly assertive tone suggested that political rapprochement across the Strait had become increasingly unattainable, even with factions in Taiwan that had previously advocated for cooperative frameworks.

In April, Beijing escalated its military manoeuvres, with Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defence reporting over 30 PLA aircraft and nine naval vessels entering its airspace and surrounding waters [Chung 2025, 17 April]. These incursions exemplified Beijing’s efforts to institutionalize military presence around Taiwan, leveraging sustained operations to exert psychological and strategic pressure.

May represented a significant juncture in cross-Strait relations, coinciding with William Lai’s inauguration as president on May 20. In his inaugural address, Lai drew parallels between China’s military actions and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, framing Beijing’s coercion as a threat to global peace and stability. Beijing’s response was swift, with the «Joint Sword-2024A» military exercises on 23-24 May showcasing unprecedented PLA-CCG coordination. These drills simulated scenarios required for a blockade, signalling Beijing’s intent to establish a routine of high-intensity military operations to assert dominance in the Strait [Hung 2024, 27 July].

The summer months were marked by a continued escalation of Beijing’s activities. On 2 July, the Chinese Coast Guard intercepted and detained a Taiwanese fishing vessel near Kinmen [VOA News 2024, 3 July]. By 11 July, Taiwan recorded 66 PLA aircraft incursions into its air defence identification zone (ADIZ) in a single day, setting a new record for 2024 [DW 2024, 11 July]. These events underscored Beijing’s strategy of normalizing incursions as part of a broader campaign to desensitize Taiwan and the international community to its military presence. The dynamics reached a critical inflection point in October, following President Lai’s National Day address on 10 October. Beijing responded with the «Joint Sword-2024B» exercises on 14 October, which, while shorter in duration, showcased a higher degree of operational intensity and coordination. These drills, featuring the deployment of advanced naval assets, including the aircraft carrier Liaoning, and record-breaking incursions by over 150 PLA aircraft, demonstrated Beijing’s reinforced capacity to enforce a blockade. The integration of CCG vessels in these operations further blurred the distinction between military and law enforcement activities, highlighting Beijing’s intent to normalize its assertive actions in the Strait [Lin & Hart 2024, 29 October].

December culminated in the most extensive maritime operations in decades. Between 9-11 December, nearly 90 Chinese naval and Coast Guard vessels conducted unannounced drills in waters surrounding Taiwan, extending from Japan’s southern islands to the South China Sea [Yang 2024, 10 December]. Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defence characterized these exercises as the largest since the 1996 Taiwan Strait Crisis, underscoring their unprecedented scale and geopolitical significance [Pierson & Chang Chien 2024, 10 December]. These drills represented a decisive escalation in Beijing’s strategy, explicitly demonstrating its capability to isolate Taiwan while deterring external intervention. The unannounced nature of the operations, coupled with their geographic reach and the deployment of advanced assets, including Type 055 destroyers and large amphibious assault ships, highlighted Beijing’s intent to simulate scenarios required for a full-scale blockade or even an amphibious assault. Observers noted that the inclusion of nearly 20 Coast Guard vessels blurred the line between military and paramilitary activities, reflecting a deliberate effort to normalize coercive practices and expand Beijing’s operational toolkit in the Taiwan Strait [Dotson 2025, 8 January]. The exercises served not only as a demonstration of military strength but also as a stark warning to Taipei and its international partners, reinforcing the strategic recalibration pursued by Beijing throughout the year.

The developments of 2024 illustrate Beijing’s deliberate recalibration of its strategies in the Taiwan Strait, characterized by a persistent effort to rewrite the operational norms governing cross-Strait interactions. By employing military intimidation, economic leverage, and diplomatic marginalization, China sought to normalize its assertive posture while incrementally eroding Taiwan’s capacity for resistance. However, this strategy was fraught with significant obstacles: the immense financial and military costs of a potential conflict, coupled with the risks of international backlash and regional destabilization, continued to act as strong deterrents. At the same time, the evolving dynamics in the Taiwan Strait and Beijing’s increasingly assertive rhetoric suggested that a mutually agreed resolution was increasingly remote. In Chinese public discourse, Taiwan is no longer seen as a partner for dialogue but as a strategic issue to be resolved, reflecting a growing departure from any prospects of a negotiated settlement. This shift underscores the deepening complexities and the long-term challenges inherent in the cross-Strait relationship.

4.2. China’s foreign policy in the South China Sea: strategic manoeuvres and regional reactions.

In 2024, the South China Sea continued to serve as a critical focal point of China’s foreign policy, encapsulating Beijing’s aspirations to assert its influence within the Indo-Pacific while navigating a complex matrix of regional and global pressures. The region’s strategic significance12, underscored by its economic and territorial value, remained intertwined with China’s broader objectives to redefine regional order and consolidate its maritime dominance. International media coverage increasingly highlighted the area as a geopolitical flashpoint, with reports underscoring mounting concerns over escalating tensions and their potential implications for regional stability. The year began with heightened tensions. On 12 January, Chinese Coast Guard forces drove away Philippine fishing boats near Scarborough Shoal, reaffirming Beijing’s territorial claims [‘Tracking Tensions at Second Thomas Shoal’ 2024, 30 January]. Just days later, the 8th Bilateral Consultation Mechanism meeting held in Shanghai on 17 January sought to establish protocols for managing maritime emergencies. Despite these diplomatic overtures, incidents like these highlighted the persistent divergence between China’s assertive posture and regional aspirations for stability. Adding to the contentious atmosphere, Chinese officials, on 25 January, criticized NATO’s growing presence in Asia, viewing it as an extension of Western encroachment, even as they expressed conditional optimism for Sino-Philippine dialogue. By February, tensions escalated further, particularly with joint air patrols conducted by U.S. and Philippine forces on 19 February [Reuters 2024, 20 February], which Beijing decried as a deliberate provocation [Liu & Guo 2024, 20 February].

These developments exemplified China’s broader opposition to what it frames as external interference in matters it considers under its sovereignty. They set the stage for more confrontational incidents in the months ahead. In March, the volatility of the South China Sea reached new heights with the widely publicized use of water cannons by Chinese Coast Guard vessels on 5 March to block Philippine resupply missions to Second Thomas Shoal. This action drew sharp international criticism, highlighting the increasing risks associated with Beijing’s assertive strategies. Notably, China’s rhetoric that such measures adhered to bilateral agreements was firmly rejected by Manila, which viewed these actions as clear violations of international norms. The Chinese Coast Guard and its maritime militias played an essential role in these operations, reflecting Beijing’s reliance on a layered strategy that included the employment of state-sponsored paramilitary forces. These actors have systematically sought to obstruct Philippine resupply efforts, further complicating the already fraught dynamics of the region.

April brought a cascade of diplomatic and military engagements. On 3 April, Beijing accused the Marcos administration of reneging on supposed agreements over Second Thomas Shoal, further straining bilateral relations. Days later, on 7 April, joint military exercises involving the Philippines, the U.S., Japan, and Australia were conducted, drawing sharp rebukes from Beijing, which framed these actions as destabilizing. On April 14, tensions deepened when a Chinese Coast Guard vessel obstructed a Philippine research ship for eight hours. This series of events was punctuated by the arrival of Indian BrahMos missiles in the Philippines on 19 April, signalling the expanding regional defence partnerships aimed at countering Chinese influence.

The elevation of Admiral Dong Jun to minister of Defence earlier in the year underscored Beijing’s strategic shift in integrating maritime priorities into its broader foreign policy framework. Admiral Dong, with his extensive expertise in maritime security and territorial disputes, was seen as a pivotal figure in consolidating China’s South China Sea strategy. His appointment highlighted China’s intent to enhance its military and diplomatic capabilities to address the region’s complex dynamics [Wushuang Yi 2024, 30 September]. As the year progressed, the escalation of incidents in the South China Sea became increasingly intertwined with broader regional dynamics. By mid-year, the Shangri-La Dialogue in June provided a platform for U.S. Secretary of Defence Lloyd Austin and Chinese Defence Minister Dong Jun to engage directly. The dialogue, however, underlined entrenched divisions. While Austin emphasized adherence to international law and freedom of navigation, Dong reiterated Beijing’s stance on Taiwan and the South China Sea, blaming external actors for fomenting instability. This meeting highlighted the limitations of such engagements in bridging the strategic divide.

August 2024 marked a pivotal moment in the South China Sea disputes, with a series of high-stakes confrontations [Lariosa 2024, 9 September] that significantly altered the regional equilibrium and captured the attention of global media. On 8 August, Chinese aircraft deployed flares dangerously close to Philippine patrols, escalating tensions in contested airspace. This incident raised serious concerns about the militarization of disputed zones, drawing widespread attention from international observers. On 19 August, another dramatic escalation unfolded when Chinese Coast Guard vessels collided with Philippine ships near Sabina Shoal during a resupply mission. The collision caused damage to Philippine vessels, sparking condemnation and prompting Manila to lodge formal protests. Only days later, on 22 August, Chinese forces once again deployed flares, this time near Philippine fisheries patrol aircraft, further heightening tensions. The peak of confrontations occurred on 25 August, when Chinese Coast Guard vessels reportedly rammed a Philippine ship engaged in resupply operations for local fishermen. This marked the most aggressive action in a month fraught with hostilities.

Beijing defended its actions as measures necessary to uphold its sovereignty, while Manila and its international partners viewed them as deliberate provocations aimed at consolidating Chinese dominance. The Chinese maritime militias also played a visible role during these confrontations, acting in coordination with official Coast Guard operations to exert pressure on Philippine assets and normalize Beijing’s claims in contested areas. These events echo strategies previously observed in the Taiwan Strait, where Beijing has systematically employed incremental actions to establish a «new normal» in contested areas [Yūsuke 2024, 4 December]. Much like its Taiwan Strait strategy, China’s South China Sea maneuvers involved normalizing its presence and operations through persistent, if provocative, actions by the PLA Navy, Coast Guard, and maritime militias.

On 2 December 2024, Beijing formally deposited a statement with the United Nations regarding the baselines of its territorial sea around the disputed Scarborough Shoal in the South China Sea [Chen 2024, 4 December]. This move, described by Chinese officials as a legitimate measure to defend the country’s territorial sovereignty [Global Times 2024, 3 December], was part of an effort to strengthen Beijing’s claim over the shoal. China’s submission, delivered by Ambassador Geng Shuang, deputy permanent representative of China to the U.N., included relevant charts of the baselines. The Chinese mission framed the action as being consistent with international law and its obligations under the U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), emphasizing that the shoal – referred to as Huangyan Dao – is an «inherent part of China’s territory». This development represented a significant shift in China’s foreign policy, marking a transition from a reliance on military and diplomatic pressure to a more formalized legal strategy. By embedding its claim within the framework of UNCLOS, China aimed to present its assertion of sovereignty as a fait accompli, reinforcing its position in an increasingly contested maritime domain.

The latter half of the year saw the Philippines intensify its efforts to strengthen regional alliances. Expanded military cooperation with nations such as Vietnam, Australia, Japan, and France underscored Manila’s strategic pivot towards multilateralism [De Castro 2024] as a counterbalance to Beijing’s maritime assertiveness13. Despite periodic attempts at dialogue, the absence of robust conflict management mechanisms perpetuated a cycle of heightened volatility and stand-offs. While the United States reaffirmed its 1951 Mutual Defense Treaty obligations [Associated Press 2024, 18 June], its refusal to label China’s actions as acts of war reflected a calculated caution in avoiding military escalation. This strategic restraint underscored the limitations of U.S. commitments in addressing the complexities of South China Sea disputes.

These developments illuminated the South China Sea’s enduring role as both a strategic asset and a geopolitical flashpoint in China’s foreign policy. Beijing’s blend of assertiveness and selective engagement reflected its broader ambitions to redefine power dynamics in the Indo-Pacific. Yet, the persistent lack of clear de-escalation frameworks raised critical questions about the sustainability of its approach [Laksmana 2024, 18 October]. The events of 2024 highlighted the South China Sea as a focal point of regional security tensions, marked by intensified Chinese coercion, the Philippines’ strengthened maritime defence strategy, and growing regional resistance to China led by Vietnam, Japan, and Australia [Boruta 2024, 16 July]. As Beijing was refining its assertive tactics, the region remained a critical test of its ambitions, exposing the challenges and risks inherent in its pursuit of dominance in an increasingly contested Indo-Pacific.

4.3. China’s strategic engagement in the Middle East: balancing influence and restraint.

China’s engagement in the Middle East in 2024 highlighted its attempt to balance ambition with caution in a region marked by deep-seated rivalries and instability. Beijing’s adherence to the principle of non-interference [Fardella & She 2024] remained a defining feature of its strategy, reflecting its effort to safeguard economic and strategic interests without becoming embroiled in volatile regional politics [Fardella & Ghiselli 2024]. However, the limits of this approach were evident, particularly during the Gaza crisis, which underscored the challenges of navigating the region’s intricate dynamics. The 10th Ministerial Meeting of the China-Arab States Cooperation Forum in May 2024 exemplified Beijing’s institutionalized approach to strengthening ties with Arab states. The «Beijing Declaration» emphasized regional stability and political-economic collaboration, aligning with China’s broader BRI. Yet, scepticisms lingered about whether Beijing’s initiatives could yield tangible results. Critics argued that China often capitalized on Western efforts to maintain stability while avoiding significant commitments of its own, reinforcing perceptions of a «do-nothing» strategy [Barney & Glasserman 2024, 13 June] – a pattern that was put to the test during the Gaza crisis, challenging Beijing’s regional engagement approach.

China condemned Israeli airstrikes, including the assassination of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh in Tehran, framing these actions as destabilizing and urging de-escalation. Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi held diplomatic talks with Jordanian and Egyptian counterparts, advocating for a ceasefire and proposing collective international responses. Yet, Beijing’s rhetoric often stopped short of actionable proposals, reflecting its cautious diplomacy and limited leverage in resolving protracted conflicts.

While Beijing’s neutrality allowed it to engage with a wide array of actors, the crisis revealed the difficulty of maintaining balanced relations in such a polarized region. [Yuan & Tartir 2024, 18 November]. China’s engagement with key regional actors further underscores the multifaceted nature of its Middle East policy. The deepening of ties with Saudi Arabia, highlighted by multibillion-dollar agreements and Premier Li Qiang’s meetings with Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, reflected the increasing strategic importance of the Gulf in Beijing’s geopolitical calculus. Concurrently, China’s strengthened partnerships with Qatar and the UAE, emphasizing energy security and infrastructure development, illustrated its broader commitment to integrating economic cooperation with long-term regional influence. This dual approach highlighted Beijing’s efforts to position itself as a pivotal actor in the region’s evolving dynamics [Gadzala Tirziu 2024, 4 July]. However, China’s alignment with Iran – evident in its strong condemnation of Israeli actions and support for Iranian initiatives at the UN – emphasized the inherent challenges of maintaining credibility with all regional stakeholders. By October, Beijing’s diplomatic rhetoric intensified. At the UN General Assembly, China described the Palestinian conflict as «the greatest wound to human conscience» [Lewis & Nichols 2024, 28 September], marking a significant escalation in its criticism of Israel. This shift, however, challenged China’s long-standing ambition to maintain balanced relations with all regional actors, potentially complicating its efforts to position itself as a neutral power in the Middle East. The move also reflected a broader recalibration of Beijing’s diplomatic strategy, as it sought to leverage moral and political narratives to expand its influence in the Global South, even at the cost of straining ties with key regional players. Yet, this heightened rhetoric was accompanied by a consistent emphasis on dialogue and de-escalation, reflecting Beijing’s reluctance to overextend its involvement. While China’s mediation efforts between Iran and Saudi Arabia and its facilitation of dialogue between Palestinian factions signalled a cautious shift toward proactive diplomacy, these initiatives largely prioritized safeguarding economic interests rather than pursuing transformative conflict resolution strategies. Throughout 2024, Beijing navigated the Middle East’s volatile geopolitics by balancing its growing economic stakes with its preference for strategic restraint. Its approach reflected a broader attempt to integrate the region into its multipolar vision of global governance while avoiding the risks of overcommitment. However, the sustainability of this strategy remained uncertain.

As Beijing increasingly positions itself as a mediator, its capacity to influence the region will depend on whether it can transition from its traditionally risk-averse posture to a more decisive role in shaping stability. The Middle East remains a crucial test of China’s capacity to align its strategic ambitions with the region’s intricate dynamics, providing valuable insights into the broader trajectory of its global ascent [Aluf 2024].

4. Conclusions

China’s foreign policy in 2024 reflected an evolving blend of strategic assertiveness and diplomatic recalibration, aimed at consolidating its global position while managing external pressures. Beijing intensified efforts to shape international norms through deeper engagement with the Global South and multilateral institutions, presenting itself as an alternative to the U.S.-led order. At the same time, its actions in the Taiwan Strait and South China Sea signalled a systematic push to normalize coercion as a tool of statecraft, reinforcing its regional dominance. The growing U.S.-China rivalry, particularly in the technological and economic domains, further defined Beijing’s external posture, prompting measures to counter what it perceives as containment strategies. Yet, China’s approach was not purely confrontational—while military and economic pressure remained central to its strategy, Beijing also sought to project an image of stability and pragmatism, particularly in managing high-level diplomatic engagements and crisis diplomacy. By positioning itself as a counterbalance to U.S. influence, Beijing seeks not only to mitigate tensions but also to elevate the rivalry to a framework essential for international equilibrium, while simultaneously advocating alternative governance norms that align with its broader global ambitions. This approach underscores the growing strategic depth of China’s external engagements.

At the core of this strategic recalibration lies a concerted effort to centralize and institutionalize foreign policymaking under Party leadership, ensuring a direct alignment between diplomatic actions and national objectives. The CFAWC, convened in December 2023, served as a pivotal platform for articulating Beijing’s evolving foreign policy doctrine and outlining the strategic imperatives that will shape its future diplomatic trajectory. Beyond its function as a forum for assessing China’s external posture, the conference reaffirmed the consolidation of decision-making authority under Xi Jinping, marking a definitive shift toward a more assertive and ideologically coherent global strategy. Beijing’s diplomatic framework continues to be characterized by a dual approach: expanding influence through multilateral engagement and normative contestation, while simultaneously intensifying coercive mechanisms in key regional flashpoints. The CFAWC thus represents not only a moment of reflection on China’s foreign policy evolution but also a crucial juncture for programmatic decisions that will guide Beijing’s external strategy in the coming years.

As China continues to navigate an increasingly fragmented international order, its foreign policy trajectory suggests a deliberate and methodical institutionalization of influence, one that blends coercive diplomacy with selective engagement. The coming years will test Beijing’s ability to sustain this balance, as its ambitions encounter both structural constraints and the evolving responses of global and regional actors. The increasing centralization of Party-led foreign policy will remain a defining feature of this trajectory, reinforcing the integration of domestic political imperatives with Beijing’s broader strategic objectives on the global stage.

Bibliography

Allen, Gregoy C., 2024, 11 December, ‘Understanding the Biden Administration’s Updated Export Controls’, CSIS.

Aluf, Dale, 2024, 26 February, ‘China’s Influence in the Middle East and Its Limitations’, The Diplomat.

Associated Press, 2024, 24 January, ‘China formally restores diplomatic relations with Nauru after Pacific Island nation cut Taiwan ties.’

Associated Press, 2024, June 18, ‘U.S. reiterates its obligation to defend the Philippines after new clash with China at sea.’

Barney, Lauren, & Aaron Glasserman, 2024, 13 June, ‘China’s Do-Nothing Strategy in the Middle East’, Foreign Affairs.

Boruta, Raigirdas, 2024, 16 July, ‘The geopolitical puzzle of the South China Sea. Does China’s ambitions are facing regional resistance?’, Geopolitical and Security Studies Center.

Buzan, Barry, & Feng Zhang, 2024, ‘Multiple Modernities in Civilizational Perspective: An Assessment of the Global Civilization Initiative’, The Chinese Journal of International Politics, 17 (1), pp. 104-126.

‘China’s cooperation on fentanyl will hinge on US ties’, 2024, 17 July, Oxford Analytica.

Chen, Alyssa, 2024, 4 December, ‘South China Sea: Beijing submits Scarborough Shoal baseline documents to UN’, South China Morning Post.

Chung, Chieh, 2025, 17 April, ‘Analyzing the PLA’s Early April Exercises in the Taiwan Strait’, The Diplomat.

Congiu, Francesca, 2019, ‘China 2018: Bringing the Party back into State Institutions’, Asia Maior, XXIX/2018, pp. 23-41.

De Castro, Renato Cruz, 2024, ‘Exploring the Philippines’ Evolving Grand Strategy in the Face of China’s Maritime Expansion: From the Aquino Administration to the Marcos Administration’, Journal of Current Southeast Asian Affairs 43, (1), pp. 94-119.

Dotson, John, 2025, 8 January, ‘The PRC Sends a Message to the International Community with Its December 2024 Naval Exercise’, Global Taiwan Institute.

Duggan, Niall, 2024, 10 October, From Deng to Xi, ‘China’s Foreign Policy Identity Has Been Consistent’, Georgetown Journal of International Affairs.

Duggan, Niall, Gottwald, Jörn-Carsten & Bersick, Sebastian, 2024. ‘Still a Work in Progress: The Ongoing Evolution of the Role Conception Underlying China’s Belt and Road Initiative’, Area Development and Policy, 9 (3), pp. 385-406.

DW, 2024, 1 July, ‘Taiwan sees single-day record of Chinese planes in airspace’.

Fardella, Enrico, & Andrea Ghiselli (eds.), 2024, ‘Power Shifts? China’s Growing Influence in the Gulf. Key Trends and Regional Debates in 2023’, Torino World Affairs Institute.

Fardella, Enrico, & Gangzheng She, 2024, ‘The Role of the Gulf in the Longue Durée of China’s Foreign Policy’, Middle East Policy 31, pp. 50-65.

Gadzala Tirziu, Aleksandra, 2024, 4 July, ‘China’s strategic evolution in the Middle East: From oil to security’, Geopolitical Intelligence Services.

[GFB 2024a, 1 January] ‘中美举行第17次国防部工作会晤 ’ (China and the US held the 17th Ministries of Defense working meeting) 2024, 1 January (http://www.mod.gov.cn/gfbw/qwfb/16279493.html).

[GFB 2024b, 14 October] ‘现场画面!东部战区开展联合利剑-2024B”演习’ (Live! The Eastern Theater Command starts the “Joint Sword – 2024B” training exercise) 2024, 1 January (http://www.mod.gov.cn/gfbw/wzll/dbzq/16345266.html).

Global Times, 2024, 3 December, ‘China submits statement on Baselines of Territorial Sea Adjacent to Huangyan Dao and Chart to UN’.

Hung, Tzu-Chieh, 2024, 27 July, ‘China plays word games and war games with Taiwan’, East Asia Forum.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2017, ‘Taiwan 2012-2016: From consolidation to the collapse of cross-strait rapprochement’, Asia Maior, XXVII/2016, pp. 53-88.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2018, ‘Taiwan 2017: Stalemate on the Strait’, Asia Maior, XXVIII/2017, pp. 113-128.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2019, ‘Taiwan 2018: Heavy Setbacks for the Tsai Administration’, Asia Maior, XXIX/2018, pp. 131-154.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2020, ‘Taiwan 2019 and the 2020 elections: Tsai Ing-Wen Triumph’, Asia Maior, XXX/2019, pp. 185-213.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2021, ‘Taiwan 2020: Crossroads of COVID-19 international politics’, Asia Maior, XXXI/2020, pp. 181-204.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2022, ‘Taiwan 2021: Heightened geo-economic relevance amid rising cross-strait tension’, Asia Maior, XXXII/2021, pp. 125-151.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2023, ‘Taiwan 2022: Cross-Strait security spirals further down’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022, pp. 131-155.

Insisa, Aurelio, 2024, ‘Taiwan 2023 and the 2024 Elections: A DPP partial victory after a contested electoral campaign’ Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. 145-166.

Jia, Qingguo, 2024, 8 December, ‘US-China relationship’s fragile stability shows fractures in 2024’, East Asia Forum.

Jie, Yu, 2024, 25 July, ‘China «under Siege»: How the Us’s Hardening China Policy Is Seen in Beijing’, Chatham House.

Johnston, Alastair I., 2019, ‘China in a World of Orders: Rethinking Compliance and Challenge in Beijing’s International Relations’, International Security 44, pp. 9-60.

Kine, Phelim, 2024, 30 May, ‘Ooh la la, Dong and Austin in Shangri-La’, Politico.

Krishnamoorthi, Raja, 2024, 12 December, ‘What China Must Do to Stop the Flow of Fentanyl’, Foreign Affairs.

Laksmana, Evan A., 2024, 18 October, ‘Diplomatic decoupling in the South China Sea’, International Institute for Strategic Studies.

Lariosa, Aaron-Matthew, 2024, 9 September, ‘A Timeline of the 2024 Sabina Shoal Standoff’, U.S. Naval Institute.

Lewis, Simon, & Michelle Nichols, 2024, 28 September, ‘Wang touts China’s role as peacemaker, calls for Mideast ceasefire’, Reuters.

Lin, Bonny, & Brian Hart, 2024, 29 October, ‘Analyzing China’s Escalation After Taiwan President William Lai’s National Day Speech’, China Power.

Lin, Bonny, & Joel Wuthnow, 2022, 16 August, ‘Pushing Back against China’s New Normal in the Taiwan Strait’, War on the Rocks.

Liu Mingze, Yan Jiale, & Yao Guangyuan, 2023, Themes and ideologies in China’s diplomatic discourse – a corpus-assisted discourse analysis in China’s official speeches, Frontiers in Psychology, (14).

Liu, Xuanzun, & Yuandan Guo, 2024, 20 February, ‘PLA monitors Philippines-rallied joint patrol in South China Sea’, Global Times.

Loh, Dylan M.H, 2024, China’s Rising Foreign Ministry: Practices and Representations of Assertive Diplomacy, Redwood City CA: Stanford University Press.

Mahadzir, Dzirhan, 2024, 1 January, ‘Xi Jinping Pledges Reunification with Taiwan in New Year’s Message’, U.S. Naval institute.

Michael Schuman, Jonathan Fulton, & Tuvia Gering, 2023, 21 June, ‘How Beijing’s newest global initiatives seek to remake the world order’, Atlantic Council.

Natalizia, Gabriele, & Lorenzo Termine, 2021, ‘Tracing the modes of China’s revisionism in the Indo-Pacific: A comparison with pre-1941 Shōwa Japan’, Italian Political Science Review/Rivista Italiana di Scienza Politica 51, (1), pp. 83-99.

Ng, Teddy, 2023, 7 March, ‘China’s «two sessions» 2023: Xi Jinping directly accuses US of leading Western suppression of China’, South China Morning Post.

Onnis, Barbara, 2020, China’s foreign policy 2018: implementing the China Dream, Asia Maior, XXIX/2019, pp. 43-68.

Onnis, Barbara, 2023, ‘A «MultiVoice» Choir. Making Foreign Policy in PostMaoist China’, in De Giorgi, Laura and Graziani, Sofia (eds.), The Historian’s Gaze, Essays on Modern and Contemporary China in Honour of Guido Samarani, Venezia: Edizioni Ca’ Foscari, 2023, pp. 167-182.

Pak, Yiu, 2024, 13 November, ‘Trump’s new trade war hangs over APEC summit’, NikkeiAsia.

Pedrozo, Raul, 2014, ‘China versus Vietnam: an analysis of the competing claims in the South China Sea’, Center for Naval Analyses.

Pelaggi, Stefano, 2022, ‘Il più vitale degli interessi vitali: Taiwan nel XX Congresso e l’evoluzione storica delle relazioni tra Pechino e TaipeiOrizzonte Cina, 13 (2-3), pp. 57-66. 

Pierson, David, & Amy Chang Chien, 2024, 10 December, ‘Taiwan Says China Has Deployed Largest Fleet of Ships in Decades’, The New York Times.

Pugliese, Giulio, 2024, ‘The European Union and an «Indo-Pacific» Alignment’, Asia-Pacific Review 31 (1), pp. 17-44

Reuters, 2024, 20 February, ‘Philippines joint air patrol with U.S. to protect territory.’

[RMW 2024a, 17 November] ‘习近平同美国总统拜登在利马举行会晤’ (Xi Jinping and President Biden held a meeting in Lima) 2024, 17 November (http://politics.people.com.cn/n1/2024/1118/c1024-40363227.html).

[RMW 2024b, 12 March] ‘政府工作报告——202435日在第十四届全国人民代表大会第二次会议上’ (Government Work Report – March 5 2024, at the Second Session of the 14th National People’s Congress) 2024, 5 March, (http://lianghui.people.com.cn/2024/n1/2024/0312/c458561-40194559.html).

[RMW 2024c, 8 March] ‘强化使命担当 深化改革创新 全面提升新兴领域战略能力’ (Strengthen mission responsabilities, deepen reform and innovation and comprehensively enhance strategic capabilities in emerging domains) 2024, 8 March (http://lianghui.people.com.cn/2024/n1/2024/0308/c458561-40191293.html).

[RMW 2024d, 2 April] ‘习近平同美国总统拜登通电话’ (Xi Jinping had a phone call with U.S. President Biden) 2024, 2 April, (https://baijiahao.baidu.com/s?id=1795237572674616202&wfr=spider&for=pc).

[RMW 2024e, 2 June] ‘董军在第21届香格里拉对话会上作大会发言 ’ (Dong Jun delivers a speech at the plenary session of the 21st Shangri-La Dialogue) 2024, 2 June (http://world.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0602/c1002-40248566.html).

Sciorati, Giulia, 2024, ‘China in 2023: A «Global-Security-Attentive» Foreign Policy’, Asia Maior, XXIV/2023, pp. 23-34.

Scobell, Andrew, 2024, 12 June, ‘Three Troubling Takeaways on U.S.-China Relations from the Shangri La Dialogue’, United States Institute of Peace.

Shattuck, Thomas, 2024, 24 January, ‘What Does Nauru’s Switch to Beijing Mean for William Lai’s Taiwan?’, Global Taiwan Institute.

Shen, Jianming, 2002, ‘China’s sovereignty over the South China Sea Islands’, Chinese Journal of International Law, 1(1), pp. 94-157.

South China Morning Post, 2025, 14 February, ‘China’s Xi Jinping to hold high-level meeting on Monday with top tech entrepreneurs.’

[SWB 2024, 3 December] ‘商务部公告2024年第46号 关于加强相关两用物项对美国出口管制的公告 ’ (Ministry of Commerce announcement No.46 – 2024; Announcement regarding strengthening export control on relevant dual-use items to the United States) 2024, 3 December (https://www.mofcom.gov.cn/zwgk/zcfb/art/2024/art_3d5e990b43424e60828030f58a547b60.html).

Termine, Lorenzo, 2021, ‘L’ascesa di Pechino e il revisionismo. Evidenze empiriche e lacune teoriche delle Relazioni Internazionali’, OrizzonteCina 12 (2), pp. 1-11.

The Straits Times, 2024, 18 November, ‘Janet Yellen to visit China from July 6 to 9, raising need to ‘responsibly manage’ ties.’

Thomas, Neil, 2024, 12 April, ‘Xi Signals Firm Strategy but Flexible Tactics at China’s Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference’, The Jamestown Foundation.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2024, ‘Asia in 2023 – Under the banner of continuity: the US-China confrontation, the contraction of freedom, and the fallout from wars in Western Eurasia’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023, pp. IX-XXXVIII.

‘Tracking Tensions at Second Thomas Shoal’, 2024, 30 January, Center for Strategic and International Studies.

U.S. Department of Commerce, 2024, 23 September, Secretary Raimondo, IPEF Ministers Welcome Upcoming Entry into Force of the Clean Economy Agreement, Fair Economy Agreement, and Agreement on the Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) and Commit to Continued Progress at Virtual Ministerial.

U.S. Department of State, 2023, August, How Does U.S. Multilateral Diplomacy Advance Fentanyl-related U.S. Priorities to Benefit the American People?

‘US-China Relations in the Biden Era: A Timeline’, 2024, 9 December, China Briefing.

VOA News, 2024, 3 July, ‘China seizes Taiwanese fishing boat in waters near Chinese coast’.

[Wang Yi 2025, 16 January] ‘高举人类命运共同体光辉旗帜 实现中国特色大国外交更大作为’ (Hold high the glorious banner of a Community with a Shared Future for Mankind and achieve greater accomplishments in major-country diplomacy with chinese characteristics) 2025, 16 January (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202501/content_6999176.htm.

[WJB 2023, 28 December] ‘中央外事工作会议在北京举行 习近平发表重要讲话’ (The Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference was held in Beijing, Xi Jinping delivered an important speech) 2023, 28 December (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/zyxw/202312/t20231228_11214409.shtml).

[WJB 2024, 17 December] ‘王毅阐释中国同世界互动三大趋势性进展’ (Wang Yi Explains the three major trend developments in China’s engagement with the world) 2024, 17 December (https://www.fmprc.gov.cn/web/wjbz_673089/xghd_673097/202412/t20241218_11496955.shtml).

Wu, Chien-Huei, (eds.), 2024, Switching Diplomatic Recognition Between Taiwan and China Economic and Social Impact, Abingdon-on-Thames: Routledge.

Wushuang Yi, Sophie, 2024, 30 September, ‘China’s evolving approach to multipolar world order in 2024’, Lowy Institute.

[XHW 2014, 29 November] ‘习近平出席中央外事工作会议并发表重要讲话’ (Xi Jinping attended the Central Foreign Affairs Work Conference and delivered an important speech) 2014, 29 November (http://www.xinhuanet.com/politics/2014-11/29/c_1113457723.htm).

Yang, William, 2024, 10 December ‘Taiwan says China has launched biggest maritime operation in decades’, VOA News.

Yew, Lun Tian, 2024, ‘A tale of dialogues at the Shangri-La: Getting the Chinese message across in various ways’, The Straits Times.

Yuan, Jingdong, & Alaa Tartir, 2024, 18 November, ‘Thinking Through China’s Middle East Policy Amid War’, Middle East Council of Global Affairs.

Yūsuke, Takagi, 2024, 4 December, ‘Explaining South China Sea Tensions: Transparency, Proportionality, and the Rule of Law at Sea Politics’, Nippon.com.

Zhu, Zhongbo, 2024, 25 March, ‘What the Two Sessions Reveal about Foreign Policy’, China Us Focus.

1 The Belt and Road Initiative has evolved significantly since its inception, both in its conceptual framework and its role in global economic governance. Its guiding principles and mechanisms have been continuously refined, with key shifts in narrative and strategic focus evident in major forums such as those held in 2017 and 2019. This evolution underscores China’s broader attempt to redefine its international economic role, presenting the BRI as both an alternative model and a vehicle for shaping global economic governance. For a detailed examination of these aspects, see, among others: Duggan, Gottwald & Bersick 2024; Torri 2024, pp. XVI-XX.

2 The Global Development Initiative and the Global Security Initiative became key pillars of China’s vision for reshaping global governance. The GDI, introduced at the UN in 2021, seeks to position Beijing as a leader in international development, while the GSI promotes a security framework centered on state sovereignty and non-interference. Together, they reflect China’s broader strategy to challenge Western-led governance models. For further analysis, see: Schuman et al. 2023, 21 June; Torri 2024, pp. XX-XXIII.

3 The Global Civilization Initiative, introduced by Xi Jinping in 2023, complements China’s Global Security and Development Initiatives, promoting a multipolar world order. It emphasizes mutual learning, inclusiveness, and national sovereignty in modernization, rejecting imposed social models. Grounded in «common values of humanity» – peace, development, equity, justice, democracy, and freedom – the GCI seeks to reshape global governance through cultural dialogue. See Buzan & Zhang 2024; Torri 2024, pp. XXIV-XXV.

4 For an analysis of Chinese revisionism, both from the perspective of International Relations theory and through historical comparisons within the region, see: Natalizia & Termine 2021; Termine 2021. These works explore China’s evolving strategic posture, its challenge to existing global governance structures, and its historical parallels with other revisionist powers, offering insights into the theoretical and empirical dimensions of Beijing’s approach to reshaping the international order.

5 On the critical importance of the fentanyl issue for the U.S. administration, particularly in the domestic narrative of U.S.-China relations, see, among others: Krishnamoorthi 2024, 12 December; US Department of State 2023.

6 The Entity List, maintained by the Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) under the U.S. Department of Commerce, designates foreign entities—such as companies, research institutions, and government or private organizations—subject to strict restrictions on the export, reexport, or transfer of certain U.S. goods and technologies. These entities face additional licensing requirements that severely limit, if not effectively block, access to U.S.-origin components and raw materials. For industries with complex supply chains firmly interconnected with U.S. materials and technology, inclusion on the Entity List can pose significant operational and commercial challenges.

7 The so-called «holistic approach to national security» is a concept first introduced by Xi Jinping in 2014. It encompasses several distinct, yet interconnected, domains, including political, territorial, military, economic, cultural, social, scientific and technological, informational, ecological, resource, and nuclear security.

8 From the perspective of Taipei and Washington, China’s ongoing military activities in the Taiwan Strait reflect a concerted effort to establish a «new normality» progressively eroding Taiwan’s de facto territorial control while recalibrating the parameters of cross-Strait interactions. A process that involves an incremental expansion of military operations, effectively redefining the implicit understandings that have shaped Taiwan–PRC–U.S. relations since the 1970s.

9 In Chinese official discourse, the Democratic Progressive Party is consistently framed as a pro-independence force, with its policies and rhetoric perceived in Beijing as a direct challenge to the One-China Principle. Conversely, the Kuomintang (KMT) has traditionally been regarded as a potential interlocutor for cross-Strait engagement. Despite increasing skepticism among Chinese institutions regarding the KMT’s long-term reliability, Beijing continues to view the party as a possible vehicle for fostering economic cooperation and, in the longer term, exploring avenues for political dialogue. On the political evolution in Taiwan see the essays by Aurelio Insisa, published in ‘Asia Maior’, XXVIII/2017 to XXXIV/2023.

10 For an in-depth analysis of Nauru’s recent diplomatic switch, as well as a comprehensive overview of the country’s complex history of shifting recognition between Taipei and Beijing, see: Shattuck 2024.

11.  «Checkbook diplomacy» refers to the strategic use of discretionary funds, development cooperation projects, and, more broadly, the transfer of substantial financial resources by both Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China. This practice aims to secure or maintain diplomatic recognition from developing countries, reflecting the ongoing competition between the two entities to bolster their respective international legitimacy. For further insight, see, within the extensive bibliography available on the subject: Wu 2024.

12 For a reconstruction of the positions regarding sovereignty and maritime routes in the South China Sea, see, among others, Shen 2002 for the Chinese perspective and Pedrozo 2014 for the Western perspective. The disputes in the South China Sea, and the resulting positions of individual actors, are obviously not limited to these but involve virtually all regional players, including the Philippines, Indonesia, Taiwan, Japan, and Vietnam, among others.

13 A trend that is further reinforced by Europe’s deepening engagement in the Indo-Pacific, which reflects a broader recalibration of its strategic outlook. An evolving approach that has increasingly converged with that of regional counterparts, particularly under the leadership of the United States. The EU-Japan Strategic Partnership serves as a salient example of this alignment, as stressed by Pugliese, 2024. This evolving framework not only underscores Europe’s recognition of the Indo-Pacific’s geopolitical centrality but also situates the Philippines’ strategic posture within a broader regional trend. For the first time, the South China Sea emerges as a theater of value-based contestation, where strategic alignments are increasingly framed through the lens of competing normative and governance models, further intensifying geopolitical rivalries in the region.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

China 2024: Preparing for future challenges through self-reliance

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

Developments in China’s domestic politics in 2024 confirmed the country’s recent shift towards a political paradigm premised on self-reliance. Economic recovery remained a priority for Beijing, which continued to be the strongest advocate for the removal of trade barriers. However, the Party-state placed a much greater weight on the country’s long-term future. That future may be clouded by sudden, hardly foreseeable challenges, such as those that emerged during the first presidency of Donald Trump, as well as by the neglect of long-standing domestic issues. The response to such potential challenges was articulated at the third plenum of the 20th Party Congress through the Decision on Further Comprehensively Deepening Reform to Advance Chinese-Style Modernisation. This programmatic document addressed all aspects of domestic politics relevant to minimising the risk of systemic crises. To mitigate such risks, the People’s Republic of China intended to achieve a greater self-sufficiency in food, minerals, energy and cutting-edge technologies. The choice to create fully indigenous supply, production and value chains is unprecedented since 1978. Also novel was the decision to relax the country’s monetary policy to cushion the impact of the real-estate slump and sustain domestic demand. Foreign investments and markets remained important for China. However, the rationale of the third plenum suggests that the country was seeking to strengthen its capacity to withstand a potential, sudden unplugging of global production and value chains while maintaining a leading role in cutting-edge technologies.

Keywords – China; economic recovery; food safety; real-estate market; Chinese-style modernisation; Xi Jinping; Chinese Communist Party; third plenum.

1. Introduction

The main trends in the internal politics of the People’s Republic of China in 2024 largely followed a pattern similar to that of the previous year. The party-state sought to accelerate economic recovery and further expand China’s international political, economic and cultural clout. These objectives were pursued alongside efforts to enhance the country’s ability to withstand potential domestic and international crises through self-sufficiency in advanced technology, manufacturing and food production. These broader goals were announced by the third plenary session of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party. Central Committee plenary sessions are second in importance only to the congresses of the Chinese Communist Party. The annual sessions of Central Committee serve as critical fora for announcing major policy priorities, and approving documents that will set the tone for China’s governance in the medium term. In 2024 there was considerable speculation regarding the timing of the third plenary session.

As explained in the second section of this essay, such speculation was largely unwarranted, since the third plenary session was held in compliance with the rules on high level political meetings set by intra-party regulations. On 18 July 2024, the Central Committee approved the Decision on Further Comprehensively Deepening Reform to Advance Chinese-Style Modernisation [Xinhua 2024, 21 July]. The Decision is a programmatic document (ganglingxing wenjian – 纲领性文件) that addresses the challenges posed by shifting geopolitical equilibria, the on-going Fourth Industrial Revolution and popular dissatisfaction with the slow pace of economic recovery. In commenting on the Decision, Xi Jinping stated that the document «does not include general reform measures, developmental measures and reform measures already decided by the Central Committee and that are being implemented» [Xinhua 2024, 22 July]. The Decision indeed reinstated the objectives of completing the transition to an innovation-driven economy and modernizing the governance system by 2035. The Decision, however, also set 2029, the year of the People’s Republic of China’s 80th anniversary, as the deadline for concluding the overhaul of sectors and areas that are strategic for the country’s further rise. More importantly, the third plenum enshrined Xi Jinping’s notion of Chinese-style modernisation in the complex web of the party’s ideological formulations.

Self-reliance over dependence on global markets and risk prevention over risk acceptance thus emerged as the main drivers of China’s economic policy in 2024. Yet, the government still promoted openness, as China’s economic stability still depends on external markets, both as recipients of exports and as producers of key raw materials. Self-reliance reconciles with interconnectedness in global value chains, because integration into the global economy is essential for sustaining domestic technological innovation. This nuanced approach allows China to reduce external risks while still benefitting from international trade and investments [Gereffi, Bamber and Fernandez-Stark 2022; Gao, Zhang and Peng 2024]. Challenges in economic policy however still exist. They are outlined in the third section of the essay. Foremost among them was stimulating economic recovery to achieve a GPD growth rate of approximately 5% [McCarthy 2024, 5 March]. The year began with relatively conventional measures aimed at expanding internal demand while reducing overcapacity in certain industrial sectors. In the first quarter, GDP growth achieved the set target, reaching 5,3%. Economic growth, however, slowed significantly in the second and third quarters, prompting the party-state to introduce a robust stimulus package. The central bank injected 1-trillion-yuan into the financial system and reduced interest rates. Mortgage rates were also lowered, and a 10-trillion-yuan package was launched to repair local governments’ finances. The limited effectiveness of these measures led the Politburo to relax China’s monetary policy for the first time in fifteen years. The Politburo called for unconventional counter-cyclical measures and initiatives to stabilise the housing and stock markets [Renminwang 2024, 10 December]. China’s economic recovery outlook was further complicated by weak internal demand and by youth unemployment. Of concern was also the risk of systemic crises in the real estate and agricultural sectors.

The fourth section describes how, alongside economic policy, legislation played a role in the attempt to stabilise both the real estate and agricultural sectors by curbing malpractice. However, well-intentioned efforts to shield investors and lenders from the negative consequences of businesses failing to repay their debt led to unintended consequences. The implementation of the Company Law, which introduced stronger mechanisms to protect creditors, sparked protests in several major cities. Also noteworthy was the continuing emphasis on perceived challenges to state security. The Law on the Protection of State Secrets was the latest in a series of legislative documents on state security to undergo amendments. These amendments aligned with China’s prioritisation of security but introduced new and largely unforeseeable risks for enterprises availing themselves of foreign investments.

The concluding section provides insights into the longer-term dynamics signalled by developments in politics, the economy and the legal system.

2. Party and Politics in 2024

The third plenum of the 20th Central Committee was held in Beijing on 15 to 18 July 2024. The timing of this meeting elicited a flurry of speculations, and its agenda did not fully meet Western expectations. Observers had anticipated the third plenum to take place in the autumn of 2023 or in the early months of 2024 [Minzner 2023, 27 November]. Consequently, the decision to convene the meeting in the summer was interpreted as a potential sign of divisions within the Politburo [Li 2024, 3 September]. The notion that the third plenum was «delayed» warrants an extensive and in-depth discussion because it somehow became part and parcel of European and American observers’ consensus on Chinese politics. The notion of a «delay» was used to support the argument that divisions may have existed within the Politburo, which in turn disrupted China’s political calendar. No analysis supported this idea with the type of evidence that becomes normally available when élite divisions emerge. Such evidence includes but it is not limited to sudden promotions or demotions, arrests, allusive speeches, direct verbal attacks, articles written under the pseudonyms scholars of contemporary China should be familiar with, as part of their training. The argument instead relied only on the choice of timing of the Central Committee meeting. After the third plenum was held in July, the theory of the «delay» continued to circulate [Nouvens and Green 2024; Arcesati, Zenglein and Drinhausen 2024]. Since its very onset, however, the theory of a «delay» was confuted by intra-party regulations and historical data about third plenums. This is not a moot point. Any disruption in China’s decision-making process could send shockwaves throughout the economic systems of China’s partners. Any statement to the effect that élite divisions are slowing down top-level policy processes should be supported by a careful study of available evidence. Analyses published before the third plenum also relied on the customary view whereby third plenums of the Central Committee focus almost exclusively on economic reform. In the Xi Jinping era, many of the political conventions followed prior to 2012 have, however, changed. Hence, the reform package announced at the third plenum did not target the economy alone but extended across all sectors of domestic and transnational governance. Its broader rationale was to further strengthen China’s global influence, while shielding its population from potential international and domestic crises. Reforms announced in July aimed to have the potential to mitigate the impact of a slowdown or even a sudden, unforeseeable severance of global supply chains, providing the country with a reasonable degree of autonomy from its economic partners.

2.1. Was the Third Plenary Session of the 20th Central Committee delayed?

The argument whereby the third plenum was «delayed» is confuted by intra-party regulations and historical data about third plenums. Plenary sessions of the Central Committee must be convened by the Politburo at least once a year. While it is possible for the Politburo to convene the Central Committee more frequently, meeting more than once in a calendar year is not mandatory. The rule regarding the timing of Central Committee plenums was established in 2020 by article 24 of the Regulations on the Work of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party [Xinhua 2020, 12 October]. This rule is likely based on either an existing and unpublished party document, or on a practice adopted since 1978. Since then, the practice has been to hold Central Committee plenums at least once a year. In fact, the first plenum of the 20th Party Congress was convened in October 2022, and the second plenum took place in February 2023. Thus, the third plenum was supposed to take place by the end of 2024. Nonetheless, it may be argued that the third plenum was «delayed», because earlier third plenary sessions were convened less than twelve months after second plenary sessions. Intra-party regulations, nonetheless, merely require the Central Committee to meet once every calendar year. There are no specific requirements about the number of months that must elapse between such meetings, or about the time of the year when these meetings must occur.

Historical data about the timing of third plenums do not reveal any regularity in the number of months elapsed between the second and third plenums. Since 1978, the third plenum has generally been held in the second half of the year.1 This custom changed in 2018, when the Central Committee convened in February, only one month after the second plenum, to announce sweeping institutional reforms. The convening of the third plenum in July 2024 rather than in the autumn of 2023 or in February 2024 does not appear to signal political instability. Similarly, the timing of this crucial meeting does not suggest a stalemate in the decision-making process. Several of the items on the agenda of the third plenary session, though not all, were anticipated by the Central Conference on Economic Work, held on 11-12 December 2023 [Xinhua 2023, 12 December]. In February 2024 the Central Commission for Comprehensively Deepening Reform set goals and priorities that were reaffirmed by the third plenary session [Renminwang 2024, 20 February]. Around the same time, the Politburo participated in two study sessions on high quality development [Renminwang 2024, 2 March].

The timing and agenda of these meetings suggest that a consensus on the policy agenda for the next five years had been reached around February 2024 at least. The annual meetings of the National People’s Congress and of the Political Consultative Conference were, however, scheduled for March 2024. Holding the third plenum immediately before or after the «two sessions» would have meant delaying the «two sessions»,2 disrupting the political calendar for the first time since 1978, and provoking significant concerns. Accordingly, the date of the third plenum was announced at the April 30 Politburo meeting [Renminwang 2024, 1 May]. In June, the Politburo finalized the draft of the Decision to be approved by the Central Committee [Xinhua 2024, 27 June].

2.2. Chinese-Style Modernisation

The consensus reached by the Politburo and announced at the third plenum defied the expectations of those who still see third plenums as harbingers of quick, pro-foreign markets economic reforms. The Decision of the Central Committee on Further Comprehensively Deepening Reform to Advance Chinese-Style Modernisation presented an ambitious reform programme that departed from the logic and methods of the Deng Xiaoping Era. While Deng Xiaoping’s approach to reform encouraged foreign investment, Xi Jinping advocates for greater self-reliance, to reduce dependence on foreign technologies and stimulate domestic innovation. Besides, Xi Jinping’s vision of reform emphasizes a greater centralization and places a greater weight on ideology. The rationale behind the Decision was encapsulated in the ideological formulation of «Chinese-style modernisation» (Zhongghuoshi xiandaihua – 中国式现代化). Official commentaries define Chinese-style modernisation as a type of modernisation that has been created independently of any so-called «western» theories, values or approaches. This model of modernisation rests upon certain key concepts inherent to China’s governance system: a Sinified version of Marxism-Leninism; the leading role of a single party and united-front organizations, which ensure appropriate levels of popular compliance with existing political and social norms. This governance model is portrayed as superior and alternative to the governance systems in Europe and in the United States, because it is deeply rooted in China’s political tradition, and, therefore, authentically Chinese. As a creation of the Chinese people, this form of modernisation is also described as being more efficient than the processes of modernisation that occurred in Europe and in America. Governance by a single party is believed to accelerate policymaking and implementation. The role of the state – rather than the market – as the main driver of economic development is believed to allow a rapid economic growth. The purported proof of the superiority of this political model lies in China’s achievement of sustained high levels of GPD growth over four decades. This model has been proposed as an alternative to existing political frameworks, particularly for developing countries. It is important to observe that, under this vision of reform, modernization is not limited to economic development but also involves China’s cultural identity. China’s history and cultural traditions are seen as a source of national pride, and as means to consolidate a national identity centred around the cultural value of the country’s largest ethnic group, the Han [Qu 2023; Xi 2025; Liu Jianhui 2024; Liu Yubiao 2024]. Chinese-style modernisation is not just an empty political slogan, but an approach that will presumably guide Chinese politics throughout the Xi Jinping Era.

The endorsement of this formulation by the Central Committee was important, because it signalled acceptance, or at least acquiescence to, the form of ethnonationalism that has become prevalent during the Xi Jinping era. Beyond the rhetoric commonly employed in diplomatic language, the Central Committee’s adoption of a political slogan that promotes ethnonationalism and elevates it to official ideology does not signal a will to defuse existing geopolitical tensions. Instead, it points to an intention to leverage such tensions to one’s own advantage.

Having established consensus around these notions, the Central Committee Decision outlined a reform programme encompassing fourteen areas of domestic governance. This programme is inward-looking and prioritises the needs and goals of the Chinese nation. Rather than disengaging from the global economy, as seen in some aspects of United States policy, Chinese-style modernisation adopts an approach grounded in crisis-prevention.

In 2024, economic policy saw a substantial continuity with the beginning of Xi Jinping era. The role of state-owned enterprises (SOEs) was emphasised, mandating a concentration of state-owned capital in industries and areas related to national security and the lifelines of the national economy. Enhancing China’s resilience and emergency response capabilities has now become a responsibility of the state-owned sector, which still accounts for a significant share of national wealth [Zhang 2019]. National private enterprises are expected to focus on major state-sponsored infrastructure projects and the development of new technologies. To this end, the reform programme aims to facilitate the transition to an economy driven by new technologies, emerging industries and disruptive innovations. New technologies will also play a critical role in ensuring the resilience and security of industrial and supply chains. The Decision explicitly calls for the creation of independent supply chains encompassing but not limited to integrated circuits, rare earth elements, software, and industrial machinery. This is not a new development, given that self-sufficiency in advanced technology and manufacturing is the goal of the strategic development plan “Made in China 2025”. The transition to a high-tech economic system will however require significant investments in education, science, technology, and human capital. The Decision identifies several reform objectives for these areas, including cooperation with international polytechnic universities and the establishment of China-based multilateral organizations for the global governance of high-tech. To achieve this vision, the Decision envisages a comprehensive macroeconomic reform package. Key aspects include the centralization of government budget and a more assertive fiscal policy aimed at supporting the transition to a high-tech exemplary growth model. Noteworthy measures also include efforts to streamline the notoriously tangled centre-province financial relationship and reduce volatility in the banking system. China allowed local governments to restructure their debts by issuing new bonds and reallocating existing bonds over a longer period. Major state-owned banks were recapitalised by injecting 1 trillion yuan. Additional liquidity was provided by a new lending tool introduced by the People’s Bank of China to ensure the stability of credit flows.

China’s economic relations with other countries are discussed in the Decision, but their role is at best ancillary to systemic transition. Foreign investments are seen as a tool to counteract the on-going fragmentation of the global economic system. The Decision lists manufacturing, telecommunication and healthcare as sectors where foreign investment will be encouraged. However, «opening-up» measures are not the primary focus. More attention is devoted to legal reform, the regulation of strategic and emerging sectors, ideological education and improvements of international propaganda networks, rural reforms and united-front work. Greater emphasis has been placed on domestic demand, which has been weakened by income inequalities, rising unemployment, and negative population growth. The income and employment support measures approved at the Third Plenum evidently will require robust government intervention. Analysists often draw a sharp distinction between Xi Jinping and his predecessor Hu Jintao. It should however be noticed how the goal to develop a strong and stable domestic demand was a key objective of Hu Jintao and Wen Jiabao’s welfare policies. In reality, Xi Jinping has embraced and further developed policies and trends that emerged between 2002 and 2012.

Military reform and state security, themes which no plenary sessions before the Xi Jinping era had ever addressed, were discussed in the Decision. The third plenary session announced as its goals the enhancement of joint operational capabilities and combat readiness, and the increase of military human resources; it also placed a strong emphasis on several dimensions of state security.

2.3. The Mixed Messages of the Two Sessions

Next in importance, after Central Committee plenary sessions, are the annual meetings of the National People’s Congress and of the Political Consultative Conference. In the year under review, both meetings were overshadowed by expectations regarding the third plenum. Held from 5 to 11 March 2024, the National People’s Congress meeting saw Premier Li Qiang merely relay decisions taken at Central Economic Work Conference, held in December 2023. The setting of a GDP growth target of around 5% [Zhongguo Zhengfuwang 2024, 5 March] baffled many international observers. The announcement of the lowest-ever growth target since 1978 not only signals that China is a mature economy but also aligns with the transition towards growth driven by domestic technological innovation and consumption. More important were three signals launched during the «two sessions», underscoring how the state apparatus should no longer be regarded as enjoying a limited degree of autonomy from the Party. First, the Premier’s press conference was cancelled, thus ending a practice introduced in 1993 [Reuters 2024, 4 March]. The conference was replaced by a series of briefings by government ministers. Unlike Premier Li Qiang, ministers do not hold a seat in the Politburo Standing Committee, thus enjoying lesser political power. Second, article 18 of the Organic Law of the State Council [Renminwang 2024, 12 March] was amended to include rules on maintaining the prestige and unity of the Party, as well as an obligation to implement the «work deployments» (gongzuo bushu – 工作部署) decided by the Party. Given that the Premier is the second-ranked member of the Politburo Standing Committee, the inclusion of these norms in the Organic Law may seem superfluous. However, in the past the State Council enjoyed a certain, limited measure of autonomy from the Party. The amendment signals a definitive set-back of the functional separation introduced during the Deng Xiaoping-era version of the Organic Law. Finally, the trend towards increased centralization was further confirmed by the visits Xi Jinping paid to delegates at the Political Consultative Conference. From 5 to 7 March 2024 Xi met delegates from Jiangsu Province, the science and technology, environmental and resources sectors, the Revolutionary Committee of the Chinese Kuomintang, the People’s Liberation Army and the People’s Armed Police. During the meetings Xi discussed the notion of Chinese-style modernisation, that the third plenum would endorse only in July [Xinhua 2024a, 7 March; Xinhua 2024b, 7 March; Xinhua 2024c, 7 March; Xinhua 2024, 11 March]. Visits to those delegations had symbolic meaning, signalling the areas Xi deems of utmost importance in realizing his political vision. With its high-tech enterprises and industrial parks, Jiangsu has been the poster child of Xi Jinping’s Chinese-style modernization at a time when consensus on this notion was still being formed. The visit to the Revolutionary Committee of the Chinese Kuomintang testified to the continuity of China’s policy towards the Republic of China in Taiwan. The meeting with delegates from the armed forces underscored the importance of military modernization but was also meant to convey how the Party ought to remain in firm control of the army.

2.4. Anti-Corruption in 2024: Continuing the Purge within the Army

Xi Jinping’s visit to armed forces delegates came as defence spending increased by 7.2% compared to 2023 [Tan 2024, 4 March], and the country’s nuclear stockpile was being replenished [U.S. Deparment of Defense 2024, p. 107]. At the same time, China’s civil-military-industrial complex was still being targeted by an anti-corruption drive launched in 2023. Anti-corruption drives have become one of the defining features of Xi Jinping’s leadership. In 2024, party discipline and state supervision organs filed 596.000 cases for internal investigation. A total of 15.000 officials, 58 of whom ranked at the ministerial of provincial level, were prosecuted [Xinhua 2024, 25 December]. Anti-corruption, however, brought its most noticeable changes to China’s armed forces. International media reported the downfall of National Defence Minister Li Shangfu, its predecessor Wei Fenghe, PLA Rocket Force commander Li Yuchao [Chen and Pang 2024, 18 July], Deputy Commander of the PLA Ground Force Deng Zhiping [Jun 2024, 13 September], Lieutenant General You Haitao, Vice-Admiral Li Pengcheng [The Strait Times 2024, 26 December] and Admiral Miao Hua [Chen 2024, 28 November]. Unlike former foreign minister Qing Gang, who resigned from the Politburo but was allowed to keep his party membership [Xiao and Wilkins 2024, 18 July], these leaders were or will presumably be expelled from the Party. The anti-corruption campaign most immediate result was the removal of two of the four members of the Central Military Commission, leaving in place its two Vice-Chairmen and its Chair Xi Jinping. Control over the armed forces has been centralized at the expenses of those branches that until recently were directed by Li Shangfu, Li Yuchao and Miao Hua, namely the Strategic Support Force, the Rocket Force, and the Political Work Department. Among them, the branch to undergo the greatest changes was the Strategic Support Force.

This branch of the military was created in 2015 to manage satellite operations, cyber and electronic warfare and psychological operations. In April 2024 it was dissolved and replaced by the Information Support Force (xinxi zhiyuan budui – 信息支援部队), which will be responsible for the same operations [Xinhua 2024, 19 April; Lianhe Zaobao 2024, 19 April]. The Information Support Force was placed under the direct command of the Central Military Commission, which will lead any future potential cyberwarfare and psychological operation.

3. The Economy

The 2024 goals for China’s economy were set by the Central Economic Work Conference (CEWC), convened in December 2023. The CEWC focused on economic recovery, setting a GDP growth rate of around 5% [Xinhua 2023, 12 December]. The recipe of choice was based on expanding internal demand, reducing the overcapacity of some industrial sectors, minimising the risk of systemic crises and avoiding a rollback of globalization. To achieve these goals, the CEWC adopted a multifaceted programme premised on the notions of Chinese-style modernisation and high-quality development. A proactive fiscal policy, the issuance of ultra-long term special treasury bonds, the expansion of local government bonds and tax reductions were adopted to support scientific and technological innovation, and the development of advanced manufacturing. Likewise, a prudent monetary policy was seen as necessary to reach the targets set for economic growth. Next on the agenda were the agricultural sector, and the integrated development of urban and rural areas. Discussion of those reform measures was on the agenda of the April, July and September 2024 Politburo meetings [Renminwang 2024, 1 May; Renminwang 2024, 31 July; Renminwang 2024, 27 September]. The September meeting implied that the goals set for 2024 were not completely achieved. If the GDP grew by 5.3% in the first quarter, growth decelerated to 4.7% in the second quarter to 4.6% in the third quarter, achieving 5% only in the fourth quarter [National Bureau of Statistics of China 2024, 17 April; National Bureau of Statistics of China 2024, 16 July; National Bureau of Statistics of China 2024, 19 October; National Bureau of Statistics of China 2025, 18 January]. While the government reported a 5% growth rate for 2024, the World Bank estimated a slightly lower figure of 4.9% [World Bank 2024]. While difficult to assess, a possible discrepancy between official statistics and the real growth rate should be kept in mind. To address the perceived causes of the economic slowdown, the government launched a stimulus package. To improve liquidity, the central bank injected 1 trillion yuan into the financial system, cutting interest rates. To sustain the real estate market and stimulate spending, mortgage rates were lowered. Finally, a 10 trillion yuan debt package was launched to repair local governments’ finances, also through the issuance of ultra-long-term government bonds. In the short term, the stimulus package allowed the avoidance of a contraction in economic activity.

The year closed with the Politburo relaxing China’s monetary policy for the first time since 2010, calling for unconventional countercyclical measures, and for stabilizing the housing and stock markets [Renminwang 2024, 10 December]. Following the December Politburo meeting, Xi Jinping made critical remarks regarding the performance of the economy at the annual CEWC [Xinhua 2024, 12 December]. The December 2024 CEWC reaffirmed the Politburo’s decision to adopt a moderately loose monetary policy, raise the fiscal deficit threshold to 4%, and stabilise economic growth by boosting domestic demand and improving investment efficiency. Most major investment banks published their forecasts for 2025 before the Politburo meeting and the CEWC. Goldman Sachs predicted a 4.5% real GDP growth [‘China’s economic stimulus’ 2024, 4 December]. UBS forecasted a 4% growth [UBS 2024], and Citi a 4.2% [ ‘The global economy remains resilient’ 2024, 29 October]. In light of Donald Trump’s avowed imposition of further tariffs on China, JPMorgan’s forecast was more nuanced [‘China outlook’ 2024, 25 November].

Liquidity improvements, fiscal expansion and initiatives to support the real estate market should perhaps not be seen as piecemeal measures, but as necessary steps in a longer-term overall strategy to address structural issues. Rather than adopting the aggressive measures many international observers wished for, the leadership focused on preventing and managing risks. Most international discussions of China’s economy in 2024 have focused on such structural issues as deflationary pressures and a stagnant consumption. Relatively less attention has been devoted to two of the main risks hanging over China’s economy: the ongoing real estate crisis, and food security.

3.1. The real estate market

Until Evergrande’s default in 2021, China’s property market accounted for 25% of GDP and contributed a significant share of government revenue. Today, real estate still accounts for a large share of China’s household wealth. In 2024 the sector continued to experience a contraction, with a 20% drop in the sales of residential housing, and a 23% decrease in the development of new residential housing. The value of housing has fallen by 30% in a few years, and rents are now 15% cheaper than they were prior to COVID-19 [Sina 2024, 28 May; National Bureau of Statistics of China 2024, 16 December]. If such a simmering crisis suddenly exploded, the consequences would be felt by all of China’s trading partners. A further slump in the real estate sector would impact the nation’s GDP growth. A decline in GPD would affect global demand, harming major commodity-exporting countries. An economic slowdown could potentially impact manufacturing too, with consequences also on those countries that heavily depend on products made in China. To ease these negative impacts, countries that have built a strong interdependence with China would, in turn, have to adopt expansionary policies. Key developments in the real estate sectors have made this and similar scenarios more plausible than they were only a few years ago.

The year 2024 started with the placing of the Evergrande Group into liquidation by a Hong Kong Court, as the company was unable to present a restructuring plan for its liabilities of 325 US$ billion [Godfrey 2024, 29 January]. Liquidators were appointed to sell the company’s assets to pay for its liabilities, but most losses were apportioned to foreign creditors. Domestic creditors, such as prospective homebuyers, suppliers, and subcontractors, were shielded from losses, thanks to a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) on the enforcement of civil rulings signed by Beijing and the Hong Kong SAR. The MoU allowed the refusal of enforcement of the Hong Kong ruling in China, on grounds that the legal proceedings were initiated before a mainland Chinese court could hear the case. The liquidation hearing of Country Garden, the second conglomerate involved in the real estate crisis, was adjourned twice and will presumably be held in 2025 [Ao 2024, 29 July; Asia Financial 2024, 29 July]. Vanke, a real estate company with a 25% stake held by the city of Shenzhen, managed to avoid a default at least during the year under review. The company, however, posted a loss of 9.85 billion yuan, the first in twenty years [Bloomberg 2024, 1 September].

To prop up the real estate sector, in May the central government adopted a two-pronged strategy. The first measure aimed to boost house-buying by lowering the minimum down payment for first- and second-time home buyers to 15%, and lowering mortgage rates by 0.5 percentage points. A second measure, aimed at local governments, saw the creation of a 300 billion renminbi special facility by the People’s Bank of China [Zhongguo Zhengfuwang 2024, 30 May] The facility should enable governments to purchase finished housing, thus easing the burden on debt-laden real estate companies. Housing purchased in this way will be resold as affordable housing.

These measures don’t aim to stabilise – not to mention increase – housing demand over the short term. Given the expectation of a further decrease in real estate prices, it is unlikely that a lowering of the minimum down payment threshold will make home-buyers flock to the market. Likewise, the special facility is too small to fill the massive overt and covert losses of real estate developers. The property stimulus has rather a different logic. Its most urgent goal is to keep the real estate sector afloat, thus avoid the proverbial «grey elephant» in the room – something Xi Jinping referred to one year before setting the «three red lines» on the real estate market [Xi 2019,22 January]. Next comes the need to support local governments’ revenue and ease their debt burden, thus avoiding a potential impact of the housing market slump on the social welfare system. It is therefore unsurprising that by December 2024 the downward trend in the real estate market had not been reversed. It remains to be seen whether these measures will produce the intended effects in 2025, and for how many years they will be extended.

3.2. Food Security

Compared to his predecessors, Xi Jinping has paid much closer attention to food security. It was therefore to be expected that food security would be a major item on the Party-state agenda in 2024 as well. The People’s Republic of China has only 7% of the world’s arable land but must feed nearly 20% of the global population. Despite being the world’s leading producer of cereals, vegetables, meat and other foodstuffs, China has had to rely on grain imports to feed its population since 2004 [World Trade Organization 2024, 19 November, p. 106; World Trade Organization 2010, 26 April, p. 71]. In 2023, for instance, imports accounted for 23.3% of the grain available for human consumption. Imports have been driven by dietary changes, but also by farmland degradation, unsustainable farming practices, pollution, extreme weather events and the conversion of arable land for commercial development. Only four years ago, the country’s food self-sufficiency ratio declined to 65,8% [Liu 2024]. Notwithstanding the country’s ample food reserves, disruptions in global supply chains could cause a spike in food prices or even temporary shortages, such as those China experienced during COVID-19. Two years into the pandemic and a few months after Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the country pledged to achieve a food self-sufficiency ratio of 88% by 2031 [Guangming Ribao 2022, 21 April], while pursuing the longer-term goal of self-sufficiency. In 2024, there was thus a decrease in the import of agricultural products [Zhongguo shipin tuchan jinchukou shanghui 2024, 10 December] In January the State Council Information Office – also known as the Foreign Propaganda Bureau of the CCP – held a press conference on the agricultural and rural economy [SCIO 2024, 23 January]. The press conference paved the way for an Opinion the Central Committee and the State Council issued in February, which reinstated the minimum threshold of cultivated farmland at 1,243 million hectares [Renminwang 2024, 25 September]. Farmland protection became part of the political tasks to be achieved by provincial party committees and was linked to chances of career advancement. In April, the State Development and Reform Commission issued the New Round of Action Plan to Increase Grains Production Capability by 50 billion kilos (2024-2030). At the closing of this article, the full text of the Action Plan had not been publicly released. Its rationale and key provisions have, however, been widely publicised, and available sources suggest that the Plan contains detailed measures to implement the February Opinion. The Plan indeed recalls the broader goal of the 2020 national food security strategy, the minimum threshold of cultivated farmland set in February, and stresses the role of innovative agricultural technologies. To increase grain production, the Plan has identified six major regions, defining the tasks each one of them must fulfil to raise the yield of grain crops. Those tasks may range from water conservancy to disaster prevention, involving research on seeds and improvements in storage and logistics. Of note was also the policy to restore agricultural land in the southern provinces, and to lessen coastal areas’ reliance on grains produced in the north of China [Xinhua 2024, 9 April].

Xi Jinping further stressed the importance of food security and self-sufficiency during an inspection trip to Hunan [CCP Members’ Network 2024, 21 March], which took place only weeks before the May meeting of the Politburo. In a move vaguely reminiscent of the Third Front Movement,3 the Politburo discussed the role of central provinces as China’s main grain producers. The central region was also designated as an energy, raw materials, advanced manufacturing and high-tech industrial base [Renmin Ribao 2024, 28 May, p. 1].

Two days after the Politburo meeting the Law on Ensuring Food Security, which was enacted at the end of December 2023, came into effect [Xinhua 2023, 30 December]. The Law conceives food security as an essential aspect of national security and has the broader rationale to minimise the risk of a food crisis. The Law adopted various measures to stabilise and increase the self-sufficiency rate of the provinces where staple grains, edible oils and potatoes are produced, processed and marketed. Worth mentioning are also the revamping of the national food reserve system, the creation of a food risk fund, and of a security review mechanism targeting foreign agri-business.

The summer months saw the adoption of further farmers’ income support measures [Xinhua 2024, 11 June], justified also by narratives about farmers harvesting unripe wheat to sell it as silage, which has a higher market price than staple grains. Evidence on farmers harvesting unripe wheat is anecdotal at best. The Action Plan, however, contains measures to subsidise grains production, stabilise farmers’ income and facilitate their access to credit, suggesting how a real concern exists about these and other similar farming practices.

4. Key Developments in Law and the Legal System

2024 marked the first year of the 14th NPC Standing Committee Legislative Plan. The Plan includes 79 legislative items to be enacted or amended by 2028, 51 draft laws to be adopted with lesser urgency, and indications on future legislative projects [Xinhua 2023, 7 September; Wei 2024, 25 December]. Of the 79 laws given the highest priority, thirty-one – nearly half – were passed by the end of 2024. These 31 legislative texts focused, among others, on the agricultural sector and food security, on the economic system, and on national security and China’s external relations. The broader logic behind the Legislative Plan aligns with the third plenum decision and the economic policies for 2024. Legislation on the agricultural sector, environmental protection, mineral resources and food security reflected an intent to avert future crises. Provisions on taxation, companies, state security and external relations served the broader goal of increasing China’s multi-faceted influence. The speed with which the Legislative Plan was implemented in 2024 further underscored the importance the Party-state places on realizing Xi Jinping’s reform agenda by China’s 80th anniversary. As for the objectives set by the 14th Legislative Plans, legislative work proceeded smoothly.

The Company Law and the Law on the Protection of State Secrets, however, provoked strong reactions among domestic investors and foreign businesses, respectively. On a more positive note, limited reforms of legislative organs strengthened their oversight powers.

4.1. The Company Law

The Company Law of the People’s Republic of China came into effect on 1 July 2024 after a lengthy amendment process [Renmin Ribao 2024, 2 January]. The comprehensive revision, initiated at the end of 2021, sought to improve various aspects of corporate governance, including the registration and liquidation of corporations, corporate disclosure and, most importantly, capital contribution and shareholder rights. The amended Company Law strengthened the separation between ownership and management rights. Previously, the board of shareholders held power to decide on companies’ business directions and investment strategies. The new law transferred these powers to the board of directors instead. Legal commentators have observed that these provisions bring China’s corporate legislation closer to norms followed in civil-law and common-law jurisdictions [Chen 2024; ‘China releases new Company Law’ 2024, 10 January]. However, the revision should not be interpreted solely in comparison with other jurisdictions.

In recent years, the Chinese Communist Party has intensified efforts to establish party committees and party groups in private corporations. While the All-China Federation of Industry and Commerce works to further expand the party’s presence in private corporations [Sha 2024, 27 March], recent data show that party organizations already exist in more than 70% of private listed companies [Cheng and Zheng 2023]. Party secretaries and members of party organizations often also serve on the board of directors. In this context, strengthening the board of directors effectively bolsters the party’s influence over a significant share of China’s private economy. Reactions to the Company Law primarily centred on the new rules regarding shareholders’ liability for capital contribution. Notably, article 88 of the new Company Law made shareholders who had already sold their shares accountable for a company’s losses. In case of bankruptcy, original shareholders would therefore be liable for unpaid sums. This provision, like several other mechanisms in the new law, aims to protect creditors and curb fraudulent practices.

Previously, loopholes allowed companies to begin operations – borrowing included – by merely declaring their equity. In practice, this meant that shareholders could subscribe their shares and contribute their capital over several years. This made it possible for shareholders to avoid their payment obligations. As a company faced financial difficulties shareholders could and often would transfer their stock to persons who didn’t have the means to contribute the unpaid sums. Given the impact of Evergrande and Country Garden’s cases on China’s economic system, the rationale for article 88 is understandable. Similarly, the introduction of a five-year deadline to fully contribute the initial registered capital aligned with a will to prevent future similar crises. However, article 88 sparked significant concern among domestic investors. In November and December no fewer than 17 protests erupted in major cities, where citizens demonstrated outside people’s courts [Pomfret and Tham 2024, 23 December]. In response, in December the Legislative Affairs Commission of the National People’s Congress Standing Committee clarified that article 88 would not apply retroactively [Guo 2024, 23 December].

4.2. The Law on the Protection of State Secrets

The Law on the Protection of State Secrets was revised in February 2024 as part of a broader overhaul of China’s national security legislation [Xinhua 2024, 27 February]. Changes incorporated Xi Jinping’s holistic national security concept, which underscores the relevance of national security in the activities of state organs and enterprises, but also of private corporations and ordinary citizens. For example, article 9 of the new law introduced education on secrecy into the national education system. Additionally, 15 July was designated National Security Education Day nine years ago [Tianjin Ribao 2016, 14 April]. The amendments also broaden the notion of state security, notably through article 64, which addresses the protection of «work secrets» (gongzuo mimi – 工作秘密). Work secrets refer to information produced or collected by departments in the performance of their duties that do not fall within the scope of state secrets but could have adverse effects if leaked.

The notion of work secrets is not new. This concept already existed in the Counter-espionage Law and in the Civil Servants Law. Work secrets include information on personnel of state organs, documents on internal procedures and practices. Protecting this information is indeed necessary. However, the revised version of the law provided only a general definition of work secrets, referring to a separate document, yet to be enacted at the closing of this essay, the Measures on Managing Work Secrets.

The Secrecy Committee of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party (Zhonggong Zhongyang Baomi Weiyuanhui – 中共中央保密委员会) in 2019 issued the Temporary Measures on Managing Work Secrets, a document that has not yet been amended. While the full text of the Temporary Measures on Managing Work Secrets is difficult to obtain, official commentaries prove how this document provides a very broad definition of work secrets. A work secret, for instance, is any information that could provoke public protests if released to the public. Furthermore, state organs and state-owned firms have discretion in determining whether information not already included in the five categories set by the Temporary Measures should be considered a work secret (Fujian Province Ecology and Environment Bureau 2023, 11 November).

Coming in the wake of the 2023 revisions to the Anti-Espionage Law, the Law on the Protection of State Secrets raised significant concerns among global businesses. Businesses’ greatest concern lies in the potential use of the law to bar access to information collected through routine due diligence. If state secrets legislation were used in such a way, operation of international law, consultancies and due diligence firms in China would be impaired. The planning of new investments in a foreign country always requires an understanding of its business environment. If conducting due diligence becomes more difficult due to uncertainty about types of information which can be obtained, the Chinese market may become less attractive. Similar concerns were raised by the EU Chamber of Commerce in China. According to its position paper for 2024/2025 «the concern among foreign-invested enterprises is that China’s prioritisation of security could lead to policies that (…) create insurmountable business risks» [European Union Chamber of Commerce in China 2024, p. 5, 15].

4.3. Strengthening People’s Congresses oversight powers

In July 2024 the Third Plenum Decision called for, among others, reforms of the National People’s Congress apparatus, China’s legislative system. Reforms outlined in the Decision involved the powers of the National People’s Congress and local legislative organs, as well as the National People’s Congress’ legislative tasks. The national and local people’s congresses have the power to oversee the enforcement of laws and administrative regulations and monitor the work of local governments and judicial organs. Oversight procedures were codified in 2006 by the Law on Oversight by the Standing Committee of People’s Congresses, which introduced seven methods to monitor law enforcement and the executive. Over the past 17 years, however, the National People’s Congress Standing Committee has gradually adopted additional oversight procedures that went beyond those provided for by the Law on Oversight. These procedures included inspection of government budgets and government debt, economic policymaking, and state-owned assets. Furthermore, the National People’s Congress tried to introduce a system of hearings. Similar measures have been adopted by local people’s congresses.

Oversight methods introduced after 2006 were governed by distinct laws. In November 2024, the Law on Oversight was amended to consolidate these developments [NPC 2024, 19 December]. While the amendments did not extend beyond consolidating existing provisions, they signalled the Party-state’s intention to enhance supervision of key areas of public administration.

5. Conclusion

In January 2019, Xi Jinping pronounced words that deserve to be remembered. He said: «We must remain highly vigilant against a volatile international situation, a complex and sensitive surrounding environment (…). We must be highly vigilant against «black swan» events and guard against «grey rhinos» events. We must take the initiative to prevent risks and make wise moves to respond to and resolve risks and challenges. We must fight well the battle to prepare to prevent and defuse risks, and the strategic battle of initiative to turn danger into safety and crises into opportunities» [Xi 2019, 22 January].4 These words were addressed to an audience of provincial- and ministerial-level cadres gathered at the Central Party School for a high-level seminar on risk-prevention. At the time, few paid attention to Xi’s remarks. In the People’s Republic of China, the slogans «black swans» and «grey rhinos» attracted only two official commentaries, both published in December 2019 [Liu 2019, 9 December; Zheng 2019, 24 December]. The only two international observers who noted Xi’s warning in 2019 interpreted the metaphor in relation to the trade war, dissident intellectuals, food safety, the housing bubble and Hong Kong [Lam 2019; Sudworth 2019, 15 December].5 Eleven months after the high-level seminar, the first COVID-19 cases were officially acknowledged. China’s economy slowed to a near halt. Soon after came the downfall of Evergrande. Four years on, Xi Jinping’s words resonate differently. If in January 2019 the Party-controlled press gave little weight to his warnings, by 2024 crisis-prevention – albeit expressed through a more benevolent vocabulary of «Chinese style modernization» – had been confirmed as the core policy goal for the foreseeable future.

The notion of Chinese-style modernization has produced a narrative underpinned by ideas of exceptionalism. If the Party and the Chinese people have created the only truly successful form of modernisation, and if that form of modernisation is successful because it arises from Chinese tradition, – allegedly without any «Western» philosophical, technical or practical contribution – then China may well do without «the West». Always conveyed in optimistic, sometimes even triumphalist tones this narrative perhaps it not solely aimed at stocking the flames of ethnonationalism. It also seeks to foster acceptance among officials and citizens of a greater measure of autonomy from the global market – a market that once favoured China’s rise but has now become increasingly fragmented. Major policy measures adopted in 2024 converged towards this objective. Framing this trend through the concept of autarky would be anachronistic and would hardly reflect the Party’s predilection for an official narrative rooted in indigenous concepts. The notion of self- reliance (zili gengsheng – 自力更生) is part and parcel of China’s political culture, and it has already become a cornerstone of a political paradigm centred on ideas about risk-prevention and crisis-management. This may remain China’s dominant political paradigm in the near future.

Bibliography

Ao, Yulu, 2024, 29 July, ‘Mainland Chinese developer Country Garden gets respite in

Hong Kong liquidation case’, South China Morning Post.

Arcesati, Rebecca, Katja Drinhausen, Max J. Zenglein, 2024, 1 August, ‘Having it both ways – Third Plenum promises reforms and doubles down on Xi’s grand vision’, The Diplomat.

Asia Financial, 2024, 29 July, ‘China’s Country Garden gets 6-month reprieve on liquidation hearing’.

Bloomberg, 2024, 1 September, ‘China Vanke debt cracks exposed after first loss in 20 years.’

CCP Members’ Network, 2024, 21 March, ‘习近平在湖南考察时强调坚持改革创新求真加实 奋力谱写中国式现代化湖南篇章’ (Xi Jinping emphasizes reform, innovation, and truth-seeking during an inspection, striving to write a chapter of Chinese-style modernisation in Hunan), (https://www.12371.cn/2024/03/21/ARTI1711005831558172.shtml)

Chen, Guangdong, 2024, 26 June, ‘Embracing Change’, China Business Law Journal.

Chen, Laurie, 2024, 28 November, ‘Senior Chinese military official Miao Hua under investigation, defence ministry says’, Reuters.

Chen, Laurie, and Jessie Pang, 2024,18 July, ‘China’s Communist Party removes ex-foreign, defence ministers from top body’, Reuters.

Cheng, Shi, and Zheng Qianhong (程磊郑前宏), 2023, ‘党组织参与民营企业治理的效果与机制研究’ (Research on the effects and mechanisms of party organization’ participation in the governance of private enterprises), 经济评论 (Economic Review), 5: 53-70.

‘China releases new company law’, Baker McKenzie, 2024, 10 January.

European Union Chamber of Commerce in China, 2024, European Business in China Position Paper 2024/25.

‘China’s economic stimulus to partially offset US tariffs in 2025’, Goldman Sachs, 2024, 4 December.

‘China Outlook: Can China make it in 2025?’, J.P. Morgan, 2024, 25 November.

Fujian Province Ecology and Environment Bureau, 2023,11 November, ‘粗说工作秘密”’ (Generally speaking about “work secrets”), (https://sthjt.fujian.gov.cn/ztzl/gjaqjbmxcjy/gzzx/202402/t20240222_6398158.htm).

Gao, P., Zhang K. and Peng Z., 2024, ‘The impact of industrial digitization on the global value chains position: Evidence from China’s industry sectors’, Economic Analysis and Policy, 82, pp. 147-162.

Gereffi, Gary, Penny Bamber and Karina Fernandez-Stark, 2024, ‘China’s Evolving Role in Global Value Chains: Upgrading Strategies in an Era of Disruptions and Resilience’ in Gary Gereffi, Penny Bamber and Karina Fernandez-Stark (eds.), China’s New Development Strategies. Upgrading from Above and from Below in Global Value Chains, London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2022, pp. 1-29.

Godfrey, Paul, 2024, 29 January, ‘China Evergrande Group ordered to liquidate; Hong Kong trading suspended’, UPI.

Guangming Ribao, 2022, 21 April, ‘中国农业展望报告’ (China’s Agriculture Outlook Report) (http://www.moa.gov.cn/ztzl/ymksn/gmrbbd/202204/t20220421_6397122.htm)

Guo, Congcong (郭聪聪), 2024, 23 December, ‘事关股转责任!全国人大法工委明确:公司法第88条不泽及既往’ (Concerning the responsibility of stocks transfer! National People’s Congress Legislative Affairs Committee clarifies Article 88 of the Company Law is not retroactive), 21 经济网(https://www.21jingji.com/article/20241223/herald/2beca667e1d0f2cecb266be0964a2818.html)

Jun, May, 2024, 13 September, ‘Deputy commander of China’s army among 5 stripped of lawmaker status amid corruption probe’, South China Morning Post.

Lam, Willy Wo Lap, 2019, ‘Xi Jinping Warns Against the “Black Swans” and “Gray Rhinos” of a Possible Color Revolution’, China Brief 19, 5.

Li, Zhuoran, 2024, 3 September, ‘China’s third plenum is long overdue. That’s a red flag’, The Diplomat.

Lianhe Zaobao, 2024, 19 April, ‘中国军方成立信息支援部队 撤销原有战略支援部队’, (China’s military establishes Information Support Force, dissolves Strategic Support Force) (https://www.zaobao.com.sg/realtime/china/story20240419-3471221)

Liu, Jianhui (柳建辉), 2024, 29 February ‘中国式现代化本质要求的内在逻辑’, (The intrinsic logic and the essential requirements of Chinese-style modernisation), Jingji Ribao (http://paper.ce.cn/pc/content/202402/29/content_290290.html)

Liu, Xue (刘学), 2019, 9 December, ‘领导干部要有风险意识’, (Leading cadres should be aware of risk), Qiushiwang, (http://www.qstheory.cn/llwx/2019-12/09/c_1125324352.htm)

Liu, Yubiao (刘玉标), 2024, 30 May, ‘学深悟透习近平关于中国式现代化论述的五重维度’ (Study and understand the five aspects of Xi Jinping’s notion of Chinese-style modernisation), Zhongguo Lilunwang, (http://www.qstheory.cn/2024-05/30/c_1130154294.htm)

Liu, Zoe, 2024, ‘China Increasingly Relies on Imported Food. That’s a Problem’, Council on Foreign Relations.

McCarthy, Simone, 2024, 5 March, ‘China sets ambitious economic growth target of “around 5%” for 2024, vows to “transform” economy’, CNN.

Minzner, Carl, 2023, 27 November, ‘Delay in China’s Annual Fall Party Plenum Meeting: A Sign of Deepening Institutional Erosion?’, Council on Foreign Relations.

National Bureau of Statistics of China, 2024, 17 April, ‘一季度国内生产总值初步核算结果’ (Preliminary accounting results for the domestic GDP in Q1 2024), (https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202404/t20240429_1948771.html)

National Bureau of Statistics of China, 2024, 16 July, ‘二季度和上半年国内生产总值初步核算结果’ (Preliminary accounting results for the domestic GDP in Q2 and H1 2024), (https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202407/t20240716_1955649.html)

National Bureau of Statistics of China, 2024, 19 October, ‘三季度国内生产总值初步核算结果’ (Preliminary accounting results for the domestic GDP in Q3 2024), (https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202410/t20241019_1957083.html)

National Bureau of Statistics of China, 2024, 16 December, ‘20241–11月份全国房地产市场基本情况’ (Basic conditions of the national real estate market, Jan-Nov 2024), (https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202412/t20241216_1957761.html)

National Bureau of Statistics of China, 2025, 18 January, ‘季度国内生产总值初步核算结果’ (Preliminary accounting results for the domestic GDP in Q4 2024), (https://www.stats.gov.cn/sj/zxfb/202501/t20250118_1958363.html)

[NPC 2024, 19 December] ‘中华人民共和国各级人民代表大会常务委员会监督法’ (Law of the People’s Republic of China on Oversight by the Standing Committee of People’s Congresses) (http://www.npc.gov.cn/npc/c2/c30834/202412/t20241219_441639.html)

Cheng, Meia, and Erik Green, 2024, 23 July, ‘The CCP’s third plenum: economic reforms, strategic continuity’, International Institute for Strategic Studies.

Pomfret, James, and Engen Tham, 2024, 23 December, ‘After protests, China reverses course on law that hurt shareholders’, Reuters.

Qu, Qingshan (曲青山), 2023, 16 February, ‘推进中国式现代化的行动指南’ (An action guide for promoting Chinese-style modernisation), Gongchandangyuanwang, (https://www.12371.cn/2023/02/16/ARTI1676510475444132.shtml)

Renminwang, 2024, 10 February, ‘习近平主持召开中央全面深化改革委员会第四次会议强调’ 增强土地要素对优势地区高质量发展保障能力 进一步提升基层应急管理能力’ (Xi Jinping presides over the fourth session of the Central Committee for Comprehensively Deepening reform stressing the enhancing of the ability of land factors to guarantee high quality development in advantaged regions, and the further improvement grassroots emergency managing capabilities) (http://politics.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0220/c1024-40179570.html)

Renminwang, 2024, 2 March, ‘近平在中共中央政治局第十二次集体学习时强调 大力推动我国新能源高质量发展’ (Xi Jinping stresses vigorously promoting the high quality development of the country’s energy sources at the XII Politburo Collective Study Session) (http://cpc.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0302/c64094-40187282.html)

Renminwang, 2024, 12 March, 中华人民共和国国务院组织法’ (Organic Law of the State Council of the People’s Republic of China) (http://lianghui.people.com.cn/2024/n1/2024/0312/c458561-40193884.html)

Renminwang, 2024, 1 May, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议决定召开二十届三中全会’ (The Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party convenes to decide the holding of the third plenary session of the 20th Central Comittee) (http://politics.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0501/c1024-40227711.html)

Renminwang, 2024, 31 July, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议分析研究当前经济形势和经济工作’ (Central Committee Politburo convenes meeting to analyse and conduct research on the current status of the economy and economic work) (http://cpc.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0731/c64094-40289320.html)

Renminwang, 2024, 25 September, ‘中共中央办公厅国务院办公厅关于加强耕地保护提升耕地质量完善占补平衡的意见’ (Opinion of the General Office of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party on strengthening arable land protection, improving arable land’s quality and improving the balance between land occupation and compensation for occupied land) (https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/202409/content_6976192.htm)

Renminwang, 2024, 27 September, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议分析研究当前经济形势和经济工作’ (Central Committee Politburo convenes meeting to analyse and conduct research on the current status of the economy and economic work) (http://cpc.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0927/c64094-40329327.html.)

Renminwang, 2024, 10 December, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议分析研究二〇二五年经济工作’ (Central Committee Politburo convenes meeting to analyse and conduct research on 2025 economic work) (http://cpc.people.com.cn/n1/2024/1210/c64094-40378895.html)

Renmin Ribao, 2024, 2 January, ‘中华人民共和国公司法’ (Company Law of the People’s Republic of China) p. 14.

Renmin Ribao, 2024, 28 May, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议审议《新时代推动中部地区加快崛起的若干政策措施’, (Central Committee Politburo convenes meeting to review and approve “Several policy measures to promote the rapid rise of the central region in the new era”) p. 1.

Reuters, 2024, 4 March, ‘China ends 30-year tradition: premier’s annual press conference’.

Sina, 2024, 28 May, ‘高善文最新思考:这几年房价跌30%、房租跌15%,并不是非理性泡沫破裂’ (Gao Shanwen’s latest reflections: the 30% drop in housing prices and the 15% drop in rents are not an irrational bubble burst) (https://finance.sina.com.cn/stock/roll/2024-05-28/doc-inawuuxx6638035.shtml)

[SCIO 2024, 23 January] ‘国効报告:2023年农业群乡经济运行情况简报’ (National effectiveness report: Briefing on the operation of agricultural groups and townships in 2023), 2023, 23 January (https://www.gov.cn/lianbo/fabu/202401/content_6927911.htm)

Sudworth, John, 2019, 15 December, ‘Hong Kong protests test Beijing’s «foreign meddling» narrative’, BBC.

Tan, Clement, 2024, 4 March, ‘China boosts military spending by 7.2%, vows to “resolutely” deter Taiwan “separatist activities”’, CNBC.

‘The global economy remains resilient’, Citi, 2024, 29 October.

The Strait Times, 2024, 26 December, ‘China ousts 2 military lawmakers as Xi’s defence purge widens’.

Tianjin Ribao, 2016, 14 April, ‘新国家安全法简析’ (A simple analysis of China’s New State Security Law) (http://npc.people.com.cn/n1/2016/0414/c14576-28275226.html)

UBS, 2024, ‘Our 2025 Outlook for China’s Economy’.

U.S. Department of Defense, 2024, Military and Security Developments involving the People’s Republic of China 2024. Annual Report to Congress.

Sha, Yuchao, (沙育超) 2024, 27 March, ‘关于工商联加强和改进民企党建工作的思考’ (Thoughts on the All-China Federation of Industry and Commerce strengthening and improving Party-building in private enterprises) Zhonghua Gongshang Shibao, (https://www.acfic.org.cn/fgzs/ldjh/202403/t20240327_200701.html)

Wei, Changhao 2024, 25 December, “Legislation: 14th National People’s Congress”, NPC Observer.

World Bank, 2024, Reviving Demand, Regaining Momentum. China Economic Update. December 2024

World Trade Organization, 2024, 19 November, Trade Policy Review Report by the Secretariat. China, WT/TPR/S/458/Rev.1

World Trade Organization 2010, 26 April, Trade Policy Review Report by the Secretariat. China, WT/TPR/S/230/

Xi, Jinping, (习近平) 2019, 22 January, ‘习近平:警惕黑天鹅” 防范灰犀牛’, (Xi Jinping: Beware of “black swans” and be on guard against “gray rhinos”), Renmin Ribao, (http://money.people.com.cn/n1/2019/0122/c42877-30583468.html)

Xi, Jinping, (习近平), 2025, ‘以中国式现代化全面推进强国建设、民族复兴伟业’ (Comprehensively promote the construction of strong state and great cause of the rejuvenation of the nation through Chinese-style modernisation), Qiushi, 1 (http://www.qstheory.cn/20241231/d21bd57c012d4d29824219effd18ca35/c.html)

Xiao, Josh, and Rebecca Choong Wilkins, 2024, 18 July, ‘China Ousts Ex-Foreign Minister Qin Gang From Elite Party Body’, Bloomberg.

Xinhua, 2020, 12 October, ‘中共中央印发《中国共产党中央委员会工作条例》’ (The Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party issues the “Regulations on the Work of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party”) (https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/2020-10/12/content_5550656.htm)

Xinhua, 2023, 7 September, ‘十四届全国人大常委会立法规划’ (The Legislative Plan of the XIV Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress) (http://www.news.cn/politics/2023-09/07/c_1129851114.htm)

Xinhua, 2023, 12 December, ‘中央经济工作会议在北京举行 习近平发表重要讲话’ (Central Economic Work Conference held in Beijing. Xi Jinping delivers an important speech) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202312/content_6919834.htm)

Xinhua, 2023, 30 December, ‘中华人民共和国粮食安全保障法’ (Law of the People’s Republic of China on Ensuring Food Security) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202312/content_6923387.htm)

Xinhua, 2024, 27 February, ‘中华人民共和国保守国家秘密法’ (Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Protection of State Secrets) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202402/content_6934648.htm)

Xinhua, 2024, 9 April, ‘全方位夯实国家粮食安全根基——国家发展改革委负责人就《新一轮千亿斤粮食产能提升行动方案(2024—2030年)》答记者问’ (Comprehensively consolidate the foundation of national food security – the responsible person of the National Development and Reform Commission answers reporters’ questions on the “New Round of Action Plan to Increase Grains Production Capability by 50 billion kilos (2024-2030)”), (https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/202404/content_6944054.htm)

Xinhua, 2024a, 7 March, ‘习近平在出席解放军和武警部队代表团全体会议时强调 强化使命担当 深化改革创新 全面提升新兴领域战略能力’ (Xi Jinping participates to the plenary meeting of the People’s Armed Forces and People’s Armed Police delegation, stressing our mission and responsibility: deepen reform and innovation and comprehensively enhance strategic capabilities in emerging fields) (http://www.news.cn/politics/20240306/9fb11dd72afe42a9b85a5a06fe31d4e4/c.html)

Xinhua, 2024b, 7 March, ‘坚定信心、真抓实干,把各方面的干劲带起来”——习近平总书记参加江苏代表团审议侧记’ (Strengthen our confidence, work hard and boost the enthusiasm of all parties. A side note on General Secretary Xi Jinping’s participation to the deliberations of the Jiangsu delegation) (http://www.news.cn/politics/20240307/356d54a4d6d0401f8b7d74497ebf84e8/c.html)

Xinhua, 2024c, 7 March, ‘风物长宜放眼量——习近平总书记看望参加政协会议的民革科技界环境资源界委员并参加联组会侧记’ (Take a long-term view of things. General Secretary Xi Jinping visits the members of the Revolutionary Committee of the Chinese Kuomintang, and of the science and technology, environment and resources circles who attend the Political-Consultative Conference meeting and participates to their group meetings) (http://www.news.cn/politics/20240307/9b9c5c63989142a7b9fd4746886648d5/c.html)

Xinhua, 2024, 11 March, ‘为推进中国式现代化注入强大动力——习近平总书记同出席2024年全国两会人大代表、政协委员共商国是纪实’ (Inject strong impetus into promoting Chinese-style modernisation. A record of General Secretary Xi Jinping’s participation in discussions on state affairs with delegates to the 2024 national two sessions of the National People’s Congress and the Political-Consultative Conference) (http://www.news.cn/politics/leaders/20240311/4c51b5e222c04df9a04a167e611228a2/c.html)

Xinhua, 2024, 19 April, ‘中国人民解放军信息支援部队成立大会在京举行 习近平向信息支援部队授予军旗并致训词’ (Founding ceremony of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army Information Support Force held in Beijing. Xi Jinping awards the military flag to the Information Support Force and delivers a speech) (http://politics.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0419/c1024-40219689.html)

Xinhua, 2024, 11 June, ‘习近平主持召开中央全面深化改革委员会第五次会议’ (Xi Jinping presides over the V Session of the Central Committee for Comprehensively Deepening Reform) (http://www.qizhiwang.org.cn/n1/2024/0611/c422351-40254546.html)

Xinhua, 2024, 27 June, ‘中共中央政治局召开会议 讨论拟提请二十届三中全会审议的文件 中共中央总书记习近平主持会议’ (The Political Bureau of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party holds a meeting to discuss the documents submitted for consideration by the Third Plenary Session of the 20th Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party. General Secretary Xi Jinping presides over the meeting.) http://politics.people.com.cn/n1/2024/0627/c1024-40265720.html

Xinhua, 2024, 21 July, ‘中共中央关于进一步全面深化改革推进中国式现代化的决定’, (Central Committee Decision on Further Comprehensively Deepening Reform to Advance Chinese-Style Modernisation) (https://www.gov.cn/zhengce/202407/content_6963770.htm)

Xinhua, 2024, 22 July, ‘《中共中央关于进一步全面深化改革、推进中国式现代化的决定》诞生记’ (How the Central Committee Decision on Further Comprehensively Deepening Reform to Advance Chinese-Style Modernisation was born) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202407/content_6964010.htm)

Xinhua, 2024, 12 December, ‘中央经济工作会议在北京举行 习近平发表重要讲话’ (Central Economic Work Conference held in Beijing. Xi Jinping delivers an important speech) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202412/content_6992258.htm)

Xinhua, 2024, 25 December, ‘2024年中国正风反腐成绩单”’ (China’s anticorruption “scorecard” in 2024) (https://www.ccdi.gov.cn/yaowenn/202412/t20241225_396505_m.html)

Zhang, Chunlin, 2019, ‘How Much Do State-Owned Enterprises Contribute to China’s GDP and Employment’, World Bank Group.

Zhongguo Shipin Tuchan Jinchukou Shanghui 2024, 10 December, ‘统计快报. 20241-11月我国农产品贸易统计快报’ (Express statistical reports. Express statistical report of our country’s trade in agricultural products from January to November 2024) (https://www.cccfna.org.cn/meirigengxin/ff808081938b36b70193af9d60bf0657.html)

Zhongguo Zhengfuwang 2024, 5 March, ‘最全!50个动态场景看2024《政府工作报告》全文’ (It’s full text! 50 dynamic visualizations to read the full text of the 2024 “Government Work Report”) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202403/content_6936260.htm)

Zhongguo Zhengfuwang 2024, 30 May, ‘国务院5月重要政策’ (Major policies of the State Council in May) (https://www.gov.cn/yaowen/liebiao/202405/content_6954591.htm)

1 Historical data about the timing and content of third plenums of the Chinese Communist Party have been collected and compiled by this author using the Zhongguo Gongchandang lici quangguo daibiaodahui shujuku – 中国共产党历次全国代表大会数据库 (Database on National Congresses of the Chinese Communist Party).

2 Meetings of the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party cannot be held simultaneously with meetings of the National People’s Congress and the Political Consultative Conference. Central Committee members hold key positions in both of these organs, precluding concurrent sessions. Most importantly, the Central Committee has the prerogative to establish general policy orientations which are subsequently received and implemented by legislative and united-front organs. If the National People’s Congress or the Political Consultative Conference were to meet before the Central Committee, China’s decision-making hierarchy would be overturned, which is equally inconceivable.

3 The Third Front Movement was a campaign aimed at building infrastructures and factories in the interior of the country, to prepare for a potential armed conflict with the United States or the Soviet Union. The campaign was launched in 1964 and lasted for ten years.

4 «Black swans» are very rare and unpredictable events that may produce extreme consequences. «Grey rhinos» refer to well-known risks that could lead to a crisis if ignored. The «black swan» metaphor was employed by David Hume, John Stuart Mill and Karl Popper, before being popularised by Nassim Nicholas Taleb. The «grey rhino» metaphor was introduced in Michele Wucker’s The gray rhino: how to recognize and act on the obvious dangers we ignore. The book was translated in Chinese in 2017 and soon became a bestseller.

5Most international commentaries on the metaphor were published after the COVID-19 pandemic had already erupted.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Asia Maior in 2024: Under the sign of a declining democracy

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

In 2024, the main developments characterizing the situation in Asia Maior1 were the same ones highlighted in the three previous issues of this journal, namely the growing tensions in the US-China relationship, the authoritarian involution ongoing in most Asian countries (as elsewhere in the world) and, finally, the fallout from the wars ongoing in Western Eurasia.

In 2024 no radically new happening has modified these trends, discussed at length in the previous three Asia Maior volumes. Or, more accurately, the only radically new development that did happen took place outside Asia, being represented by Donald J. Trump’s election to the US Presidency on 5 November. This is an event bound to heavily impact on the situation in Asia (as, of course, the world at large), radically influencing, one way or another, all the three trends which this journal has single out as characterizing the evolution of Asia. But, of course, the impact of the November 2024 election in the US will take place and become visible only once Trump comes into office (on 20 January 2025); therefore, it is outside the scope of this essay.

If, however, it is true that no major change has characterised the evolution of the three major ongoing developments in Asia, something has happened which has cast much light on one of them, namely the process of authoritarian involution. The issue here is not so much that unexpected new developments or noteworthy changes have taken place in the ongoing contraction of freedom in Asia Maior – although a few minor ones did take place – but the fact that an unusually high number of elections has supplied a lot of information on the modalities of the current authoritarian process and the (rare) counter-tendency which are nevertheless at work to reverse it.

As this author has already noted in the past, the degree of freedom or lack of it in any given country varies even in autocracies, and, in the past years, in Asia, the existing (and more or less limited) degree of freedom has been undergoing a visible and conspicuous contraction even in openly authoritarian countries.2 Therefore, discussing the state of democracy in Asia by analyzing the modalities, results and consequences of the elections which took place there in 2024 gives us only a partial view of the general

Table 1 – Elections in Asia in 2024

Country

Date

Kind of election

1

Bangladesh

7 January

Legislative

2

Bhutan

9 January

Legislative (2nd round)

3

Taiwan

13 January

Presidential & legislative

4

Azerbaijan

7 February

Presidential

1st September

Legislative

5

Pakistan

8 February

Legislative

6

Indonesia

14 February

Presidential & legislative at the national, provincial and regency level

27 November

election of regional heads

7

Cambodia

25 February

Senate

8

South Korea

10 April

Legislative

9

India

19 April – 1st June

Legislative

10

Maldives

21 April

Legislative

11

Thailand

9-26 June

Senate

12

Mongolia

28 June

Legislative

13

Iran

1 March

Legislative (1st round) and Assembly of Experts

10 May

Legislative (2nd round)

28 June and 5 July

Presidential

14

Sri Lanka

21 September

Presidential

14 November

Legislative

15

Uzbekistan

27 October

Legislative

16

Japan

27 October

Legislative

situation. However, although partial, the view offered by elections held in 16 countries, including some of the most populous in the world, represent a highly significant statistical sample to assess the health of democracy and freedom in Asia. Therefore, the remainder of this essay is focussed on this topic.

dc

As noted by Joshua Kurlantzick of the Council on Foreign Relations, «despite all the voting, 2024 was not exactly the year of democracy».3 As argued by Kurlantzick and explained at length in the articles collected in this volume, autocratic leaders made use of a variety of means – cheating, detention of political adversaries, intimidation of the media, draining the economic resources available to opposing parties – to assure their own permanence in power. This does not detract from the fact that some of the elections carried out in 2024 in Asia were effective democratic exercises, which changed the local political set up. Accordingly, the many elections which took place in Asia Maior in the year under review can be seen as an opportune Ariadne’s thread that will enable us to find our way through the labyrinth of the domestic politics of the Asian states. We will follow this thread not according to the chronological order of the elections, but rather on the basis of the demographic relevance of the nations involved. Which, of course, brings us to start our examination with the most populous democracy not only in Asia but in the world, namely India.

dc

This journal has been documenting the continuous democratic involution ongoing in India since Narendra Modi’s ascent to the prime ministership. While India still boasts to be the largest democracy in the world, the ongoing democratic involution has gradually transformed the South Asian country into an electoral autocracy or – to make use of an Italian term which conflates «democrazia (democracy)» and «dittatura (dictatorship)» – into a «democratura», namely something in between a democracy and a dictatorship.

In 2024, on the eve of the Indian general elections, practically any forecaster was convinced that Narendra Modi and its BJP would effortlessly bag their third consecutive victory, winning an absolutely majority at the Lok Sabha (the Lower House, with predominant powers). In fact, Modi was openly aiming to win a two-thirds majority for the BJP, and appeared convinced he would be able to achieve it. This, in turn, would have made possible a change of the Constitution, formally transforming the theoretically still secular Indian republic into a Hindu Rashtra, that is, a Hindu state.

These forecasts were based on a plethora of factors, but, among them, perhaps the most realistic and, therefore, most convincing one was the fact that, as any intelligent independent observer could easily realize, the playing political field, far from being a level one, was heavily skewed

Table 2 – Asian countries where elections were held in 2024 ranked by population

1

India

1,463,865,525

2

Indonesia

285,721,236

3

Pakistan

255,219,554

4

Bangladesh

175,686,899

5

Japan

123,103,479

6

Iran

92,417,681

7

Thailand

71,619,863

8

South Korea

51,667,029

9

Uzbekistan

37,053,428

10

Sri Lanka

23,229,470

11

Taiwan

23,112,793

12

Cambodia

17,847,982

13

Azerbaijan

10,397,713

14

Mongolia

3,517,100

15

Bhutan

796,682

16

Maldives

529,676

Source: Worldometer (https://www.worldometers.info/population/countries-in-asia-by-population/)

in favour of Narendra Modi and the BJP. As pointed out in this same volume by James Manor, the ruling BJP had a number of unfair advantages. Not only it had vastly more money to spend than all other parties put together, but, as if that was not enough, the bank accounts of the Congress Party, the BJP’s main rival, were frozen on dubious legal grounds. Also, the leader of another prominent rival party was jailed, again on dubious legal charges. Equally important, Modi had gained full control of the Election Commission which, far from ensuring fairness, as it was supposed to do, helped him. On 110 occasions, the Election Commission took no action when Modi’s speeches, during the electoral campaign, violated the existing model code of conduct. Modi also controlled most print, television and online news outlets.4

Quite unexpectedly, however, in spite of all the BJP’s unfair advantages, the result of the elections was that, although Modi-led BJP remained the biggest party in the new Lok Sabha, not only it did not reach the two third majority to which Modi had openly aimed – and which would have allowed to change the constitution – but lost the absolute majority which it had enjoyed in the previous two terms. This, in turn, forced Modi to form a coalition government with two other parties, whose support was necessary to have a majority. Apparently, therefore, Modi’s victory at the 2024 general election had been a pyrrhic one, which prompted most observers to conjecture that Modi would be forced to reverse, or at least slow down, his unrelenting drive aimed at building an increasingly authoritarian Hindu Rashtra. Unfortunately, as again documented by James Manor in this same volume, this did not happen. Modi’s relentless and systematic hollowing out of a whole array of political institutions, his government’s harassment of non-governmental organisations, the smothering of independent voices, the demonization and brutalization of India’s Muslim and Christian minorities continued unabated. While opposition forces in India, at both the political and grass roots levels, were still active, Modi continued to unwaveringly carrying out his authoritarian design. And the possibility that it could be stopped in a near foreseeable future appeared to be decidedly scanty.

dc

In a way, the elections in Indonesia, the third most populous country in Asia were, technically speaking, even more impressive that the ones in India. On 14 February, in the world biggest single day election, Indonesian voters chose a new president and vice president, a new parliament and the members of regional legislatures at the province and regency/municipal level.5 Some months later, on 27 November, in the «simultaneous regional election», they chose 37 governors and vice governors (the heads of the provinces),6 415 regents and vice-regents (the heads of the regencies, namely the mainly rural administrative divisions below the province and above the districts) and 93 mayors and vice-mayors (the heads of the cities, the urban administrative division that, in Indonesia, is on a par with the regency).7

Under the system in place, the president and vice president are elected in tandem by majority vote, whereas the lawmakers are elected according to a proportional representative system. Also, the president/vice president duo is elected at the first round if it wins at least 50% plus a fraction of the overall vote and at least 20% of the votes in more than half the country’s provinces. On their part, in order to be represented in the National Assembly, the parties must pass a threshold of 4% of all valid votes. This threshold, however, does not apply for regional legislatures.8 In the case of the election of the regional heads, the electoral system is the first-past-the-post.9

The two waves of elections took place in the concluding months of the second and, according to the Constitution, final term of President Joko «Jokowi» Widodo. Although technically on the eve of political retirement, Jokowi played a key role in both waves of elections and, most particularly, in the election of the new president. As pointed out by Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter Carey in this volume10 and by other analysts elsewhere, Joko Widodo’s activism aimed to prefigure a political situation in which, even after the end of his presidential term, he would continue to retain considerable political power through his ability to influence the new president and the main parties represented in the legislative assemblies.

When first elected and at the start of his incumbency, Joko Widodo had been seen as a bright hope for Indonesian democracy. However, in the course of the years, his democratic credentials had dimmed, his government style had become increasingly authoritarian and, by the end of his ten-year incumbency, the former democratic champion had morphed into «a despot prepared to bend the political establishment to his will».11 In particular, in the concluding two years of his 10-year presidency, Jokowi ruthlessly operated in order to maintain his political power. After vainly trying to be allowed to run for an unconstitutional third term or, at least, to have his second term extended, Joko Widodo entered into an alliance with another candidate to the presidency, Prabowo Subianto. It was an alliance predicated on Prabowo’s acceptance as his running mate, namely as the candidate to the vice-presidency, of Jokowi’s eldest son, Gibran Rakabuming Raka. Gibran’s candidacy itself was made possible by a constitutional amendment which lowered the minimum age of a candidate in order to accommodate the 36-year-old Gibran. As noted by Tirtosudarmo and Carey, the fact that the serving Constitutional Court Chief Justice, Anwar Usman, was Jokowi’s brother-in-law, «was not immaterial to this case».12 Eventually, Usman’s decision cost him his job, as he was voted out of office by his peers just a week after his controversial ruling. But, by then, the harm had been done and the path to the alliance between Jokowi and Prabowo had been paved.

In a way, that of Jokowi was an alliance with the devil, as Prabowo’s past was a very controversial one. A former general who had headed the murderous Indonesian Special Forces (Kopassus) in 1995-1998, Prabowo had been an active participant in the genocidal repression in Timor Leste, had been suspected to be the responsible of the abduction, disappearance and murder of Indonesian democracy activists, and had allegedly attempted, although unsuccessfully, to force then President Habibie to appoint him army chief of Staff, by threatening to militarily take over the presidential palace and imprison Habibie (24 May 1998). After having been dismissed from the army and forced to go into voluntary exile, Prabowo had returned to Indonesia and undertaken a very successful business career, which, eventually, had opened his path to his entering politics. In 2008 Prabowo created his own political party, Gerindra, and in 2014 and 2019, entered the presidential elections, losing to Jokowi. However, Jokowi and Prabowo eventually formed an alliance, and the latter was appointed minister of Defence during Jokowi’s second presidential term (2019-2024). In the course of time, the relationship between the President and his Minister of Defence became increasingly close and, once it became clear that Jokowi could not run for a third term, a pact between the two was made. It was predicated on Jokowi’s support for Prabowo’s candidacy as president and the latter’s acceptance of Jokowi’s son Gibran as his running mate. 13

No doubt, Jokowi’s support was a crucial element in strengthening Prabowo’s possibility to win the Presidency. First, Jokowi still enjoyed a considerable popular appeal; second, and equally important, much of Jokowi appeal was based on a network of non-party political organizations and an army of «buzzers», namely influencers, who, as such, were skilful in the utilization of social media.

Identified by some analysts as «cyber troops», characterized by three crucial features, «being secretly funded, highly coordinated, and involving mostly anonymous accounts»,14 these cyber troops crafted a completely new image of Prabowo. Still in 2014 and 2019, when unsuccessfully campaigning for the Presidency, Prabowo had presented himself as a strongman and had «frequently donned his military uniform and rode his horse on stage like a victorious marshal».15 Now, in 2024, particularly thanks to a massive and skilful use of the TikTok network, Prabowo image was transformed in that of «a sweet (gemoy) grandad, dancing (joget) his way across the stage».16 It was an extremely successful campaign, which completely obscured Prabowo’s bleak past and convinced «a majority of voters from the Millennial and Gen Z generations, who made up more than half the electorate» to vote for the Prabowo/Gibran duo.17

Third, apart from his perduring popularity and the support of his cyber troops, Jokowi, whose presidential term was to expire on 19 October, was still in the position to mobilize state resources in support of his preferred candidates. In doing so, both seductions and threats were massively used. The former «took the form of direct free social welfare handouts or “bansos” (bantuan sosial) through the local village (desa) and urban ward (kampung) heads».18 The latter found expression in the discreet warning by police officers to village heads that corruption investigations would be launched, but would be dropped in the event of Prabowo’s victory.19

The result of all this was the victory of the Prabowo/Gibran duo at the first round of the presidential election, with 58% of the votes. While the Prabowo/Gibran victory – officially announce on 20 March – was far from being unexpected, what had been unforeseen was that it could take place in the first round. This could not but strengthen both the political position of Prabowo and Jokowi’s influence on him. A direct consequence of Prabowo’s triumph was that the alliance of parties which had supported his candidacy, the Advanced Indonesia Coalition (Koalisi Indonesia Maju or KIM), expanded, including some additional parties and becoming KIM plus.20

Nonetheless, as noted by Tirtosudarmo and Carey, the results of the conterminous legislative elections «did not go all Jokowi’s way».21 Rather surprisingly, given the magnitude of the victory of the Prabowo/Gibran duo, it was a party which had not backed Prabowo at the presidential election, namely the centre-left secular-nationalist Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (Partai Demokrasi Indonesia Perjuangan or PDI-P), led by Megawati Sukarnoputri, which «won the highest number of seats (110 out of 580), or 19% of the seats contested, in the Indonesian parliament». This had been made possible by the fact that the PDI-P had «garnered the largest percentage (15%) of the popular vote (25,000,000)».22

The legislative results showed how politically powerful the PDI-P remained at the grass roots, particularly in its traditional stronghold in Central Java. Also, the emergence of the KIM plus, which de facto included all major political parties but the one headed by Megawati, revealed that the PDI-P was the only political force able and willing to play an effective opposition role. This explains why both Prabowo and Jokowi set to work to isolate the PDI-P and to consolidate their political power through a new victory in the forthcoming regional heads elections. Jokowi, still in power, on 22 July signed a Presidential Regulation permitting faith-based mass organisations to extract natural resources. This permit, rejected by Chrisian organisations but accepted by the two largest grassroots Muslim organisations, the Nahdlatul Ulama (NU) and the Muhammadiyah, had the transparent goal to assure their political support for the candidates sponsored by Jokowi and Prabowo. Also, in the attempt to favour the major parties gathered in the KIM plus, Jokowi endeavoured to revoke the Constitutional Court’s ruling of 20 August 2024, which «drastically reduced the percentage of popular vote required of political parties to propose their own candidates for governor and mayor in the upcoming local election».23 It was a reduction which favoured the smaller parties, mainly outside the KIM plus coalition. It was an attempt, which, however, spectacularly failed, because of the wave of protest which engulfed the country, determining a visible decline in Jokowi’s own popularity. On his part, Prabowo, in a speech on 28 August, openly theorized the coming together of the «Indonesian elites» and the fact that there was no need for «opposition, conflicts».24 This «coming together» became visible when the names of the members of the new government were announced on 20 October, the day when Prabowo’s presidential term officially started. They included not only members drawn from Prabowo’s own party and many Jokowi’s loyalists,25 but representatives of all the major Indonesian parties, with the exception of the PDI-P.26

These manoeuvring took place in a contest in which Jokowi’s policies during his presidential terms had brought about an enhanced centralisation of power, «making regional governments more dependent on Jakarta for funding, licensing and regulatory approvals».27 Not surprisingly, in this situation both candidates and voters appeared aware of the advantage for local governments to have good political connections with Jakarta. This, of course, could not but advantage the candidates fielded by the KIM plus coalition in the forthcoming regional heads elections.

The end result of this configuration of factors was the success at the regional heads elections of 27 November of the candidates of the parties belonging to the coalition in power, and, in particular, of Prabowo’s own party, Gerindra.28 Megawati’s PDI-P spectacularly lost even in areas formerly considered as its strongholds, such as West, Central and East Java. Its only consolation prize was its «wafer thin (50.07%) first round victory» in the contest for the Jakarta governorship.

Summing up, at the end of a year signed by two massive waves of elections in the third most populous country in Asia – which is also, after India and the US, the third largest country making use of regular elections – the outlook for democracy appeared decidedly negative. What had happened in 2024 could be assessed as representing the beginning of a most likely return to the earlier authoritarian regime, namely the New Order military-style administration of Prabowo’s father-in-law, Suharto. As Professor Yatun Sastramidjaja pithily remarked: «Some 26 years after the end of the authoritarian New Order rule, this election year marked the triumphant consolidation of power of an oligarchic elite that is poised to pursue its interests by hijacking democratic institutions».29 As documented by Tirtosudarmo and Carey in their articles in this journal, and as pointed out by Yatun Sastramidjaja in her article in ‘Inside Indonesia’, this is an illiberal turn that does not come as a surprise, as has been in the making since 2017, becoming increasingly strong since the 2019 elections, which saw the beginning of Joko Widodo’s second presidential term.

dc

In Pakistan, the general election took place in a situation in which the real political power – as during most of Pakistan history – was in the hands of the military. The most popular politician in the country, Imran Khan, who had been prime minister from August 2018 to April 2022, had eventually been removed from power through a no-confidence motion. As noted by Marco Corsi, although the ousting of the Khan government had been officially motivated by economic misrule, it was ultimately driven by friction over foreign and domestic policy decisions, which had resulted in Khan losing the support of the Army.30

After his removal from power, Khan went through a veritable way of sorrows, becoming the target on an attempted assassination (November 2022) and being accused of a colourful, multiple and not very credible series of crimes. These crimes included corruption, buying and selling gifts in state possession, leaking state secrets, breaching Islamic marriage law. Always convicted with sentences which were often ultimately overturned, at the beginning of 2024, on the eve of the general election, Imran Khan was in jail. Also, his party, the Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI), was barred from competing in the election, while many party leaders were jailed, and their relatives, supporters and independent journalists were allegedly harassed by the military. This did not prevent the politicians affiliated with Khan’s PTI to compete in the election as independent candidates, securing not less than 101 parliamentary seats for themselves. This made the officially non-existing PTI the strongest party in a National Assembly of 342 members. Nonetheless, this was not sufficient to open the way to power for the PTI members. As detailed by Marco Corsi, protracted negotiations culminated in the formation of a government coalition which excluded the PTI members and was purportedly endorsed by the military establishment.31

While Imran Khan’s popularity remained paramount, the political playing field continued to be under the control of the military, which not only had marginalized Imran Khan but had played a dominant role in shaping the electoral outcome and the formation of the new government. A further demonstration of the military’s willingness to permanently put Imran Khan and his party out of business through legal means came in December, when Imran Khan and no less than 142 other PTI members were indicted by the Rawalpindi Anti-Terrorism Court.32

dc

In Bangladesh, the general election was held in January 2024, after a year of increasing political tension, characterized by recurring clashes between the police and opposition political parties. The election was boycotted by the main opposition parties and took place amid widespread allegations – voiced not only by the opposition but also by international observers – of foul play on the part of Awami League, the ruling party. Not surprisingly, in an election which was neither free nor inclusive, the connivance of the bureaucracy and law enforcement agencies resulted in a smashing victory for the Awami League. This assured the continuation in power as prime minister of Sheik Hasina for the fourth consecutive time.33

Sheikh Hasina’s fraudulent victory, however, did not stop the ongoing political struggle against her rule, which was spearheaded by the students. At the beginning of August, the situation had become so tense that, while the police carried out night-time raids to arrest the students involved in the protests, the government gave the police a «shoot-on-sight» order, deployed the Army and shut down internet access for 10 days. However, on 3 August, while a new and bigger student demonstration was gathering in Dhaka, calling for the Government’s resignation, the chief of Army Staff, General Waker-Uz-Zaman, announced that the Army would not take part in the ongoing police crackdown against protesters.

This was the turning point in the political struggle, as two days later, on 5 August, Hasina fled to India by helicopter. Bangladeshi President Mohammed Shahabuddin stepped in, dissolved the parliament and called Nobel prize Muhammad Yunus to head a provisional government with the title of chief adviser. While, as explained by Silvia Tieri and Raian Hossain, the situation remained difficult, what had come to be known as the Monsoon Revolution had opened the path – maybe one that was anything but wide and easy to walk – toward a new phase in the political history of the country. A democratic restoration, accompanied by the fight against rampant corruption, and the pursuit of a more equitable growth, now appeared to be a concrete possibility, even if, by no way, a foregone conclusion.

dc

Summing up what has been written so far, elections in the four most populous Asian democracies had not brought about any improvement in the respective democratic spaces – although, in the case of Bangladesh, this result had later been rectified by the «Monsoon Revolution». The case of the fifth most populous Asian democracy, Japan, however, is different. In a country where, contrarily to what was the case in the Asian countries discussed so far, elections were not expected, they not only took place but, according to some analysts – including Raymond Yamamoto and Marco Zappa, the authors of the Japan article published in this volume 34 – brought about a strengthening of the local democracy.

The process that led to the unexpected snap election for the lower chamber of Parliament or House of Representatives, the more important in the bicameral Diet, had been started by the crisis ongoing since 2023 in the majority party, the Liberal Democratic Party (LDP). Caused by scandals involving dozens of party members, including also the staff and close aides of the incumbent prime minister, Fumio Kishida, the crisis had weakened both the party and its leader. Kishida, after taking a series of initiatives aimed at overcoming the LDP internal crisis, eventually decided not to run for re-election to the party presidency. This was a turning point, as the LDP presidency is a sine qua non to assuming the position of prime minister in LDP dominated governments. In the ensuing free-for-all internal battle for the presidentship of the party – and, hence, the prime ministership – the winner was Ishiba Shigeru. A second-generation politician, who had been a member of the Lower House continuously since 1986, and served in ministerial posts and high-ranking party positions, Ishiba had previously tried his hand at becoming party president no less than four times, without ever being successful. 35

Once in charge as party president, Ishiba, on the eve of being confirmed prime minister by the Diet, made known his decision to dissolve the Lower House. He wanted his election as premier not to be the result of «obscure party processes»36 and the Diet vote, but of the popular vote.

The ensuing election was only partially successful for the LDP; while emerging, once again, as the largest party in the House of Representatives, the LDP not only lost that absolute majority which it had enjoyed since 2012, but was not in the position to form a majority government even with the support of its junior ally, the Kōmeitō (NKP). In this situation, with no party and no coalition able to have the absolute majority, the Diet, in the special session convened on 11 November, confirmed Ishiba as prime minister, although this time at the head of a minority government.

According to well-known analyst Tobias Harris, quoted in this volume by Yamamoto and Zappa, Ishiba, differently from most Japanese politicians, had an «idealistic» approach to politics, aimed at building a «purer and most humane Japan».37 It is therefore possible, as hypothesized by Yamamoto and Zappa, that the political set-up which had emerged following the 2024 election was not far from Ishiba’s own preferences. A politician who was declaredly willing to «listen» to and «empathize» with his political opponents, Ishiba favoured a more democratic political style than the one traditionally followed by LDP.38

This took shape in the de facto national unity administration which emerged following Ishiba’s election as head of a minority government; it was an administration characterized by the allocation of the presidency of several Lower House Standing Committees and other positions of power to the Constitutional Democratic Party (CDP). As pointed out by Yamamoto and Zappa, the political conjuncture that was taking shape after the 2024 elections makes it possible to assert that «after a decade of Prime Minister’s Office-led decision-making under [former PM Shinzō] Abe and Kishida», a paradigm shift had finally materialized in Japanese politics, «making way for a more concerted style of rule». In this situation, the de facto government of national unity «might actually enable, rather than hinder, progress in many fields, from tax system reforms to progress in gender equality and rights for sexual minorities».39

dc

In Iran three different elections took place in the year under review. Two were planned – the elections to the Islamic Consultative Assembly (the majles-e-shura-ye-eslami, usually shortened in Majles or Majlis)40 and to the Assembly of Experts (majles-e xobregân-e rahbari).41 The third one, the election to the Presidency, was unexpectedly and suddenly made necessary – in line with the Constitution – by the death of the incumbent President, Ebrahim Raisi, in a helicopter crash on 19 May 2024.

The elections took place inside a political system which is possibly the most complex presently existing in the world. In fact, it is a kind of centaur, made up of two seemingly irreconcilable parts, namely a theocratic structure, made up of a series of non-elected bodies – the Expediency Council, the National Security Council, the Council of Guardians, the Judiciary, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) and others – interconnected with a number of elected institutions – the presidency of the Republic, the Majles, the Assembly of Experts, and the Municipal Councils.

These two parts, in which, in essence, the theocratic and unelected one has broad powers of control over the elected one, are both ultimately controlled by the leader of Iran or rahbar, who is elected for life – in theory by the Assembly of Experts42 – and enjoys almost unlimited powers. The rahbar has the constitutional power to supervise the work of the government and the implementation of the government policies, is the effective head of the armed forces, selects the heads of the armed forces, including the commander in chief of the elite Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), can call referenda, and, last but not least, controls the unelected institutions, whose members are appointed by him, either directly or through indirect influence.43 As a result, the rahbar can make use of the unelected institutions as an additional means of control over the democratic section of the Iranian political system.

The political struggle in the Islamic Republic of Iran has been largely dominated by the confrontation between reformist factions and conservative ones, and has gone through different phases, which have sometimes seen the reformist factions to have the upper hand in the democratic section of the system.44 However, the prevalence of the reformist factions has always been temporary and fragile for the simple reason that, in the final analysis, the ultimate power is in the hands of the rahbar, and neither the first, nor the second and incumbent leader have shown any inclination to allow a real democratization of the political system. On the contrary, an involution process has been apparent since 2020, characterized by the rapidly increasing grip of the conservative factions on the electoral institutions. Since that date, this process has indeed gone to the extent of foreshadowing the disappearance of the reformist factions from the electoral competition.45

No doubt, the political decline of the reformist factions has been favoured by their inability to redress the state of the economy. In fact, when in power, they have been unable to implement effective economic reforms; also, the economic sanctions imposed on Iran by the international community, under the leadership of the US, have played a role. But, if the ongoing economic crisis has been the backdrop favouring the political decline of the reformist forces, it has been the will of the incumbent Rahbar, Ali Khamenei, which has started and given impetus to the process of authoritarian involution.

Khamenei’s longa manus in doing this has been the Guardian Council, among whose powers there is that of approving or disqualifying candidates seeking to run in local, parliamentary, presidential, or Assembly of Experts elections.46 By making use of its powers, the Guardian Council has severely limited the possibilities for the voters to choose non-conservative politicians, by massively disqualifying centrist and reformist candidates. This is a policy that had already become visible in 2002,47 but which has been pursued in an increasingly aggressive way since the presidential election of 2021.48

This, in turn, has had two main results, one expected and the other probably unforeseen. The former has been the handover of the electoral institutions into the hands of the conservative factions; the latter has been the drastic diminution of the voter turnout. As, in the Islamic Republic, electoral participation has always been considered a demonstration of popular support for the regime, the ongoing democratic involution means that the Rahbar has not hesitated to weaken the political legitimacy of the regime in order to tighten his hold on it. A possible explanation of this policy is that Ali Khamenei, being a man of advanced age (he was born on 9 April 1939), is preparing his succession, getting rid of any potential hurdles on the way of his son Mojtaba to become the next rahbar.

The three elections which took place in 2024 represented as many battlegrounds in which the confrontation between the conservative and reformist factions continued to take place. However, while the election to the Majles and the Assembly of Experts – which simultaneously started on 1 March49 – appeared to confirm the above discussed trend, characterized by the increasingly tighter grip of the conservative forces on the democratic section of the Iranian political system, the presidential election saw an unexpected setback for them.

As in the previous cases, the elections to the Majles and the Assembly of Experts were preceded by the disqualification of most reformist and centrist candidates by the Guardian Council. This made both elections effectively uncompetitive. While the voter turnout plummeted to around 41% – the lowest in the history of the Islamic Republic50 – the conservatives easily won both in the Majles and the Assembly of Experts.51

The Majles and Assembly of Experts elections were supposed to exhaust the 2024 electoral rounds in Iran, but, as already noted, President Raisi’s unexpected death on 19 May made a snap election to the Presidency necessary. Before his untimely death, Raisi «was widely anticipated to secure a second term with minimal resistance in the 2o25 presidential election». Also, «he was considered by many the designated successor of Ali Khamenei, the leader of the Islamic republic». Therefore, «neither the conservative, nor the reformist factions had actively prepared or promoted potential successors».52 In this situation of uncertainty, enhanced by the persistence of an unresolved economic crisis, widespread social discontent and the gradual but conspicuous erosion of Iran’s regional influence, and characterized by the fact that the reformist bloc was in disarray,53 the conservative camp overplayed its hand.

As usual, the Guardian Council produced a final list of candidates heavily slated in favour of the conservative camp, as four out of six approved candidates belonged to it, while the remaining two, Ayatollah Mostafa Pourmohammadi and Dr Masoud Pezeshkian, were considered moderate and reformist respectively.54 Two of the conservative candidates withdrew before the election, leaving in the running, as representatives of the conservative camp, Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf, «a recurrent presidential candidate in 2005, 2013, and 2017»55 and the incumbent speaker of the Majles, and Saeed Jalili, who had also contended for the Presidency in 2013 and 2021, had been the chief nuclear negotiator and the secretary of the Supreme National Security Council in the years 2007 to 2013, and was a confidant of the Rahbar.

Although, within the conservative camp itself, there are very clear fracture lines setting apart various groups, as a rule, on the occasion of the presidential elections, the conservative politicians act «as a singular entity and different presidential candidates from this group are only to provide cover to their main candidate».56 On the contrary, in 2024, possibly taking for granted the inability of the reformists to organise an effective challenge to the overwhelming power of the conservatives, the two conservative candidates proved either unable or unwilling in reaching a pre-poll political settlement.57 The result was that the pro-conservative vote split, while, on the contrary, the reformist vote went in its almost totality to Pezeshkian. Hence, surprisingly, on 28 June 2024 Pezeshkian emerged as the front runner (44.36% of the vote), followed by Jalili (40.35%), and Ghalibaf (14.41%), while Pourmohammadi won less than 1% of the vote [see Table 3].

As no candidate had reached the required 51% of the votes, the two top candidates went to a runoff on 5 July. Significantly there was a conspicuous surge in the voter turnout, the number going up from some 24,5 million to around 30,5 million, and Pezeshkian emerged as the clear winner, with 54.76% of the votes against Jalili’s 45,24% [see Table 3].

This was a result that had been made possible not only by the fact that, clearly, the voters sympathising for the reformist camp had seen the possibility to allow a reformist candidate to win, but, according to some analysts, by the fact that many of the supporters of the other conservative candidate, Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf, chose to vote for Pezeshkian rather than for Jalili.58 Basically, Jalili was seen as so far to the extreme right that he was not an acceptable candidate even for a part of the conservatives.59

Pezeshkian’s election brought to the presidency a politician of a quite different hue to that of his extremely conservative predecessor. The new President had been critical of the role of the morality police during the Mahsa Amini protests of 2022; had promised to improve the status of women’s rights; had vowed to relax the compulsory hijab laws and abolish the morality police. He also announced the end of the ban on the internet, arts and culture.60

Table 3 – Iranian Presidential elections results in 2024

Candidates

First round

Second round

Votes

%

Votes

%

Saeed Jalili

9,473,298

40.35

13,538,179

45.24

Mostafa Pourmohammadi

206,397

0.88

Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf

3,383,340

14.41

Masoud Pezeshkian

10,415,991

44.36

16,384,403

54.76

Total

23,479,026

100.00

29,922,582

100.00

Valid votes

23,479,026

95.70

29,922,582

98.01

Invalid/blank votes

1,056,159

4.30

607,575

1.99

Total votes

24,535,185

100.00

30,530,157

100.00

Registered voters/turnout

61,452,321

39.93

61,452,321

49.68

Source: Luciano Zaccara’s elaboration based on several official sources.

The cabinet that Pezeshkian assembled after his victory was «characterized by pragmatism and moderate reformist credentials».61 Among its most notable members there were Mohammad Javad Zarif and Abbas Araghchi, who had both played key roles in the negotiations leading to the signing of the JCPOA, the international agreement regulating Iran’s use of nuclear energy.62 Their presence in the cabinet meant that the new President aimed not only to improve the situation of domestic civil liberties, but seriously intended to pursue renewed engagement with the West.

Summing up, the Iranian presidential elections represented an unexpected political swerve towards a potentially less repressive regime. However, the new reformist President was up against almost irresistible adverse forces. A thaw in relations with the West, already difficult during Joe Biden’s presidency, appeared even more so with Donald Trump’s victory in the US presidential elections. As for the domestic situation, the control exercised by conservative factions over all major institutions, including the Guardian Council and the Majles, was an almost insuperable obstacle to any progressive policy. But, in the final analysis, the main hurdle to any democratization of the Iranian political system remained the Rahbar, with his almost unlimited powers.

dc

The 2024 Thailand Senate election has often been described as the provisional concluding phase of an incomplete, ambiguous and faltering transition from military rule to democracy. The premises to the Senate election were the election of the 500-member House of Representatives, which took place on 14 May 2023, and the following formation of a new government – expertly analyzed by Edoardo Siani in this same volume.63

The vote cast by 75.22% of the adult population sealed the victory of the pro-democracy parties and gave the relative majority to the most progressive among them, the Move Forward Party. This resulted in the formation of a pro-democracy coalition which included the Move Forward Party (151 seats), the Pheu Thai Party (141 seats) and other smaller parties.

The leader of the Move Forward Party, Pita Limjaroenrat, was the coalition natural candidate to the prime ministership. However, the Parliament, with a decision in which the Senate played the crucial role, refused to endorse the Move Forward leader as prime minister. This caused the eventual dissolution of the pro-democracy coalition and paved the way for the creation of a new coalition which included the Pheu Thai Party and a number of pro-military parties, of which the strongest one was the Bhumjaithai. The prime ministership went to the leader of the Pheu Thai Party, Srettha Thavisin.64

The crucial role played by the Senate in marginalizing the most progressive among the pro-democracy parties was the natural enough result of the fact that the 250 members of the Upper House had been «handpicked»65 by the military, after the 2014 coup, and had steadily functioned as a prop to the political system created by them. However, the five-year term of the incumbent Senate was bound to end in 2024, when elections according to new rules – set in the 2018 Organic Act on the Acquisition of Senators66 – were due.

In theory, the Senate was supposed to be made up by «good men», namely enlightened and impartial experts in the main professional and social sectors, without any connection with the existing political forces, and, therefore, in the position to exercise an unbiased control on the political parties represented in the Lower House. Of course, this declared objective, which was already there when the Senate was handpicked by the military in 2020, and had remained unchanged with the introduction of the 2018 Organic Act, could not be reached.67 Apart from technical reasons preventing the obtainment of this objective,68 powerful political forces as the military and the monarchy had no intention that it would be reached. Therefore, the new rules set out in the 2018 Organic Act on the Acquisition of Senators, although allegedly aimed to guarantee the Senate’s impartial role, were moulded in such a way to assure the prosecution of its role as a conservative brake vis-à-vis a more progressive Lower Chamber.

The would-be senators – whose number was brought down from 250 to 200 – were to be elected as representatives of one of the 20 professional or social groups in which the electorate was subdivided.69 They could not belong to any political party, and people who had been in public office had to wait five years before being allowed to apply.70 Candidates had to pay a 2,500-baht (some US$ 68) application fee, amounting to seven times Thailand’s minimum daily wage. Decidedly more restrictive was the fact that the candidates had to be at least 40 years old, an age which ruled out that large swathe of young Thais who had become politically vocal in previous years. But this was not all, because, as noted by iLaw, a pro-democracy civil society organization,71 «[a]s the serving government official is not eligible to run, seats in groups such as public administration or legal profession, most of whom are public servants, are essentially reserved for retirees».72 Also, the candidates were «expected to possess at least 10 years of knowledge, expertise and experience in the field they applied for», although, as noted by iLaw, how to prove such expertise remained unclear.73

What, anyway, was really both puzzling and questionable was the new Senate’s electoral system, which was not based on universal suffrage, but on the votes cast by the extremely limited constituency made up by the candidates themselves. As people below 40 years, members of political parties and public servants could not be candidates, this means that all these groups were disenfranchised. Eventually, the number of the self-appointed Senate candidates did not go beyond 46,000, namely less than 1% of the population.74

The candidates were prohibited from talking about policies or their plans if elected. All that they were permitted to do (by the Election Commission) was the presentation of a short, two-page resume explaining their background. Also, the candidates were not allowed to use social media,75 and were prohibited from «putting up posters in public places, giving media interviews, or mentioning the monarchy».76

This opaque backdrop was the basis on which an extremely complex electoral system – articulated, as already noted, in 20 social or professional groups – would select the 200 new senators, during what has been defined «the most complicate election» in the world.77 The electoral system – really too complex to be satisfactory synthetized here – was articulated in three levels (district, provincial, national) and implied both votes cast inside a single group and votes cast by members of a single group for candidates belonging to randomized sets made up by more groups.78

Summing up, the Senate electoral system was characterized by lack of transparency and information, extremely complicate procedural rules and a radically restricted constituency. These were all elements that could not but offer an open field to «powerful political dynasties», which not only managed «to field their family members and allies in almost every category»,79 but allegedly indulged in vote-buying. Not surprisingly, the election was marred by «thousands of electoral fraud complaints and an investigation into candidate qualifications», which delayed the official announcement of the names of the new senators from 3 to 10 July.80 Significantly, nonetheless, the provisional results, released on 2 July, remained «largely unchanged»,81 which means that the Electoral Commission showed themselves to be uncapable or unwilling to rectify a series of glaring abuses,82 modifying the political balance that had arisen as their result.

In spite of the lack of transparency concerning the political affiliations of the new senators, analysts had few doubts about the fact that more than half of them had links with the Bhumjaithai, namely, as already noted, the strongest among the pro-military parties.83 This ensured that the new senate would continue to exercise the same conservative role as the previous one. And it is important to highlight that, while the new Senate did not have a role anymore in the election of the prime ministership, it still maintained a crucial role in approving bills from the Lower House and, more importantly, in any possible amendment to the existing military-backed Constitution. Hardly less important was the Senate authority to appoint heads of government commissions with function of control, such as the Election Commission and the Anti-Corruption commission, and judges to the Constitutional and Administrative Courts.84

In this situation, any substantial progress towards a more democratic setup appeared doubtful at best.

dc

South Korea is universally considered a mature democracy, performing «well above East Asia’s overall average» and on a par with Japan and Taiwan.85 Nonetheless, these optimistic evaluations do not take into account that South Korean democracy – a comparatively young democracy, as it was born in 1987 – has been unable to solve a series of major socio-economic problems, and is led by a political class which has been undergoing a process of gradual delegitimization, because of the general public’s increasing doubts about the personal honesty and political ability of its members. As a result, particularly in the past 12 years, symptoms of democratic decline have become more and more visible, epitomized by the erosion of democratic norms, the whittling away of the courts’ independence, the demonization of political opponents, the increasing use of prosecutorial legal proceedings against political opponents.86 Also, press freedom, although still relatively high – South Korea was ranked 43rd out of 180 countries in 2023 by Reporters Without Borders – has been on a downward trend since 2019, when President Moon Jae-in (2017-2022) and then his successor, President Yoon Suk-yeol, started a war on the media, justified by the necessity to put an end to alleged «fake news».87

An additional problem troubling South Korea’s political situation is the contrast that has existed since 2022 between the President – endowed by the constitution with extremely broad powers but backed by a party, the People Power Party, which is not in control of the National Assembly – and the main opposition party, the Democratic Party, headed by Lee Jae-myung, which dominates the Parliament. This had brought about a situation in which the National Assembly has been passing bills that the President then vetoed and the President has seen his policies hindered by the National Assembly.

In this situation, as explained by Marco Milani and Antonio Fiori in this same volume, the April elections were seen as particularly important by both political fronts. Their results «marked a clear victory for the Democratic Party and its allies and a resounding defeat for [President] Yoon and for the conservatives of the People Power Party».88 This transformed the President into a «lame duck», whose powers were bound to be severely constrained up to the end of his mandate in 2027.

In a «toxic political environment, where democratic norms such as mutual toleration, coexistence, and compromise [had] become increasingly rare»,89 the Democratic Party-dominated National Assembly moved to finally clip the President’s political wings. On 19 September it approved «three controversial laws, including one that was aimed at opening a special investigation on the first lady for charges related to corruption and abuse of power».90 The three laws were promptly vetoed by the Yoon, but set in motion an escalation process of polarization between the President and the National Assembly which culminated in the latter’s decision to vote against the 2025 national budged, presented by the Government.91

This triggered a «most extreme and unpredictable decision» on the part of President Yoon Suk-yeol, namely the imposition of martial law on 3 December. This was a decision justified by Yoon as necessary «to reestablish order against the political forces, labelled as “anti-State” and “pro-North Korea” that were blocking the South Korean democratic system».92

In a perhaps unexpected reaction on the part of basically the whole spectrum of the political forces, including the People Power Party, namely the party of the President, plus the national institutions and large swathes of the population, the attempted coup rapidly failed.93 Nonetheless, the unity shown by the political forces in resisting it soon evaporated, revealing a political landscape which remained deeply divided and crisscrossed by glaring divisions between political forces, unable to find points of convergence except during absolutely existential crises.

In the final analysis, the coup and its failure cast a livid light on a political system and a nation which, although able to defend democracy from a dramatic frontal attack, were torn apart by a crisis so profound that, potentially, in the medium to long term the very democratic system that had been successfully defended in December 2024 ran the risk to be endangered.

dc

Uzbekistan has synthetically but appropriately been described by Freedom House as «an authoritarian state with few signs of democratization».94 As Freedom House points out: «No opposition parties operate legally. The legislature and judiciary effectively serve as instruments of the executive branch, which initiates reforms by decree, and the media are still tightly controlled by the authorities». 95 Also: «Reports of torture and other ill-treatment persist, although highly publicized cases of abuse have resulted in dismissals and prosecutions for some officials, and small-scale corruption has been meaningfully reduced».96

It is against this backdrop that parliamentary elections took place on 27 October 2024. Their democratic dimension was assessed by OSCE Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights (ODIHR). According to the ODHIR observers, the elections «took place amid ongoing reforms, including significant amendments to the Constitution, but the political environment remained constrained, not providing voters with a genuine choice».97 As noted by the ODHIR observers, all five registered political parties «were able to campaign freely and with legally enforced equal conditions». Nevertheless, and far from surprisingly, «their campaigns were low-key and devoid of real challenges to the policies of the ruling party or to each other»98. This was the natural enough consequence of the fact that the citizens’ ability to exercise fundamental freedoms of association, peaceful assembly and expression remained «disproportionately constrained by legislation and in practice»99. In fact, the only real opposition party, the Truth, Progress and Unity Party, had been denied registration for the third time in 2023 «due to burdensome administrative requirements».100

One of the few positive aspects of an election with obvious authoritarian traits – a positive aspect which it is opportune to highlight – was the improved standing of female candidates. In fact, legal amendments raised the gender quota for female candidates. As a result, in the 2024 elections, the number of women who held a seat in the 150 seat Legislative Chamber went up from 48 to 57. Even this positive development, however, was less substantial than cosmetic, as women remained underrepresented in decision making positions.101

dc

There is little doubt that, in 2024, the presidential (21 September) and the ensuing legislative elections (14 November) in Sri Lanka, taken together, were a most impressive demonstration that the victory of authoritarianism is not a foregone conclusion. Reasserting democracy can be done, as it has been done in Sri Lanka.

The 2024 presidential election, as noted by Gulbin Sultana of the Manohar Parrikar Institute, was «the first election after the 2022 people’s uprising, Aragalaya, which sought to change the existing political culture as well as traditional political leadership of the country».102 It was a political culture and a political leadership heavily conservative at the socio-economic level and deeply warped by that adherence to that ethnonationalism which had brought about one of the longest (1983 to ٢٠٠٩) and bloodiest civil wars in the past one hundred years. The Aragalaya («struggle»), a series of mass protests started in March 2022, had brought about the fall from power of the Rajapaksa family, who had dominated in an increasingly authoritarian way Sri Lankan policies most of the time since the final years of the civil war.103

The occupation of the presidential palace by the protesters in July 2022 and the flight to the Maldives of President Gotabaya Rajapaksa put an end to the political hegemony of the Rajapaksa family, but basically left the political power in the hands of the same oligarchy of which the Rajapaksas were an integral part. Significantly, the person who was elected by the Parliament to succeed Gotabaya Rajapaksa as president, Ranil Wickremesinghe, was a long-time politician, several times a minister and prime minister, last elected to the latter position (on 12 May 2022) by Gotabaya Rajapaksa himself.104

Wickremesinghe’s election by the Parliament, rather than through a popular election, had been an exceptional measure, taken to deal with a situation which was extremely serious from both economic and public order perspectives. Accordingly, Wickremesinghe’s election was thought as a stop-gap measure, which implied that his term extended not for five years, as was the constitutional rule, but only until the end of what should have been Gotabaya’s presidential term. As Gotabaya had been elected president on 19 November 2019, this mandated a new presidential election by fall 2024.

The new presidential election took place on 21 September 2024, and was characterized by a high popular participation, with 79.46% of the registered voters (17,140,354) going to the polls.105 As witnessed by the EU Election Observation Commission, the electoral contest «was pluralistic, with fundamental freedoms broadly respected». Also, the «campaign was peaceful and energetic» and «[r]espect for the democratic process from across the political and civil society spectrum outweighed the minor deficiencies in law and practice». The EU Commission positively commented on the «calm election day, followed by an efficient tabulation of results and candidates’ swift acceptance of the outcome», which, in their opinion «attested to the resilience of Sri Lanka’s democracy».106

What was the «unique feature of the 2024 Presidential Election», and an extremely positive one, was that «the election campaign was free of ethnic and religious chauvinistic rhetoric».107 Rather than the devastating ethno-religious communal slogans and agendas which had characterized previous presidential elections, the 2024 presidential electoral campaign was focused on the economic situation, the problem of corruption and governance issues. By itself this represented a dramatic positive evolution in the political culture of the island.108

The EU Commission, while passing an amply positive judgement on the management of the elections and the work of the Election Commission of Sri Lanka (ECSL), the body in charge of it, pointed out some minor problems. Prominent among them was the fact that «the advantage of incumbency tilted the playing field»; it was an advantage, however, which did not prevent the convincing defeat of the incumbent president, Ranil Wickremesinghe, and the final triumph of a newcomer, Anura Kumara Dissanayake.

Dissanayake – often indicated by the Lankan media as AKD – was a long-time member and, since 2014, had been the leader of a small revolutionary party, which adhered to a Marxist ideology, the Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna (JVP).109 The JVP, after vainly attempting the road of armed insurrection in two different occasions, finally gave it up in the late 1980s, espousing the constitutional struggle as the only way to power. While continuing to firmly adhere to a leftist ideology, the party gradually abandoned the more radical Marxist ideas. In 2019 the JVP and Dissanayake were in the forefront in the creation of a coalition of progressive small parties, positioned from the centre to the far left of the political chessboard, which took the name of National People’s Power (NPP) or Jathika Jana Balawegaya (JJB).110

At the moment of the presidential election, the NPP, which supported Dissanayake’s candidacy, had three representatives only in the Parliament. Also, Dissanayake’s run for the presidency seemed to be hindered by his historical connection with the JVP. Not only the JVP Marxist ideology and its violent past appeared difficult to accept for significant sections of the voters, but its earlier adherence to Sinhala nationalism and anti-Tamil policies seemed to prevent the support from the minorities. These negative factors were nonetheless counterbalanced by the prestige acquired by Dissanayake’s role in the Aragalaya, and by the NPP detailed and pragmatic electoral programme focussed on the necessity to lift the heavy economic burden which the IDF agreement, signed by the incumbent President, had put on the shoulders of the common people. In fact, the manifesto emphasized the need to enhance public investment on health, education, transportation and food security.

Astutely, Dissanayake preceded his election campaign with a series of meetings with representatives of foreign nations and the IMF, aimed at explaining his intention, in case of victory, to carry out policies within the limits of pragmatism. In particular, Dissanayake had made clear to the IMF his intention to continue pursuing the goals set in the IMF agreement accepted by Wickremesinghe, but through the implementation of alternative strategies aimed at easing the burden on ordinary people.

This complex and well-articulated strategy not only opened the path to Dissanayake’s victory at the presidential polls, but, contrarily to the expectations of many analysts, created a favourable attitude on the part of foreign powers and major international investors. Since the presidential election, foreign direct investment commitments increased and Japan announced the prompt resumption of 11 stalled projects.111

Dissanayake’s victory to the presidential poll had been impressive, but, by itself, was far from opening the way to the implementation of the policies which had been promised during his electoral campaign. A Sri Lanka president can pass executive orders, but laws can be passed only by the Parliament. And, at the moment of the presidential election, the majority party in Parliament, the right-wing Sri Lanka Podujana Peramuna (SLPP), the de facto political front of the Rajapaksa family, had 145 out of 225 seats.112 Hence the new President’s decision (24 September 2024) to dissolve the Parliament and call new legislative elections.

The result was an «unprecedented, record-breaking electoral victory»,113 which gave to the NPP a massive two-third electoral majority, namely 159 out of 225 seats, opening the possibility for the victorious party to change the Constitution. It was a unique result, considering that it was achieved without any electoral alliance and under a proportional electoral system. This outcome had been made possible by a vote share increase from 42.3% (during the presidential election) to 61.56% and the growth of the NPP voters from 5.7 million during the presidential election to 6.9 million during the legislative election.114 It was a rise that had been made possible, among other factors, by the decision of the Tamil minority, which had not supported Dissanayake’s bid to the presidency, to reverse their political position, voting for the NPP.115

Of course, many and very serious were the difficulties in front of Dissanayake and his government, and no certainty existed that the new President would be up to solve if not all of them, at least a sizeable part. The fact remains, nonetheless, that the two Sri Lanka elections had been an impressive testimony that, at least in the island state, the struggle for a fair and democratic society could still be won.

dc

Although a dictatorship up to the first half of the 1980s, Taiwan – or, according to the official diction, the Republic of China (ROC) – successfully transitioned to democracy in the decade 1986-1996.116 Since then, democracy has continuously strengthened and, in fact, the democratic backsliding that has affected Asia, as the remainder of the world, since the mid-2010s, has not taken place in the island, where, on the contrary, a continuous positive democratic trend has been ongoing.117 Accordingly, the elections which took place on 13 January 2024, at the culmination of a year-long electoral campaign, were not a stage representation, aimed at legitimizing an authoritarian configuration of power, but a real democratic competition, intended to choose the president and the vice president – who, in Taiwan, are elected together – and, at the same time, the members of the unicameral parliament, the Legislative Yuan. The competition was a trilateral duel, pitting against one another the centre-left Democratic Progressive Party (DPP), then in power, the Kuomintang (KMT), the conservative party which, nevertheless, had the historic merit to have made Taiwan’s peaceful transition to democracy possible, and the recently created (2019) Taiwan People’s Party, generally considered a populist political formation.

As expertly analysed by Aurelio Insisa in the previous Asia Maior issue, the electoral campaign was focussed on two main themes: an economic situation that, after «an ebullient 2021», had «entered troubled waters in 2022»; and the problem of the relationship with the mainland, namely the People’s Republic of China (PRC).118 As the party in power when the economic backsliding had begun, the DPP could not but lend itself to easy – and perhaps facile – criticism from the other two parties. Conversely, as far as the problem of the relationship with mainland China was concerned, the DPP appeared to be on a firmer ground than the two other parties. Since his choice as the DPP’s new chairperson (15 January 2023) and, therefore, de facto presidential candidate,119 Lai Ching-te (aka William Lai), had announced his official policy as the continuation of the one followed by the incumbent president, Tsai Ing-wen. As such, Lai’s approach to the problem of the relationship between Taiwan and Mainland China was based on a twofold refusal; that of initiating any negotiations aimed at subordinating the island-state to the PRC and that of avoiding any movement toward the declaration of Taiwan’s formal independence. Conversely the KMT and its presidential candidate, Hou Yu-ih proposed, as their key message, the necessity to adhere to the «1992 Consensus» (see below), reiterating a political choice which had already showed to be a losing one during the 2016 and 2020 elections.

Originally endorsed by both the KMT and the Chinese Communist Party, the 1992 Consensus was based on the idea that there is only one China, including both the Mainland and Taiwan.120 This was a position which implicitly acknowledged the desirability and necessity of a reunification between the PRC and the ROC, which, however, was to be based on the «One Country, Two Systems» principle. Formulated by Deng Xiaoping (the PRC’s paramount leader in the years 1980-1989), the «One Country, Two Systems» principle stipulated that, inside a unified China, each region would retain its own economic and administrative system.121 Originally a credible – even enticing – policy, which had been the basis for the reunification with the PRC of Hong Kong and Macau, its concrete application under Xi Jinping had demonstrated its illusory nature.

As documented in this and the previous Asia Maior issue by Than Kiū, following the reunification with the PRC Hong Kong had gradually been deprived of any autonomy in a process which basically reached its conclusion in coincidence with the 2023 electoral campaign in Taiwan.122 In this context, as noted by Insisa, the KMT’s attempt to frame the election as a choice between «war and peace», with the DPP as the main culprit for the growing ongoing tensions with Mainland China failed.123 The interview released on the eve of the election by KMT’s heavy weight Ma Ying-jeou, which basically stated that any resistance to unification with China was useless and that it was necessary to trust Xi Jinping, went straight against the conviction of the huge majority of the Taiwanese voters, who were in favour of the maintenance of the status quo.124

Together with the KMT’s shuttle diplomacy to China in the months before the formal beginning of the electoral campaign, Ma’s interview positioned the KMT as too weak and possibly untrustworthy in defending the status quo against an increasingly authoritarian and aggressive PRC.

This was decisive, as, ultimately, the key discriminator in the electoral duel between DPP and KMT was the position of the two parties on the key issue «reunification vs independence». Whereas both parties had avoided clear-cut positions, preferring to disguise them behind the necessity and inevitability to trust Xi Jinping’s benevolence, in the case of the KMT, or maintaining the status quo, in the case of the DPP, the actual standing of the two parties on this question was unequivocal.

Apparently opaquer was, conversely, the standing on the question of the third competitor, the TPP, headed by Ko Wen-je. A key element of the TPP’s populist ideology was the refusal to make a clear choice on the «reunification vs independence» question, preferring to focus – as highlighted by Insisa – «on the economy and on the plight of low-wage workers and especially urban youth, “betrayed” by the DPP technocratic rule».125 The problem, however, was that the reunification-vs-independence question was a too important one to be permanently side-lined during the long-drawn electoral campaign. In fact, during most of it, Ko appeared to take a position on the reunification-vs-independence question virtually indistinguishable from that of the KMT. Nonetheless, a month before the election, Ko suddenly – and belatedly – changed of camp, declaring himself determined to continue that same approach to national defence that had been initiated by Tsai Ing-wen and was then the key part of William Lai’s official programme.126

The end result of the electoral campaign was the victory of William Lai with 40,05% of vote, followed by the KMT candidate, Hou Yu-ih, with 33.49% of the vote and the TPP candidate, Ko Wen-je, with 26% of the vote. However, interestingly enough, the results in the Legislative Yuan differed. There, it was the KMT to emerge as the biggest party, with 52 out of 113 seats, followed by the DPP, with 51 seats (against the 61 elected in 2020). The TPP, with 8 seats, was potentially the controller of the balance of power, as the KMT was short of the majority, even if it was supported also by two independent legislators.127

Clearly, while the presidential competition had been dominated by the problem of the relationship with the PRC, the legislative election had been conditioned by the difficulty shown by the DPP in facing the adverse economic situation and in successfully dealing with «the long-unsolved structural issues of the Taiwanese economy».128

dc

There is little doubt that if the 2024 Thailand Senate election can be seen as the provisional concluding phase of an incomplete, ambiguous and faltering transition from military rule to democracy, Cambodia’s analogous election, taking place the same year, can be seen as the concluding phase of a complete, unambiguous and decisive transition from democracy to dynastic autocracy. As in the case of Thailand, in the case of Cambodia the prelude to the Senate election, and what gave it its final meaning, was the election to the Lower House which took place the previous year. As shown by Caroline Bennet, in an election «widely deemed not to be fair and free»,129 the Cambodian People’s Party (CPP), namely the party in power since the fall of the Khmer Rouge, headed by Prime Minister Hun Sen, won 120 out of the 125 seats in the National Assembly. The only other party represented in the Lower House was the FUNCINPEC, headed by Prince Norodom Chakravuth, a member of the Cambodian royal family, which won the five remaining seats. 130

The CPP’s massive victory was obtained thanks to «a plethora of actions taken to restrict democratic freedoms».131 The most important among them was the banning from elections of the most important opposition party, the Candlelight Party, «for allegedly not having the correct paperwork».132 Also, the elections themselves were marred by stories of «coercion, electoral fraud, intimidation, and corruption».133

The CPP victory was prodromic to the passage of the prime ministership from Hun Sen to his eldest son, Hun Manet. This was a move that, as noted by Bennet, «completed the transformation of Cambodia to a dynastic autocracy».134 Although leaving the prime ministership to his son, Hun Sen continued to maintain a central decision-making and control role as the president of the CPP. Also, soon after relinquishing the prime ministership, a royal decree nominated Hun Sen head, with equal rank to the prime minister, of the Supreme Privy Council, an advisory political body to the king.135

These two political positions, although conferring wide powers to Hun Sen together with the possibility to have the ear of the King, did not justify the performance of those roles in international politics to which Hun Sen had not only always aspired but which he had also often performed with considerable skill. This explains Hun Sen’s strategy aimed at assuming the presidentship of the Senate. While the Senate’s duties are largely ceremonial in the Cambodian system, the president of the Senate is the de facto head of State as well its de jure head when the king is out of the country. Which, in the period under review, happened regularly and frequently because of 70-year-old King Norodom Sihamoni’s need to undergo health check-ups in China.136

The results of the election of the new Senate, due on 25 February 2024, were never in doubt, and «not just for the usual factors to do with the suppression of the political opposition».137 The Cambodian Senate is elected indirectly, and, out of 62 senators, 58 are selected by an electorate totaling just 11,747 people, made up by the 125 members of the National Assembly and the members of the country’s 1,652 commune councils.138 These are all institutions which, in the period under review, were largely controlled by the CPP. Accordingly, and far from surprisingly, the CPP won 55 out of the 58 elected seats, the remaining three going to the Khmer Will Party, an avatar of the banned Candlelight Party. As two of the four non-elective members were selected by the CPP-dominated Lower House, this means that the CPP senators were 57 in a 62-member-strong Senate. Hun Sen’s ensuing foregone election as president of the Senate, together with the absolute dominance of the CPP in both Houses, were the unambiguous demonstration that the transformation of the Cambodian political system into an autocratic dynastic one was by then a fait accompli.139

dc

In the year under review, in Azerbaijan the presidential election and then the election of the National Assembly were held on 7 February and 1 September respectively. The presidential election, originally scheduled for April 2025, was anticipated by a presidential decree of 7 December 2023, very possibly to allow the incumbent president, Ilham Aliyev, the opportunity to make full use of the popularity he derived from the conquest of Nagorno Karabakh.140 By itself, the advantage enjoyed by Aliyev opened the possibility that his government, differently from what had been the habit since Azerbaijan had become independent, would allow free and fair elections. But, as «old habits die hard»,141 this opportunity was not seized. Instead, «it was business as usual, with manipulation and violations, including carousel voting, ballot stuffing, and aggressive behaviour towards independent observers and journalists».142 In this context, and to the surprise of no one, Aliyev trounced the other six candidates143 – none of whom had taken a critical stance towards Aliyev’s policies. He was re-elected for the fourth time, bagging over 90% of the general vote.144 While Aliyev previous presidential mandates were of five years each, the one starting in 2024 had been extended to seven years, thanks to «a controversial referendum held in 2016».145

Again not surprisingly, the parliamentary election had analogous results, which were obtained with the same methods that had characterized the presidential election. Aliyev’s party, the ruling New Azerbaijan Party (Yeni Azərbaycan Partiyası or YAP), officially won 68 of the 125 seats in the National Assembly. This apparently slim absolute majority masked the fact that dozens of other seats went to nominally independent candidates who, however, backed either Aliyev or minor pro-government parties. Hence, in the final analysis, the pro-Aliyev majority was an extremely wide one.146

According to the OCSE observers: «The September 1 early parliamentary elections took place in a restrictive political and legal environment that does not enable genuine pluralism and resulted in a contest devoid of competition».147 In turn, this «restrictive political and legal environment was the necessary end-result of a series of policies implemented by Aliyev and his government. A law which had become effective in January 2023 had imposed such stringent qualifications for any existing party that scores of them had ceased to exist in the following months. This law had come on the top of «arrests, detentions, financial hurdles, or persecution»148 which had targeted the opposition parties, and was accompanied by a crackdown on journalists and activists.

Unfortunately, both the presidential and legislative elections in Azerbaijan had shown beyond any possible doubt that the denunciation made by Ali Karimli, the chairman of one of the two major opposition parties, the Popular Front of Azerbaijan, on 16 December 2023, according to which elections in Azerbaijan were a «fakery» and «an imitation of democracy»,149 was nothing but the truth.

dc

Another general election which, on the whole, signalled a widening of the democratic space took place in Mongolia. Mongolia had been the first country in Asia to effectively transition from communist dictatorship into democracy, as a result of the peaceful Democratic Revolution of 1990. Since 1990, Mongolia has held 10 parliamentary elections, including the one in 2024. The result has been that, for over three decades since the transition to democracy, «there has been a consistent and peaceful transfer of power from one incumbent to another».150 In the assessment of Daniel Worrall and Charlie Humphreys of Asia House, Mongolia is «a robust democracy that has demonstrated significant resilience during the COVID pandemic and post-pandemic economic challenge».151 Also, it is the only Asian formerly communist country classified as «free» by Freedom House.152 Although sandwiched between two authoritarian countries, Russia and China, and heavily dependent on the economic connections with both, but in particular China, Mongolia has become «an oasis of democracy», as claimed, not without justification, by a top Mongolian politician.153

The 2024 election represented a further political shift towards a wider form of democracy. The election was preceded by the enactment, on 31 May 2023, of two constitutional amendments which expanded the size of the unicameral parliament, the State Great Khural, from 76 to 126 seats and introduced a mixed electoral system. According to it, 78 out of the 126 members of parliament were elected according to the plurality vote system from 13 electoral districts, while the remaining 48 members were elected via proportional representation from a nation-wide single electoral constituency. These constitutional amendments modified the previous electoral system, based on a majoritarian system which allowed little chance of securing parliamentary seats to the smaller parties.154 Interestingly the constitutional revision was a decision of the then ruling party, the Mongolian People’s Party, which enjoyed a 62-member supermajority in a 76-member parliament.

Also, a parliamentary resolution of 21 December 2023 reduced the majority voting electoral districts from 29 to 13.155 This was a controversial decision, which was criticized because the widening of the districts made it difficult to carry an electoral campaign for the smaller parties. Also, the fact that the extension of the districts varied greatly was disapproved. Finally, the new constituency structure – six urban and seven provincial electoral districts – did not redress the unbalance in favour of the latter. Although almost half of the Mongolian population lived in the capital, Ulaanbaatar, and its outlining communities (Nalaikh, also spelled Nalajh, Bagakhangai and Baganuur), the six urban constituencies in which it was subdivided elected only 30% of the representatives. This gave to the voter residing in the Ulaanbaatar area only roughly half of the electoral weight of other voters.156

A remarkable aspect of the 2024 election was the enhanced presence of women and youth candidates. The presence of women candidates was regulated by a 2024 law which mandated that candidates in the majoritarian constituencies be selected according to a 70/30 gender ratio.157 In other words, no gender could be represented by less than 30% of the candidates, which concretely meant that female candidates could not be less than 30%. Also, candidates in the party lists for proportional representation had to be selected according to a «zipper» structure, namely alternating between male and female candidates.158 The enhanced presence of young candidates was not mandated by any state norm, but the result of autonomous decisions of the political parties involved, in particular the two major ones: the centre-left Mongolian Peoples’s Party (MPP), enjoying a parliamentary supermajority in the legislative term that ended with the 2024 election, and the main opposition party, the conservative Democratic Party (DP).159

It was against this backdrop that the parliamentary election of 28 June 2024 took place. In the judgement of the OSCE observers, it was «well run and candidates could campaign freely», while the «work of the national election administration was professional and transparent, enjoying stakeholder trust». Also, according to the same source, the election administration had «carried out a comprehensive voter information campaign ahead of the elections».160

The OSCE observers also pointed out a series of negative aspects. The most important among them was «an uneven playing field caused by campaign restrictions and biased media coverage favouring the ruling party». Also, according to the same source: «The short campaign period, combined with government-promoted salary and benefit increases, provided the ruling party with an undue advantage, blurring the line between party and state».161

The OSCE observers also decried «a law requiring candidates to align their election programmes with specific government policies» as limiting freedom of expression and opinion».162 But it was a law with little practical consequences, as ideological and policy differences between the competing parties on the main political issues in front of the country – in particular, mining, health and environmental strategies – were minimal.163 Accordingly, the main themes discussed during the electoral campaign were corruption (a perennial problem in Mongolia), and unemployment and inflation (although against an economic backdrop characterized by a comfortable GDP growth rate).164 What, therefore, possibly played a major role in the electoral results was the personality of the candidates.165

In the final analysis, in spite of the shortcomings highlighted by the OSCE observers, there is little doubt that the election was free. As noted by Martin Duffy – who, under the aegis of a wide range of international organizations, is an old hand as observer of elections world-wide – the «acid test» about the perceived probity of polling is usually the level of complaints from party observers, which, in the case of the 2024 Mongolian elections, were «pretty muted». In fact, «the entire proceedings were open to local and international observation and appeared transparent at each stage of the process».166

Nineteen political parties and two coalitions fielded a total of more than 1,300 candidates.167 The parties that crossed the bar threshold to enter parliament168 were four plus one coalition (see table 4).

The results were also characterized by a sizeable presence of women among the elected representatives. Only 13 out of 76 members in the 2020-24 parliament, namely the 17.1% of the MPs, in 2024 women representatives numbered 32, namely 25.4% of the MPs. 169 Also, one of the new female MPs, belonging to the Civil Will Green Party, was a Kazakh, which signified «a pivotal advancement in the political representation of ethnic minorities in the country».170

Table 4 – Mongolian Elections 2024: results

Parties & coalitions

Majoritarian

Proportional

Total

Mongolian People’s Party (MPP)

50

18

68

Democratic Party (DP)

26

16

42

HUN party

2

6

8

National Coalition

0

4

4

Civil Will Green Party

0

4

4

Source: Maria A. Blackwood, ‘Parliamentary Elections in Mongolia’, [US] Congressional Research Service Insight, 9 July 2024.

The MPP had emerged from the electoral contest as still endowed of a majority that, although reduced when compared to the one it had enjoyed in the previous parliament, was nevertheless absolute. In spite of that, the MPP’s acknowledged leader, Luvsannamsrain Oyun-Erdene, made the choice of forming a «grand coalition», including both the MPP’s historic adversary, the DP, and the rising HUN party. This was a choice justified by the objectives «to foster stability and cooperative governance by incorporating diverse perspectives to tackle Mongolia’s socioeconomic challenges».171 However, as argued by critics, «particularly from local civil society and urbanite Mongolians», it was a choice that perpetuated the MPP’s grip on power and reduced to insignificance the opposition (8 MPs out of 126), opening the possibility of an unchecked involution on the part of the government towards authoritarianism.172

Of course, only the future can reveal whether the fears of critics of the grand coalition government are well-founded or not. Nonetheless Mongolia’s recent political past is such that there is hope that the path to ever-increasing democracy will continue to be successfully treaded.

dc

The Kingdom of Bhutan transitioned to democracy in the years 2006-2008. In 2006 King Jigme Singye Wangchuck abdicated in favour of his Oxford-educated son, Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck; two years later, after a royal edict (22 April 2007) had lifted the previous ban on political parties173 and a liberal constitution establishing a constitutional monarchy and a bicameral parliament had been adopted (18 July 2008),174 the first democratic elections were held. According to Freedom House, during the post-2008 period Bhutan «has made significant strides toward becoming a consolidated democracy», particularly in the years 2014-2024, as it has held «credible elections and undergone transfers of power to opposition parties».175

Of course, the Bhutanese democracy is not without blemishes, epitomized by «discrimination against Nepali-speaking and non-Buddhist minorities, media self-censorship, and, increasingly, the use of libel and defamation cases to silence journalists».176 However, the progress towards a full-blown democracy is unmistakable, as shown by the fact that Freedom House moved Bhutan’s status up from «Partly Free» to «Free» in the report covering the year 2024. This upgrading was motivated by the steady improvement of «physical security and the environment for civil liberties», which had taken place «in recent years», and, possibly more important,177 by «free and fair legislative elections and the formation of a new government» which «further consolidated a long democratic reform process in the kingdom».178

According to the Bhutanese system, elections to the National Assembly – which has wider powers than the Upper House or National Council – are held in two rounds, according to the first-past-the-post system. The first round selects the two most voted parties, which are admitted to the second round. The second round determines how the 47 seats of the National Assembly are distributed among the two parties left in the running.179

The latest election to Bhutan’s Lower House – the fourth since the introduction of democracy in 2008 – took place on 30 November 2023 and 9 January 2024. The main themes of the electoral campaign were the state of the economy, which had been badly hit by the COVID-19 pandemic, the consequent high unemployment and record numbers of young people who had left the country, searching for better financial and educational opportunities abroad, particularly in Australia.180

The November 2023 round of voting saw the confrontation among five parties and the victory of the People Democratic Party (PDP) and the Bhutan Tendrel Party (BTP). In the ensuing January 2024 round, 65.74% of the eligible voters went to the polls, many of them undertaking «arduous journey, trekking for days to exercise their right to vote».181

Basically, all parties involved in the 2023-2024 elections had pledged to uphold the constitutional principle of governing for the «happiness and wellbeing of the people»182 and had emphasized their commitment both to the revitalization of the economy, and the solution of the problems of unemployment and emigration.183 As the programmes of the competing parties did not vary in a significant way, it makes sense to think that the voters decided on the basis of their trust for the politicians they elected. This is a hypothesis strengthened by the fact that the centre-left Druk Nyamrup Tshogpa Party (Bhutan United Party), in power before the election, and, therefore, considered responsible of the ongoing crisis, was not admitted to the second round. This resulted in the victory of the PDP, which bagged 30 of the National Assembly seats, while the remainder 17 went to the BTP. Also in line with the hypothesis that the voters chose on the basis of their trust in the politicians they voted is the fact that the head of the victorious PDP, therefore designated to become the new prime minister, Tshering Tobgay, had already served in that position in 2023-2018, before the ongoing crisis had developed.184 It is worth noting that it was the first time in the democratic history of the Himalayan Kingdom, that the same politician had been returned to the prime ministership.

dc

The Maldives is the least populous among the Asian countries which went to the poll in 2024, and the smallest among the South Asian nations. However, its crucial geo-strategic position in the Indian Ocean – which has aroused the interest of major world powers with a stake in the Indo-Pacific, in particular China and India – gives it a far greater importance than would result from its small population and limited size.

The Maldives too is a recent democracy, which, in fact was born, as in the case of Bhutan, in 2008. Also, as in the case of Sri Lanka, the legislative elections in the Maldives were the concluding phase of a political process started with a presidential election the year before. Differently however from the cases of Bhutan and Sri Lanka, the Maldivian democracy appears decidedly more fragile than that of the two other South Asian countries.

Since the peaceful revolution of 2008, which forced Maumoon Abdul Gayoom, the strongman who had been in power for three decades (1978-2008),185 to allow the first multiparty presidential vote, which he lost, the country has held regular multiparty presidential and parliamentary elections. Unfortunately, with the exception of the first democratically elected Maldivian President, Mohamed Nasheed (president 2008-2012),186 all the Presidents who have governed the archipelago from 2012 up to 2023 have shown the tendency to make use of authoritarian measures. These have ranged from attacks on the judiciary to detention, torture and disappearance or murder of political opponents.187 Rather surprisingly, nonetheless, none of the post-2008 Presidents has hitherto succeeded in solidifying his grip on power, and all of them have been unable to outlast a single mandate, being succeeded by politicians of a completely different political hue. The latest example of this trend was the 2023 presidential election which saw incumbent President Ibrahim Mohamed Solih of the Maldivian Democratic Party (MDP) defeated by then Mayor of Malé Mohamed Muizzu, of the People’s National Congress (PNC). Muizzu, who went to the polls supported by a coalition between his own MPD and the Progressive Party of Maldives (PPM), won with 54% of the vote.188

The new President had to cope with a Parliament which was still firmly controlled by Solih’s MDP, which blocked both several of the new President’s initiatives and the appointment of three of the cabinet members whom he had selected.189 The possible way out from the resulting impasse was the fact that elections for the unicameral Parliament (or People’s Majlis) were due at the beginning of 2024.190 When they were held, on 21 April 2024, Muizzu’s PNC achieved an overwhelming victory, jumping from three to 70 seats in a 93-seat-Parliament. Also, three independent legislators decided to ally with the PNC. On its part, Solih’s MDP crashed from 65 to 12 seats.191 It is worth stressing that, as in the case of the previous presidential elections, the parliamentary election was not marred by «major issues or irregularities», which means that its result was «indicative of the will of the people».192

In the final analysis, while it is too early to evaluate if the presidential and legislative elections of 2023 and 2024 in the Maldives have opened the path towards a more authentic democracy, there is at least hope that this is the case.193

dc

What are the conclusions that can be drawn by the preceding rather long and tortuous reconnaissance of the elections which took place in 16 Asian countries, inhabited by more than 2 billion people? In order to arrive at some kind of evaluation, some preliminary methodological considerations are in order. Whereas, in the everyday language, the binary classification democracy/autocracy is hegemonic in characterizing the political system of any given country, by itself it is incapable to satisfactory assess the existing reality. In fact, both the concept of democracy and that of autocracy are ideal types; as such they do not exist in reality, but are mental constructs which help to give a rational order to the apparent chaos of reality. Also, by themselves, these two ideal types are insufficient to reach their purported explanatory goal; reality is too complex to be explained only by them. Any analysis on the existing political systems – included the one performed in the previous pages – cannot but reveal that each of them falls in an intermediate space between a perfect democracy and a perfect autocracy. In turn, this intermediate space, is not, to paraphrase Hegel’s quip in the Phenomenology of Spirit, a night «in which all cows are black». In fact, the regimes occupying this intermediate space are characterized by even radically different mixtures of democratic and authoritarian elements. They are all hybrid regimes, but all hybrid regimes are not the same.

Once the above has been clarified, in order to make sense of the situation of liberty/lack-of-it, as revealed by the 2024 elections in Asia, a rule-of-the-thumb classification, without any claim to scientificity but perhaps sufficient to give some order to the apparent chaos of reality, is proposed. It is based on the following categories: (a) full democracy; (b) full but endangered democracy; (c) full democracy in the making; (d) electoral autocracy in the making; (e) electoral autocracy; (f) sham democracy. A last possible category – full autocracy – is not included, as any system allowing elections, it does not matter how constrained – is not a full autocracy.194

In our classification, the two extremes of the proposed range – «full democracy» and «sham democracy» – are the nearest to the ideal types of democracy and autocracy. However, as there is no perfect correspondence between an ideal type and reality, it ought to be clear that those regimes here classified as full democracies have their own democratic blemishes – as explained in the preceding analysis. Conversely, sham democracies – which are regimes where elections and other democratic institutions have, basically, only a cosmetic function – still include some effective, although rare and scarcely relevant, democratic elements – which, once again, have been highlighted in the previous pages. Finally, an electoral autocracy is a system in which democratic institutions still exist and, to a more or less limited extent, still function, but are severely constrained through legal and illegal means by the party and/or leader in power. Also, it is worth stressing that, in the final analysis, even the just suggested categorization is unable to fully reorder the chaos of reality; in it, in fact, it is difficult to include the special case represented by Iran.

Having explained all this, it is possible to have a synthetic view of the results of the preceding analysis on the 2024 Asian elections by looking at table 5.

The first, and rather depressing, impression that one gathers from the examination of table 4 is that none of the four most populous Asian countries – India, Indonesia, Pakistan and Bangladesh, with a number of inhabitants exceeding 2.180 billion – is a full democracy. It is possible that Bangladesh is on the path towards a more democratic future – but even this is doubtful, considering the key role played by the military in the Monsoon Revolution. Conversely, Indonesia appears to be on the reverse path, possibly heading towards a perfect electoral autocracy. Accordingly, the first full democracy is the fifth most populous Asian country, Japan. In turn, Japan heads the patrol formed by the other five Asian countries classified as full democracies – South Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Mongolia

Table 5 – What the 2024 Elections in Asia Reveal on the State of Democracy

Country

Population

State of democracy

1

India

1,463,865,525

Electoral autocracy

2

Indonesia

285,721,236

Electoral autocracy in the making

3

Pakistan

255,219,554

Sham democracy

4

Bangladesh

175,686,899

Electoral autocracy (perhaps evolving towards democracy as a result of the Monsoon Revolution)

5

Japan

123,103,479

Full democracy

6

Iran

92,417,681

Theocratic system which, nonetheless, allows a reduced democratic space

7

Thailand

71,619,863

Sham democracy

8

South Korea

51,667,029

Full but endangered democracy

9

Uzbekistan

37,053,428

Sham democracy

10

Sri Lanka

23,229,470

Full democracy

11

Taiwan

23,112,793

Full democracy

12

Cambodia

17,847,982

Sham democracy

13

Azerbaijan

10,397,713

Sham democracy

14

Mongolia

3,517,100

Full democracy

15

Bhutan

796,682

Full democracy

16

The Maldives

529,676

Full democracy in the making?

and Bhutan. However, the demographic strongest among them, South Korea – which alone has around one million inhabitants more than the other four taken together 195 – is a full democracy under stress. The situation does not change if, optimistically, we include in the democratic patrol the Maldives, with its half million inhabitants.

The list of sham democracies is decidedly more consistent. Apart from Pakistan, it includes Thailand, Uzbekistan, Cambodia and Azerbaijan. While Pakistan has something more than 255 million inhabitants, the inhabitants of Thailand, Uzbekistan, Cambodia and Azerbaijan total some 137 million people.

Finally, Iran is a case apart, which this author finds difficult to categorise. Its political system appears as made up by a chrysalis of democracy inside a cocoon of theocracy. The problem is that the possibility of the chrysalis breaking through the cocoon and transforming into a butterfly, namely a democracy, seems remote, at best. For the time being, unfortunately, under no circumstances Iran can be considered a democracy in the making.

Thus, at the end of this journey, the rather depressing result is that only a minority of the Asian countries which went to the polls in 2024 – and, far more importantly, only a fraction of a total population of more than 2 billion people – live in a political environment of substantive democracy. Substantive democracy seems to take root and maintain itself more easily in countries with a small population than in large countries with a numerous population. Among large countries with a numerous population, only Japan stands out as a full democracy. The countertendencies in act – particularly in Sri Lanka, but also in Taiwan, Mongolia, Bhutan and, perhaps, tiny Maldives – are encouraging but involve only a much lower population that countries going towards or being inside authoritarian systems. According to this perspective, the cases of the two most populous countries examined – India and Indonesia – appear particularly worrying.

Even more alarming is the fact that the decline of democracy and the contraction of liberties revealed by our analysis are far from representing a peculiarly Asian case. Very disturbingly, democracies are declining and liberties are contracting world-wide. And yet …

And yet it would be unfair to dismiss the cause for democracy as lost in Asia (as in the rest of the world). The counter-tendencies are limited, they are less strong and less widespread than any democratic person would like, and yet they are there. The Maldives, Bhutan, Sri Lanka have all gone through a transition to more democratic forms. In India, Modi’s Pyrrhic victory has been a signal of partial discontinuity given by the Indian electorate. In Bangladesh, in spite of fraudulent elections, the continuing electoral protests convinced the military to disassociate themselves from the Sheik Hasina’s regime, which led to its downfall. In a way, even more extraordinary, as pointed out by Filippo Boni,196 is what has happened in Pakistan. As we have seen, notwithstanding a deeply unfair playing field, politicians related to Imran Khan’s Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI), in spite of the fact that they had to run as independents, were able to win the relative majority of the parliamentary seats. This happened as result of elections where the turnout – 48% of the eligible voters – was unexpectedly high, given the prevailing political conditions.

So, in spite of all, the pro-democracy forces, although battered and defeated on many battlefields, are still fighting and, in some cases, even winning. And as long as they will continue to fight, there is still hope.

Michelguglielmo Torri

My heartfelt thanks to Filippo Boni and Giorgia Perletta for their criticism and suggestions. It goes without saying that any mistakes and inaccuracies still included in this essay are my sole responsibility.

1 The Asia Maior think tank defines Asia Maior as that part of Asia whose eastern and southern borders are represented by the Pacific and Indian Oceans respectively, the western border abuts on the Arab countries and Türkiye and the northern border abuts on the Caucasus Mountain range and the Siberian border.

2 The case of China, examined at length in the past issues of this journal is paradigmatic.

3 Joshua Kurlantzick, ‘A Big Year for Asian Elections, but Not Necessarily for Democracy’, Council on Foreign Relations, 12 December 2024.

4 James Manor, ‘India 2024: Authoritarianism checked, then reasserted’, in this volume, pp. 291-314.

5 International Foundation for Electoral Systems, Elections in Indonesia: 2024 General Elections [hereafter GE 2024].

6 In Indonesia, there are 38 provinces, but Yogyakarta is headed by a hereditary governor/vice governor duo. The governor is the sultan of Yogyakarta, presently Hamengkubuwono X, and the vice governor is the prince of Pakualaman, presently Paku Alam X.

7 International Foundation for Electoral Systems, Elections in Indonesia: 2024 Regional Head Elections [hereafter RHE 2024].

8 Kanupriya Kapoor, ‘Indonesia election 2024: How the electoral system works’, Reuters, 12 February 2024; GE 2024.

9 Only in the case of the election of the governor/vice governor of Jakarta, absolute majority is needed to win in the first round. This applies even in any other election where a single pair only is candidate. RHE 2024.

10 Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter B.R. Carey, ‘Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty’, in this volume, pp. 143-190.

11 Ibid., p. 146.

12 Ibid., p. 168.

13 Ibid., pp. 144, 145, 169, 183, 184.

14 Wijayanto, Ward Berenschot, Yatun Sastramidjaja, and Kris Ruijgrok, ‘The Infrastructure of Domestic Influence Operations: Cyber Troops and Public Opinion Manipulation Through Social Media in Indonesia’, The International Journal of Press/Politics, 00(0) https://doi.org/10.1177/19401612241297832, p. 2.

15 Yatun Sastramidjaja, ‘Indonesia’s election year: looking back’, Inside Indonesia, 158, October-December 2024.

16 Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter B.R. Carey,’ Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty’, p. 170.

17 Yatun Sastramidjaja, ‘Indonesia’s election year: looking back’.

18 Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter B.R. Carey,’ Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty’, p. 170.

19 Honna Jun, ‘2024 Indonesian Presidential Election: How Prabowo Won’, Asia-Pacific Review, 31 (2), 2024. p. 112.

20 The original KIM coalition included six parties, namely the Gerindra Party, the Golkar Party, the National Mandate Party (PAN), the Democratic Party, the Crescent Star Party, and the Indonesian People’s Wave Party (Gelora). After the 2024 election, other parties represented in the Parliament, such as the Nasdem Party, the Partai Kebangkitan Bangsa, and the Indonesian Unity Party, plus some non-parliamentary parties, such as the Garuda Party and the Prima Party, joined the coalition, which morphed from KIM into KIM plus. See M. Toto Suryaningtyas, ‘Indonesian Democracy in KIM Plus Domination?’, 60Kompas, 20 February 2024.

21 Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter B.R. Carey,’ Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty’, p. 171.

22 Ibid.

23 Ibid.

24 M. Toto Suryaningtyas, ‘Indonesian Democracy in KIM Plus Domination?’.

25 Riwanto Tirtosudarmo and Peter B.R. Carey,’ Indonesia 2023-24: Jokowi’s endgame and the politics of dynasty’, p. 172.

26 For the list of the members of Prabowo’s cabinet, see ‘Prabowo reveals names of ministers in «Red and White Cabinet»’, Antara, 20 October 2024.

27 Ward Berenschot, ‘The nationalisation of regional elections’, Inside Indonesia, 158, October-December 2024.

28 Ahmad Alfian, ‘Strategi Gerindra Berbuah Manis di Pilkada 2024 (Gerindra’s Strategy Bears Sweet Fruit in 2024 Regional Elections)’, Rmol.id, 1 December 2024.

29 Yatun Sastramidjaja, ‘Indonesia’s election year: looking back’.

30 Marco Corsi, ‘Pakistan 2024: Political turmoil and economic instability’, in this volume, pp. 355-375.

31 Ibid.

32 ‘Court indicts Imran Khan in GHQ attack case’, The Nation, 6 December 2024.

33 Silvia Tieri and Raian Hossain, ‘Bangladesh 2023-2024: From democratic backsliding to the Monsoon Revolution, towards democratic transition’, in this volume, pp. 267-290.

34 Raymond Yamamoto and Marco Zappa, ‘Japan 2024: Striving for security amidst political turmoil’, in this volume, pp. 83-123.

35 Ibid., p. 88.

36 Ibid., p. 94.

37 Ibid., p. 98.

38 Ibid.

39 Ibid.

40 The Majles are the unicameral legislative body of Iran, elected every four years and presently consisting of 290 members. The Majles legislates within the limits set by Shia Islam and the Constitution and has some powers of control on the president and his government. Its powers are however constrained by the Guardian Council, a powerful unelected body, which verifies the compatibility of the laws passed by the Majles with Islamic criteria and the Constitution, and can return them to the Majles.

41 The Assembly of Experts is an 88-member body elected every eight years. It is tasked with choosing the supreme leader of Iran, namely the head of State (on whose almost boundless powers see below), and ensuring that he remains qualified to perform his role. However, the power of appointing the supreme leader remains untested, as the Assembly of Experts did not play any role in the ascendancy of the first leader, Ruhollah Khomeini, and was in abeyance when the second and current one, Ali Khamenei, was selected by Khomeini (in 1980). Also, the Assembly of Experts, since its reestablishment in 1983, has never publicly challenged any of the supreme leader’s decisions.

42 See the previous footnote.

43 Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Iran (https://www.legal-tools.org/doc/4205c7/pdf), Art. 10.

44 This has been carefully and extensively documented in the Iran-related essays published in this journal, authored by Riccardo Redaelli, Aniseh Bassiri Tabrizi & Claudia Castiglioni, Luciano Zaccara, and Giorgia Perletta.

45 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran’s Domestic Politics in 2024’ (unpublished manuscript, 2025).

46 The Guardian Council is also vested with the power to supervise elections and that of vetoing legislation passed by the Majles. Half of his 12 members is appointed by the rahbar, while the other half is appointed by the head of the Judiciary, who, however, is himself appointed by the rahbar. See Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Iran, in particular art. 94, 96, 98, 99.

47 Riccardo Redaelli, ‘La crescente contrapposizione politica in Iran’, Asia Major, XIII/2002, pp. 13 ff; Riccardo Redaelli, ‘Iran: oltre Khatami, verso dove?’, Asia Major, XIV/2003, pp. 19 ff.

48 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran 2021: The year of transition’, Asia Maior XXXII/2021 (2022), pp. 393-416. 

49 The elections to the Majles went through a second round on 10 May 2024. The 285 elected members of the Majles are selected in 207 single or multi-member constituencies. Presently, each candidate, to be elected in the first round, must obtain at least 20% of the vote cast in his/her constituency. In all constituencies where not all available seats are won in the first round due to not passing the electoral threshold, a second round is held. Only candidates in the lead during the first round, their number being restricted in any given constituency to twice the number of the seats to be filled, are allowed to run. See Inter-Parliamentary Union, IRAN (ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF)/Majles Shoraye Eslami (Islamic Parliament of Iran) (http://archive.ipu.org/parline-e/reports/2149_B.htm). In this source, updated to 28 November 1999, the threshold is indicated as 25% of the votes cast in any given constituency. The 25% threshold was introduced soon before the 2000 elections, bringing it down from the original 33%. Later, it was further lowered to 20%.

50 41% is the official figure. Nonetheless, given the difficulty of verifying the official figures supplied by Iran and the interest of Iranian ruling circles to convey the impression of a wide popular participation in the electoral process – considered as a legitimation of the regime – the actual figure could be decidedly lower. Mehrzad Boroujerdi, ‘Iran’s Faustian 2024 Elections: Statistics Tell the Story’, Stimson, 4 March 2024.

51 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran’s Domestic Politics in 2024’; ‘Islamic Parliament of Iran, Iran Elections’, IPU Parline (https://data.ipu.org/parliament/IR/IR-LC01/election/IR-LC01-E20240301/); ‘Voting ends in Iran’s parliament, Assembly of Experts elections after 16 hours’, Xinhua, 2 March 2024; Majid Mohammadi, ‘Iran’s Next Ruler: Assembly Of Experts Prepares For Succession’, Iran International, 7 March 2024.

52 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran’s Domestic Politics in 2024’.

53 Ibid.

54 Ibid.; Syed Fraz Hussain Naqvi & Syed Qandil Abbas, ‘Iran’s presidential elections 2024: An analysis’, Global Change, Peace & Security, 34(2-3), 2024, p. 193. It is worth stressing that Pourmohammadi’s moderate credentials were less than impeccable. While he had entered the presidential election on moderate positions, his moderatism was called into question by his political past that. He had been implicated in the 1988 mass execution of political prisoners in Tehran, had been Home Minister under hardliner President Mahmud Ahmadinejad, and, later, distancing himself from Ahmadinejad, had become a close confident of Rahbar Ali Khamenei. It is because of his past that, when he was selected as candidate by the Guardian Council, most journalists and analysts classified him as a conservative.

55 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran’s Domestic Politics in 2024’.

56 Syed Fraz Hussain Naqvi & Syed Qandil Abbas, ‘Iran’s presidential elections 2024: An analysis’, p. 194.

57 Ibid.

58 Ibid., p. 194.

59 Ibid., pp. 194-195.

60 Ibid., p. 196.

61 Luciano Zaccara, ‘Iran’s Domestic Politics in 2024’.

62.  The Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) was the agreement between Iran and the P5+1 together with the European Union, aimed to limit the Iranian nuclear programme in return for sanction relief. The JCPOA, finalized on 14 July 2015, was de facto sunk by Donald Trump, during his first presidency, when, on 8 May 2018, he announced the US withdrawal from the pact.

63 Edoardo Siani, ‘Thailand 2023-2024: A general election and its contested aftermath’, in this volume, pp. 235-250.

64 Ibid., p. 239. The Move Forward Party, relegated to the opposition, was dissolved on 7 August 2024 and its executive board banned from politics for 10 years, following a sentence of the Constitutional Court, which judged the Move Forward-sponsored proposal to emend the lèse-majesté law unconstitutional. Ibid.

65 ‘2024 Thai Senate Selection, Explained’, iLaw, 3 March 2024.

66 ‘Organic Act on the Acquisition of Senators, B.E. 2561 (2018), Tentative Translation by Associate Professor Dr. Pinai Nanakorn under contract for the Office of the Council of State of Thailand’s Law for ASEAN project’ (https://www.ect.go.th/web-upload/migrate/ect_en/download/article/article_20210806135906.pdf).

67 Ian Hollinger, ‘Thailand’s Senate Election: The Definition of Insanity’, The Diplomat, 10 May 2024.

68 Ibid.

69 The list of the 20 groups is available in ‘2024 Thai Senate Selection, Explained’.

70 Ibid. Also excluded were: «drug addicts, bankrupt, “mentally challenged”, currently in prison or under political bans». ‘What the Senate election means and why it’s all different’, Bangkok Post, 13 May 2024.

71 Who is iLaw (https://www.ilaw.or.th/en/about-us).

72 ‘2024 Thai Senate Selection, Explained’, iLaw, 3 March 2024.

73 Ibid.

74 Patpicha Tanakasempipat, ‘Thai Conservatives Retain Senate Control in Blow to Pro-Democracy Groups’, Bloomberg, 11 July 2024.

75 Sunai Phasuk, ‘Thailand’s Upcoming Senate Election Fundamentally Flawed’, Human Right Watch, 2 May 2024.

76 ‘What the Senate election means and why it’s all different’.

77 Koh Ewe, ‘What the World’s «Most Complicated Election» Means for Thailand’s Democracy’, Time, 28 June 2024.

78 For an introduction to the system see ‘2024 Thai Senate Selection, Explained’, in particular the table ‘Thai Senate Selection Process. Intra-group and inter-group Election’.

79 Koh Ewe, ‘What the World’s «Most Complicated Election» Means for Thailand’s Democracy’.

80 Emma Kenny, ‘Thailand’s Senate Elections Results: What now?’, International IDEA, 12 July 2024.

81 Ibid.

82 For a synthetic but appropriate description of these abuses, see, e.g., ‘Senators to face scrutiny over alleged collusion in last year’s Senate election’, Prachatai English, 3 March 2025.

83 Patpicha Tanakasempipat, ‘Thai Conservatives Retain Senate Control in Blow to Pro-Democracy Groups’.

84 Ibid.; Japhet Quitzon, ‘The Latest on Southeast Asia: Thai Senate Elections’, Center for Stratergic & International Studies, 18 July 2024.

85 Lorena Gil Sanchez, ‘South Korea General Election 2024 Pre-Election Report’, CAD Research Brief, April 2024, p. 1.

86 Gi-Wook Shin and Ho-Ki Kim (eds.), South Korea’s Democracy in Crisis. The Threats of Illiberalism, Populism, and Polarization, Stanford: Walter H. Shorenstein Asia-Pacific Research Center, 2022.

87 Lorena Gil Sanchez, ‘South Korea General Election 2024 Pre-Election Report’, pp. 1, 5.

88 Marco Milani and Antonio Fiori, ‘Korean peninsula 2024: A year of political and social upheaval’, in this volume, p. 56.

89 Gi-Wook Shin, ‘Korea’s Bumpy Road Toward Democracy’, Stanford Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies, 12 December 2024.

90 Marco Milani and Antonio Fiori, ‘Korean peninsula 2024: A year of political and social upheaval’, p. 58.

91 Ibid., p. 59.

92 Ibid. for both quotations.

93 Ibid., pp. 59-60.

94 Freedom House, Uzbekistan (https://freedomhouse.org/country/uzbekistan/freedom-world/2024).

95 Ibid.

96 Ibid.

97.  OSCE – Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights, Republic of Uzbekistan – Parliamentary Elections – 27 October 2024: ODIHR Election Observation Mission – Final Report, Warsaw, 26 February 2025 [henceforth ODIR Final Report], p.1.

98 Ibid.

99 Ibid., pp. 1, 5.

100 Freedom House, Nations in Transit 2024 – Uzbekistan (https://freedomhouse.org/country/uzbekistan/nations-transit/2024).

101 ODIR Final Report, pp. 2, 6.

102 Gulbin Sultana, ‘2024 Presidential Election in Sri Lanka: An Analysis’, Manohar Parrikar Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, 14 October 2024.

103 Gotabaya’s eldest brother, Mahinda Rajapaksa, had been president for two consecutive terms from 2005 to 2015. Gotabaya had been elected president on 19 November 2019.

104 Diego Abenante, ‘Sri Lanka 2022: The aragalaya protest movement and the Rajapaksas’ fall from power’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022 (2023), pp. 371 ff; Id., ‘Sri Lanka 2023: Wickremesinghe’s first six months between economic recovery and political uncertainty’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023 (2024), pp. 339 ff.

105 Gulbin Sultana, ‘2024 Presidential Election in Sri Lanka: An Analysis’.

106 European Union Election Observation Mission, SRI LANKA 2024. Final Report, p. 6.

107 Gulbin Sultana, ‘2024 Presidential Election in Sri Lanka: An Analysis’.

108 Ibid.

109 On the early history of the JVP, see Gamini SamaranayakePolitical Violence in Sri Lanka, Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 2008.

110 Gulbin Sultana, ‘2024 Presidential Election in Sri Lanka: An Analysis’.

111 Ibid.

112 Sarah Shamin, ‘Sri Lanka parliamentary elections 2024: what’s at stake?’, Al Jazeera, 14 November 2024.

113 Amali Wedagedara & Pasan Jayasinghe, ‘Sri Lanka: Reading the General Election 2024’, CADTM, 22 November 2024.

114 Ibid.

115 Ibid.

116 The transition to democracy was decided by then President Chiang Ching-kuo, of the ruling Kuomintang. In 1986 the first legal opposition party, the Democratic Progressive Party was founded; the following year martial law was lifted; on 23 March 1996 the first free and direct presidential election was held together with the first free election of the members of the National assembly. See Thomas J. Bellows, ‘The March 1996 Elections in the Republic of China on Taiwan’, American Journal of Chinese Studies, 3 (2), October 1996, pp. 235-249.

117 David Sacks, ‘Taiwan’s Democracy Is Thriving in China’s Shadow’, Council on Foreign Relations, 13 May 2024. Sacks highlights the positive evaluation on the part of Freedom House, V-Dem and the Economist Intelligence Unit.

118 Aurelio Insisa, ‘Taiwan 2023 and the 2024 elections: A DPP partial victory after a contested electoral campaign’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023 (2024), pp. 145-167.

119 The formal announcement that Lai would run as a presidential candidate was only made on 12 April 2023.

120 On the 1992 Consensus see, e.g., Chi-hung Wei, ‘China–Taiwan relations and the 1992 consensus, 2000−2008’, International Relations of the Asia-Pacific, 16 (1), 2016, pp. 67-95; Yu-Jie Chen and Jerome A. Cohen, ‘China-Taiwan Relations Re-Examined: The “1992 Consensus” and cross-strait agreements’, University of Pennsylvania Asian Law Review, XIV, 2019, pp. 1-40.

121 E.g., Guiguo Wang & Priscilla M F Leung, ‘One Country, Two Systems: Theory into Practice’, Washington International Law Journal, 7 (2), 1998, pp. 279-321.

122 Than Kiū, ‘Hong Kong 2023: The new Chinese province’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023 (2024), pp. 125-143; and id., Hong Kong 2024: Adjusting to the National Security Law. In this same volume. See also, Claudia Astarita, ‘Hong Kong 2021-2022: A new life in the shadow of China’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022 (2023)pp. 157-175.

123 Aurelio Insisa, ‘Taiwan 2023 and the 2024 elections: A DPP partial victory after a contested electoral campaign’, pp. 145. 148

124 In 2023, 33.2% of the Taiwanese were in favour of the choice «maintain the status quo indefinitely», 27.9% were in favour of the choice «maintain the status quo, decide at a later date», and 21.5% were in favour of the choice «maintain the status quo, move toward independence». Of course, because the status quo implied the de facto independence from the Mainland, the choices in its favour, which amounted to the 82.6% of the total, implied a stance in favour of independence, although a disguised one. Interestingly the choice «unification as soon as possible», was the least preferred option. It had never exceeded 5% since the survey had been conducted and stood at only 1.2% in 2023. See Election Study Center, National Chengchi University, ‘Taiwan Independence vs. Unification with the Mainland (1994/12~2024/12)’, 13 January 2025.

125 Aurelio Insisa, ‘Taiwan 2023 and the 2024 elections: A DPP partial victory after a contested electoral campaign’, p. 149.

126 Ibid., pp. 147-157.

127 Ibid., pp. 146-147.

128 Ibid., p. 147.

129 Caroline Bennett, ‘Cambodia 2022-2023: Securing dynastic autocracy’, Asia Maior, XXXIV/2023 (2024), p. 217.

130 Ibid., pp. 218-220.

131 Ibid., p. 219.

132 Ibid.

133 Ibid.

134 Ibid., p. 218.

135 Torn Chanritheara, ‘Ex-PM Hun Sen Appointed as Head of Supreme Privy Council’, Cambodianess, 22 August 2023.

136 ‘Cambodia’s ruling party wins Senate election, paving the way for Hun Sen to act as its president’, AP, 27 February 2024.

137 Sebastian Strangio, ‘Cambodia’s CPP Claims Lopsided Victory in Senate Elections’, The Diplomat, 26 February 2024.

138 Two of the remaining four senators are elected by the Lower House and two by the King.

139 Ananth Baliga and Meng Kroypunlok, ‘Cambodia election sweep cements Hun Sen family’s grip on power’, Nikkei Asia26 February 2024.

140 In the final analysis, this was the explanation given, although making use of a more diplomatic language, by Ilham Aliyev himself. However, analysts proposed a series of other possible explanations. See, e.g., Lidiya Parkhomchik, ‘What are the Reasons for Early Presidential Election in Azerbaijan?’, Akhmet Yassawi University – Eurasian Research Institute, without date; Murad Muradov and Rusif Huseynov, ‘Azerbaijani presidential elections: reasons and possible implications’, New Eastern Europe, 26 March 2024. On the conquest of the Armenian enclave of Nagorno Karabakh and its consequences, see Carlo Frappi, ‘Azerbaijan 2021: Towards a new beginning?’, Asia Maior, XXXII/2021 (2022), pp. 417 ff.

141 Arzu Geybullayeva, ‘Presidential election in Azerbaijan show [sic] old habits die hard’, Global Voices, 8 February 2024.

142 Ibid. Carousel voting is a method of vote rigging in which voters cast their ballots at more than one polling station.

143 The second most voted candidate, Zahid Oruj, got just below 2% of the votes. Murad Muradov & Rusif Huseynov, ‘Azerbaijani presidential elections: reasons and possible implications’, New Eastern Europe, 26 March 2024.

144 Arzu Geybullayeva, ‘Presidential election in Azerbaijan show [sic] old habits die hard’; ‘Azerbaijan election: President Ilham Aliyev wins vote criticized by monitors’, BBC News, 8 February 2024.

145 Arzu Geybullayeva, ‘Presidential election in Azerbaijan show [sic] old habits die hard’.

146 Mərkəzi Seçki Komissiyası, Informasiya Mərkəzi [Central Election Commission, Information Center] (https://www.infocenter.gov.az/archive/MilliMeclis2024.aspx?i=5&dsk=1). See also Naila Bagirova, ‘Azerbaijan’s ruling party retains parliamentary majority after snap vote’, Reuters, 2 September 2024.

147 Naila Bagirova, ‘Azerbaijan’s ruling party retains parliamentary majority after snap vote’.

149 ‘Azerbaijan’s top opposition parties to continue election boycott streak’, Eurasianet, 20 December 2023.

150 Gabat Damba & Byambakhand Luguusharav, ‘Mongolia’s Electoral Reform and the State Great Khural (Parliamentary) Elections’, Asia Democracy Research Network, 19 July 2024.

151 Daniel Worrall and Charlie Humphreys, ‘2024 Mongolia Election Analysis’, Asia House, 7 May 2024.

152 Freedom House, Mongolia.

153 Dashzeveg Amarbayasgalan, four-time secretary of the Mongolian People’s Party, past chairman of the unicameral parliament, presently chief cabinet secretary. The quotations is in Daniel Worrall and Charlie Humphreys, ‘2024 Mongolia Election Analysis’.

154 The electoral systems employed since the 1990 democratic revolution has been frequently changed and has ranged from majoritarian voting systems with single or multiple mandates to mixed systems which combined majoritarian and proportional representation. See Gabat Damba & Byambakhand Luguusharav, ‘Mongolia’s Electoral Reform and the State Great Khural (Parliamentary) Elections’.

155 Marissa J. Smith, Julian Dierkes, and Enkhtsetseg Dagva, ‘Parliamentary Elections 2024: Yet Another New Election System’, Mongolia Focus, 12 March 2024.

156 Ganbat Damba & Byambakhand Luguusharav, ‘Mongolia’s Electoral Reform and the State Great Khural (Parliamentary) Elections’; Marissa J. Smith, Julian Dierkes, and Enkhtsetseg Dagva, ‘Parliamentary Elections 2024: Yet Another New Election System’.

157.  This ratio is set to change to 60/40 in the 2028 election. See Maria A. Blackwood, ‘Parliamentary Elections in Mongolia’, [US] Congressional Research Service Insight, 9 July 2024.

158 Julian Dierkes, ‘Mongolia’s MPP maintains power with strategic gains’, East Asia Forum, 23 July 2024.

159 Bolor Lkhaajav, ‘Mongolia’s Election Brings Diverse Multiparty Representation and Corruption Concerns’, The Diplomat, 4 July 2024. Rather paradoxically, in spite of the presence of many young candidates, the younger generation was laggard in voting.

160 OSCE Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights, ‘Mongolia’s parliamentary elections well run but marked by ruling party advantage and several fundamental rights limitations: international observers’, OSCE29 June 2024.

161 Ibid. Also criticized were the layout of polling stations, which led to overcrowding, «compromising the secrecy of the vote in some cases» and the presence of a legislation against dissemination of false information which was «currently being used to prosecute several journalists, leading to widespread self-censorship».

162 Ibid.

163 Julian Dierkes, ‘Mongolia’s MPP maintains power with strategic gains’.

164 See Ken Moritsugu and Aniruddha Ghosal, ‘Mongolia’s governing party wins only a slim majority in parliamentary election, early results show’, AP, 29 June 2024. The GDP growth rate in 2023 had been 7%. In 2024 a contraction was expected, particularly because of the negative impact of adverse weather conditions on agriculture. The inflation was on a downward trend, but remained high. See, e.g.., Asia Development Bank, Asia Development Outlook (ADO) April 2024: Mongolia (https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/publication/957856/mon-ado-april-2024.pdf).

165 Martin Duffy, ‘Reflections on Mongolia’s 2024 Elections’, E-International Relations, 7 July 2024.

166 Ibid.

167 1336 according to the US Congressional Research Service Insight; 1341 according to the Asia Democracy Research Network.

168 The threshold was 4% of the vote for single parties; 5% for two-party coalitions; 7% for coalitions with three or more parties. See, e.g., Marissa J. Smith, Julian Dierkes, and Enkhtsetseg Dagva, ‘Parliamentary Elections 2024: Yet Another New Election System’.

169 Ganbat Damba & Byambakhand Luguusharav, ‘Mongolia’s Electoral Reform and the State Great Khural (Parliamentary) Elections’.

170 Ibid.

171 Anand Tumurtogoo, ‘A Gran Coalition and a New Era in Mongolia’, The Diplomat, 1 August 2024.

172 Ibid.

173 Somini Sengupta, ‘Line Up and Pick a Dragon: Bhutan Learns to Vote’, New York Times, 24 April 2007.

174 The Constitution of the Kingdom of Bhutan (https://www.dlgdm.gov.bt/storage/upload-documents/2021/9/20/Constitution-of-bhutan-2008.pdf).

175 Freedom House, Bhutan: Country Profile (https://freedomhouse.org/country/bhutan).

176 Ibid.

177 «Possibly more important» in that they are quoted by Freedom House before the improvement in physical security and the environment for civil liberties.

178 Freedom House, Bhutan: Freedom in the World 2025 Country Report (https://freedomhouse.org/country/bhutan/freedom-world/2025).

179 Inter-Parliamentary Union, Bhutan: Tshogdu (National Assembly) (http://archive.ipu.org/parline-e/reports/2035_B.htm).

180 ‘Bhutan holds general election as economic crisis hits «national happiness»’, Al Jazeera, 7 January 2024.

181 ‘PDP Wins 2024 National General Elections with 30 Seats’, Daily Bhutan, 10 January 2024.

182 It is a well-known fact that in Bhutan, in alternative to the GDP, the main national index of progress is the Gross National Happiness (GNH). The concept of GNH was formulated by King Jigme Singye Wangchuck in the early 1970s and incorporated into Article 9 of the 2008 constitution. GNH Centre Bhutan, History of GNH (https://www.gnhcentrebhutan.org/history-of-gnh/). For a discussion of the concept see OECD, Bhutan’s Gross National Happiness (GNH) Index, 23 August 2024.

183 ‘Bhutan holds general election as economic crisis hits «national happiness»’; ‘PDP Wins 2024 National General Elections with 30 Seats’.

184 ‘Tshering Tobgay set to return as Bhutan PM after liberal PDP wins elections’, Al Jazeera, 10 January 2024.

185 Gayoom had been preceded by another strongman, Ibrahim Nasir, in power from the year of independence (1965).

186 Mohamed Nasheed, the «Maldivian Mandela», was removed from power by a military coup. His Vice-President, who was possibly involved in the coup, took Nasheed’s place up to the official expiry of Nasheed’s mandate. Then new elections were held.

187 Azim Zahir, ‘The Maldives: The rise and fall of a Muslim democracy’, Al Jazeera, 23 September 2018; Mimrah Abdul Ghafoor, ‘The Past, Present, and Future of Maldivian Democracy’, The Diplomat, 25 October 2023; International IDEA, ‘Maldives’, July 2024 (https://www.idea.int/democracytracker/country/maldives).

188 Ece Goksedef, ‘Maldives election: Pro-China candidate Muizzu wins presidency’, BBC News, 30 September 2023; ‘Mohamed Muizzu wins Maldives election in victory for pro-China camp’, Al Jazeera, 30 September 2023.

189 ‘Maldives parliament rejects 3 cabinet members after dramatic brawl’, The Daily Star, 29 January 2024; Mohamed Junayd, ‘Pro-China party wins Maldives election in landslide – reports’, Reuters, 22 April 2024.

190 Maldivian parliamentary elections are held according to the first-past-the-post system.

191 ECM, Parliamentary Elections 2024 – Results (https://results.elections.gov.mv/index.html).

192 This was the judgement of a spokesperson for the US State Department. See Mohamed Junayd, ‘Pro-China party wins Maldives election in landslide – reports’, Reuters, 22 April 2024. Very significantly, no accusation of irregularities or dishonest practices during the elections appeared in the Indian press, despite concerns about the pro-Chinese positions of Muizzu and his party. See, e.g., ‘Maldives’ Prez Muizzu secures «supermajority» in parliamentary elections’, Business Standard, 22 April 2024.

193 As one can gather also from the titles of the newspapers quoted so far, international observers had the tendency to see the political struggle in the Maldives as one fought between pro-India and pro-China political forces. Of course, foreign policy is not totally devoid of influence in the Maldivian voters’ choices, if not for any other reason, because of the economic advantages which can accrue to the archipelago by favouring the geopolitical ambitions of either India or China. Nonetheless, as pointed out by Indian Ambassador Rajeev Bhatia, the main concerns of the Maldivian voters – «especially young voters», who, in the Maldives, are the majority – relate to «their economic well-being: employment, housing and improvements needed for the tourism industry, education, and healthcare». Therefore, «to portray the election as a football match between China and India […] is to betray ignorance of how this nation of 1,192 islands functions». Rajiv Bhatia, ‘Maldives: a democracy evolves’, The Hindu, 12 October 2023.

194 In the literature, there is a series of categorisations which attempt to give order to the democracy-autocracy continuum. If this author were a political scientist, at this point he would have to make a critical assessment of this literature. Given, however, that he is a historian, he feels dispensed from this, since, after all, the historian’s task is simply to identify the data he considers relevant, and then unfold them, i.e., put them in an order he considers sensible. However, his readers interested in the literature in question can usefully consult the following sources, hereafter quoted in chronological order: Steven Levitsky and Lucan A. Way, ‘The Rise of Competitive Authoritarianism’, Journal of Democracy, 13 (2), April 2002, pp. 51-65; Andreas Schedler (ed.), Electoral Authoritarianism: The Dynamics of Unfree Competition, Boulder (Colorado): Lynne Rienner, 2006; Andreas Schedler, ‘Electoral Authoritarianism’, in Robert Scott and Kosslyn (eds.), Emerging Trends in the Social and Behavioral Sciences, Hoboken (New Jersey): John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2015; Bastian Herre, ‘The «Regimes of the World» data: how do researchers measure democracy?’, originally published on December 2, 2021, last updated in April 2025 (https://ourworldindata.org/regimes-of-the-world-data).

195 South Korea has some 51,700 million inhabitants, compared to the roughly 50,600 million inhabitants of Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Bhutan and the Maldives taken together.

196 In a personal communication to me, dated 20 May 2025.

Asia Maior, XXXV / 2024

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Seeking security and trade in Asia? Obstacles and opportunities for Australia

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Sam Roggeveen, The Echidna Strategy, Australia’s Search for Power and Peace, Collingwood: La Trobe University Press in conjunction with Black Inc., 2023, 1+233pages (ISBN: 978174823279 ebook).

Andrew Charlton, Australia’s Pivot to India, Collingwood: Black Inc., 2023, 1+311pages (ISBN: 9781743823316 ebook).

Roggeveen’s The Echidna Strategy and Charlton’s Pivot to India are both about opportunities for Australia to build closer diplomatic and strategic relationships with Asian powers. They argue that changes in Australia’s domestic and international environments provide compelling reasons to overcome past obstacles.

In their accounts, two factors stand out. First, while Australia has long clung to its European foundations and alliance with the US, it trades with Asia. It trades especially with China—a source of both profit and fear. Second, Australia’s population of 26.3 million is no longer predominantly Anglo Celtic. Following the 1939-1945 war an assertive immigration program brought migrants first from Britain, then from northern Europe and then from southern Europe. Immigrants account for 30 per cent of the population. Migration from Asia, recently from China and more recently still from India, has confirmed it as multicultural, with notable Asian components. At the 2021 census 17.4 per cent of the population identified as having Asian ancestry. That current migration policy emphasises graduate qualifications and skills in high demand makes it attractive to the many potential immigrants from Asia who meet these criteria. Multiculturalism is likely to continue to deepen. However, it is likely also to remain contested.

Both authors are more than aware of continuing inhibitions, not to mention outright fears, that obstruct explicit changes in direction. Since the 1980s, changes in economic and social policy combined with rapid technological change have widened gaps between social groups. The egalitarianism on which many Australians have prided themselves has frayed. Aspiration has collided with stunted access to economic success. Professional and well-educated Australians do well. Less well-educated ones struggle for well-paying jobs and for the comfortable lifestyles they see others enjoying. Further, for many in Australia, trade on a transactional basis with Asian powers, even an assertively rising China, is one thing; diplomatic closeness and strategic links to culturally different countries are quite another. In these circumstances, fiercely contested domestic politics means that opportunities advocated can easily become choices avoided.

In The Echidna Strategy Roggeveen advocates, against the grain of the security community of which he is a member, that Australia rethink its dependence on ‘great and powerful friends’, principally the US. In particular, he argues against bipartisan support for the recently promulgated AUKUS Partnership (Australia, UK, US). This aims to provide Australia with access to conventionally armed, nuclear-powered submarines and to joint advanced military capabilities deployed in the Asia Pacific region. Under AUKUS Australian power would be technologically advanced and projected beyond its shores. And with familiar allies.

Roggeveen takes a very different tack. He proposes a defence strategy based close to home. He argues that Australia should make a strength of its geographical position adjacent to Asia and of its sprawling but often unwelcoming island continent. He names his strategy for an Australian animal, the echidna. It has porcupine like quills, is solitary, and is uncomfortable to get close to. It is also generally inoffensive unless attacked. He is director of the International Security Program at the Lowy Institute (a prominent privately funded think tank) and worked previously as an intelligence analyst in government. His standpoint is explicitly centre right.

In Pivot to India Charlton argues that the time is right to make closer ties with India. He explores opportunities for increased security links and trade. He celebrates the substantial Indian origin diaspora in Australia—about 1 million people or nearly 4 percent of the population—and sees Indian origin Australians as vital enablers of closer ties. However, he is very aware of the failures of past attempts at closer relations.

Charlton represents the Australian Labor Party in the national parliament in a marginal metropolitan seat in Sydney. The seat has a substantial Hindu population, approximately 31,000 or 17 percent. Charlton also has a distinguished academic record as an economist, was an adviser to a former Labor Prime Minister, and founded a data driven strategy consultancy acquired quickly by a major consulting group. His interest in India is long standing and began with participation in a program of India Australia youth dialogues.

The Echidna Strategy aims to persuade by analysis and reason. It sets out a carefully argued case. Pivot to India aims to persuade by outlining opportunities, including, but going further than, security and trade. It invites Australians to think about the benefits of the cultural change closer relations with India might bring. Taken together the books invite readers to think about the ways such approaches could help build improved relations with Asian powers.

Roggeveen’s advocacy of an Echidna Strategy is based on three elements: distance from potential threats, alliances with neighbouring powers, and capability to inflict unacceptable pain on an invader. He gives two main reasons: first, that the US is unlikely to remain the leading strategic power in Asia; and second, that Australia can defend itself without calling upon the US. In Australia neither point is uncontroversial. However, both have been welcomed in influential quarters as usefully provocative. Similar views have been expressed by former prime minister Paul Keating (Australian Labor Party 1991-96) and former foreign minister Gareth Evans (Australian Labor Party 1988-96).

Roggeveen argues that in its approach to Asia, the US is rich, powerful and unmotivated. While China and other states are building up military capability in Asia and the Pacific the US is not. He sees a gap between the disposition of US forces and US strategic interests. Inertia, rather than strategic responses to vital threats, is keeping the US in Asia. By not building up its forces it can be seen as having begun a gradual withdrawal. He foreshadows a gradual separation that is beyond Australia’s ability to prevent. In his view, a continued US presence is likely to be based on sharing influence with Asian powers, especially China.

That Australia can defend itself runs contrary to settled policy by both major political parties since the 1940s. The US alliance, embraced by wartime Labor prime minister John Curtin, and further formalised by the ANZUS Treaty (Australia, New Zealand, US) in 1951, is regarded as critical. US requests for military assistance are rarely denied. AUKUS, the eight nuclear powered submarines to be provided under it, and access to US and UK advanced military technology are presented as a necessary strengthening of an indispensable alliance.

However, delivery of both submarines and technology is contested. Objections by US politicians have had to be negotiated. Possible delivery dates for the first submarines are well in the future; not before 2030. The first craft built in Australia is due only in 2040. In the meantime, the Australian government works to maintain support from the US, embed treaty arrangements, fund a large financial commitment to US and UK suppliers, and implement interim measures. Risks remain. So do perceptions of a gap in defence capability.

The Echidna Strategy proposes not interim measures but a switch. In a non-offensive defence strategy, enhanced foreign policy development aimed at improving relations with Asian powers would help keep potential security risks at a distance. Instead of paying large sums to the US and UK for submarines and technology that can project power, and hosting US bases that may invite retaliation, Australia could look to its own resources.

Above all, Roggeveen argues, it should be clear about actual threats. In his view a rising China does pose threats to be countered. Its control of and militarisation in the South China Sea, maritime disputes with Southeast Asian countries, grey zone coercive tactics and pushing forward slice by slice all demand effective pushback. So do coercive trade restrictions, as applied to Australia in 2020 and only recently in part relieved.

But he poses also questions that do not, in his view, require AUKUS answers. He asks: how far might China want to push; would it want to invade; and does Australia need the capability that AUKUS could potentially provide to strike the Chinese homeland? In response, he argues that China has shown no interest in invasion and would suffer unacceptable losses if it did. He supports his argument with an analysis of China’s interests, the logistics of mounting an invasion force, and the ability of conventional arms to disrupt an invasion force well before it landed. He argues further that conventional weapons can be used to respond to grey zone tactics.

Roggeveen mounts a challenging case. Improved relationships with Indonesia and the Pacific can be supported as strong priorities. So can taking foreign policy initiatives that secure closer ties with other Southeast Asian countries. Strategic ties with Indonesia and the Pacific would guard against a potential invader getting close enough to threaten the mainland. Australian defence forces could be adjusted accordingly.

Roggeveen’s argument can be read as a case for not pursuing AUKUS. It can be read also as a primer for how to respond to shortfalls in what AUKUS can eventually deliver. If AUKUS falters it may turn out to be the alternative proposal whose time has come.

However, significant challenges to his argument can be expected. Four may prove difficult. First, military technology does not stand still. The pace of development of new weapons using missile, electronic, space, drone and other emerging technologies will demand continuing vigilance. Further, strategic experts can be expected to challenge the author’s assessment of what can be achieved with conventional military technology.

Second, the major enhancement of diplomatic endeavours envisaged by Roggeveen will challenge the political will of government leaders and the capabilities of a foreign service often under-resourced and bypassed. As he recognises, relationships with Indonesia have often at best been prickly. In the Pacific smallness of scale, combined with distance, diversity, past Australian tendencies to paternalism, and dilatoriness in responding to the impacts on Pacific states of climate change will call for significantly enhanced strategies.

Third, Roggeveen limits his regional vision. He does not give priority to improved relations with India. Its commitment to strategic autonomy is seen as a limit to its involvement in bilateral and multilateral arrangements. However, as Charlton suggests this underplays India’s potential importance. India is a big country looking for friends. It is concerned at the prospects of an Asia in which China is dominant. Like Australia it is active in Southeast Asia and interested in a ‘regional balance’ where no country dominates.

Fourth, whatever the wishes and skills of Australian ministers and officials, the constraints of domestic politics are likely to be critical. For the most part bipartisan enhancement of the US alliance with AUKUS has been met if, not by popular enthusiasm, with resigned forbearance. Should AUKUS falter adjustment will be difficult. In its restrained and careful way, The Echidna Strategy is a demand for a major change that will call for political courage and skill of a kind rarely recently seen.

Charlton’s advocacy of closer ties with India is urgent and enthusiastic. He sees India as a friend Australia needs. He presents a ‘pivot to India’ as a transformative ‘national imperative’. As well as enhancing diplomatic ties, closer relations with India can help recast Australia’s perception of itself. He bases his advocacy on three main reasons: the emergence of a substantial Indian diaspora that can change Australia ‘inside out’; the strategic advantages of becoming closer to an ‘inexorable superpower’ that can change the world; and opportunities for trade with a rapidly growing economy.

However, he recognises that past efforts at closer relationships foundered on a lack of common interests. Current opportunities followed a slow change in the circumstances of both countries. As he puts it, they ‘only recently drifted within reach’. He draws on the existing literature on Australia-India relations to explain the persistence of fitful exchanges. First, for much of the time post-independence, Canberra made most of the running. However, for India, such Australian initiatives held little attraction. A combination of a lack of substance in initiatives and diplomatic muck ups over, for example, Indian nuclear tests and attacks on Indian students in Australia in 2008-10, kept relationships distant.

Second, differing colonial experiences and world views reinforced lack of interest. In India the colonial destruction of the country’s wealth and global economic influence, which Charlton emphasises, still rankles. In contrast Australia developed a wealthy economy as a settler colony within the British Empire. Indeed, Australian trade with India was greater when it was still a colony. Further, differing colonial experiences led to different geopolitical outlooks. Independent India favoured self-reliance in economic management and non-alignment, then strategic autonomy, in international affairs. However, Australia developed a mixed, more open economy and favoured alliances with culturally similar countries. As the author puts it, in international affairs, India feared subjugation; Australia feared abandonment.

The emergence of a sense of interests in common took place slowly. To describe the process by which opportunities opened-up as ‘drift’ is apt. It was planned by neither country. For India the collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of an increasingly assertive China encouraged, however incrementally, a geopolitical rethink. Internally, a gradual liberalisation in economic management, however partial, provided opportunities for faster economic growth (described in some detail in the book) and a moderated enthusiasm for public ownership and self-reliance. For Australia a more liberal approach to immigration from Asia, ironically under a conservative government, provided the country with a growing number of Indian immigrants. It coincided with increasing concerns about maintaining a stable regional order and a sense that India might be interested in the same thing. Further, as India improved relationships with the US, Australia’s reliance on the US alliance became less of a hindrance. In sum, economies managed differently became less different and differences in geopolitical outlooks narrowed.

For Australia current opportunities comprise two main elements, trade and education on the one hand, and security and defence on the other. While a comprehensive economic cooperation agreement has proved elusive (a sticking point has been access by Australian agricultural products to Indian markets) a more limited agreement secured in 2022 encourages increased two way trade. In education the author’s optimism has been rewarded in 2023 by enrolment of 122,00 Indian students in Australian universities. Further, in 2024, after India implemented legislation to allow foreign university campuses, Deakin University opened in Gujarat the first overseas university campus in India. This followed a thirty year history of involvement in India. The first offerings at the new campus will include masters programs in the currently popular topics of business analytics and cybersecurity.

In security and defence, conceptualisation of the Indo Pacific region as one in which both countries have vital interests has provided a language in common. It has been accompanied by joint exercises, for example, Exercise Malabar, ‘that seeks to deepen interoperability between participating regional partners’ (Australian Government 2023).1It has been accompanied also by more regular Indian participation in strategic discussions, for example the Quad, a diplomatic forum on Indo Pacific issues including the US, India, Japan and Australia.

However, as the author is fully aware, opportunities are not self-fulfilling. Essential mutual understanding is hard won. And in India mutual understanding needs to extend beyond transactional approaches. For this reason, he sees Australia’s Indian diaspora as a vital resource. Knowing about and participating in the diaspora communities is a way of learning about India. However, the book does not provide a detailed analysis of the diaspora. It notes the diversity of immigrants and provides snapshots of cultural activities and media. It encourages interaction. It also provides practical advice.

In this spirit, the book endorses a suggestion from the CEO of the Centre for Australia India Relations, one of several officially supported bodies, that members of the diaspora can help Australian businesses find their way into the ‘nooks and crannies’ of Indian society and business life. However, it does not discuss in detail how such bodies, ambitious in goals and often short on funds, including the Australia India Institute founded with support by the Australian government and several universities in 2008 only after the violence against Indian students in Melbourne, can best promote mutual understanding.

It does, nevertheless, argue that the diaspora needs recognition and inclusion. There is a paucity of diaspora members in state and national politics and on the boards of leading companies. Underemployment among professionals is still too frequent. Restrictions on qualified professionals practising in Australia need to be eased. More promisingly it notes the increasing prominence of diaspora members in business generally. While it does not set out an equal opportunity plan for the diaspora, one can sense that the author may have it on an agenda for the future.

Charlton’s book is timely and accessible. It encourages people previously not closely involved with India to discover more. However, India has yet to achieve the decisive status he claims for it. What it has done is to take a more engaged role in global affairs and a prominent role in promoting domestic economic growth. It has also taken leading initiatives in the use of digital applications in the public and private sectors, including notably in citizen identification and access to welfare benefits. In doing so it has staked effective claims for its voice to be heard in global forums.

While Roggeveen has made a persuasive case that India is unlikely to take a front-line role in Australian defence, its preparedness to engage with issues in the Indo Pacific is a change that Australia can explore to advantage. Similarly, while improvements in trade relations are moving slowly, opportunities for Australia to contribute to Indian development by the complementary investments and initiatives valued in India are becoming more tangible.

For Australia, Indian immigration has brought a significant domestic change. Yet more dimensions have been added to a multicultural society. While Indian immigrants may not alone change Australia ‘inside out’ they may add force to the impacts of Chinese and other Asian immigrants on how Australia sees itself. As a country’s population changes so does its culture and how it presents itself to the world. However, quiet acceptance of changes that many regard as overdue is contested by loud voices demanding continuing endorsement of an Anglo Celtic settler culture with a shrinking base. Further, that many Indian immigrants are well educated professionals may strike some as adding to concerns about asymmetry in access to well paid jobs. In a future edition it would be useful to examine more explicitly the challenges of managing the changes Charlton so clearly welcomes.

On India’s internal governance, social relations and policy directions the book touches lightly. Indeed, on governance and economics it searches too much for similarities. In a future edition it would be useful also to include a more extensive account. People and institutions in Australia need to appreciate the multilayered nature of Indian society, business and politics. They need to appreciate also that since 2014, the BJP, led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, has initiated a drive towards a ‘New India’.

Prime Minister Modi’s enthusiasm for extending India’s participation in international affairs makes him a welcome host and guest. However, for those wishing to build enduring relationships, a sketch of the country as it is under the BJP, rather than as Australians might hope it to be, is desirable. As John McCarthy, a former Australian High Commissioner to India has noted, the image of an India of ‘economic growth, technological capacity and increased competence’ can easily be welcomed.2 Less easily accommodated are accompanying currents of strong nationalism and Hindu supremacy. But this does not mean Australia should draw back. McCarthy is clear that a ‘strong relationship with India’ is in Australia’s interest. However, he concludes with a firm recommendation: ‘let us be clear in our own mind about with whom we are dealing’.

While Roggeveen’s topic is national security and Charlton’s is closer relations with India, their arguments are complementary. In security, economics and national identity they identify directions still unpursued. In doing so they recognise that the changes to Australian priorities they advocate face continuing inhibitions and obstacles. They mount arguments to help overcome them that will be useful when opportunities arise.

Roggeveen’s Echidna Strategy is based on a hard eyed, conservative analysis. Australia cannot rely on the US alliance. There is a viable home grown alternative. But the political costs of making such a large shift in strategy are large and immediate. Such costs inhibit political leaders from attempting to persuade a conflicted Australian public to endorse it. Nevertheless, his analysis provides an available fall-back position. Despite the current full throated political support for AUKUS Australia may yet need it.

Charlton’s Pivot to India argues that looking to India is more important than Roggeveen allows. Closer relations with India can provide Australians not only with opportunities in trade and security but help them become more comfortable with the country’s deepening multicultural identity. Engagement with India and an updated self-perception can lead to benefits for both countries. Charlton does not say so explicitly, but effective engagement with India may provide hints on how to engage more effectively with other Asian countries too.

In sum these books provide new ideas for what to think about next in Australia’s long standing but still contested debates about its self-perception and priority relationships.

1 Australian Government, 2023, ‘Australia to host Exercise Malabar for the first time’, https://www.minister.defence.gov.au/media-releases/2023-08-11/australia-host-exercise-malabar-first-time, 11 August.

2McCarthy, John, 2023, ‘This isn’t the India we once knew’, Australian Financial Review, 9 December.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

“Rivalry and Reconciliation: Charting the Middle East’s Power Dynamics between Iran and Saudi Arabia”

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

 

Ibrahim Fraihat, Iran and Saudi Arabia: Taming a Chaotic Conflict, Edinburgh University Press, 2020, 248 pp. (ISBN 978-1474466189).

Simon Mabon, The Struggle for Supremacy in the Middle East: Saudi Arabia and Iran, Cambridge University Press, 2023, 268 pp. (ISBN 978-1108473361).

In 2023, an intriguing development occurred in the diplomatic relations between Saudi Arabia and Iran, as they reestablished formal ties following seven years of estrangement. This reconciliation was facilitated through a mediation process brokered by China and appeared to stem from a series of track two diplomatic dialogues. In this latest backdrop of interesting events of conflict and conciliation unfolding between Saudi Arabia and Iran, the scholarly works of Simon Mabon and Ibrahim Fraihat are not only timely but essential to understand the dynamics of rival relationship between the two countries.

While the main focus of Mabon’s “The Struggle for Supremacy in the Middle East: Saudi Arabia and Iran” is to understand the multifaceted impact of the rivalry spanning decades between Saudi Arabia and Iran on both local and regional politics throughout the Middle East, Fraihat’s “Iran and Saudi Arabia: Taming a Chaotic Conflict” attempts to fill the gap in the majority of available literature on Saudi Arabia and Iran which usually focuses on conflicts, by exploring conflict resolution approaches to the existing cold war.

Mabon’s book offers a comprehensive exploration of the Saudi Arabia-Iran rivalry’s impact on regional and local politics in the Middle East. Mabon’s scholarship in its seven chapters provides exhaustive detail on various aspects, including regional security, identity politics, and sectarianism across five case study countries: Iraq, Bahrain, Lebanon, Syria, and Yemen. Rather than simplifying the narrative of sectarian proxy relationships, the research delves into the complex ways in which regional actors shape local politics and vice versa. Utilizing interviews with officials, activists, scholars, and journalists, alongside other sources, the book offers evidence-based insights into the impact of the rivalry on regional politics. Analyzing historical trajectories and contemporary developments, Mabon argues that while the Saudi-Iranian rivalry significantly shapes regional politics, its parameters are not solely determined by Riyadh and Tehran but are also influenced by local contestations across political, social, economic, and religious domains.

In the chapter, ‘States, Sects, and Order’, the author provides insights through a multifaceted approach, incorporating geopolitical strategies, religious considerations, ideological differences, socioeconomic factors, and societal dynamics to understand the evolving nature of the rivalry across temporal and spatial dimensions. The fluidity of capital movement across domestic and transnational spheres underscores the complexity of Iran-Saudi regional dynamics.

The subsequent chapter traces the historical trajectory of the Saudi-Iran rivalry, delineating key periods marked by shifting dynamics, from engagement to heightened tensions. It challenges the notion of ‘ancient hatreds’ by contextualizing the rivalry within contemporary political crises and global power dynamics. The chapter highlights the complex interplay of global forces and domestic politics in shaping the rivalry, reflecting its evolution as a product of evolving contingencies.

The following chapter delves into the complex dynamics of Iraqi politics within the broader context of regional power struggles. It explores the significant event of the US drone strike in January 2020, targeting Iranian General Qassim Suleimani and Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis, further escalating tensions in the region. Despite internal divisions and external pressures, Iraq has emerged as a mediator between regional powers, signaling a shift in transnational power dynamics. The analysis also examines strategies employed by Saudi Arabia and Iran to assert influence in Iraq, with Iran relying on religious and cultural capital, while Saudi Arabia increasingly utilizes economic and cultural influence. This reflects the evolving dynamics of power within the region and highlights the ongoing struggle for dominance between regional powers. Overall, the chapter provides valuable insights into the intricate web of political, social, and economic factors shaping Iraqi politics.

Similarly, the book offers a comprehensive analysis of Bahrain’s political landscape within the context of regional power struggles, exploring its evolution from a shared political community to a contested territory controlled by Sunni rulers. It examines how Bahrain’s geographical location and demographic composition have made it a battleground for competing interests, resulting in a complex interplay of economic, political, and religious capital. Furthermore, the chapter critically investigates narratives propagated by the ruling Al-Khalifa family regarding Iranian involvement in domestic unrest, encouraging a more nuanced understanding of Bahrain’s socio-political dynamics.

The subsequent chapters discuss Lebanon, Syria, and Yemen, each providing valuable insights into the complexities of regional dynamics and the Saudi-Iran rivalry’s impact on these countries. The conclusion discusses the challenges of improving relations between Saudi Arabia and Iran, influenced by economic factors and shifting international dynamics. It emphasizes the importance of understanding the rivalry in the broader context of regional politics and stresses the urgent need for diplomatic solutions to mitigate further harm inflicted by conflicts involving Saudi Arabia and Iran.

As a specialist consulted by international organizations about conflict resolution and post-conflict reconstruction in the Arab world, Fraihat in his book deals with the recommendations made in Mabon’s book on diplomatic solutions to attain regional stability. Across four chapters, Fraihat attempts to fill a gap in the literature by doing three things: first, unlike the majority of the available literature that focuses on an understanding of the conflict, he takes a conflict resolution approach to assess how the conflict can be managed and effectively resolved. Second, while discussion generally revolves around what each government can do to resolve the conflict – also known as track one – this book takes an integrated approach to the resolution, arguing that effective peacebuilding in this conflict needs to be applied on three levels: government, track two, and grassroots. Third, while the conflict between Iran and Saudi Arabia is generally treated in the literature as a subject for area studies, this book takes an interdisciplinary approach by bringing area studies into dialogue with conflict resolution and peace studies to present a coherent understanding of the drivers of the conflict and how it could be effectively resolved.

Fraihat’s book offers a critical examination of the entrenched conflict between the two regional powers, reframing it within the context of contemporary geopolitical dynamics. The author’s analysis is sharp and dissects the complex web of motivations and historical narratives that have fueled the rivalry for over four decades. Rather than succumbing to the prevailing pessimism surrounding the conflict, Fraihat boldly explores avenues for potential resolution. The book aptly critiques the futile diplomatic efforts and scholarly discourse that have failed to stem the tide of violence and instability unleashed by the Iran-Saudi Arabia conflict. It emphasizes the staggering human cost of proxy wars in Yemen, Syria, Bahrain, and Iraq, where countless lives have been sacrificed amidst a backdrop of geopolitical maneuvering and opportunistic arms deals.

Fraihat challenges the conventional wisdom that views reconciliation between Iran and Saudi Arabia as an unattainable goal. Drawing on historical precedents such as the Franco-German reconciliation post-World War II, he highlights instances of tentative cooperation between the two adversaries, suggesting that such gestures could pave the way for broader rapprochement.

Central to Fraihat’s thesis is the recognition of security as the primary driver of conflict. He argues persuasively that addressing the immediate security concerns of both parties is essential for laying the groundwork for constructive dialogue. By reframing the conflict narrative away from sectarianism and geopolitical power plays, Fraihat advocates for a pragmatic approach that prioritizes confidence-building measures and crisis management.

The author’s proposed conflict resolution framework is ambitious yet pragmatic. He advocates for the establishment of a crisis management system that includes direct communication channels, technical coordination committees, and confidence-building measures. Through incremental steps aimed at de-escalation and trust-building, Fraihat envisions a pathway toward eventual reconciliation.

Critically, Fraihat challenges the entrenched narratives perpetuated by both sides, debunking the simplistic sectarian interpretations of the conflict. He exposes how leaders in Tehran and Riyadh have instrumentalized sectarian tensions to bolster their domestic and regional legitimacy, perpetuating a dangerous cycle of escalation. Fraihat’s analysis also sheds light on the broader geopolitical dimensions of the conflict, particularly the role of external factors such as the United States and Israel. He argues provocatively that these powers have exploited tensions between Iran and Saudi Arabia to advance their interests, further complicating efforts at resolution.

While acknowledging the controversial nature of his proposals, Fraihat remains steadfast in his belief that a forward-looking dialogue is essential for breaking the deadlock in the conflict resolution process. His book serves as a rallying cry for diplomats, policymakers, and scholars to rethink entrenched assumptions and explore new pathways toward peace in the Middle East.

Overall, the two books complement each other, offering insights into conflicts and exploring various approaches to resolve them. Both authors express hope for inevitable political change, yet they also harbor apprehensions about its scope and direction. This sentiment is evident from the thorough analysis presented in the books, drawing from a wide range of primary and secondary sources, including well-known scholarly works by both Iranian and non-Iranian authors, published both within and outside Iran. With its timely relevance, these books offer valuable insights for students, researchers, academics, policymakers, diplomats, and anyone interested in understanding the cycles of rivalry and reconciliation between Iran and Saudi Arabia.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

On Balancing Histories Large and Small: Modern India and K.M. Panikkar

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Mauro Elli and Rita Paolini, Indian National Identity and Foreign Policy: Re-Evaluating the Career of K.M. Panikkar (1894-1963), Cham: Palgrave Macmilllan, 2023, 270pp. (ISBN 978-3-031-36242-2).

Can an individual life speak to larger historical developments? A cursory glance at the bookcase in my office that is devoted to modern Indian history would answer this question in the affirmative: some of the most insightful works the bookcase contains, use individuals as prisms to shed light on India’s larger story. Readers would seem to agree, too: such books draw large academic and non-academic audiences. This is as true for biographies as it is for books that do not centre an individual life, but rather use that life as an organizing principle for a broader narrative.

There appears to be much less consensus, however, when it comes to how the authors of these books view themselves, and this cannot be seen as separate from the awkward status of biography within the discipline of history. As popular as the genre of biography is with the general public, the profession has long considered biography as a “lesser” form of history. In a 2009 roundtable entitled “Historians and Biography” in the American Historical Review, Judith Brown opened by saying that she does not agree with the labelling of her books on Gandhi and Nehru as biographies: “I do not see myself as a biographer, or these works as biographies, in the accepted sense of tracking and interpreting a life from the cradle to the grave, and, more problematically, of taking the individual as the only intellectual and analytical center of the argument.”1 Rather, she argues, following the course of a life can add depth and complexity to the analysis of larger developments.

I believe that the authors of Indian National Identity and Foreign Policy, who approach this topic through Indian historian-diplomat K.M. Panikkar, would largely agree with this statement. In the book’s introduction, they state that “the purpose of this research is the study of a significant character because it is believed that, in this way, it might be possible to contribute to a better understanding of certain dynamics of great importance for the history of India … this means that this will be a biography of Panikkar only to a certain extent, namely the intellectual and professional one.”2 In other words, the book’s intent is not to illuminate Panikkar as a three-dimensional historical figure with a private life and the affective ties that come with it, but rather to centre his extraordinary career and prolific writings to view Indian national identity and foreign policy – as the main title tells us – from an underexplored angle.

This is a difficult balance to strike. After all, what is an affective tie and what is a professional one, and might they not sometimes overlap? How public is the private, and vice versa, for a diplomat – let alone one who actively published on not just the history and politics, but also the literature and poetry of the countries to which he was posted? Panikkar’s career trajectory, especially in the interwar years, took some sudden twists and turns, and some of the underlying reasons, by Panikkar’s own admission, were very much prompted by his private circumstances. It is impossible to make such separations neatly, which means that, over the course of this book, the reader must accept that some questions remain unanswered.

By contrast, the story of modern India that is offered by Elli and Paolini in this book is exceptionally clear, which is arguably a much harder feat to accomplish. The history of India’s late-colonial and early post-independence trajectory which they offer in this book is not just well-constructed, but the product of a clear set of thematic choices and an underlying primary source base that is both broad and deep. For readers that seek a history that has the thoroughness of a handbook but the readability that comes with life writing, I cannot recommend this highly enough.

Given the range of Panikkar’s writings, the authors have resisted the temptation of being encyclopaedic, while maintaining a chronological approach. The choices they made give the book direction. To highlight a few: they focus primarily on Panikkar’s Anglophone writings – some of which was originally published in Malayalam and later translated – and on his historical and political writings on India, rather than on his regional histories of Malabar or his literary work. I present this as a choice because there is certainly some bleed between these categories. Panikkar’s 1951 introduction to his Modern Chinese Stories, for example, is as telling of his views on modern China and modern Asia as his diplomatic missives, if less explicit.

Likewise, the authors have elected to focus on the national rather than the international for the 1920s and 1930s, touching only briefly on Panikkar’s second European sojourn in 1925-1927. Given that this sojourn gave rise to some of Panikkar’s writings specifically on Malabar, this is entirely consistent, even if it removes the possibility of tying his international activities in the interwar period to his international work as diplomat in the postwar years. Interestingly, given the large number of studies that have come out in recent years on Indian internationalism in the interwar years, it has the added benefit of appearing as a refreshing corrective to recent trends. The international turn in the historiography of India has broken new ground and continues to produce exciting work. That the authors remain in conversation with this literature while electing to focus on the national story, adds credibility to their choice of narrative. Finally, it enables them to tell the history of the integration of the Princely States in a thoroughly contextualized way. Given the instrumental role Panikkar played in this regard, this too is a fitting choice.

It deserves highlighting at this point, that Indian National Identity and Foreign Policy is a co-authored book that is nevertheless very consistent in tone, style, and structure. It is also balanced in terms of its treatment of the pre- and post-independence decades. The subtitle, Re-Evaluating the Career of K.M. Panikkar, does leave the reader with questions about the “re” in the re-evaluation. Critics of Panikkar do emerge in the book, especially of the role he played in China, which is covered in the fifth chapter. But some of the criticism will appear surprising to readers who come to this book without prior knowledge of Panikkar’s life and work. Accusations of toeing the PRC party line appear counterintuitive to all the cautious and moderate politics covered in the preceding chapter, just as labels like “Mestophelian” or “without moral compass” will appear extreme.3 It is here, as with Panikkar’s role in China more generally, that one wishes for the authors to position themselves more clearly. How do they weigh these events? In short, if this is a “re-evaluation”, what is it, exactly, and whose prior evaluation should readers discard?

This is not to detract from the conclusion to the book, in which the authors do indeed attempt to evaluate Panikkar’s body of historical and political writing as a whole. They arrive at a set of “antinomies”, past/modernity and unity/diversity in particular, that are constants in his work. These elements change in relative weight along with India’s, and indeed Panikkar’s own, circumstances, but they remain present throughout his life.4 Given Panikkar’s range of subject matter, this is a wonderful note on which to end the book, given that these antinomies prominently appear in some of Panikkar’s literary work as well, such as Par̲aṅkippaṭayāḷi (Portuguese Soldier, 1934) or Kēraḷasiṃhaṃ(Lion of Kerala, 1941), lending strength to the conclusion beyond the works discussed in the book.

In the end, Indian National Identity and Foreign Policy is an apt demonstration of the benefits of life-writing in telling larger histories in new ways. As Judith Brown notes: “acknowledging the collapse of many grand narratives of history, and the historical hollowness of some recent theoretical approaches, working in part with life histories enables a more nuanced methodology that allows the historian to shift gaze from the general theme and theory to the particular and precise experience of people and groups, moving from one to the other as each type of focus checks and illuminates the other.”5 By telling the story of India’s pre- and post-independence decades through Panikkar’s involvement in them, whether central or peripheral, the authors have done just that.

1 Judith Brown, ‘“Life Histories” and the History of Modern South Asia’, The American Historical Review 114:3 (2009), 587-595: 587.

2 6.

3 151.

4 227.

5 Brown, “Life Histories,” 587.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

The politics of famine and relief in india, ca. 1880-1950: an integrated approach

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Joanna Simonow, Ending Famine in India: A Transnational History of Food Aid and Development, ca. 1890-1950, Leiden: Leiden University Press 2023, 286 pp. (ISBN 9789087284046).

According to the World Food Programme (WFP), nearly up to 783 million people do not have enough to eat and 47 million people suffer from hunger. Natural and manmade disasters, warfare, political unrest, and socio-economical iniquities, further exacerbated by the consequences of Covid 19, concur to create food insecurities which dramatically impact vulnerable communities.1 One fourth of the undernourished world population lives in India only, despite the country’s growing economy and steady food production.2 The WFP has implemented food and nutrition programs in India since 1963, when food aid became a vector of development, modernization, and political stability, alongside similar programs put in place in the Middle East.3 More specifically, since 2015 the WFP has worked towards “improving access to food, reducing malnutrition, increasing incomes and livelihoods and building resilient food systems” in order to meet the 2030 sustainable development goals to end hunger.4

The WFP’s policies on food distribution, on fortified meals for vulnerable categories, or on the scientific indicators by which the Indian territory is closely monitored, not only open a window into current trends of humanitarian and development policies, but they can also illuminate the past. Joanna Simonow’s book – Ending famine in India. A Transnational history of food aid and development, ca. 1980-1950 – offers a deeply researched, highly original, carefully situated in the literature(s), and engaging analysis of the web of institutions and actors including “medical practitioners, nutritional scientists, social reformers, agricultural experts, missionaries, politicians, and colonial administrators” who designed and implemented solutions to end famine (13). The main contribution of the book is to go beyond the familiar equation of British institutions and Indian nationalists in the fight against famine from the late colonial period to the first years of independence. Simonow not only adds a third actor, American missionaries who got involved in famine relief in late 19th century Bombay, but she also expands the geopolitics of hunger to North America where missionary and philanthropist groups showed interest for India and where Indian social and political movements created anti-British networks. In doing so, Simonow joins a group of scholars of South-Asia – including Michael Philipp Brunner, Maria Framke, Harald Fischer-Tiné, Eleonor Marcussen, Corinna Unger, and Elena Valdameri – who have complicated Western narratives of care and modernization in India’s colonial and independent period.

Through the juxtaposition of famines which had only been studied singly, from the late 19th century to the Bengal famine in the 1940s, the book’s main argument lies in the continuities of ideas and policies regarding famine aid and development across the large, diversified spectrum of the actors studied. By means of intertwined scales, Simonow bridges provincial, national, regional, and global perspectives, thanks to which one can follow where ideas emerged, how they circulated and how they were (re)appropriated in different contexts. The book has the merit to introduce a large number of actors and interrogates the peculiar meanings each gave to famine relief: colonial authorities, who based the famine codes on the “average working man” (p. 46), addressed special programs to children as the future productive colonial subjects; American missionaries engaged in social services as an alternative way towards projects of gradual conversion (p. 73); Indian nationalists who targeted groups excluded from the relief politics of British rule, while those who were in North America increasingly “capitalized on famine to draw attention to the exploitative nature of colonial governance” (p. 131).

As feminist critique claims, knowledge is plural and situated.5 I approach Ending famine in India from within and beyond my comfort zone. My interests in the history of American Protestant missionaries and Western humanitarian organizations find echoes in the transnational connections, circulations, and exchanges at the book’s core. Post-imperial Central and Eastern Europe and the mandated Middle East, where the actors that I examine operated, offer the opportunity to think comparatively about how colonialism, imperialism, and the geopolitics of care are connected. Nevertheless, I am not a specialist of South Asia, which explains why I might have benefitted from an expanded historical background in support of a complex narrative where a huge array of actors is presented. It would have been also productive for the author to reflect on methodology and to dwell on the rich number of primary sources on which the book builds.

The book is organized in three parts: the first one deals with the role of the British administrators in setting the contour of the politics of famine as an economic problem and of malnutrition as a scientific one; the second one tackles the expansion of American Protestant missionaries in India, arguing that immediate responses to famine turned out to be a pathway to engaging in long-term rural reforms; the third one claims that Indian anti-colonial nationalists rallied around famine relief to meet their political goals, creating transnational allegiances with American groups, including missionaries, civil rights advocates, and labor groups. The choice of a synchronic actor-based structure allows scholars to concentrate on their specific interests, yet, at times, it also leaves the reader to make connections between parallel, interweaved stories. “Writing the history of the global” is indeed an open endeavor, on which historians are still much debating.6

The author critically tackles the definition of famine, which comes across as plural, highly debated, and politically contested. Rather than imposing a mold from outside-in, she neatly asks how the actors at the core of the book understood famine and argues that definitions, far from being neutral, contributed to shape “policies, relief measures, and scientific solutions”. For instance, the British colonial authorities conveniently looked at famine as “exceptional periods”, as they lacked the means and the political willingness to address the root causes. Such conceptualization had immediate consequences on relief measures, which ambiguously distinguished between deserving and undeserving recipients, while the emergence of the Indian famine codes in late 19th century failed to scientifically measure when famine relief should be put in place (pp. 14-15). At the same time, discourses around the dangers of famine were catalysts of humanitarian responses, where practices and policies of relief, rehabilitation, and development aimed not only to the stability of India but also of the broader region.

Applying a similar empirical approach to the ideas and politics of humanitarian aid and development could have been useful to understand what institutions and their agents meant by them and how definitions shaped the implementation of programs, or the other way around, as well as the lives of the persons involved.7 What does a focus on famine relief in India tell us about continuity and change in the history of humanitarianism where, so far, analyses have generalized out of case-studies in Europe and in the Middle East?8 Does a focus on famine relief in India confirm or revise what we know of Christian internationalism from the late colonial to the early independent era? Last, do the “voices” of recipients of aid emerge from the archival sources which the author mobilizes9 and, if so, how? Rather than shortcomings, these questions are a window into the book’s methodological and analytical innovations.

In addition to the histories of humanitarianism, development, science, and anti-colonialism, to which this book contributes, Simonow engages with global labor history and with women’s and gender history, among others. She also shows how “an integrated view” further challenges assumptions of “origin stories”. The scientific knowledge that was gained in responding to starvation circulated from India to post-WWII Europe, carrying mixed results. Experiments in fortified foods in the US after the Great Depression were precedents for the multi-purpose foods that many American organizations distributed in India in the early 1950s. Far from being passive recipient of colonial, missionary, and international projects, in the following decades India became a place for knowledge production in the fields of fortified foods and nutrition. These examples prove that, as any great book, Ending famine in India offers answers and open new questions. I do look forward to seeing on which topics Simonow will apply her rigor, creativity, and brave vision.

1 “Ending hunger”, https://www.wfp.org/ending-hunger (accessed 8 February 2024).

2 “India”, https://www.wfp.org/countries/india (accessed 8 February 2024).

3 Lola Wilhelm, “Local Histories of International Food Aid Policies from the Interwar Period to the 1960s: The World Food Programme in the Middle East”, in Kirill Dmitriev, Julia Hauser and Bilal Orfali (eds.) Insatiable Appetite. Food as Cultural Signifier in the Middle East and Beyond, Leiden, The Netherlands: Brill 2019, pp. 340–58.

4 “India country strategic plan (2023-2027), https://www.wfp.org/operations/in03-india-country-strategic-plan-2023-2027 (accessed 8 February 2024).

5 Donna Haraway “Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective.” Feminist Studies 14, no. 3 (1988): 575–99.

6 Maxine Berg (ed.), Writing the History of the Global Challenges for the Twenty-First Century, Oxford: Oxford University Press 2013.

7 Didier Fassin, Humanitarian Reason: A Moral History of the Present, Berkeley: University of California Press 2012.

8 Bruno Cabanes, The Great War and the Origins of Humanitarianism, 1918–1924. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2014; Keith David Watenpaugh, Bread from Stones. The Middle East and the Making of Modern Humanitarianism, Berkeley: University of California Press 2015; Davide Rodogno, Night on Earth. A History of International Humanitarianism in the Near East, 1918–1930, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 2022.

9 Peter Gatrell, Anindita Ghoshal, Katarzyna Nowak, and Alex Dowdall. “Reckoning with Refugeedom: Refugee Voices in Modern History.” Social History 46, no. 1 (2021): 70–95

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

A County in Manchukuo

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Filippo Dornetti, Integrazione politica e società nella Manciuria coloniale: L’Associazione della Concordia nella Contea del Fushun, Milano: Franco Angeli, 2021, 130 pp. (ISBN 978-8-83-514620-9).

Manchukuo was the puppet state created in the early 1930s by the Japanese in Manchuria. The head of the state was Puyi, the last emperor of the Manchu dynasty who had been forced to abdicate the Celestial Empire while still a child in February 1912. The state of Manchukuo is known among scholars beyond the compass of Asian history because the conquest of Manchuria marked, together with the Italian invasion of Ethiopia a few years later, the breakdown of the balance and rules defined by the League of Nations after the First World War. Despite its importance in the history of international relations, the internal political history of Manchukuo remains largely on the margins of Western historiography. Filippo Dornetti’s book Integrazione politica e società nella Manciuria coloniale: L’Associazione della Concordia nella contea del Fushun fills this lacuna. The text is a rare study on the Concordia Association of Manchukuo. The Association owes its name to its primary objective, namely the realization of the principle of ‘concord among peoples’ (minzoku kyōwa) of the state, a concept exalted in the Declaration of Independence, but born in Japanese circles in Manchuria at the end of the 1920s (pp. 13-14). The harmony between peoples has been interpreted by historiography as the legitimization of the Japanese occupation and the protection of the Japanese minority in the territory. Writing that «L’armonizzazione di interessi contrapposti, però, fu un problema politico reale che l’Associazione consegnò alle sue sezioni locali» (p. 14) Dornetti presents, on the basis of primary sources, a more careful and complex reading of the political and ideological space outlined by the Association. The state-building program that historiography has been able to grasp in the fundamental motivations of the Association is not denied. However, it is presented by the author as part of the task of mediation and resolution of problems at a local level – undertaken by the Association through the village elites – between the different groups. On an organizational level, the Concordia Association mirrored the territorial organization of Manchukuo, but despite its top-down structure the territorial branches had been able in the first years of independence to maintain a certain autonomy until 1937. The Association, its structure, membership and working methods are analysed in detail through the study of the specific case of Fushun County, in the Fengtian region.

The first chapter of the book presents the birth of the Manchu Youth League in the city of Fushun in 1928. The author starts from the pre-eminent role of the South Manchuria Railway Company in Manchuria, and in particular in Fushun, analysing the growth of the city driven by coal mining. Dornetti presents its successes, related in particular to mining – and its difficulties especially in the chemical and food sectors, with the exception of rice cultivation, reconstructing attentively the economic and demographic framework that characterized Fushun. The last part of the chapter is dedicated to the birth of the Manchu Youth League (Manshū seinen renmei) in 1928, the year of the assassination of Zhang Zuolin, the warlord of Manchuria. The League was founded by Japanese colonists, and, after the Japanese occupation, it was called the Concordia Association of Manchukuo (Manshūkoku Kyōwakai). The League had its roots in another Japanese organization, the Manetsu Employees’ Association, but was open to a more varied composition.

The second chapter highlights the reasons for the strength, evidenced by the widespread membership, of the Association in Fushun County, i.e. the relationship between the Japanese settlers and the Chinese village elites. The time span goes from the beginning of the occupation until 1943. The socio-economic picture of the rural areas of Fushun County is first presented on the basis of a 1934 investigation within a report by the Kyōwakai of Fushun. The author goes on to analyse the role of the elites of the villages and their relationship with the Association. Over the years, these elites became mediators between the Association and the rest of the population. They were essentially the pivot of the Association in the villages. Agriculture was modernized, while the traditional social structure was maintained. Part of the chapter then focuses on membership and changes on an organizational level. Despite the economic difficulties due to the military conflict – in particular from 1937 when taxation increased and actions aimed at social welfare ceased – many farmers did not leave the Association with a view to personal gain.

The third chapter is dedicated to the project of the Concordia Irrigation Society, as part of a broad analysis of rice growing in Fushun County from the birth of the Chinese Republic to the Japanese occupation – which marked the true development of the rice growing sector that lasted until the beginning of the 1940s. The author has the merit of emphasizing the centrality of the Society understood as «un tentativo di tradurre in termini concreti la dottrina corporativista di mediazione degli interessi tra le diverse nazioni che componevano il Manchukuo» (p. 92), while underlining its substantial failure.

Finally, the fourth and final chapter outlines a comparison between the branch of Majun, carefully studied in the second chapter, with three other branches of the Association. The Majun branch is in fact compared to the Tuqian branch, in the county of Yushu (Jilin) to the Xinkang branch in Shuangcheng County (Binjiang) and finally to the Yulin branch in Jian County (Tonghua). From the comparison the link emerges between the individual interests of the farmers and membership of the Association, somehow debasing the ideal character. Dornetti writes: «Il fatto che fu proprio la sezione di Fushun, più facoltosa, a raggiungere un numero maggiore di iscritti, ci permette di riflettere sulla natura della partecipazione alla Kyōwakai da parte della popolazione mancese» (p. 114). The author sees the causes not in the «forza persuasiva dell’ideale panasiatico», but in the «potere di attrazione esercitato dagli incentivi materiali offerti dalle sezioni, sia nelle politiche assistenziali, che nella risoluzione di controversie» (p. 114). It is an important comparison which suggests a strong limit to the contours of the ideal and ideological space of most of the members of the Association, beyond the objectives of the Kyōwakai. It thus provides an essential element in understanding the history of Manchukuo.

Dornetti’s text is evidently an interesting book for historians of both Manchukuo and of colonialism in China. As mentioned, the work is based on primary sources that have been studied by the author. Starting from a specific and limited case, the author provides us with a careful and precise analysis which can be a harbinger of further studies and reflections. The invitation that can be addressed to Dornetti is to broaden his research with further studies, perhaps starting from a translation into English of his book in order to make it accessible to a wider audience.

Modern Erasures: Revolution, the Civilizing Mission, and the Shaping of China’s Past

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

Pierre Fuller, Modern Erasures: Revolution, the Civilizing Mission, and the Shaping of China’s Past, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2022, 362 pp. (ISBN9781009026512)

Modern Erasures represents the culmination of the extensive research of Pierre Fuller, a prominent scholar whose primary focus has concerned Chinese political cultures, crucially during periods of rural crises in the 19th and 20th centuries. The book is dedicated to the examination of silences and erasures, specifically those that have facilitated the development of universal and modernist narratives related to humanitarian action and solidarity. Feeding on the dialectic between knowledge destruction and physical violence during the Maoist period, Modern Erasures aims to explore the intertwined relation between the Western civilizing missions in China and the revolutionary program of Mao Zedong, as both of them were directed to Chinese rural communities.

Prior to Fuller, scholars like Deleuze, Guattari and Hevia focused on colonialism as part of the growth of the capitalist structure. Fuller, however, demonstrates how these capitalist processes relate to the reinterpretation of humanitarian positions and to the perception of communities seen as “backwards” (p. 23).1 The Cultural Revolution is commonly understood as a repudiation of all things associated with or representing the West. Contrastingly, Fuller utilizes the prism of revolutionary and communal memory to scrutinize the trajectory of the Cultural Revolution, and this analysis leads to the thought-provoking thesis that the Cultural Revolution is fundamentally an “outgrowth of colonial modernity” (p. 292).

Modern Erasures proceeds by analyzing different media, crucially pièces of writing, Western and Chinese novels, theatrical works, local gazettes and woodcuts, in the fifty years between the May Fourth Movement (1919) and the peak of the Cultural Revolution in 1969.

The research is organized into four parts.

Part I, titled ‘Seeing and Not Seeing,’ focuses on the perception of writers and activists regarding certain phenomena in rural China during the 1920s, specifically environmental crises such as famine and earthquakes, and social and cultural uprisings, such as the May Fourth Movement. The name of the first part stems from the media’s decision to represent or not represent such events. The first chapter investigates how crisis events were addressed and, more importantly, remembered; the second chapter deals with the reception of the May Fourth Movement in university circles, which aimed at the reformist and revolutionary transformation of China. The third chapter focuses on the interpretation of those same crisis events and the support by the West. Crucially, it demonstrates how the ideas of Chinese intellectuals of that period owed a debt to Western exegesis on the value attributed to human life and solidarity in 1920s China.

The second part, ‘Revolutionary Memory in Republican China,’ analyzes the evolution of revolutionary memory through cultural production during the 1920s and 1930s, demonstrating how accounts of the impact of famine and earthquakes were excluded from liberal narratives. The fourth chapter considers children’s magazines and textbooks on civic education and history, while the fifth chapter focuses on Shanghai newspapers and party reports, critically examining the development of the term ‘lieshen’ (evil peasants) in the context of the Guomindang and Communist codification of rural life. The sixth chapter analyzes the reduction of complex rural communities to peasantries, both in artistic and academic works. Examining the impact of Pearl Buck’s ‘The Good Earth’ and Mao Qijun’s ‘Sociology and Social Issues’, Fuller shows how such communities were stigmatized as “essentially lacking the social chemistry to organize” (p. 154): not knowing “how to work together, there is nothing to arouse social awareness” (p. 156).2 The development of visceral ‘muke’ (woodcuts) by communist artists is illustrated in the seventh chapter, shedding light on the transformation of depicted subjects: from urban characters, to the proletariat, to those termed ‘forsaken subjects’ from 1945 to 1949, namely individuals outside social and civic networks in rural areas.

Part III, ‘Maoist Narratives in the 40s,’ illustrates the inculcation of Maoist morality first in Yan’an and later in cities and rural areas. According to the author, this occurred through the production of theatrical works like ‘Chi Ye He’ and through youth association newspapers such as ‘Minzhu Gingnian’, as depicted in Chapters eight and nine.

The fourth and final part explores the dialectic between the two types of memory—revolutionary and communal—that has evolved in the People’s Republic. In the tenth and eleventh chapters, ‘Wenshi Ziliao’ (cultural and historical materials) are compared with local records from the 1920s to explore how perceptions of rural life in the past were instrumentalized during the agrarian reforms of 1949. The twelfth chapter delves into the reinforcement of revolutionary memory following the economic and social debacle of the Great Leap Forward, while the last chapter demonstrates the extent to which the tension between communal and revolutionary memory elucidates the potency of the political narrative of the People’s Republic of China.

Modern Erasures sets out from the intriguing premise of addressing a question overlooked by historians, that is, what aspects of ‘peasants’ culture were erased during the collapse of pre-revolutionary rural China, giving rise to the very title of the work. The book aims to focus on a category not widely considered, namely, rural China in villages and small towns of the 20th century (p. 10). Drawing inspiration from the tradition of Lucien Bianco’s research, the book redirects attention to local gazettes ‘difangzhi’ and firsthand accounts showcasing the richness of rural China.3

Examining the phenomena of silence and erasure might seem like a theoretical stretch. Nonetheless, Fuller’s insightful strategy involves tackling the scarcity of testimonies by concentrating on catastrophic events and their communal responses; this choice is justified by the assumption that such events would likely have garnered attention from journalists and documentarians. Focusing on episodes of crisis allows the historian to observe the interplay between emphasis and erasure of solidarity policies in rural areas, a terrain otherwise epistemologically inaccessible and obscure. Additionally, the book employs a creative approach by scrutinizing realistic literature, civic education manuals, and artistic production to explore the formulation of distinctly Chinese public morality and its potential omission from the accounts of 20th-century intellectuals. Its objective is not to provide an exact representation of historical realities, but rather to document what both Chinese and Western individuals have written or omitted concerning Chinese communal life. The goal is to identify variations and contextualize the writings within a broader experience of modernity.

The book succeeds in demonstrating how the nationalism and campaigning of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) owe a debt to the erasure of certain aspects of rural Chinese cultural life. On a point of observation, the insightful aim to generalize the universal drive towards modernity amid contingent crises is tempered by a potential limitation. Overlooking power transition elements not directly tied to crises may compromise the intended universality. This calls for further exploration in subsequent research, adding complexity and prompting readers to critically engage with the author’s perspective.

The author’s brilliant insight lies in his astute analysis of crisis events to unveil what was erased by the epistemic violence of Maoist ideologies within rural Chinese culture. This innovative approach not only sheds light on overlooked facets but also encourages readers to reconsider the intricate layers of a cultural heritage marred by Maoist influences. Modern Erasures is an important and timely read for scholars and graduate students who are interested in the history and sociology of 20th century China.

1 Deleuze G., Guattari F. (1977) Anti-Oedipus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia, trans. Robert Hurley, Mark Seem and Helen R. Lane, New York: Viking Press, 222–40. 63; Hevia J. (2003) English Lessons: The Pedagogy of Imperialism in Nineteenth Century China, Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 21–27, 128–42.

2 Buck P. (1939) Introduction to My Country and My People, by Lin Yutang. London: W. Heinemann; Mao Q. (1933) 毛起鵕. Shehui xue ji shehui wenti 社會學及社會問題. Shanghai: Minzhi shuju.

3 Bianco L. (1971), Origins of the Chinese Revolution, 1915–1949, trans. Muriel Bell, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 87, 90.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

The return of the ‘Indo-Pacific’

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

 

This article studies the Indo-Pacific, the warm waters surrounding Asia as a concept in geography in the later part of the 19th century. It shows how the concept was refashioned in geopolitical and geocultural commentary in the earlier part of the 20th century, and then rediscovered in explicit geopolitical and geoeconomics terms in the 21st century. The economic weight of the Indo-Pacific makes trade routes and, with it, sea-lane maritime security and control an issue of prominence. As such, this sense of the Indo-Pacific is increasingly shaping strategies and policies for the region. The impact of China has generated much of the current Indo-Pacific discourse, strategies and policies; as has the rise of India.

Keywords – Indo-Pacific; geopolitics; geo-economics; geo-culture; maritime Asia

1. Introduction

India’s External Affairs Minister, addressing the newly set-up Indo-Pacific Business Summit in 2021, invoked history, «the Indo-Pacific represents a return of history. A seamless and integrated space was disconnected decades ago by the strategy of the day» [Jaishankar 2021]. The seamless and integrated space was the Indian and (Western) Pacific Oceans, the warm waters around Asia, the Indo-Pacific.

During the last decade, there has been an accelerating and widespread focus on the Indo-Pacific by states and regional actors inside and outside the region. The «Indo-Pacific» arose as a geographical term in the 19th century, was pushed as geopolitical term in the early 20th century, and was then rediscovered in the 21st century as a formal geo-strategic term shaping policies.

2. 1850-onwards: geographic usage

James Logan seems the earliest to have used the «Indo-Pacific» label in 1850 as an ethnological term in connection with «the continental relations of the Indo-Pacific islanders» the various Malayo-Polynesian (i.e. Austronesian) languages to be found from Polynesia through Southeast Asia to Madagascar around «the shores and islands of the Indo-Pacific Ocean» [Logan 1850: 252, 273].

The Indo-Pacific term moved from ethnology to marine biology by the late 19th century, as in the Report on the Zoological Collections made in the «Indo-Pacific Ocean» Carried out by HMS Alert in 1881-1882 [British Museum 1884]. Such zoological expeditions were for scientific as well as national purposes. They came complete with finding and labelling local species like the Indo-Pacific Bottlenose Dolphin, in the waters spreading from the West Pacific to East Africa.

This Indo-Pacific tagging crossed into climatology, exemplified with the Indo-Pacific Monsoon Climate Zone, otherwise known as the Indo-Pacific Tropical Rain Belt, encompassing the Pacific and Indian Oceans. The Indo-Pacific Warm Pool is further uncontroversial labelling. Oceanology has adopted Indo-Pacific frames of reference, for example the Indo-Pacific Convergence Region with regard to plate tectonics on the floors of the Indian and Pacific oceans.

3. 1900-1945: Classic Geopolitics and Geo-culture

The US push across the Pacific in 1899, from Hawaii to Guam and the Philippines, was heavily influenced by the maritime geopolitics advocated by Alfred Mahan. His advocacy of US expansion westwards across the Pacific was in part responding to a perceived threat of China «bursting her barriers eastward toward the Pacific» [Mahan 1898: 32]. Mahan’s 1900 publication The Problem of Asia: Its Effect upon International Politics focussed on the landpower challenge of Russia; but also the advantages of seapower deployments from British India around the Indian Ocean, through South-East Asia to China [Mahan 1900: 27-29].

Eurasian land power considerations were picked up by Halford Mackinder in his 1904 paper ‘The Geographical Pivot of History’, where he argued that the Eurasian «Heartland», essentially Central Asia, was as a pivot of history from which power had been deployed. Mackinder concluded by going from a Russian threat in his 1904 present to a potential Chinese threat in the future, where «they might constitute the yellow peril to the world’s freedom just because they [China] would add an oceanic frontage to the resources of the great continent» [Mackinder 1904: 437].

Geopolitics was to the fore in Germany with the Indopazifischen Raum («Indo-Pacific realm») propounded by Karl Haushofer during the 1920s and 1930s [Li 2022]. In the «Great Indo-Pacific Ocean», it was the maritime interplay of India, China and Japan, «this unity of the monsoon countries», which caught his attention [Haushofer 1938: 17, 355]. He reckoned «those spacious, population-hungry regions of the future have their spatial point of gravity on the Indo-Pacific sea space» [Haushofer 1938: 110). In the opposite direction, he noted that the US «stands across the Pacific with an armoured foot on the Americas and East Asia corresponding to the wide, and then again, narrow, sea-strategic concept which was conceived by Mahan» [Haushofer 1938: 184].

Haushofer’s geopolitics found a sympathetic audience in Japan during the 1930s, with his call for a Germany-Japan alliance echoed in the Anti-Comintern Pact signed in 1936 [Spang 2006]. In turn, Japan’s Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere – which covered Oceania, the Pacific Rim littorals of Korea and East China, and Southeast East Asia – would have become a Japanese Indo-Pacific if Japan’s advance on British India had been successful in 1940.

In contrast, the Indian historian Kalidas Nag outlined the Indo-Pacific in geocultural rather than geopolitical terms. During the 1920s Nag accompanied Rabindranath Tagore on tours of the Western Pacific and South East Asia, both figures espousing Pan-Asianism. On his return, Nag founded the Greater India Society in 1926, its first Bulletincontaining his piece ‘Greater India’, which drew out cultural links running from India to the Pacific [Zabarskaitė 2023]. By the time of Nag’s stay at the University of Hawaii in 1937, he was characterising the «vast expanse of water extending from the Indian Ocean to the Pacific» as «the Indo-Pacific domain» [Nag 1937: 37]. Even as Japan was coming westwards to the doors of India, trying to bring it within its Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere, Nag, in his India and the Pacific World Nag extolled the «Indo-Pacific domain which is the true historical setting and geographical background of Greater India» [Nag 1941: 282].

4. 1945-1990s. De Facto Indo-Pacific Frameworks

The Second World War may have brought an eclipse of Haushofer’s Indo-Pacific geopolitics centred around a Japanese-led order; but allied victory, mainly due to US might, saw an extension of Mahanian seapower geopolitics. US occupation of Japan and its West Pacific island possessions (Ryukyus, Bonins, Marianas and Carolines), alongside US possessions of Hawaii, West Samoa, Guam and the Philippines left the Pacific as very much an «American Lake» [Lattimore 1945], right up to the Asian mainland.

Nicholas Spykman had already argued that the US «will have to establish island bases for their power [….] such bases will probably be sufficient to counterbalance any future attempt of China to dominate the Far East» [Spykman 1944: 53]. China’s shadow loomed ever larger when the Chinese mainland (but not Taiwan) fell to Mao Zedong’s Communist Party, the People’s Republic of China being proclaimed in October 1949. In March 1949, as the mainland was slipping away, Douglas MacArthur judged that «now the Pacific has become an Anglo-Saxon lake and our line of defense runs through the chain of islands fringing the coast of Asia» [MacArthur 1949]. It was a chain considered as running from the Philippines (through Taiwan) and the Ryukyu Islands to Japan and over to Alaska’s Aleutian Islands. In January 1950, Dean Acheson’s speech to the National Press Club dubbed the offshore island chains as the US forward «defense perimeter» [Acheson 1969: 357] enclosing an essentially American Pacific.

In contrast, the Indian Ocean which had been something of a «British Lake» during the 19th century, based on UK control of routes to and from India, was transformed by the end of the UK rule in the Indian Sub-continent in 1949, and the subsequent UK announcement in 1966 of its withdrawal from an East of Suez posture in terms of bases, most significantly at Singapore. UK Defence Secretary Denis Healey was blunt, admitting that this withdrawal would be «leading to the diminution or disappearance of our role in the Indo-Pacific thereafter» [Government of the UK 1966]. The US filled the gap to some extent by setting up a large base at Diego Garcia in 1971, with the agreement of the sovereign host the UK, in the newly formed British Indian Ocean Territory.

Cold War rivalry between the US and the Soviet Union was evident in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. One de facto Indo-Pacific framework was the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO), set up in September 1954. This can be viewed through two lenses. Firstly, the United States was setting up NATO, CENTO, and SEATO for similar purposes of containment of the Soviet Union, which reflected Spykman’s geopolitical logic of mobilizing the Eurasian «Rimland» against power projection from the Eurasian landmass. This Rimland «conflict area» [Spykman 1944: 54] stretched from Japan to the Mediterranean, and was an Indo-Pacific zone that post-1945 was seen as under threat from a Soviet Eurasian bloc. Secondly, SEATO can be seen through a narrower lens of China containment. The collapse of French power in Vietnam, as well as Beijing’s intervention in the Korean War, was already bringing to the fore the spectre of Chinese control, in effect foreshadowing the formulation of the Domino Theory that led to US (and Australian) intervention in Vietnam during the 1960s. Here, Spykman’s Rimland alliances, manifested in SEATO, was complemented by US alliance in East Asia with Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan (where Chiang Kai-shek’s Republic of China had survived).

SEATO’s membership was curiously sparse for South-East Asia, but stretched across the Indian and Pacific Oceans and included Pakistan, Thailand, Australia, New Zealand, Philippines, France, the UK and the US. Members had little common aims, with Pakistan seeking to gather support against India rather than to contain the Soviet Union or China. By 1968 the question was being asked: «Is SEATO obsolete?» [Miller 1968]. In 1977 a moribund SEATO was formally wound up, with Pakistan already establishing an ever-closer security partnership with China.

The US attempt to fight a land war in Vietnam ultimately failed. Consequently, the Nixon Doctrine announced in July 1969 indicated a US pullback from mainland involvement, a doctrine announced appropriately enough at Guam, the US «forward spear» then and now for projecting US power across the Pacific onto the Asian littoral. This «Guam Doctrine» represented a return to the «forward defence perimeter» advocated two decades earlier by MacArthur and Acheson and running along the offshore island chains [Girling 1970].

With a maritime focus, the US Pacific Command (PACOM), established in 1947, expanded its field of operations. In 1971, PACOM assumed responsibility for the Indian Ocean and the countries of southern Asia extending westward to the eastern border of Iran. PACOM’s operational boundaries were changed yet again in 1976, as the US Pacific Command was given responsibility for the entire Indian Ocean to the east coast of Africa, including the Gulf of Aden, the Arabian Sea, and all the Indian Ocean Islands excepting Madagascar. This represented a de facto Indo-Pacific maritime command in the broadest geographic sense.

Talk of the «Pacific Century» [McCord 1991], an impending «Pacific Era» [Nagai 1987], the «Pacific Impulse» [Mahbubani 1995] became widespread by the 1990s. Around the Pacific, the post-war economic rise of Japan, followed by those of the «Tigers» of Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea, coupled with the rise of California, brought about a new phase of economic vitality. A so-called Rimspeak [Cumings 1994], focussed on the Pacific Rim rather than the Pacific Basin, was institutionalised through the formation of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) in 1989. This brought together North America (the US, Canada) with East Asia (Japan and South Korea), Southeast Asia (ASEAN, but not Myanmar) and Australasia (Australia and New Zealand). Further expansion took place in the 1990s, a rapidly modernising China as well as Taiwan in 1991, Mexico and Papua New Guinea in 1993, Chile in 1994, and Russia in 1998. The new regional coinage of «Asia Pacific» [Dirlik 1992] represented both littorals of the Pacific, i.e. «Pacific Asia» [Borthwick 1992] plus the Americas. Although India expressed some interest in 1991 in APEC membership, a moratorium on new members imposed from 1998-2012 and continuing concerns over India’s protectionism kept India out of APEC.

Mikhail Gorbachev’s speech at Vladivostok in July 1986 on ‘Peace and Security for the Asia-Pacific Ocean Region’ represented an attempt for the Soviet Union to take advantage of the economic vitality opening up in the region [Gorbachev 1986]. The sudden collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991 left instead a diminished Russia, with the Russian Far East impoverished and the former Soviet Pacific Fleet, at times literally, rusting away.

In contrast, the very strength of the China surge, evident in the late 1990s, ironically meant that, as the 21st century approached, there was less talk of it being shaped by the Pacific [Foot and Walter 1999]. Instead, there was increasing talk of the coming 21st century being shaped by China’s economic rise. This was typified by books like China’s Century: The Awakening of the Next Economic Powerhouse [Brahm 2001].

5. 2000s: Unofficial «Indo-Pacific» rediscovery

China’s evident economic and military rise, evident from the 1980s, coupled with India’s later economic take off in the 1990s saw the «Indo-Pacific» re-emerge in prominent usage, initially among commentators and think tanks.

This was first indicated in 2002 by a member of Canada’s defence establishment James Boutilier, based at Vancouver on the Pacific shoreline, who drew out the geopolitics of the situation with his prescient piece on «some truly historic changes in the Indo-Pacific naval environment» being posed by «Japan’s first long-range naval deployment since World War II» into the Indian Ocean, together with «the emergence of a new and more powerful Chinese navy and the re-emergence of an Indian navy with blue water ambitions» [Boutilier 2002-2003: 198]. His call was for Canadian «naval intervention and engagement in the Indo-Pacific Region» [Boutilier 2003: 209]. The related geo-economics of the situation were to the fore in his ‘Reflections on the New Indo-Pacific Maritime and Naval Environment’, where he argued that «the centre of world economic gravity has shifted from the Atlantic to the Indo-Pacific region», in which energy security and maritime security were entwined as «the Indian and Pacific Oceans are linked by vital energy flows and the overlapping geo-strategic interests of the Indian and Chinese navies» [Boutilier 2004: 1, 9].

Such Indo-Pacific language was re-echoed in 2005 by New Zealand’s former naval commander Peter Cozens, who wrote in the inaugural edition of Maritime Affairs, published in India by the National Maritime Foundation, about the «Indo-Pacific» as a maritime-strategic continuum encompassing the Northern Indian Ocean, South-east Asia and Western/Central Pacific [Cozens 2005]. Also, in 2005, the Australian journalist Michael Richardson discussed the newly set up East Asia Summit (EAS) as a core for an «Indo-Pacific community» [Richardson 2005]. Like APEC, the EAS involved the East Asian powers of Japan, South Korea and China, alongside the ASEAN states, as well as Australia and New Zealand. Unlike APEC, the EAS also involved India from the onset. Russia and the USA joined in 2011, giving the EAS a Hollywood to Bollywood span. Nonetheless, the EAS had little institutional powers, and was unable to bridge China-US or China-India divisions.

A Track-II event, the Indo-Japan Dialogue on Ocean Security in 2006, between India’s Society for Indian Ocean Studies (SIOS) and Japan’s Ocean Policy Research Foundation, brought further Indo-Pacific input from Indian commentators. At the Dialogue, Premvir Das, the former Commander-in-Chief of India’s Eastern Naval Command, used the term «Indo-Pacific» [Das 2006: 111,115]. The following year, another naval figure, Gurpreet Khurana employed the term «Indo-Pacific» with regard to trade flows and sea lines of communication and the prospects for India-Japan cooperation [Khurana 2007: 139, 141, 144]. Raja Mohan proved a sustained Indo-Pacific advocate in India from 2011 onwards with his talk of the «new era of the Indo-Pacific» [Mohan 2011, 25 January].

An important contribution was made in 2007 in Australia where, in an open letter to the incoming Prime Minister Kevin Rudd about Australia-India relations, Rory Medcalf, based at the Lowy Institute, quoted «the Asia-Pacific (or some might say Indo-Pacific)» [Medcalf 2007]. This was the start of Medcalf’s sustained and influential role as an advocate of the Indo-Pacific in Australia and beyond.

2007 was an important year in the dissemination of Indo-Pacific frames of reference, as it witnessed Japan’s Prime Minister Shinzo Abe’s address to the Indian Parliament in August 2007 on «Confluence of the Two Seas» about a maritime «broader Asia» [Abe 2007]. His call for closer India-Japan cooperation represented implicit strategic balancing, with China in mind; and was implemented in the wider setting up of the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue, or QUAD, launching the co-operation between Australia, India, Japan and the United States. Officials first met in May 2007, with naval exercises held in the Bay of Bengal in September 2007. However, Chinese complaints brought this particular quadrilateral format to a halt in 2008.

6. 2010s-2023: Official Indo-Pacific rediscovery

Although China dismissed talk of the Indo-Pacific as insubstantial «foam» [Wang 2015], the 2010s witnessed increasing adoption of Indo-Pacific rhetoric by states, often concerned about China, which was translated into formal strategies, policies and outlook statements. By 2019, Japan’s ambassador to India noted «the Indo-Pacific has become a buzzword now» [Kiramatsu 2019]. In 2021 India’s ambassador to Japan similarly considered «the Indo-Pacific has become the new currency» for regional discourse, strategic narrative and policy implementation [Verma 2021].

The US started using Indo-Pacific rhetoric with Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State during the first Obama administration of 2009-2013. Clinton used the term «Indo-Pacific» in 2010 to reflect closer naval cooperation with India. In her words, «we are expanding our work with the Indian navy in the Pacific, because we understand how important the Indo-Pacific basin is» [Clinton 2010]. Strategic rethinking around Indo-Pacific regional conceptualization generated practical imperatives in Clinton’s mind, finalized to «translate the growing connection between the Indian and Pacific oceans into an operational concept» [Clinton 2011]. Alliance dynamics were apparent. Whereas US relations with Australia had previously been described and conducted within an «Asia-Pacific» framework, Clinton extended this with Indo-Pacific references. As she noted, «we are also expanding our alliance with Australia from a Pacific partnership to an Indo-Pacific one» [Clinton 2011]. Finally, the following year, in a speech on economic statecraft, Clinton summarised that «the Indo-Pacific region is crucial to our future» [Clinton 2012].

Generally, the US policy pursued by Obama involved a «pivot» or «rebalance» westwards to Pacific Asia [Obama 2011]. However, while the mooted rebalance of military forces to Guam [Toroade 2012], Singapore, and Australia was put in train, and bilateral links with India deepened, the Indo-Pacific Economic Corridor (IPEC), mooted in 2014 to knit South Asia and South-East Asia, remained little funded or implemented by the US during the second Obama administration of 2013-2017.

Stephen Smith shows the exact moment when Australia started using Indo-Pacific frames of reference. As Minister for Foreign Affairs from 2007 to 2010, Smith generally used «Asia-Pacific» frames of reference, with a traditional focus on the Pacific and South-east Asia. However, as Defence Minister from 2010 to 2013, Smith started to apply specific and explicitly wider «Indo-Pacific» terminology to bring India and the Indian Ocean into defence discussions in general and maritime-naval aspects in particular. He first indicated in December 2011 that «the notion of the Indo-Pacific as a substantial strategic concept is starting to gain traction» [Smith 2011]. Medcalf argued from the sidelines that the Indo-Pacific was «a term whose time has come» [Medcalf, 2012]. Whereas Australia’s 2009 Defence White Paper mentioned the Asia-Pacific 47 times and the Indo-Pacific zero times, the 2013 Defense White Paper contained a meagre three mentions of the Asia-Pacific swamped by 67 mentions of the Indo-Pacific, where «a new Indo-Pacific strategic arc is beginning to emerge, connecting the Indian and Pacific Oceans» [Government of Australia 2013: 2]. This maritime «strategic arc» bent around but did not include China, running from Japan to India, significant balancing partners for Australia alongside the US.

India’s first official references to the Indo-Pacific were also made in 2011. Shyam Saran penned an influential piece ‘Mapping the Indo-Pacific’ in October 2011 [Saran 2011, 29 October]. India’s Prime Minister Manmohan Singh deployed the term «Indo-Pacific» for the first time in December 2012 at the India-ASEAN Commemorative Summit. These references knitted together India’s «Look East» policy of economic outreach to South East Asia – announced in the mid-1990s, and expanded to Australasia and the Far East in a Look East-2 economic and security policy announced in 2003 – to India’s long-established Look South drive for pre-eminence in the Indian Ocean.

The advent of Narendra Modi in 2014 brought a new urgency, with «Look East» re-badged as «Act East». An «Act Further East» policy was announced in September 2019, involving the Russian Far East and a Vladivostok-Chennai Maritime Corridor. On the economic front, India launched an Asia-Africa Growth Corridor (AAGC) with Japan in May 2017. The Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI) announced by Modi at the 14th East Asia Summit in November 2019 emphasised economic and environmental cooperation, but avoided any security issues. Neither the AAGC nor the IPOI involved China.

On the security front, India moved to stronger security ties with Japan and the United States, the India-Japan-US (IJUS) trilateral operating since 2011; though shading their terminology by calling for a «Free Open and Inclusive Indo-Pacific» (FOIIP) at the East Asia Summit in 2018. The marked downturn in China-India relations in the wake of border clashes at Doklam in 2017 and Galwan in 2020 accelerated Indian security participation alongside the US, Japan and Australia in the QUAD, reformed in 2017. India also pursued closer security partnerships with Indonesia, Vietnam and France – all conducted under specific Indo-Pacific rhetoric on norms. Growing Indian concerns about China rendered the Russia-India-China (RIC) trilateral, running since the late 1990s, increasingly irrelevant under Modi’s tenure. India’s Milan naval exercises attracted an increasing range of actors across the Indo-Pacific, but with China not invited.

Although China avoided using the term Indo-Pacific, its own policies, to which other countries were responding, were very much Indo-Pacific in nature. On the military front, the 2000s saw the arrival of China’s «Two Oceans» naval doctrine [Kaplan 2009], covering the Indian and Pacific Oceans [Lee 2002], reflecting a progression from «near-seas active defense» (jinhai juju fangyu) in the 1980s to «far-seas operations» (yuanhai zuo-zhan) strategy. This quickly generated rising concerns over Chinese bases and facilities being established by China across the South China Sea and Indian Ocean, encapsulated in the «string of pearls» doctrine advanced in 2004, and subsequently reflected through Chinese presence at Kyaukpyu (Myanmar), Hambantota (Sri Lanka), Gwadar (Pakistan) and Djibouti (north-east coast of the Horn of Africa)). China’s leader, Xi Jinping, outlined the Maritime Silk Road (MSR) infrastructure initiative in September 2013. In Xi’s vision, the MSR extended from South China eastwards to the Pacific Basin and westwards around South-East Asia and across the Indian Ocean, over to the Mediterranean.

Shinzo Abe’s return to power in Japan in 2012 renewed the Indo-Pacific pushback against China. Abe immediately made the call for a «security diamond» uniting Australia, India, Japan and the US [Abe 2012]. He went on to formulate the need for a Free and Open Indo-Pacific (FOIP) in 2016 as a central and enduring plank for Japanese foreign policy. This FOIP emphasis was pursued with further vigour by Fumio Kishida, Abe’s Foreign Secretary from 2012-2017, who took over as Prime Minister in 2021.

Japan’s Free and Open Indo-Pacific formulation was picked up by the Trump administration in 2017, and elaborated in the US Strategic Framework for the Indo-Pacific (security-focussed on combating China) in February 2018 and the State Department’s Advancing a Free and Open Indo-Pacific (more diplomatically-nuanced) in July 2018. PACOM was renamed INDOPACOM in May 2018, reflecting its operational domain stretching from Hawaii to India and Diego Garcia. The subsequent Biden administration strongly reiterated this Free and Open Indo-Pacific usage, perhaps with more finesse on soothing partners. While Trump’s decision to immediately withdraw from the Trans-Pacific Partnership (negotiated by Obama) was not reversed by the Biden administration, they did launch Indo-Pacific Economic Framework (IPEF) negotiations in 2022, not inviting China, and leading to the Supply Chain Agreement signed in November 2023.

France moved towards an Indo-Pacific posture after 2018. Its interest for the area was based on the perception that France already was a «resident power» because of its possessions of Reunion in the Indian Ocean, and New Caledonia and Polynesia in the Pacific. The French Ministry of Defence issued an authoritative profile France and Security in the Indo-Pacific in June 2018 and France’s Defence Strategy in the Indo-Pacific in May 2019. During President Macron’s trip to Australia and New Caledonia in 2018, he advanced the notion of an «Indo-Pacific axis» (l’axe Indo-Pacifique) with Australia and India – a format reflected in the Australia-France-India trilateral set up in September 2020. French diplomats argued that «France will operate in concert with India to ensure a free open and secure Indo-Pacific» [Lenain 2019, 8 December]. Closer strategic partnerships were also established with Japan, Indonesia, Vietnam and the Philippines. Annual deployment involving French aircraft carrier (Operation Clemenceau) and helicopter carrier (Operation Perouse) groups were initiated across the Indian Ocean and Pacific from 2018 onwards. These involved various military exercises with US, Indian, Australian and Japanese units in the Indian Ocean and Western Pacific. They also included Freedom of Navigation exercises in the South China Sea and transit of the Taiwan Strait.

Other local middle-power actors moved to use Indo-Pacific openings. Vietnam’s President argued that increased strategic cooperation between Vietnam and India would help «transform the Asia Century into the Indo-Asia-Pacific Century» [Quang 2018]. His state visit to India witnessed the signing of a formal Joint Statement emphasising the importance of the «Indo-Pacific», as well as the importance of maintaining freedom of navigation and over-flight in the South China Sea. Vietnam’s 2019 White Paper on Defence announced that Vietnam was ready to participate in «security and defence mechanisms in the Indo-Pacific region» [Government of Vietnam 2019: 29]. This was in line with Hanoi’s interests, which were immediately identified as maintaining Vietnam’s position and claims in the South China Sea – identified by Hanoi as Vietnam’s «East Sea» – against China. Long-running security ties with India were consequently strengthened, including Vietnam’s participation from 2018 onwards in India’s biannual Milannaval exercises in the Bay of Bengal. Likewise delicately and carefully calibrated strategic cooperation was established with the Philippines, Japan, Australia, France, the UK and the US.

Indonesia, like Australia, looks onto the Indian and Pacific Oceans, a setting reflected in President Jokowi’s concept of Indonesia being a «maritime nexus» between the two oceans. The previous Indonesian administration had already floated an Indo-Pacific Treaty of Friendship and Cooperation [Natalegawa 2013, 20 May], which, however, had been ignored by the various Powers. Jokowi’s administration then worked on an Indo-Pacific Cooperation Programme during 2018 [Marsudi 2019, 20 March]. This was eventually adopted by the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) in their ASEAN Outlook on the Indo-Pacific, released in June 2019.

The ASEAN Outlook called for «ASEAN-Centrality» in Indo-Pacific cooperation and that the East Asia Summit should be «ASEAN-led» [ASEAN 2019]. However, it had little to say on security matters, and avoided grappling with China and South China Sea issues. It stressed economic cooperation, but without reference to rival economic schemes. In a similar fashion, the Indian Ocean Regional Association (IORA) released its own Indo-Pacific Outlook in November 2022. Like the ASEAN Outlook, the IORA counterpart advanced the need for local economic and environmental cooperation but had nothing to say on security issues. IORA also has even less convening power than ASEAN.

Bangladesh’s Indo-Pacific Outlook, released in April 2023, welcomed both the ASEAN and IORA economic cooperation proposals and India’s Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative (IPOI), but avoided committing to either China’s MSR or US-Japan FOIP proposals.

An accelerating European adoption of Indo-Pacific frames of reference was noticeable in the 2020s. Post-BREXIT, the UK announced a «Tilt to the Indo-Pacific» in its Integrated Strategic Review of 2021 [Government of the UK 2021]. A return to an «East of Suez» posture of deployment of forces and upgrading of basing access had already been announced in 2016 [Johnson 2016]. Naval chiefs adopted explicit Indo-Pacific language [Jones 2019]. Overlapping deployments from the UK were initiated from 2018 onwards, including the presence of an Aircraft Carrier Group in 2021, and ongoing long-term stationing in the region of HMS Tamar and HMS Spey was initiated in 2021. On the diplomatic front, in 2021 the UK became an ASEAN Dialogue Partner, as well as joining with Australia and the US in setting up AUKUS as a trilateral mechanism for defence cooperation. In 2022, the UK joined the maritime pillar of India’s Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative, and signed a strong Defence Cooperation Agreement with Japan. Finally, in July 2023 the UK joined the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP), and boycotted China’s Belt and Road Forum in October 2023.

Elsewhere in Europe, Germany announced its Policy Guidelines for the Indo-Pacific in September 2020, stressing the economic importance of the region, and the necessity of a rules-based order, freedom of navigation and naval deployments [Government of Germany 2020]. Consequently, in 2021, the German frigate Bayern was sent exercising with India and Japan and was temporarily deployed across the South China Sea. In 2022, in a first-time event and largest peace time deployment, Germany sent 13 airforce fighters to participate in Pitch Black exercises in Australia.

A month after Germany, in October 2020, the Dutch government released Indo-Pacific een leidraad voor versterking van de Nederlandse en EU menwerking met-partners in Azie («Indo-Pacific: A Guideline for Strengthening Dutch and EU Cooperation with Partners in Asia»). Like the UK and German strategy, the Dutch Guideline emphasised the economic allure of the Indo-Pacific, as well as the need to protect the rule of law and freedom of navigation, allocating a role for Dutch naval presence. This was manifested in the dispatch of the Dutch frigate, HNLMS Evertsen, embedded in the UK Carrier Strike Group, deployed in 2021.

At the European level, the formal EU Strategy for Cooperation in the Indo-Pacific was released in 2021 and stressed economic engagement, and cooperation with like-minded partners to safeguard an international rules-based order. It specifically called for a greater presence of EU navies in Indo-Pacific waters. A further sign was the setting up of the annual Ministerial Cooperation in the Indo-Pacific mechanism in 2022, which brought together not only the EU and its member states, but also actors from around the Asian rimland (India and Japan) and from across the Pacific, (the US and Canada), together with the new CPTPP member, namely the UK, and the micro-island states in the Indian and Pacific Oceans (the Seychelles and Fiji). China was notably absent and notably uninvited. High Level Consultations on the Indo-Pacific, bringing together the EU with the US, were also initiated in 2022.

EU member-states with little, if any, historical links to the region also issued Indo-Pacific strategies. Czechia released Strategy for Cooperation with the Indo-Pacific in October 2022, and Lithuania released For a Secure, Resilient and Prosperous Future. Lithuania’s Indo-Pacific Strategy in July 2023 [Government of Czechia 2022; Government of Lithuania 2023]. Both countries withdrew from the China-East Central European (CECE) mechanism, Lithuania in 2021 and Czechia in 2022, and established closer links with Taiwan, anathema to China.

Italy also pushed a more active Indo-Pacific outreach under the Meloni government, elected in October 2022. Italian interest in the Indo-Pacific was evident throughout 2023 [De Luca 2023, 2 January]. It was signalled during the year with Meloni’s high profile appearance at the Raisina Dialogue [Meloni 2023], followed by the establishment of closer economic and security cooperation with India and Japan, and, to some degree, also with Vietnam and Indonesia. This was accompanied by the dispatch of the frigate Morosini on a six-month deployment across the Indo-Pacific. Conversely, Italy moved away from China, boycotting China’s Belt and Road Forum, held in September 2023 and formally withdrawing from China’s Maritime Silk Road initiative at the end of the year.

The growth of Indo-Pacific formulations by Australia, India, Japan and the US, alongside their strengthening bilateral and trilateral relations, and mutual concerns about China, made the revival of the QUAD a particularly significant development in the late 2010s. First run at Senior Officials level in 2017, the re-established QUAD was upgraded to Ministerial Level in 2019 and Heads of Government summits in 2021. Annual four-way naval Malabar exercises commenced in 2020, which alternated between the Bay of Bengal and the Western Pacific. A QUAD Indo-Pacific Partnership for Maritime Awareness was launched in 2022, as was a QUAD Infrastructure Coordination Group. 2023 witnessed the QUAD Supply Chain Agreement. QUAD-Plus formats co-opting South Korea and Canada made their appearance during the Covid pandemic in 2022. This was no surprise, given South Korea’s and Canada’s adoption of Indo-Pacific formulations in late 2022.

Canada’s Indo-Pacific Strategy, released in November 2022, announced deeper involvement in the Indo-Pacific; including greater deployment of Canadian naval vessels (Operation Projection) in both the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and greater collaboration with other China-concerned actors. In such a vein, the Sea Dragon exercise in March 2023 involved the Canadian airforce exercising with India, Japan and the United States at Guam. Also, Canada joined India, South Korea and the United States in anti-submarine warfare exercises in April 2023. Very pointedly, HMCS Ottawa transited the Taiwan Strait in September 2023, along with USS Ralph Johnson, before conducting joint exercises with the Philippines and the US in the South China Sea in October 2023. This was followed by low-level military confrontation with China in November. However, Canadian relations with India took a dramatic downturn in late 2023, following Canadian accusations of Indian Intelligence Services assassinating Sikh «Khalistan» advocates in Canada [Hall 2024].

A final development in 2023 was South Korea’s pursuit of Indo-Pacific security. An economic focus towards Southeast Asia and India through the New Southern Policy (NSP) was initiated by the Moon administration in November 2017. However, South Korea’s Strategy for a Free, Peaceful and Prosperous Indo-Pacific, released on 28 December 2022, represented a much firmer security stand by President Yoon Suk Yeol, elected in May 2022. South Korea had already been reaching further out to India, but, under Yoon also struck a new minilateral pact with Japan and the US, self-defined as a «Trilateral Partnership for the Indo-Partnership […] in pursuit of a free and open Indo-Pacific» [White House 2022]. Following their trilateral summit in Washington in August 2023, a ministerial-level Indo-Pacific Dialogue jointly inaugurated by Japan, South Korea and the US, with their first meeting arranged for January 2024.

7. Conclusion

This article started by invoking India’s Minister for External Affairs Subrahmanyam Jaishankar, talking in 2021 of the Indo-Pacific as a welcome «return of history». In contrast, his Chinese counterpart Wang Ji invoked history in a very different fashion in 2021. He argued that «the so-called ‘Indo-Pacific strategy’, which is aimed at provoking bloc confrontation, is an attempt to form a small clique for geopolitical rivalry. It is the revival of the Cold-War mentality and regression of history. It should be swept into the dustbin» [Wang Yi 2021]. However, a dustbin does not await the Indo-Pacific. It remains a fact of life that China’s own growing presence and assertiveness through the region, has been increasingly evident in the last decade. This, in itself, means that, in the near future, various Indo-Pacific responsive strategies will be generated by concerned actors inside and outside the region.

Bibliography

Abe, Shinzo, 2007, ‘Confluence of the Two Seas’, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 22 August.

Abe, Shinzo, 2012, ‘Asia’s Democratic Security Diamond’, Project Syndicate, 27 December.

Acheson, Dean, 1969, Present at the Creation: My Years at the State Department, New York: W.W. Norton.

ASEAN, 2021, ASEAN Outlook on the Indo-Pacific, Jakarta: Association of Southeast Asian Nations website.

Borthwick, Mark (ed.), 1992, Pacific Century: the Emergence of Modern Pacific Asia, Boulder: Westview Press, 1992.

Boutilier, James, 2002-2003, ‘The Canadian Navy and the New Naval Environment in Asia’, International Journal, 58(1): 181-199.

Boutilier, James, 2003, ‘Naval Intervention and Engagement in the Indo-Pacific Region’, in Robert Edwards and Ann Griffiths (eds.), Intervention and Engagement: A Maritime Perspective, Dalhousie: Centre for Foreign Policy Studies: 209-218.

Boutilier, James A., 2004, ‘Reflections on the New Indo-Pacific Maritime and Naval Environment’, Journal of the Australian Naval Institute, 114 (Winter): 21-27.

Brahm, Laurence, 2001, China’s Century: The Awakening of the Next Economic Powerhouse, New York: John Wiley and Sons.

British Museum, 1884, Report on the Zoological Collections Made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean During the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Alert’ 1881-2, London: British Museum.

Clinton, Hillary, 2010, ‘America’s Engagement in the Asia-Pacific’, State Department, 28 October.

Clinton, Hillary, 2011, ‘America’s Pacific Century’, State Department, 11 October.

Clinton, Hillary, 2012. ‘Delivering on the Promise of Economic Statecraft’, State Department, 17 November.

Cozens, Peter, 2005, ‘Some Reflections on Maritime Developments in the Indo-Pacific in the Past Sixty Years’, Maritime Affairs, 1(1): 15-35.

Cumings, Bruce, 1994, ‘Rimspeak; or, The Discourse of the Pacific Rim’, in Arif Dirlik (ed.), What is in a Rim? Critical Perspectives on the Pacific Region Idea, London: Routledge: 135-144.

Das, Premvir, 2006, ‘Maritime Violence in the Indian Ocean’, in Nippon Foundation (ed.) Indo-Japan Dialogue on Ocean Security, Tokyo: Ocean Policy Research Foundation: 108-132.

De Luca, Vincenzo, 2023, ‘The Role Italy can play in the Indo-Pacific’, The Indian Express, 2 January.

Dirlik, Arif, 1992, ‘The Asia-Pacific Idea: Reality and Representation in the Invention of a Regional Structure’, Journal of World History, 12(1): 55-79.

Foot, Rosemary, and Andrew Walter, 1999, ‘Whatever Happened to the Pacific Century?’, Review of International Studies, 25(5): 245-69.

Girling, John, 1970, ‘The Guam Doctrine’, International Affairs, 46(1): 48-62.

Gorbachev, Mikhail, 1986, ‘Text of Speech by Mikhail Gorbachev in Vladivostok, 28 July 1986’, in Ramesh Thakur and Carlyle Thayer (ed), The Soviet Union as an Asia Pacific Power. Implications of Gorbachev’s 1986 Vladivostok Initiative, Boulder: Westview: 201-227.

Government of Australia, Canberra: Department of Defence, 2013, Defence White Paper 2013.

Government of Canada, Ottawa: Global Affairs Canada, 2022, Canada’s Indo-Pacific Strategy.

Government of Czechia, Prague: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2022, The Czech Republic’s Strategy for Cooperation with the Indo-Pacific.

Government of Germany, Berlin: The Federal Government, 2020, Policy Guidelines for the Indo-Pacific.

Government of Japan, Tokyo: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2024, ‘Joint Press Release on the Trilateral United States – Japan – Republic of Korea Indo-Pacific Dialogue’, January 6.

Government of Lithuania, Vilnius: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2023, For a Secure, Resilient and Prosperous Future. Lithuania’s Indo-Pacific Strategy.

Government of the UK, National Archives (Kew), CC (66), 1966, Conclusions of a Meeting of Cabinet, February 14.

Government of the UK, 2021, ‘The Indo-Pacific Tilt: a Framework’, in Global Britain in a Competitive Age. The Integrated Review of Security, Defence, Development and Foreign Policy, London: HMSO: 66-67.

Government of Vietnam, 2019, Viet Nam National Defence, Hanoi: National Political Publishing House.

Hall, Ian, 2024, ‘India 2023: Tactical Wins and Strategic Setbacks in Foreign Policy’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIV/2023.

Haushofer, Karl, 1938, Geopolitik des Pazifischen Ozean, 3rd edition, 1938; tr. Lewis Tambs, Geopolitics of the Pacific Ocean: Studies on the Relationship between Geography and History, Lewiston: Edwin Mellen Press, 2002.

Hiramatsu, Kenji, 2019, ‘India-Japan-ASEAN: Promoting Stability in the Indo-Pacific’, Embassy of Japan in India website.

Jaishankar, Subrahmanyam, 2021, ‘Address by External Affairs Minister at the Inaugural Session of the 1st Edition of the Indo-Pacific Business Summit’, Ministry of External Affairs, 6 July.

Jaishankar, Subrahmanyam, 2023, ‘Remarks by EAM, Dr. S. Jaishankar at the 2nd India-Japan Forum 2023’, Ministry of External Affairs, 28 July.

Johnson, Boris, 2016, ‘Foreign Secretary Speech: «Britain is Back East of Suez»’, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 9 December.

Jones, Philip, 2019, ‘Maritime Strategy and its Contribution to the Indo-Pacific and Global Commons’, International Institute of Strategic Studies, 4 March.

Kaplan, Robert, 2009, China’s Two-Ocean Strategy, Washington: Center for a New American Security.

Khurana, Gurpreet, 2007, ‘Security of Sea Lines: Prospects for India-Japan Cooperation’, Strategic Analysis, 31(1): 139-53.

Lattimore, Elizabeth, 1945, ‘Pacific Ocean or American Lake?’, Far Eastern Survey, 14(2): 313-316.

Lee, Jay-Heung, 2002, ‘China’s Expanding Maritime Ambitions in the Western Pacific and the Indian Ocean’, Contemporary Southeast Asia 24(3): 559–568.

Lenain, Emmanuel, 2019, ‘France will act in concert with India to ensure a Free Open and Secure Indo-Pacific’, The Times of India, 8 December.

Li, Hansong, 2022, ‘The Indo-Pacific: Intellectual Origins and International Visions in Global Contexts’, Modern Intellectual History, 19(3): 807-833.

Logan, James, 1850, ‘The Ethnology of the Indian Archipelago: Embracing Enquiries into the Continental Relations of the Indo-Pacific Islanders’, Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, 4: 252-347.

MacArthur, Douglas, 1949, ‘Anglo-U.S. frontier in Japan’ (interview), Daily Mail, 2 March.

Mackinder, Halford, 1904, ‘The Geographical Pivot of History’, Geographical Journal, 23(4): 421-437.

Mahan, Alfred, 1898, The Interest of America in Sea Power Present and Future, Boston: Little, Brown & Company.

Mahbubani, Kishore, 1995. ‘The Pacific Impulse’, Survival, 37(1): 105-120

Marsudi, Retno, 2019, ‘Time for Indo-Pacific cooperation’, The Jakarta Post, 20 March.

McCord, William. 1991, The Dawn of the Pacific Century. Brunswick: Transaction.

Medcalf, Rory, 2007, ‘Australia’s relations with India’, Interpreter (Lowy Institute), 21 December.

Medcalf, Rory, 2012, ‘A Term whose time has come: The Indo-Pacific.’ The Diplomat. 4 December.

Meloni, Georgia, 2023, ‘Speech at the Raisina Dialogue’, Italian Government website, 2 March.

Mohan, C. Raja, 2011, ‘India’s bridge to the Pacific’, The Indian Express, 25 January.

Miller, Roger, 1968, ‘Is SEATO Obsolete?’, Proceedings of the US Naval Institute, 94(11): 56-63.

Nag, Kalidas, 1939, ‘Cultural Migrations in Oceania’, Calcutta Review, 122(1-3): 37-52.

Nag, Kalidas, 1941, India and the Pacific World, Calcutta: Greater India Society.

Nagai, Michio, 1987, ‘The Pacific Era’, in European Strategic Options for the ‘Pacific Century’, Tokyo: National Institute for Research Advancement: 15-31.

Natalegawa, Marty, 2013, ‘An Indonesian perspective on the Indo-Pacific’, The Jakarta Post, 20 May.

Obama, Barack, 2011. ‘Remarks by President Obama to the Australian.

Quang, Tran Dai, 2018, ‘Vietnamese President’s Speech at Nehru Memorial Museum’ [https://en.vietnamplus.vn], 4 March.

Richardson, Michael, 2005, ‘Australia-Southeast Relations and the East Asian Summit’, Australian Journal of International Relations, 59(3): 351-365.

Saran, Shyam, 2011, ‘Mapping the Indo-Pacific’, The Indian Express, 29 October.

Spang, Christian, 2006, ‘Karl Haushofer Re-examined: Geopolitics as a Factor of Japanese-German Rapprochement in the Inter-war Years’, in Christian Spang and Rolf-Harald Wippich (eds.), Japanese-German Relations, 1895-1945, Abingdon: Routledge, 139-157.

Smith, Stephen, 2011, ‘Australia and India Building the Strategic Partnership’, Ministry of Defence, 9 December.

Spykman, Nicholas, 1944, The Geography of the Peace, New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company.

Verma, Sanjay, 2021, ‘Remarks’, The Foreign Correspondents’ Club of Japan, Youtube website, 15 June.

Wang, Yi, 2015, ‘Foreign Minister Wang Yi Meets the Press’, Foreign Ministry of the People’s Republic of China, 9 March.

Wang, Yi, 2021, ‘Uphold Peace and Promote Human Progress’, Foreign Ministry of the People’s Republic of China, 3 July.

White House, 2022, ‘Phnom Pen Statement on US –Japan-Republic of Korea Trilateral Partnership for the Indo-Pacific’, 13 November.

Zabarskaitė, 2023, ‘Kalidas Nag and the Persistence of «Greater India»’, in Greater India and the Indian Expansionist Imagination, c. 1885–1965, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter: 366-369.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

 

When history rhymes: China’s relations with Russia and the war in Ukraine

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

In a recent publication, the renowned expert on Sino-Russian relations, Inge Bekkevold, wrote that in the last century «China has seen Russia as imperialist, a comrade in arms, an enemy and a partner, and is now debating whether it should be an ally». This paper attempts to connect these views with the most recent evolution of Sino-Russian relations at the time of Putin’s invasion of Ukraine. It first describes Russia’s role as China’s territorial threat and as a political antagonist from the end of the Qing dynasty to the fall of the Soviet Union. It then looks at the rise of Russia as China’s main anti-hegemonic partner after the Cold War, with a special focus on the evolution of the Sino-Russian «unlimited partnership» during Xi Jinping’s second mandate and its sudden revision after the outbreak of the war in Ukraine. The analysis will then address the evolution of China’s most recent «pro-Russian neutrality» as Beijing’s attempt to detach itself from Moscow’s military adventurism while maintaining its strategic anti-hegemonic alignment with Moscow. In the conclusion, the paper will try to assess the rationale of China’s revision of its «unlimited partnership» on the basis of Beijing’s historical experience with Russia and will then point out China’s interests and divergences with Moscow in order to provide a useful conceptual toolkit to foresee the future evolution of Sino-Russian relations.

Keywords – China; Russia; foreign relations; unlimited partnership.

1. Introduction1

In a recent publication, the renowned expert on Sino-Russian relations, Inge Bekkevold, wrote that in the last century «China has seen Russia as imperialist, a comrade in arms, an enemy and a partner, and is now debating whether it should be an ally». This paper attempts to connect these views with the most recent evolution of Sino-Russian relations at the time of Putins invasion of Ukraine. It first describes Russia’s role as Chinas territorial threat and as a political antagonist from the end of the Qing dynasty to the fall of the Soviet Union. It then looks at the rise of Russia as Chinas main anti-hegemonic partner after the Cold War, with a special focus on the evolution of the Sino-Russian «unlimited partnership» during Xi Jinpings second mandate and its sudden revision after the outbreak of the war in Ukraine. The analysis will then address the evolution of Chinas most recent «pro-Russian neutrality» as Beijing’s attempt to detach itself from Moscow’s military adventurism while maintaining its strategic anti-hegemonic alignment with Moscow. In the conclusion, the paper will try to assess the rationale of Chinas revision of its «unlimited partnership» on the basis of Beijing’s historical experience with Russia and will then point out Chinas interests and divergences with Moscow in order to provide a useful conceptual toolkit to foresee the future evolution of Sino-Russian relations.

2. A defining relationship: historical sediments of Sino-Russian relations

According to some renowned Chinese scholars, in the last two centuries, Russia has profoundly shaped the evolution of Chinese domestic and foreign policy. The leading Chinese expert on Russia, Prof. Feng Yujun, Professor at the History Department of Peking University, recently published an influential essay that looks at the matrix of Sino-Russian relations through a historical perspective. In history, he writes, all the three alliances between China and Russia ended with China paying a heavy price.

The first time was in 1896, after the First Sino-Japanese War, when China and Russia signed the Li-Lobanov Treaty (中俄密約) named after its negotiators Li Hongzhang, a leading Chinese diplomat and statesman, and Alexei Lobanov-Rostovsky, the Russian Foreign Minister. The treaty was primarily a defensive military alliance. Russia agreed to assist China in the event of a Japanese attack, a concern for China following its defeat in the First Sino-Japanese War (1894-1895). The treaty granted Russia the right to build the Chinese Eastern Railway, which was a crucial part of the Trans-Siberian Railway. This railway was to pass through Manchuria, significantly enhancing Russia’s influence and presence in the region.

The second alliance, known as the Sino-Soviet Treaty (中苏友好同盟条约), was signed between the Nationalist government of Chiang Kai-shek and Stalin after the end of the Second Sino-Japanese War in 1945. The treaty stipulated Sino-Soviet cooperation against Japanese forces in Manchuria and the facilitation of Soviet aid to the Chinese Nationalist government. As a result, China was forced to recognise the 1945 Mongolian independence referendum in Outer Mongolia that was orchestrated by the Soviet Union, leading to the «loss» of nearly 1.6 million square kilometres of territory immediately after China had just spent eight years fighting against the Japanese invaders.2 The treaty granted the Soviet Union concessions in Port Arthur (旅顺口) and Dalian (大连) and control over the Chinese Eastern Railway and the South Manchuria Railway, which were key strategic and economic assets.

The third alliance was after 1949, when Mao chose to «lean to one side» (边倒) and signed a formal treaty with Stalin in Moscow right after the foundation of the Peoples Republic of China. Prof. Feng claims that this alliance brought two critical impacts on China; it favoured Beijing’s isolation from the international community and pushed China into the Korean War. The latter decision led to the loss of countless Chinese lives and also severely strained China-US relations, making it difficult for China to prosper for the next several decades [Feng 2023, 7 January].

The cost of «leaning to one side» and the Korean War was certainly huge and, eventually, influenced a profound process of revision of Chinese domestic and foreign policies aimed at shedding Soviet influence and relaunching Mao’s original vision of the Chinese revolution.3 A vision that surpassed the primacy of the proletarian revolution preached by the USSR and reproposed Mao’s identification of anti-imperialist liberation as the “main contradiction” of the international system [Niu 2012: 66].

In the year before the «leaning to one side», in fact, Mao had reinterpreted the Chinese revolution outside the binary Cold War context. In 1946, Mao argued that the primary global conflict was not the rivalry between the US and USSR, as many of his comrades argued. Instead, he saw it as stemming from the American reactionaries’ efforts to broaden their influence over an extensive «intermediate zone» (中间地带) that included former European colonial powers and semi-colonial and colonial regions in the Southern Hemisphere, the Middle East, and China. According to the Chinese leader, this area was the first target that the reactionaries were meant to subjugate in order to encircle and weaken the Soviet Union, the major obstacle in their path to global dominance. Mao therefore identified the central conflict – i.e. the «main contradiction» – as between the American reactionaries’ hegemonic ambitions and the independence movements within the «intermediate zones». In Mao’s view, revolutionary China had a crucial, transformative role in this context, as the first defender of Socialism and leader of the anti-hegemonic front in what Mao assessed as the «third pole», namely «the intermediate zones» [Mao 1946: 1184-1185; Talk with A. L. Strong 1946; Lu 1946, 4 January].

When the Cominform in 1947 emphasized the division of the world into two opposing camps – the imperialist and anti-democratic camp led by the United States, and the anti-imperialist and democratic camp led by the Soviet Union – Mao adjusted his strategy to elevate China’s position within the post-Yalta international framework. Initially, Mao deemphasized his «intermediate zones» theory, which highlighted the unique nature of the Chinese revolution, and aligned more closely with the Soviet Union’s «two camps» concept [Tang 2008: 53].

After his trip to Moscow, however, Mao complained about Stalin’s behaviour. As clearly explained by historian Odd Arne Westad, Mao was frustrated by Stalin as the latter aimed at securing a treaty that was conducive to Soviet security, rather than an alliance between two Communist-led states [Westad 2005: 65]. Maos frustration with the Soviet Union deepened during the Korean War: Stalin’s decision to avoid a direct confrontation with the US clashed with Maos expectation for stronger Soviet support during the conflict. Moreover, the outbreak of the Korean War, and the consequential inclusion of Taiwan into the US security perimeter, cost Mao the indefinite postponement of his original intention to complete national unification by invading Taiwan. As clearly shown by renowned Chinese historian Shen Zhihua, these events sowed the seeds for the future Sino-Soviet split and activated a long process of correction of Chinese foreign policy aimed at shedding Soviet influence [Shen 2020: 130].

From the mid-1950s to the end of the Cold War, Chinas domestic and foreign policies were deeply influenced by the growing antagonism with Moscow. Mao eventually perceived Soviet ideological influence as an obstacle for the independent realization of China’s revolution and started challenging the Soviet leadership of the international communist movement. This shift progressively detached China from the «two camps» structure and revitalised Maos original anti-hegemonic and anti-imperialist policy, derived from the Chinese revolution [Radchenko 2024].

The radicalization of Chinas policies in the 1960s was intended to expel Soviet malevolent influence (i.e. «revisionism») – a process that resulted in the turmoil of the Cultural Revolution – and transform China into the leader of the anti-imperialist struggle in the «intermediate zones».

In 1969, the intensification of anti-Soviet sentiments within China and the repeated military confrontations at the border between the two socialist giants turned Soviet «social-imperialism» – as it was labelled by Mao – into Beijings main foreign threat. This, in turn, prompted China into a rapprochement with the United States – epitomized by Maos handshake with Nixon in 1972 – that marked a profound alteration in the bipolar balance of forces and provided an enormous plus to the American global strategy against Moscow.

At the end of the 1970s, Deng Xiaoping’s added a domestic element – the economic reform – to Mao’s diplomatic «opening» to the West. Deng’s economic reforms combined China’s abundant workforce with Western capital and know-how, and Western economies with much-coveted access to the enormous Chinese market. China’s relationship with the West was thereby «internalized» as a crucial factor to relaunch China’s economy and lead it to regain its central position in Asia. This set the ground for China’s «de-facto» alliance with the US and their allies against Moscow and, at the same time, favoured a progressive liberalisation of Chinese political, economic and social dynamics on the domestic front [Fardella, 2009].

As had already happened with China’s alliance with the Soviet Union in the 1950s, the Chinese leadership began to perceive the influence of US dominant role in the relationship as a challenge for the independent course of Chinese politics. In the 1980s, Chinas entente and engagement with the West started to be perceived as a menace by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and reinforced Beijing’s strategy towards a more independent stance in international affairs.

In a report delivered at the 12th National Congress of the CCP in 1982, Deng Xiaoping formally announced China’s independent foreign policy grounded on the three principles – not seeking hegemony, not aligning with any major power, not engaging in military expansion – better known as the «Three No’s» policy. These principles were meant to guide China’s foreign relations and position the country as an independent actor, avoiding the ideological rivalries of the Cold War superpowers. This represented a further correction of China’s foreign policy – which had been heavily influenced by its alliances with the Soviet Union and later the United States during the Cold War – and a return to Mao’s original attempt to carve an autonomous and influential role for China as a counterweight to global powers and a champion of the developing world (i.e. «the intermediate zones»). Deng’s «Three No’s» policy provided a framework for China to gradually normalize and improve its relations with the USSR, as the two countries moved away from the Sino-Soviet split of the 1960s.

The rise of Mikhail Gorbachev as the new leader of the Soviet Union and its proactive openings towards a normalization of the relations with Beijing, contributed to Beijing’s attempt to enhance its independent stance in international affairs and balance its reliance over Western support with a reduction of the tensions with Moscow. In a speech delivered on the 28th of July 1986 in Vladivostok on Soviet’s policy in the Asia-Pacific the Soviet leader expressed its intention to normalize relations with China and overcome past tensions by reducing the troops deployed along the border and transform the common border in a «line of peace and friendship». [The New York Times, 1986, 29 July]

This led to a series of high-level meetings to normalize ties and resolve longstanding border issues. In May 1989, Gorbachev visited Beijing, marking the first Sino-Soviet summit in 30 years.

This visit occurred amidst the Tiananmen Square protests, as student-led demonstrations were taking place in the Chinese capital, an event that, to the eyes of the Chinese leadership, proved the destabilizing effect that Western influence could pose to Party leadership.

Despite the domestic unrest, Gorbachev and Deng were able to reach an important agreement during the summit aimed at reducing military tensions, setting up a joint mechanism for troops reductions along the border and normalize diplomatic and economic relations between the two countries.

By the end of the year, the fall of the Berlin Wall and the demise of socialist regimes in Eastern Europe were perceived by the Chinese leadership as Western attempts to implement a «peaceful» evolution that would lead to the overthrow of all socialist regimes [USSR Collapse 2023].

The collapse of the Soviet Union, which followed in 1991, therefore generated two fundamental effects over Chinese domestic and foreign policies.

Internally, the dynamics that led to the crisis of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union (CPSU) have been carefully analyzed by the CCP and have inspired Chinese domestic policies to this day. In a speech delivered in December 2012, shortly after he became the General Secretary of the CCP, Xi Jinping described the collapse of the Soviet Union as a «tragedy» and a cautionary tale for the Party. Xi’s description of the Soviet Union’s fall focused on the loss of ideological conviction and political corruption as key factors leading to its disintegration. The message was clear; the Communist Party of China must learn from the Soviet Union’s mistakes and remain vigilant against internal and external threats to its governance and ideological purity [Xi 2023; Gao 2013; Historical Lessons USSR 2021].

Externally, the fall of the Soviet Union coupled with the rise of a new US hegemonic push at the beginning of the 1990s – vividly represented by American military interventions in the Middle East and in the Balkans – to reinforce the emphasis of Chinas foreign policy on achieving a more independent and antihegemonic horizon. As brilliantly described by Rushi Doshi, Biden’s National Security Council director for China, since the 1990s China smoothly implemented a series of tactics aimed at blunting US power projection at regional and global level [Doshi 2021]. Within this framework, Beijing rediscovered Russia as a useful partner for the creation of a less-hegemonic international system whose power distribution could be less «unipolar» – i.e. centred around the values and interests of Washington – and thus more distributed among various «poles» of the system itself.

3. The rise of the «unlimited» partnership; Sino-Russian relations and the outbreak of the war in Ukraine

In 2001, shortly after Vladimir Putin assumed the presidency of Russia, Moscow and Beijing ratified the «Treaty of Good Neighbourliness and Friendly Cooperation», signifying a pivotal moment in their bilateral ties. This agreement highlighted mutual respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity, a pledge towards non-aggression – which was crucial given the history of border disputes and conflicts between the two nations – and articulated a mutual aspiration for a multipolar world, starkly critical of the existing international unipolar system, dominated by the United States. It also heralded the start of economic collaboration, particularly in energy, propelling Russia to become a major oil and natural gas provider to China.

The 2007-8 financial crisis in the United States and China’s resilient economic momentum were perceived by Beijing as signalling the wane of American unipolarity and the opening of a strategic window that would establish China as a pivotal international player. Under Xi Jinping’s leadership, what was characterized as a new era in international relations saw a fortified partnership with Moscow. In Xi’s intentions, this fortified relationship was aimed at reinforcing an anti-hegemonic stance, challenging American influence and paving the way for a new global governance model, centred around the CCP’s values and interests. In March 2013, marking his first state visit as president, Xi Jinping travelled to Moscow, where he unveiled his vision for a «community with a shared future for mankind», laying the groundwork for China’s ambition to reshape global governance [China Daily 2023, 23 March].

The year 2018 was another landmark in Sino-Russian relations. March witnessed the re-election of Vladimir Putin as Russia’s President and the re-election of Xi Jinping as President of the People’s Republic of China (PRC) during the 13th National People’s Congress (NPC). The same Congress also saw the removal of the presidential term limit, granting Xi an indefinite tenure. Concurrently, Le Yucheng, an expert on Russian affairs within the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, was appointed deputy Minister of Foreign Affairs, signalling Beijing’s intention to emphasize Sino-Russian relations.

In June 2018, Xi Jinping conferred upon Putin the first «Friendship Medal of the People’s Republic of China», while underscoring a deep personal bond with the Russian leader by referring to him as his «closest friend» (最好的知心朋友) [Xinhua 2018, 8 June].

These developments significantly enhanced the potential for bilateral relations, especially in anticipation of their 70th anniversary in 2019. In a relevant policy article published in the CCP’s theoretical journal, Vice-Foreign Minister Le outlined the evolution of bilateral ties from 1949 to 1989, highlighting the adherence to principles of nonalignment, non-confrontation, and not targeting third parties. Le remarked that these principles paved the way for a positive trajectory in relations, leading to their current stable and healthy state. He emphasised that these foundational principles were not mere outcomes but crucial starting points for future progress in bilateral relations, implying their further elevation «beyond» the existing foundational principles [Le 2019a].

In November 2019, following discussions with Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, Le declared that there were «no restriction on the growth of Sino-Russian ties» showing the intention to effectively removing barriers to their growth, although without formally altering its fundamental non-alignment principle [Le 2019b; Le 2019, 26 November].

This wording set the tone of Chinese official discourse that began emphasising the absence of limitation on Sino-Russian cooperation. The same position was reiterated by Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi to his Russian counterpart, Sergey Lavrov in February 2021 and by Le Yucheng’s statement in December 2021 [MOFAPRC 2021; Xinhua 2021, 4 February].

This led to the often-quoted formula adopted in the official statement that followed Putin’s official visit to China on 4 February 2022 for the inaugural ceremony of the Winter Olympic Games. In the document, the two sides reaffirmed in fact «that the new interstate relations between Russia and China are superior to political and military alliances of the Cold War era. Friendship between the two states has no limits [and] there are no forbidden areas of cooperation» [Government of Russia 2022]. As anticipated by Vice Foreign Minister Le Yucheng in 2019 and restated in his interviews following the leaders’ meetings, these words officially indicated that the bilateral relations had entered a new qualitatively higher level from that of the era of «nonalignment, non-confrontation, and not targeting third parties» [MOFAPRC 2022a].

When, on 24 February 2022, Putin’s troops started the invasion of Ukraine (the «Special Military Operation», SMO, in the official formula used by Moscow’s propaganda) the international community began guessing whether China was previously informed by the Russians. Some Western media even claimed that Xi Jinping had asked Putin to postpone the attack until after the Olympic Games [The New York Times 2022, 2 March]. Although the tension between Russia and Ukraine was mounting in the days of Xi and Putin meeting, there is no clear indication that China was informed about the incoming Russian military operations. According to Alexander Gabuev, Carnegie expert on Sino-Russian relations, China was not informed about the Russian imminent attack as Sino-Russian relations were built on an informal anti-Western coalition, but were lacking the trust and mutual interest to be considered an alliance. This intrinsic distrust between the two sides, affirmed Gabuev, had historically prevented the two nations from discussing sensitive issues as in the case of the Russian invasion of Crimea in 2014 [Radchenko & Gabuev 2022]. This assessment may be further confirmed by China’s repeated position, preceding the beginning of the invasion, which emphasized the respect of the Minsk-2 agreement as the only solution to the Russian-Ukraine tensions. 4An option, nonetheless, which was blatantly neglected by Putin’s actions in the following days [Reuters 2022, 19 February].

Opposite conclusions, however, were drawn from other actions taken by Chinese authorities in the weeks before the beginning of the invasion.

Some doubts were raised in this respect by the contradictory messages sent by the Chinese embassy in Kyiv to Chinese nationals in Ukraine on the eve of the Russian invasion. Two days before the beginning of Russian invasion, the Chinese Embassy warned Chinese nationals in Ukraine against venturing into «unstable» areas, but it did not advise them, as many other nations did, to leave the country [Reuters 2022, 22 February; MOFAPRC 2022b]. A few hours after the beginning of Putin’s attack against Ukraine, the Chinese Embassy in Kyiv advised its nationals there to «stay at home» or to display the Chinese flag when they went outside [China Daily 2022, 24 February]. The day after, the Embassy reversed its instructions and warned Chinese nationals in Ukraine that it was better «not to» display any Chinese national symbol [PRC Embassy Ukraine 2022].

Other doubts emerged from Chinese state energy companies’ unusual behaviour in the months preceding the invasion. As shown by Collins and Miles, «Chinese LNG buyers stood out from every other group of global purchasers in the six months leading up to Russia’s invasion [as] they bought more than 91 percent of all global LNG purchased worldwide under term deals». This amount was more than twice the quantity ever bought by Chinese purchasers in one full year. «Had European firms had access to this LNG after the invasion», highlighted the authors, «perceptions of gas scarcity and price spikes may have been much reduced» [Miles & Collins 2023, 12 June].

China’s official statements after the invasion called for restraint and respect for sovereignty and territorial integrity, without explicitly naming Russia as the aggressor or condemning its actions but also without supporting Moscow’s move. This is shown by China’s abstention at both the 25 February Security Council vote – which denounced the Russian invasion – and the 2 March General Assembly resolution – which demanded the immediate withdrawal of Russian troops from Ukraine [UN General Assembly 2022]. The Chinese Ambassador at the UN, Zhang Jun, however, stated that the crisis was the direct result of five successive rounds of NATO’s eastward expansion, which affected Russia’s legitimate security aspirations. Therefore, by blaming the US and NATO for the escalation, the Ambassador emphasised China’s call for common, comprehensive, cooperative, and sustainable security. This was an anticipation of the official Global Security Initiative (GSI) to be presented by Xi Jinping in April 2022 as an attempt to provide a new alternative framework for international security cooperation, with the intention of addressing global challenges through dialogue and collaboration, rather than confrontation and alliance-based security mechanisms such as NATO [Sciorati 2023].The same line was repeated by Vice Foreign Minister Le on 19th March 2022, speaking at the Fourth International Forum on Security and Strategy. Le criticised NATO’s bloc politics, search for absolute security, and «weaponisation» of globalisation through unilateral sanctions towards Russia [MOFAPRC 2022c; MOFAPRC 2022d].

In the meantime, the Chinese government, facing Russia’s military failure in Ukraine and Western compact reaction in support of Ukraine, quickly backtracked on the by then popular «no limit» formula to define the course of bilateral relations with Russia and restated the three principles of «nonalignment, non-confrontation, and not targeting third parties» as unambiguously formulated in the joint statement issued after Xi Jinping’s official visit to Russia on 20-22 March 2022 [MOFAPRC 2023a].

Between June and September 2022, China therefore tried to signal an ongoing rebalance of its position vis-à-vis Moscow and strengthened its contacts with Washington in an attempt to soften the US «great siege» (大围剿) against China. This was the term – as defined by Chinese scholars in memory of the nationalist campaign that forced the CCP to the Long March in the 1930s – by which the Chinese policy implemented by the Biden administration was defined [Sina 2022, 1 June]. On 9 June Chinese State Councillor and Defence Minister General Wei Fenghe, during his talks with US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin at the 19th IISS Shangri-La Dialogue in Singapore, stated that China expected to establish sound and stable major-country relations with the US [Embassy of the PRC in the United States, 2022]. On 13 June CCP Politburo Member and Director of the Office of the Foreign Affairs Yang Jiechi had a four hour meeting with US National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan in Luxemburg. According to the official American readout, the two officials had already talked over the phone on 16 May but this time the meeting «included candid, substantive, and productive discussion of a number of regional and global security issues», Ukraine included. According to the official Chinese readout, the two sides, agreed to strengthen contact and dialogue, reduce misunderstanding and miscalculation, and properly manage differences [US Embassy and Consulates in China, 2022; MOFAPRC, 2022e]

One day later, Beijing announced that Le Yucheng no longer served as vice-foreign minister and was appointed as deputy head of the National Radio and Television Administration. This move was interpreted by several analysts as a demotion intended to signal a correction in China’s diplomatic course towards Russia [Nakazawa 2022, 23 June]. It was, however, a correction in words but not in deeds.

On 9 September, Vyacheslav Volodin, the chairman of the State Duma held a meeting with the chairman of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, Li Zhanshu, in Moscow to prepare the meeting between Xi and Putin to be held a few days later at the margin of the summit of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) in Uzbekistan. Li stated that the US and NATO were endangering Russia’s national security, that China understood and supported Russia on Ukraine and was therefore willing to provide assistance. According to Wu Guoguang, Senior Fellow on Chinese Politics at the Center for China Analysis, the verb chosen by the Chinese official (策应) conveyed the idea of providing support in subtle, strategic and well-coordinated ways behind the scenes [Wu Guoguang, 2023]. Such an unprecedented public endorsement blatantly clashed with Beijing’s previous effort to rebalance its «pro-Russian» stance and restate the «three principles» after the outbreak of the war. Sergey N. Goncharov from the Russian Academy of Science, claimed that Li, who was about to step down from the CCP Politburo during the 20th Party Congress to be held in October, probably did not follow given instructions, which showed a certain division among Chinese leaders over the course of Sino-Russian relations on the eve of the Party Congress [Goncharov 2023]. Although Russian official media highlighted this passage, which was presented as the demonstration of China’s support for Russian invasion, Chinese media omitted Li’s supportive statements. The incident apparently reverberated on the «cold» climate of Xi and Putin meetings in Samarkand one week later in which Putin stressed China’s «balanced» position and showed «understanding» for Beijing’s concern about the situation [State Duma 2022; Xinhua, 2022, 10 September; Tiezzi 2022, 17 September].

These events consolidated China’s position over Moscow’s invasion of Ukraine as based on a formal redefinition of the «unlimited partnership» and a reaffirmation of the principles of «nonalignment, non-confrontation, and not targeting third parties». This correction allowed China to formally detach from Russian military adventurism while maintaining a de-facto alignment towards Moscow, a position that was functional to confront the US and NATO. At the same time it created a broad and flexible neutralist stance with the goal of maximising China’s appeal as a rational and peaceful actor among the vast majority of countries that were unwilling to take sides in the Russian-Ukraine conflict. In the light of the growing antagonism between China and the US, along with rising tensions over the Taiwan issue, a careful balance of these two components was enabling China to extract maximum gains for its national security from the Ukraine conflict.

4. Fighting by «peace»: the evolution of Chinas «pro-Russian neutrality» in 2023

On 18 October 2022, in his extensive report at the 20th Congress of the CCP, Xi Jinping did not mention either Ukraine or Russia, but he repeatedly emphasized the concept of security (mentioned 91 times), giving the impression that China was a country under siege by hostile forces. «China must remain on high alert against systemic security risks» claimed Xi [MOFAPRC 2022f].

Russian experts gave a positive assessment of the outcome of the CCP Congress. Alexander Lukin, Acting Head of the Institute of China and Modern Asia, said that the deterioration of China’s relations with the West might indicate a wider scope for progress in bilateral Russia-China relations. Aleksey Maslov, Director of the Institute of Asian and African Studies at Lomonosov Moscow State University, added that China might react to Western «siege» with a more assertive foreign policy that would be suitable for the successful development of relations with Russia. Maslow also noticed that China’s position on Russia had evolved since the outbreak of the invasion and that, therefore, Russia «should not demand from China what it has never promised» [RIAC 2022].

The same discrepancy between Russia and China’s official positions manifested itself once more in the 30 December 2022 virtual meeting between Xi and Putin. In the Russian leader’s words, the two countries seemed to be working together against «unprecedented Western pressure and provocation», signalling a sort of synchrony between the «defensive» logic of Russian invasion of Ukraine and Beijing’s ongoing manoeuvres in the Taiwan Strait. Putin clearly expressed the intention to strengthen military cooperation with Beijing. In the Chinese account of the meeting, nonetheless, there was no mention whatsoever of this element; it only reported Putin’s search for improved cooperation «in various fields», and Xi’s position as primarily based on strengthening economic cooperation with Moscow [President of Russia 2022a; MOFAPRC 2022g].

At the end of 2022, the consolidation of Xi’s power within the CCP as a result of the 20th Party Congress allowed the Chinese leader to revert back to foreign policy and translate the shift of China’s formal position over Russia, matured over the summer, into play. Chinese authorities tried to recalibrate the «pro-Russian» nuances of their previous position by giving more emphasis to a more «neutralist» tone, primarily aimed at driving a wedge between the US and its partners in Europe, weakening Washington’s anti-China containment strategy. In October 2022, the Biden administration had intensified its economic offensive against Beijing, focusing on expanding export control and trade sanctions on Chinese companies [Bureau of Industry and Security 2022]. This was part of the Biden administration’s broader National Security Strategy, which identified China and Russia as strategic adversaries [White House 2022].

A first signal of China’s new formally neutralist stance became apparent in a piece published in both Chinese and Western media on 1 November by Zhou Bo (周波), a former senior colonel in the Peoples Liberation Army (PLA). Zhou criticised Putin’s nuclear threat against the West – raised by the Russian leader at the end of September [Faulconbridge 2022, 21 September] – and warned that Putin’s threat could negatively influence China’s «balanced» position towards Russia: «The last thing Beijing wants now is the deterioration of relations with European countries. When the United States intensifies its competition with China, it is important that Europe is not always on the side of the United States. Putin has admitted that Beijing has “questions and concerns” about the Russian-Ukrainian war. If he uses nuclear weapons, Beijing’s response will go far beyond doubts and worries. Can China remain neutral when the whole world protests against Moscow?». The Colonel agreed with Putin in his analysis of the war as a conflict between Russia and the West, not between Russia and Ukraine. Zhou, therefore, suggested that China could mediate to persuade Putin not to use nuclear weapons. This would involve an exchange where NATO formally committed not to further expand, addressing the concerns that led to the nuclear threat, which Zhou saw as a response to NATO’s expansion [Zhou 2022, 27 October; 2022, 1 November].

Chinas initiative fully developed in February 2023, on the eve of the first anniversary of the Russian invasion of Ukraine. On 18 February, Wang Yi, a member of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee and director of the Office of the Central Commission for Foreign Affairs, delivered a keynote speech at the 59th Munich Security Conference, calling for China and Europe to partner up to prevent the outbreak of a «new Cold War». Wang also announced that the Chinese side would put forward «China’s position on the political settlement of the Ukraine crisis» and a Global Security Initiative Concept Paper to «lay out more practical measures to address current security challenges» [PRCEU 2023; MOFAPRC 2023b].

Three days later, the Chinese government published the GSI paper, which served as a sequel to Xi’s first introduction of the GSI in April 2022. The paper restated the principles of «sovereign equality and non-interference in internal affairs», condemned nuclear war, military pressure, and sanctions, and promoted political dialogue as a means of resolving international crises, including the situation in Ukraine [MOFAPRC 2023c; Sciorati 2023].

On February 24, 2023, marking one year since the beginning of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs unveiled a «peace plan» for the political resolution of the Ukraine crisis, outlining China’s «objective and just position» [MOFAPRC 2023d; 2023e].

While the plan, according to Chinese propaganda, was meant to provide a framework for peace, it appeared more as a «position plan» merely aimed at promoting China’s diplomatic principles and its stance on global governance. As such its direct contribution to a solution of the specific complexities of the Ukraine conflict – consistently referred to as a mere «crisis» – would be minimal.5

Most of the points raised in the plan lacked specific mechanisms for implementation and enforcement. This was the case with the call for an immediate ceasefire (point 3), the resumption of peace talks (point 4), the resolution of the humanitarian crisis (point 5), the protection of civilians and POWs (point 6), the safety of nuclear power plants (point 7), and the promotion of a European security architecture (point 12).

The first and most important point, «Respecting the sovereignty of all countries», asserted that the «sovereignty, independence, and territorial integrity of all countries must be effectively upheld» in line with the «purposes and principles of the United Nations Charter». While this primarily reflected Beijing’s stance on Taiwan, considered by Beijing as an integral part of the People’s Republic of China, this point was open to contrasting interpretations by Russia and Ukraine. Russia could view it as an acknowledgment of the legitimacy of its 2022 annexations in eastern Ukraine, while Kiev was likely to see it as an affirmation of the intangibility of its internationally recognized borders as they existed before Russia’s annexation of Crimea in 2014.

Other points, such as the abandonment of bloc politics (point 1) and unilateral sanctions (point 10), indirectly supported Russia by attributing the current instability to NATO and subtly promoting China’s GSI as an efficient alternative. These points also appealed to European constituencies inclined to avoid escalation, seek conflict resolution, and alleviate economic impacts. More specifically, European fears were addressed through the emphasis given to avoiding the use of nuclear weapons (point 8), maintaining the stability of industrial and supply chains (point 11), and addressing China’s role in post-conflict reconstruction (point 12).

China’s «peace plan» therefore appeared to consolidate its «pro-Russian neutrality», reflecting the original inspiration of China’s anti-hegemonic foreign policy strategy. It employed «peace» as a means to isolate the US and NATO, protect Putin’s Russia, drive a wedge between Washington and its European allies, and promote China’s proposals for an alternative global governance in the Global South.

In an insightful analysis of China’s peace plan, Vasily Kashin, Director of the Centre for Integrated European and International Studies at the National Research University Higher School of Economics, emphasised that Beijing would use the document to consolidate efforts with countries not involved in the conflict and countries that had not joined the sanctions against Moscow. Kashin asserted that the 12 points included in the Chinese Plan could serve as an alternative to permanent anti-Russian resolutions at the UN General Assembly, as draft resolutions based on these points could be «neutral, restrained, and have a real chance of gaining a majority of votes» [Zakvasin 2023, 24 February].

Deng Yuwen, a prominent Chinese public intellectual and visiting scholar at the Institute of China Policy at the University of Nottingham, wrote at the time that Beijing aimed at «flying the banner of maintaining world peace» and gaining the support of states opposing to or suspicious of the US. The goal was to weaken US influence, as Beijing believed that after defeating Russia, the US would turn against China. Beijing’s main objectives, therefore, were to keep the war ongoing to distract the US from containing China, weaken Russia’s national power to make it more dependent on Beijing, and, at the same time, preserve Putin’s regime through fruitful economic support. Deng described this strategy as Beijing’s yin/yang duality; while the international community saw only the yang side – China’s stance on peace – the yin side – weakening US influence – remained hidden behind beautiful diplomatic words [Deng 2023, 27 February].

Deng’s «yin and yang» metaphor well applies to Xi Jinping’s state visit to Russia on 20 March 2023. The visit followed China’s «diplomatic coup» on 10 March, which led to the pompous inauguration – staged in Beijing, but de facto brokered by Iraq and Oman – of the agreement between Iran and Saudi Arabia to resume diplomatic relations; a move that was meant to show the world a first successful practical outcome of China’s GSI and China’s capacity to use «peace» as a functional tool to gain diplomatic and strategic depth at the expenses of US traditional influence in the region [Xinhua 2023, 11 March].

The visit in Moscow was meant to further expand China’s manoeuvre. Putin welcomed Xi, praising China’s «objective and impartial» position shown in its «peace plan» and reaffirming his commitment to the resumption of peace talks [MOFAPRC 2023f]. The two leaders signed the «Joint Statement of the Russian Federation and the Peoples Republic of China on the International Relations Entering a New Era and the Global Sustainable Development». This comprehensive document aimed at promoting bilateral cooperation on the basis of the three basic principles of non-alignment, non-confrontation, and non-targeting of third countries [President of Russia 2022b]. Behind the scenes, as revealed by Alexander Gabuev, both sides appeared to be making efforts to further strengthen their defence partnership. According to the Russian expert, «over half of Putin’s team engaged in discussions with Xi Jinping were involved in Russia’s weapons and space programmes with the primary objective of deepening defence cooperation with China» [Gabuev 2023, 12 April]. Professor Tian Feilong, a prominent hard-line intellectual affiliated with Beihang University’s Law School in Beijing, went so far to draw comparisons between this document and the «Atlantic Charter» of 1941 in which U.S President F.D. Roosvelt – not yet being a participant in the second world war – outlined a shared vision with British Prime Minister Winston Churchill that laid the foundation of the post-war international order [Tian 2023, 23 March]..

When, at the end of June 2023, Russia was suddenly shaken by the uprising caused by the leader of the Wagner group, Yevgeny Prigozhin, Beijing’s reaction was cautious and subdued. Officially, China followed its typical approach to avoid direct involvement in the internal affairs of other nations, describing the event as Russia’s internal affair and supporting Russia in maintaining national stability [Xinhua 2023, 26 June; Hu 2023, 27 June]. However, the incident reportedly caused some concern in China, given the CCP’s historical sensitivity to warlords, and it was used by the government to restate its own narrative on Chinas model of political control over the army [Chen 2023, 25 June; Przychodniak 2023, 12 October]. Prigozhin’s words about corruption in the Russian army were not censored in Chinese media and seemingly served as a boost to the CCP to launch a new wave of the anticorruption campaign, which hit the PLA over the summer, causing the removal of eleven generals and the detention of Defence Minister Li Shangfu [Allen-Ebrahimian 2023, 31 December].

Although the last part of 2023 saw a partial détente in the relations between the US and China, symbolised by the Xi-Biden meeting in San Francisco in November, Sino-Russian relations progressed quite steadily. This was shown by Putin’s official visit at the Third Belt and Road Forum held in Beijing and Russia-China coordination over the crisis in Gaza [President of Russia 2023]. Both countries publicly expressed support for the Palestinians, never condemned Hamas’ attacks, and jointly challenged US support for Israel [United Nations 2023]. Russia played the role of the «bad cop», comparing Israeli actions to Nazism and hosting the Hamas leadership in Moscow [Reuters2023, 13 October; Roth 2023, 26 October]. China, on the other hand, reiterated the same formula applied over the war in Ukraine and positioned itself into a «pro-Palestinian neutrality». It presented another vague «peace plan», mainly aimed to expand China’s influence in the pro-Palestinian front, and, at the same time, decried US support for Israel as a threat to regional stability [MOFAPRC 2023g].

In a call between Xi and Putin on 31 December 2023, the two leaders expressed profound satisfaction with the development of bilateral relations. Particular emphasis was given to the robust growth of their economic relations despite the weight of Western sanctions on Russia [Embassy of the PRC in the UAE 2023]. Since the outbreak of the war in Ukraine, China, as one of the world’s top oil consumers, became, in fact, a significant economic lifeline for Russia. Half of Russia’s oil and petroleum exports were directed to China in 2023 (19% of PRC total imports), with a rise of 23% that allowed Moscow to overtake Saudi Arabia as Chinas largest crude oil supplier for the year [US Energy Information Administration 2023; Soldatkin & Astakhova 2023, 27 December].

This evolution boosted the use of yuan in bilateral trade helping the yuan overtake the Japanese yen as the fourth-most used currency by value in global payments [Zhang 2023, 22 December]. As stated by Russia’s Central Bank Governor Elvira Nabiullina in January 2024, the use of the Chinese yuan to pay for Russian exports has increased 86 times to 34.5% of total payments since 2022 [Yahoo 2024, 30 January]. At the same time, in 2023, Chinese shipments to Russia skyrocketed, indicating a growing dependence of Russia on Chinese goods, a factor that has generated a debate in the West on Russias «vassalage» towards Beijing [Reuters 2024, 12 January; Gabuev 2022, 9 August; Beytout 2023, 22 May; Burns 2024, 30 January].

5. Conclusion: when history rhymes: China’s Russian policy in perspective

Since the establishment of the People’s Republic of China in 1949, its leaders, from Mao Zedong to Xi Jinping, have sought to reshape the global political landscape. Their objective has been to rectify the «humiliation» inflicted by Western imperialism and to secure a «legitimate» space and status for China, thereby restoring its lost prestige and re-establishing Beijing’s lost regional and global authority. This ambition to reclaim «centrality» in the international arena has manifested itself in the persistent effort to undermine the dominance of superpowers such as the United States and the Soviet Union. Hence China has persistently aimed to create an alternative, China-led pole that could gradually influence global governance, ensuring the nation’s security and prosperity.

Consequently, the People’s Republic of China has never fully aligned itself with the prevailing global orders – whether the bipolar structure of the Cold War or the subsequent US-led «liberal» order. Instead, China has navigated within these systems to maximize its benefits while simultaneously attempting to transform them from within. This dual approach has aimed both to mitigate these orders’ impact on China’s political stability and to foster the emergence of a new system that could elevate China’s global standing.

A consistent element of this strategy has been the anti-hegemonic orientation of Beijing’s foreign policy. Since its inception, China has framed its policies around a global effort to counteract the hegemony of alien powers, which was perceived by Chinese leaders as a significant threat to the legitimate space they sought to create. This approach has involved the implementation of two primary initiatives. First, China has endeavored to build a broad anti-hegemonic coalition, leveraging its alignment with the developing world to confront and weaken those powers which it perceives as most antagonistic. Second, China has tried to promote the establishment of a new order, free from adversarial forms of hegemony and therefore prone to favor Beijing’s ascent to the center stage of the international system [Fardella & She, 2024]

In the years that followed China’s entry in the WTO in 2001 and the Lehman Brothers crisis of 2007, the strengthening of China’s economic and political sway on a global scale appeared to the Chinese leadership to parallel the waning of US hegemony. Subsequently, Beijing embarked upon a proactive foreign policy agenda, designed to mitigate American influence and to cultivate fresh markets and alternative frameworks of global governance, with the objective to bolster China’s global power and revise the US led international order. The logic of the deepening of Beijing’s alignment with Russia and China’s position over the Ukraine war fits within this strategic rationale.

The Sino-Russian Joint Statement issued on June 2021 at the eve of the twentieth anniversary of the historical Treaty signed by the two partners in 2001 summarised the logic of bilateral relations with a specific formula: «Russia needs a prosperous and stable China, and China needs a strong and successful Russia» (俄罗斯需要繁荣稳定的中国,中国需要强大成功的俄罗斯) [Joint Statement 2021]. In this context, such a formula suggested that China believed its geopolitical interests were better served by a Russia that was both powerful and successful. The statement emerged during the consolidation of the Sino-Russian «unlimited partnership», a delicate moment indeed as the massing of Russian troops at the border with Ukraine started rising fears of a new Russian aggression towards its neighbour. The same «strong and successful» formula, however, appeared also in the Joint Statement issued in March 2023 after Xi and Putin’s meeting in Moscow. This meeting de facto sanctioned the «new» formal framework of bilateral relations under the traditional «three basic principles» – non-alignment, non-confrontation, and not targeting third parties – and Chinas «pro-Russian neutrality» as its corollary. If the disappearance of the «unlimited» formula suggested a formal discontinuity, the perseverance of the «strong and successful» logic guaranteed conceptual continuity [MOFAPRC 2023a].

As highlighted by Goncharov, the three principles stemmed primarily from China’s tragic experience as USSR’s junior ally that led to the Korean War, the internationalisation of the Taiwan issue and a thirty-year isolation from the West [Goncharov 2023]. This historical inheritance influenced the following trajectory of China’s independent stance in the international system, preventing it from formally translating any potential alignment into formal alliances.

The risk that a badly planned Russian military adventure dragged China’s new «alliance» with Moscow into a global confrontation with a galvanised West forcing Beijing into a premature confrontation over Taiwan certainly played a pivotal role in the sudden correction of China’s official position. A relevant role was also played in this respect by the steady political, military and economic response of the West to Putin’s actions in Ukraine but, quite probably, also by Xi’s domestic urge, in sight of the 20th CCP Congress, to smoothen the antagonistic factions within the Party that challenged its assertive foreign and domestic policies. In short, the historical experience of non-alignment well served the interest of the present and influenced China’s political tuning of its formal position away from the «unlimited partnership» formula and towards the traditional «three basic principles».

It was an efficient adaptation that combined a formal discontinuity, inspired by the historical experience of non-alignment, with a logical continuity required by the current reality; a stratagem that made China’s diplomatic action more efficient thanks to the association of its strategic entente with Moscow to a more flexible anti-hegemonic manoeuvre in the «neutralist» camp (the new version of Mao’s «intermediate zones»).

At the time of the formation of the Sino-Soviet alliance, China acted as a junior partner in the relationship, and it was this very same nature that generated Maos frustrations and the subsequent decoupling of Chinas national interest from the «two camps» framework. The nature of Sino-Russian relations today, however, is diametrically different, with China playing the role of the senior partner, and Russia being progressively perceived as a «vassal». As a consequence, Beijing is now in a much more favourable position to manage its relations with Russia in a direction that favours its national interest and its global ambitions.

Professor Zhao Huasheng, of the Center for Russian and Central Asian Studies at Fudan University, recently wrote that the role of Russia is crucial for China to maintain security and stability at its continental periphery, particularly at a time of intensifying Western pressures in the Indo-Pacific. In case of an escalation over Taiwan, Russias support would be crucial for Chinas energy security and resistance against Western sanctions. Furthermore, as a major nuclear power and a member of the UN Security Council, the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation, and the BRICS, Russia plays a strategic role in Chinas attempt to shape a new international order [Zhao 2022, 24 January].

China and Russia’s horizons, however, as Professor Feng Yujun noted, do not always align. «The imperial logic underlying both the rejection of Ukraine as a national entity and the overt claim to restore [Russias] traditional territories is alarming [..] It is clear that this conception of “cultural boundaries instead of actual sovereign boundaries” [..] is in essence no different from the Wests [belief in] “the primacy of human rights over sovereignty”» [Feng 2023, 17 January].

China has always tried to «formally» detach itself from this logic, which recalls Russian imperialist voracity of Chinese territory in the first part of the 20th century. As a consequence, Beijing has advocated – more in words than in deeds in fact – the preservation of Ukraine’s sovereignty and territorial integrity and it has not «formally» supported Russia’s military actions nor recognized the independence of Crimea, Luhansk, and Donetsk.

In the eyes of some among the most renowned Chinese analysts, Russias military adventurism, in fact, accelerated the emergence of a new «bloc confrontation», reinforcing the US hegemonic outreach over its allies – through the expansion of NATO at the expense of EU strategic autonomy – and provoked an escalation of its pressure over the South China Sea and, most importantly, Taiwan [CICIR 2023; Wang 2023, 24 February].

The adaptation of Chinas formal position reflected this reality and, based on Chinas historical experience, called for a more flexible and independent anti-hegemonic course that better preserved China’s national interests. As a result, China corrected Russias formal positioning in Beijings official horizon, without, nonetheless, altering its strategic value. Beijing needed a «strong and successful» Russia to enhance its continental security and keep Western antagonism away from Chinese shores. At the same time, it played «peace» to drive a wedge between the US and Europe and lead the neutral «intermediate zones» (i.e. Middle East). The aim was to shield Russia from the diplomatic manoeuvre of the West and promote Chinas reform of global governance, officially presented in September 2023 [MOFAPRC 2023h]. All this, as Deng Yuwen explained, is supposed to increase China’s political leverage over Russia and strengthen Beijing’s economic security [Deng 2023, 27 February].

A formalized «unlimited» partnership with Russia therefore risked to jeopardize Beijing’s strategic horizons by limiting China’s diplomatic flexibility towards the West and the appeal of its «neutralist» stance on the developing world. The substantial alignment with a «strong and successful» Russia, the latter being demoted to the status of junior partner, has nonetheless become a fundamental component of Beijing attempt to achieve its regional and global ambitions. This explains the rationale behind Beijing’s ambiguity over Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and better indicates the scope of Beijing’s interests in its potential outcomes.

Bibliography

Allen-Ebrahimian, Bethany, 2023, 31 December, ‘China’s military purge deepens’, Axios.

Beytout, Nicholas, 2023, 22 May, ‘Emmanuel Macron: «LEurope doit éviter une montée des confrontations qui accélérerait sa vassalisation»’, lOpinion.

Bureau of Industry and Security, Office of Congressional and Public Affairs, 2022, Commerce Implements New Export Controls on Advanced Computing and Semiconductor Manufacturing Items to the People’s Republic of China (PRC), 7 October.

Burns, William, 2024, 30 January, ‘Spycraft and Statecraft’, Foreign Affairs.

Chen, Qingqing, 2023, 25 June, ’Wagner’s revolt weakening Putin’s authority «wishful thinking» of the West: experts’, Global Times.

China Daily, 2023, March 23, ‘Feature: Xi’s inspiring speech in memories of Russians from two generations’.

China Daily, 2022, 24 February, ‘中国驻乌大使馆提醒:中国公民可在车身明显处贴上中国国旗’ (The Chinese Embassy in Ukraine reminds that Chinese citizens can affix the Chinese national flag to the obvious part of the body), (https://cn.chinadaily.com.cn/a/202202/24/WS62173778a3107be497a079b4.html).

[CICIR 2023] China Institutes of Contemporary International Relations (CICIR), 2023, ‘乌克兰危机的f影响及启示’ (Effects of the crisis in Ukraine and lessons learned), 5 April (https://gaodawei.wordpress.com/2023/04/08/2023-mss-think-tank-on-effects-of-the-ukraine-crisis-and-lessons-learned/).

[Deng 2023, 27 February] 聿文 (Deng Yuwen), 2023, 27 February, ‘北京重磅外交文件的用意及其阴阳两面’ (The purpose and yin/yang of Beijing’s blockbuster diplomatic document), Voice of America (https://www.voachinese.com/a/deng-yuwen-on-china-s-policy-on-ukraine-20230227/6980648.html).

Doshi, Rushi, 2021, The Long Game: China’s Grand Strategy to Displace American Order, Oxford: Oxford University Press

Embassy of the PRC in the UAE, 2023, Chinese and Russian Heads of State Exchange Messages of New Year Greetings Chinese Premier and Russian Prime Minister Exchange Messages of New Year Greetings, 31 December.

Embassy of the PRC in the United States of America, 2022, Chinese Defense Minister Holds Talks with US Counterpart in Singapore, 10 June.

Fardella, Enrico, 2009, ‘The Sino-American Normalization: A Reassessment’, Diplomatic History, 33(4): 545-578.

Fardella, Enrico, & She Gangzheng, 2024, ‘The Role of the Gulf in the Long Durée of China’s Foreign policy’, Middle East Policy, 31(1): 50-65

Faulconbridge, Guy, 2022, 21 September, ‘Putin escalates Ukraine war, issues nuclear threat to West’, Reuters.

[Feng 2023, 7 January] 冯玉军 (Feng Yujun), 2023, 7 January, ‘俄国历史文化与当代发展’ (Russian history, culture and contemporary development), Weixin (https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/jeOqKhtxvZRS8yfCFxUKjQ).

[Feng 2023, 17 January] 冯玉军 (Feng Yujun), 2023, 17 January, ‘俄国历史文化与当代发展’ (Russian history and culture and contemporary development) Weixin (https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/jeOqKhtxvZRS8yfCFx UKjQ).

Gabuev, Alexander, 2022, 9 August, ‘China’s New Vassal’, Foreign Affairs.

Gabuev, Alexander, 2023, 12 April, ‘What’s Really Going on Between Russia and China’, Foreign Affairs.

Gao, Yu, 2013, ‘Beijing Observation: Xi Jinping the Man’, China change, 26 January.

Global Times, 2010, 27 October, ‘The Korean War worth the cost for China’.

Goncharov, Sergey N., 2023, ‘China’s Official Stance on the Nature of Its Relations With Russia During the Special Military Operation (SMO)’, Far Eastern Affairs, 51(4): 1-21.

Government of Russia, 2022, Joint Statement of the Russian Federation and the Peoples Republic of China on the International Relations Entering a New Era and the Global Sustainable Development, 4 February.

[Historical Lessons USSR 2021] ‘苏共后期脱离群众的历史镜鉴及现实启迪’ (Historical Lessons and Contemporary Implications of the Soviet Communist Party’s Disengagement from the Masses in its Later Period), 2021, 世界社会主义研究, 3 November.

Hu, Xijin, 2023, 27 June, ‘Putin’s response to Wagner incident shows he has many options left’, Global Times.

[Joint Statement 2021] ‘中华人民共和国和俄罗斯联邦关于《中俄睦邻友好合作条约》签署20周年的联合声明’ (Joint Statement of the Russian Federation and the People’s Republic of China on the Twentieth Anniversary of the Treaty of Good Neighbourliness and Friendly Cooperation between the Russian Federation and the People’s Republic of China), 2021, PKULAW, 28 June (http://www.pkulaw.cn/fulltext_form.aspx?D b=eagn&Gid=e785bfbda04a3d8a923158d8ccf6826fbdfb&isFromV6=1).

[Le 2019a] 乐玉成 (Le Yucheng), 2019, ‘继往开来,携手共创中俄关系新时代,写在中俄建交70周年之际’ (Continuing the past and opening the future, holding hands, we are jointly creating a new era in Sino-Russian relations), 求是, 18: 50-55.

[Le 2019b] 乐玉成: 发展中俄关系上不封顶不设限 (Le Yucheng: There are no restrictions or limits for the development of Chinese-Russian relations), 俄罗斯卫星通讯社, 2019, 26 November.

[Le 2019, 26 November] 乐玉成: 发展中俄关系上不封顶不设限 (There are no restrictions or limits for the development of Chinese-Russian relations) 2019, 26 November, Sputnik News (https://sputniknews.cn/20191126/1030109397.html).

[Lu 1946, 4 January] 陆定一 (Lu Dingyi), 1946, 4 January, ‘于战后国际形势中几个基本问题的解释’ (Explanation of Several Basic Issues in the Post-War International Situation), 解放日报.

[Mao 1946: 1184-1185] 毛泽东 (Mao Zedong) ‘关于目前国际形势的几点估计’ (Some Estimates of the Current International Situation), 1946, April, 毛泽东选集, Beijing: People’s Publishing House, 2001, (4): 1184-1185.

Miles, Sten, & Gabriel Collins, 2023, 12 June, ‘China’s Big Gas Bet Raises Questions About Complicity With Russia’, Foreign Policy.

[MOFAPRC 2021] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2021, Vice Foreign Minister Le Yucheng: There is No Limit to the Friendship, No Forbidden Zone to the Cooperation and No Ceiling to the Mutual Trust between China and Russia, 3 December.

[MOFAPRC 2022a] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, ‘外交部副部长乐玉成:中俄关系上不封顶,不断攀登新高’ (Vice Foreign Minister Le Yucheng: China-Russia relations have no ceiling and will continue to climb to new heights), 5 February.

[MOFAPRC 2022b] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, ‘外交部提醒在乌克兰中国公民注意安全’ (Ministry of Foreign Affairs reminds Chinese citizens in Ukraine to pay attention to safety), 24 February (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/wjbzwfwpt/kzx/aqtx/zyaq/202202/t20220224_10645256.html).

[MOFAPRC 2022c] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, Ambassador Zhang Jun: Any Action by the Security Council Should Be Truly Conducive to Defusing the Ukraine Crisis, 25 February.

[MOFAPRC 2022d] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, Cherish peace, work together in unity, and pursue a win-win future for the Asia-Pacific, addressed by Vice Foreign Minister Le Yucheng, 19 March.

[MOFAPRC 2022e] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, Yang Jiechi Meets with U.S. National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan, 14 June

[MOFAPRC 2022f] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, Full text of the report to the 20th National Congress of the Communist Party of China, 25 October.

[MOFAPRC 2022g] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2022, President Xi Jinping Had a Virtual Meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin, 30 December.

[MOFAPRC 2023a] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, ‘中华人民共和国和俄罗斯联邦关于深化新时代全面战略协作伙伴关系的联合声明’ (Joint Statement of the People’s Republic of China and the Russian Federation on Deepening Comprehensive Strategic Collaborative Partnership in the New Era) 22 March, (https://www.mfa.gov.cn/web/zyxw/202303/t20230322_11046188.shtml).

[MOFAPRC 2023b] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, Wang Yi: Making the World a Safer Place also Hinges on the Right Choice of Both China and Europe, 18 February.

[MOFAPRC 2023c] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, The Global Security Initiative Concept Paper, 2 February.

[MOFAPRC 2023d] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, China’s Position on the Political Settlement of the Ukraine Crisis, 24 February.

[MOFAPRC 2023e] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, Foreign Ministry Spokesperson Wang Wenbin’s Regular Press Conference, 24 February.

[MOFAPRC 2023f] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, President Xi Jinping and Russian President Vladimir Putin Sign Joint Statement of the People’s Republic of China and the Russian Federation on Deepening the Com-prehensive Strategic Partnership of Coordination for the New Era and Stress Settling the Ukraine Crisis Through Dialogue, 22 March.

[MOFAPRC 2023g] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, Position Paper of the People’s Republic of China on Resolving the Palestinian-Israeli Conflict, 30 November.

[MOFAPRC 2023h] Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the PRC, 2023, Proposal of the People’s Republic of China on the Reform and Development of Global Governance, 13 September.

Nakazawa, Katsuji, 2022, 23 June, ‘Analysis: Russia hand’s demotion signals shift in Xi’s strategy’, Nikkei.

[Niu 2012: 66] 牛军 (Niu Jun), 2012, ‘重建 «中间地带»: 中国亚洲政策的缘 (1949—1955 )’ (Reconstruction of Intermediate Zone theory: the origin of Chinese Asian foreign policies, 1949-1955) 国际政治研究, (2): 66.

Politico, 2022, November 4, ‘China’s Xi warns Putin not to use nuclear arms in Ukraine’.

[PRC Embassy Ukraine 2022], PRC Embassy Ukraine, 2022, 关于提醒中国公民注意社会治安风险的通知 (Notice on reminding Chinese citizens to pay attention to social security risks) 25 February (https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/dDFf11edzKHksx6GDlebkQ).

[PRCEU 2023] Mission of the PRC to the EU, 2023, Wang Yi Attends the 59th Munich Security Conference and Delivers a Keynote Speech, 18 February.

[President of Russia 2022a] President of Russia, 2022, Russia-China talks: Vladimir Putin met with President of the Peoples Republic of China Xi Jinping, via videoconference, 30 December.

[President of Russia 2022b] President of Russia, 2022, Joint Statement of the Russian Federation and the Peoples Republic of China on the International Relations Entering a New Era and the Global Sustainable Development, 4 February.

President of Russia, 2023, News conference following the visit to China, 18 October.

Przychodniak, Amrcin, 2023, 12 October, ‘Chinese Assess the Prospects of Putin’s Continued Leadership’, PISM, n.144.

Radchenko, Sergey, 2024, To Run the World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Radchenko, Sergey, & Alexander Gabuev, 2022, ‘Sino-Russian Relations Amid War in Ukraine: What’s Next?’, JHU BIPR, 7 April (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2U42UcfeB-M).

Reuters, 2022, February 19, ‘China foreign minister says Minsk Agreement only way out on Ukraine’.

Reuters, 2022, February 22, ‘China’s embassy in Ukraine warns Chinese nationals to avoid «unstable» areas’.

Reuters, 2023, October 13, ‘Putin cautions Israel against using tactics in Gaza like Nazi siege of Leningrad’.

Reuters, 2024, January 12, ‘China-Russia 2023 trade value hits record high of $ 240 bln – Chinese customs’.

[RIAC 2022] Russian International Affairs Council, 2022, RIAC Roundtable: Results of the 20th CPC Congress and Prospects for Russian-Chinese Relations, 25 October.

Roth, Andrew, 2023, 26 October, ‘Hamas delegation travels to Moscow for talks on foreign hostages in Gaza’, The Guardian.

Sciorati, Giulia, 2023, China 2021-2022: A foreign policy of «re-branding», Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022:23-43.

Shen, Zhihua, 2020, A Short History of Sino-Soviet Relations, 1917-1991, Singapore: Palgrave.

[Sina 2022, 1 June] ‘大围剿:俄乌冲突以来美国对华政策进展评估与中国应对’ (Great siege: Evaluation of the progress of U.S. policy towards China since the conflict between Russia and Ukraine and China’s response), 2022, Sina, 1 June, (https://finance.sina.com.cn/china/2022-06-01/doc-imizmscu4593936.shtml).

Soldatkin, Vladimir, & Olesya Astakhova, 2023, 27 December, ‘Russia exports almost all its oil to China and India’, Reuters.

State Duma, 2022, Leaders of the State Duma factions met with Chairman of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, 9 September.

‘Talk with the American Correspondent Anna Louise Strong’, 1946, Digital Archive, Woodrow Wilson Center, August.

[Tang 2008] 唐洲雁 (Tang Zhouyan), 2008, ‘«纸老虎» «中间地带 » · «两个阵营» ———毛泽东 “»折年代 » 的美国观’ (Paper Tiger, Middle Zone, Two Camps: Mao Zedong’s American View of the Turning Era), Modern Philosophy, 5: 53.

[Tian 2023, 23 March] 田飛龍 (Tian Feilong), 2023, ‘中俄全面合作的性质、功能与新秩序愿景’ (The Nature, Function and New Order Vision of China-Russia Comprehensive Cooperation), Aisixiang, 23 March (https://www.aisixiang.com/data/141736.html).

The New York Times, 1986, July 29, ‘Excerpts from Gorbachev’s Speech’

The New York Times, 2022, March 2, ‘China Asked Russia to Delay Ukraine War Until After Olympics, U.S. Officials Say’.

Tiezzi, Shannon, 2022, 17 September, ‘Is China Breaking with Russia Over Ukraine?’, The Diplomat.

United Nations, 2023, Gaza crisis: Deadlock deepens as Security Council rejects competing resolutions by US and Russia, 25 October.

UN General Assembly, 2022, General Assembly Overwhelmingly Adopts Resolution Demanding Russian Federation Immediately End Illegal Use of Force in Ukraine, Withdraw All Troops, 2 March.

US Embassy and Consulates in China, 2022, Readout of National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan Meeeting with Politburo Member Yang Jiechi, 14 June

US Energy Information Administration, 2023, China country analysis brief, November.

[USSR Collapse 2023] ‘苏联亡党亡国的根本原因、教训与启示’ (The Fundamental Reasons, Lessons, and Insights of the Fall of the Soviet Union’s Party and State), 2023, 世界社会主义研究, 17 January.

Westad, Odd Arne, 2005, The Global Cold War: Third World Interventions and the Making of Our Times, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

White House, 2022, National Security Strategy, 2 October.

Wu Guoguang, 2023,’Interpreting Xi Jinping’s Shifting Strategy on the Russia Ukraine War’, Asia Society Policy Institute, October.

[Xi 2023] 习近平 (Xi Jinping), 2023, ‘努力成长为对党和人民忠诚可靠、堪当时代重任的栋梁之才’ (Strive to grow into a pillar of talent who is loyal and reliable to the party and the people and worthy of the important responsibilities of the times), 求是, 30 June.

Xinhua, 2018, June 8, ‘Xi awards Putin China’s first friendship medal’.

Xinhua, 2021, February 4, ‘Chinese FM says no limit for China-Russia strategic coordination’.

Xinhua, 2022, September 10, ‘Top Chinese legislator pays official goodwill visit to Russia’.

Xinhua, 2023, March 11, ‘Full text: Joint Trilateral Statement by the People’s Republic of China, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and the Islamic Republic of Iran’.

Xinhua, 2023, June 26, ‘Chinese FM spokesperson makes remarks on Wagner Group incident’.

Yahoo, 2024, January 30, ‘Yuan payments for Russian exports jump to one-third of total – c.bank chief’.

[Zakvasin 2023, 24 February] Zakvasin, Alexey & Elizaveta Komarova, 2023, 24 February, «Консолидация усилий»: какую роль могут сыграть инициативы Китая по урегулированию украинского кризиса’ («Consolidation of efforts»: what role can China’s initiatives to resolve the Ukrainian crisis), RT (https://russian.rt.com/world/article/1115440-kitai-ukraina-predlozheniya-uregulirovanie).

Zhang, Yukun, 2023, 22 December, ‘Chart of the Day: China’s Yuan Overtakes Yen to Rank Fourth for Global Payments’, Caixin.

[Zhao 2022, 24 January] 赵华胜 (Zhao Huasheng), 2022, ‘中俄关系:走出俄乌冲突的迷雾’ (Sino-Russian relations: getting out of the fog of the Russia-Ukraine conflict), Aisixiang, 24 January (https://www.aisixiang.com/data/136095.html).

1 The author is deeply grateful to Sergey Radchenko, Mohammed Al Sudairi and the anonymous peer-reviewers for their valuable comments to this paper.

2 China however had not controlled this territory since 1921 so it was more a «perceived» loss thana a factual one.

3 According to Major General Xu Yan (徐焰), a professor at the Chinese People’s Liberation Army’s National Defense University, China paid a heavy price for its decision to enter the conflict. According to his estimates, the total number of Chinese casualties in the war amounts to 180,000, the war costs were as much as 6.2 billion yuan and China’s military debt to the Soviet Union reached 3 billion yuan [Global Times, 2010, 27 October]. Furthermore, US President Harry Truman’s decision to come to rescue of Syngman Rhee’s South Korean regime and to dispatch the Seventh Fleet to «neutralize» the Taiwan Strait added Taiwan to the US security perimeter, forcing Mao to indefinitely postpone the invasion of the island.

4 The Minsk II agreement was signed on 12 February 2015 by Ukraine, the Russian Federation, the Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE), and leaders of the self-proclaimed Donetsk People’s Republic and Luhansk People’s Republic. It was the second attempt – after the failed Minsk I agreement signed on September 2014 – to resolve the conflict in Eastern Ukraine by establishing a ceasefire, withdrawing heavy weapons, and facilitating the exchange of prisoners. It sought to restore Ukrainian control over state borders, provide for decentralization and special status for Donetsk and Luhansk regions, and ensure the withdrawal of all foreign troops.

5 China seemed however much more active in its condemnation of Putin’s use of nuclear threat towards Ukraine. In a meeting held in early November with German Chancellor Olaf Scholtz, the Chinese leader made an indirect but clear criticism of his Russian partner by stating that the international community should jointly oppose the use of, or threats to use, nuclear weapons. [Politico, 2022, 4 November]

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Iran 2023: Intensified Focus on the Eastward Strategy and Ongoing Fractures in State-Society Relations

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The Islamic Republic of Iran persists in its ambition to counterbalance the adverse effects of Western sanctions by strengthening ties with «the East» and participating in regional organizations with influential Asian countries as guiding members. A significant shift in Iran’s regional policy occurred with the agreement to normalize relations with Saudi Arabia, marking the end of years of diplomatic and military animosity. This normalization process with Riyadh aims not only to de-escalate tensions in the region but also to curb Saudi interest in joining the Abraham Accords architecture and normalizing relations with Israel. Meanwhile, the Iranian economy is grappling with challenges, hindering its revival. In this situation, low-income households, youth and workers suffer because of delayed salaries and are unable to cope with the prevailing very high costs of living.

Keywords – Iran-Saudi normalization; workers protests; women’s rights; Axis of Resistance; Look to the East Policy.

1. Introduction

Throughout 2023, the domestic and foreign outlook of the Islamic Republic of Iran did not display significant changes. On the domestic front, social discontent persisted and found expression through protests and strikes. The persistent high levels of inflation and the soaring cost of living, encompassing housing and asset prices, have not been alleviated through government measures. In the face of violent suppression that resulted in a decline in both the duration and scale of women-led protests, female resistance and instances of civil disobedience against government directives on women’s dress code persisted. Furthermore, sporadic demonstrations, led by workers, nurses, and teachers, continued as a response to economic apprehensions, delayed wage payments, and precarious working environments.

From a political perspective, the Raisi government witnessed internal tensions. This phenomenon is not new but represents an ongoing clash between the centres of power and multiple ambitions coexisting within the nezām, the Iranian political system. The upcoming parliamentary election scheduled for February 2024 will serve as a key indicator of two crucial aspects. First, it will reveal the level of popular participation, providing essential data to assess whether the state maintains a certain degree of popular legitimacy. Second, the election will determine whether there will be a change in the composition of the parliament.

Iran’s foreign policy during the year has been characterized by three major developments. In March, Iran and Saudi Arabia made a historic announcement regarding the normalization of their diplomatic relations, facilitated by China’s mediation. This milestone not only represents a significant achievement for regional stability but also greatly reduces the risk of military escalations between the two nations. Although certain issues have not been explicitly defined and remain somewhat vague, the ambition to normalize bilateral ties marks a notable improvement in Iran’s efforts toward de-securitization.

In the second part of the year, the Hamas military raid known as «Al-Aqsa flood» on Israeli territory triggered a substantial military response from Tel Aviv, leading to massive bombing and prolonged raids on Gaza, which caused a significant humanitarian crisis. Iran opted not to directly engage, signalling a willingness to avoid a broader regional conflict. However, given Hamas’s association with the so-called «Axis of Resistance», Tehran could leverage the conflict to advance its regional strategy and potentially hinder the normalization process between Arab states and Israel. Lastly, a third event that influenced Iran’s foreign policy in 2023, aligning with President Raisi’s «Look to the East» agenda, was the process to become a member of BRICS, scheduled for January 2024. In addition to strengthening bilateral relations with China and Russia, Iran’s participation in regional organizations reflected its effort to signal a realignment with «the East», not just as a geographical space, but as a «geopolitical sphere». This strategic move is aimed at fortifying military, diplomatic, and commercial ties with various countries in the region, bolstering Iran’s resilience against Western sanctions.

2. Domestic Policy

Although the international community’s attention to Iran’s internal affairs declined throughout the year under analysis, popular protests persisted . The intensity and frequency of these demonstrations were noticeably lower than the ones that erupted in September 2022 and that were articulated behind the slogan «women, life, freedom» (Zan, zendeghi, azadi). This decrease was partially attributed to the government’s severe crackdown, but it was also influenced by the movement’s lack of clear leadership. Consequently, Iran experienced a reduced flow of protests. Nonetheless, diverse segments of the population, encompassing workers, youth, and ethnic minorities, persisted in demonstrating for various reasons, underscoring the enduring dissatisfaction with the government’s economic and political measures. In the midst of these developments, the parliament enacted new regulations aimed at curbing individual liberties and imposing stricter punishments for violations of the Islamic code. This indicates that the female-led protests that commenced in September 2022 have not softened the system, inducing it to meet popular demands. Instead, these protests have resulted in intensified political control over public spaces and individual freedom. This development is considered a significant element in understanding the state-society relation.

2.1. Protests and Social issues

Widespread protests against compulsory hijab persisted across the country. In certain parts of Tehran, women, in an act of civil disobedience, defied mandated hijab regulations, boldly walking without veils to challenge security forces. Instead of tempering the unrest, the government responded by intensifying control and imposing stricter restrictions on women opting not to wear the Islamic veil. This issue became a matter of political debate within the parliament, where some advocated extreme measures against non-compliant women. The Supreme Leader, Ali Khamenei, stated that «removing the hijab is forbidden in Sharia and politics» [Supreme Leader 2023], hereby highlighting the dual significance of the prohibition in both the realms of politics and religion. This underscores why the matter of the Islamic dress code holds immense significance for the political elite, serving as a symbolic cornerstone of political legitimacy for the Islamic Republic [Shirazi-Mahajan 1993].

In September, the parliament approved a new «hijab and chastity» regulation aimed at introducing new punishment for people violating Islamic dress code [Al Jazeera 2023b, 20 September]. Authorities sought to exert additional pressure on women not wearing headscarves in public spaces, employing security cameras and online monitoring. Both public and online spheres fell under the watchful gaze of the authorities, intensifying the scrutiny on women who defied the mandatory head covering [Reuters 2023, 3 May]. Acts of civil disobedience over hijab regulations continued throughout the 2023, with women removing their headscarf while walking on the street or in public places. Within the same framework of social contestation, teachers marched and gathered in many Iranian cities in protest of the poisonings of female students. The protests were organized by the Coordination Council of Teachers’ Unions of Iran. According to Amnesty International since November 2022, thousands of schoolgirls have been poisoned and hospitalized [‘Iran: Millions’ 2023]. It was never revealed who was behind these multiple attacks to teenagers in schools.

Beside protests for women’s rights, teachers across various cities staged protests against delayed payments of their salaries and asked for better working conditions. In response to these demonstrations, Education Minister Yousef Nouri resigned, and Reza Moradsahraei was appointed by President Raisi to succeed him. Meanwhile, authorities continued to crack down on demonstrators by arresting, detaining and jailing protesters and activists. Despite these measures, not only teachers took to the streets demanding their salary in early 2023, but also workers. In February, twenty Iranian trade unions jointly issued a call for a social, modern, and humane revolution aimed at combating oppression, discrimination, exploitation, tyranny, and dictatorship. These twenty independent trade unions and civil organizations in Iran collaborated to compile and release a «charter of minimum demands» [Charter of Minimum 2023] drawing inspiration from the ongoing protests of the Iranian people. This was not a novel phenomenon, as workers in Iran have a rich history of activism and protest. However, it signalled profound dissatisfaction within the working class and underscored the government’s persistent failure to offer effective solutions. Labour protests intensified since 2018 due to inflation, drop in standard of living, delayed payments and widespread poverty [Kozhanov 2022].

According to Workers Rights Watch, from January to June 2023, 70 cities across Iran have witnessed more than 406 labour protests [‘Workers Rights Watch’ 2023]. Insufficient wages in the face of escalating prices for essential goods, delayed payment of wages, unsafe working conditions, especially for specific job categories, and job insecurity arising from temporary contracts all contribute to a complex set of challenges in the labour landscape. The prevalence of temporary contracts can be attributed to crony capitalism and the transfer of ownership from state-owned enterprises to ostensibly «private» entities. In practice, many of these private corporations have strong ties to the Islamic Revolutionary Guards or political groups, rendering the process of liberalization indistinguishable from a strategy that primarily benefits government loyalists [Dadvar 2007]. Given the substantial financial investment required for acquisition, many of these industries resort to employing temporary contracts for workers, thereby diminishing their access to social protection.

At Haft Tappe factory, labourers have carried on their enduring tradition of recurrent strikes, persistently demanding fair wage equality. Also, in March strikes occurred at Esfahan Steel Industry, where security forces were deployed, arresting dozens of demonstrators [Strike in Isfahan 2023]. Strikes also encompassed workers across multiple sectors within crucial industries for the republic, including but not limited to oil, gas, petrochemicals, refineries, power plants, and steel industries. Owing to the rise in prices caused by inflation, workers contested their inadequate wages and subsequently walked out of their workplaces. Anti-government demonstrations on social media were encapsulated under the banner of the «nationwide strike» (E’tesabat Sarasari) [Iran’s Numerous Industrial 2023].

The response of the Iranian government to popular demonstrations have been tough. Activists and protesters have been arrested, as well as several journalists covering the protests. Amongst them, Niloufar Hamedi and Elahe Mohammadi have been jailed, as they had reported the death of Mahsa Amini in September 2022 and covered her funeral in Saqqez. They were sentenced to six years in prison on charges of acting against national security. Simultaneously, Iranian women advocating for individual freedom and the respect of human rights continued to attract international attention. A case in point is that of activist Narges Mohammadi, who has a substantial history of championing human rights, actively opposing the death penalty and corruption. For these reasons she has been detained in Evin prison, facing charges of anti-regime propaganda and crimes against national security. And, for the same reasons, she was awarded the Nobel peace prize for 2023 [Al Jazeera 2023, 6 October].

Another pressing social concern is the ongoing water scarcity and pollution, which continues to provoke protests in various provinces. The provinces consistently impacted by the phenomena of drought and reduced water flow – notably in Khuzestan, Sistan Baluchistan, and the central provinces like Esfahan – witnessed periodic protests demanding the right to access water. The water crisis is not solely caused by ongoing climate change but also by the mismanagement of resources and the construction of infrastructures, such as dams and canals, redirecting the flow of rivers [Madani 2014]. Protesters assert that authorities make use of politicize water resources to the detriment of minority ethnic communities.

The impact of the water crisis extends to the agricultural sector, giving rise to migration flows and displacements, significantly affecting impoverished households and those dependent on fishing and agriculture for their livelihoods. In Sistan Baluchistan, residents rallied, calling for compensation for the agricultural sector, seeking tax forgiveness, and accusing the government of a weak water policy [‘Protests In Southeastern’ 2023]. These demonstrations unfolded in an already tumultuous province, where ethnic minorities have been grappling with the central government for decades, primarily due to ethnic discrimination. In the city of Zahedan, security forces violently cracked down on peaceful Baluchi protests, arresting hundreds of protesters, as reported by Amnesty International [‘Iran: New Wave’ 2023]. Protests related to water scarcity frequently intersected with challenges of economic stagnation, financial deprivation, and ethnic discrimination. A similar scenario unfolded in the oil-rich province of Khuzestan, where, since 2018, people have consistently gathered in the streets of Ahwaz, Abadan, Dezful, and Masjed Soleiman to protest working conditions, water scarcity, water pollution, and environmental degradation [‘Iran’s Khuzestan’ 2023].

2.2. Elections and intra-factions disputes

Domestic tensions signified a profound erosion of the social contract. The relationship between state and society has been weakening, as made evident not only by the prolonged series of popular protests occurring at a frequent pace since 2017 but also by the low turnout during electoral rounds. The electoral process holds significant importance in the Iranian Republic. Through elections, the Supreme Leader aims to showcase the system’s legitimacy, while society often responds in large numbers, signalling its stance on political matters. This was notably observed in the substantial turnouts during the 1997 and 2013 elections. In both cases, the election resulted in the defeat of conservative and hardline candidates; and this is why reformists and pragmatists also encourage people to vote. Nonetheless, the electoral process lacks complete freedom, given that candidates must navigate through the veto power wielded by the Guardian Council, an unelected body with the authority to arbitrarily approve or reject candidates.

In February 2024, when the formation of the new parliament is scheduled, it will be crucial to examine popular participation in the election as an index of the situation of state-society relations. The previous election, held in 2020, saw the lowest turnout since the 1979 revolution, standing at only 42.6 %. The political result of the elections will be essential to assess how and if the national assembly will shift its political centre and which faction will hold the majority of seats. This will have a profound impact on domestic and foreign policies. Hardly less important will the assessment of the turnout, which, if below that of the 2020 election, will be an indication as clear as any of the widening gap between state and society and the increasing delegitimization of the former. The low turnout also signals the population’s apolitical inclination, indicating a lack of interest and hope in political change.

At the end of 2023, the Guardian Council has already started the vetting process on the thousands of candidates, mainly pro-reformists, as well as members of the parliament willing to run again.

Although conservatives hold sway over all three branches of power, signs of internal frictions and polarization persist. There have been notable changes in key ministries, including the Minister of Education, the head of the Planning and Budget Organization, and the Minister of Agriculture, indicating the existence of internal animosities and disagreements. Indeed, this indicates that domestic factionalism affects even the same faction, leading to rivalries also within what is often referred to as the conservative group.

3. Economy and the financial situation

Iran persisted in grappling with economic challenges. Economic growth was significantly impacted not only by sanctions but also by domestic mismanagement and a lack of transparency. The Raisi administration made minimal efforts to alleviate the consequences of inadequate government management, fluctuations in oil prices, and currency depreciation. As delved into in the preceding paragraph, economic problems contributed to social discontent and socio-political instability. Despite economic relief being the focal point of Raisi’s presidential campaign in 2021, the administration has been unable to address internal malfunctions and mitigate the adverse effects of sanctions.

3.1. Economic issues: domestic and external factors

By the start of 2023, indications of a challenging economic situation were already apparent. Inflation had surged to 50%, marking the highest level in decades, escalating further to 63.9% by March 2023, when it reached the highest point in 50 years [Inflation Reached The 2023]. The rising inflation rate contributed to currency devaluation, since early 2018 [Amway 2023, 8 February]. This decline worsened when President Trump unilaterally withdrew from the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA). Owing to economic sanctions, financial isolation, lack of transparency, poor government management, and domestic anti-government demonstrations, the Iranian Rial was persistently losing its value in the open market.

According to the Central Bank of Iran, in October 2023 the cost of food in Iran rose by 36.10 % compared to the same month in the previous year [‘Iran Food Inflation’ 2023]. The surge in prices primarily affects red meat, eggs, bread, dairy products, and cooking oil. In addition to food, inflation significantly surged in the case of housing prices. The escalation in rent or purchase housing prices was attributed by government agencies to mismanagement in construction processes, worsened by a decline in construction activities [Rising Housing Cost 2023] and a reduction in demand in the essential commodities market. The increased housing costs forced Iranian households to cut back on many of their daily necessities to allocate funds to other sectors.

These data highlight some significant issues. First, the government’s lack of accurate record-keeping on economic data leads to information that may differ and possibly be more severe than reported. The second aspect is that vendors frequently alter prices throughout the year, contributing to their fluctuation, and the government has limited control over this dynamic [Ziabari 2023]. A third aspect is that salaries are not adjusted to the rising costs of living, leading to frequent protests and widespread social mistrust in the government’s performance. In late October, the Statistical Center of Iran disclosed that house prices in Tehran had risen by 75 % in September of the current year compared to the same month the previous year [Stone 2023]. Restricted economic growth and pervasive inflation contributed to an escalation in the poverty level. According to domestic sources, the Majlis Research Center stated in a report that the poverty rate in Iran surged from 19 % to over 30 % within a decade [What Is The 2023]. Approximately 10 million people currently find themselves living below the poverty line [Donnan 2023].

The poverty level in the country has the potential to influence state-society relations and fuel social unrest. Equally, it could be wielded by certain segments of the elite to externalize faults and shirk responsibility. The stagnant economy is frequently framed as a consequence of the perceived actions of «arrogant» powers against the Islamic Republic. This narrative may be leveraged in populist campaigns, shaping public perceptions of economic challenges and attributing them to external influences rather than domestic factors [‘Khamenei: Iran’ 2023]. Moreover, the youth unemployment rate saw a decline in the initial half of the year, dropping from 24.2% to 20.1%. However, this figure aligns with the annual average of the preceding two years, indicating that youth unemployment remains a significant concern in the domestic economy [‘Iran Youth Unemployment Rate’ 2023].

Regarding annual economic growth, this article can only rely on estimations. There was a decrease in GDP growth observed between 2021 and 2022. As of early 2023, the annual GDP growth is approximately 2.7% [World Bank 2022]. This data gains significance when contrasted with other countries in the region. In the corresponding period of 2022, the United Arab Emirates exhibited an annual GDP growth of 7.4% [‘United Arab Emirates’ 2022], while Saudi Arabia emerged as the fastest-growing G20 economy in 2022, with a notable annual GDP growth rate of 8.7% [International Monetary Fund 2023].

To elucidate the disparity in economic growth between Iran and its regional neighbours, it is crucial to recognize a combination of external pressures on the Iranian economy and internal malfunctions. Externally, Iran has faced various economic challenges since 2018, including international sanctions that have placed significant constraints on its trade and financial transactions. In 2023, Iran achieved record-high levels of crude oil production and exports, defying the challenges posed by U.S. sanctions. Despite them, Iran managed to significantly increase its crude oil output. Notably, China stands out as the primary destination for Iranian oil, having purchased an average of 1.05 million barrels per day (bpd) in the first 10 months of the year [Xu 2023, 10 November]. A key strategy employed by Iran to boost its oil exports involved selling oil at discounted price [Reuters 2023, 16 November].

One factor contributing to Iran’s limited economic growth was the absence of sufficient foreign investments. The Islamic Republic faced challenges in terms of resources, attractiveness, and a transparent banking system that would appeal to foreign investors. Additionally, the impact of US sanctions further constrained Iran’s ability to attract international investments. In an effort to overcome these limitations, Iran has pursued strategic measures, including entering into long-term cooperation agreements with China and Russia.

Russia, in particular, has become a significant investor in various sectors of the Iranian economy, spanning energy, mining, industrial and transport sectors. By the conclusion of the financial year in 2022, Russia accounted for a substantial portion, comprising two-thirds of the total foreign direct investment, which amounted to approximately US$ 4.2 billion [England & Bozorgmehr2023]. It is expected that this pattern might continue through 2023, indicating the significance of Russian investment in bolstering Iran’s economy despite prevailing challenges. A primary catalyst for economic cooperation between Iran and Russia lies in the development and utilization of the International North–South Transport Corridor (INSTC). The INSTC is a project initiated in 2002 with the objective of establishing an extensive network of infrastructures, including roads, railways, and sea connections. The overarching goal is to foster integrated commercial ties among India, Russia, Iran, and potentially Central Asian countries. The corridor aims to streamline and enhance transportation links, facilitating the movement of goods and promoting economic cooperation across the participating nations.

On 17 May 2023, a significant milestone in the development of the INSTC was achieved as President Putin of Russia and President Raisi of Iran signed an agreement to finance the Rasht-Astara railway [‘Moscow, Tehran’ 2023]. This crucial railway, spanning 100 miles, serves as a previously missing key link in the corridor, facilitating the connection between Iran and Azerbaijan. The agreement highlighted the shared commitment of the two countries, both under international sanctions, to fortify regional infrastructure and promote advanced economic cooperation within the framework of the INSTC. On this occasion, Russia declared its commitment to invest 1.6 billion euros in this railway infrastructure project [‘Iran, Russia’ 2023].

4. Foreign Policy

Two significant events influenced Iranian foreign policy in 2023. First, the year commenced with a diplomatic rapprochement between Iran and Saudi Arabia, aimed at reducing regional tension and fostering collaboration. The second major development was the Israel-Hamas conflict, where Hamas, a member of the Iran-led «Axis of Resistance»was involved. Although the Islamic Republic did not directly participate in the conflict, this war provided Iran with a necessity to reassess and reshape its regional positioning.

4.1. Iran-Saudi Arabia diplomatic rapprochement

On March 10, the Islamic Republic and Saudi Arabia chose to mend diplomatic ties, reopening embassies after six years. The objective of this agreement was to acknowledge mutual sovereignty and commit to non-interference in internal affairs [Hafezi et al. 2023]. Diplomatic relations between the two nations had ceased in 2016 due to a series of events, including the death of an Iranian citizen during the annual pilgrimage to Mecca, the execution of the Shia cleric Nimr al-Nimr, and the public unrest against the Saudi embassy in Iran. Subsequently, mutual animosity escalated amid deteriorating stability and security in the whole region. This agreement was signed following two years of closed-door talks between Iran’s and Saudi Arabia’s delegations in Iraq and Oman, and thanks to China’s active mediation. This encapsulates significant implications and projects across various scenarios.

For years, Iran and Saudi Arabia engaged in clashes for regional influence, making use of armed proxies in areas of crisis such as Yemen, Syria, and Iraq [Hiro, 2019]. The escalating regional tensions became detrimental to both Saudi and Iranian national security as well as economic growth. Considering this aspect, it is crucial to emphasize the role of China in mediating the Saudi-Iran rapprochement, as its intervention played a pivotal role in addressing the longstanding geopolitical rivalry between the two countries. China is not inclined to assume the role that the United States played in the region, through decades of military interventions Indeed, there is a strong likelihood that China will intervene using diplomatic channels to safeguard its economic interests and enhance its diplomatic influence in the region [Jash 2023, 23 June].

After March, the two countries exchanged official visits, although the terms of the agreement remained ambiguous [Al Jazeera 2023, 17 August]. While there was a shared commitment to regional cooperation, tension reduction, and de-securitization, the agreement did not specify the terms and conditions of mutual actions. Resuming diplomatic relations was undoubtedly a positive beginning, but it did not establish a clear timeline or juridical conditions to ensure maritime security in the Gulf or to address the Iranian indirect involvement in the Yemeni conflict – in particular the prevention of Houthi incursions into Saudi territory – or avoid mutual security threats.

This agreement does not outline specific fixed objectives; instead, it serves as an assessment on how to address hostility and move towards normalizing bilateral relations. Therefore, it should not be perceived as a redefinition of respective regional policies and military strategies. Instead, it should play a crucial role in mitigating risks, fostering mutual understanding, and preventing miscalculations that could potentially lead to military conflicts [Divsallar 2023]. Therefore, it can be a significant step in building mutual trust and promoting information exchanges related to the two countries respective actions in sensitive location, like the Persian Gulf. However, several crucial security issues still remain unresolved. Primary among these concerns is nuclear development. Saudi Arabia perceives the advancement of Iranian uranium enrichment as a security risk. In September, Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman stated that if Iran obtains a nuclear weapon, «we have to acquire one» [Fazeli & Serrieh 2023]. Both nations are signatories to the Non-Proliferation Treaty, allowing them to legally pursue nuclear programmes for civilian purposes. However, the major hurdle lies in the distrust of Iran’s intentions, related to its employment of dual use nuclear technology, that is, a technology that can be simultaneously used for power generation and nuclear device construction. The impact of the nuclear issue on the normalization process between Iran and Saudi Arabia remains unclear [Davenport 2023].

The significance of the Saudi-Iran agreement not only lay in the effort for normalization, potentially paving the way for commercial exchange and economic cooperation, but also in the improvement of the security environment of the region. By mitigating tensions between the two nations, there was an expectation that the Middle East would be less susceptible to military or security escalation. On March 15, Iran’s Supreme National Security Council Secretary Ali Shamkhani, visited the United Arab Emirates, signalling the effort to reconcile Iran with other Gulf states. This visit was envisioned as a starting point for discussions on bilateral, regional, and international issues [Reuters2023, 15 March].

The regional power that viewed the Iran-Saudi rapprochement with suspicion was Israel. The Abraham Accords, signed in 2020, not only aimed to normalize relations between Israel and Arab states, namely the UAE, Morocco and Bahrain [US Department of State 2020], but also to establish an anti-Iran axis, aimed at diminishing Iranian regional influence [‘The Impact Of’ 2023]. While this agreement could potentially pave the way for a shifting in the regional equilibrium, and start a de-securitization process, there are regional players who regard it with suspicion.

4.2. Iran’s Perspective in Israel-Hamas Conflict

On 7 October, there were reports of a military incursion by armed members of Hamas into Israeli territory. The operation, known as «Al-Aqsa Flood» was launched in the early morning, taking Israeli security and intelligence forces by surprise. During the operation, members of Hamas targeted civilians killing approximately 1,200 people, and reportedly took more than 200 as hostages. This marks the first instance of Hamas carrying out such an extended military incursion within Israeli territory. Of course, the task of this article is not that of analyzing the 7 October attack, but this does not dispense us from highlighting its significance in various aspects of Iran’s regional policy.

First, given that Hamas is part of the so-called «Axis of Resistance» an Iran-led network involving state and non-state actors such as Syria, the Yemeni Houthis, Lebanese Hezbollah, and Iraqi Shia militias [Wastnidge 2017]questions arose shortly after the attack about Iran’s role in the military operation. Despite Iran’s longstanding provision of military training and financial support to Hamas, and regular meetings between the group’s leaders and Iranian Revolutionary Guards officers, both Israeli intelligence and Iranian official sources concorded on the fact that Iran was not directly involved in the October attack. Supreme Leader Ali Khamenei, while praising the attack as an action of resistance, declared that «Hamas gave us no warning of your Oct. 7 attack on Israel and we will not enter the war on your behalf» [Iran International 2023, 12 November]. However, the Islamic Republic could potentially benefit from the current situation.

A summit took place in Riyadh on 11 November, hosting the Arab League and the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation, a 57-member bloc that includes Iran. The primary focus of the summit was to discuss a ceasefire in the Israeli-Hamas war. This marked President Raisi’s inaugural visit to Saudi Arabia. During this occasion, Raisi urged all countries to «cut off political and trade ties with Israel» and boycott relations; also to designate its military apparatus as a terrorist organization [Mehdi 2023, 11 November]. This positioning revealed Iran’s ambition to not only isolate Israel but, more importantly, to impede the normalization process between Israel and Arab states.

Following the Abraham Accords, Riyadh outlined prerequisites for establishing normalization with Israel, encompassing security assurances from Washington and assistance in developing a civilian nuclear program [Al Jazeera 2023a, 20 September]. This marked a pivotal moment in the Middle East’s balance of power, affecting not only the normalization between Israel and key Arab states but also the anti-Iran axis. The potential advancement of a nuclear program in Saudi Arabia might indeed prompt an escalation of enrichment activities in Iran as a deterrent measure. However, this could lead to heightened tension and increased instability in the region

In response to Israel’s military escalation in Gaza, Saudi Arabia promptly announced a suspension of discussions on potential normalization. This development might already be perceived as a triumph for the Islamic Republic, as it has the potential to curtail the normalization process between Israel and Arab states. Moreover, Saudi’s standing provides an opportunity for the Islamic Republic to reinvigorate diplomatic exchanges with Arab countries, starting from addressing the Palestinian issue.

A second significant achievement for Iran, arising from the first two months of the Israel-Hamas conflict, pertains to Iran’s military strategy. While revolutionary Iran used the Palestinian issue and the anti-Israel narrative as a component of its regional and foreign politics, it refrains from risking a direct military confrontation with Tel Aviv. Throughout the first months of the war, Iran assumed the role of passive observer and did not intervene in the war theatre. This was in line with Iran’s long-standing policy to keep Israel occupied in military efforts while leveraging Hezbollah as a major element of deterrence.

A third Iranian achievement was the demonstration of the power wielded by Iran’s proxies in the region. Despite their autonomous and localized agendas, the existence and actions of these proxies contribute to Iran’s to strengthen its regional role as they continue to provide Iran strategic depth.

Predicting the consequences of the war on the broader Middle East equilibrium is beyond the scope of this article. Nevertheless, as the conflict started, it is safe to point out that Iran appeared to be gaining at the political level from it.

4.3. Eastward Strategy: multilateral and bilateral relations

Building on Ebrahim Raisi’s foreign policy approach, Iran sustained its eastward strategy throughout the year 2023. As argued in this and in a previous article [Perletta 2022], Iran is pursuing the strengthening of ties with Russia, China, Central Asian nations, and neighbouring countries. The two-decade long «Look to the East» policy is driven by pragmatic needs such as enhancing investment and trade, as well as aligning with an anti-Western axis. Also in order to react to the practical demise of the Joint Comprehensive Plan Of Action (JCPOA), Iran has actively been cultivating relationships with Eastern partners. Following its inclusion as a permanent member in the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), a security framework led by China, Iran is set to join BRICS in January 2024. The expansion of BRICS memberships carries a distinct significance in terms of augmenting China and Russia’s diplomatic and commercial influence, particularly in juxtaposition with the West.

Joining this regional organizations marks a notable achievement for the Islamic Republic and its eastward strategy, particularly in terms of enhancing bilateral relations with fellow members. Some BRICS members are contemplating the establishment of a dollar-alternative exchange among its member states. As an alternative, Iran can potentially utilize the Chinese yuan, local currencies, and barter arrangements, even if this solution may require time. This strategic move aims at enhancing both its oil and non-oil exports to fellow BRICS members, potentially alleviating pressure arising from US sanctions [Shahidsaless 2023, 31 August]. Nevertheless, while this plan may be welcomed by Russia and China, other BRICS member, such as India and South Africa, will not risk alienating their good relations with the United States. Moreover, the stabilization and relief of the Iranian economy remain contingent on the removal of secondary sanctions, and improvement of national management.

Beyond these multilateral relations, Iran continued to improve bilateral relations with Russia, China, countries of Latin America and Asia. The conflict in Ukraine has strengthened the alliance between Iran and Russia, particularly in terms of military collaboration. Iran is supplying Russia with drones, and there could be additional forms of military exchange. On 9 May 2023, the United States disclosed that Iran was assisting Russian endeavours to establish a drone manufacturing facility, located hundreds of miles east of Moscow [Barnes and Koettl 2023]. The factory is expected to commence drone production in 2024.

As observed in the previous section of this article, China is Iran’s main commercial partner; its relations with Tehran, however, extend beyond mere commercial exchange. In October, the Chinese government expressed its willingness to bolster communication and coordination with Iran within the United Nations, the SCO, BRICS, and other multilateral mechanisms [Xinhua 2023, 27 October]. Also, China has been a key player in the Iran-Saudi normalization process.

Since August 2022, formal discussions regarding the revival of the JCPOA have come to a standstill. In 2023, the United Nations’ nuclear watchdog reported that Iran has decelerated its enrichment process [Associated Press, 2023, 4 September]. The proliferation risk persists due to the unresolved issue of AIEA officials’ limited access to Iranian nuclear facilities and their inability to access surveillance camera footage. Meanwhile, Oman and Qatar have facilitated indirect negotiations between Iran and the US, resulting in the arrangement of a planned prisoner swap and the release of assets. The prisoners swap involved the exchange of five Iranians for five US citizens, accompanied by the unfreezing of US$ 6 billion in Iranian assets in South Korea. Nonetheless, by the end of December 2023, given the war in Ukraine, the uncertain developments in the Israel-Hamas conflict, and the approaching US presidential elections in 2024, it is unlikely that any significant improvements on how to relaunch the JCPOA will be finalized in the medium term.

5. Conclusion

During 2023, Iran did not exhibit major changes in its domestic and foreign policy. President Raisi continued to pursue an eastward strategy to alleviate the adverse effects of sanctions and enhanced both multilateral and bilateral relations with Eastern countries. Gaining entry into the SCO and BRICS marked a significant achievement in the pursuit of the «Look to the East» policy. Nevertheless, domestically, significant challenges persisted in the economic sector and state-society relations. The economic challenges continued, causing strain on both daily life for consumers and salaries. This sparked workers-led protests and demonstrations throughout 2023, with a determination to go on with them, unless solutions are found to alleviate the high costs of living, inflation, and unemployment.

Despite the conservatives’ control over the three branches of power (executive, legislative and judicial), tensions escalated between members of the parliament and the cabinet. The removal of several ministers and the emergence of animosity between the legislative and executive branches were particularly notable, especially concerning the new dress code regulation. Some adopted more hardline positions and criticized others for their perceived «soft» approach. This demonstrates the ongoing struggle within the so-called «second generation» of conservatives, including technocrats, Islamists, heads of religious foundations, and military figures. President Raisi, along with the conservative-led parliament, has intensified control over individual life and public spaces. While protests are more limited to ethnic minorities and working categories, and reduced in volume in comparison to 2022, indeed, they signify a nation grappling with the need for renewal, a process that is often compromised by the power struggle at the elite level.

Bibliography

Al Jazeera, 2023, 17 August, ‘Iran FM in Saudi Arabia, says relations «on the right track»’.

Al Jazeera, 2023a, 20 September, ‘Saudi Crown Prince MBS says Israel normalisation getting «closer».

Al Jazeera, 2023b, 20 September, ‘Iran’s Parliament Approves «Hijab Bill»; Harsh Punishments for Violations’.

Al Jazeera, 2023, 6 October, ‘Who I Who is Nobel Peace Prize winner Narges Mohammadi’.

Amway, 2023, 8 February, ‘Iranian rial under pressure as tensions rise in the region’.

Associated Press, 2023, 4 September, ‘UN nuclear watchdog report seen by AP says Iran slows its enrichment of near-weapons-grade uranium’.

Barnes, Julian E., and Christoph Koettl, 2023, ‘A drone factory that Iran is helping Russia build could be operational next year, the U.S. says’, The New York Times, 9 June.

[Charter of Minimum 2023] ‘منشور مطالبات حداقلی تشکلهای مستقل صنفی و مدنی ایران’ (Charter of Minimum Demands for Independent Guild and Civil Organizations of Iran), 14 February 2023 (https://telegra.ph/).

Dadvar, Faramarz, 2007, ‘Capitalism in Iran’, New Politics, 11(2):135-138.

Davenport, Kelse, 2023, ‘Saudi Push for Enrichment Raises Concerns’, Arms Control Association, November.

Divsallar, Abdolrasool, 2023, ‘From normalization to non-aggression: The next step in Iran-Saudi ties’, Middle East Institute, 15 September.

Donnan, Shawn, 2023, ‘Iranian Poverty Spread in «Lost Decade» of Sanctions and Oil Swings, World Bank Says’, Bloomberg, 23 November.

England, Andrew, and Najmeh Bozorgmehr, 2023, ‘Iran’s finance minister highlights surge in investment from Russia’, Financial Times, 23 March.

Fazeli, Yaghoub, & Joanne Serrieh, 2023,MBS: We will get nuclear weapon if Iran does; Saudi ‘closer’ to Israel normalization’, Al Arabiya News, 20 September.

Hafezi, Parisa, Abdallah Nayera and Aziz El Yaakoubi, 2023, ‘Iran and Saudi Arabia agree to resume ties in talks brokered by China’, Reuters, 10 March.

Hiro, Dilip, 2019, Cold War in the Islamic World: Saudi Arabia, Iran and the struggle for supremacy, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

[Inflation Reached The 2023] ‘تورم به بانک مرکزی رسید’ (Inflation Reached the Central Bank), 15 April 2023 (https://www.eghtesadnews.com/بخش-اخبار-اقتصادی-67/563475-تورمبه-بانک-مرکزی-رسید/?ms=230329_iu_c3&emci=e3b7a627-43ce-ed11-a8e0-00224832e811&emdi=a52d2b5b-50ce-ed11-a8e0-00224832e811&ceid=227073).

International Monetary Fund, 2023, IMF Executive Board Concludes 2023 Article IV Consultation with Saudi Arabia, 6 September.

‘Iran Food Inflation’, 2023, Trading Economy.

Iran International, 2023,25 October, ‘Iran Sells More Oil But Revenue Falls Short’.

Iran International, 2023, 12 November, ‘Hamas Says Report Alleging Khamenei’s Rebuke To Haniyeh A Lie’.

‘Iran: Millions of schoolgirls at risk of poisoning’, 2023, Amnesty International, 19 April.

‘Iran: New wave of brutal attacks against Baluchi protesters and worshippers, 2023, Amnesty International, 26 October.

[Iran’s Numerous Industrial 2023] ‘اعتصابات کارگری در واحدهای متعدد صنعتی ایران ادامه دارد’ (Iran’s Numerous Industrial Strikes Continue), 23 April 2023, (https://www.radiofarda.com/a/32375664.html).

Iran, Russia ink agreement for construction of Rasht-Astara railway’, 2023, President.ir, 17 May.

‘Iran’s Khuzestan: Thirst and Turmoil’, 2023, International Crisis Group, n. 241, 21 August.

‘Iran Youth Unemployment Rate’, 2023, Trading Economy.

Jash, Armita, 2023, ‘Saudi-Iran Deal: A Test Case of China’s Role as an International Mediator’, Georgetown Journal of International Affairs, 23 June.

‘Khamenei: Iran’s Economy a «Decade Behind »’, 2023, The Iran Primer, 1 February.

Kozhanov, Nikolay, 2022, ‘The Economic Backdrop of Iran’s Protests’, Middle East Institute, 17 October.

Madani, K., 2014, ‘Water management in Iran: what is causing the looming crisis?’, Journal of environmental studies and sciences, 4: 315-328.

Mehdi, Syed Zafar, 2023, ‘At Arab-Islamic summit, Iran’s Raisi calls for boycotting, prosecuting Israel over Gaza war’, Anadolu Ajansi, 11 November.

‘Moscow, Tehran, Finally Sign Off On US$1.6 Billion Rasht-Astara INSTC Rail Link’, 2023, Silk Road Briefing, 18 May.

Perletta, Giorgia, 2022, ‘Iran 2022: Domestic Challenges to State Legitimacy and Isolation in The Global Arena’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022: 433-454.

‘Protests In Southeastern Iran As Water Crisis Deepens’, 2023, Radio Farda, 1 August.

Reuters, 2023, 15 March, ‘Iran’s top security official to visit the UAE amid regional rapprochement’.

Reuters, 2023, 3 May, ‘Iran Resorts to Security Cameras, Ostracism to Deter Unveiled Women’.

Reuters, 2023, 16 November, ‘Insight: Iran’s ‘Axis of Resistance’ against Israel faces trial by fire’.

[Rising Housing Cost 2023] ‘افزایش هزینه مسکن نتیجه یک دهه بیعملی در ساخت و ساز’ (Rising housing costs result of a decade of inaction in construction), 18 June 2023, (https://www.farsnews.ir/news/14020528000314/افزایشهزینه%E2%80%8C-مسکن-نتیجه-یک-دهه-بی%E2%80%8Cعملی-در-ساخت-و-ساز).

Shahidsaless, Shahir, 2023, ‘The Implications of Iran’s Inclusion in BRICS’, Stimson, 31 August.

Shirazi-Mahajan, F., 1993, ‘The Politics of Clothing in the Middle East: The Case of Hijab in Post-Revolution Iran’, Critique: Journal of Critical Studies of Iran & the Middle East, 2(2): 54-63.

Stone, Pooya, 2023, ‘60 % Housing Inflation In Capital Of Iran’, 9 May.

[Strike in Isfahan 2023] ‘اعتصاب در ذوبآهن اصفهان؛ جو امنیتی و بازداشت دهها کارگر’ (Strike in Isfahan Steel Industry; The Security Atmosphere and the Arrest of Dozens of Workers), 8 February 2023, (https://melliun.org/iran/353680).

[Supreme Leader 2023] ‘رهبر انقلاب: کشف حجاب، «حرام» شرعی و سیاسی است/ این مسئله، «قطعاً» حل خواهد شد / انتخابات میتواند مظهر «قدرت ملی» باشد’ (Supreme Leader of the Revolution: Removing the hijab is “forbidden” in Sharia and politics / this issue will be resolved «definitely» / elections can be a manifestation of national power), 4 April 2023, (https://www.khabaronline.ir/news/1750462/رهبر-انقلاب-کشف-حجاب-حرام-شرعی-و-سیاسی-است-این-مسئله-قطعا ).

‘The Impact of the Saudi-Iranian Rapprochement on Middle East Conflicts’, 2023, International Crisis Group, 19 April.

‘United Arab Emirates: Gross domestic product (GDP) growth from 2018 to 2028’, 2022, Statista, 13 October.

US Department of State, 2020, The Abraham Accords Declaration.

Wastnidge, Edward, 2017, ‘Iran and Syria: An enduring axis’, Middle East Policy, 24(2), 148-159.

[What Is The 2023] ‘گزارش ویژه از گسترش فقر در کشور/ خط فقر در ایران چقدر است؟’ (What is the Special Report on the Spread of Poverty in the Country/Poverty Line in Iran?), 26 May 2023.

‘Workers Rights Watch. A biannual report on workers protests and legal developments in Iran’, 2023, Volunteer Activists, 28 July.

World Bank, 2022, GDP growth (annual %) – Iran, Islamic Rep, December.

Xinhua, 2023, 27 October, ‘China to strengthen communication, coordination with Iran within multilateral mechanisms’.

Xu, Muyu, 2023, ‘Explainer: Iran’s expanding oil trade with top buyer China’, Reuters, 10 November.

Ziabari, Kourosh, 2023, ‘Iran: A Resource-Rich Country Reeling from Rampant Poverty’, Arab Center Washington DC, 3 April.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Afghanistan 2023: Taliban governance and international isolation

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The year under examination was characterised by the Taliban attempts at consolidating control over Afghanistan, following a tumultuous first 18 months in power. Security has overall improved across the country but the equilibrium remains fragile. From a political standpoint, the Taliban have expanded their reach across all provinces in Afghanistan by consolidating the emirate’s institutions and governance practices, although internal divisions among the Taliban ranks still persist. To document these dynamics, the paper draws on novel data from the decrees and edicts by the Taliban supreme leader published in May 2023. The international relations of the Taliban regime were characterised on the one hand by the need to establish economic and investment linkages with the outside world to sustain the economy and, on the other, by the desire of the international community to ensure that the Afghan territory does not become a launchpad for other militant groups to operate, both regionally and globally.

Keywords – Taliban government; China-Afghanistan relations; Pakistan-Afghanistan relations; humanitarian crisis.

1. Introduction

In 2023, the Taliban have attempted at consolidating their power across Afghanistan through a series of administrative moves, including the establishment of provincial councils across the country and the improvement of revenue generation. While divisions still persist with the Taliban ranks, particularly between the Haqqani network, which controls Kabul and is strong in the capital and the east, and the Kandahar leadership in the south [Loyn 2023], the hope that many observers, especially in the West, had of a more inclusive Taliban regime did not materialise. In fact, in 2023 there was further evidence of no improvement as far as granting basic rights to women and to the country’s non-Pashtun ethnic groups was concerned. From a security standpoint, the Islamic State Khorasan Province (ISKP) – a branch of the Islamic State active in Central and South Asia – was weakened in strength and numbers but it was still present in the country alongside other groups (e.g. Al-Qāʿida). Domestic opposition was weakened internally but it has tried to gain momentum and international support through the so-called Vienna Process for a Democratic Afghanistan. During the 2 meetings held in 2023 (in April and December) activists from many different backgrounds, ethnic groups and religious affiliations, took part in the event aimed at convening the forces opposing the Taliban [Coffey 2023]. While the National Resistance Front of Afghanistan (NRF) was identified as the leading force behind the opposition, the December meeting saw the participations of senior figures from the National Resistance Council for the Salvation of Afghanistan, also known as the Ankara Coalition (including former MP Mohammadi Muhaqeq and former vice president of Afghanistan Yunus Qanuni). Adbul Rashid Dostum, an ethnic Uzbek Afghan commander and long-time Afghan powerbroker, also sent a personal representative to deliver his message to the attendees. There were also international observers from the US, and European and regional countries [Coffey 2023].

Beyond the domestic realm and the attempts just described at coalescing political opposition to the Taliban rule, the latter’s denial of basic rights to Afghan women and girls and their imposition of draconian social rules since returning to power in August 2021 has sabotaged, at least for now, the chances that the United Nations (UN) and other international bodies might recognise their regime. But behind the surface and official pronouncements, there is a growing realisation, especially among regional capitals, that the best way to secure their countries’ interests and moderate the Taliban’s behaviour in the long term is patient engagement with Kabul, rather than ostracism [International Crisis Group 2024]. There are also geopolitical reasons behind engaging with the Taliban. On the one hand, the region is trying to insulate itself from Western sanctions on Russia, Iran and Afghanistan, as well as the prospect of further economic restrictions on China. In particular, Moscow and Beijing are keen to promote the regional economy as a buffer against pressure from the West [International Crisis Group 2024]. On the other hand, regional countries are eager to develop some form of economic engagement with Kabul as a way to try and incentivise the Taliban into behaving less erratically.

To unpack the domestic and international dynamics of Afghanistan in 2023, the article proceeds as follows. The ensuing section (section 2) looks at the domestic politics of the Taliban regime, with a focus on the edicts and decrees issued by the Taliban supreme leader. These offer significant insights and, to the best of the author’s knowledge, it is the first time that they are analysed in an academic publication. Section 3 dives into the socio-economic dynamics that characterised Afghanistan in 2023. In section 4 the foreign policy of Afghanistan is analysed. In particular, the article details the approach of China, Pakistan, India and Russia to the Islamic Emirate. Some final conclusions are laid out in section 5.

2. Domestic Politics: how do the Taliban rule?

In May 2023, the Taliban decided to published a number of decrees, edicts and instructions of supreme leader Mullah Hibatullah Akhundzada. The documents were originally produced from 2016, when Akhundzada became leader, to the spring of 2023. Published and translated into English by the Afghanistan Analysts Network, the collection represents a particularly useful tool to shed light on the governance of Afghanistan under the Taliban, an area often neglected in scholarly and policy analyses on the country. What is the Taliban’s vision about the Emirate’s functioning? How has this materialised in 2023?

Before diving into analysing some of the decrees and answering these questions, it is important to briefly outline the key concepts discussed in the documents and which reflect the Taliban’s approach to governance, namely: 1) sovereignty is established through the implementation of Sharia; 2) the country’s leadership is chosen by a select Islamic shura, or council; 3) all branches of government are subject to the authority of the emir; and 4) basic rights are defined/limited by Sharia as interpreted by the emir/leadership [Thier 2020: 2].

Such an approach to governance and state organisation is clearly opposite to that outlined in the currently suspended 2004 Constitution. The latter is primarily modelled around Western notions of sovereignty belonging to the people and the division of legislative, executive and judicial powers. In addition, while the 2004 constitution codified the ground rules and norms that would regulate political and social life in Afghanistan, the Taliban have primarily ruled by issuing decrees, without providing an overarching constitutional framework. With these distinctions in mind, it is worth highlighting some general themes that run through the 65 decrees published, as they provide some relevant insights into the organisational and administrative guidelines and priorities, and how they played out in the year under examination.1

First, administrative corruption was high on the agenda of the Taliban leadership. According to data from Transparency International’s Corruption Perception Index (CPI), between 2005 and 2021 Afghanistan averaged around the 168th place out of 180 countries in terms of perceived corruption. It is therefore not surprising that the Taliban leader issued a number of decrees specifically addressing this point. They included a ban on double salaries (2022); a provision that revenues must be collected transparently and then «to avoid irregularities and chaos» must be handed over to the Ministry of Finance, with no independent spending of them (2022); the establishment of a National Procurement Commission (October 2022); a ban on state officials and employees to participate in bids to gain contracts for building materials or mines (2023) [Clark 2023]. In early 2023, the Taliban leader issued three further decrees on anti-corruption and nepotism; they prohibited the de facto officials from participating in government contracts (on 12 March), employing their sons and relatives in institutions under their responsibility (on 18 March), and regulating government land distribution, lease and sale (on 20 March) [UNAMA 2023b: 4]. These anti-corruption efforts seem to be effective, given that between 2022 and 2023 Afghanistan moved from 168th to 152nd place in the abovementioned Corruption Perception Index, 16 places down from the position recorded for the years 2005 and 2021.

A second key theme in the edicts and decrees revolved around the organisation of security services. Ensuring loyalty from within their ranks and the security of the new regime were two key priorities for the Taliban, especially considering the threats coming from other militant organisations in the first few months of the new regime. To this end, a number of orders were issued aimed at clearing the ranks from corrupt or disloyal elements, and ensuring those who failed vetting could not join other services. In 2021, a new body, the Military Commission, was set up with the task of purging the Emirate’s security forces of «undesirable and corrupt people» [Clark 2023]. This was followed in 2022 by an order to the security services to register «mujahedin» with biometrics taken and positions and salaries specified. Later that year, a very long and detailed decree set out the duties of another new body, the Security and Screening Commission, also with a mandate to purge [Clark 2023].

A third strand of edicts and decrees focused on the administration of the state and on ensuring a proper functioning, alongside a recalibration, of the structures that the Taliban inherited from previous administrations. Rules were imposed on which ministries were to report to which deputies to the acting prime minister; departments and courts were relocated; the duties of various government bodies were defined; the stages legislative documents were to go through were indicated; finally, the Supreme Court was ordered to send its decisions to the leadership. Regarding local governance, the establishment of provincial ulama shuras (councils) was completed by the end of 2023 in all 34 provinces, thereby increasing the local conflict resolution capacity. None, including those in the predominantly Shia-populated provinces of Bamyan and Daykundi, included Shia or female members [UNAMA 2023a: 3].

An overall assessment of these edicts reveals that the emir’s micromanagement of governance appears the result of perceptions of rampant disobedience, to which he is responding by issuing ever-harsher edicts [Watkins 2023]. Such a view is corroborated particularly by what was noted above regarding the establishment of ulema councils in every province, as they seem to function as the emir’s eyes and ears across the country. But while dissent against the emir’s agenda is real, dissenters are not a cohesive force working towards the same objectives, which will make it difficult for them to organise [Watkins 2023].

Some of the harshest edicts during the period under examination were directed against women, whose conditions dramatically deteriorated following the return of the Taliban. The latest manifestation of this came in September 2023, when the national examination authority announced the results of the country’s annual university entrance exam. None of the participating 84,234 high school graduates were female. Before the Islamic Emirate took power, girls had won first place in the entrance exam for two years [Abdal 2023, 4 September]. While there were signs of women-led resistance to the Taliban rule,2 it should not come as a surprise that from a Gallup poll in July 2023 emerged that only 11% of Afghan women were satisfied with the freedom they have to choose what to do with their lives. This is the lowest result that Gallup has ever recorded in any country and population [Nusratty and Ray 2023, 10 November]. From an economic standpoint, the interim Taliban administration’s restrictive policies on women’s education and work will further lower Afghanistan’s growth prospects, to which the analysis turns in the next section.

3. Socio-economic dynamics: limited growth and lack of social inclusion

The Afghan economy is likely to display no or very modest growth in 2023, after contracting by 26% since August 2021 [World Bank 2023]. However, the Taliban’s overall management of the economy has been more successful than what many predicted it would be following their takeover [Byrd 2023]. Revenue collection was very effective and it accounts for nearly 60% of state revenues. Part of this success was due to the fight against corruption which, as we have seen in the previous sections, was one of the key aims of the Taliban leadership. From a socio-economic standpoint, according to the World Bank’s Afghanistan Welfare Monitoring Survey (AWMS) there are signs of a small improvement in the welfare of Afghan households compared to the months immediately following the Taliban takeover. While in the period October to December 2021, 70% of households reported lacking enough income to satisfy basic needs, this percentage reached 62% in the latest available measurement April to June 2023. Along similar lines, the share of households reporting acute food insecurity declined from 50% in the fall of 2021 to 40% in the spring of 2023 [World Bank 2023: 22]. Despite these limited improvements, poverty projections show that 48.3% of the population was to be considered poor as of April-June 2023. This means that half of the Afghan population, or 20 million people, is currently poor. Despite its international isolation, Afghanistan receives approximately $3 billion annually in foreign humanitarian aid. Afghanistan’s humanitarian crisis saw a rapid deterioration in the second half of 2023, owing to two main developments: 1) four 6.3-magnitude earthquakes which struck Herat province in a span of eight days and directly impacted 275,000 people; and 2) Pakistan’s decision to repatriate undocumented Afghan refugees in the country, which according to the latest estimates totalled around 1.3 million people [Security Council Report, December 2023]. According to a report published by the Office of the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR), more than 350,000 people have returned to Afghanistan since the announcement, with the number of people arriving at border crossings «exhausted and in need of emergency assistance» continuing to grow.

4. Foreign policy

Afghanistan’s foreign policy under the Taliban regime was largely in the wake of previous years. The Taliban regime, which still lacks any form of international recognition, has primarily been looking to boost its trade relationship as well as to attract investments. Evidence of this came in early 2023, when the Taliban announced the establishment of an investment consortium including Russian, Iranian and Pakistani companies, and also stated that China had expressed readiness to invest in mining and other economic projects, including lithium mining and economic infrastructure [UNAMA 2023b]. On their part, regional countries have continued looking at Afghanistan through a security prism, in order to ensure that the emirate’s territory does not become a launching pad for militant groups willing to attack outside of Afghanistan’s borders. The outside world’s view of Afghanistan is best epitomised by the remarks of then Pakistani Foreign Minister Bilawal Bhutto-Zardari, who advocated for international cooperation in building professional security forces that would enable the Afghan Taliban, as he put it, to counter the «alphabet soup» of terrorist groups still in the country [Dawn 2023, 18 February]. The sections that follow provide an overview of the Taliban ties with key regional countries, including China, Pakistan, India and Russia.

4.1. China and Afghanistan: cautiously deepening ties

China has moved cautiously on Afghanistan, being careful not fill the vacuum left by the US, while simultaneously making an important political move by being the first country to nominate a new ambassador to Afghanistan since the Taliban takeover [Pantucci 2023, 15 September]. To decode Beijing’s approach to Afghanistan, the framework provided by the Global Development Initiative (GDI) and the Global Security Initiative (GSI) – perhaps the two most recent and important articulations of China’s foreign policy vision since the BRI [Sciorati 2023] – may be a useful starting point.

With regards to the GSI, the concept paper highlights the importance of promoting dialogue through multilateral forums and organisations (e.g. the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation), as well as of using mini-laterals in promoting cooperation and stability. On this point in particular, the concept paper highlights «the role of coordinating and cooperative mechanisms such as the Meeting of Foreign Ministers of the Neighboring Countries of Afghanistan […] to promote regional and global peace and stability» [Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China 2022]. As evidence of this approach, in May Afghan Foreign Minister Amir Khan Motaqi alongside Minister of Commerce and Industry Nooruddin Azizi, participated in the fifth trilateral meeting with the foreign ministers of Pakistan and China, Bilawal Bhutto Zardari and Qin Gang respectively. The concluding joint statement noted how all parties wanted to advance political engagement, counter-terrorism cooperation and trade, investments and connectivity under the trilateral framework [Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China 2023].

As for the GDI, the framework identifies «digital security» and «connectivity» among its priority areas [Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China 2021]. Evidence of both is clearly discernible in China’s engagement with Afghanistan in 2023. As far as digital security is concerned, there were reports about the Taliban’s plan to improve the camera surveillance system in Kabul in a partnership, yet to be confirmed, with the Chinese tech giant Huawei [Yawar and Greenfield 2023, 25 September]. The plan, similar to one the US mooted before its withdrawal in 2021, consists of upgrading and increasing camera surveillance across the capital in order to improve security. China’s involvement, even if not yet confirmed at the time of writing, is in line with Beijing’s development of «smart cities», both in mainland China and abroad [Hillman 2021; Boni 2019].

With regards to connectivity, the Taliban leadership has been keen since returning to power, and in 2023 in particular, to signal its desire to boost the country’s connectivity with both China and the wider region. In October, the Afghan Minister for Foreign Affairs attended the third Trans-Himalaya Forum in China. During the event, he reiterated the potential of Afghanistan to become a node of economic connectivity. On the side lines of the Forum, the Chinese minister for Foreign Affairs of China, Wang Yi, stated that China was willing to help Afghanistan to develop its relations with neighbouring countries and to join regional economic cooperation, simultaneously soliciting counter-terrorism measures from the Taliban [Zhen 2023, 6 October]. Later that month, Afghan Minister for Commerce and Industry Nooruddin Azizi joined the third Belt and Road Forum for International Cooperation in Beijing and requested the formal integration of Afghanistan into the BRI. Afghanistan’s most direct way in would be by joining the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), the US$ 26 billion infrastructure investment focussed on Pakistan. Although Pakistan Railway and state-owned China Railway Eryuan Engineering Group have signed a Memorandum of Understanding and issued construction tenders for the construction of a rail line between Karachi and Mazar-e-Sharif (northern Afghanistan) [Business Recorder 2023, 1 May], the prospects of Afghanistan’s inclusion have been mooted for years [Boni 2022; Boni 2023b] and they remain slim. The challenging relationship between Islamabad and Kabul, to which the analysis turns in the next section, represents the main hurdle in the prospects of extending the CPEC to Afghanistan.

4.2. Pakistan: dealing with the TTP

Islamabad’s relationship with Kabul continued to be a complicated one. The euphoria which accompanied the return of the Taliban in 2021 soon left space to a series of issues that came to characterise the bilateral relationship. Amongst, the one that has become particularly thorny was the role of the Tehreek Taliban Pakistan (TTP), an anti-Pakistan Taliban faction, whose attacks intensified significantly in 2023. In January 2023, for instance, the TTP conducted an attack against the police headquarters in Peshawar, capital of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. It was the deadliest attack ever on police in the country [Ahmed 2023]. The tense relationship between Pakistan and the Taliban is perhaps best epitomised by the unusual remarks from the Pakistani PM, during a press conference in early November. On that occasion, then PM Anwar ul-Haq Kakar voiced his country’s unprecedently open criticism of the Taliban regime. He noted the support that the Taliban leadership was providing to the TTP, a decision that, according to the then Pakistani PM, had contributed to a significant increase in violence in Pakistan, with 2,867 Pakistani fatalities since the Taliban’s takeover of Afghanistan in August 2021 [Raza 2023, 9 November]. Lamenting that, despite Pakistan’s requests, «no actions were taken against the anti-Pakistan groups», he lashed out at the Afghan leadership claiming that «in a few instances, clear evidence of enabling terrorism also came forward» [Raza 2023, 9 November]. Both the statement and its timing are significant, as they came following Pakistan’s decision to repatriate undocumented Afghan refugees [Mir 2023]. More generally, the decision over the Afghan refugees in Pakistan as well as Kakar’s criticism should be contextualised within a wider set of measures that Islamabad has implemented to pressure the Taliban leadership to reconsider and eventually end its support for the TTP. These measures included reducing trade ties by either banning or imposing tariffs on the import of Afghan goods prone to smuggling [Rana 2023, 4 October], as well as not advocating the Afghan Taliban’s case at the international level [Yousaf 2023, 9 November].

On its part, the Taliban leadership appeared unlikely to bow to these pressures and take any major steps against the TTP. The Taliban main concern since returning to power has been to keep the internal cohesion, even at the cost of angering foreign powers. As such, they are concerned about how their ranks would react to efforts to crack down on the TTP. In addition, there is ideological proximity between the Taliban stance vis-à-vis the Pakistani state and that of the TTP. Hibatullah Akhundzada – the Taliban supreme leader – has deemed Pakistan’s constitution to be un-Islamic, just like TTP chief Noor Wali Mehsud [Ahmed 2023].

Despite potential prospects of growing cooperation between the two sides given their closeness between 2001 and 2021, the relationship between Islamabad and Kabul in 2023 was dominated by lack of trust and security predicaments. Both would benefit politically and economically from a more functional interaction, but 2023 was the year in which neither of these materialised.

4.3 India’s growing ties with the Taliban

India’s relations with the Islamic Emirate’s leadership have witnessed a modest, yet constant and sustained, engagement throughout 2023. Considering the virtually non-existent ties between the two parties when the Taliban returned to power in 2021, developments in 2023 pointed to the growing realisation on both sides that some form of engagement will be necessary and potentially beneficial. Aid and humanitarian relief efforts were one of the areas in which India sought to make its presence more visible in Afghanistan. In March 2023, for instance, New Delhi delivered 20,000 metric tonnes of wheat in partnership with the World Food Programme [Kaura 2023]. Importantly, they used for the first time the Iranian port of Chahbahar, in which India has invested since 2016 and that could represent an important resource for India to bypass Pakistan in its relations with Kabul [Boni 2023a]. Along similar lines, India’s union budget for 2023-24 also made a special provision for a US$ 25 million development aid package for Afghanistan. On the political front, India’s Ministry of External Affairs, under the aegis of the India Technical and Economic Cooperation Programme (ITEC), invited Afghan government officials to attend a four-day virtual course on Indian legislation and business climate. In addition, in May 2023, Ministers for Foreign Affairs of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO), meeting in Goa, India, agreed to resume convening the SCO’s Afghanistan Contact Group, which had been suspended following the Taliban takeover. Finally, on 24 November, the embassy of Afghanistan in New Delhi, which had been led by diplomats loyal to the pre-Taliban government, was permanently closed. The Taliban announced that they were going to reopen the Embassy with their own diplomats.

Despite the growing engagements just documented, there were a number of limitations in the prospects for a more comprehensive partnership between Kabul and New Delhi. From a value-based perspective, not only India has always opposed the Taliban regime, but it has been one of the countries that has more vocally expressed its hope for a more inclusive governance in Afghanistan. On 7 March, for instance, special envoys of the India-Central Asia Joint Working Group on Afghanistan announced support for an inclusive government in Afghanistan, human rights and women’s rights, counterterrorism and humanitarian assistance. While this line of argument is repeated at virtually every meeting between the Taliban and a foreign delegation, it is something that is seen in Kabul as emanating from the West, and India’s embrace of this narrative alongside its increasingly close ties with the US [Torri 2022] places it in a difficult position vis-à-vis the Taliban regime. In addition, the fault lines between the two sides are also religious, with the Taliban leadership considering India the land of Hindus. According to former Afghan Minister of Education Mirwais Balkhi, the majority of the Taliban sees India as a Hindu majority land that has always suppressed Muslims and that, as such, should be fought against [Balkhi 2023].

Overall, the leaderships of both India and the Islamic Emirate have made some incremental steps to collaborate, but the prospects for a more comprehensive partnership remain slim.

4.4. Russia’s engagement with the Islamic Emirate

Moscow was one of the countries that has more proactively engaged with the Taliban leadership since their return to power. More generally, Russia, alongside China and Pakistan, was among the countries that had never really stopped engaging with the Taliban even during the years of the Afghan Republic. Russia is now reaping the benefits of this years-long engagement. The drivers behind Moscow’s approach to the Taliban during 2023 were primarily two-fold: first, Moscow sought to use the Afghan market and the leverage offered by economic cooperation with the Taliban regime as a way to mitigate the effects of Western sanctions; second, Russia’s decision to boost the Afghan economy following Western sanctions and the freezing of assets, represented an important symbolic point for Russia, as part of its self-narrative of a rising power, allied with the Global South [Suleymanov 2023]. Russia’s economic engagement with Afghanistan was mostly visible in the oil sector. According to Taliban officials, Afghanistan has increased Russian oil imports from 246,000 tons in 2022 to more than 710,000 tons between January and November 2023, with an overall oil trade over US$ 300 million. [Dawi 2023, 21 December] This was a win-win for both, as Russia found a market for its oil supplies and it managed to avoid Western sanctions, and Afghanistan found a vital lifeline for its energy supplies. From a diplomatic standpoint, in September 2023 Russia hosted in Kazan the annual meeting of the Moscow format on Afghanistan. The forum, established in 2017 as a way to bring together Afghan representatives and those from key regional countries, included China, India, the Islamic Republic of Iran, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Pakistan, the Russian Federation, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan as members and Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Türkiye3 and the United Arab Emirates as guests. The Taliban were represented by a delegation led by the Minister for Foreign Affairs. The ensuing «Kazan Declaration» acknowledged the Afghan de facto authorities’ efforts to combat drug-related crimes and terrorism and the overall security improvement in Afghanistan, while expressing concerns about restrictions on female employment and education and calling for efforts to forge a broad-based, inclusive government [Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation 2023].

5. Conclusions

In 2023, the Taliban’s agenda revolved around establishing their own governance structures at the local level, while simultaneously regulating the functioning of the institutions that they have inherited from the Afghan Republic. The denial of basic rights to women and ethnic minorities, while receiving the condemnation of the international community, including the Taliban’s closest international partners, has remained a defining feature of Afghanistan’s social setup. The Afghan economy overall stabilised but the poverty figure placing nearly half of the Afghan population at poverty level provides a snapshot of the living conditions and of the Taliban’s uphill battle in managing a country always on the verge of economic and humanitarian collapse. It is therefore not surprising that while the organisation of domestic governance was the priority, internationally the Islamic Emirate’s leadership sought to attract investment and obtain economic cooperation with countries in the region. Almost invariably, regional powers have moved very cautiously on their relations with the regime in Kabul, falling short of recognising the Taliban as the legitimate government of Afghanistan, but also exploring potential avenues of cooperation to keep the country afloat. The last thing that these countries want is an Afghanistan out of control, which becomes a fertile ground for terrorist organisations, ranging from Al-Qāʿida to ISKP, to launch attacks abroad. Security guarantees in exchange for some form of economic cooperation was the dominant pattern of 2023 and it is likely to remain one of the key drivers to understand the international relations of Afghanistan under the Taliban.

Bibliography

Abdal, Sabria, 2023, 4 September, ‘Results of University Entrance Exam Announced’, Tolo News.

Afghanistan Analysts Network, 2023, 15 July, ‘Decrees, orders and Instructions of Taleban supreme leader Mullah Hibatullah Akhundzada’.

Ahmed, Samina, 2023, ‘The Pakistani Taliban Test Ties between Islamabad and Kabul’, International Crisis Group, 29 March.

Balkhi, Mirwais, 2023, ‘BJP-Taliban Ties and Their Implications’, Asia Dispatches, Wilson Centre, 12 December.

Boni, Filippo, 2019, ‘Protecting the Belt and Road Initiative: China’s cooperation with Pakistan to secure CPEC’, Asia Policy, 14(2): 5-12.

Boni, Filippo, 2022, ‘Afghanistan 2021: US Withdrawal, the Taliban return and regional geopolitics’, Asia Maior, XXXII/2021: 375–391.

[Boni 2023a] Boni, Filippo, 2023, ‘India’s Responses to the Belt and Road Initiative: A Case Study of Indo-Pakistani Relations’, In: Beretta, Silvio, Axel Berkofsky, and Giuseppe Iannini, eds. India’s Foreign Policy and Economic Challenges Friends, Enemies and Controversies. Cham: Springer Nature, pp. 233–246.

[Boni 2023b] Boni, Filippo, 2023, ‘Afghanistan 2022: Life under the Taliban’, Asia Maior, XXXIII/2022: 411–423.

Byrd, William, 2023, ‘Two Years into Taliban Rule, New Shocks Weaken Afghan Economy’, United States Institute of Peace, 10 August.

Business Recorder, 2023, 1 May, ‘Decision to lay rail track between Karachi, Mazar-i-Sharif welcomed’.

Clark, Katie, 2023, ‘From Land-grabbing to Haircuts: The decrees and edicts of the Taleban supreme leader’, Afghanistan Analysts Network, 15 July.

Coffey, Luke, 2023, ‘Afghans Find a Credible Opposition Voice to the Taliban’, Hudson Institute, 8 December.

Dawi, Akmal, 2023, 21 December, ‘Afghanistan Boosts Russian Oil Imports, Trade Amid Banking Sanctions’, Voice of America.

Dawn, 2023, 18 February, ‘FM Bilawal warns terrorism will go beyond Pakistan if Afghanistan doesn’t act against militant groups’.

Fetrat, Sahar, 2023, ‘Bread, Work, Freedom—Afghan Women’s Two Years of Resistance’, Human Rights Watch, 16 August.

Hillman, E. Jonathan, 2021, The Digital Silk Road, Harper Collins.

International Crisis Group, 2024, ‘The Taliban’s Neighbourhood: Regional Diplomacy with Afghanistan’, Asia Report No 337, 30 January.

Kaura, Vinay, 2023, ‘India-Taliban relations: A careful balancing act, driven by pragmatism’, Middle East Institute, 30 May.

Loyn, David, 2023, ‘The scattered forces opposing the Taliban need support now’, Chatham House, 28 July.

Nusratty, Khorshied, and Julie Ray, 2023, 10 November, ‘Freedom Fades, Suffering Remains for Women in Afghanistan’, Gallup.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation, 2023, ‘Kazan Declaration of the Moscow Format Consultations on Afghanistan, Kazan, September 29, 2023’, 29 September.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2021, ‘The Global Development Initiative. Building on 2030 SDGs for Stronger, Greener and Healthier Global Development’.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2022, ‘The Global Security Initiative Concept Paper’.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2023, ‘Qin Gang: Build Closer and More Friendly Relationships as Neighbors and Partners’, 6 May.

Mir, Asfandyar, 2023, ‘In a major rift, Pakistan rumps up pressure on the Taliban’, United States Institute of Peace, 16 November.

Pantucci, Raffaello, 2023, 15 September, ‘China and the Taliban are friends in need of each other’, Nikkei Asia.

Rana, Shahbaz, 2023, 4 October, ‘Govt tightens transit trade import regime’, The Express Tribune.

Raza, Irfan Syed, 2023, 9 November, ‘Taliban regime «enabler» of terror: Kakar’, Dawn.

Sciorati, Giulia, 2023, ‘China 2021-2022: A foreign policy of «re-branding»’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022, pp. 23-42.

Suleymanov, Ruslan, 2023, ‘Russia’s Growing Ties With Afghanistan Are More Symbolism Than Substance’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 19 September.

The World Bank, 2023, ‘Afghanistan Development Update’, October.

Thier, A., 2020, ‘The Nature of the Afghan State: Republic vs. Emirate’, USIP Afghan Peace Process Issue Paper, November.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2022, ‘The Road to Galwan Valley: An alternative view of India’s relations with China and the US since 2005’, Asia Maior, Special Issue No. 2/2022, pp. 117-157.

Watkins, Andrew, 2023, ‘What’s Next for the Taliban’s Leadership Amid Rising Dissent?’, United States Institute of Peace, 11 April.

Yawar, Yunus Mohammad, & Charlotte Greenfield, 2023, 25 September, ‘Taliban weighs using US mass surveillance plan, met with China’s Huawei’, Reuters.

Yousaf, Kamran, 2023, 9 November, ‘Pakistan shifts stance on Afghan Taliban’, The Express Tribune.

[UNAMA 2023a] United Nations Assistance Mission to Afghanistan, 2023, ‘The situation in Afghanistan and its implications for international peace and security’, A/77/772-S/2023/151, 27 February.

[UNAMA 2023b] United Nations Assistance Mission to Afghanistan, 2023, ‘The situation in Afghanistan and its implications for international peace and security’, A/78/628-S/2023/941, 1 December.

Zhen, Liu, 2023, 6 October, ‘Terror threat to China «is challenge to our own», Afghanistan’s Taliban leadership pledges to Beijing in apparent first’, South China Morning Post.

1 The full list of decrees, including their English translation, is available at: Afghanistan Analysts Network, 2023, ‘Decrees, orders and Instructions of Taleban supreme leader Mullah Hibatullah Akhundzada’, 15 July.

2 See for instance: Fetrat, Sahar, 2023, ‘Bread, Work, Freedom—Afghan Women’s Two Years of Resistance’, Human Rights Watch, 16 August.

3 In December 2021, Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan ordered the use of the term Türkiye instead of Turkey to better represent Turkish culture and values. The change of name was accepted by the UN in June 2022.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Pakistan 2023: Multiple crises in the lead-up to the general elections

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The salient events that characterized Pakistan in the period covered in this article (January – December 2023) were the political and economic crises that occurred in the lead-up to the general elections and the postponement of these elections to 2024. Former Prime Minister, Chairman of the Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI), and top opposition leader Imran Khan was in a dire stand-off with the coalition government led by the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N). After being ousted by a no-confidence vote on 9 April 2022 – which Khan attributed to a military plot aimed at pleasing the United States – the former premier clamoured for snap elections. Khan faced multiple trials on charges of terrorism, sedition, contempt of court and corruption. His imprisonment in May 2023 triggered mass protests on the part of angry mobs, which were followed by mass arrests and resignations from PTI leaders and workers in an alleged military-led effort to dismantle the party – the same party which had helped bring to power Khan back in 2018. In August 2023, Imran Khan was arrested again and sentenced to three years in prison, disqualifying him from running for public office for five years. The verdict was later suspended. Khan’s detention, the postponement of the provincial and general elections, and the promulgation of laws that weakened civilian institutions in favour of the military were viewed with concern by many observers of the Pakistani political scene. The political turbulence occurred against the backdrop of a severe economic crisis, aggravated by delays in disbursements from the stalled bailout plan reached with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) in 2019. However, an agreement with the institution was eventually reached, allowing for the resumption of short-term financial assistance in exchange for the adoption of new austerity measures. At the same time, Sharif’s government began pursuing a prudent foreign policy aimed at consolidating or maximising the economic benefits derived from its relations with the leading world powers.

Keywords – Army; Economic Crisis; Election; Imran Khan; International Monetary Fund; Political Crisis.

1. Introduction

In April 2022, after losing the military establishment’s support, the Tehreek-e-Insaf (PTI) government faced a no-confidence vote from the opposition and lost its parliamentary majority. Former professional cricketer Imran Khan was ousted from the prime minister’s office in a motion that – he argued – was orchestrated in a plot hatched by then-political opposition and the United States [Corsi 2023: 396–397]. The events coincided with increased political instability in Pakistan, which continued in 2023 through the harsh confrontation between Khan and the 13-party coalition government, the Pakistan Democratic Movement (PDM), led by the Pakistan Muslim League-Nawaz (PML-N) with Shehbaz Sharif as premier [Ibid.: 397-400]. The political dispute primarily pertained to elections, which were constitutionally required by the end of 2023. Following the ouster, Khan mobilised his diehard supporters to call for early voting amid the weakening of Prime Minister Sharif’s administration following the PTI’s electoral victories in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP) and Punjab, a traditional stronghold of the PML-N. In January 2023, the PTI dissolved the two provinces’ assemblies to force the federal government into early elections, while the Supreme Court of Pakistan ordered the Electoral Commission of Pakistan (ECP) – in vain – to comply with the constitutional provisions and hold elections within 90 days of the assemblies’ dissolution.

Many leaders and members of the PTI faced legal cases. Imran Khan was arrested while attending a hearing at an Islamabad Court on 9 May 2023 related to a controversial lawsuit filed by the National Accountability Bureau (NAB). His brief detention triggered nationwide protests, some of which involved violent mob attacks on military installations and clashes with police [Ali 2023, 21 June]. In turn, there were mass arrests of PTI officials who were allegedly involved in the unrest.

Since his deposal, Imran Khan has adopted a firm anti-establishment stance, and his growing popularity has become a thorn in the side of the Army. In particular, he repeatedly accused the high ranks of the military establishment and Prime Minister Sharif of being involved in the assassination attempt against him in November 2022 [Singh & Rawat 2023, 26 May]. Amid this political instability, much attention was paid to the Army’s involvement in political matters under the new Chief of Army Staff General Asim Munir, who replaced General Qamar Javed Bajwa at the end of 2022 [Afzal 2023, 13 January].

Critically, the vicissitudes of the PTI leader did not impact his influence on the masses. In fact, if Khan had the opportunity to participate in the upcoming election, he would have had a strong chance of returning to power [Wallen 2023, 16 May]. However, this possibility seemed to vanish on 5 August 2023, when Khan was arrested again after a court sentenced him to three years in prison for corruption, disqualifying him from politics for five years. Although this verdict was later suspended, Khan wasn’t released from prison due to an indictment for another case – and the disqualification persisted.

When the legislative session ended on 9 August 2023, the assemblies were dissolved, and a caretaker government was nominated. Almost simultaneously, it was announced that the election – constitutionally due within 90 days of the assemblies’ dissolution – would be deferred to 2024 due to the need for new constituency delimitations, made necessary by the completion of the updated census. The postponement of the election to 2024 opened a period of guaranteed power for the caretaker government. In November 2023, the voting date was set for 8 February 2024.

Analysts have argued that the government and the armed forces shared the goal of sidelining Khan and rendering his party politically ineffectual prior to the general election and that this goal was the main reason behind the legal prosecutions of PTI leaders and the postponement of the election [Afzal 2023, 26 May]. In line with this, two laws passed by Parliament prior to its dissolution provided for the further militarisation of Pakistan’s politics and judicial system and countered Khan’s popularity [Sheikh 2023, August 2023].

This political confrontation occurred against the backdrop of a dire economic crisis triggered by the country’s structural weaknesses and exacerbated by both the negative externalities of Russia’s war in Ukraine and the 2022 Pakistan floods, which caused more than US$ 30 billion in damages [Soumya & Ghosh 2023, 31 May; IMF 2023, 18 July]. Despite attempts to decline further IMF aid packages, Islamabad ultimately reached a new agreement with the international institution, resulting in new austerity measures [Butt 2022, 13 December].

Islamabad went on to adopt a policy of prudence towards the leading world powers. It strengthened its economic relations with China, continued its energy cooperation with Russia, and maintained the interlocutory status quo in its bilateral ties with the United States and India.

2. The economy

Long-standing structural bottlenecks holding back Pakistan’s socioeconomic development, growth-enhancing investment and job creation included inadequate social spending, corruption, a weak business climate and excessive regulation and licensing requirements [IMF 2023, 18 July]. Pakistan has long relied on an economic model grounded in foreign loans, leading to an inability to repay its foreign debt and a high risk of bankruptcy [Anees 2023, 2 May; Naqvi & Mushahid 2023, 7 June]. The China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC; the flagship project of the Chinese Belt and Road Initiative launched in 2013 aimed at creating trade routes to China and addressing Pakistan’s infrastructure gaps) has contributed to Pakistan’s economic distress. In fact, it has made Islamabad heavily reliant on Chinese equity holdings and loans, widened Pakistan’s unsustainable external debt and current account deficit and has further decreased foreign exchange reserves [Ahmad & Gul 2023, 21 November; Boni 2023, 23 May; Bhowmick 2023, 24 June]. As of December 2022, Pakistan – with a GDP of about US$ 350 billion – had a total external debt and liabilities count of US$ 126.3 billion, of which US$ 97.5 billion belonged to the federal government. Approximately 30% of the central government’s total debt stemmed from private and bilateral Chinese lending. Pakistan also had a US$ 45 billion debt with multilateral institutions (the World Bank, the IMF, and the Asian Development Bank) and US$ 8.5 billion with Paris Club countries [The World Bank 2023, April; Rana 2023, 6 April; Ahmad 2023, 14 April].

Islamabad has approached the IMF 23 times since 1980 [IMF 2020, 29 February]. Experts have repeatedly warned that IMF assistance would not solve Pakistan’s economic challenges, as they require long-term structural reforms of the country’s macroeconomic framework [PIDE 2022, September]. They have also stressed that the conditions attached to IMF loans have worsened Pakistan’s fiscal position, resulting in tariff hikes, high inflation, and the devaluation of the Pakistani rupee [Asim 2022, 23 September]. In May 2019, the IMF and the government of then-Prime Minister Imran Khan agreed to a 39-month US$ 6 billion bailout package for Pakistan under the Extended Fund Facility (EFF) programme, which was formally launched in July that same year [IMF 2019, 3 July]. The associated funding was later suspended, however, when Prime Minister Khan refused to adhere to some of the programme’s conditionalities [Corsi 2023: 390]. After Khan’s government was ousted in April 2022, the new Shehbaz Sharif government sought to unlock the funding and started a confidence-building process with the IMF. At the same time, a further spike in inflation hit the country, and the country’s foreign reserves dwindled to less than US$ 4 billion [State Bank of Pakistan 2023; Mangi 2023, 5 February; Somro 2023, 1 May; Reuters 2023, 30 June].

In August 2022, the IMF approved the seventh and eighth reviews of the EFF bailout programme, allowing for the release of over US$ 1.1 billion and extending the programme by one year. The parties discussed raising fuel, electricity, and gas prices; however, with the election set for 2023, Sharif’s administration resisted adopting austerity measures [Outlook 2023, 14 March; The Nation 2023, 10 May]. In November 2022, Pakistan and the IMF began engagement on the ninth review of the loan programme. However, the two delegations didn’t meet until February 2023 due to differences in programme targets. The energy subsidies that the PTI government had granted amid the shock to global energy markets triggered by the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the new government’s indecision regarding the turnaround of such assistance significantly hindered economic performance [Corsi 2023: 389–391]. In January 2023, inflation soared to 47%, and the value of the rupee plummeted by 54%, pointing to a potential default [The Friday Times 2023, 4 April]. The country’s foreign exchange reserves fell, the fiscal deficit grew, the balance of payments deteriorated, and public debt rose by approximately 74% of the GDP, leading external debt to exceed about 45% of the GDP [Rasul 2023, 2 April]. The State Bank of Pakistan announced that it would raise interest rates from 16% to 17% – the highest rate in 26 years – in order to address high inflation [The Patriot 2023, 4 July].

On 15 February 2023, the federal government presented the Finance (Supplementary) Act, 2023 («mini-budget») to the National Assembly [Hussain 2023, 16 February]. The tax-loaded mini-budget aimed to meet the global lender’s conditions to allow for the release of the US$ 1.1 billion loan tranche by holding down the country’s deficit and generating about US$ 643 million in four months.1 In April 2023, Pakistan’s foreign exchange reserves were boosted by the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China’s disbursement of US$ 300 million, the latest of three tranches of a credit line collectively worth US$ 1.3 billion. Around the same time, the United Arab Emirates confirmed to the IMF a commitment of US$ 1 billion in financing to Pakistan, Saudi Arabia committed US$ 2 billion, China committed an additional US$ 2 billion, and Qatar, the United States and Iran committed themselves to some additional financial support [Daily Mail 2023, 1 April; Daily Pakistan 2023, 6 April; Business Recorder 2023, 14 April; The Current 2023, 27 April]. The IMF mandated that to restart the bailout program assurances of financial support from primary creditors had to be secured, and austerity measures aimed at boosting government revenue had to be implemented [Rana 2023, 30 May]. However, the ninth review had yet to be concluded by May 2023. On 9 June 2023, Finance Minister Ishaq Dar presented the budget for the new fiscal year (July 2023 – June 2024) to the National Assembly. The budget, which featured a spending target of US$ 50 billion and a tax revenue projection of US$ 32 billion conflicted with EFF conditionalities and favoured spending over austerity measures [Dawn 2023, 9 June]. Even if the forthcoming elections could justify the government’s choices, this rationale did not satisfy the IMF [Shahid 2023, 15 June; Brewster 2023, 22 June]. Soon after the presentation, Pakistan reviewed the budget and raised projected tax revenue by US$ 752 million, putting forward a primary surplus of around 0.4% of GDP. Additionally, Islamabad curtailed non-essential expenditures and withdrew its guidance on import prioritisation, demonstrating its commitment to adhere to complete market determination. Pakistan’s Central Bank raised interest rates further to 22% to reduce demand and ease strain on Pakistan’s foreign reserves [Government of Pakistan Finance Division 2023; The Economic Times 2023, 24 June; Leather 2023, 26 June].

These steps taken by the government allowed Pakistan to reach an agreement with the IMF on 29 June 2023 to release US$ 3 billion under a nine-month-long Stand-By Arrangement (SBA).2 This SBA was agreed to a day before the EFF expiration, while Islamabad was awaiting the release of the remaining US$ 2.5 billion from the bailout package agreed to in 2019. The approval allowed for an immediate disbursement of US$ 1.2 billion, with the remaining instalments subject to quarterly reviews. This deal gave Pakistan temporary economic relief and the government a pre-election political boost [IMF 2023, 29 June]. Notably, the new loan made Pakistan the fourth-largest borrower from the IMF globally, behind Argentina, Egypt and Ukraine [Imdad 2023, 3 July; Janjua 2023, 3 July; Shahnawaz 2023, 4 July].

3. Khan’s arrests and the weakening of the PTI

After completing investigations triggered by a report filed by PDM members in August 2022 (the «Toshakhana» case pertaining to Imran Khan’s declarations of annual assets), the ECP disqualified the opposition leader, on 21 October 2022, from holding public office for five years on corruption and terrorism charges [Corsi 2023: 400]. Since then, the government has launched over 100 cases and investigations against him, ranging from corruption to terrorism, blasphemy and sedition [Gul 2023, 25 March].

Following accusations of violating a ban on public gatherings by organising a rally, a first information report was registered against Imran Khan in October 2022 for allegedly receiving suspicious foreign funding through a PTI account [The News 2023, 14 March; Gul 2023, 19 March]. Another arrest warrant delivered to Khan pertained to his alleged threatening of a judge, Zeba Chaudhry, after she had approved the remand of Kahn’s aide, Shahbaz Gill [Corsi 2023: 400]. Again, in October 2022, Khan was charged under Pakistani anti-terrorism law for his remarks about filing cases against political opponents and top police officials. Khan encountered additional legal trouble for failing to attend required court hearings. In January 2023, the ECP issued a fresh bailable arrest warrant against the former premier and other PTI leaders in a contempt case based on statements against the poll body and the Chief Election Commissioner.

After postponing it twice because of a ban on public gatherings in the provincial capital, on 13 March 2023, Khan organised a rally in Lahore to kick off his election campaign despite security and arrest threats [The News 2023, 12 March; Ibid., 13 March]. On the day of the rally, Islamabad police reached Lahore to arrest him on charges stemming from the judge-threatening case. Khan’s supporters clashed with police, who ultimately walked off without making an arrest. Nonetheless, the attempt to arrest Khan appeared to be a show of force, aimed at intimidating the PTI Chairman, as it came just before the suspension of his arrest warrant by an Islamabad court the following day and the conversion of several other non-bailable warrants to bailable ones [The Express Tribune 2023, 31 March; The Daily Patriot, 4 April].

However, on 9 May 2023, Imran Khan was arrested on a warrant issued by the NAB, pertaining to the Al-Qadir Trust case, dating back to 2019. The arrest was made during Khan’s court appearance in Islamabad for unrelated corruption charges. In 2019, real estate tycoon Malik Riaz was investigated in the United Kingdom for money laundering. A few months earlier, the Supreme Court of Pakistan had fined Riaz’s company, Bahria Town, US$ 3 billion for illegally acquiring and disproportionally profiting from land in Karachi. A settlement was reached whereby Riaz’s assets would be transferred from the UK to Pakistan instead of a fine being levied. Khan and his wife were accused of obtaining land from Riaz to facilitate the US$ 240 million repatriation [Mallik 2023, 12 May]. The land was then allocated to the Al-Qadir Trust, a charitable organisation founded by philanthropist Abdul Sattar Edhi, which was established in Islamabad a few weeks after the Imran-led government approved the agreement with Riaz [Daily Patriot 2023, 9 May; Dawn 2023, 9 May; Niazi 2023, 9 May; The Friday Times 2023, 10 May; The Express Tribune 2023, 10 May; Reuters 2023, 10 May; The News 2023, 10 May].

Khan’s popularity has only risen since his ouster in 2022, as demonstrated by the PTI’s successes in provincial elections in Punjab and KP [Mangi 2023, 7 March; The News 2023, 4 April]. For this reason, according to the former Premier, all the charges and allegations against him were politically motivated and aimed at keeping him from leading PTI’s election campaign [The News 2023, 7 March; The Express Tribune 2023, 31 March]. After his arrest, protests erupted across Pakistan, and military installations were raided by angry mobs.

Similarly, the Supreme Court ruled the arrest of the PTI chairman unlawful and unconstitutional because it violated the petitioner’s right of access to justice and «the sanctity and safety of the court as he had already surrendered to the court for seeking judicial relief against the action taken by NAB» [Fraser & Davies 2023, 10 May; Bhatti 2023, 11 May]. Imran Khan was then granted protected bail, which prevented him from being re-arrested on the same charges. Despite the rulings, the corruption charges against Mr. Khan persisted [Shafqt 2023, 12 May].

Police also arrested close aides of Imran Khan. PTI Vice President Fawad Chaudhry was jailed and later released on charges of threatening the chief of the ECP and other government officials after he criticised the appointment of the caretaker chief minister in Punjab. Awami Muslim League Chief Sheikh Rashid, a close aide of Imran Khan, faced charges for his allegation that Pakistan People’s Party (PPP) Co-Chairman Asif Ali Zardari plotted to assassinate Khan in 2023 [Zake 2023, 4 February]. In April 2023, Punjab police and anti-corruption officials conducted an arrest operation at the residence of PTI President Parvez Elahi as part of a case being handled by the Lahore High Court. The police operation was unsuccessful, as Elahi was absent, but he was arrested in a corruption case later in June 2023 [The Express Tribune 2023, 28 April; The Nation 2023, 3 June].

On 5 August 2023, an Islamabad trial court declared Khan guilty of corrupt practices in the Toshakhana case and sentenced him to three years in prison. The case was named after the treasury («Toshakhana») where gifts handed to government officials from foreign officials are kept [Joles 2023, 5 April]. Allegedly, in his asset declarations, Khan concealed details of money that he earned – about US$ 635,000 – from selling gifts that he had received while in office [NDTV 2023, 14 March]. Again, Khan defended himself and denied the charges, arguing that he used the proceeds from selling the gifts for public purposes. He was arrested by Punjab police from his residence in Lahore and transferred to Attock Jail [Gul 2023, 6 August]. This time, Mr. Khan urged his supporters to stage peaceful protests, and he was taken into custody without any significant resistance [Masood & Goldbaum 2023, 4 August]. At the end of September, Khan was transferred to Adiala Jail in Rawalpindi, which offered better facilities.

Again, the judiciary – the Supreme Court Bar Association – expressed reservations about the legality of the judgment leading to Khan’s arrest due to its alleged blatant violation of the Islamabad High Court’s order, in which the trial court judge was asked to re-examine the jurisdiction of the ECP’s complaint. According to Khan’s lawyer, the trial had been conducted without allowing the accused to defend himself [Davies & Walsh 2023, 6 August]. In response to his appeal, on 29 August 2023, a federal court suspended Imran Khan’s corruption conviction and three-year jail sentence, ordering his release on bail. The federal court motivated the decision, arguing that the sentence was unlawful and breached Khan’s fundamental right to due process and a fair trial.

Despite the suspension, the verdict disqualified Khan from holding public office for five years under Article 63(1)(h) of the Constitution [Yusuf 2023, 8 August; Radford 2023, 9 August].3 Additionally, Khan was not released due to a separate case registered by the Federal Investigation Agency against him for allegedly violating the Official Secrets Act and sharing information on a «cypher» cable, for which he was indicted on 23 October 2023. The case referred to a cable, leaked in early August 2023, that documented an alleged conversation between US State Department officials and the then-ambassador of Pakistan to the US about ousting Khan from power over his neutrality on Russia’s war in Ukraine in exchange for better relations between Islamabad and Washington [Grim and Hussain 2023, 9 August; Gul 2023, 29 August; The News 2023, 29 August; DW 2023, 23 October].

4. The alleged interference by the military establishment in the political space

Khan blamed the Pakistani Army and its chief – General Asim Munir – for ordering his arrest and repeated allegations that Major General Faisal Naseer, a senior military figure, and Prime Minister Sharif were behind the November 2022 assassination attempt against him [Baloch & Ellis-Petersen 2023, 14 May]. Following Khan’s release on the Al-Qadir Trust case, the military announced that it would prosecute protesters who attacked military facilities following Khan’s arrest [Shirazi 2023, 15 May]. Many PTI leaders left the party – or even politics altogether – under the pressure related to their alleged role in the turmoil, while others were taken into custody [The Current, 11 May; Hussain 2023, 24 May; Samaa 2023, 24 May]. Formally, PTI leadership confirmed the party’s non-involvement in the protests and claimed that Pakistani intelligence agents were among the protesters, suggesting a plot between the military and the government aimed at dismantling the PTI, arresting Khan and having him tried by a military court to prevent him from contesting Pakistan’s general election. Analysts have largely concurred with the PTI’s assessment, tracing the reason for the arrests and consequential en masse resignations among PTI leaders to Khan’s attacks on the military leadership. Friction between Imran Khan and General Munir dates to the latter’s removal from his post as Director-General of the ISI in 2019, during Khan’s government [Siddiqa 2023, June; Ellis-Petersen & Baloch 2023, 3 June].

The concerns regarding the rise in military influence in the country’s political life were corroborated in August 2023, when the National Assembly – with a coalition majority including the PML-N and the PPP – passed two bills granting additional power to the armed forces.4 The Pakistan Army (Amendment) Bill 2023 criminalised criticism of the military establishment and enabled the military to act against such criticism [National Assembly of Pakistan 2023, 18 August]. The Official Secrets (Amendment) Bill 2023 gave security agencies unlimited discretionary powers to arrest those deemed a threat to national security and try them before military courts [Senate of Pakistan 2023, 18 August]. In the context of the forthcoming election, the two laws ensured the continued political weakening of the PTI and provided the military with the tools to counter Khan’s attacks. Compounding allegations of military interference in the political space, the military reportedly requested media silence on Imran Khan – including just the utterance of his name – and his campaign against the Army [Grim et al., 2023, 2 June; Davies 2023, 8 June; Mir 2023, 21 June]. As a by-product of the events of 9 May 2023, General Munir consolidated his position in the Army by ridding the top ranks of pro-Khan elements [Haqqani 2023, 9 August]. Sympathetic senior officers were removed, and disciplinary measures were taken against lower-ranking officers accused of not acting effectively to stop the Khan-induced turmoil [The Dawn, 26 June; Katju 2023, 29 June].

5. The postponement of the election

In January 2023, after the assemblies of both provinces under PTI control – Punjab and Khyber Pakhtunkhwa – were dissolved and caretaker governments were appointed, the PTI called on the ECP to schedule fresh elections [Ani News 2023, 18 January; The News 2023, 26 January; Ahmed 2023, 26 January; Hussain 2023, 13 March]. In March 2023, the ECP announced the delay of the elections in the two provinces until 8 October in Punjab and a to-be-determined date in KP on account of economic stress and the rising threat of terrorism. The Supreme Court of Pakistan rejected this ECP decision as a violation of the Constitution, which stipulates that elections must be held within 90 days of an assembly’s dissolution. Still, the PML-N government rejected the ruling of the Supreme Court, as only three judges reached the verdict after the other six recused themselves [The Washington Post 2023, 4 April]. Soon after, the National Assembly passed a resolution urging the Prime Minister not to accept the Supreme Court’s decision [Dawn 2023, 6 April]. In April 2023, talks began between Pakistan’s coalition government and former Prime Minister Imran Khan’s PTI, ultimately leading to an agreement to hold provincial and general elections on the same day [The Tribune 2023, 6 May].

On 9 August 2023, the national assemblies were dissolved [Daily Pakistan 2023, 18 July; Abrar 2023, 19 July]. After the results of the first-ever digital census were approved by the Council of Common Interests (the constitutional body that coordinates the relationship between the federal and provincial governments) in August 2023, the ECP announced that the general election would be delayed to 2024 due to the new constituency delimitations [Amilbhatti 2023, 6 August]. Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif confirmed this shortly before the dissolution of the assemblies [Shahzad 2023, 5 August; Khan 2023, 18 August; Nawaz 2023, 30 August]. On 12 August 2023, Prime Minister Sharif and opposition leader Raja Riaz announced that Anwaar-ul-Haq Kakar, a senator from Baluchistan, had been chosen as caretaker premier to steer the country until a new government was elected. Kakar, a former PML-N member, left that party and formed the Baluchistan Awami Party in 2017, becoming its spokesperson. He has been a member of the Senate Standing Committee on Defence, Foreign Affairs and Parliamentary Affairs and the Chairman of the Senate Standing Committee on Overseas Pakistanis and Human Resources. His close relationship with the military establishment led political analysts to allege that his nomination had come from the Army [The Guardian 2023, 12 August].

On 2 November 2023, Chief Election Commissioner Sikandar Sultan Raja and the President of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, Arif Alvi, agreed that the general elections would take place on 8 February 2024 [Yusuf 2023, 2 November]. Two days after the announcement, Fawad Chaudhry, once allied with Imran Khan, was arrested with no public explanation despite having distanced himself from the PTI [Dunya News 2023, 4 November]. Soon after, another top leader of the PTI party, Asad Umar, announced that he was quitting politics [The Express Tribune 2023, 11 November].

Analysts of the Pakistani political scene pointed out that both the accusatory fury against Imran Khan and the postponement of the elections in violation of the Constitution promoted the political objective of the PML-N – and of the PDM in general – of weakening the PTI in preparation for the voting process. Some analysts also stressed that the reduction of the PTI’s electoral reach could not have happened without the consent of the military establishment [Bokhari & Parkin 2023, 8 August]. In this regard, the alleged presence of a common political objective shared by the government forces and the military establishment was considered alarming as further militarising Pakistan’s political and judicial system [Sheikh 2023, August 2023; Khawar 2023, 24 August].

6. Foreign affairs amid internal instability

6.1. The relations with China

Beijing and Islamabad maintain a strong relationship despite the slow progress of the CPEC, the surge in extremism – which often targets Chinese nationals residing in Pakistan, triggering concern about the future of Chinese investment – and political instability [Shoaib & Basim 2023, 7 July]. Chinese authorities have repeatedly called for national political stability as a prerequisite to protect their investments under the Belt and Road Initiative. However, security and investment interests do not impact China’s broader strategic geopolitical interests in Pakistan, which serve to counter Indian power and facilitate Chinese economic prospects in Afghanistan. Thus, Pakistan’s instability does not pose a particularly serious threat to the China-Pakistan relationship. Since the CPEC was launched in 2013, Pakistan has had four prime ministers – Nawaz Sharif, Shahid Khaqan Abbasi, Imran Khan, and Shehbaz Sharif – from two different political parties. However, none of these political transitions led to a recalibration of the country’s partnership with Beijing; in fact, political cooperation with China has only grown over time, especially under the CPEC [Shannon 2023, 16 May]. The China-Pakistan partnership has proven to be resilient, as demonstrated by Beijing’s decision to grant a US$ 2 billion loan to Pakistan in August 2018, just days after Imran Khan’s election to the prime ministership, whose repayment, due on March 2023, was delayed by China in that date [SCMP 2018; Shahzad and Shahid 2023, 31 March]. Also, cooperation in energy, military, security and counterterrorism matters between the two countries has been ongoing and was only reinforced by Chinese Foreign Minister Qin Gang’s visit to Pakistan in May 2023 [Hussain 2023, 27 April; Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China 2023, 7 May; Shahzad 2023, 20 June]. On 31 July 2023, He Lifeng, the vice premier of China and member of the Central Committee of the Communist Party, visited Pakistan to participate in events commemorating the 10th anniversary of the CPEC. During these events, representatives from Pakistan and China signed several agreements to enhance bilateral cooperation and economic relations [Independent News Pakistan 2023, 31 July; Jamal 2023, November].

6.2. The relations with Russia

Sharif’s government has also pursued energy deals with Russia, following up on energy cooperation that was already on the bilateral agenda when former Prime Minister Imran Khan visited Moscow in 2022 [Corsi 2023: 391–392; Krishnankutty 2023, 13 June]. In April 2023, Sharif’s government finalised an agreement with Moscow on 100,000 metric tons of discounted crude oil imports – predominantly supplied by Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates – to provide its citizens with some relief in the lead-up to elections.5 Energy cooperation between Moscow and Islamabad has been economically challenging. Pakistan’s economic crisis reduces Islamabad’s long-term financial capacities and, therefore, the sustainability of the energy deal. Although not objected to by Washington, the arrangement and its modality – Pakistan used the Chinese Renminbi to pay Russia – raised concerns among US officials about the deal’s geopolitical implications. Pakistan continued to balance relations with Russia and the West, maintained a position of neutrality on the Russian-Ukrainian conflict, and avoided antagonising the US, which strongly influences global financial institutions. At the same time, Pakistan’s purchase added a buyer to Moscow’s sales of redirected oil from Western markets to India and China because of its invasion of Ukraine [Shahzad 2023, April 20; Business Recorder 2023, 26 April; Syed 2023, 28 April]. The April 2023 energy deal with Russia sealed the solid strategic partnership between the two countries, as confirmed by the statement of Russia’s Minister of Foreign Affairs commemorating the 75th anniversary of the establishment of diplomatic bilateral relations with Pakistan [Government of Pakistan 2023, 1 May; Krishnankutty 2023, 13 June; Ali 2023, 21 June].

6.3. The relations with the US

Pakistan-US bilateral relations have resumed and slowly improved since the tensions following Imran Khan’s accusation that the US contributed to his ouster in April 2022. As before, they have primarily focussed on transactional and security-related cooperation [Corsi 2023: 396–397; Jamal 2023, March]. Shifting US foreign policy priorities towards the Indo–Pacific and the war in Ukraine have reduced Islamabad’s ability to obtain economic or strategic advantages from Washington in exchange for security cooperation [Kapur 2023, 3 March; Ijaz et al. 2023]. However, Pakistan remained a valuable US ally. A series of communications and meetings between representatives of the two governments reiterated the mutual commitment to deepening bilateral ties, particularly after the humanitarian crisis that followed the 2022 floods [Yousaf 2022, 7 July; Hussain 2022, 8 July; U.S. Department of State 2022, 26 September; The News 2022, 27 September; Pakistan Observer 2023, 26 June]. Washington worked with the Pakistani military on counterterrorism efforts and other defence-related matters, including in Afghanistan, as demonstrated by the US State Department’s approval of a US$ 450 million sale of F-16 aircraft and related equipment to Pakistan in September 2023 [Reuters 2022, 8 September; Jamal 2022, October]. In February 2023, Pakistan and the US held high-level talks in Washington to coordinate security-related issues and explore potential new areas of cooperation. Nonetheless, in the year under review, the White House did not engage yet in a substantive «reset» of its bilateral ties with Islamabad, made necessary by its withdrawal from Afghanistan in 2021. The Biden Administration continued to support Pakistan’s democratic institutions while taking no position on the country’s domestic political disputes [Congressional Research Service 2023, 22 May]. The centrality of democratic principles and respect for the rule of law in US-Pakistan relations was reaffirmed by US Secretary of State Antony Blinken in a telephone conversation with Pakistani Foreign Minister Bilawal Bhutto Zardari in July 2023 [U.S. Department of State 2023, 24 July]. Still, the US remains mindful of the deepening political instability in Pakistan, public support for Khan and Islamabad’s efforts to strengthen its bilateral relations with China [Mishra & Sharma 2023, 23 June; Syed 2023, 9 August; The Frontier Post 2023, 9 August].

6.4. The engagement with the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation

On 4 and 5 May 2023, Pakistani Foreign Minister Bilawal Zardari Bhutto attended a meeting of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) hosted by India in Goa ahead of the SCO leaders’ summit scheduled for July 2023 in New Delhi. Bhutto’s visit was the first to India by a Pakistani Foreign Minister in 12 years [The Patriot 2023, 4 May; Business Recorder 2023, 5 May]. For Islamabad, the visit marked an opportunity to strengthen engagement with the SCO – led by China and Russia – and advance its foreign policy interests with the Central Asian member states, with which Pakistan had started intensifying relations under Khan’s government to expand trade and connectivity [Pandita 2023, 7 May]. From the perspective of India-Pakistan bilateral relations, Pakistan’s participation in the meeting was unsuccessful, as Bhutto Zardari only briefly met his counterpart, Minister of External Affairs of India Subrahmanyam Jaishankar, and did not have any substantial discussions with him. In fact, after their encounter, Jaishankar criticised Zardari’s statement on the weaponization of terrorism for «diplomatic point scoring» [Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2023, 5 May; Adil 2023, 8 May; Tiezzi 2023, 9 May].

The recent political and, allegedly, military-related crises in Pakistan have diminished the legitimacy of Pakistan’s government as a credible interlocutor of New Delhi. At the same time, it can’t be said that Pakistan’s crises significantly impacted ties with India, given that there was already a lack of ongoing dialogue and political will to repair the difficult relation with Islamabad on the part of New Delhi [Sobhan & Sham 2023, 16 May]. Addressing a presser to highlight the achievement of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs during his tenure, Bilawal Zardari Bhutto reiterated that Pakistan’s stance on bilateral relations with India was unequivocal and consistent; unless New Delhi revoked its illegal and unilateral acts of 2019 over Jammu and Kashmir, there was no space for meaningful engagement [The News 2023, 10 August].

7. Conclusions

The most prominent developments in Pakistan in 2023 revolved around the intersection of political and economic crises, particularly in the lead-up to the general elections.

In April 2022, Pakistan’s PTI government lost the support of the military and faced a vote of no confidence, leading to the ouster of Prime Minister Imran Khan. This political turmoil continued in 2023 with a dispute over the timing of constitutionally required elections. Khan found himself embroiled in a dire standoff with the coalition government led by the PML-N and marred by multiple legal battles. Many PTI leaders faced legal cases, and Khan himself was arrested in May 2023, leading to nationwide protests, clashes, and the resignation of PTI leaders and members. Khan remained popular despite the attack on him, but his political future dimmed when he was arrested again in August 2023 and sentenced to three years in prison, which disqualified him from holding public office for five years.

The detention of Khan, the postponement of provincial and general elections to 2024 and the strengthening of the military over civilian institutions raised suspicions of a military-led effort to side-line Khan and triggered concerns over the militarisation of Pakistan’s political and judicial systems.

Amid this political turmoil, Pakistan grappled with a severe economic crisis that was exacerbated by delays in receiving funds from the stalled bailout agreement reached with the IMF in 2019. A solution was eventually reached, facilitating the resumption of short-term financial assistance in exchange for the adoption of new austerity measures. Sharif’s government pursued a cautious foreign policy aimed at enhancing economic cooperation with various major powers.

Bibliography

Abrar, Mian, 2023, 19 July, ‘Ruling coalition mulling options to dissolve assemblies ahead of schedule’, Pakistan Today.

Adil, Hafsa, 2023, 8 May, ‘At SCO summit, India, Pakistan squabble over Kashmir, «terrorism»’, Al Jazeera.

Afzal, Madiha, 2023, 13 January, ‘Pakistan: Five major issues to watch in 2023’, Brookings.

Afzal, Madiha, 2023, 26 May, ‘Pakistan’s always-troubled democracy is on the brink once again’, Brookings.

Ahmad, Ahtasam, 2023, 14 April, ‘Can the IMF cure Pakistan’s economic malaise?’, The Friday Times.

Ahmad, Osama, & Gul, Alena, 2023, 21 November, ‘China’s Role in Pakistan’s Economic Crisis’, South Asian Voices.

Ahmed, Munir, 2023, 26 January, ‘Pakistan arrests senior leader from Ex-PM Imran Khan’s party’, The Diplomat.

Ali, Hasan, 2023, 21 June, ‘Why Pakistan army is targeting Imran Khan’s party’, The Christian Science Monitor.

Ali, Shafqat, 2023, 12 May, ‘Khan’s stunning arrest and dramatic release’, The Nation’.

Ali, Shafqat, 2023, 21 June, ‘Pakistan, Russia to expand ties’, The Nation.

Ali, Shahnawaz, 2023, 4 July, ‘With the IMF bailout secured, what will happen to Pakistan’s external account?’, Profit.

Amilbhatti, J, 2023, 6 August, ‘Pakistan verifies 241.49 mln population as top body approves 7th census’, The Star.

Anees, Mariyam Suleman, 2023, 4 May, ‘Pakistan’s economic crisis: What went wrong?’, The Diplomat.

Ani News, 2023, 18 January, ‘Pakistan: KP CM Mahmood Khan signs summary to dissolve provincial assembly’.

Asim, Abdul Raafai, 2022, 23 September, ‘A poorly managed firm?’, The News.

Baloch, Meer Shah, & Hannah, Ellis-Petersen, 2023, 14 May, ‘Imran Khan accuses Pakistan’s military of ordering his arrest’, The Guardian.

Baloch, Mohammad Zafar, 2023, 12 August, ‘Who is newly appointed interim PM?’, The Express Tribune.

Bhatti, Haseeb, 2023, 11 May, ‘SC terms Imran’s arrest «unlawful», direct him to appear before IHC tomorrow’, Dawn.

Bhowmick, Soumya, 2023, 24 June, ‘How CPEC went off the rails in Pakistan’, Asia Times.

Bokhari, Farhan, & Benjamin, Parkin, 2023, 8 August, ‘Pakistan election delay raises fears for democracy’, Financial Times.

Boni, Filippo, 2023, 23 May, ‘China investment in Pakistan has destabilised entire nation, says Filippo Boni’, Daily Express.

Brewster, David, 2023, 22 June, ‘Why the Pakistan crisis spells trouble for our region’, The Interpreter.

Business Recorder, 2023, 14 April, ‘Pakistan to receive $300mn from ICBC today: Dar’.

Business Recorder, 2023, 26 April, ‘Pakistan-Russia oil deal: Countries to make own sovereign decisions, says US’.

Business Recorder, 2023, 5 May, ‘Bilawal says «happy» on rare visit to India’.

Butt, Asad Ejaz, 2022, ‘Pakistan’s Fatiguing Interest in the IMF Reform Program’, South Asian Voices.

Congressional Research Service, 2023, 22 May, Pakistan and Pakistan-U.S. Relations.

Corsi, Marco, 2018, ‘Pakistan 2017: Vulnerabilities of the emerging market’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXVIII/2017.

Corsi, Marco, 2023 ‘Pakistan 2022: The geopolitics of Imran Khan’s fall and the fledgling government of Shehbaz Sharif’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022.

Daily Mail, 2023, 1 April, ‘China rolls over $2b loan to Pakistan: Dar’.

Daily Pakistan, 2023, 6 April, ‘Saudi Arabia assures crucial financial support to help Pakistan revive IMF bailout’.

Daily Pakistan, 2023, 13 August, ‘Pakistan suspends Russian crude oil purchases’.

Daily Pakistan, 2023, 18 July, ‘PML-N, PPP «agree» to early dissolution of National Assembly’.

Daily Patriot, 2023, 4 April, ‘Imran’s interim bail has extended in three cases by ATC’.

Daily Patriot, 2023, 9 May, ‘Why Imran got arrested? Imran Khan Arrested Over Corruption Allegations Linked to Al-Qadir Trust’.

Davies, Caroline, 2023, 8 June, ‘Why Imran Khan has disappeared from Pakistan’s media’, BBC.

Davies, Carrie, & Walsh, Aoife, 2023, 6 August, ‘Imran Khan: Pakistan ex-PM given three-year jail sentence’, BBC.

Dawn, 2006, 16 May, ‘Text of the Charter of Democracy’.

Dawn, 2023, 6 April, ‘NA passes resolution rejecting SC’s Punjab elections ruling, urges PM to not obey it’.

Dawn, 2023, 26 June, ‘Lieutenant general among 3 sacked as part of army’s self-accountability into May 9 incidents: DG ISPR’.

Dawn, 2023, 9 June, ‘«No new taxes» in Rs14.5tr FY24 budget presented by FM Dar’.

Dawn, 2023, 9 May, ‘Imran arrest: What is the Al Qadir Trust case?’,

Ellis-Petersen, Hannah, & Baloch, Shah Meer, 2023, 3 June, ‘Imran Khan’s political games leave him isolated as Pakistan army destroys party’, The Guardian.

Dunya News, 2023, 4 November, ‘Wife says Fawad Chaudhry is arrested, driven away to undisclosed place’.

DW, 2023, 23 October, ‘Ex-Pakistani PM Khan indicted over sharing official secrets’.

First Post, 2023, 16 February, ‘Pakistan’s «mini-budget» gives major shocker to common man: How petrol, ghee, cigarettes have become unaffordable.

Fraser, Simon, & Davies, Caroline, 2023, 10 May, ‘Imran Khan: Mass protests across Pakistan after ex-PM arrest’, BBC.

Government of Pakistan, Finance Division, 2022, Federal Budget Documents 2023–24.

Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2023, 1 May, Pakistan and Russia commemorate 75th Anniversary of the establishment of Diplomatic Relations.

Government of Pakistan, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2023, 5 May, Statement by H.E. Mr. Bilawal Bhutto Zardari, Foreign Minister of Pakistan during the SCO Council of Foreign Ministers Meeting.

Grim, Ryan, & Murtaza, Hussain, 2023, 9 August, ‘Secret Pakistan Cable Documents U.S. Pressure to Remove Imran Khan’, The Intercept.

Grim, Ryan, Murtaza, Hussain, & Waqas, Ahmed, 2023, 2 June, ‘In secret meeting, Pakistani military ordered press to stop covering Imran Khan’, The Intercept.

Gul, Ayaz, 2023, 6 August, ‘Khan’s Party Slams Pakistan Authorities for Keeping Ex-PM in Notorious Jail’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2023, 19 March, ‘Pakistan’s Ex-PM Khan Hit With New Terror Charges’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2023, 25 March, ‘Pakistan’s Ex-PM Khan Holds Massive Rally to Press for Elections’, Voice of America.

Gul, Ayaz, 2023, 29 August, ‘Pakistan’s Ex-PM Khan Remains in Jail After Suspension of Sentence’, Voice of America.

Haqqani, Husain, 2023, 9 August, ‘Pakistan’s Military Won’t Loosen Its Grip’, Foreign Policy.

Hussain, 2023, 22 August, ‘Amidst controversy on official picked by Alvi «refuses» to work with him’, The Pakistan.

Hussain, Abid, 2023, 16 February, ‘As cash runs out, Pakistan introduces bill to unlock IMF funds’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2023, 27 April, ‘China to «deepen and expand» military ties with Pakistan, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Abid, 2023, 24 May, ‘Why have dozens of leaders quit Imran Khan’s party in Pakistan?’, Al Jazeera.

Hussain, Shahid, 2023, 13 March, ‘ECP contempt case: Imran Khan, Fawad Chaudhry’s arrest warrants suspended’, The News.

Ijaz, Hamza, Imran Khan, Maryam, Kiyani, & Adnan, Rafiq, 2023, 10 March. Rethinking US-Pakistan Relations in the Age of Great Power Competition, United States Institute of Peace.

Imdad, 2023, 3 July, ‘Pakistan became fourth biggest IMF debtor’, The Pakistan.

Independent News Pakistan, 2023, 31 July, ‘Pakistan, China sign six agreements & MoUs for promotion of bilateral ties’.

International Monetary Fund, Country Report No. 2023/26, 2023, 18 July, Pakistan: Request for a Stand-by Arrangement-Press Release; Staff Report; Staff Statement; and Statement by the Executive Director for Pakistan.

International Monetary Fund, Pakistan, 2020, History of Lending Commitments as of February 29.

International Monetary Fund, Press Release No. 19/264, 2019, 3 July, Executive Board Approves US$6 billion 39-Month Extended Fund Facility Arrangement for Pakistan

International Monetary Fund, Press Release No. 23/251, 2023, 29 June, IMF Reaches Staff-level Agreement with Pakistan on a US$3 billion Stand-By Arrangement.

Irfa, Wara, 2023, 28 February, ‘«Eating less, travelling less»: How Pakistanis are coping with sky-high inflation’, Dawn.

Jain, Alka, 2023, 26 March, ‘Pakistan Inflation soars to 47%, Onions up to 228% and wheat up 120% ǀ Full list’, Mint.

Jamal, Umair, 2023, March, ‘Pakistan Tries to Win Back the US, With Little Success’, The Diplomat Magazine, Issue 100 (https://magazine.thediplomat.com/#/issues/-NOnhNsepAeYU4skWADa).

Jamal, Umair, 2023, June, ‘Will Russian Oil Solve Pakistan’s Problems?’, The Diplomat Magazine, Issue 103 (https://magazine.thediplomat.com/#/issues/-NWGkzvA9CyZDwkmpaJC).

Jamal, Umair, 2023, November, ‘Pakistani Prime Minister Kakar’s Rare Xinjiang Visit’, The Diplomat Magazine, Issue 108 (https://magazine.thediplomat.com/#/issues/-NhgK1eQgtP4gUaG6uyC).

Janjua, Haroon, 2023, 3 July, ‘Will IMF deal end Pakistan’s economic misery?’, DW.

Joles, Betsy, 2023, 5 April, ‘The Many Trials of Imran Khan’, Foreign Policy.

Kapur, Paul, 2023, 3 March, A United States-Pakistan Rapprochement?, Observer Research Foundation.

Katju, Vivek, 2023, 29 June, ‘How Army Chief Asim Munir damaged Imran Khan’s popularity and became Pakistan’s final arbiter’, Firstpost.

Khan, Iftikhar A., 2023, 18 August, ‘Polls not possible this year after ECP decision’, Dawn.

Khawar, Usama, 2023, 24 August, ‘Constitutional quagmire: Untangling the delay in Pakistan’s general elections’, Dawn.

Krishnankutty, Pia, 2023, 13 June, ‘«Dosti zindabad» – Lavrov hails 75 yrs of Russia-Pakistan ties, says oil project in final stage’, The Print.

Leather, Gareth, 2023, 26 June, ‘Pakistan hikes rates as IMF deal nears’, Capital Economics.

Mallik, Ayaz, 2023, May 12, ‘Imran Khan’s Arrest Has Brought Pakistan One Step Closer to the Brink’, Jacobin.

Mangi, Faseeh, 2023, 7 March, ‘Imran Khan Popularity Soars Ahead of Vote, Pakistan Survey Shows’, Bloomberg.

Mangi, Faseeh, 2023, 5 February, ‘Why Pakistan Is Struggling to Get Another IMF Bailout’, Bloomberg.

Masood, Salman, & Goldbaum, Christina, 2023, 5 August, ‘Imran Khan Sentenced to Prison, Likely Dashing Hopes of Political Comeback’, The New York Times.

Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, 2023, 7 May, 4th round of Pakistan-China Foreign Ministers’ Strategic Dialogue Joint Press Release.

Mir, Hamid, 2023, 21 June, ‘I literally cannot say Imran Khan’s name on Pakistani TV – this madness has to end’, The Guardian.

Mishra, Vivek, & Sarral Sharma, 2023, 23 June, Why’s US silent on Pak turmoil?, Observer Research Foundation.

Naqvi, Syed, & Hussain Mushahid, 2023, 7 June, ‘Pakistan’s Precarious Crossroads’, South Asian Voices.

National Assembly of Pakistan, 2023, 18 August, Pakistan Army (Amendment) Bill 2023.

Nawaz, Maryam, 2023, 30 August, ‘ECP has right to set election date, law ministry to President Alvi’, The News.

NDTV, 2023, 14 March, ‘Explained: What Toshakhana Case Is Against Imran Khan’.

Niazi, Abdullah, 2023, 9 May, ‘What is the story behind the Al-Qadir trust case that Imran Khan has been arrested for?’, Profit.

Outlook, 2023, 14 March, ‘Pakistan Crisis: IMF Seeks «200% Assurances» On Bailout Terms, Pakistan Seeks US Help For IMF Deal, Says Report’.

Pakistan Institute of Development Economics, 2022, September, PIDE Commentary On The 23rd IMF Program For Pakistan.

Pakistan Observer, 2023, 26 June, ‘Blome for further strengthening bilateral ties with Pakistan’.

Pandita, K.N., 2023, 7 May, ‘China & Pakistan Are «Butchering» The Very Basic Charter Of SCO & Making A Mockery Of So-Called Alliance: OPED’, The Eurasian Times.

Radford, Antoinette, 2023, 9 August, ‘Pakistan: Imran Khan barred from politics for five years’, BBC.

Rana, Shahbaz, 2023, 30 May, ‘IMF spells out terms to unlock bailout’, The Express Tribune.

Rana, Shahbaz, 2023, 6 April, ‘Pakistan’s Existential Economic Crisis’, United Institute of Peace.

Rasul, Golam, 2023, 2 April, ‘Why Pakistan faces a persistent economic crisis?’ Pakistan Today.

Reuters, 2023, 30 June, ‘Pakistan’s last-gasp IMF bailout as it happened’.

Reuters, 2023, 10 May, ‘What is the corruption case against Imran Khan?’.

Samaa, 2023, 24 May, ‘Fawad Chaudhry parts ways with Imran Khan’.

Satti, Waqar, 2023, 25 June, ‘NA approves bill limiting parliamentarians’ disqualification to 5 years’, Geo News.

[SCMP 2018] South China Morning Post, 2018, 2 August, ‘China agrees US$2 billion loan to Pakistan, report says, as Beijing seeks to keep Imran Khan close’.

Senate of Pakistan, 2023, 18 August, The Official Secrets (Amendment) Bill 2023.

Shahid, Ariba, 2023, 15 June, ‘IMF says Pakistan’s 2024 budget a missed opportunity as loan deal deadline looms’, Reuters.

Shahzad, Asif, 2023, 20 April, ‘Exclusive: Pakistan makes its first purchase of discounted Russian oil’, Reuters.

Shahzad, Asif, 20 June, 2023, ‘Pakistan and China sign $4.8 billion nuclear power plant deal’, Reuter.

Shahzad, Asif, 2023, 5 August, ‘Pakistan election to be delayed by new census’, Reuters.

Shahzad, Asif, and Ariba Shahid, 2023, 31 March, ‘China rolls over $2 bln loan to Pakistan as it struggles with external liquidity’, Reuters.

Sheikh, Salman Rafi, 2023, 23 August, ‘Pakistan’s military can now legally do whatever it wants’, Nikkei Asia.

Shirazi, Iftikhar, 2023, 15 May, ‘«Spoilers» behind attack on military installations to face trials under Army Act, vows top brass’, Dawn.

Shoaib, Muhammad, & Syed, Raza Basim, 2023, 7 July, ‘The Myth of Rifts in China-Pakistan Relations’, The Diplomat.

Siddiqa, Ayesha, 2023, 1 June, ‘Pakistan in Crisis: Imran Khan vs. the Army Chief’, The Diplomat.

Singh, Aditya Kumar, and Rahul Rawat, 2023, 26 May, ‘The Battle for Supremacy in Pakistan: Asim Munir Vs Imran Khan’, The Diplomat.

Sobhan, Shakeel, & Shamil Sham, 2023, 16 May, ‘How is India looking at Pakistan’s political crisis?’, DW.

Soomro, AAH, 2023, 1 May, ‘IMF programme revival mother of all solutions’, The Express Tribune.

Soumya, Bhowmick, & Nilanjan Ghosh, 2023, 31 May, Debt ad Infinitum: Pakistan’s Macroeconomic Catastrophe, Observer Research Foundation.

State Bank of Pakistan, 2023, Liquid Foreign Exchange Reserves.

Syed, Wajid Ali, 2023, 9 August, ‘Deciding future of country’s politics Pakistanis’ prerogative: US’, The News.

Syed, Wajid Ali, 2023¸ 28 April, ‘Pakistan consulted US before inking crude oil deal with Russia: Masood Khan’, The News.

The Current, 2023, 11 May, ‘PTI leaders who have been arrested so far’.

The Current, 2023, 27 April, ‘Pakistan’s economic stability remains fragile despite increase in forex reserves’.

The Economic Times, 2023, 24 June, ‘Pakistan reviews FY2024 budget as last ditch effort to clinch IMF deal’.

The Express Tribune, 2023, 31 March, ‘Imran links «crackdown» on PTI to «unprecedented popularity»’.

The Express Tribune, 2023, 31 March, ‘Imran’s non-bailable warrant converted into bailable’.

The Express Tribune, 2023, 10 May, ‘Imran indicted in Toshakhana case despite «boycotting» proceedings’.

The Express Tribune, 2023, 11 November, ‘PTI loses strong wicket’.

The Friday Times, 2023, 4 April, ‘The Devastating Truth: Pakistan And PTI Summed Up In TIME Magazine’.

The Friday Times, 2023, 10 May, ‘Imran Indicted In Toshakhana Reference’, NAB Gets 8-Day Remand.

The Frontier Post, 2023, 10 August, ‘US says watching Pakistan political unrest with «concern»’.

The Frontier Post, 2023, 27 September, ‘Pakistan receives first shipment of Russian LPG: embassy’.

The Guardian, 2023, 12 August, ‘Pakistan appoints little-known senator as caretaker PM’.

The Nation, 2023, 3 June, ‘Elahi re-arrested in another corruption case soon after release’.

The Nation, 2023, 10 May, ‘Without IMF bailout, default imminent for Pakistan, warns Moody’s’.

The News, 2023, 4 April, ‘Imran Khan shares plan to get country back on track’.

The News, 2023, 10 August, ‘No space left for meaningful engagement with India, says Bilawal’.

The News, 2023, 29 August, ‘Imran Khan’s conviction, disqualification to remain intact despite IHC verdict’.

The News, 2023, 10 January, ‘Punjab interim cabinet takes oath’.

The News, 2023, 12 March, ‘Imran Khan «readies plan» amid looming arrest threats’.

The News, 2023, 13 March, ‘Imran Khan leads rally in Lahore despite «threats»’.

The News, 2023, 14 March, ‘Judge threatening case: Islamabad court suspends Imran Khan’s arrest warrant’.

The News, 2023, 7 March, ‘Pakistanis’ trust in Imran Khan rises ahead of elections’.

The News, 2023, 10 May, ‘Al-Qadir Trust: All you need to know about corruption case against Imran Khan’.

The Patriot, 2023, 4 July, ‘Energy crises in Pakistan’.

The Patriot, 2023, 4 May, ‘India-Pakistan Foreign Relations. First Time in 12 Years Bilawal Bhutto Visits to India 2023’.

The Times of India, 2023, 5 February, ‘Pakistan, IMF at odds over Rs 900 billion fiscal gap’.

The Tribune, 2023, 6 May, ‘Pakistan Government, PTI agree to hold same-day elections across country; date yet to be decided’.

The Washington Post, 2023, 4 April, ‘Pakistan court rules delay of provinces’ votes unlawful’.

The World Bank, 2023, April, Pakistan Development Update. Recent Economic Developments, Outlook, and Risks.

Tiezzi, Shannon, 2023, 16 May, ‘China-Pakistan Relations: The Eye of the Storm?’, The Diplomat.

Tiezzi, Shannon, 2023, 9 May, ‘Pakistan wants a more stable relationship with India, but «that doesn’t mean it wants to pursue reconciliation»’, The Diplomat.

U.S. Department of State, 2022, 26 September, Secretary Antony J. Blinken with Pakistani Foreign Minister Bilawal Bhutto Zardari to Commemorate the 75th Anniversary of U.S.-Pakistan Relations.

U.S. Department of State, 2023, 24 July, Secretary Blinken’s Call with Pakistani Foreign Minister Bhutto Zardari.

Wallen, Joe, 2023, 16 May, ‘Pakistan: In the Eye of the Political Storm’, The Diplomat.

Yusuf, Nausheen, 2023, 8 August, ‘After Toshakhana verdict, ECP disqualifies Imran Khan for 5 years’, The News.

Yusuf, Nausheen, 2023, 2 November, ‘Elections in Pakistan on Feb 8’, The News.

Zake, Arfa Feroz, 2023, 4 February, ‘Court sends Sheikh Rashid on judicial remand’, The News.

1 Salient features of the taxation measures included raising the General Sales Tax (GST) from 17% to 18% on imported goods (and to 25% for luxurious items); increasing the prices of natural gas and oil, which was one of the preconditions of the IMF to release the tranche; and increasing federal excise duties on several goods, including tobacco, aerated water, sugary drinks and cement [Times of India 2023, 5 February; First Post 2023, 16 February; Irfa 2023, 28 February; Jain 2023, 26 March].

2 Details of the IMF’s Stand-By Arrangements can be found in the IMF’s factsheet, available at: https://www.imf.org/en/About/Factsheets/Sheets/2023/Stand-By-Arrangement-SBA.

3 An amendment passed by the National Assembly in June 2023 limited the disqualification of a parliamentarian to a maximum of five years, enabling those who had been barred for life from public office to pursue a potential return [Satti 2023, 25 June]. Among those who could benefit from the amendment, it is worth mentioning not only Imran Khan himself but also the PML-N supremo Nawaz Sharif, who was disqualified in 2017 and who returned to Pakistan in October 2023 after four years of self-exile in London [Corsi 2018: 353–356].

4 Both parties are signatories of the 2006 Charter of Democracy, through which they pledged to refuse military support for political ends by reaffirming the supremacy of civilian government [Dawn 2006, 16 May].

5 Reportedly, Pakistan planned to import two-thirds of its oil requirements from Russia [Jamal 2023, June]. However, after receiving the first Russian oil tanker, Islamabad suspended crude oil imports from Moscow, as local refineries failed to extract as much petrol and diesel out of imported crude as they extract from Gulf crudes [Daily Pakistan 2023, 13 August]. At the end of September 2023, the first shipment of liquified petroleum gas from Russia reached Pakistan [The Frontier Post 2023, 27 September].

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Sri Lanka 2023: Wickremesinghe’s first six months between economic recovery and political uncertainty

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The country’s effort to emerge from the economic and political crisis characterized the year under review for Sri Lanka. After long negotiations, Colombo managed to reach an agreement with international partners on financial aid, accompanied by a program of profound economic, fiscal and government reforms. These have weighed heavily on the population, especially the less well-off classes who reacted with widespread protests and strikes. At the same time, Colombo managed to obtain a partial consent to the restructuring of its debt with Beijing. On the political level, the year was characterized by a harsh confrontation between President Wickremesinghe and the opposition, and by civil society protests against the government’s apparent inaction in shedding light on responsibility for political violence in the country. There also remained considerable uncertainty about the government’s willingness to respect the electoral agenda which called for presidential and parliamentary elections by 2024.

Keywords – Sri Lanka; Ranil Wickremesinghe; financial crisis; popular protest; democracy in South Asia.

1. Introduction

Sri Lanka’s economy has shown a recovery trend during 2023. After reaching the threshold of collapse in 2022, with crowds of protesters storming the residences of the prime minister and president, the government of Ranil Wickremesinghe apparently managed to weather the storm, bringing the country and its economic fundamentals towards a relative stability. This was achieved thanks to massive international economic support, and passing through the forks of financial default, which dealt a hard blow to the country’s international reputation. Moreover, Sri Lanka’s dependence on foreign investments and remittances was cruelly exposed, opening big question marks over Colombo’s capacity for structural economic reforms. However, if the economy seemed to emerge from the storm, people’s living conditions remained decidedly worse than pre-crisis, especially for the poorer social groups. Not unexpectedly, the economic situation strongly influenced political events during the year. Negotiations undertaken by Colombo with multilateral and bilateral lenders for financial recovery became the subject of bitter political debate between the government and the opposition. Issues such as economic, fiscal and government reforms, relations with India, China, and the West, and the responsibility for the economic crisis were deeply divisive issues. In the meantime, political actors begun preparations for the next presidential and parliamentary elections scheduled for 2024, which were perceived as a sort of showdown between the parties. To the disappointment of the main parliamentary opposition groups, the polls did not seem to reward them. Rather, the political scenario projected a clear advantage for the extreme left. The fact that this political area was very critical of the austerity measures cast a serious shadow on the future of the country. The Sri Lankan crisis highlighted the distance between the position of multilateral bodies such as the International Monetary Fund [IMF] and the World Bank [WB], on the one hand, and Beijing, on the other, on assistance for countries in financial difficulty. At the same time, the evolution of the Sri Lankan crisis intensified the trend already underway the previous year of a rapprochement between Colombo and Delhi.

2. Wickremesinghe’s first six months as president

It is undeniable that the figures who took command of the country after the July 2022 disaster demonstrated considerable ability. It must especially be noted that current president Ranil Wickremesinghe, who first took over as interim prime minister and was then elected president by parliament, while managing to steer the Sri Lankan economy away from the financial storm, had initially been underestimated by public opinion. More important, Wickremesinghe had a troubled relationship with the Aragalaya movement. In the most intense days of the popular protest, the appointment of Wickremesinghe as prime minister to replace Mahinda Rajapaksa had not at all satisfied the demands of the demonstrators, who directed heavy criticism at him and even targeted his personal residence. The veteran politician appeared too compromised with the past, and with the Rajapaksa’s power system to represent any real change. This criticism appeared to be well founded when Wickremesinghe, once elected president by parliament, appointed Dinesh Gunawardena of the Sri Lanka Podujana Peramuna [SLPP] – the party to which former president Gotabaya Rajapaksa and prime minister Mahinda Rajapaksa belong – as prime minister. In order to understand this point, it should be remembered that the protest movement, although primarily the result of the disastrous management of the economy and the COVID-19 pandemic, at the beginning had a much broader ambition. The resignation of the Rajapaksas was seen by Aragalaya activists as the first step towards a more general transformation of Sri Lankan politics, which should have a generational and ethical character. From this point of view, it is undeniable that the results of the transition, while reassuring regarding the recovery of the Sri Lankan economy, disappointed the expectations of the younger generation and civil society [Keenan 2022].

A fundamental reason that made the president disliked by most of the proponents of change was that his appointment was perceived as a co-optation by the Rajapaksas. The fact that Wickremesinghe had not been elected by popular vote but by parliament aggravated this perception, indicating that he lacked popular legitimacy. The belief that the president had been chosen by the powerful family to save their system of power and prepare their return to government was so widespread in the country that he himself felt the need to publicly deny it. Addressing parliament in March about the economic recovery efforts, Wickremesinghe thought of denying «allegations being levelled…that [my] objective was not to rescue the country from an economic crisis but to safeguard the Rajapaksa family» [PMD 2023]. Yet, despite his proud self-defence, Wickremesinghe could not deny that he relied on the support of the SLPP to be elected president, and that the SLPP’s support was crucial to maintain his parliamentary majority throughout the year [Abenante 2023: 379].

Moreover, from the beginning there was a feeling of mutual hostility between Wickremesinghe and the Aragalaya movement. Over the course of the year, the President maintained the same distrustful attitude towards the protest that he expressed since its inception, portraying it as a violent phenomenon based on a subversive political plan. Particularly significant to this regard was the President’s speech at the International Forum of the Democratic Union held in London in June 2023, which caused a particular stir. Here Wickremesinghe offered a lengthy examination of the Aragalaya, describing it as a movement that far from being spontaneous had a precise anti-democratic subversive plan. The president also cited episodes of great violence between protesters and security forces. According to many observers, this picture was decidedly exaggerated if not totally false, and ignored the predominantly peaceful character maintained by the protest [Keenan 2023: 4; Daily FT 2023, 29 June]. The president’s statements contributed to the impression that the new government maintained the same intolerant attitude towards political dissent as the previous regime. As discussed in the next paragraphs, this impression was then supported by concrete evidence regarding the government’s attitude towards dissent. This further disappointed those sections of civil society who were calling for a change of pace from the Rajapaksa system. In fact, one of the key points of the movement, beyond economic reform, was the end of the «muscular» approach that characterized Sri Lankan politics during the Rajapaksa era. The fact that Ranil Wickremesinghe combined with his presidential position a series of key ministerial portfolios – namely those of Finance, Defence, Technology, Women and Child Affairs and Social Empowerment – undoubtedly contributed to building the picture of an excessive concentration of power within the executive [The Island Online 2022, 27 July].

3. Transparency on political violence and terrorism

Another delicate issue on which the executive was criticized by the opposition was its insufficient commitment to stop acts of political violence. Apparently the Wickremesinghe government has not strayed from the line of impunity towards violence committed by security agencies against political opponents. Human rights activists and international observers had requested that the controversial Prevention of Terrorists Act of 1979 [PTA] be scrapped. However, the government continued to implement it. Furthermore, in March the government announced a new bill, the Anti-Terrorism Act [ATA], which would replace the PTA and which, according to analysts, would give the government even more repressive powers than the PTA [Keenan 2023: 4; Daily FT 2023, 28 March]. While the opposition protested vigorously against the bill, the government chose to defend it from criticism. During a parliamentary debate, Justice Minister Wijeyadasa Rajapakshe argued that the ATA’s public order measures were less stringent than anti-terrorism rules in force in many European countries including the United Kingdom [Indrajit 2024, 11 January].

Similar disappointment was expressed by the opposition and civil society regarding the developments of the investigations into the 2019 Easter Sunday attacks. Here the state’s inactivity seemed obvious: four years after the terrorist attack, no perpetrator had been identified and no concrete results of the investigations were known. Furthermore, in August, some press reports, based on confidential testimonies from within the security forces, caused a stir. According to these reports, there was connivance on the part of the Rajapaksas’ power circle with the Islamist organization held responsible for the attack. According to these testimonies, some state agencies had established contacts with terrorist groups in order to create a climate of tension in the country, favourable to the government. This complicity would explain the great difficulties encountered by the judiciary and the police in carrying out the investigations on the attack [Seale 2023, 6 September]. A further controversy that drew criticism of the president concerned the investigation into violence committed by security forces during Sri Lanka’s civil war [1983-2009]. This issue was hotly debated during the year, as 2023 marked the 40th anniversary of Black July, the anti-Tamil pogrom that in 1983 left at least 4,000 people dead and forced hundreds of thousands to flee their homes [Srinivasan 2023, 28 July].

The scars of the war have continued to reopen in the public debate also thanks to the discovery of the mass graves of the victims of the massacres perpetrated against both the Sinhalese and the Tamils [Tamil Guardian 2023, 6 July]. For about ten years the UN Human Rights Council has pressured Colombo to shed light on the responsibility of the armed forces in these atrocities. After various promises to this effect, in May the government presented the proposal to establish a National Unity and Reconciliation Commission [NURC]. According to the government, the NURC would be modelled on the experience of the South Africa Truth and Reconciliation Commission, and was based on a study mission carried out by the Colombo authorities in South Africa [Keenan 2023: 3; The Sunday Times 2023, 9 April].

Associations representing the victims’ families, NGOs and civil society actors were not enthusiastic about the government’s initiative. They highlighted two issues: first, the commission was placed entirely under state control rather than under an independent authority; this made it unlikely that the commission would seriously shed light on the responsibilities of the state itself in the exercise of violence. Second, the government did not seem to want to take the victims’ families and civil society organizations into confidence; in fact, the commission had only sporadic contacts with the families of the victims. This raised fears that the creation of the NURC was aimed solely at taking the country out of the international spotlight, and normalizing relations with foreign donors, rather than establishing accountability for past crimes.

Doubts about the seriousness of President Wickremesinghe’s intentions were apparently legitimized by precedent. Between 2015 and 2017, the current president – who at the time held the office of prime minister under the presidency of Maithripala Sirisena – had repeatedly given signs of a lack of will to pursue the path of accountability. In 2015, he had promised to establish a truth commission, a commitment he never kept. Then, following international pressure, the government had created two transitional courts of justice, the Office on Missing Persons and the Office for Reparations; however, both courts were politically and financially too weak to play any effective role [Keenan 2023: 4].

Not surprisingly, the North East Coordination Committee, a collective of 16 Tamil civil society organisations, called on foreign observers to reject the NURC and form an independent international commission to investigate war crimes [Tamil Guardian 2023, 25 July]. Nonetheless, judging by international reactions, the government seemed to convince at least some of the foreign partners. The Japanese government expressed appreciation for Colombo’s initiatives, while the South African authorities confirmed their support to Sri Lanka for the process of reconciliation. The achievement of the agreement between Colombo and the IMF on financial aid, which will be discussed in paragraph 5, seemed to be a further sign of the willingness of international partners to recognize Colombo’s accountability efforts, at least for the present time.

4. The government and the Buddhist monks

While Wickremesinghe’s presidency seemed to act politically in substantial continuity with the previous regime on various issues, there were also some signs of change. One of these concerned the connection between the representatives of religious authority and state power. Sri Lanka has a long history of Buddhist clergy interventionism in politics, and party leaders have often used religious symbols in their public discourse. This connection has deep roots in the country’s decolonization period. The first politician to seek the support of the monks was former prime minister S. W. R. D. Bandaranaike in the 1940s and 1950s. Although part of Sri Lanka’s post-colonial westernized elite, Bandaranaike was instrumental in the rediscovery of Sinhala culture, language and religion as part of the process of building Sri Lankan nationalism. The result of this search for «authenticity» was the creation of a public discourse in which Buddhist symbols and concepts played an increasingly important role [Rambukwella 2017: 383-387].

This process inevitably attracted the clergy into the political sphere, granting them the authority to legitimize – or delegitimize – political actors. Since then, Buddhism was an integral part of Sri Lanka’s political discourse, and the activism of monks was a constant feature of the island state [Rambukwella 2017: 383-387; Gunasekara 2023, 30 June]. For years, Buddhist clergy especially supported the SLPP; former president Gotabaya Rajapaksa and his brother Mahinda were helped by the monks in their election campaigns in 2019 and 2020. For their part, the Rajapaksas have often used religious symbols as part of their political message [Abenante 2023: 374].

There was, however, a significant development over the year in the relationship between the clergy and political parties. The economic crisis and the fall from power of the Rajapaksa brothers had consequences on the attitude of the monks towards the SLPP. The emergence of the Aragalaya and the unpopularity of the government left the clergy disoriented. While a section of the monks moved from active support for the Rajapaksas towards neutrality, another section began to openly criticize the former government for its management of the economy. Some of them even tried to establish relations with the Aragalaya, although unsuccessfully [Gunasekara 2023, 30 June]. The protest movement was strictly secular, and attempts by some monks to join the protests provoked polite but firm refusals. According to media reports, when a monk joined a protest in Colombo near parliament, he was sternly asked to leave [Gunasekara 2023, 30 June]. Nonetheless, over time, Aragalaya activists themselves gradually began to move away from their secular attitude to take on a more traditional political style. Several leaders of the movement publicly sought out members of the clergy, seeking their advice in the same way politicians did. At the same time, the SLPP struggled to save its special bond with the clergy. In April the party appointed a monk – professor Uthurawala Dhammarathana Thera – as party president to replace G. L. Peiris who moved to the opposition [Colombo Gazette 2023, 22 April].

This was a clear sign of the importance that nationalist politicians still attached to the legitimation of Buddhist monks. In this context, however, the current government gave some surprising signals of change. During a parliamentary debate on financial bills, Wickremesinghe launched an unexpectedly harsh criticism of the interference of monks in politics: «It is not possible», the president stated, «to obtain special protection simply by wearing robes and acting against the Dharma» [News.lk 2022, 29 November]. This unprecedented criticism was followed by other episodes which confirmed the tension existing between the President and the influential monks. In January the government received an ultimatum of sorts from leading clergy to provide financial aid to Buddhist temples, under the threat of a new protest movement. The following month, the monks staged a dramatic protest before parliament against the government’s intention to implement the 13th amendment of the constitution, which provides for the granting of autonomy measures to the northern Tamil regions. Finally, in May, the clergy organized a sit-in in front of the Canadian High Commission in Colombo, to protest against a statement made by the Canadian Prime Minister on the occasion of the Tamil Genocide Remembrance Day. The monks demanded that the government officially condemn the «insult» against the «heroes» of the civil war [Gunasekara 2023, 30 June]. In the past, on similar occasions, governments had tried to accommodate the monks’ requests, but now the dissenting voices of the clergy were almost ignored.

While it would be excessive to conclude that the clergy lost all its political importance, these episodes seemed to indicate that Wickremesinghe put an end to the state’s uncritical support of Buddhist religious hierarchies, rather proceeding on a case-by-case basis, depending on the circumstances.

5. The economic recovery program

Beyond the political scene, the economy was undoubtedly the field in which the government had to commit itself most. From this point of view, the executive’s action seemed to be effective. The Sri Lankan economy started to grow again during the year, especially driven by the agricultural sector [Jayasinghe 2023, 15 December]. The improvement was tangible: the long queues outside basic grocery stores and petrol stations that were normal scenes the year before disappeared, and life in Sri Lanka’s cities seemed to return almost to normal. Yet, despite appearances, the economy remained fragile and life was very difficult, especially for the poorer social strata. The country still had more than US$ 80 billion in domestic and foreign debt, and the increase in prices on basic necessities, especially food, put families in serious difficulty. According to estimates, about half of families spent 70% of their income on food alone. At the same time, tax increases and the cancellation of state subsidies caused bills to rise. Electricity prices increased by around 65%. A particularly worrying aspect of the crisis was the dramatic increase in migratory flows. According to estimates, between 2022 and 2023, over 300,000 people left the country, especially skilled workers and graduates, which obviously casts shadows on the country’s future prospects [Jayasinghe 2023, 6 July; Shukla 2023, 18 July]. In this sense it could be said that the class character of the crisis accentuated; while at the beginning the effects of the crisis distributed among almost all social classes, now it was the lower classes who bore the brunt of the country’s impoverishment.

The government’s first objective was to obtain confirmation of the economic aid program envisaged by the agreement reached in 2022 between Colombo and the IMF. Under the agreement, the IMF committed to providing Sri Lanka with a US$ 2.9 billion Extended Fund Facility over a period of 4 years [Abenante 2023: 382]. The release of these funds, however, was conditional on two clauses; the first, that Colombo implement a series of economic, fiscal and legal reforms; the second, that the government of Sri Lanka reach agreements for the restructuring of external and domestic debt.

The most complex point concerned Sri Lanka’s ties with China, which held the majority of the island external debt, approximately US$ 7.4 billion [Jayasinghe 2023, 6 July]. First of all, the government had to engage in the first review of the IMF programme, the outcome of which was an essential condition for the disbursement of the first tranche of aid, being subjected to the IMF positive assessment of the progress of Colombo’s economic and administrative reforms. The early results were negative: after a two-week visit to the island state, the IMF team announced that the negotiations had failed; despite the «commendable progress» made, the state of the reforms was still insufficient, especially regarding tax collection. The news obviously came as a cold shower for the Colombo authorities as it put the stability of the island state at risk [Parkin 2023, 27 September].

However, after further negotiations, on 19 October it was announced that a staff-level agreement had been reached with the IMF, which would provide a tranche of US$ 333 million. This disbursement was accompanied by an additional US$ 7 billion in rapid credit support from the World Bank, Asian Development Bank and other donors [IMF Press Release 2023, 19 October].

Despite the complexity of the deal, which took into consideration the advancement of the reforms, the IMF board’s statement positively underlined the work carried out by the government. It highlighted that Sri Lanka was the first Asian country to undergo the IMF Governance Diagnostic exercise and had released the scheduled Report on time. The IMF board also emphasized that «reform efforts have been commendable, including rapid disinflation and a significant fiscal adjustment expected by the end of this year» [IMF Press Release 2023, 19 October]. However, while almost all indicative targets had been achieved, the tax revenue situation was still unsatisfactory. Fiscal policy therefore remained a major weakness of the Sri Lankan economy. In the ten years preceding the COVID-19 pandemic, Sri Lanka was estimated to have collected on average tax revenues equal to around 12% of GDP. This was a rather low percentage considering, for comparison, that Zambia – another country benefiting from an IMF aid program – collected on average tax revenues equal to more than 18% of GDP in the same period [Setser 2023: 16].

Moreover, the recovery program was hit by many difficulties both in society and in parliament. Firstly, several sectors of the populations resisted the austerity and financial management reforms demanded by the IMF. The measures introduced by the government, in particular the tax increases, caused strong protests among an already exhausted population. These even made observers fear a return of the Aragalaya movement. The shift to market exchange rates led to a devaluation of the currency, driving up fuel and food prices and leading to a 165% increase in electricity tariffs by February [Ghosh and Ruwanpura 2023]. In March, unions declared a series of strikes in the hospital, school and railway sectors, to protest against high living costs and rising taxes [Al Jazeera 2023, 15 March].

Although the President made a special address in parliament in March to announce the IMF-Colombo agreement, describe the reforms, and call on opposition parties to support them, the latter’s response was cold. The main opposition party, the Samaji Jana Balawegaya [SJB], rejected the agreement, arguing that its consequences would inevitably fall mainly on the poorer social classes. The debate on reforms inevitably cast shadows on the country’s political future in view of the elections scheduled for 2024. In September, the SJB leader Sajith Premadasa met with IMF representatives and informed them of his intention to review the terms of the agreement should there be a change of government [Colombo Gazette 2023, 25 September]. Evidently the opposition was not willing to pay the political consequences of the economic reorganization, considering that these weighed much more heavily on the working class.

It is important to note that the economic recovery program agreed with the IMF depended on the restructuring not only of domestic debt, but above all on external debt. From this point of view, Colombo suffered from the well-known differences existing between Beijing and multilateral donors. According to the IMF-Colombo agreement, to obtain the release of the allocated funds, the Sri Lankan government would also have to obtain a debt restructuring from sovereign lenders, primarily China. However, Beijing’s opposition to this request was known. Within the so-called Common Framework – namely the consortium created by the G20 during the 2020 pandemic to assist states in financial crisis – Beijing had responded negatively to this request. The Chinese authorities were of the opinion that not only bilateral and commercial creditors, but also multilateral ones such as the World Bank and the IMF would have to accept a debt cut [Setser 2023:3; Cash 2023, 22 June]. Rather unexpectedly, however, in mid-October Colombo announced that it had reached an agreement with China Exim Bank for the restructuring of a US$ 4.2 billion debt. While this represented only a portion of Sri Lanka’s total exposure to China, the news was greeted with relief by international observers, as it allowed Colombo to move forward with its recovery plan [Shukla and Oi 2023, 13 October].

6. The road to the 2024 elections

The political scene was dominated by the prospect of elections scheduled for 2024. According to the Sri Lankan constitution, presidential and parliamentary elections were to be held by the end of the year. This was a further element of difficulty for the Wickremesinghe presidency, given that the complex institutional system forced the country into a continuous electoral campaign. The electoral schedule obviously influenced the debate on economic measures, pushing both Wickremesinghe and other political actors to articulate their political positions in increasingly harsher tones. The president opened the way in March when, during the special address in parliament to announce the reforms requested by the IMF agreement, he launched a severe attack against «certain political parties, trade unions and media» who, instead of supporting the government’s recovery effort, «labored to cause disruption» in the country. Wickremesinghe went so far as to claim that there were «plans to create a continuous wave of strikes, to destroy the economy and create anarchy in the country» [PMD ٢٠٢٣].

The opposition’s response was equally harsh. All the various political forces were busy positioning themselves in view of the electoral deadline. Wickremesinghe announced in parliament his intention to respect the constitutional deadline, which required elections within the year. The 74-year-old president also announced that he would run for office again. However, uncertainty dominated for three reasons. The first was that the President avoided making the election date official, thus leaving political forces and observers in considerable confusion. The second reason was that the main electoral polls showed the President far behind in voter approval ratings, while, at the same time, giving an advantage to one of the main opposition figures, Anura Kumara Dissanayaka, leader of the Marxist-Leninist Janatha Vimukthi Peramuna (JVP). This led some observers to predict that the President would seek a pretext to postpone the elections. The third reason was Wickremesinghe’s own decision to postpone for the umpteenth time the calling of elections for the provincial councils in the north and east of the country, appointing interim administrations instead. According to observers, the move was motivated by the government desire to avoid the opposition’s victory. It is no surprise that opposition leader in parliament, Sajith Premadasa, accused the government of «conspiring to postpone all elections», and warned that «delaying or cancelling elections constitutes a serious assault on democracy» [Daily FT 2023, 10 October]. It is, nonetheless, interesting to note that, according to polls for the presidential election, Premadasa was not given an advantage. On the contrary, his personal approval rating – according to data collected in October – although as much as the double that of the President, was significantly behind JVP leader Dissanayaka [IHP 2023].

Apparently, Sri Lankans held the main opposition leaders partly responsible for the state of the country and resented the poor living condition of the subaltern classes, giving their support to the far left. On the other hand, the SLPP did not announce whether it intended to present a candidate for the presidential elections. By all accounts, the Rajapaksas’ ambition to attempt a return was intact, if arduous. In addition to their already low popularity, the image of the two Rajapaksa brothers was damaged by a Supreme Court ruling in November which indicated they were responsible for the financial crisis together with 13 other former leaders. Nonetheless, in December the SLPP appointed Mahinda Rajapaksa as party leader [Ng 2023, 15 November; Newswire 2024, 16 January]. Overall, the Sri Lankan political framework appeared extremely fragmented. The analyses of the possible electoral result envisaged a situation of great fluidity, with the risk of having no clear winner in 2024 [Devapriya 2023, 23 December].

7. Sri Lanka-India relations

From the point of view of foreign relations, the year saw the consolidation of a trend that had already emerged the previous year, namely the rapprochement between Colombo and New Delhi [Moorthy 2022]. A determining factor was certainly the willingness of the Indian government to provide economic assistance to Sri Lanka since the beginning of the financial crisis, as part of its competition with China. As mentioned, the difficulties encountered by Colombo in obtaining a partial restructuring of the debt it owed to Beijing influenced the general Sri Lankan attitude towards cooperation with China. This aspect added to the already existing debate on the hypothetical existence of a Chinese «debt trap». In fact, apart from the Communist Party of Sri Lanka [CPSL], that denounced an «anti-China environment created by Western vested interests», few voices defended the benefits of Chinese investments [The Island Online 2023, 31 December]. Secondly, in the transition of government from Rajapaksa’s SLPP to Wickremesinghe’s United National Party (UNP), a different emphasis was placed on the relationship between Sinhala culture and ethnic minorities. While the SLPP focused its political discourse on Sinhalese nationalism, the UNP favoured greater accommodation of Tamil culture. This did not stop Wickremesinghe from publicly supporting the need of highlighting the national peculiarities of Sinhalese identity, even as far as the island minorities were involved. Significantly, in the aforementioned parliamentary speech in which the President criticized the political activism of the monks, he also argued that «we should preserve and also show the distinct nature of Hinduism in Sri Lanka as compared to India»[News.lk 2022, 29 November]. Nonetheless, Wickremesinghe’s openness towards the Tamil community certainly favoured relations with New Delhi. More concretely, the President demonstrated his attitude first by promoting together with the Indian authorities the reopening after 40 years of the ferry connection between Nagapattinam in Tamil Nadu and Kankesanthurai in Sri Lanka’s Jaffna [Devapriya 2023, 23 December]. The route was inaugurated in October in the presence of the Sri Lankan President and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The latter took the opportunity to underline that the ferry line «brings alive historical, cultural links» [Janardhanan 2023, 14 October]. A second significant example was given by the start of a dialogue between Colombo and New Delhi for the adoption of the Indian rupee to regulate cross-border transactions [Kolatewala 2023, 8 March].

8. The economic setting

The main indicators confirmed the progressive stabilization of the economy compared to the previous year, despite a still difficult context. Sri Lanka’s economy grew by 1.6%; the expansion was the first since late 2021. The growth was notably driven by the agricultural sector, which grew by 3% compared to the previous year, with a 0.3% increase in industrial production, while services grew by 1.3% [Jayasinghe 2023, 15 December]. Large-scale retail trade growth, equal to -7.8% at the end of 2022, was estimated at -3% at the end of 2023. The inflation rate, which had reached 46% at the end of the previous year, fell more than expected in 2023, stabilizing at 18.7%, with prospects for a further sharp decline in 2024. The trade deficit worsened from US$ 2.3 billion to 3.5 billion, due to the easing of import bans, in the face of a still low level of exports. However, the increase in foreign remittances by 78% and the recovery of the tourism sector by 67.4% pushed the current account from a deficit of US$ 1.3 billion in 2022 to a surplus of 644 million a year later. Likewise, official reserves doubled during the year to US$ 3.8 billion. This occurred largely thanks to international financial support and central bank dollar purchases [ADB 2023: 23].

9. Conclusion

The start of economic recovery and the return of international confidence in Sri Lanka were certainly an important achievement for the Wickremesinghe government. However, as widely expected, this has been accompanied by growing social and economic inequalities as a consequence of the austerity measures. The widespread impression was that the measures applied by the government tended to place the sacrifices on the working class rather than on the banking sector. In any case, despite the undoubted effort made by the government to meet the demands for reform, the fundamental objective of restructuring the economy into one that was no longer export-dependent still remained distant. Furthermore, there was widespread dissatisfaction in civil society towards the new government’s intolerant and often aggressive approach to dissent. It could not be completely ruled out that social and economic inequalities would lead to a new popular protest movement such as the Aragalaya. Moreover, great uncertainty surrounded the outcome of the next presidential and parliamentary elections. If, as the polls indicate, these were to lead to a victory for the far left, the maintenance of the economic recovery program would be in serious doubt. On the other hand, the possibility that the executive postponed the elections for a year, despite the President’s reassurances, would place the country’s democratic prospects at even greater risk.

Bibliography

Abenante, Diego, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka 2022: The aragalaya protest movement and the Rajapaksas’ fall from power’, Asia Maior, XXXIII.

Al Jazeera, 2023, 15 March, ‘Sri Lanka unions stage strike to protest against IMF bailout plan’.

[ADB] Asian Development Bank, 2023, Asian Development Outlook-Sri Lanka, September.

Cash, Joe, 2023, ‘Explainer: What is China’s position on restructuring debt owed by poor nations?’, Reuters, 22 June.

Colombo Gazette, 2023, 22 April, ‘Monk appointed as the new SLPP Chairman’.

Colombo Gazette, 2023, 25 September, ‘Opposition tells IMF it will review deal if Government changes’.

Daily FT, 2023, 28 March, ‘When repeal is not reform: An Anti-Terrorism Act worse than the PTA’.

Daily FT, 2023, 29 June, ‘Flawed narrative, fake history: Deconstructing Ranil’s London discourse’.

Daily FT, 2023, 10 October, ‘Sajith accuses Government of conspiring to delay 2024 polls’.

Devapriya, Uditha, 2023, ‘Political and Electoral Uncertainty in Sri Lanka Ahead of the 2024 Elections’, The Diplomat, 23 December.

Ghosh, Jayati, and Kanchana N. Ruwanpura, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka’s Dangerous Domestic Debt Restructuring’, Project Syndicate, 21 September.

Gunasekara, Tisaranee, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka’s political monks rage against reduced clout’, Himal South Asian, 30 June.

Indrajit, Saman, 2024, ‘SL Anti-Terrorism Bill less draconian than one in Britain, The Island Online, 11 January.

[IHP] Institute for Health Policy, 2023, AK Dissanayake consolidates lead in Presidential Election voting intent, 24 November.

[IMF Press Release] International Monetary Fund, 2023, IMF Reaches Staff-Level Agreement on the First Review of Sri Lanka’s Extended Fund Facility Arrangement, Press Release No. 23/357, 19 October.

Janardhanan, Arun, 2023, ‘As India-Sri Lanka ferry service resumes after 40 years, PM Modi says it «brings alive historical, cultural links»’, The Indian Express, 14 October.

Jayasinghe, Uditha, 2023, ‘A year later, Sri Lanka’s tentative economic recovery eludes the poor’, Reuters, 6 July.

Jayasinghe, Uditha, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka’s economy returns to growth, led by agriculture’, Reuters, 15 December.

Keenan, Alan, 2022, ‘Sri Lanka’s Uprising Forces Out a President but Leaves System in Crisis’, International Crisis Group, 18 July.

Keenan, Alan, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka Needs Truth, but Not (Yet) a Truth Commission’, International Crisis Group, 7 September.

Kolatewala, Himal, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka, India in talks on using Indian rupees to settle transactions: foreign minister’, Economy Next, 8 March.

Moorthy, N. Sathiya, 2022, ‘Sri Lanka: Growing bilateral relations with India under President Wickremesinghe’, Observer Research Foundation, 27 July.

News.lk, 2022, 29 November, ‘The Parabhava Sutra refers to the Dhamma, not the Sangha’.

Newswire, 2024, 16 January, ‘SLPP candidate for Presidential Election: Mahinda speaks’.

Ng, Kelly, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka: Rajapaksa brothers among 13 leaders responsible for crisis’, BBC News, 15 November,

Parkin, Benjamin, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka fails to reach agreement to unlock next IMF bailout tranche’, Financial Times, 27 September.

[PMD] President’s Media Division, 2023, President requests the opposition to support the implementation of the IMF agreement, 22 March.

Rambukwella, Harshana, 2017, ‘Locations of Authenticity: S. W. R. D. Bandaranaike of Sri Lanka and the Search for Indigeneity’, The Journal of Asian Studies, Vol. 76, No. 2, May: 383-400.

Seale, Jack, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka’s Easter Bombings review – startling and deeply disturbing viewing’, The Guardian, 6 September.

Setser, Brad W., 2023, ‘The Common Framework and Its Discontents’, Council on Foreign Relations, 26 March.

Shukla, Archana, 2023, ‘Is the worst over for Sri Lanka’s economic crisis?’, BBC News, 18 July.

Shukla, Archana, & Mariko Oi, 2023, ‘Sri Lanka crisis: Colombo reaches debt deal with China’, BBC News, 13 October.

Srinivasan, Meera, 2023, ‘40 years since «Black July», little space in Sri Lanka to remember the dead’, The Hindu, 28 July.

Tamil Guardian, 2023, 6 July, ‘13 bodies uncovered in Mullaitivu mass grave’.

Tamil Guardian, 2023, 25 July, ‘Tamils across the North-East reject proposed National Unity and Reconciliation Commission.

The Island Online, 2022, 27 July, ‘President holds Finance, Defence portfolios pending formation of all-party govt’.

The Island Online, 2023, 31 December, ‘Lanka got fewer benefits from Belt and Road Initiative due to anti-China environment created here – CP’.

The Sunday Times, 2023, 9 April, ‘Government gives priority to national unity and reconciliation’.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Nepal 2020-2023: From the Institutional Crisis to New Political Paths

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The article analyses some of the main events in Nepal between 2020 and 2023 in order to outline the political and economic framework of the Himalayan country during the pandemic and the political-institutional crisis that led to the dissolution of the Communist Party of Nepal and the return of Sher Bahadur Deuba as prime minister of the country. In fact, the institutions of the republic had to deal with the chaos triggered by the internal struggles on the communist front and in particular between K.P. Sharma Oli and Pushpa Kamal Dahal. The House of Representatives was twice dissolved and twice the dissolution was overruled by the Supreme Court. In terms of foreign policy, the question of the territory of Kalapani remained a decisive point in the long crisis with India. Oli maintained a clear pro-Chinese orientation, while Deuba’s position was more open to improve the relations with India and also with the United States. The appointment of Dahal as prime minister at the end of 2022, the subsequent new break with the Marxist-Leninists and the important visit to India of the Maoist leader all seem to confirm a rapprochement with New Delhi.

Keywords – Nepal; India; China; Kalapani; Belt and Road Initiative; Ukraine.

1. Introduction

The article aims to describe the political and economic scenarios of Nepal between 2020 and 2023. During these years the country was the subject of a serious political and then institutional crisis. In the period of the pandemic which also hit the Himalayan country, the internal difficulties of the Communist Party of Nepal reverberated on the institutional level with the House of Representatives dissolved twice according to procedures later defined as illegitimate by the Supreme Court. The split – which seemed definitive – between old and ailing Prime Minister K.P. Sharma Oli and the Maoist leader Pushpa Kamal Dahal paved the way for a new government, headed by Prime Minister Sher Bahadur Deuba in the summer of 2021. Deuba then led the country to the 2022 elections within an alliance that also included Dahal. The alliance won the elections, and, surprisingly, contrary to the general expectation that the position of prime minister would remain with Deuba, Dahal returned to the government as prime minister in late 2022. He was supported by almost the entire House of Representatives, including Oli’s Marxist-Leninists. In February 2023, however, the Marxist-Leninists left the coalition due to disagreements over the election of the president of the Republic.

In terms of foreign policy, these years saw the aftermath of the crisis with India related to the territory of Kalapani which even led to an amendment of the Nepalese constitution. Oli’s pro-Chinese positions were not openly denied by Deuba, especially at the United Nations. Deuba, however, certainly set himself up with a more balanced policy. On 27 February 2022, the Nepalese Parliament finally ratified the Millennium Challenge Corporation’s Nepal Compact and, in April 2022, Deuba went on an official visit to India. Dahal’s visit to New Delhi confirmed the rapprochement with India, which strengthened cooperation between the two countries in various fields. Following the Russian invasion of Ukraine, nonetheless, Nepal openly sided with Ukraine.

Writing this article, I have relied on official reports and press releases published by the Government of Nepal or by other Nepalese, foreign or international institutions. Furthermore, Nepalese and international newspapers were also consulted.

2. Foreign policy

2.1. The Kalapani crisis: the constitutional amendment

The ongoing border issue with India was one of the recurring themes in the difficult definition of the relationship between Kathmandu and New Delhi [Paudyal 2013:35-48]. A border dispute around Kalapani territory [República,1 2019, 7 November; República 2019, 9 November; República 2019, 12 November; República 2020a, 3 January], a small region of Km² 35 between the Nepalese state of Karnali and the Indian state of Uttarakhand, had flared up again in 2019. Indeed, following the revocation of the special constitutional status of Jammu and Kashmir and the establishment of the union territory of Ladakh, the Survey of India had published a new official map of the area on 2 November 2019, which included the disputed territory as Indian [Gaha Magar 2019].2 This led to a harsh condemnation by the Nepalese parliament between the end of December 2019 and the beginning of January 2020 [República 2020b, 3 January; The Himalayan Times 2019, 24 December]. Also in January 2020, the Indian Ministry of External Affairs reaffirmed the correctness of the map [República 2020a, 3 January]. In June 2020, the two houses of the Nepalese parliament voted unanimously in favour of a constitutional amendment that changed the country’s emblem, correcting the map it contained [Ghimire 2020, 9 June]. The new map clearly showed those areas that were disputed with India, i.e. Lipulekh, Kalapani and Limpiyadhura, as Nepali territories [Al Jazeera Media Network 2020, 18 June; Mohan 2020, 13 June].3

If the border issue with India reached the point of having to amend the Constitution, the reaction of Nepalese political leaders to the border problems with the People’s Republic of China – as had already been the case in recent years – was decidedly more nuanced. In 1961 the Kingdom of Nepal and the People’s Republic of China had signed an agreement which was to resolve border issues [GSCPRC 1961]. The agreement had come after the completion of the Chinese occupation of Tibet and the flight of the Dalai Lama to India in 1959. In recent years there have been Chinese encroachments, particularly in the district of Humla, but the Nepalese government has so far preferred to maintain a decidedly conciliatory attitude, without harsh proclamations or clear-cut positions, although this has affected the population and has been denounced by a local member of the parliament, Chakka Bahadur Lama [Giri 2020, 23 September; Giri 2021, 23 October]. 4

2.2. Hong Kong and Xinjiang

The pro-Chinese position of the Oli’s government was also underlined in relation to Nepal’s position regarding the Chinese government’s crackdown on pro-democracy protests in Hong Kong. In July 2020, Nepal sided with 52 other countries in support of the Hong Kong National Security Law during the 44th session of the United Nations Human Rights Council [Albert 2020, 6 July]. In the same international forum, two years later, in October 2022, despite the prime minister being Deuba, the Nepalese representative again expressed himself in favour of the People’s Republic of China by voting against the initiation of a debate on the human rights violations of the Uyghur minority in Xinjiang [France 24/AFP 2022, 6 October].

2.3. Millennium Challenge Corporation’s Nepal Compact

A few months after Deuba’s appointment as prime minister, on 27 February, 2022, the Nepalese parliament finally ratified the Millennium Challenge Corporation’s Nepal Compact [Millennium Challenge Corporation 2022], i.e. a US aid of 500 million dollars to the country that had been signed in September 2017 [Millennium Challenge Corporation 2017]. Oli’s Government had then postponed the issue for years. Indeed, several members of the Nepal Communist Party feared that money could be a tool to involve Nepal in the US-sponsored Indo-Pacific Strategy [Pradhan 2019, 23 December; Pradhan 2019, 22 December]. The return to government of the Nepali Congress and in particular of Deuba unblocked the situation [Millennium Challenge Corporation 2022]. The days leading up to the ratification of the compact had been characterized by violent protests in Kathmandu [Sharma 2022, 20 February].

2.4. Deuba’s visit to India

Deuba travelled to India on 1 April 2022 for a three-day visit [Sharma Poudel 2022, 8 April]. It was his first visit abroad during his new tenure as prime minister [Sharma Poudel 2022, 8 April]. The India-Nepal Joint Vision Statement on Power Sector Cooperation was issued at the meeting with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi [Government of Nepal, Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation 2022]. The text declared the willingness of both governments to strengthen cooperation in the energy sector, after Nepal had begun exporting hydroelectric energy to India in 2021 [Sharma Poudel 2022, 8 April; Sharma Poudel 2021, 27 December].

2.5. Dahal’s visits abroad

At the end of 2023, Dahal became the new prime minister. Initially, his government was supported by almost all political parties present in parliament, but just a couple of months later the Marxist-Leninists left the majority. We will have the opportunity to talk about this more carefully in the following pages. As regards the Nepalese foreign policy during the first year of the new government, the visit to India between 31 May and 3 June 2023 should certainly be noted [Embassy of India, Kathmandu, Nepal 2023]. The meeting with Modi coincided with a clear strengthening of relations with the southern neighbour, expanding cooperation in many areas, including the energy and infrastructure sectors [Embassy of India, Kathmandu, Nepal 2023; Pandey 2023, 5 May; The Kathmandu Post 2023, 1 June]. The Transit Treaty – which expired in 2019 – was renewed, opening access to Indian inland waterways for Nepal [Kathuria and Srinivasan 2023; The Wire 2023, 1 June] and an agreement was finalized for the export of 10,000 MW of electricity to India in 10 years [Embassy of India, Kathmandu, Nepal 2023]. Indian Foreign Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar then signed the agreement in Kathmandu on 4 January 2024 [The New Indian Express 2024, 4 January]. Among the many projects announced in June, also the construction of two bridges between the two countries and an agreement on cross-border digital payments were included [Embassy of India, Kathmandu, Nepal 2023].

Dahal’s visit to China, which only took place in September 2023, was interpreted by several analysts as less significant [Giri 2023, 27 September; The Kathmandu Post 2023, 1 October]. This visit took place within the framework of a relationship that was seen as decidedly less open and collaborative than it was in previous years with Oli [Tiwari 2023, 27 October]. In particular, Nepal decided not to join Xi Jinping’s Global Security Initiative [Gupta 2023, 28 September].

2.6. The Russian invasion to Ukraine

The position of the Nepalese government to openly support Ukraine during the invasion unleashed by Russia in February 2022 should also be noted. This further underlines Deuba’s caution in the international arena. Nepal voted in favour of different United Nations General Assembly resolutions on Russia’s illegal invasion of Ukraine, i.e. ES-11/1 (2 March 2022), ES-11/2 (24 March 2022), ES-11/4 (12 October 2022). However, the government abstained from voting on the resolution ES-11/3 (7 April 2022). In South Asia, the Kingdom of Bhutan and the Maldives did the same, while India and Pakistan always abstained. Bangladesh only voted in favour of United Nations General Assembly resolutions ES-11/2 and ES-11/4 and abstained in the other two votes [United Nations, Digital Library]. On 12 October 2022, this is what the Permanent Representative of Nepal to the United Nations Amrit Bahadur Rai declared in the General Assembly: «My delegation is deeply distressed by the protracted violence and conflict in Ukraine. It has posed a serious threat to international peace and security. Nepal’s position on Ukraine remains clear. The principles of sovereignty, territorial integrity, political independence and non-aggression, as enshrined in the Charter of the United Nations, are inviolable and must be fully respected by all Member States at all times. There cannot be any ifs, ands or buts. […] Based on Nepal’s long-standing principled position on the inviolability of the sovereignty, territorial integrity and political independence of all States and its unwavering respect for international law, the rules-based international system, the United Nations Charter and the values of world peace, my delegation will vote in favour of draft resolution A/ES-11/L.5 before us today» [United Nations, General Assembly 2022].

3. Domestic policy

3.1. The institutional and political crisis of 2020-2021

The strong political tensions that had shaken the Nepal Communist Party in 2019 [Mehta 2019, 20 December], were resolved in March 2021 with the dissolution of the political party. The Nepal Communist Party was born not even three years earlier, in May 2018, from the unification of the two main forces of the Nepalese extreme left, the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) and the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist Center) [República 2018, 18 May]. Unification was the outcome of an electoral alliance [The Rising Nepal 2017, 4 October] which had enabled K.P. Sharma Oli to win the election and become prime minister in February 2018. The leadership of the party had been shared between Oli and Dahal (known as Prachanda), but not so the position of prime minister, although Maoists claimed the existence of an unofficial agreement which provided for a changeover of the two politicians at the helm of the government [República 2019, 21 November]. However, Oli denied the existence of this kind of agreement [República 2019, 21 November]. The conflicts then continued the following year until they culminated in the dissolution of the House of Representatives – and not of the National Assembly – in December 2020 by the President of the republic and at the request of Oli [Adhikari & Masih 2020, 20 December]. In November, Dahal had levelled harsh accusations against Oli up to that of not having duly supervised corruption related to the management of the pandemic [Pradhan 2020, 14 November]. The choice of the head of state to dissolve the House of Representatives was therefore contested by the faction of Dahal and his ally, the former Marxist-Leninist Prime Minister Madhav Kumar Nepal [The Kathmandu Post 2020, 20 December]. The two thus sanctioned a de facto split, redefining the leadership and the basic dual structure (Marxist-Leninist and Maoist) of the Nepal Communist Party around themselves [The Kathmandu Post 2020, 22 December]. However, the dissolution of the House of Representatives was overturned by the Supreme Court on 24 February 2021 [Pradhan & Giri 2021, 24 February]. In fact, the judges disputed the reasons that Oli had provided to request the dissolution and decreed the unconstitutionality of the choice [Pradhan & Giri 2021, 24 February].

A few days later, on 7 March 2021, the Nepal Communist Party was formally dissolved following another decision of the Supreme Court which cancelled the registration of the party itself in 2018, since it had essentially the same name of a small political party previously founded and registered [Pradhan 2021, 7 March; Ghimire 2021, 8 March]. The political crisis that had accompanied the pandemic was finally to lead to Oli’s defeat in parliament, in the vote of confidence in the House of Representatives on 10 May 2021 [Nikkei Asia 2021, 7 March]. Only 93 votes against 124 [Nikkei Asia 2021, 7 March]. In any case, on 13 May, Oli was reappointed prime minister, as no alternative majority had been found in parliament and with the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) being the leading party by number of seats [France24 2021, 14 May; The Himalayan Times 2021, 15 May].

The institutional situation in the young Himalayan republic became even more problematic when the week following the inauguration of the new government, the House of Representatives was again dissolved by the President again at the request of Oli [Giri et al. 2021, 22 May]. In early June, Oli twice increased the number of ministers in his government [Giri 2021, 11 June]. At his side, there were also some exponents of the Janata Samajbadi Party, including in particular the faction of Mahanta Thakur. The Janata Samajbadi Party was born in April 2020 from the unification of the Samajbadi Party Nepal and Rastriya Janata Party Nepal [Pradhan 2020, 9 July; Pradhan 2020, 23 April]. The new political scenario, however, led to a new split, formalized in August with the formation of the Loktantrik Samajbadi Party Nepal by Thakur [The Kathmandu Post 2021, 20 August]. Against this backdrop, two new decisions of the Supreme Court put a definitive end to these last attempts by Oli to remain at the centre of the Nepalese political panorama. On 22 June 2021, not even two weeks after the second appointment of the new ministers, the Supreme Court in fact declared the new appointments of ministers illegitimate [The Kathmandu Post 2021, 22 June]. According to the judges, in fact, the appointments violated article 77, section 3, of the Nepalese Constitution [The Kathmandu Post 2021, 22 June].5The following month, on July 12, the Supreme Court intervened again to annul the dissolution of the House of Representatives. This time the judges also ordered the appointment of Sher Bahadur Deuba as the new prime minister [Nikkei Asia 2021, 12 July]. The following day, the old leader of the Nepali Congress was sworn in as head of government for the fifth time [The Times of India 2021, 13 July].

The Congress thus returned to the guide of Nepal after more than three years of opposition which had seen it in serious political difficulty. The 2017 elections, despite an excellent result in the proportional share, had marked a tough defeat for the Nepali Congress in the single-member seats. The vote had relegated Deuba to the opposition of a government that had managed to control two-thirds of parliament in June 2018. This had meant for Oli the possibility of changing the constitution with his parliamentary majority alone [Koirala 2018, 2 June]. The ruinous management of the pandemic, the never-silent internal conflicts and finally the clumsy, if not wicked, management of the institutional crisis were all factors that favoured Deuba’s return to power, with the support of Dahal and Madhav Kumar Nepal [Ghimire 2021, 18 July; The Himalayan Times 2021, 18 July].

3.2. The 2022 elections

The general election was finally held on 20 November 2022 [The Times of India 2021, 13 July; Sharma 2022, 20 November]. The Nepalese Parliament consists of a lower house (the House of Representatives) and an upper house (the National Assembly). 165 of the 275 members of the House of Representatives are elected under the first-past-the-post electoral system. The remaining 110 members are instead elected with a proportional system on a national basis (article 84 section 1 of the Constitution). For the proportional share, the electoral law provides for a threshold of 3% [Giri 2021, 26 August; The Kathmandu Post 2021, 29 August]. The upper house, on the other hand, is made up of 59 members elected by the federated states (56) or appointed by the President of the Republic on a proposal from the government (article 85 clause 1 of the Constitution). The members of the National Assembly have a term of six years, but they are renewed by a third every two years (article 86 section 3).

The governing coalition therefore decided in August 2022 to also form an electoral alliance [The Kathmandu Post 2022, 5 August]. Alongside the Nepali Congress there was therefore the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist Centre) of Dahal, the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Socialist) founded in August 2021 by Madhav Kumar Nepal [Online Khabar 2022, 7 December], the Janata Samajbadi Party and the Rastriya Janamorcha [The Kathmandu Post 2022, 5 August]. Later, the Loktantrik Samajwadi Party, Nepal also joined the coalition [myRepública 2022, 9 October].

The Nepali Congress won 57 seats in the majority share and got over 2.7 million votes in the proportional share [Election Commission, Nepal]. The main opponent of the governing coalition was obviously the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) which obtained the most votes (about 2.8 million), but only 44 seats in the majority share [Election Commission, Nepal]. The third party by number of votes and seats was the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist Centre): 18 seats in the constituencies and about 1.8 million votes [Election Commission, Nepal]. The Rastriya Swatantra Party instead obtained 7 single-member seats and over 1.1 million votes, making it the fourth largest party in the country [Election Commission, Nepal]. More single-member seats (10) were instead obtained by the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Socialist), which however obtained only slightly less than 300,000 votes [Election Commission, Nepal], thus not exceeding the threshold of 3% [Online Khabar 2022, 7 December]. The monarchist Rastriya Prajatantra Party instead obtained around 589,000 votes and 7 single-member seats [Election Commission, Nepal]. With the distribution of proportional seats, the Nepali Congress won another 32 seats and the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) won another 34 [Online Khabar 2022, 7 December]. The Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist Centre) won 14 seats in the proportional quota, only one more than the Rastriya Swatantra Party [Online Khabar 2022, 7 December]. Another 7 seats went to the Rastriya Prajatantra Party and five seats each to the Janata Samajbadi Party and the Janamat Party [Online Khabar 2022, 7 December], both with around 4 million votes [Election Commission, Nepal].

A twist, however, among the many that now characterize Nepalese political life, came during the negotiations for the formation of the new government. In fact, Dahal, instead of continuing to support Deuba, sided again with Oli the month following the elections, thus managing to regain the position of prime minister for the third time [Ghimire 2022, 27 December]. Dahal was sworn in as the new prime minister of Nepal on 26 December 2022 [Ghimire 2022, 27 December]. Then, on 10 January 2023, Dahal obtained the almost unanimous support in the House of Representatives (268 votes out of 275) [myRepública 2023, 10 January].

3.3. The election of the president of Nepal

The broad support obtained by Dahal in parliament, with an almost unanimous vote in the House of Representatives, rapidly decreased in the following weeks. The alliance with the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist) broke down again in February, during discussions relating to the election of the president and vice-president of Nepal [The Economic Times 2023, 27 February]. The candidate of the Nepali Congress, Ram Chandra Poudel, was elected on 9 March 2023, obtaining almost 34,000 votes from a 52,628-member constituency, clearly defeating Subas Nembang of the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist), who did not even reach 16,000 votes [Khatiwada 2023, 9 March]. A few days later Ramsahaya Prasad Yadav of the Janata Samajbadi Party (JSP) was elected vice-president, with more than 30,000 votes [myRepública 2023, 17 March].

The rift between Oli and Dahal severely reduced the large majority in the House of Representatives and, on 20 March, in the vote of confidence the government obtained only 172 votes. In particular, in addition to the Communist Party of Nepal (Unified Marxist-Leninist), the Rastriya Prajatantra Party also abandoned the government coalition [The Kathmandu Post 2023, 20 March].

3.4. Protests for the return to the monarchy

Before presenting a general picture of the COVID-19 pandemic in Nepal, it is necessary to point out, on a domestic political level but with clear results in foreign policy, the important protests that took place at the end of 2023 with the request for a return to monarchy and the reestablishment of the Hindu state. The protests began in November 2023 and involved thousands of people [Das 2023, 27 November; Rijal 2023, 22 December]. The most significant political result was the opening of an internal debate within the Nepali Congress [Giri 2023, 28 November]. Deuba, although against the return of the king to the throne, opened up the possibility of re-discussing the issue of secularism [Giri 2023, 28 November].

3.5. The pandemic crisis

Nepal was hard hit by the COVID-19 pandemic. By October 2022, confirmed cases had now exceeded one million and over 12,000 deaths [World Health Organization]. There were three strongest waves. The first was in autumn 2020, in particular between the beginning of October and the end of November, when, in a single day (October 21), 5,743 cases were recorded [World Health Organization]. Even more serious was the second wave, in the spring of 2021, when for several days 8,000 to 9,000 cases were recorded in May [World Health Organization]. On 19 May, the recorded deaths were over 246, 50 more than the previous day [World Health Organization]. It was undoubtedly the most critical moment for the country which, as seen, in those days was going through one of the most confused and convulsive moments of the political crisis. Finally, the third and most critical wave occurred in January 2022, when over 10,000 cases were recorded on the 20 of that same month [World Health Organization]. The number of deaths, nonetheless, was decidedly lower, as, by that time the country was accelerating on vaccinations [Karki 2022]. On 30 January, the peak of deaths of the third wave was recorded (32) [World Health Organization]. Also in January 2021, Foreign Minister Gyawali visited New Delhi with the aim of obtaining vaccines produced in India [The Hindustan Times 2021, 14 January]. A new call for help came in April 2021, when Gyawali telephoned his counterpart Subrahmanyam Jaishankar. The press release of the Nepali Ministry of Foreign Affairs stated: «The Foreign Minister Gyawali expressed sincere thanks to the Government of India for supporting Nepal in its fight against the COVID-19 pandemic, including through the generous gift of one million doses of COVISHIELD. He requested the External Affairs Minister of India for necessary facilitation for the supply of vaccines for Nepal to continue administering the second dose of vaccination for people at highest risk» [Government of Nepal, Ministry of Foreign Affairs 2021]. In January 2022, the doses donated by European countries (in particular Germany, France and Italy) reached 5.4 million [Delegation of the European Union to Nepal 2022]. In June 2022, the United States donated 2.2 million doses of paediatric vaccines to Nepal, after already supplying the country with 2.26 million doses of Pfizer vaccine and 1.5 million doses of Johnson & Johnson vaccine [U.S. Embassy in Nepal 2022]. About four million doses of vaccines were donated, in several shipments, also by the People’s Republic of China [The Kathmandu Post 2022, 29 March]. However, since these doses were officially considered to have a longer term than vaccines produced in India or in the West, they had not yet been used in December 2022 and their actual future use remains in doubt [The Kathmandu Post 2022, 4 December]. As of September 2022, the country had already received over 61 million doses of vaccines and vaccinated over 22 million inhabitants (76.5 of the total population) with at least two doses [Government of Nepal, Ministry of Health and Population]. About 9.5 million doses had arrived from India [The Indian Express 2022, 27 September].

4. The economic scenario

The pandemic crisis also represented a severe economic breakdown for Nepal: GDP growth, which in 2019 stood at 6.7%, collapsed to -2.4% in 2020, and then recovered to 4.8% in 2021 [The World Bank]. 2022 saw a further GDP growth of 5.6% [The World Bank]. The unemployment rate had risen from 10.6% (2019) to 13.1% (2020) [The World Bank], coinciding with the most difficult moment of the pandemic. The following year it dropped to 12.2% and then continued to drop in 2022 to 11.1% [The World Bank]. GDP per capita went from US$ 1,185.7 (2019) to US$ 1,139.2 (2020) and then went back up to US$ 1,229.4 in 2021 and to US$ 1,336.5 in 2022 [The World Bank]. The country’s total reserves, which had risen again to US$ 8.71 billion in 2019 and to US$ 11.47 billion in 2020, fell considerably in 2021 to US$ 9.64 billion and to US$ 9.32 billion in 2022 [The World Bank]. On the currency front, 1 US dollar was traded at around 114 Nepalese rupees on 1 January 2020. A year earlier it was traded at around 111 Nepalese rupees [Nepal Rastra Bank-Central Bank of Nepal]. By the end of December 2023, 1 US dollar had instead risen to around 133 Nepalese rupees [Nepal Rastra Bank-Central Bank of Nepal]. According to data from the Nepal Rastra Bank, in the fiscal year 2022/2023, the average consumer price inflation reached 7.74%, against 6.32% of the previous year [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 2]. Between 2015 and 2020, average inflation in Nepal was 6.1% [Government of Nepal, Ministry of Finance 2021: 5].

In terms of international trade, in the fiscal year 2022/2023, imports decreased by 16.1%, while exports decreased by 21.4% [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. On the contrary, the previous year imports had grown by 41.7% and exports by 24.7% [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. Specifically, in the fiscal year 2022/2023, the imports amounted to NPR 1611.73 billion and exports at NPR 157.14 billion [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. Exports to India fell by 31.3 percent [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. Exports to other countries, excluding China, also increased by 10.7% [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. Exports to the People’s Republic of China increased by 118.3%. In contrast, Chinese imports to Nepal decreased by 15.9% [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3]. This figure is slightly higher than the decrease in Indian imports (14.4%) [Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department: 3].

5. Conclusion

As we have had the opportunity to point out in this article, the Nepalese political system, during the period under review, was still experiencing enormous contradictions almost twenty years after the birth of the Republic. Nepalese domestic politics had been monopolized for years by Oli, Dahal and Deuba. The irresponsibility that characterized a large part of the Nepalese political class since the early years of the proclamation of the Republic had somehow congealed around the human and political events of these three leaders. The political class that essentially was the same that wrote the constitution found itself at the mercy of repeated constitutional crises that undermined the legitimacy of the institutions. The constitutional procedures were folded in order to resolve the internal struggle of the Nepal Communist Party. Fractures and old and new alliances marked these years until the incredible post-election agreement that allowed Dahal to return to occupy the seat of Prime Minister. Domestic political instability has in some ways been reflected in Nepali foreign policy. The country has been trying to define its new international role for many years. This reassessment has been carried out by the different prime ministers with different objectives and perspectives in the framework of relations with India and China. As seen, Deuba, distancing himself from the more blatant pro-Chinese position of his predecessor Oli, tried to rebalance the country towards India and the West, in particular the United States of America. Nepal’s position in support of Ukraine at the United Nations was also underlined in this article. The government chaired by Dahal and supported by Deuba also showed itself to be particularly oriented towards cooperation with India. Dahal’s visit to New Delhi led to important agreements and projects, which strengthened cooperation between the two countries.

Bibliography

Al Jazeera Media Network, 2020, 18 June, ‘Nepal Parliament approves new map that includes land India claims’.

Albert, Eleanor, 2020, ‘Which Countries Support the New Hong Kong National Security Law?’, The Diplomat, 6 July.

Delegation of the European Union to Nepal, 2022, Team Europe Press release: 1.3 million COVID vaccines donated by France and Italy through COVAX arrive in Nepal today, 26 January (https://np.usembassy.gov/u-s-donates-2-2-million-doses-of-pediatric-covid-19-vaccines-to-nepal/).

Das, Sunidhi, 2023, ‘Nepal police clash with pro-monarchy protesters’, JURIST Legal News & Commentary, 27 November (https://www.jurist.org/news/2023/11/nepal-police-clash-with-pro-monarchy-protesters-on-15th-anniversary-of-abolition/).

Election Commission, Nepal (https://election.gov.np/).

Embassy of India, Kathmandu, Nepal, 2023, ‘Visit of Prime Minister of Nepal Rt Hon’ble Mr. Pushpa Kamal Dahal ‘Prachanda’ to India’, 2 June (https://www.indembkathmandu.gov.in/news_letter_detail/?id=351).

France 24/AFP, 2022, 6 October, ‘UN Human Rights Council rejects debate on Xinjiang’.

France24, 2021, 14 May, ‘Ousted Nepal PM Oli reappointed’.

Gaha Magar, Santa, 2019, ‘India issues new political map yet again, this time removing Kali’, OnlineKhabar, 21 November.

Ghimire, Binod, 2020, ‘Lower House unanimously endorses proposal to consider amendment to constitution to update new Nepal map in national emblem’, The Kathmandu Post, 9 June.

Ghimire, Binod, 2021, ‘Deuba wins vote of confidence in the reinstated House’, The Kathmandu Post, 18 July.

Ghimire, Yubaraj, 2021, ‘Nepal top court quashes 2018 formation of ruling Nepal Communist Party’, The Indian Express, 8 March.

Ghimire, Yubaraj, 2022, ‘Pushpa Kamal Dahal ‘Prachanda’ takes oath as Nepal’s new Prime Minister’, The Indian Express, 27 December.

Giri, Anil, Tika R. Pradhan, & Binod Ghimire, 2021, ‘In a midnight drama, Nepal President dissolves House and calls polls for November 12 and 19’, The Kathmandu Post, 22 May.

Giri, Anil, 2020, ‘A missing border pillar in Humla creates row between Nepal and China’, The Kathmandu Post, 23 September.

Giri, Anil, 2021, ‘Nepal’s communist movement takes yet another turn’, The Kathmandu Post, 26 August.

Giri, Anil, 2021, ‘While he has yet to clarify his June 4 Cabinet expansion, Oli does it again’, The Kathmandu Post, 11 June.

Giri, Anil, 2021, ‘Study panel says «there are issues» along Nepal-China border in Humla’, The Kathmandu Post, 23 October.

Giri, Anil, 2023, ‘PM’s visit: No breakthrough, no notable gains, say observers’, The Kathmandu Post, 27 September.

Giri, Anil, 2023, ‘Congress open to debating secularism within the party’, The Kathmandu Post, 28 November.

Gupta, Rishi, 2023, ‘Tibet, BRI Top Agenda During Nepali PM’s Visit to China’, The Diplomat, 28 September.

Government of India, Survey of India, 2019, Political Map Of India, Published under the direction of Lt General Girish Kumar, VSM, English 9th Edition/2019 (http://www.surveyofindia.gov.in/pages/display/235-political-map-of-india).

Government of Nepal, Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation 2022, India-Nepal Joint Vision Statement on Power Sector Cooperation, 2 April, (https://www.moewri.gov.np/pages/notices?lan=en&id=402).

Government of Nepal, Ministry of Finance 2021, Economic Survey 2020/2021 (Unofficial Translation).

Government of Nepal, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 2021, Press Release on the Foreign Minister of Nepal and India having telephone conversation, 9 April (https://mofa.gov.np/press-release-on-the-foreign-minister-of-nepal-and-india-having-telephone-conversation/).

Government of Nepal, Ministry of Health and Population (https://covid19.mohp.gov.np/).

[GSCPRC 1961] 中华人民共和国国务院公报 (Gazette of the State Council of the People’s Republic of China), 1961, 14 October, 中华人民共和国和尼泊尔王国边界条约 (Border Treaty between the People’s Republic of China and the Kingdom of Nepal), n. 14 (total number 244): 262-267.

Karki, Chhatra, 2022, ‘Vaccine mandate drastically increases vaccination rate in Nepal’, Gavi, 17 February (https://www.gavi.org/vaccineswork/vaccine-mandate-drastically-increases-vaccination-rate-nepal).

Kathuria, Sanjay, and T.G. Srinivasan, 2023, ‘Nepal-India Transit Trade Ties Can Unlock Economic Opportunities, Cross-Border Collaborations’, The Wire, 8 September.

Khatiwada, Nishan, 2023, ‘Ram Chandra Paudel is new President’, The Kathmandu Post, 9 March.

Koirala, Kosh Raj, 2018, ‘With FSFN on board, Oli govt has two-thirds majority’, República, 2 June.

Mehta, Ashok K., 2019, ‘An unstable Nepal’, The Pioneer, 20 December.

Millennium Challenge Corporation, 2017, 14 September, ‘U.S. and Nepal Sign $500 Million Compact’ (https://www.mcc.gov/news-and-events/release/release-091417-nepal-signing-event).

Millennium Challenge Corporation, 2022, 01 March, ‘MCC Statement on Nepal Compact Ratification’ (https://www.mcc.gov/news-and-events/release/stmt-030122-nepal-compact-ratification).

Mohan, Geeta, 2020, ‘Nepal Parliament passes new map including disputed Indian territory’, India Today, 13 June.

myRepública, 2022, 9 October, ’Ruling coalition allocates seven seats to Loktantrik Samajwadi Party’.

myRepública, 2023, 10 January, ‘Breaking: PM Dahal wins vote of confidence, garners 268 votes’.

myRepública, 2023, 17 March, ’Yadav elected as Nepal’s new Vice President’.

Nepal Law Commission (https://lawcommission.gov.np/).

Nepal Rastra Bank-Central Bank of Nepal (https://www.nrb.org.np/).

Nepal Rastra Bank, Economic Research Department, Baluwatar, Kathmandu, Current Macroeconomic and Financial Situation of Nepal (Based on Annual Data of 2022/23), (https://www.nrb.org.np/contents/uploads/2023/08/Current-Macroeconomic-and-Financial-Situation-English-Based-on-Annual-data-of-2022.23.pdf).

Nikkei Asia, 2021, 12 July, ‘Nepal’s supreme court orders appointment of new PM’.

Nikkei Asia, 2021, 7 March, ‘Nepal PM loses confidence vote amid surging coronavirus’.

Online Khabar, 2022, 7 December, ‘Proportional representation votes counted, 7 parties become national parties’.

Pandey, Lekhanath, 2023, ‘Nepal, India strike cross-border infrastructure deals’, Deutsche Welle (DW), 5 May.

Paudyal, Gyanendra, 2013, ‘Border Dispute between Nepal and India’, Researcher: A Research Journal of Culture and Society, Vol. I, No. II, July-December 2013: 35-48.

Pradhan, Tika R., & Anil Giri, 2021 ‘House reinstated’, The Kathmandu Post, 24 February.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2019, ‘Ruling party members ask leadership to seek clarity on MCC compact from the US’, The Kathmandu Post, 22 December.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2019, ‘Nepal Communist Party standing committee meet shelves issues for central committee’, The Kathmandu Post, 23 December.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2020, ‘Samajbadi Party and Rastriya Janata Party sign midnight deal to merge parties’, The Kathmandu Post, 23 April.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2020, ‘Janata Samajbadi Party registered at Election Commission’, The Kathmandu Post, 9 July.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2020 ‘At Secretariat meet, Dahal asks Oli to ‘sacrifice’ for saving party and republic’, The Kathmandu Post, 14 November.

Pradhan, Tika R., 2021 ‘Supreme Court awards Nepal Communist Party to Rishiram Kattel’, The Kathmandu Post, 7 March.

Rijal, Pratistha, 2023, ‘Disillusionment with democracy in Nepal’, ORF: Observer Research Foundation, 22 December (https://www.orfonline.org/expert-speak/disillusionment-with-democracy-in-nepal).

República, 2018, 18 May, ‘UML, Maoist Center merge to form Nepal Communist Party’.

República, 2019, 7 November, ‘Unilateral move to alter border demarcation not acceptable: Nepal’.

República, 2019, 9 November, ‘Amid growing protest over Kalapani map PM calls all-party meet’.

República, 2019, 12 November, ‘Govt working to retrieve encroached territories: PM Oli’.

República, 2019, 21 November, ‘Oli seals five years full, Dahal gets face-saver under revised deal’.

República, 2020a, 3 January, ‘India reiterates its stance on border issue’.

República, 2020b, 3 January, ‘Upper House endorses resolution to reclaim Nepali territory’.

Adhikari, Ankit, and Niha Masih, ‘Nepal’s parliament dissolved amid power struggle in the ruling party’, The Washington Post, 20 December.

Sharma Poudel, Santosh, 2021, ‘Nepal Begins Hydropower Export to India’, The Diplomat, 27 December.

Sharma Poudel, Santosh, 2022, ‘Deuba’s India Visit Arrests Drift in India-Nepal Relations’, The Diplomat, 8 April.

Sharma, Gopal, 2022, ‘Nepal police fire tear gas, water cannon to disperse protest over U.S. ‘gift’, Reuters, 20 February.

Sharma, Gopal, 2022, ‘Nepalis cast their votes for a new government to revive economy’, Reuters, 20 November.

The Economic Times, 2023, 27 February, ‘Former Nepal PM Oli’s party to withdraw support to Prachanda-led government in Nepal’.

The Himalayan Times, 2019, 24 December, ‘Lawmakers seek govt reply on Gokarna resort, Kalapani’.

The Himalayan Times, 2021, 15 May, ‘Oli sworn in as prime minister’.

The Himalayan Times, 2021, 18 July, ‘PM Sher Bahadur Deuba wins trust vote in House of Representatives, secures 165 votes’.

The Hindustan Times, 2021, 14 January, ‘Nepal foreign minister Gyawali in New Delhi to discuss Covid-19 cooperation, boundary issue’.

The Indian Express, 2022, 27 September, ‘At UNGA, Bhutan, Nepal express gratitude for India’s supply of COVID-19 vaccines’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2020, 20 December, ‘Seven ministers, all from the Dahal-Nepal faction in ruling party, resign’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2020, 22 December, ‘Nepal selected new Nepal Communist Party chair to replace Oli’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2021, 22 June, ‘Supreme Court quashes appointment of 20 ministers’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2021, 20 August, ‘Thakur group proposes name of the new party as Loktrantrik Samajbadi Party Nepal’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2021, 29 August, ‘Madhav Nepal elected Parliamentary Party leader of CPN (Unified Socialist)’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2022, 29 March, ‘Nepal receives over 556,640 doses of Sinovac-CoronaVac Covid-19 vaccine’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2022, 5 August, ‘Ruling coalition agrees to go to polls jointly under electoral alliance’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2022, 4 December, ‘Four million doses of China-donated vaccines may never be used’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2023, 20 March, ‘Prime Minister Dahal secures vote of confidence for second time in three months’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2023, 1 June, ‘Nepal, India sign long-term energy deal, agreement on digital payment’.

The Kathmandu Post, 2023, 1 October, ‘Back from Beijing, Dahal has nothing to show for Belt and Road plans’.

The New Indian Express, 2024, 4 January, ‘Nepal, India sign long-term power agreement’

The Rising Nepal, 2017, 4 October, ‘UML, MC, Naya Shakti announce poll alliance’.

The Times of India, 2021, 13 July, ‘Sher Bahadur Deuba takes oath as Nepal’s Prime Minister for record 5th time; ceremony delayed’.

The Wire, 2023, 1 June, ‘Nepal, India Renew Transit Treaty, Sign Deals in Energy, Connectivity’.

The World Bank, ‘Nepal’ (https://data.worldbank.org/country/nepal).

Tiwari, Ankit, 2023, ‘The BRI Has Failed in Nepal: Prime Minister Dahal’s Visit Confirms It’, The Diplomat, 27 October.

U.S. Embassy in Nepal, 2022, U.S. Donates 2.2 Million Doses of Pediatric COVID-19 Vaccines to Nepal, 19 June (https://np.usembassy.gov/u-s-donates-2-2-million-doses-of-pediatric-covid-19-vaccines-to-nepal/).

United Nations, Digital Library (https://digitallibrary.un.org/).

United Nations, General Assembly, 2022, Eleventh Emergency Special session, 14th plenary meeting, Official Records, A/ES-11/PV.14, 12 October.

Voice of America, 2020, 8 December, ‘China, Nepal Agree on Mt. Everest’s Height’

World Health Organization (https://www.who.int/).

1 Writing this article, I have largely consulted the paper edition of República, therefore the dates of the articles may not coincide with those of the online edition. However, when the online edition has been consulted, it is indicated as myRepública.

2 To be precise, a few days after the first publication, the Survey of India published a second new map, i.e. the 9th edition [Government of India 2019]. Only, the first map indicated the Kali River. The new map traced the course of the river but did not indicate its name [Gaha Magar 2019].

3 The copy of the updated constitution is available on the Nepal Law Commission website (https://lawcommission.gov.np/).

4 Within the framework of Sino-Nepalese relations during the Oli government, it is worth mentioning the agreement reached on the height of Everest at the end of 2020 [Voice of America 2020, 8 December].

5 According to Article 73(3) of the Constitution: «In case the office of Prime Minister falls vacant pursuant to clause (1), the same Council of Ministers shall continue to act until another Council of Ministers is constituted». For the text of the Constitution of Nepal, I have relied on the English translation available on the website of the Nepal Law Commission (https://lawcommission.gov.np/).

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

India 2023: Tactical wins and strategic setbacks in foreign policy?

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

India had a busy and increasingly tumultuous year in foreign policy. New Delhi played host to both the Group of 20 and the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation, providing opportunities to shape agendas in multiple areas of global governance and international security. It used both presidencies to showcase the achievements of the Modi government, to demonstrate India’s «convening power», and, at times, to frustrate others, especially China. But, during 2023, India also attracted global attention for other reasons. In the middle of year, the killing of a Sikh separatist in Canada led some to conclude that New Delhi was running a covert programme of targeted assassinations. That incident led to a major diplomatic dispute with Ottawa and was followed by evidence, uncovered by United States authorities, of an unsuccessful plot to assassinate another Sikh separatist. These events cast a shadow over India’s strategic partnership with Washington. Towards the end of year, the outbreak of violence in Gaza brought the Modi government’s Middle East policy – especially the strong relationship forged with Israel – under greater scrutiny. Both could prefigure strategic setbacks for India, this article argues.

Keywords – India; Indian foreign policy; G20; China; targeted killings; Canada; Gaza

1. Introduction

Partly by design and partly by circumstance, the global spotlight shone brightly on India throughout 2023. With a national election looming in the first half of 2024, Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government was keen to display India’s «convening power» in contemporary international affairs, as chair of both the Group of 20 (G20) and the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and as convenor of two «Voice of the Global South» summits. These events allowed Modi to showcase Naya Bharat («New India») to tens of thousands of visiting politicians, officials, businesspeople, investors, and analysts, and to make the case to ordinary Indians that their country is now held in high esteem by the world, thanks to the astute diplomacy of the Prime Minister and the Bharatiya Janata Party («Indian People’s Party» or BJP).

As the year wore on, however, India found itself the focus of international attention for other reasons. On 18 June 2023, a prominent Sikh separatist leader, Hardeep Singh Nijjar, was shot by unidentified gunmen outside a gurdwara in Surrey, near Vancouver, in the Canadian state of British Columbia [Pawson 2023, 19 June]. In the following hours and days, it was widely speculated that India’s external intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing (R&AW) had played some part in the killing. It soon became clear that this suspicion was shared by the Canadian government and at least some of Canada’s allies, including the United States (US). On 18 September 2023, just over a week after the G20 summit in New Delhi, this belief was finally aired in public. In a dramatic statement to parliament, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau stated that Canada’s security agencies were «actively pursuing credible allegations» concerning the involvement of Indian officials in Nijjar’s murder [Tasker 2023, 18 September].

This allegation plunged the bilateral relationship between Canada and India into crisis. New Delhi reacted angrily, designating Canada unsafe for Indian citizens, suspending visa services, and forcing the withdrawal of forty-one Canadian diplomats working in India [Bhattacharyya 2023, 20 October]. The accusation also cast a wider shadow. As the dispute developed, the extent of American concern about India’s alleged actions concerning Nijjar and the fate of other actual or putative targets became evident. We now know that in a series of private meetings in September, October, and November, the US repeatedly pressed India to engage constructively with Ottawa’s investigation [MacDonald 2023, 10 November]. Then came a surprising development. On 29 November 2023, US authorities unsealed an indictment alleging that an Indian citizen named Nikhil Gupta had collaborated with an Indian official in New Delhi to plot another assassination, this time in the US [Department of Justice 2023]. The target was not named in the indictment but was widely reported as New York-based Gurpatwant Singh Pannun, the high-profile leader of the «Sikhs for Justice» separatist group [Herman 2023, 22 November].

The suggestion that members of the Modi government were engaged in a programme of targeted killings prompted renewed scrutiny of the strategic partnerships forged with India by the US and its Indo-Pacific allies, including Australia and Japan [Ganguly 2023, 29 November]. While few analysts advocated breaking off or even winding back these relationships, in Washington, Canberra, Tokyo, and indeed London and further afield, questions were asked about the wisdom of deepening security ties with a country willing and able to act in such an unrestrained manner within the borders of supposedly friendly states [e.g. Chatterjee Miller 2023].

In this way and in others, the year saw what might be seen as a series of short-term tactical wins for New Delhi, but whether these successes advanced or undermined India’s longer-term strategic interests is less clear.1 To be sure, some of the wins were significant. In the G20 and SCO, and in other groupings, for example, India deployed considerable diplomatic skill to frustrate Chinese agendas and to forge closer ties with significant players, including in the Middle East, and the Global South [Hall 2023, 13 July; Manzoor, 2023, 10 September]. Modi’s State Visit to Washington in June reaffirmed the commitment of both countries to their burgeoning technology partnership, especially the Initiative on Critical and Emerging Technologies (iCET), agreed late in 2022, and a memorandum of understanding facilitating the future manufacturing of US-designed jet engines in India [Ministry of External Affairs, 2023b]. Some might also claim, perhaps, that India’s undeclared targeting killing programme paid dividends, eliminating a series of long-standing national security threats. By the end of the year, at least ten accused terrorists had been killed by unnamed assailants, including several apparently high-ranking militant Islamists resident in Pakistan [The Times of India 2023, 10 November].2

Yet at the same time, the Nijjar and Pannun affairs arguably undermined trust between New Delhi and the Western strategic partners India needs to help manage security challenges posed by China and Pakistan and others in South Asia and the Indian Ocean region. Throughout 2023, those challenges remained acute. By the end of the year, China remained in possession of the territory seized by stealth by the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) in the first half of 2020. Military talks between India and China yielded only a few minor disengagements on the Line of Actual Control (LAC) [Pandit 2023, 12 October]. China continued to upgrade military infrastructure along the LAC and to step up its military and oceanographic presence in the Indian Ocean [Laskar 2023, 6 June]. Beijing did not wind back efforts to build influence in South Asia and the Indian Ocean region [Grossman 2023, 21 August]. And while China’s leaders called on New Delhi to stabilise the relationship and work with Beijing in areas of mutual interest, they offered no concessions to India [Xinhua 2023, 25 July].

Nor did Pakistan, for that matter, despite that country’s worsening economic malaise and increasingly fractious internal politics [Biswas 2023, 17 May]. While the India-Pakistan Line of Control remained relatively quiet, which could be seen as a success of sorts, no progress was made in improving relations between Islamabad and New Delhi [Chauhan 2023, 23 October]. To make matters worse for India, events elsewhere in the immediate region took problematic turns during 2023. In Afghanistan, the Taliban consolidated its control and pledged to work more closely with Beijing [Yunus Yarwar and Greenfield, 2023, 14 October]. In Myanmar, the military government with which India has remained engaged since the start of the civil war lost control of more territory [Myers 2023]. In the Maldives, a Presidential election was won by a candidate, Mohamed Muizzu, committed to upgrading the country’s relationship with China and Muslim states and downgrading ties with India [Kapoor, 2023, 21 December]. In parallel, another election, this time in Bangladesh, exposed disagreements between New Delhi and strategic partners like the US [Shivamurthy 2023].

This paper explores this persistently difficult strategic predicament and other significant developments in 2023. The next section sets the scene, outlining India’s position at the start of the year. The third examines one of New Delhi’s biggest projects: its outreach to the Global South, using the G20 and other vehicles. The fourth returns to India’s relations with the major powers; especially it examines the consequences of New Delhi’s attempts to «soft balance» China, and the impact of the allegations of India-sponsored targeted killings on its partnerships with Western states. The fifth section then turns to India’s balancing act in West Asia, which was made more precarious by Hamas’ surprise attack on Israel on 7 October 2023 and the war in Gaza that followed. The conclusion provides a brief assessment of India’s standing at the close of the year.

2. Promise and Purpose

Despite facing a complex set of strategic challenges, New Delhi began 2023 with purpose. The Modi government’s determination to make the most of the G20 presidency was clear as soon as it took over the G20 presidency from Indonesia. At the Bali G20 Leaders’ Summit on 15-16 November 2022, Modi himself promised that India would deliver not just an «inclusive, ambitious, action-oriented, and decisive» agenda, but also that it would promote a «universal sense of one-ness» or harmony between all living things [Modi 2022, 30 November].

Whether or not that latter objective could be achieved, at the start of 2023, New Delhi had reasons to feel confident. Prior to the Bali Summit (15-16 November 2022), many observers doubted that a final statement could be agreed among the G20 members, given differences between China and Russia, on the one hand, and the West, on the other, over Ukraine. Deft Indonesian and Indian diplomacy, however, eventually forged an agreement which included language mildly critical of Russia’s aggression and acceptable to all [Press Trust of India 2022, 19 November]. This was no small achievement, balancing both Western and Russian concerns, and Chinese disapproval [Lawler and Allen-Ebrahimian 2022, 16 November]. For a time, at least, the Bali language appeared to offer India a way out of a messy situation New Delhi was compelled to manage in 2022, thanks to Vladimir Putin’s adventurism and Western anger at Russia’s aggression. Some ire had been directed at New Delhi, which refused to condemn Putin’s actions and maintained an open channel of communication to Moscow, fearful that Russia might be forced into China’s arms [Tellis 2022] and conscious of India’s ongoing dependence on Russian-supplied weapons [Lalwani and Sagerstrom 2021], as well as scarce and sensitive technologies [Gupta, Amit 2022].

Beyond the Bali compromise, India also had other grounds to be positive. Despite the disagreements about Russia, during 2022 New Delhi had managed to further strengthen ties with its Quad partners: Australia, Japan, and the United States. The Tokyo Quad Summit in late May unveiled a series of new initiatives useful to India, not least the Indo-Pacific Partnership for Maritime Domain Awareness (IPMDA) and projects intended to enhance cooperation in basic science, advanced technologies, space, cyber-security, and the green energy transition [White House 2023]. The Quad foreign ministers reaffirmed their commitment to work together at a meeting on the sidelines of the United Nations (UN) General Assembly in September 2022 and convened again in New Delhi in March 2023. At that New Delhi meeting, the bonhomie among the Quad foreign ministers was evident. At the Raisina Dialogue, hosted by the Observer Research Foundation, they compared themselves the «The Beatles» in cheery exchanges with each other and with the audience [Roy 2023, 4 March].

Finally, New Delhi had managed the economic disruptions caused by the Ukraine conflict reasonably well, partly by buying up cheap Russian oil with Indian rupees, satisfying some of the country’s own needs, and refining and on-selling more [Gamio et al. 2023, 22 June]. These actions allowed India to cushion its economy from some of the inflationary pressures that arose from the war and the sanctions imposed on Russia. Partly as a result, India’s gross domestic product grew by 7.2% in the financial year 2022-23 [Mishra 2023, 31 May] and strong growth was predicted to continue through into 2023-24 [Seth 2023, 31 January].

3. Reengaging the Global South

Eager to capitalise on these achievements and make the most of the G20 presidency, New Delhi moved quickly to demonstrate India’s convening power and to extend its influence, especially in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. In the final days of 2022 and the first of 2023, Modi and India’s External Affairs Minister (EAM) Dr Subrahmanyam (conventionally «S») Jaishankar embarked on a round of telephone diplomacy, making calls to the leader or foreign ministers of most than a hundred developing countries. On 12-13 January 2023, India held a virtual «Voice of the Global South Summit» with participants from 125 states, including 47 from Africa [Pradhan 2023, 19 January]. New Delhi promised to use the meeting to gather up ideas – especially concerning the reform of international institutions, common but differentiated responsibilities on issues like climate change, and the challenge of inclusive development – to feed into the India’s G20 agenda [Roy 2023, 14 January].

These moves reflected a growing concern in New Delhi that India had unduly neglected the Global South in recent years. For two decades, as C. Raja Mohan rightly observed in the aftermath of the summit, India had focused most of its attention on «restructuring its great power relations» while «promoting greater cooperation and connectivity in the near and extended neighbourhood» [Mohan 2023]. Throughout this period, India’s ties with most of the developing world beyond South Asia were recognised as important, but were not prioritised. Indeed, successive governments, including Modi’s, showed little interest in fora like the Non-Aligned Movement and the Group of 77, favouring alternatives like the BRICS (which brings together Brazil, China, India, Russia, and South Africa) or the G20. These groupings allowed India to work more closely with the major powers [Ganguly 2016, 19 September] and offered New Delhi higher status in the international community.3

This approach was not without costs. Over the past two decades, New Delhi has lost ground to China in the battle for influence in the Global South, especially in Africa, Latin America, and the Pacific [Cooper 2021]. The January Summit was intended to respond to that challenge. It aimed to boost India’s influence and thereby reshape institutions and processes of global governance to better fit India’s interests [Akita 2023, 1 April]. So was New Delhi’s ultimately successful push to give the African Union a seat at the table at the G20, alongside the European Union. A series of visits by the Foreign Minister to developing states in Africa, Latin America, and the Pacific had similar objectives. In 2022, Jaishankar ranged further afield than most recent Indian foreign ministers, heading to Argentina, Brazil, and Paraguay, as well as Botswana, Ethiopia, and Kenya [Gupta, Shishir 2022, 30 August]. During 2023, Jaishankar travelled further still, visiting Mozambique, Namibia, South Africa, and Tanzania to signal India’s renewed interest in African partners, to Colombia, the Dominican Republic, Guyana, and Panama in Central and South America [Seshasayee 2023, 5 May], and to Fiji in the Pacific.

In May, Modi also became the first Indian prime minister to visit Papua New Guinea (PNG). There he attended the summit meeting of the Forum for India-Pacific Islands Cooperation (FIPIC), a grouping launched in Fiji in 2014. FIPIC connects India with fourteen Pacific Island states to work on trade, investment, energy, physical and digital infrastructure, and people-to-people ties. Modi had earlier attended the Fiji meeting and the subsequent one in Jaipur in India in August 2015, but then FIPIC went into something of a hiatus. Its revival in May 2023 was India-driven and reflective of New Delhi’s mounting anxiety about Chinese influence in the Pacific [Parashar 2023, 23 May]. For that reason, Modi brought a twelve-point action plan for closer ties and the promise that India wanted to be an active development partner for the region, helping to keep it «free and open», and providing an alternative to China [Modi 2023a].

Several other Global South-focused initiatives followed in the second half of 2023. Two were revealed on the sidelines of the G20 Summit. The first was a Global Biofuel Alliance (GBA) that aimed to develop and promote sustainable fuels, bringing together India with Argentina, Bangladesh, Brazil, Italy, Mauritius, Singapore, and the US. The second was more contentious: an agreement among the IBSA grouping, comprising India, Brazil, and South Africa, to work more closely together to reform multilateral development financing. This initiative came as a surprise to some observers, as IBSA had been dormant for several years, as the larger BRICS minilateral forged ahead. Few missed the fact, however, that both the new GBA and IBSA project excluded China. This was in keeping with New Delhi’s broader effort – discussed in the next section – to frustrate and forestall Beijing’s ambitions [Hall 2023, 11 September].

India completed this push for influence with a second Global South Summit held online on 17 November. Modi introduced the opening session and highlighted what he deemed were the achievements of India’s G20 presidency: the admission of the African Union; promises to reform the development banks and provide funds for the green transition; commitments to realise the Sustainable Development Goals; and pledges concerning artificial intelligence, digital payments, and disaster resilient infrastructure [Modi 2023b].

This event was overshadowed by the war in Gaza, however – a conflict that divided the attendees, despite Modi’s call for solidarity [The Wire 2023, 18 November]. That conflict also threatened New Delhi’s efforts to forge partnerships across West Asia and pursue projects beneficial to India. These included initiatives like an India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC), unveiled by Modi just two months earlier at the G20 Summit, and intended to connect India to Europe via Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) [Al Jazeera 2023, 9 September]. This scheme now has no clear timetable for completion. Other Indian projects, including the so-called «Middle East Quad», comprising India, Israel, the UAE, and the US, launched in late 2021, known as I2U2, were also sidelined [Alhasan and Solanki 2023, 16 November].

4. Tactics and Strategy

The demands imposed by the hundreds of meetings held across India under the auspices of the G20 stretched its notoriously over-worked diplomats. Yet throughout 2023 New Delhi’s foreign policy and national security establishment was also busy in other areas.4 In part, this was due to India’s engagement with an ever-growing number of multilateral and minilateral groupings, including the BRICS, East Asia Summit (EAS), FIPIC, IBSA, I2U2, Quad, and SCO. Each of these required New Delhi’s energy during the year, to advance or defend India’s interests, or stymie others’ agendas, or simply to ensure that a suitable representative and delegation could attend meetings. But in part too, India’s officials were busy because the Modi government was keen for India to be assertive concerning perceived adversaries. Two received the most attention: China and foreign-based separatists, including militant Islamists focused on Kashmir and advocates of an independent Sikh state of «Khalistan».5

4.1. Soft Balancing China

New Delhi was more subtle in its approach to managing China.6 Unable and unwilling to attempt to dislodge the PLA from the positions Chinese troops had seized in 2020, India persisted with a diplomatic strategy with four elements developed during 2021 and 2022 [Gokhale 2021; Torri 2022]. The first part of this strategy was rhetorical: the public insistence that what occurred before, during, and after the Galwan clash cannot and will not be seen normal – as minor incidents or disputes like the others that have periodically occurred along the LAC since China seized control of Tibet in 1950. Throughout 2023, New Delhi maintained that what the PLA did in transgressing so aggressively and in grabbing territory was extraordinary and unacceptable, and that Beijing bears sole responsibility for remedying the situation. To emphasise this point, EAM Jaishankar repeatedly declared that New Delhi cannot abide by the tacit agreement stuck in the 1990s between China and India to set aside their differences over the LAC and deepen cooperation in other areas of the bilateral relationship. Instead, Jaishankar argued, Beijing must return to the status quo ante 2020 before India will work with China again in those areas [The Times of India 2023, 27 September].

The second element consisted of military pressure along the LAC, exerted by the persistent deployment, all year round, of significant numbers of Indian troops into the border areas, and by the accelerated development of related infrastructure. Three army divisions have been stationed in Ladakh since the 2020 crisis – two more than usual – plus tanks, artillery, helicopters, and various fixed-wing aircraft and drones [Tarapore 2021]. In total, at the end of 2023, India was maintaining around 50-60,000 troops on the western sector of the LAC. Moreover, following clashes in the eastern sector late in 2022, additional forces have also been deployed into Arunachal Pradesh and new roads built to better manage Chinese incursions [Wallen 2023, 19 December].

The third part of this strategy involved strengthening India’s ties with strategic partners, including the other members of the Quad [Tarapore 2023]. Since 2022, if not before, New Delhi has been energetic since 2021 in working more closely with Australia, Japan, and the US within the Quad in multiple areas: in artificial intelligence, biotechnology and pharmaceuticals, climate change, critical infrastructure, cybersecurity, infrastructure financing, maritime security, minerals, and supply chains [Madan 2022]. Beyond the Quad, it also continued throughout 2023 to develop closer bilateral defence and security relationships with all three countries [Mehta and George 2022; Siddiqui 2023, 20 March; Vergun 2023], and with others, including France [Balachandran 2023] and Singapore [TNN 2023, 2 November]. These moves were intended to bolster interoperability as well as building habits of cooperation, permit greater information sharing, foster defence industry partnerships and technology transfer, and facilitate arms sales.

The final element in India’s evolving approach to managing China is what we might call «soft balancing» within multilateral institutions and minilateral groupings. Soft balancing can be defined as the «use of nonmilitary tools to delay, frustrate and undermine» [Pape 2005: 10] often involving «limited, tacit, or indirect balancing strategies largely through coalition building and diplomatic bargaining within international institutions, short of formal bilateral and multilateral military alliances» [Paul 2005: 58]. Throughout 2023, there is much evidence that India engaged in soft balancing of China across several forums, seeking to stymie Beijing’s agendas. This was clear at the G20, as we have already seen, and was widely commented upon inside and outside China [Reuters 2023, 9 September]. But it was also evident within the BRICS and even the China- and Russia-dominated SCO, which India joined in 2017.

This soft balancing took multiple forms. At the G20, it involved sidelining China, and forming other groupings, like the biofuel alliance, or using existing groupings, like the hitherto moribund IBSA, which India revitalised to provide a platform for a new campaign for the reform of multilateral development banks [Hall 2023, 11 September]. At the BRICS Summit, hosted by South Africa on 22 to 24 August, it involved more direct opposition, especially to Beijing’s plan to open the forum to new members, including Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE. New Delhi eventually dropped its objections, but the point was made – China cannot assume that India will support an effort to turn the BRICS into a Beijing-led anti-Western alternative to the Group of 7 (G7) [du Plessis, Miridzhanian and Acharya 2023, 25 August]. At the SCO, which New Delhi chaired during 2023, India’s approach was more circumspect, but still focused on frustrating Chinese objectives [Lo 2023, 6 July]. Citing scheduling issues, New Delhi held the set-piece SCO Summit online, refused to endorse the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), and focused the agenda on light issues – innovation, traditional medicine, and digital inclusion – rather than the security challenges that are the organisation’s usual preoccupations [Hall 2023, 13 July].

Beijing was clearly irritated by India’s actions in these and other forums. Xi Jinping’s refusal to attend the G20 Summit in New Delhi in September – also officially blamed on scheduling difficulties – was likely a rebuke, as well as an attempt to minimise embarrassment on China’s part [Paramesha 2023, 8 September]. But whether India’s tactics had strategic effect is not yet obvious.

4.2. Targeted Killing

India’s approach to countering perceived non-state threats was less subtle. In late February 2023, the Indian media reported the death of Bashir Ahmad Pir (also known as Imtiyaz Alam) in the Pakistani city of Rawalpindi. Allegedly a top Hizbul Mujahideen commander, Ahmad was shot by unidentified gunmen [Basu 2023, 21 February]. A few days later, Syed Khalid Raza, said to be a former member of the militant group Al Badr, was killed in Karachi [Hindustan Times 2023, 27 February]. A few days after that Syed Noor Shalobar, an alleged Islamic State Khorasan commander, was shot in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa on or around 4 March [ANI 2023, 6 March].

This spate of killings was not unprecedented – there were several in 2022, including the shooting of Zahoor Mistry Ibrahim, a long-time Jaish-e-Mohammed operative who participated in a notorious hijacking in 1999, in Karachi in March [Shekhar 2022, 9 March]. However, they did not attract much attention beyond South Asia. But then came a series of incidents involving Sikh separatists. On 6 May Paramjit Singh Panjwar, long-time head of the so-called Khalistan Commando Force, who had played a prominent role in the insurgency in Punjab in the late 1980s and early 1990s, was shot in Lahore [Press Trust of India 2023, 7 May]. A month later, in mid-June, Avtar Singh Khanda, a 35-year-old Sikh activist, died in a hospital in Birmingham in the United Kingdom (UK). Khanda had earlier led a protest outside the Indian High Commission in London, during which he helped to pull down India’s flag from the building. Media reports cited blood cancer as Khanda’s cause of death, but some followers soon suggested he was poisoned [The Tribune 2023, 15 June]. Finally, a few days after Khanda’s death, the high-profile Sikh activist Nijjar was shot in Canada.

These cases, well publicised not just in the Indian media but also by Sikh separatist outlets, attracted global interest. And without good explanations for what had occurred, international scrutiny of the killings intensified. Soon after Nijjar’s death, the theory began to circulate that India had played some role in his murder [Macdonald et al.2023, 19 June]. So, indeed, did the idea that New Delhi was running a bigger targeted killing programme [Southern 2023, 20 June]. These suspicions were not allayed by the response of leading Indian media outlets. Many adhered to the official line that New Delhi had not been involved in the murders. But at the same time some welcomed the killings and suggested that they sent strong signals to India’s enemies and the countries that harboured them [e.g. Joshi 2023, 20 June].

It is now known that the Canadian government suspected Indian government involvement in Nijjar’s death soon after the shooting. In August and September, in the run-up to the New Delhi G20 summit, Canadian National Security Advisor Jody Thomas travelled to India twice to convey Ottawa’s concerns to her counterpart, Ajit Doval. They were raised once more by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau during a bilateral meeting with Modi on the sidelines of the summit [Sharma 2023, 4 October]. During this time, Canada appears also to have discussed the issue with allies and partners, including the so-called «Five Eyes» intelligence group, which includes Australia, New Zealand, the UK, and the US. Additional information about the killing may have been communicated to Ottawa by at least one Five Eyes partner [Akbarzai et al. 2023, 24 September].

Up to the G20 summit, India simply denied any suggestion that Indian officials had had a hand in Nijjar’s murder. On 18 September, a frustrated Trudeau finally went public, outlining Canada’s suspicions in a statement to parliament. At the same time, Canada took the serious step of naming and expelling Pavan Kumar Rai, the Ottawa station chief of India’s foreign intelligence service, R&AW [Rajghatta 2023, 19 September]. New Delhi reacted with fury and expelled the top representative of Canada’s external intelligence agency at its High Commission. Further measures followed, including the removal of two-thirds of the Canadian diplomats serving in India, all without any admission of culpability by New Delhi, nor a public promise to cooperate with the Canada’s investigation of Nijjar’s shooting. Instead, the official relationship between Canada and India entered a deep freeze, with neither side willing to break the ice [Nossal 2023, 15 October].

For about two months after Trudeau’s speech to parliament, it appeared that this issue might remain bilateral. On 22 November this situation changed, however, with the claim that in June US authorities had foiled an alleged plot to murder the prominent Khalistani and joint Canadian and US citizen Gurpatwant Singh Pannun. A week later, the indictment concerning this case was unsealed by the Department of Justice, making clear the nature of the charges against one of the alleged co-conspirators, Nikhil Gupta, and an unnamed Indian official in New Delhi the investigating authorities claimed had directed the plot [Department of Justice 2023]. At this point, it became clear that the US had been concerned about India’s behaviour since at least June 2023, if not earlier.

4.3. Tactical Assertion and Strategic Precarity

New Delhi’s reaction to the US indictment was markedly different to its visceral response to the earlier Canadian allegations [Ganguly 2023, 29 November]. Some Indian commentators fulminated about «Deep State» links to Sikh separatists, conspiracies to sabotage relations with the US, and Pakistani skulduggery [Talukdar 2023, 24 November]. But the official response was restrained. The MEA argued that assassinations on foreign soil were «contrary to government policy» and noted that the government had set up a «high-level enquiry committee» to scrutinise information provided by the US on the «nexus between organised criminals, gun runners and terrorists» [Hindustan Times 2023, 30 November]. No admission of involvement in a plot to kill Pannun was made, but equally, no angry statements were issued, no diplomats were expelled, and no visa processes suspended.

For good reason, authoritative analysts observed that this muted response likely reflected concern in New Delhi about the potential impact of the Pannun case on the US-India strategic partnership [Moriyasu and Sharma 2023, 28 November; cf. Ganguly 2023, 29 November]. Just a fortnight before the allegations of the murder plot were aired, the importance and the foundations of the relationship had been emphasised at the 2+2 foreign and defence ministers meeting. The meeting had brought Jaishankar and Rajnath Singh together with their American colleagues, Antony J. Blinken and Lloyd J. Austin III. Observing that both countries held the view that their partnership had been built on «trust and mutual understanding», the Joint Statement issued after the meeting outlined all the work underway to further cooperation in defence, counterterrorism, law enforcement, science and technology, health, trade, and infrastructure [US Department of Defense 2023].

New Delhi needs these initiatives to succeed, as well as those announced earlier in the year during Modi’s State Visit, given their importance for India’s economic and social development, as well as its national security. The iCET programme, American investment to build a semiconductor industry, defence and space collaboration, cooperation in advanced areas like artificial intelligence and quantum computing, joint work on energy transition and sustainable development, all have immense potential for India (Ministry of External Affairs 2023a]. Regional diplomatic coordination and information sharing are arguably crucial to New Delhi helping to construct the multipolar Indo-Pacific the Modi administration declares that it seeks [see Jaishankar 2024]. And from Washington’s point of view, India may still be «America’s best bet in the Indo-Pacific», as Arzan Tarapore [2023, 29 May] has argued, to assist with managing a truculent China.

Yet the Pannun affair and the evidence of an apparent targeted killing programme appears to have undermined trust in the US and shaken the case for deeper engagement [Galani 2023, 1 December]. It has likely further divided a foreign policy establishment split over the value of the strategic partnership. These divisions have been evident for some time and are unlikely to disappear soon, given the revelations concerning Nijjar and Pannun. They were exposed in 2022 due to New Delhi’s refusal to criticise Russian aggression in Ukraine and India’s purchases of huge quantities of Russian oil. They were obvious once more in the first half of 2023, well before Nijjar was gunned down in Canada, fed by anxiety about India’s strategic intentions and relative weakness vis-a-vis China [Tellis 2023, 1 May] and the Modi’s government’s apparent «autocratic turn» [Markey 2023]. The Pannun case likely fed those doubts and widened existing divisions in the US, offering as it did «ammunition to those inside the US government and elsewhere who question the wisdom of trusting India», in Daniel Markey’s words [Lakshman 2023, 5 December]. At the time of writing, the affair had not ended, despite the reported conclusion of an internal investigation by India and the transfer of one or more «rogue» R&AW officials to another part of the bureaucracy [Hindustan Times, 2024, 21 March].

5. Maintaining Balance in West Asia

The outbreak of hostilities in Gaza following Hamas’ breakout from the territory on 7 October added a further complication – with uncertain implications – to India’s international relations. Since the end of the Cold War, successive Indian governments have tried to forge close partnerships with most of the major military and economic powers of what India sees as «West Asia» regardless of the disputes they might have between them [Blarel 2022]. Since 2014, the Modi government has leant more heavily into the relationships with Israel and the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) states of Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, but in general it has pursued a strategy of regional «multialignment», aiming for good relations with most of states in the Middle East [Quamar 2023].7 The Gaza war threatened and continues to threaten to undermine that approach, forcing harder choices on India than it has faced for at least thirty years.

During the Cold War, the issue was clearer cut. Early on, New Delhi positioned itself as a prominent champion of the Palestinian cause. In 1947 India voted against the partition of Palestine and in 1949 against the admission of Israel into the UN, though it begrudgingly recognised the new state a year later. In the early 1970s, New Delhi intensified its concern once more, forging close ties with the PLO (Palestinian Liberation Organisation). But its motives for this move were more mixed: socialist and «anti-imperialist» solidarity played a part, but so did material and geostrategic concerns. After the 1971 war with Pakistan, in which most Arab states sided with Islamabad, New Delhi was keen to ensure oil and remittances continued to flow from the Gulf and eager to investigate whether a wedge might be driven between Pakistan and other parts of the Muslim world [Ginat 2004].

In the late 1980s, however, New Delhi began to develop closer ties with Israel, finally establishing full diplomatic relations in 1992 under P. V. Narasimha Rao’s Congress-led government.8 Again, India’s motives were mixed. Facing an upsurge of violence in Kashmir, New Delhi was disappointed at the lack of even tacit support from Arab states. At the same time, India was also increasingly interested in Israel as a supplier of much-needed advanced defence technology, and later information technology too [Blarel 2014]. By the end of the 1990s, moreover, some Hindu nationalists came to see Israel as a model manager of militant Islamism and sought to learn lessons learned by Tel Aviv to apply within and beyond India’s borders [Karmon 2022].9

For all these reasons, the current BJP-led government has persisted with the engagement of Israel and constructed a strategic partnership, formalised when Modi became the first Indian prime minister to visit the country in 2017 [Kumaraswamy 2023]. Simultaneously, however, it has also deepened and broadened ties with key Arab states, such as Saudi Arabia, which agreed in early 2019 to form another of India’s strategic partnerships [Sabarin 2019, 20 February], and the other GCC states. Economic, human, and strategic interests have driven this process, as India looks to boost trade and investment, ensure oil supplies, improve the wellbeing of Indian citizens working in the Gulf, and weaken Arab state support for Pakistan [Quamar 2023].

This strategy of parallel engagement of Israel and the GCC states, while maintaining strong ties with Iran, depends on two conditions: a stable security situation across most (if not perhaps all) of the Middle East and progress towards normalising relations between Israel and the Gulf Arab states. India’s persistence over the past decade or so have allowed it to engage with multiple partners at once, without being dragged into regional disputes and without having to make substantive trade-offs, with neither Israel nor the Gulf Arab states applying conditions to strong relations. The Gaza war has already upset that balance and could generate greater instability, to the detriment of India’s interests. It has likely left projects like the IMEC corridor stranded and could well stymie initiatives like the nascent I2U2 Middle East Quad [Haidar 2023, 20 November].

More broadly, the Gaza war brought more scrutiny of India’s strategic partnership with Israel and the ideological alignment of parts of the Hindu Right with hard-line Israelis, including Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu [e.g. Blarel 2023, 17 November; Storey 2023, 16 November]. And with this scrutiny came suggestions that India’s ties with the Arab states might suffer if she was too supportive of Tel Aviv [The Economic Times 2023, 11 October]. To some degree, these changed circumstances help explain the shifts in New Delhi’s approach to the Gaza war in the latter part of 2023.

Immediately after Hamas’ assault, Modi telephoned to Netanyahu to tell him that «people of India stand in solidarity with Israel in this difficult hour» and to reiterate New Delhi’s unequivocal condemnation of terrorism [Ministry of External Affairs, 2023b]. On 26 October, India then abstained in a UN General Assembly (UNGA) vote calling for a ceasefire, notwithstanding a verbal call for de-escalation [United Nations, 2023]. At the same time, an Indian foreign ministry spokesperson called for the «immediate and unconditional release» of the hostages taken by Hamas [Press Trust of India 2023, 9 November]. Then on 7 November, New Delhi banned pro-Palestinian public protests in Kashmir [Hussein and Saaliq 2023, 8 November]. Thereafter, however, India’s stance changed, amid domestic debate about the government’s initial strong backing of Israel and concern about its impact on ties with other states. At the second virtual Global South summit on 17 November, Modi called terrorism «unacceptable» but stated that New Delhi «strongly condemns the death of civilians» in the conflict [Associated Press 2023, 17 November]. Public attention was also drawn to India’s provision of humanitarian aid to Gaza [Chitre 2023, 19 November]. Finally, in mid-December, India voted for a UNGA resolution calling for an immediate ceasefire [Roy 2023, 14 December].

6. Conclusion

These modifications to India’s approach to the Gaza conflict aimed at reducing the risk that New Delhi’s closeness to Tel Aviv might undo the progress it had made in building partnerships in the Gulf and rebuilding influence in the Global South – at avoiding, in other words, another strategic setback. They drew attention to the fundamentals of India’s circumstances. India needs stability and predictability to ensure the sustained economic growth New Delhi requires to deliver social development and enhance national security. In the decade since the Modi government came to power, however, stability and predictability have been in short supply, thanks to China’s assertiveness, the rise of Donald J. Trump, a global pandemic, Putin’s adventurism, and latterly, a return to war in the Middle East. New Delhi is not so naïve as to think that international affairs will always be stable or predictable, of course, but it is fair to observe that recent events have not been kind to India.10

At the same time, it might be noted that the Modi government’s Realpolitik may not always improve New Delhi’s position. This may be one lesson of 2023. Whatever success India had in undermining Chinese agendas in multilateral and minilateral settings and in restoring influence in the developing world was arguably undercut by irritation in the West at India’s targeting of enemies overseas, especially of Sikh separatists, and in the Muslim world at India’s closeness to Israel. It is not yet clear how the first issue will play out, but trust and confidence in India appears to have been affected, with uncertain implications for strategic partnerships in which both New Delhi and Western states have invested much in recent years. Nor is the lasting impact of the Modi government’s early backing of Netanyahu against Hamas obvious, but again, there is some evidence that some damage has been done to India’s relations with the Arab states. For these reasons, it is hard to conclude that India ended 2023 in a stronger position than the one with which it started the year.

Bibliography

Akbarzai, Sahar, Rhea Mogul and Helen Regan, 2023, ‘Western intelligence led to Canada accusing India of Sikh activist’s assassination, US Ambassador says’, CNN, 24 September.

Akita, Hiroyuki, 2023, ‘China and India battle for leadership of Global South’, Nikkei Asia, 1 April.

Alhasan, Hasan and Viraj Solanki, 2023, ‘Obstacles to the India–Middle East–Europe Economic Corridor’, International Institute for Strategic Studies, 16 November.

Al Jazeera, 2023, ‘G20 summit: Transport project to link India to Middle East, Europe unveiled’, 9 September.

ANI, 2023, ‘4 IS-Khorasan commanders wanted in India killed in separate shootouts in Pakistan, Afghanistan’, The Print, 6 March.

Associated Press, 2023, ‘Modi Urges Global South Leaders to Unite Against Challenges From Israel-Hamas War’, VOA, 17 November.

Bajpai, Kanti, and Byron Chong, 2019, ‘India’s foreign policy capacity’, Policy Design and Practice 2(2): 137-162.

Balachandran, Manu, 2023, ‘How India and France are stepping up their defence partnership’, Forbes India, 14 July.

Basrur, Rajesh and Kate Sullivan de Estrada, 2017, Rising India: Status and Power, London and New York: Routledge.

Basu, Ajeyo, 2023, ‘Pakistan: Top Hizbul Mujahideen commander Bashir Ahmed Peer killed in Rawalpindi’, Firstpost, 21 February.

Bhattacharyya, Anirudh, 2023, ‘Canada removes 41 diplomats after India threatens to revoke their immunity’, Hindustan Times, 20 October.

Biswas, Soutik, 2023, ‘Pakistan is on the edge. Should India be worried?’, BBC News, 17 May.

Blarel, Nicolas, 2014, The Evolution of India’s Israel Policy: Continuity, Change, and Compromise since 1922, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Blarel, Nicolas, 2022, ‘Modi looks West? Assessing change and continuity in India’s Middle East policy since 2014’, International Politics 59(1): 90-111.

Blarel, Nicolas, 2023, ‘How India Became Pro-Israel’, Time, 17 November.

Chatterjee Miller, Manjari, 2023, ‘Canada-India Tensions Over Killing of Sikh Separatist: What to Know’, Council on Foreign Relations, 25 September.

Chauhan, Neeraj, 2023, ‘Pakistan breached ceasefire over a dozen times in 2 years’, Hindustan Times, 23 October

Chitre, Manjiri, 2023, ‘India sends second batch of humanitarian aid to Gaza amid Israel-Hamas war’, Hindustan Times, 19 November.

Cooper, Andrew F., 2021, ‘China, India and the pattern of G20/BRICS engagement: differentiated ambivalence between «rising» power status and solidarity with the Global South’, Third World Quarterly 42(9): 1945-1962.

Department of Justice, 2023, ‘U.S. Attorney Announces Charges In Connection With Foiled Plot To Assassinate U.S. Citizen In New York City’, 29 November.

du Plessis, Carien, Anait Miridzhanian and Bhargav Acharya, 2023, ‘BRICS welcomes new members in push to reshuffle world order’, Reuters, 25 August.

Galani, Una, 2023, ‘US and India’s strengthening bond is weak on trust’, Reuters, 1 December.

Gamio, Lazaro, Leanne Abraham, Ana Swanson and Alex Travelli, 2023, ‘How India Profits From Its Neutrality in the Ukraine War’, The New York Times, 22 June.

Ganguly, Sumit, 2016, ‘India After Nonalignment: Why Modi Skipped the Summit’, Foreign Affairs, 19 September.

Ganguly, Sumit, 2023, ‘Will U.S. Revelation of Plot to Kill Sikh Activist Strain Ties With India?’, Foreign Policy, 29 November.

Ginat, Rami, 2004, ‘India and the Palestine question: The emergence of the Asio-Arab bloc and India’s quest for hegemony in the post-colonial third world’, Middle Eastern Studies 4(6): 189-218.

Gokhale, Vijay, 2021, ‘The road from Galwan: The future of India-China relations’, Carnegie India Working Paper, March.

Grossman, Derek, 2023, ‘India Is Pushing Back Against China in South Asia’, The RAND Blog, 21 August.

Gupta, Amit, 2022, ‘Techno-nationalism vs. techno globalization: India’s military acquisitions and arms production dilemma’, Comparative Strategy 41(2): 212-228.

Gupta, Shishir, 2022, ‘India to intensify engagement with Latin America and Africa’, Hindustan Times, 30 August.

Haidar, Suhasini, ‘IMEEC, I2U2 progress could be paused due to Israel-Hamas conflict: U.S. envoy 2023’, The Hindu, 20 November.

Hall, Ian, 2016, ‘Multialignment and Indian foreign policy under Narendra Modi’, The Round Table: The Commonwealth Journal of International Affairs 105(3): 271-286.

Hall, Ian, 2023, ‘Soft Balancing and the Slow Demise of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation’, China-India Brief #227, Centre on Asia and Globalisation, Lee Kuan Yew School of Public Policy, 13 July.

Hall, Ian, 2023, ‘India pushes China to the margins of the G20’, The Interpreter (Lowy Institute), 11 September.

Herman, Steve, 2023, ‘India Alleged to Have Plotted Assassination on US Soil’, VOA, 22 November.

Hindustan Times, 2023, 27 February, ‘Pak: Big blow to anti-India terror group Al Badr; Former Jihadist killed in Karachi attack’.

Hindustan Times 2023, 30 November, ‘Matter of concern, contrary to govt policy: MEA on US indicting Indian national Nikhil Gupta in «plot to kill»’.

Hindustan Times, 2024, 21 March, ‘India’s probe finds rogue R&AW agents involved in Pannun murder plot: Report’.

Hussein, Aijaz and Sheikh Saaliq, 2023, ‘India bars protests that support the Palestinians’, Associated Press, 8 November.

Jaishankar, S., 2020, The India Way: Strategies for an Uncertain World, New Delhi: HarperCollins.

Jaishankar, S., 2024, Why Bharat Matters, New Delhi: Rupa.

Joshi, Poorva, 2023, ‘The curious case of 4 Khalistani terrorists dropping dead in 6 months’, India Today, 20 June.

Kapoor, Sanjay, 2023, ‘“India out”: Maldives president eyes Middle East partners with early trips’, Al Jazeera, 21 December.

Karmon, Ely, 2022. ‘India’s Counterterrorism Cooperation with Israel’, Perspectives on Terrorism 16(2): 14-23.

Kumaraswamy, P. R., 2023, ‘Indo-Israeli relations: changes under Narendra Modi’, Global Discourse 13(1): 70-83.

Lalwani, Sameer, and Tyler Sagerstro, 2021, ‘What the India–Russia Defence Partnership Means for US Policy’, Survival 63(4): 149-182.

Lakshman, Nikhil, 2023, ‘US-India initiatives will face new scrutiny’, Rediff.com, 5 December.

Laskar, Razaul H., 2023, ‘China builds «expanded roads, modern camps» for its troops in Aksai Chin: Report’, Hindustan Times, 6 June.

Lawler, Dave and Bethany Allen-Ebrahimian, 2022, ‘G20 statement: «Most members» condemn Russia’s invasion of Ukraine’, Axios, 16 November.

Lo, Alex, 2023, ‘India stirs the pot in Shanghai Cooperation Organisation’, South China Morning Post, 6 July.

MacDonald, Brendan, 2023, ‘Blinken again urges India to co-operate as Canada probes killing of pro-Khalistan activist’, CBC News, 10 November.

Macdonald, Nancy, Colin Freeze and Jane Skrypnek, 2023, ‘Sikh leader killed outside Surrey, B.C., temple warned by CSIS he was in danger’, The Globe and Mail, 19 June

Madan, Tanvi, 2022, ‘India and the Quad’, in International Institute for Strategic Studies, Asia-Pacific Regional Security Assessment 2022, London and New York: Routledge, 2022, pp. 198-220.

Manzoor, Danish, 2023, ‘China Blindsided by Historic Challenge To Belt and Road Project at G20’, Newsweek, 10 September.

Markey, Daniel, 2023, ‘India as It Is: Washington and New Delhi Share Interests, Not Values’, Foreign Affairs, 16 June.

Mehta, Pradeep S. and Sandra George, 2022, ‘Defence cooperation hardens the India–Australia relationship’, East Asia Forum, 13 May.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2023a, ‘India-USA Joint Statement during the Official State visit of Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi to USA’, 23 June, https://www.mea.gov.in/bilateral-documents.htm?dtl/36711/IndiaUSA+Joint+Statement+during+the+Official+State+visit+of+Prime+Minister+Shri+Narendra+Modi+to+USA.

Ministry of External Affairs, 2023b, ‘Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi speaks with Prime Minister of Israel’, 10 October, https://www.mea.gov.in/press-releases.htm?dtl/37180/Prime_Minister_Shri_Narendra_Modi_speaks_with_Prime_Minister_of_Israel.

Mishra, Asit Ranjan, 2023, ‘India’s GDP grows 6.1% in Q4, 7.2% in 2022-23; beats analysts’ expectations’, Business Standard, 31 May.

Modi, Narendra, 2022, ‘India’s G20 agenda will be inclusive, ambitious, action-oriented, and decisive’, The Hindu, 30 November.

Modi, Narendra, 2023a, ‘PM’s opening statement at the FIPIC III Summit’, 22 May, https://www.pmindia.gov.in/en/news_updates/pms-opening-statement-at-the-fipic-iii-summit/.

Modi, Narendra, 2023b, ‘PM’s Opening Remarks during the 2nd Voice of Global South Summit’, 17 November, https://www.pmindia.gov.in/en/news_updates/pms-opening-remarks-during-the-second-voice-of-global-south-summit/.

Mohan, C. Raja, 2023, ‘India’s Return to the Global South’, ISAS Brief, 16 January.

Moriyasu, Ken and Kiran Sharma, 2023, ‘Quad faces reality check as alleged plot to kill U.S. Sikh dents trust’, Nikkei Asia, 28 November.

Myers, Lucas, 2023, ‘The Myanmar Military is Facing Death by a Thousand Cuts’, War on the Rocks, 17 November.

Nossal, Kim, 2023, ‘India–Canada relations are trapped in a doom loop’, East Asia Forum, 15 October.

Pandit, Rajat, 2023, ‘No breakthrough yet again in military talks on border row with China’, The Times of India, 12 October.

Pape, Robert, 2005, ‘Soft Balancing against the United States’, International Security 30(1): 7-45.

Paramesha, Dheeraj, 2023, ‘G20: Xi Jinping’s snub of summit the latest in escalation of ambition between two assertive powers’, The Conversation, 8 September.

Parashar, Sachin, 2023, ‘China looming, India steps up presence in South Pacific’, The Times of India, 23 May.

Paul, T. V., 2005, ‘Soft Balancing in the Age of U.S. Primacy’, International Security 30(1): 46-71.

Pradhan, S. D., 2023, ‘Voice of Global South Summit: Empowering developing and underdeveloped nations’, The Times of India, 19 January.

Press Trust of India, 2022, ‘India played essential role in negotiating G20 declaration: White House’, The Times of India, 19 November.

Press Trust of India, 2023, ‘Wanted in India, Khalistan Commando Force chief Panjwar shot dead in Lahore’, The Indian Express, 7 May.

Press Trust of India 2023, ‘India Calls For «Immediate And Unconditional» Release Of Hostages In Gaza’, NDTV World, 9 November.

Quamar, Md Muddassir, 2023, ‘India and the Gulf: Regional security and India’s multialignment policy’, Asian Politics & Policy 15(2): 274-294.

Rajagopalan, Rajesh, 2020, ‘Evasive balancing: India’s unviable Indo-Pacific strategy,’ International Affairs 96(1): 75-93.

Rajghatta, Chidanand, 2023, ‘Canada says it has expelled RAW station chief Pavan Kumar Rai in Ottawa’, The Times of India, 19 September.

Reuters, 2023,9 September, ‘China think tank says India is «sabotaging» G20 for its own agenda’.

Roy, Shubhajit, 2023, ‘Global South has always shown middle path, says Jaishankar’, The Indian Express, 14 January.

Roy, Shubhajit, 2023, ‘Raisina Dialogue: Quad like soft Beatles, members can release solo albums, says Japan minister’, The Indian Express, 4 March.

Roy, Shubhajit, 2023, ‘Israel-Hamas war: India shifts stand, backs UNGA resolution on «immediate ceasefire»’, The Indian Express, 14 December.

Sabarin, Zeenat, 2019, ‘India, Saudi Arabia sign investment agreements as MBS meets Modi’, Al Jazeera, 20 February.

Sen, Satadru, 2015, ‘Fascism without Fascists? A Comparative Look at Hindutva and Zionism’, South Asia: Journal of South Asian Studies 38(4): 690-711.

Seshasayee, Hari, 2023, ‘India Turns to Latin America’, Wilson Center, 5 May.

Seth, Dilasha, 2023, ‘IMF retains India’s GDP growth outlook for next fiscal at 6.1%’, LiveMint, 31 January.

Sharma, Pranay, 2023 ‘A closer look at the India-Canada diplomatic fallout over Hardeep Singh Nijjar’s murder’, Frontline, 4 October.

Shekhar, Raj, 2022, ‘IC-814 hijacker who killed flyer shot in Karachi’, The Times of India, 9 March.

Shivamurthy, Aditya Gowdara, 2023, ‘Bangladesh’s Elections Show Limitations for India-U.S. Cooperation in South Asia’, Observer Research Foundation, 19 October.

Siddiqui, Huma, 2023, ‘India and Japan to deepen defence ties’, The Financial Express, 20 March.

Southern, Keiran, 2023, ‘Sikh nationalists accuse enemies of killing campaigner’, The Times, 20 June.

Storey, Henry, 2023, ‘India’s Gaza dilemma’, The Interpreter, 16 November.

Talukdar, Sreemoy, 2023, ‘«Plot to kill Pannun» a dubious narrative floated by American deep state to scuttle the trajectory of India-US ties’, Firstpost, 24 November.

Tarapore, Arzan, 2021, ‘The Crisis after the Crisis: How Ladakh will Shape India’s Competition with China’, Lowy Institute, 5 May.

Tarapore, Arzan, 2023, ‘Zone Balancing: India and the Quad’s New Strategic Logic’, International Affairs 99(1): 239-257.

Tarapore, Arzan, 2023, ‘America’s Best Bet in the Indo-Pacific: How Washington and New Delhi Can Balance a Rising China’, Foreign Affairs, 29 May.

Tasker, John Paul, 2023, ‘Trudeau accuses India’s government of involvement in killing of Canadian Sikh leader’, CBC News, 18 September.

Tellis, Ashley J., 2022, ‘«What Is in Our Interest»: India and the Ukraine War’, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 25 April.

Tellis, Ashley J., 2023, ‘America’s Bad Bet on India: New Delhi won’t side with Washington against Beijing’, Foreign Affairs, 1 May.

The Economic Times, 2023, 11 October, ‘Will the Israeli war sink India’s ambitious counter to China?’.

The Times of India, 2023, 27 September, ‘India-China relations in «abnormal state» since Galwan clash: Jaishankar’.

The Times of India, 2023, 10 November, ‘India’s enemies are dropping dead on foreign soil’.

The Wire, 2023, 18 November, ‘At India’s Summit for Global South, Leaders Raise Strong Concerns Over Ongoing Conflict in West Asia’.

TNN, 2023, 2 November, ‘India, Singapore agree to enhance defence ties’, The Times of India.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2022, ‘India 2021-2022: Playing against China on different chessboards’, Asia Maior, XXXIII.

United Nations, 2023, ‘UN General Assembly adopts Gaza resolution calling for immediate and sustained «humanitarian truce»’, 26 October, https://news.un.org/en/story/2023/10/1142847?reload12.

US Department of Defense, 2023, ‘Joint Statement on the Fifth Annual India-U.S. 2+2 Ministerial Dialogue’, 10 November, https://www.defense.gov/News/Releases/Release/Article/3586228/joint-statement-on-the-fifth-annual-india-us-22-ministerial-dialogue/.

Van Dyke, Virginia, 2009, ‘The Khalistan Movement in Punjab, India, and the Post-Militancy Era: Structural Change and New Political Compulsions’, Asian Survey 49(6): 975-997.

Vergun, David, 2023, ‘U.S., India Rapidly Expand Their Military Cooperation’, Department of Defense, 20 June.

Wallen, Joe, 2023, ‘India moves to build military road along border with China’, The Daily Telegraph (UK), 19 December.

White House, 2023, ‘FACT SHEET: Quad Leaders’ Tokyo Summit 2022’, 23 May.

Xinhua, 2023, ‘Wang Yi calls for efforts to improve China-India relations, 25 July.

Yunus Yarwar, Mohammed and Charlotte Greenfield, 2023, ‘Exclusive: Taliban to join China’s Belt and Road forum, elevating ties’, Reuters, 14 October.

1 Here I follow what I take to be the standard distinction between tactics – actions taken to achieve discrete ends – and strategy – the overarching plan to fulfil a broader set of larger objectives over time.

2 Those killed in Pakistan include Mistry Zahoor Ibrahim of Jaish-e-Mohammed (JeM) shot on 1 March; Paramjit Singh Panjwar of the Khalistan Commando Force, shot on 6 May; Riyaz Ahmad of Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), shot on 8 September; Maulana Ziaur Rahman, also of LeT, shot on 12 September; and Shahid Latif, a member of Jaish-e-Mohammad, shot on 12 October.

3 On India’s enduring concern with status, see Basrur and Sullivan de Estrada 2019.

4 India’s foreign service is tiny, with «A» officers numbering just over 1000. For a deeper look, see Bajpai and Chong 2019.

5 For a useful account of the history of the Khalistan movement, see Van Dyke 2009.

6 This subtlety is a function of necessity: the power imbalance between the two has widened significantly over the past forty years. For a critical analysis of the «evasive balancing» strategy New Delhi has adopted in response, see Rajagopalan 2020.

7 On the concept and practice of «multialignment», see Hall 2016.

8 Israel was earlier permitted to open a consulate in Bombay / Mumbai.

9 Some scholars (for example, Sen 2015) also observe similarities in Hindu nationalist and Zionist ideology.

10 On the prominence of uncertainty in Indian official thinking, see Jaishankar 2020.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

 

India 2023: Towards the general elections amid rising social tension

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

In 2023, India’s political parties started preparations ahead of the 2024 general elections. The ruling BJP banked on Narendra Modi’s enduring popularity and his virtual monopoly of India’s political scene. Particularly important was the year-long spectacle of India’s presidency of the G20, which gave the Prime Minister an endless source of visibility. Opposition parties started a difficult process of negotiation to present themselves as unified as possible at the polls. However, decades of competition among them made the process extremely complicated and uphill. The results of nine state elections, where the BJP performed very well, further complicated their task. The only weak link in the BJP’s narrative seems to be the economy, which, despite impressive growth, seems to be fuelling inequality and remains unable to generate enough jobs for India’s large and aspirational youth.

Keywords – India; elections; democracy; ethnic tension; economic growth; unemployment.

1. Introduction

In 2023, India entered election mode. With the country going to the polls in spring 2024, political parties started preparations, both in terms of finding ways to appeal to voters as well as in terms of striking deals among each other. Moreover, as many as nine states went to polls during 2023, with the BJP obtaining extremely good results. This was discouraging for opposition parties, as they tried to find ways to avoid a third consecutive term of Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, continued banking on Modi’s popularity as well as on his promise to make India a country respected on the world’s stage. This was particularly evident in the «spectacle» which surrounded India’s presidency of the G20. These political dynamics are analysed in section 3.

The BJP seemed to be sailing through the electoral campaign with confidence, and most analysts predicted that Modi would be voted back to power. Modi’s only weakness seemed to be the economic situation, analysed in section 2. Growth continued to be robust, but a dissection of the data shows a remarkable growing of inequality and a persistent inability of the Indian economy to create enough jobs. However, it does not seem that enough Indian voters are putting economic consideration at the centre of their electoral decision-making process.

Finally, India’s democracy continued its downward journey. This was particularly evident in two domains: first, the restriction of civil liberties; and, second, the erosion of democratic institutions. Both aspects are analysed in section 4.

2. The Indian Economy between high growth, unemployment and financial uncertainty

2.1. Growth and welfare

Analyses of the Indian economy over the last decades sound like a broken record. On the one hand, virtually every analysis shows robust economic growth; on the other, however, they also show very high levels of unemployment or underemployment and distress. The Indian economy in 2023 perfectly fits this decades-long pattern.

GDP growth remained solid, as did forecasts for the forthcoming years. According to the latest official data, in the two quarters for which data are available at the time of writing (April-June and July-September, 2023), the GDP grew by 7.8 and 7.6% (October 2023). Projections for the 2023/24 fiscal year are also solid [Reuters 2023, 1 December]. India thus remained firmly at its place as one of the fastest growing economies in the world. Even taking into account the persistent controversies about the country’s GDP data – former Chief Economic Advisor Arvind Subramanian, Princeton Economist Ashoka Mody and former chief statistician of India Pronab Sen all raised doubts about the data and/or the methodology underpinning the calculation of the GDP [Mint 2023, 19 September; Thapar 2023, 29 November] – it remains that India’s economy is sailing through a very challenging international environment, even though probably not as fast as it claims.

On the other hand, however, according to the Centre for Monitoring the Indian Economy (CMIE), unemployment rose to a 2-year high of 10.09%, largely because of rising joblessness in rural India [The Wire 2023, 2 November]. Youth Unemployment stood at 45.4% in 2022/23. Moreover, very worryingly for an economy supposedly in the midst of a «demographic dividend», the Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR) – namely the share of persons in the population aged from 15 to 64 who are working or actively searching for a job – declined from a peak of 57% in 2000 to 49% in 2022,indicating both a growing reluctance and inability of women (including and especially educated ones) to enter the labour force as well as a growing number of young people (again, often educated) giving up the search for a job [Daniyal 2023, 18 December].

Government data, however, show a very different picture of increasing participation in the labour force since 2018/19 and declining unemployment. Even taking the official data at face value, these are hardly good news. In fact, the improvement would be mostly due to a growing rural workforce, which represents a reverse structural transformation – workers moving to the low productivity rural sector, instead of the other way around [PIB 2023]. Moreover, the latest Periodic Labour Force Survey shows a huge increase in self-employment, from 52% in 2017/18 to 58% in 2022/23 [Government of India 2023]. This is, in all probability, a profound sign of distress. In fact, entrepreneurial self-employment tends to move much more slowly; distress self-employment, on the contrary, suddenly increases at times of crisis, when people out of employment start selling goods or services informally and without any investment. Corroborating this picture, the official data also show an increase of casual workers, another clear sign of distress.

The paradox of very robust economic growth which fails to create enough jobs has long plagued the Indian economy. According to the State of Working India Report 2023, by scholars at Azim Premji University, India adds much fewer jobs per unit of economic growth than other developing countries. In fact, there seems to be no relation at all between economic growth and job creation, as «years of fast GDP growth have, on the contrary, tended to be years of slow employment growth» [Azim Premji University 2023].

One of the implications is that much of the fruits of growth remains concentrated at the top of the income scale, thus limiting the betterment of the living conditions of the majority of the population. Vivek Kaul disaggregated GDP data and showed a consistent pattern of increasing inequality since the COVID-19 pandemic [Kaul 2023, 22 May]. For instance, the sales of 2-wheelers have plummeted since 2018/19 and the sale of entry-level motorcycles has fallen even faster (-38% since 2018/19). On the other hand, car sales increased sharply, almost exclusively driven by increasing demand for large SUV, which, in the year under review, constituted 50% of the market [‘Car Economics’ 2023]. A similar story applied to smartphones (where iPhones and other top-end models increased their market share, while overall sales declined) and travel (where there was a sharp contraction of rail travel, as against a complete recovery of air travel to pre-pandemic levels). Finally, data show a declining demand (and declining sales) for Fast Moving Consumer Goods (toothpastes, soap etc.) in rural areas and a demand for work under the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) which remains at much higher levels than before the pandemic [Kaul 2023, 22 May]. In short, an x-ray of domestic consumption – which accounts for about 60% of India’s GDP – does not show an image of a very healthy patient and certainly clashes with the gloving headlines about India’s growth story.

In this context, the Budget for the FY 2023/24, presented on 1st February 2023, included some puzzling news, considering that it was the last full budget before the 2024 general elections. In short, government expenditure went down and there were some rather radical cuts to some of the country’s largest welfare schemes. For instance, allocations for MGNREGA – which provides employment on the demand for rural residents – were 33% lower than the Revised Estimates (RE) for the FY 2022/23 [Accountability Initiative 2023a]. The allocation for the Poshan 2.0 scheme – which, since 2021, combined different schemes for the welfare of children, adolescent girls and lactating mothers – was just 1% higher than the previous year’s RE and 3% lower than the allocations made four years earlier [Accountability Initiative 2023b]. The Food subsidy was reduced by a whopping 31% over the 2022/23 RE. This was largely due to the rolling back of the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana, a scheme launched during the COVID-19 pandemic which allotted, free of charge, 5 kg of cereals per person per month to every National Food Security Act (NFSA) cardholders (about two-third of the population). The move was supposed to be compensated by the Union Government’s decision to lift the nominal price that NFSA cardholders pay to purchase their entitlements under the Act (i.e. Rs. 2 per kg of wheat and Rs. 3 per kg of rice). In other words, a family of five will go from having the right to purchase kg 50 of cereals a month for a price between 50 and 75 rupees, to getting kg. 25 of cereals for free. Families will face a huge loss [Accountability Initiative 2023c].

Table 1 – change in allocation of major welfare schemes 2008-2023, in real terms.

SCHEME

TIME PERIOD

NOMINAL TERMS

REAL TERMS

SSA

2011-12 to 2018-19

23%

-18%

RMSA

2011-12 to 2018-19

36%

-9%

Samagra Shiksha

2018-19 to 2022-23

27%

2%

ICDS Core

2011-12 to 2020-21

11%

-34%

Mission Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0

2021-22 RE to 2022-23 BE

1%

-5%

PM POSHAN

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

3%

-45%

CPS

2011-12 to 2020-21

378%

187%

TSC/NBA/SBM-G

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

254%

126%

MGNREGS

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

150%

34%

NHM

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

122%

19%

PMGSY

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

-2%

-47%

IAY/PMAY-G

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

103%

9%

NSAP

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

12%

-20%

IGMSY/PMMVY

2011-12 to 2020-21

284%

131%

PM KISAN

2018-19 to 2022-23 BE

5379%

4295%

Food Subsidy

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

184%

52%

AB-PMJAY

2018-19 to 2022-23 BE

221%

157%

AB-HWCs

2018-19 to 2021-22 RE

30%

11%

NRDWP/NRDWM/JJM

2011-12 to 2022-23 BE

606%

279%

Source: [Accountability Initiative 2023d]. See appendix for a brief description of each scheme. Reproduced with permission.

Overall, the cuts to social spending are quite radical, also considering that the figures just presented are in nominal terms. Given the high inflation which affected the country over the last two years, the roll back of some of the most important welfare schemes are even more impactful in real terms. In fact, expenditure on five large schemes (covering nutrition, old age pension, maternity benefits and rural employment), declined from 0.49% of the GDP in 2022/23 to 0.36% in 2023/24. In 2009/10, these schemes represented 0.93% of the GDP [Drèze and Khera 2023, 1 February].

This may sound surprising not only because India is going towards a general election; but also because Modi made welfare one of the central planks of its electoral agenda [Aiyar 2019]. An analysis of 19 welfare schemes over the period 2008-2023 reveals that the Modi governments enacted profound remodulation of the «right agenda» [Ruparelia 2013] inherited by the United Progressive Alliance (UPA) regime. As Table 1 shows, while some schemes have been heavily defunded in real terms, others have fared much better. Generally speaking, schemes providing services saw lower or much lower budgetary allocations, while schemes providing tangible goods – housing, toilets, cash and insurance – have been prioritised [Accountability Initiative 2023d]. Incidentally, the latter category includes all of the schemes most closely associated with the Prime Minister [Aiyar & Tillin 2020] and his «welfarist agenda» [Subramaniam and Felman 2021, 14 December].

2.2. The Hindenburg Report

In late January 2023, a tsunami hit India’s financial market. A small, New York-based, short-selling1 firm, Hindenburg Research, published a report accusing the Adani Group of «brazen stock manipulation and accounting fraud», constituting the «largest con in corporate history» [Hindenburg Research 2023]. The Adani group’s 7 listed companies lost more than US$ 100 billion in capitalisation over the following weeks. (Hindenburg Research «shorted» Adani companies’ stocks before publishing the report, thus profiting enormously from the fall in stocks’ prices). Adani Total lost 85% of its market value as of November 2023 [Business Standard 2023, 23 October].

The report was explosive for several reasons. First, it was the result of a 2-year investigation, which was taken very seriously by national and international investors. The Adani Group’s 400-pages rebuttal, did not calm the markets [Adani Group 2023].

Second, Gautam Adani, before the publication of the Hindenburg Report India’s richest and the world’s third richest man, was widely known to be very close to Prime Minister Narendra Modi. In fact, their two stories were largely intertwined, since the early days of Modi as Gujarat’s Prime Minister [Jaffrelot 2021]. When the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) won the national elections in 2014, Modi flew to Delhi on Adani’s private jet.

Third, Modi and Adani’s partnership has become increasingly close since 2014. Adani’s personal net worth – largely based on the value of his stocks – went from US$ 7 billion in 2014 to US$ 120 billion on the eve of the Hindenburg Report [Reed and Parkin 2023, 3 February]. In just three years before the Hindenburg report, the average market value of his 7 listed companied increased by a whopping 819%. In absolute terms, the Adani Group increased its value from US$ 8 billion in 2014 to US$ 288 billion in 2022, largely because of a series of large-scale business deals, mostly focused on building infrastructures, both in India and abroad – a key development strategy of the Narendra Modi government [The Economist 2023, 23 May]. In other words, Adani emerged as India’s «national champion», whose fortunes could not be separated from India’s overall growth story. In fact, the Adani Group said as much in its rebuttal to the Hindenburg report, dubbing it a «a calculated attack on India and on the independence, integrity and quality of Indian institutions» [Tranvelli 2023, 4 February].

Fourth, opposition parties attacked the government on the issue. Given that the BJP had won the 2014 elections also on the basis of a fight against «crony capitalism» and corruption in the wake of a series of large scam that had marked the UPA 2 government, this was potentially a very embarrassing situation for the Prime Minister. However, Modi decided to remain largely silent on the issue [Ellis-Petersen 2023, 31 August]. The only veiled reference to the whole saga was during a speech in Parliament, where he said that the trust which «crore of Indians» put on him was his «protective shield» from his detractors [India Today 2023, 9 February].

The consequences, however, were not very significant, signalling once again Modi’s insulation from otherwise catastrophic political downfalls. Of course, the Adani Group’s heavy financial losses persisted for months after the publication of the report, especially after The Guardian and The Financial Times published previously undisclosed documents, suggesting that the Hindenburg’s report was accurate on the most substantial points it had raised [Ellis-Petersen and Goodley 2023, 31 August]. Furthermore, the two newspapers suggested that SEBI (India’s regulatory agency overseeing the financial market) had investigated the Adani Group since before 2014, but then lost interest. The Supreme Court ordered an investigation, whose results, after numerous postponements and deferments, were finally presented in November 2023. In short, the Supreme Court asserted that the Hindenburg report could not be taken at face value and that any decision on the matter would have to wait for the findings of the SEBI’s investigation [Ananthakrishnan 2023, 25 November]. All of Adani listed companies bounced back. Probably the most serious consequences will be the loss of credibility for India’s financial markets and regulatory capacity among international investors. However, it might well be that international investors will forget the whole episode quickly. In November 2023 (even before the Supreme Court’s decision), for instance, the United States International Development Finance Corporation announced a US$ 553 million loan to an Adani-owned port in Sri Lanka, largely to counter China’s presence in the island [Parking & Cornish 2023, 8 November].

3. Towards the 2024 general elections

During 2023, India entered election mode. This was not only because as many as nine states – where about a fifth of the population lives – went to polls (section 3.1.), but also because of the looming 2024 general election. This set in motion a number of strategies by political parties, which will be analysed in section 3.2.

A second, worrying development of 2023 was the outbreak of violence and social tension in various parts of the country. Section 3.3. will look at the communal riots at the outskirts of Delhi; at the movement to make the state of Uttarakhand «Muslim-free»; and at the large-scale violent confrontation in Manipur.

Finally, the third important development was the continuation of the erosion of democracy, which was especially evident in the realm of civil liberties, to which the following sub-section is dedicated.

3.1. State elections

The 2023 state elections were held in three rounds for nine states, the first one in February (Meghalaya, Nagaland and Tripura), the second one in May (Karnataka), and the third one in November (Mizoram, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Chhattisgarh and Telangana).2 The BJP was in power (via majority or coalition) in five of these nine states – Tripura, Meghalaya. Nagaland, Karnataka, and Madhya Pradesh. In the February elections, the BJP alliance with the Indigenous People’s Front of Tripura (IPFT) won the Tripura elections while the BJP-Nationalist Democratic Progressive Party (NDPP) alliance retained power in Nagaland. Furthermore, in Meghalaya, the BJP supported Conrad Sangma and his National People’s Party, who were in government during the previous term, playing a crucial role in helping them to remain in power. In the May elections, the BJP lost to Congress in Karnataka. The November elections, the last before the 2024 general elections, had a few surprises. In what was termed as a «tight race» [Reuters2023, 30 November], the BJP retained power in Madhya Pradesh with a full majority. Furthermore, the BJP won Rajasthan – a state where there were little to no signs of anti-incumbency. The most surprising result was from Chhattisgarh. Almost every exit poll [The Times of India 2023, 30 November] indicated either a Congress win or a hung assembly. However, the BJP emerged as the party with the majority, winning 54 out of 90 seats. In Mizoram, the Mizo National Front was ousted from power by the Zoram People’s Movement. Lastly, the state of Telangana was the only sigh of relief for the Congress, which managed to defeat the two-time incumbent Bharatiya Rashtra Samiti (BRS), the political successor of the Telangana Rashtra Samiti (TRS). Telangana was the second southern state won by Congress in 2023 (after Karnataka). With two states under direct Congress rule, a coalition in Tamil Nadu, a strong footprint in Kerala, it can be argued that the Congress holds considerable power in South India.

Although the state elections are generally not a good indicator of how the general elections are going to pan out, these results did re-affirm that the BJP was very strong in the Hindi heartland and Congress and its INDIA alliance (on which more in section 3.2.) were more firmly rooted in South India. Let us now unpack how these elections unfolded. For sake of simplicity, lets discuss the elections by their macro-regions: Hindi-heartland and the South.

3.1.1. The elections in the Hindi Heartland

Even though Rajasthan shows the door to the incumbent every election, there was hope that in the 2023 elections, Congress would defy the pattern as Chief Minister Ashok Gehlot of Congress remained popular [Lodha 2023, 24 October]. However, the results were rather puzzling. The BJP won 115 assembly seats, secured around 42% of the vote share, and stormed back into power after five years. Let’s unpack what went wrong for Congress in Rajasthan. Welfare was one of the principal points of debate in the elections. Gehlot’s government launched many ambitious welfare schemes during its term. During 2023, Rajasthan became the first state to pass the Right to Health Bill, which makes treatment free at government hospitals and a select few private hospitals [Khan 2023, 25 March]. Previously, Gehlot also launched the Chiranjeevi Health Insurance Scheme, the Income Guarantee Act, the Workers Security Act, the Inflation relief camps, the Gig Workers Security Act, among others. In short, the Congress government did make a serious effort to implement an ambitious welfare agenda, in what is one of India’s poorest states. Lokniti-CSDS surveys show that people did reap benefits from these welfare schemes [Kumar & Kumawat 2023, 6 December]. However, the party was not very successful at translating welfare into votes. The BJP, on the other hand, had an edge over the Congress when it came to conversion of welfare benefits (of central government schemes) to votes. For instance, 45% of the 48% of the voters who reaped the benefits of the Ujjwala Yojna (a Central government scheme) voted for the BJP [Kumar & Kumawat 2023, 6 December].

Some probably crucial factors which shaped electoral outcomes in the state were the in-fighting in the Congress camp, ever since Sachin Pilot’s rebellion [The Economic Times 2020, 29 December] and allegations of corruption, atrocities against woman, and the exam paper-leaks [The Indian Express 2023, 4 November].3 The Lokniti-CSDS survey found out that 57% of the voters believed that corruption in the State had increased in the last five years [Mishra & Singh 2023, 6 December], and, when asked on how important the corruption factor was while deciding their vote, two-thirds of the voters said that it was important. Furthermore, the «majority of the respondents felt that ‘paper leak’ was a ‘very important’ factor for them in deciding who to vote for, while seven of every 10 respondents said that rising crimes against women was a matter of concern» [Lodha et al. 2023, 6 December]. Lastly, and most importantly, the election was not a straight duel of a chief minister against a chief minister candidate. Instead, it was a battle involving the Prime Minister against a chief minister. In fact, one of the slogans of the BJP was «Modi ki guarantee» – a way to remind voters that promises from local candidates came with a «guarantee» of the Prime Minister [Shastri 2023, 6 December]. Thus, the sum of these factors and Modi’s enduring popularity worked well for the BJP and condemned the Congress to yet another electoral loss.

The results in Madhya Pradesh were also surprising. The BJP had been in power in Madhya Pradesh for almost two decades and thus naturally feared an anti-incumbency wave. Yet, the BJP managed to retain power and won 163 out of 230 legislative seats, bagging a whopping 48.55% of the vote share. Welfare, in this case too, did not seem to have a large impact. According to the Lokniti-CSDS survey, the beneficiaries of the Central government schemes «voted in a little larger proportion in favour of the BJP» [Borbora & Gyani 2023, 7 December]. Interestingly, even the people who did not benefit from the schemes voted for the BJP. For instance, «among the beneficiaries of the Mukhyamantri Kaushal Samvardhan Yojana, a skill-development scheme, 58% voted for the BJP compared with 33% who chose the Congress, but only 12% reported having benefited from it» [Borbora & Gyani 2023, 7 December].

Allegations of corruption did not harm the BJP much. Even though 62% of the people thought that corruption had increased in the state, less than half of them voted for Congress [Weston & Yadav 2023, 7 December]. Furthermore, 43% still believed that the BJP is an anti-corruption party [Weston & Yadav 2023, 7 December]. All the above is puzzling. A major argument which can perhaps explain these surprising results is that the BJP campaign did not project a single political leader as the chief minister in waiting [Anand Mohan 2023, 8 December]. Rather, the BJP fielded many party bigwigs like Narendra Singh Tomar, Kailash Vijayvargiya, Prahlad Patel, among others. This allowed the BJP to project multiple chief minster faces, which countered the existent anti-incumbency. On the other hand, Congress only relied on Kamal Nath and Digvijaya Singh both had their own camps and did not involve the central leadership much in the campaign. Moreover, the two veteran leaders in the state probably failed to inspire a sense of novelty in the state’s politics.

Perhaps the most shocking election outcome was Chhattisgarh. The Congress was expected to retain power and come back with a full majority. However, here again, the BJP shocked the Congress, and won 54 out of 90 seats with a 46.27% vote share. The issue of welfarism and development took a back seat again, as the BJP focussed the election campaign on corruption. In the first week of November 2023, four days before the first phase of the state elections, the Enforcement Directorate (ED) said that «they were probing an alleged payment of over ₹500 crore over some time to Chief Minister Bhupesh Baghel by a betting app promoter» [Palshikar & Prakash 2023, 8 December]. This caused the campaign to turn into a slugfest and Congress’s narrative and work on development and welfare were shadowed. As a result, the BJP was ahead among the people who decided to vote during the campaign, scoring 46% of the vote share against Congress’s 41% [Palshikar & Prakash 2023, 8 December]. Furthermore, the BJP managed to capitalize on the tribal votes. A third of Chhattisgarh’s assembly seats are reserved for Scheduled Tribes (STs), who account for about one third of the state population. The Baghel-led Congress government had been very vocal when it came to opposing the Uniform Civil Code – a long-standing demand of the BJP, seeking to end differentiated personal laws, based on the religion of the person – and had argued that this law would infringe upon the customary rights of the tribal groups. Nonetheless, Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s campaign in Chhattisgarh brilliantly surpassed the Congress in winning tribal support [Paswan 2023, 4 December]. In fact, Modi emphasized the central programs for the development of tribal regions and the rise in the number of tribal people holding important positions in politics, including the presidency of India [Naidu 2023, 6 December]. Modi’s persistent outreach, which included renaming a railway station after a tribal legend and recognizing the venerated tribal figure Govind Guru in his Man Ki Baat speech, probably struck a chord with tribal voters [Paswan 2023, 4 December]. The national level tribal community was effectively engaged and acknowledged by these activities. As a result, all 14 Assembly seats that went to the Congress in 2028 in the tribal region of Surguja flipped to the BJP. In another tribal region (Bastar) where the Congress won 11 of the 12 seats in 2018 and managed to win the last one in a by-poll, the party lost eight of the seats [Paswan 2023, 4 December].

Lastly, the choice of chief ministers by the BJP in Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh was also very interesting. The BJP announced Vishnu Deo Sai, a tribal leader as the chief minister of Chhattisgarh; Bhajan Lal Sharma, a first-time Brahmin MLA as the chief minister of Rajasthan; and Mohan Yadav, a politician belonging to the Other Backward Classes (OBCs), as the chief minister of Madhya Pradesh. All of these chief ministers replaced BJP state stalwarts like two-time Rajasthan chief minister Vasundhara Raje, four-time Madhya Pradesh chief minister Shivraj Singh Chouhan, and three-time Chhattisgarh chief minister Raman Singh. It can be argued that this change of people at the top of state governments across the Hindi heartland highlights the BJP central command’s decision to limit the sphere of influence of tall state leaders [Pathak 2023, 14 December].

We can see how these elections, even though shaped by local factors, were national in character. The voters did not reward good governance in Rajasthan and Chhattisgarh, and did not punish corruption in Madhya Pradesh. The voters voted for the BJP regardless of the benefits they reaped from the Congress and regardless of the qualms they had with the BJP. Interestingly, the Congress did not benefit either from its stance on the need to conduct a nation-wide caste census, like the one recently conducted in Bihar (see section 3.2). The issue was thought to help the Congress bag the votes of the OBCs, but survey results show that the BJP was able to maintain its lead among them. All of this shows that Modi’s popularity remains a very important factor in determining the BJP’s electoral fortunes.

3.1.2. Elections in the South

In 2023, the Congress won two elections in the southern states of Karnataka and Telangana by defeating the incumbents – the BJP in the former state [Prabhu 2019, 23 July] and the BRS in the latter. 4 The Telangana victory seems particularly remarkable as the Congress managed to defeat not only the two-time incumbent, but also, arguably, the man who led to the creation of Telangana – K. Chandrashekhar Rao (KCR) of the Bharat Rashtra Samithi (BRS). One major factor that helps explaining the Congress’s victory in Telangana is the rise of Revanth Reddy as a leader [Reddy 2023, 10 December]. Reddy had been an MLA from the Telugu Desam Party, who joined the Congress in 2017. Apart from the charismatic campaign by Revanth Reddy, anti-incumbency for KCR was unfolding due to corruption and low welfare scheme penetration. In the run up to the elections, there was a growing public discontent concerning the rampant corruption in KCR’s government. Around «half the voters in the State felt that corruption had increased over the past five years. Only about a quarter believed that there was a decrease in corruption» [Attri & Mittal 2023, 5 December]. The Congress also benefitted from the lower penetration levels of KCR’s welfare schemes. In fact, a significant chunk of voters did not benefit from them. For instance, there were 79% non-beneficiaries of the state government’s Double Bedroom Housing Schemes [Prakash & Krishna 2023, 5 December]. Out of this, 41% voted for the Congress while 36% voted for the BRS [Prakash & Krishna 2023, 5 December]. A similar trend could be seen in almost all welfare schemes. The result was that the Congress gained the votes of the majority chunk of the non-beneficiary population [Prakash & Krishna 2023, 5 December].

Telangana was not the only southern state where the Congress found success. Earlier in the year, it defeated its arch-nemesis- the BJP to win the Karnataka Legislative Elections. Congress secured 135 out of 224 seats – a 55 seats jump from its performance in 2018. The Congress managed to microfocus on local issues and rode on the anti-incumbency tide against the BJP. According to Lokniti’s survey, 42% and 41% of the voters were either dissatisfied or somewhat dissatisfied with the state government and central government, respectively [Malik & Kumar 2023, 15 May]. Two of the key reasons for this dissatisfaction were unemployment and poverty. Around 30% of the voters thought that unemployment was the biggest issue in the 2023 elections compared to 3 % in 2018 [Attri & Kapoor 2023, 15 May]. Also, 21% of the voters thought that poverty was the biggest issue in the election [Attri & Kapoor 2023, 15 May]. As a result, «close to five in 10 of those who stated unemployment and poverty as the biggest issue in this election voted for the Congress (47% and 48%, respectively) as compared with three in 10 for the BJP» [Attri & Kapoor 2023, 15 May]. Furthermore, corruption also helped the Congress. Out of the 51% voters who believed that corruption had increased, 43% voted for the Congress compared to 30% who voted for the BJP [Palshikar 2023, 15 May]. The problems of unemployment, poverty and corruption badly impacted on the BJP’s attempt to play on Hindutva politics in the state. For instance, in February 2022, the BJP state government of Karnataka had issued an order to ban Hijabs in educational institutions [The Times of India 2023, 30 April], leading to several right-wing students protesting against Muslim female students wearing Hijabs to college, often physically preventing them to enter their schools. There were also other attempts to push a Hindutva agenda, including an amendment to the legislation regulating cow slaughter. However, the Hindutva card did not strike a chord with Karnataka voters [Veeraraghav 2023, 20 March] as it did with voters of the Hindi heartland.

3.2. The road to 2024 and the return of quota politics

While, at the time of writing, the dates for the national elections (due at the latest in Spring 2024) have not been announced yet, most political parties started preparations. At the national level, three processes became apparent during 2023. First, unsurprisingly, the BJP continued to bank on Narendra Modi’s popularity and his nationalist agenda. Second, some opposition parties began a difficult process of setting asides their differences, to contest the national elections united against the BJP. Third, the continuing inability of the Indian economy to generate enough jobs, engendered a resurgence of «quota politics» as both the opposition and the ruling party promoted new ways to reserve jobs in the public sector and public universities to different categories of people.

Let’s start with the BJP. Perhaps the most notable effort to boost the party’s (and, even more so, the Prime Minister’s) popularity, was the (rather blatant) attempt to intertwine domestic politics and foreign policy during the India’s presidency of the G20 [Hall 2024]. Preparations to use the G20 as a domestic politics platform likely started years before, when India asked Italy to switch the presidency in order to make it coincide with the celebration of the 75th anniversary of the Republic (in 2022) and then again when India switched with Indonesia so that the G20 would coincide with the year preceding the general elections (2023). In case anyone was doubting the BJP’s intention to bank on the G20 for domestic purposes, the symbol chosen was a lotus (i.e. the BJP’s symbol) and Indian cities were inundated by thousands of G20 billboards with the lotus symbol and Modi’s picture [Miller and Harris 2023, 20 April].

More than 200 meetings were organised in as many as 56 cities spread across the country, over most of the year, thus securing a continuing and nation-wide publicity for the Prime Minister. That the BJP would make the most of India’s G20 presidency was clear from the very first day, when all Indian mobile phones received a text message celebrating the event. Billions of rupees were spent – US$ 500 million in Delhi only [FirstPost 2023, 8 September] – to install millions of flowers, countless murals and billboards, lights and extravaganzas of various genres. In each city – and particularly in New Delhi – an intense effort to «beautify» urban landscape was promoted. When one of the authors of this article visited the capital in January 2023 (just a few weeks before the Foreign Ministers’ meeting), South Delhi looked impressively clean and well maintained if compared with the situation prevailing during his previous visit, just a few months before (May 2022).

«Beautification» also entailed, according to media and human rights organisations’ reports, the forcible removal of many poor people and the demolition of their shelters and informal economic activities [Bakhsh 2023, 11 September]. When removal was not possible or desirable, the authorities built walls or erected curtains around slums, to hide them from the sight of the delegates. One slum area in-between New Delhi and the airport, for instance, was completely surrounded by green curtains and its residents were not allowed to go out, except late at night, when the police surveillance withdrew [Bakhsh 2023, 11 September].

Overall, the G20 had an enormous resonance on India’s media, and the publicity drive which accompanied it helped reinforce one of Modi’s key messages since he became Prime Minister: that he is the leader who is making India a respected and powerful nation on the world stage. According to the Mood of the Nation poll conducted in August 2023 (just before the final G20 summit), 61% of the respondents thought that Modi’s stature had increased India’s standing in the world [India Today 2023, 25 August].

This is not the first time that foreign policy – traditionally an electoral consideration only for a tiny slice of the electorate – gains mass relevance under Narendra Modi. The most recent example is the Pulwama terrorist attack which occurred shortly before the 2019 elections. Most probably, India’s muscular response to it contributed to the BJP’s victory [Gupta and Shrimankar 2019]. In fact, Modi consistently used foreign policy to further his domestic agenda [Hall 2019]. His appeal, to a significant extent, relies on the idea that he is the man capable of making India strong, both domestically and abroad. In other words, Modi has made a consistent attempt to merge foreign policy – and in particular India’s status on the world stage – into his idea of nationalism, similarly to what he has been able to do by combining development and (Hindutva) nationalism into a powerful political platform [Palshikar 2017].

Looking at the 2024 general elections, however, it seems clear that the BJP’s main electoral idea is to double down on Hindutva. This is evident from the fact that Modi himself consecrated the Ram Temple in Ayodhya on 22 January 2024. The construction of the temple – even though it is far from completed – is possibly the greatest ever achievement of Hindu nationalism. Prime Minister Narendra Modi urged the people of the country to celebrate Diwali in their houses on 22 January [Seth 2023, 31 December]. In their speeches, both Uttar Pradesh’s Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath and Modi have made it clear that the temple town of Ayodhya is set to witness a «massive infrastructural facelift that would make it an entirely new town» [Pathak 2023, 30 December]. According to Modi this symbiosis of development and tradition is a must for any nation that wants to develop [Matthew, 21 November]. The set for the BJP’s electoral campaign seemed to be ready.

Overall, opinion polls show that the BJP-led National Democratic Alliance (NDA) remains the front-runner. This is due to a combination of genuine popularity on the part of the Prime Minister and continuing erosion of the democratic process. Both developments have tilted the playing field in favour of the ruling party.

Many of the hopes of the critics of the Prime Minister rely on a new coalition of 28 opposition parties formed in the course of 2023, the Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance (INDIA). The coalition does represent a serious attempt by the opposition parties to unseat the BJP, as multi-party contests in a First-past-the-post electoral system had significantly helped the BJP to win a super majority of the seats, although with a minority of the popular vote. Ideally, there will be only one INDIA candidate in each constituency, thus limiting the dispersion of the non-BJP vote. Yet, much will depend on the parties forming the INDIA to strike seat sharing agreements – an incredibly difficult task, given the intense competition between the constituting parties at the state level. Also, it is far from certain that different political parties will be able to convince their voters to «transfer» their votes to other coalition allies, especially if these allies have a history of intense competition at the local level.

The first step towards opposition unity came when 19 parties decided to boycott the inauguration of the new Parliament in May 2023, chiefly because Modi decided to inaugurate it himself and without the President of India, Droupadi Murmu (who, according to the Constitution, is an integral part of the Parliament) [Manoj 2023, 25 May]. The new House of the People – a pet project of the Modi administration, part of a radical rethinking of the entire area in New Delhi, aimed at «decolonising» the architectural landscape [Chandavarkar 2023, 17 August] – was inaugurated by Modi on 28th May 2023. One of the ideas behind the Central Vista project (as the redevelopment of Lutyens Delhi is called) is for Modi to leave behind an enduring legacy, one that marks a clear break from the past and inaugurates – also physically – the «new India» [Sen 2023a].

In the following months, opposition parties met three times in Patna (June), Bengaluru (July) and Mumbai (September), during which the alliance formally took shape and started defining its agenda. The largest constituent parties of the INDIA are the Congress, the Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK, Tamil Nadu), the All India Trinamool Congress (AITC, West Bengal), the Rashtriya Janata Dal (RJD, Bihar), (the Samajwadi Party (SP, Uttar Pradesh) the Shiv Sena (Uddhav Thackeray faction) and the Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) (both from Maharashtra), the Aam Admi Party (AAP), among others. Overall, at the time of writing, the INDIA has 142 seats in the Lok Sabha and about a 40% of the seats at the state level.

The first cracks in the alliance, however, emerged as the state elections approached. The SP, for instance, accused the Congress of not being willing to compromise on the allocation of tickets in Madhya Pradesh. Similarly, JDU’s leader Nitish Kumar complained that the Congress is not willing to discuss opposition unity until after the state elections are over [Sharma 2023, 5 November]. State-level competition is indeed the crucial obstacle in opposition unity and will only intensify in the months to come.

Overall, the degree of opposition unity will depend on how political parties will weight two conflicting interests. On the one hand, the Modi administration may have sent enough warning signals to opposition parties that they might consider a third Modi term as an existential threat. The expulsion of Rahul Gandhi from the Parliament (see below) and the continuing usage of investigative agencies to undermine opposition leaders might indeed constitute existential threats which could make the opposition parties see their own interests as going beyond the short-term compromises necessary to eliminate such threat. On the other hand, however, the pressure that party leaders will face during the ticket-allocation process and the threat by disgruntled politicians to either join the BJP or running as independents – thus jeopardising the effort to minimise the dispersal of the non-BJP vote – might harden the uncompromising stances of the individual parties, especially in a low-trust environment like the one created by decades of fierce competition.

A third development which could have a significant impact on the 2024 elections is what we could call the return of quotas politics, i.e. the revived salience of reservations in legislative bodies and public sector jobs and universities for certain categories of people. Two key developments took place during 2023. First, the government approved a decade-long legislative project, conferring women reserved seats in Parliament and in the states’ legislative assemblies. Second, the Bihar government published the results of its caste census, which triggered nation-wide calls for similar exercises.

Decades in the making, the Parliament nearly unanimously approved the Constitution (128th Amendment) bill (known as the Women Reservation bill), finishing a journey started during the first UPA government (2004-09), when a similar bill had been introduced in Parliament. Previous attempts to guarantee a minimal representation of women in legislative bodies dated back to the 1990s, and indeed the issue was discussed at length also in the Constituent Assembly. The bill was the first to be considered in the new Parliament building.

The bill reserves 33% of the seats in the Lower House and in the state assemblies for women [Sen 2023b]. India has one of the lowest shares of women legislators in the world [Rai & Spary 2019]. Currently, there are 78 women MPs in the Lok Sabha, or 14% of the total (the world’s average is 26.5%) [Parline]. This contrasts with the growing participation of women in the political process. In 2019, women’s turnout was higher than men’s – a notable achievement considering that, in 1962, the gap between men and women voters was about 17 percentage points [Jain 2021, 26 November].

The passage of the bill was rightly celebrated by the government as a major achievement. Politically, women are a key constituent of Modi’s BJP [Spary 2020]. Moreover, the move might also contribute to the betterment of India’s performance on goal 5 of the Sustainable Development Goals, which measures, among other things, the share of women legislators at the national and local levels.

However welcome the passing of the bill was, the Women’s Reservation Act, 2023, lacks teeth, to be truly effective, at least in the short term. First, the quota will apply only after the next delimitation of the constituencies. This not only needs fresh census data – the 2021 census was inexplicably delayed – but it will also have to wait until at least 2026, when the delimitation of constituencies can legally be executed. The last time that the number of seats allocated to each state was done (the crux of the delimitation process) was 1971, after which two moratoria (in 1971 and 2002) stopped the process for 55 years (the 2002 extension is set to expire in 2026) [Dharanidharan and Wong 2023, 5 June]. In other words, as Home Minister Amit Shah himself made it clear, the act will be implemented only after 2029 [Singh, Vijaita, 2023, 20 September].

Moreover, the delimitation – to reiterate, a legislative requirement for the reservation to be implemented – is a very delicate political process, as changes in population since 1971 have seen the southern states to stabilise their population5 much more quickly than the northern states, thus making inter-state imbalances in representation even more severe. For example, according to projection, the five southern states – Karnataka, Kerala, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu – should have an increase of 17 seats in the Lok Sabha. On the other hand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra might see an increase of 105 seats [Bharati 2023, 21 September]. (The new Parliament building can accommodate 888 MPs). In other words, states which, because of more effective policies and faster economic development, managed to stabilise their population, will be effectively penalised, by losing a substantial share of their representation in national politics. Needless to say, this is a very delicate matter. To go back to the women’s reservation bill, it is unclear at the moment – and for the foreseeable future – how and when the delimitation exercise will be carried out – and with what implications. One thing that might have crossed the mind of the BJP leadership is that with the substantial expansion of the number of seats in the party’s stronghold (the Hindi belt) due to the delimitation, the consequences on the party’s internal functioning will be limited, whereas it will force southern regional parties to sideline some stalwarts (or their sons) – a risky process.

A second unresolved question in the bill is the matter of within-quota reservation for the OBCs. One fear is that, in its absence, upper caste women will corner most of the reserved seats. This had in fact been one the key stumbling blocks in previous attempts to legislate quotas for women. Significantly, several opposition parties raised the issue during the parliamentary debate, but their concerns were ignored [Phukan 2023, 20 September].

A much more controversial development was the renewed salience of caste-based quotas, triggered by the publication of the Bihar’s caste survey report. The last time that castes had been counted (except for Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs)), was 1931. In fact, the results of the nation-wide Socio-Economic Caste Census (conducted in 2011) were never made public.

The Bihar’s census revealed a widely expected outcome: the share of the OBCs in the state was 63% of the population, whereas the upper caste share was just 15.5% [Singh, Santosh, 2023, 3 October]. The publication of the report immediately raised the issue of caste-based reservation in the legislature as well as in public sector jobs and universities. The existing quota was 27% for the OBC, which is less than half of their share of Bihar’s population.

The issue is technically complicated and politically explosive. As far as the technical aspect is concerned, the Supreme Court has repeatedly ruled that a (rather arbitrary) cap of 49% quota applies. Given than, nationally, 16% and 8% of the spots are reserved for SCs and STs, respectively and 27% for OBCs, the Supreme Court rulings have blocked any attempt to extend reservations – except in Tamil Nadu, where quotas covering about 68% of the population pre-date the Supreme Court’s ruling. However, in 2019, the Indian government reserved 10% of seats and jobs to so-called Economically Weaker Section (EWSs), introducing for the first time an economic (rather than caste-based) system of reservations – even though, in practice, it applies to the upper castes only [Maiorano 2020]. This means that the 50% ceiling has been effectively breached, although it is unclear whether a purely caste-based extension of the reservations would pass the Supreme Court’s scrutiny.

In a year preceding a high-stake election, however, it is the political value of the quota conundrum that matters most. The debate on quotas has implication for both the ruling party and the opposition, which need to calculate risks and benefits on the basis of national as well as state-level considerations.

For the BJP, expanding the reservations was a sensitive political issue, similar to that in which the party found itself in the early 1990s, when V.P. Singh extended reservations to the OBCs. At that time, the response of the BJP – whose social base, back then, was predominantly constituted by the upper castes in North India – pushed on the Hindutva pedal and on the Ram Mandir issue to unify the Hindus. The situation was somewhat similar today. On the one hand, the party must respond somehow to the demand for broadening reservations – also considering that the OBCs have become a key constituency of Modi’s BJP (along with its traditional upper caste base) [Maiorano 2019]. On the other hand, the government was preparing to inaugurate the Ram Temple in Ayodhya in January 2024, just a few months before the general election.

In the period under review, Modi’s response was muted – he ignored the issue for some time, also keeping in mind the RSS’ opposition to expanding reservations. When he did speak on the issue, he made the somewhat convoluted argument that conducting a nation-wide caste census would promote majoritarianism and hurt religious minorities [Naidu 2023, 4 October]. Home Minister Amit Shah, on the other hand, underscoring how sensible and intractable the issue was for the BJP, also said that the party «never opposed» a caste census and that it required «careful thought» [Tiwari 2023, 4 November].

The INDIA Alliance pushed the issue and promised to lift the 50% quota cap and conduct a nationwide caste census; a position captured by Rahul Gandhi’s slogan «jitni abadi, utna haq» (which roughly translates as «rights proportionate to population»). The Congress party also promised a caste census in Rajasthan, ahead of the state elections in November 2023. Other constituent parties were also on board, starting from Nitish Kumar’s RJD and other «Mandal parties» of North India, for which the demand make ideological and political sense [Phukan 2023, 2 October].

The issue was delicate for the opposition as well, though. Mamata Banerjee, chief minister of West Bengal, has been a vocal opponent of the census, even vetoing its inclusion it the INDIA Mumbai resolution in September 2023 [Marpakwar 2023, 2 September]. Banerjee’s opposition probably stems from the fact that her own party received a substantial share of the upper caste vote at the 2021 state elections (42% as against the BJP’s 46%). Pushing for reservation might lead to a considerable transfer of upper caste vote to the BJP [Sardesai 2021, 6 May].

Even Congress’s chief ministers were wary of opening the pandora’s box. For instance, in the period under review Karnataka’s Congress Chief Minister Siddaramaiah refused to release the results of the state caste census, conducted in 2015, presumably fearing to hurt the dominant Vokkaliga and Lingayat communities. Both communities voted in substantial numbers for the Congress at the 2023 state elections, contributing significantly to its victory [Deb 2023, 17 October]. The BJP too was struggling with the need to combine a national and a state-level policy. For instance, Modi quite explicitly backed Rahul Gandhi’s «jitni abadi, utna haq» proposal, when talking to Madigas (a Dalit community) in poll-bound Telangana [Singh, D.K., 2023, 20 November].

To complicate things further, state governments were under pressure to provide incentives to private employers who hired «locals» – such policies have been adopted or proposed in numerous states such as Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka, Punjab, Gujarat and Maharashtra [The Times of India 2021, 16 April]. Such reservations in the private sector, however, put further pressure on an already unfavourable job market, thus fuelling demands for reservations in the public sector. In fact, several states saw large-scale protests demanding caste-based quotas in recent years, including Maharashtra, Karnataka, Gujarat and Haryana, among others. In some cases, there have been counter-protests by OBCs – whose share of reserved jobs would decrease if other communities were included in the OBC category. For instance, Maharashtra had to deal with a series of protests by the Maratha and the Lingayat communities, both asking for reservations, as well as by OBCs groups resisting the move [Deshpande 2023, 20 November; India Today 2023, 31 October].

In short, all political parties were in front of complex political choices, which would inevitably leave many disgruntled voters behind. The results of the state elections of December 2023 – when the Congress lost badly precisely where quota politics were supposed to work best, namely in the Hindi belt – caused some rethinking within the Congress and the INDIA alliance. In any case, no reservation policy will solve the real crux of the problem – India’s economic inability to create enough jobs to a large, growing, and aspirational youth.

3.3. Rising social tension

One of the consequences of the persisting lack of employment opportunities for India’s youth is the presence, across the country, of a standing «army» of young and often frustrated people, a small section of which is prone to be involved in violence. While conflict is a recurring feature of India’s political life, three developments stood out, for different reasons, during 2023: first, the communal riots in Nuh (Haryana), at the outskirts of Delhi; second, the acceleration of a movement to chase away Muslims from Uttarakhand; and third, the large-scale violence in the state of Manipur.

The riots in Haryana in a way followed what has become a familiar script. Similarly to the way in which Ram Navani’s processions have been weaponised by radical Hindu groups in recent years [Scroll.in 2023, 31 March], the Nuh riots originated from a religious procession organised by the Vishwa Hindu Parishad (VHP), an organisation part of the RSS’s umbrella. The procession had passed through Nuh – one of the few districts in the country with a Muslim majority – for the past three years. In 2023, however, a radical, self-appointed, cow vigilante (known as Monu Manesar) – who was absconding from the police for murder – posted a video where he announced that he would be present at the procession. The video sparked off reactions from local Muslims. On the day of the procession (31 July), a mob attacked the procession with stones and rudimentary incendiary weapons [Dhankhar 2023, 2 August]. A few thousand Hindus found shelter in a local temple, which was surrounded by rioters for hours before the police dispersed the crowds. Hindu shops were looted and destroyed. The events led to retaliation by a violent Hindu mob in nearby Gurugram – the capital’s financial and technological hub – where a Mosque was attacked, the local imam killed and economic ventures owned by Muslims looted and destroyed. The state, once violence was brought under control, proceeded with arresting hundreds of people. Like in the case of the Delhi riots of 2020 [Maiorano 2021], most of the arrested were Muslims, who on their part found it «impossible» to file a complaint against radical Hindu groups [Raj 2023, 14 August]. The state government also ordered and executed the destruction of «illegal» properties of (mostly Muslim) residents [Aafaq 2023, 14 August].

While the chain of events is sadly familiar – provocation, reaction, counter-reaction, restoration of order, partisan state action – a very worrying novelty was the usage of firearms and their open display. This is the second major riot – the first being the one in Delhi in 2020 – where most of the killed had gunfire wounds [Bhardwaj 2020, 28 February]. Moreover, armed violence was most likely pre-planned, as both those taking part in the procession and those who attacked it were armed with guns, incendiary weapons, stones, sticks and swords. Even a member of Modi’s Cabinet, Minister of State Rao Inderjit Singh, criticized as «wrong» the open display of arms at the VHP procession [Siwach 2023, 2 August]. Moreover, videos emerged in which people wearing a Bajrang Dal (an VHP’s sister organisation) t-shirt opened fire with a rifle, with armed police personnel standing right behind, not intervening [Siddiqui 2023, 4 August]. Other videos showed militants openly carrying automatic weapons, in what was an unprecedented and blatant display of illegal firearms [Anwar and Jha 2023, 2 August]. Finally, the open usage and display of weapons seems to suggest that repeated calls over the last few years by radical Hindu leaders, including members of the BJP, to get weapons for «self-defence» [The Indian Express 2023, 7 October; Scroll.in 2023, 7 January] is perhaps slowly becoming a reality. In fact, in the wake of the Nuh’s riots, Hindutva outfits in Haryana, promptly asked for guns, supposedly to protect themselves [Scroll.in 2023, 14 August].

In Uttarakhand, mostly bloodless tension has been growing for a few years, as attempts by radical Hindu groups to make the state the «Holy Land» of Hindus gathered pace. This was not a new project, but recent events represent a marked acceleration. The main objective of the movement was to make the state «Muslim-free», as participant at a rally in the city of Purola chanted on 29 May 2023 [Mander 2023, 3 November]. In several towns across the state, Muslim families were indeed forced to leave [Mittaland and Jafri 2023, 31 July].6 Posters appeared on Muslim-owned shops warning «love jihadis» to leave; Hindu landlords renting out properties to Muslims were pressured to evict them or face social boycotts; tens of Muslim shrines were demolished; the police was asked to enforce more strictly Haridwar’s bylaws, prohibiting non-Hindus to settle there; calls to extend the ban to other holy towns and sites were made; local authorities and politicians – including Congress members – participated in rallies where Muslims were warned to leave their hometowns.

The BJP-ruled state government, led by Chief Minister Pushkar Singh Dhami (a life-long RSS member), hardly concealed their support to the movement. Not only did references to Uttarakhand as the Dev Bhoom (Land of the Gods) made their way into official parlance and documentation [Mander 2023, 3 November], but the state tightened laws increasing penalties for forced conversions and launched «background checks» on people coming from outside the state, supposedly to curb «love jihad» [Mishra 2023, 10 June]. The latter is a consistent demand by Hindutva outfits, who claim that people from «a certain community» are increasingly moving to the state to change the demography of Uttarakhand and launch various forms of «jihad», including «love», «land», «trade» and «shrine» jihads [Mittaland and Jafri 2023, 31 July]. The state administration was also very reluctant to act against speakers at the 2021 Dharm Sansad, where extremist Hindu leaders explicitly called for the mass murder of the Muslims [Mander 2023, 3 November]. In short, Uttarakhand is seeing perhaps the most advanced and thorough attempt to transform the state into a Hindu Rashtra – one where Muslims have no place.

Finally, violence on a large scale engulfed the north-eastern state of Manipur, beginning in May 2023. This was the first major eruption of violence not directed against the Indian state since 1992. Rather, violence exploded between two of the states’ largest ethnic groups, the Meiteis and the Kukis. At the time of writing, the crisis was still unfolding.

The root causes of the conflict in Manipur are complex and deep rooted. At the most fundamental level, the conflict originates from the very way the territory that forms the state of Manipur became part of Independent India. During the colonial era, Manipur was a princely state and was clearly divided into two areas: the Imphal Valley and the hills areas surrounding the Valley, over which the maharaja only had nominal supervision. Therefore, when the Maharaja acceded to India in 1949, the hills were also included, despite that they had been effectively autonomous till then.

The two areas differ significantly in their social composition. While the Valley is mostly inhabited by Meiteis, in the hills live several tribal groups, the most numerous of which are the Kukis and the Nagas. Both have strong ethnic ties with ethnic groups across the border, in Myanmar and Bangladesh, as well as other north-eastern Indian states. The Meiteis are largely Hindus, the Kukis largely Christians.

The two groups have been coexisting more or less peacefully, and with some intermingling. Overtime, Kukis came to work and live in the Valley, as well as Meitei in the hills. However, sources of conflict simmered. To simplify, Meiteis resented Kukis’ Scheduled Tribes status – which gave them preferential access to government jobs – and prevented Meiteis to purchase land in the hills. (Kukis have no restrictions to buy land in the Valley). The Meiteis count for about 90% of the population, but occupy only about 10% of the land.

The Kukis, on the other hand, resented the severe underdevelopment of the hills area, which they see as a result of the Meitei’s dominance over the state’s politics. In fact, the state has 40 Meiteis MLAs, as against 20 between all other ethnic groups. The Kukis (and other ethnic groups living in the hills) have been demanding more autonomy and say over state politics, but the autonomous local bodies have no real power. In fact, the state of Manipur is the only one in the North-East of India where the Sixth Schedule of the Constitution – which grants legislative and taxation powers to local tribal councils – is not applied [The North-East Affairs 2023, 3 July].

In recent years, a series of events precipitated the situation. First, the civil war in Myanmar [Fumagalli 2023] caused the displacement of thousands of people, who share ethnic ties with the Kukis. While Myanmar’s Kuki-Chins were welcomed in Mizoram (where Kukis form a majority of the population), they were met with hostility in Manipur, where they were dubbed as «illegal immigrants» or even «drug traffickers» [Sayeda 2023, 28 November].

Second, and partly fuelled by immigration from Myanmar, new forms of Meitei nationalism – more radical than its previous avatars – radicalised a section of the community. In particular, the RSS invested significant resources in the state, with the objective of mobilising Meiteis in opposition to religious minorities and «illegal immigrants». The BJP (in power since 2017) too promoted Meitei nationalism and collaborated with organisations such as the Meitei Nationalist Party, which explicitly had the objective of protecting the Meiteis and India [Singh Amom Malemnganba 2023]. Moreover, Kuki leaders (including some belonging to the BJP) claimed that the Chief Minister repeatedly used abusive language against their community [Thapar 2023, 9 May].

Third, over the past few years – and especially since Assam undertook the National Register of Citizens exercise [Torri 2020: 368-376] – Meitei youths have been asking for a similar register in Manipur [Deka 2023, 6 May]. The crux of the matter was what Meitei saw as an abnormal growth of the population in the hills, which they attributed to illegal migration. When the state government formed a Cabinet sub-committee to look into the matter and identify foreigners, tension mounted further.

Fourth, the state government took some policy decisions which were seen as threatening by the Kukis. In November 2022, for instance, the government passed an order which declared 38 tribal villages as encroachers of forest land, a move supposedly aiming at curbing poppy cultivation (which the state government had repeatedly accused the Kukis of being responsible for). Evictions followed suits, which Kukis saw as an attempt to remove them from the land they had occupied for generations. Another decision by the government which contributed to rising tension was the state’s withdrawal from the ongoing ceasefire against two Kuki militant groups and the arrest of Mark T. Haokip, a separatist leader. All of these instances were read by Kukis as unequivocal signs that the state government had decided to turn visibly against their community.

In this situation of rising social tension, a decision by the state’s High Court in April 2023 was the last straw. The Court directed the state government to consider a request put forward by the Meitei community to be granted Scheduled Tribe status. Kukis immediately saw a plot to allow Meitei to buy land in the hills and to eat up their share of government and university jobs. At the beginning of May 2023, riots broke out.

Between May and December 2023, more than 200 people died, tens of thousands were displaced and thousands of churches, temples, shops and homes were destroyed [Yasir and Kumar 2023, 1 December]. Several police and army outposts were attacked and thousands of weapons went missing. Militants had in fact at their disposal army-grade weapons, including RPGs [Lama 2023, 31 December]. At the time of writing, there is no solution in sight to end the hostilities. In fact, it seems that the situation is radicalising and that the two communities now see each other as «irreconcilable enemies» [Guha 2023, 5 November].

In December 2023, Home Minister Amit Shah announced that the central government signed a peace agreement with one of Meiteis militant groups, the United National Liberation Front (UNLF) [Scroll.in, 29 November]. This is one of several Meiteis’ separatist organisations, which had been banned by the government in November. Shah expressed hope that other organisations would follow suit and renounce violence. However, observers expressed scepticism, as several armed groups – which had been dormant or relegated to jungle areas across the border with Myanmar – had started recruiting again on Indian soil, explicitly targeting young men who had been victims of the recent wave of violence [Zaman 2023, 11 December]. On the Kuki side, a newly formed organisation, the Indigenous Tribal Leaders Forum (ITLF), issued an ultimatum to the government, asking for a completely separate administration for the Kukis, a demand that the state government resisted [Zaman 2023, 1 December].

Not surprisingly, mainstream Indian media have virtually ignored the conflict, partly because the region tends to be covered very little in general, and partly because the crisis is a deep embarrassment for the central government. In fact, the growing authoritarian climate in India makes it very risky and un-rewarding for media to take a line against the government. To this subject we now turn.

3.4. The continuing erosion of democracy

During 2023 India’s democracy continued to erode. The V-dem main indexes continued their downward trends, reaching 0.4 (Electoral Democracy Index, the same value it had in 1976, during the Emergency regime) and 0.31 (Liberal Democracy Index, it was 0.27 in 1976) [V-dem].

The topic has been abundantly covered in previous issues of Asia Maior [Torri 2020; Torri 2021; Maiorano 2022; Maiorano 2023] as well as elsewhere [Tudor 2023; Ganguly 2023]. While some scholars argued that the obituaries of India’s democracy are exaggerated [Verma 2023] or have roots than go much further back in time than the current regime [Singh, Tripurdaman, 2023], most analysts do agree that there has been a significant erosion of democratic norms and practices in the last decade [Yadav 2023].

In 2023, this erosion was particularly evident in two domains: freedom of speech and independence of institutions. On freedom of speech, three episodes are worth mentioning. First, in February 2023, the BBC released a two-part documentary on Modi, which was very critical of the Prime Minister [Ellis-Petersen 2023, 14 February]. The government decided to ban it and, a few weeks later, BBC’s India offices were raided by income tax officials and subsequently forced to restructure their India operations [Singh, Namita, 2023, 12 December].

Second, in October 2023, the police arrested Prabir Purkayastha and Amit Chakravarty of Newsclick, a media outlet which had been the subject of a New York Times investigation which linked the website to an international network that funds Chinese propaganda [Travelli et al. 2023, 3 October]. Some of Newsclick’s journalists, which has an editorial line very critical of the current government, were also conducting investigations on the Adani group. The news outlet was raided, as were the homes of some of its journalists, some of whom were booked under the draconian anti-terrorism law Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA).

Third, there has been turmoil in academic circles too. In late 2022, the Centre for Policy Research (CPR), India’s premier think tank, was investigated for alleged violations of Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA) and its certificate, necessary to access foreign funds, suspended [The Indian Express 2023, 11 October]. This crippled CPR’s finances and most of its staff was either fired or retained with no salary. While all these cases may or may not result in convictions, they fit a pattern of using investigative agencies to stifle dissent and independent voices.

Finally, institutional erosion continued during 2023. In March 2023, Rahul Gandhi was sentenced to two years in prison by a court in Gujarat for an ostensibly offensive remark he made during the 2019 electoral campaign. Two years was the minimum requirement for the Lok Sabha to proceed to Gandhi’s disqualification as a Member of Parliament, which was executed the following day. Eventually, the Supreme Court suspended his conviction, pending appeal, which cleared the way for him to be reinstated as an MP [Ellis-Petersen 2023, 4 August]. At the moment, it is still uncertain whether Gandhi will be able to contest the 2023 elections.

Another instance which showed the remarkable erosion of institutional proceeding occurred in late 2023. More than 100 MPs were suspended for asking a probe on the security breach happened on 13th December 2023, when, on the 22nd anniversary of the 2001 attack on the Parliament, two men entered the building and started shouting anti-government slogans [The Indian Express, 2023, 14 December]. The suspension of the MPs and the subsequent boycott by opposition parties of the on-going parliamentary session, led to the passing of some critical bills without debate or scrutiny [Mehta 2023, 22 December]. The most crucial one was a bill modifying the rules for appointing the Chief Election Commissioner. According to the new rules – passed by both chambers of Parliament in December 2023 – the selection committee will consist of the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Opposition, and another Cabinet member (which replaces the Chief Justice of India). In other words, India’s electoral watchdog will now be nominated exclusively with the votes of the sitting government [Election Commissioner Bill 2023].

4. Conclusion

India entered 2024 as a country that appeared to be going towards an inevitable third term for Prime Minister Modi and the BJP. The enduring popularity of the Prime Minister – reflected also in the state election results – was making the task of opposition parties almost unsurmountable. In 2023, some 20-odds parties started negotiations for presenting a unified front against the BJP, but their historical rivalries and the BJP’s ability to set the narrative and attract opposition leaders into its ranks was a source of frustration and complication of what already was a very complicated political process.

While the Indian economy kept growing robustly during 2023, its inability to generate jobs continued to be a major reason why inequality appeared to be growing larger and larger. While this might represent the BJP’s weakness, it also seems that many voters will keep economic considerations on the back burner when deciding who to vote for.

Appendix 1:

Brief description of India’s welfare schemes, mentioned in table 1 7

Ayushman Bharat – Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY) is a health insurance scheme aimed at providing access to quality inpatient secondary and tertiary care to poor and vulnerable families, and reducing catastrophic out-of-pocket expenditures arising out of serious health episodes. The scheme expands the previous Rashtriya Swasthya Bima Yojana (RSBY).

Child Protection Services (CPS), earlier known as the Integrated Child Protection Scheme (ICPS), aims at providing preventive and protective care and rehabilitation services to any child in a vulnerable situation that may lead to abuse, neglect, exploitation, abandonment and separation from families. The scheme included both children in conflict with law, and those who come in contact with law either as a victim or as a witness, as defined under the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act. The scheme was launched in 2009 and restructured into Mission Vatsalya as per Union Budget 2022-23.

Food Subsidy is provided by the Government of India (GoI) for the supply and distribution of foodgrains and other essential commodities. With the passing of the National Food Security Act (NFSA) in 2013, nutritional security became a right. Under the Act, adequate quantities of quality food at affordable prices are to be provided to twothirds of India’s population.

Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) is GoI’s flagship programme aimed at providing basic education, health, and nutrition services for early childhood development. The scheme was launched in 1975 and reconstituted into Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0 in FY 2021-22.

Jal Jeevan Mission is GoI’s rural drinking water programme to provide functional tap connections to every household for drinking, cooking, and other domestic needs on a sustainable basis by 2024. It subsumes the National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP).

Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS) is GoI’s flagship rural employment programme which aims to provide at least 100 days of guaranteed wage employment based on demand. The scheme was launched in 2006 and is the largest scheme of the Ministry of Rural Development (MoRD).

Mission Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0 was launched in FY 2021-22 after restructuring ICDS, POSHAN Abhiyaan, and the Scheme for Adolescent Girls. The scheme aims to redress some of the challenges identified with the existing schemes and converge nutrition-related initiatives of the Ministry of Women and Child Development (MWCD).

National Health Mission (NHM) is GoI’s flagship scheme to achieve universal access to quality healthcare by strengthening health systems, institutions, and capabilities. It consists of two sub-missions: a) the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM), launched in 2005 to provide accessible, affordable, and quality healthcare in rural India; and b) the National Urban Health Mission (NUHM), a sub-mission launched in 2013 for urban health.

National Social Assistance Programme (NSAP) was launched in 1995 with the objective of supporting minimum needs of specific social groups such as the elderly, widows and disabled persons living in Below Poverty Line (BPL) households.

Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Gramin (PMAY-G) is GoI’s flagship ‘Housing for All’ scheme. The scheme aims to provide monetary assistance for the construction of a pucca house with basic amenities to all rural houseless families and those living in dilapidated and kutcha houses. It was constituted after restructuring of Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY) in 2016.

Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) was launched in 2000 with an aim to provide all-weather road connectivity in rural areas. The scheme is being run by MoRD and envisages connecting all habitations with more than 500 residents in the plains, and more than 250 residents in hilly, tribal, and desert areas. Pradhan Mantri Kisan Samman Nidhi (PM KISAN) is GoI’s income support scheme aimed at supplementing farmers’ incomes to enable them to take care of expenses related to agriculture and allied activities as well as domestic needs. It provides an annual cash transfer of `6,000 to all landholding farmers through Direct Benefits Transfer (DBT) mode into their bank accounts.

Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana (PMMJY) is a maternity benefit scheme providing conditional cash transfers to pregnant women and lactating mothers for the first live birth. The scheme has evolved over a period of time with the launch of the Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY) in 2010.

Pradhan Mantri Poshan Shakti Nirman (PM POSHAN), previously known as the National Programme of Mid-Day Meals in School (MDM), aims to provide one hot cooked meal in government and government-aided schools from FY 2021-22 to FY 2025-26. The scheme has the dual objective of addressing hunger and improving the nutritional status of eligible children as well as encouraging poor children belonging to disadvantaged sections to attend school more regularly and help them concentrate on classroom activities.

Rashtriya Madhyamik Shiksha Abhiyan (RMSA) was GoI’s flagship secondary education programme. The scheme was launched in March 2009 with the objective of augmenting access and quality of secondary education. It was integrated into Samagra Shiksha in FY 2018-19 along with Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan and Teacher Education.

Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) was GoI’s flagship elementary education programme. Launched in 2001, it aimed to provide universal education to children between the ages of 6 to 14 years. It was integrated into Samagra Shiksha.

Swachh Bharat Mission – Gramin (SBM-G) is GoI’s flagship rural sanitation programme run by the Ministry of Jal Shakti (MJS). It is a community-led programme whose first phase aimed at providing access to sanitation facilities and eradicating the practice of open defecation by 2 October 2019. SBM-G Phase II aims to achieve ODFPlus (Open Defecation Free – Plus) status for ODF villages.

Appendix 2

State elections results 2023

Table 2A – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Rajasthan 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

BJP

115 (+42)

41.69 (+2.92)

INDIA

INC (incumbent)

69 (-31)

39.53 (+0.23)

RLD

1

Total

70 (-31)

BAP

BAP

3 (+3)

RLP+

RLP

1 (-2)

2.39 (-0.01)

ASP (KR)

0

Total

1

BSP

BSP

2 (-4)

1.82 (-2.21)

None

IND

8 (-5)

Legend: BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; INDIA= Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance; INC = Indian National Congress; RLD = Rashtriya Lok Dal; BAP = Bharat Adivasi Party; RLP= Rashtriya Loktantrik Party; ASP(KR) = Azad Samaj Party (Kanshi Ram); BSP= Bahujan Samaj Party; IND = Independents.

Table 2B – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Madhya Pradesh 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

BJP

163 (+54)

48.55 (+7.53)

INC (incumbent)

66 (-23)

40.40

(-0.49)

BAP

1

IND

0 (-4)

Legend: BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; INC = Indian National Congress; BAP = Bharat Adivasi Party; IND = Independents.

Table 2C – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Chhattisgarh 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

BJP

54 (+39)

46.27 (+13.27)

INC

(incumbent)

35 (-33)

42.23 (-0.77)

BSP+

BSP

0 (-2)

2.05 (-1.85)

GGP

1(+1)

Total

1

None

IND

0

Others

0

Legend: BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; INC = Indian National Congress; BSP = Bahujan Samaj Party; GGP= Gondvana Gantantra Party; IND = Independents.

Table 2D – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Telangana 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

INDIA

INC

64 (+45)

39.40 (+11.00)

CPI

1 (+1)

0.34 (-0.07)

Total

65

39.74 (+10.93)

NDA

BJP

8 (+7)

13.90 (+6.92)

JSP

0

0.25

Total

8

None

BRS (incumbent)

39 (-49)

37.35 (-9.55)

AIMIM

7

2.22 (-0.48)

Others

0 (-3)

IND

0 (-1)

Legend: INDIA= Indian National Developmental Inclusive Alliance; INC = Indian National Congress; CPI= Communist Party of India; NDA = National Democratic Alliance; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; JSP= Jana Sena Party; BRS= Bharat Rashtra Samiti; AIMIM= All India Majlis-e-Ittehadul Muslimeen; IND= Independents.

Table 2E – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly  of Mizoram 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

ZPM

27 (+19)

37.86 (+14.96)

MNF (incumbent)

10 (-16)

35.10 (-2.60)

INC

1 (-4)

20.82 (-19.16)

BJP

2 (+1)

5.06 (-3.03)

AAP

0

0.09 (+0.09)

IND

0

Legend: ZPM= Zoram People’s Movement; MNF= Mizo National Front; INC = Indian National Congress; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; AAP= Aam Aadmi Party; IND = Independents.

Table 2F – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Karnataka 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

INC

135 (+55)

42.88 (+4.74)

BJP (incumbent)

66 (-38)

36.00 (-0.35)

JDS

19 (-18)

13.3 (-5.01)

KRRP

1 (+1)

0.63 (+0.63)

SKP

1 (+1)

0.25 (+0.2)

IND

2 (+1)

4.07 (+0.17)

Others

0 (-2)

2.18 (-0.32)

Legend: INC = Indian National Congress; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; JDS= Janata Dal (Secular); KRRP= Kalyana Rajya Pragathi Paksh; SKP= Sarvodaya Karnataka Paksha; IND = Independents.

Table 2G – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Tripura 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

NDA (incumbent)

BJP

32 (-4)

38.97 (-4.62)

IPFT

1 (-7)

1.26 (-6.12)

Total

33 (-11)

40.23 (-10.78)

SDF

CPI-M

11 (-5)

24.62 (-17.6)

INC

3 (+3)

8.56 (+6.77)

AIFB

0

1.03 (+0.47)

RSP

0

0.67 (-0.08)

CPI

0

0.48 (-0.34)

IND

0

0.65

Total

14

36.01 (-10.08)

None

TMP

13 (new)

19.69 (+19.69)

AITC

0

0.88 (+0.58)

IND

0

1.6

Others

0

0.23

Legend: National Democratic Alliance = NDA; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; IPFT= Indigenous People’s Front of Tripura; SDF= Secular Democratic Forces; CPI-M= Communist Party of India (Marxist); INC = Indian National Congress; AIFB= All India Forward Bloc; RSP= Revolutionary Socialist Party; CPI= Communist Party of India; TMP= Tipra Motha Party; AITC= All India Trinamool Congress; IND = Independents.

Table 2H – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Meghalaya 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

None

NPEP (incumbent)

26 (+6)

31.49 (+11.43)

UDP

12 (+6)

16.21 (+4.61)

AITC

5 (+5)

13.78 (+13.38)

INC

5 (-16)

13.14 (-15.36)

VPP

4 (new)

5.46 (+5.46)

BJP

2

9.33 (-0.27)

HSPDP

2

3.56 (-1.74)

PDF

2 (-2)

1.88 (-6.32)

GNC

0

00.53 (-0.9)

Others

0 (-1)

0.23

IND

2 (-1)

0.79

Legend: NPEP= National People’s Party; UDP= United Democratic Party; AITC= All India Trinamool Congress; INC = Indian National Congress; VPP= Voice of the People Party; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; HSPDP= Hill State People’s Democratic Party; PDF= People’s Democratic Front; GNC= Garo National Council; IND = Independents.

Table 2I – Results of the elections to the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland 2023

Alliance

Party

Seats won (difference from 2018)

Vote share (difference from 2018)

NEDA

NDPP

25 (+7)

32.24 (+7.02)

BJP

12

18.8 (3.51)

Total

37 (+7)

51.04 (+10.53)

None

NCP

7 (+7)

9.56 (+8.50)

NPEP

5 (+3)

5.76 (-1.14)

LJP (RV)

2 (+2)

8.64 (+8.64)

NPP

2 (-24)

7.09 (-31.71)

RPI (A)

2 (+2)

3.69

JD (U)

1

3.25 (-1.25)

INC

0

3.56 (+1.45)

IND

4 (+3)

6.27

Others

0

0.83

Legend: NEDA= North East Democratic Alliance; NDPP= Nationalist Democratic Progressive Party; BJP = Bharatiya Janata Party; NCP= Nationalist Congress Party; NPEP= National People’s Party; LJP (RV)= Lok Janshakti Party (Ram Vilas); NPP= Naga People’s Front; RPI (A)= Republican Party of India (Athawale); JD (U)= Janata Dal (United); INC = Indian National Congress; IND = Independents.

Bibliography

Aafaq, Zafar, 2023, 14 August, ‘Collective punishment? Demolitions in Haryana’s Nuh spanned at least 50 km’, Scroll.in.

Accountability Initiative, 2023a, ‘Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme’, Budget Briefs, 15(10).

Accountability Initiative, 2023b, ‘Mission Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0’, Budget Briefs, 15(6).

Accountability Initiative, 2023c, ‘Food Subsidy and the National Food Security Act’, Budget Briefs, 15(2).

Accountability Initiative, 2023d, ‘The Evolution of India’s Welfare System from 2008-2023: A Lookback’.

Adani Group, 2023, Adani Response, 29 January.

Aiyar, Yamini, 2019, ‘Modi Consolidates Power: Leveraging Welfare Politics’, Journal of Democracy, 30(4): 78-88.

Aiyar, Yamini, & Louise Tillin, 2020, ‘«One nation,» BJP, and the future of Indian federalism’, India Review, 19(2): 117-35.

Anand Mohan, J., 2023, 8 December, ‘Decode politics: As dust settles, here are 5 reasons why BJP won MP, and Cong lost plot’, The Indian Express.

Ananthkrishnan, G., 2023, 25 November, ‘Hindenburg: SC says can’t assume report credible until probed into’, The Indian Express.

Anwar, Tarique, and Mukund Jha, 2023, 2 August, ‘How communal violence engulfed Mewat’s Nuh’, Newsclick.

Attri, Vibha, & Himanshu Kapoor, 2023, 15 May, ‘2023 Karnataka Assembly elections BJP’s failure to tackle unemployment, poverty hit it hard’, The Hindu.

Attri, Vibha, & Priyanka Mittal, 2023, 5 December, ‘2023 Telangana Assembly elections The perception of corruption’, The Hindu.

Azim Premj University, 2023, State of Working India 2023: Social Identities and Labour Market Outcomes, Bangalore.

Bakhsh, Zenaira, 2023, 11 September, ‘«This Is Humiliating» India Hides Its Poor for the G20 New Delhi Summit’, Inkstickmedia.

Bharati, Manoranjan, 2023, 21 September, ‘What India Will Look Like After 2026 Delimitation’, NDTV.

Bhardwaj, Ananya, 2020, 28 February, ‘Why Northeast Delhi violence is India’s first Hindu-Muslim riots with guns’, The Print.

Borbora, Abhinav Pankaj, & Manish Gyani, 2023, 7 December, ‘Welfare scheme beneficiaries push BJP to victory in Madhya Pradesh’, The Hindu.

Business Standard, 2023, 23 October, ‘Adani Total meets Hindenburg’s predicted valuation with 85% plunge in stock’.

‘Car Economics to explain India’s skewed growth model’, 2023, 20 January, cenfa.org.

Chandavarkar, Prem, 2023, 17 August, ‘The Architecture of Democracy’, The India Forum.

Daniyal, Shoaib, 2023, 18 December, ‘Youth unemployment is a major problem in India – so why is it absent from national politics?’, Scroll.in.

Deb, Abhik, 2023, 17 October, ‘Why the Opposition’s support for a caste census falters in some states’, Scroll.in.

Deka, Kaushik, 2023, 6 May, ‘Poppy cultivation, eviction drives, illegal influx, old scars – why Manipur is burning’, India Today.

Deshpande, Alok, 2023, 20 November, ‘OBC leaders across parties come together against Maratha quota, Maharashtra’s headache mounts’, The Indian Express.

Dhankhar, Leena, 2023, 2 August, ‘Nuh clashes: How the violence was planned’, Hindustan Times.

Dharanidharan, Salem, and Brian Wong, 2023, 5 June, ‘Why the Future of Indian Democracy Hangs on a Prudent and Pragmatic Approach to Delimitation’, The Wire.

Drèze, Jean, and Reetika Khera, 2023, 1 February, ‘The Sharp Decline in Total Expenditure on Social Security Schemes’, The Wire.

[Election Commissioner Bill 2023] ‘The Chief Election Commissioner and Other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office) Bill, 2023’, 2023, prsindia.org.

Ellis-Petersen, 2023, 14 February, ‘What is the BBC Modi documentary and why is it so controversial?’, The Guardian.

Ellis-Petersen, 2023, 4 August, ‘India’s supreme court suspends Rahul Gandhi’s two-year defamation jail term’, The Guardian.

Ellis-Petersen, Hannah, 2023, 31 August, ‘Rahul Gandhi demands Modi investigation into Adani Group’, The Guardian.

Ellis-Petersen, Hannah, and Simon Goodley, 2023, 31 August, ‘Modi-linked Adani family secretly invested in own shares, documents suggest’, The Guardian.

FirstPost, 2023, 8 September, ‘G20 Summit: How much money was spent on Delhi?’.

Government of India, Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, 2023, 9 October, Annual Report July 2022-June 2023.

Fumagalli, Matteo, 2023, ‘Myanmar 2022: Fragmented sovereignties and the escalation of violence in multiple warscapes’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022: 261-80.

Ganguly, Sumit, ‘Modi’s Undeclared Emergency’, Journal of Democracy, 34(3): 144-51.

Guha, Ramachandra, 2023, 5 November, ‘Six months of chaos in Manipur show utter failure of double-engine government’, Scroll.in.

Gupta, Pranav, and Dishil Shrimankar, 2019, August, ‘How nationalism helped the BJP’, Seminar, Vol. 720.

Hall, Ian, 2019, Modi and the Reinvention of Indian Foreign Policy, Bristol: Bristol University Press.

Hall, Ian, 2024, ‘India 2023: Tactical Wins and Strategic Setbacks in Foreign Policy’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIV/2023.

Hindenburg Research, 2023, ‘Adani Group: How The World’s 3rd Richest Man Is Pulling The Largest Con In Corporate History’.

India Today, 2023, 9 February, ‘Modi vs Opposition: How PM made himself heard amid ‘Adani’ slogans’.

India Today, 2023, 25 August, ‘Mood of the Nation poll: 61% says PM Modi’s stature has increased globally’.

India Today, 2023, 31 October, ‘Lingayat community protests demanding reservation for sub-castes in Maharashtra’.

Jaffrelot, Christophe, 2021, Modi’s India: Hindu Nationalism and the Rise of Ethnic Democracy, Princeton, Princeton University Press.

Jain, Bharti, 2023, 26 November, ‘Women voter participation exceeds that of men in 2019 LS polls’, The Times of India.

Kaul, Vivek, 2023, 22 May, ‘The State of the Indian Economy Today: What do the Numbers Actually Say?’, The India Forum.

Khan, Hamza, 2023, 25 March, ‘With Right to Health Act, Ashok Gehlot seeks to build on his healthcare legacy, eyes a fresh term’, The Indian Express.

Kumar, Devesh, & Lalit Kumawat, 2023, 6 December, ‘Did welfare measures make a mark on Rajasthan voters?’, The Hindu.

Lama, Prawesh, 2023, 31 December, ‘Militants ambush Manipur Police commandos with RPG in Moreh; four injured, barracks damaged’, Hindustan Times.

Lodha, Sanjay, 2023, 24 October, ‘BJP, Cong, BJP, Cong…this election, will Rajasthan finally break the pattern?’, The Indian Express.

Lodha, Sanjay, Sandeep Shastri, Suhas Palshikar, & Sanjay Kumar, 2023, 6 December, ‘Why the Congress lost Rajasthan’, The Hindu.

Maiorano, Diego, 2019, ‘The 2019 Indian Elections and the Ruralization of the BJP’, Studies in Indian Politics, 7(2): 176-90.

Maiorano, Diego, 2020, ‘India 2019: The general election and the new Modi wave’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXX/2019: 327-44.

Maiorano, Diego, 2021, ‘India 2020: Under the COVIS Hammer’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXI/2020: 305-30.

Maiorano, Diego, 2022, ‘Democratic backsliding amid the COVID-19 pandemic in India’, Asia Maior, Special Issue No.2: 101-16.

Maiorano, Diego, 2023, ‘India 2022: Political realignments in a BJP-dominated system’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXXIII/2022: 299-326.

Malik, Aaliya, & Devesh Kumar, 2023, 15 May, ‘2023 Karnataka Assembly elections Dissatisfaction with the government’s performance mattered in the election’, The Hindu.

Mander, Harsh, 2023, 3 November, ‘How state-backed Hindutva rhetoric is fuelling the ethnic cleansing of Uttarakhand’, Scroll.in.

Manoj, C. G., 2023, 25 May, ‘20 Opposition parties announce boycott of new House inauguration by PM’, The Indian Express.

Marpakwar, Prafulla, 2023, 2 September, ‘Mamata blocks demand for caste census in resolution’, The Times of India.

Matthew, Liz, 2023, 21 November, ‘Road to 2024: Hindutva plus welfare emerges as BJP pitch for polls, Congress not far behind’, The Indian Express.

Mehta, Pratap Bhanu, 2023, 22 December, ‘The collapse of parliamentary democracy in Bharat that is not India’, The Indian Express.

Miller, Manjari Chatterjee, and Clare Harris, 2023, 20 April ‘Modi’s Marketing Muscle’, Foreign Policy (https://foreignpolicy.com/2023/04/20/india-modi-g20-presidency-pr-marketing-elections/).

Mint 2023, 19 September, ‘Indian economy to exceed growth estimates after strong Q2 beat: economists’.

Mishra, Ishita, 2023, 10 June, ‘Background checks will curb «love jihad», says Uttarakhand Chief Minister Pushkar Singh Dhami’, The Hindu.

Mishra, Jyoti, & Avika Singh, 2023, 6 December, ‘Corruption weighed heavily on Congress in Rajasthan’ The Hindu.

Mittaland, Tusha, and Alishan Jafri, 2023, 31 July, ‘Driving Muslim out of «Devbhoomi»’, The Caravan.

Naidu, Jayprakash, 2023, 4 October, ‘PM Modi hits back at Rahul Gandhi demand for caste census: «Does Congress want to take away rights of minorities?»’, The Indian Express.

Naidu, Jayprakash S, 2023, 6 December, ‘Decode Politics: 5 likely reasons why Congress suffered Chhattisgarh setback’, The Indian Express.

Palshikar, Suhas, 2017, 15 May, ‘India’s Second Dominant Party System’, Economic and Political Weekly, 52(12).

Palshikar, Suhas, 2023, ‘2023 Karnataka Assembly elections Issue of corruption resonated with voters ahead of election day’, The Hindu,.

Palshikar, Suhas, & Aadyot Prakash, 2023, 8 December, ‘From development to defamation: the election campaign in Chhattisgarh’, The Hindu.

Parkin, Benjamin, & Chloe Cornish, 2023, 8 November, ‘Hindenburg: SC says can’t assume report credible until probed into’, Financial Times.

Parline – global data on national parliaments (https://data.ipu.org/).

Paswan, Aditi Narayani, 2023, 4 December, ‘Rajasthan, MP, Chhattisgarh results show that freebies don’t strike a chord with voters’, The Indian Express.

Pathak, Vikas, 2023, 14 December, ‘Takeaways from BJP’s CM, Deputy CM picks: Satrap fade-out, central roadmap, constant rejig’, The Indian Express.

Pathak, Vikas, 2023, 30 December, ‘In message on Ram Temple, PM Modi includes faith, labharthi, caste and infra push’, The Indian Express.

Phukan, Sandeep, 2023, 20 September, ‘Lok Sabha passes historic women’s reservation Bill’, The Hindu.

Phukan, Sandeep, 2023, 2 October, ‘INDIA bloc cites Bihar data to reiterate demand for nationwide caste census’, The Hindu.

PIB, 2023, 9 October, ‘Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) Annual Report 2022-2023 Released’.

Prabhu, Nagesh, 2019, 23 July, ‘Karnataka political crisis: How it took root and grew’, The Hindu.

Prakash, Aadyot, & Subhabita Krishna, 2023, 5 December, ‘Telangana Assembly election Poor reach of popular welfare schemes dashed BRS’s hopes of scoring hat-trick’, The Hindu.

Rai, Shirin, & Carole Spary, 2019, Performing Representation, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Raj, Kaushik, 2023, 14 August, ‘In Riot-Torn Nuh, A Muslim Man Has Found It Impossible To Get His Complaint Registered’, article14.

Reddy, R. Ravikanth, 2023, 10 December, ‘A. Revanth Reddy Rise to power’, The Hindu.

Reed, John, and Benjamin Parkin, 2023, 3 February, ‘The Adani affair: the fallout for Modi’s India’, Financial Times.

Reuters, 2023, 30 November, ‘India’s ruling BJP, opposition Congress in tight race to win state elections-exit polls’.

Reuters, 2023, 1 December, ‘Indian economy to exceed growth estimates after strong Q2 beat: economists’.

Ruparelia, Sanjay, 2013, ‘India’s New Rights Agenda: Genesis, Promises, Risks’, Pacific Affairs, 86(3):569-90.

Sardesai, Shreyas, 2021, 6 May, ‘West Bengal Assembly Elections – Subaltern Hindutva on the wane?’, The Hindu.

Sayeda, Zaina Azhar, 2023, 28 November, ‘How Myanmar Civil War Affects The Kuki-Zo People In Manipur’, Outlook.

Scroll.in, 2023, 7 January, ‘Over 100 ex-bureaucrats seek action against Pragya Thakur for asking Hindus to stock weapons at home’.

Scroll.in, 2023, 31 March, ‘From Bengal to Maharashtra, violence breaks out during Ram Navami processions, over 20 injured’.

Scroll.in, 2023, 14 August, ‘Haryana: Hindutva outfits demand guns for «self-defence» at mahapanchayat near Nuh’.

Scroll.in, 2023, 29 November, ‘Manipur: Meitei militant group United National Liberation Front signs peace agreement with Centre’.

Sen, Ronojoy, 2023a, House of the People – Parliament and the Making of Indian Democracy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Sen, Ronojoy, 2023b, 29 September, ‘Indian Parliament Passes Women’s Reservation Bill’, ISAS Briefs No. 1067.

Seth, Maulshree, 2023, 31 December, ‘Celebrate Diwali across country on January 22, on the day of Ram temple ceremony: PM Modi at Ayodhya’, The Indian Express.

Sharma, Saurabh, 2023, 5 November, ‘Parliament and the Making of Indian Democracy’, Business Today.

Shastri, Sandeep, 2023, 6 December, ‘Role of the leadership factor in the Rajasthan verdict’, The Hindu.

Siddiqui, Imran Ahmed, 2023, 4 August, ‘Haryana clashes: Video shows alleged Bajrang Dal activist opening fire, cops look away’, The Telegraph.

Singh, Amom Malemnganba, 2023, ‘Meitei Majoritarian Politics of the BJP in Manipur’, Economic and Political Weekly, 58(1): 10-12.

Singh, D. K., 2023, 20 November, ‘SC justice for Madigas—How PM Modi endorsed Rahul Gandhi’s ‘jitni abadi, utna haq’ politics’, The Print.

Singh, Namita, 2023, 12 December, ‘BBC India forced to restructure operations over media ownership rules’, The Independent.

Singh, Santosh, 2023, , 3 October, ‘Four takeaways from Bihar caste survey: On its significance, possible impact on elections’, The Indian Express.

Singh, Tripurdaman, 2023, ‘The Authoritarian Roots of India’s Democracy’, Journal of Democracy, 34(3): 133-43.

Singh, Vijaita, 2023, 20 September, ‘Women’s reservation Bill will be implemented only after 2029: Amit Shah’, The Hindu.

Siwach, Sukhbir, 2023, 2 August, ‘«Who gave weapons to the religious yatris at Nuh?» asks Union MoS Rao Inderjit Singh’, The Indian Express.

Spary, Carole, 2020, ‘Women candidates, women voters, and the gender politics of India’s 2019 parliamentary election’, Contemporary South Asia, 28(2): 223-41.

Subramaniam, Arvind, and Josh Felman, 2021, 14 December, ‘India’s Stalled Rise’, Foreign Affairs.

Thapar, Karan, 2023, The Wire, 9 May, ‘Manipur Violence Is Ethnic Cleansing, Biren Singh Anti-Kuki, He Must Go: BJP MLA Paolienlal Haokip’.

Thapar, Karan, 2023, 29 November, ‘Full Text: Pronab Sen Explains Why Data on Which GDP Is Calculated Is A Major Concern’, The Wire.

The Economic Times, 2020, 29 December, ‘Rajasthan 2020: Sachin Pilot’s rebellion shakes Congress, state sees «resort politics »’.

The Economist, 2023, 13 May, ‘India is getting an eye-wateringly big transport upgrade’.

The Indian Express, 2023, 7 October, ‘BJP MP Adityanath’s outfit offers guns to Hindus in Dadri’.

The Indian Express, 2023, 11 October, ‘Centre for Policy Research using foreign contributions for ‘undesirable purposes’, govt informs Delhi High Court’.

The Indian Express 2023, 4 November, ‘Decoding Politics: Rajasthan question paper leak scams, key BJP campaign ammo against Ashok Gehlot’.

The Indian Express, 2023, 14 December, (How the 2001 Parliament attack unfolded — and what happened afterwards).

The North-East Affairs, 2023, 3 July, ‘Sixth Schedule in Manipur’.

The Times of India, 2023, 16 April, ‘State after state is passing or proposing job reservation for locals’.

The Times of India, 2023, 30 April, ‘Explained: What was Hijab ban row? Is it a major issue in Karntaka Elections?’.

The Times of India, 2023, 30 November, ‘ElectionsWithTimes’.

The Wire, 2023, 2 November, ‘Unemployment Rate Rose to Two-Year High of 10.09% in October: Report’.

Tiwari, Ankita, 2023, 3 December, ‘Election dynamics altered as women voters took centre-stage across 5 states’, India Today.

Tiwari, Deeptiman, 2023, 4 November, ‘Caste census: Amit Shah says BJP never opposed it, needs careful thought’, The Indian Express.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2020, ‘India 2019: Assaulting the world’s largest democracy: building a kingdom of cruelty and fear’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXIX/2019: 156-59.

Torri, Michelguglielmo, 2021, ‘India 2020: The deepening crisis of democracy’, Asia Maior, Vol. XXX/2020: 331-75.

Travelli, Alex, Suhasini Raj, and Hari Kumar, 2023, 3 October, ‘New Delhi Police Raid Homes and Offices of Journalists’, The New York Times.

Tudor, Maya, 2023, ‘Why India’s Democracy Is Dying’, Journal of Democracy, 34(3): 121-32.

V-dem (https://v-dem.net/).

Veeraraghav, TM, 2023, 20 March, ‘Historic Factors May Be An Impediment To Hindutva In Karnataka: James Manor’, NDTV Profit.

Verma, Rahul, 2023, ‘The Exaggerated Death of Indian Democracy’, Journal of Democracy, 34(3): 152-60.

Weston, Rahul, & Rishikesh Yadav, 2023, 7 December, ‘Madhya Pradesh Assembly election Corruption didn’t sway votes from BJP’, The Hindu.

Yadav, Vineeta, 2023, ‘Why India’s Political Elites Are to Blame’, Journal of Democracy, 34(3): 162-72.

Yasir, Sameer, and Hari Kumar, 2023, 1 December, ‘Dozens of Unclaimed Bodies Show That an Indian Conflict Remains Open’, The New York Times.

Zaman, Rokibuz, 2023, 1 December, ‘From ‘self-rule’ call to setting the narrative, how ITLF has become new Kuki-Zo voice in Manipur, Scroll.in.

Zaman, Rokibuz, 2023, 11 December, ‘Latest Manipur killings confirm long-dormant Meitei insurgency is seeing a revival’, Scroll.in.

1 Short selling is a trading strategy aimed at profiting from a decline in an asset’s price.

2 See the appendix for the details of all election results.

3 There were question paper leaks for several government exams. Recruitment exam for grade III librarians was cancelled in December 2019 due to a question paper leak. Furthermore, the Rajasthan Eligibility Examination for Teachers (REET) level I and II were also cancelled due to the same problem.

4 Although the BJP was the incumbent during the time of the 2023 legislative elections in Karnataka, it did not form government in 2018. A coalition of the Congress and the Janata Dal (Secular) – or (JD(S) – did. However, in July 2019, 17 MLAs belonging to the Congress and JD(S) resigned, and the Congress-JD(S) coalition, then in government, fell. Several of the rebel MLAs joined the BJP after resigning, which suggests that the BJP was behind the fall of the Congress-JD(S) coalition.

5 The expression «stabilize the population» refers to the process which ensures that a population size remains relatively constant, without any significant negative or positive fluctuation.

6 Most of what follows is taken from Mittaland and Jafri’s long and detailed reportage, published in The Caravan.

7.  These descriptions are reproduced with permission from Accountability Initiative 2023d.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

 

Myanmar 2023: New conflicts and coalitions reshape war narrative, challenging an embattled junta

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

The crisis in Myanmar continues to eschew easy categorisations or even a simple meta-narrative of the post-coup dynamics. The complexities on the ground, including the fluidity of context-specific alliances and conflict dynamics, have come to encompass an ever-growing number of regions across the country. In 2023, as in the preceding years, the Myanmar Armed Forces failed in their efforts to consolidate power and continued to lack control of both people and territory. While there were continuities across recent years, which perhaps suggests a sense of tragic and protracted déjà vu, 2023 was not just another year of ‘much of the (grim) same’. The greatest novelty was the escalation of violence in Shan State, which had previously avoided much of the anti-coup armed resistance, and the rekindling of violence in Rakhine State. Operation 1027 saw an emerging coalition of ethnic armed organisations and even People’s Defence Forces in Shan State in October 2023 take on the military and expose its vulnerabilities. While this may seem optimistic in current circumstances, the military appears increasingly embattled, and its forces are spread thin. Cyclone Mocha further deepened the humanitarian crisis, especially in the western coastal areas. International support from Russia and China remains solid, with the cracks within ASEAN and other neighbours coming to the fore. China became more engaged throughout the year, partly to decrease volatility on its borders. Beijing also sought to enhance its leverage over all parties and containing the western alignment of the pro-democracy movement. Overall, coordination among the anti-junta forces increased compared to previous years, but a united front remained elusive.

Keywords – Operation 1027; Cyclone Mocha; China; Rohingya; Shan.

1. Introduction. Beyond a crisis paradigm?

How much can already escalated violence escalate further? Post-coup Myanmar has been pushing this proposition further and further. The dynamics in Myanmar not only eschew easy categorisations (especially binaries), but also a simple meta-narrative of the post-coup dynamics. The complexities on the ground, the fluidity of context- and locale-specific alliances and the dynamics of the conflicts among a dizzying array of ethnic armed organisations (EAOs) driven by territorial ambitions, economic interests and ethnic nationalism have contributed to expose and debunk the myth of Myanmar as a single polity [Htet Min Lwin and Walton 2023; Loong 2022a; Fumagalli 2023].

In 2023, as in the preceding post-coup years, the State Administration Council (SAC, as the junta calls itself) failed to consolidate power and continued to lack control of both people and territory. There were some noticeable continuities in the political, economic and international realms, not least in the widely perceived stalemate and constant escalation of violence, which suggest a sense of déjà vu [Farelly and Simpson 2024] alongside the humanitarian crisis resulting from Cyclone Mocha, the handling of which, as in the case of Cyclone Nargis in 2009, was botched by the generals.

Yet, 2023 was not another year of ‘much of the (grim) same’. Conflicts intensified in Kayah State in the first half of the year, but the greatest elements of novelty were the escalation of violence in Shan State in late October, which had previously avoided much of the anti-coup armed resistance due to local factors, and the rekindling of violence in Rakhine.

Operation 1027 saw an emerging coalition of EAOs and even People’s Defence Forces (PDFs) in Shan State in October 2023 take on the military and expose its vulnerabilities, which points to a potential turning point. The losses inflicted on the military and the territorial achievements on the ground provided not only a morale boost across the anti-junta front but added momentum to the operations, which were followed by additional attacks against the generals across the country, particularly in Rakhine State, where tensions had already been made more acute as a result of the generals’ mishandling of Cyclone Mocha. While any suggestion of a game-changer may sound optimistic in current circumstances, the military appears increasingly embattled, and its forces are spread thin. At the same time, international support from Russia and a gradually more engaged China remains solid, with the cracks within ASEAN and other neighbours coming to the fore. At the same time, the widespread unrest across the country has taken a toll on China-Myanmar economic cooperation, with some projects stalled or postponed and others progressing very slowly, often to the dismay of both parties. The Rohingya issue was also back in the headlines after being side-lined for a few years, although it remains unresolved.

This article argues that there is no easy meta-narrative in today’s Myanmar and that any assessment needs to start from the bottom up, from the rapidly evolving conditions on the ground, with each locality home to distinctive sets of alliances, coalitions, actors, agendas and interests [Loong 2022a; Fumagalli 2022, 2023]. When assessing the course of the war in Myanmar in 2022, last year’s contribution noted that to understand the situation on the ground more accurately, two steps were required [Fumagalli 2023]: one, to dispose of the fiction that Myanmar was, is and should be studied as a single polity [Fumagalli 2023: 262]; and two – and partly following from that – that Myanmar is « home to a variety of constantly evolving geographies of war » [or warscapes,1 Fumagalli 2023: 262]. Taken together, these notions challenge the insistent application of concepts originating in the western experience (nation-state; transition) and instead suggest a condition of, if anything, « fragmented sovereignty », conceived of as « multiple, localized autonomous cores of power » [Lund, 2011: 887; Su 2018: 23]. The situation in Shan and Rakhine States in 2023 discussed in this article is a case in point. Thus, as Htet Min Lwin and Walton aptly put it, it is time to rethink not only the applicability of concepts such as nation-state to Myanmar, but also and – more broadly – the significance of notions such as independence, autonomy and sovereignty [Htet Min Lwin and Walton 2023] or loaded concepts such as crisis [Dunford and Adikari 2024] in a context as fragmented and complex as Myanmar. Social science concepts are, perhaps by definition, highly contentious and contested, and the notion of crisis is no different. As Dunford and Adikari note, « the language of crisis flattens people’s diverse experiences of the crisis and the multiple sets of crises that people experience » [Dunford and Adikari 2014: 19]. The people of Myanmar may well « be living amidst crisis – but it does not define them, nor determine their lives or the revolutionary potential of this particular moment » [Dunford and Adikari 2014: 21]. An era of both crisis and disappointment, ridden with tensions and disruptions, the current moment also holds generative potential and is filled with new and innovative possibilities for Myanmar.

The remainder of this article is structured as follows. First, I review the domestic situation in Myanmar, with particular attention to the state of play in key warscapes, most notably those (Shan and Rakhine States) where the level of violence had previously been (relatively) contained. Next, I turn to the economy, where more investors have exited the country, although some, controversially, remain. Sanctions do bite, but they have not engendered a behavioural change. Finally, I discuss the international dimension of Myanmar’s crisis, where the waning of western clout and the increasingly apparent splits within ASEAN have opened key opportunities for Russia, China and other countries (such as Thailand and India) to make inroads and take on a new role in the country. As the international community ponders how to approach the Myanmar crisis, China has revamped its engagement in the hopes of strengthening bilateral relations. The junta’s ‘friends in need’ are gambling on the military’s ability to stay in power in the near future.

2. Domestic politics

The year 2022 ended with the conclusion of the sham court trials of deposed leader Aung San Suu Kyi, with an additional sentence of seven years added to a cumulative period of thirty-three years – on fifteen charges overall – to be spent in jail [Nikkei Asia 2022, 30 December; Ghitis 2023]. Charges included breaching the official secrets law, incitement against the military, violation of COVID-19 measures/restrictions, violating financial regulations, abuse of authority in the procurement of a helicopter and causing a loss to state funds. Although of course Suu Kyi has had long experience with the military’s attempts to push her out of active politics, this time, it appears that life in politics really is over for her. Suu Kyi later received a minor pardon, shaving six years off the overall sentence.

In January 2023, the SAC announced that it was extending the state of emergency (initially imposed on 1 February 2021) for another six months. In July, it subsequently extended it again (the fourth such time since the February 2021 coup) on the grounds that the SAC needs more time to prepare for the elections (which Senior General Min Aung Hlaing had announced for August 2023), including the need to update the voters’ register and, oddly, carry out another census [Associated Press 2023; Faulder 2023; Nikkei Asia 2023c, 1 February]. What is questionable is not that a census might be required (the previous one was conducted, among many controversies surrounding the status of the stateless Rohingya population, in 2014), but rather that doing so constitutes a condition for holding elections. The reality, more plainly, rests upon the fact that order has broken down everywhere and the junta controls neither people nor territory.

The military has given no sign of a willingness to compromise, having subsequently dissolved the National League for Democracy following a process of re-registration of Myanmar’s political parties in the late winter and spring [Nikkei Asia 2023j, 12 April].

Myanmar’s humanitarian crisis deepened further in April, as Cyclone Mocha made its landfall in the coastal areas of south-western Myanmar (Rakhine State), where over a million people were affected by the devastation caused by Mocha, the lack of preparation in the lead-up to the natural disaster and the mismanagement and restriction of access to international organisations by the junta [OCHA 2023a]. The SAC’s mismanagement of Cyclone Mocha, both in terms of preparations and the handling of the aftermath, served as a reminder of the military’s callousness and also gave a sense of déjà vu, given the similarities with the military’s recalcitrance to international assistance during Cyclone Nargis in 2009. Tensions started to resurface in Rakhine between the military and the Arakan Army (AA), as the tenuous ceasefire in place since 2020 started to look increasingly precarious [Kyaw Hsan Hlaing 2023].

Beyond Mocha, as the year drew to a close, Myanmar showed record displacement and extensive humanitarian disasters confronting the civilian population, with more than 2.6 million people estimated to have been displaced nationwide, including over 600,000 forced to flee since Operation 1027 and a whopping 18 million people estimated to need humanitarian assistance for 2024 [OCHA 2023b].

2.1. Junta changes tactics, as violence escalates in Kayah, Chin State and the Dry Zone

Myanmar may have already evolved from a grassroots rebellion to a series of protracted insurgencies waged by a smaller number of armed outfits, some of which are coordinating their actions with each other, while others advance their agenda and operations individually. The sheer diversity of the conditions on the ground have also confronted the Myanmar Armed Forces (MAF) with significant challenges, as a single approach to tackling the armed resistance has not worked so far. Since the coup, the junta has faced an axis of resistance from southeast to northwest [Frontier Myanmar 2023a, 9 January; 2023b, 23 January]. This changed in 2023, as new challenges arose for the military in the northeast (Shan State) and southwest (Rakhine), which forced the junta into major military operations along both axes.

The regime’s main post-coup strategy focused on breaking the partnerships of the EAOs deemed to be more closely aligned to the National Unity Government (so, for example, the Karen National Union and the Karenni National Progressive Party), while dedicating relatively fewer resources to combating the smaller and more poorly armed PDFs, for which the SAC relied primarily on scorched-earth tactics [Michaels 2023a, 2023b, 2023c]. This was based on the assessment that coalition-building and coordination appeared to be a challenge too substantial for the anti-military resistance, so a traditional divide-and-rule would suffice. In practical terms this meant, at least until the summer, that the SAC would offer dialogue and concessions to EAOs that would not support the PDFs and the NUG, while punishing the others with air strikes and artillery, hence the considerable violence in Kayin, Kayah and Kachin States.

In March 2023, the junta launched a large-scale offensive to dislodge Karenni fighters from their strongholds, albeit with only mixed results [Michaels 2023d]. Both the pro- and anti-junta fighters focused on the key roads and strategic junctions to force the disruption of each other’s supplies [Michaels 2023e]. In June 2023, the pro-junta front reported mass defections (over 600 fighters) among the military-aligned Border Guard Forces in Kayah State [Hkun Sett et al. 2023], and over the summer, anti-junta forces managed to establish a form of parallel authority (the Karenni State Interim Executive Council) in this small state in eastern Myanmar. Since 2021, Kayah has been one of the main battlegrounds in the war against the military regime, where resistance has been led by the veteran EAO Karenni National Progressive Party, and where several anti-junta forces have managed to take control of large portions of territory, while showing a high level of coordination among different groups relative to anywhere else in Myanmar. Kayah State matters strategically to both the resistance the regime as a link between resistance strongholds to the south and north, as well as a potential launching pad for attacks against the capital Nay Pyi Taw [Michaels 2023f and 2023g].

Overall, the coup shattered the stability in this small and remote state and reignited the resistance among the Karenni people. The KNPP has provided arms and training to local PDFs, and later they all combined in the Karenni Nationalities Defence Force, one of the strongest EAOs since the coup [Michaels 2023f, 2023g].

2.2. Shan State and Operation 1027

Fragmenting the anti-junta resistance has been the military’s main strategy in the aftermath of the 2021 coup. To that end, the junta has relied on the use of air strikes and heavy artillery and, politically and economically, on China’s support, as discussed in section 4.2 below. Ensuring coordination, both operational and strategic, among the anti-military forces has been a tall order both before and after the coup, as many EAOs pursued their own individual territorial or economic interests, with little interest in country-wide issues or approaches.

Such a predicament in which anti-coup forces have been mired began to change in the most unlikely of places: Shan State. Shan is a fractured state, with organisations as much at war with the military as with each other. An important umbrella grouping is the members of Federal Political Negotiation and Consultative Committee (FPNCC), which includes seven EAOs. The FPNCC is an alliance formed in 2017 by the AA, KIA, MNDAA, National Democratic Alliance Army, TNLA, Shan State Army-North (the armed wing of the Shan State Progress Party) and the UWSA. All these groups are based in Shan state except for KIA and AA. The AA, MNDAA, TNLA and KIA are also part of the Northern Alliance, which was established in 2016. In 2018, the TNLA, the AA and the MDNAA drifted away from the KIA, as the latter signalled its desire to opt for a bilateral ceasefire with the Myanmar authorities and set up the 3BA in 2019. Until the latter part of 2023, most of Shan State – the largest ethnically defined administrative unit in the country – had been spared much of the junta/anti-military violence, just like Mon State and, to some extent, even Rakhine [Loong 2022b]. The situation in northeastern Myanmar differs from that in other parts of the country in that most of the fighting has not been between the Myanmar Armed Forces (MAF) and the anti-junta forces, but rather among the EAOs themselves. Up to 2023, the opposition was not just between the MAF and the Kachin Independence Organisation, the Restoration Council of Shan State, the Ta’ang National Liberation Army (TNLA), the Myanmar National Democratic Alliance Army (MNDAA) and the Shan State Progress Army [Fumagalli 2023: 267]. As Sai Wansai put it, Shan State is home to « deeply entrenched conflicts among a dizzying array of EAOs driven by territorial ambitions, economic interests and ethnic nationalism have prevented most of Shan from joining the anti-junta struggle » [Sai Wansai 2023]. This abruptly changed with Operation 1027, the set of operations carried out by the 3 Brotherhood Alliance (3BA), a coalition of EAOs against the MAF. The 3BA consists of the AA, the MNDAA and the TNLA.

The three groups have all emerged as posing a significant threat to the military over the past ten years. Both the MDNAA and TNLA have long aimed to establish territorial control of the north of the state. The MNDAA has been also seeking to right a perceived historical wrong, as in 2009 the military expelled it from the Kokang Self-Administered Zone and installed border guards from a rival Kokang faction in its place. Current junta leader Senior General Min Aung Hlaing was in charge of that operation. Similarly, the TNLA is an EAO seeking to consolidate its control of an autonomous Ta’ang homeland in Shan State, and it also aims to connect its territory to the Chinese border, adjacent to the Kokang district. Thus, the groups have overlapping interests, which provided an incentive to launch a joint operation. By contrast, AA does not have territorial ambitions in Shan State. Its leadership operates from rebel-held lands on the Chinese border; it has economic interests there, but no territorial aims outside of Rakhine State (with exception of Paletwa township in south Chin State).

The name of the operation comes from the day the operations were launched (27 October). On that day, forces from the 3BA, alongside allies such as the Kachin Independence Army, the Bamar People’s Liberation Army and local PDFs launched an offensive in northeastern Myanmar and seized the towns of Chin Shwe Haw, Hpawng Hseng, Panng Hseng and Hseni and Mone Koe, ultimately claiming control of over 100 outposts previously held by the military [The Irrawaddy 2023a, 11 November]. Several other resistance forces also participated in the attacks, which brought the fighting close to Mandalay.

The MNDAA spearheaded the offensive; it has claimed two border crossings with China – Mong Ko in Muse township and Chine Shwe Haw in Laukkai township – and claimed that the three main objectives of the offensive were retaking Kokang territory, ending the dictatorship and establishing federal democracy. Operation 1027 constituted the most serious challenge to the military since the February 2021 coup [International Crisis Group 2023c; Maung Maung Oo and Kyin Sin 2023]. As such, it has several important lessons for both the resistance and the military.

First, the MAF never lost so much territory so quickly. Trade routes between Myanmar and China were blocked and large amounts of ammunitions and weapons were seized, along with eight armoured personnel carriers and tanks. Anti-regime forces took several towns even outside Shan, including the strategically impactful Kawlin and Khampet in Sagaing region [Myers 2023]. In the case of Kawlin, this was the first time PDF units had captured a district capital, thus demonstrating that resistance forces could seize and hold settlements despite the air supremacy of the MAF. Resistance forces also sought to surround other strategic towns, such as Laukkai and Nwngkhio, and seize other locations near the border with China.

Second, what struck the attention of the warring parties was the statement by the 3BA commenting on the operations: « we are dedicated to eradicating the oppressive military dictatorship, a shared aspiration of the entire Myanmar populace ». As the operation was launched, the NUG expressed its support and announced it would join forces with the 3BA. The NUG appeared to be unaware of the preparation of the offensive, although the PDF battalions were junior partners in Operation 1027, providing important human power, but serving military objectives defined by the EAO commanders [Moon and Dunant 2023].

Third, coalition-building is vital if the resistance is to shift the conflict landscape in the country and take on the strategic initiative against the military. At the same time, while there might be a consensus about what pro-democracy and EAO forces do not want now (military rule), there is no vision of what the day after (military dictatorship) would look like.

Although the operation had immediate cross-state repercussions, one should be reminded of the particularities of Shan State and its local politics.

Overall, local dynamics and a situation in flux demand analytical caution. While, on the one hand, the military is increasingly overstretched despite its air power and artillery advantages, on the other hand, strategic coordination and coalition-building remain a distant prospect, particularly as both the junta and China are keen on the resistance remaining divided.

2.3. Violence returns to Rakhine

While the situation in Shan State does not represent an existential threat for the regime, it revealed a series of failures that could prove perilous for the regime. It could also crucially embolden other opposition groups. Facing significant resistance in the east and where it least expected it, the regime was later confronted with additional waves of attacks. A few days after Operation 1027 began, one of the country’s largest EAOs, the KIO, led an assault on the northwestern town of Kawlin, an important administrative centre in Sagaing region. Next, on 7 November, resistance forces in Kayah State kicked off Operation 1107 by attacking military targets in the south of the state and, on 11 November, the state capital Loikaw. Third, even more significantly, the AA seized the moment to press its advantage. On 13 November, the AA launched a series of attacks against security forces across several townships of Rakhine State, which marked the end of an informal ceasefire that had endured in Rakhine since November 2020, aside from a few months of fighting in 2022. In the months following the 2021 coup, the AA had discouraged the population of Rakhine from protesting against the SAC and joining the broader anti-military resistance, including the nationwide strikes and the civil disobedience movement. Despite the significance of operations in the west, the AA was unable to replicate the success of Operation 1027 in Shan, as this most likely pushed the AA to launch its attacks earlier than it would otherwise have done, because it had been expending its resources elsewhere (i.e. in Shan) alongside the 3BA and even in Kachin State, as the AA’s understanding of the truce with the military only applied to the territory of Rakhine and not elsewhere in Myanmar.

3. Economy

Despite a timidly encouraging mid-year assessment by the World Bank (‘a fragile recovery’) [World Bank 2023a, later reversed in the end of year report, World Bank 2023b], Myanmar’s economy continued to struggle throughout the year, with serious and lasting effects on lives and livelihoods.

Myanmar’s economy grew around 3% but still at a far slower pace than before the pandemic [Nikkei Asia 2023b, 31 January]. Household incomes remained weak, which limited the ability of domestic demand to fuel economic growth. The disruption to supply chains, the surge in construction material and costs added pressure to an already high level of inflation. The Myanmar currency, the Kyat, continued on its spiral of depreciation. Logically intended, but oddly executed moves by the Central Bank of Myanmar led to the emergence of three foreign exchange rates, with the official rate of 2,100 kyat to the US$ (for individuals wanting to sell foreign currency) and the black market (and officially prohibited) one of about 4,000 kyat accompanied by a third rate at about 2,920 kyat, allowed by the CBM and aimed at exporting or importing businesses [Nikkei Asia 2023n, 27 June]. The agricultural sector and the garment industry (the latter spared by the ‘everything but arms’ approach to sanctions) appeared resilient [Nikkei Asia2023a, 30 January], but exporters faced challenges from waning external demand, overvalued official exchange rates, exchange conversion requirement, higher costs and reduced availability of imported inputs.

3.1. Western sanctions

Western policy towards Myanmar remained the same, despite its questionable efficacy: sanctions and yet more sanctions. The effectiveness of international sanctions towards the country has been subject to extensive enquiry and critique [Jones 2015], and yet 2023 entailed, in this case, more of the same. Western hesitation – or inaction, in fact – was well illustrated by the debates surrounding the United States’ 2022 National Defense Authorisation Act and the BURMA Act encapsulated therein [Fumagalli 2023]. The west is clearly preoccupied with crises elsewhere – in Ukraine, the Middle East and Taiwan. The war in Myanmar paled in terms of western support, as noted last year [Fumagalli 2023].

On 20 July 2023, the Council of the European Union imposed a new round of sanctions against six individuals and one entity « in response to the continuing escalation of violence and rave violation of human rights » [Council of the European Union 2023a]. The new targets included three union ministers for immigration and population, labour and health and sport and two members of the SAC, as well as the ‘No. 2 Mining Enterprise’, a state-owned enterprise controlled by and generating revenue for the MAF. The individuals and assets are subject to asset freeze and, in the case of the individuals, travel bans. On 11 December, the Council added an additional four persons and two entities (including a Union minister, two members of the SAC, the ‘Royal Shune Lei Company Ltd’ and the Star Sapphire Group of Companies’) to EU sanctions in its 8th round of sanctions, for a cumulative total of 103 individuals and 21 entities under sanctions as of 31 December 2023 [Council of the European Union 2023b].

On 31 October, the US Government imposed sanctions on the ‘Myanma Oil and Gas Enterprise’ (MOGE), one of the country’s most lucrative enterprises [US Government 2023]. The US imposed a ban on financial transactions involving MOGE in the attempt to disrupt the regime’s access to the US financial system and curtail its ability to perpetrate atrocities, following similar sanctions imposed on MOGE by the EU in February 2022 [Fumagalli 2023]. On 31 October, the UK government also imposed further sanctions on the junta by imposing restrictive measures on 5 individuals and one entity, taking the total to 25 individuals and 29 entities [Gilroy et al. 2023]. Although they have not thus far altered the SAC’s conduct, the toughening of the regime of sanctions was not insignificant, in that some non-western countries began adjusting their dealings with the generals. Foreign banks have begun to restrict the state-owned bank’s access to international finance, depriving the junta of much needed currency reserves. Bangladesh, for example, announced it was freezing the accounts of two banks (MICB and MFTB), comprising more than $1m in asserts [The Irrawaddy 2023a]. Singapore’s United Overseas Bank (UOB) also notified Myanmar banks that it would limit their access to funds and would only allow transaction between UOB accounts in early August [Nikkei Asia 2023q, 9 August]. In the same month, the junta’s Deputy Finance Minister, Maung Maun Win, blamed the sanctions for the country’s financial instability, claiming that « US sanctions were hurting [Myanmar’s] government’s programmes such as health, education, infrastructure building, importers and exporters » [Marston 2023]. However, just as in the previous cycles of sanctions, the junta and its cronies have become increasingly creative in their efforts to bypass them.

This included, for example, instructions by the Ministry of Energy to the Central Bank of Myanmar (disclosed in a leaked letter date 19 April 2023) to open new bank accounts in various currencies (US$; Renminbi, Thai Baht) and under different names to handle foreign currencies in lieu of the state-owned enterprise MOGE, under European and US sanctions [Myanmar Now 2023]. Alternatives also included the dissolution of existing companies and the establishment of brand-new ones. This was the case of ‘Shwe Byain Phyu Pool and Gas Co. Ltd.’, a subsidiary of Shew Byain Phyu Group of Companies, a conglomerate and top supplier of fuel to the military, which was dissolved on 10 August [Marston 2023].

Another feature that is affecting the whole territory is the rise of transnational crime and other illegal activities. This has become especially apparent in the northern borderlands, as discussed in section 4.2 [International Crisis Group 2023a]. The trade in drugs is booming in Myanmar, with a return and surge in opium poppy cultivation after a more recent spike in synthetic drugs, methamphetamines and yaba. With the Taliban slashing opium cultivation by 95%, this trade has moved to Myanmar, with the Golden Triangle ramping up production, especially in Shan State [International Crisis Group 2023a].

3.2. Uncertainties and dilemmas for investors

The exodus of foreign companies has continued, with skin care business Beiersdorf, telecom giant Ooredoo, petroleum company Puma Energy and ANZ Bank leaving in 2023 [Chau and Oo 2023]. Japan’s Fast Retailing company (Uniqlo), the UK’s Marks & Spencer and Ireland’s Primark also left, although others such as H&M and Adidas continued to order from sub-contractors in Myanmar [Nikkei Asia 2023f, 1 March; 2023i, 30 March; 2023m, 31 May].

Apart from the protracted instability and violence across the country, another issue with the potential for greater negative consequences for the SAC is the energy industry and especially the natural gas sector. Natural gas is the military’s largest source of foreign currency [Nikkei Asia 2023d, 15 February; 2023e, 28 February]; as overseas energy companies pull out of gas operations in Myanmar, the potential for a crisis of dwindling revenues becomes a realistic prospect for the SAC [Nikkei Asia 2023d and 2023e]. ‘PTT Exploration and Production’ (PTTEP), a subsidiary of Thailand’s state-backed company PTT, postponed a project worth US$ 2bn. PTTEP was a major natural gas development project in an offshore drilling area known as the M3 block. The postponed projects included the building and operation of a thermal power plant, as well as pipelines to transport gas to land. PTT had previously announced (in December 2022) that the PTT oil and retail business, which operates gas stations, would suspend its fuel storage business in Myanmar. The reason for PTT’s caution owes much to the fact that while the Thai government owns 51% of the company’s shares, the company is traded on the Stock Exchange of Thailand, and therefore the wishes of investors need to be considered.

The assessment by investors of the opportunity and where the balance and trade-off between profits and reputational damage lies is illustrated by the decision of some to stay. Korean conglomerate POSCO, which decided to remain involved in Myanmar, received a warning for its gas exploration projects in the country, as the military-affiliated MOGE is sanctioned by the United States [Jung 2023]. Chevron, which had previously agreed to sell its entire 41.1% stake in the Yadana offshore natural gas field project [Nikkei Asia 2023d, 15 February; 2023e, 2023f], Myanmar’s largest, to a unit of Canada’s MTI energy, struggled to actually exit the market, given that, like other western investors (TotalEnergies), it wished to withdraw in an orderly manner and not hand over their investment to one of the military-aligned entities, such as the sanctioned MOGE [Reuters 2023].

4. Foreign policy

As noted in a previous contribution [Fumagalli 2023], the generals might have calculated that they can weather sanctions from western countries precisely because Myanmar’s perceived ‘isolation’ is, in fact ‘anything but isolation’. Rather, Myanmar’s post-coup foreign policy choices entail less the hedging strategies of more recent years [Passeri and Marston 2023] and more a pragmatic, if cynical, choice whereby it relies on a smaller, select set of ‘all weather partners’. As Deputy Senior General Soe Win aptly put it: Myanmar may « have to learn to walk with only a few friends ».

While this author concurs with Htet Min Lwin’s argument that the anti-military resistance will be decided on domestic grounds and by domestic actors [Htet Min Lwin and Thiha Wint Aung 2023; Htet Min Lwin and Walton 2023], any chance of success by the resistance also rests upon some degree of support (political or otherwise) from international actors.

The emerging splits within ASEAN and the waning clout of the west suggest that such support is not forthcoming. Divisions among ASEAN members over how to deal with the protracted Myanmar crisis have become increasingly apparent [Choudhury and Kharisma 2023]. In 2023, Indonesia held the rotating ASEAN chairmanship, which also, so far, led to the chair appointing an ASEAN Special Envoy to Myanmar. As in the previous year, very little came out of the Envoy’s activities, not least because the generals are not even remotely inclined to compromise – and nor is the anti-junta front, for that matter. Instead, what stood out in 2023 is the willingness of some figures in Thailand to engage the generals more openly than in the past. This was the case of the visit of former Thai Foreign Minister Dom Pramudwinai, who, on the occasion of his visit to Myanmar in July, claimed to have met with deposed and jailed leader Aung San Suu Kyi [AlJazeera 2023, 7 November; Moe Thuzar and Seah 2023a, 2023b; Tucker

2023]. There is no way to confirm his account of the meeting, but reportedly Aung San Suu Kyi ‘encouraged dialogue’, a claim that – in light of her own political career and personality – seems dubious at best. Bangkok’s recent 1.5 track diplomacy has divided ASEAN between those – typically authoritarian – members more open to re-engaging with Myanmar and those (including Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore) less willing to compromise with the generals [Fulcrum 2023]. Overall, Thailand – by hosting talks with the junta in March and the former foreign minister’s visit to Nay Pyi Taw in the summer – managed to derail Indonesia’s quiet diplomacy. Similarly, India pushed ahead with its investment projects in the border regions, including the opening of the Kaladan multimodal transit transport project, a decades-long shipping route to increase commerce between the two countries. Delhi and Nay Pyi Taw share border concerns, including an interest in eradicating armed ethnic insurgencies. Furthermore, Indian policymakers are keen that Myanmar not fall deeper into China’s orbit [Marston 2023]. This led to fairly controversial moves, such as the refusal to condemn the military’s crackdown on civilians or the decision to go ahead with senior-level military engagement [Marston 2023].

4.1. Myanmar’s multi-dimensional ties with Russia

Russia has emerged as junta leader Min Aung Hlaing’s preferred partner, both before the coup and since becoming Commander-in-Chief in 2011. The relationship strengthened further in the aftermath of the coup and now rests upon several pillars. First, the two countries have provided diplomatic validation to each other [Storey 2023: 3]. In February 2023, Russia and Myanmar celebrated the 75th anniversary of establishing diplomatic relations. Post-coup condemnation from the west has provided Russia with a tremendous opportunity to advance its interests in the country. Three of four trips abroad since the coup by the junta leader have been to Russia. Moscow is keen to show that the SAC is not isolated. To reciprocate Russia’s solidarity, the generals have endorsed its invasion of Ukraine, the only ASEAN state to do so. Beyond bilateral ties, Russia has also provided the SAC with multiple other opportunities to break out of (perceived) international isolation, particularly in the multilateral I and organisations where Russia – and China – play a leading role. Myanmar became the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation’s dialogue partner in September 2022 and is expected to apply for membership in the BRICS grouping when, in 2024, this begins accepting new members. Myanmar has also forged closer ties with the Eurasian Economic Union, another Moscow-led organisation, with the aim of negotiating a free trade agreement in the near future. While full membership in either group remains improbable (perhaps with the distant exception of the BRICS group), this diplomatic manoeuvring highlights a level of foreign policy activism that the embattled generals had not been expected to engage in.

Defence is the glue in Russia–Myanmar ties [Storey 2023: 5]. Russia is Myanmar’s largest source of military assistance. Myanmar, in turn, is the only Southeast Asian country to transfer military supplies to Russia for its war in Ukraine, a considerable change from the 1990s, when China was the country’s main arms supplier (and Moscow’s defence industry was in disarray). On 7 November, Russia and Myanmar conducted joint naval exercises in the Andaman Sea, where coup leaders met with Russia’s navy chief [AlJazeera 2023, 7 November]. The Myanmar Russia Maritime Security Exercise (MARUMEX) involved ships and aircraft and was held in seas 85 nautical miles west of Myanmar coastal port city of Myeik [Peck 2023].

Third, energy is the new, promising area for cooperation between the two countries. The generals would like Russia to provide Myanmar with nuclear power by transferring small modular reactions. In late 2023, Myanmar and Russian officials met to discuss the possible construction of small-scale nuclear reactors, as well as venturing into hydroelectric power and wind energy generation signing various agreements in that regard [Storey 2023: 7; The Irrawaddy 2023b, 6 December; World Nuclear News 2023, 11 October].

Among other issues, the 2021 coup turned existing energy generation problems in Myanmar into a full-blown energy crisis [Storey 2023: 7]. Since then, Myanmar has imported crude oil from Russia, which Moscow has been offering to non-sanctioning countries at discounted prices, with imports surging from almost none at all in March 2023 to 8.6 barrels of oil in June 2023. This was not all for domestic consumption, as 70,000 barrels found their way to China via a Chinese-funded oil pipeline from Kyaukphyu in Myanmar to Kunming. Finally, Russia–Myanmar relations have also expanded into commerce and tourism [Storey 2023: 8]. As of early 2024, Myanmar Airways International is making commercial flights from Yangon and Mandalay to Novosibirsk, Moscow, Vladivostok and St Petersburg. Novosibirsk appears to be the hub for flights between the two countries, an interesting issue in itself as the Russian city appears to be home to the company manufacturing the SU-34 fighter bomber and a Rosatom (Russian nuclear energy company) facility.

4.2 Beijing revamps its engagement, enhances leverage

The passing of the US Burma Act in late 2022, allowing for the supply of non-lethal assistance to Myanmar’s anti-junta groups, was interpreted in Beijing as an attempt to expand US influence in Southeast Asia and, partly in response, China became increasingly engaged in the country throughout the year [Frontier Myanmar 2023g, 26 October].

In December 2022, China’s new Special Envoy for Myanmar, Deng Xijun, held his first meetings with seven of Myanmar’s most powerful EAOs. Several other such meetings would take place over the year. Following two years of ambivalence, China abruptly changed its stance in early 2023 and pursued its interests in ways that ultimately benefited Myanmar’s regime.

Deng essentially expressed two positions – namely, that China would enforce its policy against instability along the border more actively and, second, that the EAOs should distance themselves from the NUG, an entity that China perceives as being too closely aligned with the west. By forcing the EAOs to forego military action and limit any support for NUG and PDFs, China has been de facto helping the regime achieve some of its objectives. Apart from meetings with some of the most China-aligned EAOs, such as the United Wa State Army and the Shan State Progress Party, a more significant meeting was that of 20-23 June 2023 when the leaders of the 3BA held a China-facilitated round of talks with representatives of the SAC in Mongla, in Shan State. While this did not lead to any breakthroughs, especially in light of Operation 1027 later in the year, this meeting signalled China’s readiness to engage in its own version of conflict resolution.

As noted, China’s strategy has thus far centred on two central elements: stabilising the border, meaning that it has engaged with the EAOs to achieve a de facto ceasefire, which is critical to implementing the China–Myanmar Economic Corridor, and cracking down on some illicit activities. Second, revitalising economic ties is essential not only from a security perspective (preventing Myanmar from becoming a failed state) but also to maintain its position of influence in the country and thus counterbalance the rapid engagement from India and Thailand and, from China’s point of view, the United States. China’s pro-active engagement can be attributed to the US incorporating of the BURMA act into the National Defense Authorisation Act of 2022 [Fumagalli 2023], a move that China perceived as a direct provocation stemming from great power competition. This provocation was arguably amplified by the NUG’s establishment of a representative office in Washington, DC, which indicated US support for the NUG and the broader anti-junta resistance.

During the coup’s early days, China kept a pragmatic, open-ended stance – hedging its bets. Beijing engaged the junta but kept its distance. While it may have greenlighted Operation 1027, diplomatic intervention by China is also propping up the junta. By pushing EAOs to limit their support to the anti-military armed resistance, Beijing is helping to slow the evolution of the resistance movement, and may thus eventually ensure the survival of the junta.

In the months preceding Operation 1027 the Chinese authorities had become increasingly exasperated by the extensive online scamming operations taking place in Myanmar’s border regions, such as Kokang, the victims of which typically included Chinese citizens. Even more irritating for the authorities in Beijing was the junta’s apparent unwillingness to reign in such activities [Strangio 2023]. Despite repeatedly requesting the Myanmar authorities that such centres be shut down and activities cease, it was only in the period between September and December 2023 that military and EAO authorities in both junta- and EAO-controlled areas started to take serious action which led to the arrest of various junta-aligned criminal kingpins in the Kokang Special Administrative Zone (SAZ, controlled by military-aligned armed groups, Millar 2023) and deportation of about 40,000 Chinese nationals to China before the end of 2023 [RFA 2023c]. Among them was Ming Xuecheng, a former official of the Kokang SAZ and a former member for the pro-military Union Solidarity and Development Party. Warrants were also issued for Ming Guoping, a brigade commander in the Kokang SAZ’s pro-junta Border Guard Force. While the arrests and warrants were a sign of the Chinese determination to eradicate local online scamming which have trafficked thousands of people into modern-day slavery and defrauded thousands of Chinese nationals of their savings, whether this is a sign of China’s change of strategy and a more decisive shift in support of the anti-junta armed groups, as Strangio argues [2023], warrants additional evidence. Rather, my contention is that Beijing’s willingness to at least tacitly endorse the actions of the Three Brotherhood Alliance should not be interpreted as a first step towards abandoning the junta. China’s interest in ensuring stability on its doorstep remains paramount and this requires leveraging all ties at all times.

In this light should also be interpreted Beijing’s continued initiatives to further cement its economic interests in Myanmar. This has primarily taken the form of the expansion of large infrastructural projects and other initiatives falling under the umbrella of the Belt and Road Initiative, most notably the
China is a major investor in Myanmar, and the country’s main commercial partner.
To China, Myanmar’s core strategic importance lies in its access to the Bay of Bengal and the Indian Ocean. China transfers hydrocarbons via pipelines from southwest Myanmar to Yunnan. Transporting goods via Myanmar provides China with shorter routes to markets in Western Asia, Europe and Eastern Africa. If Myanmar is, for these reasons, very important to China, nowhere is more important than the turbulent Rakhine State, in the southwest of the country. If one were to look for evidence of economic ties expanding and deepening this part of the country would be it. The Kyaukphyu Special Economic Zone project, located around the city of Kyaukphyu in Rakhine State (about 500km south of the State capital Sittwe and 400km north of Yangon) illustrates both of the centrality of Chinese investment to the junta’s perception of survival, and also the precarious and volatile situation in the country [Abuza 2023]. Kyaukphyu began as a small port for offshore and imported oil, as well as the land terminus for the important Shwe gas field. The joint venture between China National Petroleum Company and the Ministry of Oil and Gas Enterprises (MOGE) constructed a pier and 12 tanks, which commenced operations in 2013.  The 750km oil pipeline and the 770km gas pipeline  to Kunming became fully operational in 2017. In 2018, the two sides established the China-Myanmar Economic Corridor (CMEC), an infrastructure development plan including road and rail links, a seaport, all connecting China’s Yunnan province to the Sea of Bengal and following oil and gas pipelines along the same route, to bring the projects under the umbrella of the Belt and Road Initiative. Yet, just like in the assessment of the situation in Kokang, even here, an assessment of China’s role in Myanmar requires nuance and an appreciation of the complexity of both the bilateral relationship and the situation on the ground. Undoubtedly there is a record of success, with important project completed such as the 750km oil and 770km gas pipelines connecting Kyaukphyu with Kunming, whose projects were agreed in 2007, construction started in 2010 and operations began in 2017 [The Irrawaddy 2023c]. However, other projects were delayed, , including the deep seawater port, highways connecting Kyaupkphyu with Muse in the northeastern part of Myanmar [The Irrawaddy 2023c]. The causes for such delays were similar, including the effects of widespread unrest, (the resulting) power shortages and transport woes.

While Abuza’s assessment according to which China’s investments under the umbrella of the BRI are ‘still going nowhere’ ([Abuza 2023] is probably excessively negative, progress has certainly proceeded at a much slower pace than both sides would have hoped. At the same time, some areas have managed to push ahead with greater determination (energy-related projects), whereas others (industrial parks) have made much slower progress, in comparison. In August 2023 junta leader Senior General Min Aung Hlaing called for the completion of the Kyaukphyu special economic zone (SEZ) and the container port. In an attempt to expedite progress, the junta sought to sweeten the deal for China by signing an addendum to the concession agreement with China’s CITIC state-owned enterprise for the Kyaukphyu SEZ in December [Millar 2023]. Although some of the challenges may be specific to the situation in Rakhine State, projects in other parts of Myanmar faced similar headwinds. The Myitsone Dam project in Kachin State, which had been paused already under the U Thein Sein Administration in the face of massive environmental protests remains frozen. Urban Development projects in Yangon and Mandalay are paused as investment dried up. The Kyaukphyu-Nay Pyi Taw highway and the Mandalay-Muse Expressway have been paused. A similar fate has beset the Special Economic Zone in Myitkyina in Kachin State.

4.3. Return of the Rohingya question

After years at the very back of international attention, the Rohingya have made their return to international headlines.2 About one million Rohingya, half of them children, remain confined to 33 refugee camps in eastern Bangladesh, over two thirds of them in the mega-camp of Kutupalong, some 40 kilometres from the Myanmar border [IISS 2023, 11 December]. Bangladesh and Myanmar authorities have continued their discussions concerning a possible repatriation of a number of Rohingya refugees, something which had been attempted (and failed) a few times since 2018 and which was mediated by China in 2023. Three separate dynamics currently define the ‘Rohingya question’: the rising insecurity in the camps, the sharp decline in international aid and the stalled repatriation plan. While separate, these issues are closely intertwined, which is further deepening a crisis (for the Rohingya) that is already out of control and has been for some time [International Crisis Group 2023d].

The reality is one of rising insecurity and violence in the camps. At least 76 Rohingya-on-Rohingya murders were committed in 2023 (up to 31 October), which is more than double those in 2022: 91 were recorded 2018-2021. As noted in a recent ICG report [International Crisis Group 2023d], the Arakan Rohingya Salvation Army (ARSA) has become increasingly predatory and is asserting power through intimidation and violence. Turf wars have broken out in the camps between competing armed groups and have worsened already dire conditions in the camps [International Crisis Group 2023d]. More than six years after the ‘clearance operations’ of 2017, which were referred to by a UN official as « a textbook case of ethnic cleansing » [Fumagalli 2018], the relative peace and even more relative precarious stability in the camps that had existed in Bangladesh’s over 30 refugee camps up to 2018 has gradually given way to, first, ARSA’s hegemonic position up to 2021 and, since then, a growing competition between armed actors, with the Bangladeshi security forces developing links with the Rohingya Solidary Organisation (RSO), a previously dormant military group, founded in the 1980s [International Crisis Group 2023d; Frontier Myanmar 2023d, 3 February]. This came with a surge in violence and crime, declining donor support and restrictive Bangladeshi government policies, and this combination is pushing Rohingya refugees towards a crisis point. Several armed groups are currently operating in the refugee camps besides ARSA. The RSO, which, as mentioned, was initially active 1982-1998, emerged in Bangladesh in 2020, with some support from the local security agencies. Other groups include the Nobi Hossain group (also known as the Arakan Rohingya Army), which includes armed criminal groups focused on drug trafficking. Nominally, this is aligned with the RSO and opposed to ARSA. The Munna group is another armed criminal group that was formerly affiliated with ARSA and is known for its drug trafficking. The Islami Mahas is an armed Rohingya group opposed to ARSA and aligned with the RSO; it espouses an Islamist ideology.

Dhaka’s approach has remained focused on the repatriation of the refugees to Myanmar, and this focus has been unchanged since 2017. This is predicated on the fairly questionable assumption that Myanmar can be compelled to accept the returns and that those asked (coerced?) to return may actually be willing to do so and would be safe if and when they do. The Bangladeshi authorities have also continued to restrict the freedom of movement and the ability of Rohingya refugee to work in the country, while placing constraints on local and international aid organisations, thus pushing up the costs of delivering humanitarian assistance. In essence, the refugees in Bangladesh are no closer to returning home. In these less-than-desirable conditions, which are not conducive to the safe return of the refugees to their home countries, the Myanmar and Bangladeshi authorities have been negotiating repatriation plans. Their negotiations are being carried out for different reasons: Dhaka has been very keen on seeing Rohingya refugees leave eastern Bangladesh so as not to further deepen the conditions of an already depressed job market, where the Rohingya (illegally, as they cannot legally work) compete for employment with the local population. Myanmar appears keen to show progress in light of its appearance at the International Court of Justice [Fumagalli 2019]. An initial pilot project would have seen 1,176 refugees return to Myanmar, albeit not to their community of origin. Junta officials spent a week in March 2023 interviewing hundreds of refugees to verify their eligibility for repatriation. In May, it invited a small group of refugees to visit a possible location in Maungdaw township in northern Rakhine, followed by another visit to the camps in Bangladesh. None of the Rohingya listed for repatriation appeared willing to return without guarantees they would (finally) be granted Myanmar citizenship, which has been a key demand for the community for decades.

More talks between the parties continued over the summer, with a new plan drawn up in the first week of September. Another junta delegation visited Rakhine with members of the Foreign Ministries of both Bangladesh and Myanmar. The aim would have been to secure the return of 70,000 refugees by end of 2023 [International Crisis Group 2023d: 18]. Even assuming that the conditions for a safe return had been met, the Rohingya would have encountered a different Rakhine and Myanmar from the ones they had left in 2017. The AA is firmly in control of much of northern Rakhine State. A resurgence of Rohingya armed group activity in northern Rakhine threatened to re-ignite the relations between Rakhine and Rohingya around the middle of 2023, when a number of ARSA members appear to have crossed into Buthidaung and Maungdaw townships after being pushed out of Bangladesh.

Crucially, in light of these competing crises and pressure for funding, there has been a marked decline in the rate of international assistance for the Rohingya currently settled in Bangladesh. The Joint Response Plan, which sets humanitarian objectives, priorities and budgets for Rohingya refugees, saw donors meeting only 46% of the US$407m budget request for 2023, down from 70% in 2018-2022 [International Crisis Group 2023d]. The UK and the US announced new funding packages in September 2023, but priorities have visibly shifted elsewhere. The only ASEAN country to have contributed to the Joint Response Plan since 2017 has been the Philippines.

5. Conclusion

The events of the past year revealed an embattled junta, whose armed forces are spread increasingly thin across a growing number of warscapes, including in regions that had previously been spared much of the post-coup violence. China’s engagement has grown significantly since December 2022, as its tacit greenlighting of Operation 1027 and the multiple meetings with EAO leaders suggest. At the same time, Beijing’s support 3BA members did not signal a U-turn in Beijing’s tolerance of the junta. Rather, the aim was to contain any perceived western influence (real or imagined) and enhance its leverage on all parties, while seeking to reduce the volatility near its borders. Other countries in the region, such as India and Thailand, have appeared more willing to engage with the SAC.

On the whole, though, as many others have noted [for example Htet Min Lwin and Walton 2023; Htet Min Lwin and Thiha Wint Aung 2023], as the SAC’s position becomes increasingly brittle, the battle for the country’s future is only just beginning. Coordination among EAOs and anti-junta forces has proved consequential and effective, but there was no sign in 2023 that this was about to be replicated throughout the country.

Collective attention keeps pivoting to the next crisis, and in this context, Myanmar appears to fall increasingly low in the list of global priorities. The situation in Myanmar epitomises the waning influence of western power and political persuasion, both of which have been declining rapidly in recent years, which has opened considerable space for other powers to make inroads and expand their influence.

Bibliography

Abuza, Z., 2023, ‘Zoned out: China-Myanmar Economic Corridor still going nowhere’, Radio Free Asia, 30 September.

Associated Press, 2023, July 31, ‘Myanmar junta extends state of emergency, forcing delay to elections’.

AlJazeera, 2023, November 7, ‘Russia and Myanmar start first maritime exercises’.

Choudhury, A., and M. W. Kharisma, 2023, ‘Regional splits on Myanmar are becoming more apparent’, The Diplomat, 16 May.

Council of the European Union, 2023a, ‘Myanmar/Burma: EU imposes seventh round of sanctions against six individuals and one entity’, Press release, 20 July.

Council of the European Union, 2023b, ‘Myanmar/Burma: Council adds 4 persons and 2 entities to EU sanctions list in eight round of sanctions’, 11 December.
Dunford, M. and D. Adikari, 2023, ‘On disappointment and hope: Myanmar Studies and the Multiple Crises’, in J. Chambers and M. R. Dunford (eds.),
Myanmar in crisis: Living with the pandemic and the coup. Singapore: ISEAS, pp. 323-338

Gilroy, T. et al., 2023, ‘US, UK and Canada imposed further sanctions against Myanmar’, Global Sanctions and Export Controls Blog, BakerMcKenzie, 7 November.

Ghitis, F., 2023a, ‘Myanmar’s partial pardon of Suu Kyi is an empty PR move’, World Politics Review, 10 August.

Farrelly, N. and A. Simpson, 2024, ‘Déjà vu all over again: the 2021 coup in historical perspective’, in A. Simpson and N. Farrelly (eds.), 2024, Myanmar. Politics, economy and society, 2nd ed. London: Routledge, pp 16-28.

Faulder, D., 2023, Myanmar’s iron-fisted rule Min aung Hlaing fights to stay on his throne’, Nikkei Asia, 1 February.

Frontier Myanmar, 2023a, January 9 ‘Chin nationalism blossoms on northwestern front against junta’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2023b, January 23, ‘Border battles: Fighting for control in Rakhine’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2023d, February 3, ‘We’ll never give up: the fight for Loikaw’.

Frontier Myanmar, 2023g, October 26, ‘What happened to the BURMA Act?’.

Fumagalli, M., 2023, ‘Myanmar 2022: Fragmented sovereignties and the scalation of violence in multiple warscapes’. Asia Maior, XXXIII: 261-280.

Fumagalli, M. 2022, ‘Myanmar 2021: Repression and resistance in a multi-cornered conflict’, Asia Maior, XXXII: 256-276.

Fumagalli, M., 2018, ‘Myanmar 2017: The Rohingya crisis between radicalisation and ethnic cleansing’, Asia Maior, XXVIII: 227-244.

Htet Min Lwin and Thiha Wint Aung, 2023, ‘Operation 1027’: the end of the beginning of Myanmar’s spring revolution’, The Diplomat, 24 November.

Htet Min Lwin and M. J. Walton, 2023, ‘Rethinking independence in a time of revolution’, LSE South Asia Blog, 19 June.

IISS, 2023, December 11, ‘Competing armed groups pose new threat to Rohingya in Bangladesh’.

Kyaw Hsan Hlaing, 2023, ‘Responses to humanitarian needs in western Myanmar after Cyclone Mocha’, ISEAS Perspective 72, 15 September.

Human Rights Watch, 2023, ‘US sanctions Myanmar Junta’s gas revenue’, 24 October.

International Crisis Group, 2023a, ‘Transnational crime and geopolitical contestation along the Mekong’, Asia Report 332. Brussels, 18 August.

International Crisis Group, 2023c, ‘Q&A. A new escalation of armed conflict in Myanmar’, 17 November.

International Crisis Group, 2023d, Crisis mounts for Rohingya refugees in Bangladesh, Asia report 335, 6 December.

Jones, L., 2015, Societies under siege. How international economic sanctions (do not) work. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Jung, M-H., 2023, ‘US sanctions on Myanmar: impact on POSCO international’s gas explorations operations’, Business Korea, 2 November.

Loong, S., 2022a, ‘Post-coup Myanmar in six warscapes’, London: International Institute of Strategic Studies, 10 June.

Loong, S., 2022b, ‘Northeast Myanmar: three axes of conflict’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, 16 August.

Lund, C., 2011, ‘Fragmented sovereignty: land reform and dispossession in Laos’, Journal of Peasant Studies, 38(4): 885-905.

Khin Zaw Win, 2023, ‘Myanmar’s post-coup crisis: reflections on a history of a failed nation-building’, in J. Chambers and M. R. Dunford (eds.), Myanmar in crisis. Living with the pandemic and the coup. Singapore: ISEAS, pp. 31-40.

Kyaw Hsan Hlaing, 2023, ‘Understanding the Arakan Army’, Stimson Institute, 21 April.

Korf, B., M. Engeler and T. Hagmann, 2010, ‘The geography of warscapes’, Third World Quarterly, 31(3): 385-399.

Marston, H., 2023, ‘Many sanctions, few friends: junta grapples with its grip on power’, Stimson Institute, 11 October.

Maung Maung Oo and Kyi Sin, 2023, ‘October offensive by resistance forces exposes gaps in Myanmar military, Fulcrum.sg, 8 December.

Michaels, M., 2023a, ‘Myanmar’s conflict intensifies as use of firepower expands’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, May.

Michaels, M., 2023b, ‘Battle for Kayah is key for Myanmar junta and its opponents’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, June 2023.

Michaels, M., 2023c, ‘Junta tactics shift in Myanmar’s war-torn dry zone,’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, July 2023.

Michaels, M., 2023d, ‘What China’s growing involvement means for Myanmar’s conflict’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, 7 August.

Michaels, M., 2023e, ‘Fighting rages along Myanmar’s transport routes’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, September.

Michaels, M., 2023f, ‘Myanmar regime brings significant escalation to the doorstep of key opponent’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, October.

Michaels, M., 2023g, ‘Operation 1027 reshapes Myanmar’s post-coup wear’, IISS Myanmar Conflict, November.

Millar, T., 2023, ‘The China-Myanmar Economic Corridor, two years after the coup’, The Diplomat, 1 February.

Moe Thuzar and S. Seah, 2023a, ‘A divided ASEAN cannot help Myanmar’s people’, Fulcrum.sg, 17 July.

Moe Thuzar and S. Seah, 2023b, ‘Does ASEAN matter for Myanmar’, Fulcrum.sg, 14 September.

Myanmar Now, 2023, July 6, ‘Exposing the junta’s efforts to finance its war on Myanmar’s people’.

Myers, 2023, ‘The Myanmar military is facing death by a thousand cuts’, War on the Rocks, 17 November.

Nikkei Asia, 2022, December 30, ‘Myanmar’s Suu Kyi sentenced to 7 years, bringing total to 33’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023a, January 30, ‘Myanmar economy to grow 3%, but far less than 2020: World Bank’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023b, January 31, ‘Myanmar economy hobbled by military rule despite garment boom’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023c, February 1, ‘Myanmar extends state of emergency, likely pushing back polls’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023d, February 15, ‘Chevron to exit Myanmar with sale of natural gas assets’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023e, February 28, ‘Myanmar’s natural gas income in jeopardy as foreign firms exit’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023f, March 1, ‘Nestle to exit Myanmar production by shutting down plant’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023i, March 30, ‘Uniqlo owner joins clothiers exiting Myanmar’.

Nikkei Asia, ‘2023j, April 12, ‘Dissolution of Suu Kyi’s party deepens Myanmar’s political disarray’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023m, May 31, ‘ESG investors push international firms to rethink Myanmar projects’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023o, June 27, Myanmar interventions threaten to create 3 forex rates’.

Nikkei Asia, 2023q, August 9, ‘Key Singapore bank UOB moves to cut off Myanmar’.

OCHA, 2023c, Myanmar. Cyclone Mocha. Situation Report no. 4, 8 June.

OCHA, 2023b, Myanmar Humanitarian Update no 35. 2023 Year in review.

Passeri, A. and H. Marston, 2023, ‘Neutralism or non-alignment: Myanmar’s recurring foreign policy dilemma’, in J. Chambers and M.R. Dunford (eds), 2024, Myanmar in Crisis. Living with the pandemic and the coup, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 261-288.

Peck, G. 2023, ‘Military-ruled Myanmar hosts joint naval exercise with Russia’, The Diplomat, 8 November.

Radio Free Asia, 2023, December 22. More than 40,000 Chinese involved in online scam operations deported from Myanmar.

Reuters, 2023, November 2. Chevron struggles to exit Myanmar gas project after nearly two years.

Sai Wansai, 2023, ‘How internal conflict in Shan state has kept aloof from the Spring Revolution’, Frontier Myanmar, 18 April.

Storey, I., 2023, ‘Myanmar-Russia relations since the coup: an ever tighter embrace’, ISEAS Perspective, no. 92.

Strangio, S, 2023, Chinese authorities issue arrest warrants for criminal kingpins in Myanmar’s Kokang Region’, The Diplomat, 13 November.

Su, X., 2018, ‘Fragmented sovereignty and the geopolitics of illicit drugs in northern Burma’, Political Geography, 63: 20-30.

The Irrawaddy, 2023a, November 11, ‘Operation 1027 in visualizations’.

The Irrawaddy, 2023b, December 6, ‘Myanmar junta, Russian officials meet for security, military consultations’.

The Irrawaddy, 2023c, December 27, ‘Myanmar junta ‘sweetens deal’ for China in US$8bn SEZ and port in Rakhine State’.

Tucker, S., 2023, ‘Myanmar reveals ASEAN’s weak spot again’, Stimson Institute, 25 July.

US Government, 2023, October 31, ‘Sanctions against the Myanmar Oil and Gas Enterprise and concerted Pressure with Partners’, Press Statement.

World Nuclear News, 2023, October 11, ‘Myanmar and Russia sign nuclear infrastructure MoU’.

World Bank, 2023b, ‘Myanmar Economic Monitor. Challenges amid conflict’, December.

World Bank, 2023a, ‘Myanmar Economic Monitor: A fragile recovery’, June.

1 Warscapes are « sites of a complex and multidimensional agenda of social struggles and life projects » [Nordstrom 1997]. Warscapes are « differentiated arenas, networks and connections of relational spaces in which distinct human trajectories exist » [Korf et al. 2010: 385].

2 By discussing the Rohingya issue in the section on Bangladesh and in the foreign policy section, I do not imply that the Rohingya are now ‘other to Myanmar’. In my discussion, I primarily focus on inter-state Bangladesh–SAC relations over the repatriation issue.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526

Cambodia 2022-2023: Securing dynastic autocracy

Available also in pdf – Download Pdf

 

2023 was an historic year for Cambodia. Following elections widely deemed not to be fair and free, Prime Minister Hun Sen handed over power to his son Hun Manet. In doing so, he ended his 38-year premiership, and secured the transformation of Cambodia into a dynastic autocracy. The transformation was enabled by a variety of factors. The country started to recover from the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic, with tourism and exports starting to grow again, enabling the ruling party to reaffirm their position by securing the economy. Domestically, human rights continued to be rolled back, particularly for the political opposition, with a series of mass trials, threats of violence, and the creation of new legislation further narrowing control of the nation to the ruling party. Regionally, Cambodia’s chairmanship of ASEAN, which ended in 2022, and hosting of the Southeast Asian Games in 2023, secured the country’s place as an important political actor. While Hun Sen continued to switch allegiance between China and the US, the initial months of Hun Manet’s rule have seen him secure relationships with both, as well as Vietnam. As we move on in 2024, what Hun Manet’s rule will mean for Cambodia remains uncertain, but it looks likely that he will follow in the pattern already set, solidifying the dynastic autocracy of the CPP through trade, investments (social and economic) and legislation.

Keywords – Cambodia; authoritarianism; dynasty; human rights; ASEAN; China; US; Vietnam; trade; ECCC.

1. Introduction

The years between 2022 and 2023 were historic for Cambodia. The handing over of power from Prime Minister Hun Sen to his son Hun Manet saw a new era in Cambodian politics, marking the long-coming transformation from illiberal democracy to dynastic autocracy.

This transformation has been made possible through a variety of mechanisms. On a positive note, the economy started to recover from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and there were some positive demographic developments related to that. After a substantial dropoff in 2020 and 2021 (related to pandemic shutdowns), education levels were once again rising. In 2021-2022, the median number of years of schooling for women was 3.8 years (up from 1.1 years in 2000), and 4.8 for men (up from 2.5) [NIS 2023b: 12], and by 2022 the literacy rate for Cambodia had risen to 84% of adult men [CEIC Data 2023a], and 79% of adult women [CEIC Data 2023b]. The significant increase won the country a Literacy Award from the World Literacy Foundation [Reuy 2023, 5 April]. Health likewise showed improvement. COVID-19 remained contained (since the beginning of the pandemic, Cambodia has reported 138,978 infections and 3,056 deaths from COVID-19 [World Health Organization 2023]), and its vaccination programme has been widespread, with over 80% of the population fully vaccinated by the end of 2023. Meanwhile, life expectancy rose, and infant mortality dropped [NIS 2023a].

On the political front, things were not so positive, with concerns remaining about democracy and human rights in the Kingdom: both aspects central to maintaining the ruling party’s position and enabling the political transformation. International relations remained balanced primarily between China and the US, but, in the review period, Cambodia asserted its political competency regionally as well. The successes noted above have contributed to the perceived efficacy and legitimacy of the CPP, while the further roll back of democracy and human rights have ensured a lack of political opposition. It remains too early to ascertain categorically what Hun Manet’s rule will mean for Cambodia, however, it seems likely that he will continue to enjoy the benefits provided by the dynastic autocracy while also looking at other avenues than his father to secure the rule of his party.

2. Domestic affairs: elections and the securing of a dynastic autocracy

2.1. Commune and a general election

Following the general election (on July 23), on 22 August 2023, after 38 years in power, Hun Sen handed over the premiership to his son, Hun Manet. The move, which happened with little protest or objection, ended the rule of Asia’s longest-standing «elected» leader, and completed the transformation of Cambodia to a dynastic autocracy. This had been long coming, with senior CPP officials moving their children and other family members into positions of authority over the last few years, and Hun Sen declaring that Hun Manet could be the next Prime Minister back in 2018. Although stepping down as leader, Hun Sen gave himself the position of President of the Cambodian People’s Party and remains central to decision-making and control. In early 2024, he was «unanimously voted» as President of the Senate, with two former senior CPP advisors voted in as vice-presidents [Nitta 2024]. As political scientist Sophal Ear has commented, he remains just behind the scenes, in a position where he could step back into power should he decide [CNA 2023].

Commune elections, which take place the year before general elections, are usually seen as indicators of the general election result. In 2022, the CPP won 74% of the popular vote, and thousands of official positions. The Candlelight party – a reformed faction of the Cambodian National Rescue Party that had been dissolved in 2017 – won 22% of the vote and looked set to have similar results in the general election.

However, in direct parallel to the 2018 elections, the run up to the 2023 elections saw a plethora of actions taken to restrict democratic freedoms and political opposition, to ensure the CPP’s continuing reign. In February, the Voice of Democracy [VoD] – the only independent media outlet remaining in Cambodia – was shut down. This followed the removal of licenses from the Bayon Times, Khmercovertv, and Cambodia Today in March 2022, after they published stories about government corruption [Freedom House 2023]. In May 2023, two months before the elections, the Candlelight party – the only viable opposition party – was banned from participating for allegedly not having the correct paperwork. This left the CPP as the only viable party. In addition to preventing the party from running, threats of violence, imprisonment, and even death, were made against opposition lawmakers and activists, and moves to limit them extended to threatening diplomatic allies offering the opposition space: in January 2023, Hun Sen stated that if Malaysia was to allow Sam Rainsey to visit, «the two governments can’t work together» [Benar News 2023, 6 January]. As well as these moves, several laws were rushed in, furthering controls on the voting population and aiming to control future results. For example, those spoiling papers were threatened with legal action (and indeed, on election day (July 23), two people were arrested for this). Even before the election took place, Hun Sen announced he would pass over the leadership to his son Hun Manet, leaving the world in no doubt of the result of the election.

As the elections came closer, numerous international bodies, including Human Rights Watch [2023] and ASEAN Parliamentarians for Human Rights [2023], raised concerns about the process. This followed a pattern of increasing international unease about politics and freedom in the Kingdom. In February 2023, the Democracy Index from the Economist Intelligence gave Cambodia a score of 0.00 for electoral process and pluralism [EIU 2022] and, after he posted a video threatening violence to the opposition, the oversight board of Facebook recommended a suspension of Hun Sen’s accounts [Peck and Cheang 2023, 29 June]. After the voting ended, stories abounded of coercion, electoral fraud, intimidation, and corruption, and the international community largely denounced the election as undemocratic and unfair. While only the US made a formal statement, international dissatisfaction was noticeable. The CPP dismissed this, and as proof of the validity of the elections, cited high voter turnout (84%), the presence of international observers, and the fact that 18 registered parties participated. Many of the observers were allies of the Cambodian government, and while there were 18 parties registered, commentators noted that 17 of these did not have enough support to pose a viable threat to the CPP [Ear 2023].

That said, unlike in 2018 (when the CPP won all 125 seats in the National Assembly), at this election 5 seats were conceded to FUNCINPEC: the only other party that has existed since the 1993 elections overseen by the UN. Beyond providing a legitimating example of alternative voting, with the banning and dismantling of the latest opposition party, this concession towards democracy will have little effect. The Cambodian population appears exhausted by the whole process. The elections and the handover of power to Hun Manet occurred with no public protest, and, seemingly tired of the ongoing onslaught against them, in the months before the elections, a number of high-profile opposition lawmakers defected to the ruling party [Kelliher & Ouch 2023, 2 July]. The CPP is set to rule with little or no opposition for at least the foreseeable future.

2.2. Hun Manet’s rule: his father’s son?

Prior to coming to power, opinions were divided on what Hun Manet’s rule would bring. Some commentators were hopeful that his age (46), and western education (an undergraduate degree from West Point Academy and a PhD from the University of Bristol in the UK), would bring a more liberal and reformist approach to leadership. Indeed, in his early months, as well as making visits to key foreign allies (including China, the US, and Vietnam), he has promised to improve education and the economy, and made some promising appointments to senior political roles, including Un Kheang to the role of Secretary of State of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and International Cooperation (MFAIC) – a professor of political science who has published books criticising Cambodia’s move towards authoritarianism and its dependence/close ties with China.

Other commentators, however, have noted that Hun Manet had never publicly opposed his father or his father’s violent rule, and had enjoyed the benefits the consolidation of power has brought to the family [Baldwin 2023, 20 July]. While the actions mentioned above appear promising, there have also been indications of an approach similar to his father’s. In the weeks shortly after his appointment, he swelled the ranks of official advisors and ministerial posts, appointing over 1,400 secretaries and undersecretaries – more than double the number of his father’s previous mandate [Strangio 2023, 24 August]. Many of the new appointments are alleged to be relations of senior CPP members, and over 170 of the appointees are personal advisors and assistants to the PM [Strangio 2023, 24 August]. In another move paralleling his father’s rule, on 1 January 2024, Hun Manet announced a new national holiday – «Peace Day in Cambodia», to be held on 29 December from this year on. The date, which had previously been labelled as «Win-Win Policy Day», marks the end of fighting between the Cambodian government and the Khmer Rouge forces in 1998, brought about by Hun Sen’s Win-Win policy. The designation of this date follows the inauguration of the Win-Win monument in 2018, and the designation of 7 January as «Victory over Genocide Day», a national holiday, in 2023. While creating this new holiday, Hun Manet called for research and collation of Win-Win policy documents, and their dissemination as part of Cambodian students’ education «so that they appreciate the issue better» [Va 2024, 4 January].

The mobilisation of the Cambodian genocide to legitimate and secure the CPP’s rule follows a pattern set by the CPP over the decades. Critics have labelled the new holiday as Peace Day «for the Hun family», noting that not only were the Paris Peace Accords more critical to the establishment of peace, but also that Hun Manet’s decisions extended Hun Sen’s long-standing rhetoric of the CPP, and Hun Sen in particular, being saviours of Cambodia [Va 2024, 4 January]. Indeed, Hun Sen, and now, it seems, Hun Manet, have, over the years, created national memorials and holidays reifying this rhetoric, establishing it within the national annual calendar and as a state-founding myth. Continuing this trend puts Hun Manet firmly into the CPP and Hun Sen’s mode of leadership, affirming the political maneuvers which made the transformation to autocracy, and now, a dynasty, possible.

2.3. The closure of the ECCC, the Cambodian judiciary, and human rights

In September 2022 the Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia (ECCC) – the UN-backed Khmer Rouge tribunal – ended its judicial proceedings with its finding on the appeal of Khieu Samphan for case 002. In this final case, the court upheld the 2018 conviction of genocide and crimes against humanity committed during the Khmer Rouge’s rule from 1975 to 1979. While it has been heralded for its innovative hybridity and extensive outreach programme, the legacy of the court is somewhat mixed. Only 3 people were convicted during its 16-year activities (Kaing Guek Eav, Nuon Chea, and Khieu Samphan), and it was criticized throughout for lack of impartiality, government interference, and corruption. Its limited remit (of both time frame and personnel) came under scrutiny, as did the cost and the overall relevance to the Cambodian population. While some Cambodian officials state that it has improved the Cambodian judiciary overall, the evidence seems to indicate the opposite. In fact, while the court ran, human rights continued to be rolled back, impunity for the elite continued, and the ruling party’s hold on Cambodia became stronger. If anything, the courts shielded the CPP and the judiciary from taking action to reform by providing a smoke screen of apparent judicial responsibility.

The 2022 corruption index published by Transparency International placed Cambodia 150th out of 180 countries, the lowest-ranked country in ASEAN except Myanmar, and the third lowest in the Asia-Pacific region [Transparency International 2023]. This was, however, an improvement on the previous year (23/100), and, overall, there have been slight improvements in the five years between 2018 and 2023, with Cambodia’s score rising from 20/100 to 24. In their report, Transparency International noted that there has been progress made in dealing with small-scale corruption and, indeed, the problem lies, as ever, at the elite level of officials and wealthy individuals across Cambodia. A report on human trafficking published by the US State Department [2023] downgraded Cambodia from second to third tier, stating that while the government had arrested, prosecuted, and convicted some smugglers, «endemic corruption continued to impede overall law enforcement operations, holding traffickers accountable, and victim service provision» [154]. They noted, in particular, that credible reports of officials involved were not investigated, thereby failing to protect victims in the country or overseas [154]. These were not the only workers whose rights were infringed upon. For example, in August 2022, workers at Naga World, an integrated casino-hotel in Phnom Penh, were arrested after striking, and women who participated in the strike reported being assaulted by the police [Freedom House 2023]. Meanwhile, union leader Chhim Sithar was arrested while striking in January 2022, re-arrested in November, and remains in custody to date.

In the move towards entrenching the CPP’s autocracy, political opposition and democratic freedoms saw the brunt of human rights violations. A series of mass trials of opposition lawmakers took place across 2022. In March, 19 members of the CNRP were sentenced to between five and twenty years for charges including incitement and conspiracy. In September, another mass trail began, this one for conspiracy to commit treason [Strangio 2022, 16 September]. In October, Sam Rainsey, although in self-imposed exile in France, was sentenced to life imprisonment for allegedly planning to cede Cambodia to a foreign power. In March 2023, Kem Sokha, deputy leader of the former Cambodian National Rescue Party, who had been arrested in 2017 under accusations of treason, was sentenced to 27 years imprisonment and a lifetime ban on political participation. In January 2023, 122 opposition members were charged for various offenses. In total, over 150 opposition lawmakers have been charged and/or imprisoned, since 2021. While many were hopeful that Hun Manet’s accession to power would see a reduction of such acts, this has not been the case. October 2023 saw Candlelight party leader Thack Setha imprisoned for posting criticism of Hun Sen on social media, and other opposition lawmakers given prison sentences and banned from political participation for five years, making them ineligible for the next elections. Due to ongoing concerns, in October 2023, the UN decided to extend the remit of the Special Rapporteur on the Situation on Human Rights in Cambodia [UN 2023].

Meanwhile, further legislation was passed putting increasing control into the hands of the ruling party. This included a law allowing a Prime Minister to be appointed without parliamentary approval (passed in August 2022, and largely thought to be in preparation for the handover of power from Hun Sen to Hun Manet). At the same time, press freedom was reduced: in 2023 Cambodia was ranked 147th out of 180 in the World Press Freedom Index and 142nd in 2022 [Reporters without Borders 2024] – a marked reduction from 2017, when it was ranked 132nd. All in all, human rights protections remained poor and continued to be attacked, aiding the political transformation, and further entrenching the dynastic rule of the CPP by making criticism and critique all but impossible.

3. The economy and foreign relations: regional assertion, global pragmatism

One of the areas that has helped maintain the ruling party’s position over the decades has been steady economic growth and security. Under their rule poverty levels were declining year by year, and, pre-pandemic, Cambodia had been well on its way to achieving middle income status. The loss of jobs and income caused by the pandemic, however, slowed this, and its primary industries: agriculture (particularly rice exports), the garment industry, and tourism, suffered substantially in 2020 and 2021. In addition, global interest rates, China’s zero COVID policy (limiting tourism), and other geopolitical events such as the Russia-Ukraine war, have limited its recovery and growth.

However, in the last two years, Cambodia’s economy has slowly been recovering. By the end of 2022, economic growth had risen to 5.2% (from 3% in 2021), and while this was still significantly lower than its pre-pandemic level of 7% in 2019 [International Monetary Fund 2023], the poverty rate in 2022 had reached 16.6%, a substantial decrease from its 2014 level of 36.7% [UNDP 2023: 15]. Child poverty has also more than halved, from 42.7% in 2014, to 20.5% in 2021/2022 [UNDP 2023: 15]. The story, is, however, variable: in the province of Preah Vihear and Stung Treng the poverty level in 2022 was 34.6%. The new Prime Minister has focused on the recovering economy, announcing that Cambodia aims to become a country of upper middle income by 2030, and high income by 2050. Although commentators are mixed on whether this is possible, Cambodia’s post-pandemic recovery is looking promising, and if the 2030 target seems feasible over the next year or two, it will certainly strengthen the ruling party’s claim to economic success, bolstering their rule.

Manufacturing for exports was the first industry to begin recovery, although the levels remained lower than hoped, primarily due to global interest rates and the cost-of-living crisis across the globe. While there was an initial upsurge in 2022, the Asian Development Bank reported that export of garments, footwear, and travel items had declined by 18.6% in the first half of 2023 compared to 2022. To overcome this shrinkage, the government reportedly had to tap into its savings to deal with a US$ 412 million deficit [Suy 2023, 14 December]. Despite this, export of garments, footwear, and travel items still made up over 60% of Cambodia’s exported goods, equalling 10% of the nation’s total income [Medina 2023, 4 October]. Other industries, however, including automotive, solar panels, furniture and, unusually, bicycle exports (in 2022 Cambodia became one of the world’s top five bicycle exporters), rose [ADB 2023].

Following a catastrophic year for tourism in 2021 (with only 196,495 people, the lowest recorded figures of tourists since 1994), in March 2022 Cambodia eased many of its COVID-related requirements (including the requirement for proof of a negative PCR test) and reintroduced the «Visa on Arrival» service that had been suspended in 2020 [Ministry of Health 2022, 17 March]. Perhaps in part because of this, 2022 showed a significant increase in tourist numbers, with 2,276,626 international visitors arriving. Numbers rose again in 2023: by September, over 3 million visitors had arrived from overseas [Ministry of Tourism 2023]. There is still some way to go, however, before tourism reaches the pre-pandemic levels of the 6,610,592 international visitors seen in 2019 [Ministry of Tourism 2022]. While China’s zero-COVID policy has limited tourists from there, visitors from other parts of Asia are once again topping the numbers of visitors to Cambodia, with the highest numbers in 2023 coming from Thailand and Vietnam [Ministry of Tourism 2023].

Following some vacillations, inflation was eased to 2.9% by December 2022 due to the stabilization of energy and food prices [World Bank 2023]. Minimum wage for garment and textile workers was increased to US$ 200pcm, up from US$ 194 pcm in 2022 [Ministry of Labour and Vocational Training 2024]. Despite this, microfinance continues to be a problem for much of the population. Almost 3 million people are in debt due to microfinance loans. Numerous studies have found that rather than bolstering small businesses and local communities, microfinance often leads to inescapable cycles of debt. The result in Cambodia has been forced land sales, the removal of children from school so they can go to work, and a rise in the number of deaths by suicide [Brook 2023, 11 November]. As a result, in 2023, the four companies that control the majority of the Cambodian market were put under review, and an investigation was opened by the International Finance Corp’s watchdog [Brook 2023, 11 November]. The financial position within the country is part of a wider trend that maintains Cambodia’s elite and enables them to continue their rule with impunity. While Hun Manet has made a statement to address corruption within public administration, there has been no statement regarding either micro-finance or inequality overall. Indeed, in a statement on the launch of the Cambodian Financial Technology Development Policy 2023-2028, the PM encouraged banks to increase loans to micro, small, and medium size businesses, and urged the National Bank to ease some regulations on banks and microfinance providers [Hun 2023].

3.1. China-US-Vietnam relations and trade

Hun Sen was always a political pragmatist, and as such, Cambodia has long shifted between China and the US, aligning with each as deemed most useful at the time. As Pich and Aun state in their assessment of Cambodian foreign relations, «the principles of non-interference, permanent neutrality, non-alignment, peaceful coexistence with neighbours, territorial integrity and national sovereignty, as enshrined in Article 53 of Cambodian constitution, continue to serve as a roadmap for Cambodia’s foreign policy direction» [Pich & Aun 2023]. In 2022, attention was directed towards the US, while in 2023 it swung back to China. These moves most likely related to the ASEAN chair in 2022, and the Cambodian general elections in 2023. This political pragmatism was no doubt part of what has ensured the ongoing leadership of the CPP, with the Hun family at the helm. Because both China and the US view Cambodia as strategically important [Kin 2023], over the decades it has become clear that few, if any, actions of the CPP will threaten these foreign alliances in the long-term. As such, these states have both, inadvertently (or not), supported the solidification of dynastic rule by the CPP.

Despite identifying several barriers to trade (including high levels of corruption, lack of transparency in customs and excise, irregularities in government procurement policy, lax counterfeit laws, and foreign investment barriers [United States Trade Representative 2023: 53-55]), the US was Cambodia’s largest trading partner during the review period. There had been some tension between the two states following the 2018 elections, but by 2022 the relationship was back on firm ground, with the US Department of State [2022] declaring that «our two peoples share an enduring friendship». In 2022, US$ 446 million worth of US goods were imported into Cambodia, a 7.3% increase from 2021. Meanwhile, Cambodia exported US$ 12.2 billion of goods to the US, an almost 40% increase on the previous year, and Cambodia’s FDI in the US was US$ 8 million [United States Trade Representative 2023]. In August 2023, the Cambodian government requested that the US Generalized System of Preferences, which had ended in 2020, be renewed, to allow Cambodian products to be exported duty-free to the US [Rim 2023]. This was still under consideration as we went to press.

As well as being the largest trading partner, in the financial year of 20221 the US allocated US$ 100.5 billion aid to Cambodia [Lum 2022]. Although following the July 2023 elections relations cooled, with the US withholding US$ 18 million in aid to the country, following a meeting of Cambodia’s Prime Minister Hun Manet and US Deputy Secretary of State Victoria Nuland at the UN General Assembly on 22 September, by October this aid was restored. A spokesperson from USAID stated that this reinstatement was «part of our commitment to helping advance a brighter and healthier future for the people of Cambodia in a more prosperous, democratic, and independent country where all voices are heard» [Meyn & Noy 2023, 3 October].

Despite this re-asserted alliance, the US is wary of Cambodia’s relationship with the People’s Republic of China (PRC). As well as re-declaring their friendship, USAID’s statement in October 2023 urged Cambodia not to allow any other country to have control of its territory, «including at Ream naval base» [Meyn & Noy 2023, 3 October]. Before this, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2022, passed in Congress on 14 March 2022, made possible the suspension of support to Cambodia if harassment and violent suppression of the opposition did not end, but also included a provision enabling aid to Cambodia to be limited if the secretary of state believed the country was not maintaining sovereignty against the PRC [CAA 2022].

These concerns arise from the substantial financial, but also military, investment by the PRC into Cambodia, and assumed political influence related to this. China owned over 40% of Cambodia’s foreign debt in 2022 [World Bank 2023], and over two-thirds of the US$ 2 billion Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) to Cambodia in 2023 came from the PRC. This investment is centred on infrastructure projects such as highways, solar energy, and automotive manufacturing [Dettoni 2023, 11 December]. Of particular note were the inauguration of the Phnom Penh-Sihanoukville expressway in October 2022, and Siem Reap-Angkor International Airport in October 2023. Both are part of China’s Belts and Roads Initiative, and the airport was the first built under the «build-operate-transfer» model [Cheang and Sinith 2023, 16 November]. Its inauguration was seen as positive for Cambodia’s economic recovery, as well as a means of strengthening the political and economic ties between the two nations. A second Chinese-funded airport, in Phnom Penh, is due to open in 2024.

The most concerning aspect of China’s assistance to the Southeast Asian country for the rest of the geopolitical landscape is regarding the military. In 2023, the Golden Dragon joint military exercise, suspended in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, was restarted and attended by over 3,000 military personnel from both nations as well as dignitaries from several ASEAN countries. This followed the beginning of upgrades to Ream naval base, which started in June 2022, funded by China. Rumours abounded as to China’s intent with the base. Confirmed plans include a deep-sea port and access for the Chinese military [Hutt 2023, 14 December], however, very little else has been made public. Satellite images taken in 2023 indicated the construction of a new pier similar to one at the People’s Liberation Army Support Base in Djibouti, the PRC’s only other overseas military base [Sevastopulo 2023, 24 July]. According to Craig Singleton, Senior Fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, and China Program deputy director, this pier can support any warship in the Chinese arsenal [Narin and Noy 2023, 26 July]. This has raised concerns, particularly for the US. However, both Cambodia and China have repeatedly stated that the improvements are being made to improve Cambodia’s capacities, and not as an intended outpost for the PRC.

Despite their close ties, and while some critics have viewed Cambodia as a puppet of China, the People’s Republic of China does not appear to interfere with Cambodia’s domestic politics. The differing stances over the Russia-Ukraine war indicate that Cambodia remains autonomous, if still intricately entwined with China politically and economically. Rather, China’s support seems to have enabled Hun Sen and the CPP to consolidate their control and power – a mutual non-interference policy that benefits both. It is yet to be seen how Hun Manet will manage this relationship, although China was one of the first countries he visited after his appointment to PM.

Meanwhile, economic and political ties remained close between Cambodia and Vietnam, and Vietnam continued as the third largest trading partner, and one of the top five investors in Cambodia. In 2022, trade between the two nations totalled US$ 10.7 billion [AP 2023, 11 December], and by October 2023, their bilateral trade had reached US$ 7.1 billion [Vietnam News Agency 2023, 12 November]. According to a report by the Vietnamese News Agency, in a meeting with Vietnamese Prime Minister Pham Minh Chinh in November 2023, Hun Manet proposed furthering ties between the two nations [Vietnam News Agency 2023, 12 November]. This seems to have paid off: so far in 2024 both tourism and trade from Vietnam to Cambodia have reportedly increased [Hin 2024]. In addition, as part of the Cambodia-Laos-Vietnam Development Triangle, Vietnam has invested over US$ 1.7 billion in 44 projects in the nation. While this agreement aims to strengthen relationships between the nations in general, one of its stated aims is to connect the three economies, to improve overall competitiveness and «close the development gap with other ASEAN members» [Linh 2024].

Despite consolidating the relationships with these three states, the CPP did not sit on its laurels. As well as the free trade agreements coming into force with China and Korea in 2022, so too did the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), which Cambodia is signatory to. As a free trade agreement between 15 countries across Asia and the Pacific, representing 30% of the global population and 30% of global GDP, this agreement has created the world’s largest free trade agreement area [Zhu, Chen & Yao 2022]. Cambodia also sought to extend relations to other countries, with former Foreign Minister Prak Sokhohn making visits to Morocco and Egypt in March 2023 towards this end [Pich & Aun 2023]. The new PM has continued the path of diversification, making visits to France, Malaysia, and Japan to name but a few. While some have said that the number of leaders welcoming Hun Manet and other CPP officials after the handover of power is a sign of hope and a chance to start afresh, for many it shows that Cambodia’s dynastic autocracy is internationally accepted and secure.

3.2. Regional relations: ASEAN and the Southeast Asian Games

Cambodia proved itself to be a strong political player in Southeast Asia during 2022 and 2023. In January 2022, Cambodia took over the Chair of ASEAN for its third turn at the leadership. Numerous challenges faced this role, including dealing with political tensions in Myanmar, tensions related to the South China Sea, tense US-China relations, and the Russia-Ukraine war. Hun Sen’s approach was to «prioritize initiatives aimed at strengthening ASEAN community-building and ASEAN unity», emphasizing collective approaches to dealing with issues [Lin 2023: 90]. Cambodia oversaw several key initiatives and the publication of critical statements as part of its stewardship. This included the ASEAN Leaders Vision Statement (setting out aspirations and interests of the ASEAN states), the ASEAN Leaders Statement published on 55th Anniversary of ASEAN (laying out ASEAN’s key principles, including community building), advancing ASEAN’s interests in the Indo-Pacific, and overseeing the agreement, in-principle, of membership for Timor Leste, as the 11th member of ASEAN, with rights for representatives to observe future meetings. Cambodia oversaw summits with key external relations during its stewardship, including the US, the EU, Canada and India, as well as the 17th East Asia summit. «India and the United States were both granted Comprehensive Strategic Partnership status with ASEAN» [Lin 2023: 96]. In May 2023, the first ever US-ASEAN Special Summit was held in Washington [Gallagher 2022].

One contested aspect of Cambodia’s stewardship was relations with the military junta of Myanmar. Despite protests from within Myanmar and beyond, early in his chairmanship Hun Sen travelled to Myanmar and met with Snr. General Min Aung Hlaing [Radio Free Asia 2022, 7 January], shortly afterwards inviting him to the upcoming ASEAN summit [Reuters 2022, 25 January]. Cambodian foreign minister Prak Sokhonn visited Myanmar twice during the year, and while General Min Aung Hlaing was banned from an October summit, a representative was invited in his stead. The approach caused tension within ASEAN, and while some progress was made in securing humanitarian aid in Myanmar [Lin 2023], such engagement raised criticism of legitimating, and thereby strengthening, the regime [Kumar 2022, 14 January].

Meanwhile the ASEAN stance on the Russia-Ukraine war in 2022 received much praise. While chair of ASEAN, Cambodia co-sponsored two UN resolutions: one in March calling for Russia to withdraw from Ukraine [United Nations 2022a], and one in October condemning the annexation of four Ukrainian oblasts [United Nations 2022b]. While Cambodia’s role in this took some by surprise (due to its condemnation of former ally Russia and its call to uphold international law), the stance was consistent with Hun Sen’s view of sovereignty, which has always supported non-interference. As part of this, Cambodia used the chair’s prerogative to invite president Zelensky to speak at an ASEAN forum, ensuring the Ukrainian voice was heard in the region [Lin 2023]. Phnom Penh also oversaw the accession of Ukraine to the Treaty of Amity and Cooperation in Southeast Asia (TAC) in November 2022; the 7th country to accede under Cambodia’s chairmanship after Denmark, Greece, the Netherlands, Oman, Qatar and the UAE [ASEAN Secretariat 2023]. That said, despite Cambodia’s open support of Ukraine, in July 2023 Hun Sen issued a firm statement in opposition to distribution of cluster bombs from the US to Ukraine. This was a direct result of Cambodia’s own experience of cluster munitions, which continue to maim and kill hundreds of Cambodians to date, more than 40 years after they were laid. Hun Sen openly called on NATO and US allies to prevent the distribution, stating that it would be a tragedy for the Ukrainian people [Son 2023].

In negotiating and overseeing such proceedings, Hun Sen showed that he was more than just an autocratic strongman: rather he proved that he and his party could be astute, forward-thinking political leaders. This was further supported by the (mostly) successful hosting of the 32nd Southeast Asian Games in May 2023. Hosting a mega-event such as an international sports competition not only provides an opportunity to showcase the country, but also the economic, administrative, and infrastructural capacities of the host nation.

The facilities built for the Southeast Asian Games, primarily funded by China, included a 60,000-seater stadium and a multi-purpose sports complex with an Olympic size pool, running track, tennis courts, and accommodation for the athletes. Bringing employment and volunteering roles to almost 7,000 people, the games provided much needed positive news for Cambodia, following the previous few challenging years. Although there were some tensions (the flags from Vietnam, Indonesia, and Myanmar were displayed upside down, for example), and complaints about poor quality facilities, the games were seen as a success, at least in Cambodia. Much like the (mostly) successful leadership of ASEAN, the games provided an opportunity for soft diplomacy; a chance to bolster their international reputation as well as providing regeneration and development opportunities; vital in a year when Cambodia’s political reputation, particularly once the elections came about, was at its lowest almost certainly since the 1997 coup in which the CPP took overall control of the country.

4. Arts, culture, and international decolonization

One final aspect is worth mentioning in the consideration of 2022 and 2023 for Cambodia’s place in the global sphere. In 2022 and 2023, several priceless looted antiquities were returned to the kingdom, including three bronze statues dating back to the Champa Kingdom. The statues had been bought for over US$ 1.5 million by the National Gallery of Australia in 2011. Looting of ancient treasures has been common in Cambodia since French colonial times, but the insecure years from the 1960s to the 1990s saw its escalation, and it is thought that, during those decades, over 4,000 statues were stolen and sold abroad [Ford & Worthington 2023, 2 August]. Many of the more valuable ones passed through the hands of international art dealer and collector Douglas Latchford. Looted antiquities sold by him were returned from across the US [Cohen 2022, 9 August] and the National Gallery of Australia [Ford and Worthington 2023, 2 August]. Also, in December 2023, New York’s Met Museum agreed to return more than a dozen artefacts thought to be the result of trafficking [Campbell 2023, 16 December].

These returns mark a renewed attention not only to culture and the arts in Cambodia, but to international geopolitical norms inspired by the values of decolonization. The renewal of the arts and the media attention the repatriation of such antiquities potentially herald the beginning of a different kind of regional and international cooperation. What this means for the new dynasty is yet to be seen, but claiming legitimacy through ancient (and sometimes supernatural) continuation was already a rhetoric of Hun Sen and other CPP officials. Given his more contemporary political sensitivity, continuing such repatriations is likely to be looked upon favourably by the new PM. It will also appeal to those in Cambodia (and wider afield) in support of ongoing decolonization and deimperialization, and, as such, may provide a useful means for maintaining, or growing, political legitimacy for the ‘new’ CPP.

5. Conclusion: a view of what’s to come – same same, not different.

2022 and 2023 were significant years for Cambodia, not only in the historical political handover of leadership (marking the completion of political transformation to dynastic autocracy), but also because of its regional competence, economic recovery, and re-establishment of relations with China, the US, Vietnam, and others. As we move on in 2024, the patterns set in the last few years look likely to continue. China and Cambodia consolidated their relationship through the joint launch of the year of people-to-people exchange, aiming to promote tourism and connectivity, while the US affirmed its relationship with Cambodia by means of diplomatic meetings starting at the beginning of the year. Prime Minister Hun Manet blamed foreign media for the collapse of Sihanoukville’s development, while despite a statement by the PM in December 2023 affirming the ban of hydro dams on the Mekong, this year, feasibility studies related to two hydropower dam projects on the Mekong River began to be conducted by companies owned by Cambodian tycoon Kith Meng. In January, opposition leader Kem Sokha’s appeal was denied, union leader Seng Theary was detained, and Hun Sen, who remains powerful despite handing over the prime ministership to his son, reportedly filed a complaint against human rights advocate Soeng Senkaruna, demanding US$ 500,000 in damages. While some were hopeful that Hun Manet’s rule would be more liberal and transformative than his father’s, his political record during 2023 and the beginning of 2024 suggests that he is set to repeat Hun Sen’s patterns and cement the dynastic autocracy of the nation.

Bibliography

ADB, 2023, ADB Adjusts 2023 Growth Forecast for Cambodia, Maintains 2024 Outlook, 20 September.

AP, 2023, 11 December, ‘Cambodia’s leader holds talks in neighboring Vietnam on first visit since becoming prime minister’.

ASEAN Parliamentarians for Human Rights, 2023, Open letter to parliaments on the need to denounce the sham elections in Cambodia, 20 July.

ASEAN Secretariat, 2023, Annual Report 2022-2023: ASEAN Matters: Epicentrum of Growth, Vol. 43.

Baldwin, Claire, 2023, ‘Like strongman, like son? Cambodia’s Hun Manet makes political debut’, Reuters, 20 July.

Benar News, 2023, 6 January, ‘Cambodian opposition leader’s brief visit to Malaysia sets off PM Hun Sen’.

Brook, Jack, 2023, ‘Cambodia’s microfinance sector hit by predatory lending claims’, Nikkei Asia, 11 November.

[CAA 2022] Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2022, P.L. 117-103, Section 7043(b).

CEIC Data, 2023a, Cambodia KH: Rate: Adult: % of People Aged 15 and Above.

CEIC Data, 2023b, Cambodia KH: Literacy Rate: Adult Female: % of Females Aged 15 and Above.

Campbell, Mathew, 2023, ‘New York’s Met Museum to Return Looted Antiquities to Cambodia’, Bloomberg, 16 December.

Cohen, Luc, 2022, ‘U.S. returns to Cambodia 30 antiquities looted from historic sites’, Reuters, 9 August.

Cheang, Sopheng, and Heng Sinith, 2023, ‘Cambodia inaugurates new Chinese-funded airport serving popular tourist destination of Angkor Wat’, Associated Press, 16 November.

CNA, 2023, ‘«New blood, new ideas»: New PM Hun Manet a positive change for Cambodia: Observer’, YouTube (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f9YPe3gO2iY&ab_channel=CNA).

Department of State, 2022, The United States-Cambodia Relationship, Fact Sheet, 12 November.

Dettoni, Jacopo, 2023, ‘Cambodia carries the strongest FDI momentum into 2024’, FDI Intelligence, 11 December.

Ear, Sophal, 2023, ‘Cambodia PM Hun Sen will shut down opposition on election day – even if he can no longer threaten voters on Facebook’, The Conversation, 30 June.

EIU, 2022, ‘Democracy Index’.

Ford, Mazoe, and Anne Worthington, 2023, ‘How statues looted from a Cambodian field wound up in the National Gallery of Australia’, ABC News, 2 August.

Freedom House, 2023, ‘Cambodia. Freedom in the World 2023 Country Report’.

Gallagher, Amy, 2022, ‘U.S.-ASEAN Summit Focused on Building Ties, Not Countering China’, United States Institute of Peace.

Hin, Pisei, 2024, ‘Cambodia-Vietnam trade hits $1.4B Jan-Feb’, Phnom Penh Post, 21 March.

Human Rights Watch, 2023, 3 July, ‘Cambodia: Past Vote Irregularities Foreshadow July Election’.

Hun, Sirivadh, 2023, ‘Prime Minister Hun Manet Emphasizes Vital Role of Banking Sector’, EAC News, 20 December.

Hutt, David, 2023, ‘What’s Happening At Cambodia’s Ream Naval Base?’, The Diplomat, 14 December.

International Monetary Fund, 2023, IMF Staff Completes 2023 Article IV Mission to Cambodia, 31 October.

Kelliher, Fiona, & Ouch Sony, 2023, ‘Many Opposition Members Defect to Cambodian Ruling Party Ahead of Election’, Voice of America, 2 July.

Kin, Phea, 2021, 24 August, ‘Cambodia in between China and US’, Phnom Penh Post, 24 August.

Kongnov, Tith, 2023, ‘Vietnam, Cambodia sign MoU on repatriation of more remains’, Khmer Times, 14 December.

Kumar, P Prem, 2023, ‘Malaysia says Hun Sen’s Myanmar visit did no good’, Nikkei Asia, 14 January.

Lin, Joanne, 2023, ‘Cambodia’s ASEAN Chairmanship in 2022: Rising above Doubts and Pushing through a Difficult Year’, Southeast Asian Affairs, Vol. 2023, pp. 89-103.

Linh, Bao, 2024, ‘The 13th Meeting of the Joint Coordination Committee of the Cambodia – Laos – Vietnam Development Triangle Area’, Ministry of Planning and Investment of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, 1 March.

Lum, Thomas, 2023, ‘Cambodia: Background and U.S. Relations. Congressional Research Services Report’, Congressional Research Service, 11 September.

Medina, Ayman Falak, 2023, ‘Cambodia Increases Minimum Wage for Garment, Footwear, Travel Product Sectors for 2024’, ASEAN Briefing, 4 October.

Meyn, Colin, & Han Noy, 2023, ‘US Reversal on Cambodia Aid Calls Principles into Question, Advocates Say’, Voice of America, 3 October.

Ministry of Tourism, 2022, Tourism Statistics Report December 2022, Phnom Penh, RCG (https://www.tourismcambodia.com/img/resources/cambodia_tourism_statistics_2022.pdf).

Ministry of Tourism, 2023, Tourism Statistics Report September 2023, Phnom Penh, RCG (https://seishiron.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/CAM092023.pdf)

Ministry of Health, 2022, Press Release no. 098, 17 March (https://www.embassyofcambodiadc.org/embassy-updates/pr-no-098-easing-of-entry-requirements-march-17-2022).

Ministry of Labour and Vocational Training 2024, ‘Prakas 427’, ‘Prakas 428’ (https://www.mlvt.gov.kh/index.php/en/official-docs/prakas/43-%e1%9e%94%e1%9f%92%e1%9e%9a%e1%9e%80%e1%9e%b6%e1%9e%9f/2005.html).

NIS (National Institute of Statistics), 2023a, Demographic and Health Survey 2021-2022, Phnom Penh: Royal Government of Cambodia.

NIS (National Institute of Statistics), 2023b (https://www.nis.gov.kh/index.php/en/).

Narin, Sun & Han Noy, 2023, ‘Cambodian Ream Naval Base Modernized by China Nears Completion: Defense Ministry’, VOA, 26 July.

Nitta, Yuji, 2024, ‘Cambodia ex-PM Hun Sen Set to Return to Diplomatic Stage’, Nikkei Asia, 4 April.

Peck, Grant & Cheang Sopheng, 2023, ‘Oversight board recommends Facebook suspend Cambodian premier’s account for violent language’, AP, 29 June.

Pich, Charadine, & Chhengpor Aun, 2023, ‘How Small States Navigate U.S.-China Rivalry: The Case of Cambodia’, Southeast Asia in a World of Strategic Competition series, United States Institute of Peace, 19 September.

Radio Free Asia, 2022, 7 January, ‘Cambodian PM Hun Sen meets Myanmar junta chief amid widespread protests’.

Reporters without Borders, 2024, ‘World Press Freedom Index’.

Reuters, 2022, 25 January, ‘Cambodia PM says Myanmar junta welcome at ASEAN if progress made’.

Reuy, Rann, 2023, ‘Education minister accepts 2023 «World Literacy Award»’, The Phnom Penh Post, 5 April.

Rim, Sokvy, 2023, ‘The West’s impact on the future of Cambodia’s democracy’, East Asia Forum, 7 September.

Samban, Chandra, 2023, ‘Ceremonial procession honours service, deaths of 49 repatriated soldiers’, Phnom Penh Post, 3 April.

Sevastopulo, Demetri, 2023, ‘Chinese base in Cambodia nears completion in challenge to US naval power’, The Financial Times, 24 July.

Son, Minea, 2023, ‘PM asks US, Ukraine not to use cluster munitions in war’, Khmer Times, 10 July.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2022, ‘Cambodia Opens Third Mass Trial of Opposition Activists’, The Diplomat, 16 September.

Strangio, Sebastian, 2023, ‘Hun Manet’s Cambodia: An Anatomy of Administrative Bloat’, The Diplomat, 24 August.

Suy, Heimkhemra, 2023, ‘Cambodia’s economy must keep evolving’, East Asia Forum, 14 December.

Tram, Van, & Phuoc Tuon, 2022, ‘Vietnam returns remains of Cambodian war allies’, VN Express, 2 December.

Transparency International, 2023, ‘Corruptions Perceptions Index 2022’.

UNDP, 2023, Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI).

United Nations, 2022a, A/RES/ES-11/1 (https://undocs.org/Home/Mobile?FinalSymbol=A%2FRES%2FES-11%2F1&Language=E&DeviceType=Desktop&LangRequested=False).

United Nations, 2022b, A/RES/ES-11/4 (https://documents-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N22/630/66/PDF/N2263066.pdf?OpenElement).

United Nations, 2023, ‘Human Rights Council Adopts Two Resolutions, Extends Mandate of the Special Rapporteur on the Situation of Human Rights in Cambodia’, United Nations Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights, 13 October.

US Department of State, 2023, ‘The United States-Cambodia Relationship, Fact Sheet’, Office of the Spokesperson, 12 November.

US State Department, 2023, Trafficking in Persons Report, State Department: Washington DC.

United States Trade Representative, 2023, ‘2023 National Trade Estimate Report on Foreign Trade Barriers’.

Va, Sopheanut, 2024, ‘Win-Win Policy Day Re-Named «Peace Day in Cambodia», Now A National Holiday’, CamboJA News, 4 January.

Vietnam News Agency, 2023, 12 November, ‘Cambodian PM’s official visit enhances traditional friendship with Vietnam’.

World Bank, 2023, The World Bank in Cambodia, Overview.

World Health Organization, 2023, COVID-19 in Cambodia.

Zhu, John, Yaxin Chen & Wijia Yao, 2022, ‘The Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership: a new mega trade bloc for Asia’, Swiss Re Institute, 6 July.

1 In Cambodia the financial year coincides with the solar year.

Asia Maior, XXXIV / 2023

© Viella s.r.l. & Associazione Asia Maior

ISSN 2385-2526